{"header":{"logo":"/images/aqc-logo-v2.png","navLinks":[{"label":"Home","href":"/"},{"label":"About Us","href":"/about","children":[{"label":"Company Profile","href":"/company-profile"},{"label":"Our Clients","href":"/clients"}]},{"label":"Products","href":"/products","children":[{"label":"Electron Microscopy & Microanalysis","href":"/products/electron-microscopy"},{"label":"Spectroscopy & Mass Spectrometry","href":"/products/spectroscopy"},{"label":"Elemental Analysis","href":"/products/elemental-analysis"},{"label":"Material Characterization","href":"/products/material-characterization"},{"label":"Surface & Nanoscale Analysis","href":"/products/surface-analysis"},{"label":"General Laboratory Equipment & Supplies","href":"/products/general-lab"},{"label":"Petroleum & Fuels Testing","href":"/products/petroleum-testing"},{"label":"Photonics & Lasers","href":"/products/photonics-lasers"},{"label":"Optical Microscopes","href":"/products/optical-microscopes"},{"label":"Life Sciences & Genomics","href":"/products/life-sciences-genomics"}]},{"label":"Partners","href":"/partners"},{"label":"Service & Support","href":"/service-support"},{"label":"News & Events","href":"/news-events"},{"label":"Contact Us","href":"/contact"}],"ctaButton":{"label":"Request a Quote","href":"/request-quote"},"search":{"placeholder":"Search products, specifications, news…","popularLabel":"Popular:","recentLabel":"Recent:","popularChips":["SEM","TEM","NMR","XRD"],"noResultsText":"No results found. Try a different search term.","seeAllText":"See all {n} results","footerHint":"navigate · enter for all results · esc to close"}},"footer":{"logo":"/images/aqc-logo-inverted-v2.png","companyDescription":"AQ Chowdhury — Scientific instruments for Bangladesh since 1950. Authorized distribution, installation, and lifetime service support.","productLinks":[{"label":"Electron Microscopy & Microanalysis","href":"/products/electron-microscopy"},{"label":"Spectroscopy & Mass Spectrometry","href":"/products/spectroscopy"},{"label":"Material Characterization","href":"/products/material-characterization"},{"label":"Life Sciences & Genomics","href":"/products/life-sciences-genomics"},{"label":"All categories →","href":"/products"}],"companyLinks":[{"label":"Company Profile","href":"/about"},{"label":"Our Clients","href":"/clients"},{"label":"Partners / Principals","href":"/partners"},{"label":"Service & Support","href":"/service-support"},{"label":"News & Events","href":"/news-events"},{"label":"Contact Us","href":"/contact"}],"contactInfo":{"address":"87 Suhrawardy Avenue, Baridhara Central Plaza (2nd Floor), Dhaka-1212, Bangladesh","email":"scientific@aqchowdhury.com","phone":"+88-02226620273"},"copyright":"© 2026 AQ Chowdhury Science & Synergy (Pvt.) Ltd. All rights reserved.","location":"Dhaka, Bangladesh","headings":{"products":"Products","company":"Company","getInTouch":"Get in Touch"},"quoteButtonLabel":"Request a Quote","quoteButtonHref":"/request-quote","socialLinks":[{"label":"LinkedIn","url":"https://www.linkedin.com/in/aq-chowdhury-science-and-synergy-ltd-1a60aa441/?isSelfProfile=true"},{"label":"Facebook","url":"https://www.facebook.com/aq.chowdhury.948"}]},"home":{"stats":[{"label":"Global Principals","description":"Exclusive distributor of JEOL products since 1980. Holds authorized distributorships and partner with many of the world's leading scientific equipment manufacturers.","icon":"Award"},{"label":"Factory-Trained Engineers","description":"Our Dhaka-based engineers receive direct training from manufacturers to ensure expert installation and support.","icon":"Users"},{"label":"Installations Nationwide","description":"From consultation and specification to installation, training, and lifetime maintenance — we handle everything.","icon":"Globe"}],"measurementScale":{"title":"Our range, by scale of measurement","stops":[{"unit":"mm","label":"Optical Microscopes","icon":"eye","instruments":[{"label":"Upright Microscope","href":"/products/optical-microscopes/upright"},{"label":"Stereo Microscope","href":"/products/optical-microscopes/stereo"}],"left":"8%"},{"unit":"μm","label":"Spectrometry & EPMA","icon":"cell","instruments":[{"label":"EPMA","href":"/products/electron-microscopy/epma"},{"label":"ICP-OES","href":"/products/elemental-analysis/icp-oes"}],"left":"34%"},{"unit":"nm","label":"SEM & XRD","icon":"virus","instruments":[{"label":"SEM","href":"/products/electron-microscopy/sem"},{"label":" XRD","href":"/products/material-characterization/xrd"}],"left":"62%"},{"unit":"Å","label":"TEM & NMR","icon":"atom","instruments":[{"label":"TEM","href":"/products/electron-microscopy/tem"},{"label":"NMR","href":"/products/spectroscopy/nmr"}],"left":"90%"}],"instrumentsLabel":"Instruments"},"hero":{"tagline":"SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS · BANGLADESH · SINCE 1950","headline":"From millimetres to ångströms","description":"AQ Chowdhury Science & Synergy (Pvt.) Ltd. supplies, installs and services the analytical instruments Bangladesh's laboratories run on — from routine spectrometry to atomic-resolution electron microscopy. Authorized distributor of JEOL, with factory-trained engineers based in Dhaka.","primaryCta":{"label":"Explore products","href":"/products"},"secondaryCta":{"label":"Request a quote","href":"/request-quote"},"carouselImages":[{"alt":"Euromex DZ Series — Stereo Microscope","src":"/images/home-carousel-opt-euromex-dz-series.webp"},{"alt":"JEOL JXA-iHP200F— Field Emission Electron Probe Microanalyzer (FE-EPMA)","src":"/images/home-carousel-jeol-jxa-ihp200f.webp"},{"alt":"JEOL JSM-IT810 — Field Emission Scanning Electron Microscope (FE-SEM)","src":"/images/home-carousel-jeol-jsm-it810.webp"},{"alt":"JEOL JEM-F200 — Field Emission Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM)","src":"/images/home-carousel-jeol-jem-f200.webp"},{"alt":"JEOL ECZ Series — NMR Spectrometer","src":"/images/home-carousel-jeol-ecz-series.webp"}]},"partnersStrip":{"partners":[{"name":"JEOL","logo":"/images/partner-jeol-logo.png"},{"name":"SPECTRO Analytical","logo":"/images/partner-spectro-logo.png"},{"name":"Anton Paar","logo":"/images/partner-anton-paar-logo.png"},{"name":"Park Systems","logo":"/images/partner-park-systems-logo.png"},{"name":"Newport","logo":"/images/partner-newport-logo.png"},{"name":"Spectra-Physics","logo":"/images/partner-spectra-physics-logo.png"},{"name":"CAMECA","logo":"/images/partner-cameca-logo.png"},{"name":"Rigo (Rigosha)","logo":"/images/partner-rigo-logo-v2.png"},{"name":"Euromex","logo":"/images/partner-euromex-logo.png"},{"name":"SPI Supplies","logo":"/images/partner-spi-supplies-logo.png"},{"name":"Yamato Scientific","logo":"/images/partner-yamato-logo.png"},{"name":"Koehler Instrument","logo":"/images/partner-koehler-logo.png"},{"name":"Latvia MGI Tech","logo":"/images/partner-mgi-logo.png"}],"cta":{"label":"All Partners & Principals →","href":"/partners"}},"productCategories":{"sectionTag":"PRODUCT RANGE","headline":"Your single source for scientific instrumentation","categories":[{"id":"microscopy","name":"Electron Microscopy & Microanalysis","description":"SEM, TEM, FIB, and EPMA microanalysis systems.","image":"/images/cat-microscopy.webp","href":"/products/electron-microscopy"},{"id":"spectroscopy","name":"Spectroscopy & Mass Spectrometry","description":"NMR, ESR, Raman, FTIR, and GC/LC/MALDI mass spectrometry.","image":"/images/cat-spectroscopy-v1.webp","href":"/products/spectroscopy"},{"id":"elemental","name":"Elemental Analysis","description":"ICP-OES, ICP-MS, Arc/Spark OES, and XRF.","image":"/images/cat-elemental-v1.webp","href":"/products/elemental-analysis"},{"id":"materials","name":"Material Characterization","description":"XRD, rheology, density, and particle analysis.","image":"/images/cat-materials.webp","href":"/products/material-characterization"},{"id":"surface","name":"Surface & Nanoscale Analysis","description":"AFM, XPS, Auger, SIMS, and atom probe tomography.","image":"/images/cat-surface.webp","href":"/products/surface-analysis"},{"id":"general","name":"General Laboratory Equipment & Supplies","description":"Ovens, autoclaves, balances, and lab essentials.","image":"/images/cat-general.webp","href":"/products/general-lab"},{"id":"petroleum","name":"Petroleum & Fuels Testing","description":"ASTM-compliant fuel and lubricant testing.","image":"/images/cat-petroleum.webp","href":"/products/petroleum-testing"},{"id":"photonics","name":"Photonics & Lasers","description":"Laser systems, optics, and motion control.","image":"/images/cat-photonics.webp","href":"/products/photonics-lasers"},{"id":"optical","name":"Optical Microscopes","description":"Upright, stereo, and inverted microscopes.","image":"/images/cat-optical.webp","href":"/products/optical-microscopes"},{"id":"lifesci","name":"Life Sciences & Genomics","description":"MGI DNBSEQ™ next-generation sequencing platforms.","image":"/images/cat-life-science.webp","href":"/products/life-sciences-genomics"}],"cardLinkText":"View category"},"howItWorks":{"sectionTag":"HOW IT WORKS","headline":"From requirement to running instrument","steps":[{"icon":"chat","number":"01","title":"CONSULT","subtitle":"Application review","description":"We match the method and budget to the right instrument tier — not the most expensive one."},{"icon":"doc","number":"02","title":"QUOTE","subtitle":"Specification & quotation","description":"Tender-ready specifications, principal authorization letters, and delivery terms."},{"icon":"truck","number":"03","title":"DELIVER","subtitle":"Import & site preparation","description":"Customs, logistics, and pre-installation site requirements handled end to end."},{"icon":"wrench","number":"04","title":"INSTALL","subtitle":"Installation & training","description":"Factory-trained engineers commission the system and train your operators on-site."},{"icon":"shield","number":"05","title":"SUPPORT","subtitle":"Lifetime service","description":"AMC, spare parts, application support — the instrument keeps measuring."}]},"faq":{"sectionTag":"COMMON QUESTIONS","headline":"Before you ask for a quote","questions":[{"question":"Are you the authorized distributor for these brands in Bangladesh?","answer":"We have been the exclusive distributor of JEOL products since 1980. We also hold authorized distributorships and partner with many of the world's leading scientific equipment manufacturers."},{"question":"Do you provide installation and after-sales service locally?","answer":"Absolutely. Our team of factory-trained engineers provides complete installation, commissioning, training, and ongoing service support — all from our Dhaka office."},{"question":"Can you support public tender documentation?","answer":"We prepare fully compliant technical specifications, principal authorizations, and commercial terms for government, university, and institutional procurement processes."},{"question":"What if my required method spans several instruments?","answer":"Describe the application, not the instrument. Our team maps the analytical requirement to the right technique and tier across all twelve principals."}]},"ctaBanner":{"headline":"Tell us the application.","description":"A specification and quotation follow within 2 working days.","buttonLabel":"Request a Quote","buttonHref":"/request-quote"},"statsSection":{"sectionTag":"Why Choose Us","headline":"Partners in your research"}},"about":{"heroTag":"ABOUT US","heroHeadline":"Decades of Excellence in Scientific Solutions","heroDescription":"For over seven decades, AQ Chowdhury has been the trusted partner for laboratories across pharmaceuticals, materials science, environmental monitoring, and academic research in Bangladesh.","founder":{"name":"A.Q. Chowdhury","title":"Founder","photo":"/images/founder-aq-chowdhury.png"},"beginning":{"title":"The Beginning","paragraphs":["After the Second World War, political changes took place in the Indian sub-continent. India was divided and A.Q. Chowdhury, a well-known journalist and former editor for the Assam Herald, joined Ali Bhoy Ltd., Dhaka as its Managing Director for the marketing of radios and cameras in 1948. Thereafter, Prof. S.N. Mitra of the Department of Physics, Dhaka University inspired the young A.Q. Chowdhury to establish the present company.","In 1950, A.Q. Chowdhury was formally registered as a company dealing in scientific products. By 1954 it was already known throughout Pakistan as the leading supplier of scientific instruments and chemicals, trading with international companies like Zeiss, Reichert, Leybold, and E. Merck.","After the Liberation War of 1971, Bangladesh got its independence and AQC continued its business as the leading supplier of scientific instruments and chemicals. Today, the company specializes in turnkey packages to set up Scientific Research Centers, Quality Control, Environmental and Science Teaching Laboratories.","These packages include from the supply of equipment to installation, maintenance, and training of the workforce. A.Q. Chowdhury Science & Synergy (Pvt.) Ltd. is Bangladesh's leading supplier of scientific instruments."]},"achievements":{"title":"Milestones","sectionTag":"OUR JOURNEY","timeline":[{"year":"1950","event":"Chowdhury Baba takes the registered name of AQ Chowdhury. Starts trading with leading companies of Western Europe."},{"year":"1958","event":"Donates to Diabetic Association (now BIRDEM) instruments to set up its first Pathological Laboratory."},{"year":"1969","event":"Enters the field of Nuclear Instrumentation with a major supply to Pakistan Atomic Energy Center."},{"year":"1972","event":"Restructured to meet the challenges of a new nation."},{"year":"1976","event":"Installs country's first Automated Clinical Analyzer."},{"year":"1980","event":"Installs country's first Microprocessor Development System."},{"year":"1985","event":"Installs country's first 90MHz FT NMR Spectrometer. Opens office in New York."},{"year":"1986","event":"Installs country's first high Resolution GC-Mass Spectrometer."},{"year":"1990","event":"Installs X-Ray Diffractometer."},{"year":"1991","event":"Installs Scanning Electron Microscope."},{"year":"1992","event":"Develops 'Plasma Plus', South Asia's first Application Laboratory in Science & Technology."},{"year":"1993","event":"Transition from proprietary to a private limited company. Installs country's first FT-IR Spectrophotometer."},{"year":"1995","event":"Installs country's first Biplane Coronary Angiograph System with Digital Subtraction Angiography."},{"year":"1996","event":"Installs country's first PC based GC and HPLC workstation."},{"year":"1999","event":"Application Laboratory recognized by Bangladesh Government as a Centre for Technology Transfer."},{"year":"2000","event":"Installation of country's first Mobile Air Monitoring System and first Total Organic Carbon Analyzer."},{"year":"2004","event":"Extends Engineering & Application Services to Nepal. Installation of FT-NIR Spectrophotometer System and 100th unit of HPLC."},{"year":"2007","event":"Installation of Scanning Electron Microscope with EDS, 41-channel Optical Emission Spectrometer, and dual-view ICP Spectrometer."},{"year":"2008","event":"Installation of 200th unit of HPLC and 100th unit of GC. Established a Laser Lab at Centre of Excellence, Dhaka University."},{"year":"2010","event":"Installed 'NEXERA', the world's fastest HPLC. Introduced 'ANTEC' Electrochemical Detector."},{"year":"2013","event":"Installs country's first Field Emission Scanning Electron Microscope, the JEOL JSM-7600F at BUET."},{"year":"2017-18","event":"Company-wide restructuring and change in leadership to guide towards sustainable success in the new era."},{"year":"2019","event":"Installed JSM-7000 Neoscope with integrated EDS in the Forensic Laboratory of Rapid Action Battalion."},{"year":"2022","event":"Installed 200KV Transmission Electron Microscope JEM-2100Plus in IGCRT, BCSIR, Dhaka."},{"year":"2023","event":"Installed country's first medical TEM JEM-1400Flash at AFIP, and JSM-IT800 at BCSIR Rajshahi."}]},"quote":{"text":"Pioneering means to be driven by the vision of solutions beyond the conventional and by the ambition to be the first to do that."},"sisterConcerns":[{"name":"Intratech Engineering Solutions Ltd.","subtitle":"Laboratory Design & Engineering","website":"https://intratechbd.com/","logo":"/images/partner-intratech-logo.png"},{"name":"LabCare Ltd.","subtitle":"Laboratory Solutions & Consultancy","website":"https://labcare.com.bd","logo":"/images/partner-labcare-logo.png"}],"storyTag":"Our Story","mission":{"title":"Our Mission","text":"To provide cutting-edge scientific instruments and exceptional service that empowers researchers, industries, and institutions to achieve breakthrough discoveries and maintain the highest standards of quality."},"vision":{"title":"Our Vision","text":"To be the most trusted partner for scientific instrumentation in Bangladesh and beyond, recognized for our technical expertise, integrity, and commitment to advancing science and industry."},"sisterSection":{"tag":"Sister Concerns","headline":"Part of the AQC Family"},"companyProfileTag":"COMPANY PROFILE"},"companyProfile":{"slug":"company-profile","heroTag":"ABOUT US","heroHeadline":"Decades of Excellence in Scientific Solutions","heroDescription":"For over seven decades, AQ Chowdhury has been the trusted partner for laboratories across pharmaceuticals, materials science, environmental monitoring, and academic research in Bangladesh.","founder":{"name":"A.Q. Chowdhury","title":"Founder","photo":"/images/founder-aq-chowdhury.png"},"beginning":{"title":"The Beginning","paragraphs":["After the Second World War, political changes took place in the Indian sub-continent. India was divided and A.Q. Chowdhury, a well-known journalist and former editor for the Assam Herald, joined Ali Bhoy Ltd., Dhaka as its Managing Director for the marketing of radios and cameras in 1948. Thereafter, Prof. S.N. Mitra of the Department of Physics, Dhaka University inspired the young A.Q. Chowdhury to establish the present company.","In 1950, A.Q. Chowdhury was formally registered as a company dealing in scientific products. By 1954 it was already known throughout Pakistan as the leading supplier of scientific instruments and chemicals, trading with international companies like Zeiss, Reichert, Leybold, and E. Merck.","After the Liberation War of 1971, Bangladesh got its independence and AQC continued its business as the leading supplier of scientific instruments and chemicals. Today, the company specializes in turnkey packages to set up Scientific Research Centers, Quality Control, Environmental and Science Teaching Laboratories.","These packages include from the supply of equipment to installation, maintenance, and training of the workforce. A.Q. Chowdhury Science & Synergy (Pvt.) Ltd. is Bangladesh's leading supplier of scientific instruments."]},"achievements":{"title":"Milestones","sectionTag":"OUR JOURNEY","timeline":[{"year":"1950","event":"Chowdhury Baba takes the registered name of AQ Chowdhury. Starts trading with leading companies of Western Europe."},{"year":"1958","event":"Donates to Diabetic Association (now BIRDEM) instruments to set up its first Pathological Laboratory."},{"year":"1969","event":"Enters the field of Nuclear Instrumentation with a major supply to Pakistan Atomic Energy Center."},{"year":"1972","event":"Restructured to meet the challenges of a new nation."},{"year":"1976","event":"Installs country's first Automated Clinical Analyzer."},{"year":"1980","event":"Installs country's first Microprocessor Development System."},{"year":"1985","event":"Installs country's first 90MHz FT NMR Spectrometer. Opens office in New York."},{"year":"1986","event":"Installs country's first high Resolution GC-Mass Spectrometer."},{"year":"1990","event":"Installs X-Ray Diffractometer."},{"year":"1991","event":"Installs Scanning Electron Microscope."},{"year":"1992","event":"Develops 'Plasma Plus', South Asia's first Application Laboratory in Science & Technology."},{"year":"1993","event":"Transition from proprietary to a private limited company. Installs country's first FT-IR Spectrophotometer."},{"year":"1995","event":"Installs country's first Biplane Coronary Angiograph System with Digital Subtraction Angiography."},{"year":"1996","event":"Installs country's first PC based GC and HPLC workstation."},{"year":"1999","event":"Application Laboratory recognized by Bangladesh Government as a Centre for Technology Transfer."},{"year":"2000","event":"Installation of country's first Mobile Air Monitoring System and first Total Organic Carbon Analyzer."},{"year":"2004","event":"Extends Engineering & Application Services to Nepal. Installation of FT-NIR Spectrophotometer System and 100th unit of HPLC."},{"year":"2007","event":"Installation of Scanning Electron Microscope with EDS, 41-channel Optical Emission Spectrometer, and dual-view ICP Spectrometer."},{"year":"2008","event":"Installation of 200th unit of HPLC and 100th unit of GC. Established a Laser Lab at Centre of Excellence, Dhaka University."},{"year":"2010","event":"Installed 'NEXERA', the world's fastest HPLC. Introduced 'ANTEC' Electrochemical Detector."},{"year":"2013","event":"Installs country's first Field Emission Scanning Electron Microscope, the JEOL JSM-7600F at BUET."},{"year":"2017-18","event":"Company-wide restructuring and change in leadership to guide towards sustainable success in the new era."},{"year":"2019","event":"Installed JSM-7000 Neoscope with integrated EDS in the Forensic Laboratory of Rapid Action Battalion."},{"year":"2022","event":"Installed 200KV Transmission Electron Microscope JEM-2100Plus in IGCRT, BCSIR, Dhaka."},{"year":"2023","event":"Installed country's first medical TEM JEM-1400Flash at AFIP, and JSM-IT800 at BCSIR Rajshahi."}]},"quote":{"text":"Pioneering means to be driven by the vision of solutions beyond the conventional and by the ambition to be the first to do that."},"sisterConcerns":[{"name":"Intratech Engineering Solutions Ltd.","subtitle":"Laboratory Design & Engineering","website":"https://intratechbd.com/","logo":"/images/partner-intratech-logo.png"},{"name":"LabCare Ltd.","subtitle":"Laboratory Solutions & Consultancy","website":"https://labcare.com.bd","logo":"/images/partner-labcare-logo.png"}],"storyTag":"Our Story","mission":{"title":"Our Mission","text":"To provide cutting-edge scientific instruments and exceptional service that empowers researchers, industries, and institutions to achieve breakthrough discoveries and maintain the highest standards of quality."},"vision":{"title":"Our Vision","text":"To be the most trusted partner for scientific instrumentation in Bangladesh and beyond, recognized for our technical expertise, integrity, and commitment to advancing science and industry."},"sisterSection":{"tag":"Sister Concerns","headline":"Part of the AQC Family"},"companyProfileTag":"COMPANY PROFILE"},"partners":{"heroTag":"OUR PARTNERS","heroHeadline":"World-Class Manufacturers, Trusted Partnerships","heroDescription":"We are the authorized distributor for leading scientific instrument manufacturers. Each partnership represents decades of engineering excellence and innovation.","partnersList":[{"name":"JEOL","country":"Japan","specialty":"FE-SEM, SEM, TEM, FIB, NMR, EPMA, ESR, GC-MS, LC-MS, MALDI, ED-XRF, Auger, XPS (ESCA) etc.","description":"World leader in electron microscopy (SEM, TEM, FIB) and analytical instruments spanning NMR, mass spectrometry, XRF, ESR, EPMA, surface analysis, and e-beam lithography.","logo":"/images/partner-jeol-logo.png","website":"https://www.jeol.com"},{"name":"SPECTRO Analytical","country":"Germany","specialty":"ICP-OES, ICP-MS, Arc/Spark OES Metal Analyzers etc.","description":"Germany's leading manufacturer of optical emission spectrometers, offering ICP-OES, ICP-MS, and arc/spark OES systems for precise elemental analysis across industries.","logo":"/images/partner-spectro-logo.png","website":"https://www.spectro.com"},{"name":"Anton Paar","country":"Austria","specialty":"Rheometry, Density, Viscometry, Particle Characterization, Raman, XRD etc.","description":"Precision instruments for density, viscosity, and rheology, extending to particle characterization, Raman spectroscopy, powder XRD, microwave digestion, and petroleum testing.","logo":"/images/partner-anton-paar-logo.png","website":"https://www.anton-paar.com"},{"name":"Park Systems","country":"South Korea","specialty":"AFM, SPM, Nano-IR Spectrometers, Ellipsometers etc.","description":"World-leading manufacturer of atomic force microscopes and nanoscale metrology, from research systems to fully automated industrial AFMs with True Non-Contact™ technology.","logo":"/images/partner-park-systems-logo.png","website":"https://www.parksystems.com"},{"name":"Newport","country":"USA","specialty":"Optical tables, Opto-Mechanics, Motion Control, Light Sources etc.","description":"Precision photonics solutions including optical tables, opto-mechanical components, motion control systems, light sources, and detectors for research and industry.","logo":"/images/partner-newport-logo.png","website":"https://www.newport.com"},{"name":"Spectra-Physics","country":"USA","specialty":"Ultrafast, CW, Pulsed Laser Systems etc.","description":"Industry leader in ultrafast, continuous-wave, and pulsed laser systems serving scientific research, microelectronics, medical, and industrial manufacturing applications.","logo":"/images/partner-spectra-physics-logo.png","website":"https://www.spectra-physics.com"},{"name":"CAMECA","country":"France","specialty":"SIMS, Atom Probe Tomography, Electron Cyclotron Resonance (ECR) etc.","description":"World's leading manufacturer of secondary ion mass spectrometers (SIMS) and atom probe tomography systems for high-resolution microanalysis and materials research.","logo":"/images/partner-cameca-logo.png","website":"https://www.cameca.com"},{"name":"Rigo (Rigosha)","country":"Japan","specialty":"Petroleum Testing, Oceanographical and Limnological Apparatus.","description":"Japanese manufacturer specializing in petroleum testing instruments alongside a long-established range of oceanographic and limnological measurement apparatus.","logo":"/images/partner-rigo-logo-v2.png","website":"https://rigo.co.jp"},{"name":"Euromex","country":"Netherlands","specialty":"Microscopes and other optical instruments.","description":"Founded in 1966, Euromex Microscopen BV is a world-class manufacturer of biological and stereo microscopes and other optical instruments for science and education.","logo":"/images/partner-euromex-logo.png","website":"https://www.euromex.com/en/"},{"name":"SPI Supplies","country":"USA","specialty":"Electron Microscope Consumables and Sample Preparation","description":"Global supplier of electron microscopy consumables, sample preparation equipment, calibration standards, and accessories for SEM, TEM, and FIB workflows.","logo":"/images/partner-spi-supplies-logo.png","website":"https://www.2spi.com"},{"name":"Yamato Scientific","country":"Japan","specialty":"Ovens, incubators, Autoclaves, Freeze Dryers, Water Purifier etc.","description":"Japanese manufacturer of high-quality laboratory equipment including ovens, incubators, autoclaves, freeze dryers, and water purification systems for research labs.","logo":"/images/partner-yamato-logo.png","website":"https://www.yamato-net.co.jp"},{"name":"Koehler Instrument","country":"USA","specialty":"Petroleum and Lubricant Testing Instruments","description":"Leading manufacturer of petroleum and lubricant testing instruments engineered to ASTM and international standards for quality control and research laboratories.","logo":"/images/partner-koehler-logo.png","website":"https://www.koehlerinstrument.com"},{"name":"Latvia MGI Tech","country":"Latvia","specialty":"DNA Sequencing Instruments, Reagents, and Related Products","description":"MGI is at the forefront of biotechnology, specializing in next-generation sequencing, laboratory automation, and multi-omics platforms that advance the life sciences.","logo":"/images/partner-mgi-logo.png","website":"https://mgi-tech.eu"}],"cta":{"headline":"Become a Partner","description":"Interested in representing your instruments in Bangladesh? Let's explore a strategic partnership.","buttonHref":"/contact","buttonLabel":"Contact Us "},"visitWebsiteLabel":"Visit website "},"products":{"heroTag":"PRODUCT RANGE","heroHeadline":"Your single source for scientific instrumentation","heroDescription":"From electron microscopy to petroleum testing, we supply, install, and service the instruments your laboratory depends on — all through one point of contact.","cta":{"headline":"Not sure which instrument you need?","description":"Describe your application and our team will recommend the right solution.","buttonLabel":"Request a Quote","buttonHref":"/request-quote"},"cardLinkText":"View instruments"},"contact":{"heroTag":"CONTACT US","heroHeadline":"Get in touch with our team","heroDescription":"Whether you need a quotation, service support, or technical consultation — our team is ready to help.","office":{"title":"Head Office","address":["87 Suhrawardy Avenue","Baridhara Central Plaza (2nd Floor)","Baridhara Diplomatic Zone","Dhaka-1212, Bangladesh"],"email":"scientific@aqchowdhury.com","phone":"+88-02226620273","hours":"Sunday - Thursday: 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM"},"overseasOffice":{"title":"Overseas Office","address":["14731 Pebble Bend Drive, Suite 100","Houston, Texas 77068","U.S.A"],"email":"aqcus@aqchowdhury.com","phone":"+1 (281) 440 5874","fax":"+1 (281) 444 3527"},"departments":[{"title":"Sales & Quotations","email":"scientific@aqchowdhury.com","phone":"+88-02226620273","description":"For product inquiries, quotations, and tender support."},{"title":"Service & Support","email":"scientific@aqchowdhury.com","phone":"+88-02226620273","description":"For maintenance, repairs, and spare parts."},{"title":"Applications","email":"scientific@aqchowdhury.com","phone":"+88-02226620273","description":"For method development and technical consultation."}],"quoteCard":{"title":"Request a Quote","description":"Get a detailed quotation for your instrument requirements.","href":"/request-quote"}},"serviceSupport":{"heroTag":"SERVICE & SUPPORT","heroHeadline":"Lifetime Partnership, Not Just a Sale","heroDescription":"For over seven decades, AQ Chowdhury has stood behind every instrument we deliver. Our Dhaka-based team of factory-trained engineers ensures your laboratory operates without interruption.","services":[{"id":"installation","title":"Installation, Commissioning & Training","description":"A precision instrument is only as good as its installation. Our engineers handle the entire process — from uncrating and levelling to vacuum testing and calibration — following factory-certified protocols.","image":"/images/service-installation.webp","features":["Site survey & preparation guidance before delivery","Factory-certified installation & commissioning","Comprehensive operator training with certification","Application method development support"]},{"id":"amc","title":"Annual Maintenance Contracts & Preventive Care","description":"Unexpected downtime can derail months of research. Our Annual Maintenance Contracts (AMC) provide scheduled preventive maintenance, priority response times, and comprehensive coverage.","image":"/images/service-maintenance.webp","features":["Scheduled preventive maintenance visits","Priority response with dedicated hotline","Firmware & software updates included","Performance validation & traceability records","Significant discounts on spare parts & consumables"]},{"id":"spare-parts","title":"Genuine Spare Parts, Repairs & Emergency Support","description":"When a critical component fails, every hour counts. Our Dhaka spare parts warehouse stocks genuine OEM components for all principal brands.","image":"/images/service-spareparts.webp","features":["Local Dhaka inventory of genuine OEM spare parts","Emergency repair service with rapid response","Loaner instruments for critical applications","Remote diagnostics via secure internet connection","Direct liaison with factory specialists for complex cases"]},{"id":"training","title":"Application Training & Knowledge Transfer","description":"Technology evolves — and so should your team's skills. We offer advanced training programmes, refresher courses, and application workshops.","image":"/images/service-training.webp","features":["Advanced operator training & refresher courses","Application workshops on new techniques","Customised training for specific research needs","Remote training sessions via video conferencing","Knowledge transfer documentation & SOP development"]}],"cta":{"headline":"Your instruments deserve expert care","description":"Contact our service team for maintenance schedules, spare parts, technical support, or to discuss a customised service contract.","buttonLabel":"Contact Service Team","buttonHref":"/contact"},"heroButtons":{"contactLabel":"Contact Service Team","callLabel":"Call Now: +88-02226620273","callPhone":"+8802226620273"},"offer":{"tag":"What We Offer","headline":"Comprehensive Service Coverage","description":"From installation to end-of-life support, our Dhaka-based team ensures your instruments deliver peak performance year after year."},"includedLabel":"What's included","banner":{"headline":"Every instrument we sell, we also service","description":"Our engineering team is factory-trained by the equipment manufacturers. You will never be left searching for qualified support."},"heroImages":[{"src":"/images/service-aqc-carousel-1.webp","alt":"Modern scientific instrument service center"},{"src":"/images/service-aqc-carousel-2.webp","alt":"Customer consultation with service representative"},{"src":"/images/service-aqc-carousel-3.webp","alt":"Engineers performing collaborative technical inspection"}]},"newsEvents":{"heroTag":"NEWS & EVENTS","heroHeadline":"What's happening at AQC","heroDescription":"Stay updated with our latest installations, product launches, training sessions, and industry events.","newsItems":[{"date":"2024-12-15","title":"New JEOL SEM Installation at BUET","summary":"We recently completed the installation of a JEOL JSM-IT710 scanning electron microscope at Bangladesh University of Engineering and Technology.","category":"Installation","href":"#","slug":"new-jeol-sem-installation-at-buet","image":"","gallery":[]},{"date":"2024-11-28","title":"Training Workshop on Spectroscopy Techniques","summary":"Our application team conducted a 2-day workshop on atomic spectroscopy techniques for pharmaceutical QC laboratories in Dhaka.","category":"Training","href":"#","slug":"training-workshop-on-spectroscopy-techniques","image":"","gallery":[]},{"date":"2024-10-20","title":"AQC at Bangladesh Pharma Expo 2024","summary":"Visit us at Booth 45 at the Bangladesh Pharma Expo from November 15-17. See live demonstrations of our latest analytical instruments.","category":"Event","href":"#","slug":"aqc-at-bangladesh-pharma-expo-2024","image":"","gallery":[]},{"date":"2024-09-05","title":"New Partnership with Anton Paar","summary":"We are pleased to announce our new distributorship agreement with Anton Paar, expanding our portfolio with world-class rheometry and density measurement instruments.","category":"Partnership","href":"#","slug":"new-partnership-with-anton-paar","image":"","gallery":[]},{"date":"2024-08-12","title":"Service Expansion: New Service Engineers Joined","summary":"We've added three new factory-trained service engineers to our team, expanding our coverage for JEOL and SPECTRO instruments nationwide.","category":"Company News","href":"#","slug":"service-expansion-new-service-engineers-joined","image":"","gallery":[]},{"date":"2024-07-01","title":"SPECTRO ARCOS ICP-OES Installation at BCSIR","summary":"The SPECTRO ARCOS ICP-OES system has been successfully installed and commissioned at Bangladesh Council of Scientific and Industrial Research.","category":"Installation","href":"#","slug":"spectro-arcos-icp-oes-installation-at-bcsir","image":"","gallery":[]}],"newsletter":{"headline":"Stay in the loop","description":"Subscribe to our newsletter for product updates, event invitations, and industry insights.","buttonHref":"/contact","buttonLabel":"Subscribe "}},"requestQuote":{"heroTag":"REQUEST A QUOTE","heroHeadline":"Tell us your requirement","heroDescription":"Share your application details and we'll prepare a comprehensive quotation with the right instrument specifications, delivery terms, and service package.","formFields":[{"id":"name","label":"Full Name","type":"text","required":true,"placeholder":"Your full name"},{"id":"organization","label":"Organization","type":"text","required":true,"placeholder":"Company or institution name"},{"id":"email","label":"Email Address","type":"email","required":true,"placeholder":"your@email.com"},{"id":"phone","label":"Phone Number","type":"tel","required":true,"placeholder":"+880-XXXX-XXXXXX"},{"id":"application","label":"Application / Method","type":"textarea","required":true,"placeholder":"Describe your analytical requirement..."},{"id":"industry","label":"Industry","type":"select","required":true,"options":["Pharmaceuticals","Materials Research","Metals & Foundry","Petroleum & Energy","Environmental","Food & Beverage","Academic Research","Clinical Diagnostics","Other"]},{"id":"budget","label":"Budget Range (USD)","type":"select","required":false,"options":["Below $50,000","$50,000 - $100,000","$100,000 - $250,000","$250,000 - $500,000","Above $500,000","Not specified"]},{"id":"timeline","label":"Expected Purchase Timeline","type":"select","required":false,"options":["Immediate","1-3 months","3-6 months","6-12 months","Future planning"]}],"submitButton":"Submit Quote Request","successMessage":"Thank you! Your quote request has been submitted. Our team will contact you within 2 working days.","note":"We respect your privacy. Your information will only be used to process your quotation request.","successTitle":"Quote Request Submitted","selectPlaceholder":"Select..."},"categories":{"electron-microscopy":{"title":"Electron Microscopy & Microanalysis","description":"From routine SEM imaging to atomic-resolution TEM, focused ion beam systems, and quantitative EPMA microanalysis — a complete electron microscopy portfolio backed by local installation, operator training, and lifetime service support in Bangladesh.","carouselImages":["/images/carousel-electron-microscopy-1.webp","/images/carousel-electron-microscopy-2.webp","/images/carousel-electron-microscopy-3.webp","/images/carousel-electron-microscopy-4.webp"],"partner":"JEOL, EDAX","equipmentList":[{"name":"Scanning Electron Microscopes (SEM)","description":"High-resolution imaging for materials, biological, and industrial samples.","pageTitle":"Scanning Electron Microscopes (SEM)","pageDescription":"JEOL offers a wide range of lineups from general-purpose scanning electron microscopes (W-SEM), including a benchtop type that allows operations by anyone without specific knowledge and techniques, to high-end models of field emission scanning electron microscopes (FE-SEM).","overview":"Scanning electron microscopes (SEM) and their abundant attachments for surface observation and analysis are among the most active instruments at the R&D institutes and quality test sites in the world.\nJEOL offers a wide range of lineups from general-purpose scanning electron microscopes (W-SEM), including a benchtop type that allows operations by anyone without specific knowledge and techniques, to high-end models of field emission scanning electron microscopes (FE-SEM).\nIn addition, energy-dispersive X-ray spectrometers (EDS) that are used for elemental analysis are also developed in-house.","partner":"JEOL — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/jsm-it810-v1.webp","slug":"sem","models":[{"slug":"it810","name":"FE-SEM — Model: JSM-IT810","description":"Versatility and high spatial resolution meet automation with the JSM-IT810 series FE-SEM, featuring built-in no-coding automation for imaging and EDS analysis in a streamlined workflow.","pageTitle":"FE-SEM  —  Model: JSM-IT810","pageDescription":"Versatility and high spatial resolution meet automation with the JSM-IT810 series FE-SEM. Built-in no-coding automation for imaging and EDS analysis streamlines the workflow, from high-throughput routine work to advanced materials research.","image":"/images/jsm-it810-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Versatility and high spatial resolution meet automation with the JSM-IT810 series FE-SEM.\nNo-coding automation for imaging and EDS analysis is built in for a streamlined and efficient workflow, and new functions ensure high-quality data and an enhanced user experience for all SEM users — including the SEM automatic adjustment package, a trapezoidal correction function (useful for EBSD measurements) and Live 3D surface reconstruction for observing surface topography.\nOperating an FE-SEM has never been easier.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jsm-it810-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"JSM-IT810 Schottky Field Emission Scanning Electron Microscope","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Features","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Neo Action — A New Era in Automation","text":"Neo Action provides no-code automation workflows, allowing even a novice user to effortlessly perform SEM observations and EDS analyses (requires a JEOL EDS detector). Areas of interest are selected, conditions registered, and the instrument executes the measurements automatically — demonstrated on chondrule-bearing meteorite sections with automated multi-point elemental mapping. The Gather-X windowless EDS is also available."},{"title":"Link observation and elemental analysis — EDS integration","text":"Live Analysis and Live Map (option) automatically provide the spectrum and elemental maps of the observation area in real time — effective for screening targets. Select point, area, map or line from the icons and click the target location on the live image to start analysis immediately. (Requires a JEOL EDS detector.)."},{"title":"Link optical and SEM images — Zeromag","text":"Zeromag is built in for a seamless transition from optical to SEM imaging: as magnification changes, the image automatically switches between optical and SEM. Useful for locating the observation area and managing acquired data. (The optical stage navigation system SNS is required for optical images.)."},{"title":"Link data and reporting — SMILE VIEW™ Lab","text":"Connectivity with SMILE VIEW™ Lab, JEOL's data management system: data is automatically saved per project and reports are created automatically from templates. With an additional license (option), analysis can be performed on PCs other than the instrument itself."},{"title":"EDS Integration & Phase Analysis","text":"The integrated design of EDS and SEM eliminates the barriers between observation and elemental analysis: point, area, mapping and line analyses are set up directly on the observation screen, and analysis starts with just three clicks — the interface switches to the analysis screen automatically.\nThe integrated EDS can automatically and quickly generate chemical-composition information corresponding to the elemental maps. On a metal-particle cross-section, phase analysis separated CoNi (63.07%), CrC (24.20%) and WCrC (12.74%) areas. (Optional function: Phase analysis)."},{"title":"In-lens Schottky Plus electron gun","text":"Enhanced brightness through integration of the electron gun with the low-aberration condenser lens: probe currents from a few pA to several tens of nA even at low accelerating voltages, so high-resolution observation, high-speed elemental mapping, EBSD and SXES analysis are performed without objective-aperture switching. The emitter carries a three-year warranty."},{"title":"Aperture angle Control Lens (ACL)","text":"Positioned above the objective lens, the ACL automatically optimises the aperture angle across the entire current range — the smallest probe size is maintained even as probe current increases, from high-resolution observation to large-current analysis."},{"title":"Beam deceleration (BD) mode","text":"A bias voltage on the specimen stage decelerates the incident beam just before the specimen, improving spatial resolution and S/N at low landing voltage — available on all JSM-IT810s. SHL and SIL offer a higher biasing option on their PRIME versions for even higher resolution at lower voltages."}],"image":"/images/it810-2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Automated SEM observation and EDS analysis: By setting the analysis conditions and selecting the areas to measure","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Three Versions: HL, SHL and SIL","text":"The JSM-IT810 offers three objective-lens versions to match the task.","subsections":[{"title":"JSM-IT810(HL) — the basic model","text":"The Hybrid Lens combines magnetic and electrostatic lenses for high-spatial-resolution imaging and analysis on all sample types, including magnetic materials and insulators."},{"title":"JSM-IT810(SHL) — the multi-purpose model","text":"The Super Hybrid Lens is an enhanced hybrid-lens design for even higher spatial resolution while keeping the hybrid lens's ease of use. "},{"title":"JSM-IT810(SIL) — the high-end model","text":"The Semi-In-Lens forms a strong magnetic field below the objective lens for ultra-high spatial resolution."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Detectors to Match the Purpose","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"SBED — speed & sensitivity (option)","text":"The scintillator backscattered electron detector enhances response and sensitivity over semiconductor types; combined with high-speed, high-resolution scanning, a wide area is captured quickly in high detail — a 10,240 × 7,680 pixel mouse-cerebellum image in 52 seconds at 0.64 µs/pixel."},{"title":"VBED — signal selection & 3D (option)","text":"The versatile 5-segment semiconductor detector selectively collects backscattered signals; images from four directions allow 3D reconstruction of the specimen surface, and Live 3D displays a real-time 3D view for immediate assessment of topology."}],"image":"/images/it810-1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":" Live 3D reconstruction of the sample surface: View the 3D image in real-time to check the sample topology","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Variety of Functions for Multi-Purpose Measurement","text":"Neo Engine — a next-generation electron-optical control system — delivers stable imaging quickly under any conditions and easier automatic operation.\nVarious automatic functions: advanced auto beam alignment (ABA) plus automatic focus, astigmatism and brightness.\nLarge Depth of Focus (LDF) mode: focusing via the ACL for low-distortion, large-area, deep-focus imaging of tall specimens.\nElectron Channeling Pattern (ECP) mode (option) for crystalline specimens.\nLow Vacuum (option): observation and analysis of insulating materials with no conductive coating (LVBED standard detector, 10 to 300 Pa, automatic orifice control).\nLive-AI filter (option): machine-learning live-image enhancement with no residual image — very effective when searching for an observation area.\nCAD Navigation (option): synchronises CAD position data with the SEM stage — effective for semiconductor specimens.\nExternal control package (option): control the SEM and EDS from Python or C#, including automation and machine-learning integration.\nSEM Automatic Adjustment package (option): three dedicated samples for magnification calibration, beam alignment and EDS energy calibration.","subsections":[{"title":"Abundant attachment ports","text":"The multi-purpose chamber accepts a wide range of attachments — EDS, windowless Gather-X, SXES, EBSD, TED, multiple backscattered detectors, a hybrid specimen exchange chamber and stage options."}],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JSM-IT810(HL)","JSM-IT810(SHL)","JSM-IT810(SIL)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["0.7 nm","0.6 nm","0.6 nm"]},{"parameter":"Magnification","values":["×10 to ×2,000,000 "]},{"parameter":"Landing voltage","values":["0.01 to 30 kV"]},{"parameter":"Electron gun","values":["In-lens Schottky Plus field emission electron gun"]},{"parameter":"Objective lens","values":["Hybrid Lens (HL)","Super Hybrid Lens (SHL)","Semi-In-Lens (SIL)"]},{"parameter":"Standard detectors","values":["Secondary electron detector (SED)\nUpper electron detector (UED)\nEnergy-dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS)","Secondary electron detector (SED)\nUpper hybrid detector (UHD)\nEnergy-dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS)","Secondary electron detector (SED)\nUpper In-lens detector (UID)\nEnergy-dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS)"]},{"parameter":"Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS)","values":["SD detector with detection surface area: 60 mm² is included in the standard configuration. \nResolution ≦ 129 eV for Mn Kα  and Detectable Elements: Be to U "]},{"parameter":"Automatic function","values":["Beam alignment \nFocus / astigmatism / brightness / contrast correction"]},{"parameter":"Major installable options","values":["Backscattered electron detector (BED); Low-vacuum option - including low-vacuum backscattered electron detector (LVBED); Low-vacuum secondary electron detector (LVSED); Scintillator backscattered electron detector (SBED); Versatile backscattered electron detector (VBED); Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS): SD detector with detection surface area: 30/60/100 mm²; Soft X-ray emission spectrometer (SXES); Wavelength dispersive X-Ray spectrometer (WDS); Electron backscatter diffraction system (EBSD); Transmission Electron Detector (TED); Specimen exchange chamber; Stage navigation system (SNS); Chamber camera; Operation panel; Track ball; SMILENAVI; SMILE VIEW™ Map"]}]}]},{"slug":"it710hr","name":"SEM — Model: JSM-IT710HR","description":"The newly born JSM-IT710HR is the fourth-generation model of JEOL's HR series, which is based on the theme of \"SEM that allows anyone to easily take high-resolution images\".","pageTitle":"SEM — Model: JSM-IT710HR","pageDescription":"The newly born JSM-IT710HR is the fourth-generation model of JEOL's HR series, which is based on the theme of \"SEM that allows anyone to easily take high-resolution images\".","image":"/images/jsm-it710hr.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Today it is not only nanometre-order resolution and analytical performance that matter, but also throughput in data acquisition. The JSM-IT710HR is the fourth-generation model of JEOL's HR (High Resolution) series, built on the theme of an SEM that allows anyone to easily take high-resolution images.\nWith enhanced automatic functions for effortless operation and improved observation performance from a new detector, the JSM-IT710HR invites users to pursue what lies beyond what has already been seen.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jsm-it710hr.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"JSM-IT710HR Scanning Electron Microscope","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Features","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"SEM and optical images, linked","text":"The SEM image is visible in conjunction with the optical image, so navigation and observation flow naturally from the overview to the detail."},{"title":"Seeing better with a high-resolution electron gun","text":"The high-resolution electron gun sharpens the image itself — details emerge that previous-generation instruments left unseen."},{"title":"Four ways to see more","text":"Charge reduction under low vacuum for beam-sensitive specimens; 3D observation with the multi-segment detector; elemental information with EDS (optional); and crystal-structure analysis with EBSD (optional)."},{"title":"Automatic Observation: Simple SEM / EDS","text":"The Simple SEM function enables automatic measurements by registering multiple conditions at once, improving the efficiency of routine work.\n1. Specify multiple conditions at once: All observation conditions are registered in a single step.\n2. Select multiple fields of view at once: The operator marks every field of interest up front.\n3. Start automatic observation: The instrument works through the queue unattended."},{"title":"Live 3D: 3D Images on the Spot","text":"The new multi-segmented backscattered electron detector acquires backscattered electron images from four directions at once, so a simple 3D image can be constructed and displayed live, in real time — for example on a plastic fracture surface."},{"title":"Low Vacuum Hybrid Secondary Electron Detector (LHSED)","text":"The LHSED, a new low-vacuum detector, enables observation while switching between images containing light-emission information and topographic images.\nImproved quality of the low-vacuum secondary electron live image; acquisition of light-emission information; switching between topographic and light-emission information images. (Optional function)."},{"title":"A More Stable Schottky FE Gun, Automatically Adjusted","text":"Schottky field-emission gun stability has been enhanced more than 4 times compared to the previous models. Because the electron gun is integrated with the condenser lens, the JSM-IT710HR creates large currents while maintaining a small probe — high resolution and large current at the same time.\nAutomatic beam adjustment. No complicated manual adjustment is required: automatic beam alignment (ABA), autofocus (AF) and auto stigmator (AS) take the instrument from axis alignment to astigmatism correction and focusing."},{"title":"Secondary electron detection","text":"A secondary electron detector (SED) for high vacuum and low-vacuum secondary electron detectors (LVSED / LHSED) cover both operating modes."},{"title":"Every Analysis Starts with Zeromag","text":"Zeromag's optical image simplifies navigation: SEM images are linked to optical images for easy observation, analysis and automated measurements."},{"title":"EDS Integration & Phase Analysis","text":"JEOL manufactures both the SEM and the EDS, so the EDS is fully embedded with the SEM for a simplified workflow, operation and data management.\nJEOL's EDS system supports a new phase-analysis function: phase maps are created from a map data set. On a cross-section of a precision cutting tool, phase analysis separated Co (68.15%), Cu-rich CuSn (16.25%) and Sn-rich CuSn (14.54%) areas."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/_UjFGOmLDPY?si=JTOrb2YU5tft7_i1","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Typical Applications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Electronic devices","text":"High resolution, high contrast and wide-area observation: clear imaging of a nanovoid at an LED junction interface (CROSS SECTION POLISHER™-prepared cross-section, up to ×40,000 at 5 kV); wide-area wiring-pattern inspection under low vacuum (70 Pa, 15 kV); high-resolution EDS mapping of SRAM cross-sections; and simultaneous low-vacuum secondary + backscattered imaging of Al bonding pads for topography and composition together."},{"title":"Steel","text":"An optical system well suited to EBSD analysis — the Schottky field-emission gun combined with an out-lens objective lens."},{"title":"Energy & ceramics","text":"High-accuracy analysis of nano-scale layers in perovskite solar-cell substrates, and low-vacuum elemental analysis of non-conductive specimens such as Si₃N₄ ceramic substrates (5 kV, 30 Pa)."},{"title":"Soft materials & life science","text":"Low accelerating voltage, low vacuum and ultra-low magnification: stable, high-accuracy imaging of ABS resin at tens of thousands times magnification, high-brightness secondary electron images of gelatin, and slide-glass biological specimens such as artificial vessels observed from low to high magnification."}],"image":"/images/it710-5.webp","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"ABS resin observation at low accelerating voltage, with low-vacuum function, and ultra-low magnification","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JSM-IT710HR"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Vacuum mode","values":["Both high-vacuum (HV) and  low-vacuum (LV) modes are included in the standard configuration"]},{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["For HV mode: 1.0 nm\nFor LV mode: 1.8 nm \nFor Analysis performance: 3.0 nm"]},{"parameter":"Magnification","values":["×5 to ×600,000"]},{"parameter":"Electron gun","values":["Schottky field emission gun"]},{"parameter":"Accelerating voltage","values":["0.5 kV to 30 kV"]},{"parameter":"Standard detectors","values":["Secondary electron detector (SED)\nBackscattered electron detector (BED)"]},{"parameter":"Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS) (optional)","values":["SD detector with detection surface area: 30/60/100 mm² can be installed"]},{"parameter":"Automatic function","values":["Beam alignment \nFocus / astigmatism / brightness / contrast correction"]},{"parameter":"Major installable options","values":["Low vacuum secondary electron detector (LVSED); Low vacuum hybrid secondary electron detector (LHSED); Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS): SD detector with detection surface area: 30/60/100 mm²; Wavelength dispersive X-Ray spectrometer (WDS); Electron backscatter diffraction (EBSD); Load lock chamber (LLC); Stage navigation system (SNS); Chamber scope (CS); Operation panel; 3D analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"it510","name":"SEM — Model: JSM-IT510","description":"The JSM-IT510, the newly added Simple SEM function allows users to \"leave the manual repetitive operation to it\", required for SEM observation, making SEM observation more efficient and easier.","pageTitle":"SEM — Model: JSM-IT510","pageDescription":"The JSM-IT510, the newly added Simple SEM function allows users to \"leave the manual repetitive operation to it\", required for SEM observation, making SEM observation more efficient and easier.","image":"/images/jsm-it510-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Scanning electron microscopes are indispensable tools not only for research but also for quality assurance and manufacturing, where the same observation routines are repeated day after day.\nThe JSM-IT510 is built around exactly that reality: its Simple SEM function lets the operator leave the repetitive manual steps of SEM observation to the instrument, making everyday imaging faster, easier and more consistent.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jsm-it510-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"JSM-IT510 InTouchScope™ Scanning Electron Microscope","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Features","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Simple SEM","text":"Just select the target field — Simple SEM supports daily routine work. The operator picks the field of view and the instrument performs the repetitive acquisition steps automatically, from a quick ×50 survey of an electronic device to a detailed ×1,000 image."},{"title":"Specimen Exchange Navi","text":"A guided workflow takes the operator from specimen exchange to automatic observation — safe and simple.\n1. Follow the Navi guide: The on-screen guide walks the operator through setting the specimen safely and correctly.\n2. Prepare during evacuation: Observation is prepared while the chamber evacuates. Options such as the Stage Navigation System (SNS), the large-sample SNSLS and the Chamber Scope (CS) extend the workflow.\n3. Observation starts automaticallyAfter evacuation the image is formed automatically — no manual start-up steps."},{"title":"Zeromag","text":"Zeromag simplifies navigation with a seamless transition from the optical image to the SEM image. The SEM image, optical image and holder graphic are all linked, giving a global view of every analysis location on the specimen. (The Stage Navigation System is required to display the optical image.)."},{"title":"Live Analysis / Live Map","text":"Embedded EDS shows the spectrum or element maps in real time during image observation. The function supports searching for target elements and can raise an alert when they appear. Live Analysis is standard on the A (Analysis) and LA (Low Vacuum & Analysis) configurations."},{"title":"Simple analysis","text":"EDS analysis can be started within three clicks."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/YkoVtPEOWNg?si=K7OX1gFUZu8LFmkq","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Variety of Advanced Options","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Low-vacuum Hybrid Secondary Electron Detector (LHSED)","text":"This detector collects both electron and photon signals, producing images with high signal-to-noise ratio and enhanced topographic information under low vacuum. (Requires the LV or LA configuration.)."},{"title":"Live 3D","text":"Images obtained by the quadrant backscattered-electron detector can be displayed as a live 3D image, clearly representing the shape of a specimen even when its topography is subtle."},{"title":"Montage","text":"Automates large-area image collection and stitches the fields into one composite image — for example a 13 × 13 field montage of a fossil specimen."},{"title":"Signal depth display","text":"Displays the approximate analysis depth in the specimen — very useful when planning elemental analysis."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/ez6ESoIAChI?si=fTMX-02CCNWbAVIo","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Four Configurations","text":"The JSM-IT510 series can be equipped in four (04) configurations: \n1. BU (Base Unit) for observation under high vacuum; \n2. A (Analysis) with EDS attached as standard; \n3. LV (Low Vacuum) for high- and low-vacuum operation with backscattered-electron detector included; \n4. LA (Low Vacuum & Analysis) combining low vacuum, BED and EDS.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Typical Applications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Metals","text":"Channeling contrast reveals crystal orientation in steel cross-sections, and fracture surfaces tell the story of failure: fatigue striations, ductile dimples and intergranular 'rock candy' patterns are all clearly resolved."},{"title":"Semiconductors & Electronics","text":"Resist-pattern cross-sections can be imaged and line widths measured for process quality control, while low-vacuum operation allows direct inspection of printed circuit boards without pre-treatment."},{"title":"Polymers & Soft Materials","text":"Low vacuum permits direct observation of non-conductive specimens such as superabsorbent polymers and mask fabrics; simultaneous SE and BE imaging separates shape from compositional information."},{"title":"Biology","text":"Cells and microorganisms — erythrocytes, chlorella, pollen — can be observed after chemical fixation or freeze-drying preserves their shape."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JSM-IT510"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["High vacuum mode: 3.0 nm\nLow vacuum mode: 4.0 nm (BED)"]},{"parameter":"Magnification","values":["×5 to ×300,000"]},{"parameter":"Electron gun","values":["W filament, fully automatic gun alignment"]},{"parameter":"Accelerating voltage","values":["0.3 kV to 30 kV"]},{"parameter":"Objective lens aperture","values":["Four stage, with XY fine adjustment function"]},{"parameter":"Automatic function","values":["Filament adjustment, Gun alignment adjustment\nBeam alignment\nFocus / Astigmatism / Brightness / Contrast correction"]},{"parameter":"Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS) (optional)","values":["SD detector with detection surface area: 30/60/100 mm² can be installed"]},{"parameter":"Major installable options","values":["Backscattered Electron Detector (BED); Low Vacuum Hybrid Secondary Electron Detector (LHSED); Low Vacuum Secondary Electron Detector (LVSED); Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS): SD detector with detection surface area: 30/60/100 mm²; Wavelength Dispersive X-ray Spectrometer (WDS); Electron Backscatter Diffraction (EBSD); Load Lock Chamber (pre-evacuation chamber); Stage Navigation System (SNS); Chamber Scope (CS); Operation Panel (OP2); LaB6 Electron Gun (LAB6); 3D Analysis Software (SVM)"]}]}]},{"slug":"it210","name":"SEM — Model: JSM-IT210","description":"The JSM-IT210 is JEOL's most compact stationary scanning electron microscope, with a five-axis motor-driven stage and a Simple SEM function that acquires data at the selection of a field of view.","pageTitle":"SEM — Model: JSM-IT210","pageDescription":"The JSM-IT210 is JEOL's most compact stationary scanning electron microscope, designed to make it easy to acquire data on all specimen types. Its newly developed stage is motor-driven on all five axes, making operation safer and faster.","image":"/images/jsm-it210.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JSM-IT210 is JEOL's most compact stationary scanning electron microscope, designed to make it easy to acquire data on all specimen types. Its newly developed stage is motor-driven on all five axes, making operation safer and faster. The new \"Simple SEM\" function automatically acquires observation and analysis simply by selecting a field of view, making the JSM-IT210 a new-generation SEM that is compact and can be operated unattended.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jsm-it210.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"JSM-IT210 Scanning Electron Microscope","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Features","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Specimen Exchange Navi","text":"A guided workflow leads the operator from specimen exchange through to automatic observation.\n\n1. Set the specimen: Follow the on-screen Navi to set the specimen.\n\n2. Prepare during evacuation: Prepare for observation while the chamber is evacuating; a view inside the chamber makes searching for a field of view easy. (The chamber scope (CS) is optional.).\n\n3. Start observation automatically: Observation starts automatically. The stage navigation system (SNS) is optional; SNSLS is optional and can be used concurrently with SNS."},{"title":"Zeromag: Magnify the Optical Image and Transition to the SEM Image","text":"The Zeromag function simplifies navigation by providing a seamless transition from the optical image to the SEM image. \n\nThe SEM image, optical image and holder graphic are all linked for a global view of analysis locations. Optical image capture requires the stage navigation system (SNS, optional)."},{"title":"Live Analysis: Embedded EDS for Real-Time Elemental Composition","text":"Live Analysis displays the EDS spectrum or element maps in real time during image observation, supporting searching and providing alerts for target elements. \n\nThe A (Analysis) or LA (Low Vacuum & Analysis) models are required."},{"title":"Simple SEM: Automation for Enhanced Productivity","text":"Simple SEM automates image collection at multiple locations, conditions and magnifications. \n\nThe workflow is: select observation conditions, set the target fields, then start automatic collection."},{"title":"Tools for Speed","text":"A stage with high positional accuracy lets you relocate analysis positions precisely."},{"title":"Standard 60 mm² Large-Diameter EDS for Fast Analysis","text":"The 60 mm² sensor-size EDS fitted as standard on the JSM-IT210 obtains the same quality in far less time than smaller-area detectors, and performs multi-point analysis more efficiently. This EDS is compatible with the LV (Low Vacuum) and LA (Low Vacuum & Analysis) models.\n\n1. Fast Analysis: The 60 mm² EDS achieves the same result in about 10 seconds that a 10 mm² EDS needs 60 seconds to acquire.\n\n2. Application to Heat-Sensitive Specimens: A small-area EDS detector requires a large probe current for analysis, and heat-sensitive specimens can be damaged by beam irradiation, degrading the elemental map. The 60 mm² EDS collects an element map at lower probe current, enabling fast analysis while minimising heat damage.\n\n3. Fast, Clear Element Maps: The 60 mm² EDS produces a clear element map even with a one-minute measurement. Example: a pallasite meteorite mapped at 15 kV accelerating voltage in 1 minute, shown as a multi-colour overlay with individual Si-K, S-K, Fe-K and Ni-K maps alongside the backscattered electron image."}],"image":"/images/it210-2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"The 60 mm² EDS collects an element map with lower probe current","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"JSM-IT210 Series Configurations","text":"The JSM-IT210 series can be equipped in the following four configurations:\n\n1. BU (Base Unit):\tBasic type, for observation under high vacuum.\n\n2. A (Analysis):\tAnalysis type, with EDS included as standard.\n\n3. LV (Low Vacuum):\tLow vacuum type, for high vacuum and low vacuum observation, with BED included.\n\n4. LA (Low Vacuum & Analysis)\tLow vacuum and analysis type, with both BED and EDS included.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/_vFByJBiGiQ?si=3eAm1DPs0yWqIfjT","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JSM-IT210"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["High vacuum mode: 3.0 nm\nLow vacuum mode: 4.0 nm (BED)"]},{"parameter":"Magnification","values":["×5 to ×300,000"]},{"parameter":"Electron gun","values":["W filament, fully automatic gun alignment"]},{"parameter":"Landing voltage","values":["0.3 to 30 kV"]},{"parameter":"Probe current","values":["1 pA to 1 µA"]},{"parameter":"Objective lens aperture","values":["Four stages, with XY fine adjustment function"]},{"parameter":"Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS) (optional)","values":["SD detector with detection surface area: 30/60/100 mm² can be installed"]},{"parameter":"Automatic function","values":["Filament adjustment, Gun alignment adjustment\nBeam alignment\nFocus / Astigmatism / Brightness / Contrast correction"]},{"parameter":"Major installable options","values":["Backscattered Electron Detector (BED); Low Vacuum Secondary Electron Detector (LVSED); Low Vacuum Hybrid Secondary Electron Detector (LHSED); Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS): SD detector with detection surface area: 30/60/100 mm²; Stage Navigation System (SNS); Chamber Scope (CS); Operation Panel (OP2); 3D Analysis Software (SVM)"]}]}]},{"slug":"jcm-7000","name":"Benchtop SEM — Model: JCM-7000 NeoScope™","description":"The JCM-7000 Benchtop Scanning Electron Microscope is designed based on a key concept of \"Easy-to-use SEM with seamless navigation and live analysis\".","pageTitle":"Benchtop SEM — Model: JCM-7000 NeoScope™","pageDescription":"The JCM-7000 Benchtop Scanning Electron Microscope is designed based on a key concept of \"Easy-to-use SEM with seamless navigation and live analysis\".","image":"/images/jcm-7000.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JCM-7000 NeoScope™ benchtop scanning electron microscope closes the gap between the optical microscope and the SEM. In conventional SEM work, imaging and elemental analysis are separate steps — on the JCM-7000 they flow together: find the target on the optical image, zoom straight into the SEM image, and see the constituent elements displayed live during observation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jcm-7000.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"JCM-7000 NeoScope™ Benchtop SEM","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Features","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Zeromag","text":"An optical image is acquired automatically when the sample is inserted. Search on the optical image and zoom in on the target — the view switches to the SEM image automatically, reaching the observation position in a minimal number of steps."},{"title":"Live Analysis & Live Map","text":"With Live Analysis, SEM observation and EDS analysis are no longer separate steps: the X-ray spectrum with the main constituent elements is displayed in real time on the observation screen. Live Map adds the spatial distribution of elements in real time, raising the odds of finding the elements of interest — and of catching unexpected ones. For detailed work, qualitative/quantitative analysis and element mapping are selected with the Purpose button and positioned directly on the observation screen. (An EDS system, option, is required.)."},{"title":"Auto Functions","text":"Advanced auto functions provide clear images from low to high magnification."},{"title":"Low Vacuum (LV) Mode","text":"A 2-stage low-vacuum mode views non-conductive specimens — granules, leaves, rock salt — without any pre-treatment or conductive coating."},{"title":"High Vacuum (HV) Mode","text":"High-vacuum mode for detailed surface morphology."},{"title":"Live 3D","text":"The high-sensitivity 4-segmented backscattered electron detector acquires four SEM (BSE) images at once and displays a live 3D image — instantaneous shape assessment for complex topographies, with depth information included. Adding the optional SMILE VIEW™ Map software extends this to detailed 3D analysis such as surface-roughness measurement."},{"title":"SMILE VIEW™ Lab","text":"Links optical and SEM images, EDS data and locations for data review and reporting."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/cn-5qr5-WxU?si=UZKs24-1Wh1yOwet","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Improved Work Efficiency","text":"Quickly confirm the morphology and composition that an optical microscope cannot identify.","subsections":[{"title":"Foreign-material analysis","text":"Constituent elements are verified and foreign materials identified instantly — for example a black substance on a food product: locate it on the Zeromag optical image, double-click to centre it, zoom until the SEM image overlays automatically, and read the main constituent elements on screen. Report creation is easy, so feedback to the manufacturing site is fast."},{"title":"Quality control","text":"SEM reveals compositional contrast invisible to optical microscopy: the distribution of a white lubricant on white pharmaceutical granules shows clearly in the backscattered-electron compositional image, with no specimen pre-treatment in low-vacuum mode."},{"title":"Screening before other instruments","text":"Because observation and analysis need no pre-treatment, the same sample can go on to further analysis — thermal analysis, FT-IR, XRF and more — after the SEM measurement."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/3w4qISlY1xk?si=oqqyta-cwlGRzbe7","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Easy Operation","text":"Everyone should be able to use an SEM. The interface guides the workflow: buttons on the left lead the operation, buttons on top show the current procedure. Specimen exchange is a simple touch operation, and when a specimen is inserted an optical image of the entire 32 mm stage range is captured automatically (with the optional stage navigation system). Search the field of view on the optical image, click the target, press Auto — the SEM image is acquired. A motor-drive stage is standard, and data management is one button.","subsections":[{"title":"Easy maintenance","text":"Changing the filament is easy: the electron gun uses a pre-centred cartridge integrated with the Wehnelt, replaced as a unit — fast exchange with correct filament positioning (the filament inside the cartridge is also replaceable). Alignment after replacement is fully automated."},{"title":"No special utilities","text":"The JCM-7000 operates from a 100 V service outlet; cooling water and liquid nitrogen are not required for SEM or EDS operation, and no special facilities are needed for installation."},{"title":"One-click reporting","text":"The Data management screen reviews or reanalyses data and generates batch reports covering everything from SEM images to analyses — exported to PDF, Microsoft Word or PowerPoint® with a single click."}],"image":"/images/jcm-7000-1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Viewing easily-charged sample with no pre-treatment using low vacuum (LV) mode","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Options to Extend Capabilities","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Tilting & rotating motor drive holder","text":"Observe specimens at various angles (0° to 45° shown); combined with the 2-axis motorized stage it provides 4-axis motorized control."},{"title":"SMILE VIEW™ Map 3D analysis software","text":"Stereo-pair and four-image 3D reconstruction, coloration and image editing; saved layouts/workflows repeat the same operation on new data; supports surface-texture standards such as ISO 25178 (Sq, Ssk, Sku, Sp, Sv, Sz, Sa)."}],"image":"/images/jcm-7000-2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Data management and report generation using SMILE VIEW™ Lab","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Typical Applications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Metals","text":"Conductive metal specimens are observed uncoated: striations and dimples on a SUS304 fracture surface reveal whether failure was ductile or brittle, and inclusions or fracture-origin materials can be analysed elementally (EDS option)."},{"title":"Glass & brittle fractures","text":"Where optical microscopy struggles with transparent glass or plastics, the SEM finds the fracture starting point and reveals the top-surface morphology in detail."},{"title":"Printed circuit boards","text":"Low-vacuum mode suits composite materials — SEM observation and analysis without conductive coating, with Live 3D showing a defect's surface reconstruction and vertical dimension simultaneously."},{"title":"Fibers & textiles","text":"Complex fiber structures that are difficult to coat are observed in low vacuum, including elemental identification of foreign material lodged in carpet."},{"title":"Food","text":"Low vacuum is effective for water- and fat-rich foods; the optional LV cooling holder preserves heat-sensitive structures — for example mapping mineral distribution in processed cheese, uncoated."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JCM-7000"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["8.0 nm (Secondary electron image)"]},{"parameter":"Magnification","values":["×10 to ×100,000"]},{"parameter":"Mode","values":["High-Vacuum mode: Secondary electron image, Backscattered electron image (composition, topographic and shadow, 3D images)\nLow-Vacuum mode: Backscattered electron image (composition, topographic and shadow, 3D images)"]},{"parameter":"Landing voltage","values":["5 kV, 10 kV, 15 kV (3 stages)"]},{"parameter":"Electron source","values":["Tungsten filament / Wehnelt integrated grid"]},{"parameter":"Specimen stage","values":["X-Y motor drive stage\nX: 40 mm   Y: 40 mm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum specimen size","values":["80 mm diameter × 50 mm height"]},{"parameter":"Specimen exchange","values":["Draw-out mechanism"]},{"parameter":"Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS) (optional)","values":["SD detector with detection surface area: 30 mm² can be installed"]},{"parameter":"Automatic functions","values":["Alignment, focus, stigmator, brightness/contrast"]},{"parameter":"Major installable options","values":["Stage Navigation System; Tilting and Rotating Motor Drive Holder: Tilt: −10 to +45°, Rotation: 360°; EDS (energy-dispersive X-ray spectrometer): SD detector with detection surface area: 30 mm²; Particle Analysis Software 3; 3D Analysis Software (SMILE VIEW™ Map)"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Transmission Electron Microscopes (TEM)","description":"Atomic-resolution imaging and analysis for nanoscale materials research.","pageTitle":"Transmission Electron Microscopes (TEM)","pageDescription":"JEOL continues to be a leading company and supplies the latest TEM to the front line of research activities as a leading company. This page introduces 120kV TEMs suitable for soft materials and 200/300kV TEMs ranging from general-purpose to high-end models.","overview":"In May 1949, soon after the end of World War II, JEOL was established as a manufacturer of electron microscopes and launched transmission electron microscopes (TEM) for the first time in the world. JEOL continues to be a leading company and supplies the latest TEM to the front line of research activities as a leading company.\nThis page introduces 120kV TEMs suitable for soft materials and 200/300kV TEMs ranging from general-purpose to high-end models.","partner":"JEOL — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/jem-f200-1.webp","slug":"tem","models":[{"slug":"jem-120i","name":"120 kV TEM — Model:  JEM-120i","description":"TEM with 120kV accelerating voltage are widely used in soft material fields such as biology and polymer.","pageTitle":"120 kV TEM — Model:  JEM-120i","pageDescription":"The JEM-120i is a compact transmission electron microscope with simple operation — a useful tool for every user. It is designed around three ideas: compact, easy to use, and expandable.","image":"/images/jem-120i.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JEM-120i is a compact transmission electron microscope with simple operation — a useful tool for every user. It is designed around three ideas: compact, easy to use, and expandable.\nA totally new external appearance and compact size fit any installation location and support users from normal use through maintenance, while a wide range of retrofits lets you add new functions after purchase.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jem-120i-1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"JEM-120i Transmission Electron Microscope","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specimen Observation in 4 Simple Steps","text":"It takes only 4 steps from loading a specimen to completing observation.","subsections":[{"title":"Step 1 — Observation Preparation","text":"Insert the specimen holder and click the Start button. Voltage increases and emission starts automatically for observation, and a wide-area image is captured at the same time."},{"title":"Step 2 — Searching for a Field of View","text":"Click anywhere on a Map and the stage moves to the clicked position automatically."},{"title":"Step 3 — Image Capture","text":"Click the Capture button. Butler mode assists data acquisition, so even a beginner can capture data easily, with automatic alignment."},{"title":"Step 4 — Observation Completed","text":"Click the Sample Exchange button and take out the specimen holder while keeping the emission on."}],"image":"/images/jem-120i-8.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Specimen observation in 4 steps","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy To Use","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Seamless Observation Without Switching Magnification Mode","text":"The JEM-120i is equipped with an enhanced TEM control system and fully automated apertures, eliminating the need for switching magnification mode and selecting an aperture. Observation operations can be performed more smoothly than with previous models."},{"title":"Drift Correction Function","text":"In some cases a section shifts in one direction due to shrinkage or other reasons; capturing an image in this condition distorts it in the direction of the drift. The incorporated drift correction function helps users capture clear images — for example, of chitin nanofiber (negative staining) — and clearly resolves membrane structures such as the nuclear membrane and rough and smooth endoplasmic reticulum in rat liver (accelerating voltage: 120 kV)."},{"title":"\"NeoView\" Multi-Functional Digital Camera","text":"The incorporated multi-functional digital camera \"NeoView\" enables observation with high sensitivity and low noise. A high frame rate and smooth field-of-view (FOV) search function let you find an FOV and acquire data without switching cameras — one camera from field-of-view search to data acquisition. It is also useful for specimen screening for cryo-observation."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/f8jeIMSkPnM?si=Mf0DJpb6qrb-o9fi","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Compact and User-Friendly","text":"The size is more compact and operation has become more user-friendly, supporting users from normal use to maintenance.","subsections":[{"title":"Easy Filament Replacement","text":"A newly developed cartridge-type filament unit makes filament replacement easy and safe. An auto conditioning function increases the accelerating voltage automatically after filament replacement."},{"title":"Status Indicator Light","text":"The instrument has an LED light on its front whose color changes depending on the state of the TEM — indicating states such as vacuum level OK, specimen holder in, instrument being vented, or instrument being baked — so you can determine its operating state at a distance."},{"title":"Simple Mouse and Keyboard Operation","text":"The new TEM control software allows the user to operate the TEM easily with a mouse and keyboard only. This eliminates the need for a dedicated operation panel* and is suitable for remote operation. *Operation panel can be configured as an option."},{"title":"Energy Saving: ECO Mode","text":"By switching to ECO mode when the instrument is not used, you can save power consumption by up to 80%* compared with when the TEM is in operation. *When accelerating voltage is 120 kV in TEM mode."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Expandable — A Variety of Options","text":"The JEM-120i supports a wide range of retrofits and meets customers' needs of adding new functions after purchase.","subsections":[{"title":"SiN Window Chip Specimen Plate","text":"A specimen plate with supporting film for large-area observation, using high-strength SiN film. It has no grid bar and enables wide field-of-view observation at millimeter sizes. The stub is chemically resistant and the specimen can be stained in place."},{"title":"SightSKY Fiber-Coupling CMOS Camera","text":"JEOL's unique fiber-coupling CMOS camera can be mounted in addition to the incorporated NeoView camera. This high-resolution 19-megapixel camera produces high-definition images. Frame rate: 58 fps (all pixels read). Effective pixels: 19 M pixels (5,688 × 3,336 pixels). Image saving format: TIFF, BMP, JPG. Pixel size: 6.4 × 6.4 µm². Effective element size: 36.40 × 21.35 mm². Bottom cameras manufactured by other companies can be used — contact your JEOL service office for details."},{"title":"Limitless Panorama (LLP) Ultra-Wide Field of View Montage","text":"Limitless Panorama (LLP), a combination of beam scan and stage scan functions, enables automatic capture of images over an ultra-wide area with no limit — valuable for studying biological specimens whose complex structure requires both fine-structure and whole-tissue morphology. A link function with optical microscope images (LLP-CLEM) provides Correlative Light Electron Microscopy: positional alignment by selecting the same three or more points on both images. (Shot Meister manufactured by SIF is required separately.)."},{"title":"TEM Tomography (3D Structure Observation)","text":"Captures a series of tilt images to acquire information about the internal structure of specimens three-dimensionally. Recorder acquires the continuous-rotation images required for 3D reconstruction of TEM images; Composer performs the 3D reconstruction; and Visualizer-evo visualizes the 3D data quickly and with high quality, even without a special rendering board. (Option: TEMography Function)."},{"title":"Specimen Holders","text":"A lineup of holders can be selected according to your purpose: Quick Change Holder, Common Specimen Holder & Beryllium Analytical Retainer, Specimen Quartet Holder, High Tilting Specimen Trio Holder, High Tilting Holder, and Specimen Tilting Holder."}],"image":"/images/jem-120i-10.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Availability of different options","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Two Versions","text":"The JEM-120i offers two (02) versions: \n1. JEM-120i(HR) - is the high resolution version.\n2. JEM-120i(HC) -  is the high contrast version.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Typical Applications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Life Science and Biology","text":"Clear observation of membrane structures in rat liver, the basement membrane microstructure in mouse kidney (accelerating voltage 80 kV), thylakoid membrane and granum in carrot leaf chloroplasts, iron-containing ferritin protein particles, and ultra-wide-area montage of mouse spleen (25 × 25 images, ×8,000) and HeLa cells."},{"title":"Materials Science","text":"High-contrast observation of the sea-island structure of butadiene rubber in ABS resin (accelerating voltage 120 kV), chitin nanofiber, and 3D reconstruction of cylinder structures (en bloc staining in osmium tetroxide, tilt angle -70° to +70° in 1° steps)."},{"title":"Cryo Screening","text":"The NeoView camera supports specimen screening for cryo-observation, including ice-embedded liposomes and negatively stained protein particles."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JEM-120i(HC)","JEM-120i(HR)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["Point image: 0.38 nm\nLattice image: 0.2 nm","Point image: 0.33 nm\nLattice image: 0.14 nm"]},{"parameter":"Accelerating voltage","values":["Variable range from 20 to 120 kV \nwith minimum step: 2.5 V"]},{"parameter":"Magnification:","values":["×50 to 1,200,000","×50 to 1,500,000"]},{"parameter":"Electron gun","values":["Filament type: \nW Filament Unit/ LAB6 Filament Unit "]},{"parameter":"Power stability","values":["Accelerating voltage: 2 × 10⁻⁶/min\nObjective lens: 1 × 10⁻⁶/min"]},{"parameter":"Minimum spot size","values":["0.2 μm in diameter"]}]}]},{"slug":"jem-2100plus","name":"200 kV TEM — Model: JEM-2100Plus","description":"The JEM-2100Plus is a multi-purpose transmission electron microscope.","pageTitle":"200 kV TEM — Model: JEM-2100Plus","pageDescription":"The JEM-2100Plus is a multi-purpose transmission electron microscope developed as a successor of the JEM-2100 general-purpose electron microscope. It combines the proven JEM-2100 optical system with an advanced control system and versatile functions for further improved ease of use.","image":"/images/jem-2100p.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JEM-2100Plus is a multi-purpose transmission electron microscope developed as a successor of the JEM-2100 general-purpose electron microscope.\nIt combines the proven JEM-2100 optical system with an advanced control system and versatile functions for further improved ease of use. Key features include a new design and user interface, the advanced operation software \"TEM Center\", integration with a high pixel-resolution camera and STEM, a complete range of User Assist functions, and offline image viewing/editing software.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jem-2100p.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"JEM-2100Plus Transmission Electron Microscope","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"New Design and User Interface","text":"The JEM-2100Plus reduces the width of the main instrument by approximately 22 cm compared to the JEM-2100, making the layout space wider in the installation room.\nThe column cover has been redesigned with a streamline shape and the work table is made left-right asymmetric, broadening the workspace around the microscope. A 24-inch wide monitor completes the operator station, and the control panels feature improved knob material and button colors for better operability and visibility, with a new STEM-image adjustment knob positioned on the right panel so the specimen can be tilted using a dedicated panel.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Advanced Operation Software \"TEM Center\"","text":"The advanced operation software \"TEM Center\" compactly positions the buttons that operate the TEM column in a task bar to the left, so the operator is not asked to open extra windows. When detailed operations are needed, clicking the links for each item displays the corresponding windows, enabling intuitive and simple operation compared to conventional microscopes.","subsections":[{"title":"Integration with High Pixel-Resolution Camera","text":"Installation of a JEOL-made bottom-mount camera enables camera operation and image acquisition through the TEM Center. Two types are available: the high pixel-resolution CCD camera \"Ruby\" with 8 M pixels, and the \"Matataki Flash\" camera with a cutting-edge sCMOS sensor. Both cameras meet a variety of needs such as acquisition of TEM images and diffraction patterns, and bright-field and dark-field images whose brightness and contrast are greatly different are also acquired with high pixel-resolution."},{"title":"Integration with STEM","text":"The STEM operation screen is also integrated into the TEM Center: a single click of the button switches TEM mode to STEM mode. A wealth of automatic functions — auto save, auto focus, auto contrast & brightness — allows novice users to easily operate the microscope, and the new Ronchigram mode enables smooth alignment of the STEM image. Scan rotation and adjustment of STEM-image intensity and contrast can be made using the control panel as well as from the GUI."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Complete Range of User Assist Functions","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Stage Navigation","text":"Clicking on a saved image automatically moves the stage to the indicated location, allowing the operator to navigate to the area of interest without changing the magnification, even at high magnification."},{"title":"Digital Montage","text":"A single button controls fully automated operation from image acquisition to stitching. Brightness and contrast are automatically adjusted, resulting in a single image with no visible stitching. Acquisition of high pixel-resolution, wide-area images lets you confirm fine structures even at high magnification."},{"title":"Drift Correction by Image Integration","text":"The JEM-2100Plus comes with a function to perform image integration while correcting image drift, so a sharp image with no image blur is acquired."},{"title":"\"SightX Viewer\" Offline Image Viewing/Editing Software","text":"SightX Viewer enables offline examination and editing of TEM or STEM images acquired with the microscope. Installed on an arbitrary PC, it provides image viewing and editing in the same manner as the TEM Center, with an image-display window (montage images can also be examined), histogram window, thumbnail window, and measurement tools."}],"image":"/images/jem-2100p-1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"JEM-2100Plus Electron Microscope: Features","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"STEM Imaging","text":"Scanning transmission electron microscopy (STEM) scans a finely-focused electron beam over a specimen and forms an image by detecting the intensities of electrons passing through the specimen. A bright-field image (STEM-BF) formed by transmitted electrons and a dark-field image (STEM-DF) formed by scattered electrons are observed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"TEM/STEM Tomograph","text":"The JEM-2100Plus can accommodate the TEM/STEM Tomograph System that automates electron tomography. This unique Tomograph System consists of three components that enable you to acquire three-dimensional (3D) images with simple operation:\nRecorder — acquires the series of tilt images required for 3D reconstruction of TEM or STEM images.\nComposer — performs 3D reconstruction based on the series of tilt images acquired with the TEM.\nVisualizer-kai — displays the reconstructed 3D data in various ways.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"EDS Analysis","text":"Energy Dispersive X-ray Spectroscopy (EDS) enables simultaneous analysis of a wide range of elements from Be to U. Combination with STEM extends its application fields, ranging from point analysis to element mapping.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jem-2100p-2.webp","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"EDS analysis: Toner particles (Blue / Red)","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Five Configurations","text":"The JEM-2100Plus offers five (05) configurations: \n1. JEM-2100Plus(UHR) - is the ultra high resolution configuration.\n2. JEM-2100Plus(HR)- is the high resolution configuration.\n3. JEM-2100Plus(HT)- is the high specimen tilt configuration.\n4. JEM-2100Plus(CR) - is the crto polepiece configuration.\n5. JEM-2100Plus(HC) - is the high contrast configuration.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Typical Applications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Life Science","text":"High pixel-resolution imaging of biological specimens such as rat hippocampus, ice-embedded exosomes and zebrafish tissue, and STEM-EDS element mapping of magnetic bacteria (C, O, Fe and U maps with RGB overlay)."},{"title":"Materials Science","text":"Lattice imaging of silicon nitride, electron diffraction of quasicrystals, drift-corrected imaging of carbon nanotubes, and STEM-BF/DF observation of Au/TiO₂ catalysts."},{"title":"Semiconductors","text":"Bright-field and dark-field imaging of semiconductor memory interconnects, wide-area digital montage of semiconductor structures, and STEM-EDS mapping of semiconductor memory (N, O, Si, P, Ti and W maps)."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JEM-2100Plus(UHR)","JEM-2100Plus(HR)","JEM-2100Plus(HT)","JEM-2100Plus(CR)","JEM-2100Plus(HC)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["Point image: 0.194 nm\nLattice image: 0.14 nm","Point image: 0.23 nm\nLattice image: 0.14 nm","Point image: 0.25 nm\nLattice image: 0.14 nm","Point image: 0.27 nm\nLattice image: 0.14 nm","Point image: 0.31 nm\nLattice image: 0.14 nm"]},{"parameter":"Accelerating voltage","values":["80, 100, 120, 160, 200 kV\nMinimum step size: 50 V","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power stability","values":["Accelerating voltage: 2 × 10⁻⁶/min\nOL current stability: 1 × 10⁻⁶/min","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Objective lens","values":["Focal length: 1.9 mm\nCs coefficient: 0.5 mm\nCc coefficient: 1.1 mm\nMinimum focal step: 1.0 nm","Focal length: 2.3 mm\nCs coefficient: 1.0 mm\nCc coefficient: 1.4 mm\nMinimum focal step: 1.5 nm","Focal length: 2.7 mm\nCs coefficient: 1.4 mm\nCc coefficient: 1.8 mm\nMinimum focal step: 1.8 nm","Focal length: 2.8 mm\nCs coefficient: 2.0 mm\nCc coefficient: 2.1 mm\nMinimum focal step: 2.0 nm","Focal length: 3.9 mm\nCs coefficient: 3.3 mm\nCc coefficient: 3.0 mm\nMinimum focal step: 5.2 nm"]},{"parameter":"Magnification","values":["MAG mode: ×2,000 to ×1,500,000\nLOW MAG mode: ×30 to ×6,000\nSA MAG mode: ×8,000 to ×800,000","MAG mode: ×2,000 to ×1,500,000\nLOW MAG mode: ×30 to ×6,000\nSA MAG mode: ×8,000 to ×800,000","MAG mode: ×1,500 to ×1,200,000\nLOW MAG mode: ×30 to ×6,000\nSA MAG mode: ×6,000 to ×600,000","MAG mode: ×1,200 to ×1,000,000\nLOW MAG mode: ×30 to ×6,000\nSA MAG mode: ×5,000 to ×600,000","MAG mode: ×1,000 to ×800,000\nLOW MAG mode: ×30 to ×2,000\nSA MAG mode: ×5,000 to ×400,000"]},{"parameter":"EDS solid angle","values":["0.16 sr (30 mm²)\n0.24 sr (60 mm²)\n0.62 sr (100 mm²)","0.24 sr (30 mm²)\n0.43 sr (60 mm²)\n0.75 sr (100 mm²)","0.24 sr (30 mm²)\n0.43 sr (60 mm²)\n0.69 sr (100 mm²)","N/A","0.12 sr (30 mm²)\n0.22 sr (60 mm²)\n0.36 sr (100 mm²)"]},{"parameter":"EDS take-off angle","values":["18.4° (30 mm²)\n19.5° (60 mm²)\n19.2° (100 mm²)","21.6° (30 mm²)\n23.8° (60 mm²)\n21.9° (100 mm²)","21.4° (30 mm²)\n23.8° (60 mm²)\n20.7° (100 mm²)","N/A","15.2° (30 mm²)\n16.4° (60 mm²)\n13.7° (100 mm²)"]}]}]},{"slug":"jem-f200","name":"200 kV TEM — Model: JEM-F200","description":"The only multipurpose, high-throughput, 200 kV TEM in its class to offer a Cold Field Emission Gun and dual Silicon Drift Detectors.","pageTitle":"200 kV TEM — Model: JEM-F200","pageDescription":"The JEM-F200  is a field emission transmission electron microscope, which features higher spatial resolution and analytical performance coupled with intuitive user interface for multi-purpose operation.","image":"/images/jem-f200.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JEM-F200  is a field emission transmission electron microscope, which features higher spatial resolution and analytical performance coupled with intuitive user interface for multi-purpose operation.\nJEM-F200 is the only multipurpose, high-throughput, 200 kV TEM in its class to offer a Cold Field Emission Gun and dual Silicon Drift Detectors.\nThe boost in probe current from the Cold FEG combined with dual EDS detectors makes the JEM-F200 a top performance analytical TEM. \nThe high brightness/narrow energy spread of the next-generation JEOL Cold-FEG achieves high energy resolution Electron Energy Loss Spectroscopy (EELS) for rapid identification of chemical bonding states.\nDual Silicon Drift Detectors (SDD) offer the ultimate high sensitivity and throughput for X-ray analysis.\nAdditionally, the new Advanced Scan System employs De-Scan to achieve wide-field STEM-EELs spectrum imaging.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jem-f200-1.webp","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"JEM-F200 Multi-purpose Transmission Electron Microscope","video":"","videoSize":"large"},{"title":"Features","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"High-resolution TEM/STEM observations from high to low acceleration voltages","text":"The JEM-F200 offers a cold field-emission electron gun, which guarantees high stability, high brightness, and high energy resolution (<0.33 eV). \nThis electron gun effectively achieves higher-resolution imaging by minimizing chromatic aberrations originating from the energy spread of the electron source.\nFurthermore, by incorporating JEOL's 10+ years of expertise into the design, we have significantly improved both mechanical and electrical stability. "},{"title":"High-throughput and high-accuracy EDS analysis","text":"The JEM-F200 can be equipped with two large-area Silicon Drift Detectors (SDD) simultaneously, providing high-sensitivity analysis.\nThe large area and high sensitivity enables efficient EDS analysis at a fraction of the time with reduced damage.\nAdditionally, utilizing high-speed, lossless drift correction via live STEM images during EDS mapping enables efficient measurements while reducing sample damage from the electron beam."},{"title":"EELS analysis with high energy resolution","text":"The CFEG of the JEM-F200 can obtain analysis of chemical bonding states and electronic structure at high energy resolution, surpassing the capabilities of a Schottky field emission electron gun. \nThis is made possible by incorporating a cold field-emission electron gun that guarantees high energy resolution (<0.33 eV) with EELS (option)."},{"title":"Easy operation with minimal stress even for beginners","text":"The JEM-F200 is equipped with an intuitive user interface that emphasizes user-friendliness. \nIt offers comprehensive auto functions for both TEM and STEM, making it easy for beginners to operate.\nAdditionally, to facilitate easy insertion and removal of sample holders, SPECPORTER™ is incorporated, which enables safe and automated sample holder insertion.\nMoreover, the sample stage is equipped with a Pico stage, drive, enabling precise picometer-level movement without requiring a piezo drive mechanism.\nThis allows for a wide range of field-of-view adjustments, from the entire sample mesh to atomic-level imaging."},{"title":"Seamless workflow from FIB sample preparation to TEM/STEM imaging","text":"A double tilt cartridge and dedicated TEM holder facilitates linkage between TEM and FIB operations.\nThe cartridge easily transfers between the FIB holder and TEM sample holder with a single touch, eliminating the need to handle a TEM lamella after processing."},{"title":"FEMTUS™ Integrated Analysis Platform","text":"The newly developed FEMTUS™ Integrated Analysis Platform enables the centralized management and processing of a wide range of data obtained from the various detectors embedded in the transmission electron microscope. The GUI has a simple layout that is easy to use for both beginners and advanced users."},{"title":"Transmission Electron Microscope for a Sustainable Society","text":"The JEM-F200 is the first transmission electron microscope to standardly incorporate an ECO mode. This mode efficiently maintains the instrument with minimal energy consumption during periods of non-use, saving energy.\nActivating the ECO mode reduces energy consumption to approximately one-fifth of that during normal operation, contributing to a more sustainable society. \nAdditionally, it features a scheduling function, allowing the instrument to return to a usable state from ECO mode at specified dates and times."}],"image":"/images/jem-f200-4.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Wide Field STEM-EELS spectra - Specimen: Ag nanoparticles (courtesy of Dr. T. Sannomiya, Tokyo Institute of Technology)","video":"","videoSize":"large"},{"title":"Two Configurations","text":"The JEM-F200 offers two (02) configurations:\n1. JEM-F200(UHR) - is the ultra high resolution configuration.\n2. JEM-F200(HR)- is the high resolution configuration.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Typical Applications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Semiconductor Device Analysis","text":"An HAADF-STEM image of a FinFET sample thinned with JEOL's focused ion beam (JIB-PS500i) shows a clear lattice image over a region of 200 nm or more on the silicon substrate (accelerating voltage 200 kV, STEM mode, 1.0 M magnification). The JEM-F200 demonstrates excellent performance in microstructural analysis of semiconductors due to its high resolution and contrast, and EDS/EELS mapping resolves O, N, Si, Ti, W, Al, Ge and Hf distributions in MOS transistor structures."},{"title":"Materials Science","text":"Examples include TEM dark-field imaging of Al alloys, STEM-OBF imaging of zeolites, STEM-EDS, BF and ADF imaging of garnet at atomic resolution, HAADF/OBF imaging of amphibole, and atomic resolution electric field observation of Si₃N₄ using a segmented semiconductor STEM detector."},{"title":"Biological Samples","text":"TEM imaging of biological samples such as spleen tissue, with automated functions and SPECPORTER™ holder transfer supporting cryoholder workflows."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/0JBp5tocWW8?si=54rkgEm2ZeViTFeE","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JEM-F200(UHR)","JEM-F200(HR)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Electron gun","values":["Cold field emission electron gun (CFEG)\nSchottky field emission electron gun (TFEG)",""]},{"parameter":"Accelerating voltage","values":["20 to 200 kV (200 kV and 80 kV are supported as standard, other values are optional)",""]},{"parameter":"TEM resolution (at 200 kV)","values":["Lattice image: 0.19 nm\nParticle image: 0.1 nm\nInformation limit: \n≦0.11 nm (with CFEG)\n≦0.12 nm (with TFEG)","Lattice image: 0.23 nm\nParticle image: 0.1 nm\nInformation limit: \n≦0.11 nm (with CFEG)\n≦0.12 nm (with TFEG)"]},{"parameter":"STEM resolution (at 200 kV)","values":["Dark-field STEM image:\n0.14 nm (CFEG)\n0.16 nm (TFEG)",""]},{"parameter":"Sample movement ¹","values":["X, Y: ±1.0 mm, Z: ±0.1 mm","X, Y: ±1.0 mm, Z: ±0.2 mm"]},{"parameter":"Sample tilt angle ¹","values":["Double-tilt holder TX / TY: ±25°/±25°\nHigh-tilt holder TX: ±60°","Double-tilt holder TX / TY: ±35°/±30°\nHigh-tilt holder TX: ±80°"]},{"parameter":"EDS (optional)","values":["2 units of SDDs of detection surface area 100 mm² can be installed.\nResolution ≦ 129 eV for Mn Kα. Output count rate: 10 kcps.",""]},{"parameter":"EDS solid angle","values":["SDD1: 0.6 sr / SDD2: 0.6 sr","SDD1: 1.0 sr / SDD2: 0.7 sr"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum evacuation system","values":["Sputter ion pump, oil diffusion pump, oil rotary pump",""]},{"parameter":"Major installable Options","values":["Scanning bright-field electron detector; Scanning bright-field aperture; Backscattered electron detector; FEMTUS™ Integrated Analysis Platform; Energy-dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDS); Electron energy-loss spectroscopy (EELS); Digital Camera (JEOL CMOS camera); TEM/STEM/EDS Tomography System; Dry pump unit (SIP, TMP, RBP)",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["¹ The movable range is subject to change depending on the sample holder type and the presence/absence of the objective aperture.",""]}]}]},{"slug":"jem-arm200f","name":"200 kV TEM — Model: JEM-ARM200F NEOARM","description":"World's Leading Research Atomic Resolution Microscope.","pageTitle":"200 kV TEM — Model: JEM-ARM200F NEOARM","pageDescription":"The JEM-ARM200F NEOARM is an atomic resolution analytical electron microscope, powered by the \"Neo Engine\". It combines JEOL's unique cold field emission gun (Cold FEG) with a new Cs corrector (ASCOR) that compensates for higher-order aberrations.","image":"/images/arm200f-neoarm.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JEM-ARM200F NEOARM is an atomic resolution analytical electron microscope, powered by the \"Neo Engine\". It combines JEOL's unique cold field emission gun (Cold FEG) with a new Cs corrector (ASCOR) that compensates for higher-order aberrations. The combination of Cold FEG and ASCOR enables atomic-resolution imaging not only at 200 kV accelerating voltage but also at a low voltage of 30 kV.\nNEOARM is also equipped with an automated aberration correction software JEOL COSMO™ incorporating JEOL's new aberration correction algorithm for fast, precise and automatic correction, enabling higher-throughput atomic-resolution imaging.\nA new STEM detector providing enhanced contrast of light elements is incorporated as standard. Light-element contrast enhancement is achieved by a new STEM imaging technique e-ABF, facilitating observation of light-element materials even at low accelerating voltages.\nThe microscope room is separated from the operation room to respond to a remote operation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/arm200f-neoarm.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"JEM-ARM200F NEOARM Atomic Resolution Analytical Transmission Electron Microscope","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Features","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Spherical Aberration (Cs) Corrector ASCOR","text":"ASCOR (Advanced STEM Corrector) incorporated in \"NEOARM\" can suppress the six-fold astigmatism which limits resolution after Cs correction.\nThe combination of ASCOR and Cold FEG gives low chromatic aberration and expands the diffraction limit, achieving higher resolution than ever."},{"title":"Automatic Aberration Correction Software JEOL COSMO™","text":"JEOL COSMO™ (Corrector System Module) adopts a new aberration correction algorithm (SRAM: Segmented Ronchigram Auto-correlation function Matrix). Thus, no special sample is required for aberration correction, leading to high-precision and quick correction of higher order aberrations. This system enables fast processing compared to the conventional correction algorithm and also automates the operations, thus eliminating a complicated correction workflow in the customer microscope. These features enable higher-throughput atomic-resolution imaging."},{"title":"New ABF Detector System","text":"The ABF (Annular Bright Field) detector is widely used as a technique suitable for high-resolution imaging of light elements. \"NEOARM\" supports enhanced contrast of light elements by a newly-designed ABF imaging technique e-ABF (enhanced ABF).\nThis capability facilitates atomic-level structure observation of materials containing light elements."},{"title":"Perfect Sight Detector","text":"The perfect sight detector integrated into NEOARM uses hybrid scintillators, always enabling the acquisition of high-contrast, quantitative STEM images irrespective of the accelerating voltage setting."}],"image":"/images/jem-arm200f-1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"New ABF Detector System (Reference: S.D. Findlay, Y.Kohno, L.A. Cardamone, Y.Ikuhara, N.Shibata, Ultramicroscopy 136 (2014)31-41.)","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"OBF STEM System (Option)","text":"In the OBF (Optimum Bright Field) STEM imaging method, raw images acquired by a segmented STEM detector are used as the source for a phase image reconstruction, with dedicated Fourier filters to maximize the signal to noise ratio of retrieved image.\nThis promising method realizes higher contrast for both heavy and light elements even while operating under extremely low electron dose conditions. Beam sensitive materials difficult to observe with standard ADF and ABF STEM methods can be easily analyzed with higher contrast at a wide range of magnifications.","subsections":[{"title":"STEM Low-Dose Imaging","text":"The beam sensitive materials including Metal Organic Frameworks (MOFs) and Zeolites require a reduced electron dose (typically, probe current < 1.0 pA) while maintaining clear atomic contrasts for the framework of light elements.\nThe OBF STEM has an advantage for such low dose experiments, realizing ultra high dose-efficient STEM imaging in an atomic resolution. \nBoth of OBF STEM Image MOF MIL-101(left) and MFI Zeolite (right) are acquired in a single shot and the high spatial resolution of 1 Å can also be observed on the FFT pattern in right inset. Moreover, stack image averaging (left inset) confirms that resolution and contrast are very well balanced."},{"title":"High-Contrast Imaging of Light Elements","text":"In addition to being highly dose efficient, OBF STEM is also advantageous for light element imaging.\nEven in a lower acceleration voltage, both higher contrast and spatial resolution can be achieved for light elements.\nThe resolution for light elements becomes much better with a higher acceleration voltage.\nEach atomic column is now clearly separated with a deep sub-angstrom resolution inside complex structures or along higher-index crystallographic axes.\nThe quality of OBF STEM is excellent in low dose conditions, and further enhanced under the standard probe conditions of a Cs-corrected electron microscope."},{"title":"Live OBF Imaging","text":"In an actual experiment, live OBF imaging is fundamental for beam sensitive materials as all operations should be performed in a dose limited condition. The live function is included in the OBF system, implemented within the TEM control software, with simple GUI control and real time display updates alongside conventional STEM images."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/J9t-4Tjmq1w?si=xq6GFvzZSmjRnqtD","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JEM-ARM200F NEOARM"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Resolution (with STEM/TEM Cs corrector configured)","values":["STEM HAADF image: 70 pm (200 kV), 100 pm (80 kV), 160 pm (30 kV)\nTEM information limit: 100 pm (200 kV), 110 pm (80 kV), 250 pm (30 kV)"]},{"parameter":"Electron gun","values":["Cold field emission gun (Cold FEG)  [standard configuration]"]},{"parameter":"Aberration corrector","values":["STEM: NEO ASCOR HOAC (Higher order aberration corrector)\nTEM: CETCOR with DSS  (DeScan system)"]},{"parameter":"Corrector auto tuning system","values":["NEO JEOL COSMO™ Auto tuning system Ad-hock tune (SIAM) built-in"]},{"parameter":"Accelerating voltage","values":["30 to 200 kV (80, 200 kV: standard, 30, 60, 120 kV: optional)"]},{"parameter":"Magnetic field free mode","values":["Lorentz lens settings (×50 to 80 k on screen) [standard configuration]"]},{"parameter":"Specimen movement system","values":["X, Y and Z super-fine mechanical drive, ultra-fine piezo device drives: standard"]},{"parameter":"Operation type","values":["RDS  (Room divided style) operation"]}]}]},{"slug":"jem-arm300f2","name":"300 kV TEM — Model: JEM-ARM300F2 GRAND ARM™2","description":"The JEM-ARM300F2 GRAND ARM2 enables the characterization of a wide range of materials at the atomic level.","pageTitle":"300 kV TEM — Model: JEM-ARM300F2 GRAND ARM™2","pageDescription":"The JEM-ARM300F2 \"GRAND ARM2\" is JEOL's upgraded atomic resolution analytical electron microscope. It enables observation at ultrahigh spatial resolution combined with highly sensitive analysis over a wide range of accelerating voltages.","image":"/images/jem-arm300f2.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JEM-ARM300F2 \"GRAND ARM2\" is JEOL's upgraded atomic resolution analytical electron microscope. It enables observation at ultrahigh spatial resolution combined with highly sensitive analysis over a wide range of accelerating voltages.\nKey opgrades include the newly developed FHP2 objective lens polepiece that combines ultrahigh spatial resolution with highly sensitive X-ray analysis; the WGP objective lens polepiece for ultrahighly sensitive analysis and In-situ experiments; JEOL Cs correctors with the Corrector System Module (JEOL COSMO™); a Cold Field Emission Electron Gun (CFEG) provided as standard; and a new enclosure that is not affected by external disturbances.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jem-arm300f2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"JEM-ARM300F2 GRAND ARM™2 Atomic Resolution Analytical Microscope","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"FHP2 Objective Lens Polepiece","text":"Combined ultrahigh spatial resolution with highly sensitive analysis capability. The FHP objective lens polepiece, optimized for ultrahigh spatial resolution observation and analysis, has been upgraded. While maintaining this capability, the shape of the polepiece was further optimized for the X-ray take-off angle of the large-sized SDDs (158 mm²), improving the solid angle for EDS acquisition. As a result, the effective X-ray detection efficiency of the FHP2 is more than twice as sensitive as that of the FHP.","subsections":[{"title":"Highly sensitive X-ray analysis at ultrahigh resolution","text":"Highly sensitive X-ray analysis can be performed at ultrahigh spatial resolution. Compared with the previous FHP, more than double the X-ray detection efficiency (total solid angle of 1.4 steradians) can be achieved with the FHP2."},{"title":"Low optical coefficients over a wide voltage range","text":"Low optical coefficients — low Cc coefficient and low Cs coefficient — enable ultrahigh spatial resolution and highly sensitive X-ray analysis to be performed over a wide range of accelerating voltages. Guaranteed STEM resolution: 53 pm @ 300 kV, 96 pm @ 80 kV. (This is the case when the STEM Expanding Trajectory Aberration (ETA) Corrector is incorporated.)"},{"title":"Clean, highly sensitive X-ray analyses","text":"The effective X-ray sensitivity of the GRAND ARM™ 2 with the combination of the FHP2 and two SDDs (Dual SDD) of 158 mm² is about 1.4 times more sensitive than a configuration of another microscope with UHR objective lens polepiece and Dual SDD of 100 mm². Optimizing the detectors, the shape of the specimen holders and the detector positions all help in reducing system peaks, making it possible to acquire clean EDS spectra with high P/B ratio. Spurious Peaks < 0.5%; Ni P/B > 4,000."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/Cdu86P46nd8?si=bc2QrrzldN62YklX","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"WGP Objective Lens Polepiece for Ultrahighly Sensitive Analysis","text":"Feasible to carry out ultrahighly sensitive X-ray analysis and various types of In-situ experiments. Other than the FHP2, the WGP objective lens polepiece can be selected with the GRAND ARM™ 2. The WGP has a wide gap between the upper pole and lower pole.","subsections":[{"title":"Ultrahighly sensitive X-ray analysis","text":"Because of a wide gap, the WGP allows large-sized SDDs to be brought closer to the specimen than the FHP2, allowing ultrahighly sensitive X-ray analysis to be performed (total solid angle of 2.2 steradians). With the JEOL Expanding Trajectory Aberration (ETA) Corrector, HAADF STEM resolution of 59 pm can be achieved and atomic resolution EDS maps can be acquired."},{"title":"In-situ experiments","text":"Thick special specimen holders are able to fit within the polepiece gap, making it possible for various types of In-situ experiments to be performed."}],"image":"/images/jem-arm300f2-2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Atomic resolution EDS maps of Si₃N₄ [0001] @ 300 kV","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"JEOL Cs Corrector & Corrector System Module (JEOL COSMO™)","text":"Cs correctors developed by JEOL are used on the GRAND ARM™ 2. Incorporating the FHP2 into this system can achieve a STEM spatial resolution of 53 pm, and using the WGP with this system can achieve a STEM spatial resolution of 59 pm (@ 300 kV). JEOL COSMO™, Corrector System Module, makes it possible to execute aberration correction easily and quickly.","subsections":[{"title":"JEOL Expanding Trajectory Aberration (ETA) Corrector","text":"The ETA Corrector together with the Corrector System Module (JEOL COSMO™) provides quick and accurate aberration correction. JEOL COSMO™ uses only 2 Ronchigrams acquired from any amorphous area to measure and correct aberrations. Therefore, the system can provide quick and accurate aberration correction without dedicated specimens. Residual aberrations are automatically measured from only two Ronchigrams of under focus and over focus."}],"image":"/images/jem-arm300f2-1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"ETA Corrector together with the Corrector System Module (JEOL COSMO™) provides quick and accurate aberration correction","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cold Field Emission Electron Gun (CFEG)","text":"A cold field emission electron gun (CFEG) is equipped as standard, providing high-brightness, high-stability and a smaller energy spread. It is effective for EDS and EELS analysis for extended periods of time. Probe current stability is < 10% @ 8 hr (measured value), with an energy spread of < 0.35 eV @ 300 kV — less than half the energy spread compared to Schottky.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jem-arm300f2-3.webp","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"Cold Field Emission Electron Gun (CFEG): Higher Probe Current Stability & Lower Energy Spread","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Enclosure","text":"A new enclosure is standard configuration, not affected by the external environment. Adopting an enclosure to cover the instrument reduces external disturbances such as air flow, changes of room temperature and acoustic noise.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jem-arm300f2-4.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"The Enclosure to Cover the Instrument","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JEM-ARM300F2(UHR)","JEM-ARM300F2(HRA)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Configuration","values":["Ultra high resolution (UHR) configuration ","High resolution Analytical (HRA) configuration "]},{"parameter":"Objective lens polepiece","values":["FHP2 (Full high resolution polepiece 2)","WGP (Wide gap polepiece)"]},{"parameter":"Standard Accelerating Voltage","values":["300 kV, 80 kV",""]},{"parameter":"Electron gun","values":["Cold field emission gun",""]},{"parameter":"STEM Resolution (STEM Cs corrector installed)","values":["53 pm (at 300 kV)\n96 pm (at 80 kV)","59 pm (at 300 kV)\n111 pm (at 80 kV)"]},{"parameter":"TEM Resolution (TEM Cs corrector installed)","values":["Lattice resolution:\n50 pm (at 300 kV)\nNon-linear information limit:\n60 pm  (at 300 kV)\n90 pm (at 80 kV)\nLinear information limit:\n90 pm (at 300 kV)\n160 pm (at 80 kV)","Lattice resolution:\n60 pm (at 300 kV)\nNon-linear information limit:\n70 pm  (at 300 kV)\n100 pm (at 80 kV)\nLinear information limit:\n100 pm (at 300 kV)\n170 pm (at 80 kV)"]},{"parameter":"Maximum tilt angle","values":["When using JEOL specimen tilting holder for analyses:\nX: ±30° / Y: ±27°\nWhen using High tilt specimen holder:\nX: ±90°","When using JEOL specimen tilting holder for analyses:\nX: ±36° / Y: ±31°\nWhen using High tilt specimen holder:\nX: ±90°"]},{"parameter":"EDS (Option)","values":["2 detectors can be equipped\nDetector planar dimension 158 mm² SDD",""]},{"parameter":"Solid angle (sr) / Take-off angle (°)","values":["SDD1: 0.7 / 26°\nSDD2: 0.7 / 26°","SDD1: 1.1 / 30.5°\nSDD2: 1.1 / 30.5°"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Focused Ion Beam (FIB)","description":"Precision milling, sectioning, and sample preparation for TEM.","pageTitle":"Focused Ion Beam (FIB)","pageDescription":"A focused ion beam system is an instrument to mill a specimen using an ion beam at high speed and high precision during observation. It is possible to prepare a specimen for a transmission electron microscope (TEM) by automatic milling and 3D analysis.\nA multi-beam system equipped with a scanning electron microscope (SEM) is capable of a variety of analyses by attaching a detector.","overview":"A focused ion beam system is an instrument to mill a specimen using an ion beam at high speed and high precision during observation. It is possible to prepare a specimen for a transmission electron microscope (TEM) by automatic milling and 3D analysis.\nA multi-beam system equipped with a scanning electron microscope (SEM) is capable of a variety of analyses by attaching a detector.","partner":"JEOL — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/jib-ps500i.webp","slug":"fib","models":[{"slug":"ps500i","name":"MultiBeam FIB-SEM — Model: JIB-PS500i ","description":"The JIB-PS500i provides three solutions to assist TEM specimen preparation. High throughput workflow is assured from specimen prepartion to TEM observation.","pageTitle":"MultiBeam FIB-SEM — Model: JIB-PS500i ","pageDescription":"The JIB-PS500i provides three solutions to assist TEM specimen preparation. High throughput workflow is assured from specimen prepartion to TEM observation.","image":"/images/jib-ps500i.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"New Solutions for Specimen Preparation.\nThe JIB-PS500i is a FIB-SEM system that provides three solutions to assist TEM specimen preparation, assuring a high-throughput workflow from specimen preparation through to TEM observation. Its strengths span cutting-edge preparation, imaging, and analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jib-ps500i.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"TEM - Linkage","text":"JEOL's double-tilt cartridge and TEM holder (optional) facilitate linkage between the TEM and the FIB. The cartridge can be attached to the dedicated TEM specimen holder with a single touch.","subsections":[{"title":"Specimen transfer workflow with the double-tilt cartridge (optional)","text":"The optional double-tilt cartridge streamlines the specimen transfer workflow from the FIB to the TEM."},{"title":"OmniProbe 400 (optional)","text":"The adopted OmniProbe 400 (Oxford Instruments) enables precise, smooth pick-up operations and manipulations. Its operations are integrated into the JIB-PS500i software."}],"image":"/images/jib-ps500i-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Specimen Transfer Workflow with the Double Tilt Cartridge","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Check - and - Go","text":"To precisely and efficiently prepare a TEM specimen, it is essential to quickly check the preparation progress. With its high-tilt stage and detector scheme, the JIB-PS500i allows seamless transition from FIB milling to scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) imaging. Fast transitions between lamella processing and STEM imaging lead to efficient specimen preparation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jib-ps500i-v2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Checking the TEM Specimen Preparation Progress","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automatic Preparation","text":"The JIB-PS500i automates specimen preparation using the STEMPLING2 automatic TEM specimen preparation system (optional). This automatic system enables any operator to smoothly prepare specimens for TEM.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/RA47v3hPMvA?si=IBVWtHEOqth0-xtn","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"High-Resolution & High-Contrast SEM Imaging","text":"Stop hesitating and stop missing the end-point in milling - high-quality SEM images assist you.","subsections":[{"title":"Signal detection system","text":"Multiple detectors are available, including the standard SED, UED, and iBED. Selecting the optimum detector makes it possible to observe sharp images of various specimens under various experimental conditions."},{"title":"High-resolution SEM imaging","text":"A newly developed super conical lens system is built into the SEM column, greatly improving imaging performance at low accelerating voltage. This superb imaging is very useful for checking the end-point milling status of a lamella specimen using the SEM."},{"title":"SEM imaging of FIB-prepared cross section","text":"A very small, retractable backscattered electron detector (RBED, optional) can be used even at high stage tilt. For imaging of a FIB-prepared cross section - which requires both specimen-surface and tilted imaging - a combination of various detectors including the SED and UED makes the system suitable for cross-sectional SEM imaging."},{"title":"EDS integration software (optional)","text":"EDS analysis functions are built into the main instrument control software, enabling elemental analysis of the specimen without switching software. This is available only when the instrument is equipped with a JEOL EDS (optional)."}],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/1vdrMtghxiQ?si=JLKEg3wKcv3r8_94","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"High-Power & High-Quality FIB Processing","text":"For the best specimen preparation, more powerful FIB processing.","subsections":[{"title":"Large-area, fast FIB processing","text":"The FIB column enables processing with a large-current Ga ion beam (up to 100 nA). This high-current processing is particularly effective for large-area imaging and analysis."},{"title":"Damage-layer removal by low-kV processing","text":"The FIB column is set to a shorter working distance than JEOL's previous models; combined with a new power supply, this greatly improves processing performance at low accelerating voltages. The addition of a new control system yields the high-performance fine-milling capabilities essential for quality lamella preparation."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"New Chamber & Stage Design","text":"A highly flexible, high-tilt, large stage to meet any requirement.","subsections":[{"title":"Loading a large specimen","text":"The JIB-PS500i adopts a large specimen chamber and a newly developed 5-axis full-eucentric large-motor stage, increasing the stage movement range while accommodating a large specimen. This large stage allows processing and imaging of the entire surface of a specimen 130 mm in diameter, and a sample up to 80 mm in height can be loaded into the specimen chamber. A silicon wafer 150 mm in diameter can be loaded into the specimen chamber."},{"title":"AVERT Engine to determine movement limit using 3D models","text":"The AVERT Engine determines the specimen movement limit using 3D models of the specimen holder, stage, and objects inside the chamber. Under any condition, the specimen cannot interfere with the detector or the objective lens."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JIB-PS500i"],"specs":[{"parameter":"SEM Specifications","values":[]},{"parameter":"Image resolution","values":["0.7 nm (15 kV)\n1.4 nm (1 kV)\n1.0 nm (1 kV, BD mode)"]},{"parameter":"Magnification","values":["×50 to ×1,000,000 (STD mode)\n×1,000 to ×1,000,000 (UHR mode)\n×10 to ×19,000 (LDF mode)\n(128 mm × 96 mm print size)"]},{"parameter":"Landing voltage","values":["0.01 to 30 kV"]},{"parameter":"Beam current","values":["~1 pA to 500 nA or more"]},{"parameter":"Specimen bias voltage","values":["0.0 to -5.0 kV"]},{"parameter":"Electron gun","values":["In-lens Schottky Plus field emission electron gun"]},{"parameter":"Aperture angle control lens (ACL)","values":["Built-in"]},{"parameter":"Objective lens","values":["Power stabilization lens"]},{"parameter":"Long depth of focus (LDF) mode","values":["Built-in"]},{"parameter":"Detector (standard)","values":["Secondary electron detector (SED), Upper electron detector (UED), In-lens backscattered electron detector (iBED)"]},{"parameter":"FIB Specifications","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Image resolution","values":["3 nm (at 30 kV)"]},{"parameter":"Magnification","values":["×50 to ×300,000 (limited depending on accelerating voltage)"]},{"parameter":"Accelerating voltage","values":["0.5 to 30 kV"]},{"parameter":"Beam current","values":["1.0 pA to 100 nA, 13 stages switchable (30 kV)"]},{"parameter":"Movable aperture","values":["Motor drive, 16 stages switchable (3 stages are auxiliary)"]},{"parameter":"Ion source","values":["Ga liquid metal ion source"]},{"parameter":"Processing shapes by milling","values":["Rectangle, Circle, Polygon, Spot, Line, BMP"]},{"parameter":"Specimen Stage Specifications","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Type","values":["Full eucentric goniometer stage"]},{"parameter":"Control","values":["Computer control, 5-axis motor control, 3D interference measurement AVERT Engine"]},{"parameter":"Specimen movements","values":["X: 130 mm\nY: 130 mm\nZ: 1.0 mm to 40 mm\nTilt: -40.0 to 93.0°\nRotation: 360.0° endless\""]}]}]}]},{"name":"Electron Probe Microanalyzer (EPMA)","description":"Enables observation of surface tissues and morphology and local trace element analysis.","pageTitle":"Electron Probe Microanalyzer (EPMA)","pageDescription":"It enables observation of surface tissues and morphology and local trace element analysis. Use of detectors, such as wavelength dispersive X-ray spectrometer (WDS) and soft X-ray spectrometer (SXES), can obtain more detailed measurement results than the energy-dispersive detector (EDS) used with scanning electron microscope (SEM).","overview":"Electron Probe Microanalyzer (EPMA) has been utilized as a tool for research development and quality assurance in a variety of industrial fields such as steel, automobile, electric component, battery material and its application are expanding more and more. In addition, in academic fields, EMPA has been widely used in earth planetary science and material science.\nIt enables observation of surface tissues and morphology and local trace element analysis. Use of detectors, such as wavelength dispersive X-ray spectrometer (WDS) and soft X-ray spectrometer (SXES), can obtain more detailed measurement results than the energy-dispersive detector (EDS) used with scanning electron microscope (SEM).","partner":"JEOL — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/jxa-isp100.webp","slug":"epma","models":[{"slug":"jxa-isp100","name":"EPMA — Model: JXA-iSP100","description":"JXA-iSP100 integrated with enhanced features, satisfies the needs of research development & quality assurance in a variety of fields and achieves efficient operations from observation to analysis.","pageTitle":"EPMA — Model: JXA-iSP100","pageDescription":"JXA-iSP100 integrated with enhanced features, satisfies the needs of research development & quality assurance in a variety of fields and achieves efficient operations from observation to analysis.\nEnables observation of surface tissues and morphology and local trace element analysis.","image":"/images/jxa-isp100.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Electron Probe Microanalyzer (EPMA) is an established tool for research, development and quality assurance across industries such as steel, automotive, electronic components and battery materials, and its applications continue to expand. In academia, EPMA is widely used in earth and planetary science and materials science, with growing contributions expected in advanced research on minerals, energy materials and new materials. What these users increasingly demand is an instrument that is simpler and faster to use - accessible to anyone - without compromising the high performance of microanalysis.\nJXA-iSP100 integrated with enhanced features, satisfies these needs of research development & quality assurance and achieves efficient operations from observation to analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jxa-isp100.webp","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Effortless Setup","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Holder Insertion with Auto Loading","text":"Specimen insertion and acquisition of an optical image of the specimen holder (Stage Navigation image) are executed with a single click. The field for analysis can then be selected directly from the Stage Navigation image, so you can quickly find the target observation point."}],"image":"/images/jxa-isp100-1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simplified Analysis","text":"By combining the Auto Focus function of the optical microscope with a new, more accurate and faster generation of SEM Auto functions, any user can acquire high quality SEM images. Operability is further enhanced through the integration of SEM, EDS, WDS and optical images.","subsections":[{"title":"Live Analysis","text":"Live Analysis enables elemental screening while you are still observing the specimen, so preliminary composition information is available during imaging."},{"title":"Easy EPMA","text":"With Easy EPMA, instrument settings are simplified for fast elemental analysis, allowing even novice users to operate the EPMA smoothly."},{"title":"EPMA-XRF Integration and WD/ED Integration","text":"EPMA-XRF integration allows analysis conditions of the EPMA to be set based on XRF data, while integration of WD and ED spectrometry shortens overall analysis time. A single click sets the analyzing-crystal combination based on the elements recommended from these techniques."}],"image":"/images/jxa-isp100-2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Self Maintenance","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Efficient Calibration with 18 Built-in Standard Specimens","text":"A new spectrometer calibration function reduces the steps involved in periodic calibration and eliminates mis-operation by using 18 built-in standard specimens. Automated instrument calibration can be run overnight for greater efficiency."},{"title":"Maintenance Notification","text":"The maintenance notification function, provided through the Customer Support Tool, ensures that proper maintenance is carried out at the required timing."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/xr8FuJK5yu8?si=8BaOTX38cM1D1Gnz","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Electron Gun","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"W-Filament Electron Gun","text":"Detection of trace elements in a short time with high current analysis.\nEasy maintenance, for simple replacement of a gun filament.\nThe beam stabilizer provided in the standard configuration maintains current stability over long periods.\nMax. probe current: 10 μA.\nProbe current stability: ±0.05% / h; ±0.3% / 12 h."},{"title":"LaB₆ Electron Gun (Option)","text":"Unavoidable filament replacement during long acquisition of elemental maps is reduced.\nSingle crystal, long-life LaB₆ tip.\nEasy maintenance, for simple replacement of a gun filament.\nNo baking required after filament replacement.\nUnlike the W-gun, large probe currents and high spatial resolution are achieved at low accelerating voltages.\nThe LaB₆ filament can easily be interchanged with a W filament."}],"image":"/images/jxa-isp100-3.webp","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Related Option: Soft X-ray Emission Spectrometer (SXES)","text":"The Soft X-ray Emission Spectrometer (SXES) is an ultra-high resolution spectrometer built around a newly developed diffraction grating and a high-sensitivity X-ray CCD camera. Like EDS it offers parallel detection, and it performs ultra-high energy resolution analysis of 0.3 eV (Fermi-edge, Al-L standard), surpassing the energy resolution of WDS.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JXA-iSP100"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Detectable element range","values":["WDS: Be*¹ / B to U,  EDS: Be to U"]},{"parameter":"Detectable X-ray range","values":["Detectable wavelength range with WDS: 0.087 to 9.3 nm\nDetectable energy range with EDS: 20 keV"]},{"parameter":"Number of spectrometers","values":["WDS: Up to 5 selectable, EDS: 1"]},{"parameter":"Maximum specimen size","values":["100 mm × 100 mm × 50 mm (H)"]},{"parameter":"Electron gun","values":["W- filament /LaB₆*²"]},{"parameter":"Accelerating voltage","values":["0.2 to 30 kV (0.1 kV steps)"]},{"parameter":"Probe current range","values":["1 pA to 10 µA"]},{"parameter":"Probe current stability","values":["± 0.05% / h (W), ± 0.3% / 12 h (W) *³ "]},{"parameter":"Resolution (secondary electron image)","values":["6 nm (W)\n5 nm (LaB₆)³"]},{"parameter":"Scanning magnification","values":["×40 to 300,000 (W.D. 11 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["*¹ With analyzing crystal for Be analysis.\n*² LaB₆ is an option.\n*³ Room temperature variation: less than ± 0.5 ℃"]}]}]},{"slug":"jxa-ihp200f","name":"FE-EPMA — Model: JXA-iHP200","description":"JXA-iHP200 equipped with field emission electron gun and  integrated with enhanced features, satisfies all the needs of research development & quality assurance.","pageTitle":"FE-EPMA — Model: JXA-iHP200","pageDescription":"JXA-iHP200 equipped with field emission electron gun and  integrated with enhanced features, satisfies the needs of research development & quality assurance in a variety of fields and achieves efficient operations from observation to analysis.\nEnables observation of surface tissues and morphology and local trace element analysis.","image":"/images/jxa-ihp200f.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Electron Probe Microanalyzer (EPMA) is an established tool for research, development and quality assurance across industries such as steel, automotive, electronic components and battery materials, and its applications continue to expand. In academia, EPMA is widely used in earth and planetary science and materials science, with growing contributions expected in advanced research on minerals, energy materials and new materials. What these users increasingly demand is an instrument that is simpler and faster to use - accessible to anyone - without compromising the high performance of microanalysis.\nJXA-iHP200 equipped with field emission electron gun and  integrated with enhanced features, satisfies the needs of research development & quality assurance in a variety of fields and achieves efficient operations from observation to analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jxa-ihp200f.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Effortless Setup","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Holder Insertion with Auto Loading","text":"Specimen insertion and acquisition of an optical image of the specimen holder (Stage Navigation image) are executed with a single click. The field for analysis can then be selected directly from the Stage Navigation image, so you can quickly find the target observation point."}],"image":"/images/jxa-isp100-1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simplified Analysis","text":"By combining the Auto Focus function of the optical microscope with a new, more accurate and faster generation of SEM Auto functions, any user can acquire high quality SEM images. Operability is further enhanced through the integration of SEM, EDS, WDS and optical images.","subsections":[{"title":"Live Analysis","text":"Live Analysis enables elemental screening while you are still observing the specimen, so preliminary composition information is available during imaging."},{"title":"Easy EPMA","text":"With Easy EPMA, instrument settings are simplified for fast elemental analysis, allowing even novice users to operate the EPMA smoothly."},{"title":"EPMA-XRF Integration and WD/ED Integration","text":"EPMA-XRF integration allows analysis conditions of the EPMA to be set based on XRF data, while integration of WD and ED spectrometry shortens overall analysis time. A single click sets the analyzing-crystal combination based on the elements recommended from these techniques."}],"image":"/images/jxa-isp100-2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Self Maintenance","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Efficient Calibration with 18 Built-in Standard Specimens","text":"A new spectrometer calibration function reduces the steps involved in periodic calibration and eliminates mis-operation by using 18 built-in standard specimens. Automated instrument calibration can be run overnight for greater efficiency."},{"title":"Maintenance Notification","text":"The maintenance notification function, provided through the Customer Support Tool, ensures that proper maintenance is carried out at the required timing."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/xr8FuJK5yu8?si=8BaOTX38cM1D1Gnz","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Electron Gun","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"In-lens Schottky Plus Field Emission Gun (FEG)","text":" The in-lens Schottky Plus FEG, which combines the electron gun and condenser lens, provides high resolution at low accelerating voltages, enabling high spatial-resolution SEM imaging and analysis at high magnifications. Ii also delivers a stable, small probe with large probe currents that are needed for fast trace-element analysis and for overnight analysis of multiple specimens. Furthermore, the optimization for EPMA enables large current analysis on the order of μA.\nMax. probe current: 3 μA.\nProbe current stability: ±0.3% / h; ±1.0% / 12 h."}],"image":"/images/jxa-ihp200f-2.webp","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Related Option: Soft X-ray Emission Spectrometer (SXES)","text":"The Soft X-ray Emission Spectrometer (SXES) is an ultra-high resolution spectrometer built around a newly developed diffraction grating and a high-sensitivity X-ray CCD camera. Like EDS it offers parallel detection, and it performs ultra-high energy resolution analysis of 0.3 eV (Fermi-edge, Al-L standard), surpassing the energy resolution of WDS.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JXA-iHP200F"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Detectable element range","values":["WDS: Be*¹ / B to U,  EDS: Be to U"]},{"parameter":"Detectable X-ray range","values":["Detectable wavelength range with WDS: 0.087 to 9.3 nm\nDetectable energy range with EDS: 20 keV"]},{"parameter":"Number of spectrometers","values":["WDS: Up to 5 selectable, EDS: 1"]},{"parameter":"Maximum specimen size","values":["100 mm × 100 mm × 50 mm (H)"]},{"parameter":"Electron Gun","values":["Schottky Plus Field Emission Gun (FEG)"]},{"parameter":"Accelerating voltage","values":["1 to 30 kV (0.1 kV steps)"]},{"parameter":"Probe current range","values":["1 pA to 3 µA"]},{"parameter":"Probe current stability","values":["± 0.3% / h, ± 1.0% / 12 h*²"]},{"parameter":"Resolution (Secondary electron image)","values":["2.5 nm\nFor Analysis:\n20 nm (10 kV, 10 nA)"]},{"parameter":"Scanning image resolution","values":["Maximum 5,120 × 3,840"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["*¹ With analyzing crystal for Be analysis.\n*² Room temperature variation: less than ± 0.5 ℃"]}]}]}]}]},"surface-analysis":{"title":"Surface & Nanoscale Analysis","description":"Image and analyze surfaces at the micro and nanoscale. Atomic force microscopes, X-ray photoelectron (XPS) and Auger spectrometers, secondary ion mass spectrometry (SIMS), and atom probe tomography reveal topography, elemental identity, chemical state, and three-dimensional composition for materials, semiconductor, and failure analysis.","carouselImages":["/images/carousel-surface-analysis-1.webp","/images/carousel-surface-analysis-2.webp","/images/carousel-surface-analysis-3.webp","/images/carousel-surface-analysis-4.webp"],"partner":"Park Systems, JEOL, CAMECA","equipmentList":[{"name":"Atomic Force Microscopes (AFM)","description":"Park Systems atomic force microscopes for nanoscale imaging, metrology, and analysis.","pageTitle":"Atomic Force Microscopes (AFM)","pageDescription":"Atomic force microscopy delivers three-dimensional surface imaging and property measurement at the nanoscale. Park Systems' research AFM lineup spans compact small-sample systems to fully automated 300 mm wafer platforms, plus high-vacuum, bio-electrochemical, and nano-IR variants.","overview":"Park Systems – the world-leading AFM manufacturer – builds every research AFM around the same core technologies: a flexure-guided orthogonal scan system that eliminates crosstalk between axes, True Non-Contact™ mode that preserves both tip and sample, and the AI-powered SmartScan operating software. The small-sample family covers the automated FX40, the workhorse NX10, the compact NX7, and the atomic-resolution NX1. Large-sample platforms scale from the NX15 (150 mm) through the NX20 and FX200 (200 mm) to the FX300 and NX20 300 mm for full wafers. Specialized systems add the NX12 for biological and electrochemical research and the NX-Hivac for high-vacuum failure analysis, while the FX40 IR, FX200 IR, and FX300 IR integrate nanoscale infrared spectroscopy (PiFM) for chemical imaging with sub-5 nm resolution.","partner":"Park Systems — South Korea","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/park_afm.webp","slug":"afm","models":[{"slug":"park-fx40","name":"Small Sample AFM: Park FX40","description":"The most advanced AFM for small samples, with AI-driven automation of probe exchange, laser alignment, and scanning.","pageTitle":"Small Sample AFM: Park FX40","pageDescription":"Park FX40 is Park Systems' latest innovation in atomic force microscopy, designed for high-resolution imaging of small samples. With a low noise floor, minimal thermal drift, and enhanced mechanical stability, the FX40 delivers unmatched precision and reliability.","image":"/images/fx40_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park FX40 is Park Systems' latest innovation in atomic force microscopy, designed for high-resolution imaging of small samples. With a low noise floor, minimal thermal drift, and enhanced mechanical stability, the FX40 delivers unmatched precision and reliability. Key features include automatic probe exchange, automatic laser beam alignment, and a sample-view camera – the signatures of FX-series AFMs that streamline operation while significantly enhancing productivity.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/fx40_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Superior FX Mechanical Design","text":"The FX-series AFMs are designed for minimal mechanical noise. The optical microscope is decoupled from the Z stage, lowering the weight on the Z stage and reducing susceptibility to mechanical disturbances, while the Z stage itself is built with a high-stiffness cross-roller guide and two bearing blocks. Construction with materials of low thermal expansion coefficients mitigates thermal drift for reliable performance over time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://players.brightcove.net/6415975229001/Wrfv6xgZLo_default/index.html?videoId=6373867221112","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Automatic Laser Beam Alignment and Probe Exchange","text":"A vision-guided alignment system detects the cantilever shape and position, aligns it at the center of the field of view, and steers the laser beam onto the position-sensitive photodetector automatically – reducing setup time and ensuring consistent alignment. The automatic tip exchanger (ATX) stores up to 8 pre-mounted probes on QR-coded chip carriers with kinematic mounting, so probes are exchanged with a simple mouse click and without risk of cantilever breakage.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sample-View Camera and On-Axis Optics","text":"The sample-view camera provides a captured image of the sample, allowing users to point and click to move the XY stage – convenient navigation to areas of interest and easy return to the same location. The unobstructed on-axis optical microscope provides a clear field of view and resolves line widths down to 0.87 µm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Powerful FX Controller and Software","text":"The FX AFM controller features an 8-channel lock-in amplifier and 5 MHz bandwidth for advanced signal processing, supporting a wide range of cutting-edge modes and options. Park SmartScan™ is an advanced AFM operating software featuring an elegant, intuitive interface and powerful features designed for superior image quality and an enhanced user experience. Park SmartAnalysis™ complements it with fast image processing, comprehensive data analysis, and efficient result publication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park FX40","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park FX40"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Size","values":["20 mm × 20 mm, up to 100 mm (optional); thickness up to 20 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Scan Range","values":["50 µm (optional), 100 µm"]},{"parameter":"Z Scan Range","values":["15 µm"]},{"parameter":"XY Working Range","values":["105 mm × 40 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Sample Stage","values":["Motorized"]},{"parameter":"Digital Lock-in Amplifier","values":["8 channels (high-speed digital; FX AFM controller with 5 MHz bandwidth)"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Capabilities","values":["Topography, nanomechanical (stiffness, elasticity, hardness, adhesion), and magnetic properties (standard); electrical, thermal, pipette-based electrochemical, and in-liquid imaging (optional)"]},{"parameter":"Scan System","values":["Orthogonal scan system: flexure-guided 2D XY scanner (sample) and independent 1D Z scanner (probe); closed-loop servo control"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"Automation","values":["AI-driven automation of setup and scanning; automatic probe exchange (ATX, up to 8 pre-mounted probes with QR-coded carriers); automatic laser beam alignment and PSPD centering; early-warning systems and fail-safes; environment sensors for temperature and humidity monitoring"]},{"parameter":"Optics","values":["Unobstructed on-axis optical microscope; resolves line widths down to 0.87 µm; sample-view camera for point-and-click stage navigation"]},{"parameter":"Light Source","values":["Fiber-coupled superluminescent diode (SLD) integrated into the optical microscope assembly"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-fx40-ir","name":"Small Sample AFM with Nano-IR: Park FX40 IR","description":"The non-contact AFM for small-sample chemical imaging, combining the FX40 with nanoscale IR spectroscopy (PiFM).","pageTitle":"Small Sample AFM with Nano-IR: Park FX40 IR","pageDescription":"Park FX40 IR is Park Systems' advanced AFM solution for nanoscale infrared spectroscopy and imaging, combining chemical and surface characterization on small samples. Built on the FX40 platform, it offers a low noise floor, minimal thermal drift, and enhanced mechanical stability for unmatched precision and reliability.","image":"/images/fx40-ir_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park FX40 IR is Park Systems' advanced AFM solution for nanoscale infrared spectroscopy and imaging, combining chemical and surface characterization on small samples. Built on the FX40 platform, it offers a low noise floor, minimal thermal drift, and enhanced mechanical stability for unmatched precision and reliability.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/fx40-ir_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Nanoscale Chemical Imaging with PiFM","text":"Park FX40 IR supports Photo-induced Force Microscopy (PiFM), enabling both IR spectral analysis and chemical imaging at the nanoscale. Chemical information is acquired together with high-resolution surface characterization, giving researchers a complete picture of composition and topography on the same sample.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Proven FX40 Foundation","text":"The system combines the Park FX40 small-sample AFM with Park's nano-IR spectrometers. Like all Park AFMs, it features the orthogonal scan system and True Non-Contact™ mode, delivering consistent, non-invasive measurements even on fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated Workflows","text":"Automation features such as automatic probe exchange, IR beam alignment, and multi-point measurement streamline operation and simplify workflows, making advanced nanoscale chemical characterization precise and efficient.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park FX40 IR","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park FX40 IR"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Type","values":["Small samples (Park FX40 platform)"]},{"parameter":"Base Platform","values":["Park FX40 small-sample AFM combined with Park Nano-IR Spectrometers"]},{"parameter":"IR Technique","values":["Photo-induced Force Microscopy (PiFM): fully non-contact nanoscale IR spectroscopy and chemical imaging; sub-5 nm spatial resolution with monolayer sensitivity"]},{"parameter":"IR Laser Options","values":["QCL laser (3 modules): 1,800 – 770 cm⁻¹ typical\nExtended QCL laser (4 modules): 2,395 – 1,995 cm⁻¹ and 1,800 – 770 cm⁻¹ typical\nQCL + OPO laser: adds 7,117 – 4,950 cm⁻¹ and 4,385 – 2,281 cm⁻¹ typical\nQCL + OPO/DFG laser: adds 806 – 589 cm⁻¹ typical"]},{"parameter":"IR Automation","values":["Fully automated IR beam alignment using the measured nano-IR signal as real-time feedback; automatic probe exchange; vision-guided AFM laser alignment"]},{"parameter":"Acoustic Enclosure (Outer)","values":["970 mm × 990 mm × 1,530 mm"]},{"parameter":"Cabinet","values":["1,200 mm × 900 mm × 1,700 mm"]},{"parameter":"Total Weight (AFM Body + Enclosure)","values":["920 kg"]},{"parameter":"Required Environment","values":["Acoustic noise level 65 dB; floor vibration level VC-D (6.25 µm/s); power 2.3 kW (maximum)"]},{"parameter":"Available Options","values":["Facility controller; XEA software; KnowItAll software"]},{"parameter":"Note","values":["Specifications, including dimensions and weight, may differ depending on the laser configuration."]},{"parameter":"Scan System","values":["Orthogonal scan system: flexure-guided 2D XY scanner (sample) and independent 1D Z scanner (probe); closed-loop servo control"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"AFM Modes","values":["Topographic (contact, True Non-Contact™, tapping, PinPoint™, Fast PinPoint™); mechanical (nanomechanical modes, F-D spectroscopy, nanoindentation, FMM, LFM); electrical (C-AFM, SSRM, PFM, EFM, KPFM variants); magnetic (MFM variants); thermal (SThM); nanolithography and nanomachining (options)"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-nx10","name":"Small Sample AFM: Park NX10","description":"Park Systems' original small-sample AFM – proven performance in nanoscale metrology for research laboratories worldwide.","pageTitle":"Small Sample AFM: Park NX10","pageDescription":"Park NX10 is a flagship atomic force microscope designed for small-sample research, delivering unmatched accuracy, reliability, and ease of use. As Park Systems' original small-sample AFM, it has earned global recognition in both academic and industrial laboratories for producing precise, repeatable nanoscale measurements.","image":"/images/park_nx10.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park NX10 is a flagship atomic force microscope designed for small-sample research, delivering unmatched accuracy, reliability, and ease of use. As Park Systems' original small-sample AFM, it has earned global recognition in both academic and industrial laboratories for producing precise, repeatable nanoscale measurements. From materials science to polymers and bioengineering, NX10 is a trusted platform for advanced nanoscale metrology.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/park_nx10.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Outstanding NX Mechanical Design","text":"NX10 is built around improved XY and Z scanner performance: fast Z-servo speed for quick vertical response, improved Z scan straightness for accurate imaging, and precise XY positioning during scans. The NX Z scanner, built with a stacked piezo actuator and a strain gauge sensor, delivers fast and precise measurements across a wide range of surfaces, maintaining consistent roughness linearity regardless of scan size. It maintains straightness within 0.1% across the usable range, with out-of-axis motion under 5 nm even at a full 15 µm extension, for reliable, distortion-free nanoscale measurements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"NX Laser Beam Path and Pre-Mounted Probes","text":"The NX head integrates a superluminescent diode providing low-coherence illumination, with the beam guided through precision mirrors to the cantilever and position-sensitive photodetector. Alignment knobs move the laser beam directly along the X and Y axes for intuitive adjustment. Pre-aligned probe chip carriers with kinematic mounting points and magnetic seating make probe exchange reliable and repeatable, without risk of cantilever breakage.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Modular Expansion and On-Axis Optics","text":"Advanced AFM modes are enabled by simply plugging an option module into the expansion slot – the modular NX design ensures compatibility with options across the product line. The high-power on-axis optical microscope with software-controlled LED illumination provides a clear view of the sample surface.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"Park SmartScan™ is an advanced AFM operating software featuring an elegant, intuitive interface and powerful features designed for superior image quality and an enhanced user experience. Park SmartAnalysis™ complements it with fast image processing, comprehensive data analysis, and efficient result publication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park NX10","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park NX10"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Size","values":["100 mm × 100 mm; thickness up to 20 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Scan Range","values":["10 µm (optional), 50 µm, 100 µm (optional)"]},{"parameter":"Z Scan Range","values":["15 µm, 30 µm (optional)"]},{"parameter":"XY Working Range","values":["20 mm × 20 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Sample Stage","values":["Motorized"]},{"parameter":"Digital Lock-in Amplifier","values":["4 channels"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Capabilities","values":["Topography, nanomechanical (stiffness, elasticity, hardness, adhesion), and magnetic properties (standard); electrical, thermal, pipette-based electrochemical, and in-liquid imaging (optional) – including high-resolution pipette-based Scanning Ion Conductance Microscopy"]},{"parameter":"Scan System","values":["Orthogonal scan system: flexure-guided 2D XY scanner (sample) and independent 1D Z scanner (probe); closed-loop servo control"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"Z Scanner","values":["Stacked piezo actuator with strain gauge sensor; straightness within 0.1%; out-of-axis motion under 5 nm at full 15 µm extension"]},{"parameter":"Light Source","values":["Superluminescent diode (SLD) with low-coherence illumination for stable signal detection"]},{"parameter":"Probe Mounting","values":["Pre-aligned probe chip carriers with kinematic mounting points and magnetic seating"]},{"parameter":"Expandability","values":["Expansion slot for advanced mode and option modules, compatible across the NX product line"]},{"parameter":"Optics","values":["High-power on-axis optical microscope with software-controlled LED illumination"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-nx7","name":"Small Sample AFM: Park NX7","description":"Accessible nanometrology for academic research in a compact, table-top format.","pageTitle":"Small Sample AFM: Park NX7","pageDescription":"Park NX7 is a compact atomic force microscope designed for accessible nanoscale research. Its table-top format makes it especially suitable for educational environments and laboratories with limited space, while still delivering reliable high-resolution imaging.","image":"/images/nx7_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park NX7 is a compact atomic force microscope designed for accessible nanoscale research. Its table-top format makes it especially suitable for educational environments and laboratories with limited space, while still delivering reliable high-resolution imaging. From materials science to polymers and bioengineering, NX7 delivers robust performance and dependable results.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/nx7_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Outstanding NX Mechanical Design","text":"NX7 is built around improved XY and Z scanner performance: fast Z-servo speed for quick vertical response, improved Z scan straightness for accurate imaging, and precise XY positioning during scans. The NX Z scanner, built with a stacked piezo actuator and a strain gauge sensor, delivers fast and precise measurements across a wide range of surfaces, maintaining consistent roughness linearity regardless of scan size. It maintains straightness within 0.1% across the usable range, with out-of-axis motion under 5 nm even at a full 15 µm extension, for reliable, distortion-free nanoscale measurements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"NX Laser Beam Path and Pre-Mounted Probes","text":"The NX head integrates a superluminescent diode providing low-coherence illumination, with the beam guided through precision mirrors to the cantilever and position-sensitive photodetector. Alignment knobs allow intuitive adjustment of the beam position and effortless realignment during probe replacement. Pre-aligned probe chip carriers with kinematic mounting points ensure reliable, consistent tip positioning.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"On-Axis Optical Microscope","text":"The high-power on-axis optical microscope provides a clear view of the sample surface, with a software-controlled LED light source illuminating the sample for better observation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"Park SmartScan™ is an advanced AFM operating software featuring an elegant, intuitive interface and powerful features designed for superior image quality and an enhanced user experience. Park SmartAnalysis™ complements it with fast image processing, comprehensive data analysis, and efficient result publication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park NX7","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park NX7"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Size","values":["50 mm × 50 mm; thickness up to 20 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Scan Range","values":["10 µm (optional), 50 µm, 100 µm (optional)"]},{"parameter":"Z Scan Range","values":["15 µm, 30 µm (optional)"]},{"parameter":"XY Working Range","values":["13 mm × 13 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Sample Stage","values":["Manual"]},{"parameter":"Digital Lock-in Amplifier","values":["4 channels"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Capabilities","values":["Topography, nanomechanical (stiffness, elasticity, hardness, adhesion), and magnetic properties (standard); electrical and in-liquid imaging (optional)"]},{"parameter":"Scan System","values":["Orthogonal scan system: flexure-guided 2D XY scanner (sample) and independent 1D Z scanner (probe); closed-loop servo control"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"Z Scanner","values":["Stacked piezo actuator with strain gauge sensor; straightness within 0.1%; out-of-axis motion under 5 nm at full 15 µm extension"]},{"parameter":"Light Source","values":["Superluminescent diode (SLD) with low-coherence illumination for stable signal detection"]},{"parameter":"Probe Mounting","values":["Pre-aligned probe chip carriers with kinematic mounting points and magnetic seating"]},{"parameter":"Optics","values":["High-power on-axis optical microscope with software-controlled LED illumination"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-nx1","name":"High-Resolution AFM: Park NX1","description":"The highest resolution AFM – atomic-scale imaging in ambient conditions with a noise floor an order of magnitude lower than typical systems.","pageTitle":"High-Resolution AFM: Park NX1","pageDescription":"Park NX1 is a compact AFM designed for high-resolution imaging with stable operation. The system combines a mechanically rigid structure with a thermally stable body to support atomic-scale imaging in ambient conditions, while maintaining the ease of use typical of Park Systems instruments.","image":"/images/nx1_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park NX1 is a compact AFM designed for high-resolution imaging with stable operation. The system combines a mechanically rigid structure with a thermally stable body to support atomic-scale imaging in ambient conditions, while maintaining the ease of use typical of Park Systems instruments.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/nx1_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optimized AFM Architecture","text":"A minimal mechanical loop between probe and sample improves mechanical stability, and the AFM core body is made of Kovar to reduce thermal drift. A precision XYZ tube scanner combined with a tungsten carbide stick-slip stage and kinematic contacts enables stable positioning for consistent atomic-resolution imaging.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Low Noise Performance","text":"The NX1 achieves a noise floor about an order of magnitude lower than typical AFM systems, enabled by its optimized architecture. This low noise level provides a stable measurement environment, supporting consistent signal detection and atomic-resolution imaging.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"On-Axis Optical Microscope and Laser Alignment","text":"A high-resolution on-axis optical microscope provides a direct view of both the probe and sample, enabling accurate tip positioning and efficient navigation, with integrated illumination for clear visibility. The beam-bounce detection system with a separated detection module preserves measurement stability and enables fast laser positioning on the cantilever.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"qPlus® Sensor Option","text":"The NX1 supports an optional qPlus sensor based on a quartz tuning fork for advanced atomic-scale measurements. Its high stiffness enables stable operation at picometer-scale amplitudes, minimizing jump-to-contact.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"Park SmartAnalysis™ delivers fast and comprehensive data processing, enabling efficient interpretation and clear visualization of results within a smooth, user-friendly workflow.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park NX1","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park NX1"],"specs":[{"parameter":"XYZ Scanner","values":["XY scan range 3 µm × 3 µm; Z scan range 1 µm; open-loop feedback control"]},{"parameter":"Stage","values":["XY 0.5 mm × 0.5 mm; Z 15 mm"]},{"parameter":"Sample Mount","values":["Size Ø 16 mm, up to 10 mm thickness; weight 2 g – 10 g"]},{"parameter":"On-Axis Optics","values":["Direct on-axis vision of sample surface and cantilever; field of view 480 µm × 360 µm (with 10× objective); 1.2 M pixel CCD (5 M pixel optional)"]},{"parameter":"Architecture","values":["Minimal probe-to-sample mechanical loop; Kovar core body for low thermal drift; tungsten carbide stick-slip stage with kinematic contacts"]},{"parameter":"Noise Floor","values":["About an order of magnitude lower than typical AFM systems"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"AFM Modes","values":["Topographic (contact, True Non-Contact™, tapping, PinPoint™); mechanical (PinPoint™ nanomechanical, F-D spectroscopy, FMM, TFM); electrical (C-AFM with I-V spectroscopy, PFM variants, EFM, KPFM variants); magnetic (MFM variants); options marked by Park as requiring additional configuration"]},{"parameter":"Options","values":["qPlus® quartz tuning fork sensor for picometer-scale amplitude operation"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["Acoustic enclosure (outer): 700 mm × 800 mm × 1,248 mm; desk: 1,410 mm × 810 mm × 740 mm"]},{"parameter":"Total Weight","values":["250 kg (AFM body + acoustic enclosure + active vibration isolation)"]},{"parameter":"Required Environment","values":["Acoustic noise level below 65 dB; floor vibration level VC-D (6.25 µm/s); power 1 kW (maximum)"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-fx200","name":"Large Sample AFM: Park FX200","description":"The most advanced AFM for 200 mm samples, with automated probe exchange, autofocus, and a full-wafer sample-view camera.","pageTitle":"Large Sample AFM: Park FX200","pageDescription":"Park FX200 is Park Systems' latest innovation in atomic force microscopy, designed to accommodate samples up to 200 mm. With a low noise floor, minimal thermal drift, and enhanced mechanical stability, the FX200 delivers unmatched precision and reliability for both research and industrial settings.","image":"/images/fx200_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park FX200 is Park Systems' latest innovation in atomic force microscopy, designed to accommodate samples up to 200 mm. With a low noise floor, minimal thermal drift, and enhanced mechanical stability, the FX200 delivers unmatched precision and reliability for both research and industrial settings. Automated scan parameter optimization, optical autofocus, sequential measurements across multiple positions, and powerful data analysis tools simplify even the most complex workflows.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/fx200_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Superior FX Mechanical Design","text":"The optical microscope is decoupled from the Z stage, reducing susceptibility to mechanical disturbances, while the Z stage is built with a high-stiffness cross-roller guide and two bearing blocks. A wide trapezoidal strut reinforces mechanical rigidity, and expansion-matched materials with low thermal expansion coefficients mitigate thermal drift.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://players.brightcove.net/6415975229001/Wrfv6xgZLo_default/index.html?videoId=6375519659112","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Automatic Laser Beam Alignment and Probe Exchange","text":"The vision-guided alignment system detects the cantilever, aligns it at the center of the field of view, and steers the laser beam onto the position-sensitive photodetector automatically. The automatic tip exchanger (ATX) stores up to 16 pre-mounted probes on QR-coded chip carriers with kinematic mounting, so probe exchange takes a mouse click instead of a delicate manual operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Full 200 mm Sample-View Camera","text":"With the macro image of the sample chuck captured by the sample-view camera, users point and click on the sample view to move the XY stage to the desired location – making it easy to locate areas of interest and return to the same spot, even on a full 200 mm wafer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"Park SmartScan™ is an advanced AFM operating software featuring an elegant, intuitive interface and powerful features designed for superior image quality and an enhanced user experience. Park SmartAnalysis™ complements it with fast image processing, comprehensive data analysis, and efficient result publication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park FX200","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park FX200"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Capacity","values":["Wafers up to 200 mm (vacuum grooves); up to 16 small samples with vacuum chuck (optional); thickness up to 20 mm"]},{"parameter":"Scanner","values":["Dual-servo XY scanner: 100 µm × 100 µm or 15 µm × 15 µm; flexure-guided high-force Z scanner: 15 µm or 30 µm"]},{"parameter":"Stage","values":["XY stage 300 mm × 200 mm; Z stage 22 mm"]},{"parameter":"On-Axis Optics","values":["Direct on-axis vision of sample surface and cantilever; field of view 840 µm × 630 µm (with 10× objective); 5 M pixel CCD"]},{"parameter":"Sample-View Camera","values":["Large field of view for full 200 mm sample overview; resolution 3,840 × 2,160 pixels"]},{"parameter":"Automatic Tip Exchanger","values":["16 pre-aligned probes with kinematic mount and QR-code chip carriers"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"AFM Modes","values":["Topographic (contact incl. Fast Imaging Mode, True Non-Contact™, tapping, PinPoint™, Fast PinPoint™); mechanical (nanomechanical modes, F-D spectroscopy, nanoindentation, FMM, DMA, TFM, LFM); electrical (C-AFM with I-V and photocurrent mapping, SSRM, SCM, PFM variants, EFM, KPFM variants, MIM); magnetic (MFM variants); options marked by Park as requiring additional configuration"]},{"parameter":"Automation","values":["Automatic probe exchange; automatic laser beam alignment; optical autofocus; automated scan parameter optimization; sequential multi-position measurements"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["Acoustic enclosure (outer): 970 mm × 990 mm × 1,530 mm; desk: 1,410 mm × 810 mm × 740 mm"]},{"parameter":"Total Weight","values":["1,050 kg (AFM body + acoustic enclosure)"]},{"parameter":"Required Environment","values":["Acoustic noise level below 65 dB; floor vibration level VC-D (6.25 µm/s); power 1 kW (maximum)"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-fx200-ir","name":"Large Sample AFM with Nano-IR: Park FX200 IR","description":"IR spectroscopy meets advanced 200 mm AFM – nanoscale chemical imaging on the proven FX200 platform.","pageTitle":"Large Sample AFM with Nano-IR: Park FX200 IR","pageDescription":"Park FX200 IR combines chemical and surface characterization on the proven FX200 platform, supporting samples up to 200 mm. Photo-induced Force Microscopy (PiFM) enables IR spectral analysis and chemical imaging at the nanoscale with sub-5 nm resolution.","image":"/images/fx200ir_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park FX200 IR is Park Systems' advanced AFM solution for nanoscale infrared spectroscopy and imaging, combining chemical and surface characterization. It is built on the proven FX200 platform supporting samples up to 200 mm, with low noise, minimal thermal drift, and high mechanical stability for reliable high-resolution metrology.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/fx200ir_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Nanoscale Chemical Imaging with PiFM","text":"FX200 IR supports Photo-induced Force Microscopy (PiFM), enabling both IR spectral analysis and chemical imaging at the nanoscale – chemical information acquired together with high-resolution surface characterization on the same sample.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Proven FX200 Foundation","text":"The system combines the Park FX200 large-sample AFM with Park's nano-IR spectrometers. Like all Park AFMs, it features the orthogonal scan system and True Non-Contact™ mode, delivering consistent, non-invasive measurements even on fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated Workflows","text":"Automation features such as automatic probe exchange, IR beam alignment, a full 200 mm sample-view camera, and multi-point measurement streamline operation and simplify workflows.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park FX200 IR","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park FX200 IR"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Capacity","values":["Samples up to 200 mm (Park FX200 platform)"]},{"parameter":"Base Platform","values":["Park FX200 large-sample AFM combined with Park Nano-IR Spectrometers"]},{"parameter":"IR Technique","values":["Photo-induced Force Microscopy (PiFM): fully non-contact nanoscale IR spectroscopy and chemical imaging; sub-5 nm spatial resolution with monolayer sensitivity"]},{"parameter":"IR Laser Options","values":["QCL laser (3 modules): 1,800 – 770 cm⁻¹ typical\nExtended QCL laser (4 modules): 2,395 – 1,995 cm⁻¹ and 1,800 – 770 cm⁻¹ typical\nQCL + OPO laser: adds 7,117 – 4,950 cm⁻¹ and 4,385 – 2,281 cm⁻¹ typical\nQCL + OPO/DFG laser: adds 806 – 589 cm⁻¹ typical"]},{"parameter":"IR Automation","values":["Fully automated IR beam alignment using the measured nano-IR signal as real-time feedback; automatic probe exchange; vision-guided AFM laser alignment"]},{"parameter":"Acoustic Enclosure (Outer)","values":["1,250 mm × 1,280 mm × 1,570 mm"]},{"parameter":"Cabinet","values":["1,200 mm × 900 mm × 1,890 mm"]},{"parameter":"Total Weight (AFM Body + Enclosure)","values":["2,290 kg"]},{"parameter":"Required Environment","values":["Acoustic noise level 65 dB; floor vibration level VC-D (6.25 µm/s); power 2.3 kW (maximum)"]},{"parameter":"Available Options","values":["Facility controller; XEA software; KnowItAll software"]},{"parameter":"Note","values":["Specifications, including dimensions and weight, may differ depending on the laser configuration."]},{"parameter":"Scan System","values":["Orthogonal scan system: flexure-guided 2D XY scanner (sample) and independent 1D Z scanner (probe); closed-loop servo control"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"AFM Modes","values":["Topographic (contact incl. Fast Imaging Mode, True Non-Contact™, tapping, PinPoint™, Fast PinPoint™); mechanical (nanomechanical modes, F-D spectroscopy, nanoindentation, FMM, LFM); electrical (C-AFM, SSRM, PFM incl. DFRT-PFM, EFM, KPFM variants); magnetic (MFM variants); thermal (SThM); nanolithography and nanomachining (options)"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-fx300","name":"Large Sample AFM: Park FX300","description":"The most advanced AFM for 300 mm samples, with industrial safety features and fully automated workflows.","pageTitle":"Large Sample AFM: Park FX300","pageDescription":"Park FX300 is Park Systems' latest innovation in atomic force microscopy, designed to accommodate samples up to 300 mm. Low noise, minimal thermal drift, and enhanced mechanical stability deliver unmatched precision for both research and industrial settings.","image":"/images/fx300_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park FX300 is Park Systems' latest innovation in atomic force microscopy, designed to accommodate samples up to 300 mm. With a low noise floor, minimal thermal drift, and enhanced mechanical stability, the FX300 delivers unmatched precision and reliability across research and industrial settings, with automated scan parameter settings, sequential measurements across multiple coordinates, and powerful data analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/fx300_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Superior FX Mechanical Design","text":"The optical microscope is decoupled from the Z stage, reducing susceptibility to mechanical disturbances, while the Z stage is built with a high-stiffness cross-roller guide and two bearing blocks. A wide trapezoidal strut reinforces mechanical rigidity, and expansion-matched materials with low thermal expansion coefficients mitigate thermal drift.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automatic Laser Beam Alignment and Probe Exchange","text":"The vision-guided alignment system detects the cantilever, aligns it at the center of the field of view, and steers the laser beam onto the position-sensitive photodetector automatically. The automatic tip exchanger (ATX) stores up to 16 pre-mounted probes on QR-coded chip carriers with kinematic mounting for one-click, breakage-free probe exchange.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety and Facility Features","text":"FX300 includes essential safety features for industrial environments: a facility controller for centralized system management, a photo ionizer with signal light to control static charges on the sample, an emergency machine off (EMO) button, and a signal tower with buzzer for clear visual and audible status alerts. An optional fan filter unit maintains air purity for sensitive operations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"Park SmartScan™ is an advanced AFM operating software featuring an elegant, intuitive interface and powerful features designed for superior image quality and an enhanced user experience. Park SmartAnalysis™ complements it with fast image processing, comprehensive data analysis, and efficient result publication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park FX300","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park FX300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Capacity","values":["Wafers up to 300 mm (vacuum grooves); multi-wafer chuck for 150 mm wafers (optional); thickness up to 20 mm"]},{"parameter":"Scanner","values":["Dual-servo XY scanner: 100 µm × 100 µm or 15 µm × 15 µm; flexure-guided high-force Z scanner: 15 µm or 30 µm"]},{"parameter":"Stage","values":["XY stage 350 mm × 300 mm; Z stage 22 mm"]},{"parameter":"On-Axis Optics","values":["Direct on-axis vision of sample surface and cantilever; field of view 840 µm × 630 µm (with 10× objective); 5 M pixel CCD"]},{"parameter":"Automatic Tip Exchanger","values":["16 pre-aligned probes with kinematic mount and QR-code chip carriers"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"AFM Modes","values":["Topographic (contact incl. Fast Imaging Mode, True Non-Contact™, tapping, PinPoint™, Fast PinPoint™); mechanical (nanomechanical modes, F-D spectroscopy, nanoindentation, FMM, DMA, TFM, LFM); electrical (C-AFM, SSRM, SCM, PFM variants, EFM, KPFM variants, MIM); magnetic (MFM variants); thermal (SThM); nanolithography and nanomachining; options marked by Park as requiring additional configuration"]},{"parameter":"Safety and Facility","values":["Photo ionizer; facility controller; emergency machine off (EMO) button; fan filter unit (optional)"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["Acoustic enclosure (outer): 1,250 mm × 1,280 mm × 1,560 mm; cabinet: 1,176 mm × 900 mm × 2,038 mm"]},{"parameter":"Total Weight","values":["2,225 kg (AFM body + acoustic enclosure)"]},{"parameter":"Required Environment","values":["Acoustic noise level below 65 dB; floor vibration level VC-D (6.25 µm/s); power 3 kW (maximum)"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-fx300-ir","name":"Large Sample AFM with Nano-IR: Park FX300 IR","description":"IR spectroscopy meets advanced 300 mm AFM – nanoscale chemical imaging on the proven FX300 platform.","pageTitle":"Large Sample AFM with Nano-IR: Park FX300 IR","pageDescription":"Park FX300 IR combines chemical and surface characterization on the proven FX300 platform, supporting samples up to 300 mm. Photo-induced Force Microscopy (PiFM) enables IR spectral analysis and chemical imaging at the nanoscale with sub-5 nm resolution.","image":"/images/fx300ir_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park FX300 IR is Park Systems' advanced AFM solution for nanoscale infrared spectroscopy and imaging, combining chemical and surface characterization. It is built on the proven FX300 platform supporting samples up to 300 mm, with low noise, minimal thermal drift, and high mechanical stability for reliable high-resolution metrology.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/fx300ir_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Nanoscale Chemical Imaging with PiFM","text":"FX300 IR supports Photo-induced Force Microscopy (PiFM), enabling both IR spectral analysis and chemical imaging at the nanoscale – chemical information acquired together with high-resolution surface characterization on the same sample.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Proven FX300 Foundation","text":"The system combines the Park FX300 large-sample AFM with Park's nano-IR spectrometers. Like all Park AFMs, it features the orthogonal scan system and True Non-Contact™ mode, delivering consistent, non-invasive measurements even on fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated Workflows","text":"Automation features such as automatic probe exchange, IR beam alignment, a full 300 mm sample-view camera, and multi-point measurement streamline operation and simplify workflows.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park FX300 IR","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park FX300 IR"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Capacity","values":["Samples up to 300 mm (Park FX300 platform)"]},{"parameter":"Base Platform","values":["Park FX300 large-sample AFM combined with Park Nano-IR Spectrometers"]},{"parameter":"IR Technique","values":["Photo-induced Force Microscopy (PiFM): fully non-contact nanoscale IR spectroscopy and chemical imaging; sub-5 nm spatial resolution with monolayer sensitivity"]},{"parameter":"IR Laser Options","values":["QCL laser (3 modules): 1,800 – 770 cm⁻¹ typical\nExtended QCL laser (4 modules): 2,395 – 1,995 cm⁻¹ and 1,800 – 770 cm⁻¹ typical\nQCL + OPO laser: adds 7,117 – 4,950 cm⁻¹ and 4,385 – 2,281 cm⁻¹ typical\nQCL + OPO/DFG laser: adds 806 – 589 cm⁻¹ typical"]},{"parameter":"IR Automation","values":["Fully automated IR beam alignment using the measured nano-IR signal as real-time feedback; automatic probe exchange; vision-guided AFM laser alignment"]},{"parameter":"Acoustic Enclosure (Outer)","values":["1,250 mm × 1,280 mm × 1,570 mm"]},{"parameter":"Cabinet","values":["1,200 mm × 900 mm × 1,890 mm"]},{"parameter":"Total Weight (AFM Body + Enclosure)","values":["2,340 kg"]},{"parameter":"Required Environment","values":["Acoustic noise level 65 dB; floor vibration level VC-D (6.25 µm/s); power 2.3 kW (maximum)"]},{"parameter":"Available Options","values":["Facility controller; XEA software; KnowItAll software"]},{"parameter":"Note","values":["Specifications, including dimensions and weight, may differ depending on the laser configuration."]},{"parameter":"Scan System","values":["Orthogonal scan system: flexure-guided 2D XY scanner (sample) and independent 1D Z scanner (probe); closed-loop servo control"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"AFM Modes","values":["Topographic (contact incl. Fast Imaging Mode, True Non-Contact™, tapping, PinPoint™, Fast PinPoint™); mechanical (nanomechanical modes, F-D spectroscopy, nanoindentation, FMM, LFM); electrical (C-AFM, SSRM, PFM incl. DFRT-PFM, EFM, KPFM variants); magnetic (MFM variants); thermal (SThM); nanolithography and nanomachining (options)"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-nx20","name":"Large Sample AFM: Park NX20","description":"The leading nanometrology tool for failure analysis and large-sample research, up to 200 mm.","pageTitle":"Large Sample AFM: Park NX20","pageDescription":"Park NX20 is a flagship atomic force microscope for failure analysis and large-sample research up to 200 mm. As Park Systems' original 200 mm sample AFM, it delivers precise, repeatable nanoscale measurements across materials science, semiconductors, polymers, and bioengineering.","image":"/images/nx20_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park NX20 is a flagship atomic force microscope designed for failure analysis and large-sample research, delivering unmatched accuracy, reliability, and ease of use. As Park Systems' original 200 mm sample AFM, it has earned global recognition in academic and industrial laboratories for precise, repeatable nanoscale measurements across materials science, semiconductors, polymers, and bioengineering.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/nx20_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Outstanding NX Mechanical Design","text":"NX20 features a direct on-axis optical microscope with integrated LED illumination for real-time vision of both probe and sample. A vertically aligned, motorized Z stage and focus stage – software-controlled for automatic tip-to-sample approach – ensure precision and ease of use, and the slide-to-connect AFM head with dove-tail rail allows quick setup. The motorized XY sample stage enables convenient navigation and sequential measurements across multiple coordinates with a fine step resolution of 0.6 µm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast Z Servo and High Resolution","text":"The NX Z scanner, built with a stacked piezo actuator and a strain gauge sensor, delivers fast and precise measurements across a wide range of surfaces, maintaining consistent roughness linearity regardless of scan size. It maintains straightness within 0.1% across the usable range, with out-of-axis motion under 5 nm even at a full 15 µm extension, for reliable, distortion-free nanoscale measurements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pre-Mounted Probes and Modular Expansion","text":"Pre-aligned probe chip carriers with kinematic mounting points and magnetic seating make probe exchange reliable and repeatable. Advanced AFM modes are enabled by plugging an option module into the expansion slot – the modular NX design is compatible with options across the product line.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"Park SmartScan™ is an advanced AFM operating software featuring an elegant, intuitive interface and powerful features designed for superior image quality and an enhanced user experience. Park SmartAnalysis™ complements it with fast image processing, comprehensive data analysis, and efficient result publication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park NX20","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park NX20"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Size","values":["150 mm (optional), up to 200 mm; thickness up to 20 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Scan Range","values":["50 µm (optional), 100 µm"]},{"parameter":"Z Scan Range","values":["15 µm, 30 µm (optional)"]},{"parameter":"XY Working Range","values":["150 mm × 150 mm (optional) / 200 mm × 200 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Sample Stage","values":["Motorized; 0.6 µm fine step resolution; sequential measurements across multiple coordinates"]},{"parameter":"Digital Lock-in Amplifier","values":["4 channels"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Capabilities","values":["Topography, nanomechanical, and magnetic properties (standard); electrical, thermal, in-liquid imaging, and recipe creation for automated wafer sample measurement/analysis (optional); pipette-based electrochemical measurement (optional); high-resolution electrical scan modes and sidewall measurement for 3D structure study"]},{"parameter":"Scan System","values":["Orthogonal scan system: flexure-guided 2D XY scanner (sample) and independent 1D Z scanner (probe); closed-loop servo control"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"Z Scanner","values":["Stacked piezo actuator with strain gauge sensor; straightness within 0.1%; out-of-axis motion under 5 nm at full 15 µm extension"]},{"parameter":"Approach","values":["Motorized Z stage and focus stage with software-controlled automatic tip-to-sample approach"]},{"parameter":"Light Source","values":["Superluminescent diode (SLD) with low-coherence illumination for stable signal detection"]},{"parameter":"Expandability","values":["Expansion slot for advanced mode and option modules; slide-to-connect AFM head with dove-tail rail"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-nx20-300mm","name":"Large Sample AFM: Park NX20 300 mm","description":"The leading nanometrology tool bridging research and industry, with full coverage of 300 mm wafers.","pageTitle":"Large Sample AFM: Park NX20 300 mm","pageDescription":"Park NX20 300 mm is an atomic force microscope for large-sample research and 300 mm wafer failure analysis. It delivers precise, repeatable nanoscale measurements and serves as a bridge for facilities transitioning from research-scale AFM to inline production.","image":"/images/nx20-300mm_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park NX20 300 mm is an atomic force microscope designed for large-sample research and 300 mm wafer failure analysis, making it a key platform for industrial R&D. As Park Systems' original 300 mm sample AFM, it delivers precise and repeatable nanoscale measurements, is widely used in academia, and serves as a bridge for facilities transitioning from research-scale AFM to inline production.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/nx20-300mm_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Outstanding NX Mechanical Design","text":"The system features a direct on-axis optical microscope with integrated LED illumination for real-time vision of both probe and sample. A vertically aligned, motorized Z stage and focus stage – software-controlled for automatic tip-to-sample approach – ensure precision and ease of use, and the motorized XY sample stage enables navigation and sequential measurements across multiple coordinates with a fine step resolution of 0.6 µm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast Z Servo and High Resolution","text":"The NX Z scanner, built with a stacked piezo actuator and a strain gauge sensor, delivers fast and precise measurements across a wide range of surfaces, maintaining consistent roughness linearity regardless of scan size. It maintains straightness within 0.1% across the usable range, with out-of-axis motion under 5 nm even at a full 15 µm extension, for reliable, distortion-free nanoscale measurements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pre-Mounted Probes and Modular Expansion","text":"Pre-aligned probe chip carriers with kinematic mounting points and magnetic seating make probe exchange reliable and repeatable. Advanced AFM modes are enabled by plugging an option module into the expansion slot – the modular NX design is compatible with options across the product line.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"Park SmartScan™ is an advanced AFM operating software featuring an elegant, intuitive interface and powerful features designed for superior image quality and an enhanced user experience. Park SmartAnalysis™ complements it with fast image processing, comprehensive data analysis, and efficient result publication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park NX20 300 mm","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park NX20 300 mm"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Size","values":["Up to 300 mm; thickness up to 20 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Scan Range","values":["100 µm"]},{"parameter":"Z Scan Range","values":["15 µm, 30 µm (optional)"]},{"parameter":"XY Working Range","values":["300 mm × 300 mm motorized traveling range – full coverage of 300 mm wafers"]},{"parameter":"XY Sample Stage","values":["Motorized; 0.6 µm fine step resolution; sequential measurements across multiple coordinates"]},{"parameter":"Digital Lock-in Amplifier","values":["4 channels"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Capabilities","values":["Topography, nanomechanical, and magnetic properties (standard); electrical, thermal, in-liquid imaging, and recipe creation for automated wafer sample measurement/analysis (optional); single-click AFM automation adjustment of sample parameters"]},{"parameter":"Scan System","values":["Orthogonal scan system: flexure-guided 2D XY scanner (sample) and independent 1D Z scanner (probe); closed-loop servo control"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"Z Scanner","values":["Stacked piezo actuator with strain gauge sensor; straightness within 0.1%; out-of-axis motion under 5 nm at full 15 µm extension"]},{"parameter":"Approach","values":["Motorized Z stage and focus stage with software-controlled automatic tip-to-sample approach"]},{"parameter":"Light Source","values":["Superluminescent diode (SLD) with low-coherence illumination for stable signal detection"]},{"parameter":"Expandability","values":["Expansion slot for advanced mode and option modules; slide-to-connect AFM head with dove-tail rail"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-nx15","name":"Large Sample AFM: Park NX15","description":"The versatile nanometrology tool for advanced research, covering wafers up to 150 mm.","pageTitle":"Large Sample AFM: Park NX15","pageDescription":"Park NX15 is a versatile atomic force microscope engineered for dependable performance. Its sample stage accommodates full coverage of wafers up to 150 mm, providing a reliable platform for nanoscale metrology in semiconductor and materials research, as well as polymers and bioengineering.","image":"/images/nx15_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park NX15 is a versatile atomic force microscope engineered for dependable performance. Its sample stage accommodates full coverage of wafers up to 150 mm, providing a reliable platform for nanoscale metrology in semiconductor and materials research, as well as polymers and bioengineering.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/nx15_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Outstanding NX Mechanical Design","text":"NX15 is built around improved XY and Z scanner performance: fast Z-servo speed for quick vertical response, improved Z scan straightness for accurate imaging, and precise XY positioning during scans. The NX Z scanner, built with a stacked piezo actuator and a strain gauge sensor, delivers fast and precise measurements across a wide range of surfaces, maintaining consistent roughness linearity regardless of scan size. It maintains straightness within 0.1% across the usable range, with out-of-axis motion under 5 nm even at a full 15 µm extension, for reliable, distortion-free nanoscale measurements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"NX Laser Beam Path and Pre-Mounted Probes","text":"The NX head integrates a superluminescent diode providing low-coherence illumination, guided through precision mirrors to the cantilever and position-sensitive photodetector. Pre-aligned probe chip carriers with kinematic mounting points and magnetic seating ensure reliable, repeatable probe exchange.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Modular Expansion and On-Axis Optics","text":"Advanced AFM modes are enabled by plugging an option module into the expansion slot, compatible with options across the NX product line. The high-power on-axis optical microscope with software-controlled LED illumination provides a clear view of the sample surface.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"Park SmartScan™ is an advanced AFM operating software featuring an elegant, intuitive interface and powerful features designed for superior image quality and an enhanced user experience. Park SmartAnalysis™ complements it with fast image processing, comprehensive data analysis, and efficient result publication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park NX15","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park NX15"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Capacity","values":["Wafers up to 150 mm (vacuum grooves); magnetic mount for 16 small samples (optional)"]},{"parameter":"Scanner","values":["XY scanner 100 µm × 100 µm; flexure-guided high-force Z scanner: 15 µm or 30 µm"]},{"parameter":"Stage","values":["XY stage 150 mm × 150 mm; Z stage 25 mm; focus stage 8 mm"]},{"parameter":"On-Axis Optics","values":["Direct on-axis vision of sample surface and cantilever; field of view 480 µm × 360 µm (with 10× objective); 1.2 M pixel CCD (5 M pixel optional)"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"AFM Modes","values":["Topographic (contact, True Non-Contact™, tapping, PinPoint™, Fast PinPoint™); mechanical (nanomechanical modes, F-D spectroscopy, nanoindentation, FMM, DMA, TFM, LFM); electrical (C-AFM with photocurrent mapping, STM, SCM, PFM variants, EFM, KPFM variants, MIM); magnetic (MFM variants); in-liquid topography; electrochemical AFM (EC-AFM); nanolithography and nanomachining; options marked by Park as requiring additional configuration"]},{"parameter":"Probe Mounting","values":["Pre-aligned probe chip carriers with kinematic mounting points and magnetic seating"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["Acoustic enclosure (outer): 820 mm × 920 mm × 1,486 mm; desk: 1,410 mm × 810 mm × 740 mm"]},{"parameter":"Total Weight","values":["470 kg (AFM body + acoustic enclosure)"]},{"parameter":"Required Environment","values":["Acoustic noise level below 65 dB; floor vibration level VC-D (6.25 µm/s); power 1 kW (maximum)"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-nx12","name":"Specialized AFM: Park NX12","description":"The ideal choice for biological and electrochemical studies – AFM integrated with inverted optical microscopy and nanopipette techniques.","pageTitle":"Specialized AFM: Park NX12","pageDescription":"Park NX12 is a specialized atomic force microscope for materials science, electrochemical, and biochemical research. It delivers nanoscale imaging in both liquid and ambient environments, integrating scanning probe techniques with inverted optical microscopy.","image":"/images/nx12_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park NX12 is a specialized atomic force microscope for materials science, electrochemical, and biochemical research. It delivers nanoscale imaging and property characterization in both liquid and ambient environments, integrating scanning probe techniques with inverted optical microscopy for comprehensive analysis of dynamic processes. A digitally controlled environmental chamber maintains stable gas and temperature conditions for reliable, reproducible research.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/nx12_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Integration with Inverted Optical Microscopy","text":"NX12 provides seamless integration with inverted optical microscopy, combining the large field of view of optical imaging with the nanoscale resolution of AFM. This correlative setup analyzes samples across multiple length scales in a single workflow – particularly valuable for transparent samples and biological research, where cellular-level structures and nanoscale details must be studied together.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Nanopipette-Based Scanning Probe Microscopy","text":"Beyond conventional AFM imaging, NX12 supports SICM, which measures the surface topography of soft, liquid-immersed, or biological samples by monitoring ionic current through a nanopipette; SICM-SECM, which simultaneously maps topography and local electrochemical activity in liquid; and SECCM, which analyzes localized electrochemical reactions through a nanopipette meniscus without immersing the entire sample.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast Z Servo and High Resolution","text":"The NX Z scanner, built with a stacked piezo actuator and a strain gauge sensor, delivers fast and precise measurements across a wide range of surfaces, maintaining consistent roughness linearity regardless of scan size. It maintains straightness within 0.1% across the usable range, with out-of-axis motion under 5 nm even at a full 15 µm extension, for reliable, distortion-free nanoscale measurements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"Park SmartScan™ is an advanced AFM operating software featuring an elegant, intuitive interface and powerful features designed for superior image quality and an enhanced user experience. Park SmartAnalysis™ complements it with fast image processing, comprehensive data analysis, and efficient result publication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park NX12","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park NX12"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Size","values":["50 mm × 50 mm; thickness up to 20 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Scan Range","values":["100 µm"]},{"parameter":"Z Scan Range","values":["15 µm, 30 µm (optional)"]},{"parameter":"XY Working Range","values":["10 mm × 10 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Sample Stage","values":["Motorized"]},{"parameter":"Digital Lock-in Amplifier","values":["4 channels"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Capabilities","values":["Topography, nanomechanical (stiffness, elasticity, hardness, adhesion), and magnetic properties (standard); electrical, thermal, pipette-based electrochemical, and in-liquid imaging (optional)"]},{"parameter":"Correlative Microscopy","values":["Seamless integration with inverted optical microscopy for transparent samples and biological research"]},{"parameter":"Nanopipette Techniques","values":["SICM (in-liquid topography of soft and biological samples); SICM-SECM (simultaneous topography and electrochemical activity); SECCM (localized electrochemical reactions via nanopipette meniscus)"]},{"parameter":"Environmental Control","values":["Digitally controlled environmental chamber for stable gas and temperature conditions"]},{"parameter":"Scan System","values":["Orthogonal scan system: flexure-guided 2D XY scanner (sample) and independent 1D Z scanner (probe); closed-loop servo control"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"Z Scanner","values":["Stacked piezo actuator with strain gauge sensor; straightness within 0.1%; out-of-axis motion under 5 nm at full 15 µm extension"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]},{"slug":"park-nx-hivac","name":"High-Vacuum AFM: Park NX-Hivac","description":"The ideal choice for failure analysis and air-sensitive materials research, operating at 10⁻⁵ Torr.","pageTitle":"High-Vacuum AFM: Park NX-Hivac","pageDescription":"Park NX-Hivac is a high-vacuum atomic force microscope for advanced semiconductor and materials research, enabling precise nanoscale analysis of air-sensitive samples. Clean, stable measurement conditions at 10⁻⁵ Torr reveal properties not achievable under ambient conditions.","image":"/images/nx-hivac_tmb.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Park NX-Hivac is a high-vacuum atomic force microscope engineered for advanced semiconductor and materials research, enabling precise nanoscale analysis of air-sensitive samples. By providing clean and stable measurement conditions, it has established itself as a trusted platform for failure analysis in both academic and industrial laboratories, characterizing topographical, mechanical, and electrical properties not achievable under ambient or dry nitrogen conditions.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/nx-hivac_tmb.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Vacuum Control","text":"The chamber reaches a vacuum level of 10⁻⁵ Torr in less than five minutes, with an internal volume of 325 mm × 420 mm × 320 mm. Chamber materials are optimized to minimize outgassing under high vacuum, reducing pump-down time and maintaining a stable environment for consistent measurement performance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Hivac Manager","text":"Park Hivac Manager streamlines vacuum operation into a fast, effortless process with one-click pumping and venting. The software visualizes each step of the sequence and automates the workflow, reducing operator workload and improving overall efficiency.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Motorized Photodetector Alignment","text":"A superluminescent diode provides low-coherence illumination that minimizes optical interference and enhances image clarity, with precise beam positioning through direct X-Y alignment knobs. Conveniently, the PSPD A-B axis alignment can be performed under vacuum without opening the chamber.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Orthogonal Scan System and True Non-Contact™ Mode","text":"Conventional AFMs with tube scanners suffer from out-of-plane motion and axes crosstalk, resulting in image distortion, especially over large scan areas. Like all Park AFMs, this system employs an advanced orthogonal scan system with a flexure-guided architecture: a 2D flexure scanner moves the sample in the XY plane, while a separate 1D flexure scanner independently controls the probe's Z-axis motion. This separated scanner design ensures highly orthogonal, linear scans with minimal out-of-plane motion, and closed-loop servo control with low-noise sensors delivers precise, repeatable scanning across all axes.\nTrue Non-Contact™ mode is a proprietary technology exclusively offered by Park Systems. It obtains topography by detecting the attractive van der Waals force between the AFM tip and the sample surface, preventing destructive tip-sample interaction during the scan. The result is high-resolution, accurate data with prolonged tip life and preserved sample integrity – even on the most delicate or fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"Park SmartScan™ is an advanced AFM operating software featuring an elegant, intuitive interface and powerful features designed for superior image quality and an enhanced user experience. Park SmartAnalysis™ complements it with fast image processing, comprehensive data analysis, and efficient result publication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Park NX-Hivac","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Park NX-Hivac"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Size","values":["50 mm × 50 mm; thickness up to 20 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Scan Range","values":["50 µm, 100 µm (optional)"]},{"parameter":"Z Scan Range","values":["15 µm"]},{"parameter":"XY Working Range","values":["22 mm × 22 mm"]},{"parameter":"XY Sample Stage","values":["Motorized"]},{"parameter":"Digital Lock-in Amplifier","values":["4 channels"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Capabilities","values":["Topography, nanomechanical, and magnetic properties (standard); electrical and thermal (optional) – including SSRM and SCM under high vacuum for semiconductor failure analysis"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum Level","values":["10⁻⁵ Torr, reached in less than 5 minutes; automatic vacuum pumping and venting"]},{"parameter":"Chamber","values":["Internal volume 325 mm × 420 mm × 320 mm; low-outgassing materials"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum Operation","values":["Park Hivac Manager: one-click pumping and venting with automated, visualized sequence"]},{"parameter":"Detection","values":["SLD low-coherence illumination; PSPD A-B alignment possible under vacuum without opening the chamber"]},{"parameter":"Scan System","values":["Orthogonal scan system: flexure-guided 2D XY scanner (sample) and independent 1D Z scanner (probe); closed-loop servo control"]},{"parameter":"Imaging Mode","values":["True Non-Contact™ mode (Park proprietary) plus standard AFM imaging and property-mapping modes"]},{"parameter":"Z Scanner","values":["Stacked piezo actuator with strain gauge sensor; straightness within 0.1%; out-of-axis motion under 5 nm at full 15 µm extension"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Park SmartScan™ operating software; Park SmartAnalysis™ image analysis software"]}]}]}]},{"name":"X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS)","description":"XPS is a superior technique for analyzing surface areas as well as analyzing chemical bonding state with high energy resolution. The technique can be used for profiling the elemental composition across the surface and also for depth profiling when paired with ion-beam etching.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy identifies the elements present in the top few nanometers of a surface and, crucially, their chemical states. JEOL XPS systems support materials development, failure analysis, and surface engineering.","overview":"XPS is a powerful measurement technique because it not only shows what elements are present, but also what other elements they are bonded to. \nThe technique can be used for profiling the elemental composition across the surface and also for depth profiling when paired with ion-beam etching.","partner":"JEOL — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/jps-9030-v1.webp","slug":"xps","models":[{"slug":"jps-9030","name":"XPS — Model: JPS-9030","description":"The JPS-9030 can provide high-speed depth profiling and low damage depth profiling with quantitative and chemical bonding state analysis.","pageTitle":"XPS — Model: JPS-9030","pageDescription":"XPS is a superior technique for analyzing surface areas as well as analyzing chemical bonding state with high energy resolution.\nThe JPS-9030 can provide high-speed depth profiling and low damage depth profiling with quantitative and chemical bonding state analysis.","image":"/images/jps-9030-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JPS-9030 Photoelectron Spectrometer (XPS/ESCA) adopts a newly designed user interface that realizes easy, immediate operation for anyone. A Kaufman-type etching ion source and an Mg/Al twin anode X-ray source are equipped as standard, and the instrument offers wide-ranging expandability with options such as a high temperature heating system and a gas cluster ion source.\nThree strengths define the JPS-9030: wide-area analysis that can be measured in a short time, the SPECSURF software that makes operation easy, and an instrument configuration that enables measurement of a wide range of materials.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jps-9030-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Wide-Area Analysis in a Short Time","text":"The JPS-9030 is an XPS that can analyze a wide area of the specimen - an analysis area on the millimeter order - making it ideal for average-value analysis. Specimen information can be acquired without being skewed by segregation or local contamination, so it is well suited to elemental and chemical bonding state analysis of powders, thin films and plates.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jps-9030-1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Example of utilization of wide area analysis - Elemental analysis of LIB cathode material","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"SPECSURF Software for Easy Operation","text":"The newly developed SPECSURF Ver. 2.0 software provides a user-friendly operating environment that can be driven with the mouse alone, combining a Ribbon-style GUI with a tab window system.\n- One click to save, read out and set measurement conditions\n- One click to set up multiple-specimen measurement\n- An accurate measurement completion time prediction function enables seamless specimen replacement and measurement","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mg/Al Twin Anode X-ray Source","text":"The JPS-9030 can use both a monochromatic X-ray source and an Mg/Al twin anode X-ray source. The twin anode source switches the X-rays irradiating the specimen between the Mg K line and the Al K line, which makes it possible to analyze specimens containing many elements where photoelectron peaks and Auger peaks overlap.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jps-9030-2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Example of utilization of Mg/Al twin anode X-ray source-Analysis of a specimen containing Fe, Ni","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Kaufman-Type Ion Source","text":"A Kaufman-type ion source is installed as the Ar ion source. Because it supports a large current, practical etching can be performed even at low accelerating voltage, allowing etching while preserving the specimen structure.\nThe ion source is placed in the specimen preparation chamber, so contamination caused by etching is confined there - protecting the ultra-high-vacuum analysis chamber from contamination.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jps-9030-3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Wealth of Options","text":"The JPS-9030 offers a variety of optional attachments, and JEOL will also produce attachments to order according to user requests:\n- Monochromatic X-ray source for improved energy resolution\n- Ar gas cluster ion source, suitable for easily damaged organic specimens\n- Infrared heating system raising the specimen temperature up to 1,000°C\n- Transfer vessel supporting air-isolated transfer of specimens","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"What Can Be Done with XPS","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"Elemental Analysis of the Top Surface","text":"XPS performs elemental analysis of the very top surface of a specimen (10 nm or less), making it easy to identify organic contaminants that are difficult to determine by appearance - for example, distinguishing clean PET from PET contaminated with silicon via the C 1s spectra."},{"title":"Chemical Bonding State Analysis","text":"Beyond elemental analysis, XPS can determine chemical bonding states. With a lithium-ion battery, for instance, it is possible to evaluate which type of Li compound is present on the electrode from the Li 1s spectra."},{"title":"Depth Profile Analysis","text":"Depth profile analysis with XPS can evaluate the layer structure of specimens ranging from very thin films of about 10 nm up to several micrometers thick, including the chemical bonding states at the interfaces - as demonstrated on an antireflective coating on a glass surface."}],"image":"/images/jps-9030-6.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JPS-9030"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Intensity (Mg Kα, 300W equivalent)","values":["1,000,000 cps or more (Energy resolution (FWHM) for Ag 3d5/2: 1.00 eV or less)"]},{"parameter":"X-ray source","values":["Maximum accelerating voltage and emission current: 12 kV, 50 mA, Mg/Al twin target"]},{"parameter":"Illumination lens","values":["Three-stage cylindrical electrostatic lens"]},{"parameter":"Energy analyzer","values":["Electrostatic hemispherical analyzer"]},{"parameter":"Energy sweep method","values":["Constant Analyzer Energy method\nConstant Retarding Ratio method"]},{"parameter":"Detector","values":["Multi-channel plate"]},{"parameter":"Etching ion source","values":["High speed Kaufman-type"]},{"parameter":"Ultimate pressure","values":["7×10⁻⁸ Pa or lower"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Auger Microprobe","description":"Surface-sensitive elemental analysis with high spatial resolution.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Auger electron spectroscopy combines surface sensitivity with the high spatial resolution of a focused electron beam. JEOL Auger microprobes analyze the outermost atomic layers of microscopic features – ideal for interfaces, particles, and failure analysis.","overview":"A finely focused electron beam excites Auger electrons whose energies identify the elements in the top few nanometers of the sample. Because the beam can be positioned with nanometer precision, Auger microprobes chemically map individual grains, defects, and contamination sites, and depth profiling with ion sputtering reveals layer structures in coatings and electronic devices. JEOL's field-emission Auger instruments deliver high sensitivity at the smallest analysis areas.","partner":"JEOL — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/jamp-9510f_en.webp","slug":"auger","models":[{"slug":"jamp-9510f","name":"Field Emission Auger Microprobe: JAMP-9510F","description":"Field-emission Auger microprobe with 3 nm SEI resolution and 8 nm Auger probe for nano-area chemical state analysis.","pageTitle":"Field Emission Auger Microprobe: JAMP-9510F","pageDescription":"The JAMP-9510F is a high-specification field emission Auger microprobe pairing a Schottky field emission gun with a hemispherical analyzer for high-throughput chemical-state analysis in nano to micro areas, with 3 nm SEM resolution and an 8 nm Auger probe.","image":"/images/jamp-9510f_en.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JAMP-9510F is a high-specification field emission Auger microprobe combining a Schottky field emission electron gun — also used in JEOL's EPMA instruments for its large, stable probe current — with a hemispherical analyzer (HSA) for high-throughput analysis of chemical bonding states in nano to micro areas. An advanced electron optics system delivers stable SEM performance with 3 nm resolution, while a probe diameter of only 8 nm guarantees fine Auger analysis. Together with a highly precise eucentric specimen stage and a floating-type ion gun, the instrument handles any specimen — from metals to insulators — to obtain both compositional and chemical information.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jamp-9510f_en.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Sensitivity Hemispherical Analyzer with Selectable Resolution","text":"The latest HSA system allows the energy resolution to be adjusted between 0.05% and 0.6% to suit each element, improving map sensitivity up to five times over conventional Auger systems. The high-sensitivity mode acquires trace-element maps with a high signal-to-noise ratio — resolving, for example, the small carbon peak of cementite within a pearlite grain. The high-energy-resolution mode detects small peak shifts caused by chemical state differences, such as the chemical shift of nitrogen between BN and TiN in a cross-section of a cutting tool.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Spectrum Imaging","text":"A newly developed spectrum imaging method captures an electron spectrum for each pixel in the image. Spectra from selected areas and elemental distributions can be extracted after acquisition, like EDS mapping. Because data are acquired over a wide energy range, no element is missed — a fundamental difference from conventional Auger mapping, where elements must be specified in advance. The measuring energy range and energy resolution are freely selectable, and spectrum imaging can be applied not only to elemental analysis but also to reflection electron energy loss spectroscopy (REELS).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Chemical State Analysis with Standard Spectra Database","text":"Chemical state analysis in a nano-area delivers results comparable to XPS. Information about chemical state is contained in Auger peak shifts and shape changes, which the Spectra Investigator peak deconvolution software resolves in one click — without complicated parameter setting — by comparison against JEOL's original library of more than 500 standard spectra covering 140 materials. In depth profiling of lithium-ion battery cathode materials, this deconvolution reveals, for example, lithium enrichment inside particles where Mn²⁺ dominates over Mn⁴⁺.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Non-Conductive Material Analysis","text":"Two key technologies enable Auger analysis of non-conductive materials in minute areas: a neutralization ion gun that irradiates Ar ions of only a few eV at high current, and an eucentric mechanical stage with a tilt angle of 0° to 90°. Together they make charge-free analysis possible on samples such as glass, ceramics, flexible polyimide circuit boards, and PTFE.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Semiconductor devices: with spatial resolution far beyond SEM-EDS or EPMA, AES resolves elemental and silicon chemical-state maps of device cross-sections at high magnification.\nLithium-ion battery materials: AES detects lithium in oxides and carbonates with high sensitivity, and lithium mapping is performed easily with spectrum imaging.\nREELS analysis: reflection electron energy loss spectroscopy characterizes carbon materials — distinguishing graphite from amorphous carbon — and evaluates the bandgap of wide-bandgap semiconductors and insulators.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Expandability","text":"Additional ports accommodate a range of attachments supporting a variety of analyses: a backscattered electron detector (BED), a specimen cooling and fracturing device, a specimen parking unit, a transfer vessel, electron backscatter diffraction (EBSD), and an energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for JAMP-9510F Field Emission Auger Microprobe","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["JAMP-9510F"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Electron Gun","values":["Schottky field emission gun"]},{"parameter":"SEI Resolution","values":["3 nm (at 25 kV, 10 pA)"]},{"parameter":"Probe Diameter for Auger Analysis","values":["8 nm (at 25 kV, 1 nA)"]},{"parameter":"Accelerating Voltage","values":["0.5 kV to 30 kV"]},{"parameter":"Probe Current","values":["10⁻¹¹ A to 2×10⁻⁷ A"]},{"parameter":"Magnification","values":["×25 to ×500,000"]},{"parameter":"Analyzer","values":["Electrostatic hemispherical analyzer (HSA)"]},{"parameter":"Energy Resolution (ΔE/E)","values":["0.05% to 0.6% (selectable)"]},{"parameter":"Sensitivity","values":["840,000 cps or more (7-channel detector; at 10 kV, 10 nA, Cu-LMM, 0.6% resolution, 60° tilt)"]},{"parameter":"Specimen Stage Movement","values":["X, Y: ±10 mm; Z: ±6 mm; tilt: 0° to 90°; rotation: 360°"]},{"parameter":"Ion Gun Accelerating Voltage","values":["0.01 kV to 4 kV (10 V to 100 V for charge neutralization)"]},{"parameter":"Analysis Chamber Ultimate Vacuum","values":["5×10⁻⁸ Pa or less"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["Single-phase 200 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 6 kVA; single-phase 100 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 3 kVA"]},{"parameter":"Cooling Water","values":["0.08 MPa to 0.25 MPa (gauge pressure); flow rate 1.8 L/min to 2.2 L/min"]},{"parameter":"Gas Supply","values":["Compressed air 0.8 MPa to 1.0 MPa; dry nitrogen 0.4 MPa to 0.5 MPa; high-purity Ar gas 0.1 MPa to 0.2 MPa (purity 99.999% or better)"]},{"parameter":"Installation Environment","values":["Temperature 15 °C to 25 °C (fluctuation ±2 °C/h or less); humidity 20% to 60% (no condensation); magnetic field 0.2 µT (p-p) or less"]},{"parameter":"Installation Space","values":["Floor space 4,000 mm × 4,000 mm or more; entrance 1,000 mm (W) × 1,900 mm (H)"]},{"parameter":"Total Instrument Weight","values":["1,560 kg"]},{"parameter":"Principal Options","values":["Backscattered electron detector (BED), specimen cooling and fracturing device, specimen parking unit, transfer vessel, electron backscatter diffraction (EBSD), energy dispersive X-ray spectrometer (EDS)"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry (SIMS)","description":"Ultra-sensitive surface and depth-profile analysis.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Secondary ion mass spectrometry offers ppm-to-ppb sensitivity for all elements, isotopic analysis, and precise depth profiling. CAMECA SIMS instruments are the reference for semiconductor, geoscience, and advanced materials laboratories.","overview":"In SIMS, a primary ion beam sputters the sample surface and the emitted secondary ions are mass-analyzed, delivering ultra-trace sensitivity for every element from hydrogen to uranium, isotope ratios, and depth profiles with nanometer resolution. The technique is indispensable for dopant profiling in semiconductors, geochronology and cosmochemistry, battery materials, and thin-film development. CAMECA's dynamic SIMS and NanoSIMS instruments define the state of the art in the field.","partner":"CAMECA — France","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/sims.webp","slug":"sims","models":[{"slug":"ims-7f-auto","name":"Magnetic Sector SIMS: IMS 7f-Auto","description":"It is widely used across semiconductor process control, photovoltaic and LED device development, material sciences and environmental studies.","pageTitle":"Magnetic Sector SIMS: IMS 7f-Auto","pageDescription":"The CAMECA IMS 7f-Auto is a fully automated, high-throughput magnetic sector Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer built as the latest evolution of the field-proven IMS 7f platform.","image":"/images/cameca-ims-7f-auto.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The CAMECA IMS 7f-Auto is a fully automated, high-throughput magnetic sector Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer built as the latest evolution of the field-proven IMS 7f platform. It combines a duoplasmatron oxygen source with a retractable caesium microbeam source to enable both electropositive and electronegative secondary ion analysis on a single instrument. The instrument is optimised for challenging materials such as glass, metals, ceramics, and III-V or II-VI compound semiconductors, delivering ultimate detection limits for dopants, impurities and light elements. A motorised storage chamber accommodating up to six one-inch sample holders, combined with automated tuning routines, allows chained and unattended analysis around the clock. It is widely used across semiconductor process control, photovoltaic and LED device development, material sciences and environmental studies.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cameca-ims-7f-auto.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measurement principle and mass spectrometer","text":"The IMS 7f-Auto is based on a magnetic sector double-focusing mass spectrometer inherited from the field-proven IMS 7f secondary column design. It provides high mass resolution together with fast peak switching, enabling separation of demanding mass interferences such as 31P from 30Si1H. The instrument supports both direct ion imaging (microscope mode) for day-to-day tuning and scanning ion imaging (microprobe mode) for sub-micron lateral resolution work. Successive 2D images can be recorded as a function of depth to build full 3D elemental reconstructions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Primary ion sources and depth profiling","text":"A source chamber allows simultaneous mounting of a duoplasmatron source and a retractable caesium microbeam source, so operators can switch between electropositive and electronegative secondary ion analysis under full computer control. An accel-decel extraction system enables operation with O2+ primary ions at impact energies as low as 500 eV, delivering excellent depth resolution for ultra-shallow implant profiling. Typical sputter rates of around half a micron per minute allow several microns of depth to be profiled within minutes while maintaining high sensitivity and dynamic range.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Detection system and sensitivity","text":"Secondary ions are measured with a detection system combining one Faraday Cup and one Electron Multiplier, giving a counting dynamic range of ten decades. For the three main silicon dopants, boron, phosphorus and arsenic, detection limits in the ppb range are achievable, and metal contamination such as Cr, Fe, Ni and Cu can be detected with high sensitivity at Si/SiO2 interfaces. Optimised vacuum in the analysis chamber together with high-density caesium beam bombardment gives detection limits for light elements (H, C, N, O) that surpass competing techniques such as TOF-SIMS.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automation and software","text":"The IMS 7f-Auto is the first SIMS instrument designed to run fully unattended and automated measurements across multiple sample holders, with a motorised storage chamber holding up to six one-inch diameter holders under vacuum. New auto-tuning routines cover aperture centring, detector adjustment and parameter centring, minimising operator-related bias and improving reproducibility to below 0.5% RSD across windows and holders. WinCurve provides depth profiling and mass spectra data processing, while WinImage delivers image visualisation, ROI-based data reconstruction and batch processing, and the Checkerboard function optimises crater-edge rejection for improved depth resolution.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications in semiconductors and photovoltaics","text":"In semiconductor process control, the IMS 7f-Auto profiles dopants and impurities in Si, SiC, III-V and II-VI device structures with ppb-level detection limits and analysis throughputs suited to production monitoring. For photovoltaics, it quantifies trace element concentrations in upgraded metallurgical-grade silicon feedstock with detection limits spanning ppb to ppm, typically achieving four to six analyses per hour. In LED device development it delivers depth profiles of dopants such as Mg and Si with detection limits better than 1E16 at/cm3, alongside high depth resolution suited to ultra-shallow implant characterisation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Materials science and imaging capabilities","text":"The instrument's 2D and 3D ion imaging capabilities make it well suited to metallurgical and materials research, including mapping of trace and major species with sub-micron lateral resolution. Studies using the IMS 7f-Auto have visualised hydrogen trapped at intermetallic particles in aluminium alloys and carbon segregation in steel samples. The Normal-Incidence Electron Gun provides effective charge compensation for insulating materials such as glass and diamond, ensuring stable signal and reliable quantitative analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IMS 7f-Auto"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Technique","values":["Dynamic SIMS, magnetic sector double-focusing mass spectrometer"]},{"parameter":"Primary ion sources","values":["Duoplasmatron (O2+/O-) and retractable Cs+ microbeam source"]},{"parameter":"Primary impact energy","values":["As low as 500 eV (O2+ bombardment)"]},{"parameter":"Detection system","values":["One Faraday Cup and one Electron Multiplier"]},{"parameter":"Detector dynamic range","values":["10 decades"]},{"parameter":"Detection limit, Si dopants (B, P, As)","values":["ppb range"]},{"parameter":"Detection limit, Mg/Si in AlGaN/InGaN LED","values":["< 1E16 at/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Detection limit, trace elements in PV Si feedstock","values":["ppb to ppm range"]},{"parameter":"Sputter rate (typical)","values":["~0.5 μm/min"]},{"parameter":"Lateral resolution","values":["Sub-micron (~1 μm demonstrated)"]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility (dose measurement)","values":["RSD < 0.5%"]},{"parameter":"Automated storage chamber capacity","values":["Up to 6 one-inch diameter sample holders"]},{"parameter":"Charge compensation","values":["Normal-Incidence Electron Gun (NEG)"]},{"parameter":"Imaging modes","values":["Direct (microscope) and scanning (microprobe) ion imaging, 3D reconstruction"]},{"parameter":"Analysis throughput (UMG-Si trace elements)","values":["4-6 analyses/hour"]},{"parameter":"Data/image software","values":["WinCurve, WinImage, Checkerboard"]},{"parameter":"Particle analysis option","values":["Automated Particle Measurement (APM) software"]}]}]},{"slug":"ims-7f-geo","name":"Magnetic Sector SIMS: IMS 7f-GEO","description":"The CAMECA IMS 7f-GEO is a compact, mono-collection magnetic sector Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer developed specifically for high precision.","pageTitle":"Magnetic Sector SIMS: IMS 7f-GEO","pageDescription":"The CAMECA IMS 7f-GEO is a compact, mono-collection magnetic sector Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer developed specifically for high precision, high throughput geoscience measurements.","image":"/images/cameca-ims-7f-geo.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The CAMECA IMS 7f-GEO is a compact, mono-collection magnetic sector Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer developed specifically for high precision, high throughput geoscience measurements. Derived from the proven IMS 7f and IMS 1280 instruments, it combines a double Faraday cup detector system with an Electron Multiplier to achieve sub-permil precision on stable isotope ratios. A microbeam caesium ion source and a duoplasmatron source cover both electronegative and electropositive secondary ion emission, supporting elemental and isotopic analysis from hydrogen to plutonium. The instrument is fully computer controlled, including chained and unattended overnight operation, and is used for stable isotope ratio measurements, Rare Earth Element analysis and trace element mapping down to micron-scale spatial resolution.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cameca-ims-7f-geo.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measurement principle and detection system","text":"The IMS 7f-GEO uses a magnetic sector double-focusing mass spectrometer combined with a sextupole at the entrance of the magnet, which cancels second-order aberrations and allows a larger field aperture to be used at constant mass resolving power. A unique detection system pairs a double Faraday cup with an Electron Multiplier, and the double FC channels can be run in charge mode so that no settling time is required between isotope measurements. This configuration allows analyses to be run in a pseudo bi-collection mode that is particularly well suited to high precision stable isotope work.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mass resolution and fast peak switching","text":"A fast mass peak switching system combines magnetic and electrostatic beam deflection, using a Hall probe signal to apply electrostatic voltage feedback on the magnet flight tube during mass jumps. This achieves peak repositioning in as fast as 0.3 seconds at high mass resolving power, applicable across the full mass range including REE analysis. In a demonstrated example, a mass resolving power of 4400 (33S mass spectrum, MRP at 10%) was obtained while maintaining a flat-top peak with higher transmission thanks to the larger field aperture.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Primary ion sources and beam monitoring","text":"The IMS 7f-GEO is equipped with a microbeam caesium ion source for negative secondary ion analysis and a duoplasmatron source for positive secondary ion work, both under full computer control. A primary Faraday cup coupled with fast beam blanking, together with quasi-continuous primary beam intensity monitoring, returns one primary intensity value per data point for reliable drift correction. The sample stage can be biased from -10 kV to +10 kV, and a UHV airlock system supports high vacuum quality analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stable isotope analysis performance","text":"The double Faraday cup system running in charge mode delivers a major improvement in analysis throughput: an 18O/16O measurement requiring 0.4 permil precision that would take over 3000 seconds in EM/EM mode is completed in around 56 seconds. On synthetic quartz, spot-to-spot reproducibility of 0.37 permil and a mean internal error of 0.27 permil were demonstrated for oxygen isotope analysis using a highly focused Cs+ primary beam. Sulfur isotope analyses on microbial mats achieved external and internal errors of around 1 permil, substantially smaller than the natural variability observed within the samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Trace element and REE analysis","text":"Using a high density O- primary beam combined with the mass spectrometer's high transmission, the IMS 7f-GEO measures trace elements including Rare Earth Elements at ppm concentration levels. Energy filtering technique is used to discriminate monoatomic species from molecular interferences, with analysis areas below 25 μm in diameter. REE ratio measurements on standard reference materials such as NBS 610 have demonstrated average standard errors below 0.2%.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automation and software","text":"The IMS 7f-GEO is fully computer controlled, covering ion sources, lenses, diaphragms, slits and the sample stage, and runs under a PC operating under MS Windows. A powerful chain analysis program allows overnight unattended operation across multiple analyses, and the software package covers instrument tuning and control, data acquisition and processing.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IMS 7f-GEO"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Technique","values":["Mono-collection dynamic and static SIMS, magnetic sector double-focusing mass spectrometer"]},{"parameter":"Primary ion sources","values":["Microbeam caesium ion source, duoplasmatron ion source"]},{"parameter":"Detection system","values":["Double Faraday cup detector system + Electron Multiplier"]},{"parameter":"Mass peak switching speed","values":["As fast as 0.3 sec at high MRP"]},{"parameter":"Mass resolving power demonstrated","values":["MRP(10%) = 4400 (33S)"]},{"parameter":"Multicollection mode","values":["Pseudo bi-collection using double FC in charge mode"]},{"parameter":"18O/16O measurement time (0.4‰ precision)","values":["56 sec (vs. >3000 sec in EM/EM mode)"]},{"parameter":"Oxygen isotope reproducibility (spot-to-spot)","values":["0.37‰"]},{"parameter":"Oxygen isotope internal error","values":["0.27‰"]},{"parameter":"Sulfur isotope precision","values":["~1‰ (external and internal error)"]},{"parameter":"REE analysis precision","values":["Average standard error < 0.2%"]},{"parameter":"FC resistor options","values":["10¹⁰ Ω (e.g. ¹⁶O), 10¹¹ Ω (e.g. ¹⁸O)"]},{"parameter":"Sample bias range","values":["-10 kV to +10 kV"]},{"parameter":"Charge compensation","values":["Normal Incidence Electron Gun (self-neutralization mode)"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum","values":["Ultra High Vacuum (UHV) analysis chamber for light element analysis"]},{"parameter":"Data/image software","values":["WinCurve, chain analysis program for unattended operation"]}]}]},{"slug":"ims-1300-hr3","name":"Large Geometry SIMS: IMS 1300-HR³","description":"The CAMECA IMS 1300-HR³ is a multicollection Large Geometry Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer (LG-SIMS) that succeeds the internationally acclaimed IMS 1280-HR.","pageTitle":"Large Geometry SIMS: IMS 1300-HR³","pageDescription":"The CAMECA IMS 1300-HR³ is a multicollection Large Geometry Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer (LG-SIMS) that succeeds the internationally acclaimed IMS 1280-HR, combining high reproducibility at high spatial resolution with high mass resolution.","image":"/images/cameca-ims-1300-hr3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The CAMECA IMS 1300-HR³ is a multicollection Large Geometry Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer (LG-SIMS) that succeeds the internationally acclaimed IMS 1280-HR, combining high reproducibility at high spatial resolution with high mass resolution. It is based on a double focusing mass spectrometer with a large radius magnetic sector, equipped with two high brightness ion sources, an RF-plasma oxygen source and a caesium microbeam source, for analysis of both positive and negative secondary ions. A versatile multicollector system with up to seven detectors enables simultaneous isotope measurement, increasing throughput and precision for applications such as stable isotope geochemistry, U-Th-Pb geochronology and trace element analysis. The instrument also provides outstanding microprobe and microscope ion imaging, making it capable of mapping major, minor and trace elements or isotopes at sub-micron lateral resolution, and it is the reference technique for isotopic uranium particle analysis in nuclear safeguards.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cameca-ims-1300-hr3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measurement principle and mass spectrometer","text":"The IMS 1300-HR³ is built around a double focusing mass spectrometer with a large radius magnetic sector, with secondary ion optics optimised to combine high mass resolution with high sensitivity. Instrumental mass fractionation variability is minimised using automatic beam centering routines, and an enhanced magnet control system with NMR field regulation ensures long-term magnetic stability in multicollection mode. Mass peak shapes at a nominal mass resolving power of around 8000 have been demonstrated with the multicollector system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Primary ion sources","text":"The instrument is equipped with two high brightness ion sources, an RF-plasma oxygen source and a caesium microbeam source, which enhance secondary ion emission of electropositive and electronegative species respectively. The RF-plasma source provides significantly higher beam density than a conventional duoplasmatron source, delivering high spatial resolution, excellent data reproducibility and enhanced productivity for both large and small beam sizes. An oxygen flooding technique further improves sensitivity and analytical reproducibility, particularly for U-Pb geochronology.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Multicollector detection system","text":"The field-proven multicollector system consists of five moveable collector units, each fitted with an adjustable collection slit and either an Electron Multiplier or a Faraday Cup, plus two additional Faraday cups on the extreme collector units, giving a total of seven detectors. This parallel detection system spans a large mass range from lithium to uranium isotopes, allowing simultaneous isotope measurement that increases throughput and precision. Discrete-dynode Electron Multipliers ensure negligible background and stable detector yield, while a dedicated 10¹² Ω resistor preamplifier board is available for measuring low secondary ion signal intensities with low noise.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated sample handling and imaging","text":"The IMS 1300-HR³ uses the field-proven CAMECA motorised storage chamber, accommodating up to six sample holders with fully automated, computer-controlled holder exchange and sample outgassing. Automated Z-positioning maintains a constant distance between the sample surface and extraction plate, which is mandatory for high precision measurements, and a UV-light microscope developed with the University of Wisconsin improves optical image resolution for sample navigation. The instrument supports both microprobe (scanning) and microscope (direct) ion imaging, with up to five images recorded simultaneously in multicollection mode and down to sub-micron lateral resolution.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications in geochronology and stable isotopes","text":"High mass resolution separates Pb isotopes from HfSi molecular interferences, while high transmission and oxygen flooding support analysis of low lead concentrations for U-Th-Pb dating of zircon and other U-rich minerals. The Normal-incidence Electron Gun provides efficient charge compensation for insulating samples, and the multicollector system delivers excellent reproducibility for stable isotope ratio measurements including carbon, oxygen, sulfur, lithium, magnesium and boron. A dedicated Geochronology data reduction software package, developed at NORDSIM, handles direct import of SIMS files, multiple calibration methods and Concordia diagram export.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Nuclear particle and trace element analysis","text":"The IMS 1300-HR³ is the reference technique for isotopic uranium particle analysis in nuclear safeguards, with parallel multicollection of all uranium isotopes shortening acquisition times and enabling analysis of sub-micron particles. Combined with the Automated Particle Measurement (APM) software, the instrument performs fast screening of samples, identifying thousands of particles within a few hours and re-analysing selected particles at microbeam resolution for precise isotopic composition. High density oxygen and caesium primary beams also support trace and Rare Earth Element analysis at ppm concentration levels or below, with ion imaging capabilities for elemental and isotopic mapping.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IMS 1300-HR³"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Technique","values":["Large Geometry multicollection SIMS (LG-SIMS), double focusing magnetic sector"]},{"parameter":"Primary ion sources","values":["RF-plasma oxygen source, caesium microbeam source"]},{"parameter":"Multicollector detectors","values":["Up to 7 (5 moveable collector units + 2 extreme FCs), EM or FC per unit"]},{"parameter":"Mass range (multicollection)","values":["Li to U isotopes"]},{"parameter":"Nominal mass resolving power","values":["~8000 (multicollector system)"]},{"parameter":"Demonstrated mass resolution (17O, FC/FC/FC)","values":["~7000"]},{"parameter":"FC electrometry option","values":["10¹² Ω resistor board for low signal intensities"]},{"parameter":"Lateral resolution","values":["Sub-micron (microprobe imaging)"]},{"parameter":"Simultaneous ion images (multicollection)","values":["Up to 5"]},{"parameter":"Automated storage chamber capacity","values":["Up to 6 sample holders, motorized exchange"]},{"parameter":"Charge compensation","values":["Normal-incidence Electron Gun (NEG)"]},{"parameter":"Uranium isotope precision (CRM U100, RSD)","values":["0.01% - 0.59% depending on isotope"]},{"parameter":"Particle screening throughput (APM)","values":["Thousands of particles within a few hours"]},{"parameter":"Field of view (APM screening example)","values":["500 x 500 μm²"]},{"parameter":"Optical imaging","values":["UV-light microscope for sample navigation"]},{"parameter":"Data/image software","values":["Geochronology, WinCurve, WinImage"]}]}]},{"slug":"kleora","name":"SIMS for Isotope Geochronology: KLEORA","description":"KLEORA is a specialized secondary ion mass spectrometer (SIMS) from CAMECA, purpose-built for high-throughput U-Th-Pb isotope geochronology.","pageTitle":"SIMS for Isotope Geochronology: KLEORA","pageDescription":"KLEORA is a specialized secondary ion mass spectrometer (SIMS) from CAMECA, purpose-built for high-throughput U-Th-Pb isotope geochronology.","image":"/images/cameca-kleora.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"KLEORA is a specialized secondary ion mass spectrometer (SIMS) from CAMECA, purpose-built for high-throughput U-Th-Pb isotope geochronology. Based on the large-geometry IMS 1300-HR³ ion microprobe platform, it combines high reproducibility, high spatial resolution and high mass resolution to deliver benchmark sensitivity for in-situ dating of zircon and other U-rich minerals such as apatite, rutile and baddeleyite. The instrument's RF-plasma oxygen ion source, automated sample handling and oxygen flooding technique enable precise, reproducible spot analyses at a rate of about five analyses per hour without compromising data quality. Dedicated geochronology software streamlines data reduction and age calculation directly from raw SIMS files. KLEORA can be upgraded to a full IMS 1300-HR³ configuration at any time, protecting the initial investment as research needs grow.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cameca-kleora.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measurement Principle","text":"KLEORA is a secondary ion mass spectrometer (SIMS) that bombards the sample surface with a focused primary ion beam to sputter and ionize atoms from the outermost atomic layers. The resulting secondary ions are extracted, mass-analyzed, and counted to determine precise U-Th-Pb isotope ratios directly from mineral grains. This in-situ approach reveals age complexities within individual crystals or sub-grain domains that bulk analysis methods cannot resolve.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Large-Geometry Design and Mass Resolution","text":"KLEORA is built on CAMECA's large-geometry IMS 1300-HR³ platform, which provides high ion transmission even at high mass resolution. This capability is essential for eliminating interfering molecular ions while analyzing the very low Pb concentrations typical of U-Pb geochronology samples. A mass resolution of 5500 (M/ΔM) has been demonstrated to fully separate the 206Pb peak from isobaric molecular interferences such as 94Zr96Zr16O.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Brightness RF-Plasma Ion Source","text":"A new high-brightness RF-plasma oxygen ion source delivers greatly enhanced beam density and current stability compared to earlier CAMECA instruments. It enables small spot sizes with high beam density, from tens of microns down to 0.5 µm, with primary current densities exceeding 100 mA/cm² and 10 mA/cm² respectively. This improves spatial resolution, long-term data reproducibility and analytical throughput.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated, High-Throughput Operation","text":"KLEORA integrates an automated sample loading system with motorized sample-height (Z) adjustment, an auto-storage chamber for unattended multi-sample runs, and remote operation software. Together these features allow typically five U-Pb spot analyses per hour without compromising precision or lateral resolution. Pre-tuning at the factory means a new system is typically commissioned in less than six weeks.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Oxygen Flooding and Reproducibility","text":"An oxygen flooding technique improves Pb sensitivity by up to a factor of seven and produces highly reproducible analytical conditions across long analytical sessions. Combined with the enhanced magnet control system, this yields benchmark long-term repeatability and reproducibility at high mass resolution. Age precision better than 0.3% (2σ) has been demonstrated on the 91500 zircon standard.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ion Imaging and Depth Profiling","text":"KLEORA offers superior ion imaging capabilities for trace-element mapping in zircon grains, revealing inhomogeneity and zonation with sub-micron lateral resolution in microscope mode and better than 0.5 µm in scanning ion imaging mode. A unique adjustable, small spot-size capability using Gaussian primary ion beam illumination, rather than conventional projected mode, enables U-Pb dating at scales below 5 µm with close to 1% age precision and accuracy. Optimized depth profiling delivers high sputtering rate, excellent sensitivity and wide dynamic range.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Geochronology Software and Applications","text":"KLEORA includes a dedicated geochronology data reduction package, developed at NORDSIM by Dr. Martin Whitehouse, that runs on Microsoft Excel and directly imports SIMS data files for fast processing of large datasets. It supports multiple calibration methods, common-lead correction, age-table display and export for Concordia diagram plotting. Applications span precise age determination of zircon to dating of other U-rich minerals such as apatite, rutile and baddeleyite.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["KLEORA"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Platform","values":["Based on the IMS 1300-HR³ large-geometry ion microprobe"]},{"parameter":"Mass resolution (M/ΔM)","values":["5500 (demonstrated for Pb isotope separation)"]},{"parameter":"Age precision","values":["Better than 0.3% (2σ) on 91500 zircon standard"]},{"parameter":"Throughput","values":["Typically 5 U-Pb spot analyses per hour"]},{"parameter":"Primary ion source","values":["RF-plasma O⁻ source"]},{"parameter":"Beam density (tens-of-micron spot)","values":["> 100 mA/cm²"]},{"parameter":"Beam density (0.5 µm spot)","values":["> 10 mA/cm²"]},{"parameter":"Minimum spot size","values":["0.5 µm"]},{"parameter":"Scanning ion imaging resolution","values":["Better than 0.5 µm"]},{"parameter":"Microscope-mode imaging resolution","values":["Sub-micron"]},{"parameter":"Depth/spot-scale dating demonstrated","values":["U-Pb dating at < 5 µm spot size"]},{"parameter":"Oxygen flooding sensitivity gain","values":["Up to a factor of 7"]},{"parameter":"Sample handling","values":["Automated sample loading with motorized Auto-Z height adjustment"]},{"parameter":"Optical microscope","values":["High-resolution UV-light microscope"]},{"parameter":"Typical commissioning time","values":["Less than 6 weeks"]}]},{"title":"Configuration Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IMS 1300-HR³","KLEORA"],"specs":[{"parameter":"RF-Plasma O⁻ source","values":["Included","Included"]},{"parameter":"Cs microbeam source","values":["Included","Not included"]},{"parameter":"Auto-Z motion","values":["Included","Included"]},{"parameter":"Auto storage chamber","values":["Included","Included"]},{"parameter":"High resolution UV-light microscope","values":["Included","Included"]},{"parameter":"Oxygen flooding","values":["Included","Included"]},{"parameter":"Normal-incidence electron gun","values":["Included","Not included"]},{"parameter":"Multicollector system","values":["Included","Not included"]},{"parameter":"NMR control","values":["Included","Not included"]},{"parameter":"Geochronology software","values":["Included","Included"]}]}]},{"slug":"nanosims-hr","name":"High-Resolution Nanoanalysis SIMS: NanoSIMS-HR & Cryo","description":"The NanoSIMS-HR is the next-generation secondary ion mass spectrometer in CAMECA's world-renowned NanoSIMS 50/50L series.","pageTitle":"High-Resolution Nanoanalysis SIMS: NanoSIMS-HR & Cryo","pageDescription":"The NanoSIMS-HR is the next-generation secondary ion mass spectrometer in CAMECA's world-renowned NanoSIMS 50/50L series, engineered to push nanoscale chemical and isotopic imaging to new limits.","image":"/images/cameca-nanosims-hr.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The NanoSIMS-HR is the next-generation secondary ion mass spectrometer in CAMECA's world-renowned NanoSIMS 50/50L series, engineered to push nanoscale chemical and isotopic imaging to new limits. It achieves an unprecedented lateral resolution of ≤ 30 nm with a cesium primary ion source and ≤ 50 nm with an oxygen source, enabling sharper imaging and more accurate isotopic measurements by minimizing lateral beam dilution. A redesigned, higher-brightness cesium source and RF-plasma oxygen source, combined with an optimized vacuum system and anti-vibration isolation platform, deliver up to 2.5 times faster image acquisition alongside improved reliability and uptime. Automated sample exchange, a novel high-precision sample stage and a large choice of sample holders enable up to ten times faster unattended chained analysis for high-throughput, remote operation. Optional glovebox and cryogenic accessories extend the instrument to atmospheric-sensitive and frozen-hydrated biological and volatile-rich samples, opening new possibilities in cell biology, geoscience and materials research.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cameca-nanosims-hr.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measurement Principle","text":"The NanoSIMS-HR is a secondary ion mass spectrometer that focuses a cesium or oxygen primary ion beam onto the sample surface to sputter and ionize atoms for mass analysis. Secondary ions generated from the sputtered volume are separated according to mass and simultaneously collected, producing quantitative chemical and isotopic images at the nanoscale. This continuous, DC-mode operation preserves high sensitivity independent of the imaged spot size.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Unprecedented Lateral and Depth Resolution","text":"The instrument achieves a lateral resolution of ≤ 30 nm with the cesium source and ≤ 50 nm with the oxygen source, a marked improvement over the earlier NanoSIMS 50L's 50 nm resolution. This finer beam minimizes lateral beam dilution, improving the accuracy of isotopic measurements from small regions of interest. Depth resolution reaches ≤ 12 nm per decade at 4 keV impact energy, enabling superior profiling of multilayer structures such as boron-doped semiconductor stacks.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Redesigned Ion Sources","text":"A new, brighter cesium ion source with higher current density enables 2.5 times faster image acquisition at 100 nm lateral resolution without any loss of resolution. A redesigned RF-plasma oxygen source with an upgraded cooling system improves robustness and uptime. Together with an optimized vacuum system built on the latest Pfeiffer turbomolecular and primary pumps, these sources reduce cost of ownership while sustaining high beam stability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Multicollection and Detection","text":"Up to seven masses, spanning the periodic table from hydrogen to plutonium, can be recorded simultaneously from the same sputtered micro-volume. Detection limits reach ≤ 2×10¹⁴ P atoms/cm³ in silicon within a 12 µm² analysis area, and isotopic reproducibility of ≤ ± 1.65‰ (1σ) has been demonstrated for δ30Si across a full sample holder. New high-resolution electronics facilitate peak centering and tuning optimization for consistently accurate multicollector data.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated Sample Handling and Throughput","text":"Push-button sample exchange completes within five minutes, and a novel sample stage design delivers accuracy of ≤ 0.5 µm for up to ten times faster unattended, chained analysis of multiple samples. A 3.6 x 4 mm² optical image mosaic enables accurate navigation to regions of interest within 500 nm, while remote operation supports large, multi-holder analysis sessions with minimal operator intervention. A choice of large sample holders accommodates samples of various sizes for higher-throughput laboratories.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cryogenic and Glovebox Accessories","text":"An optional cryogenic stage cools samples down to -140 °C, enabling analysis of frozen-hydrated biological and volatile-rich specimens without loss of structural or chemical integrity. A companion glovebox, maintaining humidity at or below 10 ppm, protects atmosphere-sensitive samples during preparation and loading. This cryo capability has been used to reveal sub-micron chemical heterogeneity inside complex, multi-phase fluid inclusions and to preserve delicate biological ultrastructure for isotopic imaging.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"The NanoSIMS-HR extends the legacy of the NanoSIMS 50/50L series across materials science and semiconductors, geo- and cosmochemistry, plant and soil sciences, environmental microbiology, cell biology and medical research. Its combination of high spatial resolution and high sensitivity supports applications ranging from 3D nanowire reconstruction to accurate isotopic mapping of labeled compounds inside individual cells. The instrument is designed to accelerate discovery under increasing sample throughput demands and tighter research deadlines.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["NanoSIMS-HR & Cryo"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Lateral resolution (cesium source)","values":["≤ 30 nm"]},{"parameter":"Lateral resolution (oxygen source)","values":["≤ 50 nm"]},{"parameter":"Depth resolution","values":["≤ 12 nm/decade @ 4 keV impact energy"]},{"parameter":"Multiplex imaging","values":["Up to 7 masses, from H to Pu"]},{"parameter":"Detection limit","values":["≤ 2×10¹⁴ P atom/cm³ in Si within 12 µm²"]},{"parameter":"Sample exchange time","values":["Within 5 minutes (push-button)"]},{"parameter":"Sample stage accuracy","values":["≤ 0.5 µm"]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility","values":["≤ ± 1.65‰ (1σ) δ30Si in full holder"]},{"parameter":"Cryo stage temperature (accessory)","values":["Down to -140 °C"]},{"parameter":"Glovebox humidity (accessory)","values":["≤ 10 ppm"]},{"parameter":"Optical navigation image area","values":["3.6 × 4 mm²"]},{"parameter":"Navigation accuracy","values":["Within 500 nm"]},{"parameter":"Imaging speed improvement","values":["2.5× faster at 100 nm lateral resolution (cesium source)"]},{"parameter":"Chained-analysis throughput improvement","values":["Up to 10× faster unattended acquisition"]},{"parameter":"Footprint","values":["L 6.80 m / W 5.20 m / H 2.85 m"]}]}]},{"slug":"nanosims-50l","name":"SIMS for Materials & Geosciences: NanoSIMS 50L","description":"The NanoSIMS 50L is CAMECA's high-resolution secondary ion mass spectrometer purpose-built for imaging and quantifying trace elements and isotopes at the sub-micron.","pageTitle":"SIMS for Materials & Geosciences: NanoSIMS 50L","pageDescription":"The NanoSIMS 50L is CAMECA's high-resolution secondary ion mass spectrometer purpose-built for imaging and quantifying trace elements and isotopes at the sub-micron scale.","image":"/images/cameca-nanosims-50l.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The NanoSIMS 50L is CAMECA's high-resolution secondary ion mass spectrometer purpose-built for imaging and quantifying trace elements and isotopes at the sub-micron scale. Based on an original co-axial design by Professor Georges Slodzian at the University of Paris Sud, it focuses and rasters a cesium or oxygen primary ion beam onto the sample surface at normal incidence and analyzes the sputtered secondary ions with a double-focusing Mattauch-Herzog-type mass spectrometer. The instrument delivers 50 nm spatial resolution together with ultra-high sensitivity, and its parallel collection of up to seven ionic species from the same sputtered volume ensures reliable isotopic and elemental ratio measurements. This unique combination of sensitivity and resolution makes the NanoSIMS 50L widely used across cosmochemistry, earth sciences, materials science, nuclear science and biology, from dating presolar grains to mapping dopants in semiconductor materials. All major options, including charge compensation, an SEM detector and multiple Faraday cups, are field-retrofittable, allowing labs to expand capabilities as research needs evolve.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cameca-nanosims-50l.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measurement Principle","text":"The NanoSIMS 50L is a secondary ion mass spectrometer based on the co-axial design pioneered by Professor Georges Slodzian at the University of Paris Sud. Cesium or oxygen primary ions are focused and rastered onto the sample surface at normal incidence, sputtering atoms and atomic clusters that are partly ionized. These secondary ions are extracted, mass-separated and imaged to reveal the elemental and isotopic composition of the analyzed area.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Spatial Resolution and Sensitivity","text":"The NanoSIMS 50L combines 50 nm spatial resolution with ultra-high sensitivity for localized isotope ratio and trace element analysis. Detection limits reach the 100 ppm range at pixel level for elements such as carbon, silicon and nitrogen, dropping to ppm levels when summing signal within small regions of interest. Its short working distance and co-axial geometry produce a smaller spot size for a given beam current and higher collection efficiency than conventional SIMS designs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Multicollection Detection System","text":"Seven detectors are available at the exit of the mass analyzer, six of which are moveable and can be fitted with either electron multipliers or Faraday cups. Up to seven ionic species can be recorded simultaneously, all originating from the exact same sputtered micro-volume, which ensures reliable isotopic and elemental ratio measurements. This parallel collection scheme eliminates the sample drift and beam instability errors that affect sequential measurement techniques.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Isotopic Precision and Reproducibility","text":"Isotopic ratio reproducibility with electron multipliers typically reaches the permil level given sufficient counting statistics. Applications requiring higher precision use multiple Faraday cups together with higher primary beam current, achieved with a primary ion column capable of delivering 10-20 nA at a spot size of a few microns. In FC/FC mode, sub-permil reproducibility has been demonstrated, with 29Si/28Si and 30Si/28Si relative standard deviations of 0.11‰ and 0.17‰ (1σ) respectively, at a mass resolving power of 7000.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mass Analyzer Design","text":"A double-focusing, Mattauch-Herzog-type magnetic sector mass filter and optimized transfer optics guarantee high transmission at high mass resolution, which is essential when analyzing small volumes of complex materials. Because the NanoSIMS operates in continuous (DC) mode rather than the pulsed or alternated mode of TOF-SIMS instruments, it achieves sensitivity several orders of magnitude higher, and its mass resolution remains independent of spot size.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"In cosmochemistry, the NanoSIMS 50L enables individual isotopic analysis of interstellar dust particles and sub-micron meteorite grains as small as 0.1-0.3 µm, using a few picoamps of reactive primary ions with maximum transmission at high mass resolution. In materials science it detects and images fragile, insulating or hard-to-prepare specimens, such as dark spots in bulk Si3N4, at 100 nm lateral resolution and 100 ppm sensitivity. Additional applications include nuclear contamination studies of plutonium-bearing colloids in groundwater and stable isotope tracer studies of oxidation mechanisms in zirconium alloys.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Field-Retrofittable Options","text":"All major options, including charge compensation, an SEM detector and additional Faraday cups, are field-retrofittable on the NanoSIMS 50L. This allows research laboratories to expand the instrument's capabilities over time as new analytical needs and funding become available.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["NanoSIMS 50L"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Lateral (spatial) resolution","values":["50 nm"]},{"parameter":"Detectors","values":["Up to 7 (1 fixed + 6 moveable EM or FC)"]},{"parameter":"Primary ion sources","values":["Cs⁺ and O⁻"]},{"parameter":"Primary beam current (high-precision mode)","values":["10-20 nA, spot size of a few microns"]},{"parameter":"Mass resolving power (demonstrated)","values":["7000 (Ip 1.9 nA, spot size 1.5 µm)"]},{"parameter":"Isotopic reproducibility (electron multipliers)","values":["~ permil level"]},{"parameter":"Isotopic reproducibility (FC/FC mode)","values":["29Si/28Si RSD 0.11‰ (1σ); 30Si/28Si RSD 0.17‰ (1σ)"]},{"parameter":"Detection limit (pixel level, C/N/Si)","values":["~ 100 ppm"]},{"parameter":"Detection limit (summed ROI)","values":["ppm level"]},{"parameter":"Mass analyzer","values":["Double-focusing Mattauch-Herzog-type magnetic sector"]},{"parameter":"Minimum grain size analyzed (cosmochemistry)","values":["0.1-0.3 µm"]},{"parameter":"Field-retrofittable options","values":["Charge compensation, SEM detector, multiple Faraday cups"]}]}]},{"slug":"akonis","name":"Inline Wafer SIMS: AKONIS","description":"It is purpose-built to support demanding SiGe and SiP multilayer stack monitoring for N5 and beyond CMOS processes.","pageTitle":"Inline Wafer SIMS: AKONIS","pageDescription":"The CAMECA AKONIS is a fully automated inline Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer engineered for high-volume semiconductor manufacturing environments where fab-level process control and tool-to-tool matching are required.","image":"/images/cameca-akonis.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The CAMECA AKONIS is a fully automated inline Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer engineered for high-volume semiconductor manufacturing environments where fab-level process control and tool-to-tool matching are required. It performs on-the-fly composition measurements, delivering high-precision implant profiles, compositional analysis, and interfacial data directly within the fab rather than in an off-line characterization lab. AKONIS is built around a new EXtremely Low Impact Energy (EXLIE) ionic column operating below 150 eV, paired with a full wafer handling system and a high-resolution interferometric stage capable of measuring pads as small as 20 µm. Complementing CAMECA's IMS Wf/SC Ultra and SIMS 4550 platforms used in characterization labs, AKONIS extends SIMS excellence to the production floor with SEMI-certified automation and minimal operator expertise required. It is purpose-built to support demanding SiGe and SiP multilayer stack monitoring for N5 and beyond CMOS processes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cameca-akonis.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measurement Principle","text":"AKONIS is a dynamic Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer that sputters a wafer surface with a primary ion beam and analyzes the ejected secondary ions to reveal composition and dopant depth distributions. Its high-density EXLIE column keeps spot size compatible with raster scans of less than 30 µm even at extremely low impact energies. Fully automatic primary column tuning and auto-adaptive secondary optics ensure the highest ionic collection efficiency on every measurement without operator intervention.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Depth Profiling Performance & Depth Resolution","text":"The instrument achieves a depth resolution better than 1 nm per decade with a dynamic range of up to 5 decades, enabling accurate quantification of fast dopant profiles in SiGe and SiP multilayer stacks. Reproducibility and repeatability are both held to less than 1%, giving fabs the statistical confidence needed for tool-to-tool matching and statistical process control. The EXLIE column sustains a sputtering rate above 5 nm/min at 150 eV, five times higher than the previous generation, so high throughput is maintained even on thick stacks.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automation & Wafer Handling / Throughput","text":"AKONIS combines Brooks front-end wafer handling, a Pfeiffer vacuum-based system, and a Cognex-based pattern recognition engine to deliver full-wafer, blanket, and patterned measurements with minimal operator input. A high-resolution interferometric stage provides position accuracy better than 2 µm, allowing reliable measurement on test pads as small as 20 µm. The tool processes 8 wafers per hour with a pre-loadlock transfer of less than 90 seconds from airlock to analysis chamber, and it is rated for 95% uptime.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Primary Ion Source","text":"AKONIS is built around a new high-density EXLIE (EXtremely Low Impact Energy) primary ion column operating below 150 eV. This column offers high RSF stability over time, automated beam alignment, and access to sub-nanometer depth resolution without sacrificing beam density or throughput. Low maintenance requirements for the primary ion source help reduce the total cost of ownership.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Detection","text":"Fixed detectors with automatic beam centering ensure consistent secondary ion collection across long, unattended measurement campaigns. A new near-UV Optical Charge Compensation (OCE) technology enables reliable charging-effect compensation for insulator analysis. Automatic data output with selectable formats is fed directly into CAMECA's data treatment engines for immediate feedback to the process line.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"AKONIS targets the most demanding semiconductor process control applications, including high-resolution composition and fast dopant depth profiling of SiGe and SiP multilayer stacks used in advanced CMOS transistors. It supports statistical process control of p-MOS logic through boron-in-SiGe monitoring and n-MOS logic through phosphorus and arsenic shallow implant metrology. The tool is SEMI certified (S2/S8, E4, E5, E39, E84) for direct integration into fab automation and data infrastructure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"AKONIS uses an intuitive graphical user interface built around a unique material database, allowing fab operators without SIMS expertise to create analysis recipes quickly. Automated instrument set-up and acquisition routines reduce time to feedback data to the process line by more than 97% compared with conventional characterization workflows. The software supports 3D imaging reconstruction and high mass resolution analysis without compromising beam size or sensitivity.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["AKONIS"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Detection limit","values":["≤ 1×10¹⁴ atoms/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Depth resolution","values":["< 1 nm/decade"]},{"parameter":"Dynamic range","values":["Up to 5 decades"]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility","values":["< 1%"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["< 1%"]},{"parameter":"Minimum pad size","values":["20 µm"]},{"parameter":"Throughput","values":["8 wafers per hour"]},{"parameter":"Uptime","values":["95%"]},{"parameter":"Primary column impact energy (EXLIE)","values":["< 150 eV"]},{"parameter":"Sputtering rate","values":["> 5 nm/min @ 150 eV"]},{"parameter":"Beam spot size","values":["< 30 µm (raster scan compatible)"]},{"parameter":"Position accuracy","values":["< 2 µm"]},{"parameter":"Airlock-to-analysis transfer time","values":["< 90 seconds"]},{"parameter":"SEMI certifications","values":["S2/S8, E4, E5, E39, E84"]}]}]},{"slug":"ims-wf-sc-ultra","name":"Wafer-Dedicated SIMS: IMS Wf & SC Ultra","description":"The CAMECA IMS Wf and SC Ultra are magnetic sector Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometers dedicated to advanced semiconductor process control and ultra-shallow depth profiling.","pageTitle":"Wafer-Dedicated SIMS: IMS Wf & SC Ultra","pageDescription":"The CAMECA IMS Wf and SC Ultra are magnetic sector Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometers dedicated to advanced semiconductor process control and ultra-shallow depth profiling.","image":"/images/imswf-photo-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The CAMECA IMS Wf and SC Ultra are magnetic sector Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometers dedicated to advanced semiconductor process control and ultra-shallow depth profiling. They are the only SIMS instruments offering EXtreme Low Impact Energy (EXLIE) capability, sputtering across a wide range of impact energies from 150 eV to 13 keV without compromising mass resolution, primary beam density, or analytical throughput. The IMS Wf is configured for full 300 mm wafer handling and high-volume automated analysis, while the SC Ultra accommodates a 75 mm × 75 mm sample holder for laboratory-scale characterization work. Both instruments deliver depth resolution better than 1 nm per decade, making them the tool of choice for extra-shallow implants, high-k metal gates, SiGe doped layers, Si:C:P structures, oxynitrides, PV and LED devices, and graphene. Their high level of automation, combined with the SmartPro/WinCurve software suite, ensures reproducible, unattended, high-throughput operation for fab-level process qualification.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/imswf-photo-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measurement Principle","text":"The IMS Wf and SC Ultra are dynamic SIMS instruments based on CAMECA's magnetic sector, double-focusing mass spectrometer design with fast peak-switching capability. Two primary columns can be mounted simultaneously: a 60° floating column with a cesium ion source and impact energies from 150 eV to 13 keV, and a 36° standard column with an RF-plasma oxygen source running in acceleration-deceleration mode from 100 eV to 10 keV. This flexible primary column configuration lets operators select the ideal sputtering species, angle, and energy for each application without compromising mass resolution or beam density.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Depth Profiling Performance & Depth Resolution","text":"By operating at Ultra-Low Impact Energies down to 150 eV, the IMS Wf and SC Ultra achieve sub-nanometer depth resolution while preserving accurate near-surface quantification of implanted dopant species. Depth profile accuracy has been validated against quantitative NRA, RBS, HR-RBS, and ERDA reference techniques. A dedicated MESA sample preparation mode eliminates crater edge effects during small-area analysis, further improving dynamic range on test patterns as small as 100 × 100 µm².","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automation & Wafer Handling / Throughput","text":"The IMS Wf's airlock system, sample stage, and analysis chamber accommodate wafers up to 300 mm, with a robotic storage chamber and fully motorized transfer that can chain up to 100 samples in unattended, automated sequences. The SC Ultra instead uses a 75 mm × 75 mm sample holder with multiple window configurations that can carry up to 25 samples, with manual holder transfer suited to flexible laboratory use. Both models support remote monitoring from a distant PC so multiple users can launch sequences and review acquired data without being physically present at the tool.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Primary Ion Sources","text":"The 60° floating column is equipped with a cesium ion source optimized for high primary beam density at very low impact energies, while the 36° standard column carries a high-brightness RF-plasma oxygen source. Both sources deliver sputter rates of several nm/min even at 150 eV for Cs and O2 alike, enabling high-throughput profiling at sub-nanometer depth resolution. An optional low-energy cesium ion source upgrade further extends Extremely Low Impact Depth Profiling capability for nanometer-scale layers.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Detection & Mass Spectrometer","text":"Secondary ions are detected using a combination of one Faraday Cup and one Electron Multiplier, providing a counting system with a dynamic range of 10 decades. A Normal-Incidence Electron Gun (NEG) supplies low-energy electrons with auto-compensation of charging effects, ensuring reproducible analysis on insulating materials. High mass resolving power, up to MRP = 10,000, resolves close mass interferences such as 75As- from 74GeH and 30Si29Si16O in SiGe layers.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"The IMS Wf and SC Ultra address deep-to-ultra-shallow implant monitoring, HKMG and SiON thin film metrology, SiGe and Si:C:P doped-layer characterization, and optoelectronic and LED device development, including impurity control of O, H, and C at the lowest detection limits on the market. Full 300 mm wafer mapping with sub-percent precision supports implanter and thin-film growth tool qualification directly in production environments. An optional fully eucentric rotation stage reduces the impact of surface roughness on depth resolution during metal thin film analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"The SmartPro WinCurve software suite provides a database-centered workflow covering tool calibration, data acquisition, analytical recipe selection, and chain batch processing for fully automated analysis. Checkerboard acquisition and post-processing lets operators optimize the crater gate after measurement to reject edge effects and dust artifacts without re-running the analysis. WinImage adds powerful image visualization, 3D reconstruction, and batch processing capabilities built on the Aphelion imaging libraries.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IMS Wf & SC Ultra"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Primary ion sources","values":["Cs⁺ (60° floating column), O2⁺ RF-plasma (36° standard column)"]},{"parameter":"Impact energy range – 60° Cs column","values":["150 eV to 13 keV"]},{"parameter":"Impact energy range – 36° O2/RF-plasma column","values":["100 eV to 10 keV"]},{"parameter":"Depth resolution","values":["< 1 nm/decade"]},{"parameter":"Mass resolving power","values":["Up to MRP = 10,000"]},{"parameter":"Detection system","values":["Faraday Cup + Electron Multiplier, 10 decades dynamic range"]},{"parameter":"Electron gun","values":["Normal-Incidence Electron Gun (NEG) for charge compensation"]},{"parameter":"Mass spectrometer","values":["Magnetic sector, double focusing, fast peak switching"]},{"parameter":"Analytical chamber vacuum","values":["10⁻¹⁰ mbar range"]},{"parameter":"Full wafer mapping","values":["Up to 300 mm wafers, 25-point mapping"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["Sub-percent precision (dose variation σ = 0.3%)"]},{"parameter":"Oxygen flooding","values":["Standard"]},{"parameter":"S2/S8 certification","values":["Standard"]}]},{"title":"Configuration Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IMS Wf","SC Ultra"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample stage","values":["XYZ axes, 300 mm stage","XYZ axes, 75 mm stage"]},{"parameter":"Maximum wafer/sample size","values":["Up to 300 mm wafers","75 mm × 75 mm sample holder (multiple window configurations)"]},{"parameter":"Sample capacity per batch","values":["Up to 100 samples (multiple shuttles)","Up to 25 samples"]},{"parameter":"Sample transfer","values":["Fully automated transfer robot","Manual sample holder transfer"]},{"parameter":"60° floating column (Cs source)","values":["Included","Included"]},{"parameter":"RF-Plasma ion source (36° column)","values":["Included","Included"]},{"parameter":"Motorized diaphragms and slits","values":["Included","Included"]},{"parameter":"Oxygen flooding","values":["Included","Included"]},{"parameter":"S2/S8 certification","values":["Included","Included"]}]}]},{"slug":"sims-4550","name":"Quadrupole Depth Profiler: SIMS 4550","description":"The CAMECA SIMS 4550 is a flexible, quadrupole-based dynamic Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer built around CAMECA's unique FLIG (Floating Low-energy Ion Gun) technology.","pageTitle":"Quadrupole Depth Profiler: SIMS 4550","pageDescription":"The CAMECA SIMS 4550 is a flexible, quadrupole-based dynamic Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer built around CAMECA's unique FLIG (Floating Low-energy Ion Gun) technology for oxygen and cesium primary beams.","image":"/images/cameca-sims-4550.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The CAMECA SIMS 4550 is a flexible, quadrupole-based dynamic Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometer built around CAMECA's unique FLIG (Floating Low-energy Ion Gun) technology for oxygen and cesium primary beams. It delivers benchmark depth resolution and sensitivity for ultra-shallow implant, trace element, and thin-layer composition measurements in silicon, high-k dielectrics, SiGe, and III-V compound materials. Impact energy is programmable from 5 keV down to less than 150 eV, and the sputter angle is freely adjustable from normal to glancing incidence for both cesium and oxygen primary ions. Designed for ease of use, the SIMS 4550 lets process engineers with varied levels of SIMS expertise obtain accurate depth profiles, elemental composition, and segregation data for process diagnostics, R&D, and production yield control. Automated multi-analysis queuing, batch processing, and remote operation make it well suited for routine in-house monitoring of implants, epitaxial layers, and oxynitride films.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cameca-sims-4550.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measurement Principle","text":"The SIMS 4550 is a quadrupole dynamic SIMS instrument that combines a high-current, high-quality FLIG primary ion gun with a quadrupole mass analyzer offering high transmission for both heavy and light elements. The free sputter angle capability, from normal to glancing incidence, allows optimal analytical conditions to be selected independently of primary ion energy or species. This flexibility lets the instrument address conventional and ultra-shallow implants, oxynitrides, low- and high-k dielectrics, compound semiconductors, and coatings on glass or steel.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Depth Profiling Performance & Depth Resolution","text":"With ultra-low primary beam energy down to 150 eV, the SIMS 4550 resolves oxynitride layers with depth resolution better than 1 nm/decade and quantifies strained SiGe test pads with a depth resolution of 1.5 nm/decade at normal incidence. Shallow arsenic implant profiles combine a high erosion rate above 100 nm/min with a dynamic range spanning 6 orders of magnitude within a single depth profile. Epitaxial layer measurements, such as Al in GaAs, resolve atomic layers across five orders of magnitude with a decay length of 0.7 nm at 600 nm depth.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automation & Ease of Use","text":"Automated multi-analysis queuing, unattended diagnostic routines, and pre-programmed recipes let operators of varied experience levels set up and run repeatable measurements quickly. Batch processing supports unattended overnight measurement campaigns, while remote operation and e-diagnostics allow off-site monitoring and troubleshooting. All instrument settings from each measurement are stored in a database, so repeated measurements are only a few mouse clicks away.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Primary Ion Sources","text":"CAMECA's FLIG (Floating Low-energy Ion Gun) technology supplies high-current, high-quality oxygen and cesium primary ion beams across the entire energy range, supporting fast, small-area depth profiling of conventional and ultra-shallow implants. Optical Conductivity Enhancement (OCE) provides reliable charge compensation for quantification in SiGe and other amorphous silicon matrices. Ultra stable ion sources and electronics support precision and repeatability down to less than 0.2% RSD.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Detection","text":"The SIMS 4550's quadrupole analyzer optics and superior peak-to-background performance deliver low detection limits for trace elements, including excellent sensitivity for H, C, N, and O. Dose measurement precision is within 1% for boron and arsenic, with beam current stability held within 1%. The main analytical chamber operates in the low E-10 mbar range, an advanced UHV design that underpins the instrument's low detection limits even in insulating materials.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"The SIMS 4550 covers implant analysis, SiGe technology development, and multilayer analysis on insulators such as reflector coatings, combining high sensitivity with high depth resolution. It is qualified for any application requiring elemental analysis at ultra-high depth resolution, from semiconductor process diagnostics to broader materials science and insulator analysis. Checkerboard gating enables depth profiling on small test pads by letting operators select the area of interest off-line after an automated measurement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software","text":"Fast mass spectrum acquisition and 4D depth profiling capture more than 50 images (mass channels) per second, giving operators rich data sets for post-processing. Checkerboard gating allows ion images to be recorded on every beam scan for each detected element, so the electronic gate can be modified after measurement to remove artifacts from sample inhomogeneity or dust without re-running the analysis. WinCurve provides high-volume SIMS data acquisition and processing capabilities, covering both depth profiling and mass spectra.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SIMS 4550"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Primary ion sources","values":["Cs⁺ and O2⁺ (FLIG – Floating Low-energy Ion Gun)"]},{"parameter":"Impact energy range","values":["< 150 eV to 5 keV"]},{"parameter":"Sputter angle","values":["Free, from normal to glancing incidence"]},{"parameter":"Depth resolution","values":["< 1 nm/decade (oxynitrides, 250 eV O2 @ 70°)"]},{"parameter":"Depth resolution (SiGe)","values":["1.5 nm/decade (250 eV O2 @ 0°)"]},{"parameter":"Erosion rate","values":["> 100 nm/min"]},{"parameter":"Dynamic range","values":["Up to 6 orders of magnitude in a single profile"]},{"parameter":"Dose measurement precision","values":["Within 1% for B and As"]},{"parameter":"Beam current stability","values":["Within 1%"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["< 0.2% RSD"]},{"parameter":"Analytical chamber vacuum","values":["Low E-10 mbar range"]},{"parameter":"Sample size","values":["A few mm² up to 100 mm diameter"]},{"parameter":"Mass spectrometer","values":["Quadrupole analyzer"]},{"parameter":"Imaging speed","values":["> 50 images (mass channels) per second"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Atom Probe Tomography (APT)","description":"3D atomic-scale compositional mapping of materials.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Atom probe tomography reconstructs a specimen atom by atom, delivering three-dimensional compositional maps with near-atomic resolution and ppm-level sensitivity – the ultimate microscope for nanoscale materials research.","overview":"In atom probe tomography, individual atoms are field-evaporated from a needle-shaped specimen and identified by time-of-flight mass spectrometry, then reconstructed into a three-dimensional map of the analyzed volume. The technique provides equal sensitivity for all elements – including light elements such as hydrogen, lithium, and boron – making it uniquely powerful for studying precipitates, grain boundaries, dopant distributions, and interfaces in metals, semiconductors, and energy materials. CAMECA is the world's leading supplier of atom probe instrumentation.","partner":"CAMECA — France","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/atom-probe-tomography.webp","slug":"atom-probe-tomography","models":[{"slug":"invizo-6000","name":"3D Atom Probe: Invizo 6000","description":"CAMECA's flagship 3D Atom Probe, with an ultra-wide field of view that captures over 90 percent of a specimen at high mass resolving power.","pageTitle":"3D Atom Probe: Invizo 6000","pageDescription":"The CAMECA Invizo 6000 is the flagship instrument in CAMECA's 6000 generation of 3D Atom Probes, built around a completely redesigned counter electrode and ion optical system.","image":"/images/cameca-invizo-6000.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The CAMECA Invizo 6000 is the flagship instrument in CAMECA's 6000 generation of 3D Atom Probes, built around a completely redesigned counter electrode and ion optical system. Like other atom probe tomography (APT) instruments, it field-evaporates atoms one at a time from a needle-shaped specimen and identifies them by time-of-flight mass spectrometry to reconstruct a 3D atomic-scale compositional map. The Invizo 6000 introduces an ultra-wide field of view flight path combined with a novel double einzel lens design, allowing it to capture more than 90 percent of a specimen while maintaining high mass resolving power. A 257.5 nm deep UV (DUV) laser illuminates the specimen symmetrically from two sides, producing more uniform evaporation, higher single-specimen yield, and more accurate reconstructions. The instrument is aimed at advanced research across semiconductor devices, metals and alloys, energy materials, and geoscience.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cameca-invizo-6000.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ultra-Wide Field of View","text":"The Invizo 6000 uses an ultra-wide field of view flight path that captures more than 90 percent of the specimen with high mass resolving power. Its angular field of view exceeds 110 degrees, allowing all four {111} poles of a crystalline specimen to be viewed simultaneously, compared with the roughly 60 degree field of view of a LEAP 5000. This wide capture reduces the need for precise specimen targeting, improves concentration statistics, and increases specimen yield.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Redesigned Counter Electrode and Ion Optics","text":"At the core of the Invizo 6000 is a completely new counter electrode concept that enables ion optics with an unprecedented atom probe field of view. The same electrode design also allows symmetric, dual-beam laser illumination of the specimen from both sides. A novel double einzel lens technology preserves high mass resolving power even as the field of view is dramatically widened.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Deep UV Laser and Dual-Beam Illumination","text":"The Invizo 6000 incorporates an advanced 257.5 nm deep UV (DUV) laser module that produces more uniform heat absorption and reduces differences in evaporation field across layered materials. In a Si/SiO2 multilayer specimen, the deep UV photons interact with each layer so that relative evaporation field differences are significantly reduced, improving yield and reconstruction accuracy. Because the electrode geometry allows dual-beam illumination, heat diffuses more uniformly through the specimen, producing more uniform evaporation, more accurate reconstructions, and improved mass resolving power uniformity across the analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Capturing the Entire Specimen Volume","text":"The Invizo 6000 is described by CAMECA as the only 3D Atom Probe capable of capturing the entire internal volume of a specimen in a single analysis. In an example analysis of a GaN multi-quantum-well LED device, a threading dislocation was captured across the superlattice, quantum wells, and AlGaN blocking layer within a single 200 x 200 x 500 nm specimen, together with the native oxide layer visible at the surface. This capability improves the chance of capturing a specific region of interest during specimen preparation and yields richer three-dimensional datasets.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"The Invizo 6000 is used for advanced materials research including semiconductor device characterization, such as mapping dopants and interfaces in transistor and LED structures, and the study of grain boundaries in metals and alloys. It is also applied to magnetostrictive and phase-change materials, and to geoscience and mining problems such as identifying trace gold clusters in arsenopyrite. Its combination of wide field of view and high mass resolving power makes it suited to research applications that require both statistical breadth and atomic-scale detail.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Analysis Software","text":"Invizo 6000 datasets are processed with AP Suite 6, CAMECA's toolkit for atom probe data analysis workstations. AP Suite provides a collaborative, user-friendly environment for managing an entire atom probe tomography research project, from reconstruction through quantitative analysis, within a single platform.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Invizo 6000"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Laser wavelength","values":["257.5 nm (deep UV / DUV)"]},{"parameter":"Laser illumination","values":["Dual-beam, symmetric two-sided specimen illumination"]},{"parameter":"Counter electrode / ion optics","values":["Novel double einzel lens with completely redesigned counter electrode"]},{"parameter":"Specimen capture fraction","values":[">90% of the specimen volume within the field of view"]},{"parameter":"Angular field of view","values":[">110° (vs ~60° for a LEAP 5000)"]},{"parameter":"Example analysed volume","values":["200 x 200 x 500 nm (GaN multi-quantum-well LED specimen)"]},{"parameter":"Analysis software","values":["AP Suite 6"]}]}]},{"slug":"leap-6000-xr","name":"Local Electrode Atom Probe: LEAP 6000 XR","description":"The latest Local Electrode Atom Probe, adding deep UV laser pulsing and the first simultaneous voltage-and-laser mode for lower background.","pageTitle":"Local Electrode Atom Probe: LEAP 6000 XR","pageDescription":"The CAMECA LEAP 6000 XR is the latest generation of CAMECA's Local Electrode Atom Probe (LEAP) line, first introduced in 2003 and long established as the workhorse platform for atom probe tomography research.","image":"/images/cameca-leap-6000-xr.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The CAMECA LEAP 6000 XR is the latest generation of CAMECA's Local Electrode Atom Probe (LEAP) line, first introduced in 2003 and long established as the workhorse platform for atom probe tomography research. Like other APT instruments, it uses time-of-flight mass spectrometry to field-evaporate and identify atoms from a needle-shaped specimen mounted at a local electrode, reconstructing a 3D nanoscale compositional map. The LEAP 6000 XR adds deep UV (DUV) laser pulsing to the proven local electrode design and remains compatible with microtip specimen arrays and CAMECA's automation features for high sample-throughput environments. It is also the first 3D Atom Probe capable of simultaneous voltage-and-laser pulsing (VLP), a hybrid mode that reduces background and improves detection sensitivity. The LEAP 6000 XR is intended for user facilities and near-fab laboratories that need high sample volume, improved yield, and higher sensitivity for research and process-monitoring applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cameca-leap-6000-xr.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Local Electrode Design and Microtip Compatibility","text":"The LEAP 6000 XR inherits the proven local electrode design of previous LEAP generations, which enables high sample throughput through compatibility with microtip specimen arrays. This makes it well suited to user facilities serving a wide range of users and samples, as well as near-fab laboratories focused on high-volume process monitoring. The platform maintains the microtip compatibility and automation needed to support a high sample volume environment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Deep UV Laser Pulsing","text":"The LEAP 6000 XR adds deep UV (DUV) laser pulsing to the local electrode design to deliver higher yield and improved data quality. The deep UV wavelength produces more uniform heat absorption and reduces evaporation field differences across layered materials, resulting in more uniform specimen shapes during analysis. In experiments through a Si/SiO2/Si structure, this translated into specimen yield improvements of more than 4 times and analysis throughput improvements of more than 5 times compared with the LEAP 5000.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simultaneous Voltage and Laser Pulsing (VLP)","text":"The LEAP 6000 XR is the first 3D Atom Probe to operate under simultaneous voltage and laser pulsed mode, applying both a laser pulse and a voltage pulse to the specimen at the same time. Because most spectral background arises from out-of-time evaporation caused by the standing voltage, this hybrid mode significantly lowers background levels throughout an experiment. In one demonstration, reducing the standing voltage on a silicon specimen by 30 percent between pulses reduced the background level by more than 10 times.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Improved Sensitivity and Data Quality","text":"Combined voltage and laser pulsed operation improves the signal-to-noise ratio in the mass spectrum, making low-concentration peaks near the background level easier to find and identify. This enhances the accuracy and precision of measured peaks and supports more accurate three-dimensional visualization and analysis. A comparison of a NIST B SRM implant sample analyzed on both a LEAP 6000 and a LEAP 5000 showed consistent results after applying a constant offset to the LEAP 5000 profile.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"LEAP Automation","text":"LEAP Automation features enhance ease of use and productivity by reducing the training required for new and occasional users. Automated workflows enable off-hours and unattended operation, helping laboratories process a higher volume of specimens and achieve a faster return on investment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"The LEAP 6000 XR supports research into grain boundary chemistry in metals and alloys, dopant distribution in semiconductor devices, and interfaces in magnetostrictive and phase-change materials. It is also used in geoscience and mining applications, such as detecting trace gold clusters in arsenopyrite. Its high-throughput, automation-ready design makes it particularly suited to shared user facilities and industrial process-monitoring labs handling large numbers of specimens.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["LEAP 6000 XR"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pulsing modes","values":["Voltage pulsing, laser pulsing, or simultaneous Voltage + Laser Pulsing (VLP)"]},{"parameter":"Laser type","values":["Deep UV (DUV) pulsed laser"]},{"parameter":"Specimen compatibility","values":["Microtip arrays"]},{"parameter":"Throughput improvement vs LEAP 5000","values":[">5x faster analysis rate"]},{"parameter":"Yield improvement vs LEAP 5000","values":[">4x higher specimen yield (Si/SiO2/Si structure)"]},{"parameter":"Background reduction (VLP mode)","values":[">10x reduction with a 30% reduction in standing voltage on a silicon specimen"]},{"parameter":"Automation","values":["LEAP Automation package for off-hours / unattended operation"]}]}]},{"slug":"eikos-uv","name":"Compact Atom Probe: EIKOS-UV","description":"A compact atom probe bringing 3D atomic-scale analysis within reach of academic and industrial laboratories, with an optional 355 nm UV laser.","pageTitle":"Compact Atom Probe: EIKOS-UV","pageDescription":"The CAMECA EIKOS-UV is a compact, accessible atom probe tomography (APT) microscope designed to bring 3D nanoscale characterization to a broader range of academic and industrial laboratories.","image":"/images/cameca-eikos-uv.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The CAMECA EIKOS-UV is a compact, accessible atom probe tomography (APT) microscope designed to bring 3D nanoscale characterization to a broader range of academic and industrial laboratories. Like other CAMECA atom probes, it field-evaporates atoms from a needle-shaped specimen and identifies them by time-of-flight mass spectrometry to reconstruct 3D atomic-scale composition maps with near-atomic spatial resolution and equal sensitivity to all elements and their isotopes. EIKOS-UV combines a reflectron-based mass analyzer with a pre-aligned, integrated counter electrode that removes the need for in-situ alignment or moving parts, simplifying operation and specimen preparation. It is offered in two configurations: the base EIKOS, which operates in voltage-pulsed mode, and the fully configured EIKOS-UV, which adds a 355 nm UV laser pulsing module for a wider range of applications; the base system is field upgradable to EIKOS-UV. EIKOS-UV is used for routine analysis of metals, coatings, thin films, ceramics, minerals, and functional materials in both research and commercial alloy-development settings.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cameca-eikos-uv.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact, Accessible Atom Probe Design","text":"EIKOS-UV is built on a platform optimized for both analytical performance and simplicity of operation, aiming to bring atom probe tomography to a broader community of material scientists, metallurgists, physicists, geologists, and engineers. It delivers single atom detection with outstanding efficiency, three-dimensional tomographic data with near-atomic spatial resolution, and equal sensitivity to all elements and their isotopes. Quantitative composition measurement is available from the sub-nanometer to near-micrometer scale, across a broad range of materials including metals, coatings, thin films, ceramics, minerals, and functional materials.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Integrated Counter Electrode","text":"EIKOS-UV uses an innovative, pre-aligned counter electrode design that eliminates the need for in-situ alignment. Because the specimen tip can be pre-aligned to the counter electrode outside the vacuum system, the instrument requires no moving parts within the analysis chamber and no associated consumables. This design simplifies the system and contributes to its ease of use and reliability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reflectron Mass Analyzer and Voltage Pulsing","text":"The base EIKOS system operates in voltage pulsed mode and incorporates a reflectron design to provide excellent mass resolving power and signal-to-noise ratio. The voltage pulsing system delivers high data quality across a wide variety of metallurgical applications. This base configuration is field upgradable to the full EIKOS-UV system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"355 nm UV Laser Module","text":"The fully configured EIKOS-UV system adds an integrated 355 nm laser pulsing module to the base EIKOS platform, combining voltage pulsing, reflectron-based mass analysis, and laser pulsing in a single instrument. The laser module features a focused spot design with fully automated alignment and control, integrated into the Atom Probe Control Center software. This field-upgradable laser capability extends EIKOS-UV to a wider range of applications than voltage pulsing alone.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Trace Element Detection","text":"EIKOS-UV provides quantitative composition measurement with high sensitivity to trace elements. In one example mass spectrum from a steel sample, the instrument clearly detected vanadium at a concentration of approximately 30 parts per million, demonstrating its ability to resolve low-concentration species from background.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"EIKOS-UV is applied to a wide range of materials problems, including precipitate and grain boundary analysis in high-performance steels and Inconel alloys, magnetic alloy development such as AlNiCo permanent magnets, and the characterization of additively manufactured Inconel components. It is also used for general research on coatings, thin films, ceramics, and minerals. These applications span both academic research and industrial alloy development, reflecting the instrument's focus on accessible, routine atom probe analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["EIKOS-UV"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Configurations","values":["EIKOS (voltage pulsed) and EIKOS-UV (voltage + 355 nm UV laser pulsed); base EIKOS is field upgradable to EIKOS-UV"]},{"parameter":"Mass analyzer","values":["Reflectron design"]},{"parameter":"Laser wavelength (EIKOS-UV)","values":["355 nm"]},{"parameter":"Counter electrode","values":["Pre-aligned, integrated (no in-situ alignment, no moving parts, no consumables)"]},{"parameter":"Composition measurement range","values":["Sub-nanometer to near-micrometer scale"]},{"parameter":"Trace element sensitivity example","values":["~30 ppm vanadium detected in steel"]},{"parameter":"Control software","values":["Atom Probe Control Center"]}]},{"title":"Configuration Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["EIKOS","EIKOS-UV"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pulsing mode","values":["Voltage pulsed","Voltage + laser pulsed"]},{"parameter":"Mass analyzer","values":["Reflectron","Reflectron"]},{"parameter":"Laser","values":["None","355 nm UV laser, focused spot, fully automated alignment and control"]},{"parameter":"Counter electrode","values":["Pre-aligned, integrated counter electrode","Pre-aligned, integrated counter electrode"]},{"parameter":"Upgrade path","values":["Field upgradable to EIKOS-UV","Fully configured system"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Ellipsometers","description":"Imaging and spectroscopic ellipsometers for thin-film thickness and optical constants.","pageTitle":"Ellipsometers","pageDescription":"Ellipsometry measures the change in polarisation of light reflected from a surface to determine film thickness and optical constants with sub-nanometre sensitivity. Park Systems' Accurion instruments add microscopy to the technique, turning ellipsometry into a true imaging method.","overview":"An ellipsometer measures the change in polarisation state of light reflected from a sample and derives film thickness, refractive index, and extinction coefficient from it — non-destructively and without contact. Park Systems' Accurion division pioneered Imaging Ellipsometry, replacing the single-spot detector of a conventional instrument with a microscope objective and camera so that every pixel becomes its own measurement point. That makes it possible to visualise and quantify local variations in thickness and optical properties with lateral resolution down to 1 µm, on samples from 2D materials and graphene to semiconductor wafers, biosensor surfaces, polymer coatings, and optical films. The range spans the flagship EP4 imaging spectroscopic ellipsometer, the referenced RSE for very fast large-area wafer mapping, and the entry-level SIMON.","partner":"Park Systems — South Korea","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/ellipsometers.webp","slug":"ellipsometers","models":[{"slug":"accurion-ep4","name":"Imaging Spectroscopic Ellipsometer: Accurion EP4","description":"Flagship imaging spectroscopic ellipsometer combining ellipsometry, microscopy, and spectroscopy with 1 µm lateral resolution.","pageTitle":"Imaging Spectroscopic Ellipsometer: Accurion EP4","pageDescription":"The Accurion EP4 represents the state of the art in Imaging Spectroscopic Ellipsometry, combining ellipsometry, microscopy, and spectroscopy in one instrument. Micrometre-scale lateral resolution and sub-nanometre vertical sensitivity enable quantitative mapping of layer thickness and refractive index.","image":"/images/park-systems-accurion-ep4.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Accurion EP4, developed and manufactured by Park Systems' Accurion Division in Göttingen, Germany, represents the state of the art in Imaging Spectroscopic Ellipsometry (ISE) — a high-precision platform for the quantitative characterisation of thin films, surfaces, and advanced materials. Combining ellipsometry, microscopy, and spectroscopy in a single instrument, the EP4 delivers sensitivity, spatial resolution, and analytical versatility together. With micrometre-scale lateral resolution and sub-nanometre vertical sensitivity, it enables detailed visualisation and quantitative mapping of layer thickness, refractive index, and extinction coefficient, even on microstructured or heterogeneous samples.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/park-systems-accurion-ep4.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Concept of Imaging Ellipsometry","text":"Imaging Ellipsometry combines the polarisation sensitivity of ellipsometry with the spatial resolution of optical microscopy. A microscope objective lens and a camera replace the single-spot detection system of a conventional ellipsometer, so that each pixel becomes an individual measurement point. This pixel-based detection enables quantitative 2D and 3D mapping, real-time contrast imaging, broadband spectroscopic analysis, and precise selection of regions of interest.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/AIl1xp0VrOg","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"From Single-Spot Measurement to Imaging","text":"A conventional ellipsometer returns one averaged result from a single spot of roughly 35 µm. On the EP4 every pixel is its own ellipsometric measurement, with lateral resolution down to 1 µm. This reveals what was previously invisible: local variations in optical properties or film thickness, defects, and hidden features.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Real-Time Ellipsometric Imaging","text":"The EP4 provides a real-time ellipsometric contrast image, enabling intuitive sample navigation and direct region-of-interest selection. Users can visualise surface variations and immediately define precise measurement areas within the live view. This \"first find, then measure\" workflow makes relevant microstructures and thin-film variations visible instantly, before quantitative Δ/Ψ or thickness mapping is performed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/DtIEfF1z8v0","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Superior Performance and User Convenience","text":"Sub-nanometre vertical sensitivity addresses ultra-thin layers across a 190 nm to 1700 nm UV-VIS-NIR spectral range. The intuitive EP4 software suite — EP4Control, DataStudio, and EP4Model — unifies system control, data acquisition, quantitative analysis, and advanced modelling. Automated sample stage control supports large-area stitching, and a built-in active vibration isolation system provides superior mechanical stability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Modular Optical Design","text":"A modular optical design with interchangeable objective lenses lets the field of view and lateral resolution be matched to each sample. Knife-edge illumination suppresses back-side reflections from transparent substrates, and long-working-distance objectives keep demanding sample environments accessible.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"About Accurion","text":"Park Systems GmbH — the Accurion Division in Göttingen, Germany — has built imaging ellipsometers since 1996, originally as Nanofilm Technology, a spin-off of the Max Planck Institute for Biophysical Chemistry. Accurion merged into Park Systems in 2022, joining the world's leading range of nanoscale metrology instruments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Accurion EP4"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Instrument Type","values":["Imaging Spectroscopic Ellipsometer in PCSA configuration"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["Max. 190 nm to 1700 nm (UV-VIS-NIR)"]},{"parameter":"Lateral Resolution","values":["Down to 1 µm (20× objective lens or higher magnification)"]},{"parameter":"Field of View","values":["Typ. 400 µm × 400 µm (10× objective); max. 2 mm × 2 mm (2× objective)"]},{"parameter":"Measurands","values":["Delta (0° to 360°); Psi (0° to 360°); Mueller matrix — 11 normalised elements"]},{"parameter":"Film Thickness Range","values":["0 nm to 15 µm (depending on sample and spectral range)"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Repeatability","values":["Film thickness 0.005 nm; refractive index n 0.0002 (100 nm SiO₂ on Si)"]},{"parameter":"Goniometer","values":["Motorised; AOI range 38° to 90°; angle resolution 0.001°; accuracy 0.01°; speed approx. 5°/s"]},{"parameter":"Sample Stage","values":["Max. travel 100/200/300 mm (X/Y); accuracy and precision ≤ 1 µm"]},{"parameter":"Z-Axis","values":["Motorised; max. vertical travel 100 mm; accuracy and precision 1 µm"]},{"parameter":"Tilt Alignment","values":["Automatic with respect to the plane of incidence; max. tilt range 5°; accuracy and precision 0.001°"]},{"parameter":"Vibration Isolation","values":["Built-in active vibration isolation system"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["EP4 suite — EP4Control, DataStudio, and EP4Model"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["100 V to 240 V~, 50/60 Hz, max. 10 A"]},{"parameter":"Environment","values":["Temperature 15 °C to 40 °C; humidity 0% to 60% RH; floor vibration VC-A"]}]}]},{"slug":"accurion-rse","name":"Referenced Spectroscopic Ellipsometer: Accurion RSE","description":"Single-shot referenced spectroscopic ellipsometer acquiring 200 full spectra per second for fast large-area thickness mapping.","pageTitle":"Referenced Spectroscopic Ellipsometer: Accurion RSE","pageDescription":"The Accurion RSE compares the sample against a reference, so no optical component needs to move or be modulated during measurement and a full high-resolution spectrum is captured in a single shot. At 200 spectra per second with a synchronised X-Y stage, large-area film thickness maps are acquired in minutes.","image":"/images/park_systems_referenced_spectroscopic_ellipsometrie.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Accurion RSE is a special type of ellipsometer which compares the sample to a reference, so that the ellipsometric difference between sample and reference is measured directly. Because of the orientation of the reference, none of the optical components needs to be moved or modulated during measurement, and the full high-resolution spectrum is obtained in a single-shot measurement. In this way 200 spectra per second are acquired, and the synchronised X-Y stage enables acquisition of large-area film thickness maps in a few minutes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/park_systems_referenced_spectroscopic_ellipsometrie.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Referenced Measurement for Ultrathin Films","text":"Referencing makes the RSE method more sensitive than absolute conventional ellipsometry when very thin layers are in focus. The advantage of that increased sensitivity is even more pronounced when compared with reflectometry. Graphene on SiO₂ and sub-nanometre contamination layers are resolved routinely.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast Wafer Inspection and Thickness Mapping","text":"A full 4-inch wafer is mapped at 140 µm × 500 µm resolution in about 12 minutes, covering 112,000 spectra including modelling. Applications include fast determination of thickness distribution across wafers, detection of contaminants, and evaluation of interlayer and ultrathin-layer thickness.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/Nfq87ZvHyJs","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Live Fitting and Easy Operation","text":"Live fitting of layer thickness is possible thanks to a look-up-table implementation, so results appear as the map is acquired. The intuitive software package gives easy access to measurement and model parameters without specialist training.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"About Accurion","text":"Park Systems GmbH — the Accurion Division in Göttingen, Germany — has built imaging ellipsometers since 1996, originally as Nanofilm Technology, a spin-off of the Max Planck Institute for Biophysical Chemistry. Accurion merged into Park Systems in 2022, joining the world's leading range of nanoscale metrology instruments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Accurion RSE"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Instrument Type","values":["Referenced Spectroscopic Ellipsometer"]},{"parameter":"Angle of Incidence","values":["60°"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["450 nm to 900 nm, 1.2 nm resolution"]},{"parameter":"Data Rate","values":["200 full spectra per second"]},{"parameter":"Spot Size","values":["Up to 25 µm × 40 µm microspot (standard 200 µm × 50 µm microspot)"]},{"parameter":"Film-Thickness Resolution","values":["Typ. 0.01 nm (depending on sample)"]},{"parameter":"Film-Thickness Repeatability","values":["0.01 nm (depending on sample)"]},{"parameter":"Roughness Tolerance","values":["Max. 50 nm Ra"]},{"parameter":"Height Tolerance","values":["±50 µm"]},{"parameter":"Working Distance","values":["12.5 mm"]},{"parameter":"Effective Measurement Time","values":["Full 4-inch wafer map at 140 µm × 500 µm resolution in 12 min (112,000 spectra), including modelling"]},{"parameter":"Light Source","values":["110 mW supercontinuum laser, class 3B, M² = 1.1"]},{"parameter":"Detector","values":["2048-channel Czerny-Turner spectrometer, 16 bit, 200 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Polarizing Optics","values":["Two high-quality Glan-Thompson prisms, motorised"]},{"parameter":"Alignment","values":["Two-axis automatic sample alignment"]},{"parameter":"X-Y-Z Positioning","values":["Motorised X-Y stage up to 300 mm range, max. 100 mm/s; motorised Z-positioning in instrument head with 40 mm range"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Control and modelling software for full access to measurement and model parameters"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["100 V to 240 V, 50/60 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Environment","values":["Operating temperature 15 °C to 30 °C; humidity 20% to 80% RH"]}]}]},{"slug":"accurion-simon","name":"Imaging Ellipsometer: Accurion SIMON","description":"Entry-level imaging ellipsometer for routine thickness and refractive-index measurement, with resolution down to 1 µm.","pageTitle":"Imaging Ellipsometer: Accurion SIMON","pageDescription":"The Accurion SIMON is the entry-level route into Imaging Ellipsometry, well suited to routine measurement. Visual surface metrology reveals structures and defects even on tiny features, with lateral ellipsometric resolution down to 1 µm and automatic stitching of large areas.","image":"/images/park-systems-accurion-simon.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Accurion SIMON — Surface Inspection Metrology by Accurion — is the entry-level system into Imaging Ellipsometry, well suited for routine measurements. Visual surface metrology demonstrates structures or defects even on tiny features, making the technique as simple as possible to apply. It is also a natural addition alongside any non-imaging ellipsometer.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/park-systems-accurion-simon.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Features","text":"Imaging Ellipsometry with a lateral ellipsometric resolution down to 1 µm. Thickness and refractive index measurement of microstructures. Fast visualisation of layer thickness distribution and hidden defects over large areas.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Large-Area Inspection and Automatic Flake Search","text":"SIMON automatically stitches large areas with smooth transitions, so a complete 4-inch wafer is inspected within 47 minutes while observing defects, particles, and inhomogeneities as small as 10 µm. It also searches for flakes or materials of a desired thickness. Because the measurement is imaging-based, histogram analysis of a single measurement gives detailed insight into the distribution of thickness and inhomogeneity.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Thickness Mapping and Refractive Index","text":"Combining ellipsometry with microscopy produces thickness maps comparable to AFM measurements, but obtainable for buried layers as well as top surfaces. A map of approximately 500 µm × 550 µm is measured in less than a minute, with thickness resolution below 0.01 nm over a range of 0.01 nm to 5 µm. The ellipsometric mode also determines refractive index, so variations such as those in laser-scribed holographic gratings or waveguides can be visualised.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Configuration Possibilities","text":"Objectives of 2×, 5×, 10×, 20×, and 50× magnification adjust field of view and lateral resolution to the sample. Light sources range from one to six selectable LEDs between 380 nm and 1000 nm, a 658 nm or 488 nm laser, or a filter wheel offering 45 wavelengths from 360 nm to 1000 nm. Manual or motorised X-Y stages, tilt alignment, and Z-lift complete the configuration.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"About Accurion","text":"Park Systems GmbH — the Accurion Division in Göttingen, Germany — has built imaging ellipsometers since 1996, originally as Nanofilm Technology, a spin-off of the Max Planck Institute for Biophysical Chemistry. Accurion merged into Park Systems in 2022, joining the world's leading range of nanoscale metrology instruments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Accurion SIMON"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Ellipsometer Type","values":["Imaging Ellipsometer (IE) or Spectroscopic Imaging Ellipsometer (SIE)"]},{"parameter":"Lateral Ellipsometric Resolution","values":["2 µm (depending on objective; down to 1 µm)"]},{"parameter":"Thickness Range and Precision","values":["0.01 nm to 5 µm [±0.01 nm] (depending on sample/substrate combination)"]},{"parameter":"Refractive Index Precision","values":["0.001"]},{"parameter":"Δ / Ψ Precision","values":["0.004° / 0.002° (measured on PSI standard 300 nm SiO₂/Si wafer)"]},{"parameter":"Detector","values":["Monochrome CCD camera, 1392 × 1040 pixels, 12 bit, max. 40 frames per second"]},{"parameter":"Angle of Incidence","values":["Fixed, pre-selected: 45°, 53°, or 60°"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Principle","values":["Non-contact microscopic surface metrology using polarised light"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Method","values":["Nulling / rotating compensator"]},{"parameter":"Computer and Software","values":["Windows™ computer with pre-installed Accurion software packages"]}]},{"title":"Configuration Options","columnLabel":"Item","specVariants":["Options","Technical Details"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Objectives","values":["2×, 5×, 10× (standard), 20×, and 50× magnification","Adjust field of view and lateral ellipsometric resolution to sample demands"]},{"parameter":"Light Sources","values":["LEDs: 1 (standard) to 6 different wavelengths selectable within 380 nm to 1000 nm; laser 658 nm or 488 nm; filter wheel with 45 wavelengths from 360 nm to 1000 nm","With a filter wheel or multi-LED box, spectra can be measured to determine refractive index versus wavelength"]},{"parameter":"X-Y Stages","values":["Manual 100 mm travel (standard); motorised 100/200/310 mm travel","Motorised tables are required for large-area stitching such as full wafer scans"]},{"parameter":"Alignment","values":["Adjustable tilting range ±4°, manual (standard) or motorised","Aligning sample tilt to the measurement system is crucial for accurate ellipsometry"]},{"parameter":"Z-Lift","values":["Travel range 50 mm, manual (standard) or motorised","The motorised version is recommended when samples of differing heights are measured automatically"]}]}]}]}]},"optical-microscopes":{"title":"Optical Microscopes","description":"A comprehensive range of upright, stereo, and inverted microscopes for life sciences, materials science, industry, and education — from student-friendly classroom models to advanced fluorescence, polarization, and metallurgical research systems.","carouselImages":["/images/carousel-optical-microscopes-1.webp","/images/carousel-optical-microscopes-2.webp","/images/carousel-optical-microscopes-3.webp","/images/carousel-optical-microscopes-4.webp"],"partner":"Euromex — Netherlands","equipmentList":[{"name":"Upright Microscopes","description":"Routine, laboratory and research upright microscopes for education, life science and industry.","pageTitle":"Upright Microscopes","pageDescription":"Euromex upright microscopes span entry-level teaching stands through to research-grade systems for life science and materials laboratories. Configurations cover brightfield, phase contrast, darkfield, fluorescence, polarization and metallurgical work, with plan achromatic to plan semi-apochromatic optics.","overview":"Euromex upright microscopes span entry-level teaching stands through to research-grade systems for life science and materials laboratories. Configurations cover brightfield, phase contrast, darkfield, fluorescence, polarization and metallurgical work, with plan achromatic to plan semi-apochromatic optics.","partner":"Euromex — Netherlands","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-observer.webp","slug":"upright","models":[{"slug":"bluescope","name":"BlueScope Series","description":"The all new microscopes of the BlueScope series are designed for education, universities and small laboratories, with a focus on durability and safety while mai.","pageTitle":"BlueScope Series","pageDescription":"The all new microscopes of the BlueScope series are designed for education, universities and small laboratories. A color-coded condenser, quick focus aid and storage compartment for accessories make this microscope ideal for students and over all, easy to use.","image":"/images/euromex-bluescope.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The all new microscopes of the BlueScope series are designed for education, universities and small laboratories. Focus on durability and safety while maintaining the highest quality standards. These microscopes are equipped with a rotating head that can be adjusted in two heights and have a rackless stage for user safety and ergonomics.\nA color-coded condenser, quick focus aid and storage compartment for accessories make this microscope ideal for students and over all, easy to use.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-bluescope.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Coming soon (end 2025)\n• WF 10x/20 mm eyepieces\n• Models with an integrated 5.0 MP CMOS camera\n• Models with a 7” LCD screen or tablet\n• Universal USB-C 5V charging port\n• Smart storage compartment\n• Slot for polarization filter\n• Integrated mechanical X-Y stage\n• Color-coded height adjustable condenser\n• Köhler illumination\n• Dual colored illumination: 3 W white & halogen colored NeoLED™\n• Quick focus aid\n• 10 Years warranty","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECE(S)","text":"Wide field WF 10x/20 mm secured eyepieces. The eyepiece of monocular models is supplied with pointer."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Monocular models with 45° inclined tubes\n• Binocular and trinocular models have 30° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and equipped with diopter adjustments ± 5 on both eyepieces\n• All heads are 360° rotatable. The trinocular head has a fixed light path beam splitter (50:50) and generates an erect image\n• The BlueScope can also be supplied with a discussion head\n• Models with an integrated 5.0 MP CMOS camera, with a 7” LCD screen or tablet available"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Reversed quadruple nosepiece on ball bearings."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES - 45 mm PARFOCAL","text":"• All models are supplied with Semi Plan 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25 and S40x/0.65 objectives\n• The S40x, S60x (optional) and S100x (optional) objectives are spring loaded\nAll optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments with 100 graduations\n• Precision 2 μm per graduation, 0.2 mm per rotation\n• Total travel range is approximately 10 mm\n• Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives\n• Improved coarse & fine adjustment, which is equipped with tension control\n• With quick focusing aid for finding the slides focusing region with ease"},{"title":"STAGE","text":"Rackless 140 x 135 mm stage with mechanical 70 x 50 mm X-Y translation stage."},{"title":"CONDENSER","text":"Color coded, height adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder."},{"title":"KÖHLER ILLUMINATION","text":"Köhler illumination ensures the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. It generates a uniform illumination of the sample and eliminates all interference from dust on lenses and side glare of the light source."},{"title":"DUAL ILLUMINATION SYSTEM","text":"• White LED: 6000 – 6500 K white 3 W LED™. Ideal for standard observations with crisp, cool lighting\n• Halogen colored LED: 3000 – 3200 K 3 W NeoLED™. Enhances contrast for specific applications such as transparent objects"},{"title":"QUICK FOCUS AID","text":"The BlueScope is equipped with a quick focus aid."},{"title":"ANTI-THEFT SLOT","text":"At the back of the microscope a Kensington Security Slot is placed, which can be used to secure the instrument from theft."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with blue filter, Allen key, 5 ml immersion oil, 100-240 Vac / 5 Vdc USB multi-plug power adapter, 3 rechargeable type AA batteries, manual and dust cover."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Models","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Mono","Bino","Trino","Digital","Digital tablet","Digital 7 inch LCD","4/10/40x objectives","60x objective","100x objective","Mechanical X-Y Stage","Dual color NeoLED™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"BL.1051","values":["•","","","","","","•","","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BL.1151","values":["•","","","","","","•","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BL.1651","values":["•","","","","","","•","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BL.1152","values":["","•","","","","","•","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BL.1652","values":["","•","","","","","•","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BL.1153","values":["","","•","","","","•","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BL.1653","values":["","","•","","","","•","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BL.1055","values":["•","","","•","","","•","","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BL.1057","values":["","•","","•","","","•","","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BL.1057-T","values":["","•","","","•","","•","","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BL.1050-LCD","values":["","","","","","•","•","","","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"microblue","name":"MicroBlue Series","description":"Microscopes for education need to be easy-to-use and student-friendly, which means able to withstand extensive use and rough handling.","pageTitle":"MicroBlue Series","pageDescription":"Microscopes for education need to be easy-to-use and student-friendly, which means able to withstand extensive use and rough handling. High quality, yet affordably priced Euromex microscopes specifically match these demands due to the well-thought construction and usage of top-class materials.","image":"/images/euromex-microblue.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Microscopes for education need to be easy-to-use and student-friendly, which means able to withstand extensive use and rough handling. High quality, yet affordably priced Euromex microscopes specifically match these demands due to the well-thought construction and usage of top-class materials.\nThe modern MicroBlue is an entry-level microscope and is especially appreciated when budget is limited. The basic model comes with a fixed lens condenser and a plain stage. All models with an integrated mechanical stage are supplied with an Abbe condenser. All models are equipped with 35 mm achromatic objectives. The supplied rechargeable batteries enable cordless operation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-microblue.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Entry-level upright microscopes\n• Mono, bino and trinocular models\n• Digital and LCD models\n• Back panel with smart storage solutions\n• Provided with APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)\n• Revolving reversed nosepiece\n• Integrated X-Y mechanical stage\n• Dual illumination system: white & halogen colored 1 W (Neo)LED illumination\n• Cordless operation with rechargeable AA batteries\n• Universal USB-C 5 Vdc charging port\n• Multiplug 100-240 Vac / 5 Vdc adapter\n• Ergonomic carrying grip","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECE(S)","text":"• Wide field WF 10x/18 mm eyepiece(s)\n• Secured and with pointer for monocular versions"},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Monocular models with 45° inclined tubes\n• Binocular models have 45° inclined tubes, adjustable interpupillary distance between 48 and 75 mm and a ± 5 diopter adjustment on left tube\n• Trinocular models have 30° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and equipped with a ± 5 diopter adjustment on the left tube\n• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beamsplitter (50:50) and generates an erect image\n• An integrated 1.3 MP 1/2.5” CMOS sensor USB 2.0 camera, 1272 x 952 pixels\n• An integrated 5.0 MP 1/2.8” CMOS sensor USB 2.0 camera, 2560 x 1920 pixels LCD version with 7” LCD screen\n• All heads are 360° rotatable and secured, except for the LCD head, which is secured fixed"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving nosepiece for three or four reversed objectives on ball bearings."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES 35 mm PARFOCAL","text":"• Achromatic 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25 and S40x/0.65. Models with S60X or S100x oil immersion are also available\n• The S40x, S60x and S100x oil immersion objectives are spring loaded\nAll optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments, 200 graduations, 15 µm per graduation, 3 mm per rotation, total travel approximately 15 mm\n• Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives"},{"title":"STAGE","text":"All models are supplied with 115 x 100 mm stage with integrated 55 x 20 mm X-Y mechanical stage, except for the basic model MB.1001 which is supplied with a 105 x 105 mm stage and two non-removable clamps."},{"title":"CONDENSER","text":"Height adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder, except for the MB.1001 model and MB.1001-LCD models which are equipped with a single N.A. 0.65 condenser with built-in iris diaphragm."},{"title":"DUAL ILLUMINATION SYSTEM","text":"• 1 W white (Neo)LED(™): 6000 – 6500 K, ideal for standard observations with crisp, cool lighting\n• 1 W halogen colored (Neo)LED(™): 3000 – 3200 K, enhances contrast for specific applications such as transparent objects"},{"title":"NeoLED™ ILLUMINATION","text":"Binocular and trinocular models are supplied with an adjustable NeoLED™ illumination system for increased light output."},{"title":"BACK PANEL – ORGANIZED & EFFICIENT","text":"The MicroBlue features a revolutionary back panel with smart storage solutions:\n• 5-slide specimen holder\n• Dual tool holders\n• Built-in power supply storage\n• Storage for immersion oil\n• Dual illumination switch\n• Integrated cable roll-up system\n• USB-C power input"},{"title":"ANTI-THEFT SLOT","text":"At the back of the microscope a Kensington Security Slot is placed, which can be used to secure the instrument from theft."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"• Supplied with 100-240 Vac / 5 Vdc USB multi-plug power adapter, three rechargeable AA batteries, white filter, dust cover, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models with an S100x objective. Software included for digital models\n• USB-2 cable (except for the LCD models) and a micrometer 1mm/100 slide are included (only for digital camera models)\n• External power supply for LCD screen\n• All packed in a polystyrene box"},{"title":"DIGITAL MODELS","text":"1.3 MP camera: equipped with a 1.3 MP CMOS USB-2 camera, maximum resolution 1272 x 952, 24 bits color depth, up to 30 frames per second, delivered with ImageFocus 4 software. Warranty for the camera is two years.\n5.0 MP camera: equipped with a 5.0 MP CMOS USB-2 camera, maximum resolution 2560 x 1920, 24 bits color depth, up to 30 frames per second, delivered with ImageFocus Plus software. Warranty for the camera is two years."},{"title":"LCD SCREEN","text":"• 7” IPS LCD screen\n• Screen resolution 1920 x 1080 @ 30 fps\n• Save images and videos directly to micro SD card\n• Image resolution up to 1844 x 1080 in JPEG format\n• Video resolution 1280 x 720 AVI format\n• Basic measurement function (line) with calibration. Calibration slide available as option\n• Warranty for the screen is two years"}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"MicroBlue","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Monocular","Binocular","Trinocular","Maximum objectives","4/10/S40x objectives","S60x objective","S100x objective","Mechanical X-Y stage","LED","NeoLED™","Batteries"],"specs":[{"parameter":"MB.1001","values":["•","","","3","•","","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1051","values":["•","","","4","•","","","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1651","values":["•","","","4","•","•","","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1151","values":["•","","","4","•","","•","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1052","values":["","•","","4","•","","","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1652","values":["","•","","4","•","•","","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1152","values":["","•","","4","•","","•","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1053","values":["","","•","4","•","","","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1153","values":["","","•","4","•","","•","•","","•","•"]}]},{"title":"Digital models","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Digital LCD 7 inch","Digital mono","1.3 MP","5.0 MP","Maximum objectives","4/10/S40x objectives","S60x objective","S100x objective","Mechanical X-Y stage","LED","Batteries"],"specs":[{"parameter":"MB.1001-LCD","values":["• *","","","","3","•","","","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1051-LCD","values":["• *","","","","4","•","","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1055-5","values":["","•","","•","4","•","","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1655-1","values":["","•","•","","4","•","•","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1655-5","values":["","•","","•","4","•","•","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1155-1","values":["","•","•","","4","•","","•","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"MB.1155-5","values":["","•","","•","4","•","","•","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* LCD versions do not run on batteries","","","","","","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"ecoblue","name":"EcoBlue Series","description":"The outstanding optical performance of the ergonomic Euromex BlueLine microscopes enables long productive working sessions for students in beginner, intermediat.","pageTitle":"EcoBlue Series","pageDescription":"The outstanding optical performance of the ergonomic Euromex BlueLine microscopes enables long productive working sessions for students for beginner, intermediate, and advanced science teaching classes. Microscopes for education need to be easy-to-use and student-friendly, which means able to withstand extensive use and rough handling.","image":"/images/euromex-ecoblue.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The outstanding optical performance of the ergonomic Euromex BlueLine microscopes enables long productive working sessions for students for beginner, intermediate, and advanced science teaching classes. Microscopes for education need to be easy-to-use and student-friendly, which means able to withstand extensive use and rough handling.\nThe modern microscopes of the EcoBlue series are especially developed for educational purposes with primary focus on ergonomic and excellent price/quality ratio. These microscopes are supplied with secured eyepieces, achromatic objectives and an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-ecoblue.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Monocular, binocular and trinocular models with WF 10x/18 mm eyepiece(s)\n• Models with integrated 5.0 MP CMOS camera\n• Models for polarization applications\n• Provided with APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)\n• Reversed nosepiece with up to four achromatic objectives\n• Models with integrated mechanical stage available\n• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments with rack stop\n• Height adjustable color-coded Abbe condenser with iris diaphragm and filter holder\n• Dual illumination system: white & halogen colored (Neo)LED(™)\n• Cordless operation with rechargeable AA batteries\n• Universal USB-C 5 Vdc charging port\n• Multiplug 100-240 Vac / 5 Vdc adapter\n• Ergonomic stand","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECE(S)","text":"• Wide field WF 10x/18 mm eyepiece with pointer\n• The eyepieces of the binocular and trinocular models are supplied without pointer"},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Monocular models with 45° inclined tubes\n• Binocular and trinocular models have 30° inclined tubes\n• The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 75 mm\n• All binocular and trinocular models have a diopter ± 5 diopter adjustment on left tube\n• All heads are 360° rotatable\n• Models with an integrated USB-2 camera are supplied with a 5.0 MP 1/2” CMOS sensor with 2560 x 1920 pixels resolution\n• The EcoBlue can also be supplied with a discussion head"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"• Reversed revolving nosepiece for four objectives on ball bearings\n• Models for polarization are supplied with swing-out analyzer"},{"title":"OBJECTIVES - 45 mm PARFOCAL","text":"• Achromatic 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, S40x/0.65 and S100x/1.25 objectives\n• The S40x, S60x and S100x oil immersion objectives are spring loaded\n• The DLED-S models for polarization are equipped with semi-plan objectives\nAll optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments, 200 graduations, 12.5 µm per graduation, 2.5 mm per rotation, total travel approximately 15 mm\n• Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objective"},{"title":"STAGES","text":"• Plain 123 x 119 mm stage with two non-removable object clamps (optional EC.9500 attachable 51 x 26 mm X-Y mechanical stage available)\n• Plain 123 x 128 mm stage with integrated 70 x 27 mm X-Y mechanical stage\n• The models for polarization are supplied with 129 mm circular stage, 360° rotatable and 2 object clamps"},{"title":"CONDENSER","text":"• Height adjustable color-coded Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder\n• The models for polarization have a rack & pinion adjustment, all other models carry a helicoidal adjustment"},{"title":"DUAL ILLUMINATION SYSTEM","text":"• 1 W white (Neo)LED(™): 6000 – 6500 K, ideal for standard observations with crisp, cool lighting\n• 1 W halogen colored (Neo)LED(™): 3000 – 3200 K, enhances contrast for specific applications such as transparent objects\nAll models are supplied with three rechargeable AA batteries for cordless operation. Equipped with a universal USB-C 5 Vdc charging port and 100-240 Vac / 5 Vdc multiplug adapter."},{"title":"ANTI-THEFT SLOT","text":"At the back of the microscope a Kensington Security Slot is placed, which can be used to secure the instrument from theft."},{"title":"APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)","text":"Using the same technology already used extensively throughout the healthcare environment in wall coatings, patient lighting, air pressure stabilization and suction liners, APL prevents the growth of unwanted microbes that can cause degradation, discoloration, staining or odors of the Euromex microscopes."},{"title":"PACKAGING","text":"• Supplied with three rechargeable AA batteries, a 100-240 Vac / 5 Vdc USB-C multiplug adapter, white filter, dust cover, spare fuse, user manual. A 5 ml immersion oil for models with an S100x oil objective\n• All packed in a polystyrene box"}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"EcoBlue standard","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Monocular","Binocular","Trinocular","4/10/40x objectives","S60x objective","S100x objective","Mechanical X-Y Stage*","Dual LED","Dual NeoLED™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"EC.1001","values":["•","","","•","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1101","values":["•","","","•","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1601","values":["•","","","•","•","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1051","values":["•","","","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1151","values":["•","","","•","","•","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1651","values":["•","","","•","•","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1152","values":["","•","","•","","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"EC.1652","values":["","•","","•","•","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"EC.1053","values":["","","•","•","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"EC.1153","values":["","","•","•","","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Integrated mechanical stage with 70 x 27 mm X-Y travel range","","","","","","","",""]}]},{"title":"EcoBlue Polarization","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Monocular","Binocular","Trinocular","SMP Semi plan 4/10/40x objectives","SMP Semi plan S60x objective","SMP Semi plan S100x objective","Round stage for polarization *","Dual LED","Dual NeoLED™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"EC.1001-P-DLED-S","values":["•","","","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1601-P-DLED-S","values":["•","","","•","•","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1101-P-DLED-S","values":["•","","","•","","•","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1002-P-DLED-S","values":["","•","","•","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"EC.1602-P-DLED-S","values":["","•","","•","•","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"EC.1102-P-DLED-S","values":["","•","","•","","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"EC.1003-P-DLED-S","values":["","","•","•","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"EC.1603-P-DLED-S","values":["","","•","•","•","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"EC.1103-P-DLED-S","values":["","","•","•","","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Polarization models are supplied with a 129 mm round stage and D-LED illumination (similar light spectrum as halogen)","","","","","","","",""]}]},{"title":"EcoBlue Digital","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Monocular","Binocular","4x/10x/S40x objective","S60x objective","S100x objective","Mechanical X-Y stage *","Dual LED","Dual NeoLED™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"EC.1005","values":["•","","•","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1105","values":["•","","•","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1607","values":["","•","•","•","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"EC.1055","values":["•","","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1155","values":["•","","•","","•","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"EC.1157","values":["","•","•","","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"EC.1657","values":["","•","•","•","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Integrated mechanical stage with 70 x 27 mm X-Y travel range","","","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"bioblue","name":"BioBlue Series","description":"Extensive experience of Euromex optical engineers has contributed to the development and implementation of the BioBlue series with the finest optical components.","pageTitle":"BioBlue Series","pageDescription":"Extensive experience of Euromex optical engineers has contributed to the development and implementation of the BioBlue series with the finest optical components and guaranteed performance. The modern microscopes of the BioBlue series are especially developed for educational purposes with primary focus on ergonomic and today's quality standards.","image":"/images/euromex-bioblue.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Extensive experience of Euromex optical engineers has contributed to the development and implementation of the BioBlue series with the finest optical components and guaranteed performance, which means clear bright images at every magnification. The modern microscopes of the BioBlue series are especially developed for educational purposes with primary focus on ergonomic and today's quality standards.\nThe DIN WF 10x/18 eyepieces and the semi plan achromatic corrected 45 mm DIN objectives of the BioBlue models generate a crisp high-resolution image. When changing magnification the image remains perfectly in focus and centered. The 120 x 120 mm plain stage and 130 x 130 mm stage with double layered 70 x 28 mm X-Y mechanical stage enable a 2 µm precision positioning of the specimen.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-bioblue.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• WF 10x/18 mm eyepiece(s)\n• BioBlue EVO models with WF 10x/20 mm eyepieces and Köhler NeoLED™ illumination\n• Models with an integrated 5.0 MP CMOS camera\n• Models with a 7” LCD screen or tablet\n• Models for polarization applications\n• Back panel with smart storage solutions\n• Reversed nosepiece for 4 semi plan objectives\n• Color-coded height adjustable Abbe condenser\n• Quick focus aid\n• Dual illumination system: white & halogen colored 1 W LED illumination\n• Cordless operation with rechargeable AA batteries\n• Universal USB-C 5 Vdc charging port\n• Multiplug 100-240 Vac / 5 Vdc adapter\n• Provided with APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECE(S)","text":"• WF 10x/18 mm Wide field\n• Polarization models are supplied with one extra WF 10x/18 mm eyepiece with crosshairs and micrometer\n• Secured and with pointer for monocular models\n• The BioBlue EVO models are supplied with WF 10x/20 mm eyepieces"},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• All heads are 360° rotatable and secured\n• Monocular models with 45° inclined tubes\n• Binocular and trinocular models have 30° inclined tubes, interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 and 75 mm and equipped with a ± 5 diopter adjustment on the left tube\n• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beamsplitter (50:50) and generates an erect image\n• Models with digital head are supplied with an integrated 5.0 MP 1/2” CMOS sensor with 2560 x 1920 pixel resolution USB 2.0 camera\n• Models supplied with a 7” LCD screen\n• Optional discussion head available"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Reversed quadruple nosepiece on ball bearings. Models for polarization are supplied with a swing-out analyzer."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES - 45 mm parfocal","text":"• Supplied with semi plan 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, S40x/0.65, S60x/0.85, S100x/1.25 oil immersion objectives, configuration is depending on model\n• The S40x, S60x and S100x oil immersion objectives are spring loaded (to prevent damage to sample and objectives)\nAll optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments with 200 graduations. Precision 2 μm per graduation, 0.4 mm per rotation\n• Total travel approximately 23 mm\n• Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives\n• The coarse adjustment is equipped with friction control"},{"title":"STAGE","text":"• 130 x 130 mm with mechanical 70 x 28 mm X-Y translation stage except for models BB.4200 and BB.4205\n• These models have a 120 x 120 mm plain stage supplied with two non-removable object clamps\n• The models for polarization are supplied with 129 mm round stage, 360° rotatable and two object clamps"},{"title":"CONDENSER","text":"Height adjustable color-coded Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder."},{"title":"DUAL ILLUMINATION SYSTEM","text":"• 1 W white (Neo)LED: 6000 – 6500 K, ideal for standard observations with crisp, cool lighting\n• 1 W halogen colored (Neo)LED: 3000 – 3200 K, enhances contrast for specific applications such as transparent objects\nThe polarization models are also supplied with the double LED illumination for correct color rendering (very similar to the halogen light spectrum). The EVO models are equipped with Köhler NeoLED™ illumination."},{"title":"NeoLED™ ILLUMINATION","text":"Binocular and trinocular models are supplied with an adjustable NeoLED™ illumination system for increased light output."},{"title":"BACK PANEL – ORGANIZED & EFFICIENT","text":"The BioBlue features a revolutionary back panel with smart storage solutions:\n• 5-slide specimen holder\n• Dual tool holders\n• Built-in power supply storage\n• Storage for immersion oil\n• Dual illumination switch\n• Integrated cable roll-up system\n• USB-C power input"},{"title":"POLARIZATION EQUIPMENT","text":"The swing-out analyzer is mounted in a slider under the head. The rotatable 360° polarizer fits on the collector lamp."},{"title":"POLARIZATION MODELS","text":"• Supplied with one extra WF 10x/18 mm eyepiece with crosshairs and micrometer\n• Equipped with analyzer, mounted in a slider under the head\n• 360° Rotatable, graduated polarizer on the lamp house\n• Standard supplied with D-LED illumination for correct color rendering (very similar to the halogen light spectrum) and an integrated 100-240 Vac power supply\n• Polarisation attachments for standard microscopes are available optionally"},{"title":"DIGITAL MODELS","text":"See BioBlue Digital."},{"title":"ANTI-THEFT SLOT","text":"At the back of the microscope a Kensington Security Slot is placed, which can be used to secure the instrument from theft."},{"title":"APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)","text":"Using the same technology already used extensively throughout the healthcare environment in wall coatings, patient lighting, air pressure stabilization and suction liners, APL prevents the growth of unwanted microbes that can cause degradation, discoloration, staining or odors of the Euromex microscopes."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"• Supplied with 100-240 Vac / 5 Vdc USB multi-plug power adapter, three rechargeable type AA batteries, dust cover, white filter, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models with S100x oil objective\n• Polarisation models are supplied with a cross hair eyepiece for centering\n• All packed in a polystyrene box"}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"BioBlue","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Mono","Bino","Trino","4/10/40x SMP objectives","S60x SMP objective","S100x SMP objective","Mechanical X-Y stage","1 W Dual color LED","1 W Dual color NeoLED™","Köhler illumination (1)","Polarization (2)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"BB.4200","values":["•","","","•","","","","•","","",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4220","values":["•","","","•","","","•","•","","",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4240","values":["•","","","•","•","","•","•","","",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4250","values":["•","","","•","","•","•","•","","",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4260","values":["","•","","•","","•","•","","•","",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4260-E","values":["","•","","•","","•","•","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4263","values":["","•","","•","•","","•","","•","",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4243","values":["","","•","•","•","","•","","•","",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4253","values":["","","•","•","","•","•","","•","",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4253-E","values":["","","•","•","","•","•","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4220-P-DLED","values":["•","","","•","","","","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.4240-P-DLED","values":["•","","","•","•","","","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.4250-P-DLED","values":["•","","","•","","•","","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.4261-P-DLED","values":["","•","","•","","","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.4263-P-DLED","values":["","•","","•","•","","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.4260-P-DLED","values":["","•","","•","","•","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.4241-P-DLED","values":["","","•","•","","","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.4243-P-DLED","values":["","","•","•","•","","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.4253-P-DLED","values":["","","•","•","","•","","","•","","•"]}]},{"title":"Digital","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Monocular","Binocular","LCD 7 inch*","12” Tablet","4/10/40x SMP objectives","Semi plan S60x objective","Semi plan S100x oil objective","Integrated X-Y stage","1 W Dual color LED","1 W Dual color NeoLED™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"BB.4205","values":["•","","","","•","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4225","values":["•","","","","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4245","values":["•","","","","•","•","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4255","values":["•","","","","•","","•","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4267","values":["","•","","","•","","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.4269","values":["","•","","","•","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.4200-LCD","values":["","","•","","•","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4220-LCD","values":["","","•","","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"BB.4267-T","values":["","•","","•","•","","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.4269-T","values":["","•","","•","•","•","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* LCD versions do not run on batteries","","","","","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"biobluelab","name":"BioBlue.Lab Series","description":"The BioBlue.Lab is an instrument that precisely matches the highest expectations of microscopy users.","pageTitle":"BioBlue.Lab Series","pageDescription":"The BioBlue.Lab is an instrument that precisely matches highest expectations of microscopy users. These ergonomic easy-to-use microscopes have specifically been designed for educational and laboratory applications. All models are equipped with NeoLED illumination system and are available in binocular and trinocular versions.","image":"/images/euromex-biobluelab.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BioBlue.Lab is an instrument that precisely matches highest expectations of microscopy users. These ergonomic easy-to-use microscopes have specifically been designed for educational and laboratory applications. The 150 x 140 mm stage with integrated rackless X-Y mechanical stage with 75 x 30 mm travel, provides a smooth translation of the specimen and highly precise positioning which is highly appreciated in most demanding cytology and histopathology applications.\nThe BioBlue.Lab microscope models offer great functionality and are equipped with WF 10x/20 mm eyepieces, plan and IOS plan 4x/ 10x/ S40x/ S100x objectives. All models are equipped with NeoLED illumination system and are available in binocular and trinocular versions.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-biobluelab.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Binocular and trinocular models\n• Reversed quadruple nosepiece\n• Plan and plan IOS objectives\n• Finity and infinity optical system\n• Integrated mechanical stage\n• NeoLED™ illumination\n• Ergonomic carrying grip","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Wide field WF 10x/20 mm eyepieces."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• All models have 30° inclined Ø 30 mm tubes\n• The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 to 75 mm\n• All models have a ±5 diopter adjustment on left tube\n• All heads are 360° rotatable and secured with a screw\n• The trinocular head has a fixed light path beamsplitter (50:50) and generates an erect image"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Reversed quadruple nosepiece on ball bearings. Slot for analyzer."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES - 45 mm PARFOCAL","text":"• The microscopes are equipped with plan, plan IOS, plan phase and plan phase IOS objectives\n• Optional 20x/0.40 and S60x/0.85 objectives are also available\n• The S40x, S60x and S100x objectives are spring loaded\nAll optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments with 200 graduations\n• Precision 1.5 μm per graduation, 0.3 mm per rotation\n• Total travel approximately 28 mm\n• Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives\n• The coarse adjustments are equipped with friction control"},{"title":"STAGE","text":"Rackless 150 x 140 mm stage with mechanical 75 x 30 mm X-Y translation stage."},{"title":"CONDENSER","text":"Height adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"• All models are supplied with an adjustable 3 W NeoLED™ illumination system for increased light output\n• Power supply with integrated 100-240 Vac"},{"title":"ANTI-THEFT SLOT","text":"At the back of the microscope a Kensington Security Slot is placed, which can be used to secure the instrument from theft."},{"title":"PACKAGING","text":"• Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil and white filter for on lamp house\n• All packed in a polystyrene box"}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"BioBlue.Lab","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","4x/10x/S40x/S100x plan objectives","4x/10x/S40x/S100x plan IOS objectives","10x/20x/S40x/S100x plan phase IOS objectives","Rackless mechanical stage","NeoLED"],"specs":[{"parameter":"BB.1152-PL","values":["•","","•","","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.1153-PL","values":["","•","•","","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.1152-PLi","values":["•","","","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"BB.1153-PLi","values":["","•","","•","","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"bscope","name":"bScope Series","description":"The well-equipped microscopes of the bScope series are intensively used in secondary schools, universities, small and mid-sized laboratories and for veterinary applications.","pageTitle":"bScope Series","pageDescription":"Versatile and evolutive! The well-equipped microscopes of the bScope series are intensively used in secondary schools, universities, small and mid-sized laboratories and for veterinary applications. Apart from excellent ergonomical design, these robust and attractively priced microscopes are available in several configurations.","image":"/images/euromex-bscope.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Versatile and evolutive!\nThe well-equipped microscopes of the bScope series are intensively used in secondary schools, universities, small and mid-sized laboratories and for veterinary applications. Apart from excellent ergonomical design, these robust and attractively priced microscopes are available in several configurations with HWF 10x/20 mm eyepieces and objectives for bright field, phase contrast and dark field.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-bscope.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Monocular, binocular and trinocular models\n• For education and laboratories\n• Robust and attractively priced microscope\n• HWF 10x/20 mm eyepieces\n• Digital models available\n• Reversed nosepiece with slot for polarization filter\n• E-plan, E-plan IOS and Plan (phase) IOS objectives\n• Rackless integrated X-Y mechanical stage\n• Color coded condenser\n• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustment with adjustable rack-stop\n• 3 W LED illumination with rechargeable batteries\n• Cable Storage System\n• Integrated carrying grip\n• Cardioïd mirror condenser with built-in 3 W LED\n• Provided with APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECE(S)","text":"High wide field HWF 10x/20 mm secured eyepiece(s) with 20 mm field of view. The eyepiece of monocular models is supplied with pointer."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• The bScope is available with a monocular head (45° inclined Ø 23.2 mm tube) or with a Siedentopf type head, 360° rotatable, with 30° inclined Ø 23.2 mm tubes\n• Binocular and trinocular EPLi, PLi and PLi/4N models are equipped with diopter adjustments ± 5 on both eyepieces. The EPL models are equipped with a diopter adjustment ± 5 on left eyepiece\n• The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 to 76 mm\n• The models equipped with plan infinity corrected PLi objectives have a unique swiveling system of the eyepiece tubes for ergonomic positioning of both tubes in a high (431 mm) and in a low position (377 mm)\n• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm tube, ensuring a maximum of flexibility and has a fixed light path beam splitter (20:80) and generates an erect image\n• Models with an integrated USB-2.0 camera are supplied with a 5.0 MP 1/2.5” CMOS sensor with a resolution of 2592 x 1944 pixels"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving and reversed ball-beared quadruple or quintuple nosepiece."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES - 45 mm PARFOCAL","text":"The state-of-the-art production techniques and multi layer coatings used for the manufacturing of the bScope objectives enables the bScope to be used for the most demanding applications. World class spherical aberration correction and modern CNC and assembly technology ensure the perfect centering of the objectives.\n• Brightfield models: E-Plan, E-plan IOS infinity corrected, Plan IOS infinity corrected 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S40x/0.65 and S100x/1.25 oil immersion objectives. Optional 60x/0.85 objective\n• Phase contrast models: Plan Phase IOS infinity corrected 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S40x/0.65 and S100x/1.25 oil immersion objectives\n• Dark field contrast model: E-Plan finity corrected 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S40x/0.65 and S100x/1.25 oil immersion objectives. The S100x objective is equipped with a built-in iris diaphragm. Optional 60x/0.85 objective\nAll S40x, S60x and S100x oil immersion objectives are spring loaded. All optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"Double coaxial, low-positioned coarse and fine adjustments with 180 graduations. Precision 1.11 µm, 200 µm per rotation, total travel approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives. The coarse adjustment is equipped with friction control."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"• The bScope is equipped with a scratch resistant 152/197 x 131 mm stage with integrated 75 x 36 mm X-Y rackless mechanical stage, Vernier scale, soft-close removable specimen holder\n• The rackless stage has no protruding parts, enables more smooth movements and is safer in use. Low-positioned X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions. The bScope can be equipped with a heating stage which can be set up to 50° Celsius by a PID temperature controller. Only available with newly purchased microscopes"},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR BRIGHTFIELD","text":"The standard in height adjustable Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser for brightfield comes with an iris diaphragm and swing-out filter holder. The condenser is color coded. Optionally available swing-out Abbe condenser (BS.9105)."},{"title":"ZERNIKE CONDENSER FOR PHASE CONTRAST","text":"The in height adjustable Zernike NA. 1.25 phase contrast disc condenser comes with phase annuli for 10/20/S40x and S100x phase contrast objectives, an iris diaphragm, a swing-out filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield contrast. Phase contrast objectives in PLPHi phase contrast versions. Supplied with alignment telescope and green filter."},{"title":"CONDENSER WITH SLIDER(S) FOR PHASE CONTRAST","text":"The in height adjustable NA. 1.25 simple phase contrast condenser has a free slot for either a slider for 10/S40x phase contrast objectives OR a slider for 20/S100x phase contrast objectives. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and filter holder. The condenser also includes a BF position for brightfield contrast. Phase contrast objectives in PLPHi versions. Supplied with alignment telescope and green filter."},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR DARKFIELD","text":"A state-of-the-art condenser equipped with reflective cardioid mirrors, with an integrated high powered 3 W LED light source. Together with a S100x objective with built-in iris diaphragm this forms a 1000x magnification darkfield solution. The power supply of the 5 W LED light source is built in the microscope. The darkfield condenser can easily be exchanged for a brightfield condenser which is also included."},{"title":"DARKFIELD EQUIPMENT","text":"The BS.1153-EPL/DF is equipped with a darkfield oil immersion cardioïd mirror condenser with an integrated 3 W LED illumination and a plan PL S100x oil immersion objective with built-in iris."},{"title":"POLARISATION","text":"The bScope has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarization filter."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"The microscopes of the bScope are equipped with a 3 W NeoLED adjustable illumination system for increased light output and a 100-240 Vac integrated power supply. On request, rechargeable batteries are also available."},{"title":"NEOLED™ ILLUMINATION","text":"The 3 W adjustable Köhler NeoLED diascopic illumination is powered by an internal 100-240 V power supply making it suitable for worldwide use. The innovative NeoLED design offers larger apertures, allowing the optical system of the bScope microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED is the low energy consumption, no heating and a long operating lifetime."},{"title":"KÖHLER ILLUMINATION","text":"A Köhler illumination ensures for all infinity corrected IOS models the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. It generates a uniform illumination of the sample and eliminates all interference from dust on lenses and side glare of the light source.\nThe Köhler illumination is optional for non-IOS models."},{"title":"bSCOPE® DIGITAL","text":"• Binocular model\n• Integrated 5.0 MP CMOS color USB.2 camera\n• 2592 x 1944 pixels\n• 7 frames per second (2592 x 1944 pixels)\n• 27 frames per second (1280 x 960 pixels)\n• ImageFocus Alpha software"},{"title":"CAMERA","text":"The digital bScope microscopes are equipped with a 5.0 MP 1/2.5 inch CMOS USB-2.0 camera, 24 bits color depth, 7 frames per second (2592 x 1944 pixels) or 27 frames per second (1280 x 960 pixels). Dynamic range is 76 db and signal/noise ratio 41 db. Supplied with ImageFocus Alpha software, USB-2.0 cable and a micrometer 1mm/100 calibration slide."},{"title":"SOFTWARE","text":"The capture and analysis ImageFocus Alpha software allows to save images in .jpg, .tif, .bmp or .dicom formats as well as .avi format videos. Measurements and annotations can be done on live or captured images. Compatible with Windows 10 and higher, both 32 and 64 bits configurations. A Mac OS version is also available. Free updates can be downloaded from our website.\nFurther specifications are identical to the analog bScope® models."},{"title":"CORDLESS USE","text":"The optional rechargeable AA batteries turn the bScope into a cordless system."},{"title":"CSS – CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM","text":"Allows users to easily stow away excess cable length into the back of the instrument during operation and to roll up the power cable for easy storage."},{"title":"CARRYING GRIP","text":"The integrated carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures safe transportation of the microscope."},{"title":"ANTI-THEFT SLOT","text":"At the back of the microscope a Kensington Security Slot is placed, which can be used to secure the instrument from theft."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Smart Styrofoam packaging ensures a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil.\nPhase contrast models are supplied with green filter and alignment telescope. An optional aluminum case can be supplied."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"bScope for brightfield","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Mono","Bino","Trino","HWF 10x/20 mm eyepieces","Quadruple nosepiece E-plan 4/10/S40S100x","Quadruple nosepiece Plan IOS 4/10/S40S100x","Quintuple nosepiece E-plan IOS 4/10/S40S100x","Quintuple nosepiece Plan IOS 4/10/S40S100x","Köhler NeoLED™","NeoLED™","2-position swiveling ergo head"],"specs":[{"parameter":"BS.1151-EPL","values":["•","","","•","•","","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"BS.1152-EPL","values":["","•","","•","•","","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"BS.1153-EPL","values":["","","•","•","•","","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"BS.1152-EPLi","values":["","•","","•","","","•","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BS.1153-EPLi","values":["","","•","•","","","•","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BS.1152-PLi","values":["","•","","•","","","","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BS.1153-PLi","values":["","","•","•","","","","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BS.1152-PLi/4N","values":["","•","","•","","•","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BS.1153-PLi/4N","values":["","","•","•","","•","","","•","","•"]}]},{"title":"bScope for phase contrast","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","HWF 10x/20 mm eyepieces","Quintuple nosepiece Plan Phase IOS 10/20/S40S100x","Köhler NeoLED™","2-position swivelling ergo head","Rechargeable batteries"],"specs":[{"parameter":"BS.1152-PLPHi","values":["•","","•","•","•","•","o"]},{"parameter":"BS.1153-PLPHi","values":["","•","•","•","•","•","o"]}]},{"title":"bScope for darkfield","columnLabel":"Model","specVariants":["Trinocular head","HWF 10x/20 mm eyepieces","Quadruple nosepiece E-plan 4/10/S40S100x","Oil immersion Cardioïd condenser","3 W LED for darkfield","NeoLED™","Rechargeable batteries"],"specs":[{"parameter":"BS.1153-EPL/DF","values":["•","•","•","•","•","•","o"]}]},{"title":"bScope digital","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular head","HWF 10x/20 mm eyepieces","Quintuple nosepiece E-plan IOS 4/10/S40/S100x","Quintuple nosepiece plan IOS 4/10/S40/S100x","Köhler NeoLED™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"BS.1157-EPLi","values":["•","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BS.1157-PLi","values":["•","•","","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"bscope-metallurgical","name":"bScope materials science (Metallurgical) Series","description":"The well-equipped bScope microscopes for materials science are especially configured for observation of all kinds of materials such as metals, plastics, wood, glass, etc.","pageTitle":"bScope materials science (Metallurgical) Series","pageDescription":"The well-equipped bScope® microscopes for materials science are especially configured for observation of all kinds of materials such as metals, plastics, wood, glass, etc. These microscopes are extensively used in the materials research and quality assurance laboratories.","image":"/images/euromex-bscope-metallurgical-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The well-equipped bScope® microscopes for materials science are especially configured for observation of all kinds of materials such as metals, plastics, wood, glass, etc.\n\nThese microscopes are extensively used in the materials research and quality assurance laboratories.\n\nThe design of the bScope® is both ergonomic and evolutive. Wide field WF 10x/22 mm eyepieces and low focusing controls to minimize fatigue during long working sessions and therefore provide more comfort for microscopists. The robust and compact size of the bScope® together with the Cable Storage System allow more working space, safer operation and easy storage.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-bscope-metallurgical-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Materials science microscopes\n• Trinocular models\n• WF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n• Reversed ball-bearing quadruple nosepiece\n• With slot for polarization filter\n• Plan M-IOS objectives\n• Polarizer and analyzer filters\n• Rackless integrated X-Y mechanical stage\n• Color coded condenser\n• 3 W NeoLED™ adjustable transmitted and reflected NeoLED™ illumination\n• Integrated carrying grip\n• Cable Storage System and anti-theft system","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Wide field WF 10x/22 mm eyepieces with 22 mm field of view (Ø 30 mm tube)."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"The bScope® is equipped with:\n• A Siedentopf type head, 360° rotatable\n• 30° inclined tubes\n• A ± 5 diopter adjustment on left eyepiece\n• The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 to 76 mm\n• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm tube, ensuring maximum flexibility\n• The prisms inside the heads are designed to minimize the light absorption for perfect digital imaging\n• The trinocular head has a light path selector (100:0 / 0:100) and generates an erect image"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving and reversed ball-bearing quadruple nosepiece."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Double coaxial, low-positioned coarse and fine adjustments with 180 graduations\n• Precision 1.1 µm, 200 µm per rotation, total travel range is approximately 19 mm\n• Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives\n• The coarse adjustment is equipped with friction control"},{"title":"STAGE","text":"• The bScope® is equipped with a scratch resistant 185 x 140 mm stage with integrated 74 x 48 mm X-Y rackless mechanical stage, Vernier scale, soft-close removable specimen holder\n• The rackless stage has no protruding parts, enables more smooth movements and is safer in use. Low-positioned X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions"},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR BRIGHTFIELD","text":"The standard height adjustable Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser for brightfield comes with an iris diaphragm and swing-out filter holder. The condenser is color coded. Optionally available swing-out Abbe condenser (BS.9105)."},{"title":"POLARIZATION","text":"The bScope® has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarization filter for transmitted illumination."},{"title":"NEOLED™ REFLECTED ILLUMINATION","text":"Reflected intensity adjustable 3 W NeoLED™ Köhler illumination with external power supply, push-pull type rotatable polarizer and push-pull analyzer, built-in condenser with iris diaphragm and field iris diaphragm. Integrated rotating filter disc with green, blue, yellow and white filters."},{"title":"NEOLED™ TRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION","text":"The 3 W adjustable Köhler NeoLED™ diascopic illumination is powered by an internal 100-240 V power supply making it suitable for worldwide use. The innovative NeoLED™ design offers larger apertures, allowing the optical system of the bScope® microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED™ is the low energy consumption, no heating and a long operating lifetime."},{"title":"KÖHLER ILLUMINATION","text":"Köhler illumination ensures for all infinity corrected IOS models the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. Generates a uniform illumination of the sample and eliminates all interference from dust on lenses and side glare of the light source."},{"title":"CORDLESS USE","text":"The optional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope® into a cordless system (only available for the transmitted illumination)."},{"title":"CSS – CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM","text":"This system allows users to easily stow away excess cable length into the back of the instrument during operation and to roll up the power cable for easy storage."},{"title":"CARRYING GRIP","text":"The integrated carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures safe transportation of the microscope."},{"title":"ANTI-THEFT SLOT","text":"At the back of the microscope a Kensington Security Slot is placed, which can be used to secure the instrument from theft."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Smart Styrofoam packaging ensures a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse, white filter and user manual."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"bScope metallurgical","columnLabel":"Model","specVariants":["Trinocular","WF 10x/22 mm eyepieces","PLMi 5x/10x/20x/50x IOS objectives","Transmitted NeoLED™ Köhler illumination","Reflected NeoLED™ Köhler illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"BS.1053-PLMi","values":["•","•","•","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"bscope-metallurgisch","name":"bScope large sample (Metallurgical) Series","description":"This bScope microscope is designed for advanced materials science applications that require the inspection of large or irregular samples.","pageTitle":"bScope large sample (Metallurgical) Series","pageDescription":"This bScope microscope is designed for advanced materials science applications that require the inspection of large or irregular samples. The bScope features allowing unmatched freedom of movement and easy positioning of sizable specimens.","image":"/images/euromex-bscope-large-samples-metallurgical.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Optimized for large metallurgical sample analysis.\n\nThis bScope microscope is designed for advanced materials science applications that require the inspection of large or irregular samples. Unlike conventional metallurgical microscopes, the bScope features a high-clearance stand and spacious stage, allowing unmatched freedom of movement and easy positioning of sizable specimens.\n\nEquipped with wide field-of-view eyepieces and high-performance objectives in brightfield - or combined brightfield/darkfield configurations - the bScope produces precise, high-contrast imaging, with exceptional clarity. Its advanced optical system ensures accurate analysis of surface structures, coatings and defects, even on complex or bulky material.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-bscope-large-samples-metallurgical.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Suitable for extra large samples\n• Materials science microscopes\n• Long WD brightfield (and darkfield) objectives\n• WF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n• Polarizer and analyzer filters\n• Integrated X-Y mechanical stage\n• 5 W reflected NeoLED™ illumination","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Wide field WF 10x/22 mm eyepieces with 22 mm field of view (Ø 30 mm tube)."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"The bScope is equipped with:\n• A Siedentopf trinocular type head, 30° inclined tubes\n• A ± 5 diopter adjustment on left eyepiece\n• The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 to 76 mm\n• A Ø 23.2 mm camera tube\n• The prisms inside the head are designed to minimize the light absorption for perfect digital imaging\n• Light path selector (100:0 / 0:100). Generates an erect image"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving and reversed ball-bearing quadruple nosepiece."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Double coaxial, low-positioned coarse and fine adjustments with 180 graduations\n• Precision 1.3 µm, 130 µm per rotation, total travel range is approximately 20 mm\n• Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives\n• Improved coarse & fine adjustment, which is equipped with tension control"},{"title":"STAGE","text":"The bScope is equipped with a scratch resistant 30 x 25 cm flat base and comes with a 185x140 mm mounted X-Y mechanical stage, with 35 x 30 mm travel."},{"title":"REFLECTED LED ILLUMINATION","text":"Reflected intensity adjustable 5 W LED Köhler illumination with.\n• External power supply\n• Push-pull type rotatable polarizer\n• Push-pull analyzer\n• Built-in condenser with iris diaphragm and field iris diaphragm\n• Integrated rotating filter disc with green, blue, yellow and white filters"},{"title":"POLARIZATION","text":"The bScope has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarization filter for transmitted illumination."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES","text":"• Plan PLMi (BF) (BS.81xx): 2x/0.7 WD 11 mm, 5x/0.12 WD 26.1 mm, 10x/0.25 WD 20.2 mm, 20x/0.40 WD 8.8 mm, 50x/0.70 WD 3.7 mm, 80x/0.80 WD 1.3 mm*, 100x/0.85 WD 0.4 mm*\n• Plan PLMi (BF/DF) (BS.88xx): 5x/0.12 WD 9.7 mm, 10x/0.25 WD 9.3 mm, 20x/0.40 WD 7.2 mm, 50x/0.70 WD 2.5 mm, 80x/0.80 WD 0.8 mm*, 100x/0.85 WD 0.8 mm*"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Polystyrene packaging ensures a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cord, dust cover, tools, a spare fuse and user manual."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"bScope large samples (metallurgical)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Trinocular","WF 10x/22 mm eyepieces","5x/10x/20x/50x IOS brightfield objectives","5x/10x/20x/50x IOS brightfield/darkfield objectives","Brightfield illumination","Darkfield illumination","Reflected NeoLED™ Köhler illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"BS.4053-PLMRi","values":["•","•","•","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"BS.4053-PLMRi-BD","values":["•","•","","•","•","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"bscope-fluorescence","name":"bScope Fluorescence Series","description":"The bScope microscope for fluorescence microscopy is equipped with four monochromatic FluoLEDs.","pageTitle":"bScope Fluorescence Series","pageDescription":"The bScope® microscope for fluorescence microscopy is equipped with four monochromatic FluoLEDs. These microscopes are supplied with routine fluorescence filter sets and dichroic mirrors for excitation in the blue, green, violet and ultraviolet spectral regions.","image":"/images/euromex-bscope-fluorescence-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The bScope® microscope for fluorescence microscopy is equipped with four monochromatic FluoLEDs.\nThese microscopes are supplied with routine fluorescence filter sets and dichroic mirrors for excitation in the blue, green, violet and ultraviolet spectral regions.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-bscope-fluorescence-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Trinocular models\n• WF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n• Reversed ball-bearing quintuple nosepiece\n• With slot for polarization filter\n• Plan IOS and Plan Fluarex IOS objectives\n• Rackless integrated X-Y mechanical stage\n• Color coded condenser\n• Epi-fluorescence illumination\n• 4 monochromatic LEDs\n• 3 W NeoLED™ adjustable illumination system\n• Integrated carrying grip\n• Cable Storage System and anti-theft system\n• Medical device class I\n• Provided with APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Wide field HWF 10x/22 mm secured eyepieces (Ø 30 mm tube)."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• The bScope® is equipped with a Siedentopf type head and equipped with 30° inclined Ø 30 mm tubes and with a ± 5 diopter adjustment on left eyepiece. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 48 to 76 mm\n• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm photo tube, ensuring maximum flexibility. The prisms inside the heads are designed to minimize the light absorption for perfect digital imaging. The trinocular head has a light path selector (100:0 / 0:100) and generates an erect image"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving and reversed ball-bearing quintuple nosepiece."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"Double coaxial, low-positioned coarse and fine adjustments with 180 graduations. Precision 1.1 µm, 200 µm per rotation, total travel range is approximately 19 mm. Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives. The coarse adjustment is equipped with friction control."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"The bScope® is equipped with a scratch-resistant 152/197 x 131 mm stage with integrated 75 x 36 mm X-Y rackless mechanical stage, Vernier scale, soft-close removable specimen holder. The rackless stage has no protruding parts, enables more smooth movements and is safer in use. Low-positioned X-Y control knobs prevent fatigue during long working sessions."},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR BRIGHTFIELD","text":"The standard height adjustable Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser for brightfield comes with an iris diaphragm and swing-out filter holder. The condenser is color coded. Optionally available swing-out Abbe condenser (BS.9105)."},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR ZERNIKE PHASE CONTRAST","text":"The height adjustable Zernike NA. 1.25 phase contrast disc condenser comes with phase annuli for 10/20/S40x and S100x phase contrast objectives, an iris diaphragm, a swing-out filter holder and also a BF position for brightfield contrast. Phase contrast objectives are available in either EPL-PHi or PL-PHi versions. Supplied with alignment telescope and green filter."},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR SIMPLE PHASE CONTRAST","text":"The height adjustable NA. 1.25 simple phase contrast condenser has a free slot for either a slider for 10/S40x phase contrast objectives, or a slider for 20/S100x phase contrast objectives. The condenser has an iris diaphragm and filter holder. The condenser includes a BF position for brightfield contrast with an iris diaphragm and filter holder. Phase contrast objectives available in either EPL-PHi or PL-PHi version. Supplied with alignment telescope and green filter."},{"title":"POLARIZATION","text":"The bScope® has an integrated slot above the nosepiece for an optional polarization filter."},{"title":"FLUORESCENCE ATTACHMENT","text":"• Epi-illumination with four 5 W LEDs for fluorescence excitation from 450 to 470 nm (blue), 515 to 535 nm (green), 390 to 400 (violet) and 360 to 370 nm (ultraviolet). External 100-240 V power supply\n• Supplied with UV protection shield"},{"title":"NEOLED™ TRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION","text":"The 3 W adjustable Köhler NeoLED™ transmitted illumination is powered by an internal 100-240 V power supply making it suitable for worldwide use. The innovative NeoLED™ design offers larger apertures, allowing the optical system of the bScope® microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED™ is the low energy consumption, no heating and a long operating life span."},{"title":"KÖHLER ILLUMINATION","text":"A Köhler illumination ensures for all infinity corrected IOS models the highest possible contrast and the maximum achievable resolving power. Generates a uniform illumination of the sample and eliminates all interference from dust on lenses and side glare of the light source."},{"title":"CORDLESS USE","text":"The optional rechargeable batteries turn the bScope® into a cordless system for transmitted illumination."},{"title":"CSS – CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM","text":"Allows users to easily stow away excess cable length into the back of the instrument during operation and to roll up the power cable for easy storage."},{"title":"CARRYING GRIP","text":"The integrated carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures safe transportation of the microscope."},{"title":"ANTI-THEFT SLOT","text":"At the back of the microscope a Kensington Security Slot is placed, which can be used to secure the instrument from theft."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Smart styrofoam packaging ensures a low environmental footprint while maintaining maximum safety during transport. Supplied with power cord, dust cover, tools, a spare fuse, white filter, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"bScope with EPI-fluorescence 4 LED illumination (blue, green, violet and ultra-violet)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Trinocular","HWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces","Quintuple nosepiece Plan PLi 4/10/S40/ S100x","Quintuple nosepiece Plan Fluarex PLFi 4/10/S40/ S100x (1)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"BS.3153-PLi","values":["•","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"BS.3153-PLFi","values":["•","•","","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"achios-x-observer","name":"Achios-X Observer Series","description":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Life Science applications.","pageTitle":"Achios-X Observer Series","pageDescription":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Life Science applications. Experience optimal comfort and cutting-edge performance with the Achios-X Observer, an ergonomic masterpiece featuring a state-of-the-art optical system.","image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-observer.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Life Science applications.\nExperience optimal comfort and cutting-edge performance with the Achios-X Observer, an ergonomic masterpiece featuring a state-of-the-art optical system. Tailored to meet the demands of advanced Life Science applications such as cytology and anatomopathology.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-observer.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Extra Wide field WF 10x/22 mm, Ø 30 mm\n• Revolving quintuple or sextuple reversed nosepiece\n• Infinity corrected 60 mm achromatic Plan, Plan Phase objectives\n• Plan Semi-Apochromatic EIS objectives\n• Low positioned stage adjustment knobs\n• 3 W NeoLED with adjustable color temperature\n• Smart Light Control (SLC)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECE","text":"With an extended field of view of 22 mm, the Achios-X Observer proves its usefulness by reducing the need of moving the specimen over the stage, which is highly appreciated in demanding applications."},{"title":"HEADS","text":"An impressive line of heads to choose from: Apart from the standard Siedentopf trinocular with 30° inclined tubes, there is the optional ergonomic tilting head (0° - 35°), the face-to-face dual head and last but not least, multi-head systems with 2, 3 or 5 heads."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"The Achios-X Observer comes complete with a generously sized, hard coated, rackless mechanical stage, meticulously designed for enhanced safety. Free from any sharp edges protruding from the microscope's sides, this stage ensures a secure and worry-free experience. Suitable for two slides and allows single handed placement of slides."},{"title":"MEASUREMENTS","text":"• Stage 230x150 mm X-Y\n• Mechanical stage 78x54 mm"},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"Coarse 37.7 mm per rotation, fine 0.2 mm per rotation. Division 0.002 mm, range 30 mm."},{"title":"CONDENSERS","text":"Depending the configuration, the Achios-X Observer is supplied with.\n• Standard Abbe Condenser\n• Zernike phase condenser includes telescope and green filter\n• Swing-out Abbe Condenser\n• Dark field condenser (Dry)\n• Dark field condenser (Oil)"},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"The Köhler illumination of the Achios-X Observer provides the most uniformly illuminated and bright field of view."},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Experience the ease of an intuitive quintuple or an optional sixtuple nosepiece on ball-bearings, equipped with gripped ring for effortless and precise rotation."},{"title":"LIGHT AND COLOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL","text":"The Achios-X Observer introduces Smart Light Control. This intelligent function memorizes the light intensity level for each objective. The color temperature of the NeoLED light source can be adjusted and stored. This innovation not only heightens comfort but also saves valuable time during routine magnification shifts. The eco-friendly NeoLED light source is both environmentally conscious and built to endure."},{"title":"CSS – CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM","text":"Allows users to easily stow away excess cable length into the back of the instrument during operation and to roll up the power cable for easy storage."},{"title":"CARRYING GRIP","text":"The integrated carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures safe transportation of the microscope."},{"title":"NEOLED","text":"The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length in order to obtain four main benefits:\n• More oblique light from the NeoLED™ light source can be captured, which increases the light output significantly\n• Less energy is required to achieve this level of light intensity\n• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical system of the microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics\n• Super long life span, up to 50.000 hrs nominal, L70 norm"},{"title":"PACKAGING","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, screwdriver, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models supplied with a 100x objective."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Models","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Bino","Trino","Ergo","Eyepieces EW 10x/22 mm","Plan objectives 4/10/40 IOS","Plan objective 100x(oil) IOS","Plan Semi-Apo objectives 4/10/40 IOS","Plan Semi-Apo objective 100x(oil) IOS","Plan Phase objectives 10/20/40/100x(oil) IOS"],"specs":[{"parameter":"AX.1052-PLi","values":["•","","","•","•","","","",""]},{"parameter":"AX.1053-PLi","values":["","•","","•","•","","","",""]},{"parameter":"AX.1152-PLi","values":["•","","","•","•","•","","",""]},{"parameter":"AX.1153-PLi","values":["","•","","•","•","•","","",""]},{"parameter":"AX.1158-PLi","values":["","","•","•","•","•","","",""]},{"parameter":"AX.1052-APLi","values":["•","","","•","","","•","",""]},{"parameter":"AX.1053-APLi","values":["","•","","•","","","•","",""]},{"parameter":"AX.1152-APLi","values":["•","","","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"AX.1153-APLi","values":["","•","","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"AX.1158-APLi","values":["","","•","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"AX.1152-PLPHi","values":["•","","","•","","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"AX.1153-PLPHi","values":["","•","","•","","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"AX.1158-PLPHi","values":["","","•","•","","","","","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"achios-x-observer-metallurgical","name":"Achios-X Observer Metallurgical Series","description":"For advanced materials science applications.","pageTitle":"Achios-X Observer Metallurgical Series","pageDescription":"The ergonomic design and cutting-edge optics of the Achios-X Observer make it the perfect choice for advanced materials science applications. The Achios-X Observer delivers exceptional color fidelity and high-resolution imaging for precise and reliable observations for Materials science applications.","image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-observer-metallurgical.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"For advanced materials science applications.\nThe ergonomic design and cutting-edge optics of the Achios-X Observer make it the perfect choice for advanced materials science applications. With 22 mm field of view eyepieces, semi-plan apochromatic and plan apochromatic objectives, the Achios-X Observer delivers exceptional color fidelity and high-resolution imaging for precise and reliable observations for Materials science applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-observer-metallurgical.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Extra Wide field WF eyepieces 10x/22 mm, Ø 30 mm\n• Revolving quintuple reversed nosepiece\n• Brightfield and darkfield Epi illumination\n• Nomarski DIC (optional)\n• IOS Plan Semi-Apo and Plan Apo objectives\n• Low positioned stage adjustment knobs\n• Smart Light Control (SLC)\n• 3 W NeoLed with adjustable color temperature\n• 10 years warranty","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"EWF 10x/22 mm eyepiece, with diopter adjustment, Ø 30 mm."},{"title":"HEADS","text":"• Standard Siedentopf trinocular with 30° inclined tubes, with 50:50 beamsplitter\n• Ergonomic tilting head (0° - 35°) with 50:50 beamsplitter\n• Interpupillary distance 47-78 mm"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"• A quintuple nosepiece on ball-bearings, equipped with gripped ring\n• With 26 mm objectives mounting threads"},{"title":"OBJECTIVES - BRIGHTFIELD/DARKFIELD","text":"• Plan Semi apochromatic Infinity corrected 5/10/20x IOS objectives\n• Plan apochromatic Infinity corrected 50/100x IOS objectives\n* Optional. All objectives are IOS 45 mm parafocal and have a M26 mm mounting thread. All optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput\n\n• Plan Semi-Apo (PL-SAMi): 5x/0.15, WD 20 mm, 10x/0.30, WD 11 mm, 20x/0.45, WD 3.1 mm\n• Plan Apo (PL-AMi): 50x/0.80, WD 1 mm, 100x/0.90, WD 1 mm*"},{"title":"STAGE","text":"• 238 x 140 mm rackless hard coated stage with 78 x 54 mm X-Y mechanical stage\n• A glass inlay and a metal inlay"},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"Coarse travel 18 mm, fine adjustment 0.2 mm per rotation with 0.002 mm divisions."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"• The Achios-X Observer materials science microscope is equipped with adjustable Epi and Diascopic intensity adjustable 3 W NeoLED illumination\n• With external 100-240 Vac power supply\n• A rotating cassette allows quick selection between reflected darkfield/brightfield and transmitted brightfield"},{"title":"LIGHT AND COLOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL","text":"The Achios-X Observer introduces Smart Light Control. This intelligent function memorizes the light intensity level for each objective. The color temperature of the NeoLED light source can be adjusted and stored. This innovation not only heightens comfort but also saves valuable time during routine magnification shifts. The eco-friendly NeoLED light source is both environmentally conscious and built to endure."},{"title":"NeoLED","text":"The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length in order to:\n• collect more oblique light from the NeoLED™ light source, which increases the light output significantly\n• consume less energy for a higher level of light intensity\n• produce images at higher resolutions due to the larger aperture of the NeoLED™\n• achieve a longer life span, up to 50.000 hrs nominal, L70 norm"},{"title":"LONG WORKING DISTANCE CONDENSER","text":"In height adjustable long working distance N.A. 0.65 condenser with numerical aperture identification marks."},{"title":"POLARIZATION","text":"The microscope comes with an analyzer and a polarizer, which can easily be inserted into the free slots of the Epi-Illuminator."},{"title":"DIFFERENTIAL INTERFERENCE CONTRAST (DIC)*","text":"The DIC-module shows differences in height of structures, which - ordinarily - cannot be displayed using only brightfield technique. These relief-like images are ideal for surface inspections of wafers, LCD screens etc.\n* Optional"},{"title":"CSS – CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM","text":"Allows users to easily stow away excess cable length onto the back of the instrument during operation, and to roll up the power cable for easy storage."},{"title":"CARRYING GRIP","text":"The integrated carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures safe transportation of the microscope."},{"title":"PACKAGING","text":"Supplied with power cord, analyzer, polarizer, dust cover, a spare fuse, user manual and universal tool. All packed in a polystyrene box."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Achios-X Observer metallurgical","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Trinocular","Ergonomic head","Plan Semi Apo BD 5x/10x/20x objectives","Plan Apo BD 50x objective","Plan Apo BD 100x objective","3W NeoLED transmitted Köhler illumination","3W NeoLED reflected Köhler illumination","Differential Interference Contrast (DIC)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"AX.1053-APLMRi","values":["•","","•","•","o","•","•","o"]},{"parameter":"AX.1058-APLMRi","values":["","•","•","•","o","•","•","o"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["o - Optional"]}]}]},{"slug":"achios-x-observer-fluorescence","name":"Achios-X Observer Fluorescence Series","description":"State-of-the-art microscopes for routine Life Science applications.","pageTitle":"Achios-X Observer Fluorescence Series","pageDescription":"Experience optimal comfort and cutting-edge performance with the Achios-X Observer fluorescence, an ergonomic masterpiece featuring a 60 mm parfocal Enhanced Infinity optical system (EIS) for routine fluorescence applications.","image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-observer-fluorescence.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"State-of-the-art microscopes for routine Life Science applications.\nExperience optimal comfort and cutting-edge performance with the Achios-X Observer fluorescence, an ergonomic masterpiece featuring a 60 mm parfocal Enhanced Infinity optical system (EIS) for routine fluorescence applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-observer-fluorescence.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Extra Wide field WF eyepieces 10x/22 mm, Ø 30 mm\n• Smart Light Control (SLC)\n• Adjustable color temperature with transmitted 3 W NeoLED\n• LED fluorescence\n• Infinity corrected 60 mm Plan Semi-Apochromatic EIS objectives\n• Infinity corrected 60 mm Plan achromatic EIS objectives\n• Revolving quintuple or sextuple reversed nosepiece\n• Low positioned stage adjustment knobs\n• 10 years warranty","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"EWF 10x/22 mm eyepiece, with diopter adjustments on both tubes."},{"title":"HEADS","text":"• Standard Siedentopf trinocular with 30° inclined tubes\n• Ergonomic tilting head (0° - 35°)"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"• A quintuple or an optional sixtuple nosepiece on ball-bearings, equipped with gripped ring\n• With 25 mm objectives mounting threads"},{"title":"OBJECTIVES - EIS 60 mm PARFOCAL","text":"• Infinity corrected achromatic Plan EIS objectives*\n• Infinity corrected achromatic Plan Semi-Apochromatic EIS objectives*\n*M25 mounting thread"},{"title":"STAGE","text":"The Achios-X Observer comes complete with a generously sized, hard coated, rackless mechanical stage, meticulously designed for enhanced safety.\n• Free from any sharp edges protruding from the microscope's sides, this stage ensures a secure and worry-free experience\n• Suitable for two slides and allows single handed placement of slides\n• Stage, 230 x 150 mm X-Y and mechanical stage, 78 x 54 mm"},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Coarse 37.7 mm per rotation, fine 0.2 mm per rotation\n• Division 0.002 mm, range 30 mm"},{"title":"CONDENSERS","text":"Depending on the configuration, the Achios-X Observer fluorescence is supplied with a.\n• Standard Abbe condenser\n• Swing-out Abbe condenser"},{"title":"SMART LIGHT CONTROL","text":"The Achios-X Observer introduces Smart Light Control. This intelligent function memorizes the last used light intensity level for each objective. The color temperature of the NeoLED light source can be adjusted between 3200 and 6700K and stored. This innovation not only heightens comfort but also saves valuable time during routine magnification shifts. The eco-friendly NeoLED light source is both environmentally conscious and built to endure."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"The Köhler illumination of the Achios-X Observer provides the most uniformly illuminated and bright field of view."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION FOR FLUORESCENCE","text":"The fluorescence attachment of the Achios-X Observer™ is equipped with a 4-positions rotating mechanism that can be used to select between any of the 3 filter sets and brightfield (transmitted light). It is supplied with 3 dedicated LED sources to match the supplied fluorescence long pass filter sets for B, G and UV excitation.\nSupplied with UV shield and standard fluorescence filters sets for:\nAX.9745 Blue excitation @ 485 nm with long pass filter set (EX 460-495 DM 505 EM 510 LP)\nAX.9746 Green excitation @ 525 nm with long pass filter set (EX 510-550 DM 570 EM 575 LP)\nAX.9748 UV excitation @ 365 nm with long pass filter set (EX 330-385 DM 410 EM 420 LP)\nPower for fluorescence attachment is supplied by the microscope; no external power supply is required. Other more specific band pass optimized fluorescence filter sets are also available."},{"title":"OPTIONAL FLUORESCENCE FILTER SETS","text":"AX.9750.FITC FITC standard band pass filter set (EX 460-495 DM 505 EM 510-550).\nAX.9750.39002 FITC optimized band pass filter set (EX 465-495 DM505 EM 515-555).\nAX.9750.49000 FITC zero-shift optimized band pass filter set (EX 450-490 DM495 EM 500-550).\nAX.9750.49011 FITC zero-shift optimized band pass filter set (EX 460-500 DM 510 EM 510-560).\nAX.9750.DAPI DAPI band pass filter set (EX 360-390 DM 415 EM 435-485).\nAX.9750.39000 DAPI band pass filter set (EX 361-389 DM 415 EM435-485).\nAX.9750.49000 DAPI band pass filter set (EX 325-375 DM 400 EM435-485)."},{"title":"NeoLED","text":"The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length in order to obtain four main benefits:\n• More oblique light from the NeoLED™ can be captured, which increases the light output significantly\n• Less energy is required to achieve this level of light intensity\n• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical system of the microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics\n• Super long life span, up to 50.000 hrs nominal, L70 norm"},{"title":"CSS – CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM","text":"Allows users to easily stow away excess cable length into the back of the instrument during operation and to roll up the power cable for easy storage."},{"title":"CARRYING GRIP","text":"The integrated carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures safe transportation of the microscope."},{"title":"PACKAGING","text":"Supplied with power cord, orange protection shield, dust cover, screwdriver, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models supplied with a 100x objective."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Achios-X Observer fluorescence","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","Ergo head","Eyepieces EW 10x/22 mm","Plan PLI EIS objectives 4/10/40/100x (oil)","Plan Semi-Apo PL-SAFI EIS Fluarex objectives 4/10/40/100x (oil) IOS","LED Fluorescence Blue, Green, UV"],"specs":[{"parameter":"AX.3152-PLi","values":["•","","","•","•","","• ¹⁾"]},{"parameter":"AX.3153-PLi","values":["","•","","•","•","","• ¹⁾"]},{"parameter":"AX.3158-PLi","values":["","","•","•","•","","• ¹⁾"]},{"parameter":"AX.3152-APLi","values":["•","","","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"AX.3153-APLi","values":["","•","","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"AX.3158-APLi","values":["","","•","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["¹⁾ PLi objectives are not suitable for UV LED because high absorption of UV light and the objectives will be damaged over time"]}]}]},{"slug":"delphi-x-observer","name":"Delphi-X Observer Series","description":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Life Science applications.","pageTitle":"Delphi-X Observer Series","pageDescription":"The outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer with 25 mm fields of view and the high numerical aperture of the Plan 60 mm parafocal EIS objectives enables perfect observations and colour rendering at high resolving power. This is the perfect microscope for anatomo-pathologists.","image":"/images/euromex-delphi-x-observer.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Life Science applications.\nThe outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer with 25 mm fields of view and the high numerical aperture of the Plan 60 mm parafocal EIS objectives enables perfect observations and colour rendering at high resolving power. This is the perfect microscope for anatomo-pathologists.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-delphi-x-observer.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Trinocular model\n• Sextuple reversed nosepiece with slot for optional DIC prism(s)\n• Super Wide field SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces, Ø 30 mm tubes\n• Enhanced infinity corrected EIS optical system\n• Ergonomic tilting head\n• 60 mm parafocal Plan EIS objectives\n• 60 mm parafocal Plan Semi-Apochromatic EIS objectives\n• 3 W NeoLED™ illumination\n• 100 W halogen illumination\n• Face-to-face dual head system\n• Multihead systems\n• Motorized versions","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"• Super Wide field SWF 10x/25 mm, Ø 30 mm tubes \n• Extended Wide Field EWF 10x/22 mm, Ø 30 mm tubes"},{"title":"STANDARD HEAD","text":"Siedentopf trinocular with 30° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. The trinocular standard head has an optical path selector (100:0 / 80:20 / 0:100). Diopter adjustment on both eyepieces."},{"title":"ERGONOMIC TILTING HEAD","text":"Optional ergonomic 0 to 35° tilting trinocular head supplied with SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance between 47-78 mm and photo tube with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube. The trinocular tilting head has an optical path selector (100:0 / 80:20 / 0:100). Diopter ± 5 adjustments on both eyepieces."},{"title":"MULTIHEAD SYSTEM","text":"The Delphi-X Observer can be extended with a unique multihead system for in total 2, 3, 5 or 10 heads allowing simultaneous observation of specimens. The central attachment is equipped with a trinocular head and with a joystick to move a green or red laser pointer across the entire field of views of all heads.\nThe multihead systems with two, three or five heads and 30° inclined tubes are supplied with Super wide field SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces. The multihead systems with ten heads and 30° inclined tubes have the trinocular main head equipped with Super wide field SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces and the other nine binocular heads with Extended wide field EWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces. The ten-head system is supplied without the iCare sensor.\nOrder references:\nDX.2156-xxx/10 (10 head version is only available with a 100 W halogen illumination); DX.1156-xxx/n (NeoLED™ versions). n = total number of heads. xxx = objectives PLi, APLi or PLPHi."},{"title":"FACE-TO-FACE DUAL HEAD SYSTEM","text":"The Delphi-X Observer™ can be supplied with one trinocular and one binocular head in a face-to-face configuration allowing simultaneous observation by two operators. The main trinocular head is equipped with Super wide field SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces and the second head with EWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces. A joystick enables the operator to move a green or red laser pointer across the entire field of view of both heads.\nOrder reference: \nDX.2154-xxx (100 W halogen versions) or DX.1154-xxx (NeoLED™ versions). xxx = objectives PLi, APLi or PLPHi."},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving sextuple reversed nosepiece on ball-bearings with M25 objectives mounting threads and with slot for optional DIC prism(s)."},{"title":"MOTORISED NOSEPIECE","text":"The Delphi-X Observer™ can be supplied with a motorized revolving sextuple reversed nosepiece. A precise step-motor allows the user to switch from objective by a simple push on a button. Another button allows quick switching between two preselected objectives. Standard with this nosepiece comes a motorized condenser."},{"title":"ENHANCED INFINITY SYSTEM (EIS)","text":"The enhanced infinity system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer™ consists of Super wide field SFWF 10x25 mm eyepieces, high numerical aperture 60 mm parafocal objectives and a 200 mm focal length tube lens. The 200 mm focal length tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing the optics and as a direct result improving significantly the chromatic aberration corrections and contrast. The objectives with larger diameter enable much higher numerical apertures improving the overall resolving power of the optical system.\nFor all these reasons the Delphi-X Observer™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications."},{"title":"PLAN ACHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (clinical routine laboratories)","text":"The Delphi-X Observer™ is standard supplied with Plan Achromatic 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S40x/0.65 and S100x/1.25 oil immersion infinity corrected EIS objectives.\n\n(Optional: 2x/0.06 working distance 7.5 mm, S50x/0.95 (oil immersion) working distance 0.19 mm and S60x/0.80 working distance 0.30 mm)."},{"title":"PLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC OBJECTIVES (anatomo- and histopathology laboratories)","text":"The Delphi-X Observer™ can also be supplied with Plan Semi-Apochromatic Fluarex 4x/0.13, 10x/0.30, 20x/0.50, S40x/0.75 and S100x/1.30 (oil immersion) infinity corrected EIS objectives."},{"title":"PLAN PHASE CONTRAST OBJECTIVES","text":"Plan Phase EIS 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, s40x/0.65 and s100x/1.25 (oil immersion) infinity corrected EIS objectives."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"• 190 x 152 mm stage with 80 x 54 mm integrated right-handed mechanical stage\n• Designed for 2 slides\n• Comes with robust and scratch-resistant Gorilla glass\n• Left-handed mechanical stage available on request \n\n(Order reference: Add -L to product number). \n(Optional: Sapphire glass available on request)."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustment, 100 graduations, 1 µm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range is approximately 35 mm\n• Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives\n• The coarse adjustments are equipped with friction control\n• The focusing knobs can be switched from left to right according to the user’s preference"},{"title":"CONDENSER (for brightfield)","text":"In height adjustable N.A. 0.90/1.25 Abbe swing-out condenser with numerical aperture identification marks. Models with a motorized nosepiece are supplied with a motorized condenser that automatically flips out the front lens of the condenser when the 4x objective is used."},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR DIFFERENTIAL INTERFERENCE CONTRAST (DIC) AND BRIGHTFIELD","text":"An optional in height adjustable disc condenser for DIC and brightfield can be equipped with several primary DIC prisms to be used with sliders with secondary DIC prisms to be placed in the nosepiece."},{"title":"CONDENSER (for phase contrast)","text":"In height adjustable N.A. 1.25 Zernike phase contrast condenser with phase annuli for 10/20/40x and S100x-oil objectives. To be used with the phase contrast objectives."},{"title":"DIASCOPIC ILLUMINATIONS","text":"Two Köhler illuminations are available for the Delphi-X Observer microscope:\n• Diascopic intensity adjustable 3 W NeoLED™ Köhler illumination with internal 100-240 V power supply\n• Diascopic intensity adjustable 100 W halogen Köhler illumination with internal 100-240 V power supply\nThe diascopic halogen illumination comes with two push-in/push-out neutral density filters for smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all kind of samples and with one Light Balancing Daylight filter. The diascopic NeoLED™ illumination comes with a frosted diffuse filter."},{"title":"LIGHT INTENSITY MEMORY FUNCTION","text":"LIM automatically saves preferred brightness while changing magnifications. It eliminates the need for adjusting lamp brightness when changing magnification. This allows maintaining preferred brightness at each magnification, thus improving user efficiency significantly and reducing eye strain. Standard on all models with a motorized nosepiece; for other models see ordering instructions.\nFor ordering automatic light intensity memory function — example: DX.1153-PLi = DX.1153-PLi/LIM model but with automatic light control."},{"title":"NeoLED™","text":"The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length in order to obtain three main benefits:\n• More oblique light from the LED lightsource can be captured, which increases the light output significantly\n• Less energy is required to achieve this level of light intensity\n• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical systems of the microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics"},{"title":"ICARE SENSOR","text":"The unique iCare Sensor is developed to avoid unnecessary loss of energy. The illumination of the microscope automatically switches off shortly after microscopists step away from their position."},{"title":"CARRYING GRIP","text":"The carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures safe transportation of the microscope and the integrated tool & holder makes sure the right tool is always available."},{"title":"STORAGE","text":"Storage case AE.9914-D."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES","text":"• Plan (PLi): 2x/0.06*, 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S40x/0.65, S50x/0.95 oil*, S60x/0.80*, S100x/1.25 oil, S100x/1.25 oil iris*\n• Plan Phase (PLPHi): 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S40x/0.65, S100x/1.25 oil\n• Plan Semi-Apo (PLi Apo): 4x/0.13, 10x/0.30, 20x/0.50, S40x/0.75, S100x/1.30 oil"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil. LED versions come with a white and yellow filter and halogen models come with a blue filter. All packed in a polystyrene box."},{"title":"CONFIGURATIONS","text":"The Delphi-X Observer microscope is also available as fluorescence model."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Models with Trinocular (Ergonomic Tilting) Head","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Ergonomic tilting head","SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces","Sextuple nosepiece","Plan 4/10/20/S40 EIS objectives","Plan S100x oil EIS objective","Plan Semi-Apo 4/10/20/S40/S100x oil EIS objectives","Plan Phase 10/20/S40/S100x oil EIS objectives","3 W NeoLED™ Köhler","100 W 24 V halogen Köhler"],"specs":[{"parameter":"DX.1053-PLi","values":["","•","•","•","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1153-PLi","values":["","•","•","•","•","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1158-PLi","values":["•","•","•","•","•","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1153-APLi","values":["","•","•","","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1158-APLi","values":["•","•","•","","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1153-PLPHi","values":["","•","•","","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1158-PLPHi","values":["•","•","•","","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.2053-PLi","values":["","•","•","•","","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2153-PLi","values":["","•","•","•","•","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2158-PLi","values":["•","•","•","•","•","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2153-APLi","values":["","•","•","","","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2158-APLi","values":["•","•","•","","","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2153-PLPHi","values":["","•","•","","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2158-PLPHi","values":["•","•","•","","","","•","","•"]}]},{"title":"Face-to-face Dual Head Systems","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Total users","Trinocular head SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces","Binocular head SWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces","Sextuple nosepiece","Plan 4/10/20/S40/S100x oil EIS objectives","Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex 4/10/20/S40/S100x oil EIS objectives","Plan Phase 10/20/S40/S100x oil EIS objectives","3 W NeoLED™ Köhler","100 W 24 V halogen Köhler"],"specs":[{"parameter":"DX.1154-PLi","values":["2","1x","1x","•","•","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1154-APLi","values":["2","1x","1x","•","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1154-PLPHi","values":["2","1x","1x","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.2154-PLi","values":["2","1x","1x","•","•","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2154-APLi","values":["2","1x","1x","•","","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2154-PLPHi","values":["2","1x","1x","•","","","•","","•"]}]},{"title":"Multihead Systems","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Total users","Trinocular head SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces","Number of binocular heads","Binocular head SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces","Sextuple nosepiece","Plan 4/10/20/S40/S100x oil EIS objectives","Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex 4/10/20/S40/S100x oil EIS objectives","Plan Phase 10/20/S40/S100x oil EIS objectives","3 W NeoLED™ Köhler","100 W 24 V halogen Köhler"],"specs":[{"parameter":"DX.1156-PLi/2","values":["2","1x","1","•","•","•","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1156-PLi/3","values":["3","1x","2","•","•","•","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1156-PLi/5","values":["5","1x","4","•","•","•","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1156-PLi/10","values":["10","1x","9 *","","•","•","","","• **",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1156-APLi/2","values":["2","1x","1","•","•","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1156-APLi/3","values":["3","1x","2","•","•","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1156-APLi/5","values":["5","1x","4","•","•","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1156-APLi/10","values":["10","1x","9 *","","•","","•","","• **",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1156-PLPHi/2","values":["2","1x","1","•","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1156-PLPHi/3","values":["3","1x","2","•","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1156-PLPHi/5","values":["5","1x","4","•","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1156-PLPHi/10","values":["10","1x","9 *","","•","","","•","• **",""]},{"parameter":"DX.2156-PLi/2","values":["2","1x","1","•","•","•","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2156-PLi/3","values":["3","1x","2","•","•","•","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2156-PLi/5","values":["5","1x","4","•","•","•","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2156-PLi/10","values":["10","1x","9 *","","•","•","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2156-APLi/2","values":["2","1x","1","•","•","","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2156-APLi/3","values":["3","1x","2","•","•","","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2156-APLi/5","values":["5","1x","4","•","•","","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2156-APLi/10","values":["10","1x","9 *","","•","","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2156-PLPHi/2","values":["2","1x","1","•","•","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2156-PLPHi/3","values":["3","1x","2","•","•","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2156-PLPHi/5","values":["5","1x","4","•","•","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2156-PLPHi/10","values":["10","1x","9 *","","•","","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* The model with 9 binocular heads (10 users) is supplied with EWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n** Supplied with 10 W NeoLED™ Köhler, without iCare sensor ","","","","","","","","",""]}]},{"title":"Motorized Models","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Ergonomic tilting head","SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces","Sextuple nosepiece","Plan 4/10/20/S40/S100x oil EIS objectives","Plan semi-apo 4/10/20/S40/S100x oil EIS objectives","3 W NeoLED™ Köhler","100 W 24 V halogen Köhler"],"specs":[{"parameter":"DX.1173-PLi","values":["","•","•","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1178-PLi","values":["•","•","•","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1173-APLi","values":["","•","•","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.1178-APLi","values":["•","•","•","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.2173-PLi","values":["","•","•","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2178-PLi","values":["•","•","•","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2173-APLi","values":["","•","•","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.2178-APLi","values":["•","•","•","","•","","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"delphi-x-observer-metallurgical","name":"Delphi-X Observer materials science (Metallurgical) Series","description":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Materials Science applications.","pageTitle":"Delphi-X Observer materials science (Metallurgical) Series","pageDescription":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Materials Science applications. The ergonomic design and outstanding state-of-the-art objectives make the Delphi-X Observer the ideal microscope for advanced Materials application. ","image":"/images/euromex-delphi-x-observer-metallurgical.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Materials Science applications.\nThe ergonomic design and outstanding state-of-the-art objectives make the Delphi-X Observer the ideal microscope for advanced Materials application. The 25 mm field of view of the eyepieces and the plan apochromatic objectives enable observations with perfect color rendering at high resolving power.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-delphi-x-observer-metallurgical.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Brightfield and Darkfield illumination\n• Nomarski DIC (optional)\n• Infinity Optical System (IOS)\n• High contrast BD objectives with minimal aberrations\n• Full Apo, Semi-Apo and Plan BD objectives\n• Super Wide field SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces\n• 100 W halogen illumination\n• Sextuple reversed nosepiece with slot for DIC\n• Many ergonomic solutions","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"• Super Wide field SWF 10x/25 mm, Ø 30 mm tubes\n• Extended Wide Field EWF 10x/22 mm, Ø 30 mm tubes (optional)"},{"title":"STANDARD HEAD","text":"Siedentopf trinocular with 30° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. The trinocular standard head has an optical path selector (100:0 / 80:20 / 0:100). Diopter adjustment on both eyepieces."},{"title":"ERGONOMIC TILTING HEAD","text":"Optional ergonomic 0 to 35° tilting trinocular head supplied with SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance between 47-78 mm and photo tube with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube. The trinocular tilting head has an optical path selector (100:0 / 80:20 / 0:100). Diopter ± 5 adjustments on both eyepieces."},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving sextuple reversed nosepiece on ball-bearings with 26 mm objectives mounting threads."},{"title":"INFINITY OPTICAL SYSTEM (IOS)","text":"The infinity optical system (IOS) of the Delphi-X Observer™ consists of Super wide field SFWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces, high numerical aperture 45 mm parafocal objectives and a 200 mm focal length tube lens. The 200 mm focal length tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and as a direct result improving significantly the chromatic aberration corrections and contrast. The objectives with larger diameter enable much higher numerical apertures improving the overall resolving power of the optical system.\nFor all these reasons the Delphi-X Observer™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"• Large 215 x 170 mm stage with 105 x 105 mm integrated right-handed mechanical stage\n• Stage height can be changed to sample size or can be lowered by one inch for user ergonomics using the optional nose piece lowering attachment (DX.9887)"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE LOWERING ATTACHMENT","text":"The nosepiece lowering attachment lowers the height of the revolver with 40 mm which allows the stage to be used in the 40 mm lower position as well (DX.9887)."},{"title":"EYE-LEVEL RISER","text":"The eye-level riser can raise the eye-point height by 25.4 mm at one time (DX.9885)."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"Coaxial coarse and fine adjustment, 100 graduations, 1 µm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range is approximately 35 mm. Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives. The coarse adjustments are equipped with friction control. The focusing knobs can be switched from left to right according to the user's preference."},{"title":"LONG W.D. CONDENSER","text":"In height adjustable long working distance N.A. 0.65 condenser (10.2 mm) with numerical aperture identification marks allows easy setting."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"The Delphi-X Observer materials science microscope is equipped with Epi and Diascopic intensity adjustable 100 W halogen illumination with internal 100-240 Vac power supply. The diascopic halogen illumination comes with two push-in/push-out neutral density filters for attenuation of the light intensity for all kinds of samples and one Light Balancing Daylight filter (LBD).\nThe microscope comes standard with an analyzer and a polarizer which can easily be inserted into the free slots into the Epi-Illuminator for high quality polarized images. Further a rotating cassette is implemented for quick changing between darkfield, brightfield and dimmed brightfield."},{"title":"NOMARSKI DIC (optional)","text":"With the redesign of the DIC-module visualization of height differences which normally cannot be displayed using brightfield techniques has greatly improved. These relief like images are ideal for surface inspections of wafers, LCD screens etc.\n(photo: Revolver with slot for Nomarski DIC slider)."},{"title":"CARRYING GRIP","text":"The carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures safe transportation of the microscope and the integrated tool and holder makes sure the right tool is always available."},{"title":"STORAGE","text":"AE.9914-D"},{"title":"OBJECTIVES","text":"• Plan Semi-Apo (SAMi): 5x/0.15, 10x/0.30, 20x/0.45\n• Plan Apo (PLAMi): 50x/0.80, 100x/0.90*\n• Plan (PLMi): 2x/0.06*"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse, user manual and universal tool. All packed in a polystyrene box."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Delphi-X Observer materials science (metallurgical)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Fixed 30 degree Siedentopf head","Ergonomic tilting head","SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces","Plan Semi-Apochromatic BD 5x/0.15, 10x/0.30 and 20x/0.45 objectives*","Plan Apochromatic BD 50x/0.80 objective*","Plan Apochromatic BD 100x/0.90 objective*","100 W 24 V transmitted halogen Köhler illumination","100 W 24 V reflected halogen Köhler illumination","Differential interference Contrast (DIC)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"DX.2053-PLMRi","values":["•","","•","•","•","o","•","•","o"]},{"parameter":"DX.2058-PLMRi","values":["","•","•","•","•","o","•","•","o"]},{"parameter":"DX.2053-PLMi","values":["•","","•","•","•","o","","•","o"]},{"parameter":"DX.2058-PLMi","values":["","•","•","•","•","o","","•","o"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Infinity corrected\no - Optional","","","","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"delphi-x-observer-polarization","name":"Delphi-X Observer Polarization Series","description":"For materials science — state-of-the-art microscopes for advanced materials science applications.","pageTitle":"Delphi-X Observer Polarization Series","pageDescription":"For materials science. State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced materials science applications. The ergonomic design and outstanding state-of-the-art objectives make the Delphi-X Observer the ideal microscope for advanced materials application.","image":"/images/euromex-delphi-x-observer-polarization-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced materials science applications.\n\nThe ergonomic design and outstanding state-of-the-art objectives make the Delphi-X Observer the ideal microscope for advanced materials application. The 25 mm field of view of the eyepieces and the plan apochromatic objectives enable observations with perfect color rendering at high resolving power.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-delphi-x-observer-polarization-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Brightfield and polarization\n• 360° rotatable analyzer and polarizer\n• Bertrand lens for conoscopic observation\n• Enhanced infinity corrected EIS optical system\n• High contrast objectives with minimal aberrations\n• Plan (Semi-)Apo strain free EIS or Plan objectives\n• Super wide field SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces\n• 100 W halogen illumination\n• Quintuple nosepiece","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"• Super wide field SWF 10x/25 mm, Ø 30 mm tubes\n• Extended wide field EWF 10x/22 mm, Ø 30 mm tubes (optional)"},{"title":"THREE EXTRA EYEPIECES FOR TRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION","text":"• Super wide field SWF 10x/25 eyepiece with crosshairs with micrometer scale for Ø 30 mm tubes\n• Super wide field SWF 10x/25 eyepiece with crosshairs for Ø 30 mm tubes\n• Super wide field SWF 10x/25 eyepiece with 20 x 20 grid for Ø 30 mm tubes"},{"title":"THREE EXTRA EYEPIECES FOR REFLECTED ILLUMINATION","text":"• Super wide field SWF 10x/22 eyepiece with crosshairs with micrometer scale for Ø 30 mm tubes\n• Super wide field SWF 10x/22 eyepiece with crosshairs for Ø 30 mm tubes\n• Super wide field SWF 10x/22 eyepiece with 20 x 20 grid for Ø 30 mm tubes"},{"title":"STANDARD HEAD","text":"Siedentopf trinocular with 30° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. The trinocular standard head has an optical path selector (100:0 / 80:20 / 0:100). Diopter adjustment on both eyepieces."},{"title":"ERGONOMIC TILTING HEAD","text":"Optional ergonomic 0 to 35° tilting trinocular head supplied with SWF 10x/25 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance between 47-78 mm and photo tube with a standard Ø 23.2 mm tube. The trinocular tilting head has an optical path selector (100:0 / 80:20 / 0:100). Diopter ± 5 adjustments on both eyepieces."},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving quintuple reversed nosepiece on ball-bearings with centering screws for objectives."},{"title":"ENHANCED INFINITY SYSTEM (EIS)","text":"The enhanced infinity system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer™ consists of super wide field SFWF 10x25 mm eyepieces, high numerical aperture 45 mm parfocal objectives. This tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and as a direct result significantly improves the chromatic aberration corrections and contrast. The objectives with larger diameter enable much higher numerical apertures improving the overall resolving power of the optical system.\nFor all these reasons the Delphi-X Observer™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"Diameter 190 mm circular stage. 360° Rotatable with Vernier and two object clamps and an optional 30 x 30 mm X-Y mechanical stage."},{"title":"CONDENSER","text":"Height adjustable Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser with iris diaphragm and 360° rotatable polarizer."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"Coaxial coarse and fine adjustment, 100 graduations, 1 µm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range is approximately 35 mm. Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives. The coarse adjustments are equipped with friction control. The focusing knobs can be switched from left to right according to the user's preference."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"The Delphi-X Observer materials science microscope for polarization applications is equipped with epi and diascopic intensity adjustable 100 W halogen illumination with internal 100-240 Vac power supply. The diascopic halogen illumination comes with two push-in/push-out neutral density filters for smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all kinds of samples."},{"title":"POLARIZATION","text":"Supplied with 360° rotatable polarization filter, analyzer, Bertrand lens, 1 λ first red plate, 1/4 λ retardation plate, a quartz wedge."},{"title":"REFLECTED ILLUMINATION ATTACHMENT","text":"Up to six observation modules can be placed in the rotating structure. Comes with brightfield and brightfield with ND filter positions."},{"title":"ICARE SENSOR","text":"The unique iCare Sensor is developed to avoid unnecessary loss of energy. The illumination of the microscope automatically switches off shortly after microscopists step away from their position."},{"title":"CARRYING GRIP","text":"The carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures safe transportation of the microscope and the integrated tool and holder make sure the right tool is always available."},{"title":"STORAGE","text":"AE.9914-D"},{"title":"OBJECTIVES","text":"• Plan Semi-apo PL-SAPOLRi (2)strain-free: 5x/0.15, WD 20 mm, 10x/0.30,WD 11 mm, 20x/0.45,WD 3.0 mm\n• Plan Apo PL-APOLRi (2)strain-free: 50x/0.80,WD 1 mm, 100x/0.90 (1)WD 1 mm\n• Plan PL-POLi (BF/POL) (3)strain-free: 4x/0.10,WD 20 mm, 10x/0.25,WD 10.2 mm, 20x/0.40,WD 12 mm, 40x/0.65,WD 0.7 mm, 50x/0.95, (1)WD 0.19 mm, 100x/1.25 (1)WD 0.2 mm"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse, user manual and universal tool. All packed in a polystyrene box."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Delphi-X Observer polarization","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Fixed 30° Siedentopf head","Ergonomic tilting head","PL-POLi 4x/0.10 / 10x/0.25 / 20x/0.40 / S40x/0.65 objectives","PL-POLi 50x/0.95 / S100x/1.25 objectives","PL-SAPOLRi 5x/0.15 / 10x/0.30 / 20x/0.45 objectives","PL-APOLRi 50x/0.80 objective","PL-APOLRi S100x/0.90 objective","100 W 12 V halogen Köhler illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"DX.2053-PLPOLRi","values":["•","","","","•","•","o","R and T*"]},{"parameter":"DX.2058-PLPOLRi","values":["","•","","","•","•","o","R and T*"]},{"parameter":"DX.2053-PLPOLi","values":["•","","•","o","","","","T*"]},{"parameter":"DX.2058-PLPOLi","values":["","•","•","o","","","","T*"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* R = reflected, T = transmitted\no - Optional","","","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"delphi-x-observer-fluorescence","name":"Delphi-X Observer Fluorescence Series","description":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Life Science fluorescence applications.","pageTitle":"Delphi-X Observer Fluorescence Series","pageDescription":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Life Science fluorescence applications. The outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer makes it ideal for Life Science fluorescence applications where a high performance optical system is required. ","image":"/images/euromex-delphi-x-observer-fluorescence-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Life Science fluorescence applications. The outstanding optical performance of the Delphi-X Observer makes it ideal for Life Science fluorescence applications where a high performance optical system is required. The 22 mm fields of view of the Super wide field eyepieces and the high numerical aperture of the Plan Fluarex 60 mm parafocal EIS objectives enable perfect observations and color rendering at high resolving power.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-delphi-x-observer-fluorescence-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Trinocular model\n• Ergonomic tilting head\n• Standard super wide field SWF 10x/22 mm, Ø 30 mm tubes\n• Sextuple reversed nosepiece\n• Enhanced infinity corrected EIS optical system\n• 60 mm parafocal Plan EIS objectives\n• 60 mm parafocal Plan Semi-Apochromatic EIS objectives\n• M25 mm objective thread mounting\n• 100 W HBO or LED fluorescence illumination\n• 3 W NeoLED™ or 100 W halogen diascopic illumination","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Standard super wide field SWF 10x/22 mm, Ø 30 mm tubes."},{"title":"STANDARD HEAD","text":"Siedentopf trinocular head with 30° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 47 and 78 mm. Three position beamsplitter (0:100/ 80:20 / 100:0). Diopter ± 5 adjustments on both eyepieces."},{"title":"ERGONOMIC TILTING HEAD","text":"Optional ergonomic 0 to 35° tilting trinocular head supplied with SWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces, interpupillary distance 47-78 mm and photo tube with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube."},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving sextuple reversed nosepiece on ball-bearings."},{"title":"ENHANCED INFINITY SYSTEM (EIS)","text":"The enhanced infinity system (EIS) of the Delphi-X Observer™ consists of Super wide field SFWF 10x22 mm eyepieces, high numerical aperture 60 mm parafocal objectives and a 200 mm focal length tube lens. The 200 mm focal length tube lens reduces the angle of the light rays passing through the optics and as a direct result improving significantly the chromatic aberration corrections and contrast of the images produced. The objectives have a larger diameter enabling a much higher numerical aperture, thus improving the overall resolving power of the optical system.\nFor all these reasons the Delphi-X Observer™ offers superior optical performance for the most demanding applications."},{"title":"PLAN ACHROMATIC EIS OBJECTIVES (clinical routine applications)","text":"The Delphi-X Observer™ is standard supplied with Plan Achromatic 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S40x/0.65 and S100x/1.25 (oil immersion) infinity corrected EIS objectives.\nAvailable as an option: 2x/0.06, S50x/0.95 (oil immersion) and S60x/0.80."},{"title":"PLAN SEMI-APOCHROMATIC FLUAREX OBJECTIVES (anatomo- and histopathology applications)","text":"The Delphi-X Observer™ can also be supplied with Plan Semi-Apochromatic 4x/0.13, 10x/0.30, 20x/0.50, S40x/0.75 and S100x/1.30 (oil immersion) infinity corrected EIS objectives."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"190 x 152 mm stage with 80 x 54 mm integrated right-handed mechanical stage. Designed for 2 slides. Standard supplied with scratch-resistant Gorilla glass. Sapphire scratch-resistant glass is available on request. Left-handed mechanical stage is available on request."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"Coaxial coarse and fine adjustment, 100 graduations, 1 µm precision, 100 μm per rotation, total travel range is approximately 35 mm. Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives. The coarse adjustments are equipped with friction control. The focusing knobs can be switched from left to right according to the user's preference."},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR BRIGHTFIELD","text":"In height adjustable N.A. 0.90/1.25 Abbe swing-out condenser with numerical aperture identification marks."},{"title":"100 W HBO ILLUMINATION FOR FLUORESCENCE","text":"The Delphi-X Observer can be configured with a rotating carousel which can contain up to six filter cubes and supplied with a 100 W HBO mercury vapor light source for a broad powerful light spectrum.\nSupplied with standard fluorescence filters sets for Blue excitation (EX460-490 DM500 EM520LP) and Green excitation (EX510-550 DM570 EM575LP), UV shield and external power supply.\nOther more specific and optimized application-related fluorescence filter sets are also available."},{"title":"LED ILLUMINATION FOR FLUORESCENCE","text":"The Delphi-X Observer can also be configured with two different LED systems for fluorescence:\n• LE.6400 LED source with 365, 470, 525 and 630 nm LED's with the standard 6-positions attachment and the 2 standard filter sets AE.9746 (Green) and AE.9745 (Blue excitation)\n• Integrated 4-positions LED attachment (DX.9200-LED) supplied with three 365, 485 and 525 nm LED's and three standard filter sets AE.9748 (UV), AE.9746 (Green) and AE.9745 (Blue excitation)"},{"title":"STANDARD GENERAL PURPOSE FLUORESCENCE FILTER SETS","text":"Supplied with standard fluorescence filter sets for blue excitation (EX460-495 DM505 EM510LP) and green excitation (EX510-550 DM570 EM575LP), UV shield and external power supply. Optional: fluorescence filter sets for UV excitation (EX330-385 DM400 EM420LP) and violet excitation (EX400-410 DM455 EM460LP). On special request, the microscope can also be supplied with optimized, and zero-pixel shift optimized filter sets."},{"title":"DIASCOPIC ILLUMINATIONS","text":"Two Köhler illuminations are available for the Delphi-X Observer™ microscope:\n• Diascopic intensity adjustable 3 W NeoLED™ Köhler illumination with internal 100-240 V power supply\n• Diascopic intensity adjustable 100 W halogen Köhler illumination with internal 100-240 V power supply\nThe diascopic halogen illumination comes with 2 push-in/push-out neutral density filters for smooth attenuation of the light intensity for all kind of samples. The diascopic NeoLED™ illumination comes with one frosted diffuse filter."},{"title":"ICARE SENSOR","text":"The unique iCare Sensor is developed to avoid unnecessary loss of energy. The illumination of the microscope automatically switches off shortly after microscopists step away from their position."},{"title":"CARRYING GRIP","text":"The carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures safe transportation of the microscope and the integrated tool & holder makes sure the right tool is always available."},{"title":"STORAGE","text":"AE.9914-D"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Delphi-X Observer for fluorescence with trinocular (ergonomic tilting) head","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Standard trinocular","Ergonomic tilting head","SWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces","Plan 4/10/20/S40/S100x oil EIS objectives","Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex 4/10/20/S40/S100x oil EIS objectives","3 W NeoLED™ Köhler illumination","100 W Halogen Köhler illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"DX.3153-PLi","values":["•","","•","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.3158-PLi","values":["","•","•","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.3153-APLi","values":["•","","•","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.3158-APLi","values":["","•","•","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"DX.3153-PLi/HAL","values":["•","","•","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.3158-PLi/HAL","values":["","•","•","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.3153-APLi/HAL","values":["•","","•","","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"DX.3158-APLi/HAL","values":["","•","•","","•","","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"iscope","name":"iScope Series","description":"The iScope is available in various configurations suitable for Life and Biomedical Sciences, high schools, universities but also for routine medical applications.","pageTitle":"iScope Series","pageDescription":"The iScope is available in various configurations suitable for Life and Biomedical Sciences, high schools, universities but also for routine medical applications. iScope models with multi-heads are also available for teaching purposes.","image":"/images/euromex-iscope.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The iScope is available in various configurations suitable for Life and Biomedical Sciences, high schools, universities but also for routine medical applications.\n\nBesides the brightfield contrast method, configurations for phase contrast, cardioid mirror darkfield, basic polarization and several epi- illumination sources for fluorescence applications can be used. iScope models with multi-heads are also available for teaching purposes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-iscope.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• EWF 10x/22 mm and EWF 10x/20 mm eyepieces\n• Binocular and trinocular models\n• Smart Light Control (SLC) system available\n• Multihead and face-to-face dual head systems\n• Optional tilting head\n• Quintuple reversed nosepiece\n• Phase contrast and darkfield illumination\n• 187/230 x 140 mm rackless stage\n• 3 W NeoLED™ Köhler illumination\n• iCare sensor for energy saving\n• Provided with APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)\n• CSS - Cable Storage System","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"• Extended Wide Field EWF plan 10x eyepieces with 20 mm field of view and adjustable diopter on the left eyepiece for finity corrected systems (Ø 23.2 mm tube. Tube length 160 mm)\n• Extended Wide Field HWF plan 10x eyepieces with 22 mm field of view and adjustable diopter on both eyepieces for infinity corrected IOS plan and plan phase systems and adjustable diopter on the left tube for EPLi systems (Ø 30 mm tube. Tube length 200 mm)"},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf type heads with 30° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance from 48 to 76 mm.\n• The trinocular head of the Plan infinity corrected models (IS.1153-PLi) has an optical path selector (100:0 / 50:50) and ± 5 diopter adjustments on both Ø 30 mm tubes\n• The trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity corrected models (IS.1153-EPLi) has a fixed built-in beamsplitter (50:50) and ± 5 diopter adjustment on the Ø 30 mm left tube\n• The trinocular head of the E-plan finite models (IS.1153-EPL) has a fixed built-in 50:50 beamsplitter and one ± 5 diopter adjustment on the Ø 23.2 mm left tube\n• A unique rotating system allows the ergonomic positioning of both tubes in a high (431 mm) and in a low position (397 mm)\n• The trinocular head comes with a Ø 23.2 mm photo port"},{"title":"ERGONOMICAL TILTING HEAD","text":"Optional ergonomic 5 to 35° tilting head, interpupillary distance 48-75 mm and optional photo attachment with standard Ø 23.2 mm tube (only infinity corrected models and not suitable for multi head systems)."},{"title":"MULTIHEAD SYSTEM","text":"The iScope® can be extended with a unique multihead system for in total two, three or five heads, allowing simultaneous observation of specimens. The central attachment is equipped with a joystick to move a green and red laser pointer across the entire field of view of all heads. Configurations with one, two or four additional viewing binocular heads, 30° inclined tubes and plan 4x, 10x, S40x, S100x oil immersion infinity corrected IOS objectives. All heads are equipped with extended wide field plan EWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces (references: IS.1156-PLi-x, x = total number of heads)."},{"title":"FACE-TO-FACE DUAL HEAD SYSTEM","text":"• The iScope® can be supplied with two heads in a face-to-face configuration allowing simultaneous observation by two operators\n• The 30 mm diameter tubes of the head are equipped with EWF 10x/20 mm eyepieces\n• The main binocular head has one diopter adjustment, the second head has two adjustments\n• Only available for the model with plan infinity corrected objectives (IS.1154-PLi/T)\n• The face-to-face head is equipped with a 2-color laser pointer"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving quintuple reversed nosepiece for max. five objectives."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"The iScope can be equipped with 2 types of stages (designed for 2 slides):\n• 156 x 138 mm stage equipped with integrated 79 x 52 mm X-Y mechanical stage\n• 187/230 x 140 mm rackless stage equipped with double slide holder and integrated 79 x 52 mm X-Y mechanical stage. The iScope rackless stage has no protruding parts, enables more smooth movements and is safer\nThe iScope can be supplied with a heating stage which can be set up to 50° Celsius by a PID temperature controller. Only available with new purchased microscopes. Higher temperatures can be achieved on special request."},{"title":"CONDENSER WITH PHASE CONTRAST SLIDER","text":"There is a choice of two optional NA. 1.25 phase contrast condenser sets with phase contrast sliders and plan phase contrast objectives. The first version comes with plan phase 10x and S40x objectives with matching slider, the second version comes with plan phase 20x and S100x oil immersion objectives. Available for iScope 160mm and IOS infinity versions.\nAll sets are supplied with centering telescope and green opaque filter."},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR BRIGHTFIELD","text":"The standard height adjustable Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser for brightfield accepts sliders with phase annuli suitable for plan phase 10x/20x or S40x/S100x oil immersion IOS objectives for economical phase contrast. With magnification indication. A slider with a simple dark stop for darkfield up to 400x magnification is also available."},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR ZERNIKE PHASE CONTRAST","text":"An optional height adjustable Zernike NA. 1.25 phase contrast disc condenser with plan phase 10/20/S40x and S100x oil immersion objectives and darkfield stop position for darkfield contrast up to 400x magnification. Supplied with alignment telescope and green filter."},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR DARKFIELD","text":"A state-of-the-art condenser equipped with reflective cardioid mirrors, a high powered 3 W LED and a S100x objective with built-in iris diaphragm enable a real 1000x magnification darkfield solution."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments, 200 graduations, 1 μm per graduation, 200 μm per rotation, total travel range is approximately 24 mm. Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives. The coarse adjustments are equipped with friction control."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"3 W adjustable NeoLED diascopic illumination with internal 100-240 V power supply for brightfield and phase contrast models.\nThe innovative NeoLED design offer larger apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED is the low energy consumption, no heating and a long operating lifetime.\nThe Köhler illumination on models with IOS plan and plan phase infinity corrected system provides high contrast and a maximum achievable resolving power of the optics. Also available for other models as option."},{"title":"SMART LIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM","text":"• The Smart Light Control (SLC) automatically memorises the last used illumination intensity brightness for each individual objective. When switching from one objective to another the SLC system remembers intensity when you return to that objective. Simply rotate the nosepiece to the next objective and the SLC will instantly adjust the illumination intensity to your desired level\n• Light intensity can be locked to stop intensity changing by simply pressing the control button twice\n• The LCD screen at the front of the microscope informs the user of the magnification and light intensity settings of the microscope, as well as the sleep and locking modes when activated\n• Push the button once to enter/leave sleep mode and push the button twice to enter/leave lock mode"},{"title":"ICARE SENSOR","text":"The unique iCare Sensor is developed to avoid unnecessary loss of energy. The illumination of the microscope automatically switches off shortly after microscopists step away from their position."},{"title":"CSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM","text":"iScope allows users to easily insert the power cable into the back of the instrument, which enables easy storage. The integrated carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures safe transportation of the microscope."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES","text":"• E-Plan EPL: 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40*, S40x/0.65, S100x/1.25 oil\n• E-Plan EPLi IOS: 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, S40x/0.65, S100x/1.25 oil\n• Plan PLi IOS: 2x/0.05, 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40*, S40x/0.65, S60x/0.85*, S100x/1.25 oil\n• Plan phase PLPH: 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S40x/0.65, S100x/1.25 oil\n• Plan phase PLPHi IOS: 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S40x/0.65, S100x/1.25 oil"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models with S100x objective. All packed in polystyrene boxes."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"iScope for Life Science (160 mm Finite Optical System)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","Phase contrast","EWF 10x20 mm","E-plan 4x/10x/ 40x/100x objectives","Plan phase 10x/20x/40x/100x objectives","Mechanical stage (156 x 138 mm)","iCare Sensor"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.1152-EPL","values":["•","","","•","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1153-EPL","values":["","•","","•","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1152-PLPH","values":["•","","•","•","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1153-PLPH","values":["","•","•","•","","•","•","•"]}]},{"title":"iScope for Life Science (infinity ergonomic tilting head)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Photo attachement","Phase contrast","EWF 10x22 mm","E-plan IOS 4x/10x/ 40x/100x objectives","Plan IOS 4x/10x/ 40x/100x objectives","Plan phase IOS 10x/20x/40x/100x objectives","Mechanical rackless stage (187/230 x 140 mm)","iCare Sensor","Köhler LED"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.1158-EPLi","values":["•","","","•","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"IS.1159-EPLi","values":["•","•","","•","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"IS.1158-PLi","values":["•","","","•","","•","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1159-PLi","values":["•","•","","•","","•","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1158-PLPHi","values":["•","","•","•","","","•","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1159-PLPHi","values":["•","•","•","•","","","•","•","•","•"]}]},{"title":"iScope for Life Science (infinity models)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","Phase contrast","EWF 10x22 mm","E-plan IOS 4x/10x/ 40x/100x objective","Plan IOS 4x/10x/ 40x/100x objectives","Plan phase IOS 10x/20x/40x/100x objectives","Mechanical rackless stage (187/230 x 140 mm)","iCare Sensor","Köhler LED"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.1152-EPLi","values":["•","","","•","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"IS.1153-EPLi","values":["","•","","•","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"IS.1152-PLi","values":["•","","","•*","","•","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1153-PLi","values":["","•","","•*","","•","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1152-PLPHi","values":["•","","•","•*","","","•","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1153-PLPHi","values":["","•","•","•*","","","•","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Two tubes with diopter adjustments","","","","","","","","",""]}]},{"title":"iScope for Life Science with Smart Light Control (SLC) - (infinity models)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Bino","Trino","EWF 10x22 mm","E-plan IOS 4x/10x/ 40x/100x objectives","Plan IOS 4x/10x/ 40x/100x objectives","Mechanical rackless stage","iCare Sensor","Köhler LED"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.1152-EPLi/SLC","values":["•","","•","•","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"IS.1153-EPLi/SLC","values":["","•","•","•","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"IS.1152-PLi/SLC","values":["•","","•*","","•","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1153-PLi/SLC","values":["","•","•*","","•","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Two tubes with diopter adjustments","","","","","","",""]}]},{"title":"iScope for Life Science (multihead systems)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Total users","Binocular","Trinocular","EWF 10x22 mm","Plan IOS 4x/10x/ 40x/100x objectives","Mechanical rackless stage (187/230 x 140 mm)","iCare sensor","Köhler LED"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.1156-PLi2","values":["2","1x","•","•","•","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1156-PLi3","values":["3","2x","•","•","•","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1156-PLi5","values":["5","4x","•","•","•","•","•","•"]}]},{"title":"iScope for Life Science (face-to-face dual head system)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Total users","Binocular EWF 10x/20 mm","Trinocular EWF 10x/20 mm","Plan IOS 4x/10x/ 40x/100x objectives","Mechanical rackless stage (187/230 x 140 mm)","iCare sensor","Köhler LED"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.1154-PLi/T","values":["2","1x","1x","•","•","•","•"]}]},{"title":"iScope for Life Science (darkfield contrast application)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Trinocular","Darkfield","EWF 10x20 mm","EWF 10x22 mm","E-plan 4x/10x/ 40x/100x objectives*","Plan IOS 4x/10x/ 40x/100x objectives*","Mechanical rackless stage","iCare sensor","Köhler LED"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.1153-PLi/DFi","values":["•","•","","•","","•","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1153-EPL/DF","values":["•","•","•","","•","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Models for darkfield observation IS.1152-PLi/DF and IS.1153-PLi/DF are supplied with a state-of-the-art condenser equipped with reflective cardioid mirrors and a high powered 3 W LED. Together with a S100x objective with built-in iris diaphragm real 1000x magnification darkfield solution can be achieved. All other specifications are identical to models IS.1152-PLi and IS.1153-PLi","","","","","","","",""]}]},{"title":"iScope for Life Science (Digi-head)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Bino","Trino","EWF","Plan IOS 4x/10x/ 40x/100x objectives","Mechanical rackless stage","iCare Sensor","Köhler LED"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.1152-Pli+IS.DIGI-ADD","values":["•","•","•","•","•","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"iscope-materials-science-metallurgical","name":"iScope materials science (Metallurgical) Series","description":"Microscopes for materials science applications have the specific objectives and other tools like incident illuminations, polarization and compensation filters.","pageTitle":"iScope materials science (Metallurgical) Series","pageDescription":"Microscopes for materials science applications have the specific objectives and other tools like incident illuminations, polarization and compensation filters. This allows precise observation of materials like metals, plastics, minerals, asbestos, glass, wood and chemical materials.","image":"/images/euromex-iscope-materials-science-metallurgical.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Microscopes for materials science applications have the specific objectives and other tools like incident illuminations, polarization and compensation filters. This allows precise observation of materials like metals, plastics, minerals, asbestos, glass, wood and chemical materials. Euromex offers a range of metallurgical microscopes, microscopes with rotatable stages and stain-free objectives for polarized light observation, microscopes for asbestos identification and inverted materials science microscopes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-iscope-materials-science-metallurgical.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Trinocular model\n• EWF 10x/20 mm eyepieces\n• Reversed quintuple revolving nosepiece\n• Infinity corrected IOS objectives\n• 150 x 140 mm stage, supplied with a plain metal and plain glass insert\n• Diascopic 3 W NeoLED Köhler illumination\n• Epi-NeoLED illumination\n• iCare sensor for energy saving\n• Provided with APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)\n• CSS - Cable Storage System","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECE(S)","text":"The metallurgical models are supplied with extended EWF 10x/20 mm (Ø 30 mm tube) eyepieces."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Trinocular Siedentopf type head with 30° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance from 48 to 76 mm. Two ± 5 diopter adjustments. A unique rotating system allows the ergonomical positioning of both tubes in a high (431 mm) and in a low position (397 mm). The trinocular head's 23.2 mm tube fits optional photo C-mount adapters with built-in 0.33x or 0.5x objective."},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving quintuple reversed nosepiece on ball bearings."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"150 x 140 mm stage. Supplied with a plain metal and plain glass insert."},{"title":"STANDARD CONDENSERS","text":"Standard height adjustable Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser with iris diaphragm. Suitable for slider with darkfield stop for magnifications up to maximum 400x. Optional height adjustable Abbe N.A. 0.9/1.25 swing-out condenser with iris diaphragm."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments, 200 graduations, 1 μm per graduation, 200 μm per rotation, total travel approximately 24 mm and is supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives. The coarse adjustment is equipped with friction control."},{"title":"REFLECTED ILLUMINATION","text":"Metallurgical models are equipped with a reflected NeoLED illumination and external 100-240 V power supply. Supplied with a 0-90° polarization filter in slider, analyser in slider and a white, green, blue, yellow filter in slider."},{"title":"TRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION","text":"3 W adjustable NeoLED diascopic illumination with internal 100-240 V power supply for brightfield."},{"title":"ICARE SENSOR","text":"The unique iCare Sensor is developed to avoid unnecessary loss of energy. The illumination of the microscope automatically switches off shortly after microscopists step away from their position."},{"title":"CSS – CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM","text":"iScope allows users to easily insert the power cable into the backside of the instrument, which enables easy storage. The integrated carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures the safe transportation of the microscope."},{"title":"CONFIGURATIONS","text":"The iScope microscope is available in many configurations and can be upgraded with a variety of contrast types."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES","text":"• Plan PLMi IOS: 5x/0.10, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S50x/0.65, S100x/0.80 (1)"},{"title":"PACKAGING","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, spare fuse where available and user manual. All packed in polystyrene boxes."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"iScope (metallurgical)","columnLabel":"Model","specVariants":["Trinocular","EWF 10x/20 mm","Plan PLMi 5x/10x/20x/S50x IOS objectives (1)","Mechanical rackless stage (150 x 140 mm)","Abbe condenser","Köhler 3 W LED","Metallurgical attachment with NeoLED epi-illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.1053-PLMi","values":["•","•","•","•","•","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"iscope-materials-science-asbestos","name":"iScope materials science (Asbestos) Series","description":"Microscopes for materials science applications have the specific objectives and other equipment like incident illuminations, polarization and compensation filters.","pageTitle":"iScope materials science (Asbestos) Series","pageDescription":"Microscopes for materials science applications have the specific objectives and other equipment like incident illuminations, polarization and compensation filters. This allows precise observation of materials like metals, plastics, minerals, asbestos, glass, wood and chemical materials.","image":"/images/euromex-iscope-materials-science-asbestos.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Microscopes for materials science applications have the specific objectives and other equipment like incident illuminations, polarization and compensation filters. This allows precise observation of materials like metals, plastics, minerals, asbestos, glass, wood and chemical materials. Euromex offers a range of metallurgical microscopes, microscopes with rotatable stages and stain-free objectives for polarized light observation, microscopes for asbestos identification and inverted materials science microscopes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-iscope-materials-science-asbestos.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Binocular and trinocular models\n• HWF 12.5/15 mm eyepieces\n• Reversed quintuple revolving nosepiece\n• Infinity corrected IOS objectives\n• 216 x 150 mm mechanical rackless stage\n• Integrated 79 x 52 mm mechanical stage\n• Diascopic 3 W NeoLED Köhler illumination\n• iCare sensor for energy saving\n• Provided with APL (Anti-bacterial Protection Layer)\n• CSS - Cable Storage System","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Supplied with HWF 12.5x/15 mm (Ø 30 mm tube) eyepieces, one includes a Walton-Beckett reticle."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf type heads with 30° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance from 48 to 76 mm\n• Two ± 5 diopter adjustments\n• A unique rotating system allows the ergonomical positioning of both tubes in a high (431 mm) and in a low position (397 mm)\n• The trinocular head 23.2 mm tube fits optional photo C-mount adapters with built-in 0.33x/0.35x, 0.5x or 0.75x objective"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving quintuple reversed nosepiece on ball bearings."},{"title":"STAGES","text":"The iScope® rackless stage has no protruding parts, enables more smooth movements and is safer working."},{"title":"CONDENSER","text":"Height adjustable Abbe 1.25 phase contrast condenser supplied with slider with 10/40 annuli, green filter and alignment telescope."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments, 200 graduations, 1 μm per graduation, 200 μm per rotation, total travel approximately 24 mm and is supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives\n• The coarse adjustment is equipped with friction control"},{"title":"ICARE SENSOR","text":"• The unique iCare Sensor is developed to avoid unnecessary loss of energy\n• The illumination of the microscope automatically switches off shortly after microscopists step away from their position"},{"title":"CSS – CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM","text":"• iScope® allows users to easily insert the power cable into the backside of the instrument, which enables easy storage\n• The integrated carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures the safe transportation of the microscope"},{"title":"OBJECTIVES","text":"• Plan PLi IOS: 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.401), PLPHi S40x/0.65, S60x/0.851), S100x/1.251)"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with green filter, phase centering telescope, power cord, dust cover, spare fuse where available and user manual. All packed in polystyrene boxes."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"iScope (asbestos research)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","HWF 12.5x/15 mm","HWF 12.5x/15 mm, with Walton-Bracket","Plan PLi 4/10x objectives *","Plan phase PLPHi S40x objectives","Phase contrast condenser","Mechanical rackless stage","iCare Sensor","Köhler LED"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.1052-PLAi","values":["•","","•","•","•","•","•","187/230 x 140 mm","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1053-PLAi","values":["","•","•","•","•","•","•","187/230 x 140 mm","•","•"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Cover glass correction","","","","","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"iscope-materials-science-polarization","name":"iScope materials science (Polarization) Series","description":"Microscopes for materials science applications have the specific objectives and other tools like incident illuminations, polarization and compensation filters.","pageTitle":"iScope Materials Science materials science (Polarization) Series","pageDescription":"Microscopes for materials science applications have the specific objectives and other tools like incident illuminations, polarization and compensation filters. This allows precise observation of materials like metals, plastics, minerals, asbestos, glass, wood and chemical materials.","image":"/images/euromex-iscope-materials-science-polarization.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Microscopes for materials science applications have the specific objectives and other tools like incident illuminations, polarization and compensation filters. This allows precise observation of materials like metals, plastics, minerals, asbestos, glass, wood and chemical materials. Euromex offers a range of metallurgical microscopes, microscopes with rotatable stages and stain-free objectives for polarized light observation, microscopes for asbestos identification and inverted materials science microscopes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-iscope-materials-science-polarization.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• EWF 10x/20 mm and EWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n• Binocular and trinocular models\n• Reversed quadruple revolving nosepiece\n• Plan strain free infinity corrected objectives\n• Ø 160 mm rotatable round stage\n• Epi-illumination 50 W\n• iCare sensor for energy saving\n• Provided with APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)\n• CSS - Cable Storage System","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Polarization models are supplied with EWF 10x/22 mm or EWF 10x/20 mm (Ø 30 mm tubus) eyepieces, one eyepiece with crosshairs and one eyepiece with crosshairs and micrometer. Specific models for identifying asbestos have an HWF 12.5x/15 mm (Ø 30 mm tubus) eyepiece and an HWF 12.5x/15 mm eyepiece with Walton-Beckett scale."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf type heads with 30° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance from 48 to 76 mm\n• Two ± 5 diopter adjustments\n• A unique rotating system allows the ergonomical positioning of both tubes in a high (431 mm) and in a low position (397 mm)\n• The trinocular head has a 23.2 mm photo tube. This fits all C-mount adapters supplied with Euromex cameras"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving quadruple reversed nosepiece on ball bearings."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"360° Rotating Ø 160 mm graduated stage with two object clamps. An optional 30 x 40 mm X-Y mechanical stage is available."},{"title":"CONDENSER","text":"Height adjustable Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser with iris diaphragm and 360° - swing out - rotatable polarizer."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments, 200 graduations, 1 μm per graduation, 200 μm per rotation, total travel approximately 24 mm and is supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives. The coarse adjustment is equipped with friction control."},{"title":"TRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION","text":"• Intensity adjustable 3 W Köhler NeoLED™ illumination with internal 100-240 V power supply\n• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical systems of the iScope® microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits for choosing the NeoLED™ are the low energy consumption, no heating and a long operating lifetime\n• The Köhler diaphragm provides homogeneous illumination and high contrast\n• Polarisation models with transmitted light only are supplied with: 360° rotatable polarization filter, 360° rotatable analyzer with 180 increments and nonius for 0.2 degree readout, Bertrand lens (build-in), 1 λ first red and 1/4 λ retardation plate, a quartz wedge, 45 mm green and blue filters for lamp house"},{"title":"REFLECTED ILLUMINATION (PLPOLRi models only)","text":"• Equipped with a 50 W 12 V halogen epi-illumination and external 100-240 V power supply\n• Supplied with 360° rotatable polarization filter, 360° rotatable analyzer with 180 increments and nonius for 0.2 degree readout, Bertrand lens (build-in), 1 λ first red plate, 1/4 λ retardation plate, a quartz wedge, sliders with green/blue and white/neutral density filter. 45 mm green and blue filters for lamp house"},{"title":"ICARE SENSOR","text":"The unique iCare Sensor is developed to avoid unnecessary loss of energy. The illumination of the microscope automatically switches off shortly after microscopists step away from their position."},{"title":"CSS – CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM","text":"iScope® allows users to easily insert the power cable into the back of the instrument, which enables easy storage."},{"title":"CONFIGURATIONS","text":"The iScope microscope is available in many configurations and can be upgraded with a variety of contrast types."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES","text":"• Plan PLPOLi IOS1: 5x/0.12, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S40x/0.65, 60x/0.85 3, S100x/1.25 3\n• Plan PLPOLRi IOS2: 5x/0.12, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, 50x/0.75, S100x/0.80 3"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with power cord, tension control tool, dust cover, spare fuse and user manual. All packed in polystyrene boxes."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"iScope polarization","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Bino","Trino","EWF 10x/20 mm","EWF 10x/22 mm","EWF 10x/20 mm with crosshair","EWF 10x/22 mm with crosshair","EWF 10x/20 mm with crosshair and micrometer reticle","EWF 10x/22 mm with crosshair and micrometer reticle","Plan PLPOLi 5x/10x/20x/S40x IOS objectives *","Plan PLPOLRi 5x/10x/20x/S50x IOS objectives *","Ø160 mm stage, 360° rotatable","Condenser with graduated 360° polarizer","Transmitted illumination Köhler LED","50W 12V halogen epi-illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.1052-PLPOLi","values":["•","","","•","","•","","•","•","","•","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"IS.1053-PLPOLi","values":["","•","","•","","•","","•","•","","•","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"IS.1052-PLPOLRi","values":["•","","•","","•","","•","","","•","•","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.1053-PLPOLRi","values":["","•","•","","•","","•","","","•","•","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Strain free objectives","","","","","","","","","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"iscope-fluorescence","name":"iScope Fluorescence Series","description":"For biological and medical applications, fluorescence microscopes are used to observe certain parts of living cells and tissues with the help of fluorophores.","pageTitle":"iScope Fluorescence Series","pageDescription":"For biological and medical applications fluorescence microscopes are used to observe certain parts of living cells and tissues with help of fluorophores. One or more fluorophores are added to the parts of the specimen to be observed. ","image":"/images/euromex-iscope-fluorescence.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"For biological and medical applications fluorescence microscopes are used to observe certain parts of living cells and tissues with help of fluorophores. One or more fluorophores are added to the parts of the specimen to be observed. When the fluorophores are exposed to so-called excitation light, the excitation energy is absorbed by the fluorophore that start emitting so-called emission light that can be observed by the microscope. One can distinguish tumor cells from other cells, follow biological processes or prove the presence or absence of antibodies, etc.\nThe excellent optics and mechanical components make the iScope a state-of-the-art microscope that is suitable for fluorescence applications in Life Science and Biotechnical fields.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-iscope-fluorescence.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• HWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n• Binocular and trinocular models\n• Optional ergonomic tilting head\n• Quintuple revolving nosepiece\n• E-plan, plan and plan Fluarex IOS corrected objectives\n• 187/230 x 140 mm rackless stage with integrated X-Y stage\n• Diascopic intensity adjustable 3 W NeoLED Köhler illumination\n• Epi-fluorescence 100 W HBO mercury vapor\n• Blue and Green LED fluorescence\n• iCare sensor for energy saving\n• State-of-art microscope\n• Excellent optics\n• Suitable for fluorescence applications\n• CSS - Cable Storage System\n• Provided with APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Extended EWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces, Ø 30 mm tubes. Eyepieces can be secured to the tubes. The trinocular head of the Plan infinity corrected models (PLi and PLFi) has a light path selector (100:0 / 50:50) and ± 5 diopter adjustments on both tubes.\nThe trinocular head of the E-Plan infinity corrected models (EPLi) has a fixed built-in light path beamsplitter (50:50) and ± 5 diopter adjustment on the left tube."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf type heads with 30° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance from 48 to 76 mm\n• A unique rotating system allows the ergonomical positioning of both tubes in a high (431 mm) and in a low position (397 mm)\n• The trinocular head has a 23.2 mm photo tube. This fits all C-mount adapters supplied with Euromex cameras"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving quintuple reversed nosepiece on ball bearings."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"187/230 x 140 mm rackless stage equipped with double slide holder and integrated 79 x 52 mm mechanical stage. The iScope® rackless stage has no protruding parts, enabling more smooth movements and is safer."},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR BRIGHTFIELD","text":"The standard height adjustable Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser for brightfield with magnification indication. Also accepts sliders with phase annuli suitable for plan phase 10x/20x or S40x/ S100x oil immersion IOS objectives for economical phase contrast. A slider with a simple dark stop for darkfield up to 400x magnification is also available for this condenser."},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR ZERNIKE PHASE CONTRAST","text":"An optional height adjustable Zernike NA. 1.25 phase contrast disc condenser with darkfield stop position for darkfield contrast observation up to 400x magnification and plan phase 10/20/S40x and S100x oil immersion PLPHi IOS objectives."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments, 200 graduations, 1 μm per graduation, 200 μm per rotation, total travel range is approximately 24 mm. Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives. The coarse adjustments are equipped with friction control."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"3 W adjustable Köhler NeoLED diascopic illumination with internal 100-240 V power supply.\nThe innovative NeoLED design offers larger apertures, allowing the optical system of the iScope microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics. Other benefits of the NeoLED is the low energy consumption, no heating and a long operating lifetime.\nThe Köhler illumination on models with IOS plan and plan phase infinity corrected system provides high contrast and a maximum achievable resolving power of the optics. Also available for other models as an option."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION FOR FLUORESCENCE","text":"The 6-position rotating and 3-position slider fluorescence attachments are supplied with:\n• A 100 W HBO mercury vapor light source for broad powerful light spectrum. Including a 100-240 V external power supply with indication of the life span of the HBO bulb\n• Standard fluorescence filters sets for blue excitation (EX460-490 (BP) DM500 EM520 (LP)) and green excitation (EX510-550 (BP) DM570 EM580 (LP)) and a UV protection shield\nThe iScope® fluorescence microscopes equipped with a 100 W mercury vapor light source can be supplied with more specific, optimized and application related fluorescence filters sets."},{"title":"LED ILLUMINATION FOR FLUORESCENCE","text":"Two LED sources for fluorescence are available for 4 or 9 excitation wavelengths. See our product LE.6400."},{"title":"STANDARD GENERAL PURPOSE FLUORESCENCE FILTER SETS","text":"IS.9745 - Blue excitation filter set EX: 460-490 nm bandpass DM: 500 nm EM: 520 nm longpass.\nIS.9746 - Green excitation filter set EX: 510-550 nm bandpass DM: 570 nm EM: 580 nm longpass.\nIS.9748 - UV excitation filter set EX: 330-385 nm bandpass DM: 400 nm EM: 420 nm longpass.\nIS.9747 - Violet excitation filter set EX 400-410 nm bandpass DM 455 nm EM 455 nm longpass."},{"title":"ICARE SENSOR","text":"The unique iCare Sensor is developed to avoid unnecessary loss of energy. The illumination of the microscope automatically switches off shortly after microscopists step away from their position."},{"title":"CSS - CABLE STORAGE SYSTEM","text":"iScope allows users to easily insert the power cable into the back of the instrument, which enables easy storage. The integrated carrying grip at the back of the microscope ensures safe transportation of the microscope."},{"title":"CONFIGURATIONS","text":"The iScope microscope is available in many configurations and can be upgraded with a variety of contrast types."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES","text":"• E-Plan EPLi IOS: 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, S40x/0.65, S100x/1.25 oil\n• Plan PLi IOS: 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40*, S40x/0.65, S60x/0.85*, S100x/1.25 oil\n• Plan PLFi IOS: 4x/0.13, 10x/0.30, 20x/0.50*, S40x/0.75, S100x/1.30 oil"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models with S100x objective. Models with 100 W mercury vapor light source have a UV protection shield. All packed in polystyrene boxes."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"iScope for fluorescence (6-positions rotating attachment)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Trinocular","WF 10x/22 mm","Diopter adjustable on left tube","Diopter adjustable on both tubes","E-plan EPLi 4x/10x/S40x and S100x objectives","Plan PLi 4x/10x/S40x and S100x objectives","Plan PLFi 4x/10x/S40 and S100x objectives","100 W HBO light source","Filter sets (blue&green)","NeoLED illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.3153-EPLi/6","values":["•","•","•","","•","","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.3153-PLi/6","values":["•","•","","•","","•","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.3153-PLFi/6","values":["•","•","","•","","","•","•","•","•"]}]},{"title":"iScope for fluorescence (3-positions slider attachment)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Trinocular","WF 10x/22 mm","Diopter adjustable on both tubes","Plan PLi 4x/10x/S40x and S100x objectives","Plan PLFi 4x/10x/S40x and S100x objectives","100 W HBO light source","Filter sets (blue&green)","NeoLED illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"IS.3153-PLi/3","values":["•","•","•","•","","•","•","•"]},{"parameter":"IS.3153-PLFi/3","values":["•","•","•","","•","•","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"oxion","name":"Oxion Series","description":"The Oxion series has been designed with all kind of Life Sciences applications and great durability in mind.","pageTitle":"Oxion Series","pageDescription":"The Oxion series has been designed with all kind of Life Sciences applications and great durability in mind. This resulted in a modern, robust and high level microscope for everyday use, equipped with excellent optical and mechanical components.","image":"/images/euromex-oxion.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Oxion series has been designed with all kind of Life Sciences applications and great durability in mind. This resulted in a modern, robust and high level microscope for everyday use, equipped with excellent optical and mechanical components. Specific attention to production methods resulted also in an excellent price/performance ratio.\nThe microscopes of the Oxion series are dedicated to professionals in Life Sciences applications, laboratories of universities or research centers, but also for routine medical applications and veterinary medicine. Besides the brightfield contrast method, configurations with darkfield contrast or simple polarization can be used.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-oxion.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• HWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n• Bino and trino systems\n• Optional tilting head\n• Reversed nosepiece for 5 objectives\n• Semi plan and plan IOS objectives\n• 150 x 140 mm stage\n• Abbe condenser\n• 3 W LED illumination for brightfield applications\n• Ergonomical stand and head\n• 10 years warranty","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"• HWF 10X/22 mm eyepieces with ± 5° diopter adjustements on both eyepieces\n• All eyepieces can be secured with an Allen screw"},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf type heads with 30° inclined tubes\n• Interpupillary distance from 50 to 75 mm\n• A unique rotating system allows an ergonomical positioning of both tubes in an upper (431 mm) and in a lower position (397 mm)\n• An ergonomic tilting head is also available (OX.5700-ADD)"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Reversed nosepiece for a maximum of five objectives on ball bearings."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES - IOS INFINITY CORRECTED SYSTEM","text":"• Semi plan 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, S40x/0.65 and S100x/1.25 oil immersion IOS objectives\n• Plan 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, S40x/0.65 and S100x/1.25 oil immersion IOS objectives standard, optional 20x/0.40 and S60x/0.85 objectives\n• Plan phase contrast S40x/0.65 and S100x/1.25 oil immersion IOS objectives\n• Plan semi apochromatic Fluarex 10x/0.25, S40x/0.65 and S100x/1.25 oil immersion IOS objectives standard, optional 20x/0.50 objectives\nAll S40x, S60x and S100x oil immersion objectives are spring loaded. All optics have an anti-reflection coating for maximum light throughput and are anti-fungus treated."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"Equipped with double slide holder.\n• 150 x 140 mm stage with integrated 76 x 50 mm X-Y mechanical stage\n• The Oxion can be supplied with a heating stage with PID temperature controller which can be set up to 50° Celsius (Only available for new microscopes)"},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR BRIGHTFIELD","text":"• Height adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm\n• A darkfield stop in slider can be inserted in the condenser for darkfield contrast up to 400x magnification (optional)"},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments, 200 graduations, 1 μm per graduation, 200 μm per rotation, total travel approximately 28 mm\n• Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives\n• The coarse adjustments are equipped with friction control"},{"title":"ILLUMINATION FOR BRIGHTFIELD","text":"• All models are supplied with a 3 W adjustable NeoLED™ illumination with integrated 100-240 V power supply\n• Köhler illumination with field diaphragm"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"• Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models with a S100x objective\n• All packed in a polystyrene box"}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Oxion","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","Plan 4x/10x/S40x IOS objectives","Plan S100x oil objective","Plan semi Apo Fluarex 4x/10x/S40x IOS objectives","Plan semi apo Fluarex S100x oil IOS objectives"],"specs":[{"parameter":"OX.3030","values":["•","","•","•","",""]},{"parameter":"OX.3035","values":["","•","•","•","",""]},{"parameter":"OX.3065","values":["","•","","","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"oxion-materials-science","name":"Oxion materials science Series","description":"The microscopes of the Oxion materials science series are specifically designed for the observation of many types of materials in research laboratories of unive.","pageTitle":"Oxion materials science Series","pageDescription":"The microscopes of the Oxion materials science series are specifically designed for the observation of many types of materials in research laboratories of universities or professionals in industrial research centers.","image":"/images/euromex-oxion-materials-science.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The microscopes of the Oxion materials science series are specifically designed for the observation of many types of materials in research laboratories of universities or professionals in industrial research centers.\nThanks to the high resolution optics and state-of-the-art components, these microscopes can be widely used for routine and fundamental applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-oxion-materials-science.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Trinocular models\n• HWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n• Reversed quintuple nosepiece\n• Plan M-IOS objectives\n• Transmitted 3 W NeoLED illumination\n• Reflected 3 W NeoLED illumination\n• Polarization and analyzer filters","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"HWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces. All eyepieces can be secured."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Trinocular Siedentopf head with 30° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance from 48 to 75 mm. Diopter ± 5 diopter adjustment on both eyepieces. A unique rotating system allows the ergonomical positioning of both tubes in an upper (431 mm) and in a lower position (397 mm)."},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Reversed nosepiece for a maximum of 5 objectives on ball bearings."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES (IOS - Infinity Corrected System)","text":"Standard configurations equipped with infinity corrected DIN long working distance LWD plan M-IOS 5x/0.14, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40 and LWD plan semi apochromatic M-IOS 50x/0.55 and 100x/0.80 objectives."},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments, 200 graduations, 1 μm per graduation, 200 μm per rotation, total travel approximately 28 mm\n• Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives. The coarse adjustments are equipped with friction control"},{"title":"STAGE","text":"• 180 x 145 mm stage with integrated mechanical 78 x 45 mm X-Y stage\n• Is supplied with plain metal and plain glass inserts"},{"title":"CONDENSER (for transmitted illumination)","text":"Height adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm and filter holder."},{"title":"TRANSMITTED ILLUMINATION","text":"All models are supplied with 3 W adjustable NeoLED illumination with integrated 100-240 V power supply. Köhler illumination with field diaphragm."},{"title":"REFLECTED EPI-ILLUMINATION","text":"Intensity adjustable 3 W NeoLED Köhler illumination with external 110-240 V power supply. Push-pull type 90° rotatable polarizer and fixed analyzer. Built-in condenser with field and aperture iris diaphragm. Oblique lighting feature. Supplied with blue and green filter."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse and user manual. All packed in a polystyrene box."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Oxion materials science","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Trinocular","M-IOS 5x/10x/20x/50x objectives","M-IOS 100x objective","Transmitted illumination 3W NeoLED","Reflected illumination 3W NeoLED"],"specs":[{"parameter":"OX.3240","values":["•","•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"OX.3245","values":["•","•","•","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"oxion-fluorescence","name":"Oxion Fluorescence Series","description":"For biological and medical applications fluorescence microscopes are used to observe certain parts of living cells and tissues with help of fluorophores.","pageTitle":"Oxion Fluorescence Series","pageDescription":"For biological and medical applications fluorescence microscopes are used to observe certain parts of living cells and tissues with help of fluorophores. One or more fluorophores are added to the parts of the specimen to be observed. ","image":"/images/euromex-oxion-fluorescence.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"For biological and medical applications fluorescence microscopes are used to observe certain parts of living cells and tissues with help of fluorophores. One or more fluorophores are added to the parts of the specimen to be observed. When the fluorophores are exposed to so-called excitation light, the excitation energy is absorbed by the fluorophore that start emitting so-called emission light that can be observed by the microscope. One can distinguish tumor cells from other cells, follow biological processes or prove the presence or absence of antibodies, etc.\nThe Oxion microscopes for fluorescence are equipped with an epi-illumination with a 100 W mercury vapor lamp. The fluorescence attachment has a rail for maximum 4 filter cubes. The FluoLED model is equipped with a 455 nm LED and one filter cube, especially developed for efficient and fast detection of tuberculosis by the Auramine-O fluorochrome. Other FluoLED wavelengths are also available.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-oxion-fluorescence.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Binocular and trinocular models\n• HWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n• Reversed nosepiece for maximum 5 objectives\n• Plan, plan fluarex and plan semi apochromatic fluarex IOS objectives\n• Integrated mechanical stage\n• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments\n• Height adjustable Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser with iris diaphragm and filter holder\n• 3 W LED transmitted illumination\n• Fluorescence attachment for maximum 4 filter blocks and with 100 W mercury vapor incident illumination\n• Fluorescence attachment with single filter block and 455 nm (Blue), 560 nm (Green) or 365 nm (UV) LED\n• Ergonomic stand and head","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"• HWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n• All eyepieces can be secured by an Allen screw"},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Binocular and trinocular Siedentopf type heads are with 30° inclined tubes\n• Interpupillary distance from 50 to 75 mm\n• Two ± 5 diopter adjustments\n• A unique rotating system allows the ergonomical positioning of both tubes in a high (431 mm) and in a low position (397 mm)"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"• Revolving and reversed nosepiece for maximum five objectives\n• The fluorescence models with mercury vapor lamp are equipped with an orange UV protection shield"},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustments, 200 graduations, 1 μm per graduation, 200 μm per rotation, total travel range is approximately 28 mm\n• Supplied with an adjustable rack stop to prevent damage to sample and objectives\n• The coarse adjustments are equipped with friction control"},{"title":"STAGE","text":"• 150 x 140 mm stage with integrated 76 x 50 mm X-Y mechanical stage\n• Designed for 2 slides"},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR BRIGHTFIELD","text":"• Height adjustable Abbe condenser N.A. 1.25 with iris diaphragm\n• Supplied with a white diffusion filter\n• Phase contrast rings mounted in slider can be inserted in the condenser for 10x and S40x or 20x and S100x phase contrast objectives\n• A darkfield stop in slider for the 10x, 20x and S40x objectives can also be inserted with magnification indication"},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR FLUORESCENCE","text":"The fluorescence attachment is equipped with an integrated condenser with iris diaphragm and with a field diaphragm."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION FOR BRIGHTFIELD AND PHASE CONTRAST","text":"• All models are supplied with a 3 W adjustable NeoLED illumination with built-in 100-240 V power supply\n• Köhler illumination with field diaphragm"},{"title":"ILLUMINATION FOR FLUORESCENCE (HBO)","text":"• Fluorescence attachment with 100 W (HBO) mercury vapor incident epi-illumination and rail for maximum four filter blocks\n• Two general purpose filter sets are standard supplied with the attachment: AE.3245 (Blue excitation) and AE.3246 (Green excitation)\n• Two other general purpose filter sets AE.3246 (UV excitation) and AE.3247 (Ultraviolet excitation) are also available (More specific filter sets are available on request)"},{"title":"ILLUMINATION FOR FLUORESCENCE (LED)","text":"The FluoLED attachment is standard delivered with a 455 nm LED (EX 425-475, DM 480, EM 485 LP filter set) for detection of tuberculosis with Auramine-O fluorochrome. FluoLED attachments with 365 nm LED (EX 340-390, DM 400, EM 420 LP filter set, DAPI), 470 nm LED (EX 450-490, DM 495, EM 500-525 filter set, FITC/GFP/eGFP) and 560 nm LED (EX 540-580, DM 585, EM 608-690 filter set, TexasRed) are also available."},{"title":"STANDARD GENERAL PURPOSE FLUORESCENCE FILTER SETS","text":"AE.3245 (Blue EX 465-495 nm DM 505 nm EM 515-555 nm).\nAE.3246 (Green EX 520-580 nm DM 600 nm EM 605-665 nm).\nAE.3247 (Violet EX 400-440 nm DM 455 nm EM 465 nm LP).\nAE.3248 (UV EX 366-389 nm DM 415 nm EM 435-485 nm)."},{"title":"CONFIGURATIONS","text":"The Oxion microscope is available in many configurations and can be upgraded with a variety of contrast types."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"• Supplied with power cord, dust cover, white filter, user manual and 5 ml immersion oil for models with S100x objective\n• All packed in a polystyrene box"}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Oxion Fluorescence","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","Plan 4x/10x/ S40x/S100x objectives","Plan Fluarex 4x/10x/ S40x/S100x objectives","Plan semi apo Fluarex 4x/10x/S40x objectives","Plan semi apo Fluarex S100x objectives","100 W mercury vapor illumination","455 nm FluoLED illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"OX.3067","values":["","•","","•","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"OX.3070","values":["•","","","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"OX.3075","values":["","•","","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"OX.3080","values":["•","","","","•","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"OX.3085","values":["","•","","","•","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"OX.3230","values":["•","","•","","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"OX.3235","values":["","•","•","","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"OX.3232","values":["•","","","","•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"OX.3237","values":["","•","","","•","•","","•"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Stereo Microscopes","description":"Stereo and zoom microscopes for inspection, dissection, gemology and electronics.","pageTitle":"Stereo Microscopes","pageDescription":"Euromex stereo microscopes range from fixed dual/triple magnification teaching models to high zoom-ratio industrial systems, with ESD-safe, gemology and boom-stand variants for inspection, assembly and quality control.","overview":"Euromex stereo microscopes range from fixed dual/triple magnification teaching models to high zoom-ratio industrial systems, with ESD-safe, gemology and boom-stand variants for inspection, assembly and quality control.","partner":"Euromex — Netherlands","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/euromex-ap-series.webp","slug":"stereo","models":[{"slug":"edublue","name":"EduBlue Series","description":"The outstanding optical performance of the ergonomic Euromex BlueLine stereo microscopes enables long productive working sessions for students, in beginner as w.","pageTitle":"EduBlue Series","pageDescription":"The outstanding optical performance of the ergonomic Euromex BlueLine stereo microscopes enables long productive working sessions for students, for beginner or advanced science teaching classes. The two parallel optical trains allow the three dimensional observation of small insects, plants, stones and minerals.","image":"/images/euromex-edublue.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The outstanding optical performance of the ergonomic Euromex BlueLine stereo microscopes enables long productive working sessions for students, for beginner or advanced science teaching classes.\nThe EduBlue microscopes are ideal for educational purposes and are available with dual or triple pair of objectives for 5x up to 80x magnifications and equipped with LED incident and transmitted illuminations. The two parallel optical trains allow the three dimensional observation of small insects, plants, stones and minerals.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-edublue.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Designed for education\n• Robust and sturdy, with secured eyepieces\n• WF 10x/20 mm eyepieces\n• Dual or triple magnifications\n• Binocular and trinocular models available\n• Rack & pinion and pillar stands\n• 1 W LED illumination\n• Provided with APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)\n• Quick focus scale\n• With rechargeable batteries for cordless use\n• Digital models with 4.0 MP WiFi camera available\n• Ergonomic carrying grip","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECE(S)","text":"Pair of secured WF 10x/20 mm eyepieces supplied with eyecups."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Binocular head with 45° inclined tube\n• Trinocular head with 45° inclined tubes and 23.2 mm tube. The standard trinocular tube accepts all standard 23.2 mm C-mount objectives\n• Diopter adjustment of ± 5 on one side\n• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm\n• Digital head is supplied with a 4.0 MP USB-2 1/1.8” CMOS WiFi camera\n• Maximum resolution 2688 x 1512 pixels"},{"title":"DUAL MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES","text":"• Revolving nosepiece with dual 1x/3x and 2x/4x, which can provide standard magnifications of 10x and 30x or 20x and 40x\n• Working distance 60 mm\n• Field of view of 20/6.7 mm or 10/5 mm\n• Magnifications can be altered using optional eyepieces\nAll optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"TRIPLE MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES","text":"• Revolving nosepiece with triple 1x/2x/3x and 1x/2x/4x, which can provide standard magnifications of 10x, 20x and 30x or 10x, 20x and 40x\n• Working distance 60 mm\n• Field of views of 20/10/6.7 mm or 20/10/5 mm\n• Magnifications can be altered using optional eyepieces"},{"title":"STAND","text":"• The rack & pinion and pillar stands of the EduBlue are equipped with ergonomic designed flat bases, complete with 2 object clamps and Ø 60 mm transparent and black/white stage plate\n• The coarse adjustment is equipped with tension control\n• The stands are alloy metal casted with hardened coating\n• The rack & pinion stands of the EduBlue are equipped with graduations and focus point indicator for quick focussing\n• EVO models are equipped with a built-in moveable object stage"},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"• The transmitted and incident 1 W LED illuminations can be used simultaneously and the light intensities can be adjusted separately\n• 60 mm working distance\n• Evo models have an additional flexible arm with 1 W LED illumination"},{"title":"CAMERA","text":"• Digital head is supplied with a 4.0 MP USB-2 1/1.8” CMOS WiFi camera\n• A maximum resolution of 2688 x 1512, 30 fps\n• 12 bits grayscale conversion and 24 bits color rendering\n• The camera streams H.264 encoded high resolution images simultaneously to several WiFi enabled smartphones, tablets or computers with iOS, Android and Windows operating systems\n• It can also operate via USB 2 and ethernet in combination with a PC or Mac computer\n• Delivered with a micrometer 1 mm/100 calibration slide\n• Warranty for the camera is 2 years"},{"title":"SOFTWARE","text":"• ImageFocus Alpha software can be used for Windows based devices and WiFi connected PC\n• Apps for Android for this camera can be downloaded from the Downloads page or from the Apple Store (free of charge)\n• Delivered with ImageFocus Alpha for capturing of images and videos\n• Save images in .jpg, .tif, .bmp or .dicom formats, save videos in .avi format\n• Images can be annotated and measurements can be performed on live or captured images\n• Compatible with Windows 10 and higher, all 32 and 64 bits configurations. A Mac OS version is available"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"• Supplied with an external 100-240 V mains adapter/charger and three rechargeable batteries for corded and cordless use, dust cover, Ø 60 mm transparent and black/white stage plates, eyecups and user manual\n• All packed in a polystyrene box"}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"EduBlue","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","Digital head","1x/3x objectives","2x/4x objectives","1x/2x/3x objectives","1x/2x/4x objectives","Pillar stand","Rack & Pinion stand","Movable stage/ flexible light arm"],"specs":[{"parameter":"ED.1302-P","values":["•","","","•","","","","•","",""]},{"parameter":"ED.1302-S","values":["•","","","•","","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"ED.1303-S","values":["","•","","•","","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"ED.1402-P","values":["•","","","","•","","","•","",""]},{"parameter":"ED.1402-S","values":["•","","","","•","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"ED.1403-S","values":["","•","","","•","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"ED.1405-SW","values":["","","•","","•","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"ED.1502-S","values":["•","","","","","•","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"ED.1802-S","values":["•","","","","","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"ED.1805-SW","values":["","","•","","","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"ED.1302-EVO","values":["•","","","•","","","","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"ED.1402-EVO","values":["•","","","","•","","","","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"edublue-lcd","name":"EduBlue LCD Series","description":"Digital microscope with built-in 5.0 MP camera.","pageTitle":"EduBlue LCD Series","pageDescription":"The EduBlue LCD microscope is built around one 1 to 4 times zoom objective and enables observation of all kinds of objects directly on a 9\" LCD screen. These kinds of microscopes are well-suited for education. The EduBlue LCD is equipped with a built-in 5 MP high denition CMOS camera with 2592 x 1944 pixels.","image":"/images/euromex-edublue-lcd-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The EduBlue LCD microscope is built around one 1 to 4 times zoom objective and enables observation of all kinds of objects directly on a 9\" LCD screen. These kinds of microscopes are well-suited for education.\n\nThe EduBlue LCD is equipped with a built-in 5 MP high denition CMOS camera with 2592 x 1944 pixels.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-edublue-lcd-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• MonoZoom stand-alone digital microscope\n• Magnification 8x up to 54x optically and up to 540x digitally\n• 91 mm working distance\n• Built-in 21 LED incident ring light, five intensity positions\n• Built-in 7 LED transmitted, two intensity positions\n• Provided with APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)\n• Built-in 5 MP HD camera\n• HD 9-inch screen\n• Removable 16 GB SD card\n• Metal stand","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"CENTRAL ZOOM OBJECTIVE","text":"The EduBlue LCD ED.3000 features a single optical zoom objective with a 0.7 to 4.5 zoom magnification. This allows an on-screen magnification from 8 to 54x. Zoom adjustments engravings on 0.7x 0.8x 1x 1.5x 2x 3x 4x and 4.5x. The working distance is 91 mm. A digital zoom up to 10x is available within the software, allowing a digital magnification up to 540x."},{"title":"STAND","text":"The central Zoom Objective with attached screen and LED ring light is mounted on a rack and pinion system that sits on a 30 x 180 mm metal stand."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"Two types of illumination are available:\n• An integrated 21 LED incident ring light illumination (5,500 K) with five intensity positions\n• A 7 LED transmitted illumination (5,785 K) with two intensity positions, integrated in the base"},{"title":"BUILT-IN CAMERA","text":"Built-in HD 5 MP CMOS high speed camera with attached 9\" screen. There is one USB port for a max. 16 GB SD storage card for captured images. The operator can take and save images to the SD card by pressing on a capture button at the left side of the screen. Images are saved in the .jpg format and videos are saved in the .avi format."},{"title":"BUILT-IN SOFTWARE","text":"The built-in on screen software is driven by the supplied computer mouse and features functions such as Capture image, Freeze image, Automatic white balance, Automatic exposition, File manager, Grids. Also camera settings such as Exposure time, Gain, Saturation, Contrast, Sharpness and HDR."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with 16 GB SD card, black/white object plate, a glass transparent object plate and external 12V / 2A power supply."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"EduBlue LCD","columnLabel":"Model","specVariants":["Optical magnification","Working distance","Camera sensor","LCD screen","Incident ring illumination","Transmitted illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"ED.3000","values":["8x up to 54x","91 mm","5 MP","9 inch","21 LEDs","7 LEDs"]}]}]},{"slug":"stereoblue","name":"StereoBlue Series","description":"Euromex BlueLine offers a high-quality range of stereo microscope models, which are specifically meant for laboratory and higher education use.","pageTitle":"StereoBlue Series","pageDescription":"StereoBlue microscopes are especially developed for laboratory applications, education and greatly appreciated by biologists, entomologists, geologists, mechanical and electronic engineers and other professionals like jewelers and dental technicians.","image":"/images/euromex-stereoblue.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Euromex BlueLine offers a high-quality range of stereo microscope models, which are specifically meant for laboratory and higher education use.\n\nStereoBlue microscopes are especially developed for laboratory applications, education and greatly appreciated by biologists, entomologists, geologists, mechanical and electronic engineers and other professionals like jewelers and dental technicians. These microscopes are available with dual pair of objectives or zoom objective for magnifications from 3.5x to 135x and incident and transmitted LED illuminations.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-stereoblue.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Designed for professional use\n• Crisp, high resolution images\n• Robust and sturdy\n• Dual magnifications or Zoom models\n• Available with ergonomic rack & pinion, pillar, universal (single arm) and boom stand (dual arm)\n• LED illumination\n• High zoom range models available (EVO)\n• Ergonomic carrying grip\n• 5 years warranty\n• Provided with APL (Antimicrobial Protection Layer)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Pair of WF 10x/21 mm eyepieces supplied with eyecups."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Binocular or trinocular 45° inclined tubes\n• Diopter adjustment on both eyepieces, except the models SB.1302-P, SB.1402-P and SB.1302, SB.1402, which have diopter adjustment on one side\n• Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 mm and 75 mm\n• Trinocular head is supplied with a fixed light path beamsplitter (50:50)\nAll optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"DUAL MAGNIFICATION MODELS","text":"• Nosepiece with dual 1x/3x or 2x/4x revolving objectives\n• Magnifications 10x/30x or 20x/40x (can be enlarged to 135x)\n• Field of view 21 mm/6.9 mm or 10.5 mm/5.2 mm\n• Working distance 100 mm"},{"title":"STANDS","text":"• The rack & pinion and pillar stands of the StereoBlue are equipped with ergonomically designed flat bases, complete with two object clamps and Ø 60 mm transparent and black/white stage plate\n• The coarse adjustment is equipped with tension control\n• The ergonomically designed universal (single arm) and boom stand (dual arm) are ideal for looking at large samples or working under the microscope. They come without illumination\n• The U- and B-stand can be equipped with ring illuminators LE.1974 and LE.1973 with respectively 72 or 144 power LEDs controlled in segments, ideal for creating or lifting shades\n• The stands are alloy metal casted with hardened coating"},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"• With 3 W transmitted and incident LED illuminators which can be used simultaneously or adjusted separately\n• SB.3903 and SB.3903-P models come with a built-in 30 LED ring light for reflected illuminator and 3 W transmitted illuminator\n• SB.1902-U and SB.1903-U are supplied without illumination. Suitable ring illuminators are LE.1973 and LE.1974"},{"title":"ANTI-THEFT SLOT","text":"At the back of the microscope a Kensington Security slot is placed, which can be used to secure the instrument from theft (not on the -U and B models)."},{"title":"ZOOM MODELS","text":"• 0.7x to 4.5x: Magnification 7x to 45x, Field of view 29.9 mm to 4.6 mm, Working distance 100 mm\n• 0.5x to 5.5x (EVO): Magnification 5x to 55x, Field of view 38 mm to 3.9 mm, Working distance 100 mm"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, eyecups, a spare fuse, Ø 60 mm transparent and black/white stage plates and user manual. All packed in a polystyrene box. The spare fuse and stage plates are not applicable for -U and -B models."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"StereoBlue","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","1x/3x objective","2x/4x objective","0.7 - 4.5x zoom","0.5 - 5.5x zoom EVO","Rack & pinion stand 3W LED","Pillar stand 3W LED","Universal stand","Boom stand on heavy base plate","30 LED ring light","Weight (kg)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"SB.1302","values":["•","","•","","","","•","","","","","3.3"]},{"parameter":"SB.1302-P","values":["•","","•","","","","","•","","","","4.2"]},{"parameter":"SB.1402","values":["•","","","•","","","•","","","","","3.3"]},{"parameter":"SB.1402-P","values":["•","","","•","","","","•","","","","4.2"]},{"parameter":"SB.1902","values":["•","","","","•","","•","","","","","3.6"]},{"parameter":"SB.1902-P","values":["•","","","","•","","","•","","","","4.4"]},{"parameter":"SB.1902-U","values":["•","","","","•","","","","•","","","15.4"]},{"parameter":"SB.1902-B","values":["•","","","","•","","","","","•","","21.9"]},{"parameter":"SB.1903","values":["","•","","","•","","•","","","","","3.7"]},{"parameter":"SB.1903-P","values":["","•","","","•","","","•","","","","4.5"]},{"parameter":"SB.1903-U","values":["","•","","","•","","","","•","","","15.5"]},{"parameter":"SB.1903-B","values":["","•","","","•","","","","","•","","22.0"]},{"parameter":"SB.3903","values":["","•","","","•","","•","","","","•","3.7"]},{"parameter":"SB.3903-P","values":["","•","","","•","","","•","","","•","4.5"]},{"parameter":"SB.1702","values":["•","","","","","•","•","","","","","3.6"]},{"parameter":"SB.1702-P","values":["•","","","","","•","","•","","","","4.4"]},{"parameter":"SB.1702-U","values":["•","","","","","•","","","•","","","15.4"]},{"parameter":"SB.1702-B","values":["•","","","","","•","","","","•","","21.9"]},{"parameter":"SB.1703","values":["","•","","","","•","•","","","","","3.7"]},{"parameter":"SB.1703-P","values":["","•","","","","•","","•","","","","4.5"]},{"parameter":"SB.1703-U","values":["","•","","","","•","","","•","","","15.5"]},{"parameter":"SB.1703-B","values":["","•","","","","•","","","","•","","22.0"]}]}]},{"slug":"nexiuszoom-esd","name":"NexiusZoom ESD Series","description":"The NexiusZoom stereo microscopes from Euromex enable examining your specimen with high-performance precision and generate two- and three-dimensional images, al.","pageTitle":"NexiusZoom ESD Series","pageDescription":"The NexiusZoom stereo microscopes from Euromex enable examining your specimen with high-performance precision and generate two- and three-dimensional images allowing observation for your highest demanding microscopy applications. The NexiusZoom stereo microscopes are supplied with a large choice of objectives and stands, with or without illumination. ","image":"/images/euromex-nexiuszoom-esd-v2.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The NexiusZoom stereo microscopes from Euromex enable examining your specimen with high-performance precision and generate two- and three-dimensional images allowing observation for your highest demanding microscopy applications.\nThe NexiusZoom stereo microscopes are supplied with a large choice of objectives and stands, with or without illumination. Ideal for all kinds of industrial applications. With additional lenses and objectives magnifications from 3.3 up to 180 times can be achieved.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-nexiuszoom-esd-v2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Binocular and trinocular heads with HWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n• Zoom 1 : 6.7 ratio, 6.7x to 45x standard\n• Ergonomically designed stands\n• 3 W LED illuminations\n• ESD safe microscopes","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECE(S)","text":"Pair of HWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Binocular or trinocular heads with 45° inclined tubes. Both eyepieces with ± 5 diopter adjustments. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 54 mm and 75 mm."},{"title":"OBJECTIVE","text":"Zoom 1:6.7 objective with 0.67x to 4.5x magnifications. Field of view from 33 mm to 4.9 mm. Working distance 110 mm. Additional 0.5x, 0.75x, 1.5x and 2.0x lenses available. All optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"STAND","text":"The rack & pinion and pillar stands of the NexiusZoom are equipped with an ergonomic designed, wide flat base. Complete with two object clamps and Ø 100 mm transparent and black/white stage plates and double illuminators. The coarse adjustment is equipped with tension control. The ergonomic designed universal single arm stand and double arm boom stand are ideal for looking at large samples or working under the microscope. Standardly supplied without illumination.\nThe stands are alloy metal casted with hardened off-white coating. ESD safe coating versions are also available."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"3 W transmitted and incident LED illuminators with internal power supply 100-240 V. Both illuminators can be used simultaneously and the light intensities can be adjusted separately."},{"title":"ESD SAFE MICROSCOPES","text":"For inspection and assembly applications. Electrostatic discharge (ESD) is the unwanted sudden flow of electricity between two electrically charged objects. ESD can cause a range of harmful effects as well as permanent damage to solid state electronics components. Euromex therefore introduces electrostatic protected microscopes in the NexiusZoom range. The body and stand of the microscope are coated with a special static dissipative paint eliminating harmful electrostatic discharges making the microscopes suitable for all static-sensitive environments."},{"title":"MAGNIFICATIONS","text":"Total magnification and field of view (zoom 0.67–4.5×):\n• 0.3× auxiliary lens (WD 287 mm): total magnification 2×–13.5×, field of view 109.5–16.3 mm\n• 0.4× auxiliary lens (WD 220 mm): total magnification 2.7×–18×, field of view 82.1–12.2 mm\n• 0.5× auxiliary lens (WD 183 mm): total magnification 3.35×–22.5×, field of view 65.7–9.8 mm\n• 0.75× auxiliary lens (WD 105 mm): total magnification 5×–33.8×, field of view 43.8–6.5 mm\n• standard 1× objective (WD 110 mm): total magnification 6.7×–45×, field of view 32.8–4.9 mm\n• 1.5× auxiliary lens (WD 53 mm): total magnification 10.1×–67.5×, field of view 21.9–3.3 mm\n• 2× auxiliary lens (WD 34 mm): total magnification 13.4×–90×, field of view 16.4–2.4 mm"},{"title":"PACKAGING","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover and user manual. All packed in a polystyrene box."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"NexiusZoom ESD","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","Pillar stand (-P)","Rack & pinion stand (-S)","Universal stand (-U)","Boom stand (-B)","Weight (kg)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"NZ.1902-P-ESD","values":["•","","•","","","","5.0"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1902-S-ESD","values":["•","","","•","","","4.9"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1902-U-ESD","values":["•","","","","•","","15.6"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1902-B-ESD","values":["•","","","","","•","22.1"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-P-ESD","values":["","•","•","","","","5.3"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-S-ESD","values":["","•","","•","","","5.1"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-U-ESD","values":["","•","","","•","","15.7"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-B-ESD","values":["","•","","","","•","22.2"]}]}]},{"slug":"nexiuszoom-evo","name":"NexiusZoom EVO Series","description":"The NexiusZoom and NexiusZoom EVO stereo microscopes enable examining your specimen with high-performance precision and generate three-dimensional images, allow.","pageTitle":"NexiusZoom EVO Series","pageDescription":"The NexiusZoom and NexiusZoom EVO stereo microscopes enable examining your specimen with high-performance precision and generate three-dimensional images allowing observation for your highest demanding microscopy applications.","image":"/images/euromex-nexiuszoom-evo.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The NexiusZoom and NexiusZoom EVO stereo microscopes enable examining your specimen with high-performance precision and generate three-dimensional images allowing observation for your highest demanding microscopy applications. These top level zoom microscopes are perfect for analyzing all kinds of material surfaces or to observe and prepare biological samples.\nThese stereo microscopes are supplied with a large choice of stands, with or without LED illumination. Ideal for a wide variety of educational and laboratories applications. With additional lenses and objectives magnifications from 3.3 up to 220x can be achieved.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-nexiuszoom-evo.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Binocular and trinocular heads with HWF 10x/22 mm or HWF 10x/23 mm eyepieces (EVO)\n• Zoom ratio 1: 6.7, 6.7x to 45x or 1: 8.4, 6.5x to 55x\n• Ergonomic stands\n• Double 3 W LED illumination\n• Configurations up to 220x magnification\n• Large working distance\n• ESD safe models available\n• 10 years warranty","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"• The standard NexiusZoom is supplied with a pair of HWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n• The NexiusZoom EVO is supplied with a pair of HWF 10x/23 mm eyepieces"},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Binocular or trinocular heads with 45° inclined tubes. Both eyepieces with ± 5 diopter adjustments. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 54 mm and 75 mm. Trinocular head is supplied with a fixed light path beamsplitter (50:50). The NexiusZoom EVO models are now equipped with click-stops."},{"title":"POLARIZATION","text":"The NexiusZoom can be supplied with an optional 360° rotatable round stage with built-in polarization filter and/or an optional rotatable analyzer filter in mount to be screwed under the objective."},{"title":"STANDS","text":"• Ergonomically designed pillar or rack & pinion stand with 3W incident and 3W transmitted LED illuminations (-P and -S stands)\n• Ergonomically designed pillar stand with two 3W gooseneck type incident LED illuminations on each side and a 3W transmitted LED illumination (-PL stand)\n• Ergonomic pillar stand with rotating mirror and 3W LED transmitted and incident illuminations (-M stand)\n• Ergonomically designed universal or boom stands, without illumination (-U, -B and BC stands)\n• Articulated arm stand for table mounting or with heavy desktop stand, both without head holder, without illumination (-A and -AP stands)\n• Lightweight articulated arm stand, with head holder, without illumination (NZ.9047)\nAll pillar and rack & pinion stands are supplied with two object clamps. Alloy metal cast, hardened coating."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"180 x 155 mm X-Y mechanical stage with 76 x 55 mm translation stage and transparent glass plate for NexiusZoom, fixed on stage of microscope. Only available with new microscopes (due to fixing), so it has to be ordered with the purchase of a microscope (NZ.9505)."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"The 3 W transmitted and incident LED illuminators with internal power supply 100-240 V operation. Both illuminators can be used simultaneously and the light intensities can be adjusted separately."},{"title":"MAGNIFICATIONS — NexiusZoom","text":"Total magnification and field of view (zoom 0.67–4.5×):\n• 0.3× auxiliary lens (WD 287 mm): total magnification 2×–13.5×, field of view 109.5–16.3 mm\n• 0.4× auxiliary lens (WD 220 mm): total magnification 2.7×–18×, field of view 82.1–12.2 mm\n• 0.5× auxiliary lens (WD 183 mm): total magnification 3.35×–22.5×, field of view 65.7–9.8 mm\n• 0.75× auxiliary lens (WD 105 mm): total magnification 5×–33.8×, field of view 43.8–6.5 mm\n• standard 1× objective (WD 110 mm): total magnification 6.7×–45×, field of view 32.8–4.9 mm\n• 1.5× auxiliary lens (WD 53 mm): total magnification 10.1×–67.5×, field of view 21.9–3.3 mm\n• 2× auxiliary lens (WD 34 mm): total magnification 13.4×–90×, field of view 16.4–2.4 mm"},{"title":"MAGNIFICATIONS — NexiusZoom Evo","text":"Total magnification and field of view (zoom 0.65–5.5×):\n• 0.3× auxiliary lens (WD 278 mm): total magnification 1.95×–16.5×, field of view 117.9–13.9 mm\n• 0.4× auxiliary lens (WD 220 mm): total magnification 2.6×–22×, field of view 88.5–10.5 mm\n• 0.5× auxiliary lens (WD 183 mm): total magnification 3.25×–27.5×, field of view 70.8–8.4 mm\n• 0.75× auxiliary lens (WD 105 mm): total magnification 4.9×–41.3×, field of view 47.2–5.6 mm\n• standard 1× objective (WD 110 mm): total magnification 6.5×–55×, field of view 35.4–4.2 mm\n• 1.5× auxiliary lens (WD 53 mm): total magnification 9.8×–82.5×, field of view 23.6–2.8 mm\n• 2× auxiliary lens (WD 34 mm): total magnification 13×–110×, field of view 17.7–2.1 mm"},{"title":"Auxiliary lens compatibility","text":"Compatible auxiliary lenses per stand:\n• NZ.9000/9005: 0.5x, 0.75x, 1.5x, 2x\n• NexiusZoom-P, -M, -PG: 0.5x, 0.75x, 1.5x, 2x\n• NexiusZoom-P-ESD: 0.5x, 0.75x, 1.5x, 2x\n• NexiusZoom-S: 0.75x, 1.5x\n• NexiusZoom-S-ESD: 0.75x, 1.5x\n• NexiusZoom-A, -AP: 0.3x, 0.4x, 0.5x, 0.75x, 1.5x, 2x\n• NexiusZoom-U, -B, -BC: 0.3x, 0.4x, 0.5x, 0.75x, 1.5x, 2x\n• NexiusZoom-U-ESD, -B-ESD: 0.3x, 0.4x, 0.5x, 0.75x, 1.5x, 2x"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with power cord, a pair of eyecups, dust cover, a spare fuse and user manual. All packed in a polystyrene box."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"NexiusZoom 0.67-4.5 (WF 10x/22 mm)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","Pillar stand (-P)","Rack & pinion stand (-S)","Universal stand (-U)","Boom stand on heavy base plate (-B)","Boom stand on table clamp (-BC)","Articulated arm stand on table clamp (-A)","Articulated arm stand on heavy base plate (-AP)","Gooseneck dual LED (-PG)","Mirror LED (-M)","Weight (kg)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"NZ.1902-P","values":["•","","•","","","","","","","","","5.0"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1902-PG","values":["•","","•","","","","","","","•","","5.1"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1902-M","values":["•","","•","","","","","","","","•","4.9"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1902-S","values":["•","","","•","","","","","","","","4.9"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1902-U","values":["•","","","","•","","","","","","","15.6"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1902-B","values":["•","","","","","•","","","","","","22.1"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1902-BC","values":["•","","","","","","•","","","","","10.5"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1902-A","values":["•","","","","","","","•","","","","8.6"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1902-AP","values":["•","","","","","","","","•","","","20.7"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-P","values":["","•","•","","","","","","","","","5.2"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-PG","values":["","•","•","","","","","","","•","","5.3"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-M","values":["","•","•","","","","","","","","•","5.1"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-S","values":["","•","","•","","","","","","","","5.1"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-U","values":["","•","","","•","","","","","","","15.7"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-B","values":["","•","","","","•","","","","","","22.2"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-BC","values":["","•","","","","","•","","","","","10.6"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-A","values":["","•","","","","","","•","","","","8.7"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-AP","values":["","•","","","","","","","•","","","20.8"]}]},{"title":"NexiusZoom EVO 0.65-5.5 (WF 10x/23 mm)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","Pillar stand (-P)","Rack & pinion stand (-S)","Universal stand (-U)","Boom stand on heavy base plate (-B)","Boom stand on table clamp (-BC)","Articulated arm stand on table clamp (-A)","Articulated arm stand on heavy base plate (-AP)","Gooseneck dual LED (-PG)","Mirror LED (-M)","Weight (kg)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"NZ.1702-P","values":["•","","•","","","","","","","","","5.0"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1702-PG","values":["•","","•","","","","","","","•","","5.1"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1702-M","values":["•","","•","","","","","","","","•","4.9"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1702-S","values":["•","","","•","","","","","","","","4.9"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1702-U","values":["•","","","","•","","","","","","","15.6"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1702-B","values":["•","","","","","•","","","","","","22.1"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1702-BC","values":["•","","","","","","•","","","","","10.5"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1702-A","values":["•","","","","","","","•","","","","8.6"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1702-AP","values":["•","","","","","","","","•","","","20.7"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1703-P","values":["","•","•","","","","","","","","","5.2"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1703-PG","values":["","•","•","","","","","","","•","","5.3"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1703-M","values":["","•","•","","","","","","","","•","5.1"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1703-S","values":["","•","","•","","","","","","","","5.1"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1703-U","values":["","•","","","•","","","","","","","15.7"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1703-B","values":["","•","","","","•","","","","","","22.2"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1703-BC","values":["","•","","","","","•","","","","","10.6"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1703-A","values":["","•","","","","","","•","","","","8.7"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1703-AP","values":["","•","","","","","","","•","","","20.8"]}]}]},{"slug":"nexiuszoom-evo-gemology","name":"NexiusZoom EVO (Gemology) Series","description":"The specialised backwards tilting stand of the NexiusZoom and NexiusZoom EVO stereo microscopes for gemology applications offers 30 W halogen transmitted illumi.","pageTitle":"NexiusZoom EVO (Gemology) Series","pageDescription":"The specialized backwards tilting stand of the NexiusZoom and NexiusZoom EVO stereo microscopes for gemology applications offers 30W halogen transmitted illumination towards the specimen at oblique angles.","image":"/images/euromex-nexiuszoom-evo-gemology-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The specialized backwards tilting stand of the NexiusZoom and NexiusZoom EVO stereo microscopes for gemology applications offers 30W halogen transmitted illumination towards the specimen at oblique angles. This enables the examination of your gems in perfect darkfield conditions. The stand is available with 1 W LED or a 7 W fluorescent incident illumination for brightfield contrast.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-nexiuszoom-evo-gemology-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Designed for gemstone research\n• Binocular and trinocular heads\n• Standard HWF 10x eyepieces with 22 mm or 23 mm field of view\n• Zoom objectives with 0.7 to 4.5x or 0.65 to 5.5x magnification\n• Ergonomic designed backwards tilting stand\n• 30 Watt halogen transmitted illumination\n• 1W LED or 7W fluorescent incident illumination\n• Configurations up to 220x magnification","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"The standard NexiusZoom is supplied with a pair of HWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces. The NexiusZoom Evo is supplied with a pair of HWF 10x/23 mm eyepieces."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Binocular or trinocular heads with 45° inclined tubes. Both eyepieces with ± 5 diopter adjustments. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 54 mm and 75 mm."},{"title":"STAND","text":"Ergonomical designed stand with backwards 0 to 45° tilting arm with 76 mm head holder, suitable for darkfield and brightfield. Built-in 100-240 V power supply."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"Flat darkfield stage with clamp object holder, iris diaphragm and incident illumination. Clamp object holder can be placed on left or right side."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"30 Watt halogen transmitted illumination, adjustable intensity. 1 Watt LED, adjustable intensity, or 7 Watt fluorescent incident illumination, intensity not adjustable. Both illuminators can be used simultaneously."},{"title":"MAGNIFICATIONS — NexiusZoom","text":"Total magnification and field of view (zoom 0.67–4.5×):\n• standard 1× objective (WD 110 mm): total magnification 6.7×–45×, field of view 32.8–4.9 mm\n• 0.75× auxiliary lens (WD 120 mm): total magnification 5×–33.8×, field of view 43.8–6.5 mm\n• 1.5× auxiliary lens (WD 53 mm): total magnification 10.1×–67.5×, field of view 21.9–3.3 mm\n• 2× auxiliary lens (WD 30 mm): total magnification 13.4×–90×, field of view 16.4–2.4 mm"},{"title":"MAGNIFICATIONS — NexiusZoom Evo","text":"Total magnification and field of view (zoom 0.65–5.5×):\n• standard 1× objective (WD 110 mm): total magnification 6.5×–55×, field of view 35.4–4.2 mm\n• 0.75× auxiliary lens (WD 120 mm): total magnification 4.9×–41.3×, field of view 47.2–5.6 mm\n• 1.5× auxiliary lens (WD 53 mm): total magnification 9.8×–82.5×, field of view 23.6–2.8 mm\n• 2× auxiliary lens (WD 30 mm): total magnification 13×–110×, field of view 17.7–2.1 mm"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with power cord, clamp object holder, dust cover, a spare fuse and user manual. All packed in a polystyrene box."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"NexiusZoom (EVO) for gemology","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","Objective 0.67-4.5","Objective 0.65-5.5","1 W LED incident illumination","7 W fluorescent incident illumination","30 W halogen transmitted illumination","Working distance (mm)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"NZ.1902-GEML","values":["•","","•","","•","","•","110"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1902-GEMF","values":["•","","•","","","•","•","110"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1702-GEML","values":["•","","","•","•","","•","110"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1702-GEMF","values":["•","","","•","","•","•","110"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-GEML","values":["","•","•","","•","","•","110"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1903-GEMF","values":["","•","•","","","•","•","110"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1703-GEML","values":["","•","","•","•","","•","110"]},{"parameter":"NZ.1703-GEMF","values":["","•","","•","","•","•","110"]}]}]},{"slug":"ultrazoom","name":"UltraZoom Series","description":"High end zoom microscope for materials science, life science and fluorescence.","pageTitle":"UltraZoom Series","pageDescription":"High end zoom microscope for materials science, life science and fluorescence The Euromex UltraZoom series combines ergonomic design, advanced optics and flexibility, making it an indispensable tool for researchers and industrial professionals alike.","image":"/images/euromex-ultrazoom.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"High end zoom microscope for materials science, life science and fluorescence.\nThe Euromex UltraZoom series combines ergonomic design, advanced optics and flexibility, making it an indispensable tool for researchers and industrial professionals alike. Experience unmatched precision and comfort with this innovative industrial zoom microscope.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-ultrazoom.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Ergonomic tilting head from 0 to 30°\n• Binocular 20° head\n• Swiveling eyepiece tubes for two heights\n• EWF 10x/23 mm eyepieces\n• Plan-apo lens for superb imaging\n• Fine and coarse focus controls\n• Zoom Ratio: 18:1\n• Magnification 7.5 to 135x\n• Oblique Contrast Illumination\n• Transmitted 8 W NeoLED™ illumination\n• Fluorescence attachment available\n• 10 years warranty","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["UZ.1803","UZ.1808"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Head","values":["Swiveling eyepiece tubes for two heights","Ergonomic 0-30° tilting head\nSwiveling eyepiece tubes for two heights"]},{"parameter":"Eyepieces","values":["Pair of EWF 10x/23 mm eyepieces","Pair of EWF 10x/23 mm eyepieces"]},{"parameter":"Diopter adjustment","values":["± 5 on both eyepieces","± 5 on both eyepieces"]},{"parameter":"Interpupillary distance","values":["55 to 75 mm","55 to 75 mm"]},{"parameter":"Photo port","values":["Photo port with 1x C-mount for 1” cameras","Photo port with 1x C-mount for 1” cameras"]},{"parameter":"Central zoom unit","values":["1:18 zoom ratio, for total magnifications from 0.75 to 13.5x","1:18 zoom ratio, for total magnifications from 0.75 to 13.5x"]},{"parameter":"Common Main Objective","values":["1x plan apochromatic Common Main Objective, working distance 60 mm","1x plan apochromatic Common Main Objective, working distance 60 mm"]},{"parameter":"Total magnification","values":["7.5x to 135x","7.5x to 135x"]},{"parameter":"Magnification and field of view","values":["Objective with 60 mm working distance, standard outfit:\nZoom 0.75x: 7.5x, field of view 3.07\nZoom 1.0x: 10x, field of view 2.3\nZoom 2.0x: 20x, field of view 1.15\nZoom 3.0x: 30x, field of view 0.77\nZoom 6.0x: 60x, field of view 0.38\nZoom 10.0x: 100x, field of view 0.23\nZoom 13.5x: 135x, field of view 0.17","Objective with 60 mm working distance, standard outfit:\nZoom 0.75x: 7.5x, field of view 3.07\nZoom 1.0x: 10x, field of view 2.3\nZoom 2.0x: 20x, field of view 1.15\nZoom 3.0x: 30x, field of view 0.77\nZoom 6.0x: 60x, field of view 0.38\nZoom 10.0x: 100x, field of view 0.23\nZoom 13.5x: 135x, field of view 0.17"]},{"parameter":"Stand","values":["Oblique Contrast Illumination slider\nCoaxial coarse and fine adjustment\nInternal 100-240 Vac power supply","Large ergonomic stand with ø 180 mm object plate\nOblique Contrast Illumination slider\nCoaxial coarse and fine adjustment\nInternal 100-240 Vac power supply"]},{"parameter":"Illumination","values":["8 W NeoLED™ transmitted illumination and Oblique Contrast Illumination, built-in 100-240 V power supply","8 W NeoLED™ transmitted illumination and Oblique Contrast Illumination, built-in 100-240 V power supply"]},{"parameter":"Fluorescence (optional)","values":["Epi-fluorescence attachment UZ.9200-NF with fiber light guide, UV shield, 4 LEDs for fluorescence light source and power supply\nSupplied without filter sets and without filter blocks; each installed filter set needs an empty block (UZ.9749) and each position without filter set needs to be filled with a UV.9749-BF1\nAttachment weight 2 kg","Epi-fluorescence attachment UZ.9200-NF with fiber light guide, UV shield, 4 LEDs for fluorescence light source and power supply\nSupplied without filter sets and without filter blocks; each installed filter set needs an empty block (UZ.9749) and each position without filter set needs to be filled with a UV.9749-BF1\nAttachment weight 2 kg"]},{"parameter":"Optics treatment","values":["Anti-reflection coating for maximum light throughput, anti-fungus treated","Anti-reflection coating for maximum light throughput, anti-fungus treated"]},{"parameter":"Package content","values":["Power cord, dust cover, tools and user manual\nAll packed in a sturdy box","Power cord, dust cover, tools and user manual\nAll packed in a sturdy box"]},{"parameter":"Warranty","values":["10 years","10 years"]}]}]},{"slug":"ap-series","name":"AP Series","description":"The microscopes of the AP series are specifically designed for educational purposes.","pageTitle":"AP Series","pageDescription":"The microscopes of the AP series are specifically designed for educational purposes. They are compact and robust and come with dual magnifications revolvers and interchangeable objectives mounted in sliders.","image":"/images/euromex-ap-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The microscopes of the AP series are specifically designed for educational purposes. They are compact and robust and come with dual magnifications revolvers and interchangeable objectives mounted in sliders.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-ap-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Magnifications from 10-120x\n• Small and robust\n• Binocular head with vertical or 45° inclined tubes\n• Secured WF 10x/20 mm eyepieces\n• Pillar stands with or without illumination\n• LED illumination for cordless use","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Pair of secured wide field eyepieces WF 10x/20 mm. Supplied with eyecups."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Binocular head with vertical or 45° inclined tubes. One tube supplied with diopter adjustment. Interpupillary distance from 55 to 75 mm."},{"title":"STAND","text":"Pillar stand with a 40 mm coarse adjustment. Supplied with black/white object plate and 2 object clamps. Models with transmitted illumination are also supplied with a glass object plate."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"• The AP-1 is supplied without illumination\n• The AP-2 is supplied with an incident 10 W 12 V Tungsten illumination and internal power supply\n• The AP-8 is supplied with a transmitted and incident 10 W 12 V Tungsten illumination and internal power supply\n• The AP-7 LED and AP-8 LED are supplied with a transmitted and incident LED illumination with three rechargeable batteries for maximum 35 hours cordless operation. With external mains adapter/charger"},{"title":"CAMERAS","text":"Euromex offers a wide range of industrial and education grade cameras, chapter 3 (Digital Solutions). For binocular microscopes, the camera replaces one of the eyepieces. Warranty for the camera is 2 years."},{"title":"PACKAGING","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse and user manual. All packed in a polystyrene box."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"AP series","columnLabel":"Product number","specVariants":["Models","Vertical head","45° head","2x objective","1x/3x objective","2x/4x objective","Transmitted Tungsten illumination","Incident Tungsten illumination","Transmitted LED illumination","Incident LED illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"50.890","values":["AP-1","•","","•","","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"50.900","values":["AP-2","•","","•","","","","•","",""]},{"parameter":"50.926","values":["AP-7 LED","","•","","•","","","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"50.930","values":["AP-8","","•","","","•","•","•","",""]},{"parameter":"50.931","values":["AP-8 LED","","•","","","•","","","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"dz-series","name":"DZ Series","description":"The modular stereo microscopes of the DZ series combine ergonomics with very high resolution optics.","pageTitle":"DZ Series","pageDescription":"The modular stereo microscopes of the DZ series combine ergonomics with very high resolution optics. Either standard versions or customized models are available thanks to the large choice of central zoom units, eyepieces, stands and accessories.","image":"/images/euromex-dz-series-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The modular stereo microscopes of the DZ series combine ergonomics with very high resolution optics. Either standard versions or customized models are available thanks to the large choice of central zoom units, eyepieces, stands and accessories.\nSix standard configurations are available for magnifications from 8 to 80 times. One can customize configurations for magnifications from 4x up to 160 times around the central zoom bodies DZ.1000, DZ.0800 or DZ.0630.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-dz-series-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Binocular and trinocular models\n• 6 Standard configurations or customized configuration\n• Ergonomic tilting head from 0 to 35° tilting or fixed 20° inclined head\n• EWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces\n• 3 Magnification units from 4 to 320x\n• Ergonomic rack & pinion stands, universal stand or articulated arm stands\n• Transmitted and incident 3 W LED illumination\n• 100 W epi-fluorescence\n• Multihead versions","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Pair of EWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Ergonomic binocular 0-35° tilting head\n• Binocular 20° tilted head\n• Diopter ± 5 adjustment on both eyepieces\n• Interpupillary distance from 55 to 75 mm\n• Photo ports for one or two cameras"},{"title":"CENTRAL ZOOM UNITS","text":"Three central zoom units are available:\n• 1:6.3 for total magnifications from 8 to 50x\n• 1:8 for total magnifications from 8 to 64x\n• 1:10 for total magnifications from 8 to 80x"},{"title":"COMMON MAIN OBJECTIVE","text":"• Standard configurations are supplied with a 1x plan apochromatic Common Main Objective, working distance 78 mm\n• Other plan apochromatic Common Main Objectives 0.5x (working distance 126 mm) and 2x (working distance 33 mm) are also available\nAll optics have an anti-reflection coating for maximum light throughput and are anti-fungus treated."},{"title":"STAND","text":"• Large ergonomic stand with Ø 100 mm object plate and two object clamps\n• Coaxial coarse and fine adjustment\n• A universal stand and articulated arm stands without illumination are also available for configurations built according to customer's specifications\n• The multihead systems come with a 420 x 350 mm stage - without illumination - and with a 254 x 254 mm glass plate"},{"title":"ILLUMINATION of standard DZ.5040 STAND","text":"• Transmitted and incident 3 W LED illuminations with a built-in 100-240 V power supply\n• Both illuminators can be used simultaneously and the light intensities can be adjusted separately"},{"title":"STANDARD CONFIGURATIONS","text":"• All 9 standard configurations are equipped with EWF 10x/22 mm eyepieces, 1x plan apochromatic Common Main Objective\n• All 9 standard configurations are equipped with DZ.5040 rack & pinion stand with incident and transmitted LED illumination"},{"title":"BUILD YOUR OWN MICROSCOPE","text":"A customized DZ series stereo microscope can be configured to customer's specifications by choosing one of the three central zoom units DZ.0630, DZ.0800 or DZ.1000 and adding the necessary components for the application. Pair of eyepieces, an ergonomic 5 to 35° tilting head or fix 20° inclined head, a 0.5x, 1x or 2x Common Main Objective (CMO), a large ergonomic LED stand, a boom or an articulated arm stand. Other accessories such as a photo/camera unit or dual iris diaphragm can complete the configuration. Multihead versions are available for simultaneous viewing."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"• Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse and user manual\n• All packed in a polystyrene box"}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"DZ series (standard configurations)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular 20° head","Binocular Ergo 0 to 35° tilting","Dual binocular 20º heads","Magnifications from 8 to 50x","Magnifications from 8 to 64x","Magnifications from 8 to 80x"],"specs":[{"parameter":"DZ.1100","values":["","•","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DZ.1104","values":["","","•","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DZ.1105","values":["•","","","","","•"]},{"parameter":"DZ.1800","values":["","•","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DZ.1804","values":["","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DZ.1805","values":["•","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"DZ.1600","values":["","•","","•","",""]},{"parameter":"DZ.1604","values":["","","•","•","",""]},{"parameter":"DZ.1605","values":["•","","","•","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"be-18-series","name":"BE-18 Series","description":"Stereo microscopes of the BE-18 series, with interchangeable objectives mounted in a slider, are intensively used in industry.","pageTitle":"BE-18 Series","pageDescription":"Stereo microscopes of the BE-18 series with interchangeable objectives mounted in a slider are intensively used in the industry. The high depth of field and the extra large working distance are the main characteristics of this stereo microscope.","image":"/images/euromex-be-18-series-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Stereo microscopes of the BE-18 series with interchangeable objectives mounted in a slider are intensively used in the industry. The high depth of field and the extra large working distance are the main characteristics of this stereo microscope. These characteristics allow users to work under the microscope with ease. Ideal for jewelers, watchmakers, soldering, quality inspection and so on.\nA 44 cm flexible arm LED light source makes sure the object can be illuminated from any angle. The heavy, metal base makes this system very stable. Magnifications vary from 2.5x to 40x.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-be-18-series-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Professional stereo microscopes for extra long working distance\n• Interchangeable magnifications from 2.5x up to 40x\n• Overhanging stand\n• Large working area\n• LED illumination","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECE(S)","text":"Pair WF 10x/20 mm."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Binocular 45° inclined tube. Interpupillary distance adjustable between 55 and 75 mm."},{"title":"STAND","text":"Stable overhanging heavy base stand with pillar."},{"title":"FOCUSING ADJUSTMENT","text":"Coarse adjustment with tension control."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"Incident 1 W LED illumination 44 cm on flexible arm. Intensity is adjustable."},{"title":"PACKAGING","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse and user manual. All packed in a polystyrene box."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"BE-18 series","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","0.5x objective","1.0x objective","2.0x objective","Working distance","LED illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"BE.1812","values":["•","•","•","","230 mm","•"]},{"parameter":"BE.1820","values":["•","","•","•","119 mm","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"p-series","name":"P Series","description":"The microscopes of the P series are specifically designed for industrial purposes and come with both dual 10x/30x and 20x/40x magnifications.","pageTitle":"P Series","pageDescription":"The microscopes of the P series are specifically designed for industrial purposes and come with both dual 10/30x and 20x/40x magnifications and by using optional eyepieces this can result in magnifications from 5x to 80x These microscopes are equipped with a rack & pinion stand and a 360° rotatable head.","image":"/images/euromex-p-series-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The microscopes of the P series are specifically designed for industrial purposes and come with both dual 10/30x and 20x/40x magnifications and by using optional eyepieces this can result in magnifications from 5x to 80x.\nThese microscopes are equipped with a rack & pinion stand and a 360° rotatable head.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-p-series-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Binocular models\n• Easy to use\n• 360° revolving rotatable head with 45° inclined tubes\n• Secured WF 10x/20 mm eyepieces\n• 10x/30x and 20x/40x magnification in revolving nosepiece\n• Robust rack & pinion stand with powerful halogen or LED illumination\n• LED illumination with rechargeable batteries for cordless use\n• Incident and transmitted illuminations can be used simultaneously\n• Light weight; easy to carry to any location","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Secured pair wide field eyepieces WF 10x/20 mm. Supplied with eyecups."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Binocular head with 45° inclined tubes. One tube supplied with diopter adjustment. Interpupillary distance from 55 to 75 mm."},{"title":"STAND","text":"Robust pillar stand with 35 mm coarse adjustment. Supplied with white/black object plate and two object clamps."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"The P-10 and P-20 models are supplied with 10 W 12 V halogen transmitted and incident illumination and internal power supply. Both illuminators can be operated independently or simultaneously.\nThe P-10 LED and P-20 LED models are supplied with high power LED transmitted and incident illumination. With three rechargeable batteries for maximum 35 hours continuous cordless operation. Both illuminators can be operated independently or simultaneously."},{"title":"CAMERAS","text":"Euromex offers a wide range of industrial and laboratory grade cameras. For P series, the camera replaces one of the eyepieces."},{"title":"PACKAGING","text":"Supplied with pair of eyecups, power cord (external mains plug-in adapter for LED models), dust cover, a spare fuse and user manual (and spare bulb for halogen models). All packed in a polystyrene box."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"P series","columnLabel":"Product number","specVariants":["Model","45° head","1x/3x objective","2x/4x objective","Transmitted halogen illumination","Incident halogen illumination","Transmitted LED illumination","Incident LED illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"60.100","values":["P-10","•","•","","•","•","",""]},{"parameter":"60.110","values":["P-10 LED","•","•","","","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"60.200","values":["P-20","•","","•","•","•","",""]},{"parameter":"60.210","values":["P-20 LED","•","","•","","","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"z-series","name":"Z Series","description":"These versatile high-end stereo microscopes are highly appreciated by professionals in Life Science research and industry because of the excellent optical and m.","pageTitle":"Z Series","pageDescription":"These versatile high-end stereo microscopes are highly appreciated by the professionals of Life Science research and industry because of the excellent optical and mechanical characteristics of this series Indispensable for a reliable quality inspection of processes in production or of industrial products, these microscopes are also extensively used in research laboratories.","image":"/images/euromex-z-series-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"These versatile high-end stereo microscopes are highly appreciated by the professionals of Life Science research and industry because of the excellent optical and mechanical characteristics of this series.\nIndispensable for a reliable quality inspection of processes in production or of industrial products, these microscopes are also extensively used in research laboratories. Certain components are also integrated in machines. Depending on the application, the microscopes can be configured with fix or variable magnification or zoom heads together with other components such as eyepieces, additional lenses, stands, stages, filters, etc.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-z-series-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Modular system\n• Binocular and trinocular models\n• Standard HWF 10x/23 mm eyepieces\n• Stereo zoom heads with fix 45°, 60° or 90° inclined tubes\n• Zoom magnification objectives\n• Superior resolution optics\n• Multiple stands","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Pair of SWF 10x/23 mm eyepieces."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Binocular or trinocular heads with 45°, 60° or 90° inclined tubes\n• Diopter ± 6° adjustment on both tubes for Z series\n• Interpupillary distance from 55 to 75 mm"},{"title":"ZOOM MAGNIFICATION OBJECTIVES","text":"• Zoom objective with variable 0.4x to 2.5x magnifications\n• Zoom objective with variable 0.7x to 4.5x magnifications\n• Zoom objective with variable 1x to 7x magnifications\nZoom objectives with click stops are also available on request. All optics have an anti-reflection coating for maximum light throughput and are anti-fungus treated."},{"title":"STANDS WITHOUT ILLUMINATION","text":"ST.1710 Pillar stand with ST.1790 head holder. Pillar height 210 mm, diameter Ø 20 mm. Dimensions 250 (h) x 150 (w) x 240 mm (d).\nST.1718 Pillar ergonomically flat stand with ST.1790 head holder. Pillar height 213 mm, diameter Ø 20 mm. Dimensions 258 (h) x 330 (w) x 306 mm (d).\nST.1770 Large pillar wooden stand with ST.1790 head holder. Pillar height 360 mm, diameter Ø 29 mm. Dimensions 400 (h) x 580 (w) x 500 mm (d). Suitable for SMD inspection."},{"title":"STANDS WITH ILLUMINATION","text":"ST.1735 Rack & pinion stand with 3 W LED illumination and rotatable double-sided coated mirror (one frosted and one aluminium coated side). Especially developed for observation of transparent objects. Very suitable for equine or porcine embryo collection and transfer. Adjustable light intensity. Supplied with external power supply. Dimensions: 240 x 160 x 290 mm (D x W x H), min/max height 240-290 mm."},{"title":"BOOM STANDS","text":"ST.1720 Articulated one arm boom stand with a 270 x 270 mm base, 610 mm and Ø 29 mm pillar, with orientable stereo head holder ST.1794. Vertical post 780 mm. Weight 19.5 kg.\n65.980 / 65.983 Articulated one arm stand to be mounted on a table with 85 mm diameter head holder. Depth positioning of stereo head between 33 and 100 cm. Working distance between 0 and maximum 295 mm."},{"title":"HEAD HOLDERS","text":"ST.1790 Head holder with coarse adjustment*\nST.1796 Head holder with coarse and fine adjustment*\nST.1792 Head holder with coarse adjustment and opening for one fiber light guide*\nST.1794 Orientable head holder with coarse adjustment and opening for one fiber light guide**\nST.1798 Orientable head holder with coarse and fine adjustment and opening for one fiber light guide**\n* Not suitable for ST.1720 and 65.980/65.983. ** Suitable for ST.1720. All head holders have an internal diameter of 84 mm and a friction adjustment"},{"title":"STAGE","text":"AE.1950 Large sliding X-Y stage, 350 x 270 mm, translation by hand."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"• Supplied with power cord, dust cover, a spare fuse and user manual\n• All packed in a polystyrene box"}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Zoom Stereo Heads","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Binocular","Trinocular","Tilt tubes","Objective zoom","Magnifications","Working distance (mm)","Field of view (mm)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"ZE.1624","values":["•","","45°","0.7 - 4.5x","7 - 45x","93","32/5.1"]},{"parameter":"ZE.1654","values":["","•","45°","0.7 - 4.5x","7 - 45x","93","32/5.1"]},{"parameter":"ZE.1657","values":["","• *","45°","0.7 - 4.5x","7 - 45x","104","32/5.1"]},{"parameter":"ZE.1626","values":["•","","60°","0.7 - 4.5x","7 - 45x","93","32/5.1"]},{"parameter":"ZE.1659","values":["","• *","45°","0.4 - 2.5x","4 - 25x","185","57/12.8"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* When the trinocular tube is engaged, the image is still available in both other tubes.","","","","","",""]}]},{"title":"Stands","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Column (mm)","Diameter (mm)","Rack & pinion","d x w base (mm)","Height (mm)","Head holder","Illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"ST.1710","values":["210","20","","240 x 150","250","ST.1790","1)"]},{"parameter":"ST.1718","values":["213","20","","330 x 306","258","ST.1790","1)"]},{"parameter":"ST.1720","values":["610","29","","780 x 270","650","ST.1794","1)"]},{"parameter":"ST.1735","values":["","","","240 x 160","290","","3 W LED"]},{"parameter":"ST.1770","values":["360","29","","500 x 580","400","ST.1790","1)"]},{"parameter":"65.980/65.983","values":["","","","ø 1000 *","0 / 295","65.983","1)"]},{"parameter":"NZ.9027/65.983","values":["","","","ø 1000 *","0 / 295","65.983","1)"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Length with the 2 arms totally extended ","","","","","",""]}]}]}]},{"name":"Inverted Microscopes","description":"Inverted microscopes for cell culture, live-cell work and metallurgical inspection.","pageTitle":"Inverted Microscopes","pageDescription":"Euromex inverted microscopes are designed for culture flasks, Petri dishes and multi-well plates, with long working distance optics, phase contrast and fluorescence options, plus inverted metallurgical models for materials inspection.","overview":"Euromex inverted microscopes are designed for culture flasks, Petri dishes and multi-well plates, with long working distance optics, phase contrast and fluorescence options, plus inverted metallurgical models for materials inspection.","partner":"Euromex — Netherlands","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-inverso.webp","slug":"inverted","models":[{"slug":"achios-x-inverso","name":"Achios-X Inverso Series","description":"Brightfield, phase contrast, Hoffman and 3D relief contrast — state-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Life Science applications.","pageTitle":"Achios-X Inverso Series","pageDescription":"State-of-the-art inverted microscopes for advanced life science applications with brightfield, phase contrast, Hoffman, and 3D relief contrast. The Achios-X Inverso series combines extra-wide-field optics with an ergonomic, flexible design.","image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-inverso.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Brightfield, phase contrast, Hoffman & 3D relief contrast.\nState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Life Science applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-inverso.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Extra Wide field WF 10x/22 mm, Ø 30 mm\n• Models with ergo tilting 5º - 35º tubes\n• Models with backwards tilting illumination column\n• Revolving quintuple nosepiece\n• Plan and Plan Phase EIS objectives\n• Hoffman contrast and 3D relief contrast\n• Low positioned stage adjustment knobs\n• 3 W NeoLED\n• LCD screen for Smart Light Control","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"SWF 10x/22 mm wide field eyepieces with adjustable diopter. Ø 30 mm tubes."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Binocular head with 45° inclined tubes or binocular ergo head with 5-35° tilting tubes. Interpupillary distance of 48 to 75 mm. Optional side photo port with 100-0/0-100 beamsplitter."},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving quintuple nosepiece on ball-bearings."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES - 60 mm PARFOCAL, M25 THREAD","text":"Objectives with 1.2 mm coverslip correction and objectives with adjustable coverslip correction. Fluarex™ objectives are made of low-absorption glass. Fluarex™ is a trademark of Euromex microscopen bv. All optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"• 170 x 250 mm stage with 129 x 83 mm mechanical X-Y stage\n• Supplied with metal insert for Ø 65 glass plate and universal cell culture dish holder (AI.9569)\n• Optional metal inserts, Ø 35, Ø 54 and Ø 90 mm cell culture dish holder with 27x26 mm slide holder\n• Optional metal insert for Multiwell plates (127.76 x 85.48 mm) (AI.9517)"},{"title":"CONDENSERS","text":"• WD (Working distance): 75 mm, without condenser: 187 mm\n• The condenser can be removed to increase WD (178), allowing multilayered culture flasks\n• With slot for phase contrast/embossed contrast/Hoffman contrast sliders\nFor AI.1xxx and AI.3xxx models: Condenser N.A. 0.30 with iris diaphragm. WD 75 mm, without condenser: 187 mm.\nFor AI.4xxx models: Height adjustable Köhler condenser N.A. 0.30 with iris diaphragm and 3 filter holders and shutter function. Mounted on a backwards tilting illumination column allowing easy access to samples and placement of multilayered culture flasks, without removing the condenser."},{"title":"CONDENSER FOR HOFFMAN CONTRAST","text":"All models can be equipped with a Hoffman condenser and slider with Hoffman slits for 10/20/40 objectives. Needs Hoffman objectives."},{"title":"SLIDER FOR 3D RELIEF CONTRAST","text":"All models can be equipped with a 3D relief contrast slider. Works for standard condenser and Plan or Plan Semi-Apo IOS 10/20/40x objectives."},{"title":"FOCUS ADJUSTMENT","text":"• Coaxial 37.5 mm coarse and fine adjustments with 200 graduations\n• Precision 1 μm, 0.2 mm per rotation\n• Fine focus knobs are left/right interchangeable"},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"• Transmitted 3W NeoLED™ illumination with adjustable intensity\n• Internal power supply 100-240 V (CE). Fuse 500 mA 250 Vac"},{"title":"SMART LIGHT CONTROL","text":"This intelligent function:\n• memorizes the light intensity level for each objective\n• increases comfort\n• saves valuable time during routine magnification shifts\n• includes a sleep function"},{"title":"NeoLED","text":"The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length. Four main benefits:\n• More oblique light from the NeoLED™ light source, which increases the light output significantly\n• Less energy is required to achieve this level of light intensity\n• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical system of the microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics\n• Super long life span, up to 50.000 hrs nominal, L70 norm"},{"title":"Objectives with 1.2mm coverslip correction","text":"• Plan IOS: 4x/0.10, 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S40x/0.60\n• Plan Semi Apo Fluarex IOS: 4x/0.13, 10x/0.30, 20x/0.45, S40x/0.60\n• Plan Phase IOS: 10x/0.30, 20x/0.45, S40x/0.60\n• Plan Semi Apo Phase Fluarex IOS: 4x/0.30, 10x/0.30, 20x/0.45, S40x/0.60\n• Plan PLi Hoffman IOS: 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, S40x/0.60"},{"title":"Objectives with adjustable coverslip correction","text":"• Plan Semi Apo Fluarex IOS: 20x/0.45, S40x/0.60, S60x/0.70\n• Plan Semi Apo Fluarex Phase IOS: 20x/0.45, S40x/0.60, S60x/0.70"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"• Supplied with Ø 65 glass plate and universal cell culture dish holder\n• Power cord, dust cover and user manual\n• Phase contrast models are supplied with green filter and alignment telescope"}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Achios-X Inverso (phase contrast)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Ergo head","Backwards tilting arm","Plan PLi objective 4x IOS AI.83xx","Plan phase PLPHi objectives 10/20/40 IOS AI.87xx","Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex phase objectives 10/20/40 IOS AI.89xx","Plan Hoffman objectives 10/20/40x AI.88xx","3D Relief contrast","Epi-fluorescence equipment for B, G and UV excitation","Köhler illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"AI.1053-PLPHi","values":["","","•","•","","o","o","",""]},{"parameter":"AI.3053-PLPHFi","values":["","","","","•","o","o","•",""]},{"parameter":"AI.4058-PLPHi","values":["•","•","•","•","","o","o","","•"]},{"parameter":"AI.4058-PLPHFi","values":["•","•","","","•","o","o","•","•"]}]},{"title":"Notes","columnLabel":"o - Optional","specVariants":[],"specs":[]}]},{"slug":"achios-x-inverso-metallurgical","name":"Achios-X Inverso (Metallurgical) Series","description":"For advanced materials science applications.","pageTitle":"Achios-X Inverso (Metallurgical) Series","pageDescription":"For advanced materials science applications. The Achios-X Inverso is a high-performance inverted microscope designed for demanding materials science applications.","image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-inverso-metallurgical.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"For advanced materials science applications.\nThe Achios-X Inverso is a high-performance inverted microscope designed for demanding materials science applications. It supports brightfield, darkfield and polarization, with long working distance plan and apochromatic objectives for superior imaging without cover glass correction. Ergonomic features include a tilting head and low-positioned controls. The Smart Light Control system saves intensity settings per objective, enhancing efficiency. NeoLED™ illumination delivers high-contrast, high-resolution images with minimal energy use. With robust construction, intuitive operation and advanced optics, the Achios-X Inverso is ideal for examining metals, polymers and complex materials in research and industrial environments.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-inverso-metallurgical.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Brightfield, darkfield, polarization\n• Head with ergo tilting 5º - 35º tubes\n• Long working distance IOS plan objectives\n• Long working distance IOS apochromatic objectives\n• Low positioned stage adjustment knobs\n• 3 W NeoLED™ illumination\n• LCD screen for Smart Light Control","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"SWF 10x/22 mm widefield eyepieces with adjustable diopter, Ø 30 mm tubes and -5/+5 diopter."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Binocular ergo head with 5-35° tilting tubes\n• Interpupillary distance of 48 to 75 mm\n• Side photo port with 80:20 beamsplitter, c-mount lenses optional"},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving quintuple nosepiece on ball-bearings, coded."},{"title":"BRIGHTFIELD/DARKFIELD OBJECTIVES","text":"Plan infinity corrected PLi, IOS 45 mm parfocal, high numerical, long working distance, no cover glass correction, M26 mount.\n• 5x/0.12 WD 20 mm BD\n• 10x/0.30 WD 11 mm BD\n• 20x/0.45 WD 3.1 mm BD\nPlan Apochromatic infinity corrected PL-AMi, IOS 45 mm parfocal, high numerical, long working distance, no cover glass correction, M26 mount.\n• 50x/0.80 WD 1 mm BD\n• 100x/0.90 WD 1 mm BD (optional)\nBD = Brightfield/Darkfield, WD = working distance. All optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"• Stage 226 x 178 mm with Vernier scale\n• Equipped with a coaxial mechanical 50 x 50 mm X-Y stage\n• Maximum weight for sample: 5 kg\nSupplied with:\n• Metal insert with hole Ø 10 mm\n• Metal insert with hole Ø 15 mm\n• Metal insert with hole Ø 25 mm\n• Metal insert that can hold an object clamp"},{"title":"FOCUS ADJUSTMENT","text":"• Low positioned for more comfort\n• Coaxial 37.5 mm coarse and fine adjustments with 200 graduations\n• Precision 1 μm, 0.2 mm per rotation\n• Fine focus knobs are left/right interchangeable"},{"title":"ILLUMINATION AND FILTERS","text":"• Transmitted 3W NeoLED™ illumination with adjustable intensity\n• Internal power supply 100-240 V (CE). Fuse 500 mA 250 Vac\n• Adjustable field diaphragm and condenser aperture (both motorized)\n• Adjustable color temperature\n• Slot for filter. Blue, green, yellow, frosted white filters included"},{"title":"POLARIZATION","text":"• Slot with 360° rotatable polarizer\n• Analyzer built in the illumination turret"},{"title":"SMART LIGHT CONTROL","text":"This intelligent function:\n• memorizes the light intensity level for each objective\n• memorizes field and aperture diaphragm position\n• memorizes color temperature\n• increases comfort\n• saves valuable time during routine magnification shifts\n• includes a sleep function"},{"title":"NeoLED","text":"The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length. Four main benefits:\n• More oblique light from the NeoLED™ light source, which increases the light output significantly\n• Less energy is required to achieve this level of light intensity\n• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical system of the microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics\n• Super long life span, up to 50.000 hrs nominal, L70 norm"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"4 Metal inserts for stage with 10/15/25 mm hole, 1 metal insert for holding an object clamp, 1 object clamp, 4 filter sliders: blue/green/yellow/frosted white, a rotatable polarizer slider, a 1x C-mount adapter, power cord, dust cover and user manual."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Achios-X Inverso metallurgical","columnLabel":"Model","specVariants":["Ergo head","Photo port","LWD Plan Semi-Apo 5/10/20x objectives","LWD Plan Apo 50x objective","LWD Plan Apo 100x objective","3 W NeoLED™ illumination","Differential Interference Contrast (DIC)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"AI.1058-PLMI","values":["•","•","•","•","o","•","o"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["o - Optional"]}]}]},{"slug":"delphi-x-inverso","name":"Delphi-X Inverso Series","description":"Delphi-X Inverso™ is an inverted microscope for the professional with demanding applications of living cell cultures and stained samples.","pageTitle":"Delphi-X Inverso Series","pageDescription":"Delphi-X Inverso™ is an inverted microscope for the professional with demanding applications of living cell cultures and stained samples. It is available in two configurations.","image":"/images/euromex-delphi-x-inverso.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Delphi-X Inverso™ is an inverted microscope for the professional with demanding applications of living cell cultures and stained samples. It is available in two configurations.\nSuper contrast semi-apochromatic objectives with collar adjustment ring assure perfect observation of cells or tissues in 1.2 mm thick Petri dishes or flasks.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-delphi-x-inverso.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Life science applications\n• Observation of tissue cultures, living cells\n• Brightfield, phase contrast\n• DIC (differential interference contrast)\n• Long working distance IOS plan semi apochromatic objectives\n• Revolving sextuple nosepiece\n• 5 W LED or 100 W halogen transmitted illumination\n• Backwards tilting condenser arm\n• Easy placement of large objects","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Pair of DIN HWF plan 10x/25 mm or 10x/22 mm eyepieces with diopter adjustment (optional)."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Trinocular 45° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance of 47 to 78 mm. Trinocular head with 100-0, 80/20 and 0/100 positions."},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving sextuple nosepiece on ball-bearings. The nosepiece can be equipped with DIC prisms for the 10x, 20x and 40x objectives."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"Stage 340 x 230 mm, equipped with a coaxial mechanical 130 x 85 mm X-Y stage. Supplied with:\n• Metal insert for Ø 38 mm cell culture dish\n• Metal insert for Ø 54 mm cell culture dish or 76 x 26 mm slides\n• Metal insert for Multiwell plates (127.76 x 85.48 mm)\n• Optional universal cell culture holder"},{"title":"CONDENSER","text":"Rotating N.A. 0.55 condenser with 6 positions, iris diaphragm and filter holders. Working distance is 26 mm. Supplied with phase contrast annuli for 10x/20x, 40x and 60x objectives, brightfield position and slots for optional DIC prisms. Three filter holders allow the insertion of Ø 38 mm filters in the optical path. The arm with condenser can be tilted backwards for convenient access to the stage. This allows easy placement of large objects like flasks and Petri dishes."},{"title":"MAGNIFICATION CHANGER","text":"A magnification changer with a 1.5x lens allows intermediary magnifications of 1.5 times the standard objective magnifications. For example switching from 20x to 30x or from 60x to 90x magnification can be done without the need to change objectives."},{"title":"FLUORESCENCE FILTER SET WHEEL","text":"The Delphi-X Inverso is supplied with a 6-position fluorescence filter set wheel. (More information on fluorescence on the Delphi-X Inverso fluorescence webpage)."},{"title":"FOCUS ADJUSTMENT","text":"Coaxial 10 mm coarse and fine adjustments, 1 μm precision and with friction adjustment."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"Transmitted 5 W LED or 100 W halogen. Intensity adjustable with internal 100-240 V power supply. Fuse holder 5 A / 250 V. Delphi-X Inverso can be extended with fluorescence equipment."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with metal insert for Ø 38 mm cell culture dish and a metal insert for Ø 54 mm cell culture dish with 76 x 26 mm slides, metal insert for Multiwell plates, metal insert for Teraski plates, blue and green interference Ø 38 mm filters, power cord, dust cover, green filter and alignment telescope and user manual."},{"title":"ICSI SET (intracytoplasmic sperm injection)","text":"• Perfect for inexperienced users in need of training practice as well as for professionals\n• Complete manual system with large movement range and easy micropipette repositioning\n• Adjustable micropipette holder angle between 20° and 40°\n• 3D Hydraulic manipulation joysticks for smooth movement\n• Pneumatic Air Injector for ICSI and holding, no service required\n• Movement range X/Y/Z: 20 mm each, 1 mm for one complete turn of the handle\n• Optional heating stage with controller\n• Medical device CE mark"},{"title":"HEATING STAGES AE.8010 AND AE.8015","text":"Heating glass stage for Euromex microscope stage with 110 mm circular hole. The glass plate fits the circular opening of the X-Y stage and enables a flat glass object-plate with constant temperature. The stage has an aluminum frame for superior resistance and flatness. Glass thickness 0.5 mm. Plate diameter 110 mm.\nController AE.8010: 2-channel temperature controller with touchscreen interface, temperature range from ambient to 60°C, accuracy ± 0.3°C, 4.3'' touch screen, alarm buzzer and self calibration routines.\nController AE.8015: economic and compact single-channel version with LCD display and push buttons, temperature range from ambient to 60°C, set point resolution 0.1°C, one-point temperature calibration."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Delphi-X Inverso","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["LWD Plan phase 10x/20x/S40x objectives","100 W Halogen illumination","5 W LED illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"DI.1053-PLPHFi","values":["•","","•"]},{"parameter":"DI.2053-PLPHFi","values":["•","•",""]}]}]},{"slug":"delphi-x-inverso-metallurgical","name":"Delphi-X Inverso (Metallurgical) Series","description":"Delphi-X Inverso for materials science is an inverted microscope for the professional with demanding applications for materials sciences samples.","pageTitle":"Delphi-X Inverso (Metallurgical) Series","pageDescription":"Delphi-X Inverso for materials science. Delphi-X Inverso for materials science is an inverted microscope for the professional with demanding applications for materials sciences samples.","image":"/images/delphi-x-inverso-metallurgical.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Delphi-X Inverso for materials science.\nDelphi-X Inverso for materials science is an inverted microscope for the professional with demanding applications for materials sciences samples.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/delphi-x-inverso-metallurgical.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Materials science applications\n• Observation of materials science samples\n• Brightfield, dark field, polarization\n• DIC (differential interference contrast)\n• Long working distance IOS plan semi apochromatic objectives\n• Revolving sextuple nosepiece\n• 100 W halogen reflected illumination","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Pair of DIN HWF plan 10x/22 mm."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Trinocular 45° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance of 47 to 78 mm. Trinocular head with 100-0, 80/20 and 0/100 positions. Built-in Bertrand lens."},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving sextuple nosepiece on ball-bearings. With DIC slot."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES – 45 mm parfocal","text":"High numerical, infinity (Semi-)apochromatic bright-/darkfield objectives. Long working distance, IOS, no cover glass correction, M26 mount.\n• Plan Semi-Apochromatic (PL-SAMi): 5x/0.15 WD 20 mm, 10x/0.30 WD 11 mm, 20x/0.45 WD 3.1 mm\n• Plan Apochromatic (PL-AMi): 50x/0.80 WD 1 mm\nOptional: DI.8100 Plan Apochromatic (PL-AMi) 100x/0.90 IOS BD objective, working distance 1 mm, no coverglass correction, 45 mm parfocal, M26 mounting thread.\nWD = working distance. All optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"Stage 340 x 230 mm, equipped with a coaxial mechanical 130 x 85 mm X-Y stage.\nSupplied with:\n• Metal insert with hole Ø 20 mm\n• Metal insert with hole Ø 28 mm\n• Metal insert with drop-shaped hole\nMaximum weight for sample: 30 kg."},{"title":"MAGNIFICATION CHANGER","text":"A magnification changer with a 1.5x lens allows intermediary magnifications of 1.5 times the standard objective magnifications. For example, switching from 20x or 50x to 30x to 75x magnification can be done without the need to change objectives."},{"title":"MULTIFUNCTIONAL WHEEL","text":"The Delphi-X Inverso has a 6-position multifunctional wheel, supplied with cubes for two brightfield, one darkfield and one polarization filter. Slider with prisms for the 5x/20x and 50x/100x magnifications and slider with analyzer."},{"title":"ADDITIONAL SLIDER SLOTS","text":"Besides a field diaphragm and condenser aperture, two slots are available. A slider with two neutral density filters is also supplied."},{"title":"FOCUS ADJUSTMENT","text":"Low positioned coaxial with 10 mm coarse and fine adjustment focusing knobs, 1 μm precision and with friction adjustment."},{"title":"CAMERA PORTS","text":"Beside the standard photo port of the head, there are two other photo ports at both left and right side of the microscope."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"Reflected 100 W halogen. Intensity adjustable with internal 100-240 V power supply. Fuse holder 5 A / 250 V."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Delphi-X Inverso materials science","columnLabel":"Model","specVariants":["Trinocular","LWD Plan Semi-Apo 5/10/20x","LWD Plan Apo 50x","LWD Plan Apo 100x","100 W Halogen illumination","DIC"],"specs":[{"parameter":"DI.2053-PLMi","values":["•","•","•","o","•","o"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["o - Optional"]}]}]},{"slug":"oxion-inverso-and-fluorescence","name":"Oxion Inverso and fluorescence Series","description":"The inverted Oxion Inverso biological microscopes of Euromex are available for bright field, phase contrast and fluorescence applications.","pageTitle":"Oxion Inverso and fluorescence Series","pageDescription":"The inverted Oxion Inverso biological microscopes of Euromex are available for bright field, phase contrast and fluorescence applications. Specific objectives compensate the 1.2 mm thick bottoms of the petri dishes or culture dishes.","image":"/images/euromex-oxion-inverso-and-fluorescence-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The inverted Oxion Inverso biological microscopes of Euromex are available for bright field, phase contrast and fluorescence applications. Specific objectives compensate the 1.2 mm thick bottoms of the petri dishes or culture dishes.\nThe Oxion Inverso inverted microscopes (Life Science) are useful for observation of living organisms and tissues cultures in cell culture dishes and flasks.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-oxion-inverso-and-fluorescence-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Life Science applications\n• Observation of tissue cultures, living cells\n• Brightfield, phase contrast and fluorescence\n• Long working distance IOS plan achromatic objectives\n• Revolving quintuple nosepiece\n• 5 W LED transmitted illumination\n• 100 W mercury vapor lamp for fluorescence","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Pair of DIN HWF plan 10x/22 mm eyepieces."},{"title":"HEADS","text":"• Trinocular 45° inclined tubes with extended low and high positions for eyepieces\n• One diopter adjustment on left eyepiece\n• Interpupillary distance of 54 to 75 mm\n• Trinocular head with 0-100 % positions"},{"title":"NOSEPIECES","text":"Revolving quintuple nosepiece on ball-bearings."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES FOR BRIGHTFIELD","text":"(models OX.2003-PL and OX.2053-PL).\n• Infinity color corrected long working distance plan 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, 40x/0.60 IOS objectives\n• An optional 60x/0.70 IOS objective is also available"},{"title":"OBJECTIVES FOR PHASE CONTRAST","text":"(models OX.2003-PLPH and OX.2053-PLPH).\nInfinity color corrected long working distance plan phase 10x/0.25, 20x/0.40, 40x/0.60 IOS objectives."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES FOR BRIGHTFIELD AND FLUORESCENCE MICROSCOPY","text":"(models OX.2253-PLPHF and OX.2453-PLPHF).\n• Infinity color corrected long working distance plan Fluarex 10x/0.30, 20x/0.45, 40x/0.65 IOS objectives\n• An optional plan Fluarex 60x/0.75 IOS objective is also available"},{"title":"OBJECTIVES FOR PHASE CONTRAST AND FLUORESCENCE MICROSCOPY","text":"(models OX.2253-PLPHF and OX.2453-PLPHF).\nInfinity color corrected long working distance plan fluarex 10x/0.30 and plan phase fluarex 20x/0.45 and S40x/0.65 IOS objectives. All objectives corrected for 1.2 mm thickness. All optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"Stage 250 x 230 mm equipped with a coaxial mechanical 120 x 78 mm X-Y stage, delivered with:\n• metallic insert for Ø 35 mm cell culture dish\n• 76 x 26 mm slide holder\n• glass insert with hole\n• optional universal cell culture dish holder"},{"title":"CONDENSER","text":"• N.A. 0.30 condenser with iris diaphragm. Working distance 72 mm\n• The models for the phase contrast OX.2003-PLPH, OX.2053-PLPH, OX.2253-PLPHF and OX.2453-PLPHF are delivered with a slider with 4x/10x and 20x/40x pre-centered phase rings"},{"title":"FOCUSING ADJUSTMENT","text":"Coaxial 25 mm coarse and fine adjustments, 2 μm precision and with friction adjustment."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"• Transmitted 5 W LED. Intensity adjustable with internal 100-240 V power supply. Fuse holder 3.15 A / 250 V\n• The fluorescence models are equipped with a reflected 100 W HBO mercury vapor light source with external 100-240 V power supply, fuse holder 3.15 A / 250 V, UV protection shield"},{"title":"LED ILLUMINATION FOR FLUORESCENCE","text":"Two LED sources for fluorescence are available for 4 or 9 excitation wavelengths. See our product LE.6400-OX."},{"title":"FILTERS FOR PHASE CONTRAST MODELS","text":"Interference filter 550 nm green and blue filter, 45 mm diameter."},{"title":"STANDARD FLUORESCENCE FILTERS (for fluorescence models)","text":"The fluorescence models OX.2253-PLF and OX.2253-PLPHF are standard supplied with two filter sets for excitation:\n• in the blue spectrum, OX.9745, EX465-495 (BP) DM505 (LP) EM515-555 (BP)\n• in the green spectrum, OX.9746, EX540-580 (BP) DM600 (LP) EM605-665 (BP)\nThe fluorescence models OX.2453-PLF and OX.2453-PLPHF equipped with a 4 positions filter rail equipped with three standard filter sets for excitation:\n• in the blue spectrum, OX.9745, EX465-495 (BP) DM505 (LP) EM515-555 (BP)\n• in the green spectrum, OX.9746, EX540-580 (BP) DM600 (LP) EM605-665 (BP)\n• in the UV spectrum, OX.9747, EX361-389 (BP) D415 (LP) EM435-485 (BP)"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"• Supplied with power cord, dust cover and user manual\n• Phase contrast models are supplied with green filter and alignment telescope\n• Microscope supplied in a transport case"},{"title":"ICSI (INTRACYTOPLASMIC SPERM INJECTION) SET FOR OXION INVERSO","text":"• Perfect for inexperienced users in need of training practice as well as for professionals\n• Complete manual system with large movement range\n• Easy micropipette repositioning ('Manual Home Position')\n• Adjustable micropipette holder angle between 20° and 40°\n• 3D Hydraulic Manipulation Joysticks for smooth movement\n• Pneumatic Air Injector for ICSI and holding, no service required\n• Movement range X/Y/Z: 20 mm each, 1 mm for one complete turn of the handle\n• Optional heating stage with controller\nSet includes two 3D hydraulic joysticks, two pipette setup mechanisms, one connection bar with moving handle, two air injectors with tubing and pen type micromanipulation, pipette holder, two metal plates for injectors, one set of Allen wrenches, one ruler for mechanic home position adjustment. Unit is packed in a solid carry case."},{"title":"HEATING STAGE AND CONTROLLER","text":"Heating glass stage for Euromex microscope stage with 110 mm circular hole. The glass plate fits the circular opening of the X-Y stage and enables a flat glass object-plate with constant temperature. Aluminium frame for superior resistance and flatness. Glass thickness 0.5 mm. Plate diameter 110 mm.\n2-Channel Temperature Controller with touchscreen interface, one controller can control up to two devices, external temperature sensor and self calibration routines. Temperature range from ambient to 60°C, accuracy ± 0.3°C, 4.3'' touch screen, on-board data logging to USB, alarm buzzer and external alarm connector."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Oxion Inverso","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["LWD Plan 10x/20x/40x objectives","LWD Plan phase 10x/20x/40x objectives","LWD Plan Fluarex 10x/20x/40x objectives","LWD Plan Fluarex 10x and plan phase fluarex 20x/40x objectives","3-position rail (BF, Blue & Green)","4-position rail (BF, Blue, Green & UV)","Mechanical stage","ICSI equipment"],"specs":[{"parameter":"OX.2003-PL","values":["•","","","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"OX.2053-PL","values":["•","","","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"OX.2003-PLPH","values":["","•","","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"OX.2053-PLPH","values":["","•","","","","","•",""]},{"parameter":"OX.2053-PLPH-ICSI","values":["","•","","","","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"OX.2253-PLF","values":["","","•","","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"OX.2453-PLF","values":["","","•","","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"OX.2253-PLPHF","values":["","","","•","•","","•",""]},{"parameter":"OX.2453-PLPHF","values":["","","","•","","•","•",""]}]}]},{"slug":"oxion-inverso-metallurgical","name":"Oxion Inverso (Metallurgical) Series","description":"The Oxion Inverso inverted microscopes for material science are intensively used for observation of large pieces of material made from metal, wood, plastics and more.","pageTitle":"Oxion Inverso (Metallurgical) Series","pageDescription":"The Oxion Inverso inverted microscopes for material science are intensively used for observation of large pieces of material made from metal, wood, plastics and more.","image":"/images/oxion-inverso-metallurgical.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Oxion Inverso inverted microscopes for material science are intensively used for observation of large pieces of material made from metal, wood, plastics and more.\nThe Oxion Inverso is available with a powerful 50 W halogen brightfield contrast illumination and a large mechanical stage. The polarization and color filters make this instrument suitable for a wide variety of applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oxion-inverso-metallurgical.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Observation of all types of materials\n• Brightfield with polarization\n• Long working IOS plan achromatic objectives\n• Long working IOS plan semi apochromatic objectives\n• Revolving quintuple nosepiece\n• 50 W halogen Köhler illumination\n• Materials Science applications","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Pair of DIN HWF Plan 10x/22 mm eyepieces."},{"title":"NOSEPIECES","text":"Revolving quintuple nosepiece on ball-bearings."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"• Trinocular 45° inclined tubes\n• One diopter adjustment on left eyepiece. Interpupillary distance of 54 to 75 mm\n• Trinocular head with light path selector 100-0 / 0-100"},{"title":"STAGE","text":"Large stage 250 x 230 mm equipped with a coaxial mechanical 120 x 78 mm X-Y stage, delivered with:\n• metallic insert standard with Ø 12 mm diameter hole and Ø 25 mm diameter hole\n• metallic insert with hole for mechanical stage"},{"title":"FOCUSING","text":"Coaxial 25 mm coarse and fine adjustments, 2 µm precision and with friction adjustment."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"Reflected Köhler 50 W halogen. Intensity adjustable with internal 100-240 V power supply. Fuse holder 3.15 A / 250 V."},{"title":"POLARIZATION","text":"Standard polarization filter and 360° rotating analyzer."},{"title":"FILTERS","text":"Blue and green filter mounted in slider, that can be inserted at the back of the illumination attachment. Polarization filter in slider, to be inserted under nosepiece."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with power cord, dust cover, blue and green filters and user manual."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Oxion Inverso (materials science)","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["LWD plan 5x/10x/20x objectives","LWD plan apochromatic 50x objective","LWD plan apochromatic 100x objective","Mechanical stage"],"specs":[{"parameter":"OX.2653-PLM","values":["•","•","","•"]},{"parameter":"OX.2153-PLM","values":["•","•","•","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"delphi-x-inverso-fluorescence","name":"Delphi-X Inverso Fluorescence Series","description":"The Delphi-X Inverso for fluorescence is an inverted microscope for the professional who needs to observe tissues or cells stained with fluorescence dyes.","pageTitle":"Delphi-X Inverso Fluorescence Series","pageDescription":"The Delphi-X Inverso for fluorescence is an inverted microscope for the professional who needs to observe tissues or cells stained with fluorescence dyes.","image":"/images/euromex-delphi-x-inverso-fluorescence-v1.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Delphi-X Inverso for fluorescence is an inverted microscope for the professional who needs to observe tissues or cells stained with fluorescence dyes. Super contrast semi-apochromatic Fluarex objectives with collar adjustment ring assure perfect observation of cells or tissues in 1.2 mm thick Petri dishes or flasks.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-delphi-x-inverso-fluorescence-v1.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Life science applications\n• Observation of fluorescence in tissues and cells\n• Brightfield, phase contrast fluorescence observations\n• DIC (differential interference contrast)\n• Long working distance IOS plan semi-apochromatic Fluarex achromatic objectives\n• Revolving sextuple nosepiece\n• 5 W LED or 100 W halogen transmitted illumination\n• 100 W HBO mercury vapor fluorescence illumination\n• Backwards tilting condenser arm\n• Easy placement of large objects","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"Pair of DIN HWF plan 10x/22 mm eyepieces with diopter adjustment."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Trinocular 45° inclined tubes. Interpupillary distance of 47 to 78 mm. Trinocular head with 100-0, 80/20 and 0/100 positions."},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving sextuple nosepiece on ball-bearings. The nosepiece can be equipped with DIC prisms for the 10x/20x and 40x objectives."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"Stage 340 x 230 mm, equipped with a coaxial mechanical 130 x 85 mm X-Y stage. Supplied with:\n• Metal insert for Ø 38 mm cell culture dish\n• Metal insert for Ø 54 mm cell culture dish or 76 x 26 mm slides\n• Metal insert for Multiwell plates (127.76 x 85.48 mm)\n• Metal insert for Teraski plates (83.3 x 58.0 mm)\n• Optional universal cell culture holder"},{"title":"CONDENSER","text":"Rotating N.A. 0.55 condenser with iris diaphragm. Working distance 26 mm. Supplied with phase contrast annuli for 10x/20x, 40x and 60x objectives and the DIC prisms for the 10x/20x/40x and 60x objectives. Three filter holders allow the insertion of Ø 38 mm filters in the optical path. The arm with condenser can be tilted backwards for convenient access to the stage. This allows easy placement of large objects like flasks and Petri dishes."},{"title":"LENS CHANGER","text":"A lens changer with a 1.5x lens allows intermediary magnifications of 1.5 times the standard objective magnifications. Switching from 20x to 30x or 40 to 60 and from 60x to 90x magnification can be done without the need to re-focus on the sample."},{"title":"FLUORESCENCE ATTACHMENT","text":"The Delphi-X Inverso for fluorescence microscopy is supplied with a 6-position fluorescence filter set wheel and comes with two fluorescence filter sets for blue and green excitation (DI.9745 and DI.9746). Other filter sets are optional.\nDI.9745 Blue excitation, EX 460-495 DM 505 EM 510 long pass.\nDI.9746 Green excitation, EX 510-550 DM 570 EM 575 long pass.\nDI.9747 Violet excitation, EX 400-410 DM 455 EM 460 Long pass.\nDI.9748 Ultra violet excitation, EX 330-385 DM 410 EM 420 Long pass.\nDI.9750.TRITC Green excitation, EX 528-553 DM 565 EM 578-633 band pass.\nDI.9750.FITC Blue excitation, EX 460-495 DM 505 EM 510-550 band pass.\nDI.9750.DAPI UV excitation, EX 360-390 DM 415 EM 435-485 band pass.\nDI.9750.R Red excitation, EX 620-650 DM 660 EM 670-750 band pass."},{"title":"FOCUSING ADJUSTMENT","text":"Coaxial 10 mm coarse and fine adjustments, 1 μm precision and with friction adjustment."},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"Fluorescence illumination with a 100 W mercury vapor lamp with external 100-240 V power supply. Transmitted 5 W LED or 100 W halogen illumination and internal power supply. Fuse holder 3.15 A / 250 V."},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"Supplied with metal insert for Ø 38 mm cell culture dish and a metal insert for Ø 54 mm cell culture dish with 76 x 26 mm slides, metal insert for Multiwell plates, metal insert for Teraski plates, blue and green interference Ø 45 mm filters, power cord, dust cover, green filter and alignment telescope and user manual."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Delphi-X Inverso fluorescence","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["10x/20x/40x PLPHFi objectives","100 W Halogen illumination","5 W LED illumination","100 W HBO fluorescence illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"DI.3053-PLPHFi","values":["•","","•","•"]},{"parameter":"DI.3053-PLPHFi/HAL","values":["•","•","","•"]}]}]},{"slug":"achios-x-inverso-fluorescence","name":"Achios-X Inverso Fluorescence Series","description":"State-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Life Science applications.","pageTitle":"Achios-X Inverso Fluorescence Series","pageDescription":"State-of-the-art inverted fluorescence microscopes for advanced life science applications. The Achios-X Inverso Fluorescence series combines fluorescence imaging with extra-wide-field optics and an ergonomic, flexible design.","image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-inverso-fluorescence.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Fluorescence\nState-of-the-art microscopes for advanced Life Science applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/euromex-achios-x-inverso-fluorescence.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"• Extra Wide field WF 10x/22 mm, Ø 30 mm\n• Models with ergo tilting 5º - 35º tubes\n• Models with backwards tilting illumination column\n• Revolving quintuple nosepiece\n• Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex objectives\n• Low positioned stage adjustment knobs\n• 3 W NeoLED\n• LCD screen for Smart Light Control\n• Blue, green and UV LED fluorescence","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specifications","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"EYEPIECES","text":"SWF 10x/22 mm wide field eyepieces with adjustable diopter. Ø 30 mm tubes."},{"title":"HEAD","text":"Binocular head with 45° inclined tubes or binocular ergo head with 5-35° tilting tubes. Interpupillary distance of 48 to 75 mm. Optional side photo port with 100-0/0-100 beamsplitter."},{"title":"NOSEPIECE","text":"Revolving quintuple nosepiece on ball-bearings."},{"title":"OBJECTIVES - 60 mm PARFOCAL, M25 THREAD","text":"Objectives with 1.2 mm coverslip correction and objectives with adjustable coverslip correction. Fluarex™ objectives are made of low-absorption glass. Fluarex™ is a trademark of Euromex microscopen bv. All optics are anti-fungus treated and anti-reflection coated for maximum light throughput."},{"title":"STAGE","text":"• 170 x 250 mm stage with 129 x 83 mm mechanical X-Y stage\n• Supplied with metal insert for Ø 65 glass plate and universal cell culture dish holder (AI.9569)\n• Optional metal inserts, Ø 35, Ø 54 and Ø 90 mm cell culture dish holder with 27x26 mm slide holder\n• Optional metal insert for Multiwell plates (127.76 x 85.48 mm) (AI.9517)"},{"title":"CONDENSERS","text":"• WD (Working distance): 75 mm, without condenser: 187 mm\n• The condenser can be removed to increase WD (178), allowing multilayered culture flasks\n• With slot for phase contrast/embossed contrast/Hoffman contrast sliders\nFor AI.1xxx and AI.3xxx models: Condenser N.A. 0.30 with iris diaphragm. WD 75 mm, without condenser: 187 mm.\nFor AI.4xxx models: Height adjustable Köhler condenser N.A. 0.30 with iris diaphragm and 3 filter holders and shutter function. Mounted on a backwards tilting illumination column allowing easy access to samples and placement of multilayered culture flasks, without removing the condenser."},{"title":"FOCUS ADJUSTMENT","text":"• Coaxial 37.5 mm coarse and fine adjustments with 200 graduations\n• Precision 1 μm, 0.2 mm per rotation\n• Fine focus knobs are left/right interchangeable"},{"title":"ILLUMINATION","text":"• Transmitted 3W NeoLED™ illumination with adjustable intensity\n• Internal power supply 100-240 V (CE). Fuse 500 mA 250 Vac"},{"title":"FLUORESCENCE","text":"For models with fluorescence LED light source. LED epi-fluorescence attachment with 365, 485 and 525 nm LED. Supplied with standard long pass filter cubes:\n• Blue excitation EX: 460-495 nm BS: 505 nm EM: 510 nm LP (AI.9745)\n• Green excitation EX: 510-550 nm BS: 570 nm EM: 575 nm LP (AI.9746)\n• UV excitation EX: 330-385 nm BS: 410 nm EM: 420 nm (AI.9748)\nOther fluorochrome optimized filter cubes are also available, see separate datasheet."},{"title":"ROTATING FLUORESCENCE FILTER WHEEL","text":"Fluorescence models are supplied with 3 cubes with fluorescence filters for Blue, Green and UV excitation."},{"title":"SMART LIGHT CONTROL","text":"This intelligent function:\n• memorizes the light intensity level for each objective\n• increases comfort\n• saves valuable time during routine magnification shifts\n• includes a sleep function"},{"title":"NeoLED","text":"The innovative NeoLED™ design is a combination of a custom LED and a specially designed thin lens with a short focal length. Four main benefits:\n• More oblique light from the NeoLED™ light source, which increases the light output significantly\n• Less energy is required to achieve this level of light intensity\n• The larger aperture of NeoLED™ allows the optical system of the microscope to produce images at higher resolutions, very close to the theoretical diffraction limit of the optics\n• Super long life span, up to 50.000 hrs nominal, L70 norm"},{"title":"Objectives with 1.2 mm coverslip correction","text":"• Plan Semi Apo Fluarex IOS: 4x/0.13, 10x/0.30, 20x/0.45, S40x/0.60"},{"title":"Objectives with adjustable coverslip correction","text":"• Plan Semi Apo Fluarex IOS: 20x/0.45, S40x/0.60, S60x/0.70"},{"title":"PACKAGE CONTENT","text":"• Supplied with Ø 65 glass plate and universal cell culture dish holder\n• Power cord, dust cover and user manual\n• Fluorescence models are supplied with an anti-reflection shield to be mounted on the condenser and an orange protection shield"}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Achios-X Inverso fluorescence","columnLabel":"Models","specVariants":["Ergo head","Backwards tilting arm","Plan Semi-Apo Fluarex objectives 10/20/40 IOS AI.86xx","Epi-fluorescence equipment for B, G and UV excitation","Köhler illumination"],"specs":[{"parameter":"AI.3053-PLFi","values":["","","•","•",""]},{"parameter":"AI.4058-PLFi","values":["•","•","•","•","•"]}]}]}]}]},"spectroscopy":{"title":"Spectroscopy & Mass Spectrometry","description":"Molecular and structural analysis across the spectrum — NMR and ESR spectrometers, Raman and FTIR systems, polarimeters and refractometers, together with GC-MS, LC-TOFMS, and MALDI-TOFMS mass spectrometers for identifying compounds and elucidating structure in research and quality control.","carouselImages":["/images/carousel-spectroscopy-1.webp","/images/carousel-spectroscopy-2.webp","/images/carousel-spectroscopy-3.webp","/images/carousel-spectroscopy-4.webp"],"partner":"JEOL, Anton Paar","equipmentList":[{"name":"Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrometers (NMR)","description":"Superconducting NMR spectrometers for molecular structure analysis.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"NMR is use to observe the resonance phenomenon of nuclear spins by placing atomic nuclei in the magnetic field to analyze molecular structure of a substance at an atomic level. Specifically, it is useful in the analysis of organic compounds and polymer materials and used in the fields of pharmaceutical, biology, food, and chemistry.","overview":"NMR is the abbreviation for Nuclear Magnetic Resonance. It is use to observe the resonance phenomenon of nuclear spins by placing atomic nuclei in the magnetic field to analyze molecular structure of a substance at an atomic level. Specifically, it is useful in the analysis of organic compounds and polymer materials and used in the fields of pharmaceutical, biology, food, and chemistry. The application is even recently expanding to include the analysis of structural and physical properties of inorganic materials such as ceramics and batteries.","partner":"JEOL — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/eczlgseries_500.webp","slug":"nmr","models":[{"slug":"eczl","name":"FT NMR — Series: JNM-ECZL","description":"The ECZ Luminous™ (JNM-ECZL series) is an FT NMR spectrometer equipped with state-of-the-art digital and high frequency technology.","pageTitle":"FT NMR — Series: JNM-ECZL","pageDescription":"The ECZ Luminous™ (JNM-ECZL series) is an FT NMR spectrometer equipped with state-of-the-art digital and high frequency technology. The highly integrated Smart Transceiver System, a high-speed, high-precision digital high-frequency control circuit, enables further miniaturization and high reliability of the spectrometer.","image":"/images/eczlgseries_500.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The ECZ Luminous (JNM-ECZL series) is an FT NMR spectrometer equipped with state-of-the-art digital and high-frequency technology. Its highly integrated Smart Transceiver System - a high-speed, high-precision digital high-frequency control circuit - enables further miniaturization and high reliability of the spectrometer. The system is capable of high-field and solid-state NMR measurements while maintaining the size of a conventional low-field solution NMR system.\nThe new Multi Frequency Drive System enables multi-resonance measurements in the standard configuration, providing a wider range of solutions.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/eczlgseries_500.webp","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Features","text":"","subsections":[{"title":"STS (Smart Transceiver System)","text":"The ECZ Luminous inherits the STS digital high-integration and high-frequency technology of the previous ECZ series. The sequencer, DDS (Direct Digital Synthesizer), FSU (Frequency Synthesizer Unit), transmitter, receiver, acquisition unit and gate control unit are all integrated on a single RF transmitter/receiver board. Each board carries two 4-frequency source units (one each for HF and LF) and one receiver, so the standard configuration provides a total of eight frequency sources and one receiver. The system can be expanded to four RF transmitter/receiver boards, supporting up to 8 nuclei, 32 frequency sources and four receivers.\nThe STS transmitter/receiver system is a hybrid of direct-conversion oversampling and superheterodyne undersampling technologies, allowing flexible frequency conversion and efficient, optimal signal transmission and reception depending on the target frequency."},{"title":"Highly Precise Digital Control","text":"The sequencer provides fast control of frequency, phase and amplitude modulation with a minimum control time resolution of 5 ns. A digital quadrature detection (DQD) circuit enables dynamic frequency and phase modulation, synchronously or asynchronously, in both the transmitter and receiver systems - high-functionality signal processing that is expected to benefit cutting-edge solid-state NMR measurements. A unique streaming transfer technology gives the sequence memory a quasi-infinite capacity, while the same control performance is available for gating and synchronization with external systems.\nWhere the observed nucleus has a wide chemical shift range, such as 19F, some signals may fall outside the limited bandwidth of conventional rectangular pulses. High-speed phase-modulated pulses excite a much wider range and are very useful in such cases."},{"title":"Wide Dynamic Range","text":"The receivers are sequencer-controlled and can be independently and dynamically frequency- and phase-modulated for sampling. DQD with 16-bit, 100 Msps high-speed A/D conversion not only improves the effective dynamic range against quantization noise through high-rate oversampling, but also reduces unwanted signals such as intermodulation distortions (IMDs) to the utmost limit. The digital filter is optimized for NMR and ensures quantitative performance over a wide bandwidth.\nThis high dynamic range lets you clearly capture small signals in spectra that also contain large signals such as solvent - for example, a small 13C satellite signal (about 4.6 millionths) of the acetone signal in a mixed sample of H₂O:DMSO:Acetone = 25131:125:1 (about 10% D2O) is clearly visible."},{"title":"Low-noise Wideband SiGe Preamplifier","text":"A newly developed low-noise wideband SiGe preamplifier improves sensitivity. In combination with the ROYALPROBE / ROYALPROBE HFX, sensitivity has been improved by about 10%."},{"title":"Digital Lock Circuit for Stability","text":"The ECZ Luminous uses STS technology to digitally control the 2H lock with high speed and accuracy. The excellent response of the digital feedback circuit suppresses the effects of magnetic field fluctuations more efficiently, enabling stable, long-duration measurements - demonstrated by 12-hour stability test data using 1D 1H-13C HMQC, which must detect 13C-coupled 1H signals (about 1% abundance) while eliminating the 12C-coupled 1H signal (about 99% abundance)."},{"title":"MFDS (Multi Frequency Drive System)","text":"Expanding on the design concept of the HFX system, the newly developed MFDS enables multiple-resonance measurements using triple-resonance probes such as HCN and HCX probes on a standard two-channel spectrometer. Conventional triple-resonance measurements, which require pulse irradiation of three or more nuclides at different frequencies, traditionally demand costly channel expansion and extra installation space. With the multi-sequencer STS architecture and MFDS, the ECZ Luminous performs triple-resonance experiments - such as 13C-31P {1H} correlation (HCP) and CBCACONH (HCN) - on a two-channel spectrometer, opening the door of multiple-resonance experiments to more users."},{"title":"Easy Shimming","text":"The ECZ Luminous includes a digital matrix shim system (25 shims) for 400 MHz, and a Lagrange shim system (44 shims) for higher-field instruments requiring higher resolution.\nGradient shimming uses magnetic field gradients to measure the field distribution in the sample space, then immediately calculates and applies the appropriate shim values. This allows rapid, automatic shim optimization, even for samples with small volumes or different solvent systems, to obtain spectra with the highest resolution.\nGradient shimming can also be performed on nuclei other than 2H and 1H. For example, for a sample that is only soluble in fluorinated solvents, resolution can be adjusted by gradient shimming on 19F. Accelerated 3D gradient shimming (3 axes) measures a 3D magnetic field map of the sample and applies optimal shim values for the radial terms, making it easy to optimize resolution under various conditions."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/IhHO9f7dfa4?si=8Q3yrSA0p_NAnjMv","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Line-up: Three Models","text":"The ECZ Luminous is available in three models to meet a wide variety of user needs. All models feature high-performance digital high-frequency technology and user-friendly Delta software, and the console has been made significantly more compact - the volume of the R series is about 1/3 that of the conventional equivalent.","subsections":[{"title":"JNM-ECZL G series","text":"The flagship model, supporting diversified, cutting-edge applications. The spectrometer footprint has been reduced to less than 60% of the ECZR while maintaining expandability: support for three or more channels, high-power amplifiers and high-output magnetic field gradients allows future functional expansion even from a minimum configuration - an adaptable FT-NMR system that can respond as user applications evolve."},{"title":"JNM-ECZL R series","text":"A compact spectrometer compatible with magnetic fields of up to 600 MHz. The footprint is less than 50% of that of the ECZR, and it can also be used for solid-state measurements."},{"title":"JNM-ECZL S series","text":"An entry-level model dedicated to 400 MHz solution-state NMR, incorporating the same high-performance digital high-frequency technology as the rest of the ECZL series."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8n4-Q5K4wLU","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specifications","specVariants":["JNM-ECZL G series","JNM-ECZL R series","JNM-ECZL S series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Frequency","values":["400 MHz - 1.3 GHz","400 MHz - 600 MHz","400 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Sample type","values":["Solution / Solid","Solution / Solid","Solution"]},{"parameter":"Number of channels","values":["2 (standard)","2","2"]},{"parameter":"High frequency power amplifier","values":["100 W (standard)\n200/500/1000 W (as option)","100 W","50 W"]},{"parameter":"Low frequency power amplifier","values":["300 W (standard)\n500/1000/2000 W (as option)","300 W","150 W"]},{"parameter":"Magnetic field gradient amplifier","values":["10 A (standard)\n30/50 A (as option)","10 A","10 A"]},{"parameter":"Console size W×D×H","values":["600×855×1,279 mm","536×730×855 mm","536×730×855 mm"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Electron Spin Resonance Spectrometers (ESR)","description":"Electron spin resonance for radicals, defects, and paramagnetic species.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Electron spin resonance spectroscopy detects unpaired electrons directly, making it the definitive technique for studying free radicals, transition metal ions, and defects. JEOL ESR spectrometers serve chemistry, materials science, life science, and quality control.","overview":"ESR (also called EPR) measures the microwave absorption of unpaired electrons in a magnetic field, identifying and quantifying radicals and paramagnetic centers that no other technique can observe directly. Applications range from reaction mechanisms, polymerization, and photochemistry to radiation dosimetry, battery and catalyst research, food freshness, and defect analysis in semiconductors. JEOL's ESR series combines high sensitivity with stable, easy operation for routine and advanced studies.","partner":"JEOL — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/jes-x3_en.webp","slug":"esr","models":[{"slug":"jes-x3","name":"Electron Spin Resonance Spectrometer: JES-X3 Series","description":"X-band ESR series (JES-X310 and JES-X320) with an ultra-low-noise Gunn oscillator delivering 30% higher sensitivity.","pageTitle":"Electron Spin Resonance Spectrometer: JES-X3 Series","pageDescription":"The JES-X3 series comprises the JES-X310 and JES-X320 electron spin resonance spectrometers, whose ultra-low-noise Gunn oscillator improves sensitivity by 30% over previous models for direct detection of paramagnetic species across research, inspection, and evaluation.","image":"/images/jes-x3_en.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Even relatively few unpaired electrons in a sample can affect the function of a material, so ever-lower detection limits are required of ESR measurements. The JES-X3 series — comprising the JES-X310 and JES-X320 — answers with an ultra-low-noise Gunn oscillator that improves sensitivity by 30% over previous models. ESR is the only technique that directly detects paramagnetic species, supporting a wide variety of applications in research, development, inspection, and evaluation. The series adds a built-in microwave frequency counter, an intuitive user interface, various automatic measurement modes, a zero cross-field sweep function, two magnet types to suit the application, and a wide variety of attachments.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jes-x3_en.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Sensitivity","text":"The standard configuration pairs the Gunn oscillator — a stable, low-noise microwave source — with a cylindrical TE₀₁₁ cavity whose internal modulation method provides modulation with excellent uniformity and a high Q-value (18,000 or more, unloaded). This combination enables high-sensitivity measurements, demonstrated by clear ESR signals from a 1 µM TEMPOL/benzene solution.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Resolution, Linearity, and Field Stability","text":"High-purity materials are used for the magnet pole pieces and precisely engineered to provide a magnetic field of superior uniformity; ring shims on the pole-piece surfaces extend that uniformity over a wide range, resolving the 4.7 µT t-butyl splitting of the galvinoxyl radical — its smallest division. Field linearity is confirmed by the coincidence of the six Mn²⁺ ESR lines measured while shifting the center field in 20 mT steps, and field stability by the absence of spreading in the finely split perylene cation radical signal even after 100 accumulated scans.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Intuitive User Interface with Automatic Measurement Modes","text":"All functions needed for ESR measurement are presented in one intuitively operated window: start the system, adjust the microwaves from the Q-DIP window, set acquisition conditions, and start measurements. AUTOTUNE automatically optimizes the phase, coupling, and detection of the microwave resonance frequency, with manual tuning, Q-value display, and motor-controlled Mn marker insertion also available. The sequential measurement mode acquires two-dimensional data sets by automatically varying parameters such as temperature, microwave power, modulation width, detection phase, crystal axis, or amplification — in arithmetic, geometric, or user-defined increments — with interval timing, repeat measurement, accumulation, and automatic data saving.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Data Processing and Simulation Software","text":"The standard software extracts the information needed for ESR analysis: g-value tables with Mn-marker field correction, number-of-spins (radical concentration) calculation by double integration against a known standard such as TEMPOL, and peak tables with intensity and linewidth. Waveform processing covers arithmetic operations, differentiation and integration, spectrum separation, background elimination, smoothing, and baseline correction with up to 11th-order regression. Isotropic and anisotropic simulation is included as standard — handling axial as well as rhombic anisotropy — and multiple binary data files can be batch-converted to text or CSV format.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Two Types of High-Performance Magnets","text":"The JES-X310 electromagnet reaches 0.65 T, while the JES-X320 reaches 1.3 T — extendable to 1.7 T with factory-fitted sub pole pieces for Q-band operation. Optional 80 Hz modulation coils enable low-frequency field modulation to avoid rapid-passage conditions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Attachments for a Wide Variety of ESR Measurements","text":"A rich attachment lineup extends the system: a variable temperature controller (103 K to 473 K, ±0.5 K stability), a liquid helium variable temperature system (2.5 K to 420 K, cool-down in 10 to 15 minutes), aqueous sample cells that minimize dielectric-loss sensitivity reduction, a helix electrode electrolytic cell for polar solvents, a sample angular rotation device with 0.06° resolution, an ultraviolet radiation apparatus with selectable wavelengths, a time-resolved ESR system with a time resolution of several hundred nanoseconds, and a Q-band microwave unit for the JES-X320 that measures sample volumes of only a few µL.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"ESR serves basic research and technology across an exceptional breadth of fields: antioxidant assessment and irradiated food detection in foods, spin trapping of active oxygen in living organisms and pharmaceuticals, dating and dosimetry of fossils and rocks, defect and bonding-state analysis in ceramics and carbon materials, characterization of catalysts, glass, and gemstones, and studies of polymers, batteries, photocatalysts, semiconductors, and organic magnetic materials.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for JES-X3 Series ESR Spectrometer","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["JES-X310","JES-X320"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Maximum Magnetic Field","values":["Up to 0.65 T","Up to 1.3 T"]},{"parameter":"Sub-Pole-Piece Magnetic Field","values":["—","Up to 1.7 T"]},{"parameter":"Sweep Width","values":["±0.01 mT to 250 mT","±0.01 mT to 500 mT"]},{"parameter":"Magnetic Field Setting Accuracy","values":["±5 µT or ±0.1% or less (whichever is larger)","±5 µT or ±0.1% or less (whichever is larger)"]},{"parameter":"Long-Term Stability","values":["5×10⁻⁶","5×10⁻⁶"]},{"parameter":"Pole Diameter (Root) / Effective Gap","values":["150 mm / 60 mm","240 mm / 60 mm"]},{"parameter":"Microwave Frequency Range","values":["8.750 GHz to 9.650 GHz","8.750 GHz to 9.650 GHz"]},{"parameter":"Frequency Count Display","values":["7 digits (standard)","7 digits (standard)"]},{"parameter":"Microwave Output","values":["0.0001 mW to 100 mW","0.0001 mW to 100 mW"]},{"parameter":"Microwave Tuning","values":["Auto","Auto"]},{"parameter":"Cavity Resonance Mode / Q-Value (No Load)","values":["Cylindrical TE₀₁₁ / 18,000 or more","Cylindrical TE₀₁₁ / 18,000 or more"]},{"parameter":"Mn Marker","values":["Auto / motor control","Auto / motor control"]},{"parameter":"Data System","values":["Windows® 11; 16-bit spectrum resolution; analysis and simulation software standard","Windows® 11; 16-bit spectrum resolution; analysis and simulation software standard"]},{"parameter":"Electromagnet Dimensions and Weight (incl. SHF Table)","values":["1,400 mm × 710 mm × 1,105 mm; 520 kg","1,400 mm × 803 mm × 1,190 mm; 1,060 kg"]},{"parameter":"Spectrometer Dimensions and Weight","values":["300 mm × 602 mm × 602 mm; 35 kg","300 mm × 602 mm × 602 mm; 35 kg"]},{"parameter":"Excitation Power Supply","values":["Included in magnet chassis","683 mm × 613 mm × 895 mm; 300 kg"]},{"parameter":"Power Requirements","values":["Spectrometer: single-phase 100 V, 500 VA; magnet: 3-phase 200 V, 2 kVA (breaker rating 30 A)","Spectrometer: single-phase 100 V, 500 VA; magnet: 3-phase 200 V, 13 kVA (breaker rating 60 A)"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply Fluctuation / Grounding","values":["±5% / Class D grounding","±5% / Class D grounding"]},{"parameter":"Cooling Water","values":["0.05 MPa to 0.2 MPa; 6 L/min; 15 °C to 25 °C; faucet outer diameter 12 mm","0.15 MPa to 0.3 MPa; 8 L/min to 16 L/min; 15 °C to 25 °C; faucet outer diameter 22 mm"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Raman Spectrometers","description":"Handheld and benchtop Raman for substance ID and QC.","pageTitle":"Raman Spectrometers","pageDescription":"The right Raman instrument for every task — identify unknown substances, verify samples in quality assurance, and analyze chemical composition with handheld analyzers for on-the-spot identification and benchtop systems for laboratory workflows.","overview":"The extensive Cora Raman spectrometer family from Anton Paar offers the right instrument for what you want to do: identify unknown substances, verify samples in quality assurance, analyze the chemical composition of samples, or monitor their changes. The series includes a handheld analyzer for on-the-spot identification and benchtop instruments for demanding laboratory applications in pharma, chemistry, and forensics.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/raman-spectrometers.webp","slug":"raman-spectrometers","models":[{"slug":"cora-101","name":"Handheld Raman Spectrometer: Cora 101","description":"Cora 101 is a compact handheld Raman spectrometer designed for fast and reliable identification of unknown substances at the touch of a button.","pageTitle":"Handheld Raman Spectrometer: Cora 101","pageDescription":"Cora 101 is a compact handheld Raman spectrometer designed for fast and reliable identification of unknown substances at the touch of a button. As the lightest instrument in its class, it can be carried comfortably all day, reducing operator fatigue and enabling true mobility in the field or on-site.","image":"/images/raman-spectrometers-cora-101-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Cora 101 is a compact handheld Raman spectrometer designed for fast and reliable identification of unknown substances at the touch of a button. As the lightest instrument in its class, it can be carried comfortably all day, reducing operator fatigue and enabling true mobility in the field or on-site. Cora 101 delivers clear detection performance wherever it's needed, letting you safely identify hazardous materials, narcotics, explosives, or incoming goods within seconds, even in critical environments.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/raman-spectrometers-cora-101-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Clear Identification within Seconds","text":"Observe, identify, and act – within seconds. Cora 101's enhanced optics and high-sensitivity detector deliver precise identification results 50 % faster than before. Unknown substances such as narcotics, hazardous materials, or incoming goods are clearly identified without any manual data interpretation. Whether used by police, customs, fire brigades, or civil protection services in unpredictable situations – or QC professionals in routine testing – our handheld Raman spectrometer provides dependable, easy-to-read results in seconds. The improved detection performance means fewer repeat measurements and faster, safer decisions when every second counts and clarity cannot be compromised.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One of the Lightest Handheld Raman Analyzers","text":"At a weight of 590 g, Cora 101 is one of the lightest handheld Raman analyzers on the market. Its compact size and low weight make it effortless to carry and operate during long shifts, even while wearing gloves or protective gear. For police and fire services, this means less physical strain during field operations and easier transport in fully packed vehicles. In quality control, the ergonomic design reduces operator fatigue, ensuring more consistent measurements and fewer handling errors. With Cora 101, portability directly translates into better performance and user comfort.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"For Every Kind of Substance","text":"Cora 101 comes with built-in chemical intelligence for confident substance identification in any situation. Its comprehensive spectral libraries instantly recognize hazardous materials, narcotics (over 830 spectra), explosives, and chemical warfare agents, as well as common industrial and pharmaceutical compounds (over 24,000 spectra). Each match provides clear substance information, including regulatory status, CAS number, and safety data. For specialized applications, users can easily expand the library with custom reference spectra to fit their operational needs. Whether in the field or in quality control, our portable Raman spectrometer delivers the chemical insight required for fast and well-founded decisions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One-Click Focus for any Container","text":"Changing sample types has never been easier. Cora 101's automatic focus lens adjusts the measurement distance with one press of a button, eliminating the need to switch between adapters. This saves time and significantly reduces the risk of measurement errors. Whether analyzing through thin plastic bags, thick glass vials, or pill blisters, our handheld Raman spectrometer adapts instantly for optimal results. The seamless focus adjustment enhances flexibility in both field and laboratory environments, keeping your workflow efficient and your results consistently reliable.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Detects what Others Miss – with SERS","text":"The optional Cora 101 SERS kit expands the system's detection capabilities far beyond conventional Raman analysis. It enables the identification of drugs such as fentanyl and heroin, as well as trace-level samples or diluted substances that would otherwise go undetected. Designed for practical use, the SERS kit combines high analytical sensitivity with simple, glove-friendly handling. Users benefit from enhanced safety and confidence when analyzing unknown or potentially dangerous materials. With SERS, our handheld Raman analyzer reveals what other handheld Raman systems cannot – even at the lowest concentrations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Cora 101"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Laser Excitation","values":["785 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Output Power","values":["250 mW max output at sample"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["400 cm⁻¹ to 2,300 cm⁻¹"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Resolution","values":["10 cm⁻¹"]},{"parameter":"Detector Type","values":["Linear CCD array"]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["Transmissive color TFT with LED backlighting"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Embedded Linux"]},{"parameter":"Storage","values":["30 GB memory, more than 100,000 measurements"]},{"parameter":"Connectivity","values":["USB"]},{"parameter":"Battery","values":["Rechargeable Li-ion, more than 12 hours of typical use with more than 500 measurements"]},{"parameter":"Protection Class","values":["IP67"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["16 cm x 8.5 cm x 2.8 cm (6.3 in x 3.3 in x 1.1 in)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["590 g (1.3 lbs)"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Storage Temperature","values":["-30 °C to +50 °C (-22 °F to +122 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Point-and-shoot adapter, vial holder, laser aperture cap with polystyrene target for system test, SERS kit"]},{"parameter":"Included Items with Product","values":["Instrument, watertight case, shoulder strap, USB cable, vials"]}]}]},{"slug":"cora-5001-direct","name":"Dual Wavelength Compact Raman Spectrometer: Cora 5001 Direct","description":"The Cora 5001 Direct Raman analyzer is a compact Raman spectrometer for substance identification using their unique chemical fingerprints within seconds.","pageTitle":"Dual Wavelength Compact Raman Spectrometer: Cora 5001 Direct","pageDescription":"The Cora 5001 Direct Raman analyzer is a compact Raman spectrometer for substance identification using their unique chemical fingerprints within seconds.","image":"/images/raman-spectrometers-cora-5001-direct-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Cora 5001 Direct Raman analyzer is a compact Raman spectrometer for substance identification using their unique chemical fingerprints within seconds. It also enables the characterization of samples and the quantification of specific components, providing comprehensive analytical insights. The Direct model, equipped with a sample compartment, analyzes samples within a closed environment and is certified as laser class 1, ensuring ultra-safe operation. This model features a guided analysis procedure, making it easy to use with minimal training.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/raman-spectrometers-cora-5001-direct-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"User Guidance and Laser Class 1 Safety","text":"Handling the Cora 5001 Raman spectrometers can be learned within minutes, allowing users to perform Raman spectroscopy measurements safely. In contrast to many handheld instruments, the Cora 5001 Direct Raman instruments are extra-safe due to their laser Class 1 specification. The laser can only be activated if the measuring chamber is closed and therefore poses no threat to people working in close vicinity to the device.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One Compact Raman Spectrometer, Multiple Samples","text":"Do you work with challenging (fluorescing) substances or many different samples? To cover the widest range of samples and account for possible fluorescence, the dual wavelength models provide you with two different excitation wavelengths in one instrument. Each wavelength comes in its own independent optical spectrometer system. Hop from one wavelength to the other at the click of a button without alignment or recalibration and analyze the whole range of substances.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pharma Compliance – with the Anton Paar Spectroscopy Suite","text":"The Anton Paar Spectroscopy Suite takes the complexity out of Raman analysis in the regulated environment. Workflows guide the operator in daily analysis. Lab managers receive assistance in setting up methods and managing reference databases. Comprehensive signing and versioning provide traceability at all times. Audit trail commenting and search functionality are a huge help in audits. And all data is securely retained in an SQL data base.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ideal for Teaching","text":"The Direct model is certified as laser class 1, ensuring ultra-safe operation. Its guided analysis procedure makes it ideal for educational and teaching purposes, allowing students to perform accurate and easy-to-understand experiments with minimal training. This approach also makes it a valuable tool for introducing Raman spectroscopy in educational settings.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Autofocus – the Strongest Signal for Reproducible Results","text":"Manual focusing onto thin or opaque samples with a weak Raman signal can be tricky. The Cora autofocus feature takes all the complexity out of the measuring routine. It automatically finds the spot with the best Raman signal within seconds so you don't have to worry about it. This ensures reproducibility and makes the analysis independent of the user.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Dual Wavelength Compact Raman Spectrometer: Cora 5001 Direct is available in 2 models: Cora 5001 Direct Standard, Cora 5001 Direct Pharma.","subsections":[{"title":"Cora 5001 Direct Standard","text":"Safe: Laser class 1 for unsurpassed laser safety."},{"title":"Cora 5001 Direct Pharma","text":"Powerful: Daily analysis, method creation, and reference library management."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0jZv6waUk0M","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Single-wavelength 532 nm","Single-wavelength 785 nm","Single-wavelength 1064 nm","Dual-wavelength 532 nm and 785 nm","Dual-wavelength 532 nm and 1064 nm","Dual-wavelength 785 nm and 1064 nm"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Optical Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Excitation Wavelength","values":["532 nm","785 nm","1064 nm","532 nm and 785 nm","532 nm and 1064 nm","785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹","200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm","200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Resolution (according to ASTM E2529)","values":["9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹","6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹","12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹","9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm","9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm","6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm\n12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Power","values":["50 mW**","0 mW to 450 mW*, adjustable","0 mW to 450 mW*, adjustable","50 mW* for 532 nm\n0 mW to 450 mW* for 785 nm","50 mW* for 532 nm\n0 mW to 450 mW* for 1064 nm","0 mW to 450 mW* for 785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spectrograph","values":["f/2; Transmission volume phase grating (VPG)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Integration Time","values":["0.005 s to 600 s","0.005 s to 600 s","0.001 s to 20 s","0.005 s to 600 s for 532 nm and 785 nm","0.005 s to 600 s for 532 nm\n0.001 s to 20 s for 1064 nm","0.005 s to 600 s for 785 nm\n0.001 s to 20 s for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Calibration","values":["Automatic via software","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Detector Array","values":["2048 px CCD","2048 px CCD","256 px InGaAs","2048 px CCD for 532 nm and 785 nm","2048 px CCD for 532 nm\n256 px InGaAs for 1064 nm","2048 px CCD for 785 nm\n256 px InGaAs for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Class","values":["1 for Direct model\n3B for Fiber model","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Physical Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (D x W x H)","values":["355 mm x 384 mm x 168 mm (14.0 in x 15.1 in x 6.6 in)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["9.8 kg","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Operating Range","values":["10 °C to 35 °C (non-condensing)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Fiber Probe Dimensions","values":["Cable length: 1.50 m","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Battery (optional)","values":["Lithium-ion","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Battery Run Time","values":[">1.5 h","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply Input","values":["Line power supply input: 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz\nCar power adapter input: 9 V to 32 V DC","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Consumption","values":["In-line power supply input: max. 100 VA\nDC input: typical 30 VA (60 VA when optional battery is charged)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Additional Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["10-inch touch screen","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Ports","values":["4 x USB 2.0, 1 x Ethernet, 1 x CAN out and 1 x USB to PC","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Export Formats","values":[".csv, .txt, .png, .spc,. aps, .pdf","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["8 GB","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Wireless Connectivity","values":["Wi-Fi stick (optional)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Spectral Libraries","values":["Factory library, user-built, third-party options","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Security","values":["User roles with customizable permissions, user password logins","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["*at sample\n**at laser source","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"cora-5001-fiber","name":"Dual-Wavelength In-Situ Raman Spectrometer: Cora 5001 Fiber","description":"The Cora 5001 Fiber is an in-situ Raman spectrometer for the identification of substances within seconds based on their chemical fingerprint.","pageTitle":"Dual-Wavelength In-Situ Raman Spectrometer: Cora 5001 Fiber","pageDescription":"The Cora 5001 Fiber is an in-situ Raman spectrometer for the identification of substances within seconds based on their chemical fingerprint. It also enables efficient reaction monitoring, providing real-time insights into chemical processes.","image":"/images/raman-spectrometers-cora-5001-fiber-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Cora 5001 Fiber is an in-situ Raman spectrometer for the identification of substances within seconds based on their chemical fingerprint. It also enables efficient reaction monitoring, providing real-time insights into chemical processes. Choose the fiber model for flexible analysis outside the instrument. The guided analysis procedure ensures that the Cora 5001 is operable with minimal training. The small footprint and battery option make this fiber-based Raman instrument a versatile tool for analytical tasks in the lab or warehouse, or at-line.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/raman-spectrometers-cora-5001-fiber-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One In-Situ Raman Spectrometer, Many Samples","text":"The dual wavelength models are specifically designed to cover a diverse range of samples and handle fluorescence challenges effectively. With two distinct excitation wavelengths integrated into one instrument, each wavelength is managed by its own independent optical spectrometer system. Easily switch between wavelengths with just a click, without the need for realignment or recalibration, allowing for seamless analysis across inorganic materials, fluorescent compounds, oxides, organic samples, and carbon-based nanomaterials.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pharma Compliance – with the Anton Paar Spectroscopy Suite","text":"The Anton Paar Spectroscopy Suite simplifies Raman analysis in regulated environments. It offers guided workflows for operators during routine analyses, while lab managers benefit from support in method setup and reference database management. The system ensures full traceability with robust signing and versioning features. Audit trail comments and advanced search capabilities greatly assist during audits. All data is securely stored in an SQL database, ensuring long-term retention and integrity.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Process Automation - Application Programming Interface (API)","text":"Cora 5001 can be incorporated into automated process control environments by using the Application Programming Interface (API), enabling real-time data acquisition, analysis, and process optimization. This integration allows for streamlined workflows, reduces manual intervention, and provides a more efficient approach to managing complex chemical processes. The API ensures that data from multiple sources, including Raman spectroscopy, can be processed alongside other parameters providing comprehensive control over production environments and accelerating decision-making.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"9 Fiber Probes Extend the Range of your Applications","text":"Measure your liquids, slurries or powders in direct contact or through a glass window of your reactor. Monitor reactions within your rheometer or laboratory microwave. The highly resistant Anton Paar fiber probes extend the range of use of the Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer. These probes are designed to adapt to harsh conditions, such as high temperatures, pressures, and chemical environments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Dual-Wavelength In-Situ Raman Spectrometer: Cora 5001 Fiber is available in 3 models: Cora 5001 Fiber Standard, Cora 5001 Fiber Pharma, Cora 5001 Fiber Process Monitoring.","subsections":[{"title":"Cora 5001 Fiber Standard","text":"Flexible: Fiber probe for measuring outside the instrument."},{"title":"Cora 5001 Fiber Pharma","text":"Powerful: Daily analysis, method creation, and reference library management."},{"title":"Cora 5001 Fiber Process Monitoring","text":"Real-time insights for optimizing product quality."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0jZv6waUk0M","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Single-wavelength 532 nm","Single-wavelength 785 nm","Single-wavelength 1064 nm","Dual-wavelength 532 nm and 785 nm","Dual-wavelength 532 nm and 1064 nm","Dual-wavelength 785 nm and 1064 nm"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Optical Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Excitation Wavelength","values":["532 nm","785 nm","1064 nm","532 nm and 785 nm","532 nm and 1064 nm","785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹","200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm","200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Resolution (according to ASTM E2529)","values":["9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹","6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹","12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹","9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm","9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm","6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm\n12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Power","values":["50 mW**","0 mW to 450 mW*, adjustable","0 mW to 450 mW*, adjustable","50 mW* for 532 nm\n0 mW to 450 mW* for 785 nm","50 mW* for 532 nm\n0 mW to 450 mW* for 1064 nm","0 mW to 450 mW* for 785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spectrograph","values":["f/2; Transmission volume phase grating (VPG)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Integration Time","values":["0.005 s to 600 s","0.005 s to 600 s","0.001 s to 20 s","0.005 s to 600 s for 532 nm and 785 nm","0.005 s to 600 s for 532 nm\n0.001 s to 20 s for 1064 nm","0.005 s to 600 s for 785 nm\n0.001 s to 20 s for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Calibration","values":["Automatic via software","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Detector Array","values":["2048 px CCD","2048 px CCD","256 px InGaAs","2048 px CCD for 532 nm and 785 nm","2048 px CCD for 532 nm\n256 px InGaAs for 1064 nm","2048 px CCD for 785 nm\n256 px InGaAs for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Class","values":["1 for Direct model\n3B for Fiber model","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Physical Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (D x W x H)","values":["355 mm x 384 mm x 168 mm (14.0 in x 15.1 in x 6.6 in)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["9.8 kg","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Operating Range","values":["10 °C to 35 °C (non-condensing)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Fiber Probe Dimensions","values":["Cable length: 1.50 m","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Battery (optional)","values":["Lithium-ion","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Battery Run Time","values":[">1.5 h","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply Input","values":["Line power supply input: 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz\nCar power adapter input: 9 V to 32 V DC","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Consumption","values":["In-line power supply input: max. 100 VA\nDC input: typical 30 VA (60 VA when optional battery is charged)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Additional Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["10-inch touch screen","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Ports","values":["4 x USB 2.0, 1 x Ethernet, 1 x CAN out and 1 x USB to PC","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Export Formats","values":[".csv, .txt, .png, .spc,. aps, .pdf","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["8 GB","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Wireless Connectivity","values":["Wi-Fi stick (optional)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Spectral Libraries","values":["Factory library, user-built, third-party options","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Security","values":["User roles with customizable permissions, user password logins","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["*at sample\n**at laser source","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"rheo-raman","name":"Rheo-Raman System: MCR Rheometer + Cora 5001","description":"The Rheo-Raman setup – an MCR rheometer integrated with a Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer – combines two powerful measurement principles: the mechanical…","pageTitle":"Rheo-Raman System: MCR Rheometer + Cora 5001","pageDescription":"The Rheo-Raman setup – an MCR rheometer integrated with a Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer – combines two powerful measurement principles: the mechanical insights of rheology and the molecular specificity of Raman spectroscopy.","image":"/images/raman-spectrometers-rheo-raman-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Rheo-Raman setup – an MCR rheometer integrated with a Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer – combines two powerful measurement principles: the mechanical insights of rheology and the molecular specificity of Raman spectroscopy. By linking rheological behavior with structural parameters from Raman spectra, academic researchers can uncover the molecular origins of viscoelastic properties – replacing hypotheses with proof and enabling publication of papers in high-impact journals. In industry, the Rheo-Raman system supports efficiency gains by reducing trial-and-error cycles, identifying deviations, pinpointing their root causes, and enabling precise corrective actions.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/raman-spectrometers-rheo-raman-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reduce your Time-to-Market with Fewer Development Cycles","text":"In polymer and resin product development, desired properties are often achieved via experience combined with time-consuming iterative trial and error processes. By adding chemical insights to physical measurements through the Rheo-Raman approach, development teams gain a clear picture of what drives material performance. This enables more targeted optimization, reduces the number of development cycles, saves costs, and shortens time-to-market.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Boost your Research Results for the Next Higher-Grade Publication","text":"In academic research, rheological measurements alone often lead to observational results without a clear molecular explanation. By combining rheological results with chemical and molecular insights, researchers gain scientific proof – not just hypotheses.\nThis deeper understanding supports publication in higher-grade journals, increases visibility at top conferences, and strengthens applications for research funding – fueling a continuous cycle of scientific advancement.\nKey application areas are: material science, polymer science, resins, glues and adhesives, including photo polymerization, for which simultaneous UV exposure and Raman offer strong advantages.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optimize your Polymer Production Processes","text":"Developing new polymer production processes, including the right parameters, often involves repeated iterations that consume time and capacity. The valuable information acquired through a combination of physical measurements and chemical insights using the Rheo-Raman setup makes defining process windows more focused and efficient. This approach helps minimize trial and error, accelerates process refinement, reduces costs, and brings products to market faster.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Benefit from the Rheo-Raman System – or Use the Instruments Separately","text":"Due to cumbersome integration and alignment procedures that require specialized skills, similar systems on the market can only be used in combination. In contrast, the Rheo-Raman setup with MCR and Cora 5001 can be assembled or disassembled by users in just a minute. A visit from a service technician is not required. You can use the rheometer and Raman analyzer separately or combine them, depending on your measurement needs. This means you're getting three solutions in one – from one and the same supplier. We guarantee that both the individual and combined solutions will work seamlessly together.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"More Effective QC with Root Cause Analysis down to Molecular Origins","text":"In industrial QC of polymer products such as polymer melts, adhesives, and resins, resolving deviations is often a slow, trial-and-error process based on observations and user experience. Offline testing adds further delays and unnecessary costs, while quality issues remain unresolved.\nBy combining rheology with Raman spectroscopy, users gain real-time, in situ chemical insights directly in the rheometer. This enables immediate identification of chemical/molecular root causes and allows for fast, targeted corrective action – reducing costs, avoiding liability risks, and keeping processes on track.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Modular Compact Rheometer: MCR","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MCR 303","MCR 503","MCR 503 Power"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Bearing Design","values":["Air, fine-pored carbon","",""]},{"parameter":"Motor Design","values":["Electronically commutated (EC) permanent magnet synchronous motor","",""]},{"parameter":"Displacement Transducer","values":["High-resolution optical encoder","",""]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Measurement Design","values":["360° capacitive sensor, non-contacting, fully integrated in bearing","",""]},{"parameter":"Working Modes","values":["CMT","",""]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque (rotation)","values":["5 nNm","1 nNm","100 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque (oscillation)","values":["5 / 1 nNm ¹⁾","0.2 nNm","50 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Max. Torque","values":["215 mNm","230 mNm","300 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Torque Resolution","values":["0.1 nNm","0.05 nNm","0.2 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Angular Deflection Resolution","values":["3 nrad","< 1 nrad","< 1 nrad"]},{"parameter":"Min. Angular Velocity ²⁾","values":["0 rad/s","",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Angular Velocity / Max. Speed","values":["314 rad/s\n3,000 rpm","314 rad/s\n3,000 rpm","200 rad/s\n2,100 rpm"]},{"parameter":"Min. Frequency ³⁾","values":["2 Hz x 10⁻⁸ Hz","",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Frequency","values":["100 Hz","200 Hz","200 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Range","values":["0.001 N to 50 N","0.001 N to 50 N","0.01 N to 70 N"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Resolution","values":["0.1 mN","",""]},{"parameter":"TruStrain","values":["o","✓","✓"]},{"parameter":"Ready for DMA in Tension, Bending, and Compression ⁴⁾","values":["x","✓","✓"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["453 mm x 725 mm x 673 mm","453 mm x 775 mm x 673 mm","453 mm x 775 mm x 673 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["48 kg","50 kg","50 kg"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["✓ included | o optional | x not included\n¹⁾ 1 nNm with activated TruStrain™ option.\n²⁾ In controlled shear stress (CSS) mode. In controlled shear rate (CSR) mode depending on measuring point duration and sampling rate.\n³⁾ Theoretical value (duration per cycle = 2 years).\n⁴⁾ US Pat. 9574983 and US Pat. 10908058.","",""]}]},{"title":"Specifications for Dual-Wavelength In-Situ Raman Spectrometer: Cora 5001 Fiber","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Single-wavelength 532 nm","Single-wavelength 785 nm","Single-wavelength 1064 nm","Dual-wavelength 532 nm and 785 nm","Dual-wavelength 532 nm and 1064 nm","Dual-wavelength 785 nm and 1064 nm"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Optical Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Excitation Wavelength","values":["532 nm","785 nm","1064 nm","532 nm and 785 nm","532 nm and 1064 nm","785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹","200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm","200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Resolution (according to ASTM E2529)","values":["9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹","6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹","12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹","9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm","9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm","6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm\n12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Power","values":["50 mW**","0 mW to 450 mW*, adjustable","0 mW to 450 mW*, adjustable","50 mW* for 532 nm\n0 mW to 450 mW* for 785 nm","50 mW* for 532 nm\n0 mW to 450 mW* for 1064 nm","0 mW to 450 mW* for 785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spectrograph","values":["f/2; Transmission volume phase grating (VPG)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Integration Time","values":["0.005 s to 600 s","0.005 s to 600 s","0.001 s to 20 s","0.005 s to 600 s for 532 nm and 785 nm","0.005 s to 600 s for 532 nm\n0.001 s to 20 s for 1064 nm","0.005 s to 600 s for 785 nm\n0.001 s to 20 s for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Calibration","values":["Automatic via software","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Detector Array","values":["2048 px CCD","2048 px CCD","256 px InGaAs","2048 px CCD for 532 nm and 785 nm","2048 px CCD for 532 nm\n256 px InGaAs for 1064 nm","2048 px CCD for 785 nm\n256 px InGaAs for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Class","values":["3B for Fiber model","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Physical Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (D x W x H)","values":["355 mm x 384 mm x 168 mm (14.0 in x 15.1 in x 6.6 in)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["9.8 kg","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Operating Range","values":["10 °C to 35 °C (non-condensing)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Fiber Probe Dimensions","values":["Cable length: 1.50 m","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Battery (optional)","values":["Lithium-ion","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Battery Run Time","values":[">1.5 h","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply Input","values":["Line power supply input: 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz\nCar power adapter input: 9 V to 32 V DC","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Consumption","values":["In-line power supply input: max. 100 VA\nDC input: typical 30 VA (60 VA when optional battery is charged)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Additional Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["10-inch touch screen","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Ports","values":["4 x USB 2.0, 1 x Ethernet, 1 x CAN out and 1 x USB to PC","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Export Formats","values":[".csv, .txt, .png, .spc,. aps, .pdf","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["8 GB","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Wireless Connectivity","values":["Wi-Fi stick (optional)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Spectral Libraries","values":["Factory library, user-built, third-party options","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Security","values":["User roles with customizable permissions, user password logins","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["*at sample\n**at laser source","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"monowave-400-r","name":"Microwave Reactor with In-Situ Raman Spectroscopy: Monowave 400 R","description":"Combine Monowave 400 R with the Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer to receive a spectrum of information out of a former black box.","pageTitle":"Microwave Reactor with In-Situ Raman Spectroscopy: Monowave 400 R","pageDescription":"Combine Monowave 400 R with the Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer to receive a spectrum of information out of a former black box. Anton Paar unites two powerful techniques for synthetic chemistry: rapid microwave synthesis and in-situ Raman monitoring of the running reaction.","image":"/images/raman-spectrometers-monowave-400-r-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Combine Monowave 400 R with the Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer to receive a spectrum of information out of a former black box. Anton Paar combines two powerful techniques for synthetic chemistry – the microwave reactor Monowave 400 R delivers high-speed chemical reactions and the Raman analyzer Cora 5001 adds molecular spectroscopy for their characterization. Gain a better understanding of reaction mechanisms and kinetics by combining precise temperature profiles with real-time information about the chemical composition of a reaction mixture. Optimize reaction conditions based on deeper insights, such as the influence of parameters, the role of different reagents, or detection of the ideal end point of a reaction.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/raman-spectrometers-monowave-400-r-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Study Chemical Reactions under Unprecedented Reaction Conditions","text":"Monowave 400 R provides the full range of operational parameters with temperatures of up to 300 °C and pressures of up to 30 bar. The Cora 5001 Raman analyzer performs time series measurements with adjustable intervals and exposure times during reactions, directly inside the reaction vial. The microwave reactor and the Raman spectrometer are connected via a special fiber-optic Raman probe.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Real-Time In-Situ Reaction Monitoring for a Deeper Understanding of Reaction Mechanisms","text":"Raman spectroscopy provides direct identification of functional groups and quantitative information about the composition of a reaction mixture. Detect non-isolable intermediates or short lifetime transitional states with time-resolved measurements for a deeper understanding of reaction mechanisms.\nApplications include:\n• Identification of reactive intermediates\n• Elucidation of reaction mechanisms\n• Investigation of reaction kinetics\n• Monitoring of byproduct formation\n• Optimization of reaction conditions","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Like a New Probe Every Time with Contactless Measurement","text":"The Raman probe employs a scattering method and can therefore be operated through the wall of the borosilicate glass vial for direct monitoring of the chemical composition of pressurized reactions. You can investigate various scales from 2 mL to 20 mL as the focus of the laser beam can be positioned optimally for both sizes of reaction vessels available with Monowave 400 R. With contactless measurement there is no cross-contamination, you have a free choice of reactants, and have no cleaning efforts between experiments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precise Temperature Control for Perfect Repeatability of the Reaction Course","text":"Using microwaves for heating has a number of advantages: they heat up the reaction mixture directly inside the reaction vial without heating the surroundings. Unlike conventional heating sources, microwave heating can be turned on and off instantly, giving you complete control of the heating. Monowave 400 R uses these advantages to provide efficient heating at any scale for any solvent, with unmatched speed. The instrument’s software controller not only prevents temperature overshoots, but also facilitates cleaner conversions by exactly matching the desired temperature program. This allows you to accelerate chemical reactions and achieve reaction temperatures far above the boiling point of the used solvent.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safe and Reliable Operation","text":"Monowave 400 R is equipped with multiple interlock systems so that the user is safe from microwave and laser radiation. Both devices can be activated only if the swiveling cover of Monowave 400 R is closed. The combined setup fulfills the accessible exposure limits (AEL) of laser class 1.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Microwave Reactor Monowave 400R","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Monowave 400R"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Max. Filling Volume","values":["6 mL for 10 mL vial\n20 mL for 30 mL vial\n2 mL for 4 mL vial"]},{"parameter":"Max. Operation Pressure","values":["30 bar (435 psi)"]},{"parameter":"Max. IR Temperature","values":["300 °C"]},{"parameter":"Max. Fiber-Optic Temperature","values":["300 °C"]},{"parameter":"Max. Power","values":["850 W"]},{"parameter":"Vial Material","values":["Borosilicate glass, silicon carbide"]},{"parameter":"Cap Material","values":["PEEK"]},{"parameter":"Camera","values":["Integrated"]},{"parameter":"Autosampler MAS 24","values":["Optional"]},{"parameter":"Seal Material","values":["Teflon-coated silicone"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["Method development\nOptimization\nBasic academic and industrial research"]}]},{"title":"Specifications for Dual-Wavelength In-Situ Raman Spectrometer: Cora 5001 Fiber","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Single-wavelength 532 nm","Single-wavelength 785 nm","Single-wavelength 1064 nm","Dual-wavelength 532 nm and 785 nm","Dual-wavelength 532 nm and 1064 nm","Dual-wavelength 785 nm and 1064 nm"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Optical Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Excitation Wavelength","values":["532 nm","785 nm","1064 nm","532 nm and 785 nm","532 nm and 1064 nm","785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹","200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm","200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Resolution (according to ASTM E2529)","values":["9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹","6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹","12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹","9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm","9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm","6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm\n12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Power","values":["50 mW**","0 mW to 450 mW*, adjustable","0 mW to 450 mW*, adjustable","50 mW* for 532 nm\n0 mW to 450 mW* for 785 nm","50 mW* for 532 nm\n0 mW to 450 mW* for 1064 nm","0 mW to 450 mW* for 785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spectrograph","values":["f/2; Transmission volume phase grating (VPG)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Integration Time","values":["0.005 s to 600 s","0.005 s to 600 s","0.001 s to 20 s","0.005 s to 600 s for 532 nm and 785 nm","0.005 s to 600 s for 532 nm\n0.001 s to 20 s for 1064 nm","0.005 s to 600 s for 785 nm\n0.001 s to 20 s for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Calibration","values":["Automatic via software","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Detector Array","values":["2048 px CCD","2048 px CCD","256 px InGaAs","2048 px CCD for 532 nm and 785 nm","2048 px CCD for 532 nm\n256 px InGaAs for 1064 nm","2048 px CCD for 785 nm\n256 px InGaAs for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Class","values":["3B for Fiber model","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Physical Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (D x W x H)","values":["355 mm x 384 mm x 168 mm (14.0 in x 15.1 in x 6.6 in)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["9.8 kg","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Operating Range","values":["10 °C to 35 °C (non-condensing)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Fiber Probe Dimensions","values":["Cable length: 1.50 m","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Battery (optional)","values":["Lithium-ion","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Battery Run Time","values":[">1.5 h","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply Input","values":["Line power supply input: 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz\nCar power adapter input: 9 V to 32 V DC","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Consumption","values":["In-line power supply input: max. 100 VA\nDC input: typical 30 VA (60 VA when optional battery is charged)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Additional Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["10-inch touch screen","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Ports","values":["4 x USB 2.0, 1 x Ethernet, 1 x CAN out and 1 x USB to PC","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Export Formats","values":[".csv, .txt, .png, .spc,. aps, .pdf","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["8 GB","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Wireless Connectivity","values":["Wi-Fi stick (optional)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Spectral Libraries","values":["Factory library, user-built, third-party options","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Security","values":["User roles with customizable permissions, user password logins","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["*at sample\n**at laser source","","","","",""]}]}]}]},{"name":"FTIR Instruments","description":"Automated FTIR analysis for fuels, oils, and wine.","pageTitle":"FTIR Instruments","pageDescription":"State-of-the-art Fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy with automation options — comprehensive data analysis, a high-resolution touchscreen, and an intuitive interface deliver quick, reliable results for fuels, lubricants, edible oils, and wine analysis.","overview":"Anton Paar's state-of-the-art Fourier-transform infrared (FTIR) instruments combine FTIR spectroscopy with comprehensive, application-specific data analysis for quick results and maximum efficiency in the lab. A high-resolution touchscreen and smartphone-inspired user interface deliver an intuitive analysis experience, while dedicated solutions cover lubricant condition monitoring, fuel quality, and wine analysis.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/ftir-analysis.webp","slug":"ftir-instruments","models":[{"slug":"lyza","name":"FTIR Spectrometer: Lyza 3000 and Lyza 7000","description":"The Lyza series FTIR spectrometers transform industry standards: Guided workflows combining measurement, processing and spectral analysis in an automated…","pageTitle":"FTIR Spectrometer: Lyza 3000 and Lyza 7000","pageDescription":"The Lyza series FTIR spectrometers transform industry standards: Guided workflows combining measurement, processing and spectral analysis in an automated method, allow users with minimal experience to perform QC measurements in just three steps, for a quick pass/fail result.","image":"/images/ftir-instruments-lyza-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Lyza series FTIR spectrometers transform industry standards: Guided workflows combining measurement, processing and spectral analysis in an automated method, allow users with minimal experience to perform QC measurements in just three steps, for a quick pass/fail result. Measure hundreds of sample types – from solid to liquid or gaseous – and switch effortlessly between measurement cells, thanks to the versatile modular cell concept. Premium optical components ensure consistently high performance and longevity for years to come – guaranteed.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ftir-instruments-lyza-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"FTIR Spectroscopy Streamlined for Your Laboratory","text":"• Guided workflows make it easy to get started\n• Automated spectral analysis at the tap of a button.\n• Automatic calibration with an internal polystyrene reference\n• Constant internal monitoring: Status overview at a glance\n• Data management with Anton Paar's AP Connect software","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Versatility that Meets Your Needs","text":"• Modular cell concept for any type of sample\n• Compatibility with a range of ATR and transmission cells\n• Automatic recognition of cell module exchange\n• Identification and verification of any sample or substance\n• Custom library creation in just a few clicks\n• Variety of industry-standard libraries to choose from\n• Quantification method creation in under three minutes","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Premium Spectrometer You Can Rely on","text":"• Permanently aligned cube-corner interferometer\n• Best-in-class 15-year-warranty on IR source, laser, and interferometer.\n• Full three-year-warranty on all other components*: No hidden costs\n• Anton Paar's world-renowned global support\n• Energy savings and prolonged lifetime with eco mode\n*Except wear-and-tear parts","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Efficiency Meets Compliance: Anton Paar Spectroscopy Suite","text":"• AP Spectroscopy Suite: Lyza 7000/3000 and Cora 5001\n• Seamless Integration into your IT infrastructure\n• Compliance with critical standards for seamless regulatory adherence\n• Compliance with 21 CFR Part 11 and EU GMP Vol. 4 Annex 11\n• Full traceability (audit trail, library and method versioning, etc.)\n• Permission management via active directory\n• Data integrity: All data stored in a secure SQL database\n• Fully compatible with AP Connect","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"FTIR Spectrometer: Lyza is available in 2 models: Lyza 7000, Lyza 3000.","subsections":[{"title":"Lyza 7000","text":"Standalone FTIR spectrometer with touchscreen interface."},{"title":"Lyza 3000","text":"Budget-friendly FTIR spectrometer operated via desktop software."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aoh85my9SOE","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Lyza 3000","Lyza 7000"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Detector","values":["Pyroelectric DLaTGS detector",""]},{"parameter":"Optics","values":["Hermetically sealed aluminum casing with gold-coated mirrors, KBr windows and beamsplitter",""]},{"parameter":"Signal-to-noise Ratio","values":["55,000:1 (1 min, 8 cm⁻¹, 2,100 cm⁻¹ to 2,200 cm⁻¹)",""]},{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["350 cm⁻¹ to 7,500 cm⁻¹",""]},{"parameter":"Spectral Resolution","values":["1.4 cm⁻¹ to 16 cm⁻¹","1.0 cm⁻¹ to 16 cm⁻¹"]},{"parameter":"Wavenumber Accuracy","values":["<0.05 cm⁻¹ at 900 cm⁻¹ to 3,000 cm⁻¹",""]},{"parameter":"Wavenumber Precision","values":["Repeatability <0.0005 cm⁻¹ at 2,000 cm⁻¹\n(standard deviation of 10 repeated measurements)",""]},{"parameter":"Photometric Accuracy","values":["Better than 0.06 % transmittance",""]},{"parameter":"Typical Measurement Time","values":["<30 seconds",""]},{"parameter":"Laser Type","values":["Single mode Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Laser (VCSEL)",""]},{"parameter":"Laser Class","values":["Class 1, enclosed hermetically",""]},{"parameter":"IR Source","values":["SiC composite",""]},{"parameter":"Interferometer","values":["Permanently aligned cube corner interferometer",""]},{"parameter":"Desiccant","values":["Molecular sieve with color indicator, user-replaceable",""]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature Range","values":["10 °C to 30 °C (50 °F to 86 °F)\n(non-condensing)",""]},{"parameter":"Instrument Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["365 x 315 x 204 mm\n(14.4 in x 12.4 in x 8.0 in)","365 x 315 x 382 mm\n(14.4 in x 12.4 in x 15 in)"]},{"parameter":"Cell Compartment Width","values":["152 mm",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["11.7 kg (25.8 lbs)","12.8 kg (28.2 lbs)"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 100 V to 240 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz; DC 24 V, max. 3.75 A",""]},{"parameter":"Typical Power Consumption","values":["24 W (during operation)","30 W (during operation)\n15 W (with activated eco mode)"]},{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["4 x USB 2.0 / CAN / Ethernet",""]},{"parameter":"Wireless Connectivity","values":["-","Wi-Fi*"]},{"parameter":"Data Export Formats","values":[".csv, .pdf, .spc",".csv, .pdf, .spc, .png"]},{"parameter":"Data Management","values":["AP Connect",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["No touchscreen","10.1”, PCAP touchscreen, multi-touch"]},{"parameter":"Controls","values":["AP Spectroscopy Suite required","Touchscreen\nOptional: keyboard, mouse, barcode reader, AP Spectroscopy Suite"]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["-","32 GB"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Libraries","values":["Factory library, user-built, third-party options",""]},{"parameter":"Regulatory Compliance","values":["21 CFR Part 11 including installation, operation qualification and performance qualification (DQ/IQ/OQ/PQ)**",""]},{"parameter":"Trademarks","values":["LYZA (016731507, UK00916731507)",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Via external Wi-Fi stick (material number 390637)\n** Available with AP Spectroscopy Suite Premium (material number 256138)",""]}]}]},{"slug":"lyza-7000-used-oil","name":"FTIR Oil Analysis: Lyza 7000 Used Oil Package","description":"Perform oil analysis at a touch, using Anton Paar’s FTIR.","pageTitle":"FTIR Oil Analysis: Lyza 7000 Used Oil Package","pageDescription":"Perform oil analysis at a touch, using Anton Paar’s FTIR. Preinstalled methods and corresponding transmission cells ensure compliance with ASTM and DIN standards.","image":"/images/ftir-instruments-lyza-7000-used-oil-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Perform oil analysis at a touch, using Anton Paar’s FTIR. Preinstalled methods and corresponding transmission cells ensure compliance with ASTM and DIN standards. The software seamlessly integrates measurement, processing, and spectral analysis. Automated workflows and customizable reporting make your oil condition monitoring ultra-efficient.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ftir-instruments-lyza-7000-used-oil-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compliant FTIR Oil Analysis","text":"Analyze your spectra directly in the instrument’s embedded software.\nLyza 7000 ensures compliance with ASTM E2412, D7214, D7412, D7414, D7415, D7624, D7844, and D7418, as well as DIN 51452 and 51453, via pre-installed methods.\nMeasure parameters such as oxidation, nitration, sulfate by-products, anti-wear components (ZDDP), and contaminations with water, gasoline, diesel, ethylene glycol (antifreeze), and soot – quickly and reliably.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Everything You Need for Your FTIR Oil Analysis","text":"Lyza 7000 is a compact benchtop spectrometer for used oil analysis, with an adjustable touchscreen that works right out-of-the-box.\nThe transmission module is equipped with a 2 in x 3 in card holder, supporting industry-standard transmission cells. The 100 µm cell for liquids, suited for ASTM- and DIN-compliant measurements, is a perfect fit.\nEfficient on every level, Lyza 7000 is packed with convenience-maximizing features: guided workflows, continuous instrument self-monitoring, and energy-saving mode.\nSoftware tailored to condition monitoring of in-service lubricants rounds off a perfect package.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The FTIR Spectrometer You Can Trust","text":"Lyza 7000 is a spectrometer you can count on for FTIR oil analysis.\nRigorous testing and validation underpin consistent, accurate results. Constant internal system monitoring ensures potential issues can be resolved quickly. Level Zero and Level One Tests according to ASTM E1421 can be executed automatically. A smart status LED light updates you on measuring progress at a glance.\nThis FTIR spectrometer was designed by pioneers in optical analysis – and it shows!","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"FTIR Oil Analysis with Minimum Costs and Maximum Efficiency","text":"The Lyza 7000 software enables fast analysis of key parameters for used oil analysis by even inexperienced operators. An automatic polystyrene check with the internal reference occurs at the push of a button and takes just minutes.\nThe touchscreen, embedded software, and small footprint save bench space. And programmable eco mode reduces energy use and prolongs instrument lifetime.\nLyza 7000 offers cost efficiency with zero compromise on quality – guaranteed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Technical Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Lyza 7000 Used Oil Package"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Detector","values":["Pyroelectric DLaTGS detector"]},{"parameter":"Optics","values":["Hermetically sealed aluminum casing with gold-coated mirrors, KBr windows and beamsplitter"]},{"parameter":"Signal-to-noise Ratio","values":["55,000:1 (1 min, 8 cm⁻¹, 2,100 cm⁻¹ to 2,200 cm⁻¹)"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["350 cm⁻¹ to 7,500 cm⁻¹"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Resolution","values":["1.0 cm⁻¹ to 16 cm⁻¹"]},{"parameter":"Wavenumber Accuracy","values":["<0.05 cm⁻¹ at 900 cm⁻¹ to 3,000 cm⁻¹"]},{"parameter":"Wavenumber Precision","values":["Repeatability <0.0005 cm⁻¹ at 2,000 cm⁻¹\n(standard deviation of 10 repeated measurements)"]},{"parameter":"Photometric Accuracy","values":["Better than 0.06 % transmittance"]},{"parameter":"Typical Measurement Time","values":["<30 seconds"]},{"parameter":"Laser Type","values":["Single mode Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Laser (VCSEL)"]},{"parameter":"Laser Class","values":["Class 1, enclosed hermetically"]},{"parameter":"IR Source","values":["SiC composite"]},{"parameter":"Interferometer","values":["Permanently aligned cube corner interferometer"]},{"parameter":"Desiccant","values":["Molecular sieve with color indicator, user-replaceable"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature Range","values":["10 °C to 30 °C (50 °F to 86 °F)\n(non-condensing)"]},{"parameter":"Instrument Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["365 x 315 x 382 mm\n(14.4 in x 12.4 in x 15 in)"]},{"parameter":"Cell Compartment Width","values":["152 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["12.8 kg (28.2 lbs)"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 100 V to 240 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz; DC 24 V, max. 3.75 A"]},{"parameter":"Typical Power Consumption","values":["30 W (during operation)\n15 W (with activated eco mode)"]},{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["4 x USB 2.0 / CAN / Ethernet"]},{"parameter":"Wireless Connectivity","values":["Wi-Fi*"]},{"parameter":"Data Export Formats","values":[".csv, .pdf, .spc, .png"]},{"parameter":"Data Management","values":["AP Connect"]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["10.1”, PCAP touchscreen, multi-touch"]},{"parameter":"Controls","values":["Touchscreen\nOptional: keyboard, mouse, barcode reader"]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["32 GB"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Libraries","values":["Factory library, user-built, third-party options"]},{"parameter":"Trademarks","values":["LYZA (016731507, UK00916731507)"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Via external Wi-Fi stick (material number 390637)"]}]},{"title":"Measured Oil Parameters","columnLabel":"Parameter","specVariants":["Standard – Unit"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Degradation","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Oxidation","values":["ASTM E2412 – Abs/0.1mm, Abs/cm\nASTM D7214 – Abs/mm\nASTM D7414 – Abs/mm\nDIN 51453 – Abs/cm"]},{"parameter":"Nitration","values":["ASTM E2412 – Abs/0.1mm\nASTM D7624 – Abs/cm\nDIN 51453 – Abs/cm"]},{"parameter":"Sulfate By-Products","values":["ASTM E2412 – Abs/0.1mm\nASTM D7415 – Abs/cm"]},{"parameter":"Additives","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Antiwear Components (ZDDP)","values":["ASTM E2412 – Abs/0.1mm\nASTM D7412 – Abs/cm"]},{"parameter":"Contaminants","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Soot","values":["ASTM E2412 – Abs/0.1mm\nASTM D7844 – %\nDIN 51452 – %"]},{"parameter":"Water","values":["ASTM E2412 – Abs/0.1mm"]},{"parameter":"Ethylene Glycol (Antifreeze)","values":["ASTM E2412 – Abs/0.1mm"]},{"parameter":"Diesel Fuel","values":["ASTM E2412 – Abs/0.1mm"]},{"parameter":"Gasoline","values":["ASTM E2412 – Abs/0.1mm"]}]}]},{"slug":"lyza-5000-wine","name":"FTIR Wine Analyzer: Lyza 5000 Wine","description":"The novel multi-parameter FTIR analyzer Lyza 5000 Wine is your solution for the analysis of wine, must and must in fermentation.","pageTitle":"FTIR Wine Analyzer: Lyza 5000 Wine","pageDescription":"The novel multi-parameter FTIR analyzer Lyza 5000 Wine is your solution for the analysis of wine, must and must in fermentation. Fast measurements for a multitude of parameters ensure that you have all the information you need during the whole wine production process.","image":"/images/ftir-instruments-lyza-5000-wine-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The novel multi-parameter FTIR analyzer Lyza 5000 Wine is your solution for the analysis of wine, must and must in fermentation. Fast measurements for a multitude of parameters ensure that you have all the information you need during the whole wine production process. Thanks to a quick setup and pre-installed models, all important results for wine analysis, including ethanol, sugars, and acid profile, are just a tap away.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ftir-instruments-lyza-5000-wine-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"More Than 15 Parameters Are Just a Tap Away","text":"• Receive results for more than 15 parameters for wine and must, including ethanol, sugars, and acid profile in a single measurement.\n• Minimal measurement times of less than 1 minute allow for high sample throughput and fast reaction times.\n• Easily handle single measurements, adjustment of models, or even complex measurement routines with the user-friendly touchscreen interface.\n• Lyza 5000 Wine performs all data analysis automatically – there’s no need for an external PC.\n• Integrate Lyza 5000 Wine into your LIMS system for the highest degree of automation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Superior Performance that Lasts a Lifetime","text":"• Lyza 5000 Wine’s 12-bounce ATR measurement cell is enduring and maintenance-free while delivering high-intensity signals for continuing robust results.\n• No more worries about cleaning – the Cleaning Performance Index (patent pending) determines the condition of your instrument and advises you when to clean.\n• The most accurate measurement cell temperature control in comparison to any wine analyzer (±0.03 °C) guarantees the most stable measurement conditions.\n• Live notifications inform you about the state of the instrument and recommend what action to take.\n• Integrated workflows guide you through water and ethanol reference measurements – no proprietary reference standards necessary.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Evolution of Wine Analysis","text":"• The convenient Xsample 370 provides fully automated filling, referencing, cleaning, and drying\n• Maximize your sample throughput via automation with the competitively priced Xsample 520 with up to 48 vials.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3y9hgl8Iq-E","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Must and Must in Fermentation","columnLabel":"Parameter","specVariants":["Units","Range","Repeatability ¹⁾"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Ethanol","values":["%v/v","0 to 14","0.03"]},{"parameter":"Glucose","values":["g/L","0 to 160","0.2"]},{"parameter":"Fructose","values":["g/L","0 to 160","0.4"]},{"parameter":"Titratable Acidity2","values":["g/L [T]","2 to 15","0.05"]},{"parameter":"Volatile Acids","values":["g/L [A]","0 to 1.5","0.03"]},{"parameter":"Malic Acid","values":["g/L","0 to 7","0.06"]},{"parameter":"Tartaric Acid","values":["g/L","1 to 9","0.17"]},{"parameter":"Lactic Acid","values":["g/L","0 to 2","0.04"]},{"parameter":"pH","values":["-","3 to 4","0.02"]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["g/mL","0.99 to 1.12","0.0001"]},{"parameter":"Must Weight3","values":["°Bx","-2 to 29","0.04"]},{"parameter":"Extract","values":["g/L","0 to 350","0.4"]},{"parameter":"Glycerol","values":["g/L","0 to 10","0.1"]},{"parameter":"Yeast Assimilable Nitrogen","values":["mg/L","0 to 300","8"]}]},{"title":"Wine","columnLabel":"Parameter","specVariants":["Units","Range","Repeatability ¹⁾"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Ethanol","values":["%v/v","6 to 20","0.02"]},{"parameter":"Glucose","values":["g/L","0 to 150","0.2"]},{"parameter":"Fructose","values":["g/L","0 to 160","0.1"]},{"parameter":"Sucrose","values":["g/L","1.5 to 50","0.2"]},{"parameter":"Titratable Acidity2","values":["g/L [T]","2 to 12","0.04"]},{"parameter":"Volatile Acids","values":["g/L [A]","0 to 2.5","0.04"]},{"parameter":"Malic Acid","values":["g/L","0 to 7","0.06"]},{"parameter":"Tartaric Acid","values":["g/L","0 to 5","0.05"]},{"parameter":"Lactic Acid","values":["g/L","0 to 3","0.05"]},{"parameter":"Gluconic Acid","values":["g/L","0 to 5.5","0.03"]},{"parameter":"pH","values":["-","3 to 4","0.01"]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["g/mL","0.98 to 1.1","0.0001"]},{"parameter":"Must Weight3","values":["°Bx","-4 to 24","0.03"]},{"parameter":"Extract","values":["g/L","0 to 350","0.3"]},{"parameter":"Glycerol","values":["g/L","0 to 25","0.2"]},{"parameter":"Total Polyphenols","values":["g/L","0 to 3","0.08"]}]},{"title":"Technical Specification","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Lyza 5000 Wine"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Minimum Sample Volume","values":["14 mL"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Time per Sample4","values":["31 seconds"]},{"parameter":"Cell Type","values":["12-bounce ATR Ge flow-through cell"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["450 mm x 340 mm x 240 mm (17.7 in x 13.4 in x 9.4 in)"]},{"parameter":"Cell Temperature Control","values":["Peltier element\nStability ±0.005 °C\nAccuracy ±0.03 °C"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 100 to 240 V\n47 to 63 Hz\nDC 24V, 3A"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["15.2 kg (33.5 lbs)"]},{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["5 x USB\nRS-232\nCAN\nEthernet\nWiFi5"]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["10.1 in PCAP touchscreen\nTFT WXGA (1280 Px x 800 Px)"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["1 Repeatability for 90 % of samples in a representative set of wines and musts\n2 Stated as tartaric acid equivalents to pH 7.0; additional outputs: sulfuric acid equivalents, endpoint pH 8.2, meq/L\n3 Available units: °Bx, °Oe, °KMW, °Bé, g/L\n4 After temperature equilibration\n5 Via external WiFi dongle"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Polarimeters","description":"Precise optical rotation for pharma, sugar, and chemicals.","pageTitle":"Polarimeters","pageDescription":"High-performing polarimeters measure optical rotation with precision — from compact single-wavelength instruments to modular multiwavelength systems with full pharmacopoeia compliance for pharmaceutical, sugar, food, and chemical laboratories.","overview":"Anton Paar's high-performing polarimeters measure optical rotation with precision. From the compact MCP 100 and MCP 150 with a single wavelength to the modular MCP 4100, 5100, and 5500 with multiwavelength options, there is always the right match for your application — whether pharmacopoeia-compliant purity testing, sugar analysis, or chirality studies in research and quality control.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/polarimeter.webp","slug":"polarimeters","models":[{"slug":"mcp-100-150","name":"Modular Compact Polarimeter: MCP 100 and MCP 150","description":"The MCP 100/150 polarimeters are the right choice for routine quality control and universities, especially for pharmaceutical applications (MCP 150)…","pageTitle":"Modular Compact Polarimeter: MCP 100 and MCP 150","pageDescription":"The MCP 100/150 polarimeters are the right choice for routine quality control and universities, especially for pharmaceutical applications (MCP 150) and the flavor and fragrance industry.","image":"/images/polarimeters-mcp-100-150-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MCP 100/150 polarimeters are the right choice for routine quality control and universities, especially for pharmaceutical applications (MCP 150) and the flavor and fragrance industry. MCP 150 offers 21 CFR Part 11 compliance. The easy-to-use touchscreen supports fast navigation with unparalleled simplicity, and the multiple measurement capabilities and customized methods provided by MCP 150 make both routine and more complex measurements extremely easy. The powerful Peltier temperature control guarantees fast and even temperature distribution. With the intelligent Toolmaster™ technology, the connected sample cell or quartz control plate is automatically detected wirelessly. This eliminates user errors and ensures that every change is recorded in the audit trail. LIMS and FTP connectivity are fully supported.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/polarimeters-mcp-100-150-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Whenever Lab Bench Space is Limited, MCP is the Right Choice","text":"• Small footprint (less than two notebook pages)\n• Lightweight instrument with enormous robustness\n• Ideal for multiparameter setup, e.g. combination with a refractometer or density meter","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Designed for Ultimate Ease of Use","text":"• Built-in Peltier temperature control\n• Wireless identification of quartz plates and sample cells\n• Temperature is wirelessly transferred from the sample cell to the instrument\n• Color touchscreen for easy navigation","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fulfills Regulations for Quality Management and International Compliance","text":"• Full compliance to 21 CFR Part 11 (MCP 150)\n• Compliance to national and international pharmacopeias\n• Outstanding feature set for your individual requirements\n• Password protection for maximum safety\n• User level management for easy access control\n• User group administration (MCP 150) for simplification of access rights and permissions\n• Audit trail for full traceability\n• Electronic signature for approval of measurement data (MCP 150)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Wireless Sample Cells for Seamless Measuring Procedures","text":"• Built-in temperature sensor with wireless data transfer to the instrument\n• Different stainless steel classes for high material resistance\n• Water-proof design combined with cables or connectors which makes it easy to clean\n• Cell length protocol for all relevant mechanical dimensions according to ICUMSA and OIML","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Modular Compact Polarimeter: MCP is available in 2 models: MCP 150, MCP 100.","subsections":[{"title":"MCP 150","text":"21 CFR Part 11 compliance."},{"title":"MCP 100","text":"Built-in Peltier temperature control (20 °C or 25 °C)."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_HPTvV_IMoQ","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MCP 100","MCP 150"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measuring Scales:","values":["°Optical Rotation, °Specific Rotation, %Concentration","°Optical Rotation, °Specific Rotation, %Concentration, user-defined scales"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range:","values":["±89.9°",""]},{"parameter":"Resolution:","values":["0.001°",""]},{"parameter":"Accuracy:","values":["±0.01°","±0.004°"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability:","values":["±0.01°","±0.004°"]},{"parameter":"Response Time:","values":["12 sec.","max. 12 sec."]},{"parameter":"Wavelength:","values":["589 nm",""]},{"parameter":"Light Source:","values":["LED, with average lifetime of 100.000 hours",""]},{"parameter":"Sensitivity:","values":["A light intensity control compensates attenuation up to Optical Density (OD) 2.0",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature Sensor:","values":["Built-in PT 100 sensor",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature Resolution:","values":["0.1 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature Accuracy:","values":["±0.2 °C","±0.1 °C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control:","values":["Automatic Peltier temperature control at 20°C and 25°C, or without temp. control","Automatic Peltier temperature control between 15 °C and 35 °C, or without temp. control"]},{"parameter":"Sample Cell / Quartz Control Plate:","values":["Toolmaster™ - Automatic sample cell and quartz control plate identification; sample cell path length of 2.5 mm to 100 mm",""]},{"parameter":"Display:","values":["TFT touchscreen 5.7\" (145 mm), 640 x 480 Pixels",""]},{"parameter":"Interfaces:","values":["3 USB, RS232, Ethernet, CAN bus, easy connection of keyboard, mouse, printer, bar code. Network capability","3 USB, RS232, Ethernet, CAN bus, 1 USB typ \"B\" for service\nEasy connection of keyboard, mouse, printer, bar code. Network capability."]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (LxWxH):","values":["370 mm x 320 mm x 130 mm (14.6 in x 12.6 in x 5.1 in)",""]},{"parameter":"Weight:","values":["7.8 kg (17.2 lbs)","8.6 kg (19 lbs)"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply / Consumption:","values":["AC 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60Hz / 70VA, 120 VA max.",""]}]}]},{"slug":"mcp-4100-5100-5500","name":"Modular Polarimeter: MCP 4100, MCP 5100, and MCP 5500","description":"Automated digital polarimeters optimized for highly regulated industries.","pageTitle":"Modular Polarimeter: MCP 4100, MCP 5100, and MCP 5500","pageDescription":"Measure. Comply. Perform. Our automated, digital MCP polarimeters series is optimized for highly regulated industries, such as the pharmaceutical industry.","image":"/images/polarimeters-mcp-4100-5100-5500-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Measure. Comply. Perform. Our automated, digital MCP polarimeters series is optimized for highly regulated industries, such as the pharmaceutical industry. These high-performance instruments provide optical rotation measurements with a precision up to <±0.0020° OR, top data integrity standards, and full compliance to 21 CFR Part 11. What's more, if your needs change, our digital polarimeter changes with you. With their multiwavelength options, you can easily adapt them for future needs. Fast measurement results are delivered in seconds, and the broad portfolio matches every budget.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/polarimeters-mcp-4100-5100-5500-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Comply with Pharma Standards and Master Any Audit","text":"We've leveraged more than 15 years of experience in pharmaceutical applications to develop easy-to-use instruments compliant with industry standards (e.g., GMP, GAMP 5). Our MCP polarimeters' software doesn't just have mandatory 21 CFR Part 11 functions (e.g., audit trail), it's also designed for convenience.\n• Access control and comprehensive user privilege management\n• Windows active directory log-on (desktop software)\n• Encrypted, digitally signed data in file format or database\n• Central data management with AP Connect (server client solution)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Rely on Our Comprehensive Qualification Documentation to Keep Your Costs Down","text":"We know that passing an audit is a must. With our Pharma Qualification Documentation (PQP), which has been proven in hundreds of successful audits, this is easier than ever. IQ/OQ/PQ, a risk analysis, and a 21 CFR Part 11 checklist are included as well. Save up to 75 % of time for instrument qualification and validation of your MCP with our Pharma Qualification Packages.\nWhat's more: No matter your location, our qualification team is ready to help you qualify your instrument for seamless integration into your processes – on-site.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Prevent Errors and Meet Your Efficiency Targets","text":"The MCP series of instruments comes with various features designed to prevent errors, saving you stress, time, and money. Clear and definable user group privileges as well as password rules and security settings are aligned to local IT rules. Avoid repeat measurements due to human error. The FillingCheck™ camera delivers real-time images of the filling process inside the sample cell. Toolmaster™ automatically transfers sample cell and quartz control plate data and temperature to the instrument software.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Keep Training and Maintenance Efforts to a Minimum","text":"Whether it's for initial user training or continued operation, our MCP polarimeters' features keep your efficiency high and your costs low.\n• Guided workflows for measurements prevent errors before they can occur\n• (Semi-)automated workflows for system suitability tests (SST) and calibration to improve efficiency\n• Fast and powerful temperature control minimizes cycle times between measurements\n• LED light source that's good for a lifetime keeps downtime to a minimum","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Get Peace of Mind with Our Data Integrity Solutions","text":"Depending on your application, you have different needs when it comes to data management and compliance. That's why we offer three different solutions.\n• Embedded system for stand-alone operation – ideal for those with smaller amounts of data who only want a single installation. It lets you qualify the software and use the instrument for electronic records.\n• PC-controlled operation – the perfect solution if you're generating large amounts of data and you don't want to have data and system administration on the instrument.\n• AP Connect for central data management – you can also integrate several instruments into our data management hub. This is the perfect solution for those who need to run a powerful data management software independent of instruments, or intend to make use of the AP Connect interfaces to various systems (e.g., ERP, LIMS).\nSo whatever your data volume or IT policy, you can be sure we have a solution for it.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Modular Polarimeter: MCP is available in 3 models: MCP 4100, MCP 5100, MCP 5500.","subsections":[{"title":"MCP 4100","text":"Economic analysis of optical rotation that's fully pharma-compliant."},{"title":"MCP 5100","text":"Advanced accuracy of ±0.002 °OR."},{"title":"MCP 5500","text":"Top accuracy of <±0.0020° OR for highly traceable results."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=q4m47H2B9Fs","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MCP 4100","MCP 5100","MCP 5500"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measuring Scales","values":["°Optical Rotation, °Optical Rotation (cell-length corrected), °Specific Rotation,°Specific Rotation (cell-length corrected), % concentration (g/100 mL, g/L, g/100 cm³, kg/m³), °International Sugar Scale (not temperature-compensated), mathematic functions, and user-definable scales","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["±89.9 °OR","",""]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["±0.003 °OR across entire range","±0.002 °OR across entire range","<0.002 °OR across entire range"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["±0.002 °OR","±0.002 °OR","±0.001 °OR"]},{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["0.001 °OR","0.0001 °OR","0.0001 °OR"]},{"parameter":"Available Wavelenghts","values":["589 nm standard\n365, 405, 436, 546, 578, 633, 880 nm opt.","",""]},{"parameter":"Temp. Control Range","values":["Peltier temperature control\n10 - 45 °C","",""]},{"parameter":"Temp. Accuracy","values":["±0.1 °C","±0.1 °C","±0.03 °C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Control Speed","values":["2 °C sample temperature gradient eliminated in less than 30 seconds.\n(100 mm stainless steel cell, re-filled with water)","",""]},{"parameter":"21 CFR Part 11 Compliance","values":["yes","",""]},{"parameter":"User Assistance Features","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"FillingCheck™ Camera","values":["no","yes","yes"]},{"parameter":"Automatic Detection of Sample Cell and Quartz Standard by Toolmaster™ Function","values":["yes\nwireless Toolmaster™ technology","",""]},{"parameter":"Automated Calibration / Adjustment Process by Toolmaster™ Function","values":["yes","",""]},{"parameter":"Separate Drying Facility for Sample Cell (Air Pump)","values":["no","optional","yes"]},{"parameter":"Data Management","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Managment Software for Multiple Instruments (AP Connect)","values":["optional","",""]},{"parameter":"Desktop Software Controlled","values":["optional","",""]},{"parameter":"Engineering","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Light Source","values":["LED","",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Sample Cell Length","values":["200 mm","",""]}]}]}]},{"name":"Refractometers","description":"Handheld to benchtop refractive index measurement.","pageTitle":"Refractometers","pageDescription":"Accurate and efficient refractive index measurement for food, beverages, chemicals, and pharmaceuticals — from handheld instruments to high-end benchtop refractometers engineered for precision, traceability, and regulatory compliance in QC and research.","overview":"Unmatched in terms of price-performance, Anton Paar refractometers — from handheld to high-end benchtop instruments — are engineered for precision, traceability, and compliance. They enable efficient workflows while meeting the highest demands in quality control and research, and offer integration into multi-parameter measuring systems for the simultaneous determination of refractive index, density, and other key quality parameters.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/refractometer.webp","slug":"refractometers","models":[{"slug":"abbemat-essential","name":"Benchtop Refractometer: Abbemat Essential","description":"Sign your results with confidence: The Abbemat Essential line is a budget-friendly benchtop refractometer providing best-build quality, precision…","pageTitle":"Benchtop Refractometer: Abbemat Essential","pageDescription":"Sign your results with confidence: The Abbemat Essential line is a budget-friendly benchtop refractometer providing best-build quality, precision, and temperature control.","image":"/images/refractometers-abbemat-essential-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Sign your results with confidence: The Abbemat Essential line is a budget-friendly benchtop refractometer providing best-build quality, precision, and temperature control. Measure your sample with just one click, print out and sign the results, and directly insert into your laboratory book – it’s that simple and leaves no room for transcription errors. All three automatic benchtop refractometers are suitable for liquids, viscous or solid substances, and turbid solutions. No training is needed; efficient use by all staff members is possible.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/refractometers-abbemat-essential-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Proven Peltier Temperature Control for all of our Benchtop Refractometers","text":"Precise temperature measurement and control are prerequisites for accurate refractive index measurements. The patented T-Check system that is used for each device before it is delivered ensures surface temperature measurement and control accuracy of your automatic benchtop refractometer of up to ±0.03 °C.\n• Traceable temperature check and adjustment\n• Most precise prism-surface temperature measurement\n• Prevention of temperature-induced errors","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast Concentration Measurements","text":"Speeding up of concentration measurements of binary solutions due to a simplified user interface and predefined methods.\n• Refractive index and Brix measurements\n• Eight additional methods (exchangeable)\n• Short cycle times down to 10 seconds to measure and document results\n• Low sample volume of 70 µL","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Scratch-Proof Sapphire Prism for Long-Term Precise Results","text":"The sapphire prism each benchtop refractometer is equipped with guarantees the most precise results throughout the entire instrument lifetime.\n• Resists cleaning with spatula or other lab tools\n• Mohs hardness of 9, close to diamond-grade\n• Backed by a 25-year warranty on the prism","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy Printing and Documentation of Results","text":"The Abbemat Essential benchtop refractometers simplify results documentation with their optional label printer, allowing for fast and reliable printouts. This eliminates the need for manual data copying, reducing the risk of transcription errors, and ensuring that all recorded measurements are accurate and traceable.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ready-to-Use Right out of the Box","text":"Our automatic benchtop refractometers are designed for immediate use with a no-frills user interface that requires no setup. The Abbemat Essential’s intuitive operation ensures that even first-time users can perform measurements effortlessly without the need for training. This minimizes errors and maximizes efficiency in any laboratory environment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Benchtop Refractometer: Abbemat Essential is available in 3 models: Abbemat Essential 3001, Abbemat Essential 3101, Abbemat Essential 3201.","subsections":[{"title":"Abbemat Essential 3001","text":"Accuracy: ±0.0001 nD / ± 0.05 °Brix."},{"title":"Abbemat Essential 3101","text":"Accuracy: ±0.00004 nD / ± 0.03 °Brix."},{"title":"Abbemat Essential 3201","text":"Accuracy: ±0.00002 nD / ± 0.015 °Brix."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kh1N5PjKcGQ","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Abbemat 3001","Abbemat 3101","Abbemat 3201"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Refractive Index","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Range","values":["1.33 nD to 1.55 nD","1.30 nD to 1.66 nD","1.26 nD to 1.72 nD"]},{"parameter":"Max. Resolution","values":["0.0001 nD","0.00001 nD","0.000001 nD"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy¹⁾","values":["±0.0001 nD","±0.00004 nD","±0.00002 nD"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["±0.0001 nD","±0.0000015 nD","±0.0000015 nD"]},{"parameter":"Brix","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Range","values":["0 °Brix to 100 °Brix","",""]},{"parameter":"Display Resolution","values":["0.01 °Brix","0.001 °Brix","0.001 °Brix"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["±0.05 °Brix","±0.03 °Brix","±0.015 °Brix"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Range","values":["20 °C to 40 °C","10 °C to 70 °C","4 °C to 105 °C ²⁾"]},{"parameter":"Probe Accuracy¹⁾","values":["±0.05 °C","±0.03 °C","±0.03 °C"]},{"parameter":"Probe Stability","values":["±0.002 °C","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Specifications","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["7\" Hybrid touch","",""]},{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["USB (printer)","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Storage","values":["Label printer","",""]},{"parameter":"General","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["70 µL","",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Allowed Pressure in Micro Flow Cell","values":["10 bar","",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["5 °C to 40 °C","",""]},{"parameter":"Materials in Contact with the Sample","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Prism","values":["Synthetic sapphire","",""]},{"parameter":"Sample Well","values":["Stainless steel, optionally Ni-alloy","",""]},{"parameter":"Seal","values":["FFKM (perfluoroelastomer)","",""]},{"parameter":"Compounds","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Light Source","values":["LED light source, average lifetime > 100,000 hours","",""]},{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["589.3 nm (by wavelength-adjusted interference filter)","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Requirements","values":["100 VAC to 240 VAC +10 %/-15 %, 50/60 Hz, min. 10 W, max. 100 W, depending on sample temperature setting and ambient temperature","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"W x H x D","values":["225 mm x 115 mm x 330 mm","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["3.5 kg","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["¹⁾ Valid at standard conditions (T=20 °C, ambient temperature 20 °C to 25 °C\n²⁾ At max. ambient temperature of 35 °C","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"abbemat-advanced","name":"Laboratory Refractometer: Abbemat Advanced","description":"Manage your lab with efficiency: The Abbemat Advanced series laboratory refractometers achieve precise, consistent measurements in busy and automated labs.","pageTitle":"Laboratory Refractometer: Abbemat Advanced","pageDescription":"Manage your lab with efficiency: The Abbemat Advanced series laboratory refractometers achieve precise, consistent measurements in busy and automated labs.","image":"/images/refractometers-abbemat-advanced-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Manage your lab with efficiency: The Abbemat Advanced series laboratory refractometers achieve precise, consistent measurements in busy and automated labs. Conduct sample-specific measurements according to your SOPs. Implement the instruments into multi-parameter measuring systems, and equip them with an autosampler to avoid errors and boost your lab efficiency. Straightforward integration of these laboratory refractometers into IT networks and data management via Anton Paar Connect ensures data integrity and fast access in paperless labs.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/refractometers-abbemat-advanced-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Complete Qualification of your Laboratory Refractometer","text":"Performance qualification and regular control of measuring equipment does not stop at verification of the refractive index. Anton Paar also includes the second important measuring parameter: temperature. Correct temperature readings of your automatic refractometer are confirmed by Anton Paar service engineers with the patented T-Check system:\n• Traceable temperature check and adjustment on-site\n• Most precise prism-surface temperature measurement\n• Prevention of temperature-induced errors\n• Documentation and certificate","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Error Prevention via User Guidance","text":"User rights management ensures operators only get access to the functionality they need for their job. Settings can only be changed with corresponding privileges.\nRoutine measurements are organized by sample/product, with locked settings and pass/fail criteria defined by your SOPs.\nCheck-intervals can be set to prove system suitability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Networked Data Management Options","text":"Abbemat laboratory refractometers can export file-based data straight to defined network folders.\nThe Abbemat Advanced series, like other instruments from Anton Paar, can be connected to our lab execution software AP Connect. It provides simple and secure data workflows in laboratories for single or multiple instruments via a centralized digital hub. This ensures paperless efficiency and data integrity in a central MS-SQL database.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Efficiency via Combination with other Anton Paar Instruments and Laboratory Solutions","text":"Abbemat Advanced laboratory refractometers blend into automated and networked laboratory workflows and improve their efficiency:\n• Auto-sampler\n• Multi-parameter measuring systems\n• Over 200 pre-installed methods for quick concentration measurements\n• Flow cells and funnels for fast sample application\n• Configurable screen to focus only on what is needed\n• Measurement cycle times down to 10 seconds","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Scratch-Proof Sapphire Prism with 25-Year Warranty","text":"Designed to last, top-grade optical components like the sapphire prism ensure ruggedness and a long instrument life of your automatic laboratory refractometer.\n• Resists cleaning with spatula or other lab tools\n• Mohs hardness of 9, close to diamond-grade\n• Backed by a 25-year warranty on the prism","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Laboratory Refractometer: Abbemat Advanced is available in 3 models: Abbemat Advanced 5001, Abbemat Advanced 5101, Abbemat Advanced 5201.","subsections":[{"title":"Abbemat Advanced 5001","text":"Accuracy: ±0.0001 nD / ± 0.05 °Brix."},{"title":"Abbemat Advanced 5101","text":"Accuracy: ±0.00004 nD / ± 0.03 °Brix."},{"title":"Abbemat Advanced 5201","text":"Accuracy: ±0.00002 nD / ± 0.015 °Brix."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kh1N5PjKcGQ","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Abbemat 5001","Abbemat 5101","Abbemat 5201"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Refractive Index [nD]","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Range","values":["1.33 nD to 1.55 nD","1.30 nD to 1.66 nD","1.26 nD to 1.72 nD"]},{"parameter":"Max. Resolution","values":["0.0001 nD","0.00001 nD","0.000001 nD"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy¹⁾","values":["±0.0001 nD","±0.00004 nD","±0.00002 nD"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["±0.0001 nD","±0.0000015 nD","±0.0000015 nD"]},{"parameter":"Brix","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Range","values":["0 °Brix to 100 °Brix","",""]},{"parameter":"Display Resolution","values":["0.01 °Brix","0.001 °Brix","0.001 °Brix"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["±0.05 °Brix","±0.03 °Brix","±0.015 °Brix"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Range","values":["20 °C to 40 °C","10 °C to 70 °C","4 °C to 105 °C ²⁾"]},{"parameter":"Probe Accuracy¹⁾","values":["±0.05 °C","±0.03 °C","±0.03 °C"]},{"parameter":"Probe Stability","values":["±0.002 °C","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Specifications","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["7\" LCD touch screen","",""]},{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["1 x Ethernet\n3 x USB B\nCAN-Bus for connection with DMA density meter, MCP polarimeter, SVM viscometer, Xsample 520 sample changer","",""]},{"parameter":"Features","values":["User management, sample-specific configurations, pass/fail, preconfigured methods, AP Connect ready","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Storage","values":["10,000 measuring results\n400 products","",""]},{"parameter":"General","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["70 µL","",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Allowed Pressure in Micro Flow Cell","values":["10 bar","",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["5 °C to 40 °C","",""]},{"parameter":"Materials in Contact with the Sample","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Prism","values":["Synthetic sapphire","",""]},{"parameter":"Sample Well","values":["Stainless steel, optionally Ni-alloy","",""]},{"parameter":"Seal","values":["FFKM (perfluoroelastomer)","",""]},{"parameter":"Compounds","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Light Source","values":["LED light source, average lifetime > 100,000 hours","",""]},{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["589.3 nm (by wavelength-adjusted interference filter)","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Requirements","values":["100-240 VAC +10 %/-15 %, 50/60 Hz, min. 10 W, max. 100 W, depending on sample temperature setting and ambient temperature","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"W x H x D","values":["225 mm x 115 mm x 330 mm","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["3.5 kg","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["¹⁾ Valid at standard conditions (T=20 °C, ambient temperature 20 °C to 25 °C\n²⁾ At max. ambient temperature of 35 °C","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"abbemat-pharma","name":"Pharmaceutical Refractometer: Abbemat Pharma","description":"The pharmaceutical refractometers are designed to exceed the requirements of pharma regulations and those of other regulated environments: 21 CFR Part 11…","pageTitle":"Pharmaceutical Refractometer: Abbemat Pharma","pageDescription":"The pharmaceutical refractometers are designed to exceed the requirements of pharma regulations and those of other regulated environments: 21 CFR Part 11, GAMP 5, and EU GMP Vol.","image":"/images/refractometers-abbemat-pharma-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The pharmaceutical refractometers are designed to exceed the requirements of pharma regulations and those of other regulated environments: 21 CFR Part 11, GAMP 5, and EU GMP Vol. 4 Annex 11. They provide secure data management, audit trails, electronic signatures, and access controls, ensuring audit readiness at all times, as well as integration into processes and secure storage of measuring and metadata. The AISQ+ qualification package speeds up validation by 70 %, offering risk analysis, SOPs, and traceability documentation for quick deployment in regulated environments.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/refractometers-abbemat-pharma-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Comprehensive Qualification for your Pharmaceutical Refractometer","text":"The performance qualification and routine monitoring of measuring equipment go beyond just verifying the refractive index. Anton Paar also ensures the accuracy of a crucial second parameter: temperature.\nWith the patented T-Check system, Anton Paar service engineers validate precise temperature measurements, offering:\n• On-site, traceable temperature verification and adjustment\n• Highly accurate prism-surface temperature measurement\n• Prevention of temperature-related measurement errors\n• Comprehensive documentation and certification","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Preventing Errors through User Guidance","text":"User rights management ensures that operators have access only to the functions necessary for their role. Changes to settings are restricted to users with the appropriate privileges. User profiles can be seamlessly integrated from Active Directory.\nRoutine measurements can be structured according to your SOP with predefined pass/fail criteria. Check intervals can be configured to enforce system suitability tests in accordance with your measuring equipment control protocols.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Secure Data Management Options","text":"The automatic refractometers can be used stand-alone with file-based data export to your network. Alternatively, data can be managed by Anton Paar Connect: An encrypted SQL database that is not susceptible to manipulation ensures safe data storage, straightforward backup and restore, and easy accessibility of data throughout the retention period.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital AISQ+ Qualification Package","text":"Comprehensive analytical instrument and system qualification (AISQ+) greatly reduces the effort to go live with your new pharmaceutical refractometer. It is available printed or fully digital with electronic signatures, speeding up review and approval in the qualification process.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Durable Sapphire Prism – Scratch-Resistant with 25-Year Warranty","text":"Engineered for durability, the premium optical components of your automatic pharmaceutical refractometer guarantee exceptional resilience and a long lifespan.\n• Withstands cleaning with spatulas and other laboratory tools\n• Features a Mohs hardness of 9, nearly diamond-grade\n• Comes with a 25-year warranty on the prism","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Pharmaceutical Refractometer: Abbemat Pharma is available in 2 models: Abbemat Pharma 7001, Abbemat Pharma 7201.","subsections":[{"title":"Abbemat Pharma 7001","text":"Accuracy (nD): ±0.0001 nD / ± 0.05 °Brix."},{"title":"Abbemat Pharma 7201","text":"Accuracy (nD): ±0.00002 nD / ± 0.015 °Brix."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kh1N5PjKcGQ","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Abbemat 7001","Abbemat 7201"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Refractive Index [nD]","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Range","values":["1.33 nD to 1.55 nD","1.26 nD to 1.72 nD"]},{"parameter":"Max. Resolution","values":["0.0001 nD","0.000001 nD"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy ¹⁾","values":["±0.0001 nD","±0.00002 nD"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["±0.0001 nD","±0.0000015 nD"]},{"parameter":"Brix","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Range","values":["0 °Brix to 100 °Brix",""]},{"parameter":"Display Resolution","values":["0.01 °Brix","0.001 °Brix"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["±0.05 °Brix","±0.015 °Brix"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Range","values":["20 °C to 40 °C","4 °C ²⁾ to 105 °C"]},{"parameter":"Probe Accuracy¹⁾","values":["±0.05 °C","±0.03 °C"]},{"parameter":"Probe Stability","values":["±0.002 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Specifications","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["7\" LCD touch screen",""]},{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["1 x Ethernet\n3 x USB B\nCAN-Bus for connection with DMA density meter, MCP polarimeter, SVM viscometer, Xsample 520 sample changer",""]},{"parameter":"Features","values":["Audit trail, 21 CFR part 11, electronic signature, user management, sample specific configurations, pass/fail, preconfigured methods, AP Connect ready",""]},{"parameter":"Data Storage","values":["10,000 measuring results\n400 products",""]},{"parameter":"General","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["70 µL",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Allowed Pressure in Micro Flow Cell","values":["10 bar",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["5 °C to 40 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Materials in Contact with the Sample","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Prism","values":["Synthetic sapphire",""]},{"parameter":"Sample Well","values":["Stainless steel, optionally Ni-alloy",""]},{"parameter":"Seal","values":["FFKM (perfluoroelastomer)",""]},{"parameter":"Compounds","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Light Source","values":["LED light source, average lifetime > 100,000 hours",""]},{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["589.3 nm (by wavelength-adjusted interference filter)",""]},{"parameter":"Power Requirements","values":["100 VAC to 240 VAC +10 %/-15 %, 50/60 Hz, min. 10 W, max. 100 W, depending on sample temperature setting and ambient temperature",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"W x H x D","values":["225 mm x 115 mm x 330 mm",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["3.5 kg",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["¹⁾ Valid at standard conditions (T=20 °C, ambient temperature 20 °C to 25 °C\n²⁾ At max. ambient temperature of 35 °C",""]}]}]},{"slug":"smartref","name":"Digital Refractometer: SmartRef","description":"The SmartRef digital refractometer is a portable smart pocket device suitable for a wide range of requirements.","pageTitle":"Digital Refractometer: SmartRef","pageDescription":"The SmartRef digital refractometer is a portable smart pocket device suitable for a wide range of requirements. In combination with a free mobile app, it offers more than 15 different measurement units.","image":"/images/refractometers-smartref-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SmartRef digital refractometer is a portable smart pocket device suitable for a wide range of requirements. In combination with a free mobile app, it offers more than 15 different measurement units. Measure the salt content of your saltwater aquarium or pool, the extract content of your beer, the sugar content in wine, the sweetness of fruits and vegetables, the moisture of honey, and much more.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/refractometers-smartref-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Smart Technology for Consistent Results","text":"• The SmartRef portable refractometer is used in combination with a free mobile app for Android and iOS via Bluetooth Low Energy and enables intelligent handling of the measurement results.\n• The app permits easy storage, visualization, management, and sharing of measurement data.\n• SmartGuide+ detects and helps eliminate measurement problems through high ambient light detection, continuous checking of prism and sample condition, and more.\n• In addition to the quick measurement mode, measurements in continuous mode allow a more detailed understanding of the samples’ properties.\n• Over-the-air updates keep your digital refractometer up-to-date with the latest features.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"SmartRef Measurement Details","text":"• The SmartRef refractometer measures the refractive index of fluids. This allows retrieval of relevant sample properties in a wide variety of applications.\n• Fast temperature stabilization and automatic temperature compensation for measurement results make additional calculations and correction tables obsolete.\n• The unit has an IP66 rating and an easy-to-clean stainless steel sample well.\n• SmartRef supports a one-point zero adjustment with distilled water and requires only a few drops of sample (0.4 mL).\n• SmartRef displays results in under two seconds and has a measurement range of 0 °Brix to 85 °Brix with an accuracy of 0.2 °Brix.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Variety of Measurement Applications","text":"• Brix refractometer: For honey, wine, juice, sauces, jams, fruits, vegetables, and maple syrup. The SmartRef measures the sugar content in °Babo, °Baumé, °Brix, °KMW, and °Oechsle.\n• Salinity refractometer: SmartRef determines the salt content in your saltwater aquarium and pool in salinity specific gravity (SG 20/20), practical salinity units (PSU), and salinity in parts per thousand (ppt).\n• Beer refractometer: SmartRef shows the extract content of wort in °Plato.\n• As a smart device, SmartRef offers a constant expansion of measurement units. All available scales are provided within the app.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SmartRef"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Refractive Index (RI) at 20°C","values":["1.3330 – 1.5040"]},{"parameter":"Brix","values":["0° to 85°"]},{"parameter":"Sample Temperature","values":["10 °C – 100 °C (50 °F – 212 °F)"]},{"parameter":"PSU (Practical Salinity Units)","values":["0 – 50"]},{"parameter":"Salinity ppt (Parts per Thousand)","values":["0 – 150"]},{"parameter":"Salinity S.G. (20/20)","values":["1.000 – 1.114"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Refractive Index (RI)","values":["±0.0003"]},{"parameter":"Brix","values":["±0.2°"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.5 °C (0.9 °F)"]},{"parameter":"PSU (Practical Salinity Units)","values":["±2"]},{"parameter":"Salinity ppt (Parts per Thousand)","values":["±2"]},{"parameter":"Salinity S.G. (20/20)","values":["±0.002"]},{"parameter":"Resolution","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Refractive Index (RI)","values":["0.0001"]},{"parameter":"Brix","values":["0.1°"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.1 °C (0.1 °F)"]},{"parameter":"PSU (Practical Salinity Units)","values":["1"]},{"parameter":"Salinity ppt (Parts per Thousand)","values":["1"]},{"parameter":"Salinity S.G. (20/20)","values":["0.001"]},{"parameter":"Further Specifications","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Sample Volume","values":["0.4 mL"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Time","values":["<2 s"]},{"parameter":"Automatic Temperature Compensation 20 °C (ATC) %Brix","values":["10 °C – 100 °C (50 °F – 212 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Automatic Temperature Compensation 20 °C (ATC) PSU, ppt, S.G. (20/20)","values":["10 °C – 40 °C (50 °F – 104 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Mobile Operating System","values":["Android and iOS"]},{"parameter":"Data","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["108 mm x 64 mm x 35 mm (4.3 in x 2.5 in 1.4 in)"]},{"parameter":"Weight (incl. Batteries)","values":["~135 g (0.31 lbs)"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["2x AAA 1.5V LR03 alkaline batteries (included) or AAA NiMH rechargeable batteries"]},{"parameter":"Enclosure Rating","values":["IP66 according to IEC 60529"]},{"parameter":"Condition","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["10 °C – 40 °C (50 °F – 104 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Air Humidity","values":["5% RH – 95% RH, non-condensing"]},{"parameter":"Battery Lifetime","values":["~10,000 measurements"]},{"parameter":"Storage Temperature","values":["10 °C – 40 °C (50 °F – 104 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Interface","values":["Bluetooth™ Low Energy"]},{"parameter":"Frequency Band","values":["2400 MHz – 2480 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Transmitter Power","values":["7.5 dBm max. (5.6 mW max.)"]},{"parameter":"Part","values":["Material"]},{"parameter":"Sample Area","values":["Stainless steel and glass, FKM O-Ring"]},{"parameter":"Enclosure Housing","values":["Flame retardant PBT/PC, UL94-V0"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Gas Chromatograph Mass Spectrometers (GC-MS)","description":"Gas chromatography-mass spectrometry for identification and quantification.","pageTitle":"GC-MS Systems","pageDescription":"GC-MS pairs the separating power of gas chromatography with definitive mass spectrometric identification. JEOL GC-MS systems – including high-resolution time-of-flight instruments – identify and quantify volatile and semi-volatile compounds with confidence.","overview":"Gas chromatography separates complex mixtures into individual compounds; the mass spectrometer then identifies each one by its fragmentation pattern and accurate mass. JEOL's GC-MS portfolio, crowned by the AccuTOF series high-resolution time-of-flight instruments, serves environmental analysis, food safety, forensics, petrochemistry, and materials research with high sensitivity, wide dynamic range, and powerful qualitative capability.","partner":"JEOL — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/jms-tq4000gc_en.webp","slug":"gc-ms","models":[{"slug":"jms-t2000gc","name":"JMS-T2000GC AccuTOF™ GC-Alpha 2.0","description":"The ultimate GC-MS: a 30,000-resolution GC-TOFMS with 1 ppm mass accuracy and AI-powered structural analysis of unknowns.","pageTitle":"JMS-T2000GC AccuTOF™ GC-Alpha 2.0","pageDescription":"The JMS-T2000GC AccuTOF™ GC-Alpha 2.0 is the seventh-generation JEOL GC-TOFMS, combining 30,000 mass resolving power, 1 ppm mass accuracy, and soft ionization with msFineAnalysis AI for automatic structural analysis of unknown compounds — including comprehensive two-dimensional GC×GC data.","image":"/images/jms-t2000gcalpha.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JMS-T2000GC AccuTOF™ GC-Alpha 2.0 is the ultimate GC-MS system, pursuing the ultimate in performance and functionality. The seventh-generation JEOL GC-TOFMS has evolved into version 2.0 with the integration of a fully automated standard sample inlet and msFineAnalysis AI, enabling automatic structural analysis of unknown compounds from comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC×GC) data — revolutionizing the conventional approach to qualitative analysis using GC-MS. Aiming for high performance while keeping it simple, the system rests on three key technologies: high-performance GC-TOFMS, soft ionization, and AI structural analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jms-t2000gcalpha.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Performance Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometer","text":"The AccuTOF™ GC-Alpha 2.0 employs an orthogonal-acceleration time-of-flight mass spectrometer (oaTOFMS) with dual-stage reflectron — an ideal ion optical system realizing both high ion transmission and ultra-high mass resolving power. Four \"High\" and two \"Wide\" specifications are achieved simultaneously: mass resolving power of 30,000, mass accuracy of 1 ppm (an average of 0.45 ppm demonstrated on methyl stearate), an instrument detection limit of 18.7 fg (OFN, standard EI source), data acquisition at up to 50 spectra per second for GC×GC and Fast GC, a dynamic range of four orders or more, and a mass range up to m/z 6,000 and higher for direct probe measurements of samples such as oligomers.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/euJqfcc-bcM","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Soft Ionization: Essential for Unknown Compound Analysis","text":"EI, using a high ionization energy of 70 eV, generates numerous fragment ions but often fails to show strong molecular ion signals. The AccuTOF™ GC-Alpha 2.0 therefore offers chemical ionization (CI), photoionization (PI), and field ionization (FI) as options — FI being the softest ionization method available for GC-MS and the most suitable for unknown compound analysis. The EI/FI/FD and EI/PI combination ion sources switch between hard and soft ionization with no ion source replacement, no vacuum break, and no reagent gases, and accurate mass measurement is available with every ionization technique.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"msFineAnalysis AI: Automatic Structural Analysis","text":"msFineAnalysis AI combines integrated analysis of GC/EI and GC/soft-ionization high-resolution data with AI structure analysis powered by four AI models, automatically performing molecular formula determination, substructure analysis, and structural formula estimation for unknown compounds. Version 3 adds comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC×GC) data analysis alongside regular GC-MS analysis — highly effective for complex mixtures such as petroleum and life-science samples — plus target analysis, deconvolution detection, and differential analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Direct MS for High-Boiling and High-Mass Compounds","text":"In direct MS mode, high-boiling-point, high-molecular-weight, and nonvolatile compounds beyond the reach of GC are introduced directly into the ion source — well matched to the instrument's m/z 6,000 mass range. Three probes are available: the DEP (direct exposure probe) for thermally labile compounds, the DIP (direct insertion probe) for solid samples, and the FDP (field desorption probe) for polymers, low- to mid-polar metal complexes, and additives. In one example, FD analysis detected a brominated flame retardant in polypropylene at m/z 943.4797, identified by isotope pattern analysis and composition estimation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sample Preparation Options","text":"Sample introduction options extend the application range: a pyrolyzer for thermal extraction and pyrolysis of solids such as polymeric materials, a multi-function autosampler covering liquid injection, headspace (HS), and solid-phase microextraction (SPME), a GC×GC thermal-modulator system delivering dramatically higher separation than conventional capillary GC, and TG-DTA coupling for real-time analysis of evolved gases during thermal analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for JMS-T2000GC AccuTOF™ GC-Alpha 2.0","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["JMS-T2000GC"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Ion Source (Standard)","values":["Electron ionization (EI); optional EI/FI/FD combination, EI/PI combination, and CI ion sources"]},{"parameter":"Analyzer","values":["Dual-stage reflectron time-of-flight mass spectrometer (orthogonal acceleration)"]},{"parameter":"Detector","values":["Dual microchannel plate"]},{"parameter":"Data Acquisition System","values":["Continuous averager"]},{"parameter":"Mass Resolving Power","values":["30,000"]},{"parameter":"Mass Accuracy","values":["1 ppm (based on JEOL's standard for testing)"]},{"parameter":"Instrument Detection Limit","values":["18.7 fg (OFN 100 fg, n=8, standard EI ion source)"]},{"parameter":"Spectrum Recording Speed","values":["Up to 50 spectra/s"]},{"parameter":"Mass Range","values":["Up to m/z 6,000 and higher"]},{"parameter":"Dynamic Range","values":["4 orders of magnitude or more"]},{"parameter":"Gas Chromatograph","values":["Agilent 8890"]},{"parameter":"Data System","values":["Personal computer, monitor, Windows® operating system; msAxel main program; msFineAnalysis AI data analysis program"]},{"parameter":"Major Options","values":["EI/FI/FD combination ion source, EI/PI combination ion source, CI ion source, DIP, DEP, FDP direct probes"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["Main console: single-phase AC 190 V to 210 V or 220 V to 240 V, 20 A, 50/60 Hz; gas chromatograph: single-phase AC 200/220/230/240 V, 20 A; data system: AC 100 V to 120 V, 15 A or AC 200 V to 240 V, 7.5 A; grounding 100 Ω or less"]},{"parameter":"Gas Supply","values":["Nitrogen 0.5 MPa to 0.6 MPa (97% or better purity); helium 0.5 MPa to 0.68 MPa (99.999% or better purity, hydrocarbon content 0.5 ppm or less)"]},{"parameter":"Installation Environment","values":["Varying magnetic field 1×10⁻⁶ T or less; static magnetic field 5×10⁻⁴ T or less; floor vibration 25 µm (p-p) or less; room temperature 20 °C to 27 °C (fluctuation ±3 °C/h or less); humidity 30% to 70% (no condensation); maximum heat generation 25,776 kJ/h; ventilation required for rotary pump exhaust"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions and Weight","values":["Mass spectrometer basic unit: 1,430 mm × 790 mm × 2,480 mm, 348 kg; gas chromatograph: 580 mm × 510 mm × 490 mm, 49 kg; rotary pumps (2 required): 120 mm × 288.5 mm × 163 mm, 9 kg each"]}]}]},{"slug":"jms-q1600gc","name":"JMS-Q1600GC UltraQuad™ SQ-Zeta","description":"JEOL's sixth-generation high-end GC-QMS – the ultimate general-purpose GC-MS for quantitative and qualitative analysis.","pageTitle":"JMS-Q1600GC UltraQuad™ SQ-Zeta","pageDescription":"The JMS-Q1600GC UltraQuad™ SQ-Zeta is JEOL's sixth-generation high-end gas chromatograph–quadrupole mass spectrometer. Built on 50 years of MS technology, it pairs the largest hyperbolic quadrupole in its class with best-in-class sensitivity for environmental, water quality, pesticide, material, and odor analysis.","image":"/images/jms-q1600gc.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JMS-Q1600GC UltraQuad™ SQ-Zeta is JEOL's sixth-generation high-end gas chromatograph–quadrupole mass spectrometer (GC-QMS), built on 50 years of MS technologies and experience. It is the ultimate high-performance general-purpose GC-MS for a wide range of measurement and analysis needs — from quantitative analysis such as environmental, water quality, and pesticide analysis to qualitative analysis such as material and odor analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jms-q1600gc.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Advanced Mass Spectrometry Hardware","text":"The SQ-Zeta is equipped with the largest high-precision hyperbolic metal quadrupole in its class, providing high sensitivity through excellent ion transmission and a wide dynamic range through reduced quench (ion loss) at large ion loads. A pre-filter prevents resolution and sensitivity degradation from quadrupole contamination, the inert titanium ion source chamber needs no parts replacement when alternative carrier gases are used, and a multiplexed draw-in lens ahead of the detector reduces chemical noise and improves sensitivity by ion re-acceleration. A split-flow turbo-molecular pump delivers fast vacuum start-up and supports mega-bore, packed, and the latest low-pressure GC (LPGC) columns, while the ion source block is removed without tools for easy maintenance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Class-Leading Basic Performance","text":"The standard EI ion source has best-in-class sensitivity: SCAN S/N of 1,000 or more (RMS) for 1 pg of octafluoronaphthalene (OFN) and SIM S/N of 500 or more for 100 fg. The instrument detection limit is 5 fg or less — 2.6 fg achieved in eight consecutive SIM measurements of 20 fg OFN. A dynamic range of more than five orders of magnitude was confirmed from 0.005 pg to 1,000 pg with a coefficient of determination above 0.999, and the analyzer covers a mass range of m/z 1 to 1,022 — measurable from hydrogen.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Alternative Carrier Gases","text":"The SQ-Zeta can be used with helium, nitrogen, or hydrogen carrier gas by simply changing the ion source settings and measurement conditions. Combined with an LPGC column, even chlornitrophene (CNP) — subject to stringent regulatory standards and with low ion sensitivity — delivers results with nitrogen carrier gas comparable to those obtained with helium.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Soft Ionization Methods","text":"Photoionization (PI) and chemical ionization (CI) are available as optional soft ionization methods, and a low-energy EI method is obtained by setting the EI ionization voltage to 10 eV to 20 eV to suppress fragment formation. The EI/PI combination ion source switches between hard and soft ionization simply by turning the filament and VUV lamp on or off — with no source replacement, no vacuum break, and no reagent gases — producing the molecular ion information that database searches alone cannot provide.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Two Unique EI Ion Sources","text":"The optional Enhanced Performance Ion Source (EPIS) achieves an instrument detection limit below 1 fg — 0.6 fg demonstrated with 5 fg OFN — enabling trace-level quantitation, simplified sample concentration, and even replacement of SIM quantitation with SCAN quantitation for non-target analysis. The optional EI ion source for high-concentration samples widens the chamber aperture to reduce contamination, measuring concentrated VOCs in wastewater without dilution with linearity across 0.01 pg to 300 pg. A low-vacuum filament option enables stable measurements such as TG-MS under an oxygen atmosphere.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Comprehensive Software Suite","text":"The MSPRIMO™ control software consolidates tuning, mass calibration, MS and GC methods, and multi-function sequences into one intuitive window. Escrime™, the proven multi-component quantitative analysis software, automatically calculates peak areas and builds calibration curves, while TQ-DioK integrates dedicated dioxin and PCB analysis into Escrime™. The optional msFineAnalysis iQ automatically combines EI library search results with molecular ion information from soft ionization data in a color-coded report, improving identification accuracy over library searches alone.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for JMS-Q1600GC UltraQuad™ SQ-Zeta","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["JMS-Q1600GC"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Ion Source","values":["Electron ionization (EI); ionization energy 10 eV to 200 eV; chamber temperature 100 °C to 300 °C"]},{"parameter":"Analyzer","values":["High-precision hyperbolic quadrupole mass filter with plug-in pre-filter system"]},{"parameter":"Detector","values":["Conversion dynode/ion multiplier detection; positive and negative ion detection"]},{"parameter":"Evacuation System","values":["Large differential evacuation system; 1 TMP (ion source 200 L/s or equivalent, analyzer 200 L/s or equivalent); 1 external rotary pump"]},{"parameter":"Mass Range","values":["m/z 1 to 1,022"]},{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["2,000 or better (FWHM, at m/z 614)"]},{"parameter":"Scan Speed","values":["22,222 u/s"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Modes","values":["SCAN, SIM, SCAN/SIM"]},{"parameter":"Total SIM Channels","values":["50,000 (100 channels × 500 groups)"]},{"parameter":"Sensitivity (EI)","values":["Instrument detection limit (IDL) 5 fg or less (OFN, m/z 272); SCAN S/N 1,000 or more (RMS, 1 pg OFN)"]},{"parameter":"Column Oven","values":["Room temperature +4 °C to 450 °C in 0.1 °C steps; ambient influence less than 0.01 °C per 1 °C; heating program up to 20 stages; maximum heating rate 120 °C/min"]},{"parameter":"Inlet","values":["Split/splitless; maximum operating temperature 400 °C (extension up to 2 ports possible)"]},{"parameter":"Pressure Setting Range","values":["0 kPa to 680 kPa (for columns of 0.200 mm diameter or more)"]},{"parameter":"Total Flow","values":["0 mL/min to 1,250 mL/min (He)"]},{"parameter":"Major Options","values":["Enhanced Performance Ion Source (EPIS, IDL below 1 fg); EI ion source for high-concentration samples; low-vacuum filament; EI/PI combination ion source; CI ion source; DIP/DEP direct probes; GC autosampler; msFineAnalysis iQ; TQ-DioK dioxin software"]}]}]},{"slug":"jms-tq4000gc","name":"JMS-TQ4000GC UltraQuad™ TQ","description":"Triple quadrupole GC-MS/MS with a unique short collision cell – the industry's fastest SRM at 1,000 transitions per second.","pageTitle":"JMS-TQ4000GC UltraQuad™ TQ","pageDescription":"The JMS-TQ4000GC UltraQuad™ TQ implements JEOL's proprietary MS/MS technology on the proven GC-QMS platform. Its unique 15 mm short collision cell accumulates and instantaneously ejects ions, delivering crosstalk-free SRM at 1,000 transitions per second and a detection limit of 0.32 fg for trace quantitation.","image":"/images/jms-tq4000gc_en.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JMS-TQ4000GC UltraQuad™ TQ is a gas chromatograph–triple quadrupole mass spectrometer that implements JEOL's proprietary MS/MS technology while keeping the superior basic performance of JEOL's GC-QMS. Single-quad mode offers the same ease of operation and versatility as a conventional single QMS, while MS/MS mode covers qualitative and quantitative analysis of trace components that are difficult to analyze with a single QMS — from pesticide and environmental analysis to food and chemical applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jms-tq4000gc_en.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Short Collision Cell: Three Technologies for Fast, Accurate Quantitation","text":"The unique short collision cell, with a total length of only 15 mm, accumulates ions for a set time and ejects them instantaneously as a pulse. Synchronizing pulsed ejection with signal acquisition reduces the noise level for high-sensitivity analysis, and the short cell empties so quickly that SRM switching reaches 1,000 transitions per second — the fastest in the industry — without crosstalk between SRM channels. The cell also pairs naturally with Fast GC: narrow chromatographic peaks from short, small-diameter columns are captured without sensitivity loss, reducing a 40-minute conventional measurement to 15 minutes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Superior Basic Performance","text":"The instrument detection limit by SRM with octafluoronaphthalene (OFN) is 0.32 fg (10 fg injection, n=8, high-sensitivity mode, m/z 272 → 222), with an S/N (RMS) of 50,600 for 100 fg OFN. Single-scan sensitivity exceeds S/N 1,000 (RMS) for 1 pg OFN. The optional high-performance EPIS ion source increases precursor ion intensity — about 1,000 times higher ion intensity demonstrated across 300 pesticide components — further improving detection sensitivity and reproducibility at low concentrations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Proven JEOL GC-QMS Hardware","text":"The TQ4000GC keeps the superior technologies of JEOL's GC-QMS: a large, high-precision hyperbolic metal quadrupole with pre-filter for excellent ion transmission and quench resistance, an inert titanium ion source chamber that needs no parts replacement with hydrogen or nitrogen carrier gases, and a high-flow differential turbomolecular pump — the largest in its class — that keeps the ion source and quadrupole extremely clean for high sensitivity and reproducibility. The ion source block is removed and installed without tools, and the analysis can be resumed quickly thanks to the high evacuation capability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Soft Ionization and Direct Analysis","text":"Photoionization (PI), chemical ionization (CI), and low-energy EI are available as soft ionization methods, producing molecular ions that narrow down library search results and anchor MS/MS measurements. The EI/PI combination source switches by simply toggling the filament and VUV lamp, while CI generates adduct ions with methane, isobutane, or ammonia reagent gases in positive mode and also supports negative mode. Two direct MS probes (DIP/DEP) allow EI or CI measurements without GC.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Efficient SRM Method Development","text":"SRM measurement takes only two steps from condition setting to acquisition. SRM data files for compound classes such as pesticides are provided, and the SRM optimization tool quickly determines optimal conditions for unregistered compounds. Measurement conditions are generated automatically from the quantitative analysis conditions, and peak-dependent SRM (p.d.SRM) sets grouping times automatically for highly sensitive multi-component analysis. The Escrime™ data analysis software adds a compound slideshow that automatically displays calibration curves, chromatograms, and quantitative results for every target and sample, and the msFineAnalysis iQ and TQ-DioK packages extend qualitative and dioxin analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Combination with Sample Introduction Equipment","text":"Autosamplers for liquid samples are available in 16-, 50-, and 150-sample versions for high-speed, high-precision injection. A pyrolyzer GC-MS system (Frontier Labs Multi-Shot Pyrolyzer) covers pyrolysis, thermal extraction, and evolved gas analysis; a TG/DTA-MS system (NETZSCH STA 2500 Regulus) analyzes evolved gases during thermal analysis; and a multifunction autosampler (CTC PAL RTC) automates liquid injection, headspace, SPME, and SPE with continuous pretreatment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for JMS-TQ4000GC UltraQuad™ TQ","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["JMS-TQ4000GC"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Ion Source","values":["Electron ionization (EI); ionization energy 10 eV to 200 eV; chamber temperature 100 °C to 300 °C"]},{"parameter":"Analyzer","values":["High-precision hyperbolic quadrupole mass filter with plug-in pre-filter system"]},{"parameter":"Detector","values":["Conversion dynode/electron multiplier; positive and negative ion detection"]},{"parameter":"Collision Cell","values":["Gas-tight quadrupole ion guide; maximum collision energy 100 eV; collision gases N₂, He, Ar, Xe; potential-barrier-type ion accumulation"]},{"parameter":"Deflector","values":["Parallel flat electrostatic deflector"]},{"parameter":"Evacuation System","values":["Large high-efficiency differential evacuation system; 1 TMP (ion source 200 L/s or equivalent, analyzer 200 L/s or equivalent); 5.1 m³/h rotary pump (separate, at 50 Hz)"]},{"parameter":"Gas Supply System","values":["Mass flow controller, maximum flow rate 5 SCCM (N₂)"]},{"parameter":"Acquisition Modes","values":["Single QMS: Scan, SIM, Scan/SIM; MS/MS: SRM, Scan/SRM, product ion scan, precursor ion scan, neutral-loss scan"]},{"parameter":"Mass Range","values":["m/z 4 to 1,070"]},{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["2,000 or more (FWHM, at m/z 614)"]},{"parameter":"SRM Speed","values":["1,000 transitions/s"]},{"parameter":"Instrument Detection Limit (EI)","values":["Less than 4 fg (OFN 10 fg, m/z 272 → 222, n=8, with JEOL auto injector); 0.32 fg in high-sensitivity mode"]},{"parameter":"Column Oven","values":["Room temperature +4 °C to 450 °C; ambient influence less than 0.01 °C per 1 °C; heating program up to 20 steps; maximum heating rate 120 °C/min"]},{"parameter":"Inlet","values":["Split/splitless; maximum temperature 400 °C; pressure setting range 0 kPa to 680 kPa in 0.0068 kPa (0.001 psi) steps; turn top inlet included as standard"]},{"parameter":"Total Flow","values":["0 mL/min to 500 mL/min (N₂); 0 mL/min to 1,250 mL/min (H₂, He)"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["MS: AC 100 V, single-phase 50/60 Hz, 15 A; GC: AC 200 V, single-phase 50/60 Hz, 20 A; voltage fluctuation within ±10%; type D grounding (100 Ω or less)"]},{"parameter":"Gases","values":["Carrier gas: He (99.9999% purity or higher, hydrocarbon content 0.5 ppm or less); collision gas: N₂ (99.9999% purity or higher)"]},{"parameter":"Installation Environment","values":["Room temperature 15 °C to 30 °C (fluctuation within ±3 °C); humidity 20% to 70% (no condensation); ventilator 5 m³/min or better"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Liquid Chromatography Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometers (LC-TOFMS)","description":"Liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry for complex sample analysis.","pageTitle":"LC-TOFMS Systems","pageDescription":"The LC-TOFMS is characterized by multiple ionization, robustness, and easy maintenance, ensuring high versatility and productivity. In addition, the LC-TOFMS demonstrates high performance in combination with DART™ (Direct Analysis in Real Time), an ambient ion source that enables rapid analysis of samples in a variety of forms and states without any sample preparation.","overview":"The LC-TOFMS is characterized by multiple ionization, robustness, and easy maintenance, ensuring high versatility and productivity. In addition, the LC-TOFMS demonstrates high performance in combination with DART™ (Direct Analysis in Real Time), an ambient ion source that enables rapid analysis of samples in a variety of forms and states without any sample preparation.","partner":"JEOL — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/jms-t100lp.webp","slug":"lc-tof-ms","models":[{"slug":"jms-t100lp","name":"JMS-T100LP AccuTOF™ LC-Express","description":"Robust atmospheric pressure ionization TOFMS with DART™, ESI, and ColdSpray – accurate mass with minimal maintenance.","pageTitle":"JMS-T100LP AccuTOF™ LC-Express","pageDescription":"The JMS-T100LP AccuTOF™ LC-Express is a robust, easy-to-maintain atmospheric pressure ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometer. Multiple ionization methods — including JEOL's unique DART™ for real-time analysis without sample preparation — serve research needs across organic chemistry and material science.","image":"/images/jms-t100lp.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JMS-T100LP AccuTOF™ LC-Express is the fourth generation of the successful AccuTOF™ LC series — a robust, easy-to-maintain, high-throughput atmospheric pressure ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometer aiming for high productivity with multiple ionization methods. JEOL's unique DART™ (Direct Analysis in Real Time) ionization technology rapidly provides accurate mass information, and the ion source is easily exchanged for the standard electrospray ionization (ESI) source for LC/MS operation or the ColdSpray ionization (CSI) source. The AccuTOF™ LC-Express thus satisfies a wide variety of research needs in organic chemistry and material science — a lineage that began with the first truly practical LC-TOFMS, awarded the Pittcon Editors' Bronze Award in 2002.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jms-t100lp.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reliable Accurate Mass Measurements","text":"A unique high-frequency (3 MHz), high-voltage (0 V to 2,500 V p-p) RF ion guide readily transmits ions with low m/z, allowing the operating condition of the DART™ source to be diagnosed from atmospheric ions such as the protonated water dimer at m/z 37. A high-speed, high-sensitivity dual microchannel plate (MCP) detector at the end of the 2 m flight path guarantees a mass resolution of 10,000 or more at m/z 609 (the [M+H]⁺ ion of reserpine), while a 4-gigasample-per-second, 14-bit high-speed digitizer records up to 50 spectra per second with a wide dynamic range.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"DART™: Direct Analysis in Real Time (Option)","text":"DART™, born at JEOL USA in 2003, was the first ambient ionization source to be invented and commercialized, winning the Pittcon Editors' Gold Award and the R&D 100 Award in 2005. High mass-resolution, accurate mass spectra are acquired in real time by simply presenting samples of arbitrary shape and state — tablets held in tweezers, liquids on a glass rod, powders in a ceramic sheet, textiles, fruits, glass, or concrete — with no sample preparation, detecting drugs and metabolites, pigments, pesticides, narcotics, explosives, and more. Plasma from a glow discharge in helium expels metastable atoms that ionize analytes via protonated water clusters (positive mode) or oxygen anions (negative mode), and a gas heater assists desorption from the sample surface. Direct analysis of developed TLC plates delivers accurate mass identification of each spot.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"AccuTOF™ LC-Express + DART™: the Perfect Combination","text":"Because DART™ was developed for the AccuTOF™ LC series, no additional interface is required — the rugged, simple API interface and high-capacity vacuum pumping system connect directly, and the AccuTOF™ LC-Express is the only atmospheric-pressure ionization mass spectrometer that can pump helium without any additional hardware. The combination detects a wider range of polar and nonpolar compounds — from organic electroluminescence materials to ionic liquids — than any other DART™ MS system, with virtually no carryover from one analysis to the next, even for dirty and sticky samples. A TLC sampler and sheet holder extend the range of sample introduction options.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jms-t100lp-dart.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"LC-MS with ESI and APCI","text":"With the standard orthogonal electrospray ionization (ESI) source, the AccuTOF™ LC-Express operates as an LC-MS system, and applications expand further with the optional atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI) source — including nonpolar, high-molecular-weight analytes such as fullerene derivatives. The orthogonal spray geometry, off-axis orifices, and bent ion guide prevent contamination of the mass analyzer, so daily maintenance is simply wiping Orifice 1 clean. With the optional auto-injection valve, the internal mass reference compound is introduced automatically for effortless accurate mass measurement, and combining it with the optional autosampler fully automates high-throughput accurate mass work.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"ColdSpray Ionization (Option)","text":"The ColdSpray ion source facilitates the analysis of very unstable species that are difficult to analyze by electrospray: self-assembling supramolecular complexes, classes of organometallic complexes, unstable reaction intermediates, host–guest complexes, clusters in solution, and short-chain double-stranded DNAs can all be analyzed intact at low spray temperatures — a hexanuclear copper complex measured at −30 °C being one example. ColdSpray ionization was developed by Prof. Kentaro Yamaguchi et al. of Tokushima Bunri University in a project funded by the Japan Science and Technology Agency (JST). Protein complexes can also be detected intact by adjusting the interface vacuum pressure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Robustness and Easy Maintenance","text":"The vacuum isolation valve lets the ion transport region be cleaned or maintained without breaking the high vacuum of the TOF analyzer, so even cleaning beyond Orifice 2 — including the ion guide — takes minutes, not hours. When the system stops, even in an unexpected power outage, the analyzer chamber is automatically purged with nitrogen from a gas ballast tank, protecting the oxygen- and moisture-sensitive MCP detector and shortening pump-down time. Ion sources including DART™ and ESI are exchanged easily and quickly, keeping the instrument productive across multiple ionization methods.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for JMS-T100LP AccuTOF™ LC-Express","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["JMS-T100LP"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Instrument Type","values":["Atmospheric pressure ionization high-resolution time-of-flight mass spectrometer (orthogonal acceleration, 2 m flight path)"]},{"parameter":"Standard Ion Source","values":["Electrospray ionization (ESI, orthogonal spray)"]},{"parameter":"Optional Ion Sources","values":["DART™ (Direct Analysis in Real Time), APCI, ColdSpray (CSI)"]},{"parameter":"Mass Resolving Power","values":["10,000 or more (at m/z 609, [M+H]⁺ of reserpine)"]},{"parameter":"Mass Range","values":["Up to m/z 10,000"]},{"parameter":"Spectrum Recording Speed","values":["Up to 50 spectra/s"]},{"parameter":"Digitizer","values":["4 gigasamples/s, 14-bit high-speed ADC with wide dynamic range"]},{"parameter":"Ion Guide","values":["High-frequency (3 MHz), high-voltage (0 V to 2,500 V p-p) RF ion guide"]},{"parameter":"Detector","values":["Dual microchannel plate (MCP)"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum System","values":["Turbo-molecular pumps with vacuum isolation valve; automatic nitrogen purge from gas ballast tank on shutdown; capable of pumping helium (for DART™) without additional hardware"]},{"parameter":"Major Optional Attachments","values":["DART™ ion source, TLC sampler SVP, APCI ion source, ColdSpray ion source, auto-injection valve, autosampler (for liquid chromatograph), syringe pump set"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["Main console: single-phase AC 190 V to 210 V or 220 V to 240 V, 50/60 Hz, 20 A; liquid chromatograph: single-phase AC 100 V to 120 V, 20 A or 200 V to 240 V, 10 A; DART™ ion source: single-phase AC 100 V to 240 V, 2.3 A; data system: single-phase AC 100 V to 120 V, 15 A or 200 V to 240 V, 7.5 A; grounding 100 Ω or less"]},{"parameter":"Gas Supply","values":["Nitrogen (main console): 700 kPa, 10 L/min, 97% or better purity; nitrogen (DART™): 550 kPa, 10 L/min, 97% or better purity; helium (DART™): 550 kPa, 10 L/min, 99% or better purity"]},{"parameter":"Installation Environment","values":["Varying magnetic field 1×10⁻⁶ T or less; static magnetic field 5×10⁻⁴ T or less; floor vibration 25 µm (p-p) or less, acceleration 0.1 m/s² or less; room temperature 20 °C to 27 °C (fluctuation ±3 °C/h or less); humidity 30% to 70% (no condensation); maximum heat generation 28,800 kJ/h with liquid chromatograph; ventilation required for solvent vapor and rotary pumps"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions and Weight","values":["Mass spectrometer: 690 mm × 905 mm × 1,156 mm, 305 kg; liquid chromatograph: 645 mm × 470 mm × 1,150 mm, 63 kg; rotary pump: 160 mm × 430 mm × 230 mm, 22 kg; N₂ gas tank: 250 mm × 660 mm × 170 mm, 15 kg"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption/Ionization Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometers (MALDI-TOFMS)","description":"Time-of-flight mass spectrometry for polymers, biomolecules, and materials.","pageTitle":"MALDI-TOFMS Systems","pageDescription":"MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry measures intact large molecules – polymers, proteins, and synthetic materials – in seconds. JEOL's SpiralTOF systems add ultra-high mass resolution to this fast, versatile technique.","overview":"Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization gently transfers large, fragile molecules into the gas phase, and time-of-flight analysis measures their masses with speed and sensitivity. The JEOL SpiralTOF's unique spiral ion trajectory delivers exceptional resolution and mass accuracy, resolving polymer end-groups, additives, and biomolecules that conventional TOF instruments cannot – a powerful tool for polymer chemistry, materials development, and life science.","partner":"JEOL — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/jms-s3000plus2.0_en.webp","slug":"maldi-tof-ms","models":[{"slug":"jms-s3000","name":"JMS-S3000 NewSpiralTOF™","description":"Ultra-high resolution MALDI-TOFMS with 17 m SpiralTOF ion optics – 75,000 resolution and 1 ppm mass accuracy.","pageTitle":"JMS-S3000 NewSpiralTOF™","pageDescription":"The JMS-S3000 NewSpiralTOF™ achieves a 17-meter effective flight path in a compact design using JEOL's proprietary SpiralTOF ion optics. Mass resolution of 75,000 and 1 ppm mass accuracy serve applications from synthetic polymers and materials science to biomolecules and MALDI mass spectrometry imaging.","image":"/images/jms-s3000plus2.0_en.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JMS-S3000 NewSpiralTOF™ is a matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometer (MALDI-TOFMS) built on JEOL's proprietary SpiralTOF ion optics, derived from the MULTUM II ion optics system developed at Osaka University. It achieves an effective flight path of 17 meters in a compact instrument, combining high ion transmission with mass resolution of 75,000 and mass accuracy of 1 ppm using internal calibration. MALDI is far more versatile than commonly assumed — capable of ionizing analytes from very small molecules below m/z 100 to macromolecules exceeding 100,000 — and the NewSpiralTOF™ delivers clean, high-sensitivity measurements across that entire range for research in synthetic polymers, materials science, and biomolecules.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jms-s3000plus2.0_en.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Resolution, Accuracy, and Sensitivity in One Instrument","text":"The 17 m spiral flight path delivers ultra-high mass resolution (75,000) and ultra-high mass accuracy (1 ppm, internal calibration) while preserving sensitivity: ion packets of the same mass are refocused at every cycle of the spiral trajectory and do not diverge from the detection plane. The longer path also improves day-to-day practicality by reducing the influence of specimen-surface irregularities, such as matrix crystal morphology on the target plate or surface variation in imaging specimens, making it easier to obtain high-quality, reproducible data under real-world conditions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"See Small Molecules Clearly with Very Low Chemical Noise","text":"Conventional MALDI reflectron TOFMS systems suffer from chemical noise in the low-mass region caused by post-source decay (PSD) fragments of matrix cluster ions. Because the SpiralTOF ion optics are built from electric sector fields, they act as an energy filter that excludes low-kinetic-energy PSD fragment ions before they reach the detector — leaving a spectrum with virtually no chemical noise in the low-mass region. This was demonstrated by measuring methylephedrine from human urine after a cold medicine dose, detecting the protonated ion with a mass error of just 0.0003 u (1.7 ppm) after only simple desalting.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Speed MS Imaging with High Mass-Resolution (Option)","text":"In MALDI mass spectrometry imaging (MALDI-MSI), the specimen surface is coated with matrix, scanned with a laser, and a mass spectrum acquired at each position to visualize where specific molecules are located and how abundant they are. Thanks to the 17 m flight path, the NewSpiralTOF™ delivers high mass resolution even on biological tissue sections with nonuniform surfaces — reaching approximately 40,000 in the average spectrum over a 5 mm × 7 mm mouse-brain region — enough to separate isobaric lipid species such as PC, PE, and GalCer and map each correctly. The optional MS Imaging system adds ITO glass and multi-target plates, the MS Imaging Support Program with imzML export, and the msMicroImager™ viewer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/_Sv3zDF1KHk","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"AI-Enhanced Imaging and Feature Extraction","text":"JEOL adapted its AI-based image enhancement technology LIVE-AI, originally developed for scanning electron microscopy, to MS imaging as the FINE-AI Filter, substantially improving the clarity and interpretability of mass images. With more than 100 lipid species detected in mouse brain sections, vertex component analysis (VCA) models all spectra as mixtures of a small number of vertex components — easier to interpret and faster than principal component analysis — and, applied after FINE-AI denoising, reveals the key components characterizing the tissue. For polymer imaging, msMicroImager™ consolidates hundreds of degree-of-polymerization images into number-average molecular weight, weight-average molecular weight, and polydispersity maps.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"TOF-TOF Option","text":"The TOF-TOF option uses SpiralTOF ion optics in the first MS stage for high precursor-ion selectivity and accurate monoisotopic precursor selection. Combined with high-energy collision-induced dissociation (HE-CID), it generates product-ion spectra rich in structural information, and JEOL's proprietary offset parabolic reflectron allows simultaneous acquisition of product-ion information from m/z 5 up to the precursor ion. In one example, reserpine and its photodegradation product — differing by 2 Da — were separated and characterized directly from a mixture, and the option also supports structural analysis of phospholipids and derivatized glycans.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Linear TOF Option","text":"With the Linear TOF option, ions travel directly from the ion source to the detector, so PSD fragment ions and neutral species continue at the same velocity as the precursor and are detected together — making Linear mode particularly effective for high-sensitivity analysis of high-mass compounds prone to PSD. Used alongside Spiral mode, it broadens the range of measurable analytes, confirming the molecular weight distribution of polymers above 100 kDa and measuring immunoglobulin G (IgG), a glycoprotein of approximately 150 kDa.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Life Science and Materials Applications","text":"In life science, the combination of high mass resolution, high mass accuracy, and high sensitivity supports confident protein identification by peptide mass fingerprinting, high-resolution measurement of intact proteins such as ubiquitin, rapid sequence confirmation by in-source decay (ISD) with MASCOT Server, and confirmation of synthetic oligonucleotides. In chemistry and materials, a wide Spiral-mode mass range of m/z 4 to 120,000 enables end-group analysis of polymers above 100 kDa, and accurate mass measurement of covalent supramolecules above 9,000 Da with errors below 0.1 ppm — work paired with the optional msRepeatFinder polymer analysis software.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stable, Maintenance-Free Contamination-Resistant Ion Source","text":"In conventional MALDI sources, desorbed matrix neutral particles accumulate unevenly on the aperture lens, causing uneven charging and deflection of ion trajectories that degrade sensitivity and resolution and demand frequent cleaning. The NewSpiralTOF™ instead uses a fine, high open-area (greater than 82%) ion extraction grid: less contamination accumulates overall, and the grid's ion-optical properties reduce the impact of any charge that does build up, keeping ion trajectories stable over long-term use for maintenance-free operation with sustained high sensitivity and mass resolution.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for JMS-S3000 NewSpiralTOF™ MALDI-TOFMS","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["JMS-S3000 NewSpiralTOF™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Instrument Type","values":["MALDI-TOFMS with SpiralTOF ion optics (electric sector spiral trajectory)"]},{"parameter":"Mass Resolution","values":["75,000 (Spiral mode)"]},{"parameter":"Mass Accuracy","values":["1 ppm (Spiral mode, internal calibration)"]},{"parameter":"Mass Range","values":["m/z 4 to 120,000 (Spiral mode); m/z 4 to 500,000 (Linear mode)"]},{"parameter":"Effective Flight Path","values":["17 m (Spiral mode); 1.2 m (Linear mode)"]},{"parameter":"Spatial Resolution (MS Imaging)","values":["10 µm (minimum pixel size)"]},{"parameter":"Ion Extraction Grid","values":["Fine, high open-area (greater than 82%) grid for contamination-resistant, maintenance-free operation"]},{"parameter":"Major Options","values":["TOF-TOF option (HE-CID, offset parabolic reflectron); Linear TOF option; MS Imaging system (ITO glass and multi-target plates, MS Imaging Support Program, msMicroImager™); msRepeatFinder polymer analysis software"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["msTornado™ Control; FINE-AI Filter (AI image enhancement); vertex component analysis (VCA); msMicroImager™; msRepeatFinder (option); MASCOT Server support (option)"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["Mass spectrometer (including rotary pump): single-phase AC 200 V or 220 V to 240 V, 50 Hz, 30 A / AC 200 V to 210 V or 230 V to 240 V, 60 Hz, 30 A; data system: single-phase AC 100 V to 240 V, 50/60 Hz, 15 A; grounding 100 Ω or less"]},{"parameter":"Gas Supply","values":["Nitrogen 0.45 ± 0.05 MPa (97% or better purity); helium for CID (TOF-TOF option) 0.45 ± 0.05 MPa (99.999% or better); argon for CID (TOF-TOF option) 0.45 ± 0.05 MPa (99.9% or better)"]},{"parameter":"Installation Environment","values":["Floor space 3,200 mm × 2,400 mm; static magnetic field 5×10⁻⁴ T or less; variable magnetic field 1×10⁻⁶ T or less; floor vibration 25 µm (p-p) or less, acceleration 0.1 m/s² or less; room temperature 20 °C to 27 °C (stability ±3 °C/h or better); humidity 30% to 70% (no condensation); maximum heat generation 20,300 kJ/h; ventilation required for rotary pump"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions and Weight","values":["MALDI-TOF basic unit: 1,300 mm × 1,000 mm × 1,190 mm, 765 kg (with TOF-TOF option: 1,920 mm height, 874 kg; with Linear TOF option: 1,920 mm, 775 kg; with both: 1,920 mm, 884 kg); rotary pump: 158 mm × 491 mm × 261 mm, 26.3 kg"]}]}]}]}]},"elemental-analysis":{"title":"Elemental Analysis","description":"Determine what a sample is made of, from major constituents to trace levels. ICP-OES, ICP-MS, and arc/spark optical emission spectrometers alongside energy-dispersive XRF deliver fast, accurate elemental composition for metals, mining, environmental, geochemical, and quality-control laboratories.","carouselImages":["/images/carousel-elemental-analysis-1.webp","/images/carousel-elemental-analysis-2.webp","/images/carousel-elemental-analysis-3.webp","/images/carousel-elemental-analysis-4.webp"],"partner":"SPECTRO, JEOL","equipmentList":[{"name":"Inductively Coupled Plasma Optical Emission Spectrometers (ICP-OES)","description":"ICP-OES analyzers from entry-level to flagship for trace and routine elemental analysis.","pageTitle":"ICP-OES Spectrometers","pageDescription":"Inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectrometry for trace and routine elemental analysis of metals, chemicals, petrochemicals, environmental, and food samples. SPECTRO’s ICP-OES family spans the entry-level GENESIS, the midrange SPECTROGREEN, and the flagship ARCOS.","overview":"SPECTRO’s ICP-OES analyzers cover every level of elemental analysis. The entry-level SPECTRO GENESIS offers plug-and-analyze performance for routine emission and process control, the compact midrange SPECTROGREEN delivers ultra-reliable trace and higher-concentration analyses for environmental and industrial laboratories, and the flagship SPECTRO ARCOS provides the most advanced performance for demanding industrial and academic applications. All three share SPECTRO’s ORCA optical technology, CMOS detectors, air-cooled solid-state generators, and no-purge UV-PLUS sealed optics for low operating costs.","partner":"SPECTRO — Germany","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/icp-oes.webp","slug":"icp-oes","models":[{"slug":"spectro-arcos","name":"ICP-OES Analyzer: SPECTRO ARCOS","description":"Top-of-the-line ICP-OES for the most advanced elemental analysis in industry and research.","pageTitle":"ICP-OES Analyzer: SPECTRO ARCOS","pageDescription":"The top-of-the-line SPECTRO ARCOS ICP-OES excels in industrial and academic applications for the most advanced elemental analysis of metals, chemicals, petrochemicals, and other materials. New DSOI plasma viewing, CMOS detectors, and the industry’s highest-power generator take performance to a whole new level.","image":"/images/icp-oes-spectroarcos.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The top-of-the-line SPECTRO ARCOS inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectrometer (ICP-OES) excels in industrial and academic applications for the most advanced elemental analysis of metals, chemicals, petrochemicals, and other materials. Extensive customer input and ongoing evolution of multiple proven technologies have inspired numerous design enhancements: a new DSOI plasma viewing option, CMOS detectors, an ultra-high-speed readout, and the industry's highest-power solid-state generator. The new SPECTRO ARCOS is available in six versions, depending on choices of plasma viewing technology and elemental wavelength range.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/icp-oes-spectroarcos.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"ICP-OES Analyzer: SPECTRO ARCOS","video":"","videoSize":"large"},{"title":"MultiView and DSOI: One Instrument Instead of Two","text":"SPECTRO ARCOS is the only MultiView plasma instrument on the market, offering true axial and true radial (single or dual side-on) plasma observation in one instrument. The periscope-free MultiView mechanism lets an operator literally turn a radial-view instrument into an axial-view device, or vice versa, in 90 seconds or less. The new Dual Side-On Interface (DSOI) captures emitted light from both sides of the vertical plasma to provide twice the sensitivity of conventional radial systems, while eliminating the contamination and matrix compatibility issues that can plague vertical-torch dual-view models.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UQFVT_6LpMw","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"ORCA Optical System with CMOS Detectors","text":"SPECTRO's Optimized Rowland Circle Alignment (ORCA) polychromator uses few mirrors and a direct, high-luminance light path for simultaneous spectrum capture across the 130 nm to 770 nm wavelength range, with up to 5x more sensitivity than Echelle-based systems and the industry's best transparency below 180 nm. New CMOS line-array detectors completely eliminate blooming, read trace elements' low signals even next to intense matrix lines, offer a high dynamic range, and do away with on-chip sub-zero cooling.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Speed, Power, and Stability","text":"An extremely agile, free-running 2000 W LDMOS generator – the industry's highest power – is fully air-cooled and permits warmup in less than 10 minutes. A high-speed GigE readout enables full-spectrum transport in under 100 milliseconds, and simpler matrices can be completely analyzed in as little as 30 seconds. For transient signals from ETV or laser ablation, the system achieves 10 full-spectrum acquisitions per second. Thermally and pressure-stabilized optics and software-controlled gas flows deliver drift-free stability, even with volatile organics and high-TDS samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u9b_Gtag99g","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Low Operating Costs and Easy Usability","text":"Proprietary air-cooling eliminates the expense and failure risks of an external chiller, and no-purge UV-PLUS sealed gas purification technology can save up to about $3,500 in annual gas consumables compared to constant-purge systems. A new cassette-style pump simplifies setup to 3 easy steps, an optional SPECTRO Intelligent Valve System minimizes sample-to-sample times, and an optional portable video camera allows remote monitoring of the sample introduction system, nebulizer, or plasma.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Intuitive Software with AI-Based Semiquantitative Analysis","text":"SPECTRO ICP Analyzer Pro operating software delivers streamlined workflows, raw data processing up to 1500x faster than older models, and full audit-trail traceability. The optional SPECTRO AI QUANT module adds AI- and machine-learning-based semiquantitative analysis: with a few clicks it identifies unknown samples and approximates concentrations within minutes, with no element selection, standards preparation, or calibration required, and it operates strictly locally without any cloud connection.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for SPECTRO ARCOS","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPECTRO ARCOS"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Technique","values":["Inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectrometry (ICP-OES)"]},{"parameter":"Plasma Observation","values":["Six versions: MultiView (true axial and true radial, single or dual side-on), DSOI (dual side-on interface), or SOP (radial single side-on), each with a choice of elemental wavelength range"]},{"parameter":"MultiView Changeover","values":["Radial to axial view (or vice versa) in 90 seconds or less, self-aligning, with automatic software recognition of each mode"]},{"parameter":"Optical System","values":["ORCA (Optimized Rowland Circle Alignment) polychromator; direct light path; sealed, thermally and pressure-stabilized"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["130 nm to 770 nm, simultaneous capture; industry-best transparency below 180 nm"]},{"parameter":"Detectors","values":["CMOS line-array detectors; no blooming; high dynamic range; no on-chip cooling required"]},{"parameter":"Generator","values":["Free-running 2000 W LDMOS solid-state generator, air-cooled; warmup in less than 10 minutes"]},{"parameter":"Readout","values":["High-speed GigE readout; full-spectrum transport in under 100 ms; 10 full-spectrum acquisitions per second for transient signals (ETV, laser ablation)"]},{"parameter":"Analysis Speed","values":["Complete analysis of simpler matrices in as little as 30 seconds"]},{"parameter":"Gas Purification","values":["No-purge UV-PLUS sealed gas purification; purifying cartridge good for at least 2 years"]},{"parameter":"Cooling","values":["Fully air-cooled; no external chiller required"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["SPECTRO ICP Analyzer Pro with audit trail; optional SPECTRO AI QUANT module for AI-based semiquantitative analysis"]},{"parameter":"Options","values":["SPECTRO Intelligent Valve System, portable video camera kit, cassette-style peristaltic pump"]}]}]},{"slug":"spectrogreen","name":"ICP-OES Analyzer: SPECTROGREEN","description":"Compact, midrange ICP-OES with innovative DSOI technology for routine laboratory analyses.","pageTitle":"ICP-OES Analyzer: SPECTROGREEN","pageDescription":"The compact, midrange SPECTROGREEN brings innovation, versatility, and affordability to routine laboratory analyses. Three versions – TI, DSOI, and SOP – deliver ultra-reliable results for everything from wastewaters, soils, and sludges to organic, high-salts, and metal samples.","image":"/images/icp-oes-spectrogreen.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The compact, midrange SPECTROGREEN ICP-OES analyzer brings innovation, versatility, and affordability to a wide array of routine laboratory analyses. It delivers ultra-reliable, accurate analyses – trace as well as higher concentrations – of everything from challenging matrices such as certain wastewaters, soils, and sludges to organic, high-salts, and metal samples. The results are excellent for routine elemental analyses in environmental and agronomy, consumer product safety, pharmaceutical, chemical and petrochemical, and food laboratories.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/icp-oes-spectrogreen.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"ICP-OES Analyzer: SPECTROGREEN","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Three Versions for Maximum Versatility","text":"SPECTROGREEN TI offers a proven twin-interface approach, automatically combining both axial and radial plasma views to optimize sensitivity, linearity, and dynamic range while avoiding matrix effects like EIE. SPECTROGREEN DSOI features the unique radial dual side-on interface, which provides twice the sensitivity of conventional radial views and equals the sensitivity of newer vertical-torch dual-view systems while avoiding their complexity. SPECTROGREEN SOP furnishes a dedicated radial, single side-on interface for stability and precise performance where the added sensitivity of the DSOI is not needed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"DSOI: Double the Performance Without Sacrificing Simplicity","text":"The DSOI's two optical interfaces capture emitted light from both sides of a vertical plasma with only a single extra reflection. This avoids the significant light loss, interferences, contamination, and thermal stressing of interface components presented by some vertical-torch dual-view models. It averages twice the sensitivity of a conventional radial-view model across the whole spectral range from 165 nm to 770 nm, and the entire wavelength range is covered in a single analysis – a critical advantage for high-productivity laboratories.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iyp09KyeePE","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Stability, Precision, and Power","text":"Thermal stabilization of the optical system above room temperature eliminates the need for sub-zero cooling, and state-of-the-art low-noise linear-array CMOS detectors avoid any blooming effect, allowing accurate measurement of trace concentrations even near very intense matrix lines. The latest LDMOS 1700 W generator helps analyze difficult sample matrices in lower dilutions to lower limits of detection, stays cool without external cooling, and delivers fast warmup, often in less than 10 minutes. SPECTRO's GigE readout system enables full-spectrum transport in less than 100 milliseconds for shorter sample-to-sample times.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Clean, Compact Design with Low Cost of Ownership","text":"All sample introduction components are readily visible and accessible along a short, optimized fluid path, and the instrument occupies less benchtop depth than any other ICP analyzer, with space in front for an autosampler. Innovative UV-PLUS technology delivers no-purge savings averaging $3,000 per year, and no added cooling is required, eliminating expensive, breakdown-prone external chillers.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV3J7LK_NeA","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Upgraded, Easy Software","text":"SPECTRO ICP Analyzer Pro operating software delivers streamlined workflows backed by a modular plug-in architecture, with processing speeds up to 1500x faster than previous database systems. Specific protocols such as U.S. EPA 200.7, CLP ILM 5.3, and CLP ISM 2.3 are included, and version and user management combined with excellent audit-trail functionality makes the analysis process fully transparent and traceable.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for SPECTROGREEN","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPECTROGREEN"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Technique","values":["Inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectrometry (ICP-OES)"]},{"parameter":"Plasma Observation","values":["Three versions: TI (twin interface, automatic axial and radial), DSOI (radial dual side-on interface), or SOP (radial single side-on interface)"]},{"parameter":"DSOI Sensitivity","values":["On average twice the sensitivity of a conventional radial-view model across the whole spectral range"]},{"parameter":"Optical System","values":["ORCA (Optimized Rowland Circle Alignment) polychromator; thermally stabilized above room temperature; no sub-zero cooling required"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["165 nm to 770 nm, covered in a single analysis"]},{"parameter":"Detectors","values":["Low-noise linear-array CMOS detectors; no blooming; accurate trace measurement near intense matrix lines"]},{"parameter":"Generator","values":["LDMOS 1700 W solid-state generator; no mechanical high-frequency matching network; warmup often in less than 10 minutes"]},{"parameter":"Readout","values":["GigE readout with onboard signal processing; full-spectrum transport in less than 100 ms"]},{"parameter":"Gas Purification","values":["No-purge UV-PLUS technology; savings averaging $3,000 per year"]},{"parameter":"Cooling","values":["Air-cooled; no external chiller required"]},{"parameter":"Footprint","values":["Less benchtop depth than any other ICP analyzer, with space in front for an autosampler; integrated touch monitor"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["SPECTRO ICP Analyzer Pro with audit trail; includes U.S. EPA 200.7, CLP ILM 5.3, and CLP ISM 2.3 protocols"]}]}]},{"slug":"spectro-genesis","name":"ICP-OES Spectrometer: SPECTRO GENESIS","description":"Entry-level ICP-OES with plug-and-analyze performance at a surprisingly affordable price.","pageTitle":"ICP-OES Spectrometer: SPECTRO GENESIS","pageDescription":"SPECTRO GENESIS is the gold standard among entry-level elemental analyzers: easy to use, durable, and surprisingly affordable. Its linear dynamic range spans ppb to percent levels, and new DSOI plasma optics deliver greatly increased sensitivity for emission and process control applications.","image":"/images/icp-oes-spectrogenesis.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SPECTRO GENESIS is the gold standard among entry-level elemental analyzers: easy to use, industrial-grade in durability and throughput, and surprisingly affordable to purchase and operate. Its linear dynamic range allows analysis from parts-per-billion to percent levels, and its new DSOI plasma optics furnish greatly increased sensitivity. It is the cost-efficient instrument of choice for environmental, industrial, and academic laboratories, easily analyzing liquid emission, petrochemical, and chemical samples for a wide range of emission control and process control applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/icp-oes-spectrogenesis.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"ICP-OES Spectrometer: SPECTRO GENESIS","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simultaneous Capture of the Complete Spectrum","text":"Instead of analyzing elements one at a time, SPECTRO GENESIS uses essentially the same simultaneous measurement technology as top-of-the-line ICP-OES analyzers. It measures the entire relevant spectrum simultaneously, regardless of the number of elements present, and records and stores each spectrum. Results can be re-evaluated and recalculated at any later time, even if samples have been consumed. If more than 10 elements are analyzed, its simultaneous capture and ultra-fast readout deliver results in 90 seconds – more than twice as fast as sequential ICP-OES – with throughputs of up to 700 samples per day.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aCi72rj0fYA","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"DSOI Plasma Optics for Greater Sensitivity","text":"The analyzer's upgrade to SPECTRO's unique dual side-on interface (DSOI) plasma observation technology offers greatly improved sensitivity: two optical interfaces capture emitted light from both sides of a vertical plasma with only a single extra reflection, providing up to twice the sensitivity of conventional radial-plasma-view instruments. Second measurements of dual-view systems become unnecessary, matrix effects are reduced, accuracy is improved, and high matrix tolerance allows analyses in lower dilutions across organic, water, wastewater, and process control applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"ORCA Optical Excellence with the Lowest Gas Consumption","text":"The ORCA (Optimized Rowland Circle Alignment) optical system uses only three optical surfaces – slit, grating, and detector – to maximize light throughput, delivering constant resolution and best-in-class UV sensitivity across the 175 nm to 770 nm wavelength range. Its unique small-volume design runs with only 0.5 liter of argon per minute and purges no gas during standby, for the lowest gas consumption in its class and savings of approximately $3,000 per year, while competitive systems consume about 3 liters per minute while operating.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"New Detectors, Generator, and High-Speed Readout","text":"New CMOS line-array detectors read trace elements' low signals even near intense matrix lines, deliver high dynamic range, need no on-chip cooling, and absolutely eliminate blooming. An updated LDMOS generator delivers up to 1700 W of solid-state power for high matrix compatibility, lower dilutions, and better limits of detection, with stabilization in less than 10 minutes for many applications. The ultrafast readout provides a shortest integration time of 0.1 ms, full-spectrum processing in under 100 ms, and a dynamic range of up to 9 orders of magnitude; with the optional Intelligent Valve System, a complete sample analysis with preflush and two replicates takes less than 1 minute.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact, Ergonomic, and Ready to Analyze","text":"A total form-factor redesign gives SPECTRO GENESIS the least benchtop depth of any ICP-OES analyzer – it can be placed flush to a wall with room for an autosampler in front. Pre-aligned torches install quickly on the new bayonet holder with no further adjustments, all connection points sit on the instrument's left side for barrier-free access, and a new timed-startup function has the instrument ready and fully stabilized the minute a shift begins. Available with factory-calibrated methods, this ICP-OES provides plug-and-analyze performance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for SPECTRO GENESIS","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPECTRO GENESIS"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Technique","values":["Inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectrometry (ICP-OES), simultaneous full-spectrum capture"]},{"parameter":"Plasma Observation","values":["Radial dual side-on interface (DSOI); up to twice the sensitivity of conventional radial-view instruments"]},{"parameter":"Optical System","values":["ORCA (Optimized Rowland Circle Alignment) with only three optical surfaces (slit, grating, detector); full spectrum capture and storage"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["175 nm to 770 nm"]},{"parameter":"Detectors","values":["CMOS line-array detectors; no blooming; high dynamic range; no on-chip cooling required"]},{"parameter":"Generator","values":["LDMOS solid-state generator, up to 1700 W; stabilization in less than 10 minutes for many applications"]},{"parameter":"Readout","values":["Shortest integration time 0.1 ms; full-spectrum processing and readout in less than 100 ms"]},{"parameter":"Dynamic Range","values":["Linear analysis from ppb to percent levels; up to 9 orders of magnitude"]},{"parameter":"Analysis Speed","values":["Results in 90 seconds for more than 10 elements; complete analysis (preflush + two replicates) in under 1 minute with the optional Intelligent Valve System"]},{"parameter":"Throughput","values":["Up to 700 samples per day"]},{"parameter":"Argon Consumption","values":["0.5 L/min while operating; no gas purged during standby – the lowest gas consumption in its class"]},{"parameter":"Cooling","values":["No external chiller required"]},{"parameter":"Options","values":["SPECTRO Intelligent Valve System, factory-calibrated methods, timed startup"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometers (ICP-MS)","description":"Quadrupole ICP-MS for high-productivity, trace-level elemental analysis.","pageTitle":"ICP-MS Spectrometers","pageDescription":"Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry for routine analysis of ultra-low element concentrations. The compact SPECTROGREEN MS quadrupole ICP-MS delivers the sensitivity, stability, and speed that today’s laboratories demand – even with high-matrix samples.","overview":"ICP-MS analyzers are used wherever the lowest limits of detection are required – as when tightened regulatory limits call for the analysis of ultra-low concentrations of toxic metals. The SPECTROGREEN MS quadrupole ICP-MS excels at such tasks, even when the sample matrix contains higher amounts of total dissolved solids. Developed with proven technologies from SPECTRO’s sister company Nu Instruments, it is ideal for routine analyses across environmental, pharmaceutical, food, and consumer product testing, and meets standards such as EPA 200.8, USP 232 and 233, and ISO 17294-2.","partner":"SPECTRO — Germany","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/icp-ms.webp","slug":"icp-ms","models":[{"slug":"spectrogreen-ms","name":"Quadrupole ICP-MS Analyzer: SPECTROGREEN MS","description":"Compact quadrupole ICP-MS for high-productivity, routine trace-level analysis.","pageTitle":"Quadrupole ICP-MS Analyzer: SPECTROGREEN MS","pageDescription":"The SPECTROGREEN MS is SPECTRO’s compact quadrupole ICP-MS for high-productivity routine analysis. It delivers the sensitivity, stability, dynamic range, matrix compatibility, interference control, and speed that today’s laboratories demand – from sub-ppt to ppm levels.","image":"/images/icp-ms-spectrogreen-ms.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SPECTROGREEN MS is SPECTRO's compact quadrupole ICP mass spectrometer for high-productivity routine trace-level elemental analysis. Engineered to be better, it delivers the sensitivity, stability, dynamic range, matrix compatibility, interference control, speed, and ease of use that today's laboratories demand. It excels wherever tightened regulatory limits call for the analysis of ultra-low concentrations of toxic metals – even when the sample matrix contains higher amounts of total dissolved solids – and is ideal for routine analyses across environmental, pharmaceutical, food, consumer product testing, and other industrial applications. The instrument features proven technologies from SPECTRO's sister company Nu Instruments, with interface and extractor lens designs based on the flagship multi-collector ICP-MS Sapphire and the Vitesse time-of-flight ICP-MS.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/icp-ms-spectrogreen-ms.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Quadrupole ICP-MS Analyzer: SPECTROGREEN MS","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Powerful Analytical Performance","text":"With state-of-the-art technologies such as a high-matrix interface, a gas dilution system, a high-powered LDMOS generator, an efficient collision/reaction cell, and a highly agile quadrupole digital sequencer, the SPECTROGREEN MS delivers ample analytical headroom for relevant routine applications. It easily meets environmental, pharmaceutical, and consumer product standards such as EPA 200.8; CLP ILM 5.3; CLP ISM 2.3; USP 232 and 233; ISO 17294-2; and ISO 8124.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Zer537veqW0","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"State-of-the-Art Interface and Collision/Reaction Cell","text":"The interface design enables a laminar gas flow that permits direct analysis of solutions with increased levels of total dissolved solids, while preventing deposits and improving stability. SPECTRO's newly developed two-dimensional ion beam deflection system (2D-IDS) efficiently eliminates photons and neutrals and shapes the ion beam for maximum transmission. The compact, self-tuning hexapole collision cell provides simple, reliable interference removal using kinetic energy discrimination (KED), with a low-flow mode that typically uses only 4 mL/min of helium; a reaction cell mode uses a He-H₂ mixture to remove interferences by atom, proton, or charge transfer, with a second gas line for internal mixing. Fast switching between cell modes significantly reduces sample-to-sample times.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mass Analyzer and Detector","text":"The mass analyzer comprises an RF-only pre-filter to eliminate fringing-field effects, plus a large 200 mm quadrupole with 12 mm molybdenum rods operated via a fully digital 10 kV power supply at 2.4 MHz. This design offers enhanced selectivity combined with a larger beam spot size for better transmission. The advanced, ultra-agile Quadrupole Digital Sequencer (QDS) allows fast, stable switching between different sensitivity levels, enabling analysis of major and trace isotopes in one measurement. A dual-stage electron multiplier detector with an exceptional dynamic range of 10 orders of magnitude enables analysis from sub-ppt to ppm levels without specific setup or tuning, and signal acquisition in spectrum mode reaches a minimum integration time of 100 µs or less per channel.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Built for Maximum Performance and Ease","text":"The space-saving benchtop instrument features corrosion-resistant aluminum and steel construction with direct visibility of and access to all sample introduction components. A three-stage differential vacuum system with two turbomolecular pumps and an external rotary pump is fully automatic and exceptionally service-friendly. The proven SPECTRO LDMOS solid-state generator uses unique, energy-efficient air cooling without an external liquid cooler and stabilizes rapidly, in less than 10 minutes. Users can choose fixed or demountable plasma torches, a dependable gas dilution system handles high-matrix samples without manual dilution, and the optional SPECTRO Intelligent Valve System delivers extremely short sample-to-sample times and fast washout.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Powerfully Simple Software","text":"SPECTRO ICP-MS Analyzer Pro software is fast, customizable, and intuitive, making training, startup, and operation surprisingly simple with automatic instrument optimization and step-by-step method setup. Its advanced flat-file data management stores all versions of a result in a single file, so even with large amounts of data, 100 results can be calculated in less than 60 ms. Sophisticated audit-trail functionality logs all changes, events, messages, and errors in clear text format, making the analysis process fast, efficient, fully transparent, and totally traceable.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for SPECTROGREEN MS","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPECTROGREEN MS"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Technique","values":["Quadrupole inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS)"]},{"parameter":"Standards Compliance","values":["EPA 200.8; CLP ILM 5.3; CLP ISM 2.3; USP 232, 233; ISO 17294-2; ISO 8124"]},{"parameter":"Interface","values":["High-matrix interface with laminar gas flow; two-dimensional ion beam deflection system (2D-IDS); direct analysis of high-TDS samples without manual dilution"]},{"parameter":"Collision/Reaction Cell","values":["Compact, self-tuning hexapole cell; collision mode with kinetic energy discrimination (KED), low-flow He mode typically 4 mL/min; reaction mode with He-H₂ mixture and second gas line; fast switching between modes"]},{"parameter":"Mass Analyzer","values":["RF-only pre-filter; 200 mm quadrupole with 12 mm molybdenum rods; 2.4 MHz design; fully digital 10 kV power supply; Quadrupole Digital Sequencer (QDS)"]},{"parameter":"Detector","values":["Dual-stage electron multiplier; dynamic range up to 10 orders of magnitude; analysis from sub-ppt to ppm levels"]},{"parameter":"Signal Acquisition","values":["Minimum integration time ≤ 100 µs per channel in pulse and analog modes"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum System","values":["Three-stage differential vacuum; two turbomolecular pumps plus external rotary pump; fully automatic control"]},{"parameter":"Generator","values":["SPECTRO LDMOS high-wattage, solid-state, free-running design; energy-efficient air cooling without external liquid cooler; stabilization in less than 10 minutes"]},{"parameter":"Sample Introduction","values":["XYZ-stage-mounted; fixed or demountable plasma torch; gas dilution system for high-matrix samples; short fluid path"]},{"parameter":"Options","values":["SPECTRO Intelligent Valve System (inert 6-port valve with sample coil and high-speed vacuum pump)"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["SPECTRO ICP-MS Analyzer Pro; flat-file data management (100 results calculated in under 60 ms); full audit trail"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Arc/Spark Optical Emission Spectrometers (OES) Metal Analyzers","description":"Stationary, mobile, and portable arc/spark OES metal analyzers.","pageTitle":"Arc/Spark OES Metal Analyzers","pageDescription":"Arc/spark optical emission spectrometers for fast, accurate elemental analysis of metals – from incoming-material inspection and in-process testing to final quality control, in the laboratory, on the production floor, and in the field.","overview":"SPECTRO’s arc/spark OES family covers every metal analysis task. In the laboratory, the flagship SPECTROLAB S delivers ultra-precise high-end analysis, the best-selling SPECTROMAXx serves foundries worldwide, and the entry-level SPECTROCHECK brings high performance to small foundries at a very competitive price. On site, the SPECTROTEST mobile analyzer and the SPECTROPORT portable analyzer verify and identify alloys wherever they are needed – preventing grade mix-ups on the production floor, at the shipping dock, and in recycling operations. All models share SPECTRO’s iCAL single-sample standardization for fast, stable daily operation.","partner":"SPECTRO — Germany","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/ark-oes.webp","slug":"arc-spark-oes","models":[{"slug":"spectrolab-s","name":"Stationary Metal Analyzer: SPECTROLAB S","description":"SPECTRO’s flagship arc/spark OES for high-end metal analysis in process control and research.","pageTitle":"Stationary Metal Analyzer: SPECTROLAB S","pageDescription":"SPECTROLAB S is SPECTRO’s flagship arc/spark OES analyzer for high-end metal analysis. With proprietary CMOS+T detector technology, it supplies the fastest measurements, lowest limits of detection, longest uptime, and most future-proof flexibility available.","image":"/images/ark-oes-spectrolab-s.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SPECTROLAB S is SPECTRO's flagship high-performance arc/spark optical emission spectrometer for high-end metal analysis in process control and research. It is designed to supply the fastest possible measurements, greatest throughput, lowest limits of detection, longest uptime, and most future-proof flexibility available – the instrument of choice for primary and secondary metal producers, automotive and aerospace manufacturers, and makers of finished and semifinished goods.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ark-oes-spectrolab-s.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Stationary Metal Analyzer: SPECTROLAB S","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Groundbreaking CMOS+T Technology","text":"SPECTROLAB S has the world's first CMOS-based detector system perfected for high-end metal analysis, thanks to SPECTRO's proprietary CMOS+T technology. It meets or exceeds every important advantage of legacy photomultiplier tube (PMT) systems: comparable or better limits of detection, sensitivity, and precision; new elements or matrices added via simple software updates instead of hardware changes; resistance to temperature shifts; and the reproducibility of industrial-proven semiconductor manufacturing. It is the first non-PMT SPECTROLAB with time-resolved spectroscopy (TRS) and single spark evaluation (SSE).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s4yT9KTKGwU","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Two Dedicated Optics and a Powerful Generator","text":"To ensure optimum resolution of challenging analytical lines, SPECTROLAB S employs two complete, dedicated optical systems: one precisely measures wavelengths from 120 nm to 240 nm, the other from 210 nm to 770 nm, both with advanced CMOS detectors, temperature stabilization, and pressure compensation. The exceptionally robust high-energy LDMOS plasma generator produces an ultra-stable spark with frequencies up to 1000 Hz for the shortest possible measurement times, and SPECTRO's GigE readout system enables the highest processing speeds with full-spectrum coverage from 120 nm to 770 nm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Speed, Uptime, and Flexibility","text":"SPECTROLAB S delivers highly accurate trace element measurements of low-alloy steel in less than 20 seconds, and a fast analysis program measures main alloying elements in materials like iron, aluminum, or copper in under 12 seconds. Regular maintenance intervention requirements for spark stand cleaning are reduced by a factor of 8, and most standardization delays are eliminated: many testing periods require only a single-sample, 5-minute standardization, with unique iCAL 2.0 diagnostics ensuring stable performance regardless of most shifts in ambient temperature or pressure. Any combination of 10 standard matrices can be configured: Fe, Al, Cu, Ni, Co, Mg, Ti, Sn, Pb, or Zn.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Superior Analytical Software Capabilities","text":"Powerful features – many possible only with CMOS+T – improve analytical performance: online drift correction, dynamic preburn to shorten measurement times, plasma control monitoring, background correction, full-spectrum scan from 120 nm to 770 nm, time-resolved spectroscopy (TRS) to minimize limits of detection, and single spark evaluation (SSE) that alerts users to inclusions such as manganese sulfide in steel. One new enhancement delivers 30% lower limits of detection for trace elements like antimony, tellurium, and lead in high-purity copper.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Low Cost of Ownership","text":"The sealed, no-purge UV optic with UV-PLUS purification uses a long-lasting filter cartridge to eliminate argon purges or vacuum pumps. New volumetric flow controllers cut argon consumption by 13% at full flow and up to 50% during standby, and the no-tubing argon distribution block mounts directly to the spark stand, eliminating leaks. The redesigned Spark Analyzer Pro software suite offers a customizable dashboard, IoT instrument checks, configurable audit trails, and a 27% footprint reduction fits packed laboratory spaces.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for SPECTROLAB S","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPECTROLAB S"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Technique","values":["High-performance arc/spark optical emission spectrometry (OES)"]},{"parameter":"Detectors","values":["Proprietary CMOS+T linear detector technology; on-chip analog-to-digital conversion and noise reduction"]},{"parameter":"Optical Systems","values":["Two complete dedicated optics: 120 nm to 240 nm and 210 nm to 770 nm; temperature stabilization and pressure compensation; sealed, no-purge UV optic"]},{"parameter":"Full Spectrum Scan","values":["Simultaneous coverage of the entire relevant spectrum, 120 nm to 770 nm"]},{"parameter":"Standard Matrices","values":["Any combination of 10: Fe, Al, Cu, Ni, Co, Mg, Ti, Sn, Pb, Zn – new elements or matrices added via software update"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Speed","values":["Main alloying elements in under 12 seconds (Fe, Al, Cu); trace element analysis of low-alloy steel in less than 20 seconds"]},{"parameter":"Generator","values":["High-energy LDMOS plasma generator; ultra-stable spark with frequencies up to 1000 Hz; application-specific spark parameter settings"]},{"parameter":"Readout","values":["GigE readout system for maximum data throughput"]},{"parameter":"Standardization","values":["iCAL 2.0: single-sample, 5-minute standardization; compensates for most ambient temperature and pressure shifts"]},{"parameter":"Argon Consumption","values":["Up to 50% less in auto standby and 13% less during measurement than previous models; UV-PLUS purification with long-lasting cartridge"]},{"parameter":"Maintenance","values":["Spark stand cleaning intervals reduced by a factor of 8; tool-free air filter changes; quick access without opening the main housing"]},{"parameter":"Analytical Functions","values":["Time-resolved spectroscopy (TRS), single spark evaluation (SSE), online drift correction, dynamic preburn, plasma control, background correction"]},{"parameter":"Limits of Detection","values":["Single-ppm trace determination; 30% lower LODs for traces such as Sb, Te, and Pb in high-purity copper versus previous models"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Redesigned Spark Analyzer Pro: customizable dashboard and modules, runtime counter, extended SSE reporting, IoT service functions, audit trails"]},{"parameter":"Footprint","values":["27% footprint reduction from previous models"]}]}]},{"slug":"spectromaxx","name":"Arc/Spark OES Analyzer: SPECTROMAXx","description":"The industry’s best-selling arc/spark OES analyzer for fast, accurate foundry analysis.","pageTitle":"Arc/Spark OES Analyzer: SPECTROMAXx","pageDescription":"With outstanding repeatability, reproducibility, and reliability, SPECTROMAXx is perhaps the industry’s best-selling arc/spark OES analyzer. The tenth-generation LMX10 delivers fast, cost-effective elemental analysis for foundries – from incoming materials to final quality inspection.","image":"/images/ark-oes-spectromax-x.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"With outstanding repeatability, reproducibility, and reliability, SPECTROMAXx is perhaps the industry's best-selling arc/spark optical emission spectrometry (OES) analyzer. Foundries demand fast, accurate elemental analysis of metals – from incoming materials to in-process testing to final quality inspection – and this tenth-generation SPECTROMAXx LMX10 delivers, with fast, cost-effective measurements that add certainty to critical supply chains and drastically reduced cost of ownership.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ark-oes-spectromax-x.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Arc/Spark OES Analyzer: SPECTROMAXx","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Two Models, One CMOS Platform","text":"The new generation offers two models, differing only in their optical systems, both using state-of-the-art CMOS sensors proven in the flagship SPECTROLAB S. The basic SPECTROMAXx features a single air optic covering the elemental wavelength range from 233 nm to 670 nm, with a new option analyzing relevant wavelengths to 766 nm to cover potassium. SPECTROMAXx Advanced adds a UV optic for the lower spectral range from 120 nm to 235 nm, including a new capability to analyze oxygen in copper. The latest models also eliminate the magnesium fluoride window at the spark stand, saving costs and maintenance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast, Simple Standardization with iCAL 2.0","text":"Using conventional analyzers, standardization can take more than 30 minutes, demand multiple samples, and require reruns whenever site conditions change. By contrast, SPECTRO's proprietary iCAL 2.0 calibration logic in most cases needs only 5 minutes and a single sample per day, and automatically compensates for most changes in environmental temperature or pressure – delivering outstanding stability, productivity, and savings.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pGndaKXFIAY","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"New Analytical Performance","text":"SPECTROMAXx LMX10 features completely new factory calibrations with extended calibration ranges and element selections, optimized source excitation parameters, and improved limits of detection – for iron, aluminum, and copper matrices, 30% to 40% better LODs. It provides routine, trouble-free analysis of 10 matrices, 65 methods, and 59 elements. An advanced OES capability precisely detects and analyzes samples containing free graphite, monitoring carbon during the pre-spark phase for results in nodular cast iron comparable to combustion analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Argon Savings and Easy Software","text":"A brand-new feature allows total shutdown of argon flow during standby, for operator-configurable periods, saving more consumables costs than ever. SPECTRO's SPARK ANALYZER Pro software provides effortless operation even for less experienced personnel: application profiles, automatic program selection, spectra storage for later recalculations, multiple export formats, and software-only upgrades for new lines, methods, or matrices. Quick-check programs identify and analyze main elements in under 12 seconds for iron, aluminum, and now copper materials, and options include a spectrum scan view and a shift change protocol.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for SPECTROMAXx","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPECTROMAXx"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Technique","values":["Arc/spark optical emission spectrometry (OES)"]},{"parameter":"Models","values":["SPECTROMAXx: air optic, 233 nm to 670 nm (option to 766 nm, covering K)\nSPECTROMAXx Advanced: additional UV optic, 120 nm to 235 nm (including oxygen in copper)"]},{"parameter":"Detectors","values":["High-resolution CMOS sensors, proven in SPECTROLAB S"]},{"parameter":"Analytical Scope","values":["10 matrices, 65 methods, 59 elements"]},{"parameter":"Standardization","values":["iCAL 2.0: single sample, about 5 minutes per day; automatic compensation for most temperature and pressure changes"]},{"parameter":"Quick-Check Programs","values":["Main element identification and analysis in under 12 seconds for iron, aluminum, and copper materials"]},{"parameter":"Limits of Detection","values":["30% to 40% better LODs for Fe, Al, and Cu matrices versus the previous generation"]},{"parameter":"Special Capability","values":["Carbon analysis in nodular cast iron with free graphite detection during the pre-spark phase; results comparable to combustion analysis"]},{"parameter":"Argon Consumption","values":["Total shutdown of argon flow during standby (operator-configurable)"]},{"parameter":"Hardware","values":["No magnesium fluoride window at the spark stand – lower costs and maintenance"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["SPARK ANALYZER Pro: application profiles, automatic program selection, virtual type standards, extended grade library (Fe, Al, Cu), backup tool; optional spectrum scan and shift change protocol"]}]}]},{"slug":"spectrocheck","name":"Stationary Metal Analyzer: SPECTROCHECK","description":"Compact, affordable arc/spark OES for routine metal analysis in small foundries.","pageTitle":"Stationary Metal Analyzer: SPECTROCHECK","pageDescription":"The SPECTROCHECK stationary metal analyzer meets the performance requirements – and budgets – of small ferrous and non-ferrous foundries, automotive suppliers, and metal fabricators. It delivers reliable routine analysis of iron-, aluminum-, and copper-based metals at the lowest possible price.","image":"/images/ark-oes-spectrocheck.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SPECTROCHECK stationary metal analyzer is designed to meet the performance requirements – and budgets – of small ferrous and non-ferrous foundries, automotive suppliers, and other metal fabricators. This high-quality, compact, and affordable instrument is ideal for routine analysis of elemental content in iron-, aluminum-, or copper-based metals, delivering unparalleled performance and reliability at the lowest possible price.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ark-oes-spectrocheck.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Stationary Metal Analyzer: SPECTROCHECK","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Innovative Optics","text":"SPECTROCHECK takes a no-compromises approach with patented optical technology, combining a compact multiplex optics polychromator with selected wavelength image feedback technology (SWIFT). The optical chamber is isolated and temperature-maintained for measurement stability, and new CMOS sensors add flexibility. The system is optimized for the elements found in common foundry metals, minimizing spectral interferences, maintaining high stability, and enabling better separation of neighboring spectra in line-rich analyses.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"New Performance and Savings","text":"Ultra-fast one-sample standardization based on SPECTRO's Intelligent Calibration Logic (iCAL) saves an average of 30 minutes per day and eliminates constant, expensive recalibrations. New argon-saving features allow total flow shutoff during downtimes and 70% less argon consumption during standby. The redesigned, space-saving housing is 35% more compact and configured for easy, safe access to components from both sides and the back.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Practical Hardware for the Foundry","text":"A digitized, high-precision plasma generator and ignition system sparks at up to 1000 Hz. The spark stand is modified for easy use and maintenance with samples up to 15 kg (33 lb), and new small-parts adapters handle wires from less than 1 mm up to 3 mm as well as sheets. A new argon block combined with a cleaning cartridge provides configurable flow shutoff and fast startup.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simplified, Plug-In Software","text":"SPECTROCHECK requires little to no learning curve: an icon-based, menu-free interface delivers fast, easy startup and intuitive operation even for operators without specialized knowledge. A unique plug-in approach allows customized functionality – users purchase separate software modules for control-standard or type-standard samples, grade identification, and more, adding modules only as needs evolve. Open, license-free method development and calibration extensions are available, and the extended standard grade library covers iron-, aluminum-, and copper-based matrices.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for SPECTROCHECK","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPECTROCHECK"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Technique","values":["Arc/spark optical emission spectrometry (OES), stationary"]},{"parameter":"Optical System","values":["Patented compact multiplex polychromator with SWIFT (selected wavelength image feedback technology); isolated, temperature-maintained optical chamber; CMOS sensors"]},{"parameter":"Matrices","values":["Iron-, aluminum-, and copper-based metals"]},{"parameter":"Generator","values":["Digitized, high-precision plasma generator and ignition system; sparks up to 1000 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Standardization","values":["iCAL one-sample, one-time standardization; saves an average of 30 minutes per day"]},{"parameter":"Argon Consumption","values":["70% less during standby; total flow shutoff during downtimes; argon block with cleaning cartridge for fast startup"]},{"parameter":"Sample Handling","values":["Samples up to 15 kg (33 lb); small-parts adapters for wires from under 1 mm to 3 mm, plus sheets"]},{"parameter":"Housing","values":["35% more compact than the previous model; easy, safe access from both sides and the back"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Icon-based, menu-free interface; modular plug-in functionality (pay only for needed modules); open, license-free method development; extended Fe/Al/Cu grade library"]},{"parameter":"Operation","values":["Optional PC or space-saving laptop"]}]}]},{"slug":"spectrotest","name":"Mobile Metal Analyzer: SPECTROTEST","description":"Mobile arc/spark OES for on-site metal verification with maximum sample throughput.","pageTitle":"Mobile Metal Analyzer: SPECTROTEST","pageDescription":"The SPECTROTEST mobile metal analyzer delivers the highest analytical performance and maximum sample throughput for on-site verification and identification of metals. It prevents grade mix-ups on the production floor, at the shipping dock, and when sorting metals for value-optimized recycling.","image":"/images/ark-oes-spectrotest.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SPECTROTEST mobile metal analyzer delivers the highest analytical performance and maximum sample throughput for verification and identification of metals on site. It prevents grade mix-ups of incoming materials on the production floor, at the shipping dock, or when sorting metals for value-optimized recycling, and flaunts its superior performance especially when exact analyses are required, when materials are difficult to identify, or when there is a large number of samples to be tested.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ark-oes-spectrotest.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Mobile Metal Analyzer: SPECTROTEST","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Built for Harsh Environments","text":"The rugged, lightweight transport trolley is a stable platform with large wheels, high clearance, and a locking brake for easy movement along uneven terrain. SPECTROTEST comes with a 4 m quick-change sample probe (an 8 m probe is optional) for a wide area of operation without moving the spectrometer. The light, thin probe is quickly converted between arc excitation and spark excitation under a protective argon atmosphere, electrodes and adapters change without tools, and a probe with an integrated UV optic is available for certain applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Performance Analysis","text":"The optical system offers probably the widest wavelength range in its class – 174 nm to 670 nm – with all elements necessary for complete metal analysis available. SPECTROTEST can identify low-alloy steel including carbon content in the rapid arc excitation mode; in spark mode, analysis of carbon, phosphorus, and sulfur is possible, along with identification of duplex steels using their nitrogen content. Measuring times start at 2 seconds in arc mode and 5 seconds in spark mode.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3xdmtr7fugo","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Standardization and Mobility Features","text":"The proven iCAL Intelligent Calibration Logic monitors the correct state of the measuring system independently of external influences, and iCAL 2.0 maintains the same one-sample standardization regardless of most temperature shifts. An efficient plasma generator sustains high sample throughput even during battery operation, with up to 800 measurements on a single battery charge. The integrated PC offers LAN, USB, VGA, and WLAN connectivity with a large 15-inch display, and a freely accessible argon bottle allows rapid replacement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1EjDZuQ0jQY","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Software and Data Anywhere","text":"The instrument software provides complete operator guidance and aligns itself automatically with the selected metal testing task, displaying all relevant data on one screen. The automatic program finder (APF) and optional APF+ ensure the optimal test method is selected for the best results, and stored results are easily processed with the Result Manager. A pre-installed materials library covers common alloys and can be extended at any time; the optional SPECTRO Metal Database adds prepackaged libraries and a Grade Library Builder for identifying virtually any common commercial alloy. An app displays the measuring screen on a PC monitor, tablet, or smartphone, so results can be observed simultaneously in the laboratory and on site.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for SPECTROTEST","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPECTROTEST"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Technique","values":["Mobile arc/spark optical emission spectrometry (OES)"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["174 nm to 670 nm – all elements necessary for complete metal analysis"]},{"parameter":"Excitation Modes","values":["Arc excitation; spark excitation under protective argon atmosphere"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Time","values":["From 2 seconds in arc mode; from 5 seconds in spark mode"]},{"parameter":"Analytical Capabilities","values":["Low-alloy steel identification with carbon content in arc mode; C, P, and S analysis in spark mode; duplex steel identification via nitrogen content"]},{"parameter":"Sample Probe","values":["4 m quick-change probe standard, 8 m optional; tool-free electrode and adapter changes; optional probe with integrated UV optic (arc/spark)"]},{"parameter":"Standardization","values":["iCAL 2.0 one-sample standardization of the entire system; independent of most temperature shifts"]},{"parameter":"Battery Operation","values":["Up to 800 measurements on a single charge; battery drawer"]},{"parameter":"Computer and Display","values":["Integrated PC with LAN, USB, VGA, and WLAN; large 15-inch display; app for viewing results on PC, tablet, or smartphone"]},{"parameter":"Mobility","values":["Robust lightweight transport trolley; large wheels, high clearance, locking brake; freely accessible argon bottle"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Complete operator guidance; automatic program finder (APF), optional APF+; Result Manager; pre-installed materials library; optional SPECTRO Metal Database with Grade Library Builder"]}]}]},{"slug":"spectroport","name":"Portable Metal Analyzer: SPECTROPORT","description":"Portable arc/spark OES with the accuracy of OES and the ease of a handheld analyzer.","pageTitle":"Portable Metal Analyzer: SPECTROPORT","pageDescription":"SPECTROPORT applies advanced arc/spark OES technology in a unit as easy to use as a handheld analyzer. As fast as a handheld XRF, it accurately analyzes carbon, sulfur, phosphorus, and other key elements at low and critical levels that handhelds cannot handle.","image":"/images/ark-oes-spectroport.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SPECTROPORT is a portable arc/spark optical emission spectrometry (OES) metals analyzer that applies advanced OES technology in a unit as easy to use as a handheld analyzer. It delivers many advantages of SPECTRO's mobile OES flagship, SPECTROTEST, in a smaller, lighter package – as fast as a handheld XRF, with many analyses taking only a few seconds, and with effortless point-and-shoot performance that minimizes operator intervention. Despite its power and convenience, its purchase price is comparable to some handheld XRFs.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ark-oes-spectroport.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Portable Metal Analyzer: SPECTROPORT","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Where Handheld XRF Isn't Enough","text":"A handheld XRF cannot determine precise levels of carbon content – the only way to distinguish among many low-alloy steels – and has trouble handling elements like phosphorus or sulfur at critical levels. SPECTROPORT accurately analyzes carbon, sulfur, phosphorus, boron, lithium, beryllium, calcium, silicon, magnesium, and aluminum at low and critical levels. Using patented carbon-in-arc technology, it rapidly identifies low-alloy steels by carbon content with open-air arc testing, in an average of 3 seconds.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Innovative Optics and iCAL 2.0 Standardization","text":"The SPECTROPORT optical system covers a wide range of elemental wavelengths with excellent precision, stability, and robustness without additional heating. In combination with iCAL 2.0 standardization, the self-adjusting system requires minimum operator intervention and provides an unprecedented degree of resilience to ambient temperature changes. Predefined calibration packages and a single-sample standardization of less than 5 minutes at the start of the day eliminate repeated calibrations and delays.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1EjDZuQ0jQY","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Two Probes and Maximum Mobility","text":"The standard light, thin probe is quickly converted between arc excitation and spark excitation (spark mode uses a protective argon atmosphere); a slightly larger probe with an integrated UV optic measures carbon levels in steels or handles sulfur, phosphorus, boron, or tin. Flexible mobility options include large and small transport trolleys, a minimum-weight mini-trolley, and a rechargeable battery pack good for up to 800 measurements on a single charge – ideal for installed or small parts, thin wires, curved surfaces, or concealed welding seams. The field-proven, low-power-consumption eco-plasma generator is the same used in the high-end SPECTROTEST.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simple Software and Definitive Data Management","text":"Spark Analyzer Pro software lets users quickly define testing modes and sample identification fields, while new preset applets do much of the work and eliminate most errors – an automatic program finder (APF) plug-in selects the best matching calibration for the relevant alloy group. Simplified, predefined operator views provide clear choices for pass/fail sorting and grade identification via dedicated toolbar buttons, and via WebApp and PC connections from WLAN/LAN to USB, results are available on devices throughout the plant, with advanced tools to verify, record, and document complete testing results.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for SPECTROPORT","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPECTROPORT"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Technique","values":["Portable arc/spark optical emission spectrometry (OES)"]},{"parameter":"Excitation Modes","values":["Arc excitation (open air); spark excitation under protective argon atmosphere"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Time","values":["2 to 3 seconds in arc mode; 10 seconds in spark mode; low-alloy steel identification via carbon in arc in an average of 3 seconds (patented)"]},{"parameter":"Probes","values":["Standard light probe, quickly converted between arc and spark; larger probe with integrated UV optic for carbon in steels and S, P, B, or Sn"]},{"parameter":"Key Elements Beyond Handheld XRF","values":["C, S, P, B, Li, Be, Ca, Si, Mg, and Al at low and critical levels"]},{"parameter":"Standardization","values":["iCAL 2.0 one-sample standardization in less than 5 minutes; resilient to ambient temperature changes"]},{"parameter":"Battery Operation","values":["Rechargeable battery pack; up to 800 measurements on a single charge"]},{"parameter":"Generator","values":["Field-proven, low-power-consumption eco-plasma generator (same as SPECTROTEST)"]},{"parameter":"Mobility","values":["Large and small transport trolleys; minimum-weight mini-trolley; cordless operation with battery pack"]},{"parameter":"Data Management","values":["WebApp and PC connections via WLAN, LAN, and USB; comprehensive verification, recording, and documentation of results"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Spark Analyzer Pro with preset applets; automatic program finder (APF); predefined operator views for pass/fail sorting and grade identification"]}]}]}]},{"name":"X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometers (XRF)","description":"Non-destructive elemental analysis from sodium to uranium.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"X-ray fluorescence spectrometry delivers fast, non-destructive elemental analysis of solids, powders, and liquids with little or no sample preparation. JEOL XRF instruments cover routine screening through precise quantitative analysis.","overview":"In XRF, the sample is excited by X-rays and each element emits its own characteristic fluorescence, allowing simultaneous identification and quantification from sodium through uranium. Because the technique is non-destructive and requires minimal preparation, it is ideal for incoming material inspection, RoHS screening, alloy verification, cement, minerals, polymers, and environmental samples. JEOL benchtop XRF analyzers make the technique fast and accessible for every laboratory.","partner":"JEOL — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/xrf.webp","slug":"xrf-spectrometers","models":[{"slug":"jsx-1000s","name":"Energy-Dispersive XRF Spectrometer: JSX-1000S Element Eye™","description":"Benchtop energy-dispersive XRF with touch-panel operation and Smart FP for standardless elemental analysis from Mg to U.","pageTitle":"Energy-Dispersive XRF Spectrometer: JSX-1000S Element Eye™","pageDescription":"The JSX-1000S Element Eye™ is a benchtop energy-dispersive X-ray fluorescence spectrometer offering quick, easy elemental analysis by touch panel, with FP and calibration-curve quantification, RoHS screening, and high-sensitivity detection from magnesium to uranium.","image":"/images/jsx-1000s.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The JSX-1000S Element Eye™ is an energy-dispersive X-ray fluorescence spectrometer that provides quick, easy elemental analysis using touch-panel operation — a smart solution for ultimate analysis. It is equipped with functions for conventional qualitative and quantitative analysis (FP method, calibration curve method) as well as screening for RoHS elements, and with a variety of hardware and software options it is customizable to cover a wide range of analysis needs. XRF requires little or no sample preparation, making elemental analysis accessible to more users.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/jsx-1000s.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simple Operation: Set and Touch","text":"Simply set the sample and touch the screen — that is how easy it is to operate. Analysis values and pass/fail assessment results are updated in real time, and another touch switches between analysis results and spectrum display, with a swipe of the screen changing the view. The interface is as easy to operate as a tablet or smartphone, while conventional keyboard-and-mouse operation is also supported.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/embed/iS7vWyGZzfI","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Sensitive Analysis Throughout the Entire Energy Range","text":"Based on many years of experience, JEOL has incorporated proprietary algorithms into the Fundamental Parameter (FP) method for highly accurate qualitative and quantitative results without a standard sample. JEOL's own SDD (silicon drift detector) and a newly developed optical system, combined with up to nine automatically exchanged primary filters designed to cover the entire energy range — open, ND, Cr, Pb, and Cd as standard, with Cl, Cu, Mo, and Sb optional — achieve high-sensitivity analysis from fluorine to uranium. The optional sample chamber vacuum unit further increases detection sensitivity for lighter elements (F to Al).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Precision Quantitative Analysis with Smart FP","text":"The new Smart FP (Fundamental Parameter) method obtains highly accurate quantification results without preparing a standard sample, and includes automatic correction for sample thickness and residual ingredient balance (applicable to organic samples). In polyethylene reference testing, corrected results for Cr, Zn, Cd, and Pb agree closely with certified standard values regardless of whether the specimen is 0.5 mm or 3.8 mm thick.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Throughput","text":"The new high-sensitivity SDD and a short-path optical system achieve throughputs up to 7.6 times faster than the previous JEOL system (JSX-3100R II) in Cd and Pb trace measurements on PVC and brass — detecting concentrations of 10 ppm and below in routine screening.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Providing Solutions","text":"With solution-based applications, the desired analysis is executed automatically according to pre-recorded recipes — simply select the solution icon from the application list for automated analysis and display of results. Standard solutions cover RoHS analysis of metals and organic materials and simple analysis of metals, oxides, and organic materials in air or vacuum; optional solutions add Ni plating screening, Sn plating screening, and halogen screening.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Smart Assist for Other Analytical Techniques","text":"Element Eye™ speeds up work on JEOL's other analytical instruments. As a SEM-EDS assist, XRF quickly determines whether a target element such as zirconium is present in a bulk sample before SEM-EDS pinpoints which particles contain it. As an XPS thin-film assist, XRF measures the thickness of each layer in a multilayer sample — for example Cu/Ni/Cr on polyimide — so optimal etching conditions can be set in advance of a depth profile. As an NMR fluid-sample assist, XRF determines the types and concentrations of elements such as platinum in a sample, enabling appropriate NMR acquisition conditions to be estimated beforehand.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Options","text":"Hardware options include the sample chamber vacuum unit, an auto sample changer that exchanges up to 12 samples automatically for continuous acquisition, a high-sensitivity collimator, additional filter sets, and a UTW detector. Software options include filter FP method analysis, thin-film FP method analysis for layer thickness, sum peak removal, and the Ni plating, Sn plating, and halogen screening solutions. A low vacuum capsule enables helium-free light-element analysis in liquid samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for JSX-1000S Energy-Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometer","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["JSX-1000S"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Detectable Element Range","values":["Mg to U; F to U with sample chamber vacuum unit (option)"]},{"parameter":"X-Ray Generator","values":["5 kV to 50 kV, 1 mA"]},{"parameter":"Target","values":["Rh"]},{"parameter":"Primary Filters","values":["Maximum of 9 types, automatic exchange; standard: open, ND (neutral density), Cr, Pb, Cd; optional: Cl, Cu, Mo, Sb"]},{"parameter":"Collimators","values":["3 types, automatic exchange: 0.9 mm, 2 mm, 9 mm"]},{"parameter":"Detector","values":["Silicon drift detector (SDD)"]},{"parameter":"Sample Chamber Size","values":["Ø 300 mm × 80 mm (H)"]},{"parameter":"Sample Chamber Atmosphere","values":["Air / vacuum (option)"]},{"parameter":"Sample Observation","values":["Color camera"]},{"parameter":"Operation Computer","values":["Windows® desktop computer with touch panel"]},{"parameter":"Analysis Software (Standard)","values":["Qualitative analysis (auto qualitative, KLM marker, sum peak display, spectrum search); quantitative analysis (bulk FP method, calibration curve method); RoHS solution (Cd, Pb, Cr, Br, Hg); simple analysis solution; report generation tool"]},{"parameter":"Daily Check Software (Standard)","values":["Tube aging, energy check, intensity check"]},{"parameter":"Main Options","values":["Sample chamber vacuum unit; auto sample changer (up to 12 samples); high-sensitivity collimator; filter set; UTW detector; filter FP, thin-film FP, and sum peak removal software; Ni plating, Sn plating, and halogen screening solutions"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["Single-phase AC 100 V to 120 V ±10% (max. 125 V) or 200 V to 240 V ±10% (max. 250 V), 50/60 Hz, 1.5 kVA; Class D grounding (100 Ω or less)"]},{"parameter":"Installation Environment","values":["Temperature 18 °C to 28 °C; humidity 30% to 70% (no condensation); free of corrosive gas, dust, and discernible vibration"]},{"parameter":"Main Unit Dimensions and Weight","values":["600 mm (W) × 560 mm (D) × 430 mm (H); 64 kg"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["Leave a maintenance space of at least 50 cm on all sides. Legal documentation is required for instruments using X-rays, according to the regulations of the country of use."]}]}]}]}]},"material-characterization":{"title":"Material Characterization","description":"Characterize the physical, chemical, and mechanical properties of your materials — X-ray diffraction, rheology, viscosity, density, particle size, surface area, zeta potential, thermal analysis, and mechanical testing from a world-leading portfolio.","carouselImages":["/images/carousel-material-characterization-1.webp","/images/carousel-material-characterization-2.webp","/images/carousel-material-characterization-3.webp","/images/carousel-material-characterization-4.webp"],"partner":"Anton Paar","equipmentList":[{"name":"X-ray Diffraction Systems (XRD)","description":"Automated powder XRD with non-ambient capabilities.","pageTitle":"X-ray Diffraction Systems (XRD)","pageDescription":"Precise, flexible X-ray diffraction combining the best possible data quality with unrivalled measurement efficiency — automated powder diffraction, non-ambient chambers, and SAXS solutions for maximum throughput and instrument uptime.","overview":"Anton Paar's precise and flexible XRD solutions combine the best possible data quality with unrivalled measurement efficiency. The XRDynamic 500 powder diffractometer is designed for intuitive use and a high degree of automation, so every user benefits from increased sample throughput and maximum uptime — complemented by the industry-leading range of non-ambient XRD chambers for temperature, humidity, and reactive studies.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/xrd.webp","slug":"xrd","models":[{"slug":"xrdynamic-500","name":"Automated Multipurpose X-Ray Diffractometer: XRDynamic 500","description":"The X-ray diffractometer XRDynamic 500 drives unbeatable XRD data quality with maximum efficiency.","pageTitle":"Automated Multipurpose X-Ray Diffractometer: XRDynamic 500","pageDescription":"The X-ray diffractometer XRDynamic 500 drives unbeatable XRD data quality with maximum efficiency. Enjoy the benefits of a versatile platform covering a wide variety of applications with optimal solutions for powder XRD, non-ambient XRD, PDF analysis, SAXS, and more.","image":"/images/xrd-xrdynamic-500-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Anton Paar’s precise and flexible XRD solutions combine the best possible data quality with unrivalled measurement efficiency. The systems are designed for  reliable and intuitive use and offer a high degree of automation so every user can benefit from increased sample throughput and maximum instrument uptime.","subsections":[{"title":"Key Features","text":"• Out-of-the-box: Best-in-class resolution/signal-to-noise ratio\n• TruBeam™ concept: Larger goniometer radius, evacuated beam path\n• Full automation: X-ray optics and beam geometry change\n• Efficiency: Increase instrument usage by up to 50 %\n• Maximum convenience: Self-alignment of instrument and sample"}],"image":"/images/xrd-xrdynamic-500-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Automated Multipurpose X-Ray Diffractometer: XRDynamic 500","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated Multipurpose XRD - XRDynamic 500","text":"The Automated Multipurpose X-ray diffractometer XRDynamic 500 drives unbeatable XRD data quality with maximum efficiency. Enjoy the benefits of a versatile platform covering a wide variety of applications with optimal solutions for powder XRD, non-ambient XRD, PDF analysis, SAXS, and more. With fully automated optics and alignment routines, it allows everyone, from novices to experts, to collect top-quality XRD data quickly while minimizing errors. XRDynamic 500: Driving XRD.","subsections":[{"title":"Unmatched Data Quality","text":"XRDynamic 500's unique TruBeam™ concept combines a large goniometer radius, an evacuated beam path, and fully automated X-ray optics/beam geometry changing. TruBeam™ ensures better data quality than conventional X-ray diffractometers. XRDynamic 500 offers best-in-class resolution (FWHM 0.021° for 1st LaB₆ standard peak) with a standard Bragg-Brentano configuration, as well as a superior signal-to-noise ratio with up to 50 % less measurement background and minimal parasitic air scattering. The instrument self-aligns for optimal measurement conditions and reliable results."},{"title":"Full Automation: Maximum Efficiency","text":"Full automation of optics, beam geometries, stages, and sample handling with the XRDynamic Autosampler ensures maximum efficiency without compromising data quality. With capacity for up to 105 samples – using industry-standard holders – it sets a new benchmark for high-throughput, hands-free XRD measurement. Quickly change configuration (even the X-ray tube), thanks to quick connectors and auto-alignment, and be up and running again in no time. Full automation of all optics – including absorbers/filters, the beam mask, Soller slits, divergence slits, anti-scatter slits, and parallel plate collimators – enables users to completely change the measurement configuration in an instant, without manual interaction, and measure different sample types. Use up to three beam geometries within a single measurement batch, with all mirrors and monochromators fitted in an automated motorized optics stack."},{"title":"Automated Precision: Daily Convenience","text":"The patented source pitch concept with an additional tilt axis delivers automated, precise alignment of all optical components with any X-ray source. Benefit from maximum primary beam intensity thanks to automatic alignment with the perfect X-ray source take-off angle for all X-ray mirrors and flat monochromators. Effortless connection of all stages enables quick setup changes, while automated component recognition for both optics and stages ensures the correct instrument configuration at all times.\n\nXRDynamic 500 meets the requirements of experts and novices alike. The XRDdrive control software seamlessly combines straightforward instrument handling and workflows with as much, or as little, detail as you need, thanks to automation. All of the necessary connections for non-ambient experiments are located directly in the diffractometer housing. The option of an integrated non-ambient control unit (CCU) facilitates working with and switching between different non-ambient attachments."},{"title":"Full Flexibility: For Every Application","text":"XRDynamic 500 combines maximum measurement flexibility in a single X-ray diffractometer platform. Whether you use it for reflection, transmission, or non-ambient studies, XRDynamic 500 offers sample stages and holders for every use case. Use versatile instrument setups for every application with optimized solutions for powder XRD, non-ambient XRD, PDF analysis, and SAXS. High-quality components produced in-house and cutting-edge pixel detection technology make this a premium-quality instrument.\n\nFor high-throughput applications, the XRDynamic Autosampler uniquely enables the unattended analysis of up to 105 samples of all types – including bulk materials, powders, fibers, thin films, and even air-sensitive samples – while consistently ensuring optimal measurement quality."},{"title":"Renowned Expertise","text":"Users benefit from certified and qualified service worldwide, with dedicated personal support – maximizing uptime. We don't just sell an instrument, we accompany you throughout the whole product life cycle. Our application support and expert advice help you achieve meaningful results quickly and efficiently for all your application needs. Together with you, we push the limits of technology."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/gDbv3zo7NqU?si=DQFHbk1CMEK894wm","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Sealed-Tube X-ray Source: Primux 3000","text":"Primux 3000 is a high-performance sealed-tube X-ray source from Anton Paar which offers a highly brilliant line or point focus X-ray beam. Using the latest metal-ceramic X-ray tubes, Primux 3000 provides a robust design, maximum user safety, and straight-forward integration into XRDynamic 500 or any other advanced X-ray instrument.","subsections":[{"title":"The Ideal X-ray Source for XRD and SAXS","text":"The Primux 3000 sealed-tube X-ray source combines a modern metal-ceramic X-ray tube with a superior high-voltage generator to provide a highly brilliant X-ray beam with a power of up to 3 kW. Either line or point focus can be used. Its high brilliance makes Primux 3000 the optimal X-ray source for a wide range of X-ray analytical applications such as X-ray diffraction (XRD) or small-angle X-ray scattering (SAXS)."},{"title":"A Wide Variety of Anode Materials","text":"The X-ray tube of Primux 3000 is available as standard with Cr, Co, Cu, Mo, and Ag anodes (others available on request) to offer a solution for all challenges in XRD and SAXS. The X-ray tube is embedded in a proprietary, water-cooled jacket which ensures high thermal stability and extends the lifetime of the X-ray tube."},{"title":"Easy Exchange of the X-ray Tube in a Matter of Minutes","text":"The clever design of the Primux 3000 tube tower not only guarantees maximum user safety, but also allows the X-ray tube to be exchanged within a matter of minutes when a different tube anode type is required. In addition, the tube focus can easily be switched from line to point, and vice versa, by a simple rotation of the tube without the need to disconnect any cables or hoses."}],"image":"/images/xrd-primux-3000-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Sealed-Tube X-ray Source: Primux 3000","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Advanced XRD Optics","text":"The XRDynamic 500 optics are developed and produced by AXO DRESDEN, an Anton Paar company with more than 20 years of experience in high-precision deposition and X-ray optics design. The comprehensive portfolio includes flat multilayer monochromators (for divergent beam applications) and multilayer optics for parallel and focusing beam applications. All optics are designed to fit in the optics stack of XRDynamic 500 where each component can be automatically aligned and up to three different beam geometries can be used for ultimate convenience and efficiency in multi-user environments.","subsections":[{"title":"Obtain Highest Intensity with All Optics","text":"All X-ray optics for XRDynamic 500 are perfectly aligned with the X-ray source via optimized take-off angle to ensure the maximum beam intensity on the sample under all conditions. The motorized optics stack of XRDynamic 500 enables every optic to be accurately positioned while under vacuum to further boost the intensity on the sample, resulting in the fastest possible measurement speed no matter the beam geometry."},{"title":"Parallel and Focusing Beam Optics for Every Wavelength","text":"For beam-shaping optics, both parallel beam (parabolic) and focusing beam (elliptical) multilayer mirrors are available for every source anode type offered with XRDynamic 500. Whether a parallel beam is required for non-ambient or residual stress applications, or a focusing beam is needed for transmission studies of battery materials or PDF analysis, the range of optics available for XRDynamic 500 ensures measurements with an optimized beam geometry and with the source of your choice."},{"title":"Maximum Kβ Suppression","text":"Primary monochromators can be used to both suppress Kβ radiation and to reduce fluorescence from certain elements contained in the sample. The divergent beam monochromators for XRDynamic 500 are available with different multilayers and can be used with X-ray tubes of all anode types. Anton Paar uniquely offers Ni/C multilayer monochromators and mirrors optimized for Cu Kα radiation which offer unbeatable Kβ suppression in addition to superior signal-to-noise ratio for ultimate performance."}],"image":"/images/xrd-advanced-xrd-optics-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Advanced XRD Optics","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"XRD Sample Holders and Stages","text":"Whether you perform measurements in reflection or transmission, with capillaries, or under non-ambient or operando conditions, XRDynamic 500 offers sample stages and XRD sample holders for every eventuality. Component recognition and automatic alignment of all ambient and non-ambient stages allow fast exchange between different configurations, while a broad range of sample holders caters to every sample type in small or large quantities.","subsections":[{"title":"Large Variety of Sample Stages for Flexibility in Applications","text":"The variety of sample stages available for XRDynamic 500 covers a wide range of sample types and applications, giving you maximum flexibility in your work. Stages can be fitted on the Z stage of XRDynamic 500 for precise sample alignment so that every sample – from simple inorganic powder mixtures to more complex organic materials and even nanomaterials – can be optimally investigated. The ambient sample stage portfolio includes:\n\n• Sample spinner stage for reflection and transmission measurements\n• Capillary spinner stage\n• XY stage for solid samples or with sample changer options for up to 12 samples\n• EVAC Module for SAXS and high-resolution XRD measurements with fully evacuated beam path\n\nThe sample stage portfolio is complemented by Anton Paar’s world-leading non-ambient XRD attachments, which offer the widest-ranging non-ambient specifications on the market."},{"title":"XRD Sample Holders for Operando Battery Measurements","text":"Sample holders for in situ or operando measurements of pouch cells and coin cells in transmission or reflection geometry enable you to perform complex electrochemical measurements while benefitting from the high data quality and high level of automation provided by XRDynamic 500. For operando measurements of electrodes, an electrochemical cell is available with different measurement configurations possible."},{"title":"Sample Holders for any Application","text":"Standard powder sample holders made of stainless steel or PMMA are available with a variety of sample cavity dimensions catering to large or small sample quantities in reflection or transmission. In addition, backloading, zero background, and gas-tight sample holders, as well as XRD sample holders for solids/pellets, can be used depending on the requirements of the sample and the application."},{"title":"Sample Changer Options for High-Throughput Measurements","text":"The sample changer option for the XRDynamic 500 XY stage is available with three, six, 12, or 48 sample positions for measurements in reflection or transmission geometry. The XRDynamic Autosampler sets the benchmark with the ability to handle up to 105 samples using industry-standard sample holders.\nThe available solutions allow high-throughput analysis and, in combination with the automated optics of XRDynamic 500, measurements with different instrument configurations and on different sample types – performed automatically without any user interaction."}],"image":"/images/xrd-xrdynamic-sample-stages-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"XRD Sample Holders and Stages","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Domed Hot Stage for Four-Circle Goniometers: DHS 1100","text":"DHS 1100 is a heating attachment which is a further development of the well-established DHS 900 Domed Hot Stage. It has an increased temperature range of 25 to 1100 °C. DHS 1100 is small and lightweight and can be mounted on almost all common four-circle goniometers and many XYZ stages. Under its innovative graphite dome, samples can be measured in vacuum, air and various other gases. DHS 1100 is an excellent sample stage for in-situ high-temperature studies of phase transformations, texture, and internal stress in crystalline materials.","subsections":[{"title":"Highlights","text":"• For in-situ high-temperature studies on almost all common four-circle goniometers and many XYZ stages\n• Temperature range from 25 °C to 1100 °C\n• For investigating phase transformations, texture, and internal stress in crystalline materials"}],"image":"/images/xrd-dhs-1100-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Domed Hot Stage for Four-Circle Goniometers: DHS 1100","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Domed Cooling Stage for Four-Circle Goniometers: DCS 500","text":"The DCS 500 Domed Cooling Stage is the smallest attachment for in-situ X-ray diffraction studies at low and high temperatures on four-circle goniometers and XYZ stages. With a temperature range from -180 °C to +500 °C and a theta angle from almost 0° to 90° 2Θ for all Φ angles, DCS 500 is the ideal sample stage for in-situ studies of layered structures and for investigating phase transformations and stress in crystalline material.","subsections":[{"title":"Highlights","text":"• For in-situ X-ray diffraction studies at low and high temperatures on four-circle goniometers and XYZ stages\n• Temperature range from -180 °C to +500 °C\n• For the investigation of layered structures, phase transformations, and stress in crystalline material"}],"image":"/images/xrd-dcs-500-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Domed Cooling Stage for Four-Circle Goniometers: DCS 500","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"XRDynamic Autosampler and Sample Changer (Options)","text":"The XRDynamic Autosampler and sample changer options for the XY Stage enhance Anton Paar’s XRD solutions with high sample capacity, seamless integration, and flexible performance. Combined with XRDynamic 500, they enable efficient, automated measurements for all sample types, with consistently reliable results.","subsections":[{"title":"Highest Sample Capacity","text":"The XRDynamic Autosampler sets the benchmark with the ability to handle up to 105 samples using industry-standard sample holders. This unmatched capacity enables longer walkaway times, and significantly boosts lab throughput and efficiency:\n• Supports 105 standard sample holders for transmission and/or reflection measurements\n• Designed for all sample types (powders, solids, fibers, foils, thin films, air-sensitive samples)\n• Enables extended, unattended operation"},{"title":"Outstanding Performance and Flexibility","text":"The XRDynamic Autosampler as well as the sample changer option for the XY Stage facilitate operation and ensure precise results across various sample types and applications, thanks to automatic geometry switching and height alignment – saving hours of manual instrument adaptations.\n• Supports domed holders for air-sensitive samples\n• Delivers consistent, high-quality data"},{"title":"Seamless Integration","text":"Customers benefit from error minimization and efficiency maximization. Fully integrated with XRDdrive software, the sample changer option for the XY Stage as well as the XRDynamic Autosampler and its magazines are instantly recognized upon connection. Combined with the automation level of XRDynamic 500, it ensures:\n• Plug-and-play setup\n• Reduced user intervention\n• High throughput with reduced manual handling errors"},{"title":"Scalable and Non-Intrusive","text":"Easily mounted on any XRDynamic 500 instrument, the XRDynamic Autosampler never interferes with other measurements when it is not in use, and it is both removable and expandable:\n• No interference with other measurements\n• Scales from one to seven magazines\n• Fast and precise installation"},{"title":"A Portfolio Covering Every Need","text":"The XRDynamic Autosampler perfectly complements the existing portfolio of the XRDynamic 500 sample changer option for the XY Stage, with three, six, 12, or 48 sample positions. This gives users even greater flexibility when it comes to choosing the perfect solution for their applications and challenges."},{"title":"Models","text":"Accessories for XRDynamic 500: Automated Sample Changer is available in 2 models: XRDynamic Autosampler, XY Stage.\n\n• XRDynamic Autosampler: Autosampling of up to 105 samples.\n• XY Stage: Autosampling of three, six, 12, or 48 samples."}],"image":"/images/xrd-accessories-for-xrdynamic-500-automated-sample-changer-v4.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"XRDynamic Autosampler and Sample Changer","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Evacuated Chamber for High-Resolution SAXS and XRD: EVAC Module","text":"The EVAC module for XRDynamic 500 offers a fully evacuated beam path for SAXS and XRD measurements to completely remove parasitic air scattering, offering maximum beam intensity on the sample and unbeatable signal-to-noise ratio. Capable of being used with all XRD or SAXS sample holders over the widest possible measurement range, the EVAC module delivers unrivalled measurement performance with the flexibility to measure how you want. With the included scatterless SAXS optics, the EVAC module can produce SAXS data of a quality never before seen on a diffractometer!","subsections":[{"title":"Best-in-Class Nanostructural Analysis on a Diffractometer","text":"The combination of EVAC module and XRDynamic 500 brings the quality of a dedicated line collimation SAXS instrument to a diffractometer for the first time. When used with optimized SAXS optics, including the EVAC module’s scatterless slits, a resolution of qmin = 0.05 nm⁻¹ can be achieved which sets a new standard for SAXS measurements on an XRD platform. With the EVAC module and XRDynamic 500, SAXS measurements of isotropic, colloidal, and biological samples just got a whole lot easier!"},{"title":"Unrivalled Data Quality with no Parasitic Air Scattering","text":"The fully evacuated beam path, from source to detector, made possible by the EVAC module and XRDynamic 500’s evacuated optics units offers the best possible signal-to-noise ratio as all parasitic air scattering is removed. This provides a boost in intensity for all measurements and is especially beneficial when working with lower-energy X-rays such as Cr or Co Kα."},{"title":"Measurement without Restrictions for SAXS, WAXS, XRD, and PDF Analysis","text":"Whether for SAXS, XRD, or PDF measurements, the EVAC module doesn’t place any limitations on how you perform your measurement. Reflection or transmission, powder sample carriers or capillaries, everything is possible. Most importantly of all, thanks to the unique feature whereby the EVAC module rotates with the secondary goniometer arm, there is no restriction on the measurement angle and it’s possible to seamlessly measure data from 0° right up to 162.5° 2θ in one go."}],"image":"/images/xrd-evac-module-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Evacuated Chamber for High-Resolution SAXS and XRD: EVAC Module","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Temperature Oven Chamber: HTK 1200N","text":"The HTK 1200N Capillary Extension is the first “two-in-one” setup for combined reflection and transmission XRD studies at high temperatures up to 1200 °C. It turns the HTK 1200N high temperature chamber into a high-end capillary heater for transmission XRD. Benefits include high-temperature homogeneity and excellent temperature control combined with easy capillary handling. It takes only a few minutes for you to convert from the flat sample to the capillary setup, giving you the possibility to choose the optimum beam geometry for every sample.","subsections":[{"title":"Highlights","text":"• Dual setup for both flat sample and capillary XRD studies up to 1,200 °C\n• Quick conversion to capillary heater without removing from diffractometer\n• Precise temperature control with uniform heating across sample volume\n• Supports sealed, unsealed, and open capillaries for various sample types"}],"image":"/images/xrd-capillary-extension-htk-1200n-v4.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"High-Temperature Oven Chamber: HTK 1200N","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Temperature Strip Heater Chambers: HTK 16N | HTK 2000N","text":"The HTK 16N and HTK 2000N high temperature chambers are well-proven instruments for in-situ X-ray diffraction studies up to 1600 °C and 2300 °C, respectively. The sample is directly heated with a heating filament. The design of HTK 16N and HTK 2000N allows you to work at high temperatures in different atmospheres. The instruments are made of high-quality materials which guarantee a long working life.","subsections":[{"title":"Highlights","text":"• Supports in-situ XRD studies at up to 1,600 °C or 2,300 °C\n• Minimized sample displacement with stable heating filament positioning\n• Precise temperature control with dual thermocouples and minimal gradients\n• Durable design with high-grade materials and quick, easy sample exchange"}],"image":"/images/xrd-htk-16n-2000n-v3.webp","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"High-Temperature Strip Heater Chambers: HTK 16N | HTK 2000N","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Temperature Chamber: HTK 1500","text":"The HTK 1500 High-Temperature Chamber is the new benchmark of environmental heaters for high-temperature X-ray diffraction (XRD) that allows you to heat all types of sample materials – including crystalline powders and bulk samples – homogeneously up to 1,500 °C. The position of the heating rods, together with a highly accurate temperature measurement, makes HTK 1500 the only ‘true’ environmental heater up to 1,500 °C on the market.","subsections":[{"title":"The New Benchmark of Environmental Heating","text":"Going above and beyond with the ‘true’ environmental heater, HTK 1500 guarantees the highest temperatures without compromising accuracy from 25 °C to 1,500°C. Thanks to its smart design and robust materials for the heater and insulation, HTK 1500 delivers high-enough temperatures for applications in e.g. ceramics or metals. The temperature sensor in HTK 1500 is located right underneath the sample in a protective ceramic sample holder. This setup provides for a highly repeatable and reliable temperature measurement and stable temperature control compared to other arrangements with free-standing temperature sensors."},{"title":"Power up Your Data Quality with Sample Spinning","text":"Sample spinning is the key to sufficient sample statistics e.g. by overcoming preferred orientation and therefore improves data quality. The HTK 1500 design as an environmental heater offers a free-standing sample holder, which allows sample spinning during high temperature X-ray diffraction (XRD) measurements."},{"title":"A Solution for Every Sample","text":"For studies of air-sensitive and / or organic powders and liquids the use of capillaries and therefore the possibility to work in transmission geometry is necessary. A fast conversion from reflection to transmission mode is essential especially when applications and sample types vary a lot in multiuser laboratories. With HTK 1500, users can easily and quickly switch between the two different measurement geometries."},{"title":"Inert Materials for Outstanding Endurance","text":"The design of HTK 1500 employs materials of high chemical resistance. The chemically inert sample carriers, made of alumina, minimize the risk of reactions with the samples – even at very high temperatures. To ensure that the sample is protected from oxidation during heating, measurements can be performed under different inert gas atmospheres."},{"title":"The Perfect Match with XRDynamic 500","text":"HTK 1500 is a perfect match for XRDynamic 500, which was designed with non-ambient experiments in mind. The combination of HTK 1500 with XRDynamic 500 guarantees a high degree of automation like stage recognition, stage and sample (re)alignment, easy connection of cooling water, vacuum and gas lines, and straightforward setup of batch experiments. The smooth integration into the XRDynamic 500 control software makes for a convenient way of working for your high temperature XRD analysis."},{"title":"Ultimate Ease-of-Use","text":"A slider for quick and reproducible mounting and demounting of the sample holder ensures easy handling and swift sample exchange. The provided alumina sample carriers can accommodate various sample forms like powder samples, bulk samples, and thin layers."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/7w-DYXvXn1g?si=zli8hG29FvTO6TxB","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Low-Temperature Chamber: TTK 600","text":"The TTK 600 Low-Temperature Chamber is a non-ambient attachment for powder X-ray diffraction studies from -190°C to 600°C. Different sample holders allow investigating samples in reflection and transmission geometry. Samples can be measured in vacuum, air or inert gases. An antechamber option allows safe transfer of air-sensitive samples into the TTK 600. The TTK 600 fits to all common powder diffractometers and is the instrument of choice for X-ray structure analysis of various sample types at low and medium temperatures.","subsections":[{"title":"Highlights","text":"• Non-ambient attachment for X-ray diffraction studies from -190 °C to 600 °C\n• For investigations on samples in reflection and transmission geometry\n• Also for air-sensitive samples and in-operando studies on batteries\n• Fits to all common powder diffractometers"}],"image":"/images/xrd-ttk-600-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Low-Temperature Chamber: TTK 600","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reactor Chamber: XRK 900","text":"The XRK 900 reactor chamber is the only heating chamber on the market specifically designed for X-ray diffraction experiments for studies of solid state and solid state-gas reactions up to 900 °C and 10 bar. It is a unique tool for in-situ X-ray diffraction investigations - unmatched in robustness and performance.","subsections":[{"title":"Highlights","text":"• Reactor chamber for all common diffractometers\n• For solid state and solid state-gas reactions up to 900 °C and 10 bar\n• Sample holder options: chemically resistant materials, sample spinning, open holders for gas extraction through the sample"}],"image":"/images/xrd-xrk-900-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Reactor Chamber: XRK 900","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cryo & Humidity Chamber: CHC plus⁺","text":"CHC plus+ is a unique combination of the multi-purpose CHC Cryo & Humidity Chamber and an advanced humidity (RH) generator for the analysis of humidity-dependent and/or temperature-dependent structural changes in materials using X-ray diffraction. Investigations into pharmaceuticals, fine chemicals, clays or zeolites can be carried out in humid gas, air, inert gas or vacuum. Controlled humidity is possible for sample temperatures from 10 °C to 80 °C. Due to its versatility, the new combined CHC plus+ setup opens new dimensions in analysis for materials science and is a true \"workhorse\" for the pharmaceutical industry.","subsections":[{"title":"Highlights","text":"• Condensation-free experiments under rel. humidity and temperature\n• Overall temperature range from -180 °C to +400 °C; Controlled relative humidity studies from 10 °C to 80 °C\n• Easy changeover from low-/high-temperature experiments to humidity measurements without opening the chamber"}],"image":"/images/xrd-chc-plus-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Cryo & Humidity Chamber: CHC plus⁺","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Benchtop Heating Stages: BTS 150 | BTS 500","text":"The BTS 150 and BTS 500 Benchtop Heating Stages are the first commercial non-ambient stages for XRD studies on benchtop diffractometers. Their unique design is patented and offers all the features a benchtop diffraction application requires - compactness, reliability and ease of use! Measurements can be performed between –10 °C and 150 °C with the BTS 150 and from ambient to 500 °C with the BTS 500. Both instruments are extremely compact in design to fit into the restricted space of typical benchtop diffractometers.","subsections":[{"title":"Highlights","text":"• Compact, patented design optimized for benchtop XRD applications\n• Temperature control range: -10 °C to +150 °C (BTS 150) and up to 500 °C (BTS 500)\n• Fast, accurate temperature control with sensor near the sample\n• Straightforward sample handling, alignment, and remote control via USB"}],"image":"/images/xrd-benchtop-heating-stages-bts-150-bts-500-v4.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Benchtop Heating Stages: BTS 150 | BTS 500","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"XRD Detection Units:  Pixos","text":"To obtain the best data quality from your X-ray diffraction experiments, the Pixos™ detection units combine the latest CERN detector technology by Advacam with the TruBeam™ concept of the XRDynamic 500 diffractometer. Counting individual photons with a high spatial resolution thanks to the smallest pixel size available for an XRD detector (55 µm x 55 µm), the solid-state Pixos™ detectors provide the highest intensity and best resolution for your diffraction data and can operate in 0D or 1D modes. The fully evacuated secondary optics and detector housing ensures excellent signal-to-noise ratio while maintaining optimal experimental flexibility thanks to the fully motorized X-ray optics.","subsections":[{"title":"Next-Generation Detector Technology for High-Quality Diffraction Data","text":"Solid-state hybrid pixel detectors included in the Pixos™ detection units are based on the Timepix3 chip from CERN. High spatial and temporal resolution for the detection of individual photons results in excellent angular resolution of the diffraction signal when working in 1D mode. Single-photon counting detectors provide the best data quality even with low measurement signal, while a high maximum count rate allows measurements in the direct beam without the need for attenuators or beam stops."},{"title":"Full Evacuation: Measure with the Lowest Possible Background","text":"Avoiding air scattering during the measurement, the fully evacuated Pixos™ detection units ensure an optimal signal-to-noise ratio in every measurement. This is particularly important for background-sensitive measurements, such as PDF analysis or SAXS, or for small sample quantities with a weak scattering signal. In combination with the other components of the TruBeam™ concept, the evacuated secondary beam path contributes to the high data quality that can be measured by the Pixos™ detection units of XRDynamic 500."},{"title":"Outstanding Resolution with the Smallest Pixel Size on the Market","text":"The detectors of the Pixos™ detection units offer unbeatable measurement resolution thanks to a pixel size of 55 µm x 55 µm – the smallest available on the market for an XRD platform. The small pixel size, in combination with the extended goniometer radius featured in the TruBeam™ concept of XRDynamic 500, means that a measurement resolution 20 % better than a conventional diffractometer can be achieved when measuring with a standard Bragg-Brentano configuration."},{"title":"Minimize Noise with Automatic Optimization","text":"The Pixos™ detection units include a high-precision motorized anti-scatter slit which can be set using the instrument control software for each scan. With a choice of modes, it is up to you to either set a defined slit opening or to make life simpler by using the automatically optimized mode that ensures maximum shielding of scattered noise without cutting the measurement signal."}],"image":"/images/xrd-xrd-detection-units-pixos-v4.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"XRD Detection Units:  Pixos","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"XRD Software: XRDanalysis","text":"XRDanalysis is a next-generation software package for the analysis of powder diffraction data on Anton Paar's XRDynamic 500. It allows you to effortlessly perform profile fitting, phase identification or quantification, and microstructure analysis on data collected under both ambient and non-ambient conditions. XRDanalysis features optimized analysis workflows for different tasks to assist users new to XRD, while retaining the flexibility demanded by more advanced users.","subsections":[{"title":"Automate your Analysis by Integrating Multiple Analysis Tasks in a Single Workflow","text":"Perform analysis of powder diffraction data the way you want with a flexible workflow concept that allows multiple tasks to be combined and executed with a single click. From peak search, profile fitting, phase identification, all the way through to Rietveld analysis, all steps can be combined in a single workflow to automate your analysis tasks. For evaluation of multiple data sets, batch processing can also be easily performed, even with different workflows for different data sets, if desired. This makes XRDanalysis extremely easy to be learnt and used by less experienced users, while still giving expert users the flexibility they require."},{"title":"Advanced Phase Identification to Never Miss a Phase","text":"The search/match algorithms used in XRDanalysis allow phase identification via searching in reference databases such as the PDF databases from the ICDD. An advanced residual search is performed once phases have been added, ensuring that even the most minor phase fractions can be identified. Moreover, the residual search also works when phases have been loaded manually (e.g. from a CIF) so you do not need to rely only on reference databases during phase identification."},{"title":"Accurate Phase Quantification even for Minor Phases","text":"The Rietveld refinement option in XRDanalysis allows you to perform quantitative phase and structural analysis while accounting for all instrument and sample microstructural effects. Rietveld analysis can be performed on any phase where atomic positions are available. Phases can be either directly carried over from reference database match results or manually added from CIFs; combinations of phases from both sources are also possible. The refined phase parameters not only deliver the phase fractions, but also microstructural parameters such as crystallite size and strain."},{"title":"Customizable Reporting","text":"XRDanalysis makes it possible to quickly and easily export data and graphics from every analysis step in a format of your choice. Including an optimized interface with Microsoft Office packages, the reporting and data export feature allows optimal preparation of data and graphics for publication or for further analysis outside of the XRDanalysis platform."}],"image":"/images/xrd-xrdanalysis-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"XRD Software: XRDanalysis","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Automated Multipurpose X-Ray Diffractometer: XRDynamic 500","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["XRDynamic 500"],"specs":[{"parameter":"X-ray Source","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Source Type","values":["Primux 3000"]},{"parameter":"X-ray Generator","values":["Up to 3 kW"]},{"parameter":"Tube Voltage / Current","values":["20 kV to 60 kV / 2 mA to 50 mA"]},{"parameter":"Goniometer","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Configuration","values":["Vertical θ/θ geometry"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Radius","values":["360 or 400 mm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Usable Angular Range","values":["-95° to 162.5° 2θ"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Step Size","values":["0.0001°"]},{"parameter":"2θ Linearity","values":["≤0.01°"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Angular Speed","values":["15 °/sec"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Angular Resolution","values":["0.021° (FWHM of 1st LaB₆ peak)"]},{"parameter":"Sample Stages and Attachments","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Ambient","values":["Fixed sample stage\nSample spinner stage (reflection/transmission)\nXY stage (with autosampler option)\nXRDynamic Autosampler\nCapillary spinner stage\nEVAC module"]},{"parameter":"Non-Ambient","values":["HTK 1200N\nHTK 16N/2000N\nHTK 1500\nTTK 600\nXRK 900\nCHC plus⁺\nBTS 150/500"]},{"parameter":"Detectors","values":["Solid-state hybrid pixel detectors:\nPixos 2000 detector (0D and 1D mode)\nPixos 2000 CdTe detector (0D and 1D mode) for high-energy X-rays"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["XRDdrive: system control and data acquisition software\nXRDanalysis: data processing and analysis software for qualitative and quantitative phase analysis, microstructure analysis, and Rietveld refinement\nXRDview: data plotting and visualization package\nXRDynamic 21 CFR Part 11 package: supporting work in regulated environments and compliance with US FDA 21 CFR Part 11 regulations"]},{"parameter":"General Specifications","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Exterior Dimensions (Width X Depth X Height)","values":["1350 mm x 1160 mm x 1850 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight (not Including Optional Accessories)","values":["750 kg"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["3-Phase: 3/N/PE AC 400/230 V, 50…60 Hz, 25 A\n1-Phase: 208…240 VAC, 50…60 Hz, 36 A"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Power Consumption (without Additional Controllers for Optional Equipment)","values":["5.5 kW"]},{"parameter":"Cooling Water Supply","values":["Flow rate: > 3.6 L/min, Pressure: 4.5 – 6 bar, Temperature: < 25 °C"]}]},{"title":"Sealed-Tube X-ray Source: Primux 3000","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Primux 3000"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Target Material","values":["Cu, Co, Cr, Mo, Ag (others available on request)"]},{"parameter":"Focal Type","values":["Line or point (focus size depending on tube type)"]},{"parameter":"Max. Output Power","values":["3 kW"]},{"parameter":"Max. Output Voltage","values":["65 kV direct voltage"]},{"parameter":"Max. Output Current","values":["55 mA"]},{"parameter":"Cooling","values":["Water cooling"]}]},{"title":"Domed Hot Stage for Four-Circle Goniometers: DHS 1100","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DHS 1100"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["25 °C to 1100 °C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Measurement","values":["Pt-10% Rh-Pt thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Atmospheres","values":["Vacuum (10 -1 mbar), air,\ninert gas,nitrogen"]},{"parameter":"Max. Operating Pressure","values":["max. 0.3 bar above atmospheric pressure"]},{"parameter":"Possible Scattering Angle","values":["0 to 166° 2Θ\n0 to 85° Psi\n0 to 360° Phi"]},{"parameter":"Sample Holder Material","values":["Aluminium nitride"]},{"parameter":"Sample Diameter","values":["max. 25 mm"]},{"parameter":"Dome Material","values":["Graphite"]},{"parameter":"Transmission (incident and Diffracted Rays)","values":["CuKα: 65%"]},{"parameter":"Measure Geometry","values":["Reflection"]}]},{"title":"Domed Cooling Stage for Four-Circle Goniometers: DCS 500","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DCS 500"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating Temperature in Air, Inert Gas","values":["25 °C to 500 °C"]},{"parameter":"In Vacuum (< 5x10⁻¹ mbar)","values":["-180 °C to 500 °C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Measurement","values":["PT100"]},{"parameter":"Atmospheres","values":["Vacuum (10⁻¹ mbar), air, inert gas"]},{"parameter":"Max. Operating Pressure","values":["0.3 bar above atmospheric pressure"]},{"parameter":"Sample Holder Material","values":["Nickel-plated copper alloy"]},{"parameter":"Sample Diameter","values":["max. 25 mm"]},{"parameter":"Dome Material","values":["Graphite"]},{"parameter":"Transmission","values":["Cu Kα 72 %"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Geometry","values":["Reflection"]}]},{"title":"High-Temperature Oven Chamber: HTK 1200N","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HTK 1200N"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["25 °C to 1200 °C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Measurement","values":["Pt 10% RhPt thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Atmospheres","values":["Vacuum (10⁻⁴ mbar), air, inert gases"]},{"parameter":"Max. Operating Pressure","values":["1 bar above atmospheric pressure"]},{"parameter":"Angle of Incidence","values":["0 to 164° 2Θ"]},{"parameter":"Sample Holder Material","values":["Aluminum oxide"]},{"parameter":"Sample Diameter","values":["max. 16 mm"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Geometry","values":["Reflection + transmission"]}]},{"title":"High-Temperature Strip Heater Chambers: HTK 16N | HTK 2000N","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HTK 16N | HTK 2000N"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Tungsten Heating Filament for Vacuum (≤2.10⁻⁴ mbar)","values":["25 °C to 2300 °C (HTK 2000N)"]},{"parameter":"Platinum Heating Filament (Vacuum, Air, Inert Gas)","values":["25 °C to 1600 °C (HTK 16N | HTK 2000N)"]},{"parameter":"Graphite Heating Filament for Vacuum (≤2.10⁻⁴ mbar)","values":["25 °C to 1500 °C (HTK 16N)"]},{"parameter":"Nitrogen","values":["1400 °C (HTK 16N)"]},{"parameter":"Helium","values":["1300 °C (HTK 16N)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Measurement","values":[""]},{"parameter":"For Pt Filaments","values":["Pt 10% RhPt thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"For W Filaments","values":["W 3% Re-W 25% Re thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"For C Filaments","values":["Pt 10% RhPt thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Atmospheres","values":["Vacuum (10⁻⁴ mbar), air, intert gas"]},{"parameter":"Max. Operating Pressure","values":["0.5 bar above atmospheric pressure"]},{"parameter":"Angle of Incidence","values":["4 to 164° 2Θ"]},{"parameter":"Measure Geometry","values":["Reflection"]}]},{"title":"High-Temperature Chamber: HTK 1500","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HTK 1500"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Temperature Range","values":["25 °C to +1,500 °C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Measurement","values":["Pt10Rh-Pt thermocouple (type S)"]},{"parameter":"Pressure Range","values":["10⁻¹ mbar to 0.5 bar rel."]},{"parameter":"Atmospheres","values":["Air, vacuum, inert gases"]},{"parameter":"Sample Type","values":["Powders, bulk samples"]},{"parameter":"Sample Carrier Material","values":["Alumina"]},{"parameter":"Sample Diameter","values":["Max. 16 mm"]},{"parameter":"X-ray Geometry","values":["Reflection and transmission"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Angle","values":["0 – 145 ° 2θ"]}]},{"title":"Low-Temperature Chamber: TTK 600","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TTK 600"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["-190 °C to 600 °C with liquid nitrogen cooling\n-20 °C to 600 °C with compressed-air cooling"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Measurement","values":["Pt 100"]},{"parameter":"Atmosphere","values":["Vacuum (10⁻² mbar), air, inert gas"]},{"parameter":"Angle of Incidence (2Θ)","values":["0 to 164 ° (standard sample holder)"]},{"parameter":"Max. Operating Pressure","values":["2 bar above atmospheric pressure"]},{"parameter":"Sample Holder Material","values":["Nickel"]},{"parameter":"Sample Size","values":["14 x 10 mm"]}]},{"title":"Reactor Chamber: XRK 900","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["XRK 900"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["25 °C to 900 °C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Measurement","values":["NiCr/NiAl thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Atmospheres","values":["Vacuum (1mbar), air, inert gas, reactive gas"]},{"parameter":"Max. Housing Temperature","values":["150 °C"]},{"parameter":"Angle of Incidence","values":["0 to +165° 2Θ"]},{"parameter":"Max. Operating Pressure","values":["1 mbar to 10 bar"]},{"parameter":"Sample Holder Material","values":["Stainless steel or glass ceramics"]},{"parameter":"Sample Diameter","values":["max. 14 mm"]},{"parameter":"Measure Geometry","values":["Reflection"]}]},{"title":"Cryo & Humidity Chamber: CHC plus⁺","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["CHC plus⁺"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating Temperature with Compressed Air Cooling","values":["Vacuum (10⁻² mbar): -5 °C to 400 °C; air ; inert gas: -5 °C bis 300 °C;\nhumid gas: 10 °C bis 80 °C"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature with Liquid Nitrogen Cooling","values":["Vacuum: -180 °C to 400 °C\nAir, dry nitrogen: -120 °C to 300 °C"]},{"parameter":"Relative Humidity Range","values":["5 to 95 % RH at 10 °C to 60 °C\n5 to 70% RH at 80 °C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Measurement","values":["Pt 100"]},{"parameter":"Atmospheres","values":["(Humid) air/nitrogen, inert gas, vacuum (10⁻² mbar)"]},{"parameter":"Scan Range","values":["0 bis 164° 2θ"]},{"parameter":"Max. Operating Pressure","values":["0.2 bar above atmospheric pressure"]},{"parameter":"Sample Holder Surface","values":["Copper, chromed"]},{"parameter":"Sample Cavity Area","values":["10 x 14 mm"]},{"parameter":"X-ray Geometry","values":["Reflection"]}]},{"title":"Benchtop Heating Stages: BTS 150 | BTS 500","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BTS 150 | BTS 500"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["ambient to 500 °C (BTS 500)\n-10 to 150 °C (BTS 150)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Measurement","values":["Pt100"]},{"parameter":"Atmosphere","values":["Vacuum (10⁻¹ mbar), air, inert gas, nitrogen"]},{"parameter":"Angle of Incidence (2Θ)","values":["0 to 164°"]},{"parameter":"Max. Operating Pressure","values":["1 bar above atmospheric pressure"]},{"parameter":"Sample Holder Material","values":["Nickel or ceramics (Al₂O₃)"]},{"parameter":"Sample Size","values":["16 x 14 mm"]}]},{"title":"XRD Detection Units: Pixos","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Pixos 2000","Pixos 2000 CdTe"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Detection Modes","values":["0D, 1D"]},{"parameter":"Sensor Material","values":["Si","CdTe"]},{"parameter":"Pixel Size","values":["55 μm x 55 μm"]},{"parameter":"Number of Pixels","values":["256 x 256"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Count Rate","values":["2.65 x 109 cps (row)\n6.8 x 1010 cps (overall)"]},{"parameter":"Supported Wavelengths","values":["All (optimized for Cu, Co, Cr)","All (optimized for Mo, Ag)"]},{"parameter":"Defective Channels","values":["0"]}]},{"title":"XRD Software: XRDanalysis","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["XRDanalysis"],"specs":[{"parameter":"System Requirements","values":["Intel™ i5, 2.67 GHz or higher\n16 GB RAM (depending on the operating system)\n1.5 GB free disk space"]},{"parameter":"Supported Operating Systems","values":["Microsoft Windows™ 8, 10; 64-bit"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Rheometers","description":"Modular MCR rheometers for QC and advanced R&D.","pageTitle":"Rheometers","pageDescription":"The MCR rheometer series from the market leader — air-bearing-supported EC motor technology, a fully modular setup, and unmatched precision cover everything from routine quality control to high-end rheological research and development applications.","overview":"The MCR series from the market leader in rheometry offers a huge range of possibilities, the highest level of precision, and a competitive advantage for years to come. Whatever your rheological requirements, the modular setup can be easily adapted and extended to cover everything from routine quality control to high-end R&D — including temperature devices, application-specific accessories, and combined methods such as Rheo-Raman.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/rheometer.webp","slug":"rheometers","models":[{"slug":"mcr","name":"Modular Compact Rheometer: MCR 303, MCR 503, and MCR 503 Power","description":"The new modular MCR rheometer platform opens a new era in rheometry.","pageTitle":"Modular Compact Rheometer: MCR 303, MCR 503, and MCR 503 Power","pageDescription":"Welcome to the MCR series: A new era in rheometry. The exciting new rheometers – MCR 303, MCR 503, and MCR 503 Power – are based on new modular platform architecture, enabling outstanding measurement quality and ease of use to ensure excellent reproducibility and remarkable productivity.","image":"/images/rheometers-mcr-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Welcome to the MCR series: A new era in rheometry. The exciting new rheometers – MCR 303, MCR 503, and MCR 503 Power – are based on new modular platform architecture, enabling outstanding measurement quality and ease of use to ensure excellent reproducibility and remarkable productivity. With a wide range of configurations available, including the option to transform the modular compact rheometer into a material characterization platform, the MCR series is ready to meet all your current and future requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rheometers-mcr-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Most Precise Rheometer","text":"The most precise rheometer to date, the new MCR enables previously unthinkable applications and enhances every measurement.\n• Unmatched minimum torque of 0.2 nNm in oscillation\n• Exclusive high-frequency data: Up to 200 Hz\n• Breakthrough normal force accuracy 1 mN\n• Stable motor: Drift-free high-precision measurements over weeks\n• Fastest electronics: Monitor even the quickest curing reactions\n• Best-in-class thermal stability: Eliminates temperature gradients in large solids","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Fastest Rheometer","text":"With an unprecedented focus on productivity, the new MCR rheometer helps you increase output for a quicker return on investment.\n• Next-generation electronics: Delivers results up to 60 % faster\n• Quick boot time: Starts in 6 seconds; 7× faster than other systems\n• QuickConnect: Mount measuring systems in seconds with one hand\n• TruRay and trimming mirror for precise sample preparation\n• With fastest global support: 35+ subsidiaries and experts help at no cost\n• More than instruments: Complete solutions from one trusted source","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Smartest Rheometer","text":"Let the new, intelligent MCR take work off your hands, so you can focus on things that really matter.\n• Touchscreen: Full sample preparation directly at the instrument\n• Electronic leveling: Prevent errors from improper setup\n• Automatic temperature calibration: From -160 °C to +600 °C\n• Sustainability: 56 % less energy use with air Peltier systems\n• Sample-adaptive controller: No manual presetting needed\n• Toolmaster: Automatic detection of tools and accessories\n• Auto gap control: Compensates for thermal expansion","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Most Adaptable Rheometer","text":"With the broadest accessory range available, you'll be able to realize whatever great ideas you have in the decades ahead.\n• 7,000+ geometries: Cover every material, surface, and shape\n• 40+ temperature devices: From -170 °C to +1,000 °C\n• Multiparameter options: Add pressure, humidity, voltage, and more\n• RheoOptics and structure analysis: Rheo-Raman, impedance, and more\n• Extended applications: Analyze interfaces, powders, bitumen, and more\n• Customized solutions: If it's not in our portfolio, we'll build it for you\n• More than a rheometer: A characterization platform\n• Learn with us: Webinars, books, and the Rheo Academy","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Ultimate Rheometer Software","text":"RheoCompass is accessible for everyone, with a new user interface and touchscreen for quick instrument operation. From routine QC testing to scientific applications, it’s ready for any challenge.\n• Touchscreen interface with intuitive navigation and multilingual support\n• 250+ predefined templates with guided touch control\n• Customizable templates, extensive analysis tools, and pharma compliance\n• Specialized analysis for tribology, powder rheology, and LAOS data","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"More than just a Rheometer","text":"Our modular compact rheometers go beyond rheology – they are powerful characterization platforms for a wide range of applications, including tribology, powder analysis, dynamic mechanical analysis, and mechanical testing.\n• Powder testing: High-sensitivity powder behavior analysis\n• MCR Tribometer: Expanded tribological testing, including measurements of breakaway force and Stribeck curves\n• Dynamic mechanical analysis (DMA): Deep insights into material properties such as modulus, damping, creep, glass transition temperatures, and more\n• Mechanical testing: Texture and material testing with high precision – from peel and puncture tests to compression and flexure analysis","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Modular Compact Rheometer: MCR is available in 3 models: MCR 303, MCR 503, MCR 503 Power.","subsections":[{"title":"MCR 303","text":"Optimized for routine R&D and material formulation."},{"title":"MCR 503","text":"Versatile model for R&D and high-end QC applications."},{"title":"MCR 503 Power","text":"Most powerful rheometer for special applications."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FFOXa7gS1KA","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MCR 303","MCR 503","MCR 503 Power"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Bearing Design","values":["Air, fine-pored carbon","",""]},{"parameter":"Motor Design","values":["Electronically commutated (EC) permanent magnet synchronous motor","",""]},{"parameter":"Displacement Transducer","values":["High-resolution optical encoder","",""]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Measurement Design","values":["360° capacitive sensor, non-contacting, fully integrated in bearing","",""]},{"parameter":"Working Modes","values":["CMT","",""]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque (rotation)","values":["5 nNm","1 nNm","100 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque (oscillation)","values":["5 / 11) nNm","0.2 nNm","50 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Max. Torque","values":["215 mNm","230 mNm","300 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Torque Resolution","values":["0.1 nNm","0.05 nNm","0.2 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Angular Deflection Resolution","values":["3 nrad","< 1 nrad","< 1 nrad"]},{"parameter":"Min. Angular velocity²⁾","values":["0 rad/s","",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Angular Velocity / Max. Speed","values":["314 rad/s\n3,000 rpm","314 rad/s\n3,000 rpm","200 rad/s\n2,100 rpm"]},{"parameter":"Min. frequency³⁾","values":["2 x 10⁻⁸ Hz","",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Frequency","values":["100 Hz","200 Hz","200 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Range","values":["0.001 N to 50 N","0.001 N to 50 N","0.01 N to 70 N"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Resolution","values":["0.1 mN","",""]},{"parameter":"TruStrain","values":["o","✓","✓"]},{"parameter":"Ready for DMA in Tension, Bending, and compression⁴⁾","values":["x","✓","✓"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["453 mm x 725 mm x 673 mm","453 mm x 775 mm x 673 mm","453 mm x 775 mm x 673 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["48 kg","50 kg","50 kg"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["✓ included | o optional | x not included\n¹⁾ 1 nNm with activated TruStrain™ option.\n²⁾ In controlled shear stress (CSS) mode. In controlled shear rate (CSR) mode depending on measuring point duration and sampling rate.\n³⁾ Theoretical value (duration per cycle = 2 years).\n⁴⁾ US Pat. 9574983 and US Pat. 10908058.","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"mcr-703","name":"Advanced Rheometer: MCR 703","description":"MCR 703 MultiDrive and MCR 703 Space MultiDrive are the most versatile advanced rheometers available.","pageTitle":"Advanced Rheometer: MCR 703","pageDescription":"MCR 703 MultiDrive and MCR 703 Space MultiDrive are the most versatile advanced rheometers available. Alongside all the standard features of the MCR 503, they can also be equipped with an additional lower drive unit.","image":"/images/rheometers-mcr-703-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"MCR 703 MultiDrive and MCR 703 Space MultiDrive are the most versatile advanced rheometers available. Alongside all the standard features of the MCR 503, they can also be equipped with an additional lower drive unit. This means you can perform rheological tests with two torque transducers and drive units at once, opening up multiple possibilities for your research. There are no limitations regarding test modes, measuring systems, accessories, temperature devices, and measurement precision. Additionally, MCR 703 Space MultiDrive offers maximum working space, making it easy to work with accessories and additional instruments.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rheometers-mcr-703-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One Rheometer, All Rheological Working Modes","text":"This is the perfect rheometer for advanced measurement-precision requirements. A combination of two drive units enables you to perform rheological measurements in Combined Motor Transducer (CMT) mode and in Separate Motor Transducer (SMT) mode. Using a single air-bearing-supported EC motor in CMT mode, you can make the most of the motor’s real-time position control (TruStrain) and perform ‘classic’ stress-controlled tests. In SMT mode, one motor is operated solely as a torque transducer, while the other is used as the drive unit to get the purest results. This makes the advanced rheometer ideal even for transient regimes such as stress relaxation, start-up shear measurements, or oscillatory tests across a wide frequency range.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Push the Limits of Material Characterization","text":"In counter-movement mode, the advanced rheometer employs both air-bearing-supported EC motors as drive units, as well as torque transducers which move in opposite directions. Create, for example, a fixed stagnation plane in a sample while visualizing with a microscope for advanced structure analysis throughout the full measurement. In combination with the universal extensional fixture, this mode also permits extensional tests down to minimal measured torques and up to unachieved elongations with Hencky strains larger than eight. With these capabilities, this advanced rheometer offers more comprehensive characterization of strain hardening. The counter-movement mode simply doubles the speed score up to a maximum speed difference of 6,000 rpm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"DMA in Torsion, Tension, Bending, Compression, and More","text":"MCR 703 is more than just a rotational rheometer – it’s a multifunctional advanced rheometer that also supports dynamic mechanical analysis (DMA). By replacing the lower rotational drive with a linear drive, it performs DMA in bending or compression using geometries such as three-point-bending, cantilever, or parallel plates. Furthermore, in combination with geometries for films, fibers, and rectangular and cylindrical samples, the linear drive can be used to perform DMA in tension, while the upper rotational drive is used for DMA in torsion. This also enables axial-torsional DMA on a single specimen within a single test definition, and allows determination of the Poisson’s ratio and fast direction-dependent characterization of anisotropic materials.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Previously Unthinkable Applications","text":"MCR 703 Space MultiDrive takes the exceptional performance of our flagship rheometer MCR 703 MultiDrive even further. It's engineered to offer unique modularity, flexibility, freedom, and functionality for any type of rheology and combined methods. The open instrument design maximizes working space so you can connect MCR 703 Space MultiDrive with a variety of additional external setups for advanced material characterization (e.g., confocal microscopy and rheology at the same time). In addition, the rheometer's separate electronics box now makes it possible to set up the rheometer where space is limited or in a laboratory glovebox, even when using inert gas (nitrogen, argon) atmosphere (e.g., for high-temperature measurements of samples with a certain hazard level).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"More than 200 Accessories","text":"MCR 703 MultiDrive and MCR 703 Space MultiDrive can be paired with any measuring system, temperature device, and/or application-specific accessory recognizable from the Anton Paar MCR series, in order to carry out standard and sophisticated rheological analyses. This allows the testing platform to be used not only for rheology and DMA but also as a powder rheometer, tribometer, and universal testing machine. The Toolmaster feature automatically recognizes and configures all connected devices and measuring systems. Additionally, the QuickConnect function allows one-handed connection of the measuring systems. This modularity makes our advanced rheometers highly flexible and ensures that adaption of the configuration to your needs is straightforward.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"MCR 703 MultiDrive | MCR 703 Space MultiDrive","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Configuration with 1 EC motor","Configuration with 2 EC motors"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Bearing Design","values":["Air, fine-pored carbon",""]},{"parameter":"Motor Design","values":["Electronically commutated (EC) permanent magnet synchronous motor",""]},{"parameter":"Displacement Transducer","values":["High-resolution optical encoder",""]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Measurement Design","values":["360° capacitive sensor, non-contacting, fully integrated in bearing",""]},{"parameter":"Working Modes","values":["CMT","CMT, SMT, Counter-Movement¹⁾"]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque (rotation)","values":["1 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque (oscillation)","values":["0.2 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Max. Torque","values":["230 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Torque Resolution","values":["0.05 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Angular Deflection Resolution","values":["< 1 nrad"]},{"parameter":"Min. Angular velocity²⁾","values":["0 rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Max. Angular Velocity / Max. Speed","values":["314 rad/s\n3,000 rpm","628 rad/s\n6,000 rpm"]},{"parameter":"Min. frequency³⁾","values":["2 Hz x 10⁻⁸ Hz"]},{"parameter":"Max. Frequency","values":["200 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Range","values":["0.001 N to 50 N"]},{"parameter":"TruStrain","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Ready for DMA in Tension, Bending, and Compression","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Ready for Axial-torsional DMA⁴⁾","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Active Thermal Management of Motor","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"With Exposed Support plate⁵⁾","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["MCR 703 MultiDrive: 453 mm x 775 mm x 673 mm\nMCR 703 Space MultiDrive: 300 mm x 775 mm x 584 mm\nElectronic box: 333 mm x 231 mm x 576 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["MCR 703 MultiDrive: 50 kg\nMCR 703 Space MultiDrive: 52 kg\nElectronic box: 16 kg","MCR 703 MultiDrive: 60 kg\nMCR 703 Space MultiDrive: 62 kg\nElectronic box: 16 kg"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["✓ included | o optional | x not included\n¹⁾ US Pat. 8453496\n²⁾ In controlled shear stress (CSS) mode. In controlled shear rate (CSR) mode depending on measuring point duration and sampling rate.\n³⁾ Theoretical value (duration per cycle = 2 years).\n⁴⁾ US Pat. 9574983 and US Pat. 10908058.\n⁵⁾ MCR 703 Space MultiDrive: Unique maximized workspace below the rheometer support plate and on both sides of the instrument"]}]}]},{"slug":"entry-level-mcr","name":"Entry-Level Rheometer: MCR 53, MCR 73, and MCR 93","description":"A new era in rheometry begins with the instrument carrying the DNA of Anton Paar’s flagship MCR series.","pageTitle":"Entry-Level Rheometer: MCR 53, MCR 73, and MCR 93","pageDescription":"A new era in rheometry begins with the instrument carrying the DNA of Anton Paar’s flagship MCR series. Welcome to the next generation of entry-level instruments, inspired by more than a decade of innovation.","image":"/images/rheometers-entry-level-mcr-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"A new era in rheometry begins with the instrument carrying the DNA of Anton Paar’s flagship MCR series. Welcome to the next generation of entry-level instruments, inspired by more than a decade of innovation. Designed for speed, intelligence, and trust, they deliver the fastest measurements, and the highest reproducibility. They’re effortless to operate due to touchscreen operation, digital leveling, and TruRay illumination. And the CoolPeltier system ensures precise, cost-efficient temperature control without thermostats. With automatic calibration, verification tools, and full support, these instruments redefine entry-level rheometry.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rheometers-entry-level-mcr-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Fastest Entry-Level Rheometer","text":"Experience the fastest entry-level rheometer on the market, delivering standard measurements up to 60 % faster compared to any other comparable rheometer. Features like the Trimming Mirror and TruRay Illumination simplify and accelerate sample preparation. And QuickConnect and Toolmaster ensure instant, tool-free setup and automatic accessory recognition. This way, you get precision and efficiency in every test.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Most Precise Temperature Control in Entry-Level Rheometry","text":"Achieve the most precise temperature control in entry-level rheometry with CoolPeltier technology (no thermostat required), reducing costs and environmental impact. The gradient-free range from -5 °C to +200 °C ensures unmatched accuracy, while automatic calibration sets cover -50 °C to +400 °C for consistent precision. Compact, sustainable, and more capable than the competition, it delivers reliable results with lower investment and operational costs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Smartest Entry-Level Rheometer","text":"The smartest entry-level rheometer features an integrated touchscreen for complete test setup, sample preparation, and operation directly on the instrument. Auto Control continuously monitors the sample behavior during tests and adjusts the control loop in real time – automatically delivering high-quality results even for unknown samples. This eliminates the need for time-consuming preset adjustments, and ensures effortless precision every time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Most Adaptable Entry-Level Rheometer","text":"The most adaptable entry-level rheometer sets new standards in flexibility, with modularity that expands from core QC applications to advanced areas like powder rheology and tribology with the MCR 93. With its ball-bearing design, the MCR 53 operates without pressurized air, offering maximum flexibility for use even next to production lines. Built to adapt and grow with your testing needs, it delivers reliable performance today and is fully equipped for the future.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Most Trusted Entry-Level Rheometer","text":"The most trusted entry-level rheometer combines Anton Paar’s pioneering legacy with state-of-the-art MCR technology for unmatched reliability and precision. RheoCompass for QC features the industry’s largest library of guided templates and SOPs – simplifying every step of your workflow. With configurable My Apps and expert support, it delivers consistent, confident results for every user and application. Our unique digital leveling system replaces traditional water balances with smart software control, making setup faster and more precise. The leveling status is automatically stored with each data set, so you can always verify correct alignment later – ensuring full confidence in results.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Entry-Level Rheometer: MCR is available in 3 models: MCR 93, MCR 73, MCR 53.","subsections":[{"title":"MCR 93","text":"Fully-fledged QC and entry-level product development rheometry."},{"title":"MCR 73","text":"Entry-level rheometer with elevated sensitivity."},{"title":"MCR 53","text":"Entry-level instrument for QC rheometry."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MCR 53","MCR 73","MCR 93"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Bearing Design","values":["Mechanical","Air, fine-pored carbon","Air, fine-pored carbon"]},{"parameter":"Motor Design","values":["Electronically commutated (EC) permanent magnet synchronous motor","",""]},{"parameter":"Displacement Transducer","values":["High-resolution optical encoder","",""]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Measurement Design","values":["x","x","360° capacitive sensor, non-contacting, fully integrated in bearing"]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque (rotation)","values":["200 µNm","100 nNm","80 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque (oscillation)","values":["200 µNm","100 nNm","80 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Max. Torque","values":["125 mNm","160 mNm","160 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Torque Resolution","values":["5 nNm","",""]},{"parameter":"Angular Deflection Resolution","values":["8 nrad","",""]},{"parameter":"Min. Angular velocity¹⁾","values":["10⁻⁸ rad/s","",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Angular Velocity / Max. Speed","values":["157 rad/s\n1,500 rpm","261 rad/s\n2,500 rpm","261 rad/s\n2,500 rpm"]},{"parameter":"Min. frequency²⁾","values":["10⁻⁷ Hz","",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Frequency","values":["100 Hz","",""]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Range","values":["x","x","0.001 N to 50 N"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Resolution","values":["0.4 mN","",""]},{"parameter":"Auto Control","values":["✓","",""]},{"parameter":"TruStrain","values":["x","",""]},{"parameter":"TruRate","values":["x","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["442 mm x 725 mm x 596 mm","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["45 Kg","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["✓ included | x not included\n¹⁾ Depending on measuring point duration and sampling time, practically any value is achieved\n²⁾ Set frequencies below are of no practical relevance due to the measuring point duration >1 day","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"rheolabqc","name":"Rotational Rheometer: RheolabQC","description":"RheolabQC is a rotational rheometer based on state-of-the-art technologies also used in R&D rheometers.","pageTitle":"Rotational Rheometer: RheolabQC","pageDescription":"RheolabQC is a rotational rheometer based on state-of-the-art technologies also used in R&D rheometers. It combines unrivaled performance with easy operation and robust design.","image":"/images/rheometers-rheolabqc-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"RheolabQC is a rotational rheometer based on state-of-the-art technologies also used in R&D rheometers. It combines unrivaled performance with easy operation and robust design. From quick single-point checks over flow curve and yield point determinations to complex rheological investigations: RheolabQC sets new standards for carrying out routine rheological tests. This powerful rheometer is an excellent example of a modern measuring instrument utilizing all available technical possibilities to ensure flexible, reliable and simple operation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rheometers-rheolabqc-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Highlights","text":"• Cost-effective modular rotational rheometer for routine tasks\n• From single-point to more complex rheological analyses from liquids to semi-solids\n• Controlled shear rate and shear stress, yield and thixotropic tests\n• Worry-free use with automatic spindle recognition (Toolmaster™)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RheolabQC"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Speed","values":["0.01 1/min to 1200 1/min"]},{"parameter":"Torque","values":["0.20 mNm to 75 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Shear Stress","values":["0.5 Pa to 3 x 104 Pa"]},{"parameter":"Shear Rate","values":["10⁻² 1/s to 6500 1/s"]},{"parameter":"Viscosity Range (depending on the Measuring System)","values":["1 mPa.s to 109 mPa.s"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Range","values":["-20 °C to +180 °C"]},{"parameter":"Angular Resolution","values":["2 µrad"]},{"parameter":"Physical Variables (measurement or Evaluation)","values":["Speed\nTorque\nShear rate\nShear stress\nDynamic viscosity\nTemperature\nTime\nDeformation\nCompliance\nYield stress\nFlow and viscosity curve\nThixotropy\nTime and temperature test"]}]}]},{"slug":"rheo-raman","name":"Rheo-Raman System: MCR Rheometer + Cora 5001","description":"The Rheo-Raman setup – an MCR rheometer integrated with a Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer – combines two powerful measurement principles: the mechanical…","pageTitle":"Rheo-Raman System: MCR Rheometer + Cora 5001","pageDescription":"The Rheo-Raman setup – an MCR rheometer integrated with a Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer – combines two powerful measurement principles: the mechanical insights of rheology and the molecular specificity of Raman spectroscopy.","image":"/images/rheometers-rheo-raman-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Rheo-Raman setup – an MCR rheometer integrated with a Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer – combines two powerful measurement principles: the mechanical insights of rheology and the molecular specificity of Raman spectroscopy. By linking rheological behavior with structural parameters from Raman spectra, academic researchers can uncover the molecular origins of viscoelastic properties – replacing hypotheses with proof and enabling publication of papers in high-impact journals. In industry, the Rheo-Raman system supports efficiency gains by reducing trial-and-error cycles, identifying deviations, pinpointing their root causes, and enabling precise corrective actions.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rheometers-rheo-raman-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reduce your Time-to-Market with Fewer Development Cycles","text":"In polymer and resin product development, desired properties are often achieved via experience combined with time-consuming iterative trial and error processes. By adding chemical insights to physical measurements through the Rheo-Raman approach, development teams gain a clear picture of what drives material performance. This enables more targeted optimization, reduces the number of development cycles, saves costs, and shortens time-to-market.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Boost your Research Results for the Next Higher-Grade Publication","text":"In academic research, rheological measurements alone often lead to observational results without a clear molecular explanation. By combining rheological results with chemical and molecular insights, researchers gain scientific proof – not just hypotheses.\nThis deeper understanding supports publication in higher-grade journals, increases visibility at top conferences, and strengthens applications for research funding – fueling a continuous cycle of scientific advancement.\nKey application areas are: material science, polymer science, resins, glues and adhesives, including photo polymerization, for which simultaneous UV exposure and Raman offer strong advantages.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optimize your Polymer Production Processes","text":"Developing new polymer production processes, including the right parameters, often involves repeated iterations that consume time and capacity. The valuable information acquired through a combination of physical measurements and chemical insights using the Rheo-Raman setup makes defining process windows more focused and efficient. This approach helps minimize trial and error, accelerates process refinement, reduces costs, and brings products to market faster.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Benefit from the Rheo-Raman System – or Use the Instruments Separately","text":"Due to cumbersome integration and alignment procedures that require specialized skills, similar systems on the market can only be used in combination. In contrast, the Rheo-Raman setup with MCR and Cora 5001 can be assembled or disassembled by users in just a minute. A visit from a service technician is not required. You can use the rheometer and Raman analyzer separately or combine them, depending on your measurement needs. This means you’re getting three solutions in one – from one and the same supplier. We guarantee that both the individual and combined solutions will work seamlessly together.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"More Effective QC with Root Cause Analysis down to Molecular Origins","text":"In industrial QC of polymer products such as polymer melts, adhesives, and resins, resolving deviations is often a slow, trial-and-error process based on observations and user experience. Offline testing adds further delays and unnecessary costs, while quality issues remain unresolved.\nBy combining rheology with Raman spectroscopy, users gain real-time, in situ chemical insights directly in the rheometer. This enables immediate identification of chemical/molecular root causes and allows for fast, targeted corrective action – reducing costs, avoiding liability risks, and keeping processes on track.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Modular Compact Rheometer: MCR","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MCR 303","MCR 503","MCR 503 Power"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Bearing Design","values":["Air, fine-pored carbon","",""]},{"parameter":"Motor Design","values":["Electronically commutated (EC) permanent magnet synchronous motor","",""]},{"parameter":"Displacement Transducer","values":["High-resolution optical encoder","",""]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Measurement Design","values":["360° capacitive sensor, non-contacting, fully integrated in bearing","",""]},{"parameter":"Working Modes","values":["CMT","",""]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque (rotation)","values":["5 nNm","1 nNm","100 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque (oscillation)","values":["5 / 1 nNm ¹⁾","0.2 nNm","50 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Max. Torque","values":["215 mNm","230 mNm","300 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Torque Resolution","values":["0.1 nNm","0.05 nNm","0.2 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Angular Deflection Resolution","values":["3 nrad","< 1 nrad","< 1 nrad"]},{"parameter":"Min. Angular Velocity ²⁾","values":["0 rad/s","",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Angular Velocity / Max. Speed","values":["314 rad/s\n3,000 rpm","314 rad/s\n3,000 rpm","200 rad/s\n2,100 rpm"]},{"parameter":"Min. Frequency ³⁾","values":["2 Hz x 10⁻⁸ Hz","",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Frequency","values":["100 Hz","200 Hz","200 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Range","values":["0.001 N to 50 N","0.001 N to 50 N","0.01 N to 70 N"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Resolution","values":["0.1 mN","",""]},{"parameter":"TruStrain","values":["o","✓","✓"]},{"parameter":"Ready for DMA in Tension, Bending, and Compression ⁴⁾","values":["x","✓","✓"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["453 mm x 725 mm x 673 mm","453 mm x 775 mm x 673 mm","453 mm x 775 mm x 673 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["48 kg","50 kg","50 kg"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["✓ included | o optional | x not included\n¹⁾ 1 nNm with activated TruStrain™ option.\n²⁾ In controlled shear stress (CSS) mode. In controlled shear rate (CSR) mode depending on measuring point duration and sampling rate.\n³⁾ Theoretical value (duration per cycle = 2 years).\n⁴⁾ US Pat. 9574983 and US Pat. 10908058.","",""]}]},{"title":"Specifications for Dual-Wavelength In-Situ Raman Spectrometer: Cora 5001 Fiber","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Single-wavelength 532 nm","Single-wavelength 785 nm","Single-wavelength 1064 nm","Dual-wavelength 532 nm and 785 nm","Dual-wavelength 532 nm and 1064 nm","Dual-wavelength 785 nm and 1064 nm"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Optical Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Excitation Wavelength","values":["532 nm","785 nm","1064 nm","532 nm and 785 nm","532 nm and 1064 nm","785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹","200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm","200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Resolution (according to ASTM E2529)","values":["9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹","6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹","12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹","9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm","9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm","6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm\n12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Power","values":["50 mW**","0 mW to 450 mW*, adjustable","0 mW to 450 mW*, adjustable","50 mW* for 532 nm\n0 mW to 450 mW* for 785 nm","50 mW* for 532 nm\n0 mW to 450 mW* for 1064 nm","0 mW to 450 mW* for 785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spectrograph","values":["f/2; Transmission volume phase grating (VPG)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Integration Time","values":["0.005 s to 600 s","0.005 s to 600 s","0.001 s to 20 s","0.005 s to 600 s for 532 nm and 785 nm","0.005 s to 600 s for 532 nm\n0.001 s to 20 s for 1064 nm","0.005 s to 600 s for 785 nm\n0.001 s to 20 s for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Calibration","values":["Automatic via software","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Detector Array","values":["2048 px CCD","2048 px CCD","256 px InGaAs","2048 px CCD for 532 nm and 785 nm","2048 px CCD for 532 nm\n256 px InGaAs for 1064 nm","2048 px CCD for 785 nm\n256 px InGaAs for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Class","values":["3B for Fiber model","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Physical Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (D x W x H)","values":["355 mm x 384 mm x 168 mm (14.0 in x 15.1 in x 6.6 in)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["9.8 kg","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Operating Range","values":["10 °C to 35 °C (non-condensing)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Fiber Probe Dimensions","values":["Cable length: 1.50 m","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Battery (optional)","values":["Lithium-ion","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Battery Run Time","values":[">1.5 h","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply Input","values":["Line power supply input: 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz\nCar power adapter input: 9 V to 32 V DC","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Consumption","values":["In-line power supply input: max. 100 VA\nDC input: typical 30 VA (60 VA when optional battery is charged)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Additional Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["10-inch touch screen","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Ports","values":["4 x USB 2.0, 1 x Ethernet, 1 x CAN out and 1 x USB to PC","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Export Formats","values":[".csv, .txt, .png, .spc,. aps, .pdf","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["8 GB","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Wireless Connectivity","values":["Wi-Fi stick (optional)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Spectral Libraries","values":["Factory library, user-built, third-party options","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Security","values":["User roles with customizable permissions, user password logins","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["*at sample\n**at laser source","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"smartmelt","name":"Polymer Melt Rheometer: SmartMelt 73 and SmartMelt 303","description":"The SmartMelt series is the choice for polymer melt rheology at the highest level.","pageTitle":"Polymer Melt Rheometer: SmartMelt 73 and SmartMelt 303","pageDescription":"The SmartMelt series is the choice for polymer melt rheology at the highest level. Experience unmatched performance, precise temperature control via actual sample temperature measurement, comprehensive shear rheology testing, and seamless compliance with ASTM D4440 and ISO 6721.","image":"/images/rheometers-smartmelt-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SmartMelt series is the choice for polymer melt rheology at the highest level. Experience unmatched performance, precise temperature control via actual sample temperature measurement, comprehensive shear rheology testing, and seamless compliance with ASTM D4440 and ISO 6721. Designed for efficiency, SmartMelt ensures quick training, fast measurements, and dependable outcomes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rheometers-smartmelt-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Comprehensive Polymer Melt Rheology beyond One-Point Measurements","text":"In contrast to one-point measurements such as the Melt Flow Index (MFI), the SmartMelt series determines the full shear-rheological picture, including flow curve, oscillation, creep, relaxation tests. The SmartMelt polymer melt rheometers are designed with modularity in mind, and measuring systems and other accessories can be exchanged to fit all of your needs. The series also complies with ASTM D4440 and ISO 6721.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Unparalleled Temperature Precision at an Affordable Price","text":"The renowned Anton Paar ETD is the most cost-effective and high-performing electrical temperature oven for a polymer melt rheometer on the market. Covering a range of -150 °C to +400 °C, it offers direct temperature measurement at the sample, ensuring a temperature gradient of almost zero within the sample. The temperature calibration kit for automatic calibration ensures 100 % reliable results.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast Training, Reliable Results","text":"A series of tools optimizes time-to-measurement and delivers reliable polymer melt rheology results, while reducing training time for operators:\n• Toolmaster: Automatic recognition of measuring geometry and cell\n• QuickConnect: One-handed coupling of the measuring geometry in seconds\n• RheoCompass templates: Pre-prepared measuring workflows\n• Sample preparation and cleaning tools\n• Touchscreen: Full sample preparation directly at the instrument","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Save Energy, Reduce Noise, and Maximize Precision","text":"The resource-friendly SmartMelt series ensures cost savings and environmental sustainability by using minimal compressed gas and energy, while maintaining quiet operation for a better working environment. The option to use inert gas prevents sample degradation, thereby optimizing results for your critical applications. This combination of efficiency, precision, and sample protection makes SmartMelt the ideal choice for polymer melt rheology.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Polymer Melt Rheometer: SmartMelt is available in 2 models: SmartMelt 73, SmartMelt 303.","subsections":[{"title":"SmartMelt 73","text":"Polymer melt rheometer for QC and routine measurements."},{"title":"SmartMelt 303","text":"Polymer melt rheometer for the highest measurement demands."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SmartMelt 73","SmartMelt 303"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Specifications","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Bearing Design","values":["Air, fine-pored carbon",""]},{"parameter":"Motor Design","values":["Electronically commutated (EC) – permanent magnet synchronous motor",""]},{"parameter":"Displacement Transducer","values":["High-resolution optical encoder",""]},{"parameter":"Minimum Torque (Rotation)","values":["100 nNm","5 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Torque (Oscillation)","values":["100 nNm","1 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Torque","values":["160 mNm","215 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Angular Deflection (Set Value)","values":["8 μrad","3 μrad"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Angular Deflection (Set Value)","values":["∞ μrad",""]},{"parameter":"Maximum Speed","values":["2,500 rpm","3,000 rpm"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Angular Frequency ¹⁾","values":["2 x 10⁻⁵ Hz","2 x 10⁻⁸ Hz"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Angular Frequency","values":["100 Hz","200 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Measurement Design","values":["x","360° capacitive sensor, non-contracting,\nfully integrated in bearing"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Range","values":["x","-50 N to +50 N"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Device","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature Oven Design","values":["Electrical temperature oven",""]},{"parameter":"Recommended Measuring Geometry","values":["Plate-plate, disposables","Plate-plate, cone-plate, disposables"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Range","values":["-150 °C to +400 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Maximum Heating Rate","values":["50 °C/min",""]},{"parameter":"Maximum Cooling Rate","values":["Up to 100 °C/min ²⁾",""]},{"parameter":"Fully Automatic Temperature Calibration","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Features","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Ready for Extensional, Pressure and Powder Rheology, Tribology, Rheo-Optics, and More","values":["x","✓"]},{"parameter":"TruStrain – Sample Adaptive Controller","values":["x","✓"]},{"parameter":"QuickConnect","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Toolmaster","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Master Curve Software Analysis Module","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Automatic Gap Control/Setting, AGC/AGS","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions of Rheometer","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"W x H x D","values":["442 mm x 725 mm x 596 mm","453 mm x 725 mm x 673 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["45 kg","48 kg"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["Trademarks Toolmaster (3623873), TruStrain (9176918), RheoCompass (9177015)\n¹⁾ Set frequencies below 10⁻⁴ rad/s are of no practical relevance due to the measuring point duration >1 day\n²⁾ Maximum cooling rate depends on the coolant media used: 100 °C/min with fluid, 70 °C/min with liquid N₂, 10 °C/min with air"]}]}]},{"slug":"smartpave","name":"Dynamic Shear Rheometer: SmartPave 93 and SmartPave 303","description":"The dynamic shear rheometers (DSR) SmartPave 93 and SmartPave 303 enable precise measurements of asphalt binder and bitumen.","pageTitle":"Dynamic Shear Rheometer: SmartPave 93 and SmartPave 303","pageDescription":"The dynamic shear rheometers SmartPave 93 and SmartPave 303 enable precise measurements of asphalt binder and bitumen. Features such as Toolmaster, QuickConnect, and Peltier temperature control make standards-compliant asphalt testing fast, safe, and convenient.","image":"/images/rheometers-smartpave-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The dynamic shear rheometers (DSR) SmartPave 93 and SmartPave 303 enable precise measurements of asphalt binder and bitumen. Features such as Toolmaster, QuickConnect, a Peltier temperature device for dry sample heating, and step-by-step instructions for measuring procedures according to AASHTO T315, AASHTO T350, AASHTO TP101, ASTM D7175, ASTM D7405, and DIN EN 14770 guarantee convenient operation. For measurements according to AASHTO T316, ASTM D4402, and DIN EN 13302, both instruments can be equipped with a Peltier-controlled measurement chamber for concentric cylinder geometries.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rheometers-smartpave-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Two Models: Full-Spectrum Rheological Asphalt and Bitumen Testing","text":"The well-established SmartPave dynamic shear rheometers analyze unmodified and modified asphalt binder and bitumen within a wide temperature range, either according to standards, or by means of classic rheological methods. SmartPave 303 meets the highest measurement demands across the board. SmartPave 93 is designed especially for the demands of quality control and routine measurements in asphalt testing labs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Ultimate Rheometer Software","text":"RheoCompass is market-leading rheometer software delivering a complete overview and detailed insights. It contains numerous templates tailored specifically to use of the dynamic shear rheometer in the asphalt industry. The predefined test procedures include step-by-step instructions for all test types as defined by AASHTO, ASTM, DIN EN, and FGSV. Templates are regularly updated to ensure you always comply with the latest version of your standard.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Unique Accessories for Easy Handling","text":"The unique temperature control unit of SmartPave 93 and SmartPave 303 is the first Peltier heating system with heating elements above and below the sample – combined with the widest temperature range. Both instruments also include Toolmaster. The only completely contact-free automatic tool recognition and configuration system for rheometers, it recognizes measuring systems and temperature control units as soon as they are connected to the rheometer, eliminating the need for manual data entry.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fully Automatic Temperature Calibration","text":"Temperature accuracy and stability are crucial in asphalt testing. Anton Paar offers fully automatic temperature calibration and verification routines via the RheoCompass software. The unique automatic calibration routine ensures temperature gradients of <0.1 °C, tailored specifically for asphalt workflows using the SmartPave dynamic shear rheometer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Upgrade your SmartPave DSR to a BBR","text":"Enhance your SmartPave 303 or 93 with a specialized software solution from our cooperation partner, Pavement Systems LLC. Connect effortlessly to this external analysis software and unlock a range of features, including iCCL testing. This powerful method (a surrogate of BBR [AASHTO PP112]) provides low-temperature PG-grade, m-value, stiffness (S), and ΔTc results – all within 30 minutes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Experienced Experts on Hand","text":"Anton Paar’s worldwide service network ensures that an expert on your system is always nearby. Numerous installed instruments around the globe, an extensive application database, and cooperation with civil engineering institutes make it clear: Anton Paar is number one for answers to rheological questions about asphalt binder and bitumen.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Dynamic Shear Rheometer: SmartPave is available in 2 models: SmartPave 93, SmartPave 303.","subsections":[{"title":"SmartPave 93","text":"Quality control and routine measurements of asphalt and bitumen."},{"title":"SmartPave 303","text":"Rheometer for research and development of asphalt and bitumen."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SmartPave 93","SmartPave 303"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Bearing Design","values":["Air, fine-pored carbon"]},{"parameter":"Motor Design","values":["Electronically Commutated (EC) - Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor"]},{"parameter":"Displacement Transducer Design","values":["High-resolution optical encoder"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Measurment Design (US Pat. 6167752,1996)","values":["-","360 ° capacitive sensor, non-contacting, fully integrated in bearing"]},{"parameter":"Working Mode","values":["Combined Motor Transducer (CMT)"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Torque (rotation)","values":["80 nNm","5 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Torque (oscillation)","values":["80 nNm","1 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Torque","values":["160 mNm","215 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Angular velocity ¹⁾","values":["0 rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Angular Velocity","values":["261 rad/s","314 rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Speed","values":["2500 1/min","3000 1/min"]},{"parameter":"Minimum frequency ²⁾","values":["10⁻⁷ Hz","2 x 10⁻⁸ Hz"]},{"parameter":"Maximum frequency ³⁾","values":["100 Hz","200 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Range","values":["-50 to +50 N"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["442 x 725 x 596 mm","453 x 725 x 673 mm"]},{"parameter":"Three-point Support of Device (three Robust Feet for Tool-free One Hand Alignment)","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Three-point Support for Mounting of Measuring Cells (wobble Prevention, No Misalignment After Changing of Cells)","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Temperature range ⁴⁾","values":["-50 to +400 °C","-170 to +1000 °C"]},{"parameter":"Virtually Gradient-free Temperature Control (horizontal,vertical)","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Gradient <0.1 °C According to Aashto and ASTM","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"CoolPeltier™ Peltier System with Built-in Cooling Option that Does Not Require Additional Accessories for Counter Cooling","values":["-5 to +200 °C"]},{"parameter":"Pressure Cell","values":["up to 170 bar","up to 1000 bar"]},{"parameter":"TruRay™ Dimmable Illumination of Sample Area","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"RheoCompass Software","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Asphalt Standard Operation Procedures (SOP) with Regular Updates","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Fully Automatic Temperature Calibration","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Test and Analysis Designer","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Report Designer (with All Test Information for Export and Print)","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Managed Lab Multiple Clients and Servers","values":["Optional"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["¹⁾ In controlled shear stress (CSS) mode. In controlled shear rate (CSR) mode, depending on measuring point duration and sampling rate.\n²⁾ Theoretical value (duration per cycle = 2 years)\n³⁾ Higher frequencies are possible using multi-wave functionality (942 rad/s (150 Hz) or even higher, depending on measuring system and sample)\n⁴⁾ Depending on used temperature device",""]}]}]},{"slug":"dsr-502","name":"Dynamic Shear Rheometer Measuring Head: DSR 502","description":"Customized rheometry with the performance of an MCR rheometer – the rheometer measuring head can be used for automation or for special measuring purposes…","pageTitle":"Dynamic Shear Rheometer Measuring Head: DSR 502","pageDescription":"Customized rheometry with the performance of an MCR rheometer – the rheometer measuring head can be used for automation or for special measuring purposes that exceed the limits of a laboratory rheometer.","image":"/images/rheometers-dsr-502-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Customized rheometry with the performance of an MCR rheometer – the rheometer measuring head can be used for automation or for special measuring purposes that exceed the limits of a laboratory rheometer. It is the perfect solution for process integration or building a customized rheometer system. The modular device consists of a measuring head, which is equipped with the well-known EC-motor and air bearing technology of the MCR series, and a separate control unit.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rheometers-dsr-502-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Modularity: for a Wide Range of Applications","text":"Whatever your rheological applications are and will be in the future – Anton Paar’s DSR 502 head is quickly and easily adapted to meet your needs. Changing a cone-plate measuring system for concentric cylinders is just as easy as integrating the rheometer measuring head into a self-constructed test facility or extending your DSR 502 head’s capabilities with a wide range of application-specific accessories. Due to this, the DSR 502 head helps you solve industrial problems in areas in which a conventional rheometer fails. It supports companies in different industrial fields, from watch manufacturing to the production of paints and coatings.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sensitivity: Accuracy across a Vast Viscosity Range","text":"The air-bearing-supported synchronous EC-motor is the key component of the DSR 502 head. Whether you perform zero-shear viscosity determinations on low-viscosity polymer solutions or measure highly viscous magnetorheological fluids at high shear rates and strains, the EC motor ensures accuracy across a vast viscosity range. Furthermore, the integrated normal force sensor enables highly precise measurements of the normal force that is applied to the measuring system and thereby gives additional information about the sample’s behavior under certain test conditions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Usability: Fast Switching between Different Setups","text":"Whichever choices you make, all measuring geometries are swiftly and easily integrated and exchanged, and your rheometer measuring head reliably adapts to each new setup. Additionally, the QuickConnect function allows one-handed connection of the measuring systems and ensures fast, convenient system changes without the use of a screwing mechanism. The patented Toolmaster™ feature automatically recognizes and configures all connected measuring geometries.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Controllability: with the most Innovative Rheometer Software","text":"Anton Paar’s new RheoCompass software is the most innovative and up-to-date rheometer software available on the market. Designed for intuitive use, RheoCompass enables application-oriented template filtering, customized test and analysis definitions, highly simplified data retrieval, and much more.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reliability: Service from the Rheology Experts","text":"Anton Paar’s worldwide service network ensures that an expert on your system is always close by. Thousands of installed instruments around the globe, an extensive application database, and numerous publications by our rheology experts clearly show that Anton Paar is the first choice for answering any rheological question you may have.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hxCfixK0gy0","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Rheometer Head (DSR)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Bearing","values":["Air"]},{"parameter":"EC Motor","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Torque","values":["230 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque Rotation","values":["10 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque Oscillation","values":["2 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Torque Resolution","values":["0.1 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Angular Deflection (set Value)","values":["0.1 to ∞ µrad"]},{"parameter":"Angular Resolution","values":["10 nrad"]},{"parameter":"Min. Angular Velocity","values":["10⁻⁹ rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Max. Angular Velocity","values":["314 rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Max. Speed","values":["3000 1/min"]},{"parameter":"Min. Angular Frequency","values":["10⁻⁷ rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Max. Angular Frequency","values":["628 rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Toolmaster™","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"QuickConnect","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Direct Strain Controller","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Direct Stress Controller","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"TruRate™","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"TruStrain™","values":["Yes"]}]}]},{"slug":"frs-1600-1800","name":"High Temperature Viscometer and Rheometer: FRS 1600 and FRS 1800","description":"Materials which are in regular use in everyday life, such as glasses, ceramics, and metals, are processed or refined as melts at temperatures above 1000 °C.","pageTitle":"High Temperature Viscometer and Rheometer: FRS 1600 and FRS 1800","pageDescription":"Materials which are in regular use in everyday life, such as glasses, ceramics, and metals, are processed or refined as melts at temperatures above 1000 °C.","image":"/images/rheometers-frs-1600-1800-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Materials which are in regular use in everyday life, such as glasses, ceramics, and metals, are processed or refined as melts at temperatures above 1000 °C. By determining the melt viscosity of these materials with FRS, you can achieve a consistent high quality of the final product and optimize the energy-intensive production process. These systems open up new possibilities in the R&D of materials with a high melting point. The Furnace Rheometer Systems (FRS) each combine a highly accurate air-bearing rheometer head and a lab furnace for high temperature viscosity measurements of melts at furnace temperatures up to 1800 °C (1730 °C sample temperature).","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rheometers-frs-1600-1800-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Highest Safety and Easy Sample Loading","text":"The CE safety concept ensures full protection of the whole system. After the solid sample has been placed, the combination of pneumatic pre-positioning and the stepper-motor-driven fine positioning ensures a controlled and accurate immersion of the measuring system into the sample. This is done automatically as soon as the sample has been melted. During this process the operator is outside the safety cage, protected from the lab furnace, and works with the Anton Paar’s proven RheoCompass™ software, which supports fully automatic operation during high-temperature viscosity measurement, and enables simple reporting and evaluation of the results.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measure Very Low Viscosities with the Unique Air-Bearing Motor","text":"25 years of experience in one motor – you only get this with rheometers from Anton Paar. The air-bearing-supported synchronous EC motor deploys a frictionless synchronous movement of the rotor inside which enables the most sensitive and therefore most precise movements at a large shear rate range. In this way, even low-viscosity samples can be measured using the high temperature viscometer and rheometer system – with unprecedented precision.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Normal Force Control for Detecting the Melting Point","text":"The normal force sensor in the rheometer head allows for precise detection of the melting point during heating. The solidification point can be detected in the oscillation and rotation mode. Furthermore, the robust laboratory furnace with its air- and water-cooled system allows best-in-class temperature stability and accuracy of the sample temperature.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measure under Inert Gas Atmosphere","text":"With the FRS systems, you can either chose to measure under air, or also under inert gas atmosphere. The inert gas atmosphere protects the sample from unwanted chemical reactions, such as oxidation, during measurement with the high temperature viscometer and rheometer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Temperature Viscometer Measurements in Compliance with International Standards","text":"The furnace rheometer systems FRS are compliant with international industry standards: ASTM C965 (Standard Practice for Measuring Viscosity of Glass Above the Softening Point), and ISO 7884-2 (Glass Viscosity and viscometric fixed points; part 2: Determination of viscosity by rotation viscometers).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"High Temperature Viscometer and Rheometer: FRS is available in 2 models: FRS 1600, FRS 1800.","subsections":[{"title":"FRS 1600","text":"Temperature range from 300 °C up to 1530 °C."},{"title":"FRS 1800","text":"The rheometer and viscometer system for the highest temperatures: ideal for sophisticated research of melts."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0Jmbn8Aljh0","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["FRS 1600","FRS 1800"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Bearing","values":["Air"]},{"parameter":"EC Motor (brushless DC) with High Resolution Optical Encoder","values":["✔"]},{"parameter":"Permanent Torque (60 Min), No Signal Drift","values":["✔"]},{"parameter":"EC Mode (controlled Shear Rate and Shear Stress)","values":["✔"]},{"parameter":"Rotation Mode","values":["✔"]},{"parameter":"Oscillation Mode","values":["✔"]},{"parameter":"Measuring of Newtonian Samples","values":["✔"]},{"parameter":"Measuring of Non-newtonian Samples","values":["✔"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Torque","values":["230 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Torque, Rotation","values":["10 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Torque, Oscillation","values":["2 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Torque Resolution","values":["0.1 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Viscosity Range","values":["0.001–10⁷ Pa.s"]},{"parameter":"Angular Deflection, Set Value","values":["0.1 to ∞ µrad"]},{"parameter":"Angular Deflection, Resolution","values":["10 nrad"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Angular Velocity","values":["10⁻⁹ rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Angular Velocity","values":["314 rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Speed (CSS/CSR)","values":["10⁻⁹ /min"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Speed FRS","values":["300 /min"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Speed Measuring Head","values":["3000 /min"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Angular Frequency","values":["10⁻⁷ rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Angular Frequency","values":["628 rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Range","values":["0.005 to 50 N"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Resolution","values":["0.5 mN"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["680 x 1950 x 920 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["120 kg","150 kg"]},{"parameter":"Oven Temperature Range","values":["20, 300 to 1600 °C","20, 600 to 1800 °C"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Sample Temperature","values":["Room temperature °C"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Sample Temperature","values":["1530 °C","1730 °C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Gradient Optimized","values":["✔"]},{"parameter":"Sample Temperature Sensor","values":["Typ S or B"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Resolution","values":["0.1 °C"]},{"parameter":"Safety Housing","values":["✔"]},{"parameter":"Inert Gas Atmosphere Possible","values":["✔"]},{"parameter":"Measuring System Material","values":["Al₂O₃, graphite, Pt, and customized"]},{"parameter":"Measuring System Rotor Diameter","values":["11 to 27.6 mm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Measuring System Cup Height","values":["100 mm"]},{"parameter":"DMA™ Option","values":["on request"]},{"parameter":"Compliant Standards ASTM C965, ISO 7884-2","values":["✔"]}]}]},{"slug":"htr-7000","name":"Automated Rheometer Workflow: HTR 7000","description":"The HTR 7000 performs fully automated traceable rheological measurements for solid, paste-like, or dispensable low-viscosity samples.","pageTitle":"Automated Rheometer Workflow: HTR 7000","pageDescription":"The HTR 7000 performs fully automated traceable rheological measurements for solid, paste-like, or dispensable low-viscosity samples. Covering everything from sample preparation to cleaning, it eliminates up to 14 manual steps – freeing up entire shifts of R&D or QC work.","image":"/images/rheometers-htr-7000-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The HTR 7000 performs fully automated traceable rheological measurements for solid, paste-like, or dispensable low-viscosity samples. Covering everything from sample preparation to cleaning, it eliminates up to 14 manual steps – freeing up entire shifts of R&D or QC work. Thanks to its modular design, it simplifies workflows, enhances data quality, and boosts productivity. HTR 7000 future-proofs your lab, accelerates innovation, streamlines operations, and maximizes repeatability – and all from one trusted provider.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rheometers-htr-7000-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Load. Set. Go.","text":"Say goodbye to manual processes with HTR 7000’s automated workflows and optimize the value stream of your lab. Capable of running up to 60 samples and 14 workflow steps without interruption or supervision, the 24/7 automation handles prep, trimming, rheology and pH measurement, cleaning, and data transfer – freeing you to focus on more valuable tasks and research goals.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reproducible Data Quality and Full Traceability","text":"Automated sample preparation and measurement ensure dependable, precise results – every time. Integrated tools such as sample management, barcode reading, and LIMS connectivity guarantee SOP compliance and full traceability – further enhanced by image documentation for each measurement. Automated sample handling and trimming deliver maximum reproducibility (±2 %), while an optional dual rheometer setup enables parallel measurements – saving time and maximizing throughput with consistent performance. With HTR 7000, your lab is ready to produce data at scale, including for training AI models.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Maximum Flexibility through Modular Design","text":"Trust your results. Whether you're working with solid, paste-like, or dispensable low-viscosity samples, HTR 7000 is suitable for all sample types that are measured with plate-plate or cone-plate measurement geometries. Configure the HTR 7000 with cleaning stations, various sample racks, geometry pairs (CP, PP), and an optional tempered rack for temperature control – tailored to any workflow or project requirement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safely Open the Door to Rheology","text":"The HTR 7000 is so safe that virtually anyone can use it. Its automated workflows minimize human interaction with harmful samples or cleaning agents, and completely eliminate contact with hot instrument geometries. Additional safety features, including safety doors, monitored ventilation, and an explosion-safety option, ensure confident operation at all times.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precision Meets Performance","text":"Alongside Anton Paar’s three-year standard warranty, you’ll benefit from best-in-class service, tailored wear and spare part packages, and expert support that guarantees punctual delivery, maximum uptime, and efficient knowledge transfer.\nWith subsidiaries around the globe, our global sales and service network is always nearby – offering comprehensive training, on-site and remote support, and personalized maintenance and service.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=imT5waMF8SM","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HTR 7000"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x D x H)","values":["approx. 1,650 mm x 1,500 mm x 2,300 mm"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions Unassembled (W x D x H)","values":["max. 980 mm x 1,580 mm x 1,980 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight (net)","values":["approx. 1,200 kg (robotic cell) + approx. 200 kg (electrical cabinet)"]},{"parameter":"Mains Supply","values":["400 V, 16 A, 50/60 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Media Interfaces","values":["Compressed air, cleaning solvents (optional), water (optional)"]},{"parameter":"Waste Disposal","values":["Drain for liquids"]},{"parameter":"Communication Interface","values":["Ethernet"]},{"parameter":"Rheometer MCR 702e MultiDrive Specifications","values":[]},{"parameter":"Max. Torque","values":["230 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque (Rotation)","values":["1 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Min. Torque (Oscillation)","values":["0.5 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Max. Angular Velocity","values":["314 rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Max. Angular Frequency","values":["628 rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Range","values":["0.005 N to 50 N"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Torque Rheometers","description":"Brabender torque rheometers for dough, polymer, and liquid absorption testing.","pageTitle":"Torque Rheometers","pageDescription":"With a century of expertise, Brabender – now a brand of Anton Paar – offers a premier collection of torque rheometers designed to gauge material resistance across diverse applications: from the rheological characteristics of dough to carbon black and silica evaluation, with mixing and extrusion accessories for every need.","overview":"Brabender torque rheometers adhere rigorously to national and international standards, from ICC, AACCI, and ISO methods for precise flour and dough analysis to ASTM norms for testing materials like carbon black, silica, plastics, and rubber. Their modular design lets you tailor each instrument with various blade geometries, mixer sizes, and temperature control solutions, and switching between modules takes less than 15 minutes. The MetaBridge and AbsorptoMeter software provide reference curves for real-time batch comparisons, in-depth correlation analyses, seamless data sharing with LIMS or ERP systems, and pre-scheduled measurements for efficient daily laboratory operation.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/torque-rheometers.webp","slug":"torque-rheometers","models":[{"slug":"metastation","name":"Modular Torque Rheometer: Brabender MetaStation","description":"The Brabender MetaStation is a versatile, modular drive unit and torque rheometer for determining the processability and material characteristics of plastics and plastifiable substances.","pageTitle":"Modular Torque Rheometer: Brabender MetaStation","pageDescription":"The market-leading Brabender MetaStation is a versatile, modular drive unit and torque rheometer for determining the processability and material characteristics of different plastics and plastifiable substances, compliant with key ASTM standard methods. Tailor it to your specific PVC, rubber, or thermoset testing needs using a portfolio of blade geometries, mixer sizes, and temperature control options.","image":"/images/modular-torque-rheometer-metastation.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The market-leading Brabender MetaStation is a versatile, modular drive unit and torque rheometer for determining the processability and material characteristics of different plastics and plastifiable substances, compliant with key ASTM standard methods. Tailor it to your specific PVC, rubber, or thermoset testing needs, using a portfolio of varied blade geometries, mixer sizes, and temperature control solutions. In addition to batch-wise compounding and mixing, continuous processes are also possible via the use of single- and double-screw extrusion attachments of different scales. MetaStation offers today's configuration flexibility with tomorrow's infinite possibilities.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/modular-torque-rheometer-metastation.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Modular Torque Rheometer: Brabender MetaStation","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Your Path to Worldwide Product Qualification","text":"The MetaStation adheres to a wide range of national and international standards on the mixing of plastic and rubber compounds, including key ASTM standard methods. This ensures you can qualify your products for international trade and that they meet the stringent requirements of global markets.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"From PVC to Thermosets: Versatile Mixer Attachments","text":"Switch between mixer modules in under 15 minutes and quickly cover a broad array of applications. The modular concept of MetaStation lets you tailor the instrument to your needs. It offers a portfolio of blade geometries, mixer sizes, and temperature control solutions for applications such as testing PVC (using the W 50 EHT type mixer), rubber (with the 350SX type mixer), and thermosets (via the MB 30 type mixer). In addition, filling solutions designed specifically for the mixer attachments reduce errors and maximize convenience. The optimized mixer design makes opening, disassembly, and material removal easy – cleaning is twice as fast compared to previous generations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Extrusion Insights: Your Shortcut to Improved Product Quality","text":"Along with batch-wise compounding and mixing capabilities, extrusion attachments of various scales open the door to continuous processing. Explore the potential for testing your materials through extrusion at both lab and pilot scales without disrupting your production resources. This lets you delve deeper into understanding the correlations between critical process parameters and final product quality, and make adjustments that optimize your manufacturing processes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"MetaBridge: Your Gateway to Data Excellence","text":"The MetaBridge operating software enables access to your measurement data from any device or location. Export and share data seamlessly with colleagues or third-party systems like LIMS, ERP, or via email. Adhere to your preferred ASTM standard with just a click and transition effortlessly between mixing and extrusion applications. Harness the power of the software's reference curve feature to monitor material quality in real time, receiving automatic feedback on compliance with specifications. The correlations add-on lets you compare a large number of measurements, providing an optimal understanding of your materials.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specialized Solutions for Demanding Applications","text":"A diverse selection of steel alloys and advanced coating materials for the mixers guarantees measuring precision and durability throughout the entire lifespan of the instrument, even when handling highly corrosive and abrasive substances. The MetaStation, featuring the MB 30 mixer, is the premier solution for accurately determining the crosslinking properties of thermosets according to DIN 53764 standards.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://youtu.be/7Vnq40GrGvk?si=4b8Cu5LUQS0hl1K-","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Brabender MetaStation","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MetaStation 4","MetaStation 8","MetaStation 16"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Drive Output","values":["4.2 kW","8 kW","16 kW"]},{"parameter":"Torque and Speed","values":["200 Nm, 0.2 min⁻¹ to 185 min⁻¹","400 Nm, 0.2 min⁻¹ to 200 min⁻¹","400 Nm, 0.2 min⁻¹ to 400 min⁻¹\n500 Nm, 0.2 min⁻¹ to 275 min⁻¹"]},{"parameter":"Speed Deviation","values":["0.2 % through digital feedback","",""]},{"parameter":"Integrated Temperature Control","values":["6 zones (integrated in the drive unit)","8 zones\nAt MetaStation 8E integrated in the drive unit\nAt MetaStation 8 integrated in docking stations","8 zones (integrated in docking stations)"]},{"parameter":"Connectivity","values":["MetaBridge Connect\nWebAPI\nLabfolder (LIMS)","",""]},{"parameter":"Safety Devices","values":["Emergency motor stop button\nNon-contact magnetic safety switch on the cover of the measuring system","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["3 × 400 V 50/60 Hz + N + PE, 32 A\nOptional: 3 × 220 V 50/60 Hz + PE, 32 A without transformer","3 × 400 V 50/60 Hz + N + PE, 63 A\nOptional: 3 × 230 V 50/60 Hz + PE, 72 A","3 × 400 V 50/60 Hz + N + PE, 63 A\nOptional: 3 × 220 V 50/60 Hz + PE, 72 A"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["700 mm x 870 mm x 950 mm","600 mm x 1500 mm x 1370 mm","600 mm x 1500 mm x 1370 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight (net)","values":["154 kg","311 kg","311 kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"absorptometer","name":"Liquid Absorption Tester: Brabender AbsorptoMeter","description":"The Brabender AbsorptoMeter is the leading solution for liquid absorption testing and precise OAN determination of carbon black, silica, and pigments in full compliance with ASTM and ISO standards.","pageTitle":"Liquid Absorption Tester: Brabender AbsorptoMeter","pageDescription":"The Brabender AbsorptoMeter is the leading solution for liquid absorption testing and precise OAN determination of carbon black, silica, and pigments in full compliance with ASTM and ISO standards. Its automated, software-driven system replaces manual methods, reducing errors and maximizing repeatability, with a uniquely high torque performance of up to 25 Nm.","image":"/images/liquid-absorption-tester-absorptometer.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Brabender AbsorptoMeter is the leading solution for liquid absorption testing and precise OAN determination of carbon black, silica, and pigments in full compliance with ASTM and ISO standards. Its automated, software-driven system replaces manual methods, reducing errors and maximizing repeatability. Its uniquely high torque performance of up to 25 Nm and two dedicated mixer designs provide unmatched versatility and stable results, even with challenging materials. With MetaBridge fully integrated, the system offers intuitive workflow control, live monitoring of absorption curves, secure data handling, and simplified reporting, plus straightforward integration into LIMS and ERP systems for consistent data management.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/liquid-absorption-tester-absorptometer.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"Liquid Absorption Tester: Brabender AbsorptoMeter","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Liquid Absorption Testing with Confidence","text":"Ensure global quality standards are met – without complexity. The Brabender AbsorptoMeter is built for precise liquid absorption testing, including oil absorption number (OAN) testing in carbon black, silica, pigments, and fillers. Complying with internationally recognized ASTM and ISO oil absorption standards, including defined torque limit switch (TSL) and integrated normalization for inter-chamber comparability, it enables fully traceable, repeatable results. Whether you are validating batch quality or aligning with regulatory demands, the Brabender AbsorptoMeter gives you confidence in every test – accurate, accepted, and audit-ready.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Embrace Precision and Automation","text":"Conventional OAN and other liquid absorption testing methods involve inconsistent techniques, manual dosing, and subjective endpoints – all of which impact accuracy and reproducibility. These limitations slow processes and reduce data confidence. The Brabender AbsorptoMeter addresses these issues through precise, automated control over dosing and evaluation. A programmable speed range from 5 min⁻¹ to 200 min⁻¹ ensures defined shear conditions. This eliminates human error, improves reliability, and ensures efficient, standardized liquid absorption testing – ready for the demands of today's lab environments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"MetaBridge Software for Premium Results","text":"With industry-leading MetaBridge software, the Brabender AbsorptoMeter defines the benchmark for reliable liquid absorption analysis. By integrating weighing, dosing, and temperature control, it ensures stable, reproducible conditions and eliminates variability. Automated startup and cleaning routines maximize uptime and consistency. A broad library of standard and customizable methods supports diverse applications, including complex multi-liquid dosing. Measurements can be monitored live across the network, while real-time reference and correlation tools detect deviations instantly. Standardized exports, built-in mailing, and seamless LIMS/ERP integration ensure effortless data flow without manual transfer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Discover Versatile Titration Options","text":"Quality slips when a single pump tries to serve every viscosity; shear and feed become unpredictable. The Brabender AbsorptoMeter stabilizes processing by adapting the dosing rate to fluid response in real time. Expand flexibility with up to four USB-connected burettes, running in sequence or simultaneously. Application-optimized tubing and programmable dosing rates from 0.025 ml/100 g to 100 ml/100 g sustain accurate delivery up to 150,000 mPa·s. The outcome: reliable wetting and dispersion, uniform mixing, and reproducible absorption values for specification checks and formula optimization.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Durable Design","text":"Laboratory conditions are often harsh when working with powdery materials. The Brabender AbsorptoMeter's stainless steel casing is engineered for resistance against mechanical and chemical stress. This robust build protects against fine-particle intrusion, ensuring smooth, uninterrupted operation and a longer device lifespan.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Brabender AbsorptoMeter","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Brabender AbsorptoMeter"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Drive Power","values":["0.6 kW"]},{"parameter":"Speed","values":["Default 125 min⁻¹ (ASTM); adjustable 5 min⁻¹ to 200 min⁻¹ at setup"]},{"parameter":"Max. Torque","values":["25 Nm"]},{"parameter":"Titration Rate","values":["Default 4.0 mL/min ± 0.5 mL/min (ASTM); adjustable 0.01 mL/min to 99.9 mL/min at setup"]},{"parameter":"Interfaces","values":["4x USB, 1x HDMI, 1x LAN"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["1x 230 V, 50/60 Hz + N + PE, 4.3 A\n1x 115 V, 50/60 Hz + PE, 8.7 A"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (H x W x D)","values":["430 mm x 630 mm x 644 mm (without mixer and metering pump)\n430 mm x 650 mm x 800 mm (with Carbon Black Mixer)\n430 mm x 650 mm x 900 mm (with General Powder Mixer)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Approx. 67 kg"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Viscometers","description":"SVM, Lovis, and rotational viscometers for every sample.","pageTitle":"Viscometers","pageDescription":"Viscosity measurement made quicker and easier than ever — the SVM series and Lovis rolling-ball viscometers for kinematic and dynamic viscosity, plus ViscoQC and RheolabQC rotational instruments for single-point checks and simple rheological tests.","overview":"Anton Paar's viscometers have revolutionized viscosity measurement. With the SVM viscometer series and the Lovis 2001 rolling-ball viscometer, kinematic and dynamic viscosity determination is quicker and easier than ever before, while the ViscoQC 100/300 and RheolabQC rotational instruments run quick single- or multi-point viscosity checks and simple rheological tests for quality control across all industries.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/viscometer.webp","slug":"viscometers","models":[{"slug":"svm-1001","name":"Automatic Viscometer: SVM 1001","description":"The SVM automatic viscometers deliver kinematic or dynamic viscosity – and, depending on the model, density, specific gravity, and API grades.","pageTitle":"Automatic Viscometer: SVM 1001","pageDescription":"The SVM automatic viscometers deliver kinematic or dynamic viscosity – and, depending on the model, density, specific gravity, and API grades. All results are provided digitally, with no manual calculations required.","image":"/images/viscometers-svm-1001-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SVM automatic viscometers deliver kinematic or dynamic viscosity – and, depending on the model, density, specific gravity, and API grades. All results are provided digitally, with no manual calculations required. Replace your full set of 12 glass capillaries with a single, robust unit. With the Simple Fill funnel, you can simply pour and measure – no pipettes, syringes, or other consumables needed. Our automatic viscometers use integrated Peltier technology, eliminating the need for a liquid bath, and feature durable metal cells to replace fragile glassware. Enjoy full compliance with ASTM D7042 and report results in both D7042 and D445, enabled by built-in ASTM-defined bias corrections.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/viscometers-svm-1001-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Save Time with Our Automatic Viscometers","text":"• 150 % higher throughput compared to manual methods\n• Faster results to avoid out-of-spec production\n• Simple Fill for direct filling – no pipette or syringe needed\n• Temperature equilibration in one minute or less","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Experience Digital Data Handling with an Automatic Viscometer","text":"• Digital data recording and storage for reliable traceability\n• Automatic calculations for error-free measurements\n• Data export from device to a PC or USB drive\n• One-click access to your kinematic viscosity data\n• Compatible with AP Connect for digital data management\n• Automatic viscometer with fully digital connectivity","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stay Compliant and Benefit from Bias Correction","text":"• ASTM D7042 as a global alternative to D445\n• Dual reporting: D7042 and D445 via bias correction\n• Complies with international standards (ASTM, ISO, etc.)\n• ASTM D4052-compliant density with SVM 1101 Simple Fill","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Improve Safety for Lab and Operator","text":"• Metal cell: No more glass breakage\n• Peltier thermostatting for fast temperature control\n• Reduced exposure to hazardous solvents\n• Safer operation: No flammable bath liquids","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Minimal Sample, Solvent, and Energy Consumption","text":"• Analysis with just 5 mL sample and 6 mL solvent\n• Low energy consumption (under 75 W)\n• Two-minute cleaning, 30-minute maintenance\n• 50 % less effort for QC documentation\n• No external PC or software needed\n• Designed for efficiency and reduced waste\nAll of this adds up to a significantly lower total cost of ownership compared to ASTM D445.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Automatic Viscometer: SVM is available in 3 models: SVM 1001, SVM 1001 Simple Fill, SVM 1101 Simple Fill.","subsections":[{"title":"SVM 1001","text":"Automatic viscometer at a market-leading price."},{"title":"SVM 1001 Simple Fill","text":"Automatic viscometer with Simple Fill funnel."},{"title":"SVM 1101 Simple Fill","text":"ASTM D4052 and ISO 12185 density combined with viscosity."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=giGVBYBdang","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SVM 1001","SVM 1001 Simple Fill","SVM 1101 Simple Fill"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Patents","values":["AT516058 (B1), US10036695 (B2), CN105424556, EP2995928 (B1)","AT516058 (B1), US10036695 (B2), CN105424556, EP2995928 (B1)","AT516058 (B1), US10036695 (B2), CN105424556, EP2995928 (B1), AT 516302 (B1), CN105628550"]},{"parameter":"Test Methods","values":["ASTM D7042, D445 bias corrected, ISO 23581, EN 16896","ASTM D7042, D445 bias corrected, ISO 23581, EN 16896","ASTM D4052, ISO 12185"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Viscosity","values":["0.3 mm²/s to 5,000 mm²/s","0.3 mm²/s to 5,000 mm²/s","0.3 mm²/s to 1,000 mm²/s"]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["-","-","0 g/cm³ to 3 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["+15 °C to +100 °C (one temperature, second temperature optional)","+15 °C to +100 °C (one temperature, second temperature optional)","+15 °C to +100 °C"]},{"parameter":"Precision","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Viscosity Repeatability* and Reproducibility*","values":["0.1 % and 0.35 %","0.1 % and 0.35 %","0.2 % and 0.7 %"]},{"parameter":"Density Repeatability* and Reproducibility*","values":["-","-","0.00005 g/cm³ and 0.0001 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Repeatability","values":["0.005 °C","",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature Reproducibility","values":["0.03 °C from +15 °C to +100 °C","",""]},{"parameter":"Performance","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Sample Volume Min. / Typical","values":["1.5 mL / 5 mL","3.5 mL / 8 mL","3.5 mL / 8 mL"]},{"parameter":"Solvent Volume Min. / Typical","values":["1.5 mL / 6 mL","5 mL / 10 mL","5 mL / 10 mL"]},{"parameter":"Max. Sample Throughput","values":["37 samples per hour","21 samples per hour","21 samples per hour"]},{"parameter":"Features","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Optional Upgrades","values":["Second temperature","Second temperature","-"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Magnetic particle trap (MPT)","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Automation","values":["-","Integrated Simple Fill Filling Device","Integrated Simple Fill Filling Device"]},{"parameter":"Technical Data","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Memory","values":["1,000 measurement results","",""]},{"parameter":"HID (Human Interface Device)","values":["7\" touchscreen","",""]},{"parameter":"Interfaces","values":["4 x USB (3 x A, 1 xB)","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["At instrument: DC, 24 V /3A, AC adapter 90 VAC to 264 VAC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz, < 75W","",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Conditions","values":["15 °C to 35 °C, max. 80 % r.h. non-condensing","",""]},{"parameter":"Net Weight in kg","values":["5.6 kg","6.6 kg","6.6 kg"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x D x H)","values":["26.5 cm x 36.5 cm x 18 cm","33 cm x 36.5 cm x 20.5 cm","33 cm x 36.5 cm x 20.5 cm"]},{"parameter":"Trademarks","values":["SVM (13411996), FillingCheck (6834725)","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["﹡Attested at the points of works adjustment or calibration correction points, not including the uncertainty of the standard","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"svm","name":"Kinematic Viscometer: SVM 2001, SVM 3001, and SVM 4001","description":"The SVM kinematic viscometer turns complexity into simplicity.","pageTitle":"Kinematic Viscometer: SVM 2001, SVM 3001, and SVM 4001","pageDescription":"The SVM kinematic viscometer turns complexity into simplicity. Designed as a true all-in-one powerhouse, this automatic kinematic viscometer delivers much more than just viscosity: kinematic and dynamic viscosity, density, viscosity index, cloud point, freeze point, and more – all at the push of a button.","image":"/images/viscometers-svm-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SVM kinematic viscometer turns complexity into simplicity. Designed as a true all-in-one powerhouse, this automatic kinematic viscometer delivers much more than just viscosity: kinematic and dynamic viscosity, density, viscosity index, cloud point, freeze point, and more – all at the push of a button. It handles a wide temperature range effortlessly, using integrated Peltier technology, eliminating the hassle of liquid baths. Trusted worldwide, SVM meets over 50 international standards. Independent ASTM studies show it not only matches but often outperforms D445. Whatever your sample, wherever your lab, the SVM kinematic viscometer is your number one choice.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/viscometers-svm-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Most Flexible Kinematic Viscometer","text":"• Multiple parameters (viscosity, density, viscosity index, API, cloud point, freeze point, and more)\n• 0.2 cSt to 30,000 cSt range – measure everything from jet fuel to wax\n• No capillary change required\n• -60 °C to +135 °C temperature range (SVM 3001)\n• Temperature change of up to 20 °C/min (SVM 3001 and 3001 Cold Properties)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stay Compliant and Benefit from Bias Correction","text":"• D7042 is a global standard alternative to D445\n• Dual reporting: D7042 and D445 via bias correction\n• Complies with ASTM D396, D975, D1655, and 50+ other standards\n• ASTM D4052-compliant density included with SVM 3001 and up","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Save Time with Our Automatic Kinematic Viscometers","text":"• 150 % higher throughput compared to manual methods\n• Up to 33 determinations per hour\n• Temperature equilibration in one minute or less\n• Faster results to avoid out-of-spec production","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Improve Safety for Lab and Operator","text":"• Metal cell: No more glass breakage\n• Peltier thermostatting for fast temperature control\n• Reduced exposure to hazardous solvents\n• Safer operation: No flammable bath liquids","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Minimal Sample, Solvent, and Energy Consumption","text":"• Analysis with just 5 mL sample and 6 mL solvent\n• Low energy consumption (max. 250 W)\n• Two-minute cleaning, 30-minute maintenance\n• 50 % less effort for QC documentation\n• No external PC or software needed","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital Data Handling and Automation","text":"• Digital data recording and storage for reliable traceability\n• Automatic calculations for error-free measurements\n• Compatible with AP Connect for digital data management\n• Compatible with heated and non-heated sample changers\n• Automated filling and cleaning – even overnight","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Kinematic Viscometer: SVM is available in 4 models: SVM 2001, SVM 3001, SVM 3001 Cold Properties, SVM 4001.","subsections":[{"title":"SVM 2001","text":"Kinematic viscosity at any temperature from 15 °C and 100 °C."},{"title":"SVM 3001","text":"Industry-proven kinematic viscometer and density meter."},{"title":"SVM 3001 Cold Properties","text":"Freeze point, cloud point, viscosity, and density in one run."},{"title":"SVM 4001","text":"Fastest viscosity index using two cells (min. 2.5 minutes)."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TcyqsrZbfk8","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SVM 2001","SVM 3001","SVM 3001 Cold Properties","SVM 4001"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Patents","values":["AT516058 (B1), US10036695 (B2), CN105424556, EP2995928 (B1)","AT516058 (B1), US10036695 (B2), CN105424556, EP2995928 (B1) AT516302 (B1), CN105628550","AT516058 (B1), US10036695 (B2), CN105424556, EP2995928 (B1) AT516302 (B1), CN105628550","AT516058 (B1), US10036695 (B2), CN105424556, EP2995928 (B1) AT516302 (B1), CN105628550"]},{"parameter":"Test Methods","values":["ASTM D7042, D445 bias-corrected, ISO 23581, ASTM D4052 (optional)","ASTM D7042, D445 bias-corrected, ISO 23581, ASTM D4052, ISO 12185","ASTM D7042, D445 bias-corrected, ISO 23581, ASTM D4052, ISO 12185,\nASTM D2500 equiv. or better, ASTM D8630","ASTM D7042, D445 bias-corrected, ISO 23581, ASTM D4052, ISO 12185"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Viscosity","values":["0.2 mm²/s to 30,000 mm²/s *","","",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0 g/cm³ to 3 g/cm³","","",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["+15 °C to +100 °C","-60 °C to +135 °C","-60 °C to +100 °C","+15 °C to +100°C"]},{"parameter":"Precision","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Viscosity Repeatability** and Reproducibility**","values":["0.1 % and 0.35 %","","",""]},{"parameter":"Density Repeatability** and Reproducibility**","values":["0.0002 g/cm³\n(0.00005 g/cm² with ASTM D4052 option) and 0.0005 g/cm³\n(0.0001 g/cm² with ASTM D4052 option)","0.00005 g/cm³ and 0.0001 g/cm³","0.00005 g/cm³ and 0.0001 g/cm³","0.00005 g/cm³ and 0.0001 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Cloud/Freeze Point Repeatability and Reproducibility","values":["-","-","<0.5 °C ** / 0.4 °C *** and\n<2.5 °C ** / 1.1 °C ***","-"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Repeatability","values":["0.005 °C","","",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature Reproducibility","values":["0.03 °C from +15 °C to +100 °C","0.03 °C from +15 °C to +100 °C","0.03 °C from +15 °C to +100 °C","0.03 °C from +15 °C to +100 °C"]},{"parameter":"Performance","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Sample Volume Min. / Typical","values":["1.5 mL / 5 mL","1.5 mL / 5 mL","1.5 mL / 5 mL","2.5 mL / 6 mL"]},{"parameter":"Solvent Volume Min. / Typical","values":["1.5 mL / 6 mL","1.5 mL / 6 mL","1.5 mL / 6 mL","2.5 mL / 10 mL"]},{"parameter":"Max. Sample Throughput","values":["33 samples per hour","33 samples per hour","30 samples per hour","24 samples per hour"]},{"parameter":"Features","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Optional Upgrades","values":["Automatic VI determination ASTM D4052-compliant density measurement","Chemical upgrade kit","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Modularity with Abbemat Refractometers 5001, 5101, 5201, 7001, and 7201","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Magnetic particle trap (MPT), hot filling attachment (HFA)","Magnetic particle trap (MPT), hot filling attachment (HFA)","Magnetic particle trap (MPT)","Magnetic particle trap (MPT)"]},{"parameter":"Automation","values":["Optional sample changer + High-Throughput Platform HTV"]},{"parameter":"Technical Data","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Memory","values":["1,000 measurement results","","",""]},{"parameter":"HID (Human Interface Device)","values":["10.4\" touchscreen, optional keyboard, mouse, and 2D bar code reader","","",""]},{"parameter":"Interfaces","values":["4 x USB (2.0 full speed), 1 x Ethernet (100 Mbit), 1 x CAN bus, 1 x RS-232, 1 x VGA","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz to 60 Hz, 250 VA max.","","",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Conditions","values":["15 °C to 35 °C, max. 80 % r.h. non-condensing","","",""]},{"parameter":"Net Weight in kg","values":["15.9 kg","17.6 kg","18.0 kg","17.8 kg"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x D x H)","values":["33 cm x 51 cm x 23.1 cm","","",""]},{"parameter":"Trademarks","values":["SVM (13411996), FillingCheck (6834725), Abbemat (1084545)","","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Viscosity range with chemical upgrade kit from 1 mPa·s to 10,000 mPa·s\n** Verified at the support points of the factory adjustment range or at the calibration correction points. Uncertainty of the standards not included.\n***At -47 °C according to ASTM D8630","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"lovis-2001","name":"Rolling and Falling Ball Viscometer: Lovis 2001","description":"Discover Lovis 2001, the unique rolling-ball microviscometer based on Hoeppler’s falling ball principle.","pageTitle":"Rolling and Falling Ball Viscometer: Lovis 2001","pageDescription":"Discover Lovis 2001, the unique rolling-ball microviscometer based on Hoeppler’s falling ball principle. This falling ball viscometer features an adaptable measurement angle, ensuring pinpoint precision, especially for low-viscosity or shear-sensitive liquids.","image":"/images/viscometers-lovis-2001-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Discover Lovis 2001, the unique rolling-ball microviscometer based on Hoeppler’s falling ball principle. This falling ball viscometer features an adaptable measurement angle, ensuring pinpoint precision, especially for low-viscosity or shear-sensitive liquids. Plus, it delivers polymer-specific parameters, such as intrinsic viscosity, K-value and average molar mass with minimal sample volume, in just 30 seconds to 3 minutes. The Peltier thermostat ensures quick, energy-efficient temperature control (5°C to 100°C) for precise results across various sample types. An optional setup extends the range to -40 °C (-40 °F), making it a versatile choice for labs.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/viscometers-lovis-2001-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Falling Ball Viscometer with Adjustable Inclination Angle for Maximum Precision","text":"The moving capillary block covers an angle range from 15° to 80° in either direction to achieve the highest measurement precision. While fast falling balls in traditional falling ball viscometers create a turbulent flow in low-viscous liquids, the rolling ball, with a speed adjusted to the sample type, does not. Lovis 2001 also displays the shear rate and allows you to test shear-sensitive samples. The instrument measures dynamic viscosity in the range from 0.2 mPa·s to 10,000 mPa·s, covering diverse applications without the need for multiple systems. It uses electromagnetic detection, and thus remains unaffected by sample opacity and turbidity.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Combine for a Superior Measurement System","text":"Leverage the power of modularity for a seamless and efficient measurement process. Lovis 2001 measures runtime, relative viscosity and intrinsic viscosity, and instantly calculates dynamic viscosity and kinematic viscosity using a density input. An autosampler helps our advanced falling ball viscometer measure the sample in time-saving flow-through mode without any manual interaction. Upgrade for additional measuring units like, e.g., density, refractive index, or pH, determined in one-and-the-same measuring cycle, with no extra effort.\nData management can be streamlined and centralized through our AP Connect lab execution software.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Full Compliance with Industry Standards","text":"Lovis 2001 meets all 21 CFR Part 11 requirements and ensures 100 % data integrity. Measure according to US Pharmacopoeia chapter 913 and Ph. Eur. 2.2.49. In combination with our renowned DMA density meter, additionally measure relative density according to Ph. Eur. 2.2.5. and specific gravity according to <841>. Perform instrument qualification and validation in just one day with our optional AISQ+ documentation for regulated industries. In combination with a density meter, Lovis 2001 performs wort measurements compliant with MEBAK and ASBC regulations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Falling Ball Viscometer with Integrated Polymer Software","text":"For polymers, the integrated software of our adjustable falling ball viscometer calculates and reports parameters like, e.g., relative viscosity, specific viscosity, reduced viscosity, inherent viscosity, intrinsic viscosity, K-value, and average molar mass. Automating polymer analysis in this way eliminates the error-prone use of external tools. Stored results are collected in a database for comparison later.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measure Aggressive Chemicals without Risk","text":"The hermetically closed system helps you measure volatile or toxic samples with ease and protects sensitive samples from contamination. While our borosilicate glass capillaries are suitable for most solvents and acids, unique break-proof PCTFE capillaries with a gold-coated ball and FFKM O-rings enable you to even test chemicals as aggressive as hydrofluoric acid. For valuable or limited sample amounts, using short capillaries with sample volumes as low as 100 μl reduces waste and lowers operational costs. After measurement, your sample can be recovered for further tests, reducing the overall cost of experiments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Rolling and Falling Ball Viscometer: Lovis 2001 is available in 2 models: Lovis 2001 Benchtop, Lovis 2001 Module.","subsections":[{"title":"Lovis 2001 Benchtop","text":"Falling ball viscometer with adjustable angle fitting sample’s viscosity."},{"title":"Lovis 2001 Module","text":"Combination with DMA density meter."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Lovis 2001","Lovis 2001 Module + DMA density meter"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Dynamic Viscosity","values":["0.2 mPa·s to 10,000 mPa·s",""]},{"parameter":"Shear Rate","values":["0.5 s⁻¹ to 1,000 s⁻¹",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["5 °C to 100 °C (41 °F to 212 °F)\n-40 °C to +100 °C (-40 °F to +212 °F) (with counter cooling) ¹⁾",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["-","0 g/cm³ to 3 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature: Density","values":["-","0 °C to 100 °C (32 °F to 212 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Precision","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Viscosity: Repeatability s.d.","values":["0.1 % ²⁾",""]},{"parameter":"Viscosity: Accuracy","values":["0.5 % ³⁾",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Time: Resolution","values":["0.001 s",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Time: Accuracy","values":["0.05 %",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature: Repeatability s.d.","values":["0.005 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature: Accuracy","values":["0.02 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Inclination: Repeatability s.d.","values":["0.02 °",""]},{"parameter":"Inclination: Accuracy","values":["0.1 °",""]},{"parameter":"Further Specifications","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Test Duration","values":["Minimal 30 s, typical 3 min",""]},{"parameter":"Sample Volume","values":["0.1 mL to 0.8 mL","1 mL to 3 mL"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["19.9 kg (43.9 lb)","29.3 kg (64.6 lb)"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["526 mm x 420 mm x 230 mm (20.7 in x 17.2 in x 9 in)",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 100 V to 240 V; 50 Hz to 60 Hz; 190 VA",""]},{"parameter":"Trademarks","values":["DMA (013414867), Xsample (013856059), Abbemat (1084545)",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["¹⁾ Specified temperatures are valid for a max. ambient temperature of 35 °C (95 °F). Lower measuring temperatures are achieved in lower ambient temperatures and/or with special equipment.\n²⁾ Verified with a 1.59 capillary at 70° angle and Ethanol 96 % at 20 °C using the same ball for all repeated measurements.\n³⁾ Verified with a 1.59 capillary with a single-point adjustment performed on site at 70° angle; adjustment and all measurements performed with distilled water at 20 °C with the same ball.",""]}]}]},{"slug":"viscoqc","name":"Rotational Viscometer: ViscoQC 100 and ViscoQC 300","description":"Do you need an easy-to-use viscometer that provides convenient operation for the most reliable and traceable viscosity results in your day-to-day work?","pageTitle":"Rotational Viscometer: ViscoQC 100 and ViscoQC 300","pageDescription":"Do you need an easy-to-use viscometer that provides convenient operation for the most reliable and traceable viscosity results in your day-to-day work?","image":"/images/viscometers-viscoqc-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Do you need an easy-to-use viscometer that provides convenient operation for the most reliable and traceable viscosity results in your day-to-day work? ViscoQC rotational viscometers ensure the quality of your substance – from liquid to semi-solid. Eliminate the risk of measurement errors and free up your time and budget with the simplest spindle exchange mechanism, automatic spindle detection, automatic speed searching function for new formulations, and more. Your existing SOPs can be easily converted if the same setup and settings are used. It’s time to switch to an easier way. It’s time to switch to ViscoQC.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/viscometers-viscoqc-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Easiest-to-Use Rotational Viscometer – Unpack and Measure","text":"Setup takes less than two minutes: ViscoQC comes preassembled and includes an SOP booklet with first steps and straightforward user training. Our rotational viscometers guide you from startup through the entire measurement process via an intuitive user interface. Continue to use the SOP methods of your existing rotational viscometer: ViscoQC uses the same instrument setup and measuring settings to deliver the same results. Spindles with magnetic coupling for easy, fast, and safe spindle exchange come as standard.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Full Traceability for Reliable Viscosity Tests","text":"Make your viscosity measurements error-proof and 100% traceable with our unique Toolmaster™ feature: spindles are automatically detected by the viscometer as soon as they’re attached. With ViscoQC 300, you can further restrict each method to a unique spindle identity. Furthermore, all connected accessories are detected and documented as well:\nBuilt-in digital leveling automatically monitors and indicates the correct levelling status, which prevents faulty measurements and ensures remarkable, full-scale range accuracy of ± 1%. If you need to measure new formulations, ViscoQC automatically leads you to the right spindle/speed configuration using TruMode™.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Your Future-Proof Rotational Viscometer","text":"You can upgrade your ViscoQC with accessories to cover any need:\n• PTD 80 – For fast and accurate control of sample temperature (+15 °C to +80 °C)\n• PTD 175 – High performance temperature control, suitable for standards like ASTM D2983/D8210/D5133/7110 and DIN 51398\n• PTD 100 Cone-Plate – For small sample volumes (0.5 mL to 2 mL)\n• ETD 300 – For high-temperature measurements of bitumen and hot melts, and for standards like ASTM D4402 and AASHTO T316\n• Heli-Plus – For non-flowing substances like gels, pastes, and creams\nYou can add other software functionality to ViscoQC 300 with V-Curve, adding real-time graphs, analysis (e.g., yield point), programmability, and extended method functionality.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Be Fully Compliant Within One Day","text":"ViscoQC is qualified and ready to use within a single day and is compliant to 21 CFR Part 11, GMP, and GAMP 5. The V-Comply software for ViscoQC 300 delivers features like audit trail, electronic signatures and advanced user management. Additionally, it can be accompanied by a pharma qualification document. This elevates the qualification process to much more than just a simple installation and basic IQ/OQ. An in-depth risk analysis, performance qualification, traceability matrix, and final qualification report enhance the value of the qualification package for the entire qualification process.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Most Convenient Way to Generate and Export QC Data","text":"Every ViscoQC includes the V-Collect PC data collection software. As ViscoQC 100 doesn’t store any data, results are directly exported or printed via the Brother QL-700 label printer after each test. ViscoQC 300 has memory space for up to 999 measurements with up to 10,000 sub-measurements on 150 MB. Additionally, it’s possible to print and export data as PDF, CSV, page printer (USB or network), or label printer. For automated data export, ViscoQC 300 can be integrated into your network via Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS) or FTP Server. Kickstart your paperless lab with AP Connect to connect your instruments, communicate measurement information, and ensure compliance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Durable Parts, Maximum Uptime","text":"Since ViscoQC uses highly durable bearings and regularly performs an automatic bearing check (TruSine™), your uptime is maximized and ongoing service costs are reduced to a minimum. All of our spindles are made of superior stainless steel (AISI 316L), which increases spindle lifetime by protecting them from corrosion.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Rotational Viscometer: ViscoQC is available in 6 models: ViscoQC 100 L, ViscoQC 100 R, ViscoQC 100 H, ViscoQC 300 L, ViscoQC 300 R, ViscoQC 300 H.","subsections":[{"title":"ViscoQC 100 L","text":"Single-point measurements on 3.5” color display."},{"title":"ViscoQC 100 R","text":"Single-point measurements on 3.5” color display."},{"title":"ViscoQC 100 H","text":"Single-point measurements on 3.5” color display."},{"title":"ViscoQC 300 L","text":"Multi-point measurements on 7” color touchscreen."},{"title":"ViscoQC 300 R","text":"Multi-point measurements on 7” color touchscreen."},{"title":"ViscoQC 300 H","text":"Multi-point measurements on 7” color touchscreen."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CTfXo3coHy4","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ViscoQC 100 L","ViscoQC 100 R","ViscoQC 100 H","ViscoQC 300 L","ViscoQC 300 R","ViscoQC 300 H"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Viscosity Test","values":["Single-point","Single-point","Single-point","Multi-point","Multi-point","Multi-point"]},{"parameter":"Viscosity Range [mPa·s or cP] (depends on Measuring System)","values":["0.2* to 6 M","1.6 ** to 40 M","13.2 *** to 320 M","0.1 * to 6 M","1.3 ** to 40 M","10.6 *** to 320 M"]},{"parameter":"Speed [rpm]","values":["0.1 rpm to 200 rpm\n740 increments","0.1 rpm to 200 rpm\n740 increments","0.1 rpm to 200 rpm\n740 increments","0.01 rpm to 250 rpm\nSpeed list with 18 standard speeds\nFreely selectable speeds within the speed range","0.01 rpm to 250 rpm\nSpeed list with 18 standard speeds\nFreely selectable speeds within the speed range","0.01 rpm to 250 rpm\nSpeed list with 18 standard speeds\nFreely selectable speeds within the speed range"]},{"parameter":"Max. Spring Torque [mNm]","values":["0.0673","0.7187","5.7496","0.0673","0.7187","5.7496"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["±1.0 % full scale range","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["±0.2 % full scale range","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Heli-Plus Compatibility","values":["✔","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"PTD 100 Cone-Plate Compatibility","values":["✔","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"ETD 300 Compatibility","values":["✔","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Peltier Temperature Control","values":["+15 °C to +80 °C\n(for DIN/SSA with PTD 80)\n0 °C to + 100 °C\n(for CP with PTD 100 Cone-Plate)","+15 °C to +80 °C\n(for DIN/SSA with PTD 80)\n0 °C to + 100 °C\n(for CP with PTD 100 Cone-Plate)","+15 °C to +80 °C\n(for DIN/SSA with PTD 80)\n0 °C to + 100 °C\n(for CP with PTD 100 Cone-Plate)","+15 °C to +80 °C\n(for DIN/SSA with PTD 80)\n-45 °C to +175 °C\n(for DIN/SSA/UL/4B2/L1D22 with PTD 175)\n0 °C to + 100 °C\n(for CP with PTD 100 Cone-Plate)","+15 °C to +80 °C\n(for DIN/SSA with PTD 80)\n-45 °C to +175 °C\n(for DIN/SSA/UL/4B2/L1D22 with PTD 175)\n0 °C to + 100 °C\n(for CP with PTD 100 Cone-Plate)","+15 °C to +80 °C\n(for DIN/SSA with PTD 80)\n-45 °C to +175 °C\n(for DIN/SSA/UL/4B2/L1D22 with PTD 175)\n0 °C to + 100 °C\n(for CP with PTD 100 Cone-Plate)"]},{"parameter":"Electrical Temperature Control","values":["+25 °C to +300 °C (for SSA/DIN with ETD 300)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Liquid Temperature Control/sensing","values":["Ambient to +100 °C (control of L/RH spindles with optional thermostat bath)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature Sensing","values":["-60 °C to +300 °C (temperature sensing with optional Pt100)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Intuitive User Interface","values":["3.5\" color LCD display","3.5\" color LCD display","3.5\" color LCD display","7\" color touchscreen display;\nOptions: keyboard, mouse, 2D bar code reader","7\" color touchscreen display;\nOptions: keyboard, mouse, 2D bar code reader","7\" color touchscreen display;\nOptions: keyboard, mouse, 2D bar code reader"]},{"parameter":"Languages","values":["EN, DE, ES, FR, CN, JA, KO, IT, RU, PT","EN, DE, ES, FR, CN, JA, KO, IT, RU, PT","EN, DE, ES, FR, CN, JA, KO, IT, RU, PT","EN, DE, ES, FR, IT, PT, JA, KO, RU, ZH-CN, ZH-TW, PO, CZE","EN, DE, ES, FR, IT, PT, JA, KO, RU, ZH-CN, ZH-TW, PO, CZE","EN, DE, ES, FR, IT, PT, JA, KO, RU, ZH-CN, ZH-TW, PO, CZE"]},{"parameter":"Built-in Digital Leveling","values":["✔","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Easiest Spindle Exchange (magnetic Coupling)","values":["✔","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Automatic Spindle Recognition (Toolmaster™)","values":["✔","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Automatic Measuring Range Calculation","values":["✔","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Automatic Speed Searching Function (TruMode™)","values":["✔","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Spindle Correction by User","values":["✔","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Users, User Groups","values":["None","None","None","✔ Customizable","✔ Customizable","✔ Customizable"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* With optional PTD 100 Cone-Plate, with L1 spindle 15 mPa·s\n**  With optional PTD 100 Cone-Plate, with RH1 spindle 100 mPa·s\n***  With optional PTD 100 Cone-Plate, with RH1 spindle 800 mPa·s\nM = million\nDIN = Concentric cylinders, double-gap\nSSA = Small sample adapter (SC4-xx)\nUL = Ultra-low viscosity adapter","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"rheolabqc","name":"Rotational Rheometer: RheolabQC","description":"RheolabQC is a rotational rheometer based on state-of-the-art technologies also used in R&D rheometers.","pageTitle":"Rotational Rheometer: RheolabQC","pageDescription":"RheolabQC is a rotational rheometer based on state-of-the-art technologies also used in R&D rheometers. It combines unrivaled performance with easy operation and robust design.","image":"/images/viscometers-rheolabqc-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"RheolabQC is a rotational rheometer based on state-of-the-art technologies also used in R&D rheometers. It combines unrivaled performance with easy operation and robust design. From quick single-point checks over flow curve and yield point determinations to complex rheological investigations: RheolabQC sets new standards for carrying out routine rheological tests. This powerful rheometer is an excellent example of a modern measuring instrument utilizing all available technical possibilities to ensure flexible, reliable and simple operation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/viscometers-rheolabqc-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Highlights","text":"• Cost-effective modular rotational rheometer for routine tasks\n• From single-point to more complex rheological analyses from liquids to semi-solids\n• Controlled shear rate and shear stress, yield and thixotropic tests\n• Worry-free use with automatic spindle recognition (Toolmaster™)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RheolabQC"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Speed","values":["0.01 1/min to 1200 1/min"]},{"parameter":"Torque","values":["0.20 mNm to 75 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Shear Stress","values":["0.5 Pa to 3 x 104 Pa"]},{"parameter":"Shear Rate","values":["10⁻² 1/s to 6500 1/s"]},{"parameter":"Viscosity Range (depending on the Measuring System)","values":["1 mPa.s to 109 mPa.s"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Range","values":["-20 °C to +180 °C"]},{"parameter":"Angular Resolution","values":["2 µrad"]},{"parameter":"Physical Variables (measurement or Evaluation)","values":["Speed\nTorque\nShear rate\nShear stress\nDynamic viscosity\nTemperature\nTime\nDeformation\nCompliance\nYield stress\nFlow and viscosity curve\nThixotropy\nTime and temperature test"]}]}]},{"slug":"viscoquick","name":"Universal Torque Viscometer: Brabender ViscoQuick","description":"The Brabender ViscoQuick is a compact and reliable digital torque viscometer that’s 25 % faster than comparable devices.","pageTitle":"Universal Torque Viscometer: Brabender ViscoQuick","pageDescription":"The Brabender ViscoQuick is a compact and reliable digital torque viscometer that’s 25 % faster than comparable devices. Its integrated PC, touchscreen and temperature control system (Peltier) optimize space and costs.","image":"/images/viscometers-viscoquick-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Brabender ViscoQuick is a compact and reliable digital torque viscometer that’s 25 % faster than comparable devices. Its integrated PC, touchscreen and temperature control system (Peltier) optimize space and costs. Heating and cooling rates of +20 °C / -15 °C per minute ensure short measuring times (e.g., starch gelatinization below 10 minutes). The MetaBridge software allows access and data export from any instrument. ViscoQuick enables real-time dosing of substances and rapid rheological determination at temperatures below 20 °C. And its comprehensive database supports a wide range of applications and provides a user-friendly, automated experience.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/viscometers-viscoquick-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Our Flour and Starch Measurement Instruments Lead the Way","text":"Know you’re using an instrument from the established market leader in the flour and starch measurement field. This means communication in the universally recognized flour and starch measurement language, Brabender Units (BU), or universal unit such as cP and mPas.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Exchange Waiting Times for Productivity","text":"ViscoQuick’s rapid heating and cooling rates (-15 °C/min | + 20 °C/min) enable measuring results 25 % faster than any other solution on the market plus up to 80 % faster than predecessor instruments – with no compromise on accuracy. This means that you can determine starch gelatinizing and gel formation within 10 minutes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"MetaBridge: Streamlined Data Access","text":"The browser-based MetaBridge software for the ViscoQuick ensures proper implementation of common flour and starch measurement methods. The software lets you access your measurements from any device and location. Export and send data to colleagues, third-party systems such as LIMS and ERP, or even send results by email. Use a reference curve in the MetaBridge software to monitor starch quality in real time and receive automatic feedback on whether or not specifications have been met. Compare a multitude of measurements with the correlations add-on feature to obtain an optimal understanding of your starch.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reliable Results Below 20 °C","text":"The ViscoQuick has a unique cool-down capability. Unlike conventional units that can only cool to 50 °C, it can reach temperatures lower than 20 °C. This means ready-to-eat food products can be cooled to the exact temperature at which they will be consumed or processed, such as room or refrigeration temperature.\n• Closer-to-reality rheological characteristics\n• Maintenance of desired texture even at lower temperatures\n• Product quality: Improved end-products","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Real-Time Dosing for Added Substance Insight","text":"Our digital viscometer offers real-time dosing during the process, providing immediate insights into the effects of added substances. This feature let you monitor and adjust your process in real time, ensuring optimal results.\n• Real-time monitoring reduces trial and error\n• Instant insights optimize substance use\n• Swift adjustments expedite product development","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rahapTH1PZY","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Brabender ViscoQuick"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Viscosity Range","values":["30 cP/mPas to 50,000 cP/mPas"]},{"parameter":"Speed","values":["0 min⁻¹ to 500 min⁻¹"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Range","values":["10 °C to 110 °C"]},{"parameter":"Heating Rate","values":["Up to 20.0 °C / min"]},{"parameter":"Cooling Rate","values":["Up to 15.0 °C / min"]},{"parameter":"Sample Volume","values":["5 g to 15 g"]},{"parameter":"Distilled Water","values":["100 mL to 115 mL"]},{"parameter":"Touch Screen","values":["10.4\" (1024 × 768 px), fixed"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["430 mm x 640 mm x 350 mm (W x H x D)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Approx. 36 kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"viscograph-e","name":"Standard Starch Viscometer: Brabender Viscograph-E","description":"Ensure compliance with Viscograph-E, a standard starch viscometer that measures the gelatinization properties of starch according to ICC and AACCI.","pageTitle":"Standard Starch Viscometer: Brabender Viscograph-E","pageDescription":"Ensure compliance with Viscograph-E, a standard starch viscometer that measures the gelatinization properties of starch according to ICC and AACCI. Real-time quality monitoring through reference curves and precise temperature measurements enhance accuracy, while a 40 g sample size guarantees homogeneity and minimizes errors.","image":"/images/viscometers-viscograph-e-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Ensure compliance with Viscograph-E, a standard starch viscometer that measures the gelatinization properties of starch according to ICC and AACCI. Real-time quality monitoring through reference curves and precise temperature measurements enhance accuracy, while a 40 g sample size guarantees homogeneity and minimizes errors. The durable stainless steel beaker and stirrer design is resistant to wear and tear and ensures precision over the instrument’s lifetime, letting you avoid follow-up orders associated with disposable systems. Streamline operations with our MetaBridge software, which enables remote access, multi-instrument connectivity, and integration with third-party systems.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/viscometers-viscograph-e-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Rely on Our Market-Leading Expertise","text":"Know your using an instrument from the established market leader in the flour and starch measurement field. This means communication in the universal language for flour and starch analysis, Brabender Units (BU), which reduces complexity and increases collaboration.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ensure Compliance with Your Standard Starch Viscometer","text":"The Viscograph-E is the leading instrument on the market for testing starch while complying to the main national and international standard for gelatinization properties stated in ICC and AACCI.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Real-Time Temperature Monitoring Means Better Products","text":"The temperature probe of the Viscograph-E has direct contact with the sample. In contrast to conventional devices, this ensures measurement of real sample temperatures without temperature fluctuations. This leads to highly precise results reflecting real-life production conditions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Use MetaBridge for Better Data Collaboration","text":"MetaBridge, the intuitive software tailored to Brabender devices, simplifies the implementation of standards. With it, you can access measurements from any device and connect multiple instruments. You can also share data between teams and extend it to third-party systems (e.g., LIMS). By using reference curves, you can monitor material quality in real time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Starch Viscometer Designed for Accuracy and the Long Haul","text":"The Viscograph-E has been designed with accuracy in mind. Its 40 g starch sample size reduces the impact of weighing errors and improves sample homogeneity. The stainless steel beaker and stirrer increase measurement accuracy and reduce repeat orders compared to disposable systems. You can also self-calibrate the standard starch viscometer with specific starches to extend its lifespan.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Brabender Viscograph-E"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Mains Connection","values":["230 V; 50/60 Hz + N + PE; 2.8 A\n115V; 50/60 Hz + PE; 5.6 A"]},{"parameter":"Heating Rate","values":["Standard: 1.5 °C/min\nAdjustable: 0.1 °C/min to 3.0 °C/min\nFor special applications: Up to 4.0 °C"]},{"parameter":"Sample Volume (approx.)","values":["Starch: 450 mL / flour 530 mL"]},{"parameter":"Speed","values":["0 min⁻¹ to 300 min⁻¹"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["560 mm x 890 mm x 430 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Approx: 30 kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"amylograph-e","name":"Standard Flour Viscometer: Brabender Amylograph-E","description":"The Amylograph-E assesses starch properties and enzyme activity in flours according to ICC, ISO, and AACCI standards.","pageTitle":"Standard Flour Viscometer: Brabender Amylograph-E","pageDescription":"The Amylograph-E assesses starch properties and enzyme activity in flours according to ICC, ISO, and AACCI standards. Its gradual heating replicates baking conditions and captures the entire enzyme spectrum without starch damage.","image":"/images/viscometers-amylograph-e-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Amylograph-E assesses starch properties and enzyme activity in flours according to ICC, ISO, and AACCI standards. Its gradual heating replicates baking conditions and captures the entire enzyme spectrum without starch damage. High-precision measurements are visually displayed in a diagram with multiple evaluation points. Real-time temperature measurements are devoid of fluctuations and guarantee precision throughout the process. Paired with MetaBridge software, it ensures standard conformity, allowing real-time flour quality monitoring and streamlined workflows. Accessible from any device, it simplifies instrument connectivity and enables effortless data sharing, saving valuable analysis time.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/viscometers-amylograph-e-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Know Your Flour Quality Aligns with Standards","text":"The Amylograph-E adheres to critical national and international standard for measuring starch gelatinization and enzyme activity, including ICC, AACCI, and ISO. This guarantees flour baking quality throughout the value chain and aligns with the global language of flour analysis through Brabender/Amylograph Units (BU/AU). This means you can easily communicate and collaborate with other industry players.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Visualization of the Measurement Process for Optimal Results","text":"Our standard flour viscometer to assess enzyme activity offers insights into your flour analysis process. By providing a comprehensive visualization of the measurement journey, including multiple evaluation points, it goes beyond mere numbers so you can gain a nuanced understanding of your flour and whole meal flour. This lets you fine-tune your processes and ensure optimal results every time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Gradual Heating Keeps Starch Unharmed and Enhances Quality","text":"Unlike the falling number method, the Amylograph-E employs gradual heating, which prevents starch damage and alpha-amylase deactivation. Starting at 30 °C and increasing by 1.5 °C per minute, it mimics baking conditions, ensuring accurate results and exceptional bread quality. You can also expedite measurements with our standard flour viscometer beyond standards without compromising sample quality, saving you time: 20 minutes per test and several hours per working day.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Flour Viscometer Measuring with Real-World Temperatures","text":"The Amylograph-E measures the real sample temperature. Through direct contact with the sample, the temperature probe eliminates fluctuations, which ensures precise results. Unlike conventional devices, Amylograph-E delivers highly accurate results that mirror real-life production conditions. Boost the reliability of your analyses by frequent self-calibration of your instrument with specific flours.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"MetaBridge Revolutionizes Your Flour Analysis","text":"Transform your flour quality control with MetaBridge Standalone, the essential upgrade kit for Amylograph-E. Ensure accurate results and know your compliant with standard methods. The software also lets you access measurements from any device, integrate multiple instruments, and share vital data for collaboration.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Brabender Amylograph-E"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Mains Connection","values":["1x 230 V; 50/60 Hz + N + PE; 2,8 A\n115 V; 50/60 Hz + PE; 5,6 A"]},{"parameter":"Heating Rate","values":["Standard: 1.5 °C/min\nAdjustable 0.1 °C/min to 3.0 °C/min"]},{"parameter":"Sample Volume","values":["Ca. 550 mL"]},{"parameter":"Speed","values":["Standard 75 min⁻¹\nAdjustable 0 min⁻¹ to 300 min⁻¹"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["490 mm x 890 mm x 400 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Approx. 30 kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"glutopeak","name":"Brabender GlutoPeak","description":"With this solution, you can quickly qualify cereal milling products based on the aggregation behavior of gluten.","pageTitle":"Brabender GlutoPeak","pageDescription":"With this solution, you can quickly qualify cereal milling products based on the aggregation behavior of gluten. The use of GlutoPeak is suitable as a rapid method for quality assessment in the grain receiving process.","image":"/images/viscometers-glutopeak-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"With this solution, you can quickly qualify cereal milling products based on the aggregation behavior of gluten. The use of GlutoPeak is suitable as a rapid method for quality assessment in the grain receiving process. The device measures within 1-10 minutes at a constant rotational speed. The process runs automatically and requires only small sample quantities, ranging from 2.5 to 12 grams (depending on the sample material). Unsuitable material can be quickly identified, avoiding the need for further time-consuming measurements.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/viscometers-glutopeak-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Highlights","text":"• Quality and performance testing: Perform accurate rapid tests to determine gluten quality. This enables functional testing of various baked goods and other food as well as feed products.\n• Fast and comprehensive analysis: Determine wet gluten in 1 to 10 minutes with Rapid Flour Check. Get detailed measurement results on protein content, water absorption and W-value, enabling efficient and reliable analysis of flour quality and performance in baking and food applications.\n• Optimize your products: Accurate measurement of wet gluten enables bakers and food manufacturers to assess gluten quality and thus overall flour quality for their specific requirements. This allows them to optimize the sensory and functional properties of their products.\n• MetaBridge software: user-guided workflows, reference limits, measurement correlations, customizable methods & parameters, and more\n• Connectivity: support for third-party solutions (ERP, LIMS)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[]}]},{"name":"Density Meters","description":"The comprehensive portfolio of digital density meters includes instruments for every need.","pageTitle":"Density Meters","pageDescription":"The comprehensive portfolio of digital density meters includes instruments for every need – from handheld devices to benchtop systems, from three-digit accuracy to the world’s most precise six-digit density meter.  With best-in-class solutions for every application.","overview":"Anton Paar has led innovation in laboratory density and concentration measurement since introducing the world’s first digital density meter more than five decades ago. Today, the comprehensive portfolio includes instruments for every need – from handheld devices to benchtop systems, from three-digit accuracy to the world’s most precise six-digit density meter.  With best-in-class solutions for every application, each instrument is supported by Anton Paar density standards, which offer the industry’s lowest measurement uncertainty.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/density-meters.webp","slug":"density-meters","models":[{"slug":"dma-4002-5002-6002","name":"Modular Benchtop Density Meter: DMA 4002, DMA 5002, and DMA 6002","description":"The DMA series modular benchtop density meters with unmatched precision and reliability. ","pageTitle":"Modular Benchtop Density Meter: DMA 4002, DMA 5002, and DMA 6002","pageDescription":"The DMA series modular benchtop density meters combine automated functions with unmatched precision and reliability. As the fastest, most modular benchtop density meters in Anton Paar's portfolio, they deliver four-digit results in just 20 seconds.","image":"/images/density-meter-dma-4002-5002-6002-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Inspired by over 55 years of expertise in benchtop density measurement, the DMA 4002, DMA 5002, and DMA 6002 modular benchtop density meters combine automated functions with unmatched precision and reliability. As the fastest, most modular benchtop density meters in Anton Paar's portfolio, they deliver four-digit results in just 20 seconds – powered by U-Pulse technology based on the patented Pulsed Excitation Method for best-in-class accuracy.\nThe instruments offer storage of up to 10,000 measurements and deliver accuracy up to six digits. Daily operations are simplified with features such as U-Dry, one-touch measurement, and a measurement status light, while compliance with a wide range of standards ensures peace of mind.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/density-meter-dma-4002-5002-6002-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Outstanding Features that Simplify Workflows","text":"• One-touch measurement: Measurement at the push of a button\n• U-Dry: Effortless hand-swipe measurement drying\n• FillingCheck: Detection of microbubbles in seconds\n• U-View: Zoomable image of the measuring cell\n• ThermoBalance: Automatic compensation of temperature effects\n• Guided user workflows for simplified operation","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Unmatched Precision, Powered by U-Pulse Technology","text":"U-Pulse, based on Anton Paar's patented Pulsed Excitation Method, delivers best-in-class performance – with outstanding precision, repeatability, and reproducibility, whether in high-precision R&D or routine quality control.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Multiparameter Measurement Systems","text":"The DMA 4002, DMA 5002, and DMA 6002 modular benchtop density meters can be connected to a variety of Anton Paar measuring modules, enabling users to capture all key quality control parameters from a single sample – under identical conditions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automation that Drives Productivity","text":"Fully automated filling, measuring, and cleaning processes take throughput to the next level. Every Anton Paar benchtop density meter is compatible with a wide range of sample changers, enabling tailored setups for maximum speed and reliability. The instruments ensure accurate, operator-independent results while protecting users by minimizing contact with hazardous substances – all while keeping workflows in motion.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compliance with Key Standards","text":"The DMA 4002, DMA 5002, and DMA 6002 modular benchtop density meters ensure full compliance with ASTM D4052, D5002, D1250, and ISO 12185 for petroleum testing, as well as all relevant pharmacopeias. They also support data integrity and traceability in line with regulations such as 21 CFR Part 11.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"All three models offer one-touch measurement at the push of a button, U-Dry effortless hand-swipe drying, a syringe and measurement status light, combinability with 30+ modules for a measurement system, and automated filling and rinsing via the Xsample series sample changers.","subsections":[{"title":"DMA 4002","text":"Results with four-digit accuracy in 20 s."},{"title":"DMA 5002","text":"Results with five-digit accuracy in 30 s."},{"title":"DMA 6002","text":"Results with six-digit accuracy for QC and R&D."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VBlNJhz-oMA","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DMA 4002","DMA 5002","DMA 6002"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Patents","values":["AT 516420 B1","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0 g/cm³ to 3 g/cm³","",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0 °C to 100 °C (32 °F to 212 °F)","",""]},{"parameter":"Pressure","values":["Up to 10 bar (145 psi) absolute pressure","",""]},{"parameter":"Accuracy*","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.00005 g/cm³","0.00001 g/cm³ (0 g/cm³ to 1.05 g/cm³, 15 °C to 20 °C)\n0.00005 g/cm³ (full range)","0.000005 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.02 °C (0.04 °F)","0.01 °C (0.02 °F) (15 °C to 20 °C)\n0.015 °C (0.03 °F) (full range)","0.01 °C (0.02 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability s.d.**","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.00001 g/cm³","0.000003 g/cm³","0.000001 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.02 °C (0.04 °F)","0.005 °C (0.01 °F)","0.001 °C (0.002 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility s.d.**","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.00005 g/cm³","0.000005 g/cm³","0.000005 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Digital Resolution","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.00001 g/cm³","0.000005 g/cm³","0.000001 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Features","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["U-Dry, U-View, U-Pulse, FillingCheck, Status Light, Syringe Illumination, ThermoBalance, Full-range viscosity correction","",""]},{"parameter":"Special Functions","values":["Temperature scan, built-in ambient pressure sensor, condition monitoring","",""]},{"parameter":"Filling Options","values":["Automatic sample changers","",""]},{"parameter":"Modularity","values":["Alcohol, pH, color, turbidity, viscosity, refractive index, optical rotation, CO₂, O₂","",""]},{"parameter":"Upgrades and Calibrations","values":["Printers, ISO calibration, AP Connect lab execution software","",""]},{"parameter":"Integrated Tables and Functions","values":["Density, specific gravity (SG), alcohol tables, sugar/extract tables, various acid/base tables, API functions","",""]},{"parameter":"Technical Data","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["15 °C to 35 °C (59 °F to 95 °F)","",""]},{"parameter":"Typical Measuring Time/Sample","values":["20 s","30 s","40 s"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Sample Volume","values":["Approx. 1 mL","",""]},{"parameter":"Wetted Materials","values":["Borosilicate glass, PTFE, ETFE","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["526 mm x 347 mm x 230 mm (20.7 in x 13.7 in x 9 in)","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["22.04 kg (48.6 lbs)","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 100 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz, fluctuation ± 10 %, 190 VA","",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["10.1\" TFT WXGA (1280 x 800 px); PCAP touchscreen","",""]},{"parameter":"Controls","values":["Touchscreen, optional keyboard, mouse, and barcode reader","",""]},{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["4 x USB, Ethernet, CAN, RS232","",""]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["10,000 measuring values including camera images","",""]},{"parameter":"Recommended Instrument for Inline Measurement","values":["L-Dens 7400","L-Dens 7500","L-Dens 7500"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* According to ISO 5725\n** Under ideal conditions and for low viscosities","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"compact-dma","name":"Compact Digital Density Meter: DMA 502 and DMA 1002","description":"Compact density meters for beverages to chemicals with 140 conversion tables built in.","pageTitle":"Compact Digital Density Meter: DMA 502 and DMA 1002","pageDescription":"The compact DMA 502 and DMA 1002 density meters are ideal for applications from beverages to chemicals — 140 conversion tables, 400 methods, and 5,000 memory slots streamline workflows while requiring only 1 mL of sample and flexible filling options.","image":"/images/density-meter-compact-dma-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The compact density meters DMA 502 and DMA 1002 are ideal for applications ranging from beverages to chemicals. With 140 conversion tables, 400 methods, and 5,000 memory slots, both models streamline workflows while requiring only 1 mL of sample. Flexible filling options – such as syringe filling, the Xsample 200, and the filling funnel – offer effortless handling, while automatic compensation for temperature, altitude, and other ambient factors ensures reliable performance in varying conditions. When connected to Anton Paar’s lab execution system AP Connect, all data is stored securely in one place. The DMA 502 provides three-digit accuracy, while the DMA 1002 delivers four-digit precision and full compliance with global standards (Pharmacopeias, 21 CFR Part 11, ASTM D4052 and D5002).","subsections":[],"image":"/images/density-meter-compact-dma-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Outstanding Features that Simplify Workflows","text":"• One-touch measurement: Measurement at the push of a button\n• Filling Check: Detection of microbubbles in seconds\n• U-View: Zoomable image of the measuring cell\n• Guided user workflows for simplified operation","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"At-Line Concentration Check","text":"Not every measurement takes place in the lab. The DMA compact series is designed for reliable at-line concentration measurements. Due to its robust, ventilation-free design, it performs consistently even in harsh industrial environments – quickly delivering accurate results right where they’re needed most.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mastering Paste-Like Samples","text":"With the DMA 502 and DMA 1002 and the dedicated pasty sample kit, even viscous samples can be filled in just minutes. The integrated syringe holder enables bubble-free filling, saving more than 25 minutes per sample compared to traditional pycnometers. Cleaning is quick and efficient, requiring only a few milliliters of solvent per cycle.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safe and Simple Sample Handling","text":"The DMA series offers flexible, user-friendly filling options for maximum safety and efficiency. In addition to syringe filling, the funnel enables direct measurement – just pour in the sample. The Xsample 200 peristaltic pump automates the filling process to minimize contact with hazardous substances. Both options support safe, glove-friendly operation via the intuitive touchscreen interface – making handling easier and safer for every operator.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Compact Digital Density Meter: DMA is available in 2 models: DMA 502, DMA 1002.","subsections":[{"title":"DMA 502","text":"Three-digit digital density measurement from the market leader."},{"title":"DMA 1002","text":"Most advanced four-digit density meter in its price class."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DMA 502","DMA 1002"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Patents","values":["EP3012612B1, AT520632B1, US10145771B2",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0 g/cm³ to 3 g/cm³",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["15 °C to 40 °C (59 °F to 104 °F)","15 °C to 60 °C (59 °F to 140 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Pressure","values":["0 bar to 10 bar (0 psi to 145 psi)",""]},{"parameter":"Accuracy*","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.001 g/cm³","0.0001 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.3 °C (0.2 °F)","0.03 °C (0.02 °F)**"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability, s.d.***","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.0002 g/cm³","0.00005 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.1 °C (0.2 °F)","0.02 °C (0.04 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility, s.d.***","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.0004 g/cm³","0.00007 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Digital Resolution","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.01 °C (0.01 °F)","0.01 °C (0.01 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Features","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["U-View, FillingCheck, Full-range viscosity correction",""]},{"parameter":"Special Functions","values":["Quick single-point adjustment, temperature scan, built-in ambient pressure sensor, condition monitoring (humidity)",""]},{"parameter":"Filling Options","values":["Peristaltic pump, Filling funnel, Filling kit for pasty samples, Aerosol filling adapter","Peristaltic pump, Filling kit for pasty samples, Aerosol filling adapter"]},{"parameter":"Upgrades and Calibrations","values":["Printers, ISO calibration, AP Connect lab execution software",""]},{"parameter":"Integrated Tables and Functions","values":["Density, specific gravity (SG), alcohol tables, sugar/extract tables, various acid/base tables, API functions",""]},{"parameter":"Technical Data","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["5 °C to 35 °C (41 °F to 95 °F)",""]},{"parameter":"Minimum Sample Volume","values":["Approx. 1 mL",""]},{"parameter":"Wetted Materials","values":["Borosilicate glass, PTFE, ETFE",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["375 mm x 280 mm x 180 mm (14.8 in x 11.0 in x 7.0 in)",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["13.5 kg (29.8 lb)",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 100 to 240 V; 47 to 63 Hz; DC 24V, 3A",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["7 inches, TFT WVGA (800 x 480 Px); PCAP touchscreen",""]},{"parameter":"Controls","values":["Touchscreen, optional keyboard, mouse, and barcode reader",""]},{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["1 x Ethernet, 3 x USB, 1 x RS232",""]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["5000 measured results; 400 products",""]},{"parameter":"Recommended Instrument for Inline Measurement","values":["L-Dens 3300","L-Dens 7400"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* According to ISO 5725\n** Valid at ± 2 °C ambient temperature recorded during adjustment\n*** Under ideal conditions and for low densities/viscosities",""]}]}]},{"slug":"dma-6002-sound-velocity","name":"Density and Sound Velocity Meter: DMA 6002 Sound Velocity","description":"The only instrument combining density and sound velocity in one setup.","pageTitle":"Density and Sound Velocity Meter: DMA 6002 Sound Velocity","pageDescription":"The latest evolution of the world's most trusted density and sound velocity meter — built on over 40 years of innovation, DMA 6002 Sound Velocity is the only instrument that combines density and sound velocity measurement in a single setup.","image":"/images/density-meter-dma-6002-sound-velocity-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Experience the future of lab analysis with DMA 6002 Sound Velocity – the latest evolution of the world’s most trusted density and sound velocity meter. Built on over 40 years of innovation and precision, it’s the only instrument that combines density and sound velocity in one setup, delivering fast, automatic concentration determination of two- and three-component solutions. Designed for the highest demands in QC and R&D, DMA 6002 Sound Velocity is trusted across industries for reliable results. Handling up to 30 samples per hour, it minimizes manual effort and maximizes productivity. From beverages to chemicals, it’s the smart choice for anyone ready to transform lab workflows.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/density-meter-dma-6002-sound-velocity-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Density and Sound Velocity Measurement Combined in One Instrument","text":"DMA 6002 Sound Velocity is the only instrument that seamlessly combines density and sound velocity measurement in a single setup – delivering fast, highly precise results for the concentration determination of two- and three-component solutions.\n• Density: Repeatability up to 0.000001 g/cm³\n• Sound velocity: Repeatability up to 0.1 m/s\n• Reproducibility: 0.000005 g/cm³ / 0.5 m/s\n• Minimal sample volume of just 3.5 mL\n• Up to 30 samples measured per hour","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Perfect Simplicity","text":"The latest version of the world’s most trusted density and sound velocity meter makes daily operation easier than ever before. From start to finish, everything is designed for speed, clarity, and ease of use – no extensive training required.\n• One-touch measurement for analysis at the push of a button\n• Status light for measurement progress at a glance\n• Syringe illumination for visibility during sample filling\n• Guided workflows and selectable industry profiles\n• Automatic bubble detection to ensure error-free results\n• Smart features like U-View, U-Dry, U-Pulse, and FillingCheck","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Modularity for Multiparameter Analysis","text":"Achieve exceptional efficiency and analytical depth with DMA 6002 Sound Velocity at the heart of your multiparameter measurement system. More than 10 key parameters can be measured in a single cycle from one sample – faster, smarter, and under identical conditions. This modular setup enhances laboratory throughput and data integrity while seamlessly adapting to diverse application requirements.\n• Combinable with modules for CO₂, O₂, pH, turbidity, and RI\n• Automated handling via Xsample sample changers\n• Compatible with PFD Piercing and Filling Device\n• All results traceable to one sample, under one setup","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Most Stable Results Available","text":"DMA 6002 Sound Velocity delivers unmatched stability and precision. From microbubble detection to automated compensation of U-tube aging, every detail is engineered to simplify workflows and ensure every result is accurate, traceable, and reproducible – even under challenging sample conditions.\n• FillingCheck detection of gas bubbles and filling errors\n• U-View live imaging for instant validation of filled U-tube\n• ThermoBalance correction of temperature effects without delay\n• Viscosity correction across the entire viscosity range\n• Ultra-fast measuring mode for maximum throughput","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"ISO-Certified Calibration, Backed by Local Support","text":"For more than 65 years, Anton Paar has been the trusted expert in density measurement. To ensure the accuracy of your density results, we offer ISO 17025-accredited calibration services and ISO 17034-certified reference materials, rapid on-site assistance, a three-year warranty, guaranteed spare parts availability for 10+ years, and local support from more than 350 experts worldwide.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DMA 6002 Sound Velocity"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Patents","values":["AT 516420 B1"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0 g/cm³ to 3 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Sound Velocity","values":["1,000 m/s to 2,000 m/s"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0 °C to 100 °C (32 °F to 212 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Pressure","values":["0 bar to 8 bar (0 psi to 116 psi)"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy*","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.000005 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.01 °C (0.02 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability s.d.**","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.000001 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Sound Velocity","values":["0.1 m/s"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.001 °C (0.002 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility s.d.**","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.000005 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Sound Velocity","values":["0.5 m/s"]},{"parameter":"Digital Resolution","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.000001 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Sound Velocity","values":["0.01 m/s"]},{"parameter":"Features","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["U-Dry, U-View, U-Pulse, FillingCheck, Status Light, Syringe Illumination, ThermoBalance, Full-range viscosity correction"]},{"parameter":"Special Functions","values":["Temperature scan, built-in ambient pressure sensor, condition monitoring"]},{"parameter":"Filling Options","values":["Automatic sample changers"]},{"parameter":"Modularity","values":["Alcohol, pH, color, turbidity, viscosity, refractive index, optical rotation, CO₂, O₂"]},{"parameter":"Upgrades and Calibrations","values":["Printers, ISO calibration, AP Connect lab execution software"]},{"parameter":"Integrated Tables and Functions","values":["Density, specific gravity (SG), alcohol tables, sugar/extract tables, various acid/base tables, API functions"]},{"parameter":"Technical Data","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["15 °C to 35 °C (59 °F to 95 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Typical Measuring Time/Sample","values":["0.5–6 min"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Sample Volume","values":["3.5 mL"]},{"parameter":"Wetted Materials","values":["Borosilicate glass, PTFE, ETFE, Stainless steel DIN 1.4539 / UNS N08904, HTL 5 CR (solder, sound velocity cell)"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["526 mm x 347 mm x 230 mm (20.7 in x 13.7 in x 9 in)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["22.62 kg (49.87 lbs)"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 100 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz, fluctuation ± 10 %, 190 VA"]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["10.1\" TFT WXGA (1280 x 800 px); PCAP touchscreen"]},{"parameter":"Controls","values":["Touchscreen, optional keyboard, mouse, and barcode reader"]},{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["4 x USB, Ethernet, CAN, RS232"]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["10,000 measuring values including camera images"]},{"parameter":"Recommended Instrument for Inline Measurement","values":["L-Com 5500"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* According to ISO 5725\n** Under ideal conditions and for low viscosities"]}]}]},{"slug":"astm-d4052-dma","name":"ASTM D4052 Density Meter: DMA 1002 Petro and DMA 1102 Petro","description":"Portable ASTM D4052 density meters for rapid, reliable lab and field measurements.","pageTitle":"ASTM D4052 Density Meter: DMA 1002 Petro and DMA 1102 Petro","pageDescription":"The DMA 1002 Petro and DMA 1102 Petro portable digital density meters are built for rapid, reliable ASTM D4052 measurements in laboratory and field environments — ASTM-compliant results with minimal sample volume, quick sample exchange, and simple operation.","image":"/images/density-meter-astm-d4052-dma-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DMA 1002 Petro and DMA 1102 Petro are portable digital ASTM D4052 density meters built for rapid, reliable measurements in both laboratory and field environments. Engineered for simplicity and speed, they deliver ASTM-compliant results with minimal sample volume, quick sample filling, low training requirements, and straightforward operation. Both instruments deliver fast, precise density readings, making them ideal for time-critical applications. Compact and rugged, they achieve performance even in the harshest environments. In addition to density, the DMA 1102 Petro also provides essential viscosity data from the same sample, offering a more complete picture of fluid properties in a single measurement step.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/density-meter-astm-d4052-dma-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"150 % Higher Throughput","text":"• 150 % higher throughput compared to manual methods\n• Faster results to avoid out-of-spec production\n• Temperature equilibration in less than one minute\n• Simple Fill funnel[1]: no pipette or syringe required\n[1] For middle distillate fuels such as diesel and gasoline, filling using a syringe is recommended.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ensure Compliance","text":"• ASTM D4052 density measurement included\n• Compliance with ASTM D396, D1655, D6823, and other standards","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Portability, Maximum Flexibility","text":"The DMA 1002 Petro and DMA 1102 Petro are portable, battery-powered ASTM D4052 density meters designed for maximum flexibility. Ideal for fieldwork and remote locations, they perform fast, reliable, and compliant measurements right at the sampling site – no need to transport fluids to the lab. The DMA 1102 Petro also measures viscosity from the same sample.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Error-Free Digital Data Handling","text":"• Automatic calculation, digital data recording, and storage\n• Data export from device to a PC or USB drive\n• One-click data access from automatic kinematic viscometer\n• Compatible with AP Connect lab execution system","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Enhanced Safety","text":"• Metal measuring cell to eliminate glass breakage\n• Built-in Peltier thermostatting for fast temperature control\n• Field use without hazardous solvents or flammable baths","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"ASTM D4052 Density Meter: DMA is available in 2 models: DMA 1002 Petro, DMA 1102 Petro.","subsections":[{"title":"DMA 1002 Petro","text":"Perfect for density measurement in the petroleum industry."},{"title":"DMA 1102 Petro","text":"Combined density and kinematic viscosity measurement."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DMA 1002 Petro","DMA 1102 Petro"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Patents","values":["AT516058 (B1), US10036695 (B2), CN105424556, EP2995928 (B1)",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0 g/cm³ to 3 g/cm³",""]},{"parameter":"Viscosity","values":["-","0.3 mm²/s to 1,000 mm²/s"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["15 °C to 100 °C (59 °F to 212 °F)",""]},{"parameter":"Pressure","values":["Ambient pressure to 1 bar (relative pressure)",""]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["± 0.0001 g/cm³",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.03 °C from +15 °C to +100 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Viscosity","values":["-",""]},{"parameter":"Repeatability, s.d.","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Density*","values":["0.00005 g/cm³",""]},{"parameter":"Viscosity*","values":["-","0.2 %"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.005 °C (0.01°F)",""]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility, s.d.","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Density*","values":["0.0001 g/cm³",""]},{"parameter":"Viscosity*","values":["-","0.7 %"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.03 °C from +15 °C to +100 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Digital Resolution","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["5 significant digits",""]},{"parameter":"Viscosity","values":["-","4 significant digits"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.001 °C (0.001 °F)",""]},{"parameter":"Features","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["Full-range viscosity correction",""]},{"parameter":"Automation","values":["Integrated Simple Fill Filling Device",""]},{"parameter":"Upgrades and Calibrations","values":["Printers",""]},{"parameter":"Technical Data","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["15 °C to 35 °C (59 °F to 95 °F) (80 % r.h. non-condensing)",""]},{"parameter":"Minimum Sample Volume","values":["3.5 mL",""]},{"parameter":"Wetted Materials","values":["Copper, titanium Grade 2, stainless steel 1.4404 & 1.4571, Inconel® 600, Ceramics, Balinit® C WCC, FEP, PEEK, Viton® Extreme, FFKM, PTFE",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["365 mm x 265 mm x 180 mm (14.4 in x 10.5 in x 7.1 in)",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["6.6 kg (14.55 lbs)",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["At instrument: DC, 24 V /3A, AC adapter 90 VAC to 264 VAC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz, < 75W",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["7 inches, TFT WVGA (800 x 480 Px); PCAP touchscreen",""]},{"parameter":"Controls","values":["Touchscreen, optional keyboard, mouse, and barcode reader",""]},{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["4 x USB (3 x A, 1 x B)",""]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["1,000 measured results",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Attested at the points of works adjustment or calibration correction points, not including the uncertainty of the standard",""]}]}]},{"slug":"type-approved-density-meter","name":"Type-Approved Density Meter: DMA","description":"Type-approved density and concentration meters for legally compliant results.","pageTitle":"Type-Approved Density Meter: DMA","pageDescription":"Anton Paar's type-approved density and concentration meters deliver legally compliant results wherever measurements must stand up to official inspection — designed for regulated industries with outstanding precision, automation, and application expertise.","image":"/images/density-meter-type-approved-density-meter-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Anton Paar’s type-approved density and concentration meters deliver legally compliant results wherever measurements need to stand up to official inspection. Designed for regulated industries, they combine decades of application expertise with outstanding precision, automation, and connectivity. From incoming goods to final quality release, you obtain traceable, auditable data in a single, highly efficient workflow – ready for legal-for-trade use and your digital laboratory.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/density-meter-type-approved-density-meter-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Type-Approved Accuracy for Legal Metrology","text":"Rely on density and concentration results that are ready for authorities, auditors, and customers. The DMA EZ series is type-approved and designed specifically for legal metrology, so your measurements achieve official calibration and verification. Combined with Anton Paar’s decades of know-how, this secures full confidence in product release decisions and simplifies compliance with national and international standards.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Combine for a Comprehensive Measurement System","text":"Create exactly the measuring system you need today and expand it tomorrow. By combining DMA 4101 EZ, 4501 EZ, and 5001 EZ with various Anton Paar measuring modules, you determine all relevant parameters – such as density, concentration, and more – in a single measurement run. This modularity reduces sample handling, minimizes operator influence, and shortens overall analysis time, while ensuring a consistent, harmonized workflow across different products, methods, and laboratory locations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automation and Digital Connectivity","text":"Boost throughput and reduce manual steps with automated sample changers that handle filling, cleaning, and measurement sequences. This improves safety and frees your team to focus on higher-value tasks. Direct integration into the AP Connect lab execution system brings all results into one digital platform, enabling paperless documentation, easy tracking of legal-for-trade measurements, and seamless data transfer to LIMS or ERP systems for end-to-end compliance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"U-View and FillingCheck: Error-Free Measurements","text":"See what’s happening inside the measuring cell – in real time. U-View provides a zoomable live image so operators can visually verify every filling, while FillingCheck automatically detects microbubbles or improper filling conditions. Together they significantly reduce measurement errors and rework, enabling secure, traceable results even with challenging or opaque samples, and giving operators immediate feedback that supports robust, standardized routines.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Type-Approved Density Meter: DMA is available in 5 models: DMA 501 EZ, DMA 1001 EZ, DMA 4101 EZ, DMA 4501 EZ, DMA 5001 EZ.","subsections":[{"title":"DMA 501 EZ","text":"Type-approved three-digit density meter for quick at-line quality checks."},{"title":"DMA 1001 EZ","text":"Type-approved four-digit density meter for compliant lab results."},{"title":"DMA 4101 EZ","text":"Type-approved density meter for fast QC in regulated industries."},{"title":"DMA 4501 EZ","text":"Type-approved reference for production labs."},{"title":"DMA 5001 EZ","text":"Type-approved benchmark for R&D and standards."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DMA 501 EZ","DMA 1001 EZ","DMA 4101 EZ","DMA 4501 EZ","DMA 5001 EZ"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Patents","values":["EP3012612B1, AT520632B1, US10145771B2","EP3012612B1, AT520632B1, US10145771B2","AT 516420 B1","AT 516420 B1","AT 516420 B1"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.6 g/cm³ to 2 g/cm³","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["15 °C to 40 °C (59 °F to 104 °F)","15 °C to 60 °C (59 °F to 140 °F)","15 °C to 70 °C (59 °F to 158 °F)","15 °C to 70 °C (59 °F to 158 °F)","15 °C to 70 °C (59 °F to 158 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Pressure","values":["ambient pressure","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Accuracy*","values":["","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.001 g/cm³","0.0005 g/cm³ (0.6 g/cm³ to 1.5 g/cm³)\n0.001 g/cm³ (1.5 g/cm³ to 2.0 g/cm³)","0.0005 g/cm³","0.0002 g/cm³","0.0001 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.3 °C (0.5 °F)","0.03 °C (0.05 °F)**","0.02 °C (0.04 °F)","0.015 °C (0.03 °F)","0.01 °C (0.02 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability, s.d.***","values":["","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.0002 g/cm³","0.00005 g/cm³","0.00005 g/cm³","0.00005 g/cm³","0.000005 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.1 °C (0.2 °F)","0.02 °C (0.04 °F)","0.02 °C (0.04 °F)","0.015 °C (0.03 °F)","0.01 °C (0.02 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility, s.d.***","values":["","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.0004 g/cm³","0.00007 g/cm³","0.00005 g/cm³","0.000005 g/cm³","0.000005 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Digital Resolution","values":["","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.01 °C (0.01 °F)","0.01 °C (0.01 °F)","0.01 °C (0.01 °F)","0.01 °C (0.01 °F)","0.001 °C (0.001 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.0001 g/cm³","0.00001 g/cm³","0.0001 g/cm³","0.00001 g/cm³","0.000001 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Features","values":["","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["U-View, FillingCheck, Full-range viscosity correction","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Special Functions","values":["Built-in ambient pressure sensor, condition monitoring (humidity)","Built-in ambient pressure sensor, condition monitoring (humidity)","Temperature scan, built-in ambient pressure sensor, condition monitoring","Temperature scan, built-in ambient pressure sensor, condition monitoring","Temperature scan, built-in ambient pressure sensor, condition monitoring"]},{"parameter":"Filling Options","values":["Peristaltic pump, Filling kit for pasty samples","Peristaltic pump, Filling kit for pasty samples","Automatic sample changers","Automatic sample changers",""]},{"parameter":"Upgrades and Calibrations","values":["Printers, ISO calibration, AP Connect lab execution system","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Technical Data","values":["","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["5 °C to 35 °C (41 °F to 95 °F)","5 °C to 35 °C (41 °F to 95 °F)","15 °C to 35 °C (59 °F to 95 °F)","15 °C to 35 °C (59 °F to 95 °F)","15 °C to 35 °C (59 °F to 95 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Sample Volume","values":["Approx. 1 mL","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Wetted Materials","values":["Borosilicate glass, PTFE, ETFE","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["375 mm x 280 mm x 180 mm (14.8 in x 11.0 in x 7.0 in)","375 mm x 280 mm x 180 mm (14.8 in x 11.0 in x 7.0 in)","526 mm x 347 mm x 230 mm (20.7 in x 13.7 in x 9 in)","526 mm x 347 mm x 230 mm (20.7 in x 13.7 in x 9 in)","526 mm x 347 mm x 230 mm (20.7 in x 13.7 in x 9 in)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["13.5 kg (29.8 lb)","13.5 kg (29.8 lb)","22.04 kg (48.6 lbs)","22.04 kg (48.6 lbs)","22.04 kg (48.6 lbs)"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 100 to 240 V; 47 to 63 Hz; DC 24V, 3A","AC 100 to 240 V; 47 to 63 Hz; DC 24V, 3A","AC 100 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz, fluctuation ±10 %, 190 VA","AC 100 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz, fluctuation ±10 %, 190 VA","AC 100 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz, fluctuation ±10 %, 190 VA"]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["7 inches, TFT WVGA (800 x 480 Px); PCAP touchscreen","7 inches, TFT WVGA (800 x 480 Px); PCAP touchscreen","10.1\" TFT WXGA (1280 x 800 px); PCAP touchscreen","10.1\" TFT WXGA (1280 x 800 px); PCAP touchscreen","10.1\" TFT WXGA (1280 x 800 px); PCAP touchscreen"]},{"parameter":"Controls","values":["Touchscreen, optional keyboard, mouse, and barcode reader","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["1 x Ethernet, 3 x USB, 1 x RS232","1 x Ethernet, 3 x USB, 1 x RS232","4 x USB, Ethernet, CAN, RS232","4 x USB, Ethernet, CAN, RS232","4 x USB, Ethernet, CAN, RS232"]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["25000 measured results including camera images","25000 measured results including camera images","60000 measuring values including camera images","60000 measuring values including camera images","60000 measuring values including camera images"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* According to type approval\n** Valid at ± 2 °C ambient temperature recorded during adjustment\n*** Under ideal conditions and for low densities/viscosities","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"dma-4200-m","name":"Density Meter: DMA 4200 M","description":"Density measurement at -10 °C to 200 °C and pressures up to 500 bar.","pageTitle":"Density Meter: DMA 4200 M","pageDescription":"A density meter for exceptional conditions — DMA 4200 M measures density at temperatures between -10 °C and 200 °C and elevated pressures up to 500 bar, with the Pulsed Excitation Method delivering the most stable results for demanding samples.","image":"/images/density-meter-dma-4200-m-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The new DMA 4200 M is a density meter for exceptional conditions. It measures the density at temperatures between -10 °C and 200 °C and elevated pressures up to 500 bar. The Pulsed Excitation Method used by DMA 4200 M delivers the most stable density results based on comprehensive knowledge of the oscillation characteristics. The new automatic bubble detection, FillingCheck™, makes the DMA 4200 M compliant with ASTM D4052 and ASTM D5002. Viscosity influence is eliminated by a fast new viscosity correction, ensuring density results with an accuracy of up to 0.0002 g/cm³. The new Temperfect™ feature of DMA 4200 M allows immediate density measurements at any temperature between 0 °C and 150 °C at ambient pressure. DMA 4200 M improves, accelerates, and simplifies density measurement of heavy petroleum samples.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/density-meter-dma-4200-m-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Saves You Time, Money, and Solvent","text":"• Small sample volume of 2 mL to 3 mL\n• 10 times faster measurement than manual methods like pycnometers (ASTM D70)\n• Low solvent consumption for cleaning routines\n• Quick cleaning routines","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compliant and Reliable Results","text":"• New automatic bubble detection: FillingCheck™ ensures correctly reported results\n• ASTM D4052 and ASTM D5002 compliant\n• Fast and new viscosity correction\n• Reliable tool for density measurement at elevated temperatures and pressures","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Strong and Fast U-Tube","text":"• High chemical resistance to sour gas, hydrochloric acid, and hydrofluoric acid\n• No risk of corrosion and breakage\n• Patented Pulsed Excitation Method for fast measurement (AT 516420 B1)\n• Made of Hastelloy C276, an alloy that is more robust than stainless steel","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Quality Control of Petroleum Samples","text":"• From upstream to downstream\n• On incoming crude oil\n• On intermediate and process samples to give a quick feedback on the refining process\n• For converting volume to mass when trading asphalt/bitumen\n• Replaces pycnometers and hydrometers","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Suitable for Density Studies in Research","text":"• Determination of equation of state\n• Calculation and configuration of production processes\n• Pressure-volume-temperature (PVT) analysis of crude oil\n• Bubble-point determination of crude oil\n• The fast and accurate alternative to pressure hydrometers and pycnometers","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4e0drgL-Nf0","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DMA 4200 M"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Patent Granted","values":["AT 516420 B1"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0 g/cm³ to 3 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["-10 °C to 200 °C (14 °F to 392 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Pressure Range","values":["0 bar to 500 bar (7250 psi)"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy*","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.0002 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.03 °C (0.05 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability, s.d.**","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.00005 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["0.01 °C (0.02 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility, s.d.**","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Density","values":["0.0001 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Digital Resolution","values":["0.00001 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"FillingCheck™","values":["Yes (at ambient pressure and up to 150 °C)"]},{"parameter":"Full Range Viscosity Correction","values":["Yes (at ambient pressure)"]},{"parameter":"Temperfect™","values":["Yes (at ambient pressure)"]},{"parameter":"Pulsed Excitation Method","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Sample Volume","values":["2 mL"]},{"parameter":"Wetted Materials","values":["Hastelloy C276"]},{"parameter":"Footprint","values":["510 mm x 330 mm (20 in x 13 in)"]},{"parameter":"ASTM Standards","values":["D4052, D5002"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 100 to 240 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 250 VA"]},{"parameter":"Connections","values":["Pressure fittings for metal tubes with 1/8\" outer diameter"]},{"parameter":"Interfaces","values":["4 x USB (2.0 full speed),\n1 x Ethernet (100 Mbit),\n1 x CAN Bus,\n1 x RS-232,\n1 x VGA"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["*this is valid under ideal measuring and sample conditions only (at ambient pressure)\n**this is valid under ideal measuring and sample conditions only (at ambient pressure), according to ISO 5725"]}]}]},{"slug":"dma-35","name":"Portable Density Meter: DMA 35","description":"Portable density and concentration measurement directly on-site.","pageTitle":"Portable Density Meter: DMA 35","pageDescription":"Take DMA 35 with you and measure density and concentration directly on-site — one portable instrument replaces all the glass hydrometers in your workplace with lab-grade accuracy, using only two milliliters of sample. Available in four versions including Ex models.","image":"/images/density-meter-dma-35-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Take DMA 35 with you at all times and measure the density and concentration of your sample directly on-site. One portable density meter replaces all the glass hydrometers in your workplace and gives you the accuracy expected from a lab instrument. DMA 35 uses only two milliliters of sample and saves you a lot of time as there is no need to transport the sample to the lab. It is built to withstand the knocks and spills of outdoor use. An RFID interface for quick sample identification and a Bluetooth® interface for convenient data handling in the field are integral parts of the instrument.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/density-meter-dma-35-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Designed for On-Site Density Measurements","text":"• Leak-proof sealed housing to withstand harsh conditions in industrial and field applications\n• Additional rubber protection keeps the measuring cell safe\n• Operation via capacitive keys so sensitive they can be used with gloves\n• Suitable for both left- and right-handed users\n• RFID tag readings, measurement start or abort, via gesture control: One hand is free to hold you steady with hard-to-reach samples.\n• For sample temperatures up to","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Intrinsically Safe – for Use in Hazardous Locations","text":"• Intrinsically safe models DMA 35 Ex and DMA 35 Ex Petrol (Ex marking [Ex] II 2 G Ex ib IIB T4) for use in hazardous areas\n• The only option available on the market for safe measurements in explosive atmospheres\n• DMA 35 Ex is particularly suitable for measuring flammable chemicals.\n• DMA 35 Ex Petrol provides excellent resistance to petroleum samples and fully complies with the ASTM D7777 and IP 559 standards.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fastest Filling and Measurement – for a Huge Variety of Samples","text":"• Fill all kinds of samples – no matter what the viscosity is – in one second using the built-in manual pump or a syringe.\n• No expensive electrical wearing parts: You can easily do all cleaning and maintenance work yourself.\n• Measuring cell with inspection window and backlight for convenient inspection of proper sample filling\n• The most reliable portable density meter for fermenting beer or wine, due to intelligent oscillator placement (potential bubbles automatically move outside the measuring cell)\n• Lock-position of pump preventing sample carryover\n• Auto-rotating display for perfect visibility of results at any instrument position\n• Influence of viscosity on your density result is automatically corrected: for reliable measurements, also on highly viscous samples","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Perfect Traceability of Density and Concentration Results","text":"• Storage of up to 250 sample IDs for easy sample identification\n• RFID interface for changing measurement settings quickly by reading RFID tags\n• Storage of up to 1024 measurement results including time stamp and sample ID\n• Wireless data exchange with a PC (csv or txt format) and data export to a printer via Bluetooth® for convenient data handling in the field – no extra software required","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Leave Your Glass Hydrometer or Pycnometer for a Digital Density Meter","text":"• Measurement directly at the sample container\n• Requires only 2 mL of sample, filled via the built-in pump\n• Preinstalled and programmable concentration units – no further calculations necessary\n• Results available in seconds\n• Perfect traceability of results","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Quickly Determining the State of Charge of Lead-Acid Batteries","text":"• Determination of the specific gravity of sulfuric acid\n• Used for measurement of sulfuric acid in lead-acid battery production and maintenance of uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems\n• Protection class IP54 and high chemical resistance","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Portable Density Meter: DMA 35 is available in 4 models: DMA 35 Standard, DMA 35 Ex, DMA 35 Ex Petrol, DMA 35 Ampere.","subsections":[{"title":"DMA 35 Standard","text":"Quality checks in the field, e.g. on wine and wine must (°Brix, °KMW, Oechsle, Baumé)."},{"title":"DMA 35 Ex","text":"For measuring flammable chemicals in hazardous environments."},{"title":"DMA 35 Ex Petrol","text":"For measuring petroleum samples in hazardous environments."},{"title":"DMA 35 Ampere","text":"For measuring the specific gravity of sulfuric acid in lead-acid batteries in one second."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XiJJuWekk0g","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DMA 35"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Patents Granted","values":["Smart connection of measuring cell: Patent AT516421 (B1), EP3015847 (B1), CN 105571982 B"]},{"parameter":"Other Special Functions","values":["Viscosity correction for reliable measurements, also on highly viscous samples\nGesture control for easy one-handed measurements\nIdentification of results outside your specified limits"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["Density: 0 g/cm³ to 3 g/cm³\nTemperature: 0 °C to 40 °C (32 °F to 104 °F)*"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["Density: 0.001 g/cm³ **\nTemperature: 0.2 °C (0.4 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability, s.d.***","values":["Density: 0.0005 g/cm³ **\nTemperature: 0.1 °C (0.2 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility, s.d.***","values":["Density: 0.0007 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Digital Resolution","values":["Density: 0.0001 g/cm³\nTemperature: 0.1 °C (0.1 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature ****","values":["Standard Version, Ampere Version: -10 °C to +50 °C (14 °F to 122 °F)\nEx and Ex Petrol version: -10 °C to +40 °C (14 °F to 104 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Supported Measuring Units","values":["Specific gravity\nAlcohol tables\nSugar/extract tables\nAPI functions\nH₂SO₄ tables\nTen programmable custom-specific measuring units"]},{"parameter":"Sample Volume","values":["2 mL"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["245 mm x 103 mm x 126 mm"]},{"parameter":"Data Memory","values":["1200 measured results, 30 measuring methods, 250 sample IDs"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["Three 1.5 V LR06 AA alkaline batteries"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["660 g"]},{"parameter":"Interfaces","values":["Bluetooth®, RFID ***** (both included by default)"]},{"parameter":"Protection Class","values":["IP54\n(first digit: 5 – protection against dust ingress; second digit: 4 – protection against splash water from any direction)"]},{"parameter":"Intrinsic Safety of Ex and Ex Petrol Version","values":["ATEX: II 2G Ex ib IIB T4 Gb\nIECEx: Ex ib IIB T4 Gb"]},{"parameter":"Menu Language","values":["English, German, Chinese, Japanese, French, Russian, Italian, Portuguese, Turkish, Spanish"]},{"parameter":"Available Options","values":["Elongated filling tube\nPortable thermal printer with Bluetooth® interface\nBluetooth® USB adapter\nWristband\nCarrying strap\nISO calibration"]},{"parameter":"Scope of Supply","values":["Portable density meter, filling tube, adapter for syringe filling, syringes, transportation case, rubber protection for measuring cell, three batteries, Allen key, instruction manual"]},{"parameter":"Recommended Instrument for Inline Measurement","values":["L-Dens 3300"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Measurements up to 100 °C possible\n** Viscosity <300 mPa•s, density <2 g/cm³\n*** according to ISO 5725\n**** Sample must not freeze within the measuring cell; Ex and Ex Petrol version: -10 °C to +40 °C (14 °F to 104 °F)\n***** RFID read & write: DMA 35 Standard, DMA 35 Ampere; RFID read: DMA 35 Ex, DMA 35 Ex Petrol"]}]}]},{"slug":"dma-35-basic","name":"Handheld Density Meter: DMA 35 Basic","description":"Entry-level handheld density meter with built-in sampling pump.","pageTitle":"Handheld Density Meter: DMA 35 Basic","pageDescription":"The entry-level handheld density meter with a built-in pump takes samples directly from the storage container and measures on-site — results as density or concentration in °Brix, %v/v alcohol, or %w/w H₂SO₄, ideal for quick checks in production.","image":"/images/density-meter-dma-35-basic-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"DMA 35 Basic is the entry-level handheld density meter that takes samples directly from the storage container with the help of the built-in pump and measures them on-site. Results are given as density or concentration, for example in °Brix, %v/v alcohol, or %w/w H₂SO₄. Because of its lightweight and flat design, hard-to-reach samples, such as automotive batteries stored on narrow racks or wine samples out of stacked wine barrels, can be conveniently measured.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/density-meter-dma-35-basic-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Benefits of a Handheld Density Meter over a Glass Hydrometer","text":"• No waste of sample: only 2 mL required\n• Sample is taken directly from the container using the built-in pump\n• Integrated conversion tables: results are shown in the preferred unit without the need for further calculations\n• Wide measuring range: one digital instrument replaces a whole set of hydrometers\n• Automatic temperature compensation: results available in seconds\n• Storage of data and easy data transfer: no chance for errors when writing down results manually\n• User-independent results","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Rugged Lightweight Instrument to Accompany You All Day Long","text":"• The lightest portable density meter on the market\n• Flat design, easy to carry and store\n• Fits into tight spaces in between narrow racks (e.g. in the winery or in battery production)\n• Protective suitcase, rubber housing, and carrying strap available to support secure on-site operation\n• Leak-proof design (IP54), ready to cope with sample spills\n• The wetted parts have proven resistance to common samples – from solvents to acids.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Smart Features to Streamline Your Daily Workflow","text":"• Backlit display and measuring cell for convenient operation, also in dark surroundings\n• Store and select sample IDs to allocate a measured result to a sampling location\n• Stored results are conveniently printed or exported via the integrated IrDA interface","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"From the Leading Manufacturer of Portable Density Meters","text":"• More than 40 years of experience in supplying digital hydrometers for on-site operation\n• Wide instrument portfolio serving every customer with exactly the solution required. Besides DMA 35 Basic, Anton Paar also offers:\n• EasyDens: the density and concentration meter for home beverage producers\n• DMA 35 Standard: the most rugged portable density meter, ready to withstand the rough conditions of field and outdoor use\n• DMA 35 Ex: the intrinsically safe portable density meter specially designed for the chemical industry\n• DMA 35 Ex Petrol: the only intrinsically safe instrument on the market specifically designed for the petroleum industry – compliant to ASTM D7777 and IP559 standards.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CBXE3aULABs","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DMA 35 Basic"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["Density: 0 g/cm³ to 3 g/cm³\nTemperature: 0 °C to 40 °C (32 °F to 104 °F)*"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["Density: 0.001 g/cm³ **\nTemperature: 0.2 °C (0.4 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability, s.d.***","values":["Density: 0.0005 g/cm³\nTemperature: 0.1 °C (0.2 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility, s.d.***","values":["Density: 0.0007 g/cm³"]},{"parameter":"Digital Resolution","values":["Density: 0.0015 g/cm³\nTemperature: 0.1 °C (0.1 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature***","values":["-10 °C to +50 °C (14 °F to 122 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Supported Measuring Units","values":["Specific gravity\nAlcohol tables\nSugar/extract tables\nAPI functions\nH₂SO₄ tables\nTen programmable custom functions (e.g. H2O2, HCl, CH2O)"]},{"parameter":"Sample Volume","values":["2 mL"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["140 mm x 138 mm x 27 mm (5.5 x 5.4 x 1.0 inches)"]},{"parameter":"Data Memory","values":["1024 measured results, 20 measuring methods, 100 sample IDs"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["Two 1.5 V LR06 AA alkaline batteries"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["345 g (12.2 ounces)"]},{"parameter":"Interfaces","values":["IrDA OBEX/LPT"]},{"parameter":"Protection Class","values":["IP54"]},{"parameter":"Intrinsically Safe","values":["no"]},{"parameter":"Available Options","values":["Elongated filling tube\nPortable thermal printer with IrDA interface\nIrDA USB adapter\nWristband\nISO calibration"]},{"parameter":"Industries","values":["Beverages\nChemical industry\nCosmetics, personal Care\nEducation, research\nElectronics\nEnvironmental\nFood industry\nPharmacy, medicine, biotechnology"]},{"parameter":"Scope of Supply","values":["Portable density meter, filling tube, adapter for syringe filling, syringes, three batteries, Allen key, instruction manual"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Filling at higher temperatures possible\n** Viscosity <100 mPa·s, density <2 g/cm³\n*** Sample must not freeze within the measuring cell"]}]}]},{"slug":"ultratap-500","name":"Tap Density Tester: Ultratap 500 and Ultratap 500 Twin","description":"Tap density testers with guaranteed 25 million taps and 24 pre-stored methods.","pageTitle":"Tap Density Tester: Ultratap 500 and Ultratap 500 Twin","pageDescription":"The Ultratap 500 series delivers unmatched durability with a guaranteed 25 million taps and a three-year warranty — full compliance with major industry standards, 24 pre-stored methods, and 90 % quieter operation for powder testing in pharma and beyond.","image":"/images/density-meter-ultratap-500-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Ultratap 500 series of tap density testers delivers unmatched durability with guaranteed 25 million taps and a three-year warranty for long-lasting reliability. Designed for full compliance with major industry standards, they offer 24 pre-stored methods. They are also 90 % quieter, offering the lowest noise levels on the market. With TruLock straps for quick cylinder setup, an intuitive touchscreen, and automated reporting of key parameters, our instruments ensure a seamless experience every time.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/density-meter-ultratap-500-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Durable: 25 Million Taps without Loss of Calibration","text":"Our tap density testers consistently deliver high-quality results you can depend on. The Ultratap 500 series guarantees up to 25 million taps without losing calibration, offering the highest durability on the market. To further ensure your confidence, our instruments come with a three-year warranty, assuring reliable performance for years to come.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compliant: Benefit from a Complete Range of Standard Methods","text":"The Ultratap 500 series covers standard major measurement methods, including USP 616 methods 1, 2, and 3, providing the widest range of industry standards in a single instrument. With 24 built-in ASTM, ISO, and USP methods, integrated user management, and automatic drop height detection, the tap density testers ensure full compliance while minimizing human error, resulting in more reliable and accurate results.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy: The Best Operator Experience on the Market","text":"The tap density testers offer an exceptional combination of software and hardware. The TruLock straps allow you to securely attach any cylinder with a single motion. The integrated touchscreen, and on-device software, provide instant access to all standard methods, along with the ability to create custom methods. Automatically generate reports with key parameters such as bulk density, Carr’s Compressibility Index, and the Hausner Ratio, ensuring comprehensive and accurate data every time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Quiet: 90 % Quieter than Any Other Tap Density Tester","text":"Our tap density testers are as quiet as common household appliances, eliminating the need for hearing protection. Designed with noise reduction in mind, they operate at significantly lower decibel levels (90 % quieter) than any other tap density tester on the market. For even greater sound control, an optional noise reduction cabinet is available.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Tap Density Tester: Ultratap is available in 2 models: Ultratap 500, Ultratap 500 Twin.","subsections":[{"title":"Ultratap 500","text":"One tapping station available."},{"title":"Ultratap 500 Twin","text":"Two tapping stations available."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tyYHIE5Iles","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Ultratap 500 Standard","Ultratap 500 Twin"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Performance","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Stations","values":["1","2"]},{"parameter":"Cylinder Sizes Accommodated","values":["250 mL standard\n5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1,000 mL¹⁾",""]},{"parameter":"Tap Speed","values":["User configurable 50 to 350 taps/minute",""]},{"parameter":"Drop Height","values":["3 mm (0.12 inch) ± 0.2 mm or\n14 mm (0.55 inch) ± 1 mm",""]},{"parameter":"Sound Level","values":["65 dB\n(58 dB with optional noise reduction cabinet)"]},{"parameter":"Tap Mode","values":["User configurable by time (1 second to 999 minutes) or\nnumber of taps (1 to 99,999)",""]},{"parameter":"User Interface","values":["7-inch TFT WVGA (800 x 480 pixels); PCAP touchscreen",""]},{"parameter":"User Management","values":["Included (with password protection)",""]},{"parameter":"USB Ports","values":["2",""]},{"parameter":"Supported Input Devices","values":["Barcode reader, keyboard, mouse, touchscreen",""]},{"parameter":"Balance and Printer Connection","values":["Yes (via USB port)",""]},{"parameter":"Built-in Calculations","values":["Bulk density, Carr’s compressibility index, Hausner ratio, tapped density",""]},{"parameter":"Storage Capacity","values":["1,000 reports/100 methods",""]},{"parameter":"Built-in Methods","values":["24",""]},{"parameter":"Physical and Utilities","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["Height: 228.6 mm (9 inches) no cylinder/vessel, 188 mm (7.4 inches) to top of housing\nWidth: 263.5 mm (10.4 inches)\nDepth: 361 mm (14.2 inches)",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["14.5 kg (32 pounds)","17.6 kg (38.7 pounds)"]},{"parameter":"Electrical","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Voltage-External Ac/Dc Adapter","values":["Input AC: 100-240 V, 1.3 A\nFrequency: 50 / 60 Hz",""]},{"parameter":"Instrument Input","values":["24 VDC, 2.1 A, 51 W","24 VDC, 2.6 A, 63 W"]},{"parameter":"Over-Voltage Category","values":["I (for the instrument)",""]},{"parameter":"Connection","values":["Grounded, single-phase outlet",""]},{"parameter":"Environmental","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["15 °C - 40 °C (59 °F - 104 °F)",""]},{"parameter":"Relative Humidity","values":["10%-80% RH non-condensing",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["¹⁾ The 500 and 1,000 mL graduated cylinders require the large platform and corresponding TruLock straps (sold separately",""]}]}]},{"slug":"ultrapyc","name":"Gas Pycnometer for Semi-Solid and Solid Density: Ultrapyc","description":"Automatic gas pycnometers for true density of solids and semi-solids.","pageTitle":"Gas Pycnometer for Semi-Solid and Solid Density: Ultrapyc","pageDescription":"From receiving the sample to examining results in under three minutes — Ultrapyc automatic gas pycnometers deliver ultra-precise true density measurement of powders, solids, and semi-solids with quick method selection and integrated accessories.","image":"/images/density-meter-ultrapyc-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"With Ultrapyc’s quick method selection and integrated accessories, go from receiving the sample, to conducting a measurement, to examining the results on the touchscreen or in Anton Paar’s AP Connect lab execution system in under three minutes. Ultrapyc can perform measurements alone in under a minute, making it perfect for controlling the quality of your samples throughout the manufacturing process.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/density-meter-ultrapyc-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automate for Accuracy","text":"Instruments in the Ultrapyc series automatically select optimal settings and precisely control temperature, eliminating the need for manual adjustments and reducing the risk of user error. Paired with the TruLock lid, which guarantees a consistent and reproducible chamber volume, Ultrapyc gas pycnometers deliver the highest accuracy available in solid and semi-solid density analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measure Any Sample with Confidence","text":"Ultrapyc gas pycnometers from Anton Paar handle challenging samples better and accommodate a wider range of sample materials (e.g., pellets, slurries, foams) than comparable instruments.\n• Disposable cups enable quick, mess-free measurement of difficult substances like bitumen, eliminating cleaning effort.\n• The patented PowderProtect feature enables safe analysis of powders and volatile slurries without risking damage to the instrument.\n• A wide selection of sample cells and integrated analysis methods further simplify workflows, making the Ultrapyc series the go-to solution for complex density measurements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Work Fast, Save Time","text":"With the Ultrapyc, you can go from sample preparation to measurement to result in under three minutes. Quick method selection and seamlessly integrated accessories streamline every step, delivering rapid, reliable results with minimal effort.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optimize Scarce Resources with the Ultrapyc 7000 Micro Gas Pycnometer","text":"The Ultrapyc 7000 Micro is the most accurate and advanced small-volume gas pycnometer on the market. Preserve scarce samples and protect valuable materials with market-leading small-volume measurements down to just 0.02 cm³ – ideal for high-cost or limited-availability substances.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Take Control of Temperature Regulation in Gas Pycnometer Measurements","text":"Ultrapyc instruments feature a market-leading temperature range from 3 °C to 60 °C. With temperature control accurate to ±0.02 °C, Ultrapyc ensures fast stabilization and reliable results for slurries, suspensions, gels, or any other material – delivering reliable results for even the most temperature-sensitive samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Gas Pycnometer for Semi-Solid and Solid Density: Ultrapyc is available in 4 models: Ultrapyc 3000, Ultrapyc 5000, Ultrapyc 7000, Ultrapyc 7000 Micro.","subsections":[{"title":"Ultrapyc 3000","text":"Reliable measurement of standard solid samples."},{"title":"Ultrapyc 5000","text":"Advanced density measurement of powders, solids and semi-solids."},{"title":"Ultrapyc 7000","text":"Top-tier model with built-in and customizable methods."},{"title":"Ultrapyc 7000 Micro","text":"Top-tier model dedicated to small volumes, with built-in and customizable methods."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y35sQ9G4uAI","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["3000","5000","7000","7000 Micro"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Performance Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["0.02 % ¹⁾","0.02 % ¹⁾","0.015 % ¹⁾","0.075 % ²⁾"]},{"parameter":"Number Reference Volumes","values":["2 (TruPyc)","","",""]},{"parameter":"Nominal Reference Volumes","values":["50 cm³ & 8 cm³","50 cm³ & 8 cm³","50 cm³ & 8 cm³","2 cm³ & 5 cm³"]},{"parameter":"Inserts Available","values":["135 cm³, 50 cm³, 10 cm³, 4.5 cm³, 1.8 cm³, 0.25 cm³","135 cm³, 50 cm³, 10 cm³, 4.5 cm³, 1.8 cm³, 0.25 cm³","135 cm³, 50 cm³, 10 cm³, 4.5 cm³, 1.8 cm³, 0.25 cm³","10 cm³, 4.5 cm³, 1.8 cm³, 0.25 cm³, 0.1 cm³"]},{"parameter":"Preparation Modes","values":["Flow, pulse, none","Flow, pulse, vacuum, none","Flow, pulse, vacuum, none","Flow, pulse, vacuum, none"]},{"parameter":"Gas Expansion Direction","values":["Sample chamber first","Bi-directional flow (PowderProtect)","Bi-directional flow (PowderProtect)","Bi-directional flow (PowderProtect)"]},{"parameter":"Built-in Temperature Control","values":["No","3 °C to 50 °C","3 °C to 60 °C","3 °C to 60 °C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Stability","values":["No","0.02 °C ³⁾","0.02 °C ³⁾","0.02 °C ³⁾"]},{"parameter":"Built-in & Customizable Method Library","values":["No","No","Yes","Yes"]},{"parameter":"Built-in Foam Methods and Calculations","values":["No","No","Yes","No"]},{"parameter":"Sample Chamber Closure","values":["Repeatable dual-turn self-aligning lid (TruLock)","","",""]},{"parameter":"Display & Control","values":["7-inch TFT WVGA (800×480) PCAP touchscreen","","",""]},{"parameter":"Graphical User Interface","values":["Yes","","",""]},{"parameter":"Transducer Accuracy","values":["Better than 0.1 %","","",""]},{"parameter":"Pressure Reading Resolution","values":["Digital pressure readout 0.0001 psi | 0.00001 bar","Digital pressure readout 0.0001 psi | 0.00001 bar","Digital pressure readout 0.00001 psi | 0.00001 bar","Digital pressure readout 0.00001 psi | 0.00001 bar"]},{"parameter":"Connectivity Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"USB Ports","values":["4","","",""]},{"parameter":"Printer Compatible","values":["Yes","","",""]},{"parameter":"Balance Compatible","values":["Yes","","",""]},{"parameter":"Barcode / Qr Reader Compatible","values":["Yes","","",""]},{"parameter":"PC / Network Connectivity","values":["Yes (AP Connect)","Yes (AP Connect)","Yes (AP Connect or network shares)","Yes (AP Connect or network shares)"]},{"parameter":"Language Support","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Languages","values":["Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Spanish, Turkish","Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Spanish, Turkish","Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish, Turkish","Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish, Turkish"]},{"parameter":"Physical Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Width × Depth × Height","values":["27 cm (11 in) × 48 cm (19 in) × 25 cm (10 in)","","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["10 kg (22 lb)","","",""]},{"parameter":"Gas Used (not Supplied)","values":["Ultra-high-purity He, N₂, or other non-reactive, non-corrosive gas (e.g., Ar) regulated to ≤ 30 psi / 2.07 bar","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["External AC/DC Adapter 100-240 V AC 47-63 Hz, Output 24 VDC 3 A","External AC/DC Adapter 100-240 V AC 47-63 Hz, Output 24 VDC 3 A","External AC/DC Adapter 100-240 V AC 47-63 Hz, Output 24 VDC 5 A","External AC/DC Adapter 100-240 V AC 47-63 Hz, Output 24 VDC 5 A"]},{"parameter":"Environmental Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["10 °C to 35 °C (50 °F to 95 °F)","","",""]},{"parameter":"Air Humidity","values":["10 % to 90 % RH (non-condensing)","","",""]},{"parameter":"Altitude","values":["Maximum 3000 m (9800 ft)","","",""]},{"parameter":"Indoor / Outdoor Usage","values":["Indoor only","","",""]},{"parameter":"Pollution Degree","values":["2","","",""]},{"parameter":"Trademarks","values":["Ultrapyc (5362587)","","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["¹⁾ With reference volume of 70.699 cm³\n²⁾ With reference volume of 2.145 cm³\n³⁾ For sample temperatures ≥ 15 °C under standard laboratory conditions","","",""]}]}]}]},{"name":"Particle Size Analyzers","description":"DLS, laser diffraction, and image analysis from nm to mm.","pageTitle":"Particle Size Analyzers","pageDescription":"Three complementary technologies characterize particles from nanometers to millimeters — dynamic light scattering for size and zeta potential, laser diffraction for powders and suspensions, and dynamic image analysis for particle size and shape.","overview":"Although particle systems can be complex, measuring them doesn't have to be. Anton Paar offers three technologies to characterize particles from the nanometer to the millimeter range: the Litesizer DLS series uses light scattering to determine particle size, zeta potential, and molecular mass; the Litesizer DIF laser diffraction series covers powders and suspensions; and the Litesizer DIA series adds dynamic image analysis for size and shape.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers.webp","slug":"particle-size-analyzers","models":[{"slug":"litesizer-dif","name":"Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyzer: Litesizer DIF","description":"The Litesizer DIF series offers advanced particle sizing from 10 nm to 3.5 mm.","pageTitle":"Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyzer: Litesizer DIF","pageDescription":"The Litesizer DIF series offers advanced particle sizing from 10 nm to 3.5 mm. Drawing on nearly 60 years of laser diffraction expertise, it delivers best-in-class measurement performance for both laboratory and heavy-industry environments.","image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers-litesizer-dif-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Litesizer DIF series offers advanced particle sizing from 10 nm to 3.5 mm. Drawing on nearly 60 years of laser diffraction expertise, this laser diffraction particle size analyzer offers a best-in-class optical setup with powerful 10 mW and 25 mW lasers and the widest range of detected diffraction angles from 0.01° to 170° on the market. The Kalliope software simplifies particle sizing with the laser diffraction particle size analyzer; no extensive training is required and measurements are performed with just three clicks. The Quick-Click system allows easy switching between dispersion units, minimizing errors. Safety features for both liquid and dry dispersion ensure effortless, secure operation. The laser diffraction particle size analyzer's robust metal housing and the isolated optical bench deliver reliability everywhere: from harsh environments to high-tech laboratories. Fueled by our pioneering legacy, this is next-generation laser diffraction technology – the Litesizer DIF series: From First to Best.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers-litesizer-dif-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Particle Sizing in any Environment","text":"Anton Paar's laser diffraction particle size analyzer is suitable for heavy industries, with high-quality components inside and out. A sturdy metal housing encases durable optical elements. The laser diffraction particle size analyzer is built to endure harsh environments. No dust or powder can penetrate the optical bench of the instrument, and the inside of the instrument is isolated from possible direct vibrations at the production site. All of this means savings on upkeep and repair costs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Less Investment, Saved Bench Space – Compatibility Across the Board","text":"Compatibility of dispersion units with Anton Paar's Litesizer DIA and Litesizer DIF instruments reduces investment costs and lab space usage. On top of this, all Litesizer instruments, including the Litesizer DIF laser diffraction particle size analyzer, can be operated using a single PC with the Kalliope software installed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Kalliope: The Benchmark Software for Particle Sizing","text":"With Kalliope, users of the laser diffraction particle size analyzer can get started quickly via the one-page-only workflow (setting parameters, acquiring, and working with results). Additionally, the QC mode offers consistent, reliable measurement results by customizing user management and locking delicate settings. The laser diffraction particle size analyzer in QC mode provides simple feedback if your product is within your defined limits. This means results in just three clicks and less training for new users. In addition, a pharma option with data security functions, user management, and audit trails is included, making Kalliope compliant with the US FDA's 21 CFR Part 11.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Efficient Dispersion, Maximum Safety","text":"Litesizer DIF's Quick-Click feature connects the dispersion units in just one move – no hassle with cables, tubes, or pipes. The obscuration level indicator allows monitoring of the sample amount while adding it to the laser diffraction particle size analyzer, ensuring the right amount from the start. The Dry Jet dispersion unit has a suction check and built-in dust cover to minimize the risk of powder spread. The Liquid Flow unit automatically checks for sufficient liquid before sonication, preventing overheating. A dedicated module with high chemical resistance is available for aggressive liquids. The Liquid Flow Imaging unit combines laser diffraction and dynamic image analysis, adding shape parameters of particles from 5 µm in size.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"On Quality, We Lead the Way","text":"Litesizer DIF is the perfect tool for particle analysis due to its high-quality manufacturing. It features high-grade hardware, empowering the instrument to collect superior raw data. The laser diffraction particle size analyzer enables users to measure a broad range of samples, covering particle sizes from 0.01 µm to 3,500 µm with a single analyzer – without the need for additional investment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Decade of Confidence: 10-Year Laser Warranty","text":"Each Litesizer DIF is built around a high-performance laser system engineered for decades of reliable operation. To support this, Anton Paar offers a 10-year laser warranty – a commitment that goes far beyond industry standards. This reflects our promise that this laser diffraction particle size analyzer's core optical performance will keep delivering consistent results, year after year, no matter the demands of your application.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Laser Diffraction Particle Size Analyzer: Litesizer DIF is available in 3 models: Litesizer DIF 500, Litesizer DIF 300, Litesizer DIF 100.","subsections":[{"title":"Litesizer DIF 500","text":"Measurement of samples from 0.01 µm to 3,500 µm."},{"title":"Litesizer DIF 300","text":"Measurement of samples from 0.1 µm to 2,500 µm."},{"title":"Litesizer DIF 100","text":"Measurement of samples from 0.1 µm to 1,000 µm."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BlyKNtrV3rA","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Litesizer DIF 500","Litesizer DIF 300","Litesizer DIF 100"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measurement Principle","values":["Laser Diffraction (Mie and Fraunhofer scattering)","",""]},{"parameter":"Measurement Range","values":["0.01 μm - 3,500 μm","0.1 μm - 2,500 μm","0.1 μm - 1,000 μm"]},{"parameter":"Size Classes","values":["144 (user adjustable)","114 (user adjustable)","104 (user adjustable)"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy*","values":["better than ± 0.5 % variation***","",""]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["better than ± 0.5 % variation***","",""]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility**","values":["better than ± 1 % variation***","",""]},{"parameter":"Typical Measurement Duration","values":["<10 sec","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Acquisition Rate","values":["16 kHz","",""]},{"parameter":"Light Source 1","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Models Equipped with Light Source 1","values":["✓","",""]},{"parameter":"Type","values":["Fiber coupled laser diode","",""]},{"parameter":"Optical Arrangement","values":["Reverse Fourier setup","",""]},{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["830 nm, infrared","",""]},{"parameter":"Laser Power","values":["10 mW","",""]},{"parameter":"Laser Class","values":["Class 1 (IEC60825-1)","",""]},{"parameter":"Light Source 2","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Models Equipped with Light Source 2","values":["✓","ⅹ","ⅹ"]},{"parameter":"Type","values":["Laser diode","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Optical Arrangement","values":["Tilted relative to IR laser","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["450 nm, blue","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Laser Power","values":["25 mW","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Laser Class","values":["Class 1 (IEC60825-1)","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Detectors","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Type","values":["Log-spaced photo diode array and single diodes for side and back-scattering","",""]},{"parameter":"Angular Range","values":["0.01° - 170°","0.01° - 155°","0.01° - 155°"]},{"parameter":"Focal Length","values":["300 mm","",""]},{"parameter":"Alignment","values":["Automatic","",""]},{"parameter":"Instrument Data","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions****","values":["400 mm x 790 mm x 290 mm (H x W x D)","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight****","values":["42.3 kg (93.2 lb)","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["100 V to 240 V ±10 %, 50/60 Hz","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Defined for a monomodal latex standard and accounting for manufacturer's uncertainty of standard size.\n** Defined for D50 of a polydisperse standard.\n*** Sample and preparation dependent. Defined for liquid dispersion measurements.\n**** Without PC and dispersion unit","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"litesizer-dls","name":"Dynamic Light Scattering Instrument: Litesizer DLS","description":"Litesizer DLS delivers best-in-class particle sizing with automatic angle selection to prevent errors, while MAPS technology yields the highest-possible peak…","pageTitle":"Dynamic Light Scattering Instrument: Litesizer DLS","pageDescription":"Litesizer DLS delivers best-in-class particle sizing with automatic angle selection to prevent errors, while MAPS technology yields the highest-possible peak resolution.","image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers-litesizer-dls-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Litesizer DLS delivers best-in-class particle sizing with automatic angle selection to prevent errors, while MAPS technology yields the highest-possible peak resolution. Continuous transmittance monitoring detects sedimentation and agglomeration during measurement, enhancing measurement reliability. Unique to our dynamic light scattering instrument, cmPALS and the Omega Cuvette improve zeta potential accuracy and repeatability by addressing aging effects and minimizing electrical gradient. Our dynamic light scattering instruments also offer fluorescence and polarization filters, not only for particle size measurements, but also for particle concentration in both MAPS three-angle and single-angle modes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers-litesizer-dls-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Three Angles, Real-Time Monitoring for Better Sizing","text":"Litesizer DLS offers the choice between three different detection angles to measure a wide array of samples, while eliminating errors with automatic angle selection. The Multi-Angle Particle Sizing (MAPS) measurement mode delivers exceptional resolution, supporting advanced analytical precision. Unique to our DLS particle size analyzers, continuous transmittance monitoring provides live feedback on sample behavior throughout measurement, giving users instant information on sedimentation or agglomeration. This real-time insight enhances measurement quality and reliability, making our dynamic light scattering instrument the optimal choice for accurate and dependable particle analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Market-Leading Zeta Potential Analysis","text":"Our dynamic light scattering instrument's patented cmPALS technique is specially designed to eliminate reproducibility uncertainties caused by aging effects. Additionally, the Omega Cuvette's innovative design minimizes the gradient in the electrical field, further enhancing reproducibility (±3 %). With an industry-leading particle size range for zeta potential measurement, from 1.3 nm to 100 µm, our dynamic light scattering instrument offers the broadest capability available, ensuring precise and consistent results across a vast array of applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Kalliope: The Benchmark Software for Particle Sizing","text":"The Kalliope software requires very little user training. Measurements with the dynamic light scattering instrument can be performed with only three clicks. The one-of-a-kind one-page layout provides an instant overview of input parameters, measurement signals, and results, presenting everything you need at a glance. Quickly access measurement results with predefined standard reports and organized result summaries. For more detailed analysis, use the customizable report templates, Excel export options, and advanced analysis functions. Kalliope is also fully compliant with 21 CFR Part 11, ensuring robust data integrity and regulatory adherence.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"All the Measuring Modes You Need","text":"Enhance your versatility with Litesizer DLS 701's particle concentration measurement mode, enabling calibration-free concentration analysis for up to three distinct size populations within a single sample. This mode supports both monodisperse and polydisperse samples across a wide concentration range, whether you're using single-angle DLS or MAPS. You can additionally measure the refractive index of solvents at the exact wavelength and temperature of your measurements (European Patent 3 023 770), ensuring maximum accuracy for particle size and zeta potential results. Litesizer DLS 701 and DLS 501 provide precise refractive index measurements within ±0.5 %. Our dynamic light scattering instrument also offers molecular mass measurement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Most Capable Filtering Options Available","text":"Litesizer DLS 701 and 501 are the only dynamic light scattering instruments on the market that offer users the choice between fluorescence or polarization filters, which can be applied in all three angle directions. This enables particle concentration analysis as well as MAPS three-angle or selected single-angle analysis with applied filters – permitting types of analysis not possible with comparable instruments (e.g., concentration determination of quantum dots).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"10-Year Laser Warranty: Confidence, for a Decade","text":"Each Litesizer DLS is built around a high-performance laser system engineered for long-term stability and reliable operation. We make sure our instruments' core optical performance supports precise, reproducible DLS-based particle size measurements for many years, regardless of application demands. That's why we offer a 10-year warranty on the laser – a commitment that goes far beyond industry standards. We'll win your confidence, for a decade.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Dynamic Light Scattering Instrument: Litesizer DLS is available in 4 models: Litesizer DLS 701, Litesizer DLS 501, Litesizer DLS 301, Litesizer DLS 101.","subsections":[{"title":"Litesizer DLS 701","text":"Particle sizing from 0.3 nm to 15 µm."},{"title":"Litesizer DLS 501","text":"Particle sizing from 0.3 nm to 15 µm."},{"title":"Litesizer DLS 301","text":"Particle sizing from 0.3 nm to 15 µm."},{"title":"Litesizer DLS 101","text":"Particle sizing from 0.3 nm to 10 µm."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z3fb1N9iPXM","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Litesizer DLS 701","Litesizer DLS 501","Litesizer DLS 301","Litesizer DLS 101"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Particle Size Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measurement Principle","values":["Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS)","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["0.3 nm to 15 μm* (particle diameter)","0.3 nm to 15 μm* (particle diameter)","0.3 nm to 15 μm* (particle diameter)","0.3 nm to 10 μm* (particle diameter)"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Angles","values":["15°, 90°, 175°, Multi-angle particle sizing (MAPS)","15°, 90°, 175°","90°","175°"]},{"parameter":"Min. Concentration","values":["0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)\nlower than 0.00001 % (0.1 ppm, Latex 100 nm)","0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)\nlower than 0.00001 % (0.1 ppm, Latex 100 nm)","1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)"]},{"parameter":"Max. Concentration","values":["50 % w/v (sample-dependent)","50 % w/v (sample-dependent)","40 % w/v (sample-dependent)","50 % w/v (sample-dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["1.5 µL","1.5 µL","1.5 µL","12 µL"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["Better than ±2 % on NIST traceable standards","","",""]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["Better than ±2 % on NIST traceable standards","","",""]},{"parameter":"Particle Concentration Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Analysis Model","values":["Mie Theory","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["108 - 1013 particles/mL (sample dependent)","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Size Limit","values":["1 µm","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Angles","values":["15°, 90°, 175°, Multi-angle particle sizing (MAPS)","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["12 µL","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["± 10 % (sample dependent)","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["± 5 % (sample dependent)","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Zeta Potential Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Principle","values":["Electrophoretic Light Scattering (ELS) / cmPALS","Electrophoretic Light Scattering (ELS) / cmPALS","Electrophoretic Light Scattering (ELS) / cmPALS","-"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":[">= ±1000 mV",">= ±1000 mV",">= ±1000 mV","-"]},{"parameter":"Mobility Range","values":["10⁻¹¹ m²/V.s to 2 x 10⁻⁷ m²/V.s","10⁻¹¹ m²/V.s to 2 x 10⁻⁷ m²/V.s","10⁻¹¹ m²/V.s to 2 x 10⁻⁷ m²/V.s","-"]},{"parameter":"Size Range","values":["1.3 nm to 100 µm (diameter)","1.3 nm to 100 µm (diameter)","1.3 nm to 100 µm (diameter)","-"]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Concentration","values":["0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","-"]},{"parameter":"Max. Sample Concentration","values":["70 %w/v (sample-dependent)","70 %w/v (sample-dependent)","70 %w/v (sample-dependent)","-"]},{"parameter":"Max. Sample Conductivity","values":["200 mS/cm","200 mS/cm","200 mS/cm","-"]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["50 µL (sample-viscosity-dependent)","50 µL (sample-viscosity-dependent)","50 µL (sample-viscosity-dependent)","-"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["Better than ±10 %","Better than ±10 %","Better than ±10 %","-"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["±3 %","±3 %","±3 %","-"]},{"parameter":"Molecular Mass Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Principle","values":["Static Light Scattering (SLS)","Static Light Scattering (SLS)","Static Light Scattering (SLS)","-"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range (Mass)","values":["300 Da to 20 MDa","300 Da to 20 MDa","300 Da to 20 MDa","-"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range (Particle Size)","values":["Up to 40 nm (diameter)","Up to 40 nm (diameter)","Up to 40 nm (diameter)","-"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Angle","values":["90°","90°","90°","-"]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Concentration","values":["0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","-"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["±10 %","±10 %","±10 %","-"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["±5 %","±5 %","±5 %","-"]},{"parameter":"Transmittance Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["0 % to 100 %","","",""]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["15 µL","","",""]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["Better than ±1 %","","",""]},{"parameter":"Refractive Index Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["1.28 to 1.50","1.28 to 1.50","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["1 mL","1 mL","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["±0.5 %","±0.5 %","-","-"]},{"parameter":"General Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Light Source","values":["Semiconductor laser diode / 40 mW, 658 nm","","",""]},{"parameter":"Optical Filters (Fluorescence, Vertical and Horizontal Polarization)","values":["forward, side and backscattering","forward, side and backscattering","forward, side and backscattering","-"]},{"parameter":"Laser Warm-Up Time","values":["6 min","","",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control Range","values":["0 °C to 120 °C","","",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Operating Temperature","values":["10 °C to 35 °C","","",""]},{"parameter":"Humidity","values":["Up to 80 % non-condensing","","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W, D, H)","values":["450 mm, 505 mm, 135 mm","","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Approx. 18 kg (40 lb)","Approx. 18 kg (40 lb)","Approx. 18 kg (40 lb)","Approx. 16.3 kg (36 lb)"]}]}]},{"slug":"litesizer-dia","name":"Dynamic Image Analyzer: Litesizer DIA","description":"With Litesizer DIA Series, our dynamic image analyzer, you can easily and reliably characterize the size and shape of particles via analysis of their direct…","pageTitle":"Dynamic Image Analyzer: Litesizer DIA","pageDescription":"With Litesizer DIA Series, our dynamic image analyzer, you can easily and reliably characterize the size and shape of particles via analysis of their direct images.","image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers-litesizer-dia-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"With Litesizer DIA Series, our dynamic image analyzer, you can easily and reliably characterize the size and shape of particles via analysis of their direct images. In just one step, quickly switch among three modules that use dispersion liquid, compressed air or free-fall for excellent dispersion of your sample. Rely on the automation of feeding rate adjustment and rinsing of liquids, and conduct measurements with only minimal training. That's particle analysis at the touch of a button - only with our dynamic image analyzer.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers-litesizer-dia-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Get Particle Size and Shape in One Measurement","text":"Measure particle sizes ranging from 0.5 µm to 16,000 µm with precision, and detect single outlier particles in large samples. Utilize a market-leading liquid dispersion range of up to 2,500 µm. Replace traditional sieve analysis with fast, safe, and dynamic image analysis to gain a deeper understanding of how particle size measurement can optimize your processes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optimize Measurements with Kalliope Software","text":"Start your measurements in just three clicks. Analyze particle size, shape, and images all in one digital space with our dynamic image analyzer. Easily filter particles by specific size and shape using Kalliope's powerful features. Control all your Anton Paar particle-sizing instruments from the Kalliope particle analysis software platform.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Prioritize Operator Safety","text":"The Litesizer DIA dynamic image analyzer incorporates multiple safety features to protect the operator. Stay safe with a cover that prevents dangerous sample spread. Prevent overheating with liquid level recognition before sonication. Ensure containment of hazardous samples with automatic suction checks. Comply with relevant safety standards, including EN 61010:2010 and ISO 12100:2011.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Efficient Dispersion, Maximum Safety","text":"The Litesizer Quick-Click feature connects the dispersion units in just one move – no hassle with cables, tubes, or pipes. The Dry Jet dispersion unit features a suction check and built-in dust cover to minimize the risk of powder spread. The Free Fall dispersion unit provides gentle, low-energy sample dispersion for coarse and sensitive materials. By minimizing mechanical stress, it helps preserve particle shape and integrity, making it ideal for granules, crystals, fibers, sands, and weakly agglomerated particles. The Liquid Flow unit automatically checks for sufficient liquid before sonication, preventing overheating. A dedicated module with high chemical resistance is available for aggressive liquids. The Small Flow unit is designed for applications with limited, expensive, toxic, or corrosive solvents, and reduces liquid consumption while expanding measurement flexibility.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Save Time with Automation","text":"Automatically optimize sample feeding rates, and automate filling, draining, and rinsing tasks to focus on more important work. Enhance data quality and speed up analysis with auto-filtering of particles.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Dynamic Image Analyzer: Litesizer DIA is available in 3 models: Litesizer DIA 700, Litesizer DIA 500, Litesizer DIA 100.","subsections":[{"title":"Litesizer DIA 700","text":"Triple magnification for maximum measurement precision."},{"title":"Litesizer DIA 500","text":"Dual magnification for versatile sample measurement."},{"title":"Litesizer DIA 100","text":"Single magnification for efficient sample measurement."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CkhjJ12cwZM","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Litesizer DIA 700","Litesizer DIA 500","Litesizer DIA 100"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measurement Principle","values":["Dynamic Image Analysis","",""]},{"parameter":"Measurement Ranges (Liquid Flow)","values":["0.5 μm to 2,500 μm","0.8 μm to 2,500 μm","10 μm to 2,500 μm"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Ranges (Small Flow)","values":["0.5 μm to 1,000 μm","0.8 μm to 1,000 μm","10 μm to 1,000 μm"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Ranges (Dry Jet)","values":["0.5 μm to 5,000 μm","0.8 μm to 5,000 μm","10 μm to 5,000 μm"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Ranges (Free Fall)","values":["0.5 μm to 16,000 μm (restrictions apply for particles >8,000 μm)","0.8 μm to 16,000 μm (restrictions apply for particles >8,000 μm)","10 μm to 16,000 μm (restrictions apply for particles >8,000 μm)"]},{"parameter":"Camera","values":["5 Mpix (2,448 pixels x 2,048 pixels) / 0.5 μm per pixel","5 Mpix (2,448 pixels x 2,048 pixels) / 0.8 μm per pixel","5 Mpix (2,448 pixels x 2,048 pixels) / 10 μm per pixel"]},{"parameter":"Data Collection Rate","values":["220 fps/camera at 5 Mpix","144 fps/camera at 5 Mpix","20 fps/camera at 5 Mpix"]},{"parameter":"Magnification","values":["0.3x, 1x and 6x","0.3x and 4x","0.3x"]},{"parameter":"Optical Features","values":["Automatic switch between objectives\nAutomatic merge of size ranges\nAll magnifications are included in the standard configuration","Automatic switch between objectives\nAutomatic merge of size ranges\nAll magnifications are included in the standard configuration","-"]},{"parameter":"Data Transfer","values":["1x 10 Gigabit Ethernet, 1x USB-A 3.0","",""]},{"parameter":"Measurement Output","values":["Number-, surface-, and volume-weighted results\nSize descriptors (ISO 9276-compliant): Minimum and maximum Feret diameters, projected area equivalent diameter, length, geodesic length and thickness (e.g., for fibers), minimum and maximum axes of the Legendre ellipse\nShape descriptors (ISO 9276-compliant): aspect ratio, ellipse ratio, irregularity, elongation or eccentricity, circularity, form factor, compactness, extent or bulkiness, solidity, convexity\nImage parameters: sharpness and contrast","",""]},{"parameter":"Instrument Data","values":["Dimensions: 400 mm x 790 mm x 290 mm (H x W x D)\nWeight: 41 kg (90 lb) \nPower supply: 100 V to 240 V ±10 %, 50/60 Hz\nCompressed air supply: 5 bar - 10 bar (72 psi to 145 psi)\nWater supply: max. 8 bar (116 psi)","",""]},{"parameter":"Compatible Dispersion Units","values":["Liquid Flow and Small Flow: Dispersion using a liquid carrier, mixing, and ultrasonication\nDry Jet: Dispersion via compressed air\nFree Fall: Dispersion via gravitational fall","",""]},{"parameter":"Exchange of the Dispersion Unit","values":["Less than 10 seconds via Quick Click","",""]},{"parameter":"Automation","values":["Automatic adjustment of the image acquisition rate","",""]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Calibration tool\nPre-configured PC","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"litesizer-cuvette-sampler","name":"Automation Solution for Nanoparticle Analysis: Litesizer Cuvette Sampler","description":"Increase DLS throughput without increasing workload: the Litesizer Cuvette Sampler automates cuvette changes for the Litesizer DLS Series and runs unattended…","pageTitle":"Automation Solution for Nanoparticle Analysis: Litesizer Cuvette Sampler","pageDescription":"Increase DLS throughput without increasing workload: the Litesizer Cuvette Sampler automates cuvette changes for the Litesizer DLS Series and runs unattended sequences of up to 80 cuvettes.","image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers-litesizer-cuvette-sampler-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Increase DLS throughput without increasing workload: the Litesizer Cuvette Sampler automates cuvette changes for the Litesizer DLS Series and runs unattended sequences of up to 80 cuvettes. With the Kalliope software managing method setup and scheduling, users can allocate resources away from repetitive tasks towards data interpretation and method development. The Litesizer Cuvette Sampler supports multi-measurement and multi-cuvette workflows such as those relating to particle size, zeta potential, particle concentration, and molecular mass.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers-litesizer-cuvette-sampler-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated High-Throughput Nanoparticle Analysis","text":"Run long, unattended sequences to process up to 80 cuvettes per run and boost DLS throughput without adding hands-on time. The sampler works with disposable, glass, quartz, and Omega cuvettes, so you can automate both routine screening and more demanding optical setups without changing your basic workflow.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Multi-Cuvette Workflows in Kalliope Software","text":"Use the Kalliope software to set up, schedule, and evaluate automated sequences, keeping complex runs organized and easy to reproduce across users and shifts. The software can group multiple cuvettes into a single study result for molecular mass and particle concentration, while still supporting one-cuvette/one-result workflows for particle size and zeta potential.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Collaborative Robotics for Lab-Friendly Automation","text":"A collaborative robotic arm takes over repetitive cuvette changes so users can focus on data interpretation and method development instead of manual handling. The cobot concept is designed for day-to-day lab environments, enabling unattended operation without additional safety enclosures around the system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Litesizer Cuvette Sampler"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Capacity","values":["Up to 80 cuvettes"]},{"parameter":"Supported Measurements","values":["Particle size, zeta potential, molecular mass, particle concentration, refractive index, transmittance"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L × H × W)","values":["844 mm × 1,092 mm × 536 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["50 kg (excluding DLS instrument)"]},{"parameter":"Noise Level","values":["70 dBA"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz / 60 Hz, 1.5 A."]},{"parameter":"Cuvette Types","values":["Disposable, glass, quartz, omega"]}]}]},{"slug":"litesizer-dispersion-units","name":"Modules for Litesizer DIA and DIF: Dispersion Units","description":"Measure various samples with a range of different dispersion units: Liquid Flow, Liquid Flow Imaging, Small Flow, Small Flow Imaging, Liquid Flow Chemical…","pageTitle":"Modules for Litesizer DIA and DIF: Dispersion Units","pageDescription":"Measure various samples with a range of different dispersion units: Liquid Flow, Liquid Flow Imaging, Small Flow, Small Flow Imaging, Liquid Flow Chemical, Liquid Flow Imaging Chemical, Dry Jet, and Free Fall.","image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers-litesizer-dispersion-units-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Measure various samples with a range of different dispersion units: Liquid Flow, Liquid Flow Imaging, Small Flow, Small Flow Imaging, Liquid Flow Chemical, Liquid Flow Imaging Chemical, Dry Jet, and Free Fall. Switch between dispersion units with the Quick-Click feature in just one move – no need for any extra cables, tubes, or pipes. Welcome to particle analysis at the touch of a button.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers-litesizer-dispersion-units-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Absolute Operator Safety","text":"• Safety cover prevents toxic or explosive sample spread\n• Liquid level recognition before sonication prevents overheating\n• All toxic or explosive samples contained","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated Dispersion Units","text":"• Automated filling, draining, and rinsing of dispersion liquid\n• Optimal sample feeding rate set automatically","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Wide Range of Powerful Dispersion Units","text":"• Liquid Flow offers sample dispersion in a carrier liquid, while Liquid Flow Chemical adds high chemical resistance for handling aggressive liquids.\n• Small Flow is a chemically resistant liquid dispersion unit, that minimizes the required liquid volume and sample amount.\n• All liquid dispersion units are available with integrated Imaging unit, which allows combination of laser diffraction with dynamic image analysis.\n• Dry Jet dispersion unit uses compressed air to disperse agglomerates of dry samples, while Free Fall (available for Litesizer DIA series) uses gravitational fall to disperse dry free-flowing materials.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Modules for Litesizer DIA and DIF: Dispersion Units is available in 6 models: Dispersion Units Liquid Flow Imaging, Dispersion Units Small Flow Imaging, Dispersion Units Liquid Flow, Dispersion Units Small Flow, Dispersion Units Dry Jet, Dispersion Units Free Fall.","subsections":[{"title":"Dispersion Units Liquid Flow Imaging","text":"Combination of laser diffraction and dynamic image analysis."},{"title":"Dispersion Units Small Flow Imaging","text":"Combination of laser diffraction and dynamic image analysis."},{"title":"Dispersion Units Liquid Flow","text":"Dispersion of samples using a carrier liquid."},{"title":"Dispersion Units Small Flow","text":"Only 30 mL to 90 mL total liquid volume."},{"title":"Dispersion Units Dry Jet","text":"Dispersion of samples using pressurized air."},{"title":"Dispersion Units Free Fall","text":"Sample dispersion using gravitational free-fall."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Liquid Flow","Small Flow","Dry Jet","Free Fall","Liquid Flow Imaging","Small Flow Imaging"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Compatibility","values":["Litesizer DIF series\nLitesizer DIA series","Litesizer DIF series\nLitesizer DIA series","Litesizer DIF series\nLitesizer DIA series","Litesizer DIA series","Litesizer DIF 300\nLitesizer DIF 500","Litesizer DIF 300\nLitesizer DIF 500"]},{"parameter":"Dispersion Means","values":["Stirring, ultrasonication","Stirring, ultrasonication","Vibration and compressed air (Venturi tube)","Vibration and gravitational fall","Stirring, ultrasonication","Stirring, ultrasonication"]},{"parameter":"Sample Holder","values":["Tank: 150 mL to 600 mL","30 mL to 90 mL","Funnel: 150 mL to 600 mL","Funnel: 150 mL to 600 mL","Tank: 150 mL to\n600 mL","30 mL to 90 mL"]},{"parameter":"Automation","values":["Auto-filling, auto-draining, auto-rinsing","Auto-filling, auto-draining, auto-rinsing","Automatic feeding rate adjustment, automatic funnel emptying, automatic cleaning of the measurement window","Automatic feeding rate adjustment, automatic funnel emptying","Auto-filling, auto-draining, auto-rinsing","Auto-filling, auto-draining, auto-rinsing"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Range DIA","values":["0.5 μm to 2,500 μm","0.5 µm to 1,000 µm","0.5 μm to 8,000 μm","0.5 μm to 16,000 μm","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Range DIF","values":["0.01 μm to 2,500 μm","0.01 μm to 1,000 µm","0.1 μm to 3,500 μm","0.1 μm to 3,500 μm","Size: 0.01 µm to\n2,500 µm\nShape: 5 µm to\n2,500 µm","0.01 μm to 1,000 µm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["16.5 kg (36 lb)","16.3 kg (35.9 lb)","21.3 kg (47 lb)","20.9 kg (46 lb)","20.1 kg (44 lb)","19.6 kg (43.2 lb)"]},{"parameter":"Accessories Available","values":["Water filter\nLitesizer Filling System","Water filter\nLitesizer Filling System","Air filter vacuum cleaner: regular or ATEX funnel; 600 ml and 150 ml Venturi nozzles with diameter of 3.5 mm and 5 mm","Funnel: 600 ml and 150 ml free fall measurement cell with 4 mm and 8 mm gaps","Water filter\nLitesizer Filling System","Water filter\nLitesizer Filling System"]}]}]},{"slug":"litesizer-autosampler","name":"Automation Option for Particle Analysis: Litesizer Autosampler","description":"The Litesizer Autosampler for the Litesizer DIF and DIA series, an automation option for particle analysis, automates the sample measurement process.","pageTitle":"Automation Option for Particle Analysis: Litesizer Autosampler","pageDescription":"The Litesizer Autosampler for the Litesizer DIF and DIA series, an automation option for particle analysis, automates the sample measurement process. It is available for all models in the series.","image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers-litesizer-autosampler-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Litesizer Autosampler for the Litesizer DIF and DIA series, an automation option for particle analysis, automates the sample measurement process. It is available for all models in the series. The Litesizer Autosampler picks up and pours samples automatically into the particle size analyzer so you can focus on other tasks. It’s suitable for industrial as well as lab applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/particle-size-analyzers-litesizer-autosampler-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measurement of Dry Powder and Liquid Dispersions","text":"Fill the automation option for particle analysis with both wet and dry samples. Define whether you want to measure the sample in liquid or dry mode with the software using the corresponding dispersion unit.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Productivity Maximization with Automated Pickup and Pouring","text":"Process up to 60 samples in one measurement cycle and avoid operator error. Add and prioritize samples even during an active run.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automation Option for Particle Analysis","text":"Use the Kalliope software to control and run the Litesizer Autosampler. Set up a measurement cycle in just a few minutes. Repeat the measurement cycle with one click.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[]}]},{"name":"Thermal Analyzers","description":"DSC and DMA for thermal and mechanical transitions.","pageTitle":"Thermal Analyzers","pageDescription":"Take material characterization to the next level — differential scanning calorimetry detects endothermic and exothermic transitions, while dynamic mechanical analysis measures material properties in bending, tension, torsion, and compression.","overview":"Take your material characterization to the next level with Anton Paar's portfolio for thermal analysis. Detect endothermic and exothermic material transitions via differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), and measure the mechanical properties of materials in bending, tension, torsion, and compression with dynamic mechanical analysis (DMA) — supported by intuitive software for method setup, evaluation, and reporting.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/thermal-analyzers.webp","slug":"thermal-analyzers","models":[{"slug":"julia-dsc","name":"Differential Scanning Calorimeter: Julia DSC 300 and Julia DSC 500","description":"Fast, precise differential scanning calorimetry for QC and R&D.","pageTitle":"Differential Scanning Calorimeter: Julia DSC 300 and Julia DSC 500","pageDescription":"Julia DSC: speed meets precision — Anton Paar's powerful differential scanning calorimeter speeds everything up to give you a competitive advantage where time and accuracy matter most, detecting endothermic and exothermic transitions with ease.","image":"/images/thermal-analyzers-julia-dsc-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Julia DSC: Speed Meets Precision. Anton Paar’s powerful new differential scanning calorimeter speeds everything up to give you a competitive advantage where time and accuracy matter the most.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/thermal-analyzers-julia-dsc-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Learn to Use It Fast","text":"Get from setup to results faster than ever with Julia Suite, our differential scanning calorimeter software. It eliminates the learning curve, guiding you effortlessly through every step – so you can start analyzing immediately.\n• No training needed: Self-explanatory design lets you start right away\n• Step-by-step calibration wizards: Ensure accuracy with guided workflows\n• Dedicated QC mode: Pre-set pass/fail criteria for easy quality control","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cool It Down Fast","text":"The unique Julia DSC Air Cooling Module, powered by advanced Peltier technology, quickly reaches -35 °C without an external chiller. Say goodbye to cluttered lab spaces and complicated differential scanning calorimeter setups.\n• Built-in air-cooling module: Unmatched cooling rates down to subzero temperatures\n• Higher sample throughput: Fast cooling of 10 °C a minute down to 10 °C\n• Fastest extension of cooling capabilities down to cryogenic temperatures: Swap cooling modules in less than five minutes","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Get Your Results Fast","text":"Set up your differential scanning calorimeter and start in record time. Everything from setting up experiments to final analysis of the results is significantly faster than with any comparable device on the market.\n• Pre-filled suggestions and methods help you prepare in just a few clicks\n• Streamlined navigation (e.g., when customizing graphs)\n• Fast, automated calibration checks with performance history for reliable results","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Efficient Automation: Plan Weekend Measurements","text":"The custom-designed Julia DSC autosampler increases your throughput and ensures accurate data and consistent results. Save time and reduce costs via automation of repetitive tasks. Seventy sample positions and eight dedicated reference positions help you plan all measurements efficiently 24/7, even over the weekend.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"DSC Accessories for Sample Preparation","text":"A crucible sealing press is available for the Julia DSC differential scanning calorimeter series to enable quick, convenient sample preparation. The crucible die design ensures smooth placement, filling, sealing (cold welding), and weighing of the sample. With the filling funnel, powders can be easily placed into the crucible and the push rod helps to compact the sample to ensure good thermal contact. With the crucible closing pen, even the smallest available crucibles from Anton Paar can be closed, preventing the movement of film or fiber samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Precision DSC for Polymers and Pharmaceuticals","text":"Julia DSC determines melting temperature, Tg, and crystallization behavior in polymers to ensure quality, optimize formulations, and enhance performance from packaging to automotive components. In pharmaceuticals, it characterizes APIs and excipients, supporting polymorphism studies, stability testing, compatibility assessments, and purity determination, all of which are critical to drug efficacy, safety, and shelf life. For regulated environments, 21 CFR Part 11-compliant software ensures maximum data integrity and security, with a secure database, user management, roles, electronic signatures, and full audit trail. Pharmaceutical instrument qualification services are also available.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Differential Scanning Calorimeter: Julia DSC is available in 2 models: Julia DSC 500, Julia DSC 300.","subsections":[{"title":"Julia DSC 500","text":"Future-proof all-rounder: Full spectrum of QC, R&D, academia."},{"title":"Julia DSC 300","text":"Patented air cooling: Peltier technology, no external cooler."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WyXAbw3GI34","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Julia DSC 300","Julia DSC 500"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Autosampler with 70 Sample and 8 Reference Positions","values":["Optional"]},{"parameter":"Cooling Option","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"ACM","values":["✓","Optional"]},{"parameter":"RCM","values":["-","Optional"]},{"parameter":"NCM","values":["-","Optional"]},{"parameter":"Gas Control (Method, Protective Gas)","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"1 X Mass Flow Controller and 1x Control Valve","values":["✓","-"]},{"parameter":"2 X Mass Flow Controller","values":["-","✓"]},{"parameter":"TruPeak Heatflow Mode","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Sinusoidal DSC (Modulation)","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"21 CFR Part 11 Compliance","values":["Optional"]},{"parameter":"Trademarks","values":["Julia (EU: 018353607), TruPeak (EU: 018812184)",""]},{"parameter":"Net Weight (with Autosampler)","values":["32 kg (40 kg)",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions in mm (L × W × H) (with Autosampler)","values":["620 × 560 × 350 (620 × 560 × 540)",""]}]},{"title":"Cooling Modules","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Air Cooling Module (ACM)","Refrigerated Cooling Module (RCM)","Nitrogen Cooling Module (NCM)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Minimum Temperature","values":["-35 °C","-90 °C","-170 °C"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Temperature","values":["700 °C","700 °C","600 °C"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Heating Rate","values":["300 K/min"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Cooling Rate","values":["150 K/min","150 K/min","200 K/min"]},{"parameter":"Cooling 10 K/min Down To","values":["5 °C","-55 °C","-150 °C"]},{"parameter":"Cooling 5 K/min Down To","values":["-15 °C","-70 °C","-160 °C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Accuracy (In)","values":["< 0.1 K"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Precision (In)","values":["< 0.005 K"]},{"parameter":"Enthalpy Accuracy (In)","values":["< 1 %"]},{"parameter":"Enthalpy Precision (In)","values":["< 0.02 %"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Range (In)","values":["± 2,500 mW"]},{"parameter":"Net Weight","values":["7.5 kg (main module)","7.5 kg (main module)\n61 kg (chiller)","7.5 kg (main module)\n62 kg (Dewar)"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions in mm (W x D x H)","values":["340 × 155 × 230 (built-in Julia DSC)","340 × 155 × 230 (built-in Julia DSC)\n295 × 500 × 570 (chiller)","340 × 155 × 230 (built-in Julia DSC)\n650 × 1140 (Dewar)"]}]}]},{"slug":"mcr-703-multidrive","name":"Dynamic Mechanical Analyzer: MCR 703 MultiDrive","description":"Axial-torsional DMA in tension, torsion, bending, and compression.","pageTitle":"Dynamic Mechanical Analyzer: MCR 703 MultiDrive","pageDescription":"Like no other DMA on the market — along with dynamic mechanical analysis in tension, torsion, bending, and compression, the unique axial-torsional DMA mode opens up new fields of material characterization such as determining the Poisson's ratio.","image":"/images/thermal-analyzers-mcr-703-multidrive-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MCR 703 MultiDrive is like no other DMA on the market. Along with dynamic mechanical analysis in tension, torsion, bending, and compression, its unique axial-torsional DMA mode opens up new fields of material characterization – such as determining the Poisson’s ratio of isotropic materials and characterizing anisotropic material behavior. Air-bearing-based drive units and an optical encoder ensure the highest sensitivity in force, torque, and displacement measurement.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/thermal-analyzers-mcr-703-multidrive-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dynamic Mechanical Analysis Like Never Before","text":"MCR 703 MultiDrive redefines the dynamic mechanical analysis (DMA) of liquid, soft, and solid samples – enabling you to perform DMA in tension, torsion, bending, and compression, as well as thermomechanical analysis (TMA) with one instrument.\nYou can also carry out axial-torsional DMA to determine the complex Young’s (E*) and shear (G*) modulus as a function of temperature, frequency, time, or humidity within a single experiment. This unique feature allows enhanced characterization of anisotropic materials and can even determine the Poisson’s ratio of isotropic materials within a single test.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Achieve Unprecedented Measuring Quality","text":"The air-bearing-supported upper rotational and lower linear drives, as well as the optical encoder technology, empower you to perform linear dynamic mechanical analysis across a force range of 0.5 mN to 40 N, and torsional dynamic mechanical analysis in a torque range of 0.2 nNm to 230 mNm.\nState-of-the-art convection temperature devices ensure homogeneous temperature distribution from -170 °C to +1,000 °C and provide the accuracy necessary for controlling both the sample temperature and relative humidity. Each standard measuring system includes an integrated temperature sensor located close to the clamped sample, offering a precise and reproducible measurement directly at the sample.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Smartest DMA, from Start to Finish","text":"Avoid back-and-forth between your PC and the dynamic mechanical analyzer, and use the touchscreen exactly where you need it to prepare your test. QuickConnect enables one-handed measuring system changes in seconds, while Toolmaster auto-recognizes and configures all accessories. Fully automated procedures guarantee precise and repeatable alignment of the measuring systems – eliminating time-consuming setup processes and the need for manual intervention.\nThe powerful RheoCompass software includes wizards and a wide selection of predefined templates, allowing you to streamline your workflow and effortlessly generate the ideal test procedure for your specific application.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"More than Just a Dynamic Mechanical Analyzer","text":"The MCR 703 MultiDrive’s cutting-edge hardware and electronics put you at the front of the pack for years to come – with the added competitive flexibility to do whatever you want. Transform your MCR 703 MultiDrive into a fully-fledged rheometer, tribometer, mechanical tester, or powder rheometer with over 200+ application-specific accessories. In addition to classic dynamic mechanical analysis, it enables comprehensive characterization of liquids, solids, powders, and even mechanical parts.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specialized Solutions, Endless Applications: Explore New Testing Possibilities","text":"The MCR 703 Space MultiDrive maximizes working space to accommodate accessories and complementary measuring instruments. Anton Paar’s in-house development and production team provides devices and accessories tailored to a range of specific applications, including solutions for characterizing solids immersed in a liquid. Shafts can also be combined with any disposable or customized geometry, and for testing powdery samples. Anton Paar offers material pockets in combination with the typical DMA measuring systems in bending mode.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MCR 703 MultiDrive"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Linear Drive for DMA in Tension, Bending, and Compression","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Maximum Force","values":["40 N"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Force","values":["0.0005 N"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Displacement","values":["9,400 μm ¹⁾"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Displacement","values":["0.01 μm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Frequency","values":["100 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Frequency","values":["10⁻⁵ Hz"]},{"parameter":"Rotational Drive for DMA in Torsion and Rheology","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Maximum Torque","values":["230 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Torque, Rotation","values":["1 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Torque, Oscillation","values":["0.2 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Angular Deflection Resolution","values":["< 1 nrad"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Angular Velocity","values":["314 rad/s"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Angular Velocity","values":["0 rad/s ²⁾"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Frequency","values":["200 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Frequency","values":["2 x 10⁻⁸ Hz"]},{"parameter":"Normal Force Range","values":["0.001 N to 50 N"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Maximum Temperature Range","values":["-170 °C to +1,000 °C ³⁾"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Heating Rate","values":["60 K/min ³⁾"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Cooling Rate","values":["30 K/min ³⁾"]},{"parameter":"Features","values":[""]},{"parameter":"DMA in Tension, Bending and Compression","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"DMA in Torsion","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"DMA in Combined Axial-Torsional Mode","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"DMA in Shear and Rheology","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Thermomechanical Analysis","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Toolmaster, Measuring System","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Toolmaster, Measuring Cell","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"QuickConnect for Measuring Systems (Screwless)","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"T-Ready","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Low-Temperature Option, Nitrogen Evaporation Unit","values":["o"]},{"parameter":"Low-Temperature Option, Gas Chiller","values":["o"]},{"parameter":"Humidity Option","values":["o"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["✓ included | o optional\nTrademarks: RheoCompass (9177015), MultiDrive (16731581), T-Ready (9176983), Toolmaster (3623873)\nPatents: US Pat. 9574983, 10908058\n¹⁾ In oscillation, a maximum displacement of ±4,500 μm.\n²⁾ In controlled shear stress (CSS) mode. In controlled shear rate (CSR) mode depending on measuring point duration and sampling rate.\n³⁾ Limits depend on convection temperature device used and measuring systems. Customized low-temperature option for temperatures down to -170 °C available upon request."]}]}]}]},{"name":"Surface Area Analyzers","description":"BET surface area, pore size, and chemisorption analysis.","pageTitle":"Surface Area Analyzers","pageDescription":"Compact, fully automatic gas adsorption analyzers measuring high-resolution physisorption, chemisorption, and vapor sorption isotherms — pore size, BET surface area, and gas/solid interactions for catalysts, adsorbents, and battery materials.","overview":"These compact, fully automatic analyzers from Anton Paar measure high-resolution physisorption, chemisorption, and vapor sorption isotherms for pore size, BET surface area, and specific gas/solid interactions. All these parameters are essential for the optimization of a wide range of materials, including adsorbents, catalysts, pharmaceuticals, battery materials, and other porous and finely divided solids.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/surface-area-analyzers.webp","slug":"surface-area-analyzers","models":[{"slug":"autosorb","name":"High Vacuum Physisorption Analyzer: Autosorb 6100, 6200, and 6300","description":"High-vacuum physisorption analyzers for BET surface area and pore size.","pageTitle":"High Vacuum Physisorption Analyzer: Autosorb 6100, 6200, and 6300","pageDescription":"High-vacuum physisorption and chemisorption analyzers for advanced measurement of BET surface area, active metal area, and pore size distribution — independent analysis stations with dedicated transducers deliver research-grade isotherms with maximum throughput.","image":"/images/surface-area-analyzers-autosorb-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Autosorb instruments are high-vacuum physisorption and chemisorption analyzers designed for advanced measurement of BET surface area, active area, and pore size distribution. Independent analysis stations, exclusive TruZone active coolant control, and user-friendly Kaomi software satisfy all of your measurement needs, while easy-to-install accessory kits empower you to adapt to future ones. The choice is clear: Absolutely Autosorb.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/surface-area-analyzers-autosorb-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Your Gas Sorption Analyzer: Absolutely Accurate","text":"• Perform highly accurate physisorption measurements from relative pressures below 10⁻⁷ for nitrogen\n• Leverage precise manifold temperature control between 35 °C and 50 °C\n• Rely on TruZone active coolant level control for accurate data – even throughout lengthy analyses\n• Achieve superior high-vacuum performance (38 % better than previous-generation instruments) with precision-machined manifolds and high-quality pneumatic valves","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Independent Stations: Absolutely Agile","text":"• Analyze up to three different samples with three different analysis gases at three different temperatures simultaneously with independent analysis stations and patented temperature control accessories\n• Perform the most challenging physisorption measurements with the 90-hour Dewar\n• Maximize your throughput with six integrated degassing stations\n• Quickly swap to the 1,100 °C furnace for advanced temperature-programmed analysis, pulse titrations, or chemisorption isotherms","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Intuitive Software: Absolutely Accessible","text":"• Enjoy the updated, streamlined Kaomi software, which makes the whole measurement process easier than ever before\n• Optimize measurement definitions to suit your needs with the new standard and advanced modes of DoseWizard\n• Keep downtime to a minimum with PowderProtect to prevent accidental loss of powder in the instrument","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Customization Options: Absolutely Adaptable","text":"• With three instruments to choose from, Autosorb adapts to the exact analysis requirements of your porous solids and catalysts\n• As your research changes, accessory kits covering physisorption, chemisorption, vaporsorption, and more can be added to fit new materials and applications\n• Go beyond standard measurements with enhanced chemical resistance, a built-in vapor source, a thermal conductivity detector, or even a fully integrated mass spectrometer","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compliance and Quality: Absolutely Assured","text":"• Comply with 20+ ASTM, DIN, and ISO standards for catalyst characterization and the evaluation of porous solids\n• Obtain peace of mind with our three-year warranty so you can avoid unforeseen costs","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"High Vacuum Physisorption Analyzer: Autosorb is available in 3 models: Autosorb 6100, Autosorb 6200, Autosorb 6300.","subsections":[{"title":"Autosorb 6100","text":"Accurate high-vacuum physisorption analysis of surface area and micropores."},{"title":"Autosorb 6200","text":"Accurate physisorption and chemisorption analysis for advanced catalyst characterization."},{"title":"Autosorb 6300","text":"Full chemisorption and physisorption capabilities in a single instrument package."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nHsp7WYWa_w","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Autosorb 6100","Autosorb 6200","Autosorb 6300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measurement Specifications","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Principle","values":["Vacuum volumetric","Vacuum volumetric","Vacuum volumetric dynamic flow"]},{"parameter":"Adsorption Gases","values":["Standard\nN₂, Ar, Kr, CO₂, CO, H₂, CH₄, C₂H₆, C₃H₈","Extended range\nN₂, Ar, Kr, CO₂, CO, H₂, CH₄, C₂H₆, C₃H₈, NH₃","Extended range\nN₂, Ar, Kr, CO₂, CO, H₂, CH₄, C₂H₆, C₃H₈, NH₃"]},{"parameter":"Adsorption Vapors","values":["N/A","H₂O, C₆H₆, C₅H₅N, C₃H₆O, C₂H₅OH, CH₃OH, C₃H₇OH","H₂O, C₆H₆, C₅H₅N, C₃H₆O, C₂H₅OH, CH₃OH, C₃H₇OH"]},{"parameter":"Physisorption Analysis Stations","values":["Number: 1, 2, or 3\nIndependent analysis stations: Up to three gases at three analysis temperatures can be used concurrently (one analysis gas and temperature per station)\nIndependent p0 station (dedicated cell and transducer)","",""]},{"parameter":"Chemisorption Analysis Stations","values":["N/A","1","1"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Pressure","values":["1,100 Torr (0.997 p/p0 for N₂ 77 K)","",""]},{"parameter":"Pressure Resolution","values":["2 × 10⁻⁵ Torr (2.6 × 10⁻⁸ p/p0 for N₂ 77 K)","1 × 10⁻⁶ Torr (1.3 × 10⁻⁹ p/p0 for N₂ 77 K)","1 × 10⁻⁶ Torr (1.3 × 10⁻⁹ p/p0 for N₂ 77 K)"]},{"parameter":"BET Surface Area","values":["- Absolute detection limit: 0.1 m² (N₂ 77 K)\n- Specific detection limit: 0.01 m²/g (N₂ 77 K)\n- Typical reproducibility: 1 % (measured on BAM P115)\n- Reproducibility limit: 2 % with 2 m² in the cell","",""]},{"parameter":"Pore Size","values":["- Range: 0.35 nm to 500 nm (diameter)\n- Typical reproducibility: 0.5 % (measured on BAM P115)","",""]},{"parameter":"Active Area","values":["N/A","- Absolute detection limit: 0.03 m² (H₂ on platinum 313 K)\n- Specific detection limit: 0.003 m²/g (H₂ on platinum 313 K)\n- Typical reproducibility: 2 % (measured on 2 % platinum on alumina reference sample)","- Absolute detection limit: 0.03 m² (H₂ on platinum 313 K)\n- Specific detection limit: 0.003 m²/g (H₂ on platinum 313 K)\n- Typical reproducibility: 2 % (measured on 2 % platinum on alumina reference sample)"]},{"parameter":"TruZone","values":["Yes (active coolant level control)","",""]},{"parameter":"PowderProtect","values":["Yes (prevents sample elutriation)","",""]},{"parameter":"Analysis Dewar","values":["- Duration: 90+ hours with liquid nitrogen\n- Refill during analysis: Yes\n- Volume: 3 L","",""]},{"parameter":"Analysis Furnace","values":["N/A","- Maximum temperature: 1,100 °C\n- Maximum ramp rate: 50 °C per minute\n- Furnace cooling by built-in fan","- Maximum temperature: 1,100 °C\n- Maximum ramp rate: 50 °C per minute\n- Furnace cooling by built-in fan"]},{"parameter":"Sample Preparation","values":["- Six integrated degassing stations with dedicated cold trap\n- Temperature control: two independent heating zones, ambient to 450 °C\n- Available methods: flow and vacuum, programmable multi-step degassing profiles, test for completion routines, pressure-controlled heating","",""]},{"parameter":"CryoSync Control","values":["N/A","Yes","Yes"]},{"parameter":"Mass Spectrometer","values":["N/A","N/A","Yes"]},{"parameter":"Software Specifications","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Kaomi for Autosorb","values":["- Control up to four instruments from one PC\n- Eight languages: Chinese, English, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Spanish\n- DoseWizard: 45+ built-in analysis profiles (ASTM, USP, DIN, ISO)","",""]},{"parameter":"Technical Specifications","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x D x H)","values":["79.5 cm × 70.1 cm × 107.9 cm (31.3 in × 27.6 in × 42.5 in) depending on instrument configuration","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["136.4 kg (300 lbs) depending on instrument configuration","",""]},{"parameter":"Operating Environment","values":["- Temperature: 15 °C to 35 °C (59 °F to 95 °F)\n- Humidity: 20 % RH to 80 % RH, non-condensing\n- Indoor use only\n- Altitude up to 3,000 m","",""]},{"parameter":"Analysis Manifold Construction","values":["Vacuum-brazed manifold block in stainless steel","",""]},{"parameter":"Analysis Manifold Temperature","values":["User-adjustable 35 °C to 50 °C (stability: ±0.05 °C)","",""]},{"parameter":"Pressure Transducer (1,550 Torr)","values":["- Number: 3 to 5 (depending on instrument configuration)\n- Accuracy: ±0.1 % of span (typical), ±0.15 % of span (maximum)\n- A/D data acquisition: 32 bit","",""]},{"parameter":"Pressure Transducer (10 Torr)","values":["- Number: 1 to 3 (depending on instrument configuration)\n- Accuracy: ±0.15 % reading up to 10 Torr\n- Resolution: 0.002 % of full scale","",""]},{"parameter":"Pressure Transducer (1 Torr)","values":["- Number: 1 to 3 (depending on instrument configuration)\n- Accuracy: ±0.15 % reading up to 1 Torr\n- Resolution: 0.002 % of full scale","N/A","N/A"]},{"parameter":"Pressure Transducer (0.1 Torr)","values":["N/A","- Number: 1 to 3 (depending on instrument configuration)\n- Accuracy: ±0.15 % reading up to 0.1 Torr\n- Resolution: 0.001 % of full scale","- Number: 1 to 3 (depending on instrument configuration)\n- Accuracy: ±0.15 % reading up to 0.1 Torr\n- Resolution: 0.001 % of full scale"]},{"parameter":"Pirani Vacuum Gauge","values":["- Number: 1\n- Accuracy:\n- 5 × 10⁻⁴ Torr to 1 × 10⁻³ Torr: ±10 % of reading\n- 1 × 10⁻³ Torr to 100 Torr: ±5 % of reading\n- 100 Torr to atmosphere: ±25 % of reading","",""]},{"parameter":"Vacuum System","values":["- Turbo-molecular drag pump and dry-diaphragm pump\n- Manufacturer’s specification: 5 mbar × 10⁻¹⁰ mbar to 2.67 mbar × 10⁻⁵ mbar\n- Typical pressure at analysis port: 2.67 mbar × 10⁻⁵ mbar","",""]},{"parameter":"Thermal Conductivity Detector (TCD)","values":["N/A","N/A","- Two-filament TCD with rhenium/tungsten filaments\n- Detection Limit: 0.5 µL (air injected into helium)"]},{"parameter":"Input Ports","values":["- 7\n(five analysis (FKM), one helium, one degas/backfill)","- 8\n(four analysis (FKM), one analysis (PFE), one vapor, one helium, one degas/backfill)","- 16 ports\n(11 analysis (FKM), one analysis (PFE), one vapor, one helium, one degas/backfill, one titration)"]},{"parameter":"Gas Supply","values":["- Purity: 99.999 %\n- Input pressure: 8 psig to 10 psig (0.55 bar to 0.69 bar)","",""]},{"parameter":"Air","values":["- Input pressure: 50 psig to 100 psig (3.45 bar to 6.9 bar)","",""]},{"parameter":"Electrical","values":["- Supply: AC 100 to 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz\n- Maximum consumption: 1,810 VA (depending on instrument configuration)","",""]},{"parameter":"PC Connection","values":["Ethernet","",""]},{"parameter":"RoHS3 Compliant","values":["Yes","",""]},{"parameter":"CE / UKCA Certified","values":["Yes","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"autosorb-3300","name":"Flow Chemisorption Analyzer: Autosorb 3300","description":"Fully automated flow chemisorption for catalyst characterization.","pageTitle":"Flow Chemisorption Analyzer: Autosorb 3300","pageDescription":"The Autosorb 3300 delivers fully automated catalyst characterization — TPR, TPO, TPD, TPSR, and pulse titration with a four-filament TCD, a safe-touch furnace up to 1,200 °C, and built-in gas blending for up to 36 mixtures from 12 gas inputs.","image":"/images/surface-area-analyzers-autosorb-3300-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Autosorb 3300 chemisorption analyzer delivers fully automated characterization of catalysts, enabling essential measurements to be performed reliably, quickly, and with exceptional ease of use. Its intuitive, ergonomic interface streamlines operation, while a liquid-cooled furnace ensures safe performance at temperatures up to 1,200 °C. Measurement modes include TPR, TPO, TPD, TPSR, acid and basic site analysis, and pulse titration for active metal area and dispersion. Four integrated titration loops simplify method optimization, and a robust four-filament TCD provides high sensitivity and durability. With 12 gas inputs and two mass flow controllers, the system can generate up to 36 gas mixtures for maximum flexibility.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/surface-area-analyzers-autosorb-3300-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Essential Chemisorption Done Right: No Guesswork, No Hassle","text":"This chemisorption analyzer redefines simplicity with a workflow that eliminates nearly every manual action. From automatic cell connection and leak checking to fully automated furnace positioning and loop selection, the instrument removes the need for hands-on adjustments. Operators simply place the sample cell assembly into the furnace and press start – nothing more. This radical reduction in touchpoints accelerates training, reduces user to user variability, and keeps your lab moving efficiently without constant operator oversight.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Lowest Operating Costs in Its Class","text":"Designed to deliver confident results in both R&D and QA/QC environments, Autosorb 3300 significantly reduces cost per analysis by eliminating unnecessary consumables and reducing gas usage. Built in gas blending drastically cuts the number of required cylinders and regulators. A regenerable zeolite vapor trap replaces liquid nitrogen cooling for TPR, and the instrument's optimized flow paths ensure lower flow rates and faster gas exchange. With no septa, syringes, ferrules, or O rings to replace – and no compressed air needed for cooling – laboratories benefit from substantially lower recurring costs and fewer workflow interruptions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Same Conditions, the Same Results: Precision Every Time","text":"Reliable catalyst characterization depends on uncompromised repeatability. The Autosorb 3300 chemisorption analyzer delivers this automatically, with an integrated, pre calibrated loop system to provide true, temperature and pressure controlled injection volumes unaffected by environmental changes. The Autosorb 3300's high sensitivity current controlled four filament TCD ensures accurate detection across all temperature programmed methods. The instrument resolves small titration peaks and measures active areas down to 0.03 m² (H₂ on platinum at 313 K) for reliable catalyst characterization at very low metal loadings.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Thermal Power that Outpaces Every Legacy System","text":"Autosorb 3300's advanced thermal performance ensures both improved workflow and superior analytical clarity. It delivers rapid temperature ramps, reaching 800 °C at up to 100 °C/min, and even 1,200 °C at up to 25 °C/min. Fast cooldown to 50 °C in as little as 30 minutes further accelerates throughput without sacrificing safety. The chemisorption analyzer's compact furnace design provides highly responsive temperature control, enabling linear temperature ramps, precise hold segments, and stable baselines critical for TPR, TPO, and TPD analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Engineered for Maximum Safety","text":"The Autosorb 3300 chemisorption analyzer is designed to provide controlled heating and cooling profiles for demanding chemisorption applications. Despite its high operating temperatures, the safe-touch design keeps the external surface within 34 °C of ambient to ensure operator safety during high-temperature experiments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Powerful Software for Catalyst Characterization","text":"Autosorb 3300 is controlled by the workflow-oriented Kaomi React software to support consistent method execution. The software includes a method and sequence editor, real-time instrument visualization, and guided routines for pulse titration and peak deconvolution. Detailed reports for active metal area, dispersion, and other catalyst parameters are generated quickly and reproducibly.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Applications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Autosorb 3300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Petrochemical Catalysts","values":["Petroleum cracking, oxidation, hydrocarbon reforming, steam reforming, water-gas shift"]},{"parameter":"Catalyst Regeneration","values":["Coked and sintered (used) catalysts"]},{"parameter":"Hydrogen Generation","values":["Ammonia decomposition, electrolysis electrodes"]},{"parameter":"Fuel Cells","values":["Redox electrodes"]},{"parameter":"CO₂ Capture and Utilization","values":["Solid bases (e.g., amine-functionalized, hydrogenation catalysts)"]}]},{"title":"Performance Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Autosorb 3300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measurement Types","values":["TPR, TPO, TPD, TPSR, pulse titration, breakthrough curves"]},{"parameter":"Analysis Types","values":["Active metal area, dispersion, crystallite size, activation energy, acid site strength, quantitative desorption, peak fitting, and deconvolution"]},{"parameter":"Injection Repeatability","values":["< 0.4 % of loop volume"]},{"parameter":"Peak Temperature Reproducibility","values":["< 0.8 % (Zeolite ammonia TPD)"]},{"parameter":"Active Area Reproducibility","values":["4 % (measured on 2 % platinum on alumina reference sample)"]}]},{"title":"Technical Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Autosorb 3300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Furnace","values":["Safe touch (surface temperature never more than 34 °C above ambient)"]},{"parameter":"Sample Temperature Range","values":["40 °C to 1,200 °C"]},{"parameter":"Furnace Heating Rates","values":["40 °C to 800 °C: Up to 100 °C/min\n800 °C to 1,000 °C: Up to 50 °C/min\n1,000 °C to 1,200 °C: Up to 25 °C/min"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Heating Rate","values":["0.08 °C/min"]},{"parameter":"Furnace Cooling Type","values":["Closed-circuit liquid circulation"]},{"parameter":"Cooling Rate","values":["800 °C to 50 °C in 26 min, 500 °C to 50 °C in 22 min\n400 °C to 50 °C in 20 min, 100 °C to 40 °C in 12 min"]},{"parameter":"Detector","values":["Four-filament W/Re TCD (ammonia- and oxidation-resistant) with bypass valve"]},{"parameter":"Injector Loops","values":["4 integrated loops (145 μL, 275 μL, 525 μL, 1,125 μL nominal)"]},{"parameter":"Gas Blending","values":["Built-in using two MFCs (50 sccm each)"]},{"parameter":"Analysis/Carrier Gas Inputs","values":["6 (1 inert, 4 standard, 1 PFE)"]},{"parameter":"Injector/Blend Gas Inputs","values":["6 (1 inert, 4 standard, 1 PFE)"]},{"parameter":"Gas Input Compatibility","values":["Inert: He, Ar, and other inert gases\nStandard: Inert + N₂, CO₂, CO, H₂, O₂, N₂O\nPFE: Standard + CH₄, NH₃"]},{"parameter":"Heated Valve Box","values":["50 °C (stability ±0.3 °C)"]},{"parameter":"Sample Cell","values":["Quartz U-tube with 3 mL sample capacity, with bypass valve"]},{"parameter":"Vapor Trap","values":["Standard dry absorber, with bypass valve"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Cold trap, mass spectrometer, vacuum pump"]},{"parameter":"RoHS 3 Compliant, CE Certified","values":["✓"]}]}]},{"slug":"nova","name":"BET Surface Area Analyzer: Nova 600 and Nova 800","description":"BET surface area and pore size analysis with up to four analysis stations.","pageTitle":"BET Surface Area Analyzer: Nova 600 and Nova 800","pageDescription":"The Nova BET surface area analyzers set a new benchmark in surface area and pore size analysis — up to eight degassing stations plus up to four analysis stations let you degas samples while analyzing others for maximum sample throughput.","image":"/images/surface-area-analyzers-nova-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Nova BET surface area analyzers have set a new benchmark in surface area and pore size analysis. Up to eight degassing stations plus up to four analysis stations let you degas samples while analyzing others. Analyze four 5-point BETs in approximately 20 minutes, with 2 % reproducibility. Automated degassing means no operator intervention is necessary. Simple. Precise. Fast. Nova.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/surface-area-analyzers-nova-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Integrated Sample Preparation Simplifies Your Process","text":"Eliminate the clutter, cost, and complexity of external degassing devices with eight integrated degassing stations and up to four analysis stations in one space-saving design. Prepare a range of samples within a vacuum or for flow degassing at temperatures up to 425 ºC. Degassing is software programable and linked with an individual sample ID, ensuring full traceability. These integrated degassing stations ensure that samples are fully prepared before analysis with the BET surface area analyzer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Speed up Your Surface Area and Pore Size Analysis, and Save Costs","text":"Utilize the Nova Mode. Use pre-calibrated sample cells – no need to measure void volumes before every analysis – and accelerate your analyses while maintaining a high level of measurement precision.\n\nBenefit from the Nova Nitro ReGen concept: Channel the pure nitrogen gas evaporating from its Dewar to the instrument to use in experiments. This eliminates cylinders and simplifies setup while delivering accurate, repeatable BET results, and reduces environmental impact and lab costs.\n\nNova Degassing Accessory can degas your samples using vacuum or flow degassing. This offers users flexibility and cost savings as they don’t have to buy multiple degassers.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"TruZone – Active Coolant Level Control","text":"With TruZone, create and maintain a small cold zone on the sample cell and maximize the measurement sensitivity of your surface area and pore size analyzer. Increase sensitivity when measuring gas molecules that are adsorbed by the sample results in exceptional measurement performance. Nova BET surface area analyzers deliver better than 2 % reproducibility with as low as 2 m² total surface area in the sample cell. This best-in-class performance lets you measure materials with specific surface areas as low as 0.01 m²/g.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Suite of Smart Dosing Algorithms for Effortless Method Creation","text":"Intelligent dosing algorithms, such as DoseWizard, VectorDose, and Initial Fill, simplify the creation of analysis profiles to accelerate analyses without sacrificing precision. In combination with the 20+ built-in analysis profiles for standardized methods like ASTM, ISO, USP, and DIN, our surface area and pore size analyzer delivers operational simplicity from start to finish.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Surface Area and Pore Size Analyzer with Smart Software","text":"Combine instrument control and data processing with Kaomi for Nova. Set up and perform analyses, and process, report, and store data easily. Control up to four Nova BET surface area analyzers from one PC.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"21 CFR Part 11-Compliant Software","text":"Enhance data integrity for the pharmaceutical industry with Kaomi for Nova 21 CFR Part 11 Software (user management, audit trail, customizable reporting, and electronic signature).\n\nThis guarantees that your BET surface area analyzer meets FDA’s 21 CFR Part 11 requirements, ensuring complete data traceability and security, backed by a comprehensive pharma qualification and requalification package.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"BET Surface Area Analyzer: Nova is available in 4 models: Nova 800, Nova 600, Nova 800 BET, Nova 600 BET.","subsections":[{"title":"Nova 800","text":"Optimize BET surface area, pore size, and volume analysis."},{"title":"Nova 600","text":"Boost throughput with 2 analyses, and up to 8 degassing stations."},{"title":"Nova 800 BET","text":"Optimize BET surface area analysis."},{"title":"Nova 600 BET","text":"Maximize budgets with this multi-station BET surface area analyzer."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W_sa9djP5mQ","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Nova 600 BET","Nova 800 BET","Nova 600","Nova 800"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Analysis Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measurement Principle","values":["Vacuum Volumetric","","",""]},{"parameter":"Gases","values":["N₂ only","N₂ only","N₂, Ar, CO₂, and other non-corrosive gases","N₂, Ar, CO₂, and other non-corrosive gases"]},{"parameter":"Stations","values":["2","4","2","4"]},{"parameter":"Independent P0 Station","values":["Yes","","",""]},{"parameter":"Relative Pressure Range (P/P0)","values":["10⁻⁴ to 0.5","10⁻⁴ to 0.5","10⁻⁴ to 0.999","10⁻⁴ to 0.999"]},{"parameter":"Pressure Measurement Accuracy","values":["0.1 % (of full scale) *","","",""]},{"parameter":"Pressure Resolution","values":["Absolute : 1.2 x 10⁻⁴ Torr\nRelative : 1.5 x 10⁻⁷ P/P0","","",""]},{"parameter":"Lower Specific Surface Area Limit","values":["From 0.01 m²/g","","",""]},{"parameter":"Lower Absolute Surface Area Limit","values":["From 0.5 m²","","",""]},{"parameter":"Surface Area Reproducibility","values":["2 % **","","",""]},{"parameter":"Pore Size Range","values":["N/A","N/A","0.35 - 500 nm (Diameter)\n(0.35 - 1.1 nm with CO₂)\n(1.1 - 500 nm with N₂)","0.35 - 500 nm (Diameter)\n(0.35 - 1.1 nm with CO₂)\n(1.1 - 500 nm with N₂)"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Pore Value","values":["N/A","N/A","1.2x10⁻⁸ cm³","1.2x10⁻⁸ cm³"]},{"parameter":"Truzone","values":["Yes","","",""]},{"parameter":"Powerprotect","values":["Yes","","",""]},{"parameter":"Dosewizard","values":["Yes","","",""]},{"parameter":"Vectordose","values":["Yes","","",""]},{"parameter":"Dewar","values":["Volume: 1 L\nDuration: Up to 7 Hours","Volume: 1 L\nDuration: Up to 7 Hours","Volume: 2 L\nDuration: Up to 40 Hours","Volume: 2 L\nDuration: Up to 40 Hours"]},{"parameter":"Sample Preparation","values":["Integrated Degassing Stations : 4\nTemperature Control: 2 Heating Zones, Ambient to 425 °C\nAvailable Methods: Flow & Vacuum, Programable Multi-Step Heating Profiles","","",""]},{"parameter":"Physical Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (DxWxH)","values":["44 cm x 63 cm x 84 cm","","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["63 kg","","",""]},{"parameter":"Operating Environment","values":["Temperature : 15 to 35 °C\nHumidity : 20 to 80 % relative, non-condensing","","",""]},{"parameter":"Wetted Parts","values":["Stainless steel, Viton elastomers","","",""]},{"parameter":"Gas","values":["Ports: 5 (3 Analysis, 1 Helium, 1 Degas/Backfill)\nPurity: 99.999 % (He, N₂)\nInput Pressure: 8 to 10 PSIG","","",""]},{"parameter":"Vacuum Connection","values":["Rotary Pump Exhaust Port, KF 16","","",""]},{"parameter":"Vacuum Requirements","values":["Ultimate vacuum of 2.3 x 10⁻³ Torr","","",""]},{"parameter":"Electrical","values":["Supply : AC 100~240 V AC , 50 / 60 Hz Consumption: 345 VA (Maximum)","","",""]},{"parameter":"Additional Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["10-inch Touchscreen","","",""]},{"parameter":"PC Connection","values":["Ethernet","","",""]},{"parameter":"Kaomi for Nova Software","values":["Instrument Control: Up to 4 Instruments\n6 Languages: English, French, German, Japanese, Chinese, Spanish","","",""]},{"parameter":"Kaomi for Nova 21 CFR Part 11 Software","values":["Features: User management, audit trail, customizable reporting, and electronic signature to enhance data integrity for use in the pharmaceutical industry","","",""]},{"parameter":"Pharma Qualification Package","values":["Yes","","",""]},{"parameter":"Pre-Loaded Analysis Profiles","values":["20+ (ASTM, USP, DIN, ISO)","","",""]},{"parameter":"RoHS 3 Compliant","values":["Yes","","",""]},{"parameter":"CE Certified","values":["Yes","","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* Includes precision, linearity, and hysteresis s of the complete pressure measurement system\n** Performed with BAM P115 certified reference material","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"isorb-hp","name":"High-Pressure Volumetric Gas Sorption Analyzer: iSorb HP","description":"High-pressure gas sorption up to 200 bar for storage and separation.","pageTitle":"High-Pressure Volumetric Gas Sorption Analyzer: iSorb HP","pageDescription":"The iSorb HP gas sorption analyzers are perfect for evaluating materials for gas storage, gas separation, and emission control — high-precision transducers and precise manifold temperature control deliver reliable volumetric isotherms at high pressure.","image":"/images/surface-area-analyzers-isorb-hp-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The iSorb HP gas sorption analyzers are perfect for evaluating materials in gas storage, gas separation, or emission control applications. With high-precision transducers, precise manifold temperature control, and a built-in library of advanced equations of state, the iSorb HP series gives you access to high-quality gas adsorption and kinetic data to a maximum of either 100 bar or 200 bar absolute. Optional temperature control accessories allow measurements over a temperature range of 75 K to 773 K.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/surface-area-analyzers-isorb-hp-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Robust Manifold Design Ensures Results Unaffected by Temperature and Ambient Conditions","text":"High-pressure experiments require well-controlled temperature for accurate and precise measurements. Therefore, the manifold of the iSorb HP is thermostatically heated above room temperature for better stability and isolation from environmental changes. Microprocessor-based digital pressure transducers provide temperature-compensated pressure readings. The software monitors the stability of the manifold temperature and gas pressure before dosing into the sample cell; readings taken at stable temperatures provide for the most precise and accurate measurements. Metal VCR seals and pneumatic valves ensure leak-tight operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Highly Flexible Experimental Conditions","text":"iSorb HP features a variety of high pressure sample cells that accommodate a wide range of sample types: powders, granules, films, and monoliths. Sample temperature is controlled by several accessories from cryogenic (75 K) to elevated temperatures (773 K). The low-volume micro cell enables you to determine the performance of your materials even when sample amount is limited. The reduced void space and excellent temperature control help eliminate the need to perform blank subtraction runs. The compact pressure booster produces a 4:1 compression result maintaining 200 bar with as little as 55 bar left in the gas cylinder to save you money and resources.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Peace of Mind with Built-In Safety","text":"Working at higher pressures with hazardous gases means safety is of utmost concern. With the iSorb HP, sample cell pressure is constantly monitored, even in the event of a power outage; during a power outage the instrument will automatically close all valves. Its “Safe State” routine returns the manifold and sample cell to ambient pressure with helium enabling easy sample removal. The intelligent software has an automatic leak detection algorithm that can differentiate between adsorption and a leak. If a leak is detected, the instrument will stop the analysis and return to a safe state, and can trigger an external alarm. An automated supply-line cleaning routine prevents mixing of two incompatible gases.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Insights into Sample Kinetics, Heat Adsorption at Different Temperatures, and More","text":"Surface excess isotherms are easily obtained with the iSorb HP with two built-in methods: classical target pressure mode or faster pressure dosing. You can also explore the sample kinetics of each data point collected and calculate the heat of adsorption from multiple isotherms collected at different analysis temperatures. Absolute adsorbed amount isotherm and storage capacity calculations will aid R&D in finding the next novel material for gas storage capabilities.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Permanent Control of Instrument Status and Health","text":"The valve management system records each cycle of the valves to help you plan your maintenance schedule. The exportable graphical log file records all pressure and temperature readings and valve operations along with animated graphics for rapid diagnostics and complete analysis playback.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"High-Pressure Volumetric Gas Sorption Analyzer: iSorb is available in 4 models: iSorb HP1 100, iSorb HP1 200, iSorb HP2 100, iSorb HP2 200.","subsections":[{"title":"iSorb HP1 100","text":"One-station gas sorption analyzer."},{"title":"iSorb HP1 200","text":"One-station gas sorption analyzer."},{"title":"iSorb HP2 100","text":"Two-station gas sorption analyzer."},{"title":"iSorb HP2 200","text":"Two-station gas sorption analyzer."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["iSorb HP1","iSorb HP2"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Analysis Stations","values":["1","2"]},{"parameter":"Gas Inputs","values":["2 (optional 4)",""]},{"parameter":"Maximum Pressure Data","values":["100 bar or 200 bar absolute",""]},{"parameter":"Minimum Pressure Data","values":["0.0005 bar",""]},{"parameter":"Low Pressure (LP) Transducers","values":["2 (1 bar)","3 (1 bar)"]},{"parameter":"High Pressure (HP) Transducers","values":["2","3"]},{"parameter":"Total Transducer Count","values":["4","6"]},{"parameter":"Transducer Accuracy","values":["<±0.05 % f.s",""]},{"parameter":"Vacuum Pump","values":["internal",""]},{"parameter":"Turbo Pump Option","values":["yes",""]},{"parameter":"Degas Type","values":["automatic",""]},{"parameter":"Degas Ports","values":["in-situ",""]},{"parameter":"Max. Degas Temp","values":["500 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Thermostatted Bath Option","values":["yes",""]},{"parameter":"Cryo Option","values":["yes",""]},{"parameter":"Booster Option","values":["yes",""]},{"parameter":"Thermostatted Manifold","values":["yes",""]},{"parameter":"Gas Inputs/Vents Location","values":["Side, for easy access",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["85 cm x 100 cm x 50.5 cm (33.5 in x 39.25 in x 19.5 in)",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["150 kg (330 lbs)","150 kg (330 lbs)"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Surface Charge and Zeta Potential Analyzers","description":"Surface charge analysis for films, fibers, and wafers.","pageTitle":"Surface Charge and Zeta Potential Analyzers","pageDescription":"Monitor surface chemistry from nanometer-scale particles up to large wafers — streaming potential analysis reveals surface modifications, coating performance, and interactions of films, fibers, membranes, and semiconductors with their environment.","overview":"Surface analysis is a vital method for qualifying new materials in technical and biological applications. Anton Paar's surface charge analyzers let users closely monitor surface chemistry from small particles in the nanometer range up to large wafers, providing insights into modifications resulting from surface treatment as well as surface interactions with natural and process media — with unrivaled quality, speed, and convenience.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/surface-charge-and-zeta-potential.webp","slug":"surface-charge-zeta","models":[{"slug":"surpass-3","name":"Electrokinetic Analyzer for Solid Surface Analysis: SurPASS 3","description":"The SurPASS 3 series features fully automated zeta potential analysis of macroscopic solids under real-life conditions.","pageTitle":"Electrokinetic Analyzer for Solid Surface Analysis: SurPASS 3","pageDescription":"The SurPASS 3 series features fully automated zeta potential analysis of macroscopic solids under real-life conditions. As electrokinetic analyzers, they employ the classic streaming potential and streaming current method for a direct analysis of the surface zeta potential.","image":"/images/surface-charge-zeta-surpass-3-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SurPASS 3 series features fully automated zeta potential analysis of macroscopic solids under real-life conditions. As electrokinetic analyzers, they employ the classic streaming potential and streaming current method for a direct analysis of the surface zeta potential. The zeta potential is related to the surface charge at a solid/liquid interface and is a key parameter for understanding surface properties and developing new specialized materials.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/surface-charge-zeta-surpass-3-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Solid Surface Charge Analysis Made Easy","text":"The SurPASS 3 series allows for direct analysis of the zeta potential at the solid/liquid interface by means of streaming potential and streaming current measurement. This gives access to the full range of zeta potential of technical materials down to a few millivolts at unprecedented reliability and reproducibility. Gain instant access to information on surface charge without the need for sophisticated evaluation or expert knowledge.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measuring Solutions from Tiny Particles to Large Wafers","text":"The wide range of SurPASS 3 measuring cells covers it all: Elaborate measuring cells accommodate samples of any geometry ranging from powders and fibers to planar solids. Sample-specific measuring cells for contact lenses, hollow fiber membranes, flexible tubings, syringes, and vials open up surface charge analysis on samples with complex geometries. The “plug in and start” functionality allows for a quick exchange of measuring cells. The software automatically recognizes the measuring cells and displays the zeta potential.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fully Automated Measurements in Less than Two Minutes","text":"The intuitive SurPASS 3 software guides you through the measurement and displays all key parameters in real-time. The SurPASS 3 series provides zeta potential results in less than two minutes for maximized sample throughput. SurPASS 3 allows you to study pH dependences of zeta potential fully automatically and reveals the isoelectric point for a deep understanding of your sample’s chemistry. Liquid-on-solid surface adsorption kinetics can also be followed in real-time on model surfaces and on your actual sample.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Modular Setup Tailored to Your Needs","text":"The SurPASS 3 series is just as versatile as your applications. Dedicated solutions are available for membrane applications, biomaterials, cosmetics, detergents, and semiconductors. Whether you are working on porous materials, such as membranes, or non-porous films and plates, particles >25 µm, granular material, fibers, or materials which swell strongly or are conductive: there are no restrictions. The modular setup of the instrument and measuring cells allows you to easily extend your zeta potential analysis to cover tomorrow’s needs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Electrokinetic Analyzer for Solid Surface Analysis: SurPASS 3 is available in 2 models: SurPASS 3 Standard, SurPASS 3 Eco.","subsections":[{"title":"SurPASS 3 Standard","text":"High-end electrokinetic analyzer for solid surface analysis."},{"title":"SurPASS 3 Eco","text":"Entry-level electrokinetic analyzer for routine surface analysis."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FP7U6_hIvGU","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SurPASS 3","SurPASS 3 Eco"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Streaming Potential","values":["±2000 mV ± (0.2 % + 4 μV)",""]},{"parameter":"Streaming Current","values":["±2 mA ± (0.2 % + 1 pA)",""]},{"parameter":"Cell Resistance","values":["5 Ω to 20 MΩ ± (2 % + 0.5 Ω)",""]},{"parameter":"Pressure Measurement","values":["3500 mbar ± (0.2 % + 0.5 mbar)\nExternal pressure supply (compressed N₂) is required for differential pressure > 1200 mbar","1200 mbar ± (0.2 % + 0.5 mbar)"]},{"parameter":"pH Value","values":["pH 2 to pH 12",""]},{"parameter":"Conductivity","values":["0.1 mS/m to 1000 mS/m",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["20 °C to 40 °C\nTemperature control option is available",""]},{"parameter":"Sample Size Requirements","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Porous Films, Foils, or Plates","values":["Rectangular-shaped: 20 mm x 10 mm (max. thickness: 2 mm )\nDisk-shaped: 14 mm or 15 mm in diameter (max. thickness: 2 mm)",""]},{"parameter":"Non-porous Films, Foils, or Plates","values":["Rectangular-shaped: 20 mm x 10 mm (max. thickness: 2 mm) or\nmin. 35 mm x 15 mm (max. thickness: 40 mm)\nDisk-shaped: 14 mm or 15 mm in diameter (max. thickness: 2 mm) or\nmin. 17 mm in diameter (max. thickness: 40 mm)",""]},{"parameter":"Particles","values":["Particle size: min. 25 μm",""]},{"parameter":"Fibers","values":["Min. 100 mg",""]},{"parameter":"Fabrics","values":["Min. 30 mm x 30 mm",""]},{"parameter":"Hollow Fiber Membranes","values":["Length: min. 170 mm",""]},{"parameter":"Ceramic Membranes","values":["Flat sheet: 14 mm in diameter\nSingle channel: outer diameter 10 mm or 13 mm\nMultichannel: outer diameter 25 mm or 30 mm",""]},{"parameter":"Cylindrical Cores","values":["Height: max. 4 inch\nDiameter: 1 inch",""]},{"parameter":"Flexible Tubing","values":["Length: min. 100 mm\nOuter diameter: 0.7 mm to 6 mm",""]},{"parameter":"Pre-filled Syringes","values":["Syringe barrel “1.0 mL long” (ISO 11040-4)",""]},{"parameter":"Vials","values":["2R/4R vials (ISO format), outer diameter 16 mm",""]},{"parameter":"Technical Requirements","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Mains Supply","values":["AC 115 to 230 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 200 VA",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["600 mm x 432 mm x 245 mm (D x W x H)\nFootprint: 612 mm x 536 mm (D x W)\nClearance: 360 mm",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["26 kg","24 kg"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Microsoft Windows® 7 32/64 bit with SP1 or later is required. Windows 7 Starter is not supported. Microsoft Windows® 8 32/64 bit Microsoft Windows® Server 2008/2008 R2 32/64 bit with Service Pack 2 or higher is required for Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Windows® 10 32/64 bit\nIntel® Core™ i3 CPU\n4 GB RAM (depends on operating system)\n20 GB free disk space\n1 free USB port\nScreen resolution of at least 1024 x 768 at True Color (32 bit)",""]}]}]},{"slug":"litesizer-dls","name":"Dynamic Light Scattering Instrument: Litesizer DLS","description":"Litesizer DLS delivers best-in-class particle sizing with automatic angle selection to prevent errors, while MAPS technology yields the highest-possible peak…","pageTitle":"Dynamic Light Scattering Instrument: Litesizer DLS","pageDescription":"Litesizer DLS delivers best-in-class particle sizing with automatic angle selection to prevent errors, while MAPS technology yields the highest-possible peak resolution.","image":"/images/surface-charge-zeta-litesizer-dls-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Litesizer DLS delivers best-in-class particle sizing with automatic angle selection to prevent errors, while MAPS technology yields the highest-possible peak resolution. Continuous transmittance monitoring detects sedimentation and agglomeration during measurement, enhancing measurement reliability. Unique to our dynamic light scattering instrument, cmPALS and the Omega Cuvette improve zeta potential accuracy and repeatability by addressing aging effects and minimizing electrical gradient. Our dynamic light scattering instruments also offer fluorescence and polarization filters, not only for particle size measurements, but also for particle concentration in both MAPS three-angle and single-angle modes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/surface-charge-zeta-litesizer-dls-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Three Angles, Real-Time Monitoring for Better Sizing","text":"Litesizer DLS offers the choice between three different detection angles to measure a wide array of samples, while eliminating errors with automatic angle selection. The Multi-Angle Particle Sizing (MAPS) measurement mode delivers exceptional resolution, supporting advanced analytical precision. Unique to our DLS particle size analyzers, continuous transmittance monitoring provides live feedback on sample behavior throughout measurement, giving users instant information on sedimentation or agglomeration. This real-time insight enhances measurement quality and reliability, making our dynamic light scattering instrument the optimal choice for accurate and dependable particle analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Market-Leading Zeta Potential Analysis","text":"Our dynamic light scattering instrument’s patented cmPALS technique is specially designed to eliminate reproducibility uncertainties caused by aging effects. Additionally, the Omega Cuvette’s innovative design minimizes the gradient in the electrical field, further enhancing reproducibility (±3 %). With an industry-leading particle size range for zeta potential measurement, from 1.3 nm to 100 µm, our dynamic light scattering instrument offers the broadest capability available, ensuring precise and consistent results across a vast array of applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Kalliope: The Benchmark Software for Particle Sizing","text":"The Kalliope software requires very little user training. Measurements with the dynamic light scattering instrument can be performed with only three clicks. The one-of-a-kind one-page layout provides an instant overview of input parameters, measurement signals, and results, presenting everything you need at a glance. Quickly access measurement results with predefined standard reports and organized result summaries. For more detailed analysis, use the customizable report templates, Excel export options, and advanced analysis functions. Kalliope is also fully compliant with 21 CFR Part 11, ensuring robust data integrity and regulatory adherence.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"All the Measuring Modes You Need","text":"Enhance your versatility with Litesizer DLS 701’s particle concentration measurement mode, enabling calibration-free concentration analysis for up to three distinct size populations within a single sample. This mode supports both monodisperse and polydisperse samples across a wide concentration range, whether you’re using single-angle DLS or MAPS. You can additionally measure the refractive index of solvents at the exact wavelength and temperature of your measurements (European Patent 3 023 770), ensuring maximum accuracy for particle size and zeta potential results. Litesizer DLS 701 and DLS 501 provide precise refractive index measurements within ±0.5 %. Our dynamic light scattering instrument also offers molecular mass measurement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Most Capable Filtering Options Available","text":"Litesizer DLS 701 and 501 are the only dynamic light scattering instruments on the market that offer users the choice between fluorescence or polarization filters, which can be applied in all three angle directions. This enables particle concentration analysis as well as MAPS three-angle or selected single-angle analysis with applied filters – permitting types of analysis not possible with comparable instruments (e.g., concentration determination of quantum dots).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"10-Year Laser Warranty: Confidence, for a Decade","text":"Each Litesizer DLS is built around a high-performance laser system engineered for long-term stability and reliable operation. We make sure our instruments’ core optical performance supports precise, reproducible DLS-based particle size measurements for many years, regardless of application demands. That’s why we offer a 10-year warranty on the laser – a commitment that goes far beyond industry standards. We’ll win your confidence, for a decade.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Dynamic Light Scattering Instrument: Litesizer DLS is available in 4 models: Litesizer DLS 701, Litesizer DLS 501, Litesizer DLS 301, Litesizer DLS 101.","subsections":[{"title":"Litesizer DLS 701","text":"Particle sizing from 0.3 nm to 15 µm."},{"title":"Litesizer DLS 501","text":"Particle sizing from 0.3 nm to 15 µm."},{"title":"Litesizer DLS 301","text":"Particle sizing from 0.3 nm to 15 µm."},{"title":"Litesizer DLS 101","text":"Particle sizing from 0.3 nm to 10 µm."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z3fb1N9iPXM","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Litesizer DLS 701","Litesizer DLS 501","Litesizer DLS 301","Litesizer DLS 101"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Particle Size Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measurement Principle","values":["Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS)","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["0.3 nm to 15 μm* (particle diameter)","0.3 nm to 15 μm* (particle diameter)","0.3 nm to 15 μm* (particle diameter)","0.3 nm to 10 μm* (particle diameter)"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Angles","values":["15°, 90°, 175°, Multi-angle particle sizing (MAPS)","15°, 90°, 175°","90°","175°"]},{"parameter":"Min. Concentration","values":["0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)\nlower than 0.00001 % (0.1 ppm, Latex 100 nm)","0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)\nlower than 0.00001 % (0.1 ppm, Latex 100 nm)","1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)"]},{"parameter":"Max. Concentration","values":["50 % w/v (sample-dependent)","50 % w/v (sample-dependent)","40 % w/v (sample-dependent)","50 % w/v (sample-dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["1.5 µL","1.5 µL","1.5 µL","12 µL"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["Better than ±2 % on NIST traceable standards","","",""]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["Better than ±2 % on NIST traceable standards","","",""]},{"parameter":"Particle Concentration Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Analysis Model","values":["Mie Theory","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["108 - 1013 particles/mL (sample dependent)","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Size Limit","values":["1 µm","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Angles","values":["15°, 90°, 175°, Multi-angle particle sizing (MAPS)","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["12 µL","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["± 10 % (sample dependent)","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["± 5 % (sample dependent)","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Zeta Potential Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Principle","values":["Electrophoretic Light Scattering (ELS) / cmPALS","Electrophoretic Light Scattering (ELS) / cmPALS","Electrophoretic Light Scattering (ELS) / cmPALS","-"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":[">= ±1000 mV",">= ±1000 mV",">= ±1000 mV","-"]},{"parameter":"Mobility Range","values":["10⁻¹¹ m²/V.s to 2 x 10⁻⁷ m²/V.s","10⁻¹¹ m²/V.s to 2 x 10⁻⁷ m²/V.s","10⁻¹¹ m²/V.s to 2 x 10⁻⁷ m²/V.s","-"]},{"parameter":"Size Range","values":["1.3 nm to 100 µm (diameter)","1.3 nm to 100 µm (diameter)","1.3 nm to 100 µm (diameter)","-"]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Concentration","values":["0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","-"]},{"parameter":"Max. Sample Concentration","values":["70 %w/v (sample-dependent)","70 %w/v (sample-dependent)","70 %w/v (sample-dependent)","-"]},{"parameter":"Max. Sample Conductivity","values":["200 mS/cm","200 mS/cm","200 mS/cm","-"]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["50 µL (sample-viscosity-dependent)","50 µL (sample-viscosity-dependent)","50 µL (sample-viscosity-dependent)","-"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["Better than ±10 %","Better than ±10 %","Better than ±10 %","-"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["±3 %","±3 %","±3 %","-"]},{"parameter":"Molecular Mass Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Principle","values":["Static Light Scattering (SLS)","Static Light Scattering (SLS)","Static Light Scattering (SLS)","-"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range (Mass)","values":["300 Da to 20 MDa","300 Da to 20 MDa","300 Da to 20 MDa","-"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range (Particle Size)","values":["Up to 40 nm (diameter)","Up to 40 nm (diameter)","Up to 40 nm (diameter)","-"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Angle","values":["90°","90°","90°","-"]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Concentration","values":["0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","0.1 mg/mL (lysozyme)","-"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["±10 %","±10 %","±10 %","-"]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["±5 %","±5 %","±5 %","-"]},{"parameter":"Transmittance Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["0 % to 100 %","","",""]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["15 µL","","",""]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["Better than ±1 %","","",""]},{"parameter":"Refractive Index Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["1.28 to 1.50","1.28 to 1.50","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Min. Sample Volume","values":["1 mL","1 mL","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["±0.5 %","±0.5 %","-","-"]},{"parameter":"General Specifications","values":["","","",""]},{"parameter":"Light Source","values":["Semiconductor laser diode / 40 mW, 658 nm","","",""]},{"parameter":"Optical Filters (Fluorescence, Vertical and Horizontal Polarization)","values":["forward, side and backscattering","forward, side and backscattering","forward, side and backscattering","-"]},{"parameter":"Laser Warm-Up Time","values":["6 min","","",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control Range","values":["0 °C to 120 °C","","",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Operating Temperature","values":["10 °C to 35 °C","","",""]},{"parameter":"Humidity","values":["Up to 80 % non-condensing","","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W, D, H)","values":["450 mm, 505 mm, 135 mm","","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Approx. 18 kg (40 lb)","Approx. 18 kg (40 lb)","Approx. 18 kg (40 lb)","Approx. 16.3 kg (36 lb)"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Porometers and Porosimeters","description":"Through-pore and pore-volume analysis of porous materials.","pageTitle":"Porometers and Porosimeters","pageDescription":"Pore type and pore size from a single provider — easy-to-use capillary flow porometers measure through pores in filtration materials, while safe mercury intrusion porosimeters describe the size distribution and volume of pores accessible from the surface.","overview":"A unique benefit on the market: instruments to measure pore type and pore size from one and the same provider. Anton Paar's easy-to-use capillary flow porometers measure through pores in filtration materials such as membranes, textiles, and papers, while the safe, easy-to-use mercury intrusion porosimeters describe the size distribution and volume of pores accessible from a material's surface.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/porometers-porosimeters.webp","slug":"porometers-porosimeters","models":[{"slug":"poremaster","name":"Mercury Intrusion Pore Size Analyzers: PoreMaster 33 and PoreMaster 60","description":"The PoreMaster series of mercury intrusion porosimeters minimizes the possibility of exposure to both liquid mercury and mercury vapor, ensuring maximum…","pageTitle":"Mercury Intrusion Pore Size Analyzers: PoreMaster 33 and PoreMaster 60","pageDescription":"The PoreMaster series of mercury intrusion porosimeters minimizes the possibility of exposure to both liquid mercury and mercury vapor, ensuring maximum safety for operators.","image":"/images/porometers-porosimeters-poremaster-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The PoreMaster series of mercury intrusion porosimeters minimizes the possibility of exposure to both liquid mercury and mercury vapor, ensuring maximum safety for operators. The numerous automated and ergonomically considered features provide you with a simple operation experience while determining the size distribution and volume of the macropores in your materials. Four distinct models are available to fit your specific measurement requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/porometers-porosimeters-poremaster-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Designed to Fit Easily into Your Lab and Keep You Safe","text":"The cabinet of the PoreMaster acts as the primary containment of potential spills of liquid mercury during the measurement process. Placing the instrument on a spill tray provides extra protection to lab personnel and allows for easy cleanup if necessary. Unlike floor-standing models, the benchtop design allows you to place it in a fume hood to handle mercury vapors. If you don't have room in your fume hood, the instrument can be placed on a bench next to the fume hood when its ventilation kit is attached. The effluent of the ventilation kit is then directed to the fume hood. In either case, air is pulled away from the operator and through the exhaust of the fume hood, keeping operators safe.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fill Sample Cells and Perform Low-Pressure Measurements in as Little as 20 Minutes","text":"By simply ensuring that the cold trap is filled before every measurement, the efficiency of the vacuum pump makes the initial sample cell evacuation process extremely fast. This level of speed means all PoreMasters can completely process at least 12 samples every day, if required.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Intelligent Pressurization Routine Provides Equilibrated Results without Excessive Waiting","text":"PoreMaster instruments avoid the problems of under-equilibrated data and insufficient measurement resolution. With the unique AutoSpeed function, they pressurize at the fastest rate until intrusion is detected, and then slow the rate to collect a continuous measure of equilibrated data, reducing analysis time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy Handling for Convenient Work","text":"From the easy introduction of liquid mercury to the instrument, to an automated air purge of the high-pressure hydraulic stations, the design of the PoreMaster considers operator convenience. In addition, even though you can create blank cell files for all of your sample cells, it is completely unnecessary when using the standard sample cell configurations on these instruments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Mercury Intrusion Pore Size Analyzers: PoreMaster is available in 2 models: PoreMaster 33, PoreMaster 60.","subsections":[{"title":"PoreMaster 33","text":"Single high-pressure station for use with a variety of sample cell configurations."},{"title":"PoreMaster 60","text":"Single high-pressure station for use with a variety of sample cell configurations."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["PoreMaster 33","PoreMaster 60"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Low-pressure Stations","values":["2",""]},{"parameter":"(low-pressure Range – psi)","values":["(0.2 to 50)",""]},{"parameter":"(low-pressure Pore Size Range – Microns)","values":["(1,100 to 4)",""]},{"parameter":"Cold Trap","values":["Yes",""]},{"parameter":"High-pressure Stations","values":["1","1"]},{"parameter":"(high-pressure Range – psi)","values":["(20 to 33,000)","(20 to 60,000)"]},{"parameter":"(high-pressure Pore Size Range – Microns)","values":["(10 to 0.0064)","(10 to 0.0036)"]},{"parameter":"Automatic Air Purge System","values":["Yes","Yes"]},{"parameter":"High-pressure Port Open Assist","values":["No","No"]},{"parameter":"Mid-range Pressure Transducer","values":["Optional","Included"]},{"parameter":"Transducer Accuracy","values":["Better than ±0.11 % fso",""]},{"parameter":"Volume Accuracy","values":["Better than ±1 % of sample stem volume",""]},{"parameter":"Volume Resolution","values":["Better than ±0.0001 cm³",""]}]}]},{"slug":"porometer-3g","name":"Capillary Flow Porometers for Through-Pores: Porometer 3G Series","description":"Porometer 3G instruments deliver accurate and repeatable through-pore size measurements within 30 minutes for any sample.","pageTitle":"Capillary Flow Porometers for Through-Pores: Porometer 3G Series","pageDescription":"Porometer 3G instruments deliver accurate and repeatable through-pore size measurements within 30 minutes for any sample. Their simplified operation and general measurement speed make these capillary flow porometers the clear choice for through-pore size distribution measurements of filtration media.","image":"/images/porometers-porosimeters-porometer-3g-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Porometer 3G instruments deliver accurate and repeatable through-pore size measurements within 30 minutes for any sample. Their simplified operation and general measurement speed make these capillary flow porometers the clear choice for through-pore size distribution measurements of filtration media. Depending upon the pore size range and flow-through characteristics of your samples, there's a Porometer 3G that's right for you.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/porometers-porosimeters-porometer-3g-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"No Need for Calibrations: Saving Operator Time and Effort","text":"The pressure sense line in Porometer 3G instruments measures the pressure directly at the sample, and is therefore unaffected by changing flow rates. In contrast, conventional capillary flow porometers measure the pressure at some fixed point prior to applying the sample, and use sample-specific flow path calibrations to predict the pressure at the sample. Because the amount of airflow within this path affects the pressure gradient that exists, each sample type requires a calibration to be performed and applied. The unique design of Porometer 3G eliminates the need for calibrations. This means much less effort and ultimately more accurate measurements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automatic Pressure Regulation Ensures Ideal Measurement Conditions Every Time","text":"Porometer 3G instruments use an intelligent pressurization routine designed to ensure results within equilibrium throughout the measurement. This routine eliminates the problems that come with conventional systems, due to the fact that measurements made with a constant ramp rate, which is too fast, provide smaller-than-correct pore sizes, as they don't allow enough time for equilibrium to be achieved at each pressure data point. Conversely, similar measurements made too slowly accentuate the effects of wetting fluid evaporation, providing larger-than-correct pore sizes. Porometer 3G units automatically regulate the pressure - which leads to accurate results independent of the settings.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Complete Through-Pore Size Distribution for the Full Set of Data","text":"Porometer 3G makes all flow measurements on a single flow meter, and thus obtains a continuous account of through-pores present in your material. This includes the crucial region between the maximum and mean pore sizes. Capillary flow porometers that switch measurement devices after the bubble point is reached run the risk of missing a portion of this data. You can rely on Porometer 3G to deliver a complete data set.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Wet-Then-Dry, Dry-Then-Wet – You Choose","text":"Capillary flow porometry measurements involve both a \"wet curve\" (the flow resulting from the expulsion of wetting fluid from pores at different pressures) and a \"dry curve\" (the flow through the material over the pressure range of the measurement when wetting fluid is present). Measuring wet-then-dry is much simpler for the operator and does not involve opening the sample holder in the middle of the experiment. Dry-then-wet measurements remove concerns about potential effects on the sample during the creation of the wet curve. Both measurements are available on all Porometer 3G instruments. You can enjoy the workflow ease of wet-then-dry measurements and still have the option to perform dry-then-wet measurements when samples warrant it.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Adapts to the Wide Range of Sample Requirements in Your Lab","text":"All Porometer 3G instruments have the ability to use different shape factors and different fluids in order to develop a test method specifically catered to your sample measurement needs. In addition, their design is perfect for adapting to samples of various sizes and shapes via external holders for use with hollow fiber, solid piece, or rigid tubular configurations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Capillary Flow Porometers for Through-Pores: Porometer 3G is available in 3 models: Porometer 3G micro, Porometer 3G z, Porometer 3G zH.","subsections":[{"title":"Porometer 3G micro","text":"Measures pores from 0.07 μm to 100 μm."},{"title":"Porometer 3G z","text":"Measures pores from <0.03 μm to 500 μm."},{"title":"Porometer 3G zH","text":"Measures pores from <0.018 μm to 500 μm."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["3G micro","3G z","3G zH"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pore Size, Minimum","values":["0.07 µm","<0.03 µm","<0.02 µm"]},{"parameter":"Pore Size, Maximum","values":["100 µm","500 µm","500 µm"]},{"parameter":"Pressure Controllers","values":["1","2","2"]},{"parameter":"Controller #1","values":["0 psi to 100 psi","0 psi to 30 psi","0 psi to 30 psi"]},{"parameter":"Controller #2","values":["n/a","0 psi to 300 psi","0 psi to 500 psi"]},{"parameter":"Pressure Sensors","values":["2","3","3"]},{"parameter":"Sensor #1","values":["0 psi to 5 psi","",""]},{"parameter":"Sensor #2","values":["0 psi to 100 psi","",""]},{"parameter":"Flow Sensors","values":["1","1","2"]},{"parameter":"Sensor #1","values":["0 L/min to 100 L/min","0 L/min to 100 L/min (standard)","0 L/min to 10 L/min"]},{"parameter":"Sensor #2","values":["n/a","n/a","0 L/min to 200 L/min"]},{"parameter":"Flow Sensor Switching","values":["n/a","manual","auto"]},{"parameter":"Pressure Sensing Accuracy","values":["±0.05 % f.s.","",""]},{"parameter":"Pressure Resolution","values":["16 bit A/D equivalent","",""]},{"parameter":"Flow Sensor Type","values":["Precision thermal mass flow","",""]},{"parameter":"Flow Sensor Settling Time","values":["<2 seconds","",""]},{"parameter":"Flow Sensor Temperature Coefficient","values":["<0.05 %/°C (15 °C to 45 °C)","",""]},{"parameter":"General Specifications","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Electrical Properties","values":["90 V to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz","",""]},{"parameter":"Main Control Unit Dimensions (H x D x W)","values":["40 cm x 45 cm x 19 cm (15.8 in x 17.8 in x 19 in)","",""]},{"parameter":"Sample Holder Block Dimensions (H x D x W)","values":["24 cm x 32 cm x 15 cm (9.5 in x 12.6 in x 6 in)","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["This table shows standard configurations. Different pressure and flow rate ranges are available for some models.","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"poremaster-egain","name":"Mercury-Free Pore Size Analysis: PoreMaster eGaIn","description":"Anton Paar's eGaIn Filling Station delivers the first mercury-free porosimetry method based on liquid metal intrusion.","pageTitle":"Mercury-Free Pore Size Analysis: PoreMaster eGaIn","pageDescription":"Anton Paar's eGaIn Filling Station delivers the first mercury-free porosimetry method based on liquid metal intrusion. Using safe, non-toxic eGaIn, it removes the health, environmental, and regulatory burdens of mercury while providing high-resolution pore size data without special infrastructure.","image":"/images/porometers-porosimeters-poremaster-egain-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Anton Paar's eGaIn Filling Station delivers the first mercury-free porosimetry method based on liquid metal intrusion. Using safe, non-toxic eGaIn, it removes the health, environmental, and regulatory burdens of mercury while providing high-resolution pore size data without special infrastructure. With global mercury bans approaching, this unique solution offers a sustainable, future-proof path to precise in-house pore analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/porometers-porosimeters-poremaster-egain-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mercury-free Performance","text":"Anton Paar's eGaIn porosimetry replicates the pore size range, resolution, and precision of mercury intrusion porosimetry (MIP) without using toxic materials. The eGaIn alloy behaves like mercury in its ability to penetrate and measure pores across the same size spectrum, ensuring comparable analytical results. Labs gain the same trusted data quality and performance while eliminating all health, safety, and environmental concerns related to mercury handling.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safe and Easy to Handle","text":"eGaIn is a non-toxic, environmentally benign liquid metal that poses no risk to lab personnel or the environment. It requires no protective gear, special ventilation, or hazardous material handling procedures. This makes high-performance porosimetry possible in any standard laboratory environment. The eGaIn Filling Station streamlines porosimetry measurements and removes the need for specially trained staff or complex infrastructure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ready for Future Regulations","text":"With global restrictions on mercury tightening and potential bans expected by 2029, laboratories using mercury-based porosimetry face additional compliance challenges. Anton Paar's eGaIn technology provides a future-proof solution that meets emerging environmental and safety standards. It enables users to stay ahead of regulatory changes while maintaining analytical excellence and operational freedom without hazardous substance protocols.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible System Upgrade","text":"The eGaIn Filling Station is an optional add-on, designed to support both mercury-based and mercury-free operation. Labs can continue established workflows and transition to the new method at their own pace. This flexibility protects previous investments and offers an easy pathway to safer, sustainable porosimetry without sacrificing performance or data comparability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sustainable Material Use","text":"Anton Paar provides standard operating procedure (SOP) instructions for recycling eGaIn from previous measurements. This ensures minimal waste and cost-efficient operation. By enabling repeated use of the same measurement medium, the system supports long-term sustainability goals and responsible lab practices, making eGaIn porosimetry a genuinely green alternative to traditional methods.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[]}]},{"name":"Universal Testing Machines","description":"Micro-scale tension, compression, and bending tests.","pageTitle":"Universal Testing Machines","pageDescription":"Mechanical testing of very delicate and miniature parts — bearings, springs, microwires, organic fibers, and MEMS devices — with highly sensitive MCR-based technology for tension, compression, and bending tests in the micro range.","overview":"Until now, testing very delicate or miniature mechanical parts — such as bearings, springs, microwires, organic fibers, and micro-electro-mechanical devices — wasn't possible with conventional universal testing machines. Anton Paar's UTM Micro changes that: based on the renowned MCR rheometer platform, it combines highly sensitive MCR technology with proven testing methods for tension, compression, and bending in the micro range.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/universal-testing-machine.webp","slug":"utm","models":[{"slug":"utm-micro","name":"Universal Testing Machine: UTM Micro","description":"Micro-scale universal testing for delicate and miniature parts.","pageTitle":"Universal Testing Machine: UTM Micro","pageDescription":"Testing very delicate or miniature mechanical parts — bearings, springs, microwires, organic fibers, and MEMS devices — wasn't possible with conventional universal testing machines. Based on the renowned MCR platform, Anton Paar's UTM Micro changes that.","image":"/images/universal-testing-machine-utm-micro-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Until now, testing very delicate or miniature mechanical parts – such as bearings, springs, microwires, organic fibers, and micro-electro-mechanical devices – wasn’t possible with conventional universal testing machines. Anton Paar’s UTM Micro changes that. Based on the renowned MCR rheometer, it combines highly sensitive MCR technology with proven modularity, an integrated extensometer, and a load cell. This lets you go far beyond tensile tests and tackle challenges in areas like DMA and optical methods.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/universal-testing-machine-utm-micro-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Whole New World of Low-Force Universal Material Testing","text":"UTM Micro opens up a whole new world: Test small components down to 0.0005 N, torques down to 0.2 nNm, angles of 6x10⁻⁸ degrees, and displacement accuracy of 0.01 µm – across a never-before-accessible micro range. With our universal testing machine, say goodbye to expensive self-made or limited commercial solutions, and complicated back-and-forth with external testing labs. Take full control of product development, research, and quality checks.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Test Your Mechanical Parts under Real-Life Conditions","text":"Set precise testing conditions with temperature capabilities from -170 °C to +1,000 °C and humidity from 5 % to 95 % RH. UTM Micro also supports testing in an inert gas atmosphere, reducing oxidation and preventing sample contamination – a capability unmatched in this market. Our temperature devices ensure exceptional uniformity, with gradients as low as ≤0.1 °C for absolute, reproducible results. Pre-calibrated force and torque sensors mean temperature and humidity functions are ready to use immediately, with no long waits to reach target conditions. And with heating rates of up to 60 °C per minute, you can accelerate your testing workflows significantly.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Choose from a Range of Variable-Geometry Grips and Fixtures","text":"The future is yours: Adapt the instrument to your specific needs via 200+ accessories. Our engineering team can quickly create competitively priced custom accessories in-house. We have automation and robotics solutions too. From tensile tester to micro torque tester, UTM Micro gives you the flexibility you need for years to come.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"More than ‘Just’ a Universal Testing Machine","text":"Make UTM Micro exactly what you need – whether it’s a dedicated mechanical testing machine or a multi-purpose performer combining several methods. It can function as a rheometer, tribometer, and DMA device, and it supports optical methods for deeper insight into component behavior. An extensometer and load cell come integrated as standard.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Save Time and Personnel Costs","text":"The easy handling of our universal testing machine saves you time and personnel costs, as no experts are needed to handle the device. Unique usability features integrated into the device and software increase throughput. We’ve designed every component and created every handling step to be part of a smooth and intelligent whole: The patented Toolmaster technology automatically recognizes measuring geometries and accessories and transfers all relevant parameters to the software without the risk of errors. QuickConnect coupling allows one-handed, one-second exchange of measuring geometries, testing fixtures, holders, and clamps.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Micro Mechanical Testing for Various Applications","text":"Small mechanical components are used across countless products. To understand how they perform under specific conditions – and to predict their lifetime – you need to put them to the test.\nTypical industries and applications include:\n• Precision mechanics (machine elements, springs, threads, gearboxes, wires, watchmaking)\n• Microelectronics/semiconductors (micro motors/turbines, semiconductor fibers, fiber-optic torque sensors, devices, SMD drills/torques, electronic switches)\n• Medical technology (actuation force syringes, stents, piercing force, safety closures)","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["UTM Micro"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Force Capacity","values":["0.0005 to 40 N"]},{"parameter":"Displacement","values":["0.01 to 9,400 ¹⁾ µm"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Torque","values":["0.2 nNm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Torque","values":["230 mNm"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Angular Deflection","values":["0,05 µrad"]},{"parameter":"Frequency (vertical)","values":["0.001 to 100 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Frequency (rotatory)","values":["~10⁻⁸ to 100 ²⁾ Hz"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Range","values":["-160 to 1,000 ³⁾ °C"]},{"parameter":"Heating Rate (max)","values":["up to 60 K/min"]},{"parameter":"Cooling Rate (max)","values":["up to 50 K/min"]},{"parameter":"Humidity","values":["5 to 95 % rh"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["443 x 775 x 673 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["48 kg (60 kg with linear drive)"]},{"parameter":"Drive System (rotation)","values":["EC permanent magnet synchronous motor"]},{"parameter":"Drive System (lift)","values":["Moving magnet linear drive (lower drive)\nStepper motor (upper drive)"]},{"parameter":"Performs Torsion, Tensile, Compression, Bending, Shear, Friction, Peel, and Other Tests","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Customizable Solutions","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Camera Option","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Collision Mitigation","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Specimen Protect","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Auto-positioning","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Toolmaster™, Measuring System","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Toolmaster™, Measuring Cell","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"QuickConnect for Measuring Systems, Screwless","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["¹⁾  In oscillation, a maximum displacement of ± 4500 μm.\n¹⁾  Minimum frequency is a theoretical value (duration per cycle = 2 years).\n¹⁾  In combination with CTD1000 and low-temperature option"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Extruders","description":"Lab and pilot-scale extrusion for process development.","pageTitle":"Extruders","pageDescription":"A comprehensive portfolio of lab and pilot-scale extruders and compounders for process and material development — rigorously test novel formulations and production suitability with any sample quantity while preserving valuable manufacturing resources.","overview":"The Brabender extruder portfolio from Anton Paar is a comprehensive set of tools for overseeing your production process and exploring your materials on a lab or pilot scale. Single-screw and twin-screw extruders, compounders, and measuring extruders drive product innovation through rigorous testing of novel formulations and their suitability for production — with samples of any quantity, from polymers to food and feed.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/extruders.webp","slug":"extruders","models":[{"slug":"twinlab","name":"Lab- and Pilot-Scale Twin Screw Extruders: TwinLab","description":"Experience the future of lab extrusion with the Brabender Twin Screw Extruders – the TwinLab series – which provides various configurations to process…","pageTitle":"Lab- and Pilot-Scale Twin Screw Extruders: TwinLab","pageDescription":"Experience the future of lab extrusion with the Brabender Twin Screw Extruders – the TwinLab series – which provides various configurations to process everything from liquids to pellets.","image":"/images/extruders-twinlab-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Experience the future of lab extrusion with the Brabender Twin Screw Extruders – the TwinLab series – which provides various configurations to process everything from liquids to pellets. Streamline your material testing for lab and pilot-scale setups, and optimize your extrusion production process. MetaBridge operating software ensures intuitive device control, paired with comprehensive features and data analytics. It lets you access data from any device at any time. TwinLab’s smart clam shell design makes the liner easy to access and clean. The modular TwinLab series is powered by the MetaStation drive unit and offers twin- and single-screw extrusion as well as batch-wise mixing.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/extruders-twinlab-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Gain Insights with Lab-Scale Extrusion Data","text":"Our Twin Screw Extruders – the TwinLab series – are measuring extruders for lab and pilot scale that provide comprehensive diagrams with recorded measurement parameters, letting you gain a deeper understanding of the materials you're working with. Every step of the process is tracked and recorded, giving you insights into the characteristics of the extruded materials. This lets you adapt parameters, recipes, and configurations with pin-point accuracy, and reduces setup times and sample waste.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measure Results across Platforms for Better Collaboration","text":"Our MetaBridge operating software offers cross-platform access to measuring results, letting you access your recorded data from any device and location. This translates into maximum operator convenience and no transcription errors. You can easily export and provide data to colleagues and third-party systems and even send measuring data per email directly from the extruder. You can measure the following crucial parameters in the extrusion process:\n• Temperature\n• Pressure\n• Torque\n• Drive load\n• And more…","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Working in Tough Environments? Need Easy Cleaning? No Problem","text":"Our steel alloys for liners, screws, and dies have been designed to cope with abrasive applications. They can withstand temperatures above 500 °C. Whether you're working with highly corrosive or highly abrasive substances, our alloy will provide the durability you need. Because of the patented clam shell design with split and openable liners, you can easily monitor your screw configuration and processes as well as clean the screws and liners easily. This lets you keep your instrument clean and well-maintained – even in tough and abrasive applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stay Flexible with Extruders of Various Sizes","text":"Leverage extruders in various sizes and throughputs to meet your specific needs. Our range of extruders covers low and high-power applications. With throughputs ranging from 0.05 kg to 100 kg per hour, we cater to R&D labs and pilot scale production.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Modular Extrusion Solutions from a Single Supplier","text":"The full Brabender twin-screw extrusion line solution is a modular plug-and-play system that combines extruders, feeders, pumps, dies, and downstream equipment. This means you get a complete extrusion line from a single supplier with a single point of contact, minimal setup costs, and quick startup time. Our modular extrusion solutions are powered by MetaStation drive units and let you easily switch between twin-, single-screw extrusion, and batch-wise mixing, all while providing the full spectrum of measuring parameters and analysis options of the stand-alone extruders. So even if you have limited space or budget, extrusion and mixing is accessible for you.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Your Partner for Special Applications, Customized Solutions","text":"Based on decades of experience in extrusion and vast application know-how, we find solutions where others don’t. We test your material and provide tailored solutions. With our in-house production and a dedicated R&D team, we even develop and supply customized solutions for all kinds of specific applications. Don’t hesitate to contact us in order to discuss your requirements and to find a customized solution for your extrusion task.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Lab- and Pilot-Scale Twin Screw Extruders: TwinLab is available in 3 models: TwinLab B-TSE-A 12/36, TwinLab B-TSE-A 20/40, TwinLab B-TSE-S 20/40.","subsections":[{"title":"TwinLab B-TSE-A 12/36","text":"High shear energy: 1.43 OD/ID ratio."},{"title":"TwinLab B-TSE-A 20/40","text":"Compact extrusion solution with integrated drive."},{"title":"TwinLab B-TSE-S 20/40","text":"Space-saving and versatile lab extruder (twin-screw)."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Twin Screw Extruders: TwinLab","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["B-TSE-A 12/36","B-TSE-A 20/40","B-TSE-S 20/40","B-TSE-S 30/40"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Screw Diameter","values":["12 mm","20 mm","20 mm","30 mm"]},{"parameter":"L/D","values":["36","40","40","40"]},{"parameter":"Max. Speed","values":["1,200 rpm","max. 200 rpm\n(MetaStation 8 / 8E),\nwith gearbox max. 800 rpm\nmax. 400 rpm\n(MetaStation 16),\nwith gearbox max. 1200 rpm","1,200 rpm","1,200 rpm"]},{"parameter":"Max. Screw Torque","values":["2 x 15 Nm","2 x 40 Nm","2 x 40 Nm","2 x 150 Nm"]},{"parameter":"Max. Power","values":["N/A","N/A","9.5 kW","39 kW"]},{"parameter":"Connectivity","values":["Compatible with all MetaStation drive units","Compatible with MetaStation 8/8E and 16 drive units","Stand-alone unit","Stand-alone unit"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["Fixed connection, supply via drive unit","Fixed connection, supply via drive unit","3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz + N + PE, 63 A;\n3 x 230 V, 50/60 Hz + PE, 76 A","3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz + N + PE, 118 A"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["With coaster: 1,240 mm x 600 mm x 1,300 mm\nWithout coaster: 1,240 mm x 600 mm x 450 mm","2,000 x 500 x 1,565 mm","2,013 x 450 x 1,566 mm","2,310 x 500 x 1,590 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["175 kg (with support frame)","420 kg","480 kg","850 kg"]}]},{"title":"Specifications for MetaStation","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MetaStation 4","MetaStation 8","MetaStation 16"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Drive Output","values":["4.2 kW","8 kW","16 kW"]},{"parameter":"Torque and Speed","values":["200 Nm, 0.2 min⁻¹ to 185 min⁻¹","400 Nm, 0.2 min⁻¹ to 200 min⁻¹","400 Nm, 0.2 min⁻¹ to 400 min⁻¹\n500 Nm, 0.2 min⁻¹ to 275 min⁻¹"]},{"parameter":"Speed Deviation","values":["0.2 % through digital feedback","",""]},{"parameter":"Integrated Temperature Control","values":["6 zones (integrated in the drive unit)","8 zones\nAt MetaStation 8E integrated in the drive unit\nAt MetaStation 8 integrated in docking stations","8 zones (integrated in docking stations)"]},{"parameter":"Connectivity","values":["MetaBridge Connect\nWebAPI\nLabfolder (LIMS)","",""]},{"parameter":"Safety Devices","values":["Emergency motor stop button\nNon-contact magnetic safety switch on the cover of the measuring system","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["3 × 400 V 50/60 Hz + N + PE, 32 A\nOptional: 3 × 220 V 50/60 Hz + PE, 32 A without transformer","3 × 400 V 50/60 Hz + N + PE, 63 A\nOptional: 3 × 230 V 50/60 Hz + PE, 72 A","3 × 400 V 50/60 Hz + N + PE, 63 A\nOptional: 3 × 220 V 50/60 Hz + PE, 72 A"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["700 mm x 870 mm x 950 mm","600 mm x 1500 mm x 1370 mm","600 mm x 1500 mm x 1370 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight (net)","values":["154 kg","311 kg","311 kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"b-tse-s-30-40","name":"Double-Screw Extruder: TwinLab B-TSE-S 30/40","description":"Anton Paar’s first pilot-scale double-screw extruder, the Brabender TwinLab B-TSE-S 30/40, combines high throughput with exceptional ease of use.","pageTitle":"Double-Screw Extruder: TwinLab B-TSE-S 30/40","pageDescription":"Anton Paar’s first pilot-scale double-screw extruder, the Brabender TwinLab B-TSE-S 30/40, combines high throughput with exceptional ease of use.","image":"/images/extruders-b-tse-s-30-40-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Anton Paar’s first pilot-scale double-screw extruder, the Brabender TwinLab B-TSE-S 30/40, combines high throughput with exceptional ease of use. A self-contained pilot system that delivers up to 100 kg/h, it supports development and troubleshooting away from full-scale lines while serving as a compact production unit for small-batch manufacturing. Continuous monitoring enables faster optimization and more reliable scale-up. Easy access to liners and screws speeds up changeovers and simplifies maintenance, while the MetaBridge software captures every run and generates clear, decision-ready reports.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/extruders-b-tse-s-30-40-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pilot-Scale Extruder with the Smallest Footprint","text":"The Brabender TwinLab B-TSE-S 30/40 brings pilot-scale extrusion into space-constrained environments, enabling faster installation, relocation, and project restarts. With the most compact dimensions in its class and a drive unit built directly into the system, the double-screw extruder fits where other pilot lines won’t. Delivering up to 100 kg/h, it supports everything from pilot trials and scale-up validation to reliable small-scale production, making it well suited for recurring small batches, internal supply, and customer-specific runs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Full Barrel Access at the Push of a Button","text":"Designed for fast access to critical components, the TwinLab B-TSE-S 30/40 double-screw extruder features a clamshell barrel with an automated opening mechanism. At the push of a button, the whole upper barrel half opens to provide access to screws, liner, and melt zones for fast cleaning and visual inspection. The open design allows for immediate validation of filling behavior and mixing quality, enabling early detection of issues and faster progression to the next trial. Because critical zones are visible without disassembly, changeovers are faster, process checks are more efficient, and more trials can be safely completed per shift.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy Compounding: Quick Liner Insert Exchange","text":"Reduce maintenance effort, shorten turnarounds, and keep the trial schedule on track, thanks to TwinLab’s split, detachable liner. Designed for quick release without dismantling the entire barrel, inserts can be exchanged by loosening a few bolts. This allows liner materials and hardness to be easily matched to the application, including demanding processes involving challenging, particularly abrasive, or corrosive compounds.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One Double-Screw Extruder, Endless Setups","text":"From first trials to future expansions, the TwinLab B-TSE-S 30/40 is designed to adapt to changing requirements. The integrated engineering interface with modular digital and analog I/O enables software-based configuration of sensor and actuator channels, allowing new feeders, dies, sensors, or downstream equipment to be integrated without hardware modifications. Signals can be remapped in minutes, streamlining engineering during process development.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"MetaBridge: Traceable Compounding Data at Your Fingertips","text":"TwinLab’s MetaBridge software enables real-time monitoring of the extrusion process directly at the extruder or via a web browser from any desktop or mobile device – keeping operators, R&D, and remote support aligned. Process data from the double-screw extruder is recorded automatically and can be exported as CSV, Excel, or PDF for clear, traceable reporting. Peripherals are detected automatically by the software for fast and reliable setup and reconfiguration.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TwinLab B-TSE-S 30/40"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Screw Diameter","values":["30 mm"]},{"parameter":"L/D","values":["40"]},{"parameter":"Max. Speed","values":["1,200 rpm"]},{"parameter":"Max. Screw Torque","values":["2 x 150 Nm"]},{"parameter":"Max. Power","values":["39 kW"]},{"parameter":"Connectivity","values":["Standalone unit"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz + N + PE, 118 A"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["2,365 x 1,600 x 600 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["850 kg"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Moisture Analyzers","description":"Reference-grade residual moisture determination.","pageTitle":"Moisture Analyzers","pageDescription":"Reference-grade determination of residual moisture in polymers, food, and building materials — the Aquatrac-V and MT-CA moisture analyzers deliver precise, repeatable results with minimal training, serving as trusted reference methods in quality control.","overview":"The Brabender moisture analyzer portfolio from Anton Paar consists of two instruments that determine residual moisture content in a wide spectrum of materials such as polymers, food, and building materials. Both the Aquatrac-V and the MT-CA can serve as a reference method — state-of-the-art, precise instruments that deliver outstanding performance with only minimal training required.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/moisture-analyzers.webp","slug":"moisture-analyzers","models":[{"slug":"mt-ca","name":"Universal Moisture Analyzer: Brabender MT-CA","description":"Automated oven-drying moisture analysis from 0.1 % to 99.9 %.","pageTitle":"Universal Moisture Analyzer: Brabender MT-CA","pageDescription":"The MT-CA moisture analyzer measures raw material moisture by automated oven drying across a range of 0.1 % to 99.9 % moisture content — reducing test times by 65 % and eliminating weighing errors by removing the desiccator cooling step.","image":"/images/moisture-analyzers-mt-ca-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MT-CA moisture analyzer, using automated oven drying, measures raw material moisture in a measuring range of >0.1 and up to 99.9 % moisture content. It reduces test times by 65 % and avoids weighing errors by eliminating the cooling step in the desiccator and automatic back-weighing after drying. It’s the perfect choice for moisture determination of powders like flour, tobacco, and solid items with predefined methods that meet international standards. The MetaBridge software connects devices, lets you select drying times, enables real-time data sharing, and monitors tests. The MT-CA moisture meter is your ticket to precise determination of drying curves confirming actual moisture content.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/moisture-analyzers-mt-ca-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Industry Standard","text":"The MT-CA serves as the reference method for calibrating other moisture meters, making it the industry standard. It adheres to essential national and international standards for moisture testing in various raw materials like flour (ICC, ISO) and tobacco (EC Regulation). This guarantees confidence in material quality throughout the entire supply chain.\n• Optimizes value chain, maximizes speed, and reduces costs\n• Ensures uniform material quality across sectors\n• Eliminates time and costs related to multiple calibrations","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"MetaBridge: Optimized Quality Control","text":"MetaBridge, the instrument’s cutting-edge software, makes it easy to adhere to standards and ensures real-time material quality control. The user-friendly browser-based platform delivers unmatched precision and compliance. And its smart workflow automates moisture content transfer to other devices.\n• Easy instrument connection, centralized data\n• Secure monitoring of measurements from anywhere\n• Streamlined data exchange, enhanced productivity","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Enhanced Efficiency, Unparalleled Precision","text":"Say goodbye to cumbersome procedures. Our advanced system streamlines workflows and cuts down measurement times by two hours, a feat unmatched by conventional methods. Eliminating the need for manual cooling in the exsiccator, it automates the process, ensuring seamless operation. Additionally, the device's ability to process 10 samples at once means you can add or collect samples while others are in progress, maximizing efficiency and flexibility.\n• Maximizes material and resource efficiency\n• Ensures accurate results\n• Accommodates diverse sample types","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ready-to-Use Methods for Limitless Applications","text":"Our MetaBridge software lets you assess moisture content in a wide array of materials, from powdery substances like flour and coffee to fibrous materials such as tobacco, and even solid items like pasta. The software boasts an assortment of predefined methods based on historical data, covering drying durations, sample quantities, and temperatures. Furthermore, you can easily integrate custom parameters for non-standard materials and accurately pinpoint drying times for unknown materials.\n• Gravimetric measuring: Examines various materials\n• Preinstalled methods: Easy selection for different materials\n• Easy method design: Drying curves for optimum drying time","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Footprint, Plug-and-Play Setup","text":"The MT-CA is a stand-alone system ready for immediate use. It features a built-in PC with a touchscreen and comes with preinstalled MetaBridge software, eliminating the need for external peripherals, which saves costs and space.\n• Reduced setup and installation time\n• All-in-one system for streamlined use","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MT-CA"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Mains Connection","values":["1 x 230 V, 50/60 HZ, + N + PE, 6.3 A\n1 x 115 V, 50/60 HZ, + N + PE, 12 A"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x H x D)","values":["820 mm x 680 mm x 630 mm (with touchscreen)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Approx. 80 kg"]},{"parameter":"Drying Temperature","values":["Max. 200°C in the drying chamber"]},{"parameter":"Heating Capacity","values":["1100 W"]},{"parameter":"Sample Weight","values":["Min. 1 g, max. 20 g (optional setting of a tolerance range)"]},{"parameter":"Number of Samples","values":["Max. 10 at a time"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["0.1 % to 99.9 % water content"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["<0.1 % water content"]},{"parameter":"Display Resolution","values":["0.001 g"]},{"parameter":"Reproducibility (balance)","values":["± 0.002 g"]},{"parameter":"Environmental Conditions","values":["Temperature: 10 °C to 40 °C"]}]}]},{"slug":"aquatrac-v","name":"Water Selective Moisture Analyzer: Brabender Aquatrac-V","description":"Water-selective residual moisture analysis to DIN EN ISO 15512.","pageTitle":"Water Selective Moisture Analyzer: Brabender Aquatrac-V","pageDescription":"The only instrument on the market that determines water-selective residual moisture in plastics in compliance with DIN EN ISO 15512:2019 Method E — with 0.0001 % H₂O resolution, ready for reliable moisture analysis of technical polymers.","image":"/images/moisture-analyzers-aquatrac-v-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Aquatrac-V moisture analyzer is the only instrument on the market that determines the water-selective, residual moisture in plastics in compliance with DIN EN ISO 15512:2019, Method E. With an accuracy of 0.0001 % (H₂O resolution), Aquatrac-V is ready for both QC in the lab and process control. Since it uses the globally recognized calcium hydride method, it offers reliable measurements that you can access from any device. It can also prepare dried polymer samples for Melt Flow Rate (MFR) determination, meaning no specialized labs or hazardous chemicals are needed. An extensive method database, which can be expanded with customer methods, covers various polymer types.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/moisture-analyzers-aquatrac-v-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Compliant Water-Selective Moisture Analyzer","text":"With the Aquatrac-V, get a comprehensive assessment of residual moisture in line with DIN EN ISO 15512:2019. From laboratory quality control to process management, use it across the entire value chain.\nThe Aquatrac-V uses the recognized calcium hydride method. The sample is heated up under vacuum, which lets water escape. The water reacts with the calcium hydride, and hydrogen is released. This triggers a pressure increase in the vacuum. The instrument tracks the pressure increase and calculates the water content based on the reaction equation. This means that the Aquatrac-V measures the water content accurately and selectively.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Accurate Measurements without Calibration","text":"Enjoy Aquatrac-V’s 0.0001 % H₂O resolution with its direct measurement method – no need for calibration or recalibration like with NIR. The instrument always ensures consistent, reliable results, which lets you save on calibration costs while utilizing a trusted reference method.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Properly Dried, MFR-Ready Samples","text":"It’s the only solution on the market for performing water-selective moisture analysis and preparing the sample for MFR testing in one step. Unlike other systems, Aquatrac-V ensures that your samples are not overly wet after measurements and that you’ve used the right amount of sample size. Precise MFR assessments have never been so easy.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Tailored Methods for your Water-Selective Moisture Analyzer","text":"The Aquatrac-V water selective moisture analyzer comes with a comprehensive methods database for various polymer types. Whether you're working with diverse plastics or specialized materials, preinstalled methods offer a solid foundation. You can expand your database by incorporating your unique materials, which ensures a personalized and precise approach to your analyses.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software for Water-Selective Moisture Content Analysis","text":"The Aquatrac-V's software ensures the calcium hydride method is executed accurately. Whether you're in the lab, at the office, or on the go, your data is at your fingertips. The software lets you easily share insights with colleagues. You can connect it to third-party systems like LIMS and ERP.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n2mzOnnD_wU","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Aquatrac-V"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measurement Principle","values":["Chemical reaction with calcium hydride according to DIN EN ISO 15512:2019"]},{"parameter":"Sample Weight","values":["From 0.1 g to max. 130 cm³"]},{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["0.01 mg / 1 ppm / 0.0001 % H₂O"]},{"parameter":"Precision","values":["Better than ± 1.4 % of measuring range end value"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["0.0001 % to 60 % H₂O (relative)\n0.01 % to 60 mg H₂O (absolute)"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Temperatures","values":["60 °C to 200 °C in 1 °C steps"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Time","values":["Approx. 10 min. to 60 min. depending on material"]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["%, ppm, mg"]}]}]}]}]},"life-sciences-genomics":{"title":"Life Sciences & Genomics","description":"Genomic sequencing and life-science instrumentation for modern research. MGI's DNBSEQ™ next-generation sequencing platforms deliver high-accuracy, high-throughput data for whole-genome, single-cell, transcriptomic, epigenomic, and multiomics studies, from portable field systems to population-scale sequencers.","carouselImages":["/images/carousel-life-sciences-genomics-1.webp","/images/carousel-life-sciences-genomics-2.webp","/images/carousel-life-sciences-genomics-3.webp","/images/carousel-life-sciences-genomics-4.webp"],"partner":"MGI — Latvia","equipmentList":[{"name":"Next-Generation Sequencing (NGS)","description":"MGI DNBSEQ™ sequencers spanning portable, benchtop, and ultra-high-throughput platforms for genomics, single-cell, and multiomics research.","pageTitle":"Next-Generation Sequencing (NGS)","pageDescription":"MGI's DNBSEQ™ next-generation sequencers span portable, benchtop, and ultra-high-throughput platforms, delivering high-accuracy, low-duplication data for genomics, single-cell, transcriptomic, epigenomic, and multiomics research at any scale.","overview":"Next-generation sequencing reads millions of DNA fragments in parallel to reveal genomes, transcriptomes, and epigenomes at scale. MGI's platforms are built on proprietary DNBSEQ™ technology, which uses clonal DNA nanoballs on patterned arrays to minimize amplification errors, index hopping, and duplication. The lineup ranges from the portable DNBSEQ-E25 and the fast benchtop G99 and G400 to the high-output T1+, T7, and T7+ for population-scale projects, and every instrument can run as a standalone system from sample to result. Applications include whole-genome, exome, and targeted sequencing, transcriptomics, methylation analysis, metagenomics, single-cell profiling, and spatial genomics.","partner":"MGI — Latvia","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/mgi-ngs.webp","slug":"next-generation-sequencing","models":[{"slug":"dnbseq-e25","name":"DNBSEQ-E25","description":"Compact, portable NGS sequencer delivering up to 7.5 Gb with self-luminescent DNBSEQ™ chemistry — sequencing anywhere.","pageTitle":"DNBSEQ-E25","pageDescription":"The DNBSEQ-E25 is a compact, portable next-generation sequencing system that delivers up to 7.5 Gb of data in around 20 hours using DNBSEQ™ self-luminescent dye chemistry, a microfluidic chip, and an integrated CMOS detection module — bringing accessible sequencing to the lab or the field.","image":"/images/mgi-dnbseq-e25.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DNBSEQ-E25 is a compact, portable next-generation sequencing system engineered for versatility and efficiency, enabling sequencing anywhere — from lab settings to remote locations. Using DNBSEQ™ technology with self-luminescent dye chemistry, a microfluidic chip, and an integrated CMOS detection module, it delivers up to 7.5 Gb of data in around 20 hours. The E25 provides a high-performance, flexible solution for on-site genomic research without traditional laboratory constraints.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-dnbseq-e25.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Core DNBSEQ™ Sequencing Technology","text":"DNBSEQ™ Technology combines DNA nanoball (DNB) rolling-circle amplification with patterned array loading and combinatorial probe-anchor synthesis (cPAS). Because each DNB is a clonal copy that does not amplify during sequencing, the chemistry avoids the error accumulation, index hopping, and duplication of bridge-amplification platforms, delivering high accuracy with low duplication rates. All MGI sequencers can run as standalone systems from sample to result without any network connection, keeping data fully secure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"Data output of 2.5 Gb to 7.5 Gb per run with read lengths from SE100 to PE150.\nSelf-luminescent dye chemistry with a microfluidic chip and integrated CMOS detection module removes the need for bulky optics.\nCompact, standalone, and portable — designed for accessible, on-the-go sequencing without compromising data quality.\nRun time of approximately 20 hours.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://player.vimeo.com/video/937705419","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Small whole-genome sequencing of microbes and viruses, targeted gene sequencing, targeted gene expression, 16S metagenomic sequencing, and pathogen detection in decentralized or field settings.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Data Security and Bioinformatics","text":"Every MGI platform can operate as a standalone system from sample to result with no network connection, eliminating the risk of data breaches. On the analysis side, MGI's bioinformatics accelerators speed up secondary analysis: MegaBOLT reduces computational delays by up to 20 times over classical algorithms, and ZBOLT Pro, the ultra-high-performance version, achieves up to a 200 times increase in data analysis speed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DNBSEQ-E25"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Data Output","values":["2.5 Gb to 7.5 Gb per run"]},{"parameter":"Flow Cells per Run","values":["1"]},{"parameter":"Reads per Flow Cell","values":["25M"]},{"parameter":"Read Length","values":["SE100 to PE150"]},{"parameter":"Run Time","values":["5 h to 20 h"]},{"parameter":"Q30 Quality","values":[">80%"]},{"parameter":"Detection","values":["Self-luminescent dye chemistry with microfluidic chip and integrated CMOS module"]},{"parameter":"Format","values":["Compact, portable, standalone benchtop sequencer"]},{"parameter":"Sequencing Technology","values":["DNBSEQ™ (DNA nanoball, cPAS)"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["Small WGS (microbe, virus), targeted gene sequencing, targeted gene expression, 16S metagenomics"]}]}]},{"slug":"dnbseq-g99","name":"DNBSEQ-G99","description":"The fastest benchtop NGS sequencer for mid-to-low throughput, completing PE150 in 11 hours with 2–120 Gb per run.","pageTitle":"DNBSEQ-G99","pageDescription":"The DNBSEQ-G99 is the fastest benchtop NGS sequencer, purpose-built for mid-to-low-throughput work such as targeted gene and small-genome sequencing. Powered by DNBSEQ™ technology with a dual flow cell design, it delivers 2 Gb to 120 Gb per run and completes PE150 sequencing in about 11 hours.","image":"/images/mgi-dnbseq-g99.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DNBSEQ-G99 is the fastest benchtop NGS sequencer, designed for mid-to-low-throughput applications such as targeted gene and small genome sequencing. Powered by DNBSEQ™ technology, it provides rapid sequencing with a flexible throughput of 2 Gb to 120 Gb per run and completes PE150 sequencing in just 11 hours. Its dual flow cell design, advanced biochemistry and optics, and an integrated bioinformatics module ensure high-quality data output and precision across a wide range of genomic research needs.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-dnbseq-g99.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Core DNBSEQ™ Sequencing Technology","text":"DNBSEQ™ Technology combines DNA nanoball (DNB) rolling-circle amplification with patterned array loading and combinatorial probe-anchor synthesis (cPAS). Because each DNB is a clonal copy that does not amplify during sequencing, the chemistry avoids the error accumulation, index hopping, and duplication of bridge-amplification platforms, delivering high accuracy with low duplication rates. All MGI sequencers can run as standalone systems from sample to result without any network connection, keeping data fully secure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"Flexible throughput from 2 Gb to 120 Gb per run with read lengths from SE100 to PE300.\nCompletes PE150 sequencing in approximately 11 hours — the fastest benchtop turnaround in its class.\nDual flow cell design allows independent runs for maximum scheduling flexibility.\nIntegrated bioinformatics module provides rapid preliminary reports.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://player.vimeo.com/video/936689214","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Targeted gene sequencing, small whole-genome sequencing, targeted gene expression, 16S metagenomic sequencing, and rapid pathogen and microbial studies.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Data Security and Bioinformatics","text":"Every MGI platform can operate as a standalone system from sample to result with no network connection, eliminating the risk of data breaches. On the analysis side, MGI's bioinformatics accelerators speed up secondary analysis: MegaBOLT reduces computational delays by up to 20 times over classical algorithms, and ZBOLT Pro, the ultra-high-performance version, achieves up to a 200 times increase in data analysis speed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DNBSEQ-G99"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Data Output","values":["2 Gb to 120 Gb per run"]},{"parameter":"Flow Cells per Run","values":["1 to 2"]},{"parameter":"Reads per Flow Cell","values":["40M to 200M"]},{"parameter":"Read Length","values":["SE100 to PE300"]},{"parameter":"Run Time","values":["5 h to 16 h (PE150 in approximately 11 h)"]},{"parameter":"Q30 Quality","values":[">85%"]},{"parameter":"Flow Cells","values":["Dual flow cell design (independent runs)"]},{"parameter":"Bioinformatics","values":["Integrated module with rapid preliminary reports"]},{"parameter":"Sequencing Technology","values":["DNBSEQ™ (DNA nanoball, cPAS)"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["Targeted gene sequencing, small WGS, targeted gene expression, 16S metagenomics"]}]}]},{"slug":"dnbseq-g400","name":"DNBSEQ-G400","description":"Versatile benchtop sequencer for medium-to-large projects, with multiple read lengths and modes up to 540 Gb per run.","pageTitle":"DNBSEQ-G400","pageDescription":"The DNBSEQ-G400 is a versatile benchtop sequencer for medium-to-large genomics projects. Supporting multiple read lengths and sequencing modes on MGI's DNBSEQ™ technology, it offers 55 Gb to 540 Gb per run with high accuracy, reduced duplicates, and low index hopping for applications from panels to whole genomes.","image":"/images/dnbseq-g400.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DNBSEQ-G400 is a versatile benchtop sequencer designed for medium-to-large genomics projects. Supporting multiple read lengths and sequencing modes, it offers high throughput, accuracy, and flexibility for applications including cancer detection, transcriptomics, and whole-genome sequencing. Based on MGI's proprietary DNBSEQ™ technology, the DNBSEQ-G400 supports multi-sequencing modes with increased accuracy, decreased duplicates, and reduced index hopping.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/dnbseq-g400.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Core DNBSEQ™ Sequencing Technology","text":"DNBSEQ™ Technology combines DNA nanoball (DNB) rolling-circle amplification with patterned array loading and combinatorial probe-anchor synthesis (cPAS). Because each DNB is a clonal copy that does not amplify during sequencing, the chemistry avoids the error accumulation, index hopping, and duplication of bridge-amplification platforms, delivering high accuracy with low duplication rates. All MGI sequencers can run as standalone systems from sample to result without any network connection, keeping data fully secure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"Data output of 55 Gb to 540 Gb per run with read lengths from SE50 to PE300.\nDual flow cell design supports two different sequencing modes simultaneously for flexible, mixed workloads.\nHigh accuracy with decreased duplicate rates and reduced index hopping.\nSuited to everyday laboratory workflows from targeted panels to whole-genome sequencing.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://player.vimeo.com/video/936690167","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Whole-genome sequencing, exome and large panel sequencing, transcriptomic sequencing, cancer detection, methylation sequencing, and metagenomic profiling.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Data Security and Bioinformatics","text":"Every MGI platform can operate as a standalone system from sample to result with no network connection, eliminating the risk of data breaches. On the analysis side, MGI's bioinformatics accelerators speed up secondary analysis: MegaBOLT reduces computational delays by up to 20 times over classical algorithms, and ZBOLT Pro, the ultra-high-performance version, achieves up to a 200 times increase in data analysis speed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DNBSEQ-G400"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Data Output","values":["55 Gb to 540 Gb per run"]},{"parameter":"Flow Cells per Run","values":["1 to 2"]},{"parameter":"Reads per Flow Cell","values":["300M to 1,800M"]},{"parameter":"Read Length","values":["SE50 to PE300"]},{"parameter":"Run Time","values":["14 h to 50 h"]},{"parameter":"Q30 Quality","values":[">85%"]},{"parameter":"Flow Cells","values":["Dual flow cell (two sequencing modes simultaneously)"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["Reduced duplicates and index hopping"]},{"parameter":"Sequencing Technology","values":["DNBSEQ™ (DNA nanoball, cPAS)"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["WGS, exome and large panel, transcriptomics, methylation sequencing, metagenomics"]}]}]},{"slug":"dnbseq-t1-plus","name":"DNBSEQ-T1+","description":"Mid-throughput sequencer with onboard DNB Make and Load and up to Q40 accuracy, delivering 55 Gb–1.2 Tb per run.","pageTitle":"DNBSEQ-T1+","pageDescription":"The DNBSEQ-T1+ is a highly efficient mid-throughput sequencer with onboard \"DNB Make and Load\" technology for a one-click, quantification-free workflow. Powered by DNBSEQ™ technology, it delivers 55 Gb to 1.2 Tb per run with up to Q40 accuracy for flexible, productive sequencing.","image":"/images/mgi-dnbseq-t1-plus.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DNBSEQ-T1+, powered by DNBSEQ™ technology, streamlines the DNB preparation and loading process with onboard \"DNB Make and Load\" technology, enabling a one-click, quantification-free workflow for these steps. It is a highly efficient mid-throughput sequencer with Q40 accuracy, delivering 55 Gb to 1.2 Tb of data per run.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-dnbseq-t1-plus.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Core DNBSEQ™ Sequencing Technology","text":"DNBSEQ™ Technology combines DNA nanoball (DNB) rolling-circle amplification with patterned array loading and combinatorial probe-anchor synthesis (cPAS). Because each DNB is a clonal copy that does not amplify during sequencing, the chemistry avoids the error accumulation, index hopping, and duplication of bridge-amplification platforms, delivering high accuracy with low duplication rates. All MGI sequencers can run as standalone systems from sample to result without any network connection, keeping data fully secure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"Data output of 55 Gb to 1.2 Tb per run with read lengths from SE50 to PE300.\nOnboard \"DNB Make and Load\" technology enables a one-click, quantification-free DNB preparation and loading workflow.\nQ40 sequencing accuracy for high-confidence variant calling.\nSimple, rapid, and flexible operation for mid-throughput laboratories.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://player.vimeo.com/video/1071112761","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Whole-genome sequencing, exome and large panel sequencing, transcriptomic sequencing, methylation sequencing, and metagenomic profiling.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Data Security and Bioinformatics","text":"Every MGI platform can operate as a standalone system from sample to result with no network connection, eliminating the risk of data breaches. On the analysis side, MGI's bioinformatics accelerators speed up secondary analysis: MegaBOLT reduces computational delays by up to 20 times over classical algorithms, and ZBOLT Pro, the ultra-high-performance version, achieves up to a 200 times increase in data analysis speed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DNBSEQ-T1+"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Data Output","values":["55 Gb to 1,200 Gb (1.2 Tb) per run"]},{"parameter":"Flow Cells per Run","values":["1 to 2"]},{"parameter":"Reads per Flow Cell","values":["500M to 2,000M"]},{"parameter":"Read Length","values":["SE50 to PE300"]},{"parameter":"Run Time","values":["7.5 h to 35 h"]},{"parameter":"Q30 Quality","values":[">93%"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["Up to Q40"]},{"parameter":"Library Loading","values":["Onboard \"DNB Make and Load\" – one-click, quantification-free"]},{"parameter":"Sequencing Technology","values":["DNBSEQ™ (DNA nanoball, cPAS)"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["WGS, exome and large panel, transcriptomics, methylation sequencing, metagenomics"]}]}]},{"slug":"dnbseq-t7","name":"DNBSEQ-T7","description":"Ultra-high-throughput sequencer delivering up to 6 TB of data daily across four independent flow cells for large-scale genomics.","pageTitle":"DNBSEQ-T7","pageDescription":"The DNBSEQ-T7 is a state-of-the-art ultra-high-throughput sequencer delivering up to 6 TB of high-quality data daily across four independent flow cells. Built on DNBSEQ™ technology, it suits whole-genome, deep exome, transcriptome, and epigenome sequencing at large scale with exceptional speed and flexibility.","image":"/images/mgi-dnbseq-t7.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DNBSEQ-T7 is a state-of-the-art genomic sequencer designed to meet the demands of data-intensive studies, including whole-genome, deep exome, transcriptome, and epigenome sequencing. Using advanced DNBSEQ™ technology alongside sophisticated biochemical, fluidic, and optical systems, it delivers up to 6 TB of high-quality data daily, offering ultra-high throughput, speed, and flexibility. Ideal for large-scale sequencing projects, the DNBSEQ-T7 efficiently handles multiple tasks in parallel, accelerating research with exceptional data output.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-dnbseq-t7.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Core DNBSEQ™ Sequencing Technology","text":"DNBSEQ™ Technology combines DNA nanoball (DNB) rolling-circle amplification with patterned array loading and combinatorial probe-anchor synthesis (cPAS). Because each DNB is a clonal copy that does not amplify during sequencing, the chemistry avoids the error accumulation, index hopping, and duplication of bridge-amplification platforms, delivering high accuracy with low duplication rates. All MGI sequencers can run as standalone systems from sample to result without any network connection, keeping data fully secure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"Up to 6 TB of data daily and up to 24 billion reads per run, processing up to 60 whole human genomes per day.\nFour independent flow cells run at any time, each acquiring up to 5,000M reads, with PE100 or PE150 selectable per flow cell.\nPrecision you can trust: no clonal errors or index hopping, with greater than 99% SNP and indel precision and sensitivity.\nPE150 completed in 24 to 30 hours; up to 20,000 genomes at 30× coverage annually.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://player.vimeo.com/video/936699278","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Flow Cell Mastery","text":"The DNBSEQ-T7 features four independent flow cells that can run at any time, eliminating the need to batch large sample quantities. Handle one to four flow cells concurrently, acquiring up to 5,000M reads per unit, and choose PE150 or PE100 for each flow cell to tailor throughput and read length to each project.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Whole-genome sequencing, deep exome sequencing, gene expression, transcriptome sequencing, methylation analysis, metagenomics, population studies, and multiomics.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Data Security and Bioinformatics","text":"Every MGI platform can operate as a standalone system from sample to result with no network connection, eliminating the risk of data breaches. On the analysis side, MGI's bioinformatics accelerators speed up secondary analysis: MegaBOLT reduces computational delays by up to 20 times over classical algorithms, and ZBOLT Pro, the ultra-high-performance version, achieves up to a 200 times increase in data analysis speed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DNBSEQ-T7"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Data Output","values":["1.16 Tb to 7 Tb per run (up to 6 TB per day)"]},{"parameter":"Flow Cells per Run","values":["1 to 4 (independent)"]},{"parameter":"Reads per Flow Cell","values":["5.8B (up to ~24 billion reads per run)"]},{"parameter":"Read Length","values":["PE100, PE150"]},{"parameter":"Run Time","values":["16 h to 24 h"]},{"parameter":"Q30 Quality","values":["≥85%"]},{"parameter":"Throughput","values":["Up to 60 whole human genomes per day; up to 20,000 30× genomes annually"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["No clonal errors or index hopping; >99% SNP/indel precision and sensitivity"]},{"parameter":"Sequencing Technology","values":["DNBSEQ™ (DNA nanoball, cPAS)"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["WGS, deep exome, transcriptome, epigenome, metagenomics, population studies, multiomics"]}]}]},{"slug":"dnbseq-t7-plus","name":"DNBSEQ-T7+","description":"Integrated ultra-high-throughput sequencer with 7-in-1 modular automation, delivering over 14 TB of data within 24 hours.","pageTitle":"DNBSEQ-T7+","pageDescription":"The DNBSEQ-T7+ is an integrated ultra-high-throughput sequencer delivering over 14 TB of high-quality data within 24 hours. Powered by DNBSEQ™ technology and SM2.0 biochemistry, its 7-in-1 modular design enables full automation from sample to report for large-scale population genomics.","image":"/images/xdnbseq-t7-plus.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DNBSEQ-T7+ is a highly efficient, integrated ultra-high-throughput sequencer designed for large-scale sequencing scenarios. Powered by MGI's DNBSEQ™ technology and SM2.0 biochemistry, the T7+ can deliver over 14 TB of high-quality data within 24 hours. Its 7-in-1 modular design enables full automation from sample to report, ensuring a streamlined sequencing experience.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/xdnbseq-t7-plus.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Core DNBSEQ™ Sequencing Technology","text":"DNBSEQ™ Technology combines DNA nanoball (DNB) rolling-circle amplification with patterned array loading and combinatorial probe-anchor synthesis (cPAS). Because each DNB is a clonal copy that does not amplify during sequencing, the chemistry avoids the error accumulation, index hopping, and duplication of bridge-amplification platforms, delivering high accuracy with low duplication rates. All MGI sequencers can run as standalone systems from sample to result without any network connection, keeping data fully secure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Key Highlights","text":"Delivers over 14 TB of high-quality data within 24 hours — among the highest daily output available.\n7-in-1 modular design enables full automation from sample to report.\nSM2.0 biochemistry increases speed and data quality.\nDesigned for large-scale population genomics and industrial-scale sequencing.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"https://player.vimeo.com/video/1118781863","videoSize":"medium"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Large population genomics, whole-genome sequencing, deep exome sequencing, transcriptome and epigenome sequencing, metagenomics, and multiomics at industrial scale.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Data Security and Bioinformatics","text":"Every MGI platform can operate as a standalone system from sample to result with no network connection, eliminating the risk of data breaches. On the analysis side, MGI's bioinformatics accelerators speed up secondary analysis: MegaBOLT reduces computational delays by up to 20 times over classical algorithms, and ZBOLT Pro, the ultra-high-performance version, achieves up to a 200 times increase in data analysis speed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DNBSEQ-T7+"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Data Output","values":["Up to 14.4 Tb per run (over 14 Tb within 24 hours)"]},{"parameter":"Flow Cells per Run","values":["1 to 4"]},{"parameter":"Reads per Flow Cell","values":["12B"]},{"parameter":"Read Length","values":["PE100 to PE150"]},{"parameter":"Run Time","values":["14 h to 24 h"]},{"parameter":"Q30 Quality","values":[">90%"]},{"parameter":"Biochemistry","values":["SM2.0"]},{"parameter":"Automation","values":["7-in-1 modular design – full automation from sample to report"]},{"parameter":"Sequencing Technology","values":["DNBSEQ™ (DNA nanoball, cPAS)"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["Large population genomics, WGS, deep exome, transcriptome, epigenome, multiomics"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Single-Cell & Spatial Omics Systems","description":"Droplet generators, spatial imaging, and multiplex immunofluorescence systems that resolve biology cell by cell and in situ.","pageTitle":"Single-Cell & Spatial Omics Systems","pageDescription":"MGI's single-cell and spatial platforms partition individual cells for library preparation, image whole tissue sections at subcellular resolution, and read many protein markers simultaneously — extending genomics from bulk averages to individual cells and their position within intact tissue.","overview":"Bulk sequencing averages a signal across millions of cells, hiding the rare populations and tissue architecture that often carry the biology of interest. Single-cell methods partition each cell into its own reaction so that transcripts can be traced back to their cell of origin, while spatial methods keep the tissue intact and record where each measurement was taken. MGI's range covers the DNBelab C-TaiM 4 droplet generator for single-cell library preparation, the Go Optical imaging system for Stereo-seq spatial transcriptomics, and the VisiOmics PM-IF20 and DNBSEQ-G400RS FluoXpert for multiplex immunofluorescence. Together they support tumour microenvironment studies, developmental biology, immunology, and neuroscience.","partner":"MGI — Latvia","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/single-cell-spatial-omics.webp","slug":"single-cell-spatial-omics","models":[{"slug":"dnbelab-c-taim-4","name":"Single-Cell Droplet Generator: DNBelab C-TaiM 4","description":"The DNBelab C-TaiM 4 is a compact, portable single-cell droplet generator that processes 1 to 4 samples per run using precision, pressure-driven microfluidic technology.","pageTitle":"Single-Cell Droplet Generator: DNBelab C-TaiM 4","pageDescription":"The DNBelab C-TaiM 4 is a compact, portable single-cell droplet generator that processes 1 to 4 samples per run using precision, pressure-driven microfluidic technology.","image":"/images/mgi-dnbelab-c-taim-4.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DNBelab C-TaiM 4 is a compact, portable single-cell droplet generator that processes 1 to 4 samples per run using precision, pressure-driven microfluidic technology. Engineered with MGI's dual-bead capture system and integrated computing modules, it enables rapid and reliable encapsulation of cells or nuclei for downstream 3' RNA and ATAC sequencing library preparation. Droplet generation is completed in as little as 6 to 9 minutes per run, and the system accommodates 5,000 to 30,000 input cells per run with high recovery rates. It is engineered to maintain stable performance in environments up to 2.5 km altitude, making it suitable for both laboratory and field settings. The instrument is compatible with downstream sequencing on MGI's DNBSEQ series of sequencers.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-dnbelab-c-taim-4.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Microfluidic Droplet Generation Principle","text":"The DNBelab C-TaiM 4 uses precision negative-pressure-driven microfluidic oil-encapsulated water droplet generation to isolate single cells or nuclei into droplets. This dual-bead capture system ensures accurate cell encapsulation and labeling prior to library construction. The workflow supports both single-cell 3' RNA and ATAC-seq applications on the same instrument.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Throughput and Sample Capacity","text":"Each run can process 1 to 4 samples independently using dedicated microfluidic channels. The system accommodates 2,000 to 20,000 recoverable cells for 3' RNA workflows and 3,000 to 15,000 nuclei for ATAC workflows, with input ranging from 5,000 to 30,000 cells or nuclei per run.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Performance and Accuracy","text":"Droplet generation is completed in 6 minutes for ATAC and 9 minutes for 3' RNA workflows. The multiplet rate is as low as 0.4% per 1,000 cells, and 3' RNA libraries typically detect more than 2,000 genes per cell in PBMC samples, while ATAC libraries yield 10,000 or more fragments per mouse brain nucleus.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sample Compatibility","text":"The instrument supports a broad range of sample types, including cells, nuclei, protoplasts, and PBMCs, with cell viability or nuclear integrity above 80%. The maximum compatible cell diameter is less than 60 µm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Field-Ready Design","text":"Powered by precision, pressure-driven droplet microfluidics, the TaiM 4 maintains stable performance in environments up to 2.5 km in altitude. Its compact footprint of 290 mm × 210 mm × 230 mm and weight of 5,000 g make it easy to deploy in space-constrained or mobile laboratory settings. All MGI sequencing platforms, including compatible downstream sequencers, can operate as standalone systems without network connection, safeguarding data security.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DNBelab C-TaiM 4"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Size","values":["290 mm × 210 mm × 230 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["5000 g"]},{"parameter":"Run time","values":["ATAC: 6 mins; 3'RNA: 9 mins"]},{"parameter":"Throughput","values":["1–4 samples/run"]},{"parameter":"Recovery cells","values":["2 K–20 K (3' RNA); 3 K–15 K (ATAC)"]},{"parameter":"Detected genes per cell","values":[">2000 (PBMC, 3' RNA)"]},{"parameter":"ATAC fragments per nucleus","values":["≥10 K (mouse brain nucleus)"]},{"parameter":"Multiplet rate","values":["0.4% / 1,000 Cells"]},{"parameter":"Sample types","values":["Cells, Nucleus, Protoplasts, PBMCs"]},{"parameter":"Cell viability / nuclear integrity","values":[">80%"]},{"parameter":"Cell diameter","values":["<60 µm"]},{"parameter":"Input cell range","values":["5,000–30,000 cells/nuclei per run"]},{"parameter":"Capture rate","values":[">60%"]},{"parameter":"Operating altitude","values":["up to 2.5 km"]}]}]},{"slug":"go-optical","name":"Stereo-seq Spatial Omics Imaging System: Go Optical","description":"A Stereo-seq spatial omics imaging system on a fluorescence microscope platform, with epi-fluorescence, epi-bright field and transmitted bright field modes.","pageTitle":"Stereo-seq Spatial Omics Imaging System: Go Optical","pageDescription":"Go Optical is a Stereo-seq spatial omics imaging system built on a positive fluorescence microscope platform, delivering high-depth, high-resolution imaging in Epi-fluorescence, Epi-bright field, and transmitted bright field modes.","image":"/images/mgi-go-optical.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Go Optical is a Stereo-seq spatial omics imaging system built on a positive fluorescence microscope platform, delivering high-depth, high-resolution imaging in Epi-fluorescence, Epi-bright field, and transmitted bright field modes. It captures high-resolution images with minimal stitching errors, making it well suited for tissue segmentation and precise spatial gene expression localization. The system features a large 100 mm × 70 mm X&Y travel range, a motorized 4X/10X/20X (expandable to 40X) objective lens converter, and standard DAPI, FITC, TRITC, and CY5 fluorescent channels with optional channel expansion. It supports both manual, human-guided observation and fully automatic scanning and imaging workflows.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-go-optical.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optical System and Imaging Modes","text":"Go Optical is built around a positive fluorescence microscope supporting Epi-fluorescence, Epi-bright field, and transmitted bright field observation modes. A motorized 4X, 10X, 20X objective lens converter, with 40X support, enables flexible magnification for different tissue and resolution requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Scanning Performance","text":"The system covers a travel range of 100 mm × 70 mm in the X and Y axes, scanning a 10×10 mm area under the 10X objective in 70 seconds or less. Two auto-focusing modes, autofocus and map navigation, help maintain image quality across large scan areas.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fluorescent Channels","text":"Standard configuration includes DAPI, FITC, TRITC, and CY5 fluorescent channels, with optional configuration of additional dye filter blocks for expanded multiplexing needs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Operating Modes","text":"Go Optical supports both manual operation with human eye observation and fully automatic scanning and imaging, offering flexibility for different laboratory workflows.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"System Specifications","text":"The instrument operates on approximately 220 V power with a rated power of 300 VA, measuring 400 mm × 334 mm × 726 mm and weighing approximately 36 kg. It is rated for operation between 5°C and 40°C with 30–75% relative humidity, non-condensing.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Go Optical"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Optical system","values":["Positive fluorescence microscope"]},{"parameter":"Objective lens","values":["4X, 10X, 20X (40X support), motorized converter"]},{"parameter":"Observation methods","values":["Epi-fluorescence, Epi-bright field, Transmitted bright field"]},{"parameter":"Travel range (X&Y)","values":["100 mm × 70 mm"]},{"parameter":"Fluorescent channels","values":["DAPI, FITC, TRITC, CY5 (standard); optional expansion"]},{"parameter":"Scanning speed","values":["≤70 s for 10×10 mm at 10X objective"]},{"parameter":"Auto-focusing","values":["Auto-focus mode; Map navigation mode"]},{"parameter":"Operating mode","values":["Manual (human eye) or fully automatic scanning/imaging"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L×W×H)","values":["400 mm × 334 mm × 726 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["~36 kg"]},{"parameter":"Rated power","values":["300 VA (~220 V)"]},{"parameter":"Operating temperature","values":["5°C–40°C"]},{"parameter":"Relative humidity","values":["30%–75% RH, non-condensing"]}]}]},{"slug":"visiomics-pm-if20","name":"Multiplex Immunofluorescence Imaging System: VisiOmics PM-IF20","description":"A fully automated staining and imaging system reaching 24-plex per run, expandable beyond 100 plex by panel stacking.","pageTitle":"Multiplex Immunofluorescence Imaging System: VisiOmics PM-IF20","pageDescription":"VisiOmics (PMIF-20RS) is a fully automated staining and imaging system that uses FluoXpert multiplex immunofluorescence (mIF) technology to capture spatial protein expression data directly on tissue sections.","image":"/images/mgi-visiomics-pm-if20.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"VisiOmics (PMIF-20RS) is a fully automated staining and imaging system that uses FluoXpert multiplex immunofluorescence (mIF) technology to capture spatial protein expression data directly on tissue sections. The system integrates staining and scanning into a seamless sample-in, images-out workflow, achieving 24-plex detection per automated run with the ability to expand to over 100 plex through panel stacking. It is compatible with FFPE, frozen, and TMA sections across multiple species, using off-the-shelf, label-free primary antibodies that require no conjugation. An AI-powered FluoXpert Vision analysis platform provides cell segmentation, phenotyping, co-expression, and spatial interaction analysis for applications in tumor classification, prognosis, and tumor microenvironment research.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-visiomics-pm-if20.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ultra-High Multiplexing","text":"VisiOmics achieves 24-plex immunofluorescence detection per automated run, with panel stacking extending capacity to more than 100 proteins on a single tissue section. This ultra-highplex capability supports detailed spatial mapping of complex biological questions in neuroscience, developmental biology, and tumor microenvironment research.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated Staining and Imaging","text":"The system performs fully automated staining and scanning with a stage capacity of 2 slides, completing 6-plex staining in approximately 4.5 hours, or roughly 50 minutes per cycle. Mild staining cycles preserve sample integrity across repeated rounds, and imaging is captured with a 20× objective lens at 360 nm per pixel resolution across a 15 mm × 20 mm imaging area per DL slide.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sample and Reagent Compatibility","text":"VisiOmics accepts FFPE and frozen tissue sections across three staining flow cell formats (SS, SL, DL) and works with a semi-open reagent kit compatible with off-the-shelf primary antibodies. It supports fresh frozen, FFPE, and TMA sections across multiple species, including human, mouse, and plant tissue.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Image Analysis Software","text":"FluoXpert Vision is an AI-powered, lightweight image analysis platform purpose-built for mIF images. It provides multiplex fluorescence visualization, cell segmentation, positive cell analysis, co-expression analysis, and spatial interaction analysis, including distance measurement between cell populations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"System Specifications","text":"The instrument measures 1,135 mm × 779 mm × 783 mm and weighs approximately 250 kg, operating on 200–240 V power with a rated power of 1,200 VA. It includes a 20-inch, 1,920×1,080 pixel touchscreen and is rated for indoor use at altitudes up to 3,000 m.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["VisiOmics PM-IF20"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Application","values":["Multiplex immunofluorescence staining"]},{"parameter":"Plex level","values":["24-plex per run (100+ via panel stacking)"]},{"parameter":"Throughput","values":["6-plex staining in 4.5 h (~50 mins/cycle)"]},{"parameter":"Stage capacity","values":["2 slides"]},{"parameter":"Objective lens","values":["20× (360 nm/pixel)"]},{"parameter":"Imaging area","values":["15 mm × 20 mm × 2 (DL slide)"]},{"parameter":"Staining flow cells","values":["SS, SL, DL"]},{"parameter":"Sample type","values":["FFPE and frozen sections"]},{"parameter":"Image formats","values":["OME-TIFF, TIFF, JPEG, BMP, PNG, ZARR"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["1,135 mm × 779 mm × 783 mm"]},{"parameter":"Net weight","values":["Approximately 250 kg"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["200 V–240 V~, 50/60 Hz, 1,200 VA"]},{"parameter":"Touchscreen","values":["20 inches, 1,920×1,080 pixels"]},{"parameter":"Maximum sound pressure level","values":["75 dB(A)"]},{"parameter":"Enclosure protection rating","values":["IPX0"]},{"parameter":"Highest altitude range","values":["3,000 m"]}]}]},{"slug":"dnbseq-g400rs-fluoxpert","name":"Sequencer & Multiplex Immunofluorescence Platform: DNBSEQ-G400RS FluoXpert","description":"Combines DNBSEQ sequencing with multiplex immunofluorescence staining and imaging in one system, switching between modes in software.","pageTitle":"Sequencer & Multiplex Immunofluorescence Platform: DNBSEQ-G400RS FluoXpert","pageDescription":"The DNBSEQ-G400RS FluoXpert integrates high-throughput DNBSEQ sequencing with multiplex immunofluorescence (mIF) staining and imaging in a single system, allowing seamless switching between sequencing and fluorescence modes via software.","image":"/images/mgi-dnbseq-g400rs-fluoxpert.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DNBSEQ-G400RS FluoXpert integrates high-throughput DNBSEQ sequencing with multiplex immunofluorescence (mIF) staining and imaging in a single system, allowing seamless switching between sequencing and fluorescence modes via software. It enables simultaneous detection of multiple protein targets on a single tissue section, preserving spatial information and tissue integrity while eliminating the need for multiple serial sections. The platform is compatible with FFPE and frozen tissue sections and works with off-the-shelf antibodies without requiring complex conjugation. mIF results generated by FluoXpert show no significant difference from the gold-standard IHC method. By combining proteomic and genomic data acquisition on the same instrument, FluoXpert reduces operational footprint and accelerates multi-omics research into tumor microenvironments and immune interactions.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-dnbseq-g400rs-fluoxpert.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dual-Mode Multi-Omics Platform","text":"The DNBSEQ-G400RS FluoXpert combines DNBSEQ high-throughput sequencing with multiplex immunofluorescence staining and imaging in one instrument. A simple software switch allows researchers to move between gene sequencing and mIF staining and imaging without swapping devices. This dual functionality reduces reagent and sample use while accelerating combined proteomic and genomic analysis from the same tissue sample.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Multiplex Immunofluorescence Performance","text":"The system supports two flow cells and is compatible with FFPE and frozen tissue sections using the FluoXpert mIF reagent set. Six-plex staining can be completed in 4 to 5 hours, with a throughput of up to 84 sections per week on SS/SL flow cells and 140 sections per week on DL flow cells at maximum utilization. Staining is compatible with off-the-shelf antibodies, avoiding complex conjugation steps.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sequencing Performance","text":"Sequencing runs support FCS and FCL flow cell types with 2 or 4 lanes per flow cell. Effective reads per flow cell range from 300 million to 550 million on FCS flow cells and 1,500 million to 1,800 million on FCL flow cells. Supported read lengths include SE50, SE100, SE400, PE100, PE150, PE200, and PE300, depending on flow cell type.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Image Analysis and Software","text":"FluoXpert Vision provides a professional mIF image analysis solution for visualization, quantification, cell phenotyping, and spatial analysis. The software suite includes the FluoXpert mIF program alongside optional FluoXpert Vision analysis for end-to-end proteomic and spatial workflows.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"System and Environment","text":"The instrument operates on 100–240 V, 50/60 Hz power with a rated power of 1,200 VA, and measures 756 mm × 1,086 mm × 710 mm with a net weight of 200 kg. It requires an indoor operating environment of 19–25°C and 20–80% relative humidity, and is controlled by a workstation with dual Intel Xeon E5 10-core processors, 256 GB RAM, and 16 TB of storage.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DNBSEQ-G400RS FluoXpert"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Flow cell number (mIF)","values":["2"]},{"parameter":"Sample type","values":["FFPE and Frozen Section"]},{"parameter":"Reagent set","values":["FluoXpert mIF set"]},{"parameter":"mIF run time","values":["4–5 h (6-plex)"]},{"parameter":"mIF throughput","values":["Up to 84 sections/week (SS, SL); 140 sections/week (DL)"]},{"parameter":"Sequencing flow cell types","values":["FCS, FCL"]},{"parameter":"Lanes per flow cell","values":["2 (FCS); 4 (FCL)"]},{"parameter":"Effective reads per flow cell","values":["300 M–550 M (FCS); 1500 M–1800 M (FCL)"]},{"parameter":"Read lengths","values":["SE50, SE100, SE400, PE100, PE150, PE200, PE300"]},{"parameter":"Sequencing run time","values":["31 h (FCS, PE150)"]},{"parameter":"Sequencing throughput","values":["55–180 Gb (FCS)"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W×D×H)","values":["756 mm × 1086 mm × 710 mm"]},{"parameter":"Net weight","values":["200 kg"]},{"parameter":"Rated power","values":["1200 VA (100 V–240 V, 50/60 Hz)"]},{"parameter":"Control computer","values":["Intel Xeon E5 10 Core × 2 2.2 GHz, 256 GB RAM, 16 TB HDD, 480 GB SSD"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Automated Liquid Handling Workstations","description":"Automated pipetting and library-preparation workstations, from compact benchtop robots to 96-channel high-throughput systems.","pageTitle":"Automated Liquid Handling Workstations","pageDescription":"MGI's liquid handling workstations automate the pipetting steps that dominate genomics laboratories — library preparation, reagent set-up, normalisation, and plate transfer — with the repeatability and sample traceability that manual work cannot sustain at volume.","overview":"Manual pipetting is the slowest and least reproducible part of most genomics workflows, and the point at which cross-contamination and transcription errors are most likely. Automated workstations perform the same steps under software control, logging every sample and reagent as they go. MGI's range runs from the compact AlphaTool and PrepALL benchtop robots, through the flexible eight-channel MGISP-Smart 8, to the MGISP-100 library preparation system and the 96-channel MGISP-960 for high-volume laboratories. HEPA filtration and UV decontamination are available across the range for work with sensitive templates.","partner":"MGI — Latvia","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/automated-liquid-handling.webp","slug":"automated-liquid-handling","models":[{"slug":"mgisp-100","name":"DNA Sequencing Library Preparation System: MGISP-100","description":"An automated workstation for DNA sequencing library preparation, automating around 90% of the workflow for 8 to 16 samples per run.","pageTitle":"DNA Sequencing Library Preparation System: MGISP-100","pageDescription":"The MGISP-100 is an automated laboratory workstation purpose-built for DNA sequencing library preparation, combining a fixed 8-channel pipetting head with integrated PCR, magnetic-bead purification, and temperature-control modules.","image":"/images/mgi-mgisp-100.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MGISP-100 is an automated laboratory workstation purpose-built for DNA sequencing library preparation, combining a fixed 8-channel pipetting head with integrated PCR, magnetic-bead purification, and temperature-control modules. It automates roughly 90% of the library preparation workflow, processing 8 to 16 samples per run, with a standard throughput of 16 samples per run, while removing operators from repetitive manual steps. Built-in UV disinfection and HEPA filtration protect against cross-contamination throughout the run. The MGISP-100B configuration extends the platform to nucleic acid extraction and PCR setup, adding flexible throughput options for laboratories that need a broader workflow. As an open platform, the MGISP-100 supports customized script development, giving laboratories the flexibility to adapt the system to their own protocols.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-mgisp-100.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated Workflow and Sample Throughput","text":"The MGISP-100 automates approximately 90% of the sequencing library preparation workflow, reducing manual intervention and improving run-to-run reproducibility. It supports flexible sample processing of 8 to 16 samples per run, with a standard throughput of 16 samples per run, to match different laboratory demands.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precision Liquid Handling","text":"A fixed 8-channel pipetting head covers a volume range of 1 µL to 200 µL, with a coefficient of variation below 5% at 1 µL and below 1% at 200 µL. Pipetting accuracy is within ±10% at 1 µL and ±1% at 200 µL, and the robotic arm delivers positioning accuracy of ±0.1 mm for consistent, repeatable liquid transfers.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Integrated Temperature Control","text":"An onboard PCR module operates across a temperature range of 4°C to 99°C, with an accuracy of ±0.3°C and a uniformity of ±0.2°C. A separate temperature control module spans 4°C to 90°C with ±1°C accuracy and uniformity, supporting reagent conditioning and enzymatic reaction steps within the same run.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Contamination Control","text":"An ISO5 HEPA filtration system combined with a UV lamp delivering a radiation dose greater than 100,000 µW·s/cm² keeps the work area contamination-free. Together with an enclosed laminar flow environment, these features protect sensitive NGS library preparation reactions from cross-contamination.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible Configurations and Open Platform","text":"The MGISP-100 is available in multiple configurations, including a standard setup for library preparation and the MGISP-100B configuration for nucleic acid extraction and PCR setup. As an open platform, it supports customized script development so laboratories can adapt automated protocols to their own workflows.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact, Space-Saving Design","text":"The system integrates its PCR, magnetic-bead purification, and temperature-control modules into a compact footprint of 725 mm × 780 mm × 777 mm and weighs approximately 130 kg. This space-saving design allows the MGISP-100 to fit onto a standard laboratory bench while consolidating multiple workflow steps into a single instrument.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MGISP-100"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Throughput","values":["16 samples/run (standard)"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Channels","values":["Fixed 8-channel"]},{"parameter":"Pipette Volume Range","values":["1 µL–200 µL"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting CV","values":["1 µL < 5%; 200 µL < 1%"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Accuracy","values":["1 µL < ±10%; 200 µL < ±1%"]},{"parameter":"PCR Temperature Range","values":["4 ℃–99 ℃"]},{"parameter":"PCR Temperature Accuracy","values":["±0.3 ℃ at 55 ℃"]},{"parameter":"PCR Temperature Uniformity","values":["±0.2 ℃ at 72 ℃"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control Module Range","values":["4 ℃–90 ℃"]},{"parameter":"Robot Arm Positioning Accuracy","values":["±0.1 mm"]},{"parameter":"HEPA System","values":["ISO5"]},{"parameter":"UV Lamp Radiation Dose","values":[">100,000 µW·s/cm²"]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["100 V–240 V, 50/60 Hz, 1600 VA"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W×D×H)","values":["725 mm × 780 mm × 777 mm"]},{"parameter":"Net Weight","values":["130 kg"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["19 ℃–25 ℃"]}]}]},{"slug":"mgisp-960","name":"High-Throughput Automated Sample Preparation System: MGISP-960","description":"The MGISP-960 is a high-throughput automated sample preparation platform built around a 96-channel pipetting head, capable of handling up to 192 samples per run.","pageTitle":"High-Throughput Automated Sample Preparation System: MGISP-960","pageDescription":"The MGISP-960 is a high-throughput automated sample preparation platform built around a 96-channel pipetting head, capable of handling up to 192 samples per run.","image":"/images/mgi-mgisp-960.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MGISP-960 is a high-throughput automated sample preparation platform built around a 96-channel pipetting head, capable of handling up to 192 samples per run. It integrates PCR, magnetic-bead purification, and temperature-control modules to deliver efficient, precise, and contamination-free liquid handling across a wide range of protocols. The system is validated for whole-genome sequencing (WGS), whole-exome sequencing (WES), and RNA sequencing workflows, and it can process 192 samples in approximately 60 minutes. HEPA filtration, UV disinfection, and an enclosed design protect against cross-contamination, while an open platform architecture allows the system to be customized for non-NGS applications as well.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-mgisp-960.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Throughput Processing","text":"The MGISP-960 uses a fixed 96-channel pipetting head and can process up to 192 samples per run, handling 192 samples in approximately 60 minutes. This significantly reduces processing time and increases laboratory efficiency compared to lower-channel-count systems.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precision Liquid Handling","text":"The pipetting system covers a volume range of 1 µL to 200 µL, with a coefficient of variation below 5% at 2 µL and below 1% at 200 µL. Pipetting accuracy is within ±10% at 2 µL and ±1% at 200 µL, and the robotic arm delivers positioning accuracy of ±0.1 mm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Integrated Modules and Temperature Control","text":"The system integrates PCR machines, magnetic racks, and temperature control units to support a wide range of applications within a single run. The onboard PCR module operates from 4°C to 99°C with ±0.3°C accuracy and ±0.2°C uniformity, while a separate temperature control module spans 4°C to 90°C with ±1°C accuracy and uniformity.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Contamination Control","text":"An ISO5-rated laminar flow hood and a UV lamp with a radiation dose greater than 100,000 µW·s/cm² provide strong protection against cross-contamination. Combined with the enclosed system design, these features maintain a clean environment suited to high-throughput NGS workflows.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible Configurations","text":"The MGISP-960 is offered in a standard configuration for applications such as WGS and RNA sequencing, along with dedicated configurations for WES, nucleic acid extraction, and customized non-NGS scenarios. As an open platform, it supports a variety of library kits and can be tailored to specific laboratory requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"System Footprint","text":"The MGISP-960 measures 740 mm × 1240 mm × 1110 mm and weighs approximately 250 kg, running on a 200 V–240 V, 50/60 Hz power supply with a standard-configuration rated power below 2,000 VA.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MGISP-960"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Throughput (Standard)","values":["96 samples/run"]},{"parameter":"Throughput (High-throughput mode)","values":["Up to 192 samples/run (192 samples in ~60 minutes)"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Channels","values":["Fixed 96-channel"]},{"parameter":"Pipette Volume Range","values":["1 µL–200 µL"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting CV","values":["2 µL < 5%; 200 µL < 1%"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Accuracy","values":["2 µL < ±10%; 200 µL < ±1%"]},{"parameter":"PCR Temperature Range","values":["4 ℃–99 ℃"]},{"parameter":"PCR Temperature Accuracy","values":["±0.3 ℃ at 55 ℃"]},{"parameter":"PCR Temperature Uniformity","values":["±0.2 ℃ at 72 ℃"]},{"parameter":"Robot Arm Positioning Accuracy","values":["±0.1 mm"]},{"parameter":"Laminar Flow Hood","values":["ISO5"]},{"parameter":"UV Lamp Radiation Dose","values":[">100,000 µW·s/cm²"]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["200 V–240 V, 50/60 Hz, <2,000 VA (standard configuration)"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W×D×H)","values":["740 mm × 1240 mm × 1110 mm"]},{"parameter":"Net Weight","values":["250 kg"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["19 ℃–25 ℃"]}]}]},{"slug":"mgisp-smart-8","name":"Flexible Automated Pipetting System: MGISP-Smart 8","description":"A scalable liquid handler built around an independent 8-channel head, with interchangeable temperature, shaker, magnetic and PCR modules.","pageTitle":"Flexible Automated Pipetting System: MGISP-Smart 8","pageDescription":"The MGISP-Smart 8 is a flexible, scalable automated liquid handling system built around an independent 8-channel pipetting head, designed for next-generation sequencing and general laboratory automation applications.","image":"/images/mgi-mgisp-smart-8.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MGISP-Smart 8 is a flexible, scalable automated liquid handling system built around an independent 8-channel pipetting head, designed for next-generation sequencing and general laboratory automation applications. It supports a wide range of interchangeable modules, including temperature control, shaker, magnetic, and PCR modules, so it can be configured for library preparation, nucleic acid extraction, sample pooling, and normalization. The pipetting head covers a broad volume range of 1 µL to 1000 µL and includes capacitive and pressure-based liquid-level detection (cLLD/pLLD) for accurate, reliable pipetting. An intuitive graphical software interface supports parallel processing and cherry-picking, while an open platform design allows compatibility with MGI and third-party consumables. Suitable for medium-throughput laboratories, the system combines adaptability with precision automation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-mgisp-smart-8.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible, Precise Pipetting","text":"The MGISP-Smart 8 is equipped with 8 independent pipetting channels covering a volume range of 1 µL to 1000 µL, accommodating a wide range of experimental requirements. Capacitive and pressure liquid-level detection (cLLD and pLLD) support accurate, reliable pipetting across different sample types.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Customizable Modules","text":"The system offers optional temperature control, shaker, magnetic, and PCR modules, allowing users to adapt the platform to specific workflows in genomics, proteomics, and beyond. This modularity lets laboratories configure the instrument around their own protocols rather than a fixed workflow.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Intuitive Software and Open Platform","text":"A graphical interface and process editor support parallel processes and cherry-picking, streamlining complex laboratory procedures. The MGISP-Smart 8 is an open platform compatible with MGI and third-party consumables, giving laboratories flexibility in reagent and labware sourcing.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"The MGISP-Smart 8 is suited to medium-throughput applications including next-generation sequencing library preparation, nucleic acid extraction, sample pooling, and normalization. When integrated with a microplate reader, it can also perform fully automated quantification and normalization or pooling of PCR libraries, DNB samples, and extracted products.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Intelligent Sensing","text":"Sensing and barcode scanning functions reduce human error, ensure experimental stability, and automatically record critical experiment information. A rotatable gripper with real-time sensing ensures stable sample handling, while independent control of spacing, volume, and height adds further flexibility.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MGISP-Smart 8"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pipetting Channels","values":["Independent 8-channel"]},{"parameter":"Pipette Volume Range","values":["1 µL–1000 µL"]},{"parameter":"Robot Arm Positioning Accuracy","values":["±0.1 mm"]},{"parameter":"UV Lamp Radiation Dose","values":[">100,000 µW·s/cm²"]},{"parameter":"Deck Configuration","values":["Up to 9 modules on a Slide Track Deck"]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["200 V–240 V, 50/60 Hz, 1500 VA (excludes optional/deck modules)"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W×H×D)","values":["1410 mm × 799 mm × 970 mm (without HEPA module)"]},{"parameter":"Net Weight","values":["~220 kg (485 lb, without carriers)"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["15 ℃–35 ℃"]},{"parameter":"Relative Humidity","values":["20% RH–80% RH, non-condensing"]}]}]},{"slug":"prepall","name":"Compact Automated Liquid Handling Platform: PrepALL","description":"PrepALL is a compact, intelligent, and cost-effective liquid handling platform designed to simplify laboratory automation.","pageTitle":"Compact Automated Liquid Handling Platform: PrepALL","pageDescription":"PrepALL is a compact, intelligent, and cost-effective liquid handling platform designed to simplify laboratory automation.","image":"/images/mgi-prepall.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"PrepALL is a compact, intelligent, and cost-effective liquid handling platform designed to simplify laboratory automation. Equipped with eight independent channels and excellent pipetting accuracy across a 0.5–1200 µL range, it delivers reliable performance for applications such as PCR setup, nucleic acid extraction, normalization, and general sample preparation. Its plug-and-play modular design and one-click automatic calibration enable fast installation without engineering support. Built-in AI and vision technology ensure consumable recognition, deck verification, real-time monitoring, and full traceability for safe and efficient operation. With a space-saving footprint and expandable SBS positions, PrepALL provides flexible, precise, and user-friendly automation for labs of all throughput levels.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-prepall.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible, High-Precision Pipetting","text":"PrepALL uses eight independent channels with unequal spacing to support a pipetting range of 0.5–1200 µL. Coefficients of variation are below 3% for 1–50 µL and below 1% for 50–1000 µL, with pLLD, cLLD, liquid level tracking, and anti-dripping features that reduce dead volume and improve accuracy.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact, Space-Saving Design","text":"The platform occupies just 0.7 m² of bench space while offering 16 SBS deck positions, expandable up to 41, making it suitable for labs with limited space or growing throughput needs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Plug-and-Play Setup","text":"Capacitive and pressure-based liquid level detection, consumable recognition, and one-click automatic calibration allow PrepALL to be installed and configured without engineering support.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Real-Time Monitoring and Traceability","text":"Built-in sensors and data logging provide real-time monitoring throughout the process and ensure full traceability, reproducibility, and consistency for every run.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"PrepALL supports a broad range of laboratory workflows, including PCR setup, nucleic acid extraction, sample normalization, and general sample preparation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["PrepALL"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Channels","values":["8 independent channels, unequal spacing"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Range","values":["0.5 – 1200 µL"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting CV","values":["1–50 µL: <3%; 50–1000 µL: <1%"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Accuracy","values":["1-50 µL: <±5%; 50-200 µL: <±2%; 200-1000 µL: <±1%"]},{"parameter":"Deck Positions","values":["16 SBS positions (expandable to 41)"]},{"parameter":"Footprint","values":["0.7 m²"]},{"parameter":"Liquid Level Detection","values":["Capacitive and pressure-based (pLLD, cLLD)"]},{"parameter":"Power Type","values":["200-240 V, 50/60 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Power Rate","values":["1500 VA"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L×W×H)","values":["770 mm × 870 mm × 950 mm"]},{"parameter":"Net Weight","values":["120 kg"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["19°C to 25°C"]},{"parameter":"Operating Humidity","values":["20% to 70%, non-condensing"]},{"parameter":"Atmospheric Pressure","values":["80 kPa ~ 106 kPa"]}]}]},{"slug":"alphatool","name":"Desktop Automated Pipetting Robot: AlphaTool","description":"The MGI AlphaTool is a high-precision desktop automated pipetting robot that streamlines laboratory workflows, improving both efficiency and accuracy.","pageTitle":"Desktop Automated Pipetting Robot: AlphaTool","pageDescription":"The MGI AlphaTool is a high-precision desktop automated pipetting robot that streamlines laboratory workflows, improving both efficiency and accuracy.","image":"/images/mgi-alphatool.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MGI AlphaTool is a high-precision desktop automated pipetting robot that streamlines laboratory workflows, improving both efficiency and accuracy. It performs a wide range of tasks, including pipetting, dispensing, aliquoting, mixing, gradient dilution, and reagent preparation, and can fill a 96-well plate in as fast as 22 seconds using single- or 8-channel pipettes, handling volumes from 1 to 1000 µL. With 12 plate positions, modular hardware, and a customizable tabletop, it adapts to various workflows and lab setups. It provides reliable, cost-effective automation that saves time, reduces errors, and supports high-throughput experiments.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-alphatool.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast, Flexible Pipetting","text":"AlphaTool fills a 96-well plate in as fast as 22 seconds using single- or 8-channel pipettes across a 1–1000 µL volume range. Pipetting performance reaches ±10% accuracy with CV≤5.0% at 1 µL and ±1% accuracy with CV≤0.5% at 1000 µL, with a mechanical arm positioning accuracy of ≤±0.1 mm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Contamination Control","text":"A HEPA filtration system and UV lamp help avoid cross-contamination and maintain a safe working environment, while a simple visual interface makes operation straightforward.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software and Workflow Automation","text":"Customized script editing allows users to complete complex experimental processes with a single click, streamlining a wide range of laboratory tasks including pipetting, dispensing, aliquoting, mixing, gradient dilution, and reagent preparation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact, Modular Design","text":"With 12 plate positions, modular hardware, and a customizable tabletop, AlphaTool adapts to a variety of workflows and laboratory setups within a compact desktop footprint.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Compatibility","text":"AlphaTool is compatible with a wide range of reagents and consumables on the market, supports standard SBS labware, and offers a standard API interface for integration as a unit of work within larger automation systems.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["AlphaTool"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Plate Fill Time","values":["96-well plate in as fast as 22 seconds"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Channels","values":["Single- or 8-channel pipettes"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Volume Range","values":["1 – 1000 µL"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Performance (1 µL)","values":["±10% accuracy, CV≤5.0%"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Performance (1000 µL)","values":["±1% accuracy, CV≤0.5%"]},{"parameter":"Mechanical Arm Positioning Accuracy","values":["≤±0.1 mm"]},{"parameter":"Deck Positions","values":["12 plate positions"]},{"parameter":"Contamination Control","values":["HEPA filtration system and UV lamp"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W×D×H)","values":["600 mm × 620 mm × 700 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["36 kg"]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["200 VA"]},{"parameter":"Rated Voltage","values":["AC 110 V – 220 V"]},{"parameter":"Voltage Frequency","values":["50/60 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Safety Tube (Fuse)","values":["F10AL 250 V"]},{"parameter":"Labware Compatibility","values":["Standard SBS utensils"]},{"parameter":"Integration Interface","values":["Standard API interface"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Automated Nucleic Acid Extraction Systems","description":"Magnetic-bead extraction platforms processing 16 to 384 samples per run with consistent yield and purity.","pageTitle":"Automated Nucleic Acid Extraction Systems","pageDescription":"MGI's extraction systems automate magnetic-bead nucleic acid purification from blood, tissue, swabs, and other sample types, delivering the consistent yield and purity that downstream sequencing, PCR, and molecular diagnostics depend on.","overview":"Nucleic acid extraction sets the ceiling on everything downstream: inconsistent yield or carried-over inhibitors will limit a sequencing run or a PCR assay no matter how good the chemistry that follows. Automated magnetic-bead platforms apply the same wash and elution steps to every sample, removing the operator variability inherent in manual columns. MGI's range spans the MGISP-NE32 for 16 to 32 samples, the flexible MGISP-NEX with interchangeable 24- and 96-head configurations, and the MGISP-NE384 for laboratories processing several hundred samples a day. All three run unattended and support a wide range of sample types and extraction kits.","partner":"MGI — Latvia","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/nucleic-acid-extraction.webp","slug":"nucleic-acid-extraction","models":[{"slug":"mgisp-ne32","name":"Automated Nucleic Acid Extraction System: MGISP-NE32","description":"The MGISP-NE32 is an automated nucleic acid extractor that uses magnetic rod technology to purify nucleic acids from up to 32 samples in about 10 minutes.","pageTitle":"Automated Nucleic Acid Extraction System: MGISP-NE32","pageDescription":"The MGISP-NE32 is an automated nucleic acid extractor that uses magnetic rod technology to purify nucleic acids from up to 32 samples in about 10 minutes. Paired with its dedicated extraction kit, the system can also process a 16-sample batch, giving laboratories flexibility between two throughput levels.","image":"/images/mgi-mgisp-ne32.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MGISP-NE32 is an automated nucleic acid extractor that uses magnetic rod technology to purify nucleic acids from up to 32 samples in about 10 minutes. Paired with its dedicated extraction kit, the system can also process a 16-sample batch, giving laboratories flexibility between two throughput levels. An adjustable mixing module with multiple modes and speeds is compatible with a wide range of magnetic particles and reagents, supporting diverse sample types. Safety features including a UV lamp, a 96-well prepacked plate, and disposable tips minimize contact between samples and prevent cross-contamination. The system is well suited to downstream applications such as PCR, RT-PCR, and sequencing.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-mgisp-ne32.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast, Flexible Extraction","text":"The MGISP-NE32 extracts and purifies nucleic acids from up to 32 samples, or 16 samples using its dedicated kit, in approximately 10 minutes, enhancing laboratory throughput. Its adjustable mixing module supports multiple modes and speed settings, ensuring compatibility with a wide range of magnetic particles and reagents.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Contamination Control","text":"A UV lamp, 96-well prepacked plate, and disposable tips minimize sample contact and prevent cross-contamination between runs. These safety features make the system suitable for sensitive downstream applications such as PCR, RT-PCR, and sequencing.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precise Temperature and Particle Handling","text":"The lysis and elution wells can be heated from 5°C above ambient temperature up to 120°C, with a temperature precision of ±1°C. Magnetic particle collection efficiency reaches at least 98%, with well-to-well variation of less than 3%, ensuring consistent recovery across the plate.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Operation and Control","text":"The MGISP-NE32 is operated through an 8-inch built-in touch screen that allows users to create, edit, and delete extraction programs. This straightforward interface supports repeatable, well-documented protocols for routine extraction work.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MGISP-NE32"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Capacity","values":["16 or 32 samples"]},{"parameter":"Run Time","values":["~10 minutes per run"]},{"parameter":"Processing Volume","values":["20 µL–1000 µL"]},{"parameter":"Magnetic Particle Collection Efficiency","values":["≥98%"]},{"parameter":"Well-to-Well Variation","values":["<3%"]},{"parameter":"Lysis/Elution Temperature Range","values":["+5 ℃ above ambient to 120 ℃"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Precision","values":["≤±1 ℃"]},{"parameter":"Mixing Module","values":["Adjustable, multiple modes and gears"]},{"parameter":"Contamination Control","values":["UV lamp, 96-well prepacked plate, disposable tips"]},{"parameter":"Operating Interface","values":["8-inch built-in touch screen"]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["AC100 V–240 V, 50/60 Hz, 500 W"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W×D×H)","values":["395 mm × 430 mm × 435 mm"]},{"parameter":"Net Weight","values":["32.5 kg"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["10 ℃–30 ℃"]},{"parameter":"Relative Humidity","values":["20% RH–70% RH"]}]}]},{"slug":"mgisp-ne384","name":"High-Throughput Automated Nucleic Acid Extraction System: MGISP-NE384","description":"A high-throughput magnetic-rod extractor purifying nucleic acids from up to 384 samples in a single unattended run.","pageTitle":"High-Throughput Automated Nucleic Acid Extraction System: MGISP-NE384","pageDescription":"The MGISP-NE384 is a high-throughput automated nucleic acid extractor that uses magnetic rod technology to process and purify nucleic acids from up to 384 samples in a single run.","image":"/images/mgi-mgisp-ne384.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MGISP-NE384 is a high-throughput automated nucleic acid extractor that uses magnetic rod technology to process and purify nucleic acids from up to 384 samples in a single run. Flexible mixing modules with independent Z-axis control allow the system to handle different sample volumes, with 1 to 4 modules available depending on required capacity. A built-in HEPA filtration system and UV lamp prevent cross-contamination and maintain a clean working environment throughout extraction. Compatible 96-well plate reagents and disposable tips minimize operational errors, making the system well suited to high-throughput laboratories that need speed, precision, and consistent performance.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-mgisp-ne384.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Maximum Throughput","text":"The MGISP-NE384 processes up to 384 samples simultaneously, arranged across a 4×6 array of 96-well plate working positions. This high sample capacity significantly boosts productivity in high-volume laboratories.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Contamination Control","text":"The system is equipped with a HEPA filtration system rated at 99.99% efficiency at 3 µm, along with a UV lamp delivering a radiation dose greater than 100,000 µW·s/cm². Together these features ensure a contamination-free working environment for sensitive extraction workflows.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible Configuration","text":"Independent Z-axis control allows a choice of 1 to 4 mixing and magnetic modules, adapting the system to different sample quantities and throughput needs. The lysis and elution wells can be heated from 5°C above ambient temperature up to 115°C, with a temperature precision of ±1°C.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"User Interface and Software","text":"A 23-inch built-in touch screen running Windows software provides a user-friendly interface for creating, editing, and deleting extraction programs. This makes it straightforward to manage protocols across high-throughput extraction runs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MGISP-NE384"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Capacity","values":["Up to 384 samples/run"]},{"parameter":"Processing Volume","values":["20 µL–1000 µL"]},{"parameter":"Working Position","values":["4×6 array of 96-well plates"]},{"parameter":"Lysis/Elution Temperature Range","values":["+5 ℃ above ambient to 115 ℃"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Precision","values":["≤±1 ℃"]},{"parameter":"Mixing Module","values":["Z-axis independent control, choice of 1–4 modules"]},{"parameter":"UV Lamp Radiation Dose","values":[">100,000 µW·s/cm²"]},{"parameter":"HEPA Filtration","values":["99.99% at 3 µm"]},{"parameter":"Operating Interface","values":["23-inch built-in touch screen, Windows software"]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["200 V–240 V, 50/60 Hz, 2350 W"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W×D×H)","values":["742 mm × 1220 mm × 960 mm"]},{"parameter":"Net Weight","values":["268 kg"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["19 ℃–25 ℃"]},{"parameter":"Relative Humidity","values":["20% RH–80% RH"]},{"parameter":"Atmospheric Pressure","values":["80 kPa–106 kPa"]}]}]},{"slug":"mgisp-nex","name":"Automated Nucleic Acid Extraction System: MGISP-NEX","description":"The MGISP-NEX is a versatile automated nucleic acid extractor that combines an independent 8-channel pipetting module with a flexible magnetic rod extraction system.","pageTitle":"Automated Nucleic Acid Extraction System: MGISP-NEX","pageDescription":"The MGISP-NEX is a versatile automated nucleic acid extractor that combines an independent 8-channel pipetting module with a flexible magnetic rod extraction system. Interchangeable 24-head and 96-head magnetic rod configurations allow the extraction capacity to be adapted to different sample volumes and throughput needs.","image":"/images/mgi-mgisp-nex.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MGISP-NEX is a versatile automated nucleic acid extractor that combines an independent 8-channel pipetting module with a flexible magnetic rod extraction system. Interchangeable 24-head and 96-head magnetic rod configurations allow the extraction capacity to be adapted to different sample volumes and throughput needs. The 8-channel pipetting module handles a volume range of 1 µL to 1000 µL for precise liquid transfer, minimizing manual intervention and enhancing workflow efficiency. An integrated UV disinfection system with a radiation dose exceeding 100,000 µW·s/cm² and a HEPA filtration system rated at 99.99% at 0.3 µm maintain a contamination-controlled environment. Designed to enhance next-generation sequencing workflows, the MGISP-NEX delivers accuracy, reliability, and flexible configuration for laboratories with varying sample loads.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-mgisp-nex.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible Pipetting","text":"An independent 8-channel pipetting module performs precise liquid transfers across a range of 1 µL to 1000 µL, accommodating various sample types and volumes. This reduces manual intervention and enhances workflow efficiency and accuracy in nucleic acid extraction.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Efficient, Interchangeable Extraction","text":"The MGISP-NEX offers two interchangeable magnetic rod configurations: a 24-head option covering a processing volume of 50 µL to 5000 µL, and a 96-head option covering 20 µL to 1000 µL. This lets laboratories match extraction capacity to sample volume and throughput requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Contamination Control","text":"An integrated UV lamp delivers a radiation dose greater than 100,000 µW·s/cm², and a HEPA filtration system rated at 99.99% efficiency at 0.3 µm protects the work area from cross-contamination. These features support reliable, repeatable extraction results across runs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precision and Automation","text":"A robotic arm delivers positioning accuracy of ±0.1 mm, supporting reliable, repeatable transfers between the pipetting and extraction modules. High automation streamlines the overall workflow, reducing manual handling and supporting next-generation sequencing sample preparation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MGISP-NEX"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Sample Capacity (24-head)","values":["1–24 samples"]},{"parameter":"Sample Capacity (96-head)","values":["1–96 samples"]},{"parameter":"Processing Volume (24-head)","values":["50 µL–5000 µL"]},{"parameter":"Processing Volume (96-head)","values":["20 µL–1000 µL"]},{"parameter":"Pipette Range","values":["1 µL–1000 µL"]},{"parameter":"Robot Arm Positioning Accuracy","values":["±0.1 mm"]},{"parameter":"UV Lamp Radiation Dose","values":[">100,000 µW·s/cm²"]},{"parameter":"HEPA Filtration","values":["99.99% at 0.3 µm"]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["200 V–240 V, 50/60 Hz, 2350 W; Rated Power 1600 VA"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W×H×D)","values":["1410 mm × 799 mm × 970 mm (without HEPA module)"]},{"parameter":"Net Weight","values":["~232 kg (511 lb, without carriers)"]},{"parameter":"Relative Humidity","values":["20% RH–80% RH"]},{"parameter":"Atmospheric Pressure","values":["80 kPa–106 kPa"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Sample Transfer & Preparation Systems","description":"Automated decapping, aliquoting, and blood component separation with full barcode traceability.","pageTitle":"Sample Transfer & Preparation Systems","pageDescription":"MGI's front-end systems automate the handling that happens before analysis begins — decapping and recapping tubes, aliquoting samples, separating blood components, and reading barcodes — closing the gap between sample reception and the analytical workflow.","overview":"High-throughput laboratories often automate their assays while sample reception remains manual, leaving decapping, sorting, and aliquoting as the bottleneck and the most common source of mix-ups. Automated transfer systems take the sample from its primary tube to the analytical plate under barcode control, recording the chain of custody at every step. MGI's MGISTP-3000 and MGISTP-7000 handle tube decapping and sample transfer at scale, while the STP-B1000 automates blood component separation. All three integrate with MGI's extraction and library preparation instruments to form a continuous, tracked workflow.","partner":"MGI — Latvia","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/sample-transfer-preparation.webp","slug":"sample-transfer-preparation","models":[{"slug":"mgistp-3000","name":"Automated Sample Transfer System: MGISTP-3000","description":"MGISTP-3000 is a benchtop automated sample transfer system designed for laboratories that need a reliable and efficient solution for liquid handling.","pageTitle":"Automated Sample Transfer System: MGISTP-3000","pageDescription":"MGISTP-3000 is a benchtop automated sample transfer system designed for laboratories that need a reliable and efficient solution for liquid handling. It processes 96 samples in just 40 minutes and can handle approximately 3,500 samples in 24 hours.","image":"/images/mgi-mgistp-3000.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"MGISTP-3000 is a benchtop automated sample transfer system designed for laboratories that need a reliable and efficient solution for liquid handling. It processes 96 samples in just 40 minutes and can handle approximately 3,500 samples in 24 hours. The system integrates tube decapping and recapping, barcode identification, and HEPA filtration to ensure safe and contamination-free operations. With a 23-inch touchscreen and intuitive software, it offers a versatile and easy-to-use platform for various sample types. It operates continuously with minimal user intervention, automatically logging common errors to keep workflows running smoothly.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-mgistp-3000.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Throughput and Efficiency","text":"The MGISTP-3000 processes 96 samples in 40 minutes and can handle approximately 3,500 samples within 24 hours, reducing manual handling and increasing laboratory productivity. Its high-torque decapping module supports continuous operation with minimal user intervention.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated Tube Handling and Barcode Tracking","text":"The system performs automated tube decapping and recapping alongside 1D and 2D barcode scanning for full sample traceability. A robotic arm with positioning accuracy of ±0.1 mm handles transfers, and the system automatically logs common errors to ensure a smooth workflow.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Contamination Control","text":"HEPA filters rated at 99.995% efficiency at 0.3 µm, combined with UV light, maintain a clean, safe environment and prevent aerosol leakage and cross-contamination.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible Tube and Sample Compatibility","text":"MGISTP-3000 supports simultaneous handling of three different tube types, including 5-15 mL sampling tubes and 20 mL HPV tubes, as well as VTM, Salivette, and feces containers. It transfers samples into ANSI/SBS-compliant microplates for seamless downstream processing.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Software and Laboratory Integration","text":"A 23-inch touchscreen and intuitive software make the system easy to operate, while seamless integration with barcode systems and laboratory information management systems supports compatibility with downstream automation workflows.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MGISTP-3000"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Throughput","values":["96 samples / 40 min (~3,500 samples / 24 h)"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Method","values":["Air Displacement"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Channel","values":["Single"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Range","values":["10 µL – 1000 µL"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting CV","values":["10 µL <5%, 100 µL <2%, 1000 µL <1%"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Accuracy","values":["10 µL <±10%, 100 µL <±5%, 1000 µL <±2%"]},{"parameter":"Robot Arm Positioning Accuracy","values":["±0.1 mm"]},{"parameter":"HEPA Filtration Efficiency","values":["99.995% at 0.3 µm"]},{"parameter":"Barcode Scanner","values":["1D and 2D"]},{"parameter":"Tube Compatibility","values":["Config 1: 5-15 mL sampling tubes; Config 2: 20 mL HPV tubes"]},{"parameter":"Power Type","values":["100 V ~ 240 V, 50/60 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Rated Power","values":["600 VA"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W×D×H)","values":["1100 mm × 680 mm × 1050 mm"]},{"parameter":"Net Weight","values":["~280 kg"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature","values":["19°C ~ 25°C"]},{"parameter":"Operating Humidity","values":["20% RH ~ 80% RH, non-condensing"]}]}]},{"slug":"mgistp-7000","name":"Automated Sample Transfer System: MGISTP-7000","description":"MGISTP-7000 is a high-throughput automated sample transfer processing system designed to streamline laboratory workflows.","pageTitle":"Automated Sample Transfer System: MGISTP-7000","pageDescription":"MGISTP-7000 is a high-throughput automated sample transfer processing system designed to streamline laboratory workflows. It handles 192 samples in just 40 minutes and is capable of processing up to 10,000 samples per day.","image":"/images/mgi-mgistp-7000.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"MGISTP-7000 is a high-throughput automated sample transfer processing system designed to streamline laboratory workflows. It handles 192 samples in just 40 minutes and is capable of processing up to 10,000 samples per day. The system integrates tube decapping and recapping, barcode identification, and automated liquid transfer within a closed, negative-pressure environment. With dual pipetting channels, HEPA filtration, and user-friendly software, the MGISTP-7000 ensures precision, safety, and efficiency in high-volume laboratory settings. It supports various sample types and formats for seamless integration with downstream automation systems.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-mgistp-7000.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Throughput and Flexible Automation","text":"The MGISTP-7000 transfers 192 samples in 40 minutes and is capable of processing up to 10,000 samples per day, optimizing productivity for high-volume laboratory workflows. Dual pipetting channels and a universal rack design accommodate a wide range of tube types and automation needs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated Tube Handling and Traceability","text":"The system performs de-capping, re-capping, barcode identification, and automated liquid transfer, with a robotic arm positioning accuracy of ±0.1 mm. A 1D and 2D barcode scanner ensures complete sample traceability throughout processing.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Contamination Control","text":"Dual HEPA filters rated at 99.995% efficiency at 0.3 µm, combined with UV light and negative-pressure protection, maintain a contamination-free environment. Integrated safety measures reduce the risk of contamination in clinical and research settings.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible Tube and Sample Compatibility","text":"MGISTP-7000 offers a universal fit for 5 mL, 10 mL, 15 mL, 20 mL, and 30 mL tubes, with optional support for blood collection, cryopreservation, and feces tubes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"By combining robust automation with advanced safety features, the MGISTP-7000 enhances laboratory efficiency and is well suited to high-throughput sample processing in clinical and research settings.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MGISTP-7000"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Throughput","values":["192 samples / 40 min (up to 10,000 samples/day)"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Method","values":["Air Displacement"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Channel","values":["Single (dual pipetting heads)"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Range","values":["2 µL – 1000 µL"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting CV","values":["10 µL <5%, 100 µL <2%, 1000 µL <1%"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Accuracy","values":["10 µL <±10%, 100 µL <±5%, 1000 µL <±2%"]},{"parameter":"Robot Arm Positioning Accuracy","values":["±0.1 mm"]},{"parameter":"HEPA Filtration Efficiency","values":["99.995% at 0.3 µm"]},{"parameter":"Barcode Scanner","values":["1D and 2D"]},{"parameter":"Tube Compatibility","values":["5/10/15/20/30 mL; optional blood collection, cryopreservation and feces tubes"]},{"parameter":"Power Type","values":["100 V ~ 240 V, 50/60 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Power Consumption","values":["1000 VA"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L×W×H)","values":["960 mm × 1470 mm × 2100 mm"]},{"parameter":"Net Weight","values":["~500 kg"]},{"parameter":"Operating Environment","values":["19°C ~ 25°C; 20% RH ~ 80% RH, non-condensing"]},{"parameter":"Floor Bearing Capacity","values":["600 kg/m²"]}]}]},{"slug":"stp-b1000","name":"Automated Blood Component Separation System: STP-B1000","description":"Identifies and transfers plasma, buffy coat and red blood cells from centrifuged tubes, handling 1 to 192 tubes per run with full traceability.","pageTitle":"Automated Blood Component Separation System: STP-B1000","pageDescription":"The STP-B1000 precisely identifies and transfers blood components in centrifuged blood collection tubes, including plasma, the buffy coat, and red blood cells, while ensuring complete traceability to prevent data mismatches.","image":"/images/mgi-stp-b1000.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The STP-B1000 precisely identifies and transfers blood components in centrifuged blood collection tubes, including plasma, the buffy coat, and red blood cells, while ensuring complete traceability to prevent data mismatches. Its intuitive operation requires only essential parameters, component type, volume, and transfer count, so users can start the process with a single click. The system supports automatic sampling of 1 to 192 blood collection tubes per run, accommodating a wide range of sample processing needs.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/mgi-stp-b1000.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Efficient Buffy Coat Recovery","text":"High-precision camera recognition identifies the different components of a blood sample, and multi-point spiral aspiration achieves a high buffy coat recovery rate.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible Sample Loading","text":"The system automatically samples blood collection tubes and supports free loading of 1 to 192 samples per run, meeting a wide range of sample processing needs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Effortless Operation","text":"Users set only the essential parameters, component type, volume, and transfer count, and then begin processing with a single click.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Complete Process Traceability","text":"Barcodes or QR codes on blood collection tubes, cryotube bottoms, cryotube boxes, and 96-well plates are scanned throughout the workflow, securing every detail for seamless integration.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pipetting Performance","text":"The independent 8-channel pipettor covers a range of 1 µL to 1000 µL, with accuracy from ±1% to ±10% and CV of 8% or better depending on volume, supported by pLLD and cLLD detection modes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["STP-B1000"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pipetting Range","values":["1 µL – 1000 µL"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Accuracy (1 µL)","values":["CV≤8%, accuracy ±10%"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Accuracy (50 µL)","values":["CV≤1%, accuracy ±2%"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Accuracy (200 µL)","values":["CV≤1%, accuracy ±2%"]},{"parameter":"Pipetting Accuracy (1000 µL)","values":["CV≤1%, accuracy ±1%"]},{"parameter":"Pipettor Channels","values":["Independent 8-channel pipettor"]},{"parameter":"Detection Mode","values":["pLLD, cLLD"]},{"parameter":"Throughput","values":["1–192 samples/run"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L×W×H)","values":["1420 mm × 1010 mm × 1120 mm (without door handle)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["~250 kg"]},{"parameter":"Traceability","values":["Barcode/QR scanning of tubes, cryotube boxes, and 96-well plates"]}]}]}]}]},"photonics-lasers":{"title":"Photonics & Lasers","description":"Precision photonics for demanding applications — ultrafast, CW, and pulsed laser systems alongside optical tables, opto-mechanical components, motion control, and light sources and detectors for research, microelectronics, and medical industries.","carouselImages":["/images/carousel-photonics-lasers-1.webp","/images/carousel-photonics-lasers-2.webp","/images/carousel-photonics-lasers-3.webp","/images/carousel-photonics-lasers-4.webp"],"partner":"Newport, Spectra-Physics","equipmentList":[{"name":"Ultrafast Laser Systems","description":"Femtosecond and picosecond lasers for research and micromachining.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Femtosecond and picosecond lasers from Spectra-Physics power multiphoton imaging, spectroscopy, and precision micromachining. From one-box turnkey oscillators to high-energy amplifiers, ultrafast systems cover research and industrial applications.","overview":"Ultrafast lasers concentrate energy into pulses lasting only femtoseconds to picoseconds, enabling nonlinear microscopy, time-resolved spectroscopy, terahertz generation, and cold-ablation micromachining of virtually any material. Spectra-Physics offers the industry's broadest ultrafast portfolio – turnkey Ti:sapphire and fiber oscillators, tunable systems for multiphoton imaging, and high-energy amplifiers – backed by decades of photonics leadership.","partner":"Spectra-Physics — USA","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/ultrafast-ls.webp","slug":"ultrafast-ls","models":[{"slug":"solstice-apx","name":"Solstice® APX","description":"The Spectra-Physics® Solstice APX laser system is the company's next-generation femtosecond ultrafast amplifier, engineered to rigorous industrial standards.","pageTitle":"Solstice® APX","pageDescription":"The Spectra-Physics® Solstice APX laser system is the company's next-generation femtosecond ultrafast amplifier, engineered to rigorous industrial standards. It exhibits exceptional beam pointing stability, excellent pulse-to-pulse energy stability, and enhanced long-term power stability and beam quality.","image":"/images/ultrafast-solstice-apx.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Spectra-Physics® Solstice APX laser system is the company's next-generation femtosecond ultrafast amplifier, engineered to rigorous industrial standards. It exhibits exceptional beam pointing stability, excellent pulse-to-pulse energy stability, and enhanced long-term power stability and beam quality. Solstice APX systems deliver more than 7 W at 1 kHz, more than 8 W at 5 kHz, and more than 7 W at 10 kHz with pulse width configurations ranging from less than 35 fs to less than 120 fs. Its motorized compressor stage and advanced opto-mechanics make it well suited for OPA pumping and other demanding ultrafast applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-solstice-apx.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Unsurpassed Stability","text":"Solstice APX amplifiers incorporate advanced opto-mechanics, industry-proven pump and seed lasers, and a user-friendly interface to deliver a hands-free ultrafast light source. The system maintains stable operation across a 10°C ambient temperature window through temperature-stabilized modules, and its motorized compressor stage enables fine-tuned compression compensation for optimal OPA pumping.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Exceptional Performance","text":"Solstice APX systems deliver more than 7 W at 1 kHz, more than 8 W at 5 kHz, and more than 7 W at 10 kHz with pulse width configurations ranging from less than 35 fs to less than 120 fs. These high energy outputs, exceptional beam quality, and unrivaled stability make the Solstice APX ideal for a range of advanced applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Solstice® APX"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pulse Width","values":["<35 fs–<120 fs"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["780–820 nm"]},{"parameter":"Pre-Pulse Contrast Ratio","values":["1000:1"]},{"parameter":"Post-Pulse Contrast Ratio","values":["100:1"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature Range","values":["±5°C"]},{"parameter":"Energy Stability","values":["<0.4% rms over 24 hours"]},{"parameter":"Beam Pointing Stability","values":["<4 µrad (rms)"]},{"parameter":"Spatial Mode","values":["TEM00 (M² <1.20, both axes)"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter (1/e²)","values":["10-11 mm (nominal)"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":["Linear, Horizontal"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["1 kHz","5 kHz","10 kHz"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Average Power (Ascend 60)","values":[">7.0 W",">8.0 W",">7.0 W"]},{"parameter":"Average Power (Ascend 40)","values":[">5.0 W",">6.0 W",">5.0 W"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy (Ascend 60)","values":[">7.0 mJ",">1.6 mJ",">0.7 mJ"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy (Ascend 40)","values":[">5.0 mJ",">1.2 mJ",">0.5 mJ"]}]}]},{"slug":"solstice-ace","name":"Solstice® Ace™","description":"The Solstice® Ace™ was the first femtosecond ultrafast amplifier designed, built, and tested to meet rigorous industrial standards.","pageTitle":"Solstice® Ace™","pageDescription":"The Solstice® Ace™ was the first femtosecond ultrafast amplifier designed, built, and tested to meet rigorous industrial standards. It incorporates modular components, adjustment-free EternAlign™ optical mounts, and field-proven pump and seed lasers to deliver an industry-leading, hands-free ultrafast light source.","image":"/images/ultrafast-solstice-ace.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Solstice® Ace™ was the first femtosecond ultrafast amplifier designed, built, and tested to meet rigorous industrial standards. It incorporates modular components, adjustment-free EternAlign™ optical mounts, and field-proven pump and seed lasers to deliver an industry-leading, hands-free ultrafast light source. Using Spectra-Physics' patented Ace regenerative amplifier cavity, the Solstice Ace delivers more than 7 W at 1 kHz, 8 W at 5 kHz, and 7 W at 10 kHz with pulse widths configurable from less than 35 fs to less than 120 fs. Its exceptional beam quality makes it ideal for OPA pumping and a wide range of nonlinear spectroscopy applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-solstice-ace.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Unsurpassed Stability","text":"Solstice Ace is capable of reliable operation over a 10°C temperature range using adjustment-free EternAlign™ optical mounts to maximize long-term stability. The regenerative amplifier and the stretcher/compressor are housed in two independently temperature-stabilized enclosures to ensure optimal stability in a wide range of environments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Exceptional Performance","text":"Using Spectra-Physics' patented Ace regenerative amplifier cavity, the Solstice Ace delivers more than 7 W at 1 kHz, 8 W at 5 kHz, and 7 W at 10 kHz with pulse width configurations ranging from less than 35 fs to less than 120 fs. For every configuration, beam quality is exceptional (M² <1.25), making it well suited to OPA pumping and nonlinear spectroscopy.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Solstice® Ace™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pulse Width","values":["<35 fs–<120 fs"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["780–820 nm"]},{"parameter":"Pre-Pulse Contrast Ratio","values":["1000:1"]},{"parameter":"Post-Pulse Contrast Ratio","values":["100:1"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature Range","values":["±5°C"]},{"parameter":"Energy Stability","values":["<0.5% rms over 24 hours"]},{"parameter":"Beam Pointing Stability","values":["<5 µrad (rms)"]},{"parameter":"Spatial Mode","values":["TEM00 (M² <1.25, both axes)"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter (1/e²)","values":["10-11 mm (nominal)"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":["Linear, Horizontal"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["1 kHz","5 kHz","10 kHz"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Average Power (Ascend 60)","values":[">7.0 W",">8.0 W",">7.0 W"]},{"parameter":"Average Power (Ascend 40)","values":[">5.0 W",">6.0 W",">5.0 W"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy (Ascend 60)","values":[">7.0 mJ",">1.6 mJ",">0.7 mJ"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy (Ascend 40)","values":[">5.0 mJ",">1.2 mJ",">0.5 mJ"]}]}]},{"slug":"spitfire-ace","name":"Spitfire® Ace™","description":"The Spitfire® Ace™ is Spectra-Physics' flagship amplifier system and the most technically advanced Ti:Sapphire regenerative amplifier commercially available.","pageTitle":"Spitfire® Ace™","pageDescription":"The Spitfire® Ace™ is Spectra-Physics' flagship amplifier system and the most technically advanced Ti:Sapphire regenerative amplifier commercially available.","image":"/images/ultrafast-spitfire-ace.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Spitfire® Ace™ is Spectra-Physics' flagship amplifier system and the most technically advanced Ti:Sapphire regenerative amplifier commercially available. Equipped with the proprietary Ace cavity design, it provides guaranteed long-term performance, low noise, and reliable day-to-day operation for consistent OPA performance and nonlinear wavelength conversion. The Spitfire Ace regenerative amplifier produces an industry-leading average power of more than 7 W at 1 kHz and 10 kHz, and 8 W at 5 kHz, with excellent beam quality, making it ideal for pumping multiple OPA systems and driving a wide range of nonlinear spectroscopies.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-spitfire-ace.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Exceptional Quality and Performance","text":"The Spitfire Ace amplifier builds upon the highly successful Spitfire platform, with every component carefully evaluated and selected to maximize stability. It produces an industry-leading average power of more than 7 W at 1 kHz and 10 kHz, and 8 W at 5 kHz, with excellent beam quality.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Excellent Stability","text":"The Spitfire Ace provides the most stable output available from a Ti:Sapphire regenerative amplifier, making it ideal for pumping multiple OPA systems and driving a wide range of nonlinear spectroscopies.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Spitfire® Ace™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pulse Width","values":["<35 fs–<120 fs; <2 ps"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength (SPFIRE ACE)","values":["795–805 nm"]},{"parameter":"Pre-Pulse Contrast Ratio","values":[">1000:1"]},{"parameter":"Post-Pulse Contrast Ratio","values":[">100:1"]},{"parameter":"Energy Stability","values":["<0.5% rms over 24 hours"]},{"parameter":"Beam Pointing Stability","values":["<5 µrad rms"]},{"parameter":"Spatial Mode","values":["TEM00 (M² <1.3, both axes)"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter (1/e²)","values":["10 mm (nominal)"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":["Linear, Horizontal"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPFIRE ACE 1 kHz","SPFIRE ACE 5 kHz","SPFIRE ACE 10 kHz","PA-40 1 kHz","PA-40 5 kHz","PA-40 10 kHz","PA-100 1 kHz","PA-100 5 kHz","PA-100 10 kHz"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Average Power","values":[">7.0 W",">8.0 W",">7.0 W",">13.0 W",">16.0 W",">14.0 W",">14.0 W",">16.0 W",">14.0 W"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy","values":[">7.0 mJ",">1.6 mJ",">0.7 mJ",">13.0 mJ",">3.2 mJ",">1.4 mJ",">14.0 mJ",">3.2 mJ",">1.4 mJ"]}]}]},{"slug":"mai-tai","name":"Mai Tai®","description":"The Mai Tai® Ti:Sapphire oscillator is a proven, industry-standard laser source for applications ranging from general spectroscopy to multiphoton microscopy.","pageTitle":"Mai Tai®","pageDescription":"The Mai Tai® Ti:Sapphire oscillator is a proven, industry-standard laser source for applications ranging from general spectroscopy to multiphoton microscopy.","image":"/images/ultrafast-mai-tai.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Mai Tai® Ti:Sapphire oscillator is a proven, industry-standard laser source for applications ranging from general spectroscopy to multiphoton microscopy. With a large installed base and decades of field use, the Mai Tai platform is recognized as a mature, dependable solution for demanding research and imaging environments where stability and ease of use are critical. Mai Tai reliability is built on ultra-stable regenerative mode-locking technology, enabling truly hands-free, drop-out-free wavelength tuning with point-and-click control. Integrated StabiLok® real-time monitoring further enhances long-term stability by ensuring excellent beam pointing performance and minimal average power fluctuations.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-mai-tai.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Choice of Models for the Application","text":"The Mai Tai series consists of two models differentiated by pulse width and power. The Mai Tai HP provides more than 300 nm of usable tuning range (690–1040 nm), over 2.5 W of average output power, and sub-100 fs pulse widths, while the Mai Tai eHP offers improved temporal performance relative to the HP, along with higher power and preserved wide tunability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Exceptional Stability and Versatility","text":"Integrated StabiLok® real-time monitoring ensures excellent beam pointing performance, minimal average power fluctuations, and elimination of wavelength drift. For microscopy applications, the Mai Tai platform is also available with DeepSee™ dispersion precompensation, which enables short pulses at the sample by compensating for dispersion introduced by microscope optics.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Mai Tai®"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Tuning Range","values":["690-1040 nm"]},{"parameter":"Repetition Rate","values":["80 MHz ±1 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Beam Pointing Stability","values":["<50 µrad/100 nm"]},{"parameter":"Noise","values":["<0.15%"]},{"parameter":"Stability","values":["<±1%"]},{"parameter":"Spatial Mode","values":["TEM00, M² <1.1"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":[">500:1 horizontal"]},{"parameter":"Beam Divergence","values":["<1.2 mrad"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter (1/e²)","values":["<1.2 mm"]},{"parameter":"Beam Roundness","values":["0.9-1.1"]},{"parameter":"Astigmatism","values":["<10%"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Mai Tai eHP","Mai Tai HP"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pulse Width","values":["<70 fs","<100 fs"]},{"parameter":"Average Power at 800 nm","values":[">2.6 W",">2.5 W"]}]}]},{"slug":"mai-tai-sp","name":"Mai Tai® SP","description":"The Mai Tai SP incorporates fully automated controls for bandwidth and center wavelength adjustment without the need for manual user intervention.","pageTitle":"Mai Tai® SP","pageDescription":"The Spectra-Physics® Mai Tai® SP Ti:Sapphire oscillator provides industry-leading stability and cutting-edge capability to the scientific research community, and is specifically designed as an amplifier seed for Spectra-Physics ultrafast amplifiers.","image":"/images/ultrafast-mai-tai-sp.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Spectra-Physics® Mai Tai® SP Ti:Sapphire oscillator provides industry-leading stability and cutting-edge capability to the scientific research community, and is specifically designed as an amplifier seed for Spectra-Physics ultrafast amplifiers. The Mai Tai SP incorporates fully automated controls for bandwidth and center wavelength adjustment without the need for manual user intervention. It delivers user-adjustable, transform-limited pulses and can be used to seed amplifiers in a variety of pulse width configurations from less than 35 fs to 120 fs.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-mai-tai-sp.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"StabiLok® Active Beam Alignment","text":"The Mai Tai SP is equipped with StabiLok® active beam alignment technology and EternAlign™ adjustment-free mounts to ensure outstanding stability and reliability. The laser is sealed so there is never a need to clean or realign the internal optics, providing truly hands-free performance even under widely varying environmental conditions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Mai Tai® SP"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Average Power At Minimum Specified Bandwidth","values":[">750 mW"]},{"parameter":"Average Power At 60 nm Bandwidth","values":[">450 mW"]},{"parameter":"Bandwidth","values":["10-60 nm"]},{"parameter":"Tuning Range","values":["780-820 nm"]},{"parameter":"Repetition Rate (nominal)","values":["84 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Noise","values":["<0.05%"]},{"parameter":"Stability","values":["<0.5%"]},{"parameter":"Spatial Mode","values":["TEM00"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter (1/e²)","values":["1.5 mm"]},{"parameter":"Beam Divergence, full angle","values":["<1 mrad"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":["Horizontal"]}]}]},{"slug":"element-2","name":"Element™ 2","description":"Element™ 2 is the newest generation of Spectra-Physics' leading ultrafast few-cycle pulsed oscillators, specifically designed for superior stability, lowest noise.","pageTitle":"Element™ 2","pageDescription":"Element™ 2 is the newest generation of Spectra-Physics' leading ultrafast few-cycle pulsed oscillators, specifically designed for superior stability, lowest noise, and hands-free operation.","image":"/images/ultrafast-element-2.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Element™ 2 is the newest generation of Spectra-Physics' leading ultrafast few-cycle pulsed oscillators, specifically designed for superior stability, lowest noise, and hands-free operation. When paired with the optional carrier envelope phase stabilization module (CEP4), it becomes the most stable and low-noise source of ultrashort, CEP-stable pulses, opening the door to the most demanding ultrafast scientific applications. The oscillator is pumped with an integrated Spectra-Physics® Millennia® eV™ solid-state green laser and uses Dispersive Mirror technology for precise intra-cavity dispersion management.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-element-2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ultrashort Pulses with Highest Stability","text":"With its robust design, the Element 2 oscillator family provides outstanding power stability and superior carrier envelope offset beat note power and frequency stability. Spectra-Physics offers models delivering shortest pulses of sub-7 fs with an average power of more than 500 mW, and sub-10 fs pulses with an average power up to more than 1000 mW.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Element™ 2"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Central Wavelength (standard)","values":["800 nm ±20 nm"]},{"parameter":"Repetition Rate (standard)","values":["80 ±5 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Noise (9 Hz - 3 MHz)","values":["<0.05% rms"]},{"parameter":"Power Stability (peak-to-peak)","values":["±0.5%"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter (1/e²)","values":["<2 mm"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":[">100:1 (horizontal)"]},{"parameter":"Femtolock™ 2","values":["Optional"]},{"parameter":"CEP4","values":["Optional"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["7-500","10-600","10-1000","20-600","20-1200"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pulse Duration","values":["<7 fs","<10 fs","<10 fs","<20 fs","<20 fs"]},{"parameter":"Bandwidth","values":[">300 nm at -10 dB",">100 nm (FWHM)",">100 nm (FWHM)",">40 nm (FWHM)",">40 nm (FWHM)"]},{"parameter":"Average Power","values":[">500 mW",">600 mW",">1000 mW",">600 mW",">1200 mW"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy","values":[">6.2 nJ",">7 nJ",">11.7 nJ",">7 nJ",">14.1 nJ"]},{"parameter":"Peak Power","values":[">840 kW",">700 kW",">1100 kW",">350 kW",">700 kW"]}]}]},{"slug":"synergy","name":"Synergy™","description":"Low cost of ownership is ensured through superior efficiency at lower pump power levels compared to competitive systems.","pageTitle":"Synergy™","pageDescription":"The Synergy™ family is a range of Ti:Sapphire oscillators generating pulse durations from sub-10 to sub-20 fs, with average powers ranging from 500 mW to 1.2 W and peak powers of up to megawatt level.","image":"/images/ultrafast-synergy.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Synergy™ family is a range of Ti:Sapphire oscillators generating pulse durations from sub-10 to sub-20 fs, with average powers ranging from 500 mW to 1.2 W and peak powers of up to megawatt level. Low cost of ownership is ensured through superior efficiency at lower pump power levels compared to competitive systems. At the heart of every Synergy is a Dispersive Mirror based oscillator cavity resting on a thermally stabilized base plate, delivering rock-solid passive stability and ultra-low noise.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-synergy.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reliability and Ultra-low Noise","text":"Highest quality ultra-low loss optics and compact mechanical components offer unsurpassed pulse duration, power levels, and efficiency. The Extra Cavity Dispersion Control unit guarantees ultrafast pulses arrive at the output undistorted.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Performance and Flexibility","text":"For applications where the shortest laser pulses or highest peak power are required, Spectra-Physics offers the unique Synergy M1 system. Its proprietary Dispersive Mirror technology enables the M1 models to sustain the largest bandwidth with a near-Gaussian shape and the highest level of peak power.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Synergy™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Central Wavelength (standard)","values":["800 nm ±10 nm"]},{"parameter":"Repetition Rate (standard)","values":["75 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Noise (9 Hz – 3 MHz)","values":["<0.05% rms"]},{"parameter":"Power Stability (peak-to-peak)","values":["±1%"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter (1/e²)","values":["<2 mm"]},{"parameter":"Beam Divergence","values":["<2 mrad"]},{"parameter":"M²","values":["<1.3"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":[">100:1 (horizontal)"]},{"parameter":"Femtolock™ 2","values":["Optional"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Synergy PRO","Synergy M1","Synergy 20","Synergy 20 UHP"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pulse Duration","values":["<10 fs","<10 fs","<20 fs","<20 fs"]},{"parameter":"Bandwidth (FWHM)","values":[">100 nm",">100 nm",">40 nm",">40 nm"]},{"parameter":"Average Power","values":[">500 mW",">1000 mW",">500 mW",">1200 mW"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy","values":[">6.6 nJ",">13.3 nJ",">6.6 nJ",">16 nJ"]},{"parameter":"Peak Power","values":[">660 kW",">1250 kW",">330 kW",">800 kW"]}]}]},{"slug":"ascend","name":"Ascend®","description":"Ascend yields the most efficient amplifiers commercially available, providing industry-leading output power and energy, beam quality, and reliability.","pageTitle":"Ascend®","pageDescription":"The Ascend® is an industrial diode-pumped solid-state, Q-switched laser capable of more than 60 W at 527 nm, delivering optimal performance for pumping the Spitfire® Ace™ and Solstice® Ace amplifiers.","image":"/images/ultrafast-ascend.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Ascend® is an industrial diode-pumped solid-state, Q-switched laser capable of more than 60 W at 527 nm, delivering optimal performance for pumping the Spitfire® Ace™ and Solstice® Ace amplifiers. Ascend yields the most efficient amplifiers commercially available, providing industry-leading output power and energy, beam quality, and reliability. It is based on proprietary technology employing an ultra-efficient cooling scheme for maximum stability and long-term reliability.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-ascend.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easily Changed Configurations","text":"Ascend configurations can be tailored to maximize the utility of the amplifier system, allowing experiments anywhere in the 1 to 10 kHz repetition rate range. Ascend is available in more than 60 W and more than 40 W output power levels to support specific amplifier system configurations and requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Industrial Reliability With Leading-edge Performance","text":"Ascend continues Spectra-Physics' long-standing commitment to producing the highest performing, most reliable diode-pumped solid-state lasers. It combines industrial reliability and ruggedness with leading-edge performance to maximize the performance of a Spectra-Physics ultrafast amplifier.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Ascend®"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["527 nm"]},{"parameter":"Nominal Repetition Rate","values":["1-10 kHz"]},{"parameter":"Spatial Mode","values":["Multimode"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":["Linear, Horizontal"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter","values":["3 mm (nominal)"]},{"parameter":"Power Stability (over 8 hours at stable temperature)","values":["<0.15% rms"]},{"parameter":"Beam Pointing Stability","values":["<10 µrad/°C"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["1 kHz","5 kHz","10 kHz"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Average Power (Ascend 60)","values":[">35 W",">60 W",">50 W"]},{"parameter":"Average Power (Ascend 40)","values":[">25 W",">40 W",">30 W"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy (Ascend 60)","values":[">35 mJ",">12 mJ",">5 mJ"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy (Ascend 40)","values":[">25 mJ",">8 mJ",">3 mJ"]}]}]},{"slug":"millennia-ev","name":"Millennia® eV™","description":"The Millennia® eV™ from Spectra-Physics is a highly successful product family of CW DPSS green lasers providing unprecedented power levels and versatility.","pageTitle":"Millennia® eV™","pageDescription":"The Millennia® eV™ from Spectra-Physics is a highly successful product family of CW DPSS green lasers providing unprecedented power levels and versatility.","image":"/images/ultrafast-millennia-ev.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Millennia® eV™ from Spectra-Physics is a highly successful product family of CW DPSS green lasers providing unprecedented power levels and versatility. Millennia eV models are available with 5 W, 10 W, 15 W, 20 W, and 25 W of CW power at 532 nm, all featuring ultra-low optical noise, TEM00 beam quality, and best-in-class power stability. The platform is based on Spectra-Physics' It's in the Box™ design, integrating the laser optical cavity, diode, and control electronics into a single compact package.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-millennia-ev.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"It's in the Box™ Design","text":"The Millennia platform integrates the laser optical cavity, diode, and control electronics in a single, compact package, eliminating the need for an external power supply. Millennia eV lasers utilize long-life, highly reliable laser diodes, resulting in dependable, easy turnkey operation with exceptional value.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Millennia® eV™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["532 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spatial Mode","values":["TEM00"]},{"parameter":"Beam Quality (M²)","values":["<1.1"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter (1/e²)","values":["2.3 mm ±10%"]},{"parameter":"Beam Divergence","values":["<0.5 mrad"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":[">100:1 vertical"]},{"parameter":"Power Stability","values":["±1%"]},{"parameter":"Beam Pointing Stability","values":["2 µrad/°C"]},{"parameter":"Noise","values":["<0.04% rms"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["5 W / 10 W / 15 W","20 W / 25 W"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Power Consumption","values":["<250 W (max)","<350 W (max)"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["14.75 × 6.00 × 4.08 in (374.7 × 152.4 × 103.8 mm)","23.0 × 6.0 × 4.5 in (584.2 × 152.4 × 114.3 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["<15 lbs (<7 kg)","<26 lbs (<12 kg)"]}]}]},{"slug":"topas-prime","name":"TOPAS Prime","description":"The TOPAS Prime optical parametric amplifier is a state-of-the-art instrument for Ti:Sapphire amplifier system wavelength extension.","pageTitle":"TOPAS Prime","pageDescription":"The TOPAS Prime optical parametric amplifier is a state-of-the-art instrument for Ti:Sapphire amplifier system wavelength extension, generating wavelengths from the deep UV through the infrared, from 189 to 20,000 nm.","image":"/images/ultrafast-topas-prime.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The TOPAS Prime optical parametric amplifier is a state-of-the-art instrument for Ti:Sapphire amplifier system wavelength extension, generating wavelengths from the deep UV through the infrared, from 189 to 20,000 nm. It is computer controlled, which minimizes adjustment time of the laser system and maximizes experimental productivity, making it an ideal instrument for scientific applications. TOPAS Prime works best when pumped using the market-leading Solstice Ace and Spitfire Ace regenerative amplifiers, both equipped with the Spectra-Physics patented Ace regenerative amplifier cavity.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-topas-prime.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Improved Optical Design","text":"TOPAS Prime utilizes several key features to maximize utility and efficiency. In the visible range, the fresh pump option provides improved beam quality for more efficient sum-frequency conversion, and the improved optical design accommodates a larger beam diameter of approximately 11 mm, eliminating the need for an external telescope.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pump with Solstice Ace and Spitfire Ace Regenerative Amplifiers","text":"The TOPAS Prime works best when pumped using the market-leading Solstice Ace and Spitfire Ace regenerative amplifiers. Both amplifiers utilize a normal incidence rod design for outstanding beam quality with minimal astigmatism, making TOPAS Prime the perfect tool for performing ultrafast research.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TOPAS Prime"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Input Wavelength","values":["770-830 nm"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy","values":["0.15-6.0 mJ"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":["Horizontal"]},{"parameter":"Energy Stability","values":["≤1% rms"]},{"parameter":"Pulse-to-Pulse Stability","values":["≤1%"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter (1/e²)","values":["<11 mm"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TOPAS Prime-F (100 fs)","TOPAS Prime-U (35 fs)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pulse Width, FWHM","values":["60-150 fs","20-60 fs"]},{"parameter":"Signal (1140-1600 nm) / Idler (1600-2600 nm)","values":[">250 µJ (signal + idler at peak)",">250 µJ (signal + idler at peak)"]},{"parameter":"SHS (580-800 nm)","values":[">80 µJ",">30 µJ"]},{"parameter":"SHI (800-1160 nm)","values":[">50 µJ",">20 µJ"]},{"parameter":"FHS (290-400 nm)","values":[">15 µJ",">5 µJ"]},{"parameter":"NDFG1K (2600-4500 nm)","values":[">8 µJ at 4000 nm",">2 µJ at 4000 nm"]}]}]},{"slug":"inspire","name":"Inspire™","description":"Pumped with the Mai Tai® HP Ti:Sapphire laser, it delivers high power across the UV and visible range with adjustable pulse widths from 80 to 250 fs.","pageTitle":"Inspire™","pageDescription":"The Spectra-Physics® Inspire™ ultrafast optical parametric oscillator delivers user-friendly, gap-free computer-controlled tuning from 345 nm to 2.5 µm with no intracavity optics or crystal change.","image":"/images/ultrafast-inspire.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Spectra-Physics® Inspire™ ultrafast optical parametric oscillator delivers user-friendly, gap-free computer-controlled tuning from 345 nm to 2.5 µm with no intracavity optics or crystal change. Pumped with the Mai Tai® HP Ti:Sapphire laser, it delivers high power across the UV and visible range with adjustable pulse widths from 80 to 250 fs. The robust opto-mechanical design ensures high environmental stability, with five output ports available for simultaneous multi-wavelength operation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-inspire.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Inspire Offers","text":"Inspire provides user-friendly gap-free tuning from 345 nm to 2.5 µm with five output ports: signal output (490-750 nm), idler output (930-2500 nm), fundamental output (690-1040 nm), and doubled fundamental output (345-520 nm). Simultaneous output from two or three ports is ideal for applications requiring more than one wavelength, such as CARS and SRS imaging.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"HF and Auto Versions","text":"The HF version offers fully automated, hands-free wavelength tuning complete with automated cavity alignment to maintain optimal power and pulse durations. The Auto version offers semi-automated tuning with nearly transform-limited pulse duration flexibility from 80 to 250 fs for tailoring pulse widths to experimental conditions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Inspire™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Signal Tuning Range (Simultaneous with Idler)","values":["490-750 nm"]},{"parameter":"Idler Tuning Range (Simultaneous with Signal)","values":["930-2500 nm"]},{"parameter":"Depleted Fundamental Tuning Range","values":["690-1040 nm"]},{"parameter":"SHG Tuning Range","values":["345-520 nm"]},{"parameter":"Repetition Rate","values":["80 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Noise","values":["<1% rms"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Stability @ 555 nm","values":["<0.5 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spatial Mode","values":["TEM00, M² <1.2 (Signal)"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W × L × H)","values":["14.2 × 37.6 × 8.1 in (36.0 × 95.4 × 20.7 cm)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Inspire Auto 50","Inspire Auto 100","Inspire HF 50","Inspire HF 100"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Average Power SHG @ 400 nm","values":["N/A","1100 mW","N/A","1100 mW"]},{"parameter":"Average Power Signal @ 550 nm","values":["350 mW","350 mW","350 mW","350 mW"]},{"parameter":"Average Power Depleted Fundamental @ 800 nm","values":["1100 mW","1100 mW","1100 mW","1100 mW"]},{"parameter":"Average Power Idler (at peak of curve)","values":["170 mW","170 mW","170 mW","170 mW"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Width Signal","values":["100-250 fs (adjustable)","100-250 fs (adjustable)","200 fs","200 fs"]}]}]},{"slug":"uhg","name":"UHG","description":"The UHG series is also available with optional pulse selection and automated tuning.","pageTitle":"UHG","pageDescription":"Spectra-Physics'® UHG series is a user-friendly Ultrafast Harmonic Generator module capable of second, third, and fourth harmonic generation for femtosecond and picosecond oscillators such as the Spectra-Physics InSight®, Mai Tai®, and Tsunami®.","image":"/images/ultrafast-uhg.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Spectra-Physics'® UHG series is a user-friendly Ultrafast Harmonic Generator module capable of second, third, and fourth harmonic generation for femtosecond and picosecond oscillators such as the Spectra-Physics InSight®, Mai Tai®, and Tsunami®. The UHG series is also available with optional pulse selection and automated tuning. The UHG for InSight provides virtually gap-free tuning from 340 nm to 1300 nm when combined with the fundamental output, with second harmonic generation efficiency exceeding 40% when combined with the InSight X3™.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-uhg.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"UHG Series for InSight","text":"The UHG Series for InSight can be fully automated to tune both the fundamental and second harmonic wavelengths. Pulse selection is available from 340 nm to 1100 nm at repetition rates from single shot to 40 MHz, and the pulse selector module is positioned before all harmonic stages to offer the highest contrast ratio.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"UHG Series for Mai Tai and Tsunami","text":"The UHG Series for Mai Tai and Tsunami is designed to handle input power levels of more than 4 W and deliver efficiencies exceeding 40% for second harmonic generation. It is a compact, flexible system that is easy to use and suitable for a broad range of scientific applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["UHG"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Input Wavelength (SHG for InSight)","values":["680-1300 nm"]},{"parameter":"Output Wavelength (SHG for InSight)","values":["340-650 nm"]},{"parameter":"Conversion Efficiency (SHG, @ 900 nm, 80 MHz)","values":["40%"]},{"parameter":"Input Wavelength (SHG for Mai Tai/Tsunami)","values":["680-1080 nm"]},{"parameter":"Output Wavelength (THG)","values":["226-360 nm"]},{"parameter":"Output Wavelength (FHG)","values":["209-242 nm"]}]}]},{"slug":"insight-x3","name":"InSight® X3+™/X3™","description":"The InSight X3+ and InSight X3 are built on Spectra-Physics' industry-leading InSight platform.","pageTitle":"InSight® X3+™/X3™","pageDescription":"The InSight X3+ and InSight X3 are built on Spectra-Physics' industry-leading InSight platform, designed for maximum performance and reliability in multiphoton microscopy.","image":"/images/ultrafast-insight-x3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The InSight X3+ and InSight X3 are built on Spectra-Physics' industry-leading InSight platform, designed for maximum performance and reliability in multiphoton microscopy. Featuring a gap-free tuning range from 680 nm to 1300 nm, InSight is a hands-free, fully computer-controlled light source with the largest installed base in the market, generating more than 1,000 peer-reviewed publications. Performance is optimized in the 900-1100 nm range to support common green and red fluorescent proteins, while the InSight X3+ delivers higher power across the tuning range for brighter signals and increased imaging depths.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-insight-x3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ultra-Wide Tuning Range","text":"The InSight platform is designed for advanced multiphoton microscopy in neuroscience, immunology, and other biological sciences, featuring a gap-free 680 nm to 1300 nm tuning range that nearly doubles the accessible wavelengths compared to traditional Ti:Sapphire lasers. Performance is optimized in the 900-1100 nm range to support common green and red fluorescent proteins including GFP, RFP, GCaMP, jRGECO, and mCherry.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Exceptional Performance","text":"Both lasers can be equipped with a fixed 1045 nm dual beam option to support multimodal imaging, with the tunable and fixed outputs synchronized to enable advanced techniques such as CARS and SRS. The InSight also supports simultaneous multi-wavelength excitation of fluorophores and second and third harmonic generation microscopies.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["InSight® X3+™/X3™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Repetition Rate","values":["80 MHz ±0.5"]},{"parameter":"Spatial Mode","values":["TEM00, M² <1.2"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter (1/e²)","values":["1.1 ±0.2 mm"]},{"parameter":"Beam Divergence, full angle","values":["<1.5 mrad"]},{"parameter":"Beam Roundness","values":["0.8-1.2"]},{"parameter":"Beam Astigmatism","values":["<20%"]},{"parameter":"Beam Pointing Stability","values":["<350 µrad"]},{"parameter":"Tuning Speed","values":[">50 nm/sec"]},{"parameter":"Stability","values":["<±1%"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":[">500:1 horizontal"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["InSight X3+","InSight X3"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Tuning Range (Main Output)","values":["680 nm-1300 nm","680 nm-1300 nm"]},{"parameter":"Average Power at 900 nm (Main Output)","values":[">3.0 W",">2.0 W"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Width (Main Output)","values":["<120 fs","<120 fs"]},{"parameter":"Dual Output Power","values":[">3.5 W",">3.5 W"]}]}]},{"slug":"mai-tai-deepsee","name":"Mai Tai® DeepSee™","description":"The Mai Tai® DeepSee™ Ti:Sapphire oscillator features patented automated dispersion compensation and has been specifically optimized for use in multiphoton microscopy.","pageTitle":"Mai Tai® DeepSee™","pageDescription":"The Mai Tai® DeepSee™ Ti:Sapphire oscillator features patented automated dispersion compensation and has been specifically optimized for use in multiphoton microscopy.","image":"/images/ultrafast-mai-tai-deepsee.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Mai Tai® DeepSee™ Ti:Sapphire oscillator features patented automated dispersion compensation and has been specifically optimized for use in multiphoton microscopy. It delivers the industry's highest peak power to the sample, maximizing the fluorescence signal, while offering over 2.4 W of average power and 350 nm of usable tuning range from 690 to 1040 nm. When ultrafast laser pulses are transmitted through optical materials such as windows, lenses, and nonlinear crystals, the added dispersion broadens the pulse and reduces the fluorescence signal, and the DeepSee option corrects for this in advance through pre-compensation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-mai-tai-deepsee.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Exceptional Stability and Versatility","text":"The Mai Tai DeepSee oscillator's reliability is maintained through Spectra-Physics' ultra-stable regenerative mode-locking technique, enabling hands-free, drop-out-free wavelength tuning. StabiLok® real-time monitoring technology further enhances system reliability by providing excellent beam pointing stability and minimal average power fluctuations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Integrated Dispersion Pre-Compensation for Deep Tissue Imaging","text":"With the Mai Tai DeepSee oscillator, deeper penetration depths can be achieved without the risk of sample damage from increased average powers. The DeepSee option corrects in advance for optical setup dispersion through pre-compensation, which maximizes the observed fluorescence signals.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Mai Tai® DeepSee™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Tuning Range","values":["690-1040 nm"]},{"parameter":"Repetition Rate","values":["80 MHz ±1 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Beam Pointing Stability","values":["<50 µrad/100 nm"]},{"parameter":"Noise","values":["<0.15%"]},{"parameter":"Stability","values":["<±1%"]},{"parameter":"Spatial Mode","values":["TEM00, M² <1.1"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":[">500:1 horizontal"]},{"parameter":"Beam Divergence","values":["<1.2 mrad"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter (1/e²)","values":["<1.2 mm"]},{"parameter":"Beam Roundness","values":["0.9-1.1"]},{"parameter":"Astigmatism","values":["<25%"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Mai Tai eHP DS","Mai Tai HP DS"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Peak Power","values":[">425 kW",">266 kW"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Width","values":["<70 fs","<100 fs"]},{"parameter":"Average Power","values":[">2.4 W",">2.1 W"]}]}]},{"slug":"highq-2","name":"HighQ-2™","description":"Designed as a reliable laser for 24/7 operation, the HighQ-2 combines true turn-key operation with fast cold-start turn-on for quick installation and easy use.","pageTitle":"HighQ-2™","pageDescription":"The HighQ-2™ is an ultracompact, air-cooled, turn-key, fixed wavelength femtosecond laser featuring high peak power and an ideal, highly focusable Gaussian spatial beam profile.","image":"/images/ultrafast-highq-2.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The HighQ-2™ is an ultracompact, air-cooled, turn-key, fixed wavelength femtosecond laser featuring high peak power and an ideal, highly focusable Gaussian spatial beam profile. It is well suited as a laser source for fixed wavelength multiphoton imaging in vivo, as well as micro- and nano-structuring, micro- and nano-surgery, and microdissection applications. Designed as a reliable laser for 24/7 operation, the HighQ-2 combines true turn-key operation with fast cold-start turn-on for quick installation and easy use.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ultrafast-highq-2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"24/7 Operation","text":"The HighQ-2 laser combines true turn-key operation and fast cold-start turn-on, ensuring quick installation and easy operation. It is equipped with long-life diodes and a sealed optical cavity design, manufactured in a controlled cleanroom environment, resulting in a highly dependable laser with long lifetime, high uptime, and low cost of ownership.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HighQ-2™"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Repetition Rate","values":["63 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Width (FWHM)","values":["<250 fs"]},{"parameter":"Beam Quality","values":["TEM00, M² <1.15"]},{"parameter":"Ellipticity","values":["<10%"]},{"parameter":"Cold Start Time","values":["≤20 min"]},{"parameter":"Warm Start Time","values":["≤15 min"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature Range","values":["18-32°C"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HighQ-2-IR","HighQ-2-SHG"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Average Power","values":[">1.5 W",">0.65 W"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["1045 ±8.0 nm","522 ±4.0 nm"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy","values":[">24 nJ",">10 nJ"]},{"parameter":"Peak Power","values":[">80 kW",">35 kW"]},{"parameter":"Beam Diameter, at waist","values":["0.8 mm","1.0 mm"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":["100:1, vertical","100:1, horizontal"]}]}]}]},{"name":"CW Laser Systems","description":"Continuous wave lasers for spectroscopy and imaging.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Continuous wave lasers provide the stable, low-noise light that spectroscopy, imaging, holography, and interferometry demand. Spectra-Physics CW lasers span the ultraviolet through the near-infrared with single-frequency and multi-line options.","overview":"CW lasers emit an uninterrupted, highly stable beam, making them the standard source for Raman spectroscopy, confocal and super-resolution microscopy, flow cytometry, holography, and semiconductor metrology. Spectra-Physics offers diode-pumped solid-state and gas-laser platforms in a wide range of wavelengths and power levels, with excellent beam quality, long lifetimes, and low ownership costs.","partner":"Spectra-Physics — USA","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/cw-ls.webp","slug":"cw-ls","models":[{"slug":"matisse-2","name":"Matisse® 2 Ultra-Narrow Linewidth Tunable Ring Lasers","description":"Matisse single frequency ultra-stable, narrow linewidth tunable ring lasers are ideal for Quantum and AMO (atomic, molecular and optical physics) applications.","pageTitle":"Matisse® 2 Ultra-Narrow Linewidth Tunable Ring Lasers","pageDescription":"Matisse single frequency ultra-stable, narrow linewidth tunable ring lasers are ideal for Quantum and AMO (atomic, molecular and optical physics) applications. The Matisse 2 system has the industry's highest output power, the narrowest external linewidth, the broadest tuning range, and the most flexible architecture.","image":"/images/cw-laser-matisse-2.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Matisse single frequency ultra-stable, narrow linewidth tunable ring lasers are ideal for Quantum and AMO (atomic, molecular and optical physics) applications. The Matisse 2 system has the industry's highest output power, the narrowest external linewidth, the broadest tuning range, and the most flexible architecture. Coupled with the Millennia eV 25 W pump laser, it produces over 7.2 W of output power. With flexibility to be configured for either Ti:Sapphire or dye as the laser gain medium, Matisse 2 provides an unprecedented tuning of more than 470 nm and linewidths down to 30 kHz, with fully integrated PDH lock to a reference cell.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cw-laser-matisse-2.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Out of Plane Ring Resonator","text":"The Out of Plane cavity design eliminates the thin intracavity waveplate used in most ring lasers, delivering a stable and more reliable configuration for years of worry-free operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Narrowest Linewidth","text":"Matisse 2 is available with three levels of frequency stabilization: passive stabilization with a phase lock loop, active stabilization with a reference cell, and active stabilization with Pound-Drever-Hall locking for ultra-narrow linewidths down to 30 kHz.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mode-Hop-Free Tuning","text":"Superior mechanical stability, specially designed optical mounts, and the Out of Plane cavity design give Matisse 2 a mode-hop-free scanning range of more than 50 GHz, extendable up to 300 nm using Scan Stitching.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pumped by Millennia eV DPSS Laser","text":"Matisse 2 is pumped by the Millennia eV platform, which integrates the laser cavity, diode, and control electronics into a single compact package and scales from 5 W to 25 W of average power for demanding scientific applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Matisse® 2 Ultra-Narrow Linewidth Tunable Ring Lasers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Laser Gain Medium","values":["Ti:Sapphire or Dye"]},{"parameter":"Tuning Range","values":["550–1038 nm"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["up to >7.2 W"]},{"parameter":"Narrowest Linewidth","values":["<30 kHz rms"]},{"parameter":"Mode-Hop-Free Scan Range","values":[">50 GHz"]},{"parameter":"Amplitude Noise","values":["<0.1% rms (Ti:Sapphire)"]},{"parameter":"Pump Laser Power","values":["5–25 W (Millennia eV)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Matisse 2 TR","Matisse 2 TS","Matisse 2 TX-light","Matisse 2 TX","Matisse 2 DR","Matisse 2 DS","Matisse 2 DX"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Laser Gain Medium","values":["Ti:Sapphire","Ti:Sapphire","Ti:Sapphire","Ti:Sapphire","Dye","Dye","Dye"]},{"parameter":"Linewidth","values":["<4 MHz rms","<50 kHz rms","<50 kHz rms","<30 kHz rms","<20 MHz rms","<200 kHz rms","<100 kHz rms"]},{"parameter":"Scan Range","values":[">50 GHz (at 780 nm)",">50 GHz (at 780 nm)",">50 GHz (at 780 nm)",">50 GHz (at 780 nm)",">60 GHz (at 575 nm)",">60 GHz (at 575 nm)",">60 GHz (at 575 nm)"]},{"parameter":"Amplitude Noise","values":["<0.1% rms","<0.1% rms","<0.1% rms","<0.1% rms","<0.5% rms","<0.5% rms","<0.5% rms"]}]}]},{"slug":"matisse-c","name":"Matisse® C Compact Ultra-Narrow Linewidth Tunable Ring Lasers","description":"The Matisse C system offers the industry's highest output power, the narrowest external linewidth, and the broadest mode-hop-free tuning range.","pageTitle":"Matisse® C Compact Ultra-Narrow Linewidth Tunable Ring Lasers","pageDescription":"The Spectra-Physics Matisse C is a fully automated and compact single frequency tunable ring laser ideal for Quantum and AMO (atomic, molecular and optical physics) applications. The Matisse C system offers the industry's highest output power, the narrowest external linewidth, and the broadest mode-hop-free tuning range.","image":"/images/cw-laser-matisse-c.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Spectra-Physics Matisse C is a fully automated and compact single frequency tunable ring laser ideal for Quantum and AMO (atomic, molecular and optical physics) applications. The Matisse C system offers the industry's highest output power, the narrowest external linewidth, and the broadest mode-hop-free tuning range. Its compact, sealed, and fully automated design with broadband mirrors and specially developed optical mounts provides long-term stability and worry-free operation. Coupled with the Millennia eV 25 W pump laser, Matisse C produces more than 7.2 W of output power with linewidths down to 20 kHz.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cw-laser-matisse-c.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fully Automated","text":"The Matisse C is controlled with an intuitive GUI for hands-free wavelength selection, piezo scanning, and frequency locking, with an automated alignment routine that uses picomotors to optimize system performance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Power and Broad Tuning","text":"Broadband optics provide continuous automated tuning from 668 to 1068 nm, and coupled with the Millennia eV 25 W pump laser, the Matisse C produces more than 7.2 W of output power with linewidths down to 20 kHz.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mode-Hop-Free Tuning","text":"The Out of Plane cavity design and Scan Stitching give the Matisse C a mode-hop-free scanning range of more than 50 GHz, extendable up to 400 nm through the GUI.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Matisse® C Compact Ultra-Narrow Linewidth Tunable Ring Lasers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Laser Gain Medium","values":["Ti:Sapphire"]},{"parameter":"Tuning Range","values":["668–1038 nm"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["up to >7.2 W"]},{"parameter":"Narrowest Linewidth","values":["<20 kHz rms"]},{"parameter":"Mode-Hop-Free Scan Range","values":[">50 GHz (at 780 nm)"]},{"parameter":"Amplitude Noise","values":["<0.1% rms"]},{"parameter":"Pump Laser Power","values":["5–25 W (Millennia eV)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Matisse CR","Matisse CS","Matisse CX"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Linewidth (100 msec)","values":["<1 MHz rms","<50 kHz rms","<30 kHz rms"]},{"parameter":"Linewidth (100 µsec)","values":["<100 kHz rms","<35 kHz rms","<20 kHz rms"]},{"parameter":"Output Power (Millennia eV 25 W pump)","values":["7.2 W","7.2 W","6.2 W"]}]}]},{"slug":"venturi","name":"Venturi Swept and Step-Wavelength Tunable Lasers","description":"Venturi lasers are ideal for fiber sensing, fiber-optic and silicon photonics testing, spectroscopy, laser seeding, and metrology.","pageTitle":"Venturi Swept and Step-Wavelength Tunable Lasers","pageDescription":"The New Focus Venturi TLB-8800 swept-wavelength lasers combine the best in tunability, offering ultrafast, ultrawide, and mode-hop-free wavelength sweeping with low noise, high accuracy, and repeatability.","image":"/images/cw-laser-venturi.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The New Focus Venturi TLB-8800 swept-wavelength lasers combine the best in tunability, offering ultrafast, ultrawide, and mode-hop-free wavelength sweeping with low noise, high accuracy, and repeatability. Built on Spectra-Physics' award-winning laser design, Venturi lasers deliver OEM-proven 24/7 reliability with wavelength tuning speeds up to 20,000 nm/s, programmable high frequency repetition rates, and programmable coherence control. Venturi lasers are ideal for fiber sensing, fiber-optic and silicon photonics testing, spectroscopy, laser seeding, and metrology.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cw-laser-venturi.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Speed Wavelength Sweeping","text":"The Venturi TLB-8800 is the only swept-wavelength laser offering tuning speeds up to 20,000 nm/second along with high frequency repetition rates, enabling true real-time measurements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible Tuning Modes","text":"In addition to wavelength sweeping, the Venturi is capable of step tuning in 0.01 nm increments, with adjustable tuning speeds, repetition rates, dwell times, and wavelength ranges to suit unique measurement needs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Venturi Swept and Step-Wavelength Tunable Lasers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Tuning Range","values":["835–1630 nm (model dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["2–10 dBm"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Sweep Speed","values":["2–20,000 nm/s"]},{"parameter":"Absolute Wavelength Accuracy","values":["0.03 nm"]},{"parameter":"Linewidth (coherence control on)","values":[">150 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Side Mode Suppression Ratio","values":[">50 dBc"]},{"parameter":"Fiber Optic Connector","values":["FC/APC"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["8800-H3-CL","8800-HSH3-CL","8800-L3-CL","8800-H3-850"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Mode-Hop Free Tuning Range","values":["1520–1630 nm","1520–1600 nm","1510–1620 nm","835–850 nm"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["10 dBm","10 dBm","2 dBm","5 dBm"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Sweep Speed","values":["2–2,000 nm/s","5,000–20,000 nm/s","2–2,000 nm/s","5–1,000 nm/s"]}]}]},{"slug":"velocity","name":"Velocity® Tunable External Cavity Diode Lasers","description":"Velocity lasers are widely used in quantum physics research, including micro-cavity resonators and quantum dots, as well as spectroscopy applications.","pageTitle":"Velocity® Tunable External Cavity Diode Lasers","pageDescription":"The Velocity is Spectra-Physics' premier tunable external cavity diode laser system, offering both wide and fine wavelength scanning across wavelengths from the UV to the mid-IR.","image":"/images/cw-laser-velocity.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Velocity is Spectra-Physics' premier tunable external cavity diode laser system, offering both wide and fine wavelength scanning across wavelengths from the UV to the mid-IR. The laser cavity housing is shock-proof and thermally insulated with active temperature control, and incorporates unique magnetic damping technology to provide higher power, stability, and narrow linewidths. Velocity lasers are widely used in quantum physics research, including micro-cavity resonators and quantum dots, as well as spectroscopy applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cw-laser-velocity.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"True Mode-Hop-Free Tuning","text":"The Velocity provides true continuous mode-hop-free tuning with wide scanning ranges and fine tuning resolution, available in free-space or fiber-coupled configurations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Linewidth Measurement","text":"Velocity linewidth is characterized using both the heterodyne beat note method, showing a deconvoluted linewidth below 200 kHz over a 50 ms integration time, and the delayed self-beat note method, showing 2.5 kHz over a 4.6 µs measurement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Velocity® Tunable External Cavity Diode Lasers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["407–2450 nm (model dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["2.5–70 mW (model dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Linewidth","values":["<200 kHz (50 ms); <2.5 kHz (5 µs)"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Stability","values":["2 pm (over 1 hour ±2°C)"]},{"parameter":"Power Stability","values":["<1% (over 1 hour ±2°C)"]},{"parameter":"Longitudinal Mode","values":["Single"]},{"parameter":"Transverse Mode","values":["TEM00"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TLB-6712","TLB-6716","TLB-6721","TLB-6730"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wide Tuning Range","values":["765–781 nm","830–853 nm","1030–1070 nm","1550–1630 nm"]},{"parameter":"Free-Space Output Power","values":["50 mW @ 780 nm","50 mW @ 850 nm","60 mW @ 1064 nm","30 mW @ 1600 nm"]},{"parameter":"Fiber-Coupled Output Power","values":["25 mW @ 780 nm","15 mW @ 850 nm","20 mW @ 1064 nm","15 mW @ 1600 nm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Tuning Speed","values":["8 nm/s","10 nm/s","10 nm/s","20 nm/s"]}]}]},{"slug":"vortex-plus","name":"Vortex Plus Tunable External Cavity Diode Lasers","description":"Vortex Plus lasers are used across quantum physics research, including laser cooling and atomic clocks, as well as spectroscopy, metrology, and interferometry.","pageTitle":"Vortex Plus Tunable External Cavity Diode Lasers","pageDescription":"The New Focus Vortex Plus tunable external cavity diode laser delivers true continuous mode-hop-free tuning and is Spectra-Physics' highest performance precision finely tunable diode laser.","image":"/images/cw-laser-vortex-plus.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The New Focus Vortex Plus tunable external cavity diode laser delivers true continuous mode-hop-free tuning and is Spectra-Physics' highest performance precision finely tunable diode laser. Its Littman-Metcalf cavity configuration provides exceptional stability, a wide piezo mode-hop-free tuning range, and narrow linewidth, while the Star-Flex actuation design provides stiff, reproducible rotational motion without translation. Vortex Plus lasers are used across quantum physics research, including laser cooling and atomic clocks, as well as spectroscopy, metrology, and interferometry.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cw-laser-vortex-plus.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Star-Flex Actuation","text":"Thermal and finite element analysis led to the Star-Flex design, which provides stiff, reproducible rotational motion for wavelength tuning without any translation, combined with magnetic damping for the highest stability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Vortex Plus Controller","text":"The TLB-6800-LN laser controller allows users to fine tune wavelength or bias current from the front panel or via USB/RS-232, with a built-in function generator for piezo sweeping.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Vortex Plus Tunable External Cavity Diode Lasers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["455–1630 nm (model dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["8–70 mW (model dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Linewidth","values":["<200 kHz (50 ms integration time)"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Stability","values":["2 pm (over 1 hour ±2°C)"]},{"parameter":"Power Stability","values":["<1% (over 1 hour ±2°C)"]},{"parameter":"Longitudinal Mode","values":["Single"]},{"parameter":"Transverse Mode","values":["TEM00"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TLB-6804","TLB-6813","TLB-6821","TLB-6828"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["632.5–640 nm","765–781 nm","1030–1085 nm","1520–1630 nm"]},{"parameter":"Mode-Hop-Free Tuning Range","values":[">120 GHz (160 pm)",">100 GHz (200 pm)",">60 GHz (230 pm)",">50 GHz (400 pm)"]},{"parameter":"Free-Space Output Power","values":["8 mW @ 638 nm","70 mW @ 780 nm","70 mW @ 1064 nm","30 mW @ 1550 nm"]},{"parameter":"Fiber-Coupled Output Power","values":["3 mW @ 638 nm","35 mW @ 780 nm","24.5 mW @ 1064 nm","15 mW @ 1550 nm"]}]}]},{"slug":"vamp","name":"VAMP Tapered Amplifiers","description":"The fiber-coupled input ensures fast, easy, and reliable alignment, with active input power monitoring and a safety shutoff to protect the amplifier chip.","pageTitle":"VAMP Tapered Amplifiers","pageDescription":"The New Focus VAMP series tapered amplifier is Spectra-Physics' solution for high-power tunable and fixed-wavelength applications such as atomic cooling, spectroscopy, and Bose-Einstein condensation.","image":"/images/cw-laser-vamp.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The New Focus VAMP series tapered amplifier is Spectra-Physics' solution for high-power tunable and fixed-wavelength applications such as atomic cooling, spectroscopy, and Bose-Einstein condensation. VAMP faithfully amplifies tunable single-frequency light produced by external cavity diode lasers as well as other light sources of appropriate wavelength, and includes an output isolator as standard. The fiber-coupled input ensures fast, easy, and reliable alignment, with active input power monitoring and a safety shutoff to protect the amplifier chip.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cw-laser-vamp.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fiber-Coupled Input","text":"The VAMP is configured with a fiber-coupled input for fast, easy, and reliable alignment, with active input power monitoring that triggers a safety shutoff when seed power drops below 10 mW.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Intuitive Control","text":"The TA-7600-LN controller features automatic tapered amplifier head recognition, front panel control, RS-232 and USB interfaces, and an intuitive GUI for immediate operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["VAMP Tapered Amplifiers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["755–920 nm (model dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["up to 1.8 W (model dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Linewidth","values":["Seed laser dependent"]},{"parameter":"Longitudinal Mode","values":["Single"]},{"parameter":"Transverse Mode","values":["TEM00"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":["Vertical"]},{"parameter":"ASE (at max power)","values":["<-45 dB (0.01 nm OSA resolution)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TA-7612","TA-7613","TA-7614-H","TA-7618"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["755–775 nm","775–785 nm","787–805 nm","910–920 nm"]},{"parameter":"Center Wavelength","values":["765 nm","780 nm","795 nm","915 nm"]},{"parameter":"Free-Space Output Power","values":[">1.5 W",">1 W",">1.8 W",">1 W"]},{"parameter":"Fiber-Coupled Output Power","values":["0.5 W","0.5 W","0.5 W","N/A"]}]}]},{"slug":"excelsior-one","name":"Excelsior® One™ Direct Diode and DPSS Lasers","description":"The Excelsior One is a new line of UV, visible, and near-IR CW lasers based on Spectra-Physics' It's in the Box design.","pageTitle":"Excelsior® One™ Direct Diode and DPSS Lasers","pageDescription":"The Excelsior One is a new line of UV, visible, and near-IR CW lasers based on Spectra-Physics' It's in the Box design, combining the laser head and controller into a single compact package.","image":"/images/cw-laser-excelsior-one.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Excelsior One is a new line of UV, visible, and near-IR CW lasers based on Spectra-Physics' It's in the Box design, combining the laser head and controller into a single compact package. Available as free-space and fiber-coupled lasers across twelve different wavelengths, Excelsior One delivers up to 500 mW of average power using both direct diode and diode-pumped solid state (DPSS) laser technology in a common mechanical footprint. Excelsior One lasers are widely used in flow cytometry, confocal microscopy, micro-array readers, laser-induced fluorescence, Raman spectroscopy, DNA sequencing, and interferometry.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cw-laser-excelsior-one.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One Platform for 12 Wavelengths","text":"Excelsior One offers visible wavelengths at 473, 515, 532, 542, and 561 nm through patented frequency-doubling DPSS techniques, plus direct diode wavelengths at 375, 405, 445, 488, 642, and 785 nm, and 1064 nm at the fundamental, all with an RS-232 software interface for laser power control.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fiber-Coupled Versions","text":"Fiber-coupled Excelsior One lasers use single-mode, polarization-maintaining fiber terminated with an FC/APC connector, offering outstanding power stability and a polarization extinction ratio below -30 dB over the operating temperature range.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Excelsior® One™ Direct Diode and DPSS Lasers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength Options","values":["375, 405, 445, 473, 488, 515, 532, 542, 561, 642, 785, 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["10–500 mW"]},{"parameter":"Beam Quality (TEM00)","values":["<1.1–1.3"]},{"parameter":"Power Stability (8 hours)","values":["<±2%"]},{"parameter":"Polarization Ratio","values":[">100:1"]},{"parameter":"Warm-up Time","values":["<5 min"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L×W×H)","values":["3.94 × 1.57 × 1.57 in (100 × 40 × 40 mm)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Excelsior One 375","Excelsior One 473","Excelsior One 532 Single Mode","Excelsior One 1064"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["375 ±5 nm","473 nm","532 nm","1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["70 mW","10, 50 mW","50, 100, 150, 200 mW","500 mW"]},{"parameter":"Technology","values":["Direct Diode","DPSS","DPSS","DPSS"]},{"parameter":"Longitudinal Mode","values":["Multi","Single","Single","Single"]}]}]},{"slug":"excelsior","name":"Excelsior® CW Lasers","description":"Excelsior is Spectra-Physics' family of low-power continuous-wave solid-state lasers offering a comprehensive range of wavelengths and power levels in the smallest.","pageTitle":"Excelsior® CW Lasers","pageDescription":"Excelsior is Spectra-Physics' family of low-power continuous-wave solid-state lasers offering a comprehensive range of wavelengths and power levels in the smallest footprint in its class.","image":"/images/cw-laser-excelsior.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Excelsior is Spectra-Physics' family of low-power continuous-wave solid-state lasers offering a comprehensive range of wavelengths and power levels in the smallest footprint in its class. All Excelsior lasers share the same mechanical footprint across a wide range of power levels and wavelengths, allowing full component interchangeability among laser heads and controllers without additional adjustment or optimization. Excelsior lasers serve flow cytometry, semiconductor inspection, confocal microscopy, micro-array readers, laser-induced fluorescence, Raman spectroscopy, DNA sequencing, and interferometry applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cw-laser-excelsior.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Diode-Pumped Solid State Lasers","text":"Excelsior DPSS lasers use patented frequency-doubling techniques to generate visible light with high conversion efficiency, available in a compact laser head or a slightly larger Extended Cavity (XC) housing for the 505, 515, and higher-power 532 and 561 nm models.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Direct Diode Lasers","text":"The Excelsior family also includes direct diode lasers with output powers from 16 to 100 mW, generated directly from a semiconductor gain chip to reduce cost, increase lifetime, and minimize space requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Excelsior® CW Lasers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength Options","values":["375, 405, 440, 473, 488, 505, 515, 532, 542, 561, 642, 785, 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["5–800 mW"]},{"parameter":"Beam Quality (M2)","values":["<1.1–1.5"]},{"parameter":"Power Stability (8 hours)","values":["<±1–2%"]},{"parameter":"Polarization Ratio","values":[">100:1"]},{"parameter":"Warm-up Time","values":["<5–10 min"]},{"parameter":"Laser Safety Class","values":["Class 3B"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Excelsior 375","Excelsior 473","Excelsior 532 Single Mode","Excelsior 1064"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["375 ±5 nm","473 nm","532 nm","1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["16, 70 mW","5, 10, 50 mW","50, 100, 150, 200, 300 mW","500, 800 mW"]},{"parameter":"Technology","values":["Direct Diode","DPSS","DPSS","DPSS"]},{"parameter":"Longitudinal Mode","values":["Multi","Single","Single","Single"]}]}]},{"slug":"millennia-ev","name":"Millennia® eV™ High Power CW DPSS Lasers","description":"The Millennia eV from Spectra-Physics is the company's highly successful family of CW DPSS green lasers, providing unprecedented power levels and versatility at 532 nm.","pageTitle":"Millennia® eV™ High Power CW DPSS Lasers","pageDescription":"The Millennia eV from Spectra-Physics is the company's highly successful family of CW DPSS green lasers, providing unprecedented power levels and versatility at 532 nm.","image":"/images/cw-laser-millennia-ev.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Millennia eV from Spectra-Physics is the company's highly successful family of CW DPSS green lasers, providing unprecedented power levels and versatility at 532 nm. Millennia eV models are available with 5 W, 10 W, 15 W, 20 W, and 25 W of CW power, all featuring ultra-low optical noise, TEM00 beam quality, and best-in-class power stability. Millennia eV is the pump laser of choice for demanding scientific applications, including CW and mode-locked Ti:Sapphire laser pumping, solid-state and dye laser pumping, and ultrafast spectroscopy.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cw-laser-millennia-ev.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"It's in the Box Design","text":"The Millennia platform integrates the laser optical cavity, diode, and control electronics into a single compact package, eliminating the need for an external power supply and building on Spectra-Physics' experience designing rugged, reliable industrial lasers.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Scientific Pump Laser","text":"With industry-leading scalability from 5 W to 25 W of average power and high reliability, Millennia eV is the laser of choice for pumping high-power ultrafast and CW Ti:Sapphire lasers in demanding scientific research.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Millennia® eV™ High Power CW DPSS Lasers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["532 nm"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["5, 10, 15, 20, 25 W"]},{"parameter":"Spatial Mode","values":["TEM00"]},{"parameter":"Beam Quality (M2)","values":["<1.1"]},{"parameter":"Polarization","values":[">100:1 vertical"]},{"parameter":"Power Stability","values":["±1%"]},{"parameter":"Noise","values":["<0.04% rms"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Millennia eV 5/10/15 W","Millennia eV 20/25 W"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Power Consumption","values":["<250 W (max)","<350 W (max)"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L×W×H)","values":["14.75 × 6.00 × 4.08 in (374.7 × 152.4 × 103.8 mm)","23.0 × 6.0 × 4.5 in (584.2 × 152.4 × 114.3 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["<15 lbs (<7 kg)","<26 lbs (<12 kg)"]}]}]},{"slug":"vanguard-one","name":"Vanguard™ One™ Mode-Locked Quasi-CW Lasers","description":"The Spectra-Physics Vanguard One UV125 is a compact, all-in-one, mode-locked quasi-CW laser delivering more than 125 mW of UV power at 355 nm.","pageTitle":"Vanguard™ One™ Mode-Locked Quasi-CW Lasers","pageDescription":"The Spectra-Physics Vanguard One UV125 is a compact, all-in-one, mode-locked quasi-CW laser delivering more than 125 mW of UV power at 355 nm. The laser operates air-cooled with low noise of less than 1% rms and delivers a long operating life with low cost of ownership.","image":"/images/cw-laser-vanguard-one.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Spectra-Physics Vanguard One UV125 is a compact, all-in-one, mode-locked quasi-CW laser delivering more than 125 mW of UV power at 355 nm. The laser operates air-cooled with low noise of less than 1% rms and delivers a long operating life with low cost of ownership. Vanguard One is ideal for bio-instrumentation applications, including flow cytometry, cell sorting, wafer inspection, electron microscopy, confocal microscopy, and laser-induced fluorescence.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/cw-laser-vanguard-one.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Designed for 24/7 Applications","text":"Vanguard One operates air-cooled with low noise of less than 1% rms and delivers a long operating life and low cost of ownership for bio-instrumentation applications such as flow cytometry, microscopy, cell sorting, and semiconductor wafer inspection.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"All-in-One Design","text":"Vanguard One combines electronics, laser cavity, and cooling in a single housing, and its closed-loop power control keeps power variation below 2% for consistent, long-term measurement results.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Vanguard™ One™ Mode-Locked Quasi-CW Lasers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["355 ± 1 nm"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["125 mW"]},{"parameter":"Repetition Rate","values":["80 ± 2 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Beam Quality (M2)","values":["<1.2 TEM00"]},{"parameter":"Polarization Ratio","values":[">100:1"]},{"parameter":"Average Power Stability","values":["<2%"]},{"parameter":"Cooling","values":["Air"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Pulsed Lasers","description":"Nd:YAG and other pulsed laser systems for research and industry.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Pulsed lasers deliver high peak powers for spectroscopy, LIBS, PIV, marking, and materials processing. Spectra-Physics pulsed systems range from compact Q-switched Nd:YAG lasers to high-energy scientific platforms.","overview":"Q-switched and pulsed lasers pack energy into nanosecond bursts with megawatt peak powers, driving applications such as laser-induced breakdown spectroscopy, particle image velocimetry, laser ablation, pumping of tunable lasers, remote sensing, and industrial marking. Spectra-Physics offers reliable, long-lived pulsed platforms with a choice of wavelengths, repetition rates, and pulse energies to match each application.","partner":"Spectra-Physics — USA","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/pulsed-ls.webp","slug":"pulsed-ls","models":[{"slug":"vgen-sp","name":"VGEN-SP MOPA Configured Ytterbium Fiber Lasers","description":"VGEN-SP lasers provide top performance in technically demanding LIDAR and range-finding applications.","pageTitle":"VGEN-SP MOPA Configured Ytterbium Fiber Lasers","pageDescription":"VGEN-SP lasers provide top performance in technically demanding LIDAR and range-finding applications. The VGEN-SP series of Ytterbium fiber lasers in MOPA configuration offers a constant high peak power over a wide range of pulse repetition rates for stable, high-performance operation.","image":"/images/pulsed-laser-vgen-sp.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"VGEN-SP lasers provide top performance in technically demanding LIDAR and range-finding applications. The VGEN-SP series of Ytterbium fiber lasers in MOPA configuration offers a constant high peak power over a wide range of pulse repetition rates for stable, high-performance operation. Offering high beam quality, low beam divergence, high peak power, high pulse energy, pulse-on-demand triggering, and E-Pulse energy control, VGEN-SP lasers are competitively priced yet cover the full range of specifications needed for LIDAR, range finding, and spectroscopy applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/pulsed-laser-vgen-sp.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact and Lightweight","text":"With low weight and small size, the VGEN-SP series is easily deployed, housed in a robust assembly fitted with a metal-armored fiber cable that delivers a high-quality, near diffraction-limited output beam.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Rugged for Field Deployment","text":"VGEN-SP's solid, maintenance-free construction is rugged enough to withstand the tough conditions of airborne LIDAR applications, providing a stable, reliable platform for long-life operation at low operational cost.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["VGEN-SP MOPA Configured Ytterbium Fiber Lasers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Average Output Power","values":["up to 20 W"]},{"parameter":"Repetition Rate","values":["35–2500 kHz (tunable)"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Width, typical","values":["3.3 ns"]},{"parameter":"Peak Power, max","values":["25 kW"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy, max","values":["75 µJ"]},{"parameter":"Linewidth","values":["<0.1 nm"]},{"parameter":"Beam Quality (M2)","values":["<1.3"]}]}]},{"slug":"explorer-one","name":"Explorer® One™ Compact UV and Green Lasers","description":"The Explorer One is the most compact series of UV and green diode-pumped solid-state (DPSS) Q-switched lasers in its class.","pageTitle":"Explorer® One™ Compact UV and Green Lasers","pageDescription":"The Explorer One is the most compact series of UV and green diode-pumped solid-state (DPSS) Q-switched lasers in its class. Its It's in the Box design combines a very compact air-cooled build, short pulse width, high peak power, and feature-rich software into a single package for ease of use and fast integration.","image":"/images/pulsed-laser-explorer-one.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Explorer One is the most compact series of UV and green diode-pumped solid-state (DPSS) Q-switched lasers in its class. Its It's in the Box design combines a very compact air-cooled build, short pulse width, high peak power, and feature-rich software into a single package for ease of use and fast integration. Beyond precision manufacturing, Explorer One lasers support scientific applications including MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry and laser microdissection, alongside LiDAR and industrial marking and micromachining uses.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/pulsed-laser-explorer-one.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Three Platforms","text":"Explorer One is available on three platforms: the standard platform delivering up to 800 mW at 355 nm and 2 W at 532 nm, high energy models with pulse energies exceeding 180 µJ at 532 nm, and the extended power XP and high power HP platforms reaching more than 6 W at 355 nm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Advanced Software Controls","text":"E-Pulse pulse energy control and the E-Track dynamic pulse energy control feature actively measure and stabilize output energy and power even under rapidly changing operating conditions, with single-pulse energy measurement available up to 500 kHz.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Explorer® One™ Compact UV and Green Lasers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength","values":["349, 355, or 532 nm (model dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["60 mW–6 W (model dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Width (FWHM)","values":["<5–15 ns"]},{"parameter":"Repetition Rate","values":["Single shot to 500 kHz"]},{"parameter":"Beam Quality (M2)","values":["<1.2–1.3, TEM00"]},{"parameter":"Polarization Ratio","values":[">100:1"]},{"parameter":"Cooling","values":["Air"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Explorer One 349-60","Explorer One 355-1","Explorer One 532-2","Explorer One HP 355-6"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Gain Medium","values":["Nd:YLF","Nd:YVO4","Nd:YVO4","Nd:YVO4"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Energy","values":["60 µJ @ 1 kHz","25 µJ @ <30 kHz","40 µJ @ 50 kHz",">60 µJ @ 100 kHz"]},{"parameter":"Output Power","values":["60 mW @ 1 kHz","800 mW @ 50 kHz","2 W @ 50 kHz",">6 W @ 100 kHz"]},{"parameter":"Pulse Width (FWHM)","values":["<5 ns","<10 ns","<10 ns","<12 ns @ 100 kHz, 6 W"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Optical Tables & Isolation","description":"Vibration isolation for precision optical experiments.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Every precision optical experiment starts with a stable foundation. Newport optical tables, breadboards, and vibration isolation systems remove the environmental noise that would otherwise blur interference patterns, spectra, and images.","overview":"Newport's honeycomb-core optical tables and isolators set the industry standard for damping and flatness, protecting sensitive experiments from building vibration and acoustic noise. The range spans compact breadboards, workstation tables, active and passive isolation legs, and custom platforms for OEM instruments – matched to the demands of interferometry, microscopy, laser research, and metrology.","partner":"Newport — USA","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/optical-tables-isolation.webp","slug":"optical-tables-isolation","models":[{"slug":"rs4000-optical-table","name":"RS4000 Top Performance Optical Tables with Six Precision Tuned Dampers","description":"The RS4000 Series combines Newport's uniquely rigid trussed honeycomb core with its highest level of tuned damping to produce an ultra-quiet tabletop.","pageTitle":"RS4000 Top Performance Optical Tables with Six Precision Tuned Dampers","pageDescription":"RS4000 optical table tops feature six precision tunable dampers that target a majority of the table's resonances, delivering the best passive damping performance Newport offers for applications requiring a critical level of vibration control.","image":"/images/table-rs4000-optical-table.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"RS4000 optical table tops feature six precision tunable dampers that target a majority of the table's resonances, delivering the best passive damping performance Newport offers for applications requiring a critical level of vibration control. The RS4000 Series combines Newport's uniquely rigid trussed honeycomb core with its highest level of tuned damping to produce an ultra-quiet tabletop. This makes it ideal for the most demanding applications such as live cell imaging, high-resolution imaging, interferometry, and experiments with long exposure times. The tables require S-2000A isolators or rigid LabLegs for support and use no active damping.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/table-rs4000-optical-table.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Tuned Mass Damping","text":"RS4000 optical tables use Tuned Mass Damping (TMD) technology, the most effective passive damping method, to concentrate damping efforts at the frequencies of the table's dominant resonance modes. The precisely tuned dampers work from as low as 25 Hz up to 525 Hz, enabling optimum damping even on larger tables whose resonances often fall outside competitors' broadband frequency range.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"RS4000 Broadband and Tuned Damping Performance","text":"RS4000 tables feature a 4.8 mm thick skin, a constrained layer core, a damped working surface, and a composite edge finish to provide broadband damping. Six precision tuned dampers are included to selectively eliminate four fundamental structural table modes and their harmonics, making these tables suited to extremely sensitive measurements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Super Rigid Trussed Honeycomb Core Design","text":"Each piece of corrugated honeycomb steel sheet is immersed in proprietary elastomeric vibration-absorbing material and bonded vertically throughout the core height, creating a much stiffer honeycomb structure. This labor-intensive process ensures the table has the most robust honeycomb core construction available.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RS4000 Top Performance Optical Tables with Six Precision Tuned Dampers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Optical Table Top"]},{"parameter":"Optical Table Supports","values":["Not Included"]},{"parameter":"Broadband Damping","values":["Constrained layer core, damped working surface and composite edge finish"]},{"parameter":"Tuned Damping","values":["6 Narrowband Precision Tuned Dampers"]},{"parameter":"Active Damping","values":["No"]},{"parameter":"Working Surface","values":["3/16 in. thick 400 series ferromagnetic stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Surface Flatness","values":["±0.004 in. over 2 ft. square"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Holes","values":["1/4-20"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Pattern","values":["1 in. grid"]},{"parameter":"Alpha-Numeric Grid Labels","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Borders","values":["0.5 in."]},{"parameter":"Hole Sealing Type","values":["Easy clean conical cup, 0.75 in. deep, non-corrosive high impact polymer material"]},{"parameter":"Core Design","values":["Trussed honeycomb, vertically bonded closed cell construction, 0.010 in. steel sheet materials, 0.030 in. triple core interface"]},{"parameter":"Bottom Skin Material","values":["3/16 in. thick carbon steel"]},{"parameter":"Non-Magnetic Surface","values":["No"]}]}]},{"slug":"rs2000-optical-table","name":"RS2000 Research Optical Table Tops with Two Precision Tuned Dampers","description":"The tables require S-2000A isolators or rigid LabLegs for support and do not include active damping.","pageTitle":"RS2000 Research Optical Table Tops with Two Precision Tuned Dampers","pageDescription":"Featuring two precision tunable dampers, RS2000 optical table tops match the top-of-the-line performance of competitive models while delivering damping ideal for applications such as biomedical imaging, scanning microscopy, spectroscopy, and electrophysiology.","image":"/images/table-rs2000-optical-table.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Featuring two precision tunable dampers, RS2000 optical table tops match the top-of-the-line performance of competitive models while delivering damping ideal for applications such as biomedical imaging, scanning microscopy, spectroscopy, and electrophysiology. The RS2000 Series provides about half the damping level of the RS4000 while still using Newport's rigid trussed honeycomb core for a lighter, stiffer table with superior dynamic rigidity. Two precision tuned dampers selectively eliminate two fundamental structural table modes and their harmonics, and the low-frequency superiority of Newport's tuned damping technology lets larger RS2000 tables outperform competitive models. The tables require S-2000A isolators or rigid LabLegs for support and do not include active damping.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/table-rs2000-optical-table.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Tuned Mass Damping","text":"RS2000 optical tables use Tuned Mass Damping (TMD) technology, the most effective passive damping method, to concentrate damping efforts at the frequencies of the table's dominant resonance modes. The precisely tuned dampers work from as low as 25 Hz up to 525 Hz, enabling optimum damping even on larger tables whose resonances often fall outside competitors' broadband frequency range.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"RS2000 Broadband and Tuned Damping Performance","text":"RS2000 tables feature a 4.8 mm thick skin, a constrained layer core, a damped working surface, and a composite edge finish for broadband damping. Two precision tuned dampers are included to selectively eliminate two fundamental structural table modes and their harmonics, making these tables well suited to sensitive research applications requiring strong vibration control.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Super Rigid Trussed Honeycomb Core Design","text":"Each piece of corrugated honeycomb steel sheet is immersed in proprietary elastomeric vibration-absorbing material and bonded vertically throughout the core height, creating a much stiffer honeycomb structure. This labor-intensive process ensures the table has the most robust honeycomb core construction available.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RS2000 Research Optical Table Tops with Two Precision Tuned Dampers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Optical Table Top"]},{"parameter":"Optical Table Supports","values":["Not Included"]},{"parameter":"Broadband Damping","values":["Constrained layer core, damped working surface and composite edge finish"]},{"parameter":"Tuned Damping","values":["2 Narrowband Precision Tuned Dampers"]},{"parameter":"Active Damping","values":["No"]},{"parameter":"Working Surface","values":["3/16 in. thick 400 series ferromagnetic stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Surface Flatness","values":["±0.004 in. over 2 ft. square"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Holes","values":["1/4-20"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Pattern","values":["1 in. grid"]},{"parameter":"Alpha-Numeric Grid Labels","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Borders","values":["0.5 in."]},{"parameter":"Hole Sealing Type","values":["Easy clean conical cup, 0.75 in. deep, non-corrosive high impact polymer material"]},{"parameter":"Core Design","values":["Trussed honeycomb, vertically bonded closed cell construction, 0.010 in. steel sheet materials, 0.030 in. triple core interface"]},{"parameter":"Bottom Skin Material","values":["3/16 in. thick carbon steel"]},{"parameter":"Non-Magnetic Surface","values":["No"]}]}]},{"slug":"st-ut2-smarttable-optical-table","name":"Tuned Damped Upgradable SmartTable® Optical Table Tops","description":"These ST-UT2 Series tables include two precision tuned dampers and can be field-upgraded to SST SmartTable HD active damping performance levels using an upgrade kit.","pageTitle":"Tuned Damped Upgradable SmartTable® Optical Table Tops","pageDescription":"SmartTable® upgradeable optical tables feature Newport's patented precision tuned mechanical dampers, delivering the same performance level as the popular RS2000 tables while providing solid damping for applications such as microscopy and spectroscopy.","image":"/images/table-st-ut2-smarttable-optical-table.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SmartTable® upgradeable optical tables feature Newport's patented precision tuned mechanical dampers, delivering the same performance level as the popular RS2000 tables while providing solid damping for applications such as microscopy and spectroscopy. These ST-UT2 Series tables include two precision tuned dampers and can be field-upgraded to SST SmartTable HD active damping performance levels using an upgrade kit. Broadband damping is provided by a 4.8 mm thick table skin, a constrained-layer core that attenuates broadband vibration, a damped working surface that eliminates skin resonance, and a composite edge finish that eliminates sidewall resonance. The tables require S-2000A isolators or rigid LabLegs and use a honeycomb core for a lighter, stiffer table with better dynamic rigidity.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/table-st-ut2-smarttable-optical-table.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"SmartTable Optical Table Top Overview","text":"Learn about the features and performance of Newport's innovative SmartTable optical table tops in this overview video.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"SmartTable Optical Table Installation","text":"Learn about how to install your new SmartTable optical table.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Active, Tuned, and Broadband Damping Performance","text":"ST-UT2 Series upgradable SmartTable optical table tops include two precision tuned dampers that selectively eliminate two fundamental structural table modes and their entire harmonics. Using the upgrade kit, two IQ active dampers can be added to address medium-frequency resonances by sensing vibrations and driving shakers at the opposite phase to cancel them out, with a compliance curve showing the improved performance once upgraded to active damping.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Tuned Damped Upgradable SmartTable® Optical Table Tops"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Upgradable SmartTable® Optical Table Top"]},{"parameter":"Broadband Damping","values":["Constrained layer core, damped working surface and composite edge finish"]},{"parameter":"Tuned Damping","values":["2 Precision Tuned Dampers"]},{"parameter":"Active Damping","values":["Upgradable to Active Damping"]},{"parameter":"Working Surface","values":["4.8 mm thick ferromagnetic 430 stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Surface Flatness","values":["±0.004 in. (0.1 mm) over 2 ft. (600 mm) square"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Holes","values":["1/4-20 / M6 (M- Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Pattern","values":["1.0 in. grid / 25 mm grid (M- Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Alpha-Numeric Grid Labels","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Borders","values":["0.5 in. / 12.5 mm (M- Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Hole Sealing Type","values":["Easy clean conical cup, 0.75 in. (19 mm) deep, non-corrosive high impact polymer material"]},{"parameter":"Bottom Skin Material","values":["4.8 mm thick carbon steel"]},{"parameter":"Core Design","values":["Trussed honeycomb, vertically bonded closed cell construction, 0.010 in. steel sheet materials, 0.030 in. triple core interface"]}]}]},{"slug":"pg-series-modal-damped-breadboard","name":"Precision Grade 4.8 mm Skin Honeycomb Optical Breadboards with Modal Damping","description":"The PG Series features a 4.8 mm thick 430 stainless steel working surface for maximum stiffness, a surface flatness of ±0.004 in.","pageTitle":"Precision Grade 4.8 mm Skin Honeycomb Optical Breadboards with Modal Damping","pageDescription":"Precision grade optical breadboards are the most advanced breadboards on the market, combining patented modal damping technology with Newport's uniquely integrated damping design to deliver supreme performance and reliability for the most critical applications.","image":"/images/table-pg-series-modal-damped-breadboard.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Precision grade optical breadboards are the most advanced breadboards on the market, combining patented modal damping technology with Newport's uniquely integrated damping design to deliver supreme performance and reliability for the most critical applications. The PG Series features a 4.8 mm thick 430 stainless steel working surface for maximum stiffness, a surface flatness of ±0.004 in. over any 2 ft. square, and a vertically bonded trussed honeycomb core. Patented modal dampers, installed as side panels on all four sides, dissipate vibrations evenly, quickly, and effectively. Sealed mounting holes, 19 mm deep with an easy-clean polymer cup, keep the mounting grid protected from dust and liquids.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/table-pg-series-modal-damped-breadboard.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Modal Damping Technology","text":"Patented modal damping technology (US 6,598,545) uses two uniquely designed dampers combined with specially chosen elastomers to dissipate vibrations evenly, quickly, and effectively. The modal dampers are installed as the side panels along all four sides of the breadboard for superior damping performance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Patented Modal Dampers for Highest Damping Performance","text":"The PG Series combines patented modal damping technology with a unique integrated broadband damping design to deliver supreme performance and reliability for the most critical applications. Compliance curve testing shows modal damping provides superior performance compared to Newport's scientific grade breadboards, which lack modal dampers.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Trussed Honeycomb Core with Unmatched Stiffness","text":"The trussed honeycomb core design uses an additional steel member to bridge across the center of each honeycomb cell, creating a triple core interface that is vertically bonded along the height of the core. This provides a 0.03 in. thick triple core interface for a 50% increase in local rigidity compared to the 0.02 in. core interfaces used by most manufacturers.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Hexagonal Honeycomb Core Advantages","text":"The high-performance trussed hexagonal honeycomb core offers a much greater bonding surface area between adjacent cores than traditional small-cell round core designs. This additional bonding area also improves the strength of the truss design that bisects each hexagonal core.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Grid of Individually Sealed Threaded Mounting Holes","text":"All PG breadboards feature a grid of individually sealed 1/4-20 or M6 threaded mounting holes with 19 mm screw depth. The individually sealed holes are more reliable and easier to clean than competing designs that use a channel or polymeric film, protecting the core's long-term damping performance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Custom Optical Breadboard Options","text":"Newport's dedicated custom design team has worked with various materials, shapes, structures, and hole patterns for over 40 years, serving customers in research, aerospace, semiconductor, and medical fields. The team provides accurate quoting, professional design review, and optimum turnaround time for custom breadboard projects.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Microlocks Mounting Option","text":"PG Series breadboards are also available with microlock tie-downs as the standard PG-ML series, providing versatile and positive mounting above an optical table or directly onto any vertical or horizontal structure. Microlocks are located at the center and corners of the breadboard and accept 1/4-20 or M6 cap screws.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Precision Grade 4.8 mm Skin Honeycomb Optical Breadboards with Modal Damping"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Modal Damped Honeycomb Optical Breadboard"]},{"parameter":"Modal Damping","values":["Patented modal dampers in all four side panels"]},{"parameter":"Broadband Damping","values":["Constrained layer core, damped working surface, and composite edge finish"]},{"parameter":"Working Surface","values":["3/16 in. (4.8 mm) thick 430 ferromagnetic stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Surface Flatness","values":["±0.004 in. (0.1 mm) over any 2 ft. (600 mm) square"]},{"parameter":"Bottom Skin Material","values":["3.4 mm thick carbon steel"]},{"parameter":"Microlocks","values":["No"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Holes","values":["1/4-20 / M6 (M- Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Type","values":["Cut (not rolled) threads with countersink"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Pattern","values":["1.0 in. grid / 25 mm grid (M- Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Borders","values":["0.5 in. / 12.5 mm (M- Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Hole Sealing Type","values":["Easy clean conical cup, 0.75 in. (19 mm) deep, non-corrosive high impact polymer material"]},{"parameter":"Core Design","values":["Trussed hexagonal honeycomb, vertically bonded closed cell construction, 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) steel sheet materials, 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) triple core interface"]}]}]},{"slug":"sa2-solid-aluminum-breadboard","name":"Solid Aluminum Optical Breadboard Plate","description":"The breadboards feature a low-reflectance matte black anodized aluminum working surface and a solid 12.7 mm thick aluminum plate construction.","pageTitle":"Solid Aluminum Optical Breadboard Plate","pageDescription":"Newport's SA2 series solid aluminum optical breadboard plates provide a cost-effective, non-magnetic solid surface with a grid of 1/4-20 or M6 tapped holes for building optical assemblies, small subsystems, and small optical experiments.","image":"/images/table-sa2-solid-aluminum-breadboard.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Newport's SA2 series solid aluminum optical breadboard plates provide a cost-effective, non-magnetic solid surface with a grid of 1/4-20 or M6 tapped holes for building optical assemblies, small subsystems, and small optical experiments. The breadboards feature a low-reflectance matte black anodized aluminum working surface and a solid 12.7 mm thick aluminum plate construction. Four corner counterbored through holes make the plates easy to mount, including retrofitting onto existing optical tables so the hole pattern aligns with the table's grid instead of being offset from it.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/table-sa2-solid-aluminum-breadboard.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Convenient Platform for Optical Assemblies","text":"These solid aluminum, non-magnetic optical breadboard plates provide a low-cost, convenient platform for building optical assemblies, small optical experiments, and optical subsystems. A wide variety of breadboard accessories make it easy to incorporate these breadboards into larger optical systems.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Low Reflectance Working Surface","text":"SA2 breadboards have a matte black anodized surface that reduces unwanted reflections compared to honeycomb breadboards that use a stainless steel top skin. Anodized aluminum is also non-magnetic, unlike stainless steel working surfaces.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Counterbored Through Holes for Easy Mounting","text":"SA2 breadboards feature four counterbored through holes in the corners, making it easy to retrofit them to existing optical tables for increased workspace and convenience. The mounting through holes are located on the mounting hole grid, so an SA2 breadboard mounted to an optical table has its hole pattern aligned with the table's hole pattern instead of being offset from it.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Solid Aluminum Optical Breadboard Plate"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Solid Aluminum Optical Breadboard Plate"]},{"parameter":"Thickness","values":["0.5 in. (12.7 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Working Surface","values":["Low reflective anodized aluminum"]},{"parameter":"Surface Flatness","values":["±0.02 in. (±0.5 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Holes","values":["1/4-20 / M6 (M- Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Number of Counterbored Holes","values":["Four 0.25 in. located at the corners inset 0.5 in. (12.5 mm) from the edge"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Type","values":["Cut (not rolled) threads with countersink"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Pattern","values":["1.0 in. grid / 25 mm grid (M- Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Borders","values":["0.5 in. / 12.5 mm (M- Versions)"]}]}]},{"slug":"s-2000a-pneumatic-vibration-isolator","name":"S-2000A Stabilizer™ Top Performance Pneumatic Vibration Isolators with Automatic Re-Leveling","description":"The patented self-centering design allows unrestricted piston motion and highly accurate re-leveling after disturbances.","pageTitle":"S-2000A Stabilizer™ Top Performance Pneumatic Vibration Isolators with Automatic Re-Leveling","pageDescription":"Newport's S-2000A Series Stabilizer™ pneumatic vibration isolators are the top-performance optical table supports the company offers, featuring vertical resonance as low as 1 Hz.","image":"/images/table-s-2000a-pneumatic-vibration-isolator.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Newport's S-2000A Series Stabilizer™ pneumatic vibration isolators are the top-performance optical table supports the company offers, featuring vertical resonance as low as 1 Hz. Uniquely designed features such as the hybrid chamber, laminar flow damping technology, and adjustable height make the S-2000A the superior choice for demanding isolation specifications and ease of use. Individual isolators include the isolator body, pneumatic tubing, a union tee, a hose clip, and a support clamp, while isolator sets add a three-valve leveling kit and the required pneumatic plumbing. The patented self-centering design allows unrestricted piston motion and highly accurate re-leveling after disturbances.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/table-s-2000a-pneumatic-vibration-isolator.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stabilizer™ Hybrid Chamber Design","text":"Newport's patented Stabilizer hybrid chamber design combines a small initial chamber with a second damping chamber to function as a unified hybrid chamber, dramatically increasing the compliance volume for a given package size. This greatly lowers the isolator's natural frequency compared to conventional designs that use a separate compliance chamber and damping chamber.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Trifilar Pendulum Design for Horizontal Isolation","text":"The S-2000's horizontal isolation is achieved through a zero-friction trifilar pendulum system immersed in energy-dissipating oil, eliminating the friction that commonly disturbs high-accuracy applications. The design also features proprietary self-centering capability to better ensure isolator alignment and eliminate horizontal shorting.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Laminar Flow Technology Boosts Damping Efficiency","text":"Newport's exclusive laminar flow damping element largely improves damping efficiency compared to competitors' single-orifice or thin-tube designs by creating better linkage between piston motion and damping chamber air flow. This generates higher damping force for a given piston displacement, lowers amplification at resonance, and improves isolation bandwidth and settling time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Accuracy Automatic Re-Leveling","text":"The automatic re-leveling capability on S-2000 pneumatic vibration isolators provides precise and fast re-leveling of the entire optical table system. IPV series leveling valves offer a wide variety of options, including the standard IPV-S1 with repeatability of ±0.010 in. (0.25 mm), and a high-precision version with re-leveling accuracy better than ±0.002 in.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"1.3 inch Height Adjustment Capability","text":"Newport is the only manufacturer offering 1.3 inches of height adjustment compensation built into the isolator, allowing easy leveling of the entire system or alignment of separate tables. This eliminates the need for shims or putty during installation that competitors' solutions require.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"S-2000 Isolator Safety Features and Accessories","text":"S-2000 pneumatic vibration isolators integrate Newport's exclusive SafeLock™ optical table mounting clips for a safe and reliable connection between the isolator and the optical table. Numerous SafeLock™-secured systems have survived earthquakes throughout California and Japan, and Newport also offers optical table earthquake restraints as an accessory.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"S-2000 Pneumatic Vibration Isolator Sets","text":"Isolator sets include the individual isolators and accessories as well as a three leveling valve kit, pressure gauge, height adjustment wrench, 1/4 NPT male connector, and S-2000 users manual. Sets of four isolators typically support an optical table, while sets of six and eight isolators are available for tables with higher payloads or larger doubled table tops.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Modular Support Base","text":"S-2000A optical table supports are built on modular support bases, with interchangeable spacer bases of different heights allowing convenient, cost-effective adjustment of working surface height or retrofitting of caster systems. Customers can order LLS-S2000 series support bases to change an isolator to a new height.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Tie Bar Flange Versions","text":"S-2000A pneumatic vibration isolators are available with tie-bar flanges at the base that are compatible with Newport's optical table tie-bar systems, which increase the stability of an optical table. Complete optical table and support systems that incorporate tie-bars between the isolators are also available.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["S-2000A Stabilizer™ Top Performance Pneumatic Vibration Isolators with Automatic Re-Leveling"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Load Capacity per Isolator","values":["2000 lb (900 kg)"]},{"parameter":"Type","values":["Pneumatic Vibration Isolator with Automatic Re-Leveling"]},{"parameter":"Tie Bar Flange","values":["No"]},{"parameter":"Float Height Indicator","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Self Centering","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Height Adjustment","values":["+1.09/-0.25 in. (+27.7/-6.4 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Horizontal Isolation, Resonance","values":["1.5 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Horizontal Amplification at Resonance","values":["9 dB"]},{"parameter":"Horizontal Isolation, 5 Hz","values":["85%"]},{"parameter":"Horizontal Isolation, 10 Hz","values":["95%"]},{"parameter":"Vertical Isolation, Resonance","values":["1 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Vertical Amplification at Resonance","values":["10 dB"]},{"parameter":"Vertical Isolation, 5 Hz","values":["94%"]},{"parameter":"Vertical Isolation, 10 Hz","values":["98%"]}]}]},{"slug":"rl-series-lablegs-rigid-optical-table-supports-with-tie-bar-flange","name":"RL Series LabLegs™ Rigid Optical Table Supports with Tie Bar Flange","description":"RL Series LabLegs™ rigid optical table support set provides rigid high load support where vibration isolation is not required.","pageTitle":"RL Series LabLegs™ Rigid Optical Table Supports with Tie Bar Flange","pageDescription":"RL Series LabLegs™ rigid optical table support set provides rigid high load support where vibration isolation is not required. The tie-bar flange is compatible with our tie-bar system for increased stability of your optical table.","image":"/images/table-rl-series-lablegs-rigid-optical-table-supports-with-tie-bar-flange.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"RL Series LabLegs™ rigid optical table support set provides rigid high load support where vibration isolation is not required. The tie-bar flange is compatible with our tie-bar system for increased stability of your optical table. These support legs eliminate low frequency support resonance while delivering high horizontal stability, and their adjustable leg height compensates for uneven floors.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/table-rl-series-lablegs-rigid-optical-table-supports-with-tie-bar-flange.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"1.15 inch Height Adjustment Capability","text":"Apart from its superior isolation design, RL-2000-xxTC Rigid Optical Table Supports also features robust and user friendly mechanical design for better user experience. Newport is the only manufacturer that provides 1.15 inches of height adjustment compensation in the isolator to allow for easy leveling of the entire system or alignment of separate tables. Compared to competitor's solution of using shims or putty before installation, Newport's design brings ease to fine-tuning the isolator height.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compatible with Optical Table Tie Bars","text":"Optical table supports with a tie bar flange are compatible with our optical table support tie-bar systems. Optical table support tie-bars increase the stability of your optical table. They are available in kits for various standard size optical tables with and without casters for moving the table system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RL Series LabLegs™ Rigid Optical Table Supports with Tie Bar Flange"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Load Capacity per Isolator","values":["2000 lb (907 kg)"]},{"parameter":"Type","values":["Rigid Optical Table Support with Tie-Bar Flange"]},{"parameter":"Tie Bar Flange","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Height Adjustment","values":["+0.75/-0.40 in. (+19/-10 mm)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RL-2000-410TC","RL-2000-419.5TC","RL-2000-422TC","RL-2000-423.5TC","RL-2000-428TC"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Isolator Height","values":["10 in. (254 mm)","19.5 in.","22 in.","23.5 in.","28 in."]},{"parameter":"Number of Isolators","values":["4","4","4","4","4"]},{"parameter":"Load Capacity","values":["8000 lb","8000 lb","8000 lb","8000 lb","8000 lb"]}]}]},{"slug":"rl-series-lablegs-rigid-optical-table-supports","name":"RL Series LabLegs™ Rigid Optical Table Supports","description":"RL series rigid optical table supports offer rigid high load support of optical table tops when vibration isolation is not required.","pageTitle":"RL Series LabLegs™ Rigid Optical Table Supports","pageDescription":"RL series rigid optical table supports offer rigid high load support of optical table tops when vibration isolation is not required. These support legs eliminate low frequency support resonance and provide high horizontal stability for your optical table system.","image":"/images/table-rl-series-lablegs-rigid-optical-table-supports.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"RL series rigid optical table supports offer rigid high load support of optical table tops when vibration isolation is not required. These support legs eliminate low frequency support resonance and provide high horizontal stability for your optical table system. Interchangeable spacer bases allow different height configurations, and adjustable leg height compensates for uneven floors.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/table-rl-series-lablegs-rigid-optical-table-supports.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"1.15 inch Height Adjustment Capability","text":"Apart from its superior isolation design, RL-2000 Rigid Optical Table Supports also features robust and user friendly mechanical design for better user experience. Newport is the only manufacturer that provides 1.15 inches of height adjustment compensation in the isolator to allow for easy leveling of the entire system or alignment of separate tables. Compared to competitor's solution of using shims or putty before installation, Newport's design brings ease to fine-tuning the isolator height.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Tie-Bar Flange Versions Available","text":"RL pneumatic vibration isolators are available with tie-bar flanges at the base. The tie-bar flange is compatible with our optical table tie-bar systems.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Modular Support Base","text":"Our SL and RL optical table supports are built on modular support bases. Interchangeable spacer bases of different heights allow convenient cost-effective adjustment of working surface height or retrofitting of caster systems.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RL Series LabLegs™ Rigid Optical Table Supports"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Load Capacity per Isolator","values":["2000 lb (907 kg)"]},{"parameter":"Type","values":["Rigid Optical Table Support"]},{"parameter":"Tie Bar Flange","values":["No"]},{"parameter":"Height Adjustment","values":["+0.75/-0.40 in. (+19/-10 mm)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["10 in.","13.5 in.","16 in.","19.5 in.","22 in.","23.5 in.","28 in."],"specs":[{"parameter":"4-Leg Set Load Capacity","values":["8000 lb","8000 lb","8000 lb","8000 lb","8000 lb","8000 lb","8000 lb"]},{"parameter":"6-Leg Set Load Capacity","values":["12000 lb","12000 lb","12000 lb","12000 lb","12000 lb","12000 lb","12000 lb"]}]}]},{"slug":"optical-table-frame-supports-with-pneumatic-isolation","name":"Optical Table Frame Supports with Pneumatic Isolation","description":"These multi-functional support frames maximize utility while ensuring structural rigidity.","pageTitle":"Optical Table Frame Supports with Pneumatic Isolation","pageDescription":"Optical Table Frame Supports with pneumatic isolators are engineered to provide optimal precision and stability in high-demand environments like microscopy and spectroscopy. These multi-functional support frames maximize utility while ensuring structural rigidity.","image":"/images/table-optical-table-frame-supports-with-pneumatic-isolation.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Optical Table Frame Supports with pneumatic isolators are engineered to provide optimal precision and stability in high-demand environments like microscopy and spectroscopy. These multi-functional support frames maximize utility while ensuring structural rigidity. The frame integrates pneumatic isolators in the support legs to passively absorb vibrations and prevent external disturbances, and it is constructed from all-steel materials for enhanced durability and stability across a wide range of table sizes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/table-optical-table-frame-supports-with-pneumatic-isolation.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Performance Pneumatic Vibration Isolators","text":"The pneumatic vibration isolators in the supporting frame feature our patented Stabilizer™ hybrid chamber design which consists of a small size initial chamber and a second damping chamber connected by a laminar flow disk. This greatly increases the compliance volume for a given package size, and greatly lowers the natural frequency, generating a higher damping force for faster, more efficient damping.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Robust and Flexible Pneumatic Isolated Frame Support","text":"The table frame support legs feature pneumatic isolators to passively absorb vibrations from the optical table's environment. The frame features leveling feet, and optional casters can be added for easy transportation of the system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Optical Table Frame Supports with Pneumatic Isolation"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Number of Isolators","values":["4"]},{"parameter":"Horizontal Isolation, Resonance","values":["1.9 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Horizontal Amplification at Resonance","values":["12.5 dB"]},{"parameter":"Horizontal Isolation, 5 Hz","values":["80%"]},{"parameter":"Horizontal Isolation, 10 Hz","values":["94%"]},{"parameter":"Vertical Isolation, Resonance","values":["1.7 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Vertical Amplification at Resonance","values":["15 dB"]},{"parameter":"Vertical Isolation, 5 Hz","values":["86%"]},{"parameter":"Vertical Isolation, 10 Hz","values":["96%"]},{"parameter":"Load Capacity","values":["3200 lb"]}]}]},{"slug":"48-mm-skin-modal-damped-vision-isostation-seated-optical-workstations-with-rigid-support-legs","name":"4.8 mm Skin Modal Damped Vision IsoStation™ Seated Optical Workstations with Rigid Support Legs","description":"The workstation features a precision grade modal damped optical breadboard with rigid support legs that are field upgradable to pneumatic isolation.","pageTitle":"4.8 mm Skin Modal Damped Vision IsoStation™ Seated Optical Workstations with Rigid Support Legs","pageDescription":"Precision Grade Ergonomic Vision IsoStation™ with rigid support legs are designed with the seated user in mind and inherit many unique and innovative features from the original Vision IsoStation.","image":"/images/table-48-mm-skin-modal-damped-vision-isostation-seated-optical-workstations-with-rigid-support-legs.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Precision Grade Ergonomic Vision IsoStation™ with rigid support legs are designed with the seated user in mind and inherit many unique and innovative features from the original Vision IsoStation. The workstation features a precision grade modal damped optical breadboard with rigid support legs that are field upgradable to pneumatic isolation. It offers more legroom with an included hip guard and arm rests for seated users, ships fully assembled with a roll-off crate for fast and easy installation, and provides a surface flatness of ±0.004 in. over any 2 ft. square.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/table-48-mm-skin-modal-damped-vision-isostation-seated-optical-workstations-with-rigid-support-legs.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Patented Modal Dampers for Highest Damping Performance","text":"Our precision grade modal damped optical breadboards combine patented modal damping technology and a unique integrated broadband damping design to deliver supreme performance and reliability for the most critical applications. Patented modal damping technology (US 6,598,545) utilizes two pieces of uniquely designed dampers combined using specially chosen elastomers, to dissipate the vibrations evenly, quickly and effectively.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Designed Workstations for Seated Users with Innovative Platform Interface","text":"With an open-front design and included hip guard and arm rests, the Vision IsoStation Ergo has been designed for seated users. The Ergo provides extra legroom for seated people while maintaining sturdy support allowing more comfortable examinations, operations, and experiments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Field Upgradability from Rigid Frame to Isolated Frame","text":"Vision IsoStation was designed with maximum user flexibility in mind. When you purchase a rigid frame version of the workstation and later decide to upgrade to isolated frame, simply contact Newport and order an upgrade kit that allows you to upgrade your system in the field easily.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["4.8 mm Skin Modal Damped Vision IsoStation™ Seated Optical Workstations with Rigid Support Legs"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Vision Isostation Seated Optical Workstation"]},{"parameter":"Platform","values":["Precision Grade Optical Breadboard"]},{"parameter":"Modal Damping","values":["Patented modal dampers in all four side panels"]},{"parameter":"Broadband Damping","values":["Constrained layer core, damped working surface, and composite edge finish"]},{"parameter":"Thickness","values":["2.3 in. (59 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Working Surface","values":["4.8 mm thick ferromagnetic 430 stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Surface Flatness","values":["±0.004 in. (0.1 mm) over any 2 ft. (600 mm) square"]},{"parameter":"Core Design","values":["Trussed hexagonal honeycomb, vertically bonded closed cell construction"]},{"parameter":"Bottom Skin Material","values":["3.4 mm thick carbon steel"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Holes","values":["1/4-20, M6 (M-Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Pattern","values":["1.0 in. grid, 25 mm grid (M-Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Borders","values":["0.5 in., 12.5 mm (M-Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Workstation Supports","values":["Rigid Support Legs"]}]}]},{"slug":"integrity-2-vcs-48-mm-skin-optical-tables-with-pneumatic-isolation","name":"Integrity 2 VCS 4.8 mm Skin Optical Tables with Pneumatic Isolation","description":"The Integrity 2 VCS optical table system features pneumatic isolators, and a 4.8 mm skin optical table without tuned damping.","pageTitle":"Integrity 2 VCS 4.8 mm Skin Optical Tables with Pneumatic Isolation","pageDescription":"The Integrity 2 VCS optical table system features pneumatic isolators, and a 4.8 mm skin optical table without tuned damping. It is ideal for basic spectroscopy, multi-mode fiber, micro-positioning, and other non-interferometric applications in university and corporate labs.","image":"/images/table-integrity-2-vcs-48-mm-skin-optical-tables-with-pneumatic-isolation.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Integrity 2 VCS optical table system features pneumatic isolators, and a 4.8 mm skin optical table without tuned damping. It is ideal for basic spectroscopy, multi-mode fiber, micro-positioning, and other non-interferometric applications in university and corporate labs. The thicker working surface provides better surface flatness and rigidity than Integrity 1 VCS 3.4 mm skin versions, and the system includes a pneumatic isolated frame with constrained layer core damping that attenuates broadband vibration.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/table-integrity-2-vcs-48-mm-skin-optical-tables-with-pneumatic-isolation.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Integrity 2 VCS Table Top with Broadband Damping","text":"Integrity 2 VCS systems feature a RPR Series table top with 4.8 mm thick optical table skin, a constrained layer core, damped working surface and composite edge finish to provide broadband damping. Integrity 2 VCS systems are ideal for basic spectroscopy, multi-mode fiber, micro-positioning, and other non-interferometric applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Robust and Flexible Pneumatic Isolated Frame Support","text":"The Integrity VCS optical table system features a sturdy and multi-functional support frame that is designed to maximize utility, minimize space occupied and optimize structural rigidity. The support legs feature pneumatic isolators to passively absorb vibrations from the optical table's environment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Super Rigid Trussed Honeycomb Core Design","text":"The honeycomb core in our optical tables is different than our competitors. Each piece of the corrugated honeycomb steel sheet is emerged in proprietary elastomeric vibration absorbing materials and bonded vertically throughout the height of the optical breadboard or optical table, creating a much stiffer honeycomb core structure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Integrity 2 VCS 4.8 mm Skin Optical Tables with Pneumatic Isolation"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Integrity 2 VCS Optical Table System"]},{"parameter":"Optical Table Supports","values":["Pneumatic Isolators"]},{"parameter":"Broadband Damping","values":["Constrained layer core, damped working surface and composite edge finish"]},{"parameter":"Tuned Damping","values":["No"]},{"parameter":"Active Damping","values":["No"]},{"parameter":"Working Surface Height","values":["34.7±0.5 in. (6 ft tables), 36.7±0.5 in. (8 ft tables), 40.7±0.5 in. (12 ft tables)"]},{"parameter":"Working Surface","values":["4.8 mm thick ferromagnetic 430 stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Surface Flatness","values":["±0.004 in. (0.1 mm) over 2 ft. square"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Type","values":["1/4-20, M6 (M-Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Pattern","values":["1.0 in. grid, 25 mm grid (M-Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Core Design","values":["Trussed honeycomb, vertically bonded closed cell construction"]},{"parameter":"Bottom Skin Material","values":["4.8 mm thick carbon steel"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["6 ft Tables","8 ft Tables","12 ft Tables"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Working Surface Height","values":["34.7±0.5 in.","36.7±0.5 in.","40.7±0.5 in."]}]}]},{"slug":"lightweight-extruded-core-optical-breadboards","name":"Lightweight Extruded Core Optical Breadboards","description":"Lightweight optical breadboards are designed for applications where damping performance is not critical.","pageTitle":"Lightweight Extruded Core Optical Breadboards","pageDescription":"Lightweight optical breadboards are designed for applications where damping performance is not critical. The extruded core construction makes them the most cost effective, lightweight solution for less demanding breadboard applications.","image":"/images/table-lightweight-extruded-core-optical-breadboards.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Lightweight optical breadboards are designed for applications where damping performance is not critical. The extruded core construction makes them the most cost effective, lightweight solution for less demanding breadboard applications. They are up to 30% lighter than SG and PG Series honeycomb breadboards thanks to a patent-pending extruded aluminum core design, and they feature a 1.6 mm thick 430 stainless steel working surface with a surface flatness of ±0.008 in. over any 2 ft. square.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/table-lightweight-extruded-core-optical-breadboards.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Patent-pending Extruded Aluminum Core Design","text":"Our patent-pending extruded aluminum core design makes Newport lightweight optical breadboards up to 30% lighter than standard honeycomb breadboards without compromising performance. The LW Series is ideal for less sensitive applications, offering easier handling, transport, and assembly. Its reduced weight also minimizes the load on isolators, enabling a higher payload capacity atop the breadboard.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Threaded Holes Integrated in Core","text":"Newport lightweight optical breadboards feature a grid of sealed 1/4-20 or M6 threaded holes with 12 mm depth. Unlike honeycomb designs, the LW Series threads are integrated directly into the extrusion core, sealing it from contaminants. This protects your breadboard's performance over time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Lightweight Breadboard Damping Performance","text":"Newport's Lightweight optical breadboards are engineered for applications where portability and ease of handling are essential. They offer reduced weight and deliver damping performance that approaches that of the SG Series, which provides greater stiffness for long-term stability in vibration-critical setups. The Lightweight Series is well suited for less sensitive environments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Lightweight Extruded Core Optical Breadboards"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Lightweight Optical Breadboard"]},{"parameter":"Thickness","values":["2.3 in. (58 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Working Surface","values":["1/16 in. (1.6 mm) thick ferromagnetic steel"]},{"parameter":"Surface Flatness","values":["±0.008 in. (0.2 mm) over any 2 ft. (600 mm) square"]},{"parameter":"Bottom Skin Material","values":["1/16 in. (1.6 mm) thick ASTM A1011 cold rolled steel"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Holes","values":["1/4-20, M6 (M-Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Type","values":["12 mm deep cut (not rolled) threads with countersink"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Pattern","values":["1.0 in. grid, 25 mm grid (M-Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Hole Borders","values":["0.5 in., 12.5 mm (M-Versions)"]},{"parameter":"Hole Sealing Type","values":["Threaded holes are integrated into extruded aluminum core"]},{"parameter":"Core Design","values":["Patent-pending lightweight extruded aluminum core"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["LW-22-2","LW-23-2","LW-3030-2","LW-3036-2","LW-3048-2","LW-33-2","LW-34-2","LW-35-2","M-LW-22-2","M-LW-23-2","M-LW-3030-2","M-LW-3036-2","M-LW-3048-2","M-LW-33-2","M-LW-34-2","M-LW-35-2"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Width","values":["24 in.","24 in.","30 in.","30 in.","30 in.","36 in.","36 in.","36 in.","600 mm","600 mm","750 mm","750 mm","750 mm","900 mm","900 mm","900 mm"]},{"parameter":"Length","values":["24 in.","36 in.","30 in.","36 in.","48 in.","36 in.","48 in.","60 in.","600 mm","900 mm","750 mm","900 mm","1200 mm","900 mm","1200 mm","1500 mm"]},{"parameter":"Mounting Holes","values":["1/4-20","1/4-20","1/4-20","1/4-20","1/4-20","1/4-20","1/4-20","1/4-20","M6","M6","M6","M6","M6","M6","M6","M6"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Opto-Mechanical Components","description":"Mounts, stages, and positioning equipment.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Newport opto-mechanical components – mirror mounts, posts, rails, translation stages, and optic holders – provide the rigid, precise, repeatable positioning that every optical setup is built on.","overview":"A reliable optical setup depends on the quality of its smallest parts. Newport's opto-mechanics portfolio covers kinematic mirror mounts, posts and pedestals, rails and carriers, manual translation and rotation stages, lens and filter holders, and fiber positioners – thousands of precision-machined components engineered for stability, smooth adjustment, and long service life in research and OEM instruments.","partner":"Newport — USA","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/opto-mc.webp","slug":"opto-mc","models":[{"slug":"ultima-clear-edge-performance-mirror-mounts","name":"ULTIMA® Clear Edge Performance Mirror Mounts","description":"The ULTIMA® is Newport's best overall mirror mount family, combining excellent stability, clear edge aperture, removable lockable adjusters and numerous other options.","pageTitle":"ULTIMA® Clear Edge Performance Mirror Mounts","pageDescription":"The ULTIMA® is Newport's best overall mirror mount family, combining excellent stability, clear edge aperture, removable lockable adjusters and numerous other options. It provides clear access to the edge of the optic while offering easily removable actuators and an extra thick frame for added stability.","image":"/images/optomech-ultima-clear-edge-performance-mirror-mounts.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The ULTIMA® is Newport's best overall mirror mount family, combining excellent stability, clear edge aperture, removable lockable adjusters and numerous other options. It provides clear access to the edge of the optic while offering easily removable actuators and an extra thick frame for added stability. The mounts are available in right-hand and left-hand configurations to suit any optical system layout.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-ultima-clear-edge-performance-mirror-mounts.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Clear Edge Advantage","text":"With the Clear Edge design, beams can be reflected from one mount to another at smaller incident angles, taking less space between the mounts. Clear Edge Mounts are also ideal for compensating for pulse dispersion effects through multiple reflections on Chirped Mirrors.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Locking Adjustment Screws","text":"ULTIMA Clear Edge Performance Mirror Mounts feature a Flexure Lock built with an AJS bushing in select models. Flexure Locks exert a tangential force on the screw to prevent rotation and prevent unintended adjustment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Replaceable Actuators","text":"The ULTIMA's industry-standard clamp design allows many different types of actuators to be used to adjust the mirror position to meet the requirements for any application. Actuators can be replaced with ease by simply loosening two screws to allow the actuator to gently slide into and out of the mount. ULTIMA mounts are compatible not only with standard knob and hex-key adjustment screws, but also with micrometers and motorized actuators.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Right- and Left-Handed Options","text":"Select models are available in both right- and left-handed versions, such as the U100-A2K and U100-A-LH-2K. They are essentially mirror images of each other to provide flexibility and convenience in optical system setups.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Extra Thick Frame","text":"ULTIMA mounts have extra thick frames for optimal stiffness and exceptional stability. The additional stiffness lowers deflection during adjustment, allowing fast and easy alignment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"100- and 170-TPI Adjustment Screws","text":"ULTIMA Clear Edge Performance Mirror Mounts are available in models with either 100-TPI or 170-TPI adjustment screws. The 100 TPI screws are lockable, which is preferred for applications that require long-term stability, while the 170-TPI screws have higher sensitivity, enabling faster and easier alignment for applications that require many adjustments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Adapters to Extend Utility and Function","text":"Newport offers numerous adapters to substantially broaden the utility and function of the ULTIMA Clear Edge beyond the typical mirror mount function. Mirror Size Adapters enable the use of smaller diameter optics, 45° Mirror Mount Adapters can hold mirrors at a 45° angle to the face of the mount, and Fiber Optic Adapters provide compatibility with fiber optic components.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ULTIMA® Clear Edge Performance Mirror Mounts"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Mechanism","values":["Kinematic"]},{"parameter":"Actuator Drive","values":["Knob"]},{"parameter":"Optic Loading","values":["Front"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Anodized Aluminum"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["8-32 (M4) CLR"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["U100","U200","U300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Optic Diameter","values":["25.4 mm (1.0 in.)","50.8 mm (2.0 in.)","76.2 mm (3.0 in.)"]}]}]},{"slug":"suprema-classic-low-drift-mirror-mounts","name":"Suprema® Classic Low-Drift Mirror Mounts","description":"The Suprema® Classic is the industry's highest performing optical mount, featuring stainless steel construction and removable, locking, 100 or 254 TPI knob adjusters.","pageTitle":"Suprema® Classic Low-Drift Mirror Mounts","pageDescription":"The Suprema® Classic is the industry's highest performing optical mount, featuring stainless steel construction and removable, locking, 100 or 254 TPI knob adjusters.","image":"/images/optomech-suprema-classic-low-drift-mirror-mounts.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Suprema® Classic is the industry's highest performing optical mount, featuring stainless steel construction and removable, locking, 100 or 254 TPI knob adjusters. Its stainless steel construction provides superior stiffness and stability, while precision-polished ultra-hard carbide pads ensure a highly stable kinematic mechanism. The modular, exchangeable actuators allow it to be reconfigured for specific applications, and its time-tested, industry-proven design makes it the flagship of Newport's mirror mount offering.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-suprema-classic-low-drift-mirror-mounts.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Unmatched Performance","text":"The Classic Suprema is the industry's best performing modular optical mount, setting the standard for stability and adjustability in today's demanding research and industrial applications. Suprema mounts provide the feel necessary to tune the most sensitive set-ups and the stability to hold that position better than any other mount on the market.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"In-Process Heat Treatment","text":"Every Suprema mount is heat treated as part of the fabrication process. Heat treating relieves the build up of fabrication stresses which improve the overall stability of the mount.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precision Polished Carbide Pads","text":"All 1 in. (25.4 mm) and 2 in. (50.8 mm) Suprema mirror mounts are made with super hard 10 µ-in. precision-polished tungsten carbide kinematic pads, ensuring a highly stable kinematic mechanism.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Stainless Steel Advantage","text":"All Suprema mirror mounts are made from stainless steel, making them the most stable and easiest to align. Stainless steel is 3X stiffer than aluminum so it flexes significantly less allowing easier alignment, and its lower coefficient of thermal expansion makes it more stable during temperature fluctuations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"254-TPI Adjuster Version Now Available","text":"The SU series mounts equipped with AJS 254-TPI adjustment screws are now available. This ultra-fine adjuster provides alignment sensitivity as low as 1.5 arc sec, a 60% improvement over mounts having 100-TPI adjusters.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Replaceable Actuators","text":"The Suprema SU100 mount design allows actuators to be removed and installed with ease by loosening the lock nut to let the actuator gently slide out from the mount. This industry-standard 9.5-mm bore allows many different types of actuators to be used, including standard actuator screws, micrometers, Allen-key adjusters and differential micrometers.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Locking Adjustment Screws","text":"Suprema Classic Low-Drift Mirror Mounts use a Flexure Lock built with an AJS bushing. Flexure Locks exert a tangential force on the screw to prevent rotation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Save 10% More With 10 Packs","text":"The SU100 and SN100C Suprema mirror mounts are sold in cost-saving packs of 10, providing a built-in discount of 10%.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Suprema® Classic Low-Drift Mirror Mounts"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Mechanism","values":["Kinematic"]},{"parameter":"Optic Diameter","values":["25.4 mm"]},{"parameter":"Actuator Drive","values":["Knob"]},{"parameter":"Angular Range","values":["±7°"]},{"parameter":"Optic Loading","values":["Front"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Stainless Steel"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["8-32 (M4) CLR"]},{"parameter":"Optical Axis Height","values":["25.4 mm"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SU100-F2K/F3K","SU100-F2K-254/F3K-254","ST200T-R2K/R3K"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Optic Diameter","values":["25.4 mm","25.4 mm","50.8 mm"]},{"parameter":"Adjustment Screw Thread","values":["100 TPI","254 TPI","100 TPI"]},{"parameter":"Sensitivity","values":["3.8 arc sec","1.5 arc sec","2.7 arc sec"]}]}]},{"slug":"top-adjust-lab-mounts","name":"Top Adjust Lab Mounts","description":"This design allows adjustment without blocking the optical beam and reduces the risk of laser-related injuries, making these mounts ideal for use in laser cavities.","pageTitle":"Top Adjust Lab Mounts","pageDescription":"Top Adjustment mirror mounts are designed for use in compact spaces, giving users easy access to both pitch and yaw adjustments from above without interfering with the beam.","image":"/images/optomech-top-adjust-lab-mounts.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Top Adjustment mirror mounts are designed for use in compact spaces, giving users easy access to both pitch and yaw adjustments from above without interfering with the beam. This design allows adjustment without blocking the optical beam and reduces the risk of laser-related injuries, making these mounts ideal for use in laser cavities. Their slimmer profiles also make them well suited for mounting in tight spaces.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-top-adjust-lab-mounts.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Keep Your Hands Out of Harms Way","text":"Top adjust mounts have their adjustment screws located above where the optic is held so that your hands never have to enter the beam area.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Locking Actuators","text":"For long-term stability, Top Adjust Lab Mounts feature set screw locks which exert a radial force against the screw to prevent rotation and to lock the mirror mount's alignment in place.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Removable Base Plate","text":"The base plate on both the HVM-1 and HVM-.5 can be removed to allow post mounting, which is preferred for higher beam paths. Removing the base from the HVM-1 reveals three 8-32 threaded holes with 0.5-in. spacing, while the HVM-.5 has two threaded holes, an 8-32 and an M4.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Geometry","text":"Top adjust mirror mounts normally feature a slimmer profile and smaller footprint than traditional mounts, allowing them to fit more easily into tight or restricted spaces. Top adjust mirror mounts are ideal for use in laser cavities and OEM applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Horizontal Mounting","text":"The HVM-1 has a rear-accessible 1.063-20 threaded aperture in the frame. By using the RSA-1TI adaptor, the HVM-1 can be mounted horizontally.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Top Adjust Lab Mounts"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Mechanism","values":["Kinematic"]},{"parameter":"Actuator Locks","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Adjustments","values":["θx, θy"]},{"parameter":"Optic Loading","values":["Front"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Anodized Aluminum"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["1/4-20 (M6) SLOT"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HVM-.5","HVM-1"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Optic Diameter","values":["12.7 mm","25.4 mm"]},{"parameter":"Drive Type","values":["Allen-Key, locking","Knob, locking"]},{"parameter":"Adjustment Screw Thread","values":["100 TPI","80 TPI"]},{"parameter":"Sensitivity","values":["5.8 arc sec","2.5 arc sec"]}]}]},{"slug":"full-rotation-range-gimbal-mirror-mounts","name":"Full Rotation Range Gimbal Mirror Mounts","description":"Our SL-A and 605 Series full range traditional gimbal mounts have unlimited angular range in pitch and yaw, allowing them to steer a beam in any direction desired.","pageTitle":"Full Rotation Range Gimbal Mirror Mounts","pageDescription":"Our SL-A and 605 Series full range traditional gimbal mounts have unlimited angular range in pitch and yaw, allowing them to steer a beam in any direction desired. They provide full 360-degree rotation range in both axes while eliminating adjuster-induced cross talk, and they support mirrors up to 8 in.","image":"/images/optomech-full-rotation-range-gimbal-mirror-mounts.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Our SL-A and 605 Series full range traditional gimbal mounts have unlimited angular range in pitch and yaw, allowing them to steer a beam in any direction desired. They provide full 360-degree rotation range in both axes while eliminating adjuster-induced cross talk, and they support mirrors up to 8 in. in diameter. The mounts feature exchangeable actuators for added versatility.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-full-rotation-range-gimbal-mirror-mounts.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"SL-A Series Large Gimbal Mounts","text":"SL-A Gimbal Optical Mounts hold large circular or rectangular optics. Circular optics smaller than the mount's nominal diameter are securely held inside the mount ring by extendible clamp arms, while circular and rectangular optics larger than the nominal diameter may be attached to the mounting ring with external clamps.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"605 Series Gimbal Mounts","text":"605 Series Mounts provide gimbaled positioning for 2- and 4-in. (50.8- and 101.6-mm) diameter mirrors, with dedicated adaptors providing mounting for 1- and 3-in. (25.4- and 76.2-mm) diameter optics. These mounts have a low stress mirror mounting mechanism to reduce wavefront distortion, and their pivot axes employ wobble-free, radial ball bearings that are spring-loaded to eliminate backlash.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Gimbal vs. Non Gimbal Mounts","text":"A gimbal mount has axes of rotation which intersect at the center front surface of the optic, so when the mount is adjusted, only the beam's angle changes, not its length. In contrast, a non-gimbal mount will shorten or lengthen a beam path as angle is adjusted.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Your Choice of Actuator","text":"With the SL-A Series Full Rotation Range Gimbal Mirror Mounts, a choice of three types of actuators is offered: adjustment screw, standard micrometer, or differential micrometer. The actuators are replaceable.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"No Adjuster-Induced Cross-Talk","text":"The adjusters on non-gimbal mounts can cause rotation axes to become skewed from the mounting plane, which is the main source of cross talk. This won't happen with a Full Range gimbal mount because the axes of rotation always remain true to the mounting plane.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["605-2","605-4","SL8A","SL15A","SL20A"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Nominal Optic Diameter (direct mounting)","values":["2 in. (50.8 mm)","4 in. (101.6 mm)","3.15 in. (80 mm)","6 in. (152.4 mm)","8 in. (203.2 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Variable Optic Diameter (with adapter)","values":["1 in. (25.4 mm)","3 in. (76.2 mm)","1.65-2.44 in. (42-62 mm)","3.62-4.52 in. (92-115 mm)","5.83-6.77 in. (148-172 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Optic Thickness Range","values":["6-16 mm","11-22 mm","6-15 mm","6-24 mm","6-30 mm"]}]}]},{"slug":"v-groove-registered-variable-size-lens-mounts","name":"V-Groove Registered Variable Size Lens Mounts","description":"Universal lens mounts provide a single holder for many different sizes of lenses in a convenient one-size-fits-all design, accommodating optics from 6.3 to 91.4 mm.","pageTitle":"V-Groove Registered Variable Size Lens Mounts","pageDescription":"Universal lens mounts provide a single holder for many different sizes of lenses in a convenient one-size-fits-all design, accommodating optics from 6.3 to 91.4 mm.","image":"/images/optomech-v-groove-registered-variable-size-lens-mounts.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Universal lens mounts provide a single holder for many different sizes of lenses in a convenient one-size-fits-all design, accommodating optics from 6.3 to 91.4 mm. Optics are automatically registered and held gently, but firmly, between a kinematically designed V-shaped mounting base and a Delrin V-block that is secured into place using the top thumbscrew, and the top crossbar slides along the guide rods smoothly without jamming or wobbling. The double V-shaped mounting base can also hold lens tube-mounted lenses or cylindrical-shaped lasers.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-v-groove-registered-variable-size-lens-mounts.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One Size Fits All","text":"The VLH V-Groove Lens Holders can hold optics of almost any size or configuration. Optics are automatically registered and held gently, but firmly, between a kinematically designed V-shaped mounting base and a Delrin V-block that is secured into place using the top thumbscrew, and the top crossbar slides along the guide rods smoothly without jamming or wobbling and locks easily into place by turning the side thumbscrews.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Holds Cylindrical Devices","text":"The double V-shaped mounting base can also be used to hold lens tube-mounted lenses or cylindrical-shaped lasers.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["V-Groove Registered Variable Size Lens Mounts"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Variable Size Lens Mount"]},{"parameter":"Adjustments","values":["Fixed"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["8-32 (M4) CLR"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["VLH-1A","VLH-3A"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Optic Diameter","values":["6.3-31.8 mm","15.2-91.4 mm"]}]}]},{"slug":"drop-in-spring-clamp-optical-filter-mounts","name":"Drop-in Spring Clamp Optical Filter Mounts","description":"The mounts hold individual filters firmly in place, accommodate round or square filters, and offer a wide variety of post mounting options.","pageTitle":"Drop-in Spring Clamp Optical Filter Mounts","pageDescription":"Our spring-loaded optical filter mounts do not require tools to secure or change your optical filter, and they can be stacked to provide a wide variety of filtering options. The mounts hold individual filters firmly in place, accommodate round or square filters, and offer a wide variety of post mounting options.","image":"/images/optomech-drop-in-spring-clamp-optical-filter-mounts.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Our spring-loaded optical filter mounts do not require tools to secure or change your optical filter, and they can be stacked to provide a wide variety of filtering options. The mounts hold individual filters firmly in place, accommodate round or square filters, and offer a wide variety of post mounting options. The FH-1S and FH-2S use a three-sided, spring-loaded, v-groove clamp that allows quick and easy interchange of the optical filter by simply squeezing the lower portion of the spring-loaded Delrin arm.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-drop-in-spring-clamp-optical-filter-mounts.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy Filter Exchange","text":"Our FH-1S and FH-2S Optical Filter Holders use a three-sided, spring-loaded, v-groove clamp to still allow for quick and easy interchange of the optical filter. Simply squeeze on the lower portion of the spring-loaded Delrin arm and insert the filter, and when the arm is released, the filter will be held firmly in place.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Post Mounting Options","text":"The FH-1S, FH-2S and 9861 Filter Holders incorporate an 8-32 (M4) counterbored hole in the center of the base, allowing for easy post mounting with a variety of posts and pedestals.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Hold Round or Square Optical Filters","text":"The FH-1S mount holds 1.0 in. diameter optical filters, while the FH-2S and M-PPF50 mounts hold 2.0 in. square optical filters. The 9861 mount can hold either square or round filters, as well as assorted filter pieces.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stack Multiple Optical Filters","text":"The 9861 double filter holder allows you to stack two filters of any shape with ease. The FH-1S and FH-2S filter mounts feature two sets of threaded and clearance holes on the face of their base for use in stacking.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Drop-in Spring Clamp Optical Filter Mounts"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Mechanism","values":["Spring-loaded, V-groove Clamp"]},{"parameter":"Filter Shape","values":["Round or Square"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Thickness","values":["5 mm"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["FH-1S","FH-2S"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Filter Size","values":["25.4 mm","50.8 mm"]}]}]},{"slug":"vph-no-slip-optical-post-holders","name":"VPH No Slip Optical Post Holders","description":"The VPH Series Optical Post Holders provide continuous vertical control for components mounted with 0.5 in.","pageTitle":"VPH No Slip Optical Post Holders","pageDescription":"The VPH Series Optical Post Holders provide continuous vertical control for components mounted with 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) optical posts such as the SP Series.","image":"/images/optomech-vph-no-slip-optical-post-holders.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The VPH Series Optical Post Holders provide continuous vertical control for components mounted with 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) optical posts such as the SP Series. The VPH Series' unique, innovative brake-shoe design provides no-slip operation by holding posts in place during height adjustments before locking the position with its thumbscrew. They are locked in place by either a hand knob or Allen wrench and are available in various heights and with or without a pedestal base for the most choices of mounting to an optical table or breadboard.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-vph-no-slip-optical-post-holders.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Brake-shoe Design Offers Grip for Easy Adjusting","text":"VPH Series optical post holders feature a unique, spring-loaded, brake shoe design to apply constant friction to optical posts during height adjustments for no-slip operation, before locking in place with its thumbscrew. Unlike typical spring-loaded post holders, the VPH Series holds posts in place even if the thumbscrew is partially or completely loosened.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Two-Line Contact for Greater Stability","text":"By using precision machining techniques to remove a small portion of the interior surface opposite the set screw of the VPH Series optical post holder, two lines of contact are created with a post when it is pushed in by the screw. These two lines of contact provide greater stability compared to a post held in place against another circular surface.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Versatile Mounting","text":"Standard VPH post holders feature a 1/4-20 (M6) threaded hole at the bottom and therefore can be threaded directly into an optical table, or mounted anywhere on the optical table with a pedestal base adapter or slotted base.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pedestal Base Version Available","text":"All post holders except for VPH-1.5 are available in a pedestal base version, with a stainless steel pedestal base adapter already attached for mounting to optical tables with a fork clamp. The base adds 0.188 in. (4.78 mm) to the standard height of each post.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Remove and Replace Post Holders Without Changing Their Location","text":"Newport's patented PS-1P Precision Peg adapter allows the post holders to be precisely installed and removed without changing location within an optical setup. One end of the peg is threaded into the bottom hole of the post holder and the other end precisely slides into the PS-1P adaptor and locks in place with two set screws.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["VPH No Slip Optical Post Holders"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Optical Post Holder, Pedestal Base Post Holder"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["1/4-20, M6"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Aluminum"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["VPH-1","VPH-1.5","VPH-2","VPH-3","VPH-4","VPH-6"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Height","values":["25.4 mm","38.1 mm","50.8 mm","76.2 mm","101.6 mm","152.4 mm"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["1/4-20","1/4-20","1/4-20","1/4-20","1/4-20","1/4-20"]}]}]},{"slug":"0-5-in-diameter-stainless-steel-optical-mounting-posts","name":"0.5 in. Diameter Stainless Steel Optical Mounting Posts","description":"SP Series posts can be connected using thread adapters, contain cross-drilled holes to aid in tightening and loosening posts, and can be inserted into 0.5 in.","pageTitle":"0.5 in. Diameter Stainless Steel Optical Mounting Posts","pageDescription":"SP Series 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) diameter optical mounting posts provide highly stable and versatile mounting of optics, featuring a solid stainless-steel construction and an 8-32 (M4) threaded hole in one end and a 1/4-20 (M6) threaded hole in the other end.","image":"/images/optomech-0-5-in-diameter-stainless-steel-optical-mounting-posts.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SP Series 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) diameter optical mounting posts provide highly stable and versatile mounting of optics, featuring a solid stainless-steel construction and an 8-32 (M4) threaded hole in one end and a 1/4-20 (M6) threaded hole in the other end. SP Series posts can be connected using thread adapters, contain cross-drilled holes to aid in tightening and loosening posts, and can be inserted into 0.5 in. Optical Post Holders. The posts are precision ground and offered in a wide range of heights, with tapped holes at each end and a set screw included for joining posts together to create customizable lengths.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-0-5-in-diameter-stainless-steel-optical-mounting-posts.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Tapped Holes in Both Ends","text":"SP Series Optical Mounting Posts are precision ground 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) diameter stainless steel optical posts with an 8-32 (or M4 for metric versions) tapped hole in one end and a 1/4-20 (M6) tapped hole in the other end. Each optical mounting post is supplied with an 8-32 (M4) double-ended set screw for joining posts together to create customizable lengths, and different ends of the posts can also be connected with thread adapters.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Eleven Different Height Options","text":"The SP series optical posts are offered in eleven different heights between 0.75 in. (19.1 mm) and 12 in. (304.8 mm). All eleven models are also available in metric versions, which include an M- prefix in the model number.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compatible With a Wide Variety of Optical Post Holders","text":"These optical posts are compatible with a variety of 0.5 in. Optical Post Holders which lock posts in place over a range of the posts' lengths, giving a continuous and customizable height to the mounted component. Newport's post holder families feature innovative designs such as a brake-shoe clamp, a quick-release cam-lock, a slotted base, kinematic indentations, and magnetic bases.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cross-Drilled Hole for Easy Tightening and Loosening","text":"Posts that are 2 inches and taller feature a 0.1 in. (2.5 mm) diameter cross-drilled hole below the 8-32 (M4) end. By inserting a 5/64 in. (2 mm) hex wrench into this hole, it can be used to rotate the post to tighten it into or loosen it from the optical table or breadboard more easily.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Convert 0.5 in. Optical Post to Pedestal","text":"The SP-BZ pedestal base adapter features a 1/4-20 (M6) threaded hole and attaches to the 1/4-20 (M6) end of a 0.5 in. post, allowing the post to be mounted anywhere on an optical table just like a pedestal. A magnet located inside the base steadies the post prior to clamping it to an optical table using the SP-F fork.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Accessories for Customizable Heights and Architectures","text":"Post spacers and threaded extenders are available to offer precise tuning of mounting height, allowing optics to be mounted at non-standard heights. Post collars provide an index point for a specific post height, post-joining angle clamps offer versatile post-to-post mounting, optical mount adapter clamps fasten a mount at any angle to a post, and electrical isolating adapters are available for applications requiring electrical isolation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["0.5 in. Diameter Stainless Steel Optical Mounting Posts"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["0.5 in. Diameter Optical Post"]},{"parameter":"Diameter","values":["12.7 mm"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["M4 & M6, 8-32 & 1/4-20"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Stainless Steel"]}]}]},{"slug":"optical-posts-and-bases-kits","name":"Optical Posts and Bases Kits","description":"The OMK33 Optical Posts and Bases Kit offers an array of bases, post clamps, posts, pillar posts, clamping forks and other essentials totaling 49 products.","pageTitle":"Optical Posts and Bases Kits","pageDescription":"The OMK33 Optical Posts and Bases Kit offers an array of bases, post clamps, posts, pillar posts, clamping forks and other essentials totaling 49 products. The kit also comes with a pre-labeled 9 drawer cabinet for easy setup and ordering of additional parts if necessary for your laboratory.","image":"/images/optomech-optical-posts-and-bases-kits.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The OMK33 Optical Posts and Bases Kit offers an array of bases, post clamps, posts, pillar posts, clamping forks and other essentials totaling 49 products. The kit also comes with a pre-labeled 9 drawer cabinet for easy setup and ordering of additional parts if necessary for your laboratory. The cabinet is wall-mountable and stackable, and the kit is available with either imperial or metric threaded components.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-optical-posts-and-bases-kits.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Kit Components","text":"The kit includes slotted bases, base clamps, clamping forks, pillar posts and spacers, standard 0.5 in. optical posts, post holders, and post clamps to build custom optical setups. It is provided in a pre-labeled 9-drawer cabinet that is wall-mountable and stackable for easy setup, organization, and part replacement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Optical Posts and Bases Kits"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Components","values":["49"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["Imperial or Metric"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["OMK33","M-OMK33"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["Imperial","Metric"]},{"parameter":"Components","values":["49","49"]}]}]},{"slug":"extended-range-ball-bearing-aluminum-linear-stages","name":"Extended Range, Ball Bearing Aluminum Linear Stages","description":"Long-range, ball bearing, linear translation stages are a staple in any optical laboratory, offering smooth lockable translation over extra-long travel ranges.","pageTitle":"Extended Range, Ball Bearing Aluminum Linear Stages","pageDescription":"Long-range, ball bearing, linear translation stages are a staple in any optical laboratory, offering smooth lockable translation over extra-long travel ranges.","image":"/images/optomech-extended-range-ball-bearing-aluminum-linear-stages.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Long-range, ball bearing, linear translation stages are a staple in any optical laboratory, offering smooth lockable translation over extra-long travel ranges. They are easily fit with manual or motorized actuators in right- or left-handed configurations, feature multiple M6 or 1/4-20 tapped holes for mounting optical components, and can be stacked together for multi-axis use. The 423, 433, 443, and 443-4 models provide travel ranges from 25 mm to 102 mm on lightweight aluminum platforms with single-row ball bearings for smooth, low-friction motion.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-extended-range-ball-bearing-aluminum-linear-stages.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ball-bearings Provide Smooth Linear Translation","text":"Ball bearings in these stages reduce friction compared with rolling motion to guide linear translation, and the guide ways are externally loaded to eliminate unwanted runout while keeping friction negligible over the entire travel range. The motion of each axis can easily be locked in place.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Designed to be Reconfigured to Left or Right-Handed","text":"These extended range stages are designed with symmetrical features that allow them to be reconfigured for left- or right-handed operation, such as moving the micrometer to the opposite side of the stage for vertical travel or improved adjustment accessibility. The lock and the micrometer locations can also be switched.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"423 XYZ Stage Stack Assembly","text":"These extended range stages are designed to be easily configured into multi-axis stage stacks, such as an XYZ assembly using three SM-25 micrometer-actuated 423 stages with a right-angle bracket.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Integrate with Rotation Stages","text":"These light-weight linear stages can be easily combined and stacked with 481 Rotation Stages for a multi-axis system, with the rotation stage mounted either below or above the linear stages.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compatible with Multi-Axis Tilt Stages","text":"423 series stages are compatible with Newport's multi-axis tilt platforms to provide full alignment capability, such as a 443 linear stage mounted atop a Model 39 for tip/tilt adjustment or a Model 36 mounted to an XY stack of 423 linear stages.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cost Saving Stage and Micrometer Bundles","text":"A special bundle of three 423 or M-423 stages with the recommended SM-25 actuators is offered, and purchasing the bundle includes the three SM-25 micrometers at no additional cost.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Extended Range, Ball Bearing Aluminum Linear Stages"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["Aluminum"]},{"parameter":"Bearings","values":["Single-Row Ball Bearings"]},{"parameter":"Drive Location","values":["Side drive"]},{"parameter":"Angular Deviation","values":["<200 µrad"]},{"parameter":"Height","values":["1.0 in."]},{"parameter":"Vertical Axial Load Capacity","values":["67 N"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["423","433","443","443-4"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Maximum Stage Travel","values":["25 mm","46 mm","50 mm","102 mm"]},{"parameter":"Centered Normal Load Capacity","values":["156 N","191 N","258 N","258 N"]},{"parameter":"Platform Size","values":["3.0 × 3.0 in.","3.0 × 4.0 in.","3.0 × 6.0 in.","3.0 × 6.0 in."]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["1/4-20","1/4-20","1/4-20","1/4-20"]},{"parameter":"Recommended Adjustment Screw","values":["AJS100-1","AJS100-2","AJS100-2","AJS100-2 (x2)"]},{"parameter":"Recommended Vernier Micrometer","values":["SM-25","SM-50","SM-50","SM-50 (x2)"]},{"parameter":"Recommended LTA Motorized Actuator","values":["LTA-HS","LTA-HS","LTA-HS","LTA-HS (x2)"]}]}]},{"slug":"rs-low-profile-rotation-stages","name":"RS Low-Profile Rotation Stages","description":"The RS Low-Profile rotation stages offer smooth rotation for mounted components or 1-inch optics (0.5 in.","pageTitle":"RS Low-Profile Rotation Stages","pageDescription":"The RS Low-Profile rotation stages offer smooth rotation for mounted components or 1-inch optics (0.5 in. with optional PRA-05), comparable to the 481 series, with minimally reduced sensitivity while offering a slim profile for use in compact systems of all kinds.","image":"/images/optomech-rs-low-profile-rotation-stages.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RS Low-Profile rotation stages offer smooth rotation for mounted components or 1-inch optics (0.5 in. with optional PRA-05), comparable to the 481 series, with minimally reduced sensitivity while offering a slim profile for use in compact systems of all kinds. They provide precision rotation with a 12 arc min position readout, 2° graduations with a vernier scale, and lockable rotation to reduce drift. The stages can rotate 1 in. or 0.5 in. polarizers and wave plates and are post mountable for vertical rotation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-rs-low-profile-rotation-stages.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Lockable Fine Rotation in a Low Profile","text":"The RS Low-Profile series offers 10° fine adjustments with roughly 2.5 times smaller profile height than the 481 series. The 360° coarse translation on the precision bored bearing locks in place with the smaller knurled knob in the side thumbscrew, which engages the fine adjustment driven by actuators, while the fine translation can be locked down by tightening the bigger knurled knob in the same thumbscrew. 2° graduations and a vernier with 12 arc min markings are engraved on the side of the stage.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Versatile Optic Mounting","text":"The RS65 Rotation Stages feature a 1.063 in.-20 threaded central aperture that allows secure mounting of 1.0 in. optics such as waveplates and polarizers using included retaining rings, 0.5 in. optics with an adapter, or a 0.5 in. beamsplitting cube in a holder. Glan-Laser Calcite Polarizers can thread directly into the tapped aperture, and the RS65 mount also comes with a solid aperture insert that provides a centered clearance hole for on-axis mounting of an optical component supported by an optical post.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compatible Actuators","text":"The RS65 Rotation Stages are actuator-driven stages supplied without an actuator, allowing the user to choose an actuator type that fits the precision of the application, including fine adjustment screws, micrometers, differential micrometers, or motorized actuators. The actuators can be easily installed and interchanged.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Post or Table Mounting","text":"The RS65 stages can be directly mounted to an optical table or breadboard using the clearance holes in the three corners, while RS40 stages require a slotted base plate for mounting to an optical table or other products with a standard 1 in. (25 mm) hole pattern. Both stages can also be post mounted in a vertical configuration using the tapped hole on the side.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easily Combined for Multi-axis Motion","text":"The RS Series Rotation Stages are compatible with DS Series Linear Stages and GON Series Goniometric Stages of matching size, such as RS40 with DS40-X or RS65 with DS65-X. They can be combined to provide multi-axis motion and can be easily adapted to fit a specific system's needs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RS Low-Profile Rotation Stages"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Coarse Travel","values":["360°"]},{"parameter":"Fine Travel","values":["10°"]},{"parameter":"Graduations","values":["2°"]},{"parameter":"Vernier","values":["0.2°"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RS40","M-RS40","RS65","M-RS65"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Diameter","values":["40 mm","40 mm","65 mm","65 mm"]},{"parameter":"Optic Diameter","values":["","","25.4 mm","25.4 mm"]},{"parameter":"Clear Aperture","values":["","","19.05 mm","19.05 mm"]},{"parameter":"Sensitivity","values":["16 arc sec","16 arc sec","",""]},{"parameter":"Load Capacity","values":["50 N","50 N","98 N","98 N"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["6-32 and 1/4-20","M3 and M6","6-32 and 1/4-20","M3 and M6"]},{"parameter":"Included Actuators","values":["BM11.5","BM11.5","Actuator not included","Actuator not included"]}]}]},{"slug":"x48-aluminum-four-sided-optical-rail-system","name":"X48 Aluminum Four-Sided Optical Rail System","description":"The unique shape of the rail also increases its longitudinal and torsional stiffness despite its versatile profile.","pageTitle":"X48 Aluminum Four-Sided Optical Rail System","pageDescription":"The X48 Series Rail System is made of solid, yet lightweight, aluminum with a symmetrical cruciform cross-section to accommodate dovetail-style carriers on all four sides, which are mounted and removed easily.","image":"/images/optomech-x48-aluminum-four-sided-optical-rail-system.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The X48 Series Rail System is made of solid, yet lightweight, aluminum with a symmetrical cruciform cross-section to accommodate dovetail-style carriers on all four sides, which are mounted and removed easily. The unique shape of the rail also increases its longitudinal and torsional stiffness despite its versatile profile. Four rail lengths and two carrier lengths are available, and the system is compatible with a wide range of stages and mounts, making it excellent for larger optical systems.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-x48-aluminum-four-sided-optical-rail-system.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Solid Aluminum with Dovetail Mounting","text":"Rails and carriers of the X48 Series are made of solid aluminum to provide rigid, yet lightweight, support to optical systems, and the precision dovetail design allows components to be quickly attached or removed without disturbing other carriers or components. Aluminum-housed, knurled knobs securely clamp carriers to the rail and eliminate contact between the screw shaft and the rail to prevent rail damage from over-tightening.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Unique Symmetrical Cruciform Shape Provides Four Mounting Surfaces","text":"A symmetrical 47.5 mm cruciform cross-section accommodates dovetail-style carriers on all four sides for easy mounting and removal. The unique rail shape increases its longitudinal and torsional stiffness, despite its versatile profile.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"48 mm Aluminum Optical Rail Carriers","text":"CXL48 Series Carriers enable fast, easy mounting and secure clamping of components at any point along the rail, with the CXL48-50 and CXL48-80 Carriers specially designed to support positioners with the 50 mm and 80 mm module sizes, respectively. Knurled knobs securely clamp the carriers to the rail with a unique design that eliminates contact between the screw shaft and the rail for smoother sliding, more stable positioning, and prevention of rail damage from over-tightening. A stable optical bench can be built using the X48 rail with the BCX48S Single Foot and the BCX48D Double Foot, which are height-adjustable to assist in leveling the rail.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["X48 Aluminum Four-Sided Optical Rail System"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Four Sided Optical Rail"]},{"parameter":"Height","values":["47.5 mm"]},{"parameter":"Width","values":["47.5 mm"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Aluminum"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["M4"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["X48-0.5","X48-1","X48-1.5","X48-2"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Rail Length","values":["500 mm","1000 mm","1500 mm","2000 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["2.1 kg","4.2 kg","6.3 kg","8.4 kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"76-mm-quick-release-optical-rail-system","name":"76 mm Quick-Release Optical Rail System","description":"wide, single-rail system uses a box beam cross-section for stiffness and a single-handed fast lock and release mechanism for optical carriers.","pageTitle":"76 mm Quick-Release Optical Rail System","pageDescription":"The 76 mm Quick Release Optical Rails System by New Focus is the most convenient and user-friendly of the optical rail systems, featuring quick-release carriers and a box-beam cross-sectioned rail to reduce weight without sacrificing stiffness.","image":"/images/optomech-76-mm-quick-release-optical-rail-system.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The 76 mm Quick Release Optical Rails System by New Focus is the most convenient and user-friendly of the optical rail systems, featuring quick-release carriers and a box-beam cross-sectioned rail to reduce weight without sacrificing stiffness. The 3.0 in. wide, single-rail system uses a box beam cross-section for stiffness and a single-handed fast lock and release mechanism for optical carriers. Large, readable metric and English scales are printed on the rail, and the system mounts to surfaces with clamps to allow any rail orientation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-76-mm-quick-release-optical-rail-system.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"76 mm, Single-rail System with Stiff Box Beam Cross-section Construction","text":"This unique New Focus 3.0 in. (76.2 mm) wide optical rail system uses an enhanced box-beam cross section to reduce weight to 10 oz./ft. (1.8 kg/m) without sacrificing stiffness. Rails are available in either 12.0 in. (305 mm) or 24.0 in. (610 mm) lengths.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"English and Metric Linear Scales","text":"Both metric and English rulings are printed clearly on each optical rail. This helps to speed up optical system set-ups.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Single-handed Quick-release Carriers","text":"Carriers are available in three styles, each with a spring-loaded lever for one-handed lock and release, and an 8-32 (M4) screw locks the carriers in place once aligned. Models 9741 and 9743-M are each 1 in. (25.4 mm) long with one threaded and one counterbored hole, 1/4-20 and M4 sized respectively, while model 9742-M has an array of M4 and M6 threaded and counterbored holes and is 3.0 in. (76.2 mm) long.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optical Table Clamp Mounting","text":"These quick-release optical rails attach to the optical table with table clamps, allowing virtually any position or orientation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["76 mm Quick-Release Optical Rail System"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Rail Width","values":["3.0 in. (76.2 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Rail Weight","values":["10 oz./ft. (1.8 kg/m)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["9731","9732"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Rail Length","values":["304.8 mm (12 in.)","609.6 mm (24 in.)"]}]}]},{"slug":"multi-axis-optical-fiber-positioners","name":"Multi-Axis Optical Fiber Positioners","description":"Positioning is controlled with easy-to-handle knobs that lock securely with a hex key.","pageTitle":"Multi-Axis Optical Fiber Positioners","pageDescription":"FP Series Fiber Optic Positioners provide multi-axis precision positioning for bare, connectorized, or polarization-preserving fibers with newly improved, high-resolution, 100 TPI adjustment screws. Positioning is controlled with easy-to-handle knobs that lock securely with a hex key.","image":"/images/optomech-multi-axis-optical-fiber-positioners.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"FP Series Fiber Optic Positioners provide multi-axis precision positioning for bare, connectorized, or polarization-preserving fibers with newly improved, high-resolution, 100 TPI adjustment screws. Positioning is controlled with easy-to-handle knobs that lock securely with a hex key. The XY range of motion is ±1.6 mm and the Z range is ±3.6 mm or ±3.2 mm depending on the model, and non-influencing locks maintain stable alignment. A wide assortment of interchangeable fiber accessories is available to support multiple chuck styles.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/optomech-multi-axis-optical-fiber-positioners.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precision Control for Bare or Connectorized Fibers","text":"FP Series Fiber Optic Positioners provide three- to six-axis precision positioning with an 80 TPI adjustment screw for Z positioning and 100 TPI screws for all other axes. Three- and five-axis positioners are available for bare fibers (models FP-1A and FP-2A), while FPR-1A and FPR-2A support the same bare fiber chucks and add rotational positioning about the fiber axis. For connectorized fibers, models FPR1-C1A and FPR2-C1A provide four- and six-axis positioning control, respectively, and are also suitable for polarization-preserving fibers since they feature rotational control about the fiber axis. A single positioner supports multiple chuck styles, all available separately from the Fiber Chucks and Holders family.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Positioners Lock Motion for Stable Alignment","text":"All bare fiber positioners feature position locks for the X and Y axes, while the connectorized fiber positioners FPR1-C1A and FPR2-C1A incorporate a zero-free-play XY mechanism to ensure accurate positioning and better long-term stability, reducing drift over both time and temperature. Independent locks for each axis of motion securely lock the mechanism, not just the actuator screws, and engaging or disengaging each lock has negligible influence on the other axes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mount to Optical Posts","text":"All FP Series Fiber Optic Positioners have threaded 8-32 and M4 holes in their base for mounting to optical posts. The FPR2-C1A is also provided with a slotted base plate for mounting directly to an optical table, which can be mounted on either side of the positioner.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Multi-Axis Optical Fiber Positioners"],"specs":[{"parameter":"XYθxθy Adjustment Screws","values":["100 TPI"]},{"parameter":"Z Adjustment Knob","values":["80 TPI"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["FP-1A","FP-2A","FPR-1A","FPR-2A","FPR1-C1A","FPR2-C1A"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Axes of Travel","values":["X, Y, Z","X, Y, Z, θx, θy","X, Y, Z, θz","X, Y, Z, θx, θy, θz","X, Y, Z, θz","X, Y, Z, θx, θy, θz"]},{"parameter":"Fiber Type","values":["Bare","Bare","Bare","Bare","Connectorized","Connectorized"]},{"parameter":"Travel Range","values":["X,Y: ±1.6 mm Z: ±3.6 mm","X,Y: ±1.6 mm Z: ±3.6 mm","X,Y: ±1.6 mm Z: ±3.6 mm","X,Y: ±1.6 mm Z: ±3.6 mm","X,Y: ±1.6 mm Z: ±3.2 mm","X,Y: ±1.6 mm Z: ±3.2 mm"]},{"parameter":"Angular Range","values":["","θx,θy: ±3°","θz: 360°","θx,θy: ±3° θz: 360°","θz: 360°","θx,θy: ±5° θz: 360°"]},{"parameter":"Sensitivity","values":["X,Y: 0.75 µm Z: 1 µm","X,Y: 0.75 µm Z: 1 µm θx,θy: 3.8 arc sec","X,Y: 0.75 µm Z: 1 µm","X,Y: 0.75 µm Z: 1 µm θx,θy: 3.8 arc sec","X,Y: 0.75 µm Z: 1 µm","X,Y: 0.75 µm Z: 1 µm θx: 6.3 arc sec θy: 7.6 arc sec"]},{"parameter":"Optical Axis Height","values":["25.4 mm","25.4 mm","25.4 mm","25.4 mm","25.4 mm","50.8 mm"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Motion Control Systems","description":"Precision motorized stages and controllers.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"From single-axis positioning to multi-axis automation, Newport motion control systems combine precision motorized stages with advanced controllers for repeatable sub-micron movement in research and industrial applications.","overview":"Newport motorized stages and controllers automate positioning with travel from millimeters to meters and resolution down to the nanometer scale. Linear, rotation, vertical, and multi-axis configurations – driven by stepper, DC, and piezo motors – serve laser machining, photonics alignment, semiconductor test, microscopy, and scientific automation, with controllers and software that integrate cleanly into any experiment or production line.","partner":"Newport — USA","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/motion-cs.webp","slug":"motion-cs","models":[{"slug":"gts-series-high-torque-aluminum-dc-motor-linear-translation-stages","name":"GTS Series High Torque Aluminum DC Motor Linear Translation Stages","description":"GTS high torque DC motor linear translation stages combine the straightness and flatness of crossed-roller bearing stages with the improved accuracy and repeatability.","pageTitle":"GTS Series High Torque Aluminum DC Motor Linear Translation Stages","pageDescription":"GTS high torque DC motor linear translation stages combine the straightness and flatness of crossed-roller bearing stages with the improved accuracy and repeatability of higher-end stages.","image":"/images/motion-gts-series-high-torque-aluminum-dc-motor-linear-translation-stages.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"GTS high torque DC motor linear translation stages combine the straightness and flatness of crossed-roller bearing stages with the improved accuracy and repeatability of higher-end stages. They can provide high-performance solutions for applications such as surface scanning, test and calibration, optical component alignment and attachment and optical delay lines. GTS stages are machined from stress-relieved 7075 aluminum for long-term strength and stability and use a low friction ball screw drive with anti-creep crossed roller bearings to minimize stick and slip effects.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-gts-series-high-torque-aluminum-dc-motor-linear-translation-stages.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precision Encoder Feedback","text":"An optical scale with 50-nm resolution is mounted in the center of the stage to mitigate drive-train induced errors, and the fixed read-head design reduces the hassle of internal moving cables. GTS stages deliver 100 nm motion sensitivity with high reliability and stability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Long-Term Strength and Stability","text":"GTS stages are machined from stress-relieved 7075 aluminum for long-term strength and stability, with all critical surfaces precision ground under strict temperature and quality control. The asymmetric body design with defined flexible preload provides consistent results over varying temperatures and is insensitive to non-ideal mounting surfaces.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Anti-Creep Crossed Roller Bearings","text":"Matched pairs of anti-creep crossed roller bearings ensure the most accurate trajectory control, and the absence of recirculating elements produces outstanding ripple-free motion for demanding scanning and inspection systems. Geared retainers also prevent bearing cage migration common to other linear bearing products.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ultra-Smooth Motion","text":"The combination of a high-torque DC motor and a precision ground, preloaded, low-friction ball screw eliminates stick-slip effects to deliver ultra-smooth motion with 100 nm minimum incremental motion. GTS stages can be used in vertical applications with loads up to 25 N without complex counter-balance equipment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["GTS Series High Torque Aluminum DC Motor Linear Translation Stages"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Bearings","values":["Anti-creep Crossed Roller Bearings"]},{"parameter":"Drive Type","values":["DC Motor"]},{"parameter":"Feedback","values":["Optical scale encoder, 50 nm resolution"]},{"parameter":"Cable Length","values":["3 m"]},{"parameter":"MTBF","values":["20,000 h (25% load, 30% duty cycle)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["GTS70","GTS150"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Travel Range","values":["70 mm","150 mm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Speed","values":["50 mm/s","50 mm/s"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Incremental Motion","values":["100 nm","100 nm"]},{"parameter":"Centered Load Capacity","values":["100 N","100 N"]},{"parameter":"Axial Load Capacity (+Cx)","values":["25 N","20 N"]},{"parameter":"Inverse Axial Load Capacity (-Cx)","values":["-25 N","-20 N"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy, Typical","values":["±0.3 µm","±0.5 µm"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy, Guaranteed","values":["±1.0 µm","±1.0 µm"]},{"parameter":"Bi-directional Repeatability, Typical","values":["±0.06 µm","±0.08 µm"]},{"parameter":"Bi-directional Repeatability, Guaranteed","values":["±0.10 µm","±0.10 µm"]},{"parameter":"Pitch, Typical","values":["±15 µrad","±30 µrad"]},{"parameter":"Yaw, Typical","values":["±15 µrad","±25 µrad"]},{"parameter":"Origin Repeatability","values":["±0.05 µm","±0.05 µm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["2.7 kg","3.6 kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"mfa-series-miniature-steel-linear-translation-stages","name":"MFA Series Miniature Steel Linear Translation Stages","description":"The MFA series miniature steel linear stages are designed for high thermal stability, stiffness and load capacity all in a very compact package.","pageTitle":"MFA Series Miniature Steel Linear Translation Stages","pageDescription":"The MFA series miniature steel linear stages are designed for high thermal stability, stiffness and load capacity all in a very compact package. Relative to the stage's size, the stage is a low-cost option that offers precision motion for space-confined applications.","image":"/images/motion-mfa-series-miniature-steel-linear-translation-stages.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MFA series miniature steel linear stages are designed for high thermal stability, stiffness and load capacity all in a very compact package. Relative to the stage's size, the stage is a low-cost option that offers precision motion for space-confined applications. They are offered in DC motor and stepper motor versions, including a vacuum-compatible variant rated to 10-6 Torr.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-mfa-series-miniature-steel-linear-translation-stages.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Double Row Linear Ball Bearing Slides","text":"Newport's proprietary double-row linear ball bearing design has bearing ways machined directly into the structural frame of the stage, resulting in smooth travel, greater durability and longer life. Compared to solutions using commercial bearings, MFA linear stages offer higher load capacity and stiffness with low pitch and yaw errors.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Economical Micro-Stepping Stepper Motor","text":"For less demanding applications, the MFA-PPD uses a stepper motor with micro-stepping, a method of electronically dividing a full step of motion into a high number of partial steps to improve resolution and smoothness. This makes it a more economical solution than a DC motor for many applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Speed DC Motor with High Resolution Feedback","text":"The MFA-CC DC motor features an integrated gear-box and a motor-mounted rotary encoder with 2,048 cts/rev resolution for position feedback. Combined with a low-friction mechanical design, it delivers ultra-smooth motion with 100-nm sensitivity.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Vacuum Compatible Version","text":"The MFA-CCV6 is the vacuum compatible version of the MFA DC motor stage and can be used in a vacuum environment down to 10-6 hPa. All steel construction allows for a compact design with exceptional stiffness-to-weight ratio and high thermal stability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MFA Series Miniature Steel Linear Translation Stages"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Bearings","values":["Double-Row Ball Bearings"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["M2 and M3"]},{"parameter":"MTBF","values":["10,000 h (25% load, 30% duty cycle)"]},{"parameter":"Compliance","values":["RoHS 3, CE"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MFA-PPD","MFA-CC","MFA-CCV6"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Travel Range","values":["25 mm","25 mm","25 mm"]},{"parameter":"Drive Type","values":["Stepper Motor","DC Motor","DC Motor"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Speed","values":["1 mm/s","2.5 mm/s","1.25 mm/s"]},{"parameter":"Centered Load Capacity","values":["50 N","50 N","25 N"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Incremental Motion","values":["100 nm","100 nm","100 nm"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy, Typical","values":["±0.9 µm","±0.7 µm","±1.0 µm"]},{"parameter":"Bi-directional Repeatability, Guaranteed","values":["±0.75 µm","±0.75 µm","±1.0 µm"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum Compatibility","values":["No","No","10-6 Torr"]}]}]},{"slug":"rv-series-high-performance-folded-dc-motor-rotation-stages","name":"RV Series High-Performance Folded DC Motor Rotation Stages","description":"Four stage sizes and four DC motor configurations are available, and a folded motor may provide the RV stage with a more desirable footprint in certain systems.","pageTitle":"RV Series High-Performance Folded DC Motor Rotation Stages","pageDescription":"The RV Series steel rotation stages combine high precision positioning and extremely high load capacities to operate in a large variety of conditions for scientific and industrial applications.","image":"/images/motion-rv-series-high-performance-folded-dc-motor-rotation-stages.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RV Series steel rotation stages combine high precision positioning and extremely high load capacities to operate in a large variety of conditions for scientific and industrial applications. Four stage sizes and four DC motor configurations are available, and a folded motor may provide the RV stage with a more desirable footprint in certain systems. Closed-loop DC servo systems are the recommended choice for demanding applications requiring higher rotational speed, repeatability, accuracy or smaller minimum incremental motion.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-rv-series-high-performance-folded-dc-motor-rotation-stages.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Steel Construction","text":"The tool steel construction ensures enhanced rotation accuracy due to ground bearing surfaces, and the single monolithic design offers improved stiffness and thermal stability without compromising dynamic performance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Highest Load Capacity","text":"The double row of preloaded ball bearings allows for higher off-center loads within a small footprint. The largest member of the RV DC motor product family can bear up to 650 kg or rotate up to 80°/s while maintaining eccentricity of less than 4 µm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Speed and High Torque DC Motor Versions","text":"High speed (CC and HAT) and high torque (CCHL and HAHL) versions of the RV folded DC motor stages are available, with high speed versions enabling speeds up to 80°/s and high torque versions equipped with a reduction gear for higher torque and payload inertia capacity. A rotary encoder is mounted on the worm gear shaft of the CC and CCHL versions, while the high speed HAT version features a high-resolution direct reading encoder and tachometer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Configurable Limit Switches","text":"Most RV models are designed with optical limit switches that limit movement to ±170°. These can be enabled or disabled for complete 360° motion with a simple Allen wrench.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RV Series High-Performance Folded DC Motor Rotation Stages"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Drive Mechanism","values":["Ground worm gear with self-compensating preload"]},{"parameter":"Bearings","values":["Double row ball bearings"]},{"parameter":"Worm Gear Ratio","values":["1:90"]},{"parameter":"Origin","values":["Optical"]},{"parameter":"Base Material","values":["Stainless Steel"]},{"parameter":"Cable Length","values":["3 m"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RV120CC-F","RV160CC-F","RV240CC-F","RV350CC-F"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Angular Range","values":["360°","360°","360°","360°"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Speed","values":["80°/s","80°/s","80°/s","80°/s"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Torque","values":["10 N·m","11 N·m","13 N·m","14 N·m"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Incremental Motion","values":["1.0 mdeg","1.0 mdeg","1.0 mdeg","1.0 mdeg"]},{"parameter":"Centered Load Capacity","values":["1800 N","2700 N","4000 N","6500 N"]}]}]},{"slug":"large-platform-xy-aluminum-linear-stages","name":"Large Platform, XY Aluminum Linear Stages","description":"The stages are sold without actuators, allowing a comprehensive selection of manual or motorized drive options to be added later.","pageTitle":"Large Platform, XY Aluminum Linear Stages","pageDescription":"The 401 and 406 Series high-performance large platform two-axis linear stages are comprised of two orthogonal, translating supports to provide a single low profile unit with a large working area capable of supporting up to 100 lb.","image":"/images/motion-large-platform-xy-aluminum-linear-stages.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The 401 and 406 Series high-performance large platform two-axis linear stages are comprised of two orthogonal, translating supports to provide a single low profile unit with a large working area capable of supporting up to 100 lb. of load. Pre-loaded, stainless steel ball-bearings provide smooth travel with less than 200 µrad deviation, and each axis accepts an interchangeable manual or Newport motorized actuator. The stages are sold without actuators, allowing a comprehensive selection of manual or motorized drive options to be added later.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-large-platform-xy-aluminum-linear-stages.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Integrated Orthogonal Translation for Minimal Profile","text":"These stages are comprised of two orthogonal, translating supports that provide a low profile for dual-axis translation of the mounting surface. Either a solid or apertured mounting plate is available, and each axis supports either manual or motorized Newport actuators.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Large Working Area","text":"A large working area and robust design of three parallel plates provides smooth translation of up to 100 lb. of load despite the lightweight aluminum construction, and backlash is prevented by a spring loaded actuator assembly. These stages can be mounted in any orientation and maintain specifications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy Interchange Actuators","text":"The stages are sold without actuators to allow a comprehensive selection of manual or motorized actuators. Actuators can be quickly and easily changed on any axis, at any time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ball-Bearing Smooth Travel","text":"Pre-loaded, stainless steel ball-bearings provide smooth travel for the high load capacity of these stages over each axis, with less than 200 µrad angular deviation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Large Platform, XY Aluminum Linear Stages"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Axes of Travel","values":["X, Y"]},{"parameter":"Centered Normal Load Capacity","values":["450 N"]},{"parameter":"Vertical Axial Load Capacity","values":["67 N"]},{"parameter":"Angular Deviation","values":["<200 µrad"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Aluminum"]},{"parameter":"Bearings","values":["Single-Row Ball Bearings"]},{"parameter":"Platform Size","values":["139.7 × 139.7 mm"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["401","406"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Maximum Stage Travel","values":["13 mm","13 mm"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["1/4-20","1/4-20"]},{"parameter":"Aperture Diameter","values":["None","2.25 in."]}]}]},{"slug":"tra-dc-servo-actuators-with-conex-motion-controller","name":"TRA DC Servo Actuators With CONEX Motion Controller","description":"Newport's TRA DC servo actuators with CONEX motion controllers are a low cost solution for general OEM and research applications.","pageTitle":"TRA DC Servo Actuators With CONEX Motion Controller","pageDescription":"Newport's TRA DC servo actuators with CONEX motion controllers are a low cost solution for general OEM and research applications. They incorporate a space-saving design that allows them to be used with a wide variety of manual stages, mirror mounts, and OEM applications.","image":"/images/motion-tra-dc-servo-actuators-with-conex-motion-controller.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Newport's TRA DC servo actuators with CONEX motion controllers are a low cost solution for general OEM and research applications. They incorporate a space-saving design that allows them to be used with a wide variety of manual stages, mirror mounts, and OEM applications. The CONEX-CC motion controller is comparable in size to a deck of cards and is preconfigured and delivered with the motion device for out-of-the-box PC control.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-tra-dc-servo-actuators-with-conex-motion-controller.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"TRA DC Servo Actuators","text":"TRA DC servo linear actuators feature a slim design that minimizes the space used when upgrading a manual stage or optical mount to a motorized solution. They include a hard-coated steel ball tip that minimizes contact surface wear and highly reliable optical limit switches.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact DC Servo Motion Controller","text":"The CONEX-CC motion controller is comparable in size to a deck of cards, and up to six CONEX-CC controllers can fit on a CONEX-BP baseplate. The low-noise linear amplifier provides the optimum drive solution for low-power DC motors, delivering smooth motion with less electrical noise and motor heating.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Out-of-the-Box PC Control","text":"For out-of-the-box control, the CONEX controller is preconfigured and delivered with the motion device, requiring only power, USB connection, and the free motion GUI to begin moving a sample or sensor. RS-232 and RS-485 communications are also embedded for OEM or security sensitive applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Scalable Architecture","text":"CONEX motion controllers can be connected via daisy chain to create multi-axis systems, with power shared by up to five CONEX-CC modules using the optional power chain cable. This allows for a convenient, low cost multi-axis system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TRA DC Servo Actuators With CONEX Motion Controller"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Drive Type","values":["DC servo"]},{"parameter":"Computer Interfaces","values":["USB"]},{"parameter":"Cable Length","values":["3 m"]},{"parameter":"MTBF","values":["10,000 h (25 N load, 10% duty cycle)"]},{"parameter":"Compliance","values":["RoHS 3, CE"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["CONEX-TRA6CC","CONEX-TRA12CC","CONEX-TRA25CC"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Travel Range","values":["6 mm","12 mm","25 mm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Speed","values":["0.4 mm/s","0.4 mm/s","0.4 mm/s"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Incremental Motion","values":["0.20 µm","0.20 µm","0.20 µm"]},{"parameter":"Push Force","values":["60 N","60 N","60 N"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy, Typical","values":["±1.5 µm","±2.2 µm","±2.5 µm"]},{"parameter":"Bi-directional Repeatability, Typical","values":["±0.15 µm","±0.15 µm","±0.18 µm"]}]}]},{"slug":"newstep-miniature-linear-actuator","name":"NewStep Miniature Linear Actuator","description":"The NSA12 boasts the most compact build and the lowest cost stepper motor actuator in Newport's catalog, ideal for easily motorizing mirror mounts in confined spaces.","pageTitle":"NewStep Miniature Linear Actuator","pageDescription":"The NSA12 boasts the most compact build and the lowest cost stepper motor actuator in Newport's catalog, ideal for easily motorizing mirror mounts in confined spaces. At 60 mm length by 30 mm diameter, it is the smallest actuator available, and a vacuum compatible version is offered for applications up to 10-6 hPa.","image":"/images/motion-newstep-miniature-linear-actuator.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The NSA12 boasts the most compact build and the lowest cost stepper motor actuator in Newport's catalog, ideal for easily motorizing mirror mounts in confined spaces. At 60 mm length by 30 mm diameter, it is the smallest actuator available, and a vacuum compatible version is offered for applications up to 10-6 hPa. Newport does not offer a stand-alone controller for this model; the CONEX-NSA12 integrated controller kit is recommended.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-newstep-miniature-linear-actuator.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ideal for Mirror Mounts","text":"With 11 mm of travel and a compact size, the NSA12 can be used to easily motorize manual positioning stages such as the Ultima mirror mount.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Vacuum Compatible Stepper Motor Versions","text":"The NSA12V6 is the vacuum compatible stepper model specifically designed for vacuum applications up to 10-6 hPa.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Build","text":"At 60 mm length by 30 mm diameter, the NSA12 is the smallest actuator in the catalog, making it well suited to small, confined spaces.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Non-Rotating Tip","text":"NSA actuators feature a non-rotating tip that prevents wear and avoids periodic motion variations during movement, providing better positioning repeatability and eliminating tip wear.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["NewStep Miniature Linear Actuator"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Axial Load Capacity (+Cx)","values":["0 N"]},{"parameter":"Drive Screw Pitch","values":["0.3048 mm"]},{"parameter":"Origin","values":["Optical, at lower limit"]},{"parameter":"Cable Length","values":["3 m"]},{"parameter":"Power Consumption","values":["5 W"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["NSA12","NSA12V6"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Travel Range","values":["11 mm","11 mm"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Incremental Motion","values":["0.20 µm","0.20 µm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Speed","values":["0.9 mm/s","0.45 mm/s"]},{"parameter":"Bi-directional Repeatability, Typical","values":["±5.0 µm","±5.0 µm"]},{"parameter":"Inverse Axial Load Capacity (-Cx)","values":["-28 N","-14 N"]}]}]},{"slug":"trb-compact-motorized-actuators","name":"TRB Compact Motorized Actuators","description":"They are available in both DC servo motor and stepper motor versions across three travel ranges.","pageTitle":"TRB Compact Motorized Actuators","pageDescription":"TRB linear actuators offer mid-range load capacity with a wide range of travel and motor choices, and can easily motorize manual positioners and mirror mounts with flexible cable routing and a non-reflective surface coating.","image":"/images/motion-trb-compact-motorized-actuators.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"TRB linear actuators offer mid-range load capacity with a wide range of travel and motor choices, and can easily motorize manual positioners and mirror mounts with flexible cable routing and a non-reflective surface coating. They are available in both DC servo motor and stepper motor versions across three travel ranges. CONEX controller versions with integrated motion control electronics are also available.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-trb-compact-motorized-actuators.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Slim, Lightweight Design","text":"The TRB series actuators feature a slim, lightweight design that allows them to be used in compact spaces with a variety of manual stages, mirror mounts, and OEM applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Hard-Coated Steel Ball Tip","text":"TRB actuators feature a hard-coated steel ball tip that minimizes wear on the contact surface compared to designs using regular steel ball tips.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optical Limit Switches","text":"All TRB actuators include integrated optical limit switches to protect against over travel damage, and provide a method for repeatable referencing and homing after power up.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible Cable Routing","text":"The cable outlet of TRB actuators is located on the side, providing more flexibility for cable routing and management while reducing the overall length of the actuator compared to designs with a rear cable outlet.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TRB Compact Motorized Actuators"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Cable Length","values":["1.5 m"]},{"parameter":"Power Consumption","values":["10 W"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["0.23 kg"]},{"parameter":"MTBF","values":["10,000 h (25 N load, 10% duty cycle)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TRB6CC","TRB12CC","TRB25CC"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Travel Range","values":["6 mm","12 mm","25 mm"]},{"parameter":"Drive Type","values":["DC Servo Motor","DC Servo Motor","DC Servo Motor"]},{"parameter":"Push Force","values":["90 N","90 N","90 N"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Incremental Motion","values":["0.10 µm","0.10 µm","0.10 µm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Speed","values":["2 mm/s","2 mm/s","2 mm/s"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy, Typical","values":["±2.0 µm","±2.0 µm","±2.0 µm"]},{"parameter":"Bi-directional Repeatability, Typical","values":["±0.13 µm","±0.13 µm","±0.15 µm"]}]}]},{"slug":"high-precision-hexapods","name":"High Precision Hexapods","description":"In comparison to stacked stages, Newport's HXP Series Hexapods offer an easy, elegant solution to complex, multi-axis motion in a compact construction.","pageTitle":"High Precision Hexapods","pageDescription":"In comparison to stacked stages, Newport's HXP Series Hexapods offer an easy, elegant solution to complex, multi-axis motion in a compact construction.","image":"/images/motion-high-precision-hexapods.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"In comparison to stacked stages, Newport's HXP Series Hexapods offer an easy, elegant solution to complex, multi-axis motion in a compact construction. Their dedicated firmware simplifies the programming of complex motion through the use of two coordinate systems and automatically computes coordinate transformations for straightforward programming. Parallel kinematic motion devices provide six degrees of freedom in a compact solution, with no moving cables and error compensated motion.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-high-precision-hexapods.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Parallel Kinematic Motion","text":"Hexapods are effective solutions to complex motion applications that require high load capacity and accuracy in up to six independent axes. As an alternative to stacking multiple stages, hexapods have no moving cables, are lower in overall cost, and offer error compensated motion.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Precision Actuators","text":"The top plate of HXP hexapods is driven by six industry-proven, high performance actuators with encoder feedback at the leadscrew nut to provide precise minimum incremental motion, low backlash, and fast speed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Innovative Actuator Joints","text":"HXP hexapods utilize ceramic spherical joints, rather than ordinary universal joints, to connect the actuators to the base and moving top plate, ensuring constant preload over full travel and enhancing rigidity while avoiding corrosion.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Two Virtual Centers of Rotation","text":"Users can program up to two virtual pivot points, Tool and Work, without calculating coordinate system transformations or powering down the controller, simplifying complex motion for easy user program development.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"RightPath Trajectory Control","text":"Newport's RightPath trajectory control minimizes the runout of hexapods during scanning motion along line, arc, or rotation trajectories in either Work or Tool coordinates, while maintaining constant velocity and equal acceleration and deceleration.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["High Precision Hexapods"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Motor","values":["DC Servo"]},{"parameter":"Thread Type","values":["M6"]},{"parameter":"Cable Length","values":["3 m"]},{"parameter":"Connectors","values":["DB25 Male ×6"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HXP50-MECA","HXP100-MECA","HXP100P-MECA"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Platform Diameter","values":["125 mm","200 mm","200 mm"]},{"parameter":"Travel Range X, Y, Z","values":["±17, ±15, ±7 mm","±27.5, ±25, ±14 mm","±27.5, ±25, ±14 mm"]},{"parameter":"Travel Range ΘX, ΘY, ΘZ","values":["±9, ±8.5, ±18°","±11.5, ±10.5, ±19°","±11.5, ±10.5, ±19°"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Incremental Motion X, Y, Z","values":["0.10, 0.10, 0.05 µm","0.5, 0.5, 0.25 µm","0.10, 0.10, 0.05 µm"]},{"parameter":"Centered Load Capacity","values":["50 N","200 N","60 N"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["2.2 kg","7.2 kg","7.2 kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"esp302-3-axis-motion-controller-and-driver","name":"ESP302 3-Axis Motion Controller and Driver","description":"Research labs find the ESP302 controllers advantageous and convenient, suitable even for light-industrial applications.","pageTitle":"ESP302 3-Axis Motion Controller and Driver","pageDescription":"The user-friendly, 3-axis ESP302 controllers simplify motion control with their plug-and-play feature, convenient front panel interface, integrated drivers, and easy-to-use software. Research labs find the ESP302 controllers advantageous and convenient, suitable even for light-industrial applications.","image":"/images/motion-esp302-3-axis-motion-controller-and-driver.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The user-friendly, 3-axis ESP302 controllers simplify motion control with their plug-and-play feature, convenient front panel interface, integrated drivers, and easy-to-use software. Research labs find the ESP302 controllers advantageous and convenient, suitable even for light-industrial applications. The controllers integrate up to three drivers supporting 2-phase stepper or brush DC motors up to 3 A, 48 V per axis.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-esp302-3-axis-motion-controller-and-driver.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Integrated Drivers","text":"The ESP302 controllers feature up to three integrated drivers for various stages, supporting 2-phase stepper or brush DC motors up to 3 A, 48 V per axis. Built-in drivers make the ESP302 a space-saving and cost-effective choice.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"User-Friendly Front Panel","text":"The ESP302 includes an LCD touch-screen front panel interface providing an intuitive menu system to execute motion programs, initiate manual moves, and configure operating parameters. Positions for all axes are displayed, allowing users to perform nearly all functions without connecting to a computer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Plug-and-Play with ESP Compatible Stages","text":"When an ESP-compatible stage is connected to the ESP302 controller, the stage is quickly recognized and operating parameters are configured without the need for user input. This feature is transparent to the user and ensures safe operation of the stage.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Functional Motion Capabilities","text":"The ESP302 controllers include a variety of motion capabilities including slaving, jogging, point-to-point, grouping, trapezoidal and S-curve velocity profiles, backlash compensation, and linear compensation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ESP302 3-Axis Motion Controller and Driver"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Command Set","values":["100+ intuitive, 2-letter ASCII commands"]},{"parameter":"Drive Type","values":["2-phase stepper and Brush DC"]},{"parameter":"Motor Control","values":["16-bit DAC resolution, 5 MHz maximum encoder input frequency"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["3 kg"]},{"parameter":"Power Requirements","values":["115/230 V, 50/60 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["87 H × 223 W × 223 D mm"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ESP302-1N","ESP302-2N","ESP302-3N"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Number of Axes","values":["1","2","3"]},{"parameter":"Computer Interfaces","values":["Ethernet, RS-232","Ethernet, RS-232","Ethernet, RS-232"]}]}]},{"slug":"xps-rld-universal-high-performance-motion-controller-and-driver","name":"XPS-RLD Universal High-Performance 1-4 Axis Motion Controller and Driver","description":"The controller is based on the QNX real-time operating system with multi-tasking functionality for executing complex, internally stored TCL scripts.","pageTitle":"XPS-RLD Universal High-Performance 1-4 Axis Motion Controller and Driver","pageDescription":"The more user friendly, 4-axis, XPS-RLD universal motion controller drives a variety of motor types and executes complex motion through a high speed Ethernet TCP/IP interface.","image":"/images/motion-xps-rld-universal-high-performance-motion-controller-and-driver.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The more user friendly, 4-axis, XPS-RLD universal motion controller drives a variety of motor types and executes complex motion through a high speed Ethernet TCP/IP interface. From its outstanding servo rate and triggering to its intuitive GUI and Plug-and-Play ESP technology, the lower cost XPS-RLD is an excellent choice for both research and OEM applications. The controller is based on the QNX real-time operating system with multi-tasking functionality for executing complex, internally stored TCL scripts.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-xps-rld-universal-high-performance-motion-controller-and-driver.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"ESP Plug-and-Play Compatibility","text":"When an ESP-compatible stage is connected to the XPS, the stage is quickly recognized and operating parameters are configured without the need for user input, ensuring safe operation of the stage.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compensation for Maximum Accuracy","text":"An extensive set of compensation features are available including backlash, linear error, and error mapping in single, 2D, or 3D. All compensations are corrected dynamically at each servo cycle, updated at a rate of 10 kHz.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Line-Arc, Spline and PVT Trajectories","text":"The XPS-RLD supports line-arc, spline, and PVT motion paths for complex trajectories with varying speeds, including nonlinear motion devices, while maintaining constant speed throughout the region of interest.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Real-Time Processing and Multitasking","text":"Based on the QNX real-time operating system, the XPS-RLD can execute complex, internally stored, user-generated TCL script applications without adversely impacting higher-priority tasks, serving as a powerful, standalone process controller.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["XPS-RLD Universal High-Performance 1-4 Axis Motion Controller and Driver"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Command Set","values":["Object oriented language, 100+ functions, TCL generated scripts, EPICS compatible"]},{"parameter":"Computer Interfaces","values":["Two Ethernet 10/100/1000 Base-T"]},{"parameter":"Control Algorithm","values":["PI Position, PIDFF Velocity, PIDFF Acceleration"]},{"parameter":"Compensation","values":["Linear error, backlash compensation, error mapping"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["XPS-RLDM","XPS-RLD2","XPS-RLD4"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Number of Axes","values":["1","2","4"]}]}]},{"slug":"vacuum-compatible-crossed-roller-bearing-linear-stages","name":"1.0 in. Travel Vacuum Compatible Crossed Roller Bearing Linear Stages","description":"These vacuum compatible, high-performance, stainless-steel translation stages are designed to move components smoothly and rigidly with the highest precision.","pageTitle":"1.0 in. Travel Vacuum Compatible Crossed Roller Bearing Linear Stages","pageDescription":"These vacuum compatible, high-performance, stainless-steel translation stages are designed to move components smoothly and rigidly with the highest precision.","image":"/images/motion-vacuum-compatible-crossed-roller-bearing-linear-stages.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"These vacuum compatible, high-performance, stainless-steel translation stages are designed to move components smoothly and rigidly with the highest precision. Each of the 1.0 inch travel crossed-roller-bearing stages is clean assembled, uses low vapor pressure grease, and provides less than 150 µrad angular deviation for single- or multi-axis travel. Actuators are not included and must be selected separately, such as Newport's vacuum compatible Picomotor piezo actuators.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-vacuum-compatible-crossed-roller-bearing-linear-stages.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Clean Assembled Using Low Vapor Pressure Grease","text":"Vacuum compatible crossed roller bearing stages are clean assembled and made with low vapor pressure grease appropriate for use in vacuum pressures as low as 10-6 Torr. 9066 and 9067 versions are also available without a baseplate for easier integration into volume-restricted vacuum systems.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precision Control and Smooth Translation","text":"These vacuum compatible, crossed-roller translation stages provide low profile, yet solid and sturdy linear translation, supporting load capacities up to 50 lb. in both horizontal and vertical orientations. Micron-scale travel precision is achieved with an angular deviation of less than 150 µrad and straight-line accuracy better than 3 microns.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Right or Left Handed Stage Configurations","text":"These stages come in mirror-image right and left-hand versions for more flexibility in how experiments are laid out on the table, eliminating the need to reach over the work to make adjustments on the far side.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Low Profile X Translation Stages","text":"Low profile -COM commercial versions of these stages are designed to fit directly into a system, excluding the mounting base plate for reduced height and lower cost.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["1.0 in. Travel Vacuum Compatible Crossed Roller Bearing Linear Stages"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Maximum Stage Travel","values":["25.4 mm"]},{"parameter":"Centered Normal Load Capacity","values":["222 N"]},{"parameter":"Vertical Axial Load Capacity","values":["80 N"]},{"parameter":"Angular Deviation","values":["150 µrad"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Stainless Steel"]},{"parameter":"Bearings","values":["Crossed-Roller Bearings"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum Compatibility","values":["10-6 hPa"]}]}]},{"slug":"piezo-stack-linear-translation-stages","name":"Piezo Stack Linear Translation Stages","description":"The NPX Piezo Stack linear stages provide long travel and sub-nanometer resolution motion in one, two, or three axes all in a compact package.","pageTitle":"Piezo Stack Linear Translation Stages","pageDescription":"The NPX Piezo Stack linear stages provide long travel and sub-nanometer resolution motion in one, two, or three axes all in a compact package.","image":"/images/motion-piezo-stack-linear-translation-stages.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The NPX Piezo Stack linear stages provide long travel and sub-nanometer resolution motion in one, two, or three axes all in a compact package. They feature rapid response and fast settling performance, allowing them to be used in dynamic processes such as high-frequency error compensation, tracking, fast stepping, or continuous scanning. Optional integrated strain-gauge sensors enable closed-loop operation for highly accurate and repeatable motion that compensates for actuator creep.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-piezo-stack-linear-translation-stages.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sub-Nanometer Positioning Resolution","text":"With positioning resolution as low as 0.2 nm, the NPX Piezo Stack linear stages make ultra-fine adjustments limited only by the noise of the control electronics.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Large Piezoelectric Travel Range","text":"NPX Piezo Stack linear stages feature highly reliable, multi-layer, low-voltage piezoelectric transducer stacks for high-duty cycle operation. A sophisticated, FEA-optimized, parallelogram solid state flexure guide system ensures perfect parallel motion and up to 400 µm travel range.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optional Integrated Strain-Gauge for Closed-Loop Operation","text":"The closed-loop -SG models feature high resolution strain-gauge position sensors for highly accurate and repeatable motion which also compensates for actuator creep. The assembly is a full Wheatstone bridge and is temperature insensitive.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Motion in X, XY, or XYZ","text":"NPX Piezo Stack linear stages are available as X, XY, and XYZ motion systems, with multi-axis devices utilizing an advanced parallel motion principle where all actuators act directly on the moving platform for smaller form factor and lower inertia.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Piezo Stack Linear Translation Stages"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Guide System","values":["FEA-optimized parallelogram solid state flexure, frictionless"]},{"parameter":"Available Axes","values":["X, XY, XYZ"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum Versions","values":["Available (10-6 Torr)"]},{"parameter":"Compliance","values":["RoHS"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["NPX200","NPX200SG","NPX400","NPX400SG"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Axes of Travel","values":["X","X","X","X"]},{"parameter":"Feedback","values":["Open-loop","Strain-gauge","Open-loop","Strain-gauge"]},{"parameter":"Open Loop Travel","values":["200 µm","200 µm","400 µm","400 µm"]},{"parameter":"Open Loop Resolution","values":["0.4 nm","0.4 nm","0.4 nm","0.4 nm"]},{"parameter":"Closed Loop Travel","values":["","160 µm","","320 µm"]},{"parameter":"Closed Loop Resolution","values":["","4 nm","","4 nm"]},{"parameter":"Axial Load Capacity","values":["16 N","16 N","64 N","64 N"]},{"parameter":"Resonant Frequency, Unloaded","values":["177 Hz","177 Hz","200 Hz","200 Hz"]}]}]},{"slug":"agilis-piezo-motion-controllers","name":"Agilis Piezo Motion Controllers","description":"Agilis Piezo Motion Controllers provide convenient and compact fine positioning control of the Agilis family of piezo motion stages and mounts.","pageTitle":"Agilis Piezo Motion Controllers","pageDescription":"Agilis Piezo Motion Controllers provide convenient and compact fine positioning control of the Agilis family of piezo motion stages and mounts. An Agilis optical mount is driven by two piezo motors, whereas an Agilis linear or rotation stage is driven by a single piezo motor.","image":"/images/motion-agilis-piezo-motion-controllers.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Agilis Piezo Motion Controllers provide convenient and compact fine positioning control of the Agilis family of piezo motion stages and mounts. An Agilis optical mount is driven by two piezo motors, whereas an Agilis linear or rotation stage is driven by a single piezo motor. OEM versions are also available for integration directly into customer equipment.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/motion-agilis-piezo-motion-controllers.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Hand-Held 2-Axis Piezo Motion Controller","text":"The Agilis AG-UC2 controller provides convenient push button remote control and USB computer control for two Agilis axes. Power is supplied through the USB port, and a virtual GUI allows the user to mimic remote operation of the controller buttons through the computer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact 8-Axis Piezo Motion Controller","text":"The Agilis AG-UC8 piezo motion controller provides USB computer control of up to 8 Agilis axes, with power supplied through the same USB port used for communication. Two holes in the controller allow stacking of several controllers and attachment to optical tables.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"OEM Versions","text":"The AG-UC2-OEM 2-axis controller is designed to be integrated into OEM equipment by mounting directly onto a printed circuit board, while the AG-UC8PC 8-axis controller provides the same features as the AG-UC8 as a PC card with RS-232 and RS-485 communication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"LabVIEW and Windows DLL Support","text":"For greater flexibility and custom programming, Windows DLL, LabVIEW VIs, and ASCII commands are provided for all controller functions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Agilis Piezo Motion Controllers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Maximum Channels","values":["8"]},{"parameter":"Software","values":["Windows GUI, ASCII commands, Windows DLL, LabVIEW VIs"]},{"parameter":"Compatibility","values":["Agilis piezo motor-driven stages and mounts"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["AG-UC2","AG-UC8","AG-UC2-OEM","AG-UC8PC"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Agilis Controller","Agilis Controller","Agilis OEM Controller","Agilis OEM Controller"]},{"parameter":"Number of Axes","values":["2","8","2","8"]},{"parameter":"Computer Interfaces","values":["USB","USB","USB","USB, RS232, RS485"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Light Sources & Detectors","description":"Broadband and tunable light sources with calibrated detectors.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Calibrated light sources and detectors are the measurement backbone of any photonics laboratory. Newport's portfolio spans broadband and tunable sources, monochromators, power meters, and photodetectors for accurate optical measurement.","overview":"Newport light sources cover arc lamps, quartz-tungsten-halogen lamps, LEDs, laser-driven plasma sources, and tunable monochromator-based systems for spectroscopy, solar simulation, and detector calibration. Matching photodiode, thermopile, and pyroelectric detectors with calibrated power and energy meters complete the measurement chain, giving researchers traceable, repeatable optical measurements from the deep UV to the far infrared.","partner":"Newport — USA","manufacturerNote":"Authorized distributor in Bangladesh. Factory-trained engineers available for local support.","image":"/images/light-src-det.webp","slug":"light-src-det","models":[{"slug":"xenon-xe-arc-lamps","name":"Xenon (Xe) Arc Lamps","description":"Xenon (Xe) arc lamps have a relatively smooth emission curve in the UV to visible spectrums, with characteristic wavelengths emitted from 750-1000 nm.","pageTitle":"Xenon (Xe) Arc Lamps","pageDescription":"Xenon (Xe) arc lamps have a relatively smooth emission curve in the UV to visible spectrums, with characteristic wavelengths emitted from 750-1000 nm.","image":"/images/light-xenon-xe-arc-lamps.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Xenon (Xe) arc lamps have a relatively smooth emission curve in the UV to visible spectrums, with characteristic wavelengths emitted from 750-1000 nm. Their sun-like emission spectrum and approximately 5800 K color temperature make them a popular choice for solar simulation, as well as absorption and fluorescence and source spectral scanning applications. Ozone free, UV enhanced, and high stability versions are available across wattages from 75 W to 1600 W.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/light-xenon-xe-arc-lamps.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ozone Free Xenon Lamps","text":"UV wavelength emissions below approximately 260 nm create toxic ozone, so an ozone free lamp coated to remove unwanted UV wavelengths is a convenient option when the application does not require deep UV output. Ideally, an arc lamp is operated outdoors or in a well-ventilated room, or with an Ozone Eater accessory.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"UV-Enhanced Xenon Lamps","text":"When additional UV output from the xenon lamp is required, UV-enhanced lamps are available. These lamps provide the same visible to NIR performance of a standard Xe arc lamp while also providing high intensity UV output.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Stability Xenon Lamps","text":"High stability Xe arc lamps are made of a higher quality cathode than typically used for xenon arc lamp construction. As a result, no arc wander occurs, allowing the lamp to maintain a consistent output intensity throughout its lifetime.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Arc Lamp Safety","text":"Arc lamps may emit dangerous levels of UV radiation depending on their source type, so only authorized personnel wearing UV protective eyewear, clothing, and gloves should be in the vicinity of an operating source. Newport recommends using an electronic shutter to block the beam when the source is not in use but remains turned on.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Xenon (Xe) Arc Lamps"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["UV to NIR (UV-enhanced and ozone-free versions available)"]},{"parameter":"Color Temperature","values":["~5800 K"]},{"parameter":"Lamp Type","values":["Xe, Xe Ozone Free, Xe UV-Enhanced"]},{"parameter":"Lamp Wattage Range","values":["75 W to 1600 W"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["6251NS","6255","6259","6280NS","6271","62726"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Lamp Wattage","values":["75 W","150 W","300 W","450 W","1000 W","1600 W"]},{"parameter":"Lamp Type","values":["Xe","Xe, Ozone Free","Xe","Xe, Ozone Free","Xe, Ozone Free","Xe, Ozone Free"]},{"parameter":"Effective Arc Size","values":["0.4 × 0.8 mm","0.5 × 2.2 mm","0.7 × 2.4 mm","0.9 × 3.0 mm","1.0 × 3.0 mm","1.5 × 3.3 mm"]},{"parameter":"Approximate Flux","values":["1000 lm","3000 lm","7000 lm","13000 lm","30000 lm","48000 lm"]}]}]},{"slug":"pre-aligned-xenon-arc-lamp-sources","name":"Pre-Aligned Xenon Arc Lamp Sources","description":"The system uses an easy to replace 300 W xenon lamp cartridge that drops directly into the Lighthouse lamp housing with no alignment or focusing required.","pageTitle":"Pre-Aligned Xenon Arc Lamp Sources","pageDescription":"Oriel Pre-Aligned Xenon Arc Lamp Sources are a superior choice for users that need a light source of ultraviolet to near-infrared, continuous wave radiation without the hassle of lamp alignment.","image":"/images/light-pre-aligned-xenon-arc-lamp-sources.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Oriel Pre-Aligned Xenon Arc Lamp Sources are a superior choice for users that need a light source of ultraviolet to near-infrared, continuous wave radiation without the hassle of lamp alignment. The system uses an easy to replace 300 W xenon lamp cartridge that drops directly into the Lighthouse lamp housing with no alignment or focusing required. A built-in ignitor and lamp cooling fan with safety interlock are included, along with a 1.5 inch female flange for interfacing to other Oriel instruments.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/light-pre-aligned-xenon-arc-lamp-sources.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pre-Aligned Light Source","text":"This pre-aligned light source is the most straightforward light source offered, requiring only installation of the lamp cartridge, electrical connections, and securing the door before powering on. The output light is already semi-collimated and ready to couple to other Oriel Instruments products, such as a monochromator or filter wheel.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Xenon Lamp Cartridge","text":"The replacement cartridge contains a pre-aligned 300 W xenon arc lamp used in the LH300 housing, allowing for a simple, drop-in installation that eliminates the need for alignment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Lighthouse Lamp Housing","text":"The lighthouse lamp housing is more than just an aluminum enclosure for the lamp; it contains the ignitor, condensing optics, lamp hour counter, and lamp cooling fan, and is designed for the 300 W xenon lamp cartridge which aligns directly to the housing's output flange.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Stability Arc Lamp Power Supply","text":"The included power supply is a highly regulated 500 W arc lamp power supply that provides stable voltage and current to the arc lamp, keeping ripple to less than 0.5% rms while maximizing lamp lifetime.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Pre-Aligned Xenon Arc Lamp Sources"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Lamp Wattage","values":["300 W"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["UV to NIR"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["500 W, <0.5% rms ripple"]},{"parameter":"Output Flange","values":["1.5 in. female flange"]}]}]},{"slug":"quartz-tungsten-halogen-lamps","name":"Quartz Tungsten Halogen Lamps","description":"Quartz Tungsten Halogen (QTH) lamps are a popular alternative to arc lamps.","pageTitle":"Quartz Tungsten Halogen Lamps","pageDescription":"Quartz Tungsten Halogen (QTH) lamps are a popular alternative to arc lamps. By comparison, QTH lamps have better output stability, do not produce strong UV light emission, do not have intense spectral emission lines in their output, and do not produce toxic ozone.","image":"/images/light-quartz-tungsten-halogen-lamps.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Quartz Tungsten Halogen (QTH) lamps are a popular alternative to arc lamps. By comparison, QTH lamps have better output stability, do not produce strong UV light emission, do not have intense spectral emission lines in their output, and do not produce toxic ozone. These advantages make QTH lamps preferable for radiometric and photometric applications as well as excitation sources of visible to NIR light, and they are available across wattages from 20 W to 1000 W.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/light-quartz-tungsten-halogen-lamps.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"20 W to 100 W Lamp Options","text":"For users and applications that do not need high intensity spectral output, low wattage lamps such as the 20 W 6319 and 50 W 6332/6337 are available, with the 6337 long filament design offering extended average lifetime and the 6332 short filament design offering better shock and vibration resistance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"250 W to 1000 W Lamp Options","text":"The 250 W 6335 and 6334NS lamps are used in Tunable Light Sources and Research QTH Lamp Housings, while the 600 W 6336 and 1000 W 6315/6317 lamps are used with high power Research QTH Sources. The 6315 is an ANSI standard FEL-type lamp with a two-pin base.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"150 W Integrated Reflector Option","text":"The 6346 is a 150 W QTH lamp for use in fiber optic illuminator models such as the 66088, and is the only QTH lamp offering with an integrated reflector, making it truly drop-in replaceable with no lamp alignment necessary.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Open Air Mount Option for Select Lamps","text":"For particular QTH lamps, rod mounting is available instead of the usual lamp housing setup, providing a low cost alternative that allows the lamp to be placed closer to the sample and mounted horizontally or vertically.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Quartz Tungsten Halogen Lamps"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["Visible to NIR, minimal UV emission"]},{"parameter":"Lamp Wattage Range","values":["20 W to 1000 W"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Output","values":["Smooth, no intense emission lines"]},{"parameter":"Ozone Production","values":["None"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["6319","6337","6335","6336","6315"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Lamp Wattage","values":["20 W","50 W","250 W","600 W","1000 W"]},{"parameter":"Approximate Flux","values":["450 lm","850 lm","8400 lm","16500 lm","27500 lm"]},{"parameter":"Average Life","values":["100 h","2,000 h","300 h","75 h","300 h"]}]}]},{"slug":"open-air-mounted-qth-light-sources","name":"Open Air Mounted QTH Light Sources","description":"These open air mounted light sources provide a lower cost alternative to housing mounted versions, and are available as 45 W, 200 W, and 1000 W kits.","pageTitle":"Open Air Mounted QTH Light Sources","pageDescription":"Quartz Tungsten Halogen (QTH) lamps are popular for applications where a high stability, high color temperature, visible to near-infrared light source is needed without the sharp spectral lines or ultraviolet wavelength emissions that arc lamps typically exhibit.","image":"/images/light-open-air-mounted-qth-light-sources.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Quartz Tungsten Halogen (QTH) lamps are popular for applications where a high stability, high color temperature, visible to near-infrared light source is needed without the sharp spectral lines or ultraviolet wavelength emissions that arc lamps typically exhibit. These open air mounted light sources provide a lower cost alternative to housing mounted versions, and are available as 45 W, 200 W, and 1000 W kits. Each kit includes a highly regulated power supply and a rod mount for open air operation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/light-open-air-mounted-qth-light-sources.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"45 W, 200 W, and 1000 W QTH Lamp Options","text":"QTH lamps of 45 W, 200 W, and 1000 W input power are available as standalone lamps or complete light source kits for turnkey operation. The 45 W option outputs light from 300 to 2400 nm, while the 200 W and 1000 W options output light from 250 to 2500 nm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Highly Regulated, High Stability Power Supply","text":"The OPS-Q Series power supplies included with the light source kits output constant current with minimum ripple, and provide external control via RS-232 or USB, external shutter control, and timer control features.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Rod Mount for Open Air Operation","text":"The appropriate rod mount is included with each QTH light source kit, providing a low cost alternative to lamp housings that allows the lamp to be placed closer to the sample and mounted horizontally or vertically.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Open Air Mounted QTH Light Sources"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Lamp Wattage","values":["45 W, 200 W, 1000 W"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["250-2500 nm (model dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Mounting","values":["Open air rod mount"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["OPS-Q Series, RS-232/USB control"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["63976-45Q-OA","63976-200Q-OA","63978-1000Q-OA"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Lamp Wattage","values":["45 W","200 W","1000 W"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["300-2400 nm","250-2500 nm","250-2500 nm"]}]}]},{"slug":"sol3a-class-aaa-solar-simulators","name":"Sol3A Class AAA Solar Simulators","description":"Oriel Sol3A solar simulators use a single lamp design to meet Class A requirements for all three performance criteria without compromising their 1 SUN output power.","pageTitle":"Sol3A Class AAA Solar Simulators","pageDescription":"Oriel Sol3A solar simulators use a single lamp design to meet Class A requirements for all three performance criteria without compromising their 1 SUN output power.","image":"/images/light-sol3a-class-aaa-solar-simulators.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Oriel Sol3A solar simulators use a single lamp design to meet Class A requirements for all three performance criteria without compromising their 1 SUN output power. Sol3A solar simulators are certified to Class AAA for IEC 60904-9 Edition 2 (2007), JIS 8904-9 (2017), and ASTM E927-10 (2015) standards, using an ozone-free xenon short arc lamp. A variable attenuator allows output from 0.1 to 1.0 SUN, and output beam sizes range from 2 × 2 in. up to 12 × 12 in.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/light-sol3a-class-aaa-solar-simulators.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Class A Spectral Match","text":"Spectral match is indicated by the first letter in a solar simulator's class rating, based on the percentage of integrated light intensity across six spectral ranges. All Sol3A models installed with the AM 1.5G spectral correction filter easily meet IEC, JIS, and ASTM Class A requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Class A Spatial Uniformity of Irradiance","text":"The irradiance uniformity over the working area is indicated by the second letter in the class rating, and is the most difficult requirement to achieve and maintain, with hot spots leading to significant errors in measured cell efficiency. The Class A spatial uniformity standard has a stringent requirement of less than or equal to 2%.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Class A Temporal Stability","text":"Temporal stability requires that output light remain stable over time so that lamp fluctuations do not distort measured solar cell efficiency, and Newport's Sol3A simulators easily meet IEC, ASTM, and JIS temporal stability requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Integrated Partial Sun Attenuator and Shutter","text":"A variable aperture feature provides user selectable partial sun illumination from 0.1 to 1.0 SUN, and a rugged single-blade shutter rated for over 1 million cycles is included, controllable via contact closure, logic level input, or push-button switch.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Sol3A Class AAA Solar Simulators"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Simulator Class","values":["Class AAA"]},{"parameter":"Lamp Type","values":["Ozone-free Xenon short arc"]},{"parameter":"Beam Uniformity","values":["≤2%"]},{"parameter":"Temporal Instability","values":["≤0.5% STI, ≤2.0% LTI"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Match Classification","values":["A (IEC 60904-9, JIS 8904-9, ASTM E927-10)"]},{"parameter":"Line Regulation","values":["0.01%"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["94023A","94043A","94063A","94083A","94123A"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Lamp Wattage","values":["450 W","450 W","1000 W","1600 W","1600 W"]},{"parameter":"Output Beam Size","values":["2 × 2 in.","4 × 4 in.","6 × 6 in.","8 × 8 in.","12 × 12 in."]},{"parameter":"Working Distance","values":["12.0 ±0.5 in.","6.0 ±0.5 in.","7.0 ±0.5 in.","15.0 ±0.5 in.","12.0 ±0.5 in."]}]}]},{"slug":"verasol-2-led-class-aaa-solar-simulator","name":"VeraSol-2 LED Class AAA Solar Simulator","description":"Oriel introduces the first in a series of innovative solar simulator designs utilizing LED light sources.","pageTitle":"VeraSol-2 LED Class AAA Solar Simulator","pageDescription":"Oriel introduces the first in a series of innovative solar simulator designs utilizing LED light sources. The system is made up of the LSS-7120 controller and the LSH-7520 LED source head, providing a variable output from 0.1 SUN to 1.1 SUN over a 2 × 2 in.","image":"/images/light-verasol-2-led-class-aaa-solar-simulator.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Oriel introduces the first in a series of innovative solar simulator designs utilizing LED light sources. The system is made up of the LSS-7120 controller and the LSH-7520 LED source head, providing a variable output from 0.1 SUN to 1.1 SUN over a 2 × 2 in. illumination area. The VeraSol-2 is certified AAA rated to IEC 60904-9, JIS 8904-9, and ASTM E927-10 for spectral match, spatial non-uniformity of irradiance, and temporal instability.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/light-verasol-2-led-class-aaa-solar-simulator.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Independent LED Control","text":"This innovative design independently drives multiple LEDs at 19 individual wavelengths spaced over the spectrum from 400 to 1100 nm to ensure a spectral match meeting Class A certification. The output can be tuned to specific test requirements from the front panel or through software, and custom spectral profiles can be saved and recalled.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Replicate Geographic Location Solar Spectra","text":"The VeraSol Replicator software gives the user a method to generate a solar spectrum based on geographic location, date, and time of day, and uses this to generate a matching VeraSol LED spectrum.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"10,000 Hour LED Lifetime","text":"The typical lifetime of the LEDs exceeds 10,000 hours, removing the need to change expensive and hazardous bulbs, and the LEDs reach stable operating power within 100 ms, eliminating the need for shutters on the output.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible Light Source Orientation","text":"The use of solid state LEDs and robust optical mounting hardware makes it possible to orient the head in any position to fit the application, with a variable height adjustment mount and built-in laser pointer indicator to ensure correct test cell placement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["VeraSol-2 LED Class AAA Solar Simulator"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Simulator Class","values":["Class AAA"]},{"parameter":"Lamp Type","values":["LED"]},{"parameter":"Output Beam Size","values":["50.8 × 50.8 mm"]},{"parameter":"Typical Output Power","values":["0.1 to 110 mW/cm² (0.1 to 1.1 SUN), adjustable"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Match Classification","values":["A (IEC 60904-9, JIS 8904-9, ASTM E927-10)"]}]}]},{"slug":"led-fiber-optic-illuminator","name":"LED Fiber-Optic Illuminator","description":"The Oriel LED Fiber Optic Illuminators are economical, energy efficient, white light sources.","pageTitle":"LED Fiber-Optic Illuminator","pageDescription":"The Oriel LED Fiber Optic Illuminators are economical, energy efficient, white light sources. Their flexible but simple operation methods and compact size allow for easy integration into any existing spectroscopy setup, especially fiber coupled applications.","image":"","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Oriel LED Fiber Optic Illuminators are economical, energy efficient, white light sources. Their flexible but simple operation methods and compact size allow for easy integration into any existing spectroscopy setup, especially fiber coupled applications. The 66088-LED provides 15 W of white light output and the 66088-LED50 provides 50 W, both excluding ultraviolet and infrared wavelengths that can be undesirable in other spectroscopy systems.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Intensity White LED Light Source","text":"The 66088-LED is provided by a 15 W white light LED, and the 66088-LED50 integrates a 50 W white light LED, with the visible light spectrum of both excluding ultraviolet and infrared wavelengths that can be undesirable or even damaging in other spectroscopy systems.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Versatile Light Guide Adapter Socket","text":"The light guide adapter socket on the front panel is adjustable to accept any existing light guide, and a liquid light guide is recommended for its high transmittance over the output wavelength range of the light source.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Four Methods of Brightness Control","text":"Output intensity can be controlled by a manual knob or adjust buttons, an external 0-5 VDC analog signal, pulse width modulation, or, exclusive to the 66088-LED, an RS232 port for remote intensity adjustment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Long Lifetime","text":"As a solid-state LED light source, the 66088-LED(50) holds several advantages over traditional arc and QTH lamp light sources, including a lifetime of 30,000 hours, greater energy efficiency, and a much more compact package.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["LED Fiber-Optic Illuminator"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Light Output","values":["White visible light, no UV or IR"]},{"parameter":"LED Lifetime","values":["30,000 hours"]},{"parameter":"Brightness Control","values":["Manual knob, 0-5 VDC analog, PWM, RS232 (66088-LED only)"]},{"parameter":"Output Coupling","values":["Fiber optic / light guide adapter socket"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["66088-LED","66088-LED50"],"specs":[{"parameter":"LED Power","values":["15 W","50 W"]},{"parameter":"Remote Control","values":["RS232, Analog, PWM","Analog, PWM"]}]}]},{"slug":"cs260b-1-4m-configured-monochromator","name":"CS260B 1/4m Configured Monochromator","description":"The Oriel CS260B 1/4 m monochromator is a high performance, economical, and user-friendly instrument that is ideal for research applications and production environments.","pageTitle":"CS260B 1/4m Configured Monochromator","pageDescription":"The Oriel CS260B 1/4 m monochromator is a high performance, economical, and user-friendly instrument that is ideal for research applications and production environments. Each monochromator is aligned and calibrated at the factory for this fully assembled, turn-key instrument.","image":"/images/light-cs260b-1-4m-configured-monochromator.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Oriel CS260B 1/4 m monochromator is a high performance, economical, and user-friendly instrument that is ideal for research applications and production environments. Each monochromator is aligned and calibrated at the factory for this fully assembled, turn-key instrument. Additional customization options include wavelength range, dual or quad selectable grating configurations, and slit type, to best fit application needs.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/light-cs260b-1-4m-configured-monochromator.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Improvements Over Legacy Model","text":"The CS260B monochromator is a redesigned and improved instrument over its predecessor, integrating a Newport motion stage for faster scan speed, higher wavelength accuracy, and greater precision. A robust mechanical design has increased rigidity and reproducibility, and updated communication protocols reduce timeout errors.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Delivered Fully Assembled and Aligned","text":"The CS260B is assembled, pre-aligned, and calibrated at the factory, ready for immediate use, with LabVIEW based utility software, MonoTerm low-level command software, a user's manual, and a certificate of calibration included.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optical Design","text":"The optical design is based upon an asymmetrical in-plane version of a Czerny-Turner monochromator, with an F/3.9 configuration optimized to provide excellent stray light rejection while minimizing aberrations. A high precision motor and grating turret assembly select the desired wavelength and switch between diffraction gratings quickly.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Motorized Slits for Remote and Automated Applications","text":"Exclusive to the CS260B monochromators, motorized slits may be adjusted from 6 µm to 3 mm width in 6 µm steps, with the software able to maintain a chosen bandpass automatically as scans are performed across multiple gratings and output ports.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["CS260B 1/4m Configured Monochromator"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["USB 2.0 and RS232"]},{"parameter":"Focal Length","values":["260 mm"]},{"parameter":"Stray Light","values":["0.01%"]},{"parameter":"F/#","values":["F/3.9"]},{"parameter":"Flange Series Size","values":["1.5 in."]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Selection Method","values":["Precision Motor"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["CS260B-1-MC-D","CS260B-2-MC-A","CS260B-3-MC-D","CS260B-Q-MC-D"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["200-1145 nm","250-1200 nm","250-1825 nm","250-2290 nm"]},{"parameter":"Number of Ports","values":["3","2","3","3"]},{"parameter":"Number of Gratings Supported","values":["4","2","2","4"]},{"parameter":"Line Density","values":["1200 lines/mm","1200 lines/mm","600 lines/mm","600 lines/mm"]}]}]},{"slug":"cs130b-1-8m-configured-monochromator","name":"CS130B 1/8m Configured Monochromator","description":"The Oriel CS130B 1/8 m monochromator is a high performance, economical, and user-friendly instrument that is ideal for research applications and production environments.","pageTitle":"CS130B 1/8m Configured Monochromator","pageDescription":"The Oriel CS130B 1/8 m monochromator is a high performance, economical, and user-friendly instrument that is ideal for research applications and production environments. Each monochromator is aligned and calibrated at the factory for this fully assembled, turn-key instrument.","image":"/images/light-cs130b-1-8m-configured-monochromator.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Oriel CS130B 1/8 m monochromator is a high performance, economical, and user-friendly instrument that is ideal for research applications and production environments. Each monochromator is aligned and calibrated at the factory for this fully assembled, turn-key instrument. Additional customization options include wavelength range, two selectable grating configurations, and slit type, to best fit application needs.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/light-cs130b-1-8m-configured-monochromator.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Improvements Over Legacy Model","text":"The CS130B monochromator is a redesigned and greatly improved instrument over its predecessor, integrating a Newport motion stage for faster scan speed, doubled wavelength accuracy, and greatly increased wavelength precision. Larger gratings improve optical throughput and reduce spillover.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Delivered Fully Assembled and Aligned","text":"The CS130B is assembled, pre-aligned, and calibrated at the factory, ready for immediate use, with LabVIEW based utility software, MonoTerm low-level command software, a user's manual, and a certificate of calibration included.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Out-of-Plane Ebert-Fastie Optical Design","text":"The optical design is based on an out-of-plane version of an Ebert-Fastie monochromator with input and output ports in line with each other for simplified system alignment. This F/3.9 monochromator is optimized to provide excellent stray light rejection while minimizing aberrations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fixed and Micrometer Adjustable Slit Versions","text":"Fixed slits offer the utmost accuracy and repeatability for high resolution applications, while micrometer adjustable slits offer flexibility and high throughput, continuously variable from fully closed to 3 mm width.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["CS130B 1/8m Configured Monochromator"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Communication Interfaces","values":["USB 2.0 and RS232"]},{"parameter":"Focal Length","values":["150 mm"]},{"parameter":"Number of Ports","values":["2"]},{"parameter":"Stray Light","values":["0.03%"]},{"parameter":"F/#","values":["F/3.9"]},{"parameter":"Flange Series Size","values":["1.5 in."]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["CS130B-1-MC","CS130B-2-MC","CS130B-3-MC","CS130B-4-MC"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Wavelength Range","values":["280-1200 nm","280-1000 nm","300-2200 nm","600-2200 nm"]},{"parameter":"Grating Type","values":["Ruled","Holographic","Ruled","Ruled"]},{"parameter":"Blaze Wavelength","values":["240 nm, 500 nm","250 nm, 500 nm","400 nm, 1000 nm","1000 nm, 2000 nm"]},{"parameter":"Slits","values":["Micrometer Driven","Micrometer Driven","Micrometer Driven","Micrometer Driven"]}]}]},{"slug":"1919-r-high-performance-handheld-optical-power-energy-meter","name":"1919-R High Performance Handheld Optical Power & Energy Meter","description":"It offers digital, bargraph, analog needle, line plot, stability, and real-time statistics display modes, and logs every point at up to 5 kHz with pyroelectric sensors.","pageTitle":"1919-R High Performance Handheld Optical Power & Energy Meter","pageDescription":"The 1919-R optical power meter is an advanced, portable power and energy meter capable of measuring from pW to thousands of watts, in an ergonomically designed compact body.","image":"/images/light-1919-r-high-performance-handheld-optical-power-energy-meter.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The 1919-R optical power meter is an advanced, portable power and energy meter capable of measuring from pW to thousands of watts, in an ergonomically designed compact body. It offers digital, bargraph, analog needle, line plot, stability, and real-time statistics display modes, and logs every point at up to 5 kHz with pyroelectric sensors. USB and RS232 interfaces work with the powerful PMManager PC application for extended data analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/light-1919-r-high-performance-handheld-optical-power-energy-meter.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Variety of Measurement Modes","text":"The 1919-R offers a choice of real time or averaged measurements in watts, watts per area, joules, joules per area, or a unitless ratio against a reference value, depending on the detector type, including pulsed power and total accumulated exposure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Advanced Functions at Your Fingertips","text":"The 1919-R is one of the most feature rich handheld optical power and energy meters available, with laser tuning, data logging, graphing, normalizing, statistics, user selectable display color, and mathematics functions built in.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ergonomic Hardware Design","text":"The case is made of molded high impact plastic with an optimized angle kickstand and rubberized sides for an easy grip and protection against damage, and it can be operated by battery or AC power supply.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"PMManager Application Software","text":"PMManager is a powerful application software controlling and taking measurement data that turns a PC into a laser power multi-channel analysis workstation, with extensive graphic display, data logging, and printing of graphs and data.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["1919-R High Performance Handheld Optical Power & Energy Meter"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Compatible Detectors","values":["Photodiode (918D, 818-xx/DB, 819C/D), Thermopile (919P), Pyroelectric (919E)"]},{"parameter":"Computer Interfaces","values":["USB, RS-232"]},{"parameter":"Sampling Rate","values":["15 Hz (photodiode/thermopile), 5 kHz (pyroelectric)"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["±0.25% (Full Scale)"]},{"parameter":"Display Type","values":["320 × 240 pixel TFT color LCD"]},{"parameter":"Battery Life","values":["14 hours typical"]}]}]},{"slug":"919p-thermopile-sensors","name":"919P Thermopile Sensors","description":"Newport has a full range of 919P Series Thermopile Detectors for measuring high power lasers between µW to 5 kW output.","pageTitle":"919P Thermopile Sensors","pageDescription":"Newport has a full range of 919P Series Thermopile Detectors for measuring high power lasers between µW to 5 kW output. They feature broadband flat spectral response from 0.19 to 11 µm, are insensitive to beam position, and include NIST-traceable calibration.","image":"/images/light-919p-thermopile-sensors.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Newport has a full range of 919P Series Thermopile Detectors for measuring high power lasers between µW to 5 kW output. They feature broadband flat spectral response from 0.19 to 11 µm, are insensitive to beam position, and include NIST-traceable calibration. The series is ideal for measuring average power of high power lasers or broadband sources across a wide selection of sensor sizes and absorber coatings.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/light-919p-thermopile-sensors.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Absorption over Broad Wavelength Range","text":"Newport thermopile sensors use four different types of coatings; the broadband BB type used in most 919P models has excellent absorption throughout the responsive wavelength range, while CM and SV types are used mainly with high repetition lasers with ultra-short pulses.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Extensively Tested for Damage Threshold vs. Pulse Width","text":"The 919P series thermopile detectors have been extensively tested for damage threshold with a variety of lasers, allowing users to trust the published specifications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Wide Range of Sensors for Power Measurement","text":"Newport's 919P thermopile detector series provides a full range of sensors to meet the power measurement needs for CW or pulsed lasers, offering broadband, spectrally flat response with a maximum power range up to 5000 watts.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"NIST Traceability","text":"Each 919P thermopile sensor includes a DB15 connector and internal EEPROM for storing factory calibration data, with most sensors calibrated at 532 nm, 1070 nm, and 10.6 µm, and annual recalibration recommended.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["919P Thermopile Sensors"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["0.19-11 µm (model dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Detector Type","values":["Thermopile"]},{"parameter":"Connector","values":["DB15 with internal EEPROM"]},{"parameter":"Calibration","values":["NIST-traceable"]},{"parameter":"Power Measurement Range","values":["µW to 5 kW"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["919P-003-10","919P-010-16","919P-030-18","919P-150-26","919P-600-65"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Absorber Type","values":["BB - Broadband General Purpose","BB - Broadband General Purpose","BB - Broadband General Purpose","BB - Broadband General Purpose","BB - Broadband General Purpose"]},{"parameter":"Sensor Size","values":["Ø9.5 mm","Ø16 mm","Ø17.5 mm","Ø26 mm","Ø65 mm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Measurable Power","values":["3 W","10 W","30 W","150 W","600 W"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["0.19 to 11 µm","0.19 to 11 µm","0.19 to 11 µm","0.19 to 11 µm","0.19 to 11 µm"]}]}]},{"slug":"918d-high-performance-calibrated-photodiode-sensors","name":"918D High Performance Calibrated Photodiode Sensors","description":"918D Series advanced free space photodiode sensors are calibrated for use with Newport power meters.","pageTitle":"918D High Performance Calibrated Photodiode Sensors","pageDescription":"918D Series advanced free space photodiode sensors are calibrated for use with Newport power meters. They feature a built-in, switchable attenuator with an on/off position sensor for the power meter and an internal temperature sensor to adjust for temperature dependent responsivity changes.","image":"/images/light-918d-high-performance-calibrated-photodiode-sensors.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"918D Series advanced free space photodiode sensors are calibrated for use with Newport power meters. They feature a built-in, switchable attenuator with an on/off position sensor for the power meter and an internal temperature sensor to adjust for temperature dependent responsivity changes. Utilizing NIST-traceable standards and calibrated with high-precision equipment, these optical power detectors offer the lowest calibration uncertainty in the industry.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/light-918d-high-performance-calibrated-photodiode-sensors.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Excellent Photodiode Linearity","text":"These photodiodes show excellent linearity over a large dynamic range, ideal for applications requiring high accuracy measurements down to the pW level when combined with a high sensitivity power meter.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Attenuator On/Off Sensor","text":"The attenuator on/off sensor is built into the detector head, so when connected to compatible Newport power meters the meter automatically switches the responsivity value without requiring the user to update the power meter setup.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"NIST-Traceable Sensor Calibration","text":"Calibrated photodiode sensors include a full spectral response calibration utilizing NIST-traceable standards, with calibration data stored electronically inside the detector's EEPROM and shipped with a certificate of calibration.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Internal Temperature Sensor","text":"The internal temperature sensor on the detector head compensates for responsivity drift caused by temperature change in the photodiode, most sensitive around the semiconductor bandgap, with compatible power meters automatically updating the responsivity value.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["918D High Performance Calibrated Photodiode Sensors"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Detector Type","values":["Silicon, Germanium, InGaAs (model dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Calibration","values":["NIST-traceable, temperature compensated"]},{"parameter":"Attenuator","values":["OD1, OD2, OD3 switchable options"]},{"parameter":"Compliance","values":["RoHS"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["918D-UV-OD3R","918D-SL-OD3R","918D-IR-OD3R","918D-IG-OD3R"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["200 - 1100 nm","400 - 1100 nm","780 - 1800 nm","800 - 1650 nm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Measurable Power","values":["40 mW","2 W","3 W","3 W"]},{"parameter":"Minimum Measurable Power","values":["20 pW","20 pW","5 nW","20 pW"]}]}]},{"slug":"819d-diverging-beam-integrating-sphere-sensors","name":"819D Diverging Beam Integrating Sphere Sensors","description":"819D Series integrating sphere photodiode power sensors feature NIST traceable calibration for use with Newport power meters.","pageTitle":"819D Diverging Beam Integrating Sphere Sensors","pageDescription":"819D Series integrating sphere photodiode power sensors feature NIST traceable calibration for use with Newport power meters. They are ideal for high power measurements of diverging beams requiring fast response, such as laser diodes, lensed LEDs and lensed lamps.","image":"/images/light-819d-diverging-beam-integrating-sphere-sensors.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"819D Series integrating sphere photodiode power sensors feature NIST traceable calibration for use with Newport power meters. They are ideal for high power measurements of diverging beams requiring fast response, such as laser diodes, lensed LEDs and lensed lamps. Available with a low noise silicon, UV-enhanced silicon, or InGaAs photodiode across 2, 3.3, or 5.3 inch diameter spheres.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/light-819d-diverging-beam-integrating-sphere-sensors.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Divergent Beam Input","text":"The 819D series detectors are designed for a diverging light source, with a baffle placed between the input port and the detector so that the undiffused beam does not hit the detector directly.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Why Integrating Sphere Detectors?","text":"An integrating sphere diffuses the input beam so that detector readings are insensitive to errors caused by detector positioning or problems associated with overfilling or saturation of the active detector area.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Tightest Calibration Uncertainty","text":"Every product includes a full spectral response calibration utilizing NIST-traceable standards, with calibration data stored electronically inside the detector's EEPROM and annual recalibration recommended.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Advanced -CAL2 Models","text":"Advanced models ending in -CAL2 feature a detector with an integrated thermocouple and OD1 attenuator, so compatible power meters automatically recognize both the attenuator position and detector head temperature.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["819D Diverging Beam Integrating Sphere Sensors"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Detector Type","values":["Silicon, UV-enhanced Silicon, or InGaAs photodiode"]},{"parameter":"Sphere Sizes","values":["2 in., 3.3 in., 5.3 in."]},{"parameter":"Calibration","values":["NIST-traceable"]},{"parameter":"Fiber Interface","values":["SMA fiber adapter on North pole, standard"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["819D-UV-2-CALV2","819D-SL-2-CAL2V2","819D-IG-2-CAL2"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["200 - 1100 nm","400 - 1100 nm","800 - 1650 nm"]},{"parameter":"Sphere Size","values":["2 in.","2 in.","2 in."]},{"parameter":"Maximum Measurable Power","values":["0.45 mW","2.5 W","7 W"]}]}]}]}]},"petroleum-testing":{"title":"Petroleum & Fuels Testing","description":"ASTM- and ISO-compliant instruments for crude oil, fuels, and lubricants — flash point, distillation, viscosity, density, oxidation stability, sulfur, and water content analysis for refineries, fuel depots, and petroleum testing laboratories.","carouselImages":["/images/carousel-petroleum-testing-1.webp","/images/carousel-petroleum-testing-2.webp","/images/carousel-petroleum-testing-3.webp","/images/carousel-petroleum-testing-4.webp"],"partner":" Rigo, Anton Paar, Koehler","equipmentList":[{"name":"Flash Point Testers","description":"Automatic Pensky-Martens, Abel, Tag, and Cleveland testers.","pageTitle":"Flash Point Testers","pageDescription":"Safe, fully automatic flash point determination for the processing, storage, and transport of flammable liquids — Pensky-Martens, Abel, Tag, and Cleveland methods in compliance with international standards, from petroleum products to chemicals.","overview":"At which temperature will your sample ignite? Volatility is directly related to a substance's flash point, and Anton Paar's flash point testers safely and easily determine the values you require for the processing, storage, and transport of flammable liquids. Fully automatic instruments cover the Pensky-Martens, Abel, Tag, and Cleveland methods with ignition detection, barometric correction, and full standards compliance.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/flash-point.webp","slug":"flash-point","models":[{"slug":"pma","name":"Pensky-Martens Flash Point Tester: PMA 300 and PMA 500","description":"The PMA 500 and PMA 300 Pensky-Martens flash point testers (closed-cup) bring you automatic high-precision flash point testing in the petroleum and chemical…","pageTitle":"Pensky-Martens Flash Point Tester: PMA 300 and PMA 500","pageDescription":"The PMA 500 and PMA 300 Pensky-Martens flash point testers (closed-cup) bring you automatic high-precision flash point testing in the petroleum and chemical industries, and for test laboratories, according to ASTM D93, EN ISO 2719, and IP 34.","image":"/images/flash-point-pma-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The PMA 500 and PMA 300 Pensky-Martens flash point testers (closed-cup) bring you automatic high-precision flash point testing in the petroleum and chemical industries, and for test laboratories, according to ASTM D93, EN ISO 2719, and IP 34. Post-measurement, PMA 500 cools 20 % faster than comparable competitor instruments, maximizing sample throughput. Automated measurements, excellent heating control, and unmatched ease of use underpin accuracy. And, of course, all at maximum safety levels.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/flash-point-pma-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Highest Sample Throughput on the Market","text":"• PMA 500’s high-power cooling performance gets you ready for the next test 20 % faster than any other instrument on the market\n• The Pensky-Martens flash point tester’s award-winning encapsulated electric igniter design has a 10x longer lifetime than comparable competitor igniters, lowering operational costs and guaranteeing close-to-zero maintenance effort\n• Guided calibration and adjustment procedures for reliable flash point test results and excellent reproducibility and repeatability\n• Wide range of additional accessories available for the entire flash point tester series","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Most Powerful Pensky-Martens Flash Point Tester","text":"• Fast and straightforward handling: Flash point testing easier than ever before\n• Guided processes for optimal flash point testing workflows in your lab\n• Avoidance of time-consuming operator training and costly human errors\n• Customizable user interface delivering all relevant data in real time\n• Preferred menu items and frequently used methods directly accessible and customizable from the main screen\n• Optimal heating control, top precision, ensuring adherence to standards","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Maximum-Safety Pensky-Martens Flash Point Tester","text":"• Fire triggers built-in fire extinguisher; instrument terminates all measurements\n• Fail-safe, two-sensor system for in-measurement instrument monitoring\n• Indication of block and sample temperature, so you know when to continue safely at all times","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Performance Hardware","text":"• Automatic motor-driven multi-function head: secure and smooth connection of sensors and actuators\n• Gas igniter kit option for PMA 500\n• Unrivaled cooling performance of PMA 500: Faster measurement sequencing than with any competitor instrument\n• Advanced automation: Test cup lid can be automatically moved up and down (and removed and disassembled for cleaning in seconds)\n• Standalone Pensky-Martens flash point tester fits into even the smallest lab","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Full Compliance with International Standards","text":"• Pensky-Martens flash point tester fully compliant with ASTM D93, ISO 2719, IP 34, and more\n• Precise analysis of petroleum products, biodiesel, solvents, chemicals, and fluxed bitumen","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measurement Data at a Glance – Anytime, Anywhere","text":"• Automatic integration of measurement results into your lab environment\n• Easily print reports or go paperless – from automated e-mail / LIMS export to any location in your network, to Anton Paar’s AP Connect, a fully implemented lab execution software\n• Storage of tens of thousands of measurements in a single digital space (via AP Connect), accessible from any network computer, anytime","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Pensky-Martens Flash Point Tester: PMA is available in 2 models: PMA 500, PMA 300.","subsections":[{"title":"PMA 500","text":"The highest sample throughput on the market."},{"title":"PMA 300","text":"Budget-friendly instrument with competitive feature set."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ivauZ_YdPyc","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["PMA 300","PMA 500"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Temperature Range","values":["From above ambient temperature to 370 °C","From above ambient temperature to 410 °C"]},{"parameter":"Ignition Type","values":["Electric (encapsulated hot wire)","Electric (encapsulated hot wire)\nOptional gas ignition"]},{"parameter":"Cooling After Measurement","values":["Standard cooling","Boost mode"]},{"parameter":"Barometric Pressure Correction","values":["Flash point is automatically corrected to barometric pressure",""]},{"parameter":"Flash Detection","values":["Automatic detection by thermoelement",""]},{"parameter":"Sample Temperature","values":["Automatic by Pt100",""]},{"parameter":"Safety","values":["Automatic fire-extinguishing system in combination with a unique optical fire detection system\nOverheat protection, automatic shut-off | Detects a “flash” outside the cup","Automatic fire-extinguishing system in combination with a unique optical fire detection system\nOverheat protection, automatic shut-off | Detects a “flash” outside the cup\nUser management with different access levels"]},{"parameter":"Calibration","values":["Calibration of sample and block temperature, stirrer speed, and internal barometer",""]},{"parameter":"Memory","values":["1 GB space for approx. 50,000 tests and 1,000 users",""]},{"parameter":"Interfaces","values":["2 × USB, 1 × LAN","4 × USB, 1 × LAN"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 100 V - 120 V, 50/60 Hz\nAC 220 V - 240 V, 50/60 Hz",""]},{"parameter":"Heating Power","values":["2 × 330 W",""]},{"parameter":"Gas Supply","values":["Integrated fire extinguisher: CO₂ or N₂ inert gas; inlet pressure 400 kPa to 500 kPa","Integrated fire extinguisher: CO₂ or N₂ inert gas; inlet pressure 400 kPa to 500 kPa\nOptional gas ignition: 50 mbar of propane or butane"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["262 mm × 506 mm × 486 mm",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Ca. 15 kg",""]}]}]},{"slug":"tag","name":"Tag Flash Point Tester: TAG 300 and TAG 500","description":"TAG 500 and TAG 300: Our next-generation closed-cup TAG flash point tester series.","pageTitle":"Tag Flash Point Tester: TAG 300 and TAG 500","pageDescription":"TAG 500 and TAG 300: Our next-generation closed-cup TAG flash point tester series. Guided flash point measurements (acc. to ASTM D56, ASTM D3941, ASTM D3934, ISO 1516, ISO 1523, etc).","image":"/images/flash-point-tag-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"TAG 500 and TAG 300: Our next-generation closed-cup TAG flash point tester series. Guided flash point measurements (acc. to ASTM D56, ASTM D3941, ASTM D3934, ISO 1516, ISO 1523, etc). For jet fuels, solvents, flavors and fragrances, chemicals, and other flammable liquids. Automatic. High-precision. -35 °C to +130 °C sample temperature range. Components with the longest lifetime on the market.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/flash-point-tag-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Unmatched Lifetime, Award-Winning Design","text":"Our TAG flash point testers: Deftly engineered, highly precise, reliable, and supremely robust:\n• Ceramic-coated electric igniter: 10x times longer lifetime compared to other solutions\n• Multi-function head: No open cables, automatic connection to all sensors\n• Calibration: Guided procedures and adjustment of sensors\n• Test equipment: Available in brass, as per standard methods, or in stainless steel for corrosive sample measurements","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Number One TAG Flash Point Tester in the Market","text":"• Quick start: Easy to use, intuitive test setup\n• Convenience: 7” touchscreen and a customizable smart user interface (e.g., real-time data during flash point measurements, retrieval of frequently used functions)\n• Complete process: Guided workflows, full compliance\n• Status light: Instrument condition monitoring, even from afar\n• Wetted parts: Disassembly in seconds\n• Cleaning: Fast, hassle-free; results not compromised by sample carry-over","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Widest TAG Flash Point Range on the Market","text":"TAG 500 features a groundbreaking cooling system combination for Tagliabue flash point testing:\n• Hybrid: Unparalleled lab flexibility and sample spectrum size\n• Internal cooling system power: Flash point test temperatures between +10 °C and +130 °C\n• Extension: External cooler for flash point tests with sample temperatures between -35 °C and +130 °C\nTAG 300 has a budget-friendly, straightforward internal cooling system that allows measurements with flash points between +10 °C and +110 °C.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety First","text":"TAG 500 protects your staff and lab:\n• Safety parameters: No accidental sample overheating\n• Two independent, redundant detectors: Fail-safe fire detection\n• Fire extinguisher: Fire automatically extinguished, measurements securely terminated, sample returned to safe temperature\nTAG 300 can optionally be upgraded with a fire extinguisher and unique fire detection system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Measurement Data, a Click Away","text":"• Test results: Automatic integration into working environment\n• Reports: Printable or exportable via automated e-mail or LIMS to any location in your network\n• AP Connect: Storage of tens of thousands of immediately available measurements in a single data hub, accessible from any network computer, anytime","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"TAG Flash Point Tester: Compliance with Relevant Standards","text":"• Standard methods: The TAG flash point tester series complies with ASTM D56, ASTM D3941, ASTM D3934, ISO 1516, ISO 1523, and more international and national standards\n• User-defined methods: Create user-defined equilibrium and non-equilibrium testing methods adapted to your needs by using the intuitive user interface of the TAG flash point tester series","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"TAG Flash Point Tester: TAG is available in 2 models: TAG 300, TAG 500.","subsections":[{"title":"TAG 300","text":"Flash point measurement: +10 °C to +110 °C."},{"title":"TAG 500","text":"Flash point measurement: -30 °C to +130 °C."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9XjuHWcshuE","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TAG 300","TAG 500"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Test Methods","values":["ASTM D56\nEquilibrium procedures: ASTM D3941, ASTM D3934, ISO 1516, ISO 1523\n>1,000 user-defined test programs",""]},{"parameter":"Application Range (flash Point Temperature)","values":["+10 °C to +110 °C","Internal cooling +10 °C to +130 °C\nExternal cooling -30 °C to +130 °C"]},{"parameter":"Sample Temperature Range","values":["-7 °C to +110 °C","Internal cooling -7 °C to 130 °C\nExternal cooling -35 °C to +130 °C"]},{"parameter":"Ignition Type","values":["Electric (encapsulated hot wire)","Electric (encapsulated hot wire)\nOptional gas ignition"]},{"parameter":"Heating Rate","values":["According to standard or user-defined",""]},{"parameter":"Cooling","values":["Fan-supported internal Peltier cooling technology","Fan-supported internal Peltier cooling technology or external cooler"]},{"parameter":"Barometric Pressure Correction","values":["Flash point is automatically corrected to barometric pressure",""]},{"parameter":"Flash Detection","values":["Automatic detection by thermocouple",""]},{"parameter":"Sample Temperature","values":["Measured by Pt100",""]},{"parameter":"Safety","values":["Overheat protection, automatic shut-off | Detects a “flash” outside the cup\nOptional automatic fire-extinguishing system in combination with a unique optical fire detection system\nUser management with different access levels","Overheat protection, automatic shut-off | Detects a “flash” outside the cup\nAutomatic fire-extinguishing system in combination with a unique optical fire detection system as standard\nUser management with different access levels"]},{"parameter":"Calibration","values":["Calibration of sample and block temperature, and internal barometer",""]},{"parameter":"Handling","values":["TFT touchscreen | Small footprint\n| Manual lifting/lowering of multi-function head\n| No open cables | User-definable measurement parameters and units | Display of test progress in real time","TFT touchscreen | Small footprint\n| Fully automatic multi-function head\n| No open cables | User-definable measurement parameters and units | Display of test progress in real time"]},{"parameter":"Memory","values":["1 GB space for approx. 50,000 tests and 1,000 users",""]},{"parameter":"Statistics","values":["Mean, min, max, repeatability, standard deviation, max. deviation",""]},{"parameter":"Interfaces","values":["2 × USB, 1 × LAN","4 × USB, 1 × LAN"]},{"parameter":"Input Options","values":["Optional USB keyboard/mouse/barcode reader",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["7\" TFT, PCAP touchscreen",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["100 V to 240 V, 50/60 Hz, 300 W",""]},{"parameter":"Gas Supply","values":["Optional fire extinguisher: CO₂ or N₂ inert gas; inlet pressure 400 kPa to 500 kPa","Integrated fire extinguisher: CO₂ or N₂ inert gas; inlet pressure 400 kPa to 500 kPa\nOptional gas ignition: 50 mbar of propane or butane"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["262 mm × 472 mm × 437 mm (W × D × H)","262 mm × 497 mm × 477 mm (W × D × H)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Ca. 14 kg","Ca. 15 kg"]},{"parameter":"Options","values":["Standard test insert in brass or stainless steel, calibration set, condensation protection, draft shield\nFire extinguisher","Standard test insert in brass or stainless steel, calibration set, condensation protection, draft shield\nGas igniter"]}]}]},{"slug":"aba","name":"Abel Flash Point Tester: ABA 300 and ABA 500","description":"Anton Paar’s Abel closed-cup flash point tester series – ABA 500 and ABA 300 – offers next-generation flash point testing.","pageTitle":"Abel Flash Point Tester: ABA 300 and ABA 500","pageDescription":"Anton Paar’s Abel closed-cup flash point tester series – ABA 500 and ABA 300 – offers next-generation flash point testing. Easily determine the flash point according to ISO 13736, ISO 1516, ISO 1523, and more.","image":"/images/flash-point-aba-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Anton Paar’s Abel closed-cup flash point tester series – ABA 500 and ABA 300 – offers next-generation flash point testing. Easily determine the flash point according to ISO 13736, ISO 1516, ISO 1523, and more. Perform automatic, high-precision flash point testing of samples like jet fuels, solvents, flavors and fragrances, and chemicals. Innovative cooling options permit flash point testing across a temperature range from -35 °C to +130 °C. Both Abel flash point testers offer excellent heating control and a full feature set for accurate flash point results. The clever instrument design maximizes productivity and saves costs as the electric igniter has the longest lifetime on the market.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/flash-point-aba-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Award-Winning, High-Quality Components with the Longest Lifetime in the Market","text":"The Abel flash point testers series is built with high-quality components for top precision, reliability, and unparalleled robustness, guaranteeing consistent flash point results over time.\n• Electric igniter: A patented design and ceramic coatings deliver a 10x longer lifetime than that of competitor solutions, eliminating downtime due to igniter failures\n• Multi-function head: Automatically connects with temperature and flash point detection sensors without the need for cables or plugs\n• Easy calibration and adjustment of sensors and stirrer on-site to guarantee reliable results\n• A whole portfolio of test equipment, including test cups made from brass or stainless steel, for more flexibility when measuring valuable or corrosive samples","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Most Powerful, Intuitive Abel Flash Point Tester on the Market","text":"• Simple and intuitive test setup so you can get started right away\n• Smart user interface is operated via a 7” touchscreen - Customizable user interface based on your needs (e.g., display of all relevant data during a flash point test in real time, quick access to frequently used functions)\n• Guided workflows take you through all necessary steps to obtain standard-compliant flash point testing results, supported by status light\n• Disassembly of wetted parts within seconds\n• Quick, hassle-free cleaning prevents false results from sample carry-over","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Super-Flexible, Two-in-One Cooling for the Widest Flash Point Range on the Market","text":"ABA 500 is equipped with a game-changing Peltier cooling system for Abel flash point testing.\n• Unparalleled two-in-one instrument combination for top flexibility and the widest sample range on the market\n• Connection of instrument to an external chiller to measure flash points at very low temperatures (sample temperature between -35 °C and +130 °C)\n• Internal cooling system: flash points between 10 °C and 130 °C without external chiller\nABA 300 is equipped with a budget-friendly, fan-supported Peltier cooling system.\n• Measurement of flash points between 10 °C and 110 °C","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Maximum Safety for Operator and Lab","text":"ABA 500 is one of the safest Abel flash point testers available on the market.\n• Equipped with a fire extinguisher combined with a fail-safe fire detection system as standard\n• Monitoring of the instrument’s status with two independent detectors, a fire ionization detector, and an optical IR sensor\n• In case of fire, the fire extinguisher is triggered, and the instrument terminates all measurements\nABA 300 can be equipped with the optional combination of a fire extinguisher and a unique fire detection system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"All Your Measurement Data – Fully Automatic, Wherever You Need It","text":"Whatever the scope of your business, there’s a connectivity solution for you.\n• Automatic integration of your test results into your working environment\n• Easily print reports or go completely paperless – from automated e-mail or LIMS export to any location in your network, to Anton Paar’s fully implemented lab execution software AP Connect\n• Increasing productivity in your lab and improving data quality with AP Connect gives you time to focus on evaluation and analysis\n• With AP Connect, store tens of thousands of measurements in a single digital space, available at a snap, and accessible from any network computer, anytime","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Abel Flash Point Testers Are Compliant with All Relevant Standards","text":"• Full compliance with international and national Abel flash point methods: ISO 13736, IP 170, ISO 1516, ISO 1523, IP 491, IP 492, EN 924, and more\n• Simple specification of user-defined methods for non-equilibrium and equilibrium Abel flash point testing with our intuitive guided user interface\n• Guided calibration procedures for temperature, barometric pressure, and stirrer speed for top precision and the highest repeatability","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Abel Flash Point Tester: ABA is available in 2 models: ABA 300, ABA 500.","subsections":[{"title":"ABA 300","text":"Flash point with a range from 10 °C to 110 °C."},{"title":"ABA 500","text":"Temperature range from -35 °C to +130 °C."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9XjuHWcshuE","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ABA 300","ABA 500"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Test Methods","values":["EN ISO 13736, IP 170\nEquilibrium procedures: EN ISO 1523, IP 492, EN 924 | EN ISO 1516, IP 491\n>1,000 user-defined test programs",""]},{"parameter":"Application Range (flash Point Temperature)","values":["10 °C to 110 °C","Air-cooled 10 °C to 130 °C\nLiquid-cooled -30 °C to +130 °C"]},{"parameter":"Sample Temperature Range","values":["-7 °C to +110 °C","Air-cooled -7 °C to 130 °C\nLiquid-cooled -35 °C to +130 °C"]},{"parameter":"Ignition Type","values":["Electric (encapsulated hot wire)","Electric (encapsulated hot wire)\nOptional gas ignition"]},{"parameter":"Stirring Speed","values":["According to standard or user-defined",""]},{"parameter":"Heating Rate","values":["According to standard or user-defined",""]},{"parameter":"Cooling","values":["Fan-supported Peltier cooling technology","Fan- and liquid-supported Peltier cooling technology"]},{"parameter":"Barometric Pressure Correction","values":["Flash point is automatically corrected to barometric pressure",""]},{"parameter":"Flash Detection","values":["Automatic detection by thermocouple",""]},{"parameter":"Sample Temperature","values":["Automatic by Pt100",""]},{"parameter":"Safety","values":["Overheat protection, automatic shut-off | Detects a “flash” outside the cup\nOptional automatic fire-extinguishing system in combination with a unique optical fire detection system\nUser management with different access levels","Overheat protection, automatic shut-off | Detects a “flash” outside the cup\nAutomatic fire-extinguishing system in combination with a unique optical fire detection system as standard\nUser management with different access levels"]},{"parameter":"Calibration","values":["Calibration of sample and block temperature, stirrer speed, and internal barometer",""]},{"parameter":"Handling","values":["TFT touchscreen | Small footprint\n| Manual lifting/lowering of multi-function head\n| No open cables | User-definable measurement parameters and units | Display of test progress in real time","TFT touchscreen | Small footprint\n| Fully automatic multi-function head\n| No open cables | User-definable measurement parameters and units | Display of test progress in real time"]},{"parameter":"Memory","values":["1 GB space for approx. 50,000 tests and 1,000 users",""]},{"parameter":"Statistics","values":["Mean, min, max, repeatability, standard deviation, max. deviation",""]},{"parameter":"Interfaces","values":["2 × USB, 1 × LAN","4 × USB, 1 × LAN"]},{"parameter":"Input Options","values":["Optional USB keyboard/mouse/barcode reader",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["7\" TFT, PCAP touchscreen",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["100 V to 240 V, 50/60 Hz, 300 W",""]},{"parameter":"Gas Supply","values":["Optional fire extinguisher: CO₂ or N₂ inert gas; inlet pressure 400 kPa to 500 kPa","Integrated fire extinguisher: CO₂ or N₂ inert gas; inlet pressure 400 kPa to 500 kPa\nOptional gas ignition: 50 mbar of propane or butane"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["262 mm × 472 mm × 437 mm (W × D × H)","262 mm × 497 mm × 477 mm (W × D × H)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Ca. 14 kg","Ca. 15 kg"]},{"parameter":"Options","values":["Standard test insert in brass or stainless steel, mini-cup insert in brass or stainless steel, calibration set, condensation protection, draft shield\nFire extinguisher","Standard test insert in brass or stainless steel, mini-cup insert in brass or stainless steel, calibration set, condensation protection, draft shield\nGas igniter"]}]}]},{"slug":"cla-5","name":"Cleveland Flash and Fire Point Tester: CLA 5","description":"The automatic Cleveland Open-Cup (COC) measures and describes the properties of a sample in response to heat and a test flame under controlled conditions.","pageTitle":"Cleveland Flash and Fire Point Tester: CLA 5","pageDescription":"The automatic Cleveland Open-Cup (COC) measures and describes the properties of a sample in response to heat and a test flame under controlled conditions.","image":"/images/flash-point-cla-5-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The automatic Cleveland Open-Cup (COC) measures and describes the properties of a sample in response to heat and a test flame under controlled conditions. The flash point measures the tendency to form a flammable mixture with air while the fire point indicates the tendency of sustained burning. CLA 5 is suitable for flash and fire point applications of lubricants or bituminous material.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/flash-point-cla-5-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Highlights","text":"• Cleveland open-cup flash point tester (ASTM D92, ISO 2592, and more)\n• Flash and fire point testing of lubricants and bitumen\n• Safety: automatically lights up the test flame, relights it, and suppresses the gas source at the end of the test","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A1mvOJWSDAU","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["CLA 5"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Application Range","values":["up to 400 °C (°C/°F selectable)"]},{"parameter":"Ignition","values":["Gas"]},{"parameter":"Heating","values":["According to methods, programmable and pre-heat mode"]},{"parameter":"Detection of Flash and Fire Point","values":["Ionization detector"]},{"parameter":"Sample Temperature","values":["Pt100 probe"]},{"parameter":"Barometric Pressure Correction","values":["Automatic correction"]},{"parameter":"Safety","values":["Overheat protection, automatic shut-off"]},{"parameter":"Interfaces","values":["3x USB, 1x RS232, LAN"]},{"parameter":"Gas Supply","values":["50 mbar of propane or butane"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["115 V/230 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz, 600 W"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["230 mm x 390 mm x 460 mm (W x D x H)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["12 kg"]},{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["0.1 °C"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Distillation Analyzers","description":"Automatic atmospheric distillation of fuels and solvents.","pageTitle":"Distillation Analyzers","pageDescription":"Highly accurate automatic boiling range analysis of petroleum products, solvents, and other volatile organic liquids — an innovative user interface, excellent volume detection, and high safety standards deliver perfect results from the very first drop.","overview":"Anton Paar's advanced automatic distillation unit performs highly accurate boiling range analysis of petroleum products, solvents, and other volatile organic liquids to ASTM D86 and related standards. The innovative user interface, high safety standards, and excellent volume detection are the key to perfect results, lasting operator satisfaction, and cost savings in every fuel testing laboratory.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/distillation.webp","slug":"distillation-analyzer","models":[{"slug":"diana","name":"Atmospheric Distillation Analyzer: Diana 300 and Diana 700","description":"Beyond characterizing petrochemical product samples, Diana 700 is able to distill aromatic hydrocarbons and other volatile organic liquids.","pageTitle":"Atmospheric Distillation Analyzer: Diana 300 and Diana 700","pageDescription":"Beyond characterizing petrochemical product samples, Diana 700 is able to distill aromatic hydrocarbons and other volatile organic liquids. The Diana series is easy to use, highly efficient, and safe to operate.","image":"/images/distillation-analyzer-diana-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Beyond characterizing petrochemical product samples, Diana 700 is able to distill aromatic hydrocarbons and other volatile organic liquids. The Diana series is easy to use, highly efficient, and safe to operate.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/distillation-analyzer-diana-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Convenient Multi-Plug with an Indestructible Temperature Sensor","text":"To provide a smooth operator experience and increase Diana 700’s usability, we combined the vapor temperature sensor with the flask holder. The result? A multi-plug equipped with either an indestructible, metal temperature sensor or with a classic glass sensor. In a few seconds, you can install the distillation flask (125 mL or 200 mL) in the correct position with just one hand.\nThe multi-plug’s integrated memory space holds up to 20 calibration points of the temperature sensor which are automatically applied when the multi-plug is mounted. This means when you exchange the multi-plugs, there’s no need for recalibration.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Smart User Interface with Condition Monitoring","text":"The Diana series has the same intuitive user interface you’ve come to know from other Anton Paar products.\nWith Diana 700’s smart condition monitoring, we’ve automated your measurement setup and turned manual handling into a thing of the past. It has different modes for different user levels, including a “Guided Mode” for beginners and an “Advanced Mode” for more experienced users. The former takes you step-by-step through the instrument’s startup procedure, while the latter displays the state of each instrument component and lets you jump right into the distillation process.\nDiana 300 has a basic condition monitoring system that includes the most safety-relevant components along with a modern user interface.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Designed with Safety in Mind","text":"In case of an emergency, the Diana instruments come with a fire sensor and an internal fire extinguisher that’s initiated automatically or with the push of a button.\nFor Diana 700, we built the automatic heater shield to surround the flask, which reduces your risk of coming into contact with hot components during measurement. It monitors all relevant conditions that are required for the distillation setup, including whether you have chosen the right flask, finished condenser cleaning, and/or selected the correct flask support board. As soon as the distillation process starts, the heater shield and heater move up automatically. With its status light – red for hot, blue for cold – you can always see the progress of the distillation process from a distance.\nAlthough Diana 300’s heater shield is manually operated, the flask temperature is displayed on the dashboard, which lets you know when it’s safe to touch the flask after distillation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Highly Accurate Volume Reading","text":"For volume detection, the Diana series leverages the high accuracy of contact imaging sensor technology (CIS) to achieve precise determinations of the sample volume (resolution is 0.01 mL).\nCIS technology does not have moving parts – letting you avoid instrument malfunction – and it can continuously follow the liquid level in the cylinder – delivering highly accurate results.\nThanks to the tight jacketing of the cylinder, the chamber ensures excellent sample and cylinder temperature stability. An unique cold trap prevents condensation caused by high humidity and reduces evaporation losses of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Diana 700 can also measure the initial volume before the test starts and correct it to 100 % volume (if needed).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Efficient Tempering Technology","text":"The Diana 700 distillation analyzer uses highly efficient Peltier technology, which lets it quickly switch between different distillation groups and reach all required temperatures in less than five minutes. It offers fully automated, real-time optimization for the entire distillation process. You don’t need to configure sample-specific heat parameters. After distillation, the heater moves down automatically, and the flask is cooled to a safe handling temperature as quickly as possible.\nDiana 300 offers multiple preconfigured test methods for sample-specific heat parameters. The “Optimize and Restart” function lets you configure test methods with optimal heat parameters for any specific sample.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Hassle-Free Connectivity, Easy Storage","text":"With Diana 700, enjoy the benefits of connectivity, storage, and data management on a single platform. Since Diana 700 works across numerous data interfaces – network file-share via Wi-Fi, LAN, LIMS, and AP Connect, our in-house software platform – sharing information has never been easier. After each distillation, the Diana series displays concise test reports with your most important measurement results. No need to worry about storage, since one instrument can store up to 4,000 measurements, and you can transfer these with user-defined output reports. Complete your data management with featured manual and automatic export functions.\nWhile not as powerful, Diana 300 can still store up to 200 measurements, and you can easily save all of your measurement results on a USB stick. You can also connect the instrument to an external printer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Atmospheric Distillation Analyzer: Diana is available in 2 models: Diana 700, Diana 300.","subsections":[{"title":"Diana 700","text":"High-precision, high-sample-throughput distillation analyzer for fuels and solvents."},{"title":"Diana 300","text":"Fully standardized distillation analyzer for fuels, at a great price-performance ratio."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3gl6JQDfpKE","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Diana 700","Diana 300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Standard Test Methods","values":["ASTM D86 (Group 0, 1, 2, 3, 4), ASTM D850, ASTM D1078, EN ISO 3405 (Group 0, 1, 2, 3, 4), IP 123, IP 195, JIS K 2254, GOST 2177, ASTM D524, ASTM D4530","ASTM D86 (Group 0, 1, 2, 3, 4), EN ISO 3405 (Group 0, 1, 2, 3, 4), IP 123, JIS K 2254, GOST 2177"]},{"parameter":"Operation","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"User Interface","values":["10\" TFT color touchscreen, solvent-proof",""]},{"parameter":"Heating System","values":["Low mass/low voltage heating system with automatic positioning of heater and safety shield\nAutomatic initial heater settings and heater regulation\nCooling fan to quickly reach safe handling temperature after test","Low mass/low voltage heating system with manual positioning of heater and safety shield\nPreprogrammed initial heater settings in test methods"]},{"parameter":"Condenser System","values":["Liquid-free cooling with Peltier technology\nTemperature range: 0 °C to 80 °C, resolution: 0.1 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Receiving Chamber","values":["Liquid-free cooling with Peltier technology\nTemperature range: 0 °C to 80 °C, resolution: 0.1 °C\nCorrosion-proof\nAutomated reduced VOC emission",""]},{"parameter":"Vapor Temperature","values":["Pt100, class A (metal or glass)\nTemperature range: 0 °C to 450 °C, resolution: 0.1 °C\nIntegrated calibration memory with 20 calibration points and automatic read-out (ID detection)\nAutomatic correction by barometric pressure","Pt100, class A (glass)\nTemperature range: 0 °C to 450 °C, resolution: 0.1 °C\nAutomatic correction by barometric pressure"]},{"parameter":"Sample Volume","values":["Optical static detection system with contact image sensor (CIS) technology\nSample volume scan before test start to measure initial volume (converted to 100 %, if necessary)\nResidue scan in receiving chamber with automatic calculation of loss\nVolume range: 0 mL to 103.5 mL, resolution: 0.01 mL\nAccuracy: ±0.1 mL","Volume range: 0 mL to 100 mL, resolution: 0.01 mL\nAccuracy: ±0.1 mL"]},{"parameter":"Ambient Pressure","values":["Built-in pressure sensor, range: 30 kPa to 110 kPa, resolution: 0.1 kPa",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Humidity","values":["Built-in humidity sensor, range: 0 % to 95 % (rel. humidity)",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["Built-in temperature sensor, temperature range: -20 °C to +80 °C, resolution: 0.1 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Status Light","values":["Yes","No"]},{"parameter":"Test Results","values":[">4000","200"]},{"parameter":"User Defined Test Methods","values":[">200","15"]},{"parameter":"Safety","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Fire Extinguisher","values":["Built-in fire extinguisher with IR sensor for fire detection\nConnection of 4 bar to 6 bar CO₂ or N₂",""]},{"parameter":"Condition Monitoring System","values":["Detection of flask size, flask support board, vapor temperature sensor, heater shield, heater lift, condenser cleaning, receiving chamber door, receiving cylinder, drip plate, detection if fire extinguishing gas is connected","Detection of vapor temperature sensor, receiving chamber door, receiving cylinder, drip plate"]},{"parameter":"Operating Requirements","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Temperature","values":["10 °C to 35 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Relative Humidity","values":["10 % to 80 % relative humidity at 35 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Voltage","values":["100 V to 240 V, 50/60 Hz",""]},{"parameter":"Total Power","values":["900 W",""]},{"parameter":"Altitude","values":["0 m to 5000 m",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions and Weight","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["approx. 406 mm × 525 mm × 645 mm (W × D × H)",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["approx. 40 kg",""]},{"parameter":"Further Features","values":["",""]},{"parameter":"Connectivity","values":["1 × Ethernet, 4 × USB, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, AP Connect, LIMS","2 × USB"]},{"parameter":"Automatic Calculation","values":["Cetane index, driveability index",""]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Dry point sensor, 200 mL flask, bar code reader, printer, receipt printer, keyboard, various certified reference materials (CRM)","bar code reader, printer, receipt printer, keyboard, various certified reference materials (CRM)"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Oxidation Stability Analyzers & CFPP Testers","description":"Oxidation stability, gum content, and CFPP testing.","pageTitle":"Oxidation Stability Analyzers & CFPP Testers","pageDescription":"Evaluate the oxidation, storage, and thermal stability of mineral oil products, cosmetics, and food samples — plus gum content testing of fuels and cold filter plugging point analysis for the low-temperature behavior of diesel and biodiesel fuels.","overview":"These Anton Paar instruments evaluate the oxidation stability as well as the storage and thermal stability of mineral oil products and of oil- and fat-containing cosmetics and food samples. The gum content tester covers fuels and other volatile distillates, while the Callisto 100 determines the cold filter plugging point (CFPP) — the key indicator of low-temperature operability of diesel and biodiesel fuels.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/oxidation-stability-cold-flow-properties.webp","slug":"oxidation-stability-analyzer","models":[{"slug":"rapidoxy-100","name":"Oxidation Stability Tester: RapidOxy 100 and RapidOxy 100 Fuel","description":"Oxidation stability is critical across all industries, as it directly influences product quality and shelf life.","pageTitle":"Oxidation Stability Tester: RapidOxy 100 and RapidOxy 100 Fuel","pageDescription":"Oxidation stability is critical across all industries, as it directly influences product quality and shelf life. The RapidOxy 100 oxidation stability tester speeds up oxidation stability and shelf-life testing – releasing fuels up to 20 times faster than alternative methods.","image":"/images/oxidation-stability-analyzer-rapidoxy-100-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Oxidation stability is critical across all industries, as it directly influences product quality and shelf life. The RapidOxy 100 oxidation stability tester is the only instrument capable of performing the Rapid Small-Scale Oxidation Test (RSSOT), using high temperature and oxygen pressure to accelerate sample aging and deliver fast, precise, fully automated results. As a compact oxidation stability tester, RapidOxy 100 is ideal for quality control, enabling fast and simple stability testing across a wide range of sample types. Its sealed measurement system also enables direct oxygen uptake measurement and activation energy calculation, an essential advantage for R&D teams seeking in-depth understanding of oxidation behavior.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oxidation-stability-analyzer-rapidoxy-100-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One of a Kind: Efficiency Meets Functionality","text":"Speed up your oxidation stability and shelf-life testing: Release a fuel up to 20 times faster than alternative methods with RapidOxy 100 Fuel. Avoid months of storage stability testing of foods, cosmetics, or flavors & fragrances with RapidOxy 100. Additional time and cost savings, combined with unparalleled user convenience, are achieved through full automation. As an advanced oxidation stability tester, RapidOxy 100 streamlines workflows with effortless measurement setup and simple wipe-clean handling of the test chamber in less than five minutes. Sample preparation is unnecessary, regardless of sample type or consistency.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Unmatched Variety and Flexibility in Application","text":"A key advantage of the RapidOxy 100 oxidation stability tester is the exceptional versatility of its measuring principle. A single instrument determines oxidation stability across fuel types, feedstocks, and biofuel contents in full compliance with relevant standards – eliminating the need for multiple devices. Beyond fuels, RapidOxy 100 evaluates oxidation stability and shelf life for samples from industries including food, cosmetics, and flavors & fragrances. Samples are tested as used, without preparation, regardless of consistency. Flexible parameters such as temperature, pressure, and stop criteria allow full customization of every test.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Full Investigation Flexibility","text":"The measurement curve provides deep insight into a product’s oxidation and shelf-life behavior. The OxyLogger 100 desktop software enhances convenience by enabling one-click comparison of measurements. Oxidation induction time (OIT) is determined automatically using tangent evaluation, expanding analysis capabilities. Based on the Arrhenius relationship, OxyLogger 100 can automatically calculate activation energy or estimate shelf life for fats and oils with a single click. In addition, oxygen uptake can be displayed at any point in time for comprehensive result interpretation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Maximum Safety","text":"The safety hood locks automatically when a measurement starts and remains locked until the measuring chamber has cooled, and pressure has been safely released. During operation, integrated overpressure and overtemperature shut-off functions ensure maximum operator safety. These safety features have been independently tested and verified by the German Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing (BAM).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Oxidation Stability Tester: RapidOxy is available in 2 models: RapidOxy 100, RapidOxy 100 Fuel.","subsections":[{"title":"RapidOxy 100","text":"Automated accelerated oxidation stability determination."},{"title":"RapidOxy 100 Fuel","text":"Fastest oxidation stability tester – with maximum safety."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y48MGh9o8kI","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RapidOxy 100","RapidOxy 100 Fuel"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Standard Methods","values":["ASTM D8206","ASTM D7525, ASTM D7545, EN 16091"]},{"parameter":"Sample Volume","values":["Typically 5 mL, or 4 g","5 mL"]},{"parameter":"Test Chamber Material","values":["Stainless steel","Gold-plated aluminum"]},{"parameter":"Application Range","values":["Up to 180 °C",""]},{"parameter":"Re-cooling","values":["Fan and Peltier, approximately 10 min",""]},{"parameter":"Pressure Range","values":["Up to 1800 kPa during measurement, filling pressure up to 700 kPa",""]},{"parameter":"Internal Memory","values":["100 test results, or endless mode setting",""]},{"parameter":"Safety","values":["Screw cap cover, safety and insulation hood, over-temperature and over-pressure shut-off",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["Live values for pressure, temperature, and pressure/time curve",""]},{"parameter":"Interface","values":["1 × USB at the front/right side\n1 × USB at the back of the instrument\n1 × LAN",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 220 V - 240 V, 50/60 Hz AC 100 V - 120 V, 50/60 Hz",""]},{"parameter":"Airborne Noise Emission","values":["<57 dB (A)",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["Approx. 200 mm × 400 mm × 250 mm (W × D × H)",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["<9 kg",""]}]}]},{"slug":"gum","name":"Gum Content Tester: GUM","description":"Gum content is the residue of aircraft fuels, motor gasoline and other volatile distillates which cannot be evaporated.","pageTitle":"Gum Content Tester: GUM","pageDescription":"Gum content is the residue of aircraft fuels, motor gasoline and other volatile distillates which cannot be evaporated. Fuel samples of 50 mL are evaporated under controlled conditions of temperature and the flow of air or steam.","image":"/images/oxidation-stability-analyzer-gum-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Gum content is the residue of aircraft fuels, motor gasoline and other volatile distillates which cannot be evaporated. Fuel samples of 50 mL are evaporated under controlled conditions of temperature and the flow of air or steam.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oxidation-stability-analyzer-gum-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Highlights","text":"• For tests on the gum content of fuels and other volatile distillates\n• Safety multi-function head for simultaneous positioning\n• Small size for safe operation in fume hood\n• Over-temperature protection cut-off","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["GUM"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Application Range","values":["ambient to 246 °C (air operated)\nambient to 260 °C (air and steam operated)"]},{"parameter":"Test Places","values":["5 (simultaneous)"]},{"parameter":"Pressurized Air Supply","values":["2 bar to 4 bar, cleaned and oil-free; 180 - 300 L/min"]},{"parameter":"Steam Supply","values":["Inlet temperature: approx. 140 °C\nPressure: approx. 3 bar to 4 bar\nFlow rate: 8 kg/h (water steam)"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["230 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz, 2000 W (air operated)\n115 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz, 1750 W (air operated)\n230 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz, 3100 W (air and steam operated)"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["400 mm x 400 mm x 720 mm (W x D x H)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["44 kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"callisto-100","name":"Cold Filter Plugging Point Tester: Callisto 100","description":"The fully automated, compact, stand-alone CFPP tester Callisto 100 determines the low-temperature operability in diesel fuel, biodiesel, diesel blends…","pageTitle":"Cold Filter Plugging Point Tester: Callisto 100","pageDescription":"The fully automated, compact, stand-alone CFPP tester Callisto 100 determines the low-temperature operability in diesel fuel, biodiesel, diesel blends and gas oils.","image":"/images/oxidation-stability-analyzer-callisto-100-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The fully automated, compact, stand-alone CFPP tester Callisto 100 determines the low-temperature operability in diesel fuel, biodiesel, diesel blends and gas oils. Callisto 100 comes with a newly developed state-of-the-art Peltier element concept which allows the connection of a methanol-free cooling system. It ensures outstanding homogeneity of the cooling jacket, which is the most critical and decisive parameter for a correct CFPP value determination.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oxidation-stability-analyzer-callisto-100-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Highlights","text":"• Determines the low-temperature operability of diesel, biodiesel, diesel blends, and gas oils\n• Saves time with high sample throughput, intuitive operation, and easy cleaning\n• Preprogrammed standard methods","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Callisto 100"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["-60 °C to +45 °C"]},{"parameter":"Cooling Profiles","values":["Programmable stepped or linear\n(from 6 °C/h to 100 °C/h)"]},{"parameter":"Calibration","values":["Automatic calibration routine for sample and jacket temperature and vacuum measurement\nTemperature probe correction table"]},{"parameter":"External Cooling Units","values":["User-supplied or\navailable from Anton Paar as an accessory\nCooling power: 280 W at -20 °C"]},{"parameter":"Data Memory","values":["1000 results\n90 user-defined programs"]},{"parameter":"Data Export","values":["Connectivity via USB stick, e.g. to export test results as XLS or PDF files"]},{"parameter":"Interfaces","values":["4x USB, 1x RS232, 1x LAN, 1x VGA"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz, 290 VA"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["340 mm x 580 mm x 310 mm (W x D x H)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["14 kg"]},{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["0.1 °C"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Flow Meters","description":"Coriolis mass flow and inline concentration meters.","pageTitle":"Flow Meters","pageDescription":"The L-Cor series of Coriolis flow meters covers all your inline measurement needs — multiparameter analysis including mass flow, density, and concentration provides in-depth process insight across chemical, petroleum, food, and beverage applications.","overview":"The L-Cor series from Anton Paar offers a broad portfolio of Coriolis flow meters to cover all inline concentration measurement needs. Multiparameter measurement — including mass flow, density, and concentration — provides in-depth analysis across a range of applications, from custody transfer and filling control to blending and process monitoring, backed by a comprehensive global sales and service network.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/flow-meters.webp","slug":"flow-meters","models":[{"slug":"l-cor-8000","name":"Coriolis Flow Meter: L-Cor 8000 Series","description":"The L-Cor 8000 series Coriolis flow meter provides a complete solution for mass flow, density, and concentration measurement.","pageTitle":"Coriolis Flow Meter: L-Cor 8000 Series","pageDescription":"The L-Cor 8000 series Coriolis flow meter provides a complete solution for mass flow, density, and concentration measurement. From microdosing at 0.4 grams per minute to high-volume custody transfer, one meter family covers any industry or scale.","image":"/images/flow-meters-l-cor-8000-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The L-Cor 8000 series Coriolis flow meter provides a complete solution for mass flow, density, and concentration measurement. The sensor series delivers accurate flow, density, and concentration measurement across the most demanding industries and process conditions including extreme temperatures, high pressures, and high-viscosity media. With expert guidance and outstanding customer service, we help you find the perfect solution for your process and support you throughout the entire product lifecycle.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/flow-meters-l-cor-8000-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"From Micrograms to Megatons: One Meter for Any Industry or Scale","text":"From microdosing applications such as fragrance handling at 0.4 grams per minute to high-volume custody transfer measurement up to 1,400 metric tons per hour, the L-Cor 8000 series delivers accurate flow, density, and concentration measurement across the full measurement spectrum.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Coriolis Flow Meter Engineered for Extremes","text":"Built for durability and a long service life even in the toughest environments, the Coriolis flow meter sensors cover temperature spans of up to 400 °C, withstand maximum process pressures of more than 400 bar, and are certified for hazardous areas. Cryogenic variants are capable of measuring temperatures as low as -200 °C, with high-temperature variants enabling flow monitoring up to + 350 °C. Even viscous media of 10,000 mPa·s and beyond pose no challenge. A range of wetted material options, including stainless steel and Alloy C, ensures maximum compatibility with your process media.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reliable Gas Flow Monitoring","text":"The L-Cor 8000 Coriolis flow meter is ideally suited for precise flow measurement of dry gaseous media, delivering high accuracy independent of gas type, temperature, or process pressure. Its robust and maintenance-free design ensures consistent and reliable performance, even under demanding process conditions. High measurement precision enables tight process control, making it an excellent choice for beverage and chemical processing, as well as energy and gas distribution.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Certified for Custody Transfer","text":"Anton Paar’s Coriolis flow meters enable traceable measurements in custody transfer applications. Full compliance with standards such as OIML R 117-1, MC, as well as certification according to ISO/IEC 17025, ensures the accuracy and integrity required for fiscal metering across industries.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Expert Support You Can Rely on","text":"Anton Paar is well known for its extensive application expertise, world-class customer support, and comprehensive after-sales service, including a standard three-year warranty on all meters. From day one, you gain access to a team with extensive knowledge and experience in flow, density, and concentration monitoring across a wide range of industries and applications. Backed by a global presence and more than 100 years of measurement experience, we deliver tailored solutions that meet your specific requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["L-Cor 8000 (1/4\")","L-Cor 8000 (3/8\")","L-Cor 8000 (3/8\" to 3\")","L-Cor 8000 (4\" to 6\")","L-Cor 8100","L-Cor 8200","L-Cor 8300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Flowrate","values":["0.024 kg/h to 9 kg/h","0.72 kg/h to 72 kg/h","3.6 kg/h to 120,000 kg/h","3420 kg/h to 700,000 kg/h","108 kg/h to 342,000 kg/h","108 kg/h to 700,000 kg/h","24 kg/h to 2,550 kg/h"]},{"parameter":"Flow Accuracy Liquid","values":["± 0.2%","± 0.1%","± 0.1%","± 0.1%","± 0.1% ± ZS","± 0.1%*","± 0.2% ± ZS"]},{"parameter":"Flow Repeatability Liquid","values":["± 0.05%","± 0.05%","± 0.05%","± 0.05%","± 0.05% ± ZS","± 0.05%","± 0.1% ± ½ ZS"]},{"parameter":"Flow Accuracy Gas","values":["± 0.5% ± ZS","± 0.5% ± ZS","± 0.5% ± ZS","± 0.5% ± ZS","-","± 0.5% ± ZS","± 0.5% ± ZS"]},{"parameter":"Flow Repeatability Gas","values":["± 0.25% ± ½ ZS","± 0.25% ± ½ ZS","± 0.25% ± ½ ZS","± 0.25% ± ½ ZS","-","± 0.25% ± ½ ZS","± 0.25% ± ½ ZS"]},{"parameter":"Density Range","values":["300 kg/m³ to 2,000 kg/m³","","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Density Accuracy","values":["± 3 kg/m³","± 0.5 kg/m³","± 0.5 kg/m³","± 0.5 kg/m³","± 3 kg/m³","± 0.5 kg/m³","± 4 kg/m³"]},{"parameter":"Nominal Diameter","values":["1/4\"","3/8\"","3/8\" to 3\"","4\" to 6\"","1\" to 6\"","1\" to 6\"","1/2\""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["- 40 °C to +55 °C","","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Process Temperature","values":["- 200 °C to +200 °C","- 200 °C to +200 °C","- 200 °C to +200 °C","- 200 °C to +200 °C","-40 °C to +350 °C","-200 °C to +50 °C","-200 °C to +200 °C"]},{"parameter":"Process Pressure Absolute","values":["150 bar (at 20 °C)","According to flange specification","According to flange specification","According to flange specification","According to flange specification","According to flange specification","Max. 430 bar (at 20°C)"]},{"parameter":"Process Connection","values":["Thread R 1/4","ASME B16.5 Class 150, 300, 600\nEN 1092-1 PN40\nTri-clamp ISO 2852\nThread R/Rc","ASME B16.5 Class 150, 300, 600\nEN 1092-1 PN40\nTri-clamp ISO 2852\nThread R/Rc","ASME B16.5 Class 150, 300, 600\nEN 1092-1 PN16, 40","ASME B16.5 Class 150, 300, 600\nEN 1092-1 PN16, 40","ASME B16.5 Class 150, 300, 600\nEN 1092-1 PN16, 40","Rc 3/8\nRc 3/4"]},{"parameter":"Wetted Parts","values":["1.4404 (316L)","1.4404 (316L)\nAlloy C-22","1.4404 (316L)\nAlloy C-22","1.4404 (316L)","1.4404 (316L)","1.4404 (316L)","1.4404 (316L)"]},{"parameter":"Approvals for Potentially Explosive Atmospheres","values":["ATEX, IECEx, CSA (C-US), NEPSI (CCC)","","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Outputs","values":["2x analog, 2x pulse (frequency), 1x status output","","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Inputs","values":["1x status input","","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Digital Communication","values":["Bell 202, Modbus RTU (RS-485), Profibus PA, Fieldbus","","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Transmitter Version","values":["Integrated, separately mounted, mounted in control cabinet","","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Certifications","values":["OIML R117-1:2019 (according to WELMEC 8.8 & 7.2)","","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* ± ZS is applied for flow rates below 5 % of the maximum measuring range. Accuracy valid at reference conditions. ZS = Zero stability error = (Zero stability)/(Flowrate at the moment) x100%","","","","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"l-cor-8500","name":"Ultra-High-Pressure Coriolis Flow Meter: L-Cor 8500","description":"The L-Cor 8500 high-pressure Coriolis flow meter offers the best all-in-one solution for flow measurement of ultra-high-pressure fluids.","pageTitle":"Ultra-High-Pressure Coriolis Flow Meter: L-Cor 8500","pageDescription":"The L-Cor 8500 high-pressure Coriolis flow meter offers the best all-in-one solution for flow measurement of ultra-high-pressure fluids. With expert guidance and dedicated support, Anton Paar helps you find the perfect fit for your process and supports you throughout the entire product lifetime.","image":"/images/flow-meters-l-cor-8500-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The L-Cor 8500 high-pressure Coriolis flow meter offers the best all-in-one solution for flow measurement of ultra-high-pressure fluids. With expert guidance and dedicated support, Anton Paar helps you find the perfect fit for your process and supports you throughout the entire product lifetime.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/flow-meters-l-cor-8500-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Engineered for Extremes","text":"Anton Paar’s ultra-high-pressure Coriolis flow meter is built to withstand even the toughest environments, handling maximum process pressures of up to 1,200 bar (17,405 psi). The sensor is built with embrittlement-resistant alloys, making it ideal for super-high-pressure applications such as hydrogen dispensing and chemical injection for the oil and gas industry. Our experts start by understanding your process to help you choose the right solution for your environment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reliable Flow Monitoring of Liquefied Gases","text":"The L-Cor 8500 ultra-high-pressure Coriolis flow meter delivers precise flow measurement of liquid gases such as H₂ or N₂. It measures true mass flow, unaffected by gas compressibility, and delivers high accuracy independent of gas type, temperature, or process pressure. The sensor ensures consistent and highly accurate results under demanding conditions, enabling tight process control for ultra-high-pressure applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safe under the Harshest Conditions","text":"Our high-pressure Coriolis flow meter is designed for durability and long service life, even in chemically aggressive environments. A range of wetted material options, including stainless steel and Alloy C-22, ensures maximum compatibility with your process media, especially in demanding applications where corrosion resistance and chemical stability are essential.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Expert Support You Can Rely on","text":"Anton Paar is well known for its extensive application expertise, world-class customer support, and comprehensive after-sales service, including a standard three-year warranty on all meters. From day one, you gain access to a team with extensive knowledge and experience in flow, density, and concentration monitoring across a wide range of industries and applications. Backed by a global presence and more than 100 years of measurement experience, we deliver tailored solutions that meet your specific requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=32tyncBn06A","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["L-Cor 8500 UHP (Ultra-high pressure)","L-Cor 8500 SHP (Super-high pressure)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Nominal Size","values":["9/16”","3/8”"]},{"parameter":"Wetted Parts","values":["TPXM-19 (1.3964)","Alloy-C22 (2.4602)"]},{"parameter":"Transmitter Housing","values":["ADC12 (AlSi11Cu3)",""]},{"parameter":"Sensor Housing","values":["304/1.4301",""]},{"parameter":"Process Connection","values":["High pressure cone & thread connection,\nsize 9/16 562C (male thread 1*1/8-12 UNF)","High pressure cone & thread connection,\nsize 3/8 375C (male thread 3/4-16 UNF)"]},{"parameter":"Process Medium","values":["Liquids and gases",""]},{"parameter":"Operating Density Range","values":["0 to 2 g/cm³ (0 to 124.86 lb/ft³) (No density measurement)",""]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["9.6 to 300 kg/h (21.2 to 661 lb/h)","9.6 to 240 kg/h (21.2 to 529 lb/h)"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["± 0.5% of Reading",""]},{"parameter":"Repeatability","values":["± 0.25% of Reading",""]},{"parameter":"Process Temperature","values":["-40°C to 130°C (-40°F to 266°F)",""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["-40°C to 55°C (-40°F to 131°F)",""]},{"parameter":"Maximum Process Pressure","values":["1,200 bar (17,405 psi)","950 bar (13,779 psi)"]},{"parameter":"Flow Direction","values":["Bi-directional",""]},{"parameter":"Use in Hazardous Areas","values":["ATEX/IECEx, CSA(CUS)",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Approx. 21 kg (46 lb)",""]},{"parameter":"Outputs","values":["2x analog, 2x pulse (frequency), 1x status output",""]},{"parameter":"Inputs","values":["1x status input",""]},{"parameter":"Digital Communication","values":["HART, Modbus RTU (RS-485), Profibus PA, Fieldbus",""]},{"parameter":"Transmitter Version","values":["Integrated, separately mounted, mounted in control cabinet",""]}]}]},{"slug":"l-cor-6000","name":"Hygienic Flow Meter: L-Cor 6000","description":"Our Type S L-Cor 6000 Coriolis hygienic mass flow meters, built with titanium single straight tubes, are designed for hygienic applications.","pageTitle":"Hygienic Flow Meter: L-Cor 6000","pageDescription":"Our Type S L-Cor 6000 Coriolis hygienic mass flow meters, built with titanium single straight tubes, are designed for hygienic applications. They’re your solution for highly accurate measurements of gases and shear-sensitive or viscous liquids, slurries, aggressive media, or media with a low flow velocity.","image":"/images/flow-meters-l-cor-6000-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Our Type S L-Cor 6000 Coriolis hygienic mass flow meters, built with titanium single straight tubes, are designed for hygienic applications. They’re your solution for highly accurate measurements of gases and shear-sensitive or viscous liquids, slurries, aggressive media, or media with a low flow velocity. If fast and positive process fluid replacement or draining of the pipeline is what you need, then this is the mass flow meter for you.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/flow-meters-l-cor-6000-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Hygienic Flow Meters that are Ready for Tough Environments","text":"Harness the versatility of our flow meters, designed for reliable performance even in aggressive environments. Thanks to their construction with chemically resistant titanium for the wetted parts, these meters excel in durability and corrosion resistance. You can confidently employ them in challenging settings where chemical exposure is a concern, ensuring longevity and accurate measurements. Trust our flow meters to thrive in demanding conditions while maintaining precision and stability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Single Straight Tube Design Means No Damage to Fluids","text":"Benefit from the single straight tube design of our meters, which minimizes shear on fluids, ensuring that shear-sensitive fluids remain undamaged during the measurement process. This innovative design promotes fluid integrity and accuracy, letting you confidently handle even the most delicate substances without compromising their properties. With our meters, you can maintain the quality and consistency of your shear-sensitive fluids, making them a dependable choice for your measurement needs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Self-Draining Hygienic Flow Meters that are Easy to Clean","text":"Our sensors, featuring a straight tube design, offer the added advantage of self-draining after use, ensuring that no residual contaminants linger. This feature makes them the ideal choice for hygienic processes where cleanliness is needed. By preventing the risk of contamination, our hygienic flow meters not only uphold the integrity of your processes but also enhance safety and compliance standards. Trust in our sensors to maintain the highest levels of hygiene and performance for your critical applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Need Hygienic Versions? No Problem","text":"Explore the versatility of our EHEDG-certified sensors, specifically designed to meet the rigorous demands of hygienic process environments. With these sensors, you can confidently operate in settings where maintaining the highest standards of cleanliness is essential. Their certification ensures that your processes not only meet but exceed hygiene requirements, making them the ideal choice for critical applications that prioritize both safety and precision.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Straight Tube Design Increases Efficiency","text":"Thanks to the straight tube design of our sensors, you can rest assured that even fluids laden with solids, such as yogurt with pieces of fruit, won't block the sensor. This design ensures unimpeded flow, preventing blockages and maintaining accurate measurements in challenging environments. It's a testament to the reliability and versatility of our sensors, making them a top choice for applications where fluid consistency varies.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Partner with Broad Knowledge in Concentration Measurement","text":"Partner with us, and gain the advantage of collaborating with a trusted ally possessing extensive expertise in concentration measurement. Our knowledge spans a wide spectrum of applications, ensuring that you receive tailored solutions and invaluable insights to meet your specific needs. With our partnership, you tap into a wealth of experience and guidance, empowering you to excel in concentration measurement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["L-Cor 6000"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["36 kg/h to 61 200 kg/h"]},{"parameter":"Flow Accuracy","values":["± 0.15 % ± ZS*"]},{"parameter":"Flow Repeatability","values":["± 0.075 % ± ½ ZS*"]},{"parameter":"Density Range","values":["500 kg/m³ to 1,000 kg/m³ or\n700 kg/m³ to 1,300 kg/m³ or\n1000 kg/m³ to 1,500 kg/m³"]},{"parameter":"Density Accuracy","values":["± 2 kg/m³"]},{"parameter":"Nominal Diameter","values":["1/2” to 3”"]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["- 40 °C to +55 °C"]},{"parameter":"Process Temperature","values":["- 40 °C to +130 °C"]},{"parameter":"Process Pressure Absolute","values":["According to flange specification"]},{"parameter":"Process Connection","values":["ASME B16.5 Class 150\nTri-clamp ISO 2852"]},{"parameter":"Wetted Parts","values":["Titanium alloy"]},{"parameter":"Approvals for Potentially Explosive Atmospheres","values":["ATEX, IECEx, CSA (C-US), NEPSI (CCC)"]},{"parameter":"Outputs","values":["2x analog, 2x pulse (frequency), 1x status output"]},{"parameter":"Inputs","values":["1x status input"]},{"parameter":"Digital Communication","values":["Bell 202, Modbus RTU (RS-485), Profibus PA, Fieldbus"]},{"parameter":"Transmitter Version","values":["Integrated, separately mounted, mounted in control cabinet"]},{"parameter":"Certifications","values":["EHEDG"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["*Accuracy valid at reference conditions. ZS = Zero stability error = (Zero stability)/(Flowrate at the moment) x100%"]}]}]},{"slug":"l-cor-4000","name":"Coriolis Mass Flow Meter: L-Cor 4000","description":"Designed to conduct affordable, reliable mass flow and concentration measurements, these Type B L-Cor 4000 Coriolis mass flow meters are the budget-friendly…","pageTitle":"Coriolis Mass Flow Meter: L-Cor 4000","pageDescription":"Designed to conduct affordable, reliable mass flow and concentration measurements, these Type B L-Cor 4000 Coriolis mass flow meters are the budget-friendly solution for accurately measuring liquids in a wide range of standard applications in various industries.","image":"/images/flow-meters-l-cor-4000-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Designed to conduct affordable, reliable mass flow and concentration measurements, these Type B L-Cor 4000 Coriolis mass flow meters are the budget-friendly solution for accurately measuring liquids in a wide range of standard applications in various industries. With a design that facilitates self-draining and sensors that reduce pressure loss, these mass flow meters are your go-to general-purpose mass flow meter.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/flow-meters-l-cor-4000-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"An Affordable Coriolis Mass Flowmeter You Can Rely on","text":"Achieve robust, reliable mass flow and concentration measurements with this versatile general-purpose meter. This flowmeter serves as a dependable solution, ensuring accuracy and precision across a variety of applications. Whether you need to measure mass flow or concentration, this meter provides consistent and trustworthy results, making it an indispensable tool for your diverse measurement needs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sensors that Reduce Pressure Loss","text":"Experience the advantage of our sensors, which promise up to 30% less pressure loss in comparison to intricate geometries. Moreover, harness the potential to lower energy consumption and achieve significant cost savings through the utilization of our bow-type Coriolis mass flow meters. With these innovative solutions, you not only optimize performance but also enhance efficiency, leading to substantial benefits for your operations and bottom line.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Self-Draining Design Minimizes Cleaning Time","text":"Benefit from our self-draining design, a feature that minimizes cleaning time and effort. This design not only simplifies maintenance but also ensures hygiene and operational efficiency. By reducing the time required for cleaning processes, you can optimize your workflow, enhance productivity, and focus on what matters most in your operations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Partner with Broad Knowledge in Concentration Measurement","text":"Partner with us and gain the advantage of collaborating with a trusted ally possessing extensive expertise in concentration measurement. Our deep knowledge spans a wide spectrum of applications, ensuring that you receive tailored solutions and invaluable insights to meet your specific needs. With our partnership, you tap into a wealth of experience and guidance, letting you excel in concentration measurement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["L-Cor 4000"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Flowrate","values":["24 kg/h to 48,000 kg/h"]},{"parameter":"Flow Accuracy","values":["± 0.2%*"]},{"parameter":"Flow Repeatability","values":["± 0.1%"]},{"parameter":"Density Range","values":["300 kg/m³ to 2,000 kg/m³"]},{"parameter":"Density Accuracy","values":["± 3 kg/m³"]},{"parameter":"Nominal Diameter","values":["½” to 2”"]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["- 40 °C to +55 °C"]},{"parameter":"Process Temperature","values":["- 40 °C to +130 °C"]},{"parameter":"Process Pressure Absolute","values":["According to flange specification"]},{"parameter":"Process Connection","values":["ASME B16.5 Class 150, 300, 600\nTri-clamp ISO 2852"]},{"parameter":"Wetted Parts","values":["1.4404 (SUS316L)"]},{"parameter":"Approvals for Potentially Explosive Atmospheres","values":["ATEX, IECEx, CSA (C-US), NEPSI (CCC)"]},{"parameter":"Outputs","values":["2x analog, 2x pulse (frequency), 1x status output"]},{"parameter":"Inputs","values":["1x status input"]},{"parameter":"Digital Communication","values":["Bell 202, Modbus RTU (RS-485), Profibus PA, Fieldbus"]},{"parameter":"Transmitter Version","values":["Integrated, separately mounted, mounted in control cabinet"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["* ± ZS is applied for flow rates below 7.5% of the maximum measuring range. Accuracy valid at reference conditions. ZS = Zero stability error = (Zero stability)/(Flowrate at the moment) x100%"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Penetrometers","description":"Automatic penetration testing of bitumen, grease, wax, and other semi-solid samples.","pageTitle":"Penetrometers","pageDescription":"Penetration testing determines the consistency of semi-solid materials by measuring how far a standardized test body sinks into the sample. Anton Paar's automatic penetrometer covers bitumen, asphalt, grease, wax, food, and pharmaceutical formulations to ASTM, EN, ISO, and pharmacopoeia standards.","overview":"The PNR 500 automatic penetrometer builds on more than 60 years of penetration testing experience. Standardized cones and needles with defined weights and geometries measure penetration depth in materials from bitumen and grease to waxes, butter, and pharmaceutical formulations, with a patented force-sensor plunger providing automatic surface detection for reproducible results. Preset methods, integrated statistics with conversion to standardized values such as NLGI class, and USB or LIMS export streamline routine consistency testing in compliance with ASTM D5, EN 1426, ISO 2137, European Pharmacopoeia 2.9.9, USP 915, and related standards.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/penetro-meter.webp","slug":"penetrometers","models":[{"slug":"pnr-500","name":"Automatic Penetrometer: PNR 500","description":"Fully automatic penetration testing for semi-solid samples – from bitumen and grease to food and pharma.","pageTitle":"Automatic Penetrometer: PNR 500","pageDescription":"Based on more than 60 years of experience in penetration testing, the PNR 500 automatic penetrometer measures how far a test body sinks into a sample over a certain period. Standardized cones and needles determine the consistency of bitumen, asphalt, grease, wax, and pharmaceutical formulations.","image":"/images/pnr-500.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Based on more than 60 years of experience in penetration testing, the PNR 500 automatic penetrometer measures how far a test body sinks into a sample over a certain period. Choose among various standardized test bodies, like cones and needles with defined weights and geometries, to determine penetration depth. Determine, for example, the consistency of bitumen, asphalt, grease, wax, Vaseline®, and butter.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/pnr-500.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automatic Sensor Plunger for Fast, Accurate Bitumen Testing","text":"The automatic penetrometer's patented force-sensor plunger enables surface detection of highly viscous samples, even if they are submerged under water. This ensures reproducible penetration depth readings and eliminates the need for manual adjustment. A magnetic plunger and specialized bitumen needle simplify setup, while the Rapid Function accelerates workflows in busy QC environments. These features make the PNR 500 the ideal choice for reliable, automated bitumen testing in compliance with global standards.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Quick, Precise Surface Detection of Conductive Samples","text":"For conductive, typically water-based samples, the PNR 500 offers surface recognition using an electrical conductive sensor. This smart detection function ensures precise positioning and minimizes user-dependent errors. The manual approach process is further simplified through a jog wheel, magnifier, and bright LED light for perfect visibility of the sample surface. Together, these tools guarantee accurate, reproducible penetration results even for challenging materials.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One Instrument for Diverse Materials Meeting Global Standards","text":"Rely on a single instrument that adapts to a wide range of materials – from bitumen and grease to waxes, butter, and pharmaceutical formulations – while complying with all relevant international standards:\nBitumen needles and plungers: ASTM D5, EN 1426\nGrease cones: ASTM D217, ASTM D1403, ISO 2137\nPharma cones and needles: European Pharmacopoeia 2.9.9, USP 915, USP 1912\nButter cones: AOCS Cc 16-60\nEquip the penetrometer with certified test kits to ensure traceable testing. Comprehensive IQ|OQ|PQ documentation supports quick qualification in regulated environments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Intelligent Data Management Simplifies Reporting","text":"The PNR 500 streamlines data handling with integrated result evaluation and smart export functions. Test outcomes are converted into standardized values, such as NLGI class, EN bitumen, ¼-cone to solid-cone, or C-value for edible fats. Up to 200 test results can be stored and reviewed directly on the instrument. Results can then be exported via USB or LIMS connection for analysis in MS Excel or AP Connect – ensuring complete traceability and simplified reporting across departments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Preset or Custom Programs for Instant Testing","text":"Testing starts immediately with five preset programs for the most common applications or up to 15 individually customizable programs. Individual test sequences can be configured for maximum flexibility, while limit indicators trigger alarms when results deviate from preset ranges. Complement the setup with optional accessories such as circulator baths, transfer dishes for temperature control, various sample containers, and a printer for direct documentation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Automatic Penetrometer PNR 500","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["PNR 500"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["0 mm to 80 mm (plunger-dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Max. Test Load","values":["2 kg"]},{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["±0.01 mm"]},{"parameter":"Test Duration","values":["0.1 s to 999.9 s"]},{"parameter":"Start Delay","values":["Up to 9999 s"]},{"parameter":"Interfaces","values":["USB, LAN, LIMS compatibility"]},{"parameter":"Memory Capacity","values":["Up to 200 results"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["100 V to 240 V, 50 Hz/60 Hz, 1.5 A, 70 W"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x D x H)","values":["300 mm x 380 mm x 570 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["11 kg"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["Patents: CN Pat. CN101578511B, DE Pat. DE102006049813B4, FR Pat. EP2082210B1, FR/DE Pat. EP2420816B1, US Pat. US8201441B2"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Viscosity Baths & Viscometers","description":"Fully automatic viscometer systems, precision constant-temperature baths, and viscometer cleaning and calibration equipment.","pageTitle":"Viscosity Baths & Viscometers","pageDescription":"RIGO's viscosity range covers fully automatic VMR and VMC measuring systems, the 403/404/405 precision constant-temperature baths that hold ±0.01 °C, dedicated Ubbelohde and Cannon-Fenske viscometers, automatic cleaning stations and digital timing.","overview":"Kinematic viscosity is the single most frequently measured property of fuels and lubricants, and the measurement is only as good as the bath holding the sample. RIGO has built viscosity measuring systems for more than forty years, and its PID temperature control holds stability within ±0.01 °C below 100 °C and ±0.03 °C from 100 °C to 180 °C. The range runs from dedicated glass viscometers and the 403/404/405 baths through to the VMC holder-type systems and the fully automatic VMR series, which samples, thermostats, measures and washes without operator intervention. Measurements follow JIS K2283, ASTM D445/D446 and ISO 3104/3105, with selectable calculation formulae for kinematic, relative, intrinsic and inherent viscosity.","partner":"Rigo — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/viscometers.webp","slug":"viscometers","models":[{"slug":"403-404-405-bath-series","name":"Precision Kinematic Viscosity Bath: 403/404/405 Series","description":"Precision constant-temperature baths for kinematic viscosity, holding ±0.01 °C below 100 °C to JIS K2283 and ASTM D445.","pageTitle":"Precision Kinematic Viscosity Bath: 403/404/405 Series","pageDescription":"The 403-262 is a precision constant-temperature bath designed and manufactured in conformity with JIS K2283, ASTM D445/D446, and ISO 3104/3105 for kinematic viscosity determination. It is the successor to the long-serving 403-162 model, redesigned for a smaller footprint, lower power consumption, and improved safety.","image":"/images/rigo-403-404-405-bath-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The 403-262 is a precision constant-temperature bath designed and manufactured in conformity with JIS K2283, ASTM D445/D446, and ISO 3104/3105 for kinematic viscosity determination. It is the successor to the long-serving 403-162 model, redesigned for a smaller footprint, lower power consumption, and improved safety. The bath's temperature control uses a PID control method that reliably maintains the set temperature to within ±0.01°C. High-temperature testing is covered by the companion 404 series, and low-temperature testing exclusively by the 405 series, so the three series together span the full temperature range needed for kinematic viscosity work.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-403-404-405-bath-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"PID Temperature Control","text":"The bath's PID-based temperature controller maintains the set point to within ±0.01°C, which supports the tight repeatability requirements of JIS K2283, ASTM D445/D446, and ISO 3104/3105. Consistent, stable bath temperature is essential for accurate kinematic viscosity results, since even small temperature deviations translate directly into measurement error.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact, Safer Successor Design","text":"The 403-262 succeeds the earlier 403-162 model with a smaller footprint, reduced power consumption, and improved safety features. This makes it easier to accommodate in laboratories with limited bench space while retaining the same measurement performance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Medium, High, and Low-Temperature Coverage","text":"The 403 series is intended for medium-temperature kinematic viscosity testing, while the 404 series is suited to high-temperature applications. The 405 series is dedicated exclusively to low-temperature testing, completing the temperature range covered by the three series.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["403/404/405 Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable Standards","values":["JIS K2283; ASTM D445, D446; ISO 3104, 3105"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control Method","values":["PID control"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control Accuracy","values":["Within ±0.01°C of set temperature"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["403 Series (Medium-Temperature)","404 Series (High-Temperature)","405 Series (Low-Temperature)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Representative Model(s)","values":["403-262 (5-Position)","404-072 / 404-073","405RT-031M / 405RT-031L"]},{"parameter":"Typical Application","values":["Medium-temperature kinematic viscosity testing","High-temperature kinematic viscosity testing","Low-temperature kinematic viscosity testing"]}]}]},{"slug":"rav-101","name":"Apparent Viscosity Test Apparatus: RAV-101 / RAV-101M","description":"Apparent viscosity apparatus for lubricating greases to JIS K2220 and ASTM D1092, with a low-temperature RAV-101M variant.","pageTitle":"Apparent Viscosity Test Apparatus: RAV-101 / RAV-101M","pageDescription":"The Apparent Viscosity Test Apparatus forces a grease or oil sample through a capillary and measures the resulting back-pressure to calculate apparent viscosity as a function of shear rate.","image":"/images/rigo-rav-101.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Apparent Viscosity Test Apparatus forces a grease or oil sample through a capillary and measures the resulting back-pressure to calculate apparent viscosity as a function of shear rate. As pressure rises during the test, the instrument automatically switches the pressure gauge range in sequence from 0.5 MPa to 2.0 MPa to 10 MPa, and stops the pump once pressure exceeds 10 MPa. Pressure changes are captured in real time by data-acquisition software on a connected PC and displayed as a graph. Once the sample has been ejected from the capillary and the pressure reaches equilibrium, the operator captures the pressure reading with a single button press, and the software calculates apparent viscosity, shear rate, and shear stress and plots the apparent-viscosity-versus-shear-rate curve. A manually operated version, available in liquid-bath and air-bath configurations, is also offered.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rav-101.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automatic Pressure Range Switching","text":"The pressure gauge range automatically steps through 0.5 MPa, 2.0 MPa, and 10 MPa as pressure builds during the test, and the pump is automatically stopped once pressure exceeds 10 MPa to protect the system. This staged approach preserves reading accuracy across a wide pressure span without operator intervention.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"PC-Based Data Acquisition and Calculation","text":"Dedicated data-collection and transfer software imports pressure readings to a PC in real time and can display the results as graphs, including within common spreadsheet software. From the imported pressure readings and a pair of interchangeable tooth-gears, the software automatically calculates shear rate, apparent viscosity, and shear stress, and plots the apparent-viscosity and shear-rate curves.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Room-Temperature and Low-Temperature Variants","text":"The RAV-101 operates at ordinary room temperature, while the RAV-101M adds an air-bath refrigeration unit to extend the operating range down to -20°C, suiting it to cold-weather and low-temperature grease evaluation. Both variants share the same pressure measurement, data-capture, and calculation system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RAV-101 / RAV-101M"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable standards","values":["JIS K2220 / ASTM D1092"]},{"parameter":"Pressure range","values":["0 to 10 MPa"]},{"parameter":"Pressure gauge designation ranges","values":["0-0.500 MPa / 0-2.000 MPa / 0-10.00 MPa"]},{"parameter":"Temperature indication","values":["-99.9 to 99.9°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature detection","values":["Platinum resistance thermometer (Pt 100Ω)"]},{"parameter":"Tooth-gear pump","values":["ZENITH, BPB-4776 type"]},{"parameter":"Calculated items","values":["Shear rate, apparent viscosity, shear stress"]},{"parameter":"Graph output","values":["Apparent viscosity vs. shear rate curve"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RAV-101 (Room-Temperature Type)","RAV-101M (Air-Bath Refrigeration Type)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temperature","values":["Ordinary room temperature","-20°C to 80°C"]},{"parameter":"Cooling","values":["Not required (ambient)","Air-bath refrigeration unit"]}]}]},{"slug":"rvc-06","name":"Automatic Viscometer Cleaner: RVC-06C / RVC-06U","description":"Automatic washing and drying unit for capillary viscometers, used mainly with petroleum product samples.","pageTitle":"Automatic Viscometer Cleaner: RVC-06C / RVC-06U","pageDescription":"The RVC-06 is an automatic washing and drying unit for capillary viscometers, used mainly for petroleum products (mineral oils). The RVC-06C is configured for Cannon-Fenske and Cannon-Fenske reverse-flow viscometers, while the RVC-06U is configured for Ubbelohde viscometers.","image":"/images/rigo-rvc-06.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RVC-06 is an automatic washing and drying unit for capillary viscometers, used mainly for petroleum products (mineral oils). The RVC-06C is configured for Cannon-Fenske and Cannon-Fenske reverse-flow viscometers, while the RVC-06U is configured for Ubbelohde viscometers. Tilting the viscometer insertion port toward the operator allows the tube to be loaded without spilling residual liquid, and a drip tray beneath the unit catches any sample or solvent that is spilled. The insertion port uses a flared, fluorine-rubber fitting that makes inserting and removing the viscometer easy, and the operator can select from three cleaning patterns or customize the cleaning time and number of cycles.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rvc-06.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Spill-Safe Loading","text":"Tilting the viscometer insertion port toward the operator lets the tube be seated without spilling any residual sample or solvent. A drip tray positioned beneath the unit catches spills should they occur, protecting the surrounding bench area.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy Insertion and Removal","text":"The insertion port uses a flared fitting made of fluorine rubber, which makes inserting and removing the viscometer straightforward and reduces the risk of tube breakage during handling.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Selectable and Customizable Cleaning Patterns","text":"Operators can choose from three preset cleaning patterns, and the cleaning time and number of cycles within each pattern can be adjusted to match the sample type. This flexibility allows the cleaner to be tuned for different levels of contamination or different oil viscosities.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RVC-06C / RVC-06U"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Primary Application","values":["Petroleum products (mineral oils)"]},{"parameter":"Cleaning Patterns","values":["3 selectable patterns; cleaning time and cycle count are user-adjustable"]},{"parameter":"Insertion Port Material","values":["Flared fluorine-rubber fitting"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RVC-06C","RVC-06U"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Compatible Viscometer Types","values":["Cannon-Fenske, Cannon-Fenske Reverse-Flow","Ubbelohde"]}]}]},{"slug":"vmc-5-series","name":"Automatic Viscosity Tester: VMC-5 Series (VMC-522 / VMC-523 / VMC-552 / VMC-553)","description":"Holder-type automatic viscometer systems in medium- and high-temperature variants, accepting Ubbelohde, Cannon-Fenske and Cannon-Ubbelohde tubes.","pageTitle":"Automatic Viscosity Tester: VMC-5 Series (VMC-522 / VMC-523 / VMC-552 / VMC-553)","pageDescription":"The VMC-5 series is the fifth generation of RIGOSHA's widely used VMC automatic viscometer platform, fitted with a cassette-type viscometer holder that anyone can exchange in one touch. Each unit measures independently, so different samples or viscometer tubes can be run side by side.","image":"/images/rigo-vmc-5-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The VMC-5 series is the fifth generation of RIGOSHA's widely used VMC automatic viscometer platform, fitted with a cassette-type viscometer holder that anyone can exchange in one touch. Each unit measures independently, so different samples or viscometer tubes can be run side by side. The operator only needs to enter the four-digit serial number of a pre-registered viscometer and press start; the system then calculates kinematic viscosity (mm²/s) or relative viscosity (η rel) and sends the result to the printer. Up to 999 viscometers can be pre-registered in the system, and the series is offered in two-position and five-position configurations for both medium- and high-temperature testing.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-vmc-5-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One-Touch Cassette Viscometer Holder","text":"Viscometers are mounted in a cassette-type holder that can be exchanged in a single touch, without tools. Because each unit tests independently, laboratories can run multiple samples, sample types, or viscometer constants simultaneously. Up to 999 viscometers can be pre-registered against their individual serial numbers, so calibration constants do not need to be re-entered for routine testing.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automatic Calculation and Printout","text":"Once the registered viscometer's serial number is entered and the start button is pressed, the VMC-5 series automatically calculates kinematic viscosity or relative viscosity and prints the result. This removes manual timing and calculation from the workflow and reduces the potential for transcription error.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["VMC-5 Series (VMC-522 / VMC-523 / VMC-552 / VMC-553)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable Standards","values":["JIS K2283 / ASTM D445, D446 (Kinematic Viscosity); JIS K7367 and related standards (Viscosity Number, Intrinsic Viscosity)"]},{"parameter":"Viscometer Types Supported","values":["Cannon-Fenske (CA), Cannon-Fenske Reverse-Flow (CRA), Ubbelohde (UA)"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["0.3-20,000 mm²/s"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Accuracy","values":["Within 0.02 sec difference between two measurements of pure solvent"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control Accuracy","values":["Within ±0.01°C (under 100°C) / ±0.03°C (over 100°C)"]},{"parameter":"Sampling Method","values":["Suction type, changeable to pressurized sampling type"]},{"parameter":"Registered Viscometer Capacity","values":["Up to 999 viscometers"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["VMC-522 (Medium-Temperature, 2-Position)","VMC-523 (High-Temperature, 2-Position)","VMC-552 (Medium-Temperature, 5-Position)","VMC-553 (High-Temperature, 5-Position)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Number of Positions","values":["2","2","5","5"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Range","values":["Medium-temperature","High-temperature","Medium-temperature","High-temperature"]}]}]},{"slug":"vmc-type-viscometers","name":"VMC Dedicated Viscometers: 410-UA / 410-CA / 410-CRA","description":"Dedicated glass capillary viscometers — Ubbelohde, Cannon-Fenske and Cannon-Ubbelohde — made for RIGO's VMC automatic systems.","pageTitle":"VMC Dedicated Viscometers: 410-UA / 410-CA / 410-CRA","pageDescription":"These dedicated glass capillary viscometers are manufactured specifically for RIGOSHA's VMC automatic viscometer systems so that they seat smoothly into the special cassette holder.","image":"/images/rigo-vmc-type-viscometers.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"These dedicated glass capillary viscometers are manufactured specifically for RIGOSHA's VMC automatic viscometer systems so that they seat smoothly into the special cassette holder. The lineup covers the three capillary types most widely used in kinematic viscosity testing: the Ubbelohde type (410-UA), the Cannon-Fenske type (410-CA), and the Cannon-Fenske reverse-flow type (410-CRA). Each type is produced in a graded series of capillary constants to cover a wide span of sample viscosities, and every tube is manufactured to the tight dimensional tolerances required for automatic handling.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-vmc-type-viscometers.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precision Fit for Automatic Handling","text":"Because the VMC cassette holder loads and unloads viscometers automatically, each 410-series tube is manufactured to strict dimensional tolerances so that it seats correctly every time. This precision is what allows the VMC systems to exchange viscometers in one touch without manual alignment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Graded Series for Wide Viscosity Coverage","text":"Each viscometer type is available in a range of series sizes with different capillary constants, allowing the correct tube to be selected for the expected viscosity of the sample. Across the full range of sizes, the three viscometer types together cover kinematic viscosities from well below 1 mm²/s up to tens of thousands of mm²/s.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["410-UA / 410-CA / 410-CRA"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable Standards","values":["JIS K2283 / ASTM D445, D446 (Kinematic Viscosity); JIS K7367 / ISO 1628 (Viscosity Number, Intrinsic Viscosity)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["410-UA (Ubbelohde)","410-CA (Cannon-Fenske)","410-CRA (Cannon-Fenske Reverse-Flow)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Number of Series Sizes","values":["13 (Series 0 to 4)","11 (Series 25 to 500)","12 (Series 25 to 600)"]},{"parameter":"Kinematic Viscosity Coverage","values":["0.3-10,000 mm²/s","0.5-8,000 mm²/s","0.4-20,000 mm²/s"]}]}]},{"slug":"vmr-022uc","name":"Fully Automatic Viscometer System: VMR-022UC (2-Position, Desktop Type)","description":"The VMR-022UC is a desktop, two-position fully automatic viscometer system designed for medium-temperature kinematic viscosity testing.","pageTitle":"Fully Automatic Viscometer System: VMR-022UC (2-Position, Desktop Type)","pageDescription":"The VMR-022UC is a desktop, two-position fully automatic viscometer system designed for medium-temperature kinematic viscosity testing. It performs the complete measurement sequence automatically, from sampling through solvent cleaning and gas-purge drying, and prints results directly to an attached printer.","image":"/images/rigo-vmr-022uc.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The VMR-022UC is a desktop, two-position fully automatic viscometer system designed for medium-temperature kinematic viscosity testing. It performs the complete measurement sequence automatically, from sampling through solvent cleaning and gas-purge drying, and prints results directly to an attached printer. The system is used both for straightforward kinematic viscosity determination and for measuring the viscosity number and intrinsic viscosity of polymer solutions. Its compact desktop footprint makes it well suited to laboratories with limited bench space that still require full automation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-vmr-022uc.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Full Automation from Sampling to Drying","text":"The VMR-022UC automatically samples the test liquid, holds it at the set temperature, and performs the measurement without operator handling. After each test the viscometer is cleaned with solvent and dried by nitrogen gas purge, which also pre-cleans the sample container. Because these steps run unattended, the operator does not need to be present for the full measurement cycle.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Desktop Format with Printed Output","text":"The instrument is housed in a compact desktop enclosure suited to space-constrained laboratories. Test results are output automatically to a connected printer, reducing manual transcription. It is applied to kinematic viscosity testing as well as to the determination of polymer relative viscosity, viscosity number, and intrinsic viscosity.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["VMR-022UC (2-Position, Desktop Type)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable Standards","values":["JIS K2283 (Kinematic Viscosity); JIS K7367 (Viscosity Number and Intrinsic Viscosity of Polymers); JIS K6933 (Viscosity Number of Polyamide Plastics)"]},{"parameter":"Viscometer Type","values":["Modified Ubbelohde viscometer (UI-b type)"]},{"parameter":"Required Sample Amount","values":["30-50 mL"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["0.3-2,500 mm²/s"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Accuracy","values":["Within 0.02 sec difference between two measurements of pure solvent"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control Accuracy","values":["Within ±0.01°C (under 100°C)"]},{"parameter":"Washing Method","values":["Solvent washing with nitrogen gas-purge drying"]}]}]},{"slug":"vmr-052upc","name":"Fully Automatic Viscometer System: VMR-052UPC Series (5-Position)","description":"Five-position fully automatic viscometer system that samples, thermostats, measures and washes without operator intervention.","pageTitle":"Fully Automatic Viscometer System: VMR-052UPC Series (5-Position)","pageDescription":"The VMR-052UPC is RIGOSHA's long-selling five-position fully automatic viscometer system, developed to measure the kinematic viscosity of liquids as well as the relative viscosity, viscosity number, intrinsic viscosity, and viscosity-average molecular weight of plastics.","image":"/images/rigo-vmr-052upc.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The VMR-052UPC is RIGOSHA's long-selling five-position fully automatic viscometer system, developed to measure the kinematic viscosity of liquids as well as the relative viscosity, viscosity number, intrinsic viscosity, and viscosity-average molecular weight of plastics. Simply placing the dedicated sample container in position triggers automatic sampling, temperature stabilization, and up to four repeated measurements. After measurement, the viscometer is automatically washed with solvent and dried by nitrogen purge, a cleaning cycle that also pre-rinses the sample container, so the entire test sequence runs without tying up an operator. Beyond the standard medium-temperature VMR-052UPC, the lineup includes the high-temperature VMR-053UPC and the VMR-052USPC for volatile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-vmr-052upc.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Long-Standing Five-Position Platform","text":"The VMR-052UPC line has been a mainstay of RIGOSHA's viscometer range, purpose-built for both liquid kinematic viscosity and polymer solution viscosity testing. Loading the dedicated sample container is the only manual step; the system automatically samples, thermostats, and measures the sample up to four times in succession. This repeatability supports the tight measurement tolerances required for polymer relative viscosity and molecular weight calculations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automatic Cleaning Cycle","text":"After each measurement the viscometer is rinsed with solvent and dried under a nitrogen gas purge. This cleaning action also pre-cleans the sample container, so the operator is not required to intervene between tests. The result is a genuinely unattended viscosity measurement workflow from sample loading through to final cleaning.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Standard, High-Temperature, and Volatile-Sample Variants","text":"The base VMR-052UPC covers medium-temperature testing, while the VMR-053UPC extends the same platform to high-temperature applications. The VMR-052USPC adds pressurized sampling to suppress evaporation, making it suitable for volatile polymer products such as polycarbonate solutions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["VMR-052UPC Series (5-Position)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable Standards","values":["JIS K2283 (Kinematic Viscosity); JIS K7367 (Viscosity Number and Intrinsic Viscosity of Polymers); JIS K6933 (Viscosity Number of Polyamide Plastics)"]},{"parameter":"Viscometer Type","values":["Modified Ubbelohde viscometer (UIS type)"]},{"parameter":"Required Sample Amount","values":["10-50 mL"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["0.3-2,500 mm²/s"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Accuracy","values":["Within 0.02 sec difference between two measurements of pure solvent"]},{"parameter":"Washing Method","values":["Solvent washing"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["VMR-052UPC (Medium-Temperature)","VMR-053UPC (High-Temperature)","VMR-052USPC (Volatile-Sample, Pressurized Sampling)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating Temperature Range","values":["20-100°C","100-180°C","20-40°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control Accuracy","values":["Within ±0.01°C","Within ±0.03°C","Within ±0.01°C"]},{"parameter":"Primary Application","values":["Standard kinematic viscosity and polymer viscosity testing","High-temperature kinematic viscosity and polymer viscosity testing","Viscosity number/intrinsic viscosity testing of volatile polymers (e.g., polycarbonate)"]}]}]},{"slug":"wds-202-3","name":"Digital Stopwatch for Kinematic Viscosity Measurement: WDS-202-3","description":"Digital stopwatch for kinematic viscosity, giving traceable manual timing alongside the 403/404/405 baths.","pageTitle":"Digital Stopwatch for Kinematic Viscosity Measurement: WDS-202-3","pageDescription":"The WDS-202-3 is a digital stopwatch dedicated to kinematic viscosity measurement, used for timing flow through a capillary viscometer to determine kinematic viscosity as well as the viscosity number and intrinsic viscosity of polymer products.","image":"/images/rigo-wds-202-3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The WDS-202-3 is a digital stopwatch dedicated to kinematic viscosity measurement, used for timing flow through a capillary viscometer to determine kinematic viscosity as well as the viscosity number and intrinsic viscosity of polymer products. A mode switch lets the operator time up to six single-ball (1TB) type viscometers, such as forward-flow types, or up to three two-ball (2TB) type viscometers, such as those used for opaque liquids. It pairs naturally with the 403/404/405 series baths to provide precise, traceable manual timing for standard-method kinematic viscosity testing.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-wds-202-3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Switchable Six- or Three-Channel Timing","text":"A mode switch changes the WDS-202-3 between timing up to six single-ball (1TB) viscometers or up to three two-ball (2TB) viscometers, such as those used for opaque liquids. This flexibility lets one instrument serve multiple capillary viscometer configurations without additional hardware.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["WDS-202-3"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable Standards","values":["JIS K2283 / ASTM D445, D446 (Kinematic Viscosity); JIS K7367 / ISO 1628 (Viscosity Number, Intrinsic Viscosity)"]},{"parameter":"Counting Range","values":["0-999.9 seconds"]},{"parameter":"Time Display","values":["Green LED digital display"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["Within ±0.01%"]},{"parameter":"Reference Signal","values":["Crystal oscillator"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC 100 V, 3 A, 50/60 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Measurement Capacity (Switchable)","values":["6 single-ball (1TB) viscometers or 3 two-ball (2TB) viscometers"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Pour Point, Cloud Point & CFPP Testers","description":"Automatic low-temperature testers measuring pour point, cloud point and cold filter plugging point in one apparatus.","pageTitle":"Pour Point, Cloud Point & CFPP Testers","pageDescription":"RIGO's low-temperature testers automate the pour point, cloud point and cold filter plugging point determinations that govern how a fuel behaves in cold weather, detecting the sample optically rather than by torque so the surface is never disturbed.","overview":"Pour point, cloud point and cold filter plugging point together describe how a fuel or lubricant behaves as it cools — when wax first appears, when flow stops, and when a filter blocks. RIGO's testers combine a cooling unit with a compact metal test bath and detect the sample with photo-sensors and glass-fibre light guides, mimicking what the analyst's eye would see. For pour point the bath itself tilts and moves rather than applying a torque, so even a barely mobile sample can be measured without disturbing its surface. The range covers pour point alone, pour and cloud point together, and the RPCF series adding cold filter plugging point, in one-, two- and three-unit configurations to ASTM D97, D2500 and D6371, ISO 3016 and 3015, IP 309 and JIS K2269 and K2288.","partner":"Rigo — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/pour-cloud-cfpp.webp","slug":"pour-cloud-cfpp","models":[{"slug":"rcf-01cml","name":"Automatic Cold Filter Plugging Point Tester: RCF-01CML / -02CML / -03CML / -04CML / -06CML","description":"Dedicated cold filter plugging point tester for laboratories that do not need combined pour and cloud point measurement.","pageTitle":"Automatic Cold Filter Plugging Point Tester: RCF-01CML / -02CML / -03CML / -04CML / -06CML","pageDescription":"This is a dedicated cold filter plugging point tester for laboratories that do not require combined pour and cloud point measurement.","image":"/images/rigo-rcf-01cml.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"This is a dedicated cold filter plugging point tester for laboratories that do not require combined pour and cloud point measurement. A lower photo-sensor that detects whether a drawn-up sample has failed to return to the test tube is fitted as standard, providing the same reverse-plugging protection found on RIGO's combined instruments. Each test bath can be controlled independently, following either a staged temperature program or a linear temperature gradient. In the staged mode, the two-refrigerator circulation system steps the bath temperature through 48°C, -34°C, -51°C, and -67°C in sequence, while the linear gradient mode can run at a rate expressed in °C per minute or, for field-style slow cooling, in °C per hour.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rcf-01cml.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reverse Plugging Point Detection","text":"A dedicated lower photo-sensor confirms whether the sample drawn into the pipette has returned to the test tube; if it fails to return within the expected time, the instrument records that condition as part of the CFPP result. This standard feature reduces the risk of a false reading when highly waxy samples resist flowing back through the filter.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Staged or Linear Temperature Control","text":"Operators can choose RIGO's proprietary two-bath circulation step program, which automatically shifts the test bath through 48°C, -34°C, -51°C, and -67°C without removing the sample container, or a linear cooling gradient set in °C per minute. A slower linear gradient expressed in °C per hour is also available, intended primarily for field testing conditions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RCF-01CML / -02CML / -03CML / -04CML / -06CML"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable standards","values":["JIS K2288 / ASTM D6371 / IP 309"]},{"parameter":"Measuring range","values":["45 to -60°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature detection","values":["Platinum resistance thermometer (Pt 100Ω)"]},{"parameter":"Meniscus detection","values":["Photo-electric detection"]},{"parameter":"Reverse plugging point detection","values":["Photo-electric detection"]},{"parameter":"Measuring pitch","values":["1°C"]},{"parameter":"Cooling method","values":["Dual-refrigerator circulation type (automatic coolant circulation)"]},{"parameter":"Staged temperature control","values":["Automatic 4-step control: 48°C, -34°C, -51°C, -67°C"]},{"parameter":"Linear gradient control","values":["°C per minute or °C per hour"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control","values":["Proportional control and heater On/Off"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RCF-01CML","RCF-02CML","RCF-03CML","RCF-04CML","RCF-06CML"],"specs":[{"parameter":"No. of test positions","values":["1","2","3","4","6"]}]}]},{"slug":"rpc-303cml","name":"Automatic Pour and Cloud Point Tester: RPC-301CML / -302CML / -303CML / -304CML / -306CML","description":"Automatic pour and cloud point testers in one-, two- and three-unit configurations, to ASTM D97, D2500 and JIS K2269.","pageTitle":"Automatic Pour and Cloud Point Tester: RPC-301CML / -302CML / -303CML / -304CML / -306CML","pageDescription":"These models rapidly and automatically carry out the pour and cloud point test procedures prescribed in ASTM D97, ASTM D2500, and JIS K2269.","image":"/images/rigo-rpc-303cml.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"These models rapidly and automatically carry out the pour and cloud point test procedures prescribed in ASTM D97, ASTM D2500, and JIS K2269. The apparatus consists of a cooling unit, which incorporates a cooling bath and two refrigerators, and a measuring unit built around a compact test bath of special metal construction; for pour point measurement, the test bath itself tilts and moves back and forth. Unlike conventional pour point methods that rely on torque detection, these testers assess the sample without disturbing its surface, so they can detect delicate pour point shifts caused by continuous viscosity change or by the addition of a pour-point-depressant. For cloud point detection, the instrument combines a photo-sensor with glass-fiber light guides to continuously monitor the temperature at which wax first becomes visible at the bottom of the sample-filled test tube. The RPC-301CML to RPC-303CML configurations provide one, two, or three test positions, while four- and six-position versions (RPC-304CML and RPC-306CML) are also available for higher-throughput laboratories.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rpc-303cml.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Consecutive Pour and Cloud Point Measurement","text":"The tester performs cloud point measurement first and then continues directly into pour point measurement on the same sample when the continuous PP/CP sensor is fitted. Pre-test preparation at 45°C and a two-stage temperature control system, combining stepped and flexible cooling, allow the full test sequence to run automatically without operator intervention.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Photo-electric Detection System","text":"Sample surface detection is performed electronically by a photo-sensor in the same way a technician would visually judge the surface, and the system is sensitive enough to register even a small volume of fluid. Cloud point is detected through glass-fiber light guides positioned at the base of the test tube, which continuously track the onset of wax haze.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RPC-301CML / -302CML / -303CML / -304CML / -306CML"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable standards","values":["ASTM D97 (pour point) / ASTM D2500 (cloud point) / JIS K2269"]},{"parameter":"Temperature range","values":["45 to -50°C (measuring unit)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature detection","values":["Platinum resistance thermometer (Pt 100Ω)"]},{"parameter":"Pour point detection","values":["Photo-sensor (photo-electric detection)"]},{"parameter":"Cloud point detection","values":["Photo-sensor via glass-fiber light guides"]},{"parameter":"Measuring range","values":["45°C to -50.0°C (varies with ambient conditions around the apparatus)"]},{"parameter":"Setting","values":["4.3-inch (54 x 95 mm) TFT touch panel"]},{"parameter":"Measuring pitch — pour point","values":["1, 2.5, or 3°C, selectable"]},{"parameter":"Measuring pitch — cloud point","values":["Stepwise, sequential detection"]},{"parameter":"Data output","values":["Impact dot printer; RS232C interface (D-sub 9, male)"]},{"parameter":"Bath (jacket)","values":["Copper, 0.1 L capacity"]},{"parameter":"Programmed temperatures — pour point","values":["Automatically rotated through 8 steps: +48, +25, +7, 0, -17.5, -34, -52.5, -70°C"]},{"parameter":"Programmed temperatures — cloud point","values":["Automatically rotated through 6 steps: +48, 0, -17.5, -34, -52.5, -70°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control","values":["Proportional control and heater On/Off"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy of temperature control","values":["±0.5°C at each step"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["150 W per test unit"]},{"parameter":"Cooling unit temperature range","values":["0 to -70°C"]},{"parameter":"Cooling bath","values":["Stainless steel dewar vessel"]},{"parameter":"Recommended coolant","values":["Methyl alcohol only"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator","values":["400 W x 2"]},{"parameter":"Refrigeration system","values":["Air-cooled, air-tight dual refrigeration system"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerant","values":["Freon 134a / R-23 (HFC)"]},{"parameter":"Power requirements","values":["Single-phase 220V AC, 50/60Hz, 2.0kW or single-phase 100V AC, 50/60Hz, 2.0kW"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RPC-301CML (1 unit)","RPC-302CML (2 units)","RPC-303CML (3 units)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"No. of test positions","values":["1","2","3"]},{"parameter":"Cooling bath capacity","values":["6 L","6 L","10 L"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x D x H, mm)","values":["Approx. 450 x 910 x 1,400","Approx. 750 x 530 x 1,400","Approx. 1,050 x 530 x 1,400"]}]}]},{"slug":"rpc-401","name":"Automatic Pour & Cloud Point Tester: RPC-401","description":"The RPC-401 is a single-place automatic pour and cloud point tester built around a Free-Piston Stirling Cooler (FPSC).","pageTitle":"Automatic Pour & Cloud Point Tester: RPC-401","pageDescription":"The RPC-401 is a single-place automatic pour and cloud point tester built around a Free-Piston Stirling Cooler (FPSC). Because the FPSC cooling engine is self-contained, the instrument does not require an auxiliary cooling system based on alcohol refrigerant or fluorocarbon gas, making it compact and environmentally friendly.","image":"/images/rigo-rpc-401.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RPC-401 is a single-place automatic pour and cloud point tester built around a Free-Piston Stirling Cooler (FPSC). Because the FPSC cooling engine is self-contained, the instrument does not require an auxiliary cooling system based on alcohol refrigerant or fluorocarbon gas, making it compact and environmentally friendly. As with RIGO's larger RPC-3 series, the instrument can measure cloud point and then continue directly into a pour point measurement on the same sample. A sister CFPP (cold filter plugging point) tester is also available in the same product family for laboratories that need all three low-temperature fluidity tests.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rpc-401.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact, Refrigerant-Free Cooling","text":"The RPC-401 integrates a Free-Piston Stirling Cooler directly into the instrument, eliminating the need for a separate cooling bath filled with alcohol refrigerant or fluorocarbon gas. This design reduces the footprint of the tester and avoids the environmental and handling concerns associated with conventional refrigerants.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RPC-401"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Configuration","values":["1 test position, built-in refrigeration unit"]},{"parameter":"Cooling technology","values":["Free-Piston Stirling Cooler (FPSC)"]},{"parameter":"Measurement sequence","values":["Continuous cloud point measurement followed by pour point measurement on the same sample"]}]}]},{"slug":"rpcf-303cml","name":"Automatic Pour, Cloud, and Cold Filter Plugging Point Tester: RPCF-301CML / -302CML / -303CML / -304CML / -306CML","description":"The RPCF-301CML to RPCF-303CML configurations provide one, two, or three test positions, while four- and six-position versions are also available.","pageTitle":"Automatic Pour, Cloud, and Cold Filter Plugging Point Tester: RPCF-301CML / -302CML / -303CML / -304CML / -306CML","pageDescription":"These models rapidly and automatically carry out the pour point, cloud point, and cold filter plugging point test procedures prescribed in the applicable standards: ASTM D97, ISO 3016, and JIS K2269 for pour point; ASTM D2500, ISO 3015, and JIS K2269 for cloud point; and ASTM D6371, IP 309, and JIS K2288 for cold filter plugging point.","image":"/images/rigo-rpcf-303cml.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"These models rapidly and automatically carry out the pour point, cloud point, and cold filter plugging point test procedures prescribed in the applicable standards: ASTM D97, ISO 3016, and JIS K2269 for pour point; ASTM D2500, ISO 3015, and JIS K2269 for cloud point; and ASTM D6371, IP 309, and JIS K2288 for cold filter plugging point. The apparatus consists of a cooling unit, which incorporates a cooling bath and two refrigerators, and a measuring unit built around a compact test bath of special metal construction. For pour point measurement, the test bath itself tilts and moves back and forth, testing the sample without disturbing its surface so that delicate pour point shifts caused by viscosity change or pour-point-depressant dosing can still be detected. Cloud point is measured with a photo-sensor and glass-fiber light guides that continuously track the temperature at which wax becomes visible at the bottom of the sample-filled test tube. The RPCF-301CML to RPCF-303CML configurations provide one, two, or three test positions, while four- and six-position versions are also available.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rpcf-303cml.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cold Filter Plugging Point Detection","text":"CFPP detection uses a clamp-type photo-sensor assembly to monitor the sample as it is drawn into a pipette. An upper photo-sensor detects the sample surface and determines the suction time, while a lower photo-sensor detects whether the surface has passed a reference point and determines the fall time. If the sample has not been drawn up to the pipette meniscus within 60 seconds of suction by the built-in vacuum unit, the instrument reports that temperature as the CFPP value.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reverse CFPP Detection","text":"The instrument also monitors whether a sample that was drawn up normally fails to return to the test tube within a set time; if it does not, that temperature is likewise reported as a CFPP value. This reverse-detection function protects against false results when a sample becomes too viscous to flow back through the filter, which is one of the practical failure modes of the standard CFPP procedure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RPCF-301CML / -302CML / -303CML / -304CML / -306CML"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable standards — pour point","values":["ASTM D97 / ISO 3016 / JIS K2269"]},{"parameter":"Applicable standards — cloud point","values":["ASTM D2500 / ISO 3015 / JIS K2269"]},{"parameter":"Applicable standards — CFPP","values":["ASTM D6371 / IP 309 / JIS K2288"]},{"parameter":"Temperature range","values":["45 to -60°C (measuring unit)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature detection","values":["Platinum resistance thermometer (Pt 100Ω)"]},{"parameter":"Pour point detection","values":["Photo-sensor"]},{"parameter":"Cloud point detection","values":["Photo-sensor via light guides"]},{"parameter":"CFPP detection","values":["Photo-sensor"]},{"parameter":"Measuring range","values":["45°C to -60.0°C (varies with ambient conditions)"]},{"parameter":"Setting","values":["4.3-inch (54 x 95 mm) TFT touch panel"]},{"parameter":"Measuring pitch — pour point","values":["1, 2.5, or 3°C, selectable"]},{"parameter":"Measuring pitch — cloud point","values":["Stepwise, sequential detection"]},{"parameter":"Measuring pitch — CFPP","values":["1°C, selectable"]},{"parameter":"Data output","values":["Impact dot printer; RS232C interface (D-sub 9, male)"]},{"parameter":"Bath (jacket)","values":["Copper, 0.1 L capacity"]},{"parameter":"Programmed temperatures — pour point","values":["Automatically rotated through 8 steps: +48, +25, +7, 0, -17.5, -34, -52.5, -70°C"]},{"parameter":"Programmed temperatures — cloud point","values":["Automatically rotated through 6 steps: +48, 0, -17.5, -34, -52.5, -70°C"]},{"parameter":"Programmed temperatures — CFPP","values":["Automatically rotated through 4 steps: +53, -34, -51, -67°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control","values":["Proportional control and heater On/Off"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy of temperature control","values":["±0.5°C at each step"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["100 W per test unit"]},{"parameter":"Cooling unit temperature range","values":["0 to -70°C"]},{"parameter":"Cooling bath","values":["Stainless steel dewar vessel"]},{"parameter":"Recommended coolant","values":["Methyl alcohol only"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator","values":["400 W x 2"]},{"parameter":"Refrigeration system","values":["Air-cooled, air-tight dual refrigeration system"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerant","values":["R404A (280 g), TP5R3 (110 g)"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum unit — water tank","values":["5 L"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum unit — vacuum reservoir","values":["5 L"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum unit — U-tube manometer","values":["1.96 kPa (200 mm aqu.)"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum unit — air flow meter","values":["0 to 500 mL/min., with needle valve"]},{"parameter":"Power requirements","values":["Single-phase 100V AC, 50/60Hz, 2.0kW"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RPCF-301CML (1 unit)","RPCF-302CML (2 units)","RPCF-303CML (3 units)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"No. of test positions","values":["1","2","3"]},{"parameter":"Cooling bath capacity","values":["6 L","6 L","10 L"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x D x H, mm)","values":["Approx. 450 x 910 x 1,400","Approx. 750 x 530 x 1,400","Approx. 1,050 x 530 x 1,400"]},{"parameter":"Approx. weight","values":["100 kg","150 kg","180 kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"rpp-301cml","name":"Automatic Pour Point Tester: RPP-301CML / -302CML / -303CML / -304CML / -306CML","description":"Automatic pour point testers to JIS K2269 and ASTM D97, available from one to six test units.","pageTitle":"Automatic Pour Point Tester: RPP-301CML / -302CML / -303CML / -304CML / -306CML","pageDescription":"This tester automatically carries out the pour point test procedure prescribed in JIS K2269 and ASTM D97 without disturbing the sample surface. It is built around RIGO's proprietary compact, circulating test bath, which can tilt as a whole unit to reproduce the classical visual tilt test.","image":"/images/rigo-rpp-301cml.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"This tester automatically carries out the pour point test procedure prescribed in JIS K2269 and ASTM D97 without disturbing the sample surface. It is built around RIGO's proprietary compact, circulating test bath, which can tilt as a whole unit to reproduce the classical visual tilt test. Each bath is controlled independently and can follow the JIS staged temperature program, including the preheating step, or a linear cooling gradient. A photo-sensor monitors the change in the sample surface as the bath is tilted, under conditions comparable to visual observation by an operator, and the instrument is available in one-, two-, three-, four-, and six-place versions to match laboratory throughput requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rpp-301cml.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Photo-electric Pour Point Detection","text":"The apparatus detects pour point by monitoring the sample surface with a photo-sensor as the tilted test bath moves, closely reproducing the manual visual method used in the reference standards. This non-contact approach avoids disturbing the sample, which allows the instrument to register even delicate pour point shifts caused by continuous changes in viscosity or in the dosage of pour-point-depressant additives. It is suitable for light and heavy fuel oils as well as lubricants and other oil types.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Independent, Programmable Test Baths","text":"Each test bath can be controlled independently, following the staged cooling program defined in JIS or a user-set linear temperature gradient. This flexibility lets operators match the cooling profile to the sample type or to a specific customer test standard, while keeping each measuring position fully automated.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RPP-301CML / -302CML / -303CML / -304CML / -306CML"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable standards","values":["JIS K2269 / ASTM D97"]},{"parameter":"Measuring range","values":["45 to -60°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature detection","values":["Platinum resistance thermometer (Pt 100Ω)"]},{"parameter":"Pour point detection","values":["Photo-electric detection"]},{"parameter":"Measuring pitch","values":["1°C, 2.5°C, or 3°C, selectable"]},{"parameter":"Cooling method","values":["Dual-refrigerator circulation type (automatic coolant circulation)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature program","values":["Staged program per JIS, or linear gradient"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control","values":["Proportional control with heater On/Off"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RPP-301CML","RPP-302CML","RPP-303CML","RPP-304CML","RPP-306CML"],"specs":[{"parameter":"No. of test positions","values":["1","2","3","4","6"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Flow Cups & Zahn Cups","description":"Efflux cups for rapid on-site viscosity checks of paints, inks, varnishes and similar coatings.","pageTitle":"Flow Cups & Zahn Cups","pageDescription":"Flow cups and Zahn cups measure viscosity by timing how long a fixed volume takes to drain through a calibrated orifice — a fast, inexpensive check well suited to production and on-site quality control of paints, inks and varnishes.","overview":"Not every viscosity measurement needs a thermostatted bath. For paints, inks, varnishes and similar coatings, an efflux cup gives a usable number in seconds: the cup is filled, the orifice opened, and the drain time recorded. RIGO supplies both the dipping Zahn cup, which is lowered directly into the container, and the bench-standing flow cup to JIS K5600-2-2 and ISO 2431. Both are offered in a range of orifice sizes so the efflux time falls in a readable window for the material being checked.","partner":"Rigo — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/flow-cup.webp","slug":"flow-cup","models":[{"slug":"417-zahn-cup","name":"417 Rigo's Zahn Viscosity Cup","description":"The Model 417 Rigo's Zahn Viscosity Cup is the simplest type of comparative viscometer used to measure the viscosity of inks, paints, lacquers, and similar materials.","pageTitle":"417 Rigo's Zahn Viscosity Cup","pageDescription":"The Model 417 Rigo's Zahn Viscosity Cup is the simplest type of comparative viscometer used to measure the viscosity of inks, paints, lacquers, and similar materials. It consists of a 40 mL capacity stainless-steel cup with an orifice in its base, fitted with a handle approximately 300 mm long.","image":"/images/rigo-417-zahn-cup.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Model 417 Rigo's Zahn Viscosity Cup is the simplest type of comparative viscometer used to measure the viscosity of inks, paints, lacquers, and similar materials. It consists of a 40 mL capacity stainless-steel cup with an orifice in its base, fitted with a handle approximately 300 mm long. The test is carried out by timing how long it takes the sample to flow out through the orifice in the bottom of the cup, and this efflux time is then used to compare the viscosity of different samples. The cup is available in a range of orifice sizes, from No.2 through No.7, so that samples covering different viscosity levels can be tested with the same simple method.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-417-zahn-cup.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Construction","text":"The Zahn cup is machined from stainless steel as a single cup body of 40 mL capacity with a precisely sized orifice at its base. A handle roughly 300 mm long is attached to the cup so that it can be dipped into and withdrawn from the sample cleanly and held steady while the sample drains.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Test Method","text":"The cup is filled by full immersion in the sample and then withdrawn while a timer is started; the operator records the efflux time as the stream of liquid draining from the orifice first breaks. This efflux time is a simple, direct indicator of the sample's viscosity and can be compared between batches or against a reference value.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Available Sizes","text":"Because a single orifice size can only cover a limited viscosity range, the Model 417 cup is offered in orifice sizes No.2 through No.7, allowing the same portable, low-cost method to be applied across inks, paints, and lacquers of widely different viscosities.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["417 Rigo's Zahn Viscosity Cup"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Model No.","values":["417"]},{"parameter":"Type","values":["Zahn viscosity cup (comparative efflux-time viscometer)"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Capacity","values":["40 mL"]},{"parameter":"Handle length","values":["Approx. 300 mm"]},{"parameter":"Available orifice sizes","values":["No.2 to No.7"]},{"parameter":"Applications","values":["Inks, paints, lacquers"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["No.2","No.3","No.4","No.5","No.6","No.7"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Capacity","values":["40 mL","40 mL","40 mL","40 mL","40 mL","40 mL"]},{"parameter":"Handle length","values":["Approx. 300 mm","Approx. 300 mm","Approx. 300 mm","Approx. 300 mm","Approx. 300 mm","Approx. 300 mm"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Stainless steel","Stainless steel","Stainless steel","Stainless steel","Stainless steel","Stainless steel"]}]}]},{"slug":"421-flow-cup","name":"421 Flow Cup","description":"Bench-standing efflux cup to JIS K5600-2-2 and ISO 2431, supplied in No.3 and No.4 orifice sizes.","pageTitle":"421 Flow Cup","pageDescription":"The Model 421 Flow Cup is a viscometer conforming to JIS K 5600-2-2 and ISO 2431, used to measure the viscosity of paints, varnishes, lacquers, and similar coating materials.","image":"/images/rigo-421-flow-cup.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Model 421 Flow Cup is a viscometer conforming to JIS K 5600-2-2 and ISO 2431, used to measure the viscosity of paints, varnishes, lacquers, and similar coating materials. The Flow Cup consists of a stainless-steel container whose interior surface is finished to a roughness of 0.5 μm or less, together with an orifice embedded in the bottom of the container. The time taken for the sample filling the container to flow out through the orifice is measured, and the kinematic viscosity in mm²/s is then read from a graph relating kinematic viscosity to flow (efflux) time. The cup is supplied in No.3 and No.4 orifice sizes to cover different viscosity ranges.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-421-flow-cup.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Construction","text":"The Flow Cup is machined from stainless steel with an interior surface finished to a roughness of 0.5 μm or less to ensure a controlled, repeatable flow of sample. An orifice of defined dimensions is embedded in the bottom of the container to meter the outflow of the sample.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Test Method and Standards","text":"The container is filled with sample and the time for it to drain through the bottom orifice is measured with a stopwatch. This flow time is converted to a kinematic viscosity value in mm²/s using the reference graph specified in JIS K 5600-2-2 and ISO 2431, allowing results to be reported in standard viscosity units rather than as a simple comparative time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["421 Flow Cup"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Model No.","values":["421"]},{"parameter":"Type","values":["Flow cup viscometer"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Interior surface finish","values":["≤0.5 μm roughness"]},{"parameter":"Applicable standards","values":["JIS K 5600-2-2 / ISO 2431"]},{"parameter":"Available orifice sizes","values":["No.3, No.4"]},{"parameter":"Applications","values":["Paints, varnishes, lacquers"]},{"parameter":"Measured value","values":["Kinematic viscosity (mm²/s), derived from efflux time via reference graph"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["No.3","No.4"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable standards","values":["JIS K 5600-2-2 / ISO 2431","JIS K 5600-2-2 / ISO 2431"]},{"parameter":"Interior surface finish","values":["≤0.5 μm","≤0.5 μm"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Stainless steel","Stainless steel"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Automatic Aniline Point Testers","description":"U-tube method aniline point testers with touch panel operation and built-in printer.","pageTitle":"Automatic Aniline Point Testers","pageDescription":"The aniline point — the lowest temperature at which equal volumes of aniline and a sample are completely miscible — indicates the aromatic content of a petroleum product, and is used to characterise solvents, diesel fuels and rubber process oils.","overview":"Aniline point is a long-established indicator of aromatic content in a petroleum fraction: the more aromatic the sample, the lower the temperature at which it becomes fully miscible with aniline. RIGO's automatic testers use the U-tube method, heating and cooling the mixture while an optical system detects the exact point of miscibility and separation, removing the operator judgement that limits the manual test. Measurement follows JIS K2256 and ASTM D611, with a touch panel interface and built-in printer for direct recording of results.","partner":"Rigo — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/aniline-point.webp","slug":"aniline-point","models":[{"slug":"rap-201","name":"Automatic Aniline Point Tester (U-Tube Method): RAP-201","description":"U-tube aniline point tester with optical miscibility detection, touch panel and built-in printer, to JIS K2256 and ASTM D611.","pageTitle":"Automatic Aniline Point Tester (U-Tube Method): RAP-201","pageDescription":"The RAP-201 automates the U-tube aniline point test. Aniline and the sample are mechanically mixed in a tube and heated at a controlled rate until the two phases become fully miscible, then cooled at a controlled rate, while a photo-electric sensor monitors the turbidity of the mixture flowing through the center of the U-tube.","image":"/images/rigo-rap-201.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RAP-201 automates the U-tube aniline point test. Aniline and the sample are mechanically mixed in a tube and heated at a controlled rate until the two phases become fully miscible, then cooled at a controlled rate, while a photo-electric sensor monitors the turbidity of the mixture flowing through the center of the U-tube. The instrument records the temperature at which the mixture is most transparent and the temperature at which it becomes most opaque, and program control is handled by a built-in microcomputer with storage for up to 100 results. The test unit is designed for easy U-tube replacement and improved maintainability and robustness. A low-temperature cooling unit option enables mixed aniline point measurement, and a thin-film method unit option allows manual measurement of dark samples.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rap-201.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Photo-Electric Turbidity Detection","text":"Aniline and the test sample are mechanically mixed inside a U-tube and heated at a controlled rate until the two phases become fully miscible, then cooled at a controlled rate. A photo-electric sensor continuously monitors the transmitted light through the flattened center section of the U-tube and records both the temperature at which the mixture becomes clearest and the temperature at which it becomes most opaque. The aniline point is calculated from these two transition temperatures.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Touch-Panel Operation with Self-Diagnosis","text":"All test conditions are set through a 5.7-inch touch-panel display that also shows start temperature, measurement progress, results, and any abnormal conditions. The instrument automatically self-checks each measurement, and if the result of three repeat measurements exceeds the allowable deviation, it automatically performs two additional measurements. A rapid measurement mode is available to shorten total test time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy Maintenance and U-Tube Replacement","text":"The entire lid slides up and down, allowing the U-tube to be replaced quickly and easily for cleaning or servicing. This design improves both operability and long-term robustness compared with earlier bench models. Cooling after heating is achieved by drawing in outside air, with an optional air pump available to increase the cooling rate.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Built-In Printer and Data Storage","text":"Results are printed automatically from the internal printer, and up to 100 measurement results can be stored in the instrument's internal memory. A standard RS-232C interface allows results to be exported to a computer or laboratory information system. Optional accessories extend capability to dark samples, which are less than ASTM Color #8, via a thin-film method unit for manual measurement, and to low-temperature mixed aniline point testing via a cooling unit.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RAP-201"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable standards","values":["JIS K2256 (U-Tube Method), ASTM D611"]},{"parameter":"Object sample","values":["Chemical products, petroleum products (transparent liquid with darkness less than ASTM Color #8)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature detection","values":["Platinum resistance thermometer (Pt100Ω)"]},{"parameter":"Aniline point detection","values":["Photo-electric method (detects changes in transmitted light amount)"]},{"parameter":"System control","values":["Digital control by CPU"]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["Touch-panel type 5.7-inch monitor (shows start temperature, measurement procedure, results, abnormalities, etc.)"]},{"parameter":"Condition setting","values":["Via touch-panel"]},{"parameter":"Result output","values":["Print-out from internal printer"]},{"parameter":"Result storage","values":["Up to 100 data sets"]},{"parameter":"External output","values":["RS-232C interface"]},{"parameter":"Heating/cooling rate","values":["1–2°C/min, or rapid heating / -0.5 to -1°C/min"]},{"parameter":"Heating/cooling bath","values":["Glass beaker (JIS K2256, Fig. A-6)"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Infrared lamp, 375W"]},{"parameter":"Agitator","values":["Brushless DC motor 1.4W (sample), capacitor motor 3W (air bath)"]},{"parameter":"Cooling method after heating","values":["By introducing outside air (optional air pump)"]},{"parameter":"Power requirements","values":["100V AC, 500VA"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W×D×H)","values":["240×420×610 mm (max 770 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["16.5 kg"]},{"parameter":"Standard accessories","values":["Heating/cooling bath, U-tube, chart paper, ribbon cassette (1 each)"]},{"parameter":"Optional accessories","values":["Air pump, cooling unit for low-temperature measurement, thin-film method unit (manual measurement)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RAP-201 (Standard)","RAP-201L (Low-Temperature)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measuring range","values":["Room temperature to 170°C","+5°C to 40°C (mixed aniline point, with Cooling Unit option)"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Automatic Freezing Point Testers","description":"Rapid automatic determination of the freezing point of aviation fuels and light petroleum products.","pageTitle":"Automatic Freezing Point Testers","pageDescription":"Freezing point is a critical specification for aviation turbine fuel, defining the lowest temperature at which the last wax crystal disappears on warming — RIGO's automatic tester determines it rapidly and without operator interpretation.","overview":"For aviation fuels the freezing point is a safety specification: fuel that begins to form crystals at altitude can block filters and starve an engine. The determination requires cooling a sample until crystals form, then warming it until the last crystal disappears, and traditionally depends on an analyst watching for that moment. RIGO's automatic tester performs the cycle under microprocessor control with optical crystal detection, giving a fast, reproducible result to JIS K2276 and ASTM D2386.","partner":"Rigo — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/freezing-point.webp","slug":"freezing-point","models":[{"slug":"rfz-201","name":"Automatic Rapid Freezing Point Tester: RFZ-201","description":"Rapid automatic freezing point tester for aviation fuels, correlating closely with the JIS K2276 and ASTM D2386 manual methods.","pageTitle":"Automatic Rapid Freezing Point Tester: RFZ-201","pageDescription":"The RFZ-201 is a rapid freezing point tester built around a Free Piston Stirling Cooler (FPSC), a non-aerosol, environmentally friendly cooling system that uses helium gas instead of chlorofluorocarbon refrigerants.","image":"/images/rigo-rfz-201.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RFZ-201 is a rapid freezing point tester built around a Free Piston Stirling Cooler (FPSC), a non-aerosol, environmentally friendly cooling system that uses helium gas instead of chlorofluorocarbon refrigerants. Because the FPSC is fully integrated into the instrument, no external auxiliary cooling system is required, and freezing points down to -70°C can be measured in only 5 to 10 minutes. Operation is extremely simple: the operator injects approximately 5 mL of sample by syringe into the cell, which simultaneously cleans the cell and loads the new sample, and then presses the Start switch. Results correlate closely with values obtained by the JIS and ASTM manual test methods. An optional software module extends the instrument to measure haze and cloud point on light and heavy gas oils.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rfz-201.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Free Piston Stirling Cooler (FPSC)","text":"The FPSC is a chlorofluorocarbon-free, eco-friendly cooling system that cools by expanding helium gas rather than using conventional refrigerants. Because the cooler is built directly into the instrument, no separate auxiliary cooling unit is needed in the laboratory. This design keeps the footprint compact while still reaching freezing points as low as -70°C.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Rapid 5–10 Minute Test Cycle","text":"A complete freezing point measurement is typically completed in just 5 to 10 minutes, far faster than traditional manual cooling-bath methods. Results obtained with the RFZ-201 correlate closely with values measured by the JIS and ASTM reference methods. This speed makes the instrument well suited to high-throughput quality-control laboratories.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simple Syringe-Based Sample Handling","text":"The operator injects roughly 5 mL of sample into the cell using a syringe; this single action both cleans the cell and loads the new sample. Testing then begins with a single press of the Start switch, requiring no further operator intervention. This simplicity reduces training requirements and operator-to-operator variability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Touch-Panel Display and Optional Haze/Cloud Point Software","text":"The RFZ-201 is equipped with a 5.7-inch TFT LCD touch-switch display offering high brightness and a wide viewing angle for clear visibility. Optional software adds haze point and cloud point measurement capability, extending the instrument's use to light gas oil and heavy fuel oil testing. Self-diagnosis functions monitor for sample errors, FPSC waste-heat temperature errors, and cell temperature errors.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RFZ-201"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Test standard","values":["JIS K2276, ASTM D2386"]},{"parameter":"Required sample amount","values":["Approx. 5 mL"]},{"parameter":"Measuring range","values":["-80°C to 20°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature display","values":["-100.0°C to 100.0°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature detection","values":["Platinum sensor (Pt 100Ω)"]},{"parameter":"System control","values":["Digital control by CPU"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control","values":["Heating: proportional control; Refrigeration: integral control"]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["5.7-inch TFT LCD panel with touch switch"]},{"parameter":"Detection method","values":["Transmittance light intensity detection"]},{"parameter":"Cell","values":["Metallic block made of aluminum"]},{"parameter":"Cooling unit","values":["FPSC (Free Piston Stirling Cooler)"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Cartridge heater, 100V 50W"]},{"parameter":"Output of results","values":["Impact dot printer (option)"]},{"parameter":"External output","values":["RS-232C interface, D-sub 9-pin (male)"]},{"parameter":"Self-diagnosis function","values":["Sample error, FPSC waste-heat temperature error, cell temperature error"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Electric leakage breaker, 10A 30mA"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["100–240V AC, 50/60Hz, 700VA"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W×D×H)","values":["330×465×360 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Approx. 23 kg"]},{"parameter":"Standard accessories","values":["Syringe, syringe adapter, drain trap (1 each)"]},{"parameter":"Optional accessories","values":["Impact dot printer, software for haze/cloud point"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Automatic Softening Point Testers","description":"Ring-and-ball softening point testers for asphalt, bitumen, resins and waxes.","pageTitle":"Automatic Softening Point Testers","pageDescription":"The ring-and-ball softening point measures the temperature at which a bituminous or resinous material becomes soft enough to deform under a standard steel ball — a fundamental grading property for asphalt and roofing materials.","overview":"Asphalt, bitumen and resins have no sharp melting point; they soften gradually over a range, so the industry defines a reference temperature by a standard test. In the ring-and-ball method a sample is cast in a brass ring, loaded with a steel ball and heated in a bath at a controlled rate until the softening material deforms far enough to touch a lower plate. RIGO's automatic testers detect that contact optically and record the temperature, running two or four rings at once to JIS K2207 and ASTM D36.","partner":"Rigo — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/softening-point.webp","slug":"softening-point","models":[{"slug":"rsp-202","name":"Automatic Softening Point Tester: RSP-202 / RSP-204","description":"The RSP-202/RSP-204 automates the ring-and-ball softening point test described in JIS K2207 and ASTM D36, and is used for asphalt (bitumen), resins.","pageTitle":"Automatic Softening Point Tester: RSP-202 / RSP-204","pageDescription":"The RSP-202/RSP-204 automates the ring-and-ball softening point test described in JIS K2207 and ASTM D36, and is used for asphalt (bitumen), resins, hot-melt and other adhesives, and edible fats and oils.","image":"/images/rigo-rsp-202.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RSP-202/RSP-204 automates the ring-and-ball softening point test described in JIS K2207 and ASTM D36, and is used for asphalt (bitumen), resins, hot-melt and other adhesives, and edible fats and oils. A heater is positioned at the center of the measuring section, surrounded by laser-type sensors that detect only the fall of the ball, canceling out the shimmer that rises during heating and delivering excellent repeatability. The RSP-204 tests four samples simultaneously, while the RSP-202 tests two; both integrate the test unit, control unit, and data output unit into a single housing controlled by RIGO's own electronic circuitry. After the heating bath, ring, sample, platinum thermometer, and ball-centering guide are set in place, pressing Start heats the bath at a controlled rate of 5°C ± 0.5°C per minute until the laser sensor detects the softening point, which is displayed rounded to the nearest 0.5°C. The instrument can average the results of two samples or report each sample individually, and it includes standard printer and RS232C interfaces for laboratory automation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rsp-202.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Laser Sensor Detection for Repeatable Results","text":"A laser-type sensor arrangement surrounds the central heater and detects only the actual fall of the ball, canceling out the heat-haze shimmer that rises from the bath during heating. This design is the most important feature of the RSP series and gives it excellent measurement repeatability compared with visual observation. Detected softening points are automatically rounded to the nearest 0.5°C and displayed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Touch-Panel Control with Self-Diagnosis","text":"A 5.7-inch high-brightness, wide-viewing-angle TFT LCD touch panel is used to input test conditions and start the run. The instrument automatically flags abnormal data, for example when a softening point of 80°C or below is detected under high-softening-point test conditions, or when the difference between two results exceeds 1°C. Guidance and monitor displays keep the operator informed of test status throughout the run.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"PIC Microcomputer Control","text":"Test program control, data output, and safety management are all handled by RIGO's own PIC-microcomputer-based electronic circuitry, which integrates what were traditionally three separate units, the test unit, control unit, and input/output unit, into a single instrument. Because control is fully digital, failures are rare and stable measurement accuracy is maintained over time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Standard RS232C and Printer Interfaces","text":"Results are printed automatically on a dot impact printer, and a standard RS232C interface at a fixed 9600 bps baud rate allows data to be exported to a computer or LIMS. The Ring Holder is designed for quick attachment and removal, improving both maintainability and mechanical robustness.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RSP-202 / RSP-204"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Related standards","values":["JIS K2207, ASTM D36"]},{"parameter":"Measurement range","values":["+5°C to 80°C (water bath), +80°C to 200°C (glycerin bath)"]},{"parameter":"Softening point detection","values":["Laser sensor detection"]},{"parameter":"Temperature detection","values":["Platinum thermometer (Pt 100Ω)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control","values":["PI (proportional, integral) control"]},{"parameter":"Temperature rise rate","values":["5°C ± 0.5°C/min"]},{"parameter":"System control","values":["PIC microcomputer"]},{"parameter":"Touch panel","values":["5.7-inch high-brightness, wide-viewing-angle TFT LCD"]},{"parameter":"Result output","values":["Printed on dot impact printer (Citizen CBM-910II 24RJ100A)"]},{"parameter":"External output","values":["RS232C interface (D-sub 9-pin male connector)"]},{"parameter":"Baud rate","values":["9600 bps fixed"]},{"parameter":"Heating bath","values":["Glass (JIS K2839)"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Nichrome wire heater, 750W"]},{"parameter":"Rated current","values":["AC100V 9A, 50/60Hz"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Earth leakage breaker (AC100V, breaking current 10A)"]},{"parameter":"Standard accessories","values":["Ring Holder ×1, Heating bath (JIS K2839, Fig. 1) ×1"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RSP-202 (2-Unit)","RSP-204 (4-Unit)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Number of test positions","values":["2","4"]},{"parameter":"Shouldered ring","values":["2 pcs","4 pcs"]},{"parameter":"Ball-centering guide","values":["2 pcs","4 pcs"]},{"parameter":"Ball","values":["2 pcs","4 pcs"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Automatic Dropping Point Testers","description":"Two-position automatic testers for the dropping point of lubricating greases.","pageTitle":"Automatic Dropping Point Testers","pageDescription":"The dropping point of a grease is the temperature at which it passes from a semi-solid to a liquid state, indicating the type of thickener used and the upper temperature at which the grease will retain its structure.","overview":"A grease is an oil held in a thickener matrix, and the dropping point marks where that matrix releases the oil. It is not the maximum service temperature, but it identifies the thickener type and sets an upper bound on where the grease can be expected to stay in place. RIGO's automatic tester heats the sample cup at a controlled rate and detects the falling drop optically, testing two samples at once and recording the result to JIS K2220, ASTM D566, IP 132 and ISO 2176.","partner":"Rigo — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/dropping-point.webp","slug":"dropping-point","models":[{"slug":"rdp-202","name":"Automatic Dropping Point Tester: RDP-202 (2 Units)","description":"The RDP-202 automates the standard test method for determining the dropping point of lubricating grease in accordance with JIS K2220, ASTM D566, IP 132 and ISO 2176.","pageTitle":"Automatic Dropping Point Tester: RDP-202 (2 Units)","pageDescription":"The RDP-202 automates the standard test method for determining the dropping point of lubricating grease in accordance with JIS K2220, ASTM D566, IP 132 and ISO 2176.","image":"/images/rigo-rdp-202.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RDP-202 automates the standard test method for determining the dropping point of lubricating grease in accordance with JIS K2220, ASTM D566, IP 132 and ISO 2176. The operator fills the grease sample into a test tube fitted with a heating bath cup, sets the expected dropping point temperature, and starts the test; the instrument then agitates and heats the sample at the specified rate while an optical sensor at the base of the tester detects the moment the grease drop falls. Results are shown on a touch-panel color LCD, printed by the built-in printer, and output through an RS-232C port. A Rapid mode allows fast measurement of samples with dropping points above 200°C, and the heating bath is cooled automatically by twin fans after each test. The dropped grease is caught in a magnetic quick-release tray that can be removed and cleaned in seconds, and the overflow-drain heating bath keeps the silicone oil level constant without manual adjustment.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rdp-202.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Touch-Panel Operation","text":"The RDP-202 is controlled entirely through a graphical color touch-panel LCD, making it accessible to any operator regardless of experience. Each stage of the test, together with the current temperature of every monitored zone, is displayed in real time as the run progresses. Calibration data can be entered with a single touch and stored on a USB memory stick for traceability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dual-Holder Heating Bath","text":"The glass heating bath accommodates two sample holders and includes an overflow drain that captures silicone oil as it expands with rising temperature. This keeps the bath liquid level constant throughout the test without any manual topping-up. After each measurement the bath is cooled automatically by an axial air-cooling fan.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Data Output and Records","text":"Test results are printed automatically by the built-in Citizen thermal printer, which records the channel, sample name, date and time, and the measured result. The RS-232C output allows results to be transferred directly to a computer or laboratory information system at a fixed 9600 bps.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RDP-202 (2 Units)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable Standards","values":["JIS K2220, ASTM D566, IP 132, ISO 2176"]},{"parameter":"Sample Holders","values":["2 holders"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Temperature Range","values":["50°C to 300°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Resolution","values":["±0.1°C"]},{"parameter":"Dropping Point Detection","values":["Photoelectric method"]},{"parameter":"Heating Bath","values":["Glass, with overflow drain, approx. 0.7 L"]},{"parameter":"Agitation Motor","values":["Condenser motor, 6 W, with speed adjustment"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["350 W (2 x 175 W flange heaters)"]},{"parameter":"Air Bath Temperature Sensor","values":["Platinum sensor, glass-coated, Pt100Ω"]},{"parameter":"Bath Liquid Temperature Sensor","values":["Platinum sensor, stainless steel, Pt100Ω"]},{"parameter":"Cooling Method","values":["Air cooling by axial fan"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control","values":["PID control by time-proportioning method"]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["Touch-panel color LCD"]},{"parameter":"Printer","values":["Built-in thermal printer (Citizen CBM-920II 24RJ)"]},{"parameter":"External Output","values":["RS-232C, 9600 bps"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["100 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 5 A"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["Approx. 280 (W) x 370 (D) x 650 (H) mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["Approx. 10 kg"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Existent Gum Testing Apparatus","description":"Five-position air-jet and steam-jet evaporation apparatus for gum content in gasoline and aviation fuels.","pageTitle":"Existent Gum Testing Apparatus","pageDescription":"Existent gum is the non-volatile residue left when a fuel evaporates — an indicator of oxidation and contamination that can foul injectors and intake valves. RIGO's vertical apparatus determines it by jet evaporation for five samples at once.","overview":"Gasoline and aviation fuels degrade in storage, forming gums that deposit in fuel systems and on intake valves. The existent gum test measures the residue directly: a measured sample is evaporated under a controlled jet of air or superheated steam at a set temperature, and the remaining residue is weighed. RIGO's REG-05S is a vertical design that occupies less bench space than conventional testers, takes five beakers at once, and includes an integral draft. It meets ASTM D381, IP 131, ISO 6246 and JIS K2261.","partner":"Rigo — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/existent-gum.webp","slug":"existent-gum","models":[{"slug":"reg-05","name":"Existent Gum Testing Apparatus: REG-05 / REG-05S (5 Units)","description":"Five-beaker existent gum apparatus using air-jet or steam-jet evaporation in a compact vertical format, to ASTM D381 and ISO 6246.","pageTitle":"Existent Gum Testing Apparatus: REG-05 / REG-05S (5 Units)","pageDescription":"The REG-05 and REG-05S determine existent gum in motor gasoline and aviation fuel by evaporating a measured sample under a controlled flow of heated air or superheated steam and weighing the residue left behind, in accordance with ASTM D381, IP 131, ISO 6246 and JIS K2261.","image":"/images/rigo-reg-05.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The REG-05 and REG-05S determine existent gum in motor gasoline and aviation fuel by evaporating a measured sample under a controlled flow of heated air or superheated steam and weighing the residue left behind, in accordance with ASTM D381, IP 131, ISO 6246 and JIS K2261. Both models are built as compact, floor-standing vertical units that hold five sample beakers together, keeping the footprint far smaller than conventional testers. A built-in fume hood needs only to be connected to an external exhaust line, simplifying installation. The REG-05S variant adds an automatic water supply function for the steam-jet evaporation test, reducing operator involvement during long test runs.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-reg-05.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dual Evaporation Modes","text":"The apparatus supports both air-jet evaporation, typically run at 160°C to 165°C, and steam-jet evaporation, typically run at 232°C to 248°C, covering the full range of existent gum test procedures. Test temperature and evaporation time are controlled digitally by PID controllers with SSR switching for stable, repeatable results.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Steam Generation System","text":"A stainless steel pressure vessel with a 6 kW pipe heater generates the superheated steam used for steam-jet testing, with the rate of generation adjustable through voltage control. Water for the steam generator is supplied and shut off automatically, and safety devices include an over-pressure relief valve and a no-load heating cutout.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Space-Saving, Safety-Focused Design","text":"Mounted on locking casters, the unit occupies only about 520 mm by 710 mm of floor space despite its 1,700 mm height. An integrated draft hood and a 30 mA earth-leakage circuit breaker protect the operator during evaporation testing.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["REG-05 / REG-05S (5 Units)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable Standards","values":["ASTM D381, IP 131, ISO 6246, JIS K2261"]},{"parameter":"Number of Beakers","values":["5"]},{"parameter":"Air-Jet Evaporation Temperature","values":["160°C to 165°C"]},{"parameter":"Steam-Jet Evaporation Temperature","values":["232°C to 248°C"]},{"parameter":"Flowmeter","values":["Bourdon tube gauge (heat-resistant), 0-0.05 MPa"]},{"parameter":"Evaporation Bath Heater","values":["Band heater, 2.2 kW"]},{"parameter":"Steam Superheater Heater","values":["Band heater, 2.2 kW"]},{"parameter":"Steam Generator","values":["Stainless steel pressure vessel, 25 L, with 6 kW pipe heater"]},{"parameter":"Circuit Breaker","values":["Earth leakage breaker, 60 A (trips at 30 mA)"]},{"parameter":"Power Requirements","values":["Single-phase 220 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 11 kW"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["Approx. 520 (W) x 710 (D) x 1,700 (H) mm"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["REG-05","REG-05S"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Automatic Water Supply (Steam-Jet Test)","values":["Not fitted","Fitted"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Micro Carbon Residue Testers","description":"Micro method carbon residue determination correlating with the classical Conradson result.","pageTitle":"Micro Carbon Residue Testers","pageDescription":"Carbon residue indicates a fuel or oil's tendency to form coke deposits under high-temperature, oxygen-limited conditions — the micro method delivers the same information as the Conradson test from a far smaller sample, with better repeatability.","overview":"Carbon residue estimates how much coke a heavy fuel or lubricating oil will leave behind when it is heated in the absence of air, which predicts deposit formation in burners, engines and refinery units. The classical Conradson method is slow and needs a large sample; the micro method pyrolyses a small sample in an inert atmosphere under controlled heating and weighs the residue, correlating closely with Conradson values while improving repeatability. RIGO's tester automates the heating programme and gas flow to ASTM D4530 and JIS K2270.","partner":"Rigo — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/micro-carbon-residue.webp","slug":"micro-carbon-residue","models":[{"slug":"rmcr-112","name":"Micro Carbon Residue Tester: RMCR-112","description":"The RMCR-112 is used for carbon residue testing of heavy fuel oil, light (diesel) oil, and lubricating oil for internal combustion engines.","pageTitle":"Micro Carbon Residue Tester: RMCR-112","pageDescription":"The RMCR-112 is used for carbon residue testing of heavy fuel oil, light (diesel) oil, and lubricating oil for internal combustion engines. It delivers results that are nearly equivalent to the Conradson method, but more simply, cleanly, and without producing soot, while remaining fast and accurate.","image":"/images/rigo-rmcr-112.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RMCR-112 is used for carbon residue testing of heavy fuel oil, light (diesel) oil, and lubricating oil for internal combustion engines. It delivers results that are nearly equivalent to the Conradson method, but more simply, cleanly, and without producing soot, while remaining fast and accurate. Up to 12 samples can be measured simultaneously using only a small sample quantity, and reproducibility is excellent. Operation is extremely simple: the operator only has to press the Start button, after which the instrument automatically heats and cools the oven and controls the nitrogen (N2) gas flow rate according to the test program.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rmcr-112.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast, Clean Alternative to Conradson Carbon","text":"The RMCR-112 measures the tendency of a petroleum product to leave a carbonaceous residue after evaporation and pyrolysis under controlled conditions, a key indicator of coking tendency in fuels and lubricants. It produces results that correlate closely with the traditional Conradson Carbon Residue method, but without the soot, glassware, and manual judgment associated with the classical procedure. The micro-scale method uses a much smaller sample volume, making it faster, cleaner, and safer to run in a routine laboratory.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Throughput, Small-Sample Testing","text":"Up to 12 samples can be tested simultaneously in a single run, which significantly increases laboratory throughput compared with single-sample carbon residue methods. Because only a small quantity of sample is required per test, the RMCR-112 is well suited to quality-control testing of heavy fuel oil, diesel (light oil), and internal-combustion-engine lubricating oils. Reproducibility between repeat tests is excellent.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fully Automated Test Sequence","text":"Operation only requires the operator to press the Start button; the instrument then automatically heats and cools the test oven and controls the nitrogen purge gas flow rate according to the programmed test sequence. This automation removes operator-to-operator variability from the heating profile and gas control, which are critical to accurate and repeatable carbon residue results.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RMCR-112"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable standards","values":["ASTM D4530, JIS K2270 (Micro Carbon Residue Method)"]},{"parameter":"Sample types","values":["Heavy fuel oil, light (diesel) oil, lubricating oil for internal combustion engines"]},{"parameter":"Number of samples","values":["Up to 12, tested simultaneously"]},{"parameter":"Purge gas","values":["Nitrogen (N2), automatic flow control"]},{"parameter":"Correlation","values":["Results correlate closely with the Conradson Carbon Residue method"]},{"parameter":"Operation","values":["Single-button start; automatic heating/cooling cycle and gas flow control via programmed test sequence"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Automatic Vacuum Distillation Testers","description":"Reduced-pressure distillation of heavy petroleum fractions that would crack at atmospheric pressure.","pageTitle":"Automatic Vacuum Distillation Testers","pageDescription":"Heavy petroleum fractions decompose before they boil at atmospheric pressure, so their distillation range must be determined under vacuum. RIGO's automatic testers run the distillation at reduced pressure and convert the results to atmospheric equivalent temperatures.","overview":"Distilling a heavy gas oil or residue at atmospheric pressure would crack the sample before it boiled, changing the very thing being measured. Reduced-pressure distillation lowers the boiling temperature enough to avoid decomposition, and the observed temperatures are then converted to atmospheric equivalents. RIGO's RVD series automates the whole sequence — heating rate, vacuum control, meniscus and volume detection — with pressure ranges to 10 Torr and 100 Torr and optional multi-fraction collection, to JIS K2254 and ASTM D1160.","partner":"Rigo — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/vacuum-distillation.webp","slug":"vacuum-distillation","models":[{"slug":"rvd-301","name":"Automatic Vacuum Distillation Analyzer: RVD-301 Series","description":"The RVD-301 automates the vacuum (reduced-pressure) distillation test for petroleum products in accordance with JIS K2254 and ASTM D1160.","pageTitle":"Automatic Vacuum Distillation Analyzer: RVD-301 Series","pageDescription":"The RVD-301 automates the vacuum (reduced-pressure) distillation test for petroleum products in accordance with JIS K2254 and ASTM D1160. It is designed for samples with high boiling points that would thermally decompose if distilled at atmospheric pressure.","image":"/images/rigo-rvd-301.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RVD-301 automates the vacuum (reduced-pressure) distillation test for petroleum products in accordance with JIS K2254 and ASTM D1160. It is designed for samples with high boiling points that would thermally decompose if distilled at atmospheric pressure. The instrument features a fraction-cut function that can be set by distillate-quantity priority or by top-temperature priority, and it prints results together with the distillation curve. The RVD-301MF is an upgraded four-fraction version that automatically sorts the distillate into four cylinders according to the same temperature or distillate-quantity cut conditions. Two pressure ranges are available, covering 1 to 10 Torr (0.133 to 1.33 kPa) and 1 to 100 Torr (0.133 to 13.3 kPa).","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rvd-301.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automatic Fraction Cutting","text":"The instrument can be programmed to stop or divide fractions based on either the volume of distillate collected or the vapor top temperature reached. This flexibility allows operators to tailor the distillation cut points to the specific product specification being tested. Results, including the distillation curve, are automatically produced on the built-in printer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Four-Cylinder Fraction Collector (MF Series)","text":"The RVD-301MF variant upgrades the standard single-receiver design with an automatic four-cylinder fraction collector. Under a single pressure setting, distillate is sorted into four separate cylinders according to preset temperature or volume cut points. This model also adds automatic switching between tap water and hot water for the condenser cooling circuit.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precise Pressure and Temperature Monitoring","text":"Vacuum pressure is measured with a capacitance-type pressure transducer for stable, repeatable readings during the test. Top and bottom vapor temperatures are monitored with J-type thermocouples and shown on an LED digital display. PID control governs the distillation rate, which is maintained between 4 and 8 mL per minute as required by the test method.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RVD-301 Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Applicable standards","values":["JIS K2254, ASTM D1160"]},{"parameter":"Measuring range","values":["Room temperature to 400°C (under reduced pressure)"]},{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["1°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature display","values":["LED digital display"]},{"parameter":"Temperature detection","values":["J-type thermocouple (Top/Bottom)"]},{"parameter":"Distillation rate","values":["4–8 mL/min"]},{"parameter":"Distillation rate control","values":["PID control"]},{"parameter":"Meniscus detection","values":["Photo-electric detection"]},{"parameter":"Pressure detection","values":["Capacitance-type pressure transducer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RVD-301-10","RVD-301-100","RVD-301MF-10","RVD-301MF-100"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pressure range","values":["1–10 Torr (0.133–1.33 kPa)","1–100 Torr (0.133–13.3 kPa)","1–10 Torr (0.133–1.33 kPa)","1–100 Torr (0.133–13.3 kPa)"]},{"parameter":"Fraction collection","values":["Single receiver","Single receiver","4-cylinder automatic fraction collector","4-cylinder automatic fraction collector"]},{"parameter":"Cooling water circulation","values":["—","—","Tap water / hot water, automatic switching","Tap water / hot water, automatic switching"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Cold Circulating Constant Temperature Baths","description":"Auxiliary low-temperature circulator supplying cooled fluid to petroleum testing apparatus.","pageTitle":"Cold Circulating Constant Temperature Baths","pageDescription":"The RCC-45 supplies cooled, circulated fluid to other test apparatus, reaching -40 °C and providing the stable low-temperature source that cold-property and viscosity measurements depend on.","overview":"Many petroleum tests need a stable supply of cold fluid rather than a self-contained refrigeration unit: low-temperature viscosity baths, cold-property apparatus and sample conditioning all draw from an external circulator. The RCC-45 provides that source, cooling to -40 °C with sufficient capacity to hold temperature under load. It is used as an auxiliary to RIGO's own testers and to third-party apparatus needing a controlled low-temperature circulation loop.","partner":"Rigo — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/cold-circulating-bath.webp","slug":"cold-circulating-bath","models":[{"slug":"rcc-45","name":"Cold Circulating Constant Temperature Bath: RCC-45","description":"The RCC-45 is a compact, space-saving low-temperature circulation thermostatic chamber designed to occupy a minimal footprint on the laboratory bench.","pageTitle":"Cold Circulating Constant Temperature Bath: RCC-45","pageDescription":"The RCC-45 is a compact, space-saving low-temperature circulation thermostatic chamber designed to occupy a minimal footprint on the laboratory bench.","image":"/images/rigo-rcc-45.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RCC-45 is a compact, space-saving low-temperature circulation thermostatic chamber designed to occupy a minimal footprint on the laboratory bench. It provides ample cooling capacity down to -40°C, delivering 220 W of cooling power at -20°C, and is intended primarily as an auxiliary cooling unit for RIGO's low-temperature property testers. An external circulation pump, which doubles as the bath's stirrer, lets coolant be circulated to external equipment with ease. Because it is purpose-built to support RIGO's low-temperature testers, it integrates readily into an existing test setup without requiring additional refrigeration infrastructure.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rigo-rcc-45.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cooling Performance","text":"The RCC-45 maintains reliable cooling down to -40°C and still delivers 220 W of cooling capacity at a bath temperature of -20°C, giving it enough reserve capacity for demanding low-temperature test cycles. This performance makes it well suited to feeding coolant to auxiliary low-temperature testers running continuously over long test sequences.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"External Circulation","text":"A built-in circulation pump serves double duty as the bath's stirrer and as the means of pumping coolant out to connected equipment, so no separate external pump is required. This simplifies plumbing and reduces the number of components a laboratory needs to maintain.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Footprint","text":"The unit is engineered to minimize its occupied space, making it practical to install alongside other bench-top petroleum testing instruments in laboratories where space is limited.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RCC-45"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Cooling Capability","values":["Down to -40°C"]},{"parameter":"Cooling Capacity at -20°C","values":["220 W"]},{"parameter":"Circulation","values":["External circulation pump, doubles as stirrer"]},{"parameter":"Intended Use","values":["Auxiliary cooling unit for RIGO low-temperature property testers"]}]}]}]}]},"general-lab":{"title":"General Laboratory Equipment & Supplies","description":"Essential equipment for every laboratory — ovens, incubators, autoclaves, freeze dryers, pure water systems, centrifuges, and balances, plus microwave digestion systems and pH meters for reliable sample preparation and daily bench work.","carouselImages":["/images/carousel-general-lab-1.webp","/images/carousel-general-lab-2.webp","/images/carousel-general-lab-3.webp","/images/carousel-general-lab-4.webp"],"partner":"Yamato Scientific, Anton Paar, SPI","equipmentList":[{"name":"Laboratory Ovens","description":"Drying, curing, and heat treatment with precise temperature control.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Drying, curing, sterilizing, and heat treatment are everyday laboratory tasks. Yamato laboratory ovens provide precise, uniform temperature control in capacities from compact benchtop units to large-volume cabinets.","overview":"Yamato's oven lineup covers natural and forced convection models, inert-gas and vacuum drying ovens, and high-temperature furnaces, with precise controllers, programmable profiles, and safety devices as standard. Applications span glassware drying, sample dehydration, polymer curing, stability testing, and component aging – trusted by laboratories and production sites worldwide for decades of dependable Japanese quality.","partner":"Yamato — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/laboratory-ovens.webp","slug":"laboratory-ovens","models":[{"slug":"dkg-series","name":"DKG Series","description":"Its horizontal air flow is appropriate for loaded operation, making it a standard oven for production lines supporting multiple power supplies.","pageTitle":"DKG Series","pageDescription":"The DKG Series is an industrial forced convection oven that reduces heating time to 1/2.5 and cooling time to 1/4 compared with conventional company products. Its horizontal air flow is appropriate for loaded operation, making it a standard oven for production lines supporting multiple power supplies.","image":"/images/oven-dkg-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DKG Series is an industrial forced convection oven that reduces heating time to 1/2.5 and cooling time to 1/4 compared with conventional company products. Its horizontal air flow is appropriate for loaded operation, making it a standard oven for production lines supporting multiple power supplies. The lineup also includes a silicone-free type with a fluororubber door gasket.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-dkg-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DKG Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Method","values":["Forced convection"]},{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["Room temp. +30°C to 260°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature adjustment accuracy","values":["±0.5°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature distribution accuracy","values":["±2°C (at 200°C), ±2.5°C (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Time to attain max. temp.","values":["Within 45min. from 25°C to 260°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. decrease time","values":["About 30min. from 260°C to 50°C"]},{"parameter":"Air supply/exhaust damper","values":["Front operation/manual damper; air supply pipe/exhaust pipe at rear NSSC180 with exhaust duct"]},{"parameter":"Interior/exterior","values":["Stainless steel plate / chrome free electro galvanized steel plate, chemical proof baking finish"]},{"parameter":"Heater and heat insulator","values":["SUS pipe heater & glass wool"]},{"parameter":"Heater capacity","values":["200 to 220V, 2.6 to 3.15kW"]},{"parameter":"Blower fan","values":["Sirocco fan ×1"]},{"parameter":"Fan motor","values":["Condenser type motor ×1 pc"]},{"parameter":"Cable port","values":["I.D. 30mm, one at the right side of the main body"]},{"parameter":"Door packing","values":["Fluororubber"]},{"parameter":"Air supply port","values":["Bottom of heater room (open/close with manual damper)"]},{"parameter":"Damper control","values":["Linked air supply/exhaust with manual knob on the front of the main body"]},{"parameter":"Exhaust port","values":["Upper part of rear of main body: φ80 (open/close with manual damper)"]},{"parameter":"Heater control","values":["SSR control"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["K-thermocouple (for temperature adjustment, individual overheating prevention)"]},{"parameter":"Safety unit","values":["Self-diagnostic function (temperature sensor error, heater disconnection, SSR short-circuit, automatic overheat prevention function), key lock, program lock, overheat preventive device, overcurrent electric leakage breaker, door switch, temperature fuse, external alarm terminal"]},{"parameter":"Withstand load of shelf","values":["15 kg/pc."]},{"parameter":"Shelf support step number","values":["7 steps"]},{"parameter":"Shelf support pitch","values":["60mm"]},{"parameter":"Accessories Shelf","values":["2 pcs."]},{"parameter":"Accessories Shelf support","values":["4 pcs."]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DKG610V","DKG650","DKG650V","DKG810","DKG810V","DKG811V"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["600×500×500mm","600×500×500mm","600×500×500mm","600×500×1000mm","600×500×1000mm","600×500×1000mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["770×696×985mm","770×696×985mm","770×696×985mm","770×696×1674mm","770×696×1674mm","770×696×1674mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC200 to 220V, 13.5-15A, Single-phase","AC230 to 240V, 12-12.5A, Single-phase","AC230 to 240V, 12-12.5A, Single-phase","AC200 to 220V, 18.5-20.5A, Single-phase","AC200 to 220V, 18.5-20.5A, Single-phase","Single Phase AC200 to AC220V, 18.5-20.5A (breaker/power supply equipment capacity 30A, power plug not included, cord length approx. 2m)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["110kg","110kg","110kg","155kg","155kg","155kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"dkm-series","name":"DKM Series","description":"The DKM Series is an economical forced convection oven with a basic, fixed-setting design.","pageTitle":"DKM Series","pageDescription":"The DKM Series is an economical forced convection oven with a basic, fixed-setting design. It is a forced convection, constant temperature oven with simple operation functions intended for everyday laboratory drying and heating tasks.","image":"/images/oven-dkm-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DKM Series is an economical forced convection oven with a basic, fixed-setting design. It is a forced convection, constant temperature oven with simple operation functions intended for everyday laboratory drying and heating tasks.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-dkm-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Operation Modes","text":"Fixed temperature, Quick Auto-stop, Auto-stop, and Auto-start operating modes are possible, along with easy control capabilities.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital Settings","text":"Settings can be made digitally using the dedicated operation menu keys or the up and down keys.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Auxiliary Functions","text":"Auto recovery after power failure, calibration offset, and key-lock are possible through the auxiliary functions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Features","text":"Safety features include self-diagnostic functions, automatic overheat prevention, and independent overheat prevention.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DKM Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Circulation method","values":["Forced air circulation"]},{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["Room temp. +10 to 260°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy","values":["±1°C (at 210°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. distribution accuracy","values":["±2.5°C (at 210°C)"]},{"parameter":"Max. temp. reaching time","values":["Approx. 90 min. (at room temp. +10°C to 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Interior material","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Exterior material","values":["Cold rolled steel plate with melamine resin baking finish"]},{"parameter":"Heat insulating material","values":["Glass wool"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["SUS pipe heater, 0.8kW"]},{"parameter":"Fan type / Motor","values":["Scirocco fan / Condenser type motor"]},{"parameter":"Cable port","values":["30mm I.D. ×1 pc. (right side)"]},{"parameter":"Exhaust port","values":["30mm I.D. ×2 pcs. (the top)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["PID control by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting method","values":["Operation menu key and digital setting by UP/DOWN key"]},{"parameter":"Temp display method","values":["Measurement temp.: digital display by green LED; Setting temp.: digital display by red LED"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1 min. to 99 Hrs. 59 min. and 100 Hrs. to 999 Hrs. 50 min. (with time wait function)"]},{"parameter":"Operation functions","values":["Fixed temperature operation, Quick Auto-stop, Auto start, Auto stop"]},{"parameter":"Additional functions","values":["Calibration off-set function, Key lock, Uninterruptible power for memory"]},{"parameter":"Heater circuit control","values":["SSR control"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["K-thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Self diagnostic functions (sensor trouble detection, memory error, measured temperature lower limit error, measured temperature error), auto overheat prevention, independent overheat prevention"]},{"parameter":"Shelf plate with standard load","values":["15kg/pc."]},{"parameter":"Shelf support step number","values":["6 steps"]},{"parameter":"Shelf support pitch","values":["30mm"]},{"parameter":"Shelf plate","values":["Stainless steel, 2 pcs."]},{"parameter":"Shelf support","values":["4 pcs."]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DKM300","DKM400","DKM600"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal capacity","values":["27L","90L","150L"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["300×300×300mm","450×450×450mm","600×500×500mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["410×451×670mm","560×601×820mm","710×651×870mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC220V 4A, Single phase","AC220V 6A, Single phase","AC220V 7A, Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["35kg","50kg","65kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"df-series","name":"DF Series","description":"The DF Series Fine Oven is a highly reliable, precision oven with simple settings, designed for temperature-characteristics tests that require.","pageTitle":"DF Series","pageDescription":"The DF Series Fine Oven is a highly reliable, precision oven with simple settings, designed for temperature-characteristics tests that require complicated programming.","image":"/images/oven-df-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DF Series Fine Oven is a highly reliable, precision oven with simple settings, designed for temperature-characteristics tests that require complicated programming. It offers forced convection and ventilation across an operating range from room temperature +15°C up to 260°C, with a program controller supporting up to 99 steps and 99 patterns.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-df-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simple Operation","text":"Simple operation is achieved through interactive key input.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Operation Monitor","text":"The operation monitor visualizes controller status, temperature, and temperature changes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Program Control","text":"The oven incorporates a program controller with a maximum of 99 steps and 99 patterns, including a repeat function.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Total Operation Timer","text":"A total operation hours timer is included as standard.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Exhaust Damper","text":"An exhaust damper allows quick exhaust and cooling of the interior.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Accumulated Timer","text":"An accumulated timer function useful for maintenance and management is equipped as standard.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cable Port","text":"A cable port useful for monitoring temperature during testing is equipped as standard.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DF Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"System","values":["Forced convection and ventilation"]},{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["Room temp. +15 to 260°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy (JTM K05)","values":["±0.1°C (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. fluctuation (JIS)","values":["1.0°C (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. distribution accuracy (JTM K05)","values":["±1.5°C (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. gradient (JIS)","values":["10°C (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Time to attain max. temp.","values":["Approx. 50 min. (to 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control system","values":["PID control with a micro computer"]},{"parameter":"Temp. and time setting system","values":["Digital setting by UP/DOWN key"]},{"parameter":"Timer display range","values":["1 min. to 99 hr. 59 min. and 24hr. setting"]},{"parameter":"Operation and manipulation functions","values":["Fixed temp., Auto-start, Auto-stop, Quick auto stop, program (max. 99 steps, 99 patterns, repeat)"]},{"parameter":"Additional functions","values":["Calendar timer (max. 24 Hrs.), Integration time (max. 65535 Hrs.), Clock, Calibration off-set, Display the amount of power consumption, CO2 discharge/Heater operation amount, Power failure recovery mode, User setting information save and recall, Wind velocity changeable function"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["Double K-thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Stainless pipe heater"]},{"parameter":"Blower fan (motor)","values":["Axial flow fan (capacitor motor)"]},{"parameter":"Cable port","values":["I.D. 33mm ×1 pc (rear)"]},{"parameter":"Heat insulator","values":["Glass wool"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Self diagnosis functions (Sensor, Fan, Heater, Relay, Triac, Automatic overheat prevention), Independent overheat prevention, Key lock function, Electric leakage breaker, Door switch"]},{"parameter":"No. of shelf stages/peg pitch","values":["9 stages/45mm"]},{"parameter":"Accessories Shelf","values":["2 pcs"]},{"parameter":"Accessories Shelf support","values":["4 pcs"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DF412","DF612"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["450×450×450mm","600×600×600mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["1050×630×850mm","1200×780×1000mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC220V 10A, Single-phase","AC220V 15A, Single-phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["112kg","156kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"df-s-series","name":"DF-S Series","description":"The DF-S Series is a Fine Oven equipped with an explosion-preventive vent door for safer operation with samples that may release volatile vapors.","pageTitle":"DF-S Series","pageDescription":"The DF-S Series is a Fine Oven equipped with an explosion-preventive vent door for safer operation with samples that may release volatile vapors. It integrates door interlock functions so that operation can only start once the door is securely closed and locked, and standard functions include high-precision program operation.","image":"/images/oven-df-s-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DF-S Series is a Fine Oven equipped with an explosion-preventive vent door for safer operation with samples that may release volatile vapors. It integrates door interlock functions so that operation can only start once the door is securely closed and locked, and standard functions include high-precision program operation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-df-s-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Explosion Vent Door","text":"The oven is equipped with a safety door to relieve explosion pressure (explosion preventive vent door) and an interlock door knob that reliably secures the main unit and the door.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Interlock Functions","text":"Operation can only be started by closing the door with the door lock, and the main power is shut off automatically when the explosion detection switch on the ceiling is activated.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Standard Functions","text":"Standard functions include program operation and other high-precision control functions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Functions","text":"Improved safety functions include the self-diagnostic function, the automatic overheat prevention function, and the key lock function.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DF-S Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Method","values":["Forced convection and ventilation"]},{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["RT+10°C to 260°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. gradient","values":["10°C (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control","values":["PID control with a micro computer"]},{"parameter":"Operation & control","values":["Fixed temp., Auto-start, Auto-stop, Quick auto stop, program (max. 99 steps, 99 patterns, repeat)"]},{"parameter":"Additional functions","values":["Calendar timer (max. 24hrs.), Integration time (max. 65535hrs.), calibration off-set, Display the amount of power consumption/CO2 discharge/Heater operation amount, Power failure recovery mode, User setting information save and recall, Wind velocity changeable function"]},{"parameter":"Temp. sensor","values":["K-thermocouple (double sensor)"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Stainless pipe heater"]},{"parameter":"Heater capacity","values":["2.1kW"]},{"parameter":"Fan","values":["Axial fan (condenser motor: 20W)"]},{"parameter":"Cable port","values":["I.D. 30mm (rear panel)"]},{"parameter":"Heat insulator","values":["Glass wool"]},{"parameter":"Other additional function","values":["Explosion preventive vent door"]},{"parameter":"Safety functions","values":["Self diagnosis functions (Sensor, Fan, Heater, Relay, Triac, Automatic overheat prevention), Independent overheat prevention, Key lock function, Electric leakage breaker, Door switch"]},{"parameter":"Accessories Shelf","values":["Stainless wire, 2 pcs."]},{"parameter":"Accessories Shelf support","values":["4 pcs."]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DF412S","DF612S"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["450×450×450mm","600×600×600mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["1050×620×1240mm","1200×780×1400mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC220V 10A, Single-phase","AC220V 15A, Single-phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["130kg","170kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"de-dt-series","name":"DE/DT Series","description":"The DE/DT Series Clean Oven is suitable for temperature testing in a dust-free environment, maintaining a Class 100 clean level when the temperature.","pageTitle":"DE/DT Series","pageDescription":"The DE/DT Series Clean Oven is suitable for temperature testing in a dust-free environment, maintaining a Class 100 clean level when the temperature is stable.","image":"/images/oven-de-dt-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DE/DT Series Clean Oven is suitable for temperature testing in a dust-free environment, maintaining a Class 100 clean level when the temperature is stable. It combines forced air circulation with a heat-resistant HEPA filter, and features anti-fouling casters and a three-color HEPA filter replacement indicator to keep contamination and maintenance effort low.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-de-dt-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Anti-Fouling Caster","text":"The oven adopts anti-fouling casters to prevent wheel contamination during transportation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"HEPA Filter Indicator","text":"Visibility of the HEPA filter replacement timing is improved through a three-color indication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Wiring Safety","text":"Safety is improved by a phase-reversal relay that detects incorrect wiring of the power supply during installation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cable Port","text":"The cable diameter has been changed from 30mm I.D. to 33mm I.D. compared with conventional equipment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Expanded Options","text":"More options are available compared with conventional equipment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DE/DT Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Temp. distribution accuracy","values":["±2.5°C (at 260°C) JTM K05"]},{"parameter":"Max. temp. reaching time","values":["Approx. 70 min. (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Stainless pipe heater"]},{"parameter":"Cable hole","values":["33mm I.D. ×1"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1 min. to 99 Hrs. 59 min"]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed temp., Auto-start, Auto-stop, Quick auto stop, program (max. 99 steps, 99 patterns, repeat)"]},{"parameter":"Circulation method","values":["Forced air circulation"]},{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["Room temperature +30 to 260°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. adjustment accuracy","values":["±0.3°C (at 260°C) JTM K05"]},{"parameter":"Temp. fluctuation","values":["1.0°C (at 260°C) JIS"]},{"parameter":"Temp. gradient","values":["±10°C (at 260°C) JIS"]},{"parameter":"Clean level","values":["Class 100 (when the temperature is stable)"]},{"parameter":"Interior","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Exterior material","values":["Cold rolled steel plate with melamine resin baking finish"]},{"parameter":"Fan type","values":["Sirocco fan, Condenser type motor"]},{"parameter":"Differential pressure meter","values":["Analog type (0 to 300 Pa)"]},{"parameter":"Exhaust port","values":["61mm O.D. ×1"]},{"parameter":"Filter","values":["Heat resistant HEPA filter (dust collection: more than 99.97% at 0.3μm)"]},{"parameter":"Caster","values":["Wheel Dia. 50mm anti-fouling caster"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["PID control by micro processor"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting method","values":["Digital setting with UP/DOWN key"]},{"parameter":"Temp display method","values":["Digital display"]},{"parameter":"Other display","values":["Operation monitor (operation condition graphic display by LED patterns)"]},{"parameter":"Additional functions","values":["Calendar timer (max. 24 Hrs.), Calibration off-set function, Integration time (max. 65535Hrs.), Display the amount of power consumption/CO2 discharge/Heater operation amount, Power failure recovery mode, User setting information save and recall"]},{"parameter":"Heater circuit control","values":["Triac zero-cross control"]},{"parameter":"Temp. sensor","values":["K-thermocouple (double sensor)"]},{"parameter":"Safety countermeasures","values":["Self diagnosis functions (Sensor, Fan, Heater, Relay, Triac, Automatic overheat prevention), Independent overheat prevention, Key lock function, Electric leakage breaker, Door switch, Reverse phase protection"]},{"parameter":"Shelf support step number","values":["12 steps"]},{"parameter":"Accessories Shelf plate","values":["Stainless wire steel, 2 pcs"]},{"parameter":"Accessories Shelf support","values":["4 pcs"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC220/380V, Three phase"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DE411","DE611","DT411","DT611"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["450×450×450mm","600×600×600mm","450×450×450mm","600×600×600mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["700×1025×1570mm","850×1175×1720mm","700×1025×1570mm","850×1175×1720mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["200kg","270kg","200kg","270kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"des-dts-series","name":"DES/DTS Series","description":"The DES/DTS Series is a large-capacity Clean Oven that permits constant-temperature treatment in a Class 100 environment when the temperature is stable.","pageTitle":"DES/DTS Series","pageDescription":"The DES/DTS Series is a large-capacity Clean Oven that permits constant-temperature treatment in a Class 100 environment when the temperature is stable.","image":"/images/oven-des-dts-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DES/DTS Series is a large-capacity Clean Oven that permits constant-temperature treatment in a Class 100 environment when the temperature is stable. It is a space-saving, high-volume design equipped with program operation, an operation monitor, and enriched safety measures, with the DTS variant rated for higher operating temperatures than the DES variant.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-des-dts-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Space-Saving Design","text":"The series is a space-saving, large-volume type, with a high-efficiency version available that controls dust even under temperature fluctuations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Clean Level","text":"The DES830 and DTS830 models maintain a purity level of Class 100 within the oven when the temperature is stable.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Program Operations","text":"The oven is equipped with various functions, including program operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Operation Monitor","text":"An operation monitor visualizes controller status, temperature, and temperature changes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Program Controller","text":"It incorporates a program controller with up to 99 steps and 99 patterns, including a repeat function.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Measures","text":"Safety measures are enriched, including a self-diagnosis function and an independent overheating prevention device.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DES/DTS Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Method","values":["Forced convection"]},{"parameter":"Clean level","values":["Class 100 (when the temperature is stable)"]},{"parameter":"Interior Material/Exterior","values":["Stainless steel/Cold rolled steel plate with melamine resin baking finish"]},{"parameter":"Heat insulating material","values":["Glass wool"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Stainless pipe heater"]},{"parameter":"Fan type","values":["Scirocco fan / Condenser type motor"]},{"parameter":"Differential pressure meter","values":["Analog type (0 to 300Pa)"]},{"parameter":"Cable hole","values":["33mm I.D. (right side)"]},{"parameter":"Filter","values":["Heat resistance HEPA filter (dust collection: more than 99.97% at 0.3μm)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["PID control by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting/display method","values":["Digital setting/display with UP/DOWN key"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["Fixed value operation for 1 min. to 99 hr. 59 min. and 24hr. setting"]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed temp., Auto-start, Auto-stop, Quick auto stop, Program (max. 99 steps, 99 patterns, repeat)"]},{"parameter":"Additional functions","values":["Calendar timer (max. 24 Hrs.), Integration time (max. 65535hrs.), Calibration off-set, Display the amount of power consumption/CO2 discharge/Heater operation amount, Power failure recovery mode, User setting information save and recall, External communication terminal (RS485)"]},{"parameter":"Heater circuit control/Temp. sensor","values":["Triac zero-cross control/K-thermocouple (double sensor)"]},{"parameter":"Safety countermeasures","values":["Self diagnosis functions (Sensor, Fan, Heater, Relay, Triac, Automatic overheat prevention), Independent overheat prevention, Key lock function, Electric leakage breaker, Door switch"]},{"parameter":"Withstand load of shelf board","values":["Approx. 30kg/piece"]},{"parameter":"Shelf rest step number / pitch","values":["35 steps / 30mm"]},{"parameter":"Accessories Shelf plate/Shelf bracket","values":["Stainless wire steel, 3 pcs / 6 pcs"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["620×480×1100mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["850×1080×1955mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC220/380V, Three-phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["335kg"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DES830","DTS830"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["Room temp. +30 to 260°C","Room temp. +30 to 360°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy (JTM K05)","values":["±0.5°C (at 260°C)","±0.5°C (at 360°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. fluctuation (JIS)","values":["1.0°C (at 260°C)","1.0°C (at 360°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature distribution accuracy (JTM K05)","values":["±2.0°C (at 260°C)","±5.0°C (at 360°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. gradient (JIS)","values":["±6.0°C (at 260°C)","±10.0°C (at 360°C)"]},{"parameter":"Max. temperature reaching time","values":["Approx. 70 min.","Approx. 80 min."]}]}]},{"slug":"adp-series","name":"ADP Series","description":"The ADP Series is a compact vacuum drying oven designed for laboratory use, combining decompression with direct chamber heating.","pageTitle":"ADP Series","pageDescription":"The ADP Series is a compact vacuum drying oven designed for laboratory use, combining decompression with direct chamber heating.","image":"/images/oven-adp-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The ADP Series is a compact vacuum drying oven designed for laboratory use, combining decompression with direct chamber heating. Typical applications include heat treatment of metals that easily oxidize at high temperatures, degassing and defoaming of liquids, defoaming and drying of paints and adhesives, and moisture drying of adsorbents such as activated carbon.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-adp-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Improved Temperature Accuracy","text":"The new VS6 type controller improves temperature control accuracy from ±1.5°C to ±1°C compared with the previous model (at 240°C, as JTM K05).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Enhanced Safety Functions","text":"The oven is equipped with safety functions such as a self-diagnosis function and over-elevation prevention, and it is now possible to select the recovery state after a power failure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Structure Redesign","text":"The shelf board installation structure was changed from the stacking type of the previous ADP200/300 models to a shelf-receiving type with an integrated interior, making it possible to load and unload the oven more smoothly.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Typical uses include heat treatment of easily oxidized metals, degassing and defoaming of liquids, defoaming and drying of paints and adhesives, and moisture drying of adsorbents such as complex structures and activated carbon.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ADP Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Method","values":["Decompression & chamber direct heating"]},{"parameter":"Operating pressure range","values":["101 to 0.1kPa (760 to 1 Torr)"]},{"parameter":"Interior Material","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control method","values":["PID control by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["K-thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting method","values":["Digital setting / ON/OFF control"]},{"parameter":"Temp. display method","values":["Digital setting / display (resolution: 1°C)"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1 minute to 99 hours 59 minutes to 999.5 hours, digital display (with timer weight function, ON/OFF possible)"]},{"parameter":"Heat insulating material","values":["Rock wool"]},{"parameter":"Observation window","values":["Tempered glass 12mm thick and polycarbonate resin protective plate"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum gauge","values":["Bourdon tube, scale range 0-0.1MPa"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Self-diagnosis function (heater disconnection, sensor disconnection, SSR short circuit, automatic overheating prevention function), overcurrent leakage breaker, overheating prevention device"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum port","values":["O.D. 18mm"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Shelf plate (aluminum perforated metal), 2 pcs."]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ADP201","ADP301"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["40 to 240°C","40 to 240°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy","values":["±1°C (at 240°C, JTM K05)","±1°C (at 240°C, JTM K05)"]},{"parameter":"Max. temp. reaching time","values":["Approx. 70min.","Approx. 70min."]},{"parameter":"Shelf rest step number","values":["2 steps","2 steps"]},{"parameter":"Shelf rest pitch","values":["63mm","63mm"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["200×250×200mm","300×300×300mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["400×411×565mm","500×463×669mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["Single phase AC100V 7A","Single phase AC100V 11A"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["30kg","55kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"dp-series","name":"DP Series","description":"The DP Series Vacuum Drying Oven is available in a wide range of compact to large-scale sizes.","pageTitle":"DP Series","pageDescription":"The DP Series Vacuum Drying Oven is available in a wide range of compact to large-scale sizes. With a high-accuracy controller system, it performs curing, annealing, baking, defoaming, hardening, and de-aeration treatments, and also offers vacuum storage capability along with upgraded optional items.","image":"/images/oven-dp-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DP Series Vacuum Drying Oven is available in a wide range of compact to large-scale sizes. With a high-accuracy controller system, it performs curing, annealing, baking, defoaming, hardening, and de-aeration treatments, and also offers vacuum storage capability along with upgraded optional items.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-dp-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Faster Heat-Up","text":"A new Z controller system added to the existing PID controller has made the heat-up process 37% faster compared with the previous model and improved temperature stability when operating at low temperatures.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ease of Use","text":"The oven features a user-friendly control panel and display, and is equipped with a power consumption and CO2 emission monitor.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Programmable Operation","text":"Various operation modes are programmable, including auto-start and auto-stop, a timer, a calibration offset function, and other support functions as standard.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Input/Output Options","text":"Optional input/output functions include a 4-20mA analog output, an external communication terminal (RS485), alarm output, operation signal, and time-up signal output ports.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Efficient Safety","text":"Safety countermeasures include self-diagnosis functions for abnormal temperature sensors and broken heater wires, along with independent overheating prevention and an electric leakage breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DP Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Method","values":["Vacuum drying by decompressed chamber direct heating"]},{"parameter":"Interior material","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Exterior material","values":["Cold rolled steel plate baking coating"]},{"parameter":"Door","values":["Single swing door"]},{"parameter":"Heat insulating material","values":["Rock wool"]},{"parameter":"Observation window","values":["Tempered glass and polycarbonate resin plate"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control method","values":["PID control by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting method","values":["Digital setting with UP/DOWN key"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["0 min. to 99 Hrs. 59 min."]},{"parameter":"Min. division","values":["1 min."]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed temperature operation, Auto-start operation, Auto-stop operation"]},{"parameter":"Additional functions","values":["Calendar timer (max. 24 Hrs.), Integration time (max. 65535 Hrs.), Time display"]},{"parameter":"Heater circuit control","values":["Triac zero-cross control"]},{"parameter":"Temp. sensor","values":["K-thermocouple (double sensor)"]},{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["40 to 240°C"]},{"parameter":"Operating pressure range","values":["101 to 0.1 kPa (760~1 Torr) at absolute pressure"]},{"parameter":"Temp display method","values":["Digital display by green LED"]},{"parameter":"Safety countermeasures","values":["Self diagnosis functions (Sensor, Heater, Triac, Automatic overheating prevention), Independent overheating prevention, Key lock function, Electric leakage breaker"]},{"parameter":"Leakage breaker","values":["15A"]},{"parameter":"Independent cut-out circuit","values":["0 to 270°C (set temp. range)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DP200","DP300","DP410","DP610"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Mica heater, 0.68kW","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Max. temp. reaching time","values":["Approx. 60 min.","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Fluctuation","values":["2.0°C (at 240°C)","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Shelf support step number","values":["3 steps","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Shelf support pitch","values":["63mm","-","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["200×250×200mm","300×300×300mm","450×450×450mm","600×600×600mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["400×410×682mm","510×460×782mm","670×669×1500mm","820×819×1650mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC115/220V, Single-phase with step-down transformer","AC115V/220V, Single-phase with step-down transformer","AC220V 11A, Single-phase","AC220V 15A, Single-phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["45kg","72kg","210kg","310kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"dn-i-series","name":"DN-I Series","description":"The DN-I Series Inert Oven is suitable for use in a low-oxidation, low-oxygen atmosphere.","pageTitle":"DN-I Series","pageDescription":"The DN-I Series Inert Oven is suitable for use in a low-oxidation, low-oxygen atmosphere. It is designed for curing processes and heat insulation testing up to 360°C, with a controllable nitrogen gas flow amount for maintaining the inert environment.","image":"/images/oven-dn-i-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DN-I Series Inert Oven is suitable for use in a low-oxidation, low-oxygen atmosphere. It is designed for curing processes and heat insulation testing up to 360°C, with a controllable nitrogen gas flow amount for maintaining the inert environment.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-dn-i-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simple Operation","text":"Simple operation is achieved through interactive key input.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Operation Monitor","text":"The operation monitor visualizes controller status, temperature, and temperature changes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Program Controller","text":"It incorporates a program controller with a maximum of 99 steps and 99 patterns, including a repeat function.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Total Operation Timer","text":"A total operation hours timer is included as standard.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Nitrogen Gas Control","text":"The nitrogen gas flow amount is controllable.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DN-I Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Method","values":["Forced Convection"]},{"parameter":"Temp. adjustment accuracy","values":["±0.2°C (at 360°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. fluctuation","values":["1.2°C (at 360°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. uniformity","values":["±3°C (at 360°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. gradient","values":["12°C (at 360°C)"]},{"parameter":"Max. temp. reaching time","values":["Approx. 60 min."]},{"parameter":"Nitrogen substitution time required","values":["Approx. 30 min. (ordinary temp. with oxygen concentration of 2%)"]},{"parameter":"Interior","values":["Stainless steel plate"]},{"parameter":"Exterior","values":["Cold rolled steel plate with baked melamine resin coating"]},{"parameter":"Heat insulator","values":["Glass wool + Ceramic fiber"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Stainless pipe heater, 3.0kW"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["K thermocouple for temperature control and independent overload prevention device"]},{"parameter":"Fan type / Motor","values":["Sirocco fan / Condenser type"]},{"parameter":"Flow meter, Gas carrier","values":["Max. flow 30L/min, O.D. 9mm hose nipple"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["PID control by microcomputer"]},{"parameter":"Temp. display type","values":["Temp. display: digital display by 4-digit green LED (resolution 1°C); Setting temp. display: digital display by 5-digit orange LED (resolution 1°C)"]},{"parameter":"Timer / Timer resolution","values":["1min. to 99hrs. 59mins. / 1min."]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed temp. operation, Auto-start, Auto-stop, Quick autostop, Program operation"]},{"parameter":"Program mode","values":["Repeatable operation function up to max. 99 steps or 99 patterns"]},{"parameter":"Additional functions","values":["Power-on and operation time integrating function (up to 65535 hours), calendar time (24 hours), calibration offset, monitor display of integrated power consumption, total CO2 emissions and heater operating output, power failure recovery mode, save and read out of user settings"]},{"parameter":"Heater circuit control","values":["Triac with Zero-cross"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Self diagnostic functions (sensor failure, SSR short circuit, heater line disconnection, main relay contact damaged, automatic overheat prevention), key lock function, independent overheating prevention, electric leakage breaker, door switch"]},{"parameter":"Shelf max. load","values":["Approx. 30kg / shelf"]},{"parameter":"Shelf support step number/pitch","values":["12 pcs. / 30mm"]},{"parameter":"Shelf plate / support","values":["Stainless wire, 2 pcs. / 4 pcs."]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DN411I","DN611I"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["Room temp. +15 to 360°C","Room temp. +15 to 360°C"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["470×450×450mm","620×600×600mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["640×695×915mm","790×845×1065mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC220V 15A, Single-phase","AC220V 20A, Single-phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["90kg","130kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"ds-series","name":"DS Series","description":"The DS Series is a programmable Natural Convection Oven offering high-performance temperature control.","pageTitle":"DS Series","pageDescription":"The DS Series is a programmable Natural Convection Oven offering high-performance temperature control. The monitor also displays power consumption and CO2 discharge information, and safety is reinforced through self-diagnosis, independent overheating prevention, and an electric leakage breaker.","image":"/images/oven-ds-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DS Series is a programmable Natural Convection Oven offering high-performance temperature control. The monitor also displays power consumption and CO2 discharge information, and safety is reinforced through self-diagnosis, independent overheating prevention, and an electric leakage breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-ds-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DS Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Circulation Type","values":["Natural Convection"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temp.","values":["Room Temp. +5 to 260°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Adjustment Accuracy","values":["±1.0°C (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. fluctuation","values":["3.0°C (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Distribution Accuracy","values":["±5.0°C (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. gradient","values":["20°C (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Interior Material","values":["Stainless Steel"]},{"parameter":"Exterior Material","values":["Cold Rolled Steel Plate with Melamine Resin Baked Finish"]},{"parameter":"Heat Insulating Material","values":["Glass Wool"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["K-Thermocouple (for temp. adjustment and overheat prevention)"]},{"parameter":"Cable Hole","values":["I.D. 33mm (right side)"]},{"parameter":"Exhaust Port","values":["I.D. 33mm ×2 (top side)"]},{"parameter":"Observation Window","values":["250 x 280mm tempered glass ×2 pcs"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Control System","values":["PID Control by Micro Computer"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Setting","values":["Digital Setting by UP/DOWN Key"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Display","values":["Digital Display by Green LED"]},{"parameter":"Other Display","values":["Temp. Pattern Display for Operating Display by LED"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1min. to 9hrs.59min."]},{"parameter":"Timer Resolution","values":["1min."]},{"parameter":"Operating Function","values":["Fixed Temp. Operation, Automatic Start, Automatic Stop, Program Operation, Quick automatic stop"]},{"parameter":"Additional Function","values":["Total Operation Hours Timer (to 65535hrs.), calendar time (24 hours), calibration offset, Power discharge, CO2 discharge, power failure return mode, user configuration information"]},{"parameter":"Heater Circuit Control","values":["Triac Zero-cross Type"]},{"parameter":"Safety Countermeasure","values":["Self Diagnosis Function (abnormal temp. sensor, heater wire broken, triac short circuit, automatic overheat prevention), Independent Overheating Prevention, Key Lock, Electric Leakage Breaker"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DS401","DS411","DS601","DS611"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Max. Temp. Reaching Time","values":["Approx. 70 min","Approx. 70 min","Approx. 90 min","Approx. 90 min"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["SUS Pipe heater 1.2kW","SUS Pipe heater 1.2kW","SUS Pipe heater 1.36kW","SUS Pipe heater 1.36kW"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["450×490×450mm","450×490×450mm","600×540×500mm","600×540×500mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["560×600×820mm","560×600×820mm","710×650×870mm","710×650×870mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC115V 11A, Single phase","AC220V 6A, Single-phase","AC115V 13A, Single phase","AC220V 7A, Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["51kg","51kg","64kg","64kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"dvs-series","name":"DVS Series","description":"The DVS Series is a programmable Natural Convection Oven capable of six-pattern program operation.","pageTitle":"DVS Series","pageDescription":"The DVS Series is a programmable Natural Convection Oven capable of six-pattern program operation. It combines PID temperature control with multiple safety and diagnostic functions, and a note on the product page cautions that placing heat-generating samples inside may prevent normal temperature control.","image":"/images/oven-dvs-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DVS Series is a programmable Natural Convection Oven capable of six-pattern program operation. It combines PID temperature control with multiple safety and diagnostic functions, and a note on the product page cautions that placing heat-generating samples inside may prevent normal temperature control.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-dvs-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Program Patterns","text":"The oven is equipped with six patterns of program controllers (30 steps ×1, 15 steps ×2, 10 steps ×3).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sub-Functions","text":"It is equipped with sub-functions such as overheating prevention temperature setting, calibration offset function, key lock function, and program repeat function.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Measures","text":"A self-diagnosis circuit checks for temperature sensor error, heater disconnection, memory error, internal communication error, temperature input circuit error, and SSR short circuit, alongside an overheating prevention device and overcurrent leakage breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DVS Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Method","values":["Natural gravity convection"]},{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["Room temp. +5 to 260°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy","values":["±1°C (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. distribution accuracy","values":["±5°C (at 260°C)"]},{"parameter":"Max. temp. reaching time","values":["Approx. 75 min."]},{"parameter":"Interior material","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Exterior material","values":["Electrogalvanized steel sheet, paint"]},{"parameter":"Heat insulating material","values":["Glass wool"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Stainless pipe heater, 1.2kW"]},{"parameter":"Observation window","values":["250×280mm chemically strengthened glass ×3"]},{"parameter":"Cable hole","values":["30mm I.D. ×1 pcs. (right side)"]},{"parameter":"Exhaust port","values":["30mm I.D. ×2 pcs. (on top)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["P.I.D. control"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting method","values":["Digital setting method using the dedicated operation menu key and up/down key"]},{"parameter":"Temp display method","values":["Measurement temperature display: green LED digital display (resolution 1°C); Set temperature display: red LED digital display (resolution 1°C)"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["0 minutes to 99 hours 59 minutes and 100 to 999 hours 50 minutes (timer weight function, ON/OFF possible)"]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed value operation, program operation, quick auto stop, auto stop, auto start, program auto start"]},{"parameter":"Program mode","values":["Program operation, 6 pattern selection (30 steps ×1, 15 steps ×2, 10 steps ×3), step weight function, step hold function, step skip function"]},{"parameter":"Additional functions","values":["Calibration offset function, key lock function, power failure recovery mode selection function, pattern repeat function"]},{"parameter":"Heater circuit control","values":["SSR drive"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["K thermocouple (for temperature control, for independent overheating protector)"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Self-diagnosis function (temperature sensor abnormality, heater disconnection, SSR short circuit, memory abnormality, internal communication abnormality, temperature input circuit abnormality, automatic overheating prevention function), overheating prevention device, overcurrent leakage breaker"]},{"parameter":"Shelf plate load","values":["Approx. 15kg / pcs."]},{"parameter":"Shelf support step number / pitch","values":["9 steps / 30mm"]},{"parameter":"Shelf plate / Shelf bracket","values":["Stainless punching metal, 2 pcs. / 4 pcs."]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DVS403","DVS603"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["450×490×450mm","600×540×500mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["560×601×820mm","710×651×870mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["Single phase AC100V 12.5A (breaker/power supply equipment capacity 15A)","Single phase AC100V 14A (breaker/power supply equipment capacity 15A)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["48kg","63kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"dg-series","name":"DG Series","description":"The DG Series is an easy-to-operate and highly regarded Glassware Drying Oven.","pageTitle":"DG Series","pageDescription":"The DG Series is an easy-to-operate and highly regarded Glassware Drying Oven. Its interior and exterior use a twofold structure for high insulation, with a stainless steel interior that is easy to keep clean, and a large observation window lets users check on labware as it dries.","image":"/images/oven-dg-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DG Series is an easy-to-operate and highly regarded Glassware Drying Oven. Its interior and exterior use a twofold structure for high insulation, with a stainless steel interior that is easy to keep clean, and a large observation window lets users check on labware as it dries.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-dg-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Observation Window","text":"A large observation window is used for easy observation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Capacity","text":"Many pieces of labware can be dried at one time, which can then be safely kept or used after drying.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Insulated Construction","text":"The interior and exterior use a twofold structure with a high insulating effect.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Chamber Heater","text":"The chamber heater is a stainless steel heating pipe with a water pan at the bottom, allowing safe use even with dripping labware.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Interior Material","text":"The interior is made of stainless steel, making it easy to keep clean.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety","text":"Safety features include a self-diagnosis function, an overcurrent electric leakage breaker, and an independent overheat protector.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DG Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Method","values":["Natural convection"]},{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["RT+5 to 70°C"]},{"parameter":"Interior material","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Exterior","values":["Cold rolled steel plate with chemical proofing coating"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Stainless steel pipe heater, 1.0kW"]},{"parameter":"Observation window (W×H mm)","values":["250×300"]},{"parameter":"Exhaust port","values":["I.D. 33mm ×2"]},{"parameter":"Suction port","values":["I.D. 30mm ×2"]},{"parameter":"Germicidal lamp","values":["None"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control","values":["PID control"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting","values":["Digital setting by UP/DOWN key"]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed temp., Quick auto stop, Auto start, Auto stop operation"]},{"parameter":"Additional function","values":["Calibration offset, Key lock, Power outage compensation"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["K thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Self-diagnosis function, Independent overheat protector, Overcurrent ELB"]},{"parameter":"Shelf plate with standard load","values":["15kg / piece"]},{"parameter":"Shelf support step number/pitch","values":["10 steps / 30mm"]},{"parameter":"Shelf plate","values":["Stainless punching metal"]},{"parameter":"Shelf rest","values":["2 pcs"]},{"parameter":"Shelf bracket","values":["4 pcs"]},{"parameter":"Water pan","values":["1 pc"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DG400","DG401","DG800","DG801","DG851"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["450×450×450mm","450×470×450mm","620×600×1195mm","620×620×1195mm","620×600×1195mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["504×562×788mm","504×562×773mm","674×711×1586mm","674×711×1586mm","674×711×1586mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC220V 5A, Single-phase","AC115V/AC220V, 50/60Hz, Single phase","AC220V 7A, Single-phase","AC115V/AC220V, 50/60Hz, Single phase","Single Phase AC100V 13.5A (breaker/power supply equipment capacity 15A)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["45kg","43kg","78kg","95kg","98kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"fail-safe-oven-dgs400","name":"Fail-Safe Oven (DGS400)","description":"The DGS400 Fail-Safe Oven is a Natural Convection Oven for glassware drying, available as a limited product for sale in Japan.","pageTitle":"Fail-Safe Oven (DGS400)","pageDescription":"The DGS400 Fail-Safe Oven is a Natural Convection Oven for glassware drying, available as a limited product for sale in Japan. By limiting the temperature control range to 110°C, which is sufficient for drying laboratory tools, it is designed to prevent inadvertent high-temperature errors such as incorrect operation.","image":"/images/oven-fail-safe-oven-dgs400.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DGS400 Fail-Safe Oven is a Natural Convection Oven for glassware drying, available as a limited product for sale in Japan. By limiting the temperature control range to 110°C, which is sufficient for drying laboratory tools, it is designed to prevent inadvertent high-temperature errors such as incorrect operation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-fail-safe-oven-dgs400.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Limited Temperature Range","text":"By limiting the temperature control range to 110°C, which is sufficient for drying laboratory tools, the oven prevents inadvertent errors such as incorrect operation that lead to high temperature.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Observation Window","text":"A large observation window makes it easy to confirm the condition inside the chamber.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Overheat Prevention Device","text":"An independent overheating prevention device is equipped at the front of the oven for easy setup and condition confirmation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Fail-Safe Oven (DGS400)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Method","values":["Natural convection"]},{"parameter":"Ambient temperature range","values":["5 to 35°C"]},{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["(Room temp. +5) to 110°C"]},{"parameter":"Exterior material","values":["Cold rolled steel plate with melamine resin baked finish"]},{"parameter":"Interior material","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Heat insulating material","values":["Glass wool"]},{"parameter":"Observation window","values":["Tempered glass 250×280H mm"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["SUS pipe heater, 600W"]},{"parameter":"Exhaust port","values":["I.D. 30mm ×2 with lid (top)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["PID control by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting method","values":["Digital setting by UP/DOWN key"]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed temperature, Auto start, Auto stop, Quick auto stop"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1 min to 99 hrs. 59 min and 100 hrs. to 999 hrs. 50 min"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["K-thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Additional functions","values":["Key lock, Power failure return mode, Calibration offset function"]},{"parameter":"Safety Device","values":["Self diagnosis functions (temp. sensor abnormal, memory abnormal, automatic overheating prevention, measured temp. abnormal); maintenance functions (overcurrent leakage breaker, independent overheat prevention device / thermostat)"]},{"parameter":"Effective dimensions","values":["430mm x 460mm x 395mm"]},{"parameter":"Shelf support step number/pitch","values":["10 steps / 30mm"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Shelf plate ×1 pc / Shelf bracket ×1 set (the lowest shelf is separately fixed inside the chamber)"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["460×460×450mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["560×565×755mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC220V 4A, Single-phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["45kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"otc-series","name":"OTC Series","description":"The OTC Series Open Chamber is designed to improve workability and accuracy through an open chamber format that allows direct access to samples.","pageTitle":"OTC Series","pageDescription":"The OTC Series Open Chamber is designed to improve workability and accuracy through an open chamber format that allows direct access to samples.","image":"/images/oven-otc-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The OTC Series Open Chamber is designed to improve workability and accuracy through an open chamber format that allows direct access to samples. It uses a two-layer air curtain (double stream) system to maintain a set temperature environment ranging from -15°C to +60°C without an econo-cover, and it can be remote controlled via an RS232C interface.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-otc-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Open Access","text":"Users can directly put their hands into the chamber to work in a wide opening.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Remote Control","text":"With an RS232C interface, the oven is remote controllable by personal computer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Econo-Cover Option","text":"It is loaded with an econo-cover (option) which can improve temperature distribution accuracy and temperature rising time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["OTC Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Air curtain type (2 layers) (double stream)"]},{"parameter":"Setting temp. range","values":["-15 to +60°C (without econo-cover)"]},{"parameter":"Time to reach (cooling)","values":["Approx. within 30min. from +25 to -15°C"]},{"parameter":"Time to reach (heating)","values":["Approx. within 20min. from +25 to +60°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control","values":["PID control by microcomputer"]},{"parameter":"Temperature sensor","values":["Pt resistance thermometer"]},{"parameter":"Temperature setting type","values":["Digital setting"]},{"parameter":"Temperature display type","values":["Digital display"]},{"parameter":"Operating functions","values":["Fixed setting operation, Automatic defrost mode"]},{"parameter":"External interface","values":["RS232C (communication function such as temp. setting, Run/Stop, Temp. monitor)"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator/Coolant","values":["Scroll compressor / R404A, 750W"]},{"parameter":"Heater capacity","values":["1.4kW"]},{"parameter":"Chamber lighting","values":["15W (incandescent light)"]},{"parameter":"Cable hole","values":["I.D. 60mm"]},{"parameter":"Safety countermeasures","values":["Abnormal overheat preventor, abnormal high pressure preventor for compressor, short-circuit breaker, motor breaker, emergency stop switch"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC220V / AC380V, Three-phase with step-down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["OTC-213A","OTC-2D"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["670×500×400mm","810×600×600mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["750×880×1500mm","1130×1100×1700mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["180kg","470kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"high-temp-oven-dr200","name":"High Temp. Oven (DR200)","description":"The DR200 is a high-temperature drying oven that integrates the functions of an electric furnace, a constant-temperature oven, and a drying oven.","pageTitle":"High Temp. Oven (DR200)","pageDescription":"The DR200 is a high-temperature drying oven that integrates the functions of an electric furnace, a constant-temperature oven, and a drying oven. It is a programmable natural convection oven offering high-accuracy control across a temperature range of 300°C to 700°C, suitable for ashing, sintering, and similar processes.","image":"/images/oven-high-temp-oven-dr200.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DR200 is a high-temperature drying oven that integrates the functions of an electric furnace, a constant-temperature oven, and a drying oven. It is a programmable natural convection oven offering high-accuracy control across a temperature range of 300°C to 700°C, suitable for ashing, sintering, and similar processes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/oven-high-temp-oven-dr200.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Multi-Purpose Use","text":"The oven can be used as a constant temperature oven, drying oven, or electric furnace for ashing, sintering, and similar processes, as the unit is suitable for each of these three functions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Temperature Controller","text":"Temperature, measured temperature, and overheat prevention temperature can be digitally set using the operation menu and up/down keys.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Programmable Operation","text":"Easy programmable operation includes fixed temperature, quick auto stop, auto stop, and auto start modes, along with a lock function, auto recovery after power failure, and calibration offset.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Features","text":"Safety features monitor for failure of the sensor, heater, SSR, memory, internal communication, and temperature input circuit, along with automatic overheat prevention and overheat prevention devices.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["High Temp. Oven (DR200)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Method","values":["Natural convection"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control range","values":["300 to 700°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. adjustment accuracy","values":["±5°C (at 700°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. distribution accuracy","values":["±25°C (at 700°C)"]},{"parameter":"Max. temp. reaching time","values":["Approx. 70min."]},{"parameter":"Interior","values":["Stainless steel plate"]},{"parameter":"External material","values":["Cold rolled steel plate with chemical proofing coating"]},{"parameter":"Insulating material","values":["Ceramic fiber"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Ferrochrome wire heater, 1.3kW"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["PID control"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting","values":["Use specialized function menu key and UP/DOWN key to set"]},{"parameter":"Temp. display","values":["Measured temp. display: green 4-digit LED digital display; Setting temp. display: red 4-digit LED digital display"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1min-99 hr 59 min and 100 hr-999 hr 50 min (attached with timing wait function)"]},{"parameter":"Operation functions","values":["Fixed temp., Program, Auto start, Auto stop operation"]},{"parameter":"Program mode","values":["Program operation, 3 segments 30 steps (30 steps ×1, 15 steps ×2, 10 steps ×3)"]},{"parameter":"Additional functions","values":["Calibration offset, Key lock, Power outage compensation"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["K thermocouple (temp. controller and overheat protector)"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Self-diagnosis circuit (abnormal temp. sensing, heater disconnection, auto overheat prevention, SSR short circuit), overheat protector, ELB to prevent overcurrent, key lock, etc."]},{"parameter":"Shelf load capacity","values":["15kg / pc."]},{"parameter":"Shelf support step number","values":["3 steps"]},{"parameter":"Shelf support step pitch","values":["33mm"]},{"parameter":"Shelf plate","values":["Stainless punching metal"]},{"parameter":"Shelf plate / bracket","values":["2 pcs. / integral structure with chamber (33mm pitch)"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["250×250×220mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["520×443×612mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC220V 7A, Single-phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["36kg"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Incubators (CO₂ & General)","description":"Cell culture and microbiological incubation.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Stable temperature – and where needed, controlled CO₂ – is the foundation of cell culture and microbiology. Yamato incubators provide the uniform, dependable environments that living samples demand.","overview":"Yamato's incubator range covers general-purpose constant-temperature units, cooled incubators for ambient and below-ambient work, and CO₂ incubators for mammalian cell culture. Precise control, gentle air circulation, and contamination-control features keep cultures healthy, while programmable operation supports microbiological testing, enzyme reactions, stability studies, and breeding applications in life science and industrial laboratories.","partner":"Yamato — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/incubators-co2-general.webp","slug":"incubators-co2-general","models":[{"slug":"double-chamber-incubator-inc820","name":"Double Chamber Incubator (INC820)","description":"The Double Chamber Incubator (INC820) allows high-temperature and low-temperature incubations to be carried out individually in each chamber within a single unit.","pageTitle":"Double Chamber Incubator (INC820)","pageDescription":"The Double Chamber Incubator (INC820) allows high-temperature and low-temperature incubations to be carried out individually in each chamber within a single unit.","image":"/images/incubator-double-chamber-incubator-inc820.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Double Chamber Incubator (INC820) allows high-temperature and low-temperature incubations to be carried out individually in each chamber within a single unit. The upper chamber uses natural convection air-jacket heating from room temperature +5°C to 80°C, while the lower chamber provides forced-convection refrigeration from +4°C to 50°C with manual or cycle defrost. Each chamber is fitted with its own door lock key, and the unit includes a self-diagnostic function, key-lock, an electric leakage breaker for overcurrent, and an overheat protector.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/incubator-double-chamber-incubator-inc820.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Lower Chamber Defrost","text":"The lower chamber is equipped with a cycle or manual defrost function.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Functions","text":"The unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function, key-lock, an electric leakage breaker for overcurrent, and an overheat protector.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Door Lock","text":"Each chamber is equipped with its own door lock key (2 pcs. each).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Double Chamber Incubator (INC820)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["211210"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["INC820"]},{"parameter":"System (Upper Chamber)","values":["Natural convection, Air jacket"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temp. Range (Upper Chamber)","values":["Room temp.+5°C~80°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Adjustment Accuracy (Upper Chamber)","values":["±0.5°C (at 37°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Distribution Accuracy (Upper Chamber)","values":["±1.0°C (at 37°C)"]},{"parameter":"Interior (Upper Chamber)","values":["Stainless Steel"]},{"parameter":"Cable Port (Upper Chamber)","values":["30mm ID (Right side from the front)"]},{"parameter":"Exhaust Port (Upper Chamber)","values":["30mm (with Damper), 2 ports on the top"]},{"parameter":"Controller (Upper Chamber)","values":["VS3 Type, Fixed operation temperature controller"]},{"parameter":"Operation Function (Upper Chamber)","values":["Fixed temp., Quick auto stop, Auto stop, Auto start operation"]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (Upper Chamber) (W×D×H mm)","values":["600×530×500mm"]},{"parameter":"Internal Capacity (Upper Chamber)","values":["150L"]},{"parameter":"Shelf Step/Pitch (Upper Chamber)","values":["13 steps / 30mm"]},{"parameter":"Standard Shelf/Support (Upper Chamber)","values":["2 shelves/4 supports"]},{"parameter":"System (Lower Chamber)","values":["Forced convection"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temp. Range (Lower Chamber)","values":["+4°C~50°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Adjustment Accuracy (Lower Chamber)","values":["±0.3°C (at continuous refrigeration)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Distribution Accuracy (Lower Chamber)","values":["±1.0°C (at continuous refrigeration)"]},{"parameter":"Interior (Lower Chamber)","values":["Stainless Steel"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator (Lower Chamber)","values":["Air cooling, 250W"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerant (Lower Chamber)","values":["R404A"]},{"parameter":"Defrost Operation (Lower Chamber)","values":["Manual / Cycle"]},{"parameter":"Cable Port (Lower Chamber)","values":["50mm ID (Right side from the front)"]},{"parameter":"Controller (Lower Chamber)","values":["VS4 Type Program operation temp. controller"]},{"parameter":"Operation Function (Lower Chamber)","values":["Program operation (30 steps ×1, 15 steps×2, 10 steps×3), Fixed temp. operation, Quick auto stop, Auto stop, Auto start"]},{"parameter":"Safety Device (Lower Chamber)","values":["Self-diagnostic functions (Temp. sensor error, Heater disconnection, SSR short-circuit, Main relay error, Automatic overheat prevention), Key-lock, Over current ELB, Overheat preventive device"]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (Lower Chamber) (W×D×H mm)","values":["600×477×500mm"]},{"parameter":"Internal Capacity (Lower Chamber)","values":["143L"]},{"parameter":"Shelf Support Step Number/Pitch (Lower Chamber)","values":["13 steps / 30mm"]},{"parameter":"Shelf/Support (Lower Chamber)","values":["3 shelves / 6 pcs."]},{"parameter":"Sensor (Lower Chamber)","values":["Pt100Ω"]},{"parameter":"Shelf Loading Capacity (Lower Chamber)","values":["Approx. 15kg/shelf"]},{"parameter":"Door Key","values":["2 pcs. / each chamber"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["710×656×1792mm"]},{"parameter":"Remarks","values":["150L (Upper chamber) + 143L (Lower chamber)"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC220V 7A Single-phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["160kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"double-chamber-incubator-iq822","name":"Double Chamber Incubator (IQ822)","description":"The Double Chamber Incubator (IQ822) is a double-chamber low temperature incubator in which each chamber can be programmed individually.","pageTitle":"Double Chamber Incubator (IQ822)","pageDescription":"The Double Chamber Incubator (IQ822) is a double-chamber low temperature incubator in which each chamber can be programmed individually. A control panel on the door makes operation easier, and up to six programs from 30 to 10 steps can be registered for tests that combine incubation and storage processes.","image":"/images/incubator-double-chamber-incubator-iq822.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Double Chamber Incubator (IQ822) is a double-chamber low temperature incubator in which each chamber can be programmed individually. A control panel on the door makes operation easier, and up to six programs from 30 to 10 steps can be registered for tests that combine incubation and storage processes. The unit provides an operating temperature range of -10°C to +50°C in each chamber, with manual or cycle defrosting and comprehensive safety functions including a self-diagnostic function, key lock, electric leakage breaker with overcurrent protection, and an overheat preventive device.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/incubator-double-chamber-incubator-iq822.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Program Operation","text":"Six programs can be registered from 30 to 10 steps according to specific tests, including combined incubation and storage processes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Defrost Operation","text":"Pressing a dedicated button allows manual defrosting to be set in addition to the fixed cycle defrosting operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cable Port","text":"Each chamber has a large cable port of 50 mm inner diameter.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Functions","text":"Comprehensive safety functions include a self-diagnostic function, key lock function, an electric leakage breaker with overcurrent protection, and an overheat preventive device.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Double Chamber Incubator (IQ822)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["211309"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["IQ822"]},{"parameter":"System","values":["Forced Convection"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature Range","values":["-10~+50°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Adjustment Accuracy","values":["±0.3°C (during continuous refrigeration for both upper and lower chamber)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Distribution Accuracy","values":["±1.0°C (at 37°C during continuous refrigeration for both upper and lower chamber)"]},{"parameter":"Time to Reach Max. Temp.","values":["20~+50°C: Approx. 25min."]},{"parameter":"Time to Reach Lowest Temp.","values":["20~-10°C: Approx. 45min."]},{"parameter":"Interior","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Exterior","values":["Chrome-free electronic galvanized plated steel plate, chemical-proof baking finish"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerant","values":["R404A"]},{"parameter":"Defrost Operation","values":["Manual defrost (Manual ON/Auto OFF), Cycle Defrost"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["Pt100Ω (Temperature controller), K-thermocouple (Overheat prevention device)"]},{"parameter":"Cable Port","values":["50mm ID (Right side from the front for upper and lower chamber)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control","values":["PID control"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Setting","values":["Digital setting method by ▲▼ key with the dedicated select key"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Display","values":["Setting temperature: green LED digital display; Actual temperature: 4-digit red LED digital display"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1min.~99hrs. 59min. or 100~999hrs. 50min. (Timer wait function)"]},{"parameter":"Operation Function","values":["Fixed, Program (Max. 30 steps, 3 patterns), Auto start, Auto stop, Quick auto stop"]},{"parameter":"Additional Functions","values":["Calibration off-set function, Blackout recovery function"]},{"parameter":"Safety Functions","values":["Self-diagnostic functions (Memory error, Abnormal temp. sensor, heater disconnection, SSR short circuit, Automatic overheat preventive function), Key lock, Over-current ELB, Overheat preventor"]},{"parameter":"Shelf Loading Capacity","values":["15kg/shelf"]},{"parameter":"Shelf Step/Pitch","values":["13 steps ×2 chambers / 30mm"]},{"parameter":"Shelf/Support","values":["Stainless steel punching metal, 3 shelves x 2 chambers / 6pcs. x 2 chambers"]},{"parameter":"Door Lock Key","values":["2 pcs. / each chamber"]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["600×477×500mm"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["710×645×1675mm"]},{"parameter":"Remarks","values":["143L × 2 chambers"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC220V Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["165kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"ij-series","name":"IJ Series","description":"Safety is enhanced across the series with a self-diagnostic function, an overheat prevention device, and an over-current circuit breaker.","pageTitle":"IJ Series","pageDescription":"The IJ Series is a highly functional, fixed-temperature incubator line offered in a range of capacities, from a compact model for sample preservation up to larger constant-temperature testing chambers.","image":"/images/incubator-ij-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The IJ Series is a highly functional, fixed-temperature incubator line offered in a range of capacities, from a compact model for sample preservation up to larger constant-temperature testing chambers. It uses a CFC-free, low-vibration cooling system built around peltier elements, and the IJ201 and IJ300 models include a programmable temperature controller. Safety is enhanced across the series with a self-diagnostic function, an overheat prevention device, and an over-current circuit breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/incubator-ij-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Peltier Cooling","text":"The series uses a CFC-free, low-vibration cooler equipped with peltier elements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Programmable Control","text":"The IJ201 and IJ300 models use a programmable temperature controller.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pre-reset Function","text":"A convenient pre-reset temperature function is available as an option.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Air Jacket Option","text":"An air jacket can be attached to the unit as an option.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stacking","text":"Two units can be stacked using the optional stacking support.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Observation Window","text":"The IJ101W observation window uses environmentally friendly glass combining energy-saving pair glass and half-tempered glass, which prevents wasteful heat loss.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety","text":"Safety is enhanced with a self-diagnostic function, an overheat prevention device, and an over-current circuit breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IJ Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC115V/AC220V single phase with step-down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IJ101","IJ101W","IJ201","IJ300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Product Code","values":["221164","221185","221158","221159"]},{"parameter":"Observation Window","values":["-","180 x 180mm","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Cable Hole","values":["-","φ30mm, Right side of the main body","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["250×250×250mm","250×250×250mm","300×300×300mm","350×350×350mm"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["350×399×565mm","350×399×565mm","580×417×437mm","470×496×665mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["20kg","22kg","25kg","37kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"il-series","name":"IL Series","description":"The IL Series (IL603) is a multi-function, air-jacket low temperature incubator designed for constant low-temperature testing.","pageTitle":"IL Series","pageDescription":"The IL Series (IL603) is a multi-function, air-jacket low temperature incubator designed for constant low-temperature testing. Air jacket construction combined with PID control delivers highly precise temperature control and uniform temperature distribution across the chamber.","image":"/images/incubator-il-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The IL Series (IL603) is a multi-function, air-jacket low temperature incubator designed for constant low-temperature testing. Air jacket construction combined with PID control delivers highly precise temperature control and uniform temperature distribution across the chamber. The unit supports program operation of up to 99 steps as well as fixed-temperature operation, and it can be remotely controlled with an optional cable.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/incubator-il-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Temperature Control","text":"Air jacket construction and PID control achieve highly precise temperature control and uniform temperature distribution.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Functions","text":"The unit offers individual overheat protection, auto start, auto stop, defrost, an RS485 communication port, a temperature output terminal (4 to 20mA), and an alarm output terminal (IL612C).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Program Operation","text":"The controller supports program operation of up to 99 steps as well as fixed-temperature operation, with an individual overheat preventor.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Remote Operation","text":"An optional cable enables remote operation control.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Features","text":"Safety features include self-diagnosis, a refrigerator heat overload protector, refrigerator delay start protection, an overheat protector, an electric leakage breaker, and a key lock.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IL Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["211156"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["IL603"]},{"parameter":"System","values":["Natural convection, Air jacket"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature Range","values":["0~50°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Adjustment Accuracy","values":["±0.3°C (at 37°C when refrigerator is in continuous operation), ±1.0°C (at 37°C when refrigerator is in cycle operation)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Distribution Accuracy","values":["±1.0°C (at 37°C, refrigerator in continuous operation)"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator","values":["Air cooling enclosed type, 300W, Refrigerant: R134a"]},{"parameter":"Defrost Function","values":["Manual / Cycle"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["Double sensor: Pt resistance temperature detector, Pt100Ω (Temperature controller), K-thermocouple (Overheat prevention device)"]},{"parameter":"Cable Port","values":["50mm ID (Left side from the front), silicone sponge stopper (1 pc.) provided"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Controller","values":["VS3P PID control"]},{"parameter":"Operation","values":["Fixed temp., Auto-start, Quick auto-stop, Auto-stop"]},{"parameter":"Safety Device","values":["Self-diagnosis, Overcurrent ELB, Refrigerator overload relay, Refrigerator delay protection, Overheat protector (IL612C), Individual overheat protector (IL812C)"]},{"parameter":"Shelf Loading Capacity","values":["15kg/shelf"]},{"parameter":"Shelf Support Step Number","values":["12 steps"]},{"parameter":"Shelf Support Pitch","values":["35mm"]},{"parameter":"Shelf/Support","values":["Stainless steel punching metal, 3 shelves / 6 supports"]},{"parameter":"Door Key","values":["2 pcs."]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["600×530×500mm"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["710×645×1008mm"]},{"parameter":"Remarks","values":["159L"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/220V Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["105kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"ile-series","name":"ILE Series","description":"The ILE Series (ILE800) is a multi-function, air-jacket low temperature incubator using natural convection to maintain a constant low temperature.","pageTitle":"ILE Series","pageDescription":"The ILE Series (ILE800) is a multi-function, air-jacket low temperature incubator using natural convection to maintain a constant low temperature. An interactive key input system avoids duplicate or erroneous entries, and up to 99 programming steps are available, with a weight function that guarantees treatment time.","image":"/images/incubator-ile-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The ILE Series (ILE800) is a multi-function, air-jacket low temperature incubator using natural convection to maintain a constant low temperature. An interactive key input system avoids duplicate or erroneous entries, and up to 99 programming steps are available, with a weight function that guarantees treatment time. The unit is fitted with enriched safety measures including a self-diagnosis function, and a cable can be brought directly into the incubator.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/incubator-ile-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Interactive Input","text":"An interactive key input system avoids input duplication or errors.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Programming","text":"Up to 99 programming steps are available, and a weight function guarantees the time of treatment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety","text":"Safety measures are enriched, including a self-diagnosis function.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cable Access","text":"It is possible to bring a cable into the incubator.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ILE Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["211144"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["ILE800"]},{"parameter":"Circulation Method","values":["Natural convection by air jacket"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature Range","values":["0 to +60°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Control Accuracy","values":["±0.2°C (when refrigerator is in continuous operation), ±0.3°C (when refrigerator is in cycle operation)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Distribution Accuracy","values":["±1.0°C (at 37°C, refrigerator in continuous operation)"]},{"parameter":"Interior Material","values":["Stainless steel SUS304"]},{"parameter":"Inner Door","values":["5mm thick reinforced glass"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator/Refrigerant","values":["Inverter type / HFC-R410A"]},{"parameter":"Defrosting Mechanism","values":["Hot gas bypass system, Manual ON/OFF, Cycle operation"]},{"parameter":"Cable Hole","values":["50mm I.D."]},{"parameter":"Temp. Controller","values":["PID control by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Setting Method","values":["Digital setting with key"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Display Method","values":["Digital display, green LED"]},{"parameter":"Operation Function","values":["Fixed temperature operation, Auto-start/Auto-stop operation, Program operation up to 99 steps (Repeat, Ramp operation, Quick auto-stop)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Sensor","values":["Pt100Ω (temperature controller) + K-thermocouple (EV control), K-thermocouple (overheat preventive device)"]},{"parameter":"Safety Device","values":["Self-diagnosis functions (Automatic overheat prevention, Temperature sensor trouble, heater disconnection, Main relay malfunction, Refrigerator trouble, Communication trouble, Timer trouble, Triac short circuit), Circuit breaker, Alarm buzzer"]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["600×530×1000mm"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["785×650×1765mm"]},{"parameter":"Remarks","values":["300L"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/220V Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["150kg"]},{"parameter":"Standard Accessories","values":["Stainless punching metal shelf (5 pcs.), Shelf brackets (10 pcs.), Key (2 pcs.), Silicone sponge stopper (1 pc.)"]}]}]},{"slug":"in-series","name":"IN Series","description":"The IN Series is a forced-air-convection low temperature incubator widely used for low temperature tests and environmental tests.","pageTitle":"IN Series","pageDescription":"The IN Series is a forced-air-convection low temperature incubator widely used for low temperature tests and environmental tests. Forced circulation with a fan delivers high-accuracy temperature control and even temperature distribution, while a glass inner door keeps temperature changes to a minimum during sample observation.","image":"/images/incubator-in-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The IN Series is a forced-air-convection low temperature incubator widely used for low temperature tests and environmental tests. Forced circulation with a fan delivers high-accuracy temperature control and even temperature distribution, while a glass inner door keeps temperature changes to a minimum during sample observation. The series is offered in 143L (IN604/IN604W) and 286L (IN804) capacities.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/incubator-in-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"The series is available for a wide variety of applications, from various constant temperature tests to environmental tests.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Air Circulation","text":"Forced circulation with a fan enables high-accuracy temperature control and even temperature distribution.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Observation","text":"The glass inner door keeps temperature changes during sample observation to a minimum.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IN Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC115V/220V Single phase"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IN604","IN604W","IN804"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Product Code","values":["211289","211290","211280"]},{"parameter":"Internal Capacity","values":["143L","143L","286L"]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["600×477×500mm","600×477×500mm","600×477×1000mm"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["710×645×913mm","710×645×913mm","710×645×1630mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["89kg","89kg","120kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"low-temperature-incubator-ine800","name":"Low Temperature Incubator (INE800)","description":"The Low Temperature Incubator INE800 uses upgraded inverter control to improve refrigeration efficiency, significantly reduce frost, and minimize.","pageTitle":"Low Temperature Incubator (INE800)","pageDescription":"The Low Temperature Incubator INE800 uses upgraded inverter control to improve refrigeration efficiency, significantly reduce frost, and minimize wasted power during refrigeration, delivering 44% power savings compared to conventional models.","image":"/images/incubator-low-temperature-incubator-ine800.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Low Temperature Incubator INE800 uses upgraded inverter control to improve refrigeration efficiency, significantly reduce frost, and minimize wasted power during refrigeration, delivering 44% power savings compared to conventional models. The controller has been upgraded for easier viewing and operability, and temperature distribution accuracy has been improved for better incubation results. The unit comes standard with program operation, auto-stop, auto-start, self-diagnostics, a timer, calibration off-set, memory, and an electricity and CO2 emission monitor, plus an analog output (4-20mA) and an external communication port (RS485).","subsections":[],"image":"/images/incubator-low-temperature-incubator-ine800.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Energy Savings","text":"Inverter control provides 44% power savings compared to conventional models.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Controller","text":"The controller has been upgraded for easier viewing and operability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Temperature Distribution","text":"Temperature distribution accuracy has been improved for better incubation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Standard Functions","text":"The unit is standard equipped with program operation, auto-stop, auto-start, self-diagnostic function, timer, calibration off-set, memory, and an electricity and CO2 emission monitor.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Connectivity","text":"The unit is designed with an analog output (4-20mA) and an external communication port (RS485).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Low Temperature Incubator (INE800)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["211292"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["INE800"]},{"parameter":"Safety Device","values":["Self-diagnostic functions (Temp. sensor error, Heater disconnection, SSR short-circuit, Main relay error, Automatic overheat prevention), Key-lock, Over current ELB, Overheat preventive device"]},{"parameter":"Shelf Loading Capacity","values":["15kg/shelf"]},{"parameter":"Shelf Support Number","values":["23 steps"]},{"parameter":"Shelf Support Pitch","values":["30mm"]},{"parameter":"Shelf/Support","values":["Stainless steel punching metal, 5 shelves / 10 supports"]},{"parameter":"Door Key","values":["2 pcs."]},{"parameter":"Silicon Stopper for Cable Hole","values":["1 pc."]},{"parameter":"System","values":["Forced air convection"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temperature Range","values":["0~+60°C"]},{"parameter":"Setting Temperature Range","values":["-5~+65°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Adjustment Accuracy","values":["±0.2°C (at 37°C during continuous operation), ±0.5°C (at 37°C cycle operation)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Fluctuation","values":["0.6°C (at 37°C during continuous operation), 2.0°C (at 37°C cycle operation)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Distribution Accuracy","values":["±0.5°C (at 37°C during continuous operation)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Gradient","values":["2.0°C (at 37°C during continuous operation)"]},{"parameter":"Max. Temperature Reaching Time","values":["20~60°C approx. 35min."]},{"parameter":"Lowest Temperature Reaching Time","values":["20~0°C approx. 50min."]},{"parameter":"Cooling Mechanism","values":["Continuous operation, Cycle operation, Cooling-stop operation"]},{"parameter":"Interior","values":["Stainless Steel"]},{"parameter":"Exterior","values":["Chrome-free electronic galvanized plated steel plate, chemical-proof baking finish"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator","values":["200W Rotary Unit"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator Medium","values":["R134a"]},{"parameter":"Operation Range of Freezer","values":["Below 40°C"]},{"parameter":"Defrosting Mechanism","values":["Hot gas bypass method, Manual (random) defrost / Auto (time) defrost"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["Double sensor: Pt resistance temperature detector, Pt100Ω (Temperature controller), K-thermocouple (Overheat prevention device)"]},{"parameter":"Cable Port","values":["50mm ID (Right side from the front)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control","values":["PID control"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Display","values":["Setting temperature: 5-digit orange LED digital display; Actual temperature: 4-digit green LED digital display / Measured temperature: 4-digit orange LED digital display + VFD fluorescent display"]},{"parameter":"Timer/Timer Resolution","values":["0~99 hrs. 59min. / 1min."]},{"parameter":"Operation Function","values":["Fixed operation, Auto stop, Auto start, Quick auto stop, Program (99 steps, 99 patterns)"]},{"parameter":"Additional Function","values":["Calibration off-set function, Electricity & CO2 emission monitor, Blackout recovery option, Saving and readout function for user setting, Clock display (24hrs)"]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["600×477×1000mm"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["710×645×1730mm"]},{"parameter":"Remarks","values":["286L"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC220V 5A Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["135kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"ic-series","name":"IC Series","description":"The IC Series is a natural-convection, air-jacket incubator line ranging from a compact desktop model to larger economical incubators.","pageTitle":"IC Series","pageDescription":"The IC Series is a natural-convection, air-jacket incubator line ranging from a compact desktop model to larger economical incubators.","image":"/images/incubator-ic-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The IC Series is a natural-convection, air-jacket incubator line ranging from a compact desktop model to larger economical incubators. The IC101 and IC101W are space-saving designs with minimal jacket thickness and an operation panel positioned higher for easier use without crouching, while the larger IC402, IC602, and IC802 models extend the operating range up to 80°C. All models feature a digital setting display, a timer function, and a calibration offset function.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/incubator-ic-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Design","text":"The IC101/IC101W are space-saving models with minimum jacket thickness, and the operation panel is installed at a higher position for easier use without crouching.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Operation","text":"The series offers an easy-to-use digital setting display, a useful timer function, and a calibration offset function.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IC Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Air Jacket Type, Natural Convection"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IC101","IC101W","IC402","IC602","IC802"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Product Code","values":["211130","211139","211195","211196","211197"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Range","values":["Room temp.+5 to 60°C","Room temp.+5 to 60°C","Room Temp. +5~80°C","Room Temp. +5~80°C","Room Temp. +5~80°C"]},{"parameter":"Internal Capacity","values":["37L","37L","97L","159L","318L"]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["350×300×360mm","350×300×360mm","450×480×450mm","600×530×500mm","600×530×1000mm"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["410×380×520mm","410×380×520mm","560×606×820mm","710×656×870mm","710×656×1619mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single-phase with step down transformer","AC115V/AC220V Single-phase with step down transformer","AC220V 2A Single phase","AC220V 2A Single phase","AC220V 4A Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["16kg","17kg","45kg","65kg","102kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"ics-series","name":"ICS Series","description":"The ICS Series is a slim, economical natural-convection incubator line designed for compact installation spaces.","pageTitle":"ICS Series","pageDescription":"The ICS Series is a slim, economical natural-convection incubator line designed for compact installation spaces. Each unit includes a standard double-glazed observation window, PID temperature control by microprocessor, and auto-start, auto-stop, and timer functions.","image":"/images/incubator-ics-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The ICS Series is a slim, economical natural-convection incubator line designed for compact installation spaces. Each unit includes a standard double-glazed observation window, PID temperature control by microprocessor, and auto-start, auto-stop, and timer functions. Safety features include independent overheat prevention by liquid pressure type, a heater wire broken/sensor input alarm, and an electric leakage breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/incubator-ics-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Footprint","text":"The slim-type design requires a compact setting space.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Observation Window","text":"A double-glazed observation window is included as standard.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Temperature Control","text":"Temperature adjustment is achieved through PID control by microprocessor, with auto-start, auto-stop, and timer features.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety","text":"Safety features include independent overheat prevention, abnormal overheating prevention, an alarm for sensor input, and a short circuit breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ICS Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Convection Type","values":["Air Jacket Type, Natural convection"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temp. Range","values":["Room Temp. +10 to 70°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Adjustment Accuracy","values":["±1°C (at 37°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Distribution Accuracy","values":["±1°C (at 37°C)"]},{"parameter":"Time to Reach Max. Temp.","values":["Approx. 60min."]},{"parameter":"Interior Material","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Door","values":["Double-glazed observation window"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Controller","values":["PID Control by Microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1 to 999.9hrs."]},{"parameter":"Temp./Timer Display","values":["LED Digital Display"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Sensor","values":["K-thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Operating Function","values":["Fixed Operation (Automatic Start and Stop by Timer Setting)"]},{"parameter":"Operation Panel","values":["Sheet Key (LED: Temp., Timer / Lamp: Heater, Temp. Abnormal), Main Switch (Electric Leakage Breaker)"]},{"parameter":"Safety Countermeasure","values":["Independent Overheat Prevention by Liquid Pressure Type, Heater Wire Broken/Sensor Input Alarm, Electric Leakage Breaker"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single-phase with step down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ICS200","ICS300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Product Code","values":["211105","211106"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["150W","250W"]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["240×250×340mm","300×350×530mm"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["320×340×685mm","380×440×875mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["20kg","30kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"is-series","name":"IS Series","description":"The IS Series is an air-jacket, natural-convection incubator line equipped with a range of functions, offered in capacities from 97L to 567L.","pageTitle":"IS Series","pageDescription":"The IS Series is an air-jacket, natural-convection incubator line equipped with a range of functions, offered in capacities from 97L to 567L.","image":"/images/incubator-is-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The IS Series is an air-jacket, natural-convection incubator line equipped with a range of functions, offered in capacities from 97L to 567L. Program operation of up to 3 patterns and 30 steps is available alongside fixed-temperature, quick auto-stop, auto-stop, and auto-start operation, and the air-jacket method provides uniform temperature distribution while samples can be observed through the inner door. The series is equipped with a self-diagnosis function, a key-lock function, and an over-current breaker, and the IS401/IS601 models can be stacked one over the other.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/incubator-is-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Uniform Temperature","text":"The air-jacket method makes it possible to obtain uniform temperature distribution.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Program Operation","text":"Program operation offers 3 patterns and 30 steps.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Observation","text":"Samples can be observed through the inner door.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stacking","text":"The IS401 and IS601 models can be placed in piles, one over the other.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety","text":"The series is equipped with a self-diagnosis function, a key-lock function, and an over-current breaker, with the operation before a power failure able to be resumed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IS Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Air Jacket Type, Natural Convection"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Range","values":["Room Temp. +5~80°C"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["IS401","IS402","IS601","IS602","IS801","IS901"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Product Code","values":["212551","212555","212552","212556","212553","212554"]},{"parameter":"Internal Capacity","values":["97L","97L","159L","159L","318L","567L"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["-","Door key (2 pcs.)","-","Door key (2 pcs.)","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["450×480×450mm","450×480×450mm","600×530×500mm","600×530×500mm","600×530×1000mm","1070×530×1000mm"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["560×606×820mm","560×606×820mm","710×656×870mm","710×656×870mm","710×655×1611mm","1180×655×1619mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC115V/220V Single phase","AC115V/AC220V 50/60Hz, Single phase","AC115V/220V Single phase","AC115V/AC220V 50/60Hz, Single phase","AC115V/220V Single phase","AC115V/220V Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["55kg","55kg","65kg","65kg","105kg","166kg"]},{"parameter":"Status","values":["Discontinued Product","","Discontinued Product","","",""]}]}]},{"slug":"co2-incubator-air-jacket-ip600","name":"CO2 Incubator (Air Jacket, IP600)","description":"A seamless interior structure enables easy wiping, and aluminum shelving delivers excellent heat conductivity.","pageTitle":"CO2 Incubator (Air Jacket, IP600)","pageDescription":"The CO2 Incubator IP600 uses antibacterial stainless steel to eliminate the source of contaminants, combined with air-jacket construction that provides an extremely stable incubation atmosphere inside the chamber.","image":"/images/incubator-co2-incubator-air-jacket-ip600.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The CO2 Incubator IP600 uses antibacterial stainless steel to eliminate the source of contaminants, combined with air-jacket construction that provides an extremely stable incubation atmosphere inside the chamber. A seamless interior structure enables easy wiping, and aluminum shelving delivers excellent heat conductivity. The unit includes an alarm to prompt water refilling for humidification and is controlled through a 7-inch color touch panel with trilingual (English, Chinese, Japanese) language support.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/incubator-co2-incubator-air-jacket-ip600.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Contamination Control","text":"Antibacterial stainless steel and an air jacket eliminate the source of contaminants and provide an extremely stable incubation atmosphere; a HEPA filter circulation option further reduces contaminants.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cleanability","text":"The seamless interior structure enables easy wiping inside the chamber.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Heat Conductivity","text":"Aluminum shelving provides excellent heat conductivity.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Humidification Alarm","text":"An alarm function alerts the user to refill the water for humidification.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Control Panel","text":"A 7-inch color touch panel with trilingual language support (English, Chinese, and Japanese) controls the unit.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["CO2 Incubator (Air Jacket, IP600)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["211211"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["IP600"]},{"parameter":"System","values":["Air jacket with drying sterilization"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temp. Range","values":["(Room Temp.+5°C) ~50°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Control Accuracy","values":["±0.1°C (at 37°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Distribution Accuracy","values":["±0.2°C (at 37°C)"]},{"parameter":"Humidity in Operation","values":["More than 95%RH, ±5.0%RH"]},{"parameter":"CO2 Concentration Range","values":["0 (Air) ~20%"]},{"parameter":"CO2 Concentration Control Accuracy","values":["±0.2% (at 37°C, at setting 5%)"]},{"parameter":"Dry-Sterilization Operation","values":["160°C, 2 hrs."]},{"parameter":"Interior","values":["Stainless Steel (Anti-bacterial)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Sensor","values":["Pt100Ω"]},{"parameter":"CO2 Sensor","values":["Infrared Type (New single light source, double wavelength type)"]},{"parameter":"Cable Port","values":["φ32mm on the back"]},{"parameter":"Controller","values":["7 inch color touch panel with trilingual language support (English, Chinese and Japanese)"]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["485×540×640mm"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["600×664×880mm"]},{"parameter":"Remarks","values":["167 L, external depth including the projection: 765 mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115/220V Single phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["110kg"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["*Minimum order 4 units"]}]}]},{"slug":"co2-incubator-water-jacket-bna600","name":"CO2 Incubator (Water Jacket, BNA600)","description":"The CO2 Incubator BNA600 uses water-jacket construction to provide an extremely stable incubation atmosphere inside the chamber.","pageTitle":"CO2 Incubator (Water Jacket, BNA600)","pageDescription":"The CO2 Incubator BNA600 uses water-jacket construction to provide an extremely stable incubation atmosphere inside the chamber. A seamless interior structure enables easy wiping, and aluminum shelving delivers excellent heat conductivity.","image":"/images/incubator-co2-incubator-water-jacket-bna600.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The CO2 Incubator BNA600 uses water-jacket construction to provide an extremely stable incubation atmosphere inside the chamber. A seamless interior structure enables easy wiping, and aluminum shelving delivers excellent heat conductivity. The unit includes an alarm to prompt water refilling for humidification and is controlled through a 7-inch color touch panel with trilingual (English, Chinese, Japanese) language support.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/incubator-co2-incubator-water-jacket-bna600.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Contamination Control","text":"Water-jacket construction provides an extremely stable incubation atmosphere inside the chamber; a HEPA filter circulation option further reduces contaminants.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cleanability","text":"The seamless interior structure enables easy wiping inside the chamber.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Heat Conductivity","text":"Aluminum shelving provides excellent heat conductivity.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Humidification Alarm","text":"An alarm function alerts the user to refill the water for humidification.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Control Panel","text":"A 7-inch color touch panel with trilingual language support (English, Chinese, and Japanese) controls the unit.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["CO2 Incubator (Water Jacket, BNA600)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["212329"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["BNA600"]},{"parameter":"System","values":["Water jacket"]},{"parameter":"Operating Temp. Range","values":["(Room Temp.+5°C) ~50°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Control Accuracy","values":["±0.1°C (at 37°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. Distribution Accuracy","values":["±0.2°C (at 37°C)"]},{"parameter":"Humidity in Operation","values":["More than 95%RH"]},{"parameter":"CO2 Concentration Range","values":["0 (Air) ~20%"]},{"parameter":"CO2 Concentration Control Accuracy","values":["±0.2% (at 37°C, at setting 5%)"]},{"parameter":"Interior","values":["Stainless Steel"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Sensor","values":["Pt100Ω"]},{"parameter":"CO2 Sensor","values":["Infrared Type (New single light source, double wavelength type)"]},{"parameter":"Cable Port","values":["φ32mm on the back"]},{"parameter":"Controller","values":["7 inch color touch panel with trilingual language support (English, Chinese and Japanese)"]},{"parameter":"Internal Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["485×540×640mm"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["600×664×880mm"]},{"parameter":"Remarks","values":["167 L, external depth including the projection: 765 mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115/AC220V Single phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["100kg"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["*Limited product for sale in Japan"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Autoclaves","description":"Steam sterilization for glassware, media, and waste.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Reliable steam sterilization protects every downstream result. Yamato autoclaves sterilize glassware, media, and biological waste with dependable, repeatable cycles and thorough safety interlocks.","overview":"Yamato's vertical-type autoclaves cover the routine sterilization needs of research, clinical, and industrial laboratories, with a range of chamber capacities to suit each workload. Preset and programmable cycles handle instruments, culture media with warming, liquids, and waste, while multiple interlocks, pressure monitoring, and automatic exhaust cooling keep operation safe and simple day after day.","partner":"Yamato — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/autoclaves.webp","slug":"autoclaves","models":[{"slug":"sk-series-steam-sterilizer","name":"SK Series","description":"The SK Series is a space-saving, low cost benchtop steam sterilizer ideal for research facilities.","pageTitle":"SK Series","pageDescription":"The SK Series is a space-saving, low cost benchtop steam sterilizer ideal for research facilities. It provides an 18 liter chamber for research processes and areas that are limited in space, using high pressure steam for fast, reliable, and effective sterilization.","image":"/images/sterilizer-sk-series-steam-sterilizer.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SK Series is a space-saving, low cost benchtop steam sterilizer ideal for research facilities. It provides an 18 liter chamber for research processes and areas that are limited in space, using high pressure steam for fast, reliable, and effective sterilization. The compact unit is particularly easy to use and is designed for a wide range of laboratory applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/sterilizer-sk-series-steam-sterilizer.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Benchtop Convenience","text":"Benchtop size of 18 liters with a powerful 1500W pipe heater, an easy to read 4 digit LED display, a built-in drain valve for easy cleaning, programmable sterilizing and temperature functions, and a timer setting range of 0 to 999 minutes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Operation Monitoring","text":"Standard equipped with calibration offset, lock function, power recovery mode, power on and operation time accumulation, calendar time, accumulated power consumption monitoring, total CO2 emission and heat output, and the ability to save and access operator setting information.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Features","text":"Includes a water level detection sensor with alarm, an overheat protection sensor, a lid closure interlock sensor, a pressure lamp indicator, an increased chamber wall thickness of 2mm, and a new improved silicon lid gasket that is easy to replace.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SK Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Temp. setting range","values":["50 to 126°C"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["1500W stainless steel heating pipe"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["0 min. to 999 min."]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Pressure safety valve, Low water sensor, Dual exterior walls"]},{"parameter":"System","values":["Automatic high pressure steam sterilizer"]},{"parameter":"Interior Material","values":["Stainless steel SUS 304"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["PlD control by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting method","values":["Digital setting by ▲/▼ keys"]},{"parameter":"Temp display method","values":["Digital display by green LED"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["1 stainless steel mesh basket (254mm×240mm) and stainless steel bottom"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions（W×D mm）","values":["343×550mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D mm）","values":["280×275mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["17.5kg"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SK101C","SK111C"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Max. operational pressure","values":["0.142MPa (at 126°C)","0.2MPa (at 126°C)"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC115V 15A","AC220V 9A"]}]}]},{"slug":"sm-series","name":"SM Series","description":"The SM Series is a steam sterilizer for laboratory use that provides fully automatic sterilization from start to finish, with high pressure steam.","pageTitle":"SM Series","pageDescription":"The SM Series is a steam sterilizer for laboratory use that provides fully automatic sterilization from start to finish, with high pressure steam sterilization followed by a drying process.","image":"/images/sterilizer-sm-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SM Series is a steam sterilizer for laboratory use that provides fully automatic sterilization from start to finish, with high pressure steam sterilization followed by a drying process. Automatic operation from sterilization to drying can be easily set through an interactive key input system, and a quick sample drying function makes samples ready to use right after sterilization. Drying temperature can be adjusted depending on the application, and the water level in the drain bottle can be easily checked with the level indicator on the front panel.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/sterilizer-sm-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Interactive Operation","text":"Automatic operation from sterilization to drying process can be easily set by the interactive key input system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Quick Sample Drying","text":"A quick sample drying function makes samples ready to use right after sterilization, with drying temperature settable depending on the application.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Drain Monitoring","text":"The water level in the drain bottle can be easily checked with the level indicator on the front panel.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SM Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"System","values":["Automatic high-pressure steam sterilization"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SM201","SM210","SM301","SM311","SM501","SM511","SM520","SM530","SM820","SM830"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions（φ×H mm）","values":["φ240×455mm","φ240×455mm","φ300×455mm","φ300×455mm","φ300×655mm","φ300×655mm","φ370×470mm","φ370×470mm","φ370×750mm","φ370×750mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["410×470×957mm","410×470×957mm","440×530×968mm","440×530×968mm","440×530×1088mm","440×530×1088mm","520×660×881mm","520×660×881mm","520×660×1161mm","520×660×1161mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["115V 13A","220V 7A","115V 15A","220V 9.5A","115V 15A","220V 9.5A","AC100～120V 13.5A～25A","AC200～240V 8A～12.5A","AC100～120V 15A～25A","AC200～240V 9A～12.5A"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["65kg","65kg","80kg","80kg","85kg","85kg","113kg","113kg","137kg","137kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"sn-series","name":"SN series","description":"Custom programs can be saved for repeated use, and the unit is mobile on wheels for convenient placement.","pageTitle":"SN series","pageDescription":"The SN series is a high-performance, easy to operate, and ergonomically designed compact steam sterilizer featuring easy top loading and handling of samples.","image":"/images/sterilizer-sn-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SN series is a high-performance, easy to operate, and ergonomically designed compact steam sterilizer featuring easy top loading and handling of samples. Maximum sterilizing temperature goes up to 135°C, suitable for protein modification, and simple setting and operation allows the unit to manage ordinary sterilization, sterilization of culture mediums and liquids, and melting of culture mediums. Custom programs can be saved for repeated use, and the unit is mobile on wheels for convenient placement.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/sterilizer-sn-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Sterilizing Temperature","text":"Maximum sterilizing temperature goes up to 135°C, suitable for protein modification.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simple Operation Modes","text":"By simple setting and operation, these sterilizers manage ordinary sterilization, sterilization of culture mediums and liquids, and melting of culture mediums, and custom programs can be saved for repeated use.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Time-Saving Features","text":"Standard equipped with timer start and pre-heating features for the efficient use of time, plus a cooling fan to shorten cool down time, and the unit is mobile on wheels.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Enhanced Safety","text":"Enhanced safety devices include a lid interlock mechanism, drain bottle unset alarm, memory malfunction detection, automatic shutdown when malfunctioning, and self-diagnostic functions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SN series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"System","values":["Automatic high-pressure steam sterilization"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SN200","SN210","SN300","SN310","SN500","SN510"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions（φ×H mm）","values":["φ240×445mm","φ240×445mm","φ300×445mm","φ300×445mm","φ300×665mm","φ300×665mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["400×530×840mm","400×530×840mm","460×590×848mm","460×590×848mm","460×590×1068mm","460×590×1068mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC100～120V Single phase","AC200～240V Single phase","AC100～120V Single phase","AC200～240V Single phase","AC100～120V Single phase","AC200～240V Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["65kg","65kg","75kg","75kg","85kg","85kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"sq-series","name":"SQ Series","description":"The SQ Series is a high-performance, easy to operate, and ergonomically designed large capacity steam sterilizer featuring easy top loading and handling of samples.","pageTitle":"SQ Series","pageDescription":"The SQ Series is a high-performance, easy to operate, and ergonomically designed large capacity steam sterilizer featuring easy top loading and handling of samples.","image":"/images/sterilizer-sq-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SQ Series is a high-performance, easy to operate, and ergonomically designed large capacity steam sterilizer featuring easy top loading and handling of samples. Maximum sterilizing temperature goes up to 135°C, suitable for protein modification, and by simple setting and operation the sterilizer manages ordinary sterilization, sterilization of culture mediums and liquids, and melting of culture mediums. Custom programs can be saved for repeated use, and the unit is standard equipped with timer start and pre-heating features along with a cooling fan to shorten cool down time.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/sterilizer-sq-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Sterilizing Temperature","text":"Maximum sterilizing temperature goes up to 135°C, suitable for protein modification.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simple Operation Modes","text":"By simple setting and operation, these sterilizers manage ordinary sterilization, sterilization of culture mediums and liquids, and melting of culture mediums.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Time Efficiency","text":"Custom programs can be saved for repeated use, and the unit is standard equipped with timer start and pre-heating features for efficient use of time and a cooling fan to shorten cool down time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Enhanced Safety","text":"Enhanced safety devices include a lid interlock mechanism, drain bottle unset alarm, memory malfunction detection, and automatic shutdown when malfunctioning, and the unit is mobile on wheels.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SQ Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"System","values":["Automatic high-pressure steam sterilization"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SQ500","SQ510","SQ810C"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions（φ×H mm）","values":["φ370×442mm","φ370×442mm","φ370×750mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["520×660×846mm","520×660×846mm","520×660×1161mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC100～120V Blaker capacity 20.5～24.5A","AC200～240V Blaker capacity 12.5～10.5A","AC200～240V Blaker capacity 12.5～10.5A"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["95kg","95kg","105kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"st-series","name":"ST Series","description":"The ST Series is a laboratory steam sterilizer with automatic operations carried out through an interactive key input system.","pageTitle":"ST Series","pageDescription":"The ST Series is a laboratory steam sterilizer with automatic operations carried out through an interactive key input system. With a single key press, everything is done automatically from air exhausting to sterilization and drying, and the operating conditions are memorized by the system.","image":"/images/sterilizer-st-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The ST Series is a laboratory steam sterilizer with automatic operations carried out through an interactive key input system. With a single key press, everything is done automatically from air exhausting to sterilization and drying, and the operating conditions are memorized by the system. Safety measures are enriched, including a self-diagnosis function that monitors the sensor, heater, SSR, main relay, and water level.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/sterilizer-st-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automated Cycle","text":"With an interactive key input system, the conditions are memorized, and with a single key press, everything is done automatically from air exhausting to sterilization and drying.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Enriched Safety Measures","text":"Safety measures are enriched, including a self-diagnosis function, an over pressure safety valve, and an electric leakage breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ST Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"System","values":["Automatic high pressure steam sterilizer"]},{"parameter":"Interior Material","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["PlD control by micro processor"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting method","values":["Digital setting by UP/DOWN key"]},{"parameter":"Temp display method","values":["Digital display by green LED"]},{"parameter":"Min. division","values":["1 min. or 1 Hrs."]},{"parameter":"Safety countermeasures","values":["Self diagnosis functions (Sensor, Heater, SSR, Main relay, Low water), Over pressure safety valve, Electric leakage breaker"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["2 Racks (mesh pitch 8.5 mm), 1 Drain board, 1 Steam saucer and 1 Drain bottle."]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ST201","ST301","ST501","ST511"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Temp. setting range: Sterilization","values":["105 to 123°C","105 to 128°C","105 to 128°C","105 to 128°C"]},{"parameter":"Maximum operational pressure","values":["0.18MPa","0.2MPa","0.2MPa","0.2MPa"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["1.3kW","1.7kW","1.7kW","2.0kW"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions（φ×H mm）","values":["φ240×445mm","φ300×445mm","φ300×665mm","φ350×665mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["410×470×957mm","440×530×968mm","440×530×1088mm","440×530×1088mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC220V 6.2A Single phase","AC220V 8A Single phase","AC115V 16A Single phase","AC220V 9.6A Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["60kg","75kg","80kg","80kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"si-series","name":"SI Series","description":"The SI Series is a natural convection hot air dry sterilizer with a program function that is easy to set.","pageTitle":"SI Series","pageDescription":"The SI Series is a natural convection hot air dry sterilizer with a program function that is easy to set. It offers quick, safe and reliable sterilization, with easy operation available for fixed temperature, program, quick auto stop, auto stop, and program auto start functions.","image":"/images/sterilizer-si-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SI Series is a natural convection hot air dry sterilizer with a program function that is easy to set. It offers quick, safe and reliable sterilization, with easy operation available for fixed temperature, program, quick auto stop, auto stop, and program auto start functions. Special function menu keys and up/down keys allow digital setting with a repeat function and 6 pattern program operation, while submenu keys operate calibration offset, power failure compensation, and key locking.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/sterilizer-si-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reliable Sterilization","text":"Quick, safe and reliable sterilization function.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible Operation","text":"Easy operation, available for fixed temp., program, quick auto stop, auto stop and program auto start functions, using special function menu keys and up/down keys for digital setting, with repeat function and 6 pattern program operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Convenient Adjustments","text":"Submenu keys allow operation of calibration offset, power failure compensation and key locking.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Diagnostics","text":"Equipped with a self-diagnosis circuit for abnormal temperature sensing, heater disconnection, auto overheat prevention and SSR short circuit, plus an overheat protector, an earth leakage breaker to prevent overcurrent, and key lock.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SI Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Circulation method","values":["Natural convection (for laboratory use only)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SI401","SI402","SI601"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["450×430×400mm","450×430×400mm","600×530×500mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["550×540×777mm","550×540×777mm","700×640×877mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC115/220V Single phase","AC115/AC220V 50/60Hz, Single phase","AC115V/AC220V Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["42kg","42kg","59kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"sk-series-dry-sterilizer","name":"SK Series","description":"The SK Series is a dry heat sterilizer for laboratory use with an independent overheat prevention device.","pageTitle":"SK Series","pageDescription":"The SK Series is a dry heat sterilizer for laboratory use with an independent overheat prevention device.","image":"/images/sterilizer-sk-series-dry-sterilizer.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SK Series is a dry heat sterilizer for laboratory use with an independent overheat prevention device. It is programmable, featuring a high precision controller with improved display visibility and operability, and it is standard equipped with calibration offset, lock function, power recovery mode, power on and operation time accumulation, calendar time, accumulated power consumption monitoring, total CO2 emission, and heat output. The unit supports a maximum of 99 steps and 99 patterns with a repeat operation function, plus easy sample data collection through a cable port.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/sterilizer-sk-series-dry-sterilizer.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Programmable Operation","text":"Programmable operation with a high precision controller that offers improved display visibility and operability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Data Logging Features","text":"Standard equipped with calibration offset, lock function, power recovery mode, power on and operation time accumulation, calendar time, accumulated power consumption monitoring, total CO2 emission and heat output, and the ability to save and access operator setting information.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Extensive Programming","text":"Supports a maximum of 99 steps and 99 patterns with a repeat operation function, plus easy sample data collection through a cable port.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Features","text":"Standard equipped with self-diagnostic functions, an independent overheat prevention device, and an earth leakage breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SK Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Circulation method","values":["Natural convection"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SK401","SK601","SK801","SK811"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["450×490×450mm","600×540×500mm","600×500×1000mm","600×500×1000mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["560×600×820mm","710×650×870mm","710×650×1640mm","710×650×1640mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC115V / 220V","AC115V / 220VV","AC115V 22A","AC220V 12A"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["50kg","62kg","108kg","108kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"loop-cinerator-sl-21","name":"Loop Cinerator (SL-21)","description":"The Loop Cinerator SL-21 sterilizes a platinum ear or needle inside a combustion tube.","pageTitle":"Loop Cinerator (SL-21)","pageDescription":"The Loop Cinerator SL-21 sterilizes a platinum ear or needle inside a combustion tube. It offers safe operation through heater-based sterilization while consuming only about one-sixth of the heat used by a gas burner.","image":"/images/sterilizer-loop-cinerator-sl-21.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Loop Cinerator SL-21 sterilizes a platinum ear or needle inside a combustion tube. It offers safe operation through heater-based sterilization while consuming only about one-sixth of the heat used by a gas burner. The unit is loaded with quartz glass that heats evenly and delivers good heat resistance, making it efficient for large-volume and continuous sterilizing work.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/sterilizer-loop-cinerator-sl-21.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safe Heater Sterilization","text":"Safety operation is achieved by heater sterilization rather than an open flame.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Energy Efficient","text":"The unit uses only about one-sixth of the heat amount compared to a gas burner.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Even Heating","text":"Loaded with quartz glass that heats evenly, providing good heat resistance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Throughput","text":"Efficient for sterilizing a large volume of samples and for continuous sterilizing work.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Loop Cinerator (SL-21)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["292232"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["SL-21"]},{"parameter":"Internal sterilizing Temp.","values":["800～850℃"]},{"parameter":"Time to reach","values":["10min. (at sterilizing temp.)"]},{"parameter":"Cinerating port diameter","values":["15mm"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["130W"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["95×170×200mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC100V 1.5A"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["1.5kg"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Freeze Dryers (Lyophilizers)","description":"Vacuum freeze-drying for sample preservation and preparation.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Freeze drying preserves delicate samples by removing water gently under vacuum. Yamato lyophilizers protect the structure and activity of biological and chemical materials during long-term storage and preparation.","overview":"Lyophilization freezes the sample and sublimes its ice directly to vapor under vacuum, preserving proteins, pharmaceuticals, foods, and natural products without heat damage. Yamato freeze dryers combine efficient cold traps, reliable vacuum systems, and flexible chamber and manifold configurations, supporting everything from routine sample concentration to formulation development and small-batch production.","partner":"Yamato — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/freeze-dryers-lyophilizers.webp","slug":"freeze-dryers-lyophilizers","models":[{"slug":"ca-series","name":"CA Series","description":"It utilizes R404A (CA301) or R600a and mixed coolants (CA801), and the design is space-saving and highly mobile on wheels.","pageTitle":"CA Series","pageDescription":"The CA Series cold trap efficiently traps water vapor and toxic substances discharged from a vacuum oven or rotary evaporator to protect the vacuum pump. An optional glass condenser makes it an excellent choice for extracting acid and organic solvents, and the unit can also be used as a low-temperature or pre-cooling tank.","image":"/images/freeze-dryer-ca-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The CA Series cold trap efficiently traps water vapor and toxic substances discharged from a vacuum oven or rotary evaporator to protect the vacuum pump. An optional glass condenser makes it an excellent choice for extracting acid and organic solvents, and the unit can also be used as a low-temperature or pre-cooling tank. It utilizes R404A (CA301) or R600a and mixed coolants (CA801), and the design is space-saving and highly mobile on wheels.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/freeze-dryer-ca-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Vapor Trapping","text":"The trap efficiently reduces the amount of vapor inhaled by the vacuum pump.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Chemical Extraction","text":"An optional glass condenser makes it an excellent choice for extracting acid and organic solvents.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Versatility","text":"The unit can also be used as a low-temperature tank or a pre-cooling tank.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mobility","text":"The design is space-saving and highly mobile on wheels.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["CA Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single phase with step-down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["CA301","CA801"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Product Code","values":["221436","221437"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["345×475×726mm","405×500×850mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["47kg","65kg"]},{"parameter":"Status","values":["","Discontinued Product"]}]}]},{"slug":"dc-series","name":"DC Series","description":"It uses an environmentally friendly refrigerant and is highly mobile on wheels.","pageTitle":"DC Series","pageDescription":"The DC Series freeze dryer offers a contaminant-free system with an automatic safety vacuum venting design that prevents oil back-flow when the power is turned off or fails.","image":"/images/freeze-dryer-dc-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The DC Series freeze dryer offers a contaminant-free system with an automatic safety vacuum venting design that prevents oil back-flow when the power is turned off or fails. Ice can be refrozen and removed smoothly from the vessel using a hot gas bypass system, and the unit is equipped with a Pirani vacuum gauge and a safety valve linked to the service receptacle for the vacuum pump. It uses an environmentally friendly refrigerant and is highly mobile on wheels.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/freeze-dryer-dc-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Venting","text":"An automatic safety vacuum venting system prevents oil back-flow when the power supply is turned off or fails.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Defrosting","text":"Ice can be refrozen and removed smoothly from the vessel using the Hot Gas Bypass System.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Vacuum Monitoring","text":"The unit is equipped with a Pirani vacuum gauge.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety Valve","text":"The safety valve is linked with the service receptacle for the vacuum pump.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mobility","text":"The unit is highly mobile on wheels and uses an environmentally friendly refrigerant.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DC Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single phase with step-down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DC401","DC801"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Product Code","values":["212537","212538"]},{"parameter":"External Dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["300×450×720mm","405×500×846mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["43kg","65kg"]},{"parameter":"Status","values":["","Discontinued Product"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Pure Water Systems","description":"Type I, II, and III water purification for analytical and general lab use.","pageTitle":"","pageDescription":"Every analysis is only as good as the water behind it. Yamato water purification systems produce Type I, II, and III water for analytical instruments, media preparation, and general laboratory use.","overview":"Yamato pure water systems combine distillation, deionization, filtration, and polishing technologies to deliver the right water grade for each task – from glassware rinsing and buffer preparation to HPLC, ICP, and molecular biology work demanding ultrapure Type I water. Compact, dependable, and economical to run, they keep a consistent supply of laboratory water on tap.","partner":"Yamato — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/pure-water-systems.webp","slug":"pure-water-systems","models":[{"slug":"wa-series","name":"WA Series","description":"The WA Series is a high-capacity water purifier that supplies highly pure water with a single motion.","pageTitle":"WA Series","pageDescription":"The WA Series is a high-capacity water purifier that supplies highly pure water with a single motion. Ion-exchanged water and distilled water supplied to the storage tank are automatically controlled, and large amounts of both distilled water and ion-exchanged water can be obtained.","image":"/images/water-purifier-wa-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The WA Series is a high-capacity water purifier that supplies highly pure water with a single motion. Ion-exchanged water and distilled water supplied to the storage tank are automatically controlled, and large amounts of both distilled water and ion-exchanged water can be obtained. Distillation to ion-exchange is a low running cost method, and selecting the optional ion-exchange resin cartridge can lower the running cost even further.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/water-purifier-wa-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automatic Water Control","text":"Ion-exchanged water and distilled water supplying to the storage tank are automatically controlled.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Bilingual Digital Display","text":"Operation status is digitally displayed, and the language can be chosen as either Japanese or English.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy Maintenance","text":"The ion-exchange resin cartridge is easy to replace.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Built-in Safety","text":"Safety functions include a power leakage breaker, a water leakage sensor, and a water pressure reduction valve.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["WA Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Water purification method","values":["Pretreatment -> Distillation -> Ion-exchange -> Filtration"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["WA511","WA711","WA731"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["800×685×1510mm","870×685×1510mm","870×685×1510mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC220V Single-phase","AC220V Single-phase","AC220V / 380V Three phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["130kg","140kg","140kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"water-purifier-wgh201","name":"Water Purifier (WGH201)","description":"Most consumables can be easily attached and detached, which keeps maintenance simple.","pageTitle":"Water Purifier (WGH201)","pageDescription":"The WGH201 produces high purity water, with a resistivity of 18 MΩ·cm or more at Level JIS A4/ASTM D1193 Type1, continuously providing both deionized and distilled water kept in a 30L storage tank.","image":"/images/water-purifier-water-purifier-wgh201.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The WGH201 produces high purity water, with a resistivity of 18 MΩ·cm or more at Level JIS A4/ASTM D1193 Type1, continuously providing both deionized and distilled water kept in a 30L storage tank. It combines a membrane filter with a distilled water circulation system, and feed and drain connections can be made on both sides so the unit can be installed almost anywhere. Most consumables can be easily attached and detached, which keeps maintenance simple.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/water-purifier-water-purifier-wgh201.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Circulation System","text":"Equipped with a membrane filter and distilled water circulation system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Convenient Water Intake","text":"Features an easy-to-use tray for product water intake, complete with drainage.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Multifunctional Control","text":"Includes a multifunctional control and display panel.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Flexible Installation","text":"Feed and drain can be connected on both sides, allowing the unit to be installed anywhere.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simple Maintenance","text":"Easy maintenance, as most consumables can be easily attached and detached.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Water Purifier (WGH201)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["253150"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["WGH201"]},{"parameter":"Water quality of distilled water","values":["Normal water: JIS K 0557 A4; After manual refreshing: ASTM D1193 Type1"]},{"parameter":"Water quality of deionized water","values":["JIS K0557 A4"]},{"parameter":"Collection of distilled water","values":["Pretreatment Cartridge ⇒ Ion Exchange ⇒ Distillation ⇒ Tank ⇒ Ion Exchange ⇒ High Purity Cartridge ⇒ Filtration, Automatic Circulation (Can also be Manual Circulation)"]},{"parameter":"Collection of deionized water","values":["Pretreatment cartridge ⇒ Ion exchange ⇒ Filtration"]},{"parameter":"Water quality performance (comparison resistance value)","values":["Distilled high-purity water: 18 MΩ·cm or more, Deionized water: approx. 18 MΩ·cm, Distilled water: approx. 1.0 MΩ·cm"]},{"parameter":"Production volume of distilled water","values":["Approx. 1.5L/h"]},{"parameter":"Pure water collected and Sampling volume","values":["Distilled high-purity water: Approx. 0.9 L/min, Deionized water: approx. 1.0 L/min"]},{"parameter":"Setting range of water sampling capacity","values":["0.1 ~ 26L Quantitative water sampling / continuous water sampling"]},{"parameter":"Drainage","values":["Left/Right connection method / Hose connection"]},{"parameter":"Pretreatment cartridge","values":["0.1μm diameter hollow fiber + Activated carbon"]},{"parameter":"Ion-exchange resin cartridge","values":["Ion-exchange (CPC-S) 4L x 1"]},{"parameter":"Distilled high purity water cartridge","values":["CPC-S 4L, CPC-H 3L x 1"]},{"parameter":"Final filtration","values":["0.1 μm membrane filter"]},{"parameter":"Distilled water storage tank capacity","values":["30L polyethylene tank"]},{"parameter":"Distilled water storage tank sterilization lamp","values":["UV sterilizing lamp for distilled water"]},{"parameter":"Product water intake tray","values":["Drawer type, Load capacity 10 kg"]},{"parameter":"Multipurpose distilled water sampling port","values":["Hose attached with coupler (used as tank water sampling / drainage)"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["600×660×775mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V / AC220V Single phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["75kg"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Feed/Drain water hose, Pretreatment cartridge, Ion exchange resin cartridge, High purity cartridge, Membrane filter"]}]}]},{"slug":"wg-series","name":"WG Series","description":"The WG Series is a water purifier convenient for large capacity applications and compliant with JIS K0557 A4 water quality.","pageTitle":"WG Series","pageDescription":"The WG Series is a water purifier convenient for large capacity applications and compliant with JIS K0557 A4 water quality. It uses two independent dispensers, for ion-exchanged water and distilled water respectively, so operators can select the appropriate water type for different applications.","image":"/images/water-purifier-wg-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The WG Series is a water purifier convenient for large capacity applications and compliant with JIS K0557 A4 water quality. It uses two independent dispensers, for ion-exchanged water and distilled water respectively, so operators can select the appropriate water type for different applications. The line features a 7-inch LCD touch panel for improved visibility and operability, along with consumables management functions that track replacement history and notify users when maintenance is due.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/water-purifier-wg-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dual Dispenser System","text":"Two independent dispensers are provided for ion-exchanged water and distilled water, allowing water sampling to suit various scenes, and the amount of distilled water can be changed easily.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precision Water Sampling","text":"Supports fixed-quantity, continuous, and semi-automatic water sampling modes, with a patent-pending dripping control feature for precise marking-line alignment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Touch Panel Interface","text":"A 7-inch LCD touch panel system improves visibility and operability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Consumables Management","text":"Displays the replacement history of consumables and notifies users of upcoming and due replacements, with the notification cycle adjustable.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Footprint","text":"The width and depth have become more compact compared to the previous WG1001 model, allowing installation in a smaller space.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["WG Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Water purifying method","values":["Ion exchange→Distillation→Filtration"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["WG1012","WG205","WG252","WG511","WG711"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Collection capacity setting range","values":["0.01 ~ Tank water storage L / Continuous water sampling","Continuous water sampling","0.01 ~ Tank water storage L / Continuous water sampling ×3","1.0 - 2.0 L/min (50Hz) 1.5 - 205 L/min (60Hz) *it depends on the amount of water in the tank","Approx. 1.0 to 2.0 L/min. (50Hz) 1.5 to 2.5 L/min. (60Hz)"]},{"parameter":"Multipurpose distilled water sampling port","values":["For connecting Φ8 hard tube (right side of main body)","For Φ8 hard tube connection (right side of the main body)","For Φ8 hard tube connection (right side of the main body)","Standard","Standard"]},{"parameter":"Distilled water tank full water setting","values":["10，30，60，90L","-","2，10，20，30L","-","-"]},{"parameter":"Water quality display","values":["Conductivity / resistivity (switchable)","LED display with 5 levels of conductivity","Conductivity / resistivity (switching)","-","-"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["550×570×1715mm","540×575×775mm","540×570×775mm","800×685×1510mm","870×685×1510mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC200V 20A","AC220V Single-phase with step-down transformer","AC220V Single phase with step-down transformer","AC220V 20A Single-phase with step-down transformer","AC220V 40A Single-phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["113kg","55kg","63kg","130kg","140kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"ws-series","name":"WS Series","description":"The WS Series is a simple and economical water purifier designed for distilled water production.","pageTitle":"WS Series","pageDescription":"The WS Series is a simple and economical water purifier designed for distilled water production. Its space-saving, compact design incorporates a splash-prevention feature that keeps impurities from mixing with the distilled water, resulting in stable water quality.","image":"/images/water-purifier-ws-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The WS Series is a simple and economical water purifier designed for distilled water production. Its space-saving, compact design incorporates a splash-prevention feature that keeps impurities from mixing with the distilled water, resulting in stable water quality. The unit is also designed with empty-boiling and overheat prevention functions, and the distilled water it produces is suitable as washing water for cleaning tools, glassware, and similar items.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/water-purifier-ws-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Footprint","text":"Space saving and compact design.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stable Water Quality","text":"By adopting a splash prevention design, impurities are prevented from mixing with the distilled water, resulting in stable water quality.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Built-in Protection","text":"Designed with empty boiling prevention and overheat prevention functions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Washing Applications","text":"Suitable as washing water for cleaning tools, glassware, and other laboratory items.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["WS Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Water purifying method","values":["Distillation"]},{"parameter":"Purified water","values":["Distilled water"]},{"parameter":"Distilled water production","values":["Approx. 1.6L/h"]},{"parameter":"Distilled water delivery rate","values":["Approx. 2.2L/min. (When the tank is full)"]},{"parameter":"Raw water pressure range","values":["1 to 3×100kPa (1 to 3kg/cm2)"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Auto adjustment of cooling water volume, Empty boiling / overheat / splash prevention"]},{"parameter":"Distiller Boiler","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Distiller Condenser","values":["Hard glass"]},{"parameter":"Distiller Pipe heater","values":["Pipe heater"]},{"parameter":"Distilled water storage tank","values":["20L polyethylene tank"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["500×400×974mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC220V 7A Single-phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["30kg"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Supply hose (with connection unit) / drain hose (with hose band), rubber stopper (for washing distiller)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["WS201","WS221"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Model","values":["WS201","WS221"]}]}]},{"slug":"water-purifier-we200","name":"Water Purifier (WE200)","description":"The WE200 is a benchtop water purifier that delivers Type 1 (ASTM D1193) / A4 (JIS K0057) level purity.","pageTitle":"Water Purifier (WE200)","pageDescription":"The WE200 is a benchtop water purifier that delivers Type 1 (ASTM D1193) / A4 (JIS K0057) level purity. It uses reverse osmosis and ion exchange with a lower running cost than conventional methods, since adopting a reverse osmosis membrane cartridge set has significantly expanded the life span of consumables.","image":"/images/water-purifier-water-purifier-we200.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The WE200 is a benchtop water purifier that delivers Type 1 (ASTM D1193) / A4 (JIS K0057) level purity. It uses reverse osmosis and ion exchange with a lower running cost than conventional methods, since adopting a reverse osmosis membrane cartridge set has significantly expanded the life span of consumables. The compact, benchtop design saves space and allows easy water sampling by simply attaching the unit to a water faucet.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/water-purifier-water-purifier-we200.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Extended Consumable Life","text":"By adopting a reverse osmosis (RO) membrane cartridge set, the life span of consumables has been expanded significantly, lowering running cost.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Space-Saving Design","text":"Benchtop type design that saves space, with easy water sampling by attaching to a water faucet.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital Display and Monitoring","text":"Features an easy-to-operate digital display that shows replacement of consumables and its exchange history.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Leak Protection","text":"An electromagnetic valve is equipped at the sampling water port to prevent leakage, and the unit is standard equipped with a membrane filter to protect pure water production from contamination.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Universal Power Supply","text":"Works with a universal power supply of 100 to 240VAC.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Water Purifier (WE200)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["253682"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["WE200"]},{"parameter":"Purified water","values":["Deionized water: JIS K0057 A4"]},{"parameter":"Water purifying method","values":["RO membrane→Ion exchange→filtration"]},{"parameter":"Pure water delivery rate","values":["0.5 to 1.0L/min continuous production"]},{"parameter":"Raw water filter","values":["Pre-treatment cartridge (activated charcoal + 0.1μm hollow fiber membrane)"]},{"parameter":"Filtration","values":["Reverse osmosis membrane (RO)"]},{"parameter":"Ion-exchange resin cartridge","values":["2L ion exchange resin containing activated charcoal (CPC-T)"]},{"parameter":"Final filtration","values":["0.1μm membrane filter"]},{"parameter":"Leakage detection","values":["Water supply solenoid valve forcibly shut off when leak is detected"]},{"parameter":"Raw water press range","values":["0.13 to 0.5MPa (1.3 to 5.0kgf/cm²)"]},{"parameter":"Raw water temperature range","values":["10 to 30°C"]},{"parameter":"Water sampling port","values":["250mm above floor, RC1/4 (Connected with membrane filter)"]},{"parameter":"Drainage port","values":["ø10 rigid tube"]},{"parameter":"Drainage rate","values":["Maximum 2.2L/min. (in flushing operation)"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Water cut-off error, Water quality sensor error, Controller error, Pressure limit error, Leak error, Flow alarm/Error, Earth leakage circuit breaker"]},{"parameter":"Water quality display","values":["7-segment LED display (Conductivity / Resistivity / Water temperature)"]},{"parameter":"Other display","values":["Consumables replacement display (Ion exchange resin, Pre-treatment cartridge, Reverse osmosis (RO) membrane, Membrane filter), Warning / Error display"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Supply water hoses, Pre-treatment cartridge, Reverse osmosis (RO) membrane cartridge set, Ion-exchange cartridge CPC-T, Membrane filter, Drain hose, Power cord, Seal tape"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["350×430×470mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC100 to 240V 1.3A Single-phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["30kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"wl-series-pure-line","name":"WL Series","description":"No AC power is required for this model, making it an economical option that is also easy to maintain.","pageTitle":"WL Series","pageDescription":"The WL Series (Pure line) is an ion-exchange water purifier line that simply collects a large amount of ion-exchange water when connected to tap water.","image":"/images/water-purifier-wl-series-pure-line.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The WL Series (Pure line) is an ion-exchange water purifier line that simply collects a large amount of ion-exchange water when connected to tap water. The entry model has a built-in voltage circuit in the water quality meter so water quality can be checked immediately, and it uses a polyethylene cartridge to minimize contamination. No AC power is required for this model, making it an economical option that is also easy to maintain.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/water-purifier-wl-series-pure-line.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Instant Water Quality Check","text":"A built-in voltage circuit in the water quality meter allows water quality to be checked immediately.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Low-Contamination Cartridge","text":"Uses a polyethylene-made cartridge for lesser contamination.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"No AC Power Needed","text":"No AC power is required, making the unit economical to operate.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simple Upkeep","text":"Designed for easy maintenance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["WL100","WL200","WL220","WL220T"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions","values":["φ180×820mm","350×350×450mm","350×350×450mm","350×350×450mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["-","AC100 to 240V 0.2A Single-phase","AC100 to 240V 0.2A Single-phase","AC100 to 240V 0.2A Single-phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["18kg","14kg","16kg","17kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"wl-series-labo-cube","name":"WL Series","description":"The WL Series (Labo cube) is a space-saving water purifier ideal for washing applications, able to be installed under a fume hood or sink, or on a table.","pageTitle":"WL Series","pageDescription":"The WL Series (Labo cube) is a space-saving water purifier ideal for washing applications, able to be installed under a fume hood or sink, or on a table. It produces deionized water compliant with JIS K0557 A4 level, suitable for high-sensitivity trace analysis, and features an easy-to-operate digital display.","image":"/images/water-purifier-wl-series-labo-cube.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The WL Series (Labo cube) is a space-saving water purifier ideal for washing applications, able to be installed under a fume hood or sink, or on a table. It produces deionized water compliant with JIS K0557 A4 level, suitable for high-sensitivity trace analysis, and features an easy-to-operate digital display. The unit is equipped with a water leak detection function that stops the water supply and activates the electric leakage breaker in case a leak occurs, and it displays the replacement status of consumables.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/water-purifier-wl-series-labo-cube.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Space-Saving Installation","text":"Ideal for washing applications, the unit can be installed under a fume hood or sink, or on a table.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Purity Output","text":"Produces deionized water compliant with JIS K 0557 A4 level, suitable for high sensitivity trace analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy Monitoring","text":"Features an easy-to-operate digital display and a standard membrane filter at the water feeding port.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Leak Protection","text":"Equipped with a water leak detection function that stops water supply in case a leak occurs, by activating the electric leakage breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Consumables Tracking","text":"Displays replacement status of consumables.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["WL Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Type","values":["Benchtop"]},{"parameter":"Purified water","values":["Deionized water: JIS K 0557 A4"]},{"parameter":"Water purifying method","values":["Ion-exchange"]},{"parameter":"Water feeding","values":["One touch coupler connecting resin hose"]},{"parameter":"Deionized water delivery rate","values":["Approx. 1L/min (Continuously)"]},{"parameter":"Pre-treatment cartridge","values":["0.1μm hollow fiber+Activated carbon (PWF-1)"]},{"parameter":"Ion-exchange resin cartridge","values":["Ion-exchange cartridge (CPC-N) 3L×2"]},{"parameter":"Leakage detection","values":["Water leakage detector forcefully shuts off feed water solenoid valve when water leakage detected"]},{"parameter":"Ion-exchange water delivery port","values":["Water sampling stand"]},{"parameter":"Raw water pressure range","values":["0.5 to 5×100kPa (0.5 to 5kgf/cm2)"]},{"parameter":"Water quality display","values":["LED digital display (Conductivity / resistivity)"]},{"parameter":"Other display","values":["Replacement of consumables (Pre-treatment cartridge, Ion-exchange resin, Membrane filter), Alarm indication (Water leakage)"]},{"parameter":"Legs","values":["Rubber legs"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions（W×D×H mm）","values":["400×320×600mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC100 to 240V 0.2A Single-phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["30kg"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Water supply hose, Pre-treatment cartridge, Ion-exchange cartridge CPC-N, Membrane filter, Water sampling stand, Purified water sampling hose"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["WL320A","WL320B"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Model","values":["WL320A","WL320B"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Mixers, Stirrers & Shakers","description":"Magnetic and overhead stirrers, homogenizers, shakers, and mills for sample prep.","pageTitle":"Mixers, Stirrers & Shakers","pageDescription":"Reliable agitation underpins reproducible chemistry and sample preparation. Yamato's range covers magnetic and overhead stirrers, high-shear homogenizers and emulsifiers, reciprocating and orbital shakers, and ball mills — for volumes from a few millilitres to tens of litres.","overview":"Yamato's mixing line spans every common laboratory need: magnetic stirrers and hotplate stirrers for routine solutions, powerful overhead and flask stirrers for viscous media and larger vessels, high-shear homogenizers and emulsifiers that disperse solids and create stable emulsions, reciprocating and orbital shakers for extraction and culture work, and a universal ball mill for grinding. Brushless motors, digital speed control, and timer functions feature across the range, with chemically resistant materials and a wide choice of shafts, impellers, vessel clamps, and trays.","partner":"Yamato — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/mixers-stirrers-shakers.webp","slug":"mixers-stirrers-shakers","models":[{"slug":"lm-series","name":"LM Series","description":"Its strong stirring power suits samples of high volume and high viscosity across a wide rotation speed range of 50-1000rpm.","pageTitle":"LM Series","pageDescription":"The LM Series is a compact flask mixer featuring an integrated drive and stirring seal that allows direct installation of the flask and stirring in a vacuum and sealed state, eliminating the need for time-consuming shaft alignment.","image":"/images/stirrer-lm-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The LM Series is a compact flask mixer featuring an integrated drive and stirring seal that allows direct installation of the flask and stirring in a vacuum and sealed state, eliminating the need for time-consuming shaft alignment. Its strong stirring power suits samples of high volume and high viscosity across a wide rotation speed range of 50-1000rpm. The LM100 offers manual speed control while the LM200 adds a digital indicator, and both can vacuum down to less than 399.9Pa without impairing rotation efficiency.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-lm-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Manual vs Digital Speed Control","text":"LM100 is designed with manual type rotation speed while LM200 is equipped with a digital indicator.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Wide Speed Range","text":"Wide range rotation speed of 50-1000rpm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Vacuum Capability","text":"Capable of vacuuming up to 399.9Pa without impairing rotation efficiency.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Universal Power Cord","text":"Capable of AC100-240V by changing the power cord.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["LM Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["5℃~35℃"]},{"parameter":"Operating speed range","values":["50~1000rpm"]},{"parameter":"Max. torque","values":["Approx. 0.1N·m"]},{"parameter":"Max. ultimate vacuum","values":["Less than 399.9 Pa"]},{"parameter":"Exterior","values":["PBT/ADC12 (Surface treatment: Baking finish)"]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["DC brushless motor 30W"]},{"parameter":"Power switch","values":["Speed control dial with switch (Stepless adjustment)"]},{"parameter":"Operation indicator lamp","values":["LED (Green)"]},{"parameter":"Adaptable flask size","values":["50~5000ml"]},{"parameter":"Joint size","values":["TS29/42"]},{"parameter":"Chuck","values":["ø8mm (ø7.9~7.95)"]},{"parameter":"Sealing material","values":["PTFE (rotary joint) / FKM (oil seal, o ring)"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Overload protection function, Coupling cover, Slow start function"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["69×108×222mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["0.7kg"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["LM100","LM200"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC100-120V Single phase (up to 240V by changing the power cord)","AC100-120V 1A Single phase (up to 240V by changing the power cord)"]}]}]},{"slug":"lr-series","name":"LR Series","description":"Its direct-drive gearless system reduces noise and maintenance requirements while achieving high torque for stirring viscous solutions.","pageTitle":"LR Series","pageDescription":"The LR Series is a laboratory stirrer line built for high-viscosity, low-noise, maintenance-free operation, using a DC brushless motor that avoids the sparking and brush replacement of conventional motors.","image":"/images/stirrer-lr-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The LR Series is a laboratory stirrer line built for high-viscosity, low-noise, maintenance-free operation, using a DC brushless motor that avoids the sparking and brush replacement of conventional motors. Its direct-drive gearless system reduces noise and maintenance requirements while achieving high torque for stirring viscous solutions. A digital tachometer allows easy speed setting and confirmation, and a revolution feedback control function maintains the set rate even as sample viscosity changes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-lr-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Brushless DC Motor","text":"DC brushless motor considered superior in safety as there are no brushes to cause sparks and no brush replacement required.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Direct-Drive System","text":"Direct-drive system reduces noise and requires low maintenance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Torque","text":"Achieves high torque enabling stirring of high viscosity solution.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital Tachometer","text":"Digital tachometer for easy speed setting and confirmation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Load Monitoring","text":"Load on the stirring shaft can be monitored by LED2 display; an overload lamp turns on when exceeding the maximum load, stopping the motor automatically.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Revolution Feedback Control","text":"Revolution feedback control function can maintain the setting rate despite change of load, especially suitable for high viscosity samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["LR Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Speed range","values":["34 to 340rpm"]},{"parameter":"Max. torque","values":["1.96N•m (20kgf•cm)"]},{"parameter":"Display of speed / torque","values":["Digital, 3-digit / Green LED, 2 steps + Overload display"]},{"parameter":"Motor (brushless DC)","values":["70W"]},{"parameter":"Speed control","values":["Speed feedback control"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Stops when overloaded"]},{"parameter":"Stirring function / shaft dia.","values":["Gearless direct drive type / ø10mm"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Stirring shaft (Ø10x500mm), 75mm 4-blade propeller, Clamp"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single-phase with step-down transformer"]}]}]},{"slug":"lt-series","name":"LT Series","description":"A digital speed indicator provides accurate setting and confirmation, with noise-reduction measures and a safety-oriented design.","pageTitle":"LT Series","pageDescription":"The LT Series comprises laboratory stirrers spanning LT400A and LT500A for higher torque, LT400B and LT500B for balanced speed and torque, and LT400C and LT400D for high-speed applications.","image":"/images/stirrer-lt-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The LT Series comprises laboratory stirrers spanning LT400A and LT500A for higher torque, LT400B and LT500B for balanced speed and torque, and LT400C and LT400D for high-speed applications. A highly sensitive feedback system keeps the set speed constant even as sample viscosity changes during stirring, powered by a maintenance-free DC brushless motor. A digital speed indicator provides accurate setting and confirmation, with noise-reduction measures and a safety-oriented design.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-lt-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Feedback Speed Control","text":"Highly sensitive feedback system keeps the set speed even with changing viscosity during stirring.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Maintenance-Free Motor","text":"Maintenance free DC brushless motor.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital Speed Indicator","text":"Digital speed indicator for accurate speed setting and confirmation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Noise Reduction","text":"Noise prevention measures for optimal work environment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety-Oriented Design","text":"More safety-oriented design.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["LT Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Viscosity of sample","values":["High"]},{"parameter":"Speed range","values":["10 to 300rpm"]},{"parameter":"Torque","values":["0.9N•m (9.0kgf•cm)"]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["DC brushless motor 30W"]},{"parameter":"Speed control","values":["Feedback control"]},{"parameter":"Panel display","values":["Digital speed display, Overload display, Torque indicator (20% gradation)"]},{"parameter":"Chuck","values":["ø8mm drill chuck"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Current limit circuit, Thermal protector, Drill chuck cover"]},{"parameter":"Power cord","values":["Power supply cord with bipolar grounding type plug 2m"]},{"parameter":"Included accessories","values":["Clamp, Safety cover, Chuck handle"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["146×154×165mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC100-125V Single-phase or AC220V Single phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["2.4kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"ma-series","name":"MA Series","description":"The MA Series is a compact magnetic stirrer line offering stable revolution and excellent durability across a low-to-high speed range.","pageTitle":"MA Series","pageDescription":"The MA Series is a compact magnetic stirrer line offering stable revolution and excellent durability across a low-to-high speed range.","image":"/images/stirrer-ma-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MA Series is a compact magnetic stirrer line offering stable revolution and excellent durability across a low-to-high speed range. It uses DC motor electronic control for smooth speed regulation and includes four models — MA100, MA300, MA300A, and MA300B — that vary in stage size, external dimensions, and weight to suit different bench and capacity requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-ma-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Design","text":"Compact, small and low cost.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"DC Motor Electronic Control","text":"DC motor electronic control provides stable revolution from low to high speed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MA Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Stirring stage material","values":["Stainless plate"]},{"parameter":"Stage size","values":["W77 × D135mm"]},{"parameter":"Stirring capacity","values":["50~1,000mL"]},{"parameter":"Revolution","values":["Approx. 100~1,500rpm"]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["DC motor electron control"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single-phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Standard accessories","values":["Stirring bar, 30mm x 1pc"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MA100","MA300","MA300A","MA300B"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["84×150×60mm","181×197×83mm","172×156×54mm","172×156×38mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["1.1kg","1.6kg","-","-"]}]}]},{"slug":"magnetic-stirrer-mb800","name":"Magnetic Stirrer (MB800)","description":"A safety function cuts power to the oil bath outlet when the bath's bottom temperature reaches a specified value, protecting against overheating.","pageTitle":"Magnetic Stirrer (MB800)","pageDescription":"The MB800 is a magnetic stirrer equipped with an optimum heat prevention function for oil bath use, featuring a chemical-proof, anodized aluminum top plate suitable for the BO 500 type oil bath.","image":"/images/stirrer-magnetic-stirrer-mb800.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MB800 is a magnetic stirrer equipped with an optimum heat prevention function for oil bath use, featuring a chemical-proof, anodized aluminum top plate suitable for the BO 500 type oil bath. A safety function cuts power to the oil bath outlet when the bath's bottom temperature reaches a specified value, protecting against overheating.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-magnetic-stirrer-mb800.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Oil Bath Compatibility","text":"Suitable for oil bath BO 500 type; top plate is chemical-proof, anodized aluminum finish.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Overtemperature Protection","text":"Safety function to prevent overtemperature; the power supply to the outlet for oil bath can be cut off and stopped when the temperature of the bottom of the oil bath reaches the specified value.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Magnetic Stirrer (MB800)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Stirring plate material","values":["Aluminum"]},{"parameter":"Stirring plate dimensions","values":["W250×D270mm"]},{"parameter":"Stirring capacity","values":["100 to 10,000ml"]},{"parameter":"Revolution","values":["70 to 1,200rpm"]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["AC motor, electronic control"]},{"parameter":"Overheat preventor","values":["70 to 200℃"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["Thermistor type"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Preventor for oil bath power shut down, Electric leakage breaker"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["250×270×150mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC220V Single-phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["4.2kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"magnetic-stirrer-m-21","name":"Magnetic Stirrer(M-21)","description":"The M-21 is a compact, lightweight magnetic stirrer designed for stable titration and small-volume stirring.","pageTitle":"Magnetic Stirrer(M-21)","pageDescription":"The M-21 is a compact, lightweight magnetic stirrer designed for stable titration and small-volume stirring. Its stirring surface is made of aluminum for excellent chemical resistance, and the design minimizes fluctuation of the stirring rod.","image":"/images/stirrer-magnetic-stirrer-m-21.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The M-21 is a compact, lightweight magnetic stirrer designed for stable titration and small-volume stirring. Its stirring surface is made of aluminum for excellent chemical resistance, and the design minimizes fluctuation of the stirring rod. The M-21 is now listed as a discontinued product.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-magnetic-stirrer-m-21.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Lightweight Compact Design","text":"Light weight, compact type.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Chemical Resistance","text":"Excellent in chemical resistance; stirrer surface is made of aluminum.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stable Stirring Rod","text":"There is little fluctuation of the stirring rod.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Magnetic Stirrer(M-21)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Rotation speed","values":["Approx. 400~2100r.p.m."]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["Shaded 2-pole type"]},{"parameter":"Surface dimensions for stirring","values":["92×120mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["96×129×73mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC220V 0.3A Single phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["0.6kg"]},{"parameter":"Standard accessories","values":["Stirring bar x 2pcs"]},{"parameter":"Optional accessories","values":["Stirrer fixing support (Code: 231198)"]}]}]},{"slug":"mc-mf-series","name":"MC/MF Series","description":"The series includes the MC801 and MF820 models, which differ in external dimensions and weight.","pageTitle":"MC/MF Series","pageDescription":"The MC/MF Series magnetic stirrer line is engineered for excellent chemical resistance, high rotation speed, high viscosity handling, and large capacity stirring.","image":"/images/stirrer-mc-mf-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MC/MF Series magnetic stirrer line is engineered for excellent chemical resistance, high rotation speed, high viscosity handling, and large capacity stirring. The MC801 model offers three rotative directions — counterclockwise, reverse, and clockwise — for strong stirring with minimal temperature increase, and includes an adjustable reverse-stirring timer. The series includes the MC801 and MF820 models, which differ in external dimensions and weight.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-mc-mf-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Three Rotative Directions","text":"With three rotative directions: counterclockwise, reverse, and clockwise.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Low Heat Buildup","text":"Strong stirring with little temperature increase.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MC/MF Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Stirring stage material","values":["Stainless Steel plate"]},{"parameter":"Stirring stage size","values":["W272×D270mm"]},{"parameter":"Stirring capacity","values":["100 to 10,000ml"]},{"parameter":"Revolution","values":["Approx. 80 to 1,800rpm"]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["DC brushless motor electronic control, 30W"]},{"parameter":"Rotative direction of motor","values":["CCW (counterclockwise), Reverse stirring, CW (clockwise)"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["Adjustable reverse stirring time between 10 to 120sec."]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Stirring bar 30mm and 40mm, 1pc each"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single-phase with step-down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MC801","MF820"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["278×286×81mm","276×295×80mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["3.6kg","3.8kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"md-ms-series","name":"MD/MS Series","description":"The MD/MS Series is a compact ultra-thin magnetic stirrer line that uses a stronger magnetic field for efficient stirring.","pageTitle":"MD/MS Series","pageDescription":"The MD/MS Series is a compact ultra-thin magnetic stirrer line that uses a stronger magnetic field for efficient stirring. Powered by DC motor electronic control, the series spans five models — MD200, MD300, MD500, MD800, and MS500D — that differ in external dimensions and weight to accommodate different stirring capacities.","image":"/images/stirrer-md-ms-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MD/MS Series is a compact ultra-thin magnetic stirrer line that uses a stronger magnetic field for efficient stirring. Powered by DC motor electronic control, the series spans five models — MD200, MD300, MD500, MD800, and MS500D — that differ in external dimensions and weight to accommodate different stirring capacities.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-md-ms-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ultra-Thin Compact Design","text":"Compact, ultra thin type.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stronger Magnetic Stirring","text":"Efficient stirring by the stronger magnetic field.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MD/MS Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Stage material","values":["Stainless steel plate with ceramic coating"]},{"parameter":"Stage size","values":["W164×D145mm"]},{"parameter":"Stirring capacity","values":["50~2,000ml"]},{"parameter":"Revolution","values":["Approx. 80~1,500rpm"]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["DC motor electron control"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single phase with step-down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MD200","MD300","MD500","MD800","MS500D"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["172×163×37mm","174×180×59mm","199×225×89mm","224×263×142mm","196×200×81mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["0.9kg","1.4kg","2.2kg","3.2kg","2.2kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"mg-series","name":"MG Series","description":"The MG Series is a magnetic stirrer line designed for simultaneous multi-position stirring, featuring a stainless steel stage with ceramic coating.","pageTitle":"MG Series","pageDescription":"The MG Series is a magnetic stirrer line designed for simultaneous multi-position stirring, featuring a stainless steel stage with ceramic coating.","image":"/images/stirrer-mg-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MG Series is a magnetic stirrer line designed for simultaneous multi-position stirring, featuring a stainless steel stage with ceramic coating. The MG120 stirs up to 12 vessels of 50-100mL each simultaneously via 12 independent DC motors, while the MG600 offers a larger footprint for greater capacity; the two models differ in external dimensions and weight.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-mg-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Multi-Position Design","text":"Compact size with a stainless steel plate finished with ceramic coating.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simultaneous Stirring","text":"Designed for simultaneous stirring of multiple samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MG Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Stage material","values":["Stainless steel plate with ceramic coating"]},{"parameter":"Stirring capacity","values":["50~100mL×12 (Max.)"]},{"parameter":"Revolution","values":["Approx. 100~1,500rpm"]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["DC Motor x 12pcs simultaneous electronic control"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single-phase with step-down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MG120","MG600"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["303×234×55mm","456×335×90mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["4kg","7.5kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"mt-series","name":"MT Series","description":"The MT-31 and MT-51 models differ in external dimensions and weight.","pageTitle":"MT Series","pageDescription":"The MT Series comprises compact touch mixers designed for fixed and variable stirring of test tubes, centrifuge tubes, color comparison tubes, and small Erlenmeyer flasks up to 100mL.","image":"/images/stirrer-mt-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MT Series comprises compact touch mixers designed for fixed and variable stirring of test tubes, centrifuge tubes, color comparison tubes, and small Erlenmeyer flasks up to 100mL. The mixer starts automatically when a sample is placed on the stirring stage switch, and it is also compatible with continuous operation via a separate switch. The MT-31 and MT-51 models differ in external dimensions and weight.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-mt-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Continuous Operation","text":"Compact type touch mixer for continuous operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Touch-Activated Stirring","text":"Loaded with a stirring stage switch which starts mixing by putting a sample on it.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MT Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Revolution","values":["2,800/3,300rpm (50/60Hz)"]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["Shaded pole motor, 2W"]},{"parameter":"Switch","values":["ON1: Touch switch, ON2: Continuous switch"]},{"parameter":"Stirring ware","values":["Test tube, Centrifugal tube, Colour comparison tube, Erlenmeyer flask (Max. 100mL)"]},{"parameter":"Stirring surface size","values":["φ70mm"]},{"parameter":"Stirring surface material","values":["Polyurethane"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single-phase with step-down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MT-31","MT-51"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["104×155×123mm","128×165×125mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["1.6kg","1.8kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"luh-series","name":"LUH Series","description":"Because it has fewer eroding parts and limited contamination compared with a mechanical homogenizer, maintenance is minimized.","pageTitle":"LUH Series","pageDescription":"The LUH Series is an ultrasonic homogenizer line that generates 20 kHz oscillation in liquid samples, producing cavitation bubbles whose collapse crushes and shreds surrounding particles without adding unreasonable stress to the sample.","image":"/images/stirrer-luh-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The LUH Series is an ultrasonic homogenizer line that generates 20 kHz oscillation in liquid samples, producing cavitation bubbles whose collapse crushes and shreds surrounding particles without adding unreasonable stress to the sample. Because it has fewer eroding parts and limited contamination compared with a mechanical homogenizer, maintenance is minimized. It is used for emulsification, dissipation, shredding, crushing, homogenizing, reaction acceleration, extraction, defoaming, cleaning, and filtering, with the LUH150 offering a compact 50W handy design and the LUH300 providing higher output.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-luh-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Ultrasonic Cavitation Principle","text":"The homogenizer generates oscillation of 20,000 times/sec (20 kHz) in the liquid; ultrasonic oscillation produces cavitation bubbles that, when broken, crush and shred surrounding particles.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Low Maintenance","text":"Maintenance can be minimized because of limited contamination and fewer eroding parts as compared with a mechanical homogenizer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Broad Applications","text":"Used for emulsification, dissipation, shredding, crushing, homogenizing, reaction acceleration, extraction, defoaming, cleaning, and filtering.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Handy Design (LUH150)","text":"LUH150 is a 50W small handy type that is easy to handle and user-friendly, used mainly in receptacles such as test tubes and tubes, with ON/OFF possible via an oscillator hand switch.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["LUH Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Maximum output","values":["50W"]},{"parameter":"Oscillation frequency","values":["20KHz ±0.5KHz"]},{"parameter":"Operating ambient temperature range","values":["5~45℃"]},{"parameter":"Auto-tuning mode","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Constant-power mode","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Constant-amplitude mode","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Timer-controlled operation","values":["Yes, 1sec~120min."]},{"parameter":"Operation with hand switch","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Attached horn or chip","values":["3 mm-dia. step type microchips made from titanium alloy"]},{"parameter":"Converter overall dimensions","values":["Φ40×L171mm (not including chip)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["LUH150","LUH300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["122×270×283mm","142×360×303mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC100 to 240V 1A Single-phase","AC115/220V Single phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["4.1kg","7.2kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"mk-series","name":"MK Series","description":"The MK Series is a laboratory shaker line offering switchable rotary, elliptical, and reciprocating shaking motion in a compact, space-saving design.","pageTitle":"MK Series","pageDescription":"The MK Series is a laboratory shaker line offering switchable rotary, elliptical, and reciprocating shaking motion in a compact, space-saving design.","image":"/images/stirrer-mk-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MK Series is a laboratory shaker line offering switchable rotary, elliptical, and reciprocating shaking motion in a compact, space-saving design. Its DC brushless motor delivers stable, high-torque shaking power and speed, with dial-set, digitally displayed shaking frequency and timer functions, plus shake-pause and constant-operation modes controlled by a single switch. Different shaking stages and racks allow selectable mixing, extracting, and stirring patterns, and the MK161 can be placed inside an IN604W incubator for shaking incubation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-mk-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Space-Saving Design","text":"Compact, space saving design.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Switchable Shaking Motion","text":"Changeable rotary, elliptical and reciprocate motion for mixing, extracting and stirring of samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Torque DC Motor","text":"Stable and high torque shaking power and speed with the DC brushless motor.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital Frequency and Timer","text":"Shaking frequency and timer are dial setting and digital display.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pause and Continuous Modes","text":"Shake pause function, timer function and constant operation by one switch.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Configurable Racks","text":"Selectable mixing, extracting and stirring patterns when used with different shaking stage and racks (optional item).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Incubator Compatible","text":"Can be placed inside IN604W incubator for shaking incubation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MK Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Shaking mode","values":["Rotary, Elliptical and reciprocate, continuous switching (Manual operation)"]},{"parameter":"Shaking range","values":["Rotary: 30mm; Reciprocate: 30mm"]},{"parameter":"Shaking frequency","values":["20 to 200rpm"]},{"parameter":"Frequency controller","values":["Dial setting, Digital display"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["Dial setting, Digital display / Digital 0.1min. (6sec.) to 99.9hr."]},{"parameter":"Shaking stage dimensions","values":["Main unit: W300 x D254mm, Stage: W290 x D250mm"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MK161","MK201D"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["350×300×150mm","442×415×130mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC220V 0.3A Single-phase with step-down transformer","AC220V 1A Single-phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["15kg","19kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"sa-series","name":"SA Series","description":"Easy-to-use dial settings with digital displays control shaking frequency, and the unit can switch between timer operation and continuous operation.","pageTitle":"SA Series","pageDescription":"The SA Series is a laboratory shaker line offering both vertical and horizontal shaking motion, providing stable turns from low to high speed in a compact, powerful design. Easy-to-use dial settings with digital displays control shaking frequency, and the unit can switch between timer operation and continuous operation.","image":"/images/stirrer-sa-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SA Series is a laboratory shaker line offering both vertical and horizontal shaking motion, providing stable turns from low to high speed in a compact, powerful design. Easy-to-use dial settings with digital displays control shaking frequency, and the unit can switch between timer operation and continuous operation. Various holders attach and detach easily and are extremely durable, and the SA300/SA320 models shake vertically as the main orientation but can be laid on their side for horizontal shaking.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-sa-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stable Speed Range","text":"Stable turns from low to high speed can be obtained.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Powerful Design","text":"Compact and equipped with a powerful shaking load.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dial and Digital Display","text":"Easy-to-use dial settings for shaking frequency and digital displays.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Timer or Continuous Operation","text":"Possible to switch between timer operation and continuous operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Durable Holders","text":"Various holders can be easily attached and removed and are extremely durable.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Vertical and Horizontal Shaking","text":"SA300/SA320 shake vertically as the main orientation but can be laid on their side to shake horizontally.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SA Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Shaking method","values":["Horizontal / Vertical shaking"]},{"parameter":"Max. number of separating funnel","values":["100ml×5, 300ml×4, 1000ml×3, 200ml×4, 500ml×4, 2000ml×2"]},{"parameter":"Shaking speed: horizontal","values":["20 to 300rpm"]},{"parameter":"Shaking speed: vertical","values":["20 to 300rpm"]},{"parameter":"Speed setting display","values":["Dial setting"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["Dial setting 0 to 60 min. (minimum scale 5 min.), continuous switching function"]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["DC motor 90W"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Fuse×1, Carbon brush×1"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SA300","SA320","SA400"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["460×460×425mm","460×460×423mm","520×460×483mm"]},{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC115/220V Single-phase","AC115/220V Single-phase","AC115/220V Single-phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["40kg","40kg","39kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"universal-ball-mill-ub32","name":"Universal Ball Mill(UB32)","description":"The UB32 is a universal ball mill designed for easy pot replacement, accommodating pots from 9 to 30 cm in diameter to suit different sample sizes.","pageTitle":"Universal Ball Mill(UB32)","pageDescription":"The UB32 is a universal ball mill designed for easy pot replacement, accommodating pots from 9 to 30 cm in diameter to suit different sample sizes. Rotation speed is adjustable via a speed controller knob, and operation runs automatically by timer.","image":"/images/stirrer-universal-ball-mill-ub32.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The UB32 is a universal ball mill designed for easy pot replacement, accommodating pots from 9 to 30 cm in diameter to suit different sample sizes. Rotation speed is adjustable via a speed controller knob, and operation runs automatically by timer. Natural rubber rollers with adjustable spacing and a durable, low-maintenance design round out the unit's features.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/stirrer-universal-ball-mill-ub32.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Timer-Controlled Operation","text":"Automatic operation by timer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy Pot Replacement","text":"It can be easily replaced and used with pots from 9 to 30 cm according to the sample.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Adjustable Rotation Speed","text":"Rotation speed can be adjusted by speed controller knob.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Adjustable Roller Spacing","text":"The rollers are made of special rubber and the optimum roller spacing can be set according to the diameter of the pot.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Durable and Low Maintenance","text":"Excellent durability and easy maintenance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Universal Ball Mill(UB32)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Roller","values":["Made of natural rubber O.D.50mm×L650mm"]},{"parameter":"Rotating speed","values":["Approx. 200~600r.p.m."]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["Capacitor type 4 pole 200W feedback control"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["60/72 min. (50/60Hz)"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["1010×410×380mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V (50/60Hz) Single phase with external step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["51kg"]},{"parameter":"Optional accessories","values":["Pot with alumina ball (O.D.90/120/150/180/210/240/300mm)"]}]}]}]},{"name":"High Temperature Furnaces","description":"Muffle and tube furnaces for ashing, sintering, and heat treatment to 1,700 °C.","pageTitle":"High Temperature Furnaces","pageDescription":"High temperature furnaces take samples far beyond the range of a drying oven for ashing, calcination, sintering, and materials heat treatment. Yamato's electric furnaces combine ceramic-fibre insulation with programmable control for fast heat-up and stable, uniform soak temperatures.","overview":"Where a laboratory oven stops, a high temperature furnace begins. Yamato's electric muffle furnaces serve ashing and loss-on-ignition testing, ceramic and metal sintering, glass work, and heat treatment of materials, with maximum temperatures reaching well over 1,000 °C. Lightweight ceramic-fibre insulation shortens heat-up times and reduces power consumption, while programmable controllers run multi-step ramp-and-soak profiles unattended. Safety features such as over-temperature cut-outs, door interlocks, and exhaust ports for evolved gases are built in.","partner":"Yamato — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/high-temperature-furnaces.webp","slug":"high-temperature-furnaces","models":[{"slug":"fo-series","name":"FO Series","description":"The FO Series is Yamato Scientific's standard electric muffle furnace line, and most models use RCF-free alumina fiber insulation in the furnace.","pageTitle":"FO Series","pageDescription":"The FO Series is Yamato Scientific's standard electric muffle furnace line, and most models use RCF-free alumina fiber insulation in the furnace chamber to comply with RCF regulations.","image":"/images/furnace-fo-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The FO Series is Yamato Scientific's standard electric muffle furnace line, and most models use RCF-free alumina fiber insulation in the furnace chamber to comply with RCF regulations. The series spans twelve models, from the compact FO101 to the largest FO811, all sharing an operating temperature range of 100 to 1,150°C and a temperature control accuracy of ±2.0°C at 1,150°C. Each furnace uses a PID microprocessor-based controller with digital ▲/▼ key setting and digital display, an R-type thermocouple sensor, and an axial cooling fan motor. The furnaces offer fixed-temperature and multi-segment program operation, a digital timer with auto start and quick auto stop, and safety features including a self-diagnosis circuit, overheat protector, and overcurrent earth leakage breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/furnace-fo-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"RCF-Free Insulation","text":"The furnace chamber uses RCF-free alumina fiber insulation, making it safe and secure to operate.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simple Operation","text":"The furnace is designed for simple, straightforward operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Program Operation and Timer","text":"It is equipped with program operation and a timer function.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Improved Safety Functions","text":"The furnace incorporates improved safety functions for reliable use.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"R-Type Thermocouple","text":"It uses an R-type thermocouple sensor for accurate temperature measurement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Variety of Options","text":"A variety of optional accessories are available for the furnace.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["FO Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["100 to 1,150°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy","values":["±2.0°C (at 1,150°C)"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["R-thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Heater type","values":["Iron-chrome wire"]},{"parameter":"Exhaust port","values":["20 mm I.D. (upper part)"]},{"parameter":"Cooling fan type","values":["Axial fan motor"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["PID control by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting/display method","values":["Digital setting by ▲/▼ keys / Digital display"]},{"parameter":"Overheat protection","values":["Integrated controller"]},{"parameter":"Overheat protection set","values":["Digital setting"]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed temp., program (6 modes 30 seg.×1, 15 seg.×2, 10 seg.×3)"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1 min to 99 hr 59 min and 999 hr 50 min digital setting, Auto start, Quick auto stop"]},{"parameter":"Safe device","values":["Self diagnosis circuit (Abnormal temp. sensor, Auto overheat protection), Overheat protector, Overcurrent ELB"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["FO101","FO201","FO301","FO311","FO411","FO510","FO511","FO610","FO611","FO711","FO810","FO811"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Exterior material","values":["Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting","Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting","Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting","Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting","Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting","Cold rolled steel plate with baked-on melamine resin finish","Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting","Cold rolled steel plate with baked-on melamine resin finish","Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting","Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting","Cold rolled steel plate with baked-on melamine resin finish","Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting"]},{"parameter":"Internal material","values":["Alumina fiber","Alumina fiber","Alumina fiber","Alumina fiber","Alumina fiber","Ceramic fiber","Alumina fiber","Ceramic fiber","Alumina fiber","Alumina fiber","Ceramic fiber","Alumina fiber"]},{"parameter":"Heater power","values":["1kW","1.5kW","2kW","2kW","2.2kW","2.5kW","2.5kW","3kW","3kW","3.5kW","4kW","4kW"]},{"parameter":"Max. temp. reaching time","values":["Approx. 60min.","Approx. 60min.","Approx. 70min.","Approx. 70min.","Approx. 70min.","Approx. 80min.","Approx. 80min.","Approx. 80min.","Approx. 80min.","Approx. 80min.","Approx. 80min.","Approx. 80min."]},{"parameter":"Additional function","values":["Calibration off-set, Power outage compensation","Calibration off-set, Power outage compensation","Deviation correction, Power outage compensation, Key lock","Calibration off-set, Power outage compensation","Deviation correction, Power outage compensation","Calibration off-set, Power outage compensation","Calibration off-set, Power outage compensation","Calibration off-set, Power outage compensation","Calibration off-set, Power outage compensation","Calibration off-set, Power outage compensation","Deviation correction, Power outage compensation","Calibration off-set, Power outage compensation"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["1 exhaust cap, 1 thermal fuse","1 exhaust cap, 1 thermal fuse","1 exhaust cap, 1 thermal fuse","1 exhaust cap, 1 thermal fuse","1 exhaust cap, 1 thermal fuse","Exhaust port cap 1 pc.","1 exhaust cap, 1 thermal fuse","Exhaust port cap 1 pc.","1 exhaust cap, 1 thermal fuse","1 exhaust cap, 1 thermal fuse","Exhaust port cap 1 pc.","1 exhaust cap, 1 thermal fuse"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["100×150×105mm","100×250×155mm","200×250×155mm","200×250×155mm","200×300×155mm","300×250×155mm","300×250×155mm","250×350×205mm","250×350×205mm","270×350×255mm","300×400×255mm","300×400×255mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["346×405×517mm","346×505×567mm","446×505×567mm","446×505×567mm","446×554×567mm","507×504×627mm","507×504×627mm","507×604×677mm","507×604×677mm","507×605×727mm","507×655×727mm","507×655×727mm"]},{"parameter":"Internal capacity","values":["1.5L","3.75L","7.5L","7.5L","9L","11.3L","11.3L","17.5L","17.5L","23.6L","30L","30L"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["Single Phase AC100V 11A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m","Single Phase AC100V 16A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m","Single Phase AC100V 21A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m","Single Phase AC200V 11A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m","Single Phase AC200V 12A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m","AC220V 13A, Single-phase","Single Phase AC200V 13.5A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m","AC220V 15A, Single-phase","Single Phase AC200V 16A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m","Single Phase AC200V 18.5A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m","AC220V 20A, Single-phase","Single Phase AC200V 21A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["24kg","30kg","37kg","37kg","38kg","44kg","44kg","52kg","52kg","58kg","62kg","62kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"fp-series","name":"FP Series","description":"The FP Series is Yamato Scientific's high performance muffle furnace line, and most models use RCF-free alumina fiber insulation to comply with RCF.","pageTitle":"FP Series","pageDescription":"The FP Series is Yamato Scientific's high performance muffle furnace line, and most models use RCF-free alumina fiber insulation to comply with RCF regulations.","image":"/images/furnace-fp-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The FP Series is Yamato Scientific's high performance muffle furnace line, and most models use RCF-free alumina fiber insulation to comply with RCF regulations. The series includes five models, from the compact FP102/FP103 to the largest FP413, sharing an operating temperature range of 100 to 1,150°C, a temperature control accuracy of ±1.0°C at 1150°C, and a temperature distribution of ±4.0°C at 1150°C. Because the heating element is concealed and does not appear inside the furnace chamber, the series is well suited to microanalysis applications where contamination must be prevented. Each furnace uses a PID microprocessor-based or PID Z controller with an R-type thermocouple sensor, and offers program operation of up to 99 steps and 99 patterns with repeat operation, along with enhanced safety functions.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/furnace-fp-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"RCF-Free, Safe and Secure","text":"The furnace chamber uses RCF-free alumina fiber insulation for safe and secure operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Concealed Heater for Contamination Prevention","text":"Since the heater does not appear in the chamber, the furnace is ideal for microanalysis and contamination prevention.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Program Operation","text":"It is equipped with program operation for automated temperature profiles.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Enhanced Safety Functions","text":"The furnace is enhanced with additional safety functions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"R-Type Thermocouple","text":"It uses an R-type thermocouple sensor for accurate temperature measurement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Variety of Options","text":"A variety of optional accessories are available for the furnace.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["FP Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["100 to 1,150°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy","values":["±1.0°C (at 1150°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. fluctuation","values":["2.0°C (at 1150°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. distribution","values":["±4.0°C (at 1150°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. gradient","values":["14°C (at 1150°C)"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["R-thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Exhaust port","values":["ø20mm (top)"]},{"parameter":"Cooling fan","values":["19/16W (50/60Hz)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. and timer setting","values":["Digital setting by ▲/▼ keys"]},{"parameter":"Temp. display","values":["Setting temperature: Orange 5-digit LED digital display (resolution: 1°C), Temperature display: Green 4-digit LED digital display (resolution: 1°C)"]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed temperature, Quick auto stop, Auto start, Auto stop, Program (Maximum 99 steps, 99 patterns, Repeat operation)"]},{"parameter":"Heater circuit control","values":["Triac with zero cross control"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Exhaust port cap, fuse, furnace floor plate"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["FP102","FP103","FP303","FP313","FP413"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Max. temp. reaching time","values":["Approx. 90 min.","Approx. 90 min.","Approx. 90 min.","Approx. 90 min.","Approx. 80 min."]},{"parameter":"Exterior material","values":["Cold rolled steel plate with baked-on melamine resin finish","Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting","Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting","Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting","Chrome-free electro-galvanized steel plate, Chemical proof painting"]},{"parameter":"Internal material","values":["Ceramic fiber","Alumina fiber","Alumina fiber","Alumina fiber","Alumina fiber"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Iron-chrome wire, 1.1kW","Iron-chrome wire (Pyromax), 1.1kW","Iron-chrome wire (Pyromax), 2.4kW","Iron-chrome wire (Pyromax), 2.4kW","Iron-chrome wire (Pyromax), 3.25kW"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["PID control by microprocessor","PID control by microprocessor","PID control by microprocessor","PID Z control","PID Z control"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1 min. to 99 Hrs. 59 min., Timer resolution 1 min. or 1 hr.","1 min. to 99 Hrs. 59 min., Timer resolution 1 min. or 1 hr.","Time: 1 minute and 99 hours 59 minutes / 1 min 24 hour setting","Time: 1 minute and 99 hours 59 minutes / 1 min 24 hour setting","Time: 1 minute and 99 hours 59 minutes / 1 min 24 hour setting"]},{"parameter":"Additional function","values":["Power on / Operation time accumulation (up to 65535 hr.), Calendar (timer 24 hr.), Clock (24 hr. display), Calibration off-set","Power on / Operation time accumulation (up to 65535 hr.), Calendar (timer 24 hr.), Clock (24 hr. display), Calibration off-set","Power on / Operation time accumulation (up to 65535 hr.), Calendar (timer 24 hr.), Clock (24 hr. display), Calibration off-set","Power on and Operation Time Integrating Function (up to 65,535 hours); calendar timer (24 hours); Calibration Offset; Power Consumption, Total CO2 Emission, and Heater operating Output; Power Recovery Mode; Save and Access of Operator's Setting Information","Power on and Operation Time Integrating Function (up to 65,535 hours); calendar timer (24 hours); Calibration Offset; Power Consumption, Total CO2 Emission, and Heater operating Output; Power Recovery Mode; Save and Access of Operator's Setting Information"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Self diagnostic functions (Sensor error, Heater disconnection, Triac short circuit, Main relay failure disconnection)","Self diagnostic functions (Sensor error, Heater disconnection, Triac short circuit, Main relay failure disconnection)","Self diagnostic functions (Sensor error, Heater disconnection, Triac short circuit, Main relay failure disconnection)","Self-diagnosis functions (Temp. sensor failure detection, TRIAC short circuit, Heater line disconnection, Main relay failure detection, Automatic overheat prevention), Key lock function, Independent overheat prevention device, ELB","Self-diagnosis functions (Temp. sensor failure detection, TRIAC short circuit, Heater line disconnection, Main relay failure detection, Automatic overheat prevention), Key lock function, Independent overheat prevention device, ELB"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["100×150×100mm","100×150×100mm","200×250×150mm","200×250×150mm","300×250×150mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["376×404×515mm","376×404×515mm","446×504×565mm","446×504×565mm","506×504×625mm"]},{"parameter":"Internal capacity","values":["1.5L","1.5L","7.5L","7.5L","11.3L"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["Single phase AC115V 10A, Electric code length is 2m","Single phase AC100V 11.5A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m","Single phase AC100V 24.5A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m","Single phase AC200V 12.5A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m","Single phase AC200V 16.5A, Plug is not attached, Electric code length is 2m"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["29kg","29kg","43kg","43kg","51kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"n2-gas-generator-nf300","name":"N2 Gas Generator (NF300)","description":"The NF300 is a nitrogen gas generator from Yamato Scientific that produces high purity N2 gas, from 99 to 99.99%, using the pressure swing adsorption.","pageTitle":"N2 Gas Generator (NF300)","pageDescription":"The NF300 is a nitrogen gas generator from Yamato Scientific that produces high purity N2 gas, from 99 to 99.99%, using the pressure swing adsorption (PSA) method. It features all-automatic, easy operation activated by simply pressing the switches, and its space-saving design comes standard with casters for easy transport.","image":"/images/furnace-n2-gas-generator-nf300.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The NF300 is a nitrogen gas generator from Yamato Scientific that produces high purity N2 gas, from 99 to 99.99%, using the pressure swing adsorption (PSA) method. It features all-automatic, easy operation activated by simply pressing the switches, and its space-saving design comes standard with casters for easy transport. The unit is equipped with a high-reliability compressor and delivers dry gas with a dew point of -60°C or lower, making it suitable for applications such as LC/MS, FTIR, and ICP/MS, as well as column drying, concentration of extraction liquid, and storage cabinet humidity control.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/furnace-n2-gas-generator-nf300.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Purity N2 Gas Generator","text":"The NF300 generates high purity N2 gas, from 99 to 99.99%, using the PSA method.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"All-Automatic Easy Operation","text":"It offers all-automatic easy operation with just the press of a switch.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Space-Saving Design","text":"The generator has a space-saving design.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Purity and Dry Gas","text":"It produces high-purity (99 to 99.99%) and dry (-60°C or less) N2 gas.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High-Reliability Compressor","text":"The unit is equipped with a high reliability compressor.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy Transport","text":"Standard equipped casters allow for easy transport.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["N2 Gas Generator (NF300)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["301031"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["NF300"]},{"parameter":"Method","values":["Adsorbent PSA method"]},{"parameter":"N2 gas purity","values":["99-99.99%"]},{"parameter":"N2 gas generating volume","values":["Max. 10 NL/min"]},{"parameter":"N2 gas pressure","values":["0.05-0.3MPa"]},{"parameter":"N2 gas dew point","values":["-60°C"]},{"parameter":"Surrounding temp. / humidity","values":["Temp. 5-35°C / 10-80%RH (No condensation)"]},{"parameter":"Flow meter","values":["0.5 - 10.0 NL/min, Mass flow meter"]},{"parameter":"N2 gas circulation port","values":["O.D. 6mm, One-touch fitting"]},{"parameter":"N2 gas sampling port","values":["0.3MPa, 200mL/min (Rc 1/4)"]},{"parameter":"Maintenance announcement","values":["4000 hrs. / 8000 hrs."]},{"parameter":"Input / output","values":["Operation output / Error output / Remote input"]},{"parameter":"Compressor power consumption","values":["50Hz: 288W, 60Hz: 336W"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["400×400×850mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC100V 3.9A, Breaker capacity 15A, Power source (50/60Hz) AC100V 3.9A/4.2A"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["73kg"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Laboratory Heaters","description":"Hotplates, mantles, and heating units for controlled sample heating.","pageTitle":"Laboratory Heaters","pageDescription":"Direct heating for beakers, flasks, and dishes with dependable temperature control. Yamato's heaters include ceramic hotplates, hotplate stirrers, and heating units built for chemical resistance, rapid heat-up, and safe unattended operation.","overview":"Yamato's heating products give straightforward, controlled heat on the open bench. Ceramic-top hotplates resist spills and aggressive chemicals while heating uniformly across the plate; hotplate stirrers add magnetic agitation for simultaneous mixing and heating; and dedicated heating units serve dishes, flasks, and specialised vessels. Digital temperature setting, over-temperature protection, and cool-touch housings support safe operation, and the compact footprints suit crowded benches.","partner":"Yamato — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/laboratory-heaters.webp","slug":"laboratory-heaters","models":[{"slug":"hk-series","name":"HK Series","description":"The HK Series is a line of high-precision, high-stability hot plates from Yamato Scientific, available in two sizes.","pageTitle":"HK Series","pageDescription":"The HK Series is a line of high-precision, high-stability hot plates from Yamato Scientific, available in two sizes. Both the HK200 and HK300 are usable as sand bath type hot plates, use a liquid expansion thermoregulator and an aluminum hot plate, and maintain stable temperature control accuracy even at high temperatures.","image":"/images/heater-hk-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The HK Series is a line of high-precision, high-stability hot plates from Yamato Scientific, available in two sizes. Both the HK200 and HK300 are usable as sand bath type hot plates, use a liquid expansion thermoregulator and an aluminum hot plate, and maintain stable temperature control accuracy even at high temperatures. A circuit protector safety device is fitted on both models.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/heater-hk-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sand Bath Type Heating","text":"Both the HK200 and HK300 can be used as sand bath type hot plates and offer stable temperature control accuracy even at high operating temperatures.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HK Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["50 to 250°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy (with no load)","values":["±5.0°C at 250°C (at the center point of top plate) with no load"]},{"parameter":"Max. temp reaching time","values":["Approx. 40 min. at the center point of top plate (with no load)"]},{"parameter":"Thermoregulator","values":["Liquid expansion type"]},{"parameter":"Hot plate material","values":["Aluminum"]},{"parameter":"Safety devise","values":["Circuit protector"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single-phase with step-down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HK200","HK300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["213126","213127"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["750 W","900 W"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["338×238×25mm","388×288×25mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["392×330×160mm","442×380×160mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["6.2kg","7.8kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"hm-series","name":"HM Series","description":"The HM Series comprises the HM-11 and HM300 hot plates from Yamato Scientific.","pageTitle":"HM Series","pageDescription":"The HM Series comprises the HM-11 and HM300 hot plates from Yamato Scientific. The HM-11 is a compact, simple, standard-type hot plate with an aluminum alloy cast plate and a bimetal thermoregulator, and it has since been discontinued.","image":"/images/heater-hm-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The HM Series comprises the HM-11 and HM300 hot plates from Yamato Scientific. The HM-11 is a compact, simple, standard-type hot plate with an aluminum alloy cast plate and a bimetal thermoregulator, and it has since been discontinued. The HM300 is a stainless steel hot plate with excellent chemical resistance, digital temperature setting and display, and a thermoregulation accuracy of within ±0.5°C.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/heater-hm-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"HM-11 (Discontinued)","text":"The HM-11 features an aluminum alloy cast plate with good heat conduction, heat retention, and uniform temperature rise, and it is compact and simple to use. This model has been discontinued.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"HM300 Digital Control","text":"The HM300 offers digital setting and display of temperature and maintains a thermoregulation accuracy of less than ±0.5°C.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HM Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single-phase with step-down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HM-11","HM300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["213111","213134"]},{"parameter":"Status","values":["Discontinued","Available"]},{"parameter":"Thermoregulator","values":["Bimetal type","Time proportion control type"]},{"parameter":"Hot plate material","values":["Aluminum alloy cast","Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["400W","160W (80W×2 pcs)"]},{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["50 to 200°C","R.T.+5 to 80°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy (with no load)","values":["±15°C","±0.5°C (at 40°C)"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (φ mm)","values":["φ126mm","-"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions","values":["φ132×65mm","450×305×90mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["1.1kg","5.0kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"magnetic-stirrer-with-hot-plate-mg600h","name":"Magnetic Stirrer with Hot Plate (MG600H)","description":"It features a chemical resistant ceramic coating hot plate, and rotation and heating can be adjusted independently at each position.","pageTitle":"Magnetic Stirrer with Hot Plate (MG600H)","pageDescription":"The Magnetic Stirrer with Hot Plate (MG600H) is a 6-point controllable type unit that allows individual stirring and heating at each of its six positions. It features a chemical resistant ceramic coating hot plate, and rotation and heating can be adjusted independently at each position.","image":"/images/heater-magnetic-stirrer-with-hot-plate-mg600h.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Magnetic Stirrer with Hot Plate (MG600H) is a 6-point controllable type unit that allows individual stirring and heating at each of its six positions. It features a chemical resistant ceramic coating hot plate, and rotation and heating can be adjusted independently at each position. The unit is equipped with a circuit protector for safety.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/heater-magnetic-stirrer-with-hot-plate-mg600h.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Individual Stirring and Heating Control","text":"Rotation and heating can be adjusted individually at each of the six positions, and the unit is equipped with a circuit protector.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Chemical Resistant Hot Plate","text":"The hot plate uses a chemical resistant ceramic coating for durability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Magnetic Stirrer with Hot Plate (MG600H)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["231206"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["MG600H"]},{"parameter":"Plate material","values":["Aluminum with ceramic coating"]},{"parameter":"Stirring capacity","values":["100 to 2,000ml×6pcs."]},{"parameter":"Revolution","values":["300 to 1,500rpm"]},{"parameter":"Hot plate","values":["W230mm×6pcs. Individual temp. control (Set by volume with OFF)"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["230W×6pcs."]},{"parameter":"Temp. control","values":["Triac input control type"]},{"parameter":"Hot plate temp.","values":["Max.250°C"]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["AC shading motor"]},{"parameter":"Accessory","values":["Stirrer bar 30mm 6 pcs."]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (φ mm)","values":["φ126mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["606×420×122mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V / AC220V Single-phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["14kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"mh-series","name":"MH Series","description":"The MH Series is a line of magnetic stirrers with a built-in hot plate from Yamato Scientific, spanning three sizes: the MH301, MH520, and MH800.","pageTitle":"MH Series","pageDescription":"The MH Series is a line of magnetic stirrers with a built-in hot plate from Yamato Scientific, spanning three sizes: the MH301, MH520, and MH800.","image":"/images/heater-mh-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The MH Series is a line of magnetic stirrers with a built-in hot plate from Yamato Scientific, spanning three sizes: the MH301, MH520, and MH800. The MH301 and MH800 use a chemical resistant, heat conductive aluminum hot plate with ceramic coating, are stirrable for high viscosity samples, and use a volume knob type temperature control. The MH520 is a high temperature and boiling type model with a round plate for excellent temperature stability, a strong stirring capacity of up to 5L, and compatibility with 20 to 60mm stirrer bars.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/heater-mh-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"MH301 / MH800","text":"The MH301 and MH800 both use a chemical resistant, heat conductive aluminum hot plate with ceramic coating, are stirrable for high viscosity samples, and use volume knob type temperature control.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"MH520","text":"The MH520 offers excellent temperature stability and rising speed thanks to its round plate design, a chemical resistant ceramic coating hot plate, a circuit protector, strong stirring capacity of up to 5L, and compatibility with 20 to 60mm stirrer bars.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MH Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Plate material","values":["Aluminum with ceramic coating"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control","values":["Triac input control type"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single-phase with step-down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["MH301","MH520","MH800"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["231340","231350","231309"]},{"parameter":"Stirring capacity","values":["100 to 3000ml","50 to 5,000ml","200 to 10000ml"]},{"parameter":"Stirring rate","values":["150 to 1300rpm","150 to 1150rpm (50Hz) 150 to 1300rpm (60Hz)","100 to 1400rpm"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["400W","470W","1000W"]},{"parameter":"Hot plate temp.","values":["Max.300°C (Set by volume with OFF)","Max.325°C","Max.250°C (Set by volume with OFF)"]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["AC motor, condenser motor","Induction motor, Phase control / Electromagnetic brake combination","AC motor, condenser electronic control 3W"]},{"parameter":"Accessory","values":["Stirrer bar 30mm 1pc.","Stirrer bar 30mm 1pc.","Stirrer bar 40mm 1pc."]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (φ mm)","values":["-","φ168mm","-"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["184×202×114mm","190×223×123mm","309×315×151mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["2.6kg","3.1kg","6.7kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"hf-series","name":"HF Series","description":"The HF Series comprises the HF100 and HF200 heating blocks from Yamato Scientific, both designed for quick heat-up.","pageTitle":"HF Series","pageDescription":"The HF Series comprises the HF100 and HF200 heating blocks from Yamato Scientific, both designed for quick heat-up. Both models provide precise temperature adjustment accuracy of ±0.2°C with a calibration off-set function and accept 10 types of aluminum block.","image":"/images/heater-hf-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The HF Series comprises the HF100 and HF200 heating blocks from Yamato Scientific, both designed for quick heat-up. Both models provide precise temperature adjustment accuracy of ±0.2°C with a calibration off-set function and accept 10 types of aluminum block. The HF100 holds one aluminum block while the larger HF200 holds two.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/heater-hf-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precise Temperature Control","text":"Both the HF100 and HF200 provide temperature adjustment accuracy of ±0.2°C at 200°C using a φ16.5 testing tube, thanks to a calibration off-set function, and both accept 10 types of aluminum block.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HF Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["Room temp. +5 to 200°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. adjustment accuracy","values":["±0.2°C (at 200°C, at using φ16.5 testing tube)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control","values":["PID Control by digital controller"]},{"parameter":"Temp. sensor","values":["Pt Sensor, Pt100Ω"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting/display","values":["Digital setting, Min. indication unit 0.1°C"]},{"parameter":"Function","values":["Fixed. temp. operation, quick automatic stop timer operation, automatic stop timer operation, automatic start timer operation"]},{"parameter":"Safety countermeasures","values":["Over current / electric leakage breaker, Automatic overheat prevention (Main relay shut down at setting temp. +12°C, Manual recovery), Independent overheat preventor (Manual recovery type bimetal, Reaction temp. Approx. 230°C)"]},{"parameter":"Other function","values":["Key lock function, Calibration Off-Set function, Breakout protection function"]},{"parameter":"Accessory","values":["Handle for aluminium block loading /Unloading"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single phase with step-down transformer"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HF100","HF200"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["213105","213106"]},{"parameter":"Time to reach to max. temp.","values":["Approx. 30min. (Room temp. 23°C)","Approx. 35min. (Room temp. 23°C)"]},{"parameter":"Loadable block","values":["Aluminium block 1pc.","Aluminium block 2pcs."]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Mica heater 370W","Mica heater 600W"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["112×112×70mm","222×112×70mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["230×310×139mm","340×310×139mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["5kg","6.5kg"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Rotary Evaporators","description":"Gentle vacuum evaporation and solvent recovery for synthesis and sample prep.","pageTitle":"Rotary Evaporators","pageDescription":"Rotary evaporators remove solvent gently under reduced pressure, concentrating samples and recovering solvent without thermal damage. Yamato's range covers compact benchtop units through large-capacity systems, with glassware sets, water baths, and vacuum control available as matched packages.","overview":"A rotary evaporator spins a flask in a heated bath under vacuum, spreading the sample into a thin film so solvent evaporates quickly at a low temperature and condenses into a receiving flask. Yamato's range runs from compact benchtop models for routine concentration to large-capacity units for pilot work, in both vertical and diagonal condenser configurations. Digital speed and temperature control, motorised flask lift, and a choice of borosilicate glassware sets — including reflux and distillation variants — let each system be matched to the solvent and scale in hand.","partner":"Yamato — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/rotary-evaporators.webp","slug":"rotary-evaporators","models":[{"slug":"re202-series","name":"RE202 Series","description":"The RE202 Series is a compact rotary evaporator line built around an intuitive design with easy height adjustment via a jack handle.","pageTitle":"RE202 Series","pageDescription":"The RE202 Series is a compact rotary evaporator line built around an intuitive design with easy height adjustment via a jack handle. The glass set and bath can be recombined on the left or right side to suit bench layout, and the unit offers a wide rotation speed range with improved vacuum seal durability.","image":"/images/rotary-evap-re202-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RE202 Series is a compact rotary evaporator line built around an intuitive design with easy height adjustment via a jack handle. The glass set and bath can be recombined on the left or right side to suit bench layout, and the unit offers a wide rotation speed range with improved vacuum seal durability. The series is available in RE202, RE202-E, and RE212-D models with different power supply configurations for global voltage compatibility.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rotary-evap-re202-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Jack Height Adjustment","text":"Easy height adjustment with the jack handle.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Left/Right Bath Configuration","text":"Glass set and bath can be recombined left and right.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Wide Speed Range","text":"Intuitive operability, wide rotation speed range.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Durable Vacuum Seal","text":"Improved durability of vacuum seal with liquid accumulation prevention structure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Storage for AC Adapter","text":"AC adapter is stored neatly.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Easy-Care Baths","text":"Two easy-to-care baths.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Condenser Insulation Included","text":"Condenser insulation is included as standard equipment, common to glassware sets A and B.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Backflow Prevention Cover","text":"A sample introduction tube cover prevents backflow of condensate on glassware set B; patent pending.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RE202 Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Condenser Type","values":["Type A (diagonal) / Type B (vertical)"]},{"parameter":"Rotation number control range","values":["5 to 315rpm encoder type digital setting and display"]},{"parameter":"Motor","values":["DC brushless motor"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["529×324×534mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["9kg"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RE202","RE202-E","RE212-D"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Power supply","values":["AC100V 1A","AC100-115V 1A (50/60Hz)","AC100-230V 1A (50/60Hz)"]}]}]},{"slug":"re301-series","name":"RE301 Series","description":"The RE301 Series is a basic rotary evaporator line equipped with a one-touch electric lift and digital motor speed setting and display.","pageTitle":"RE301 Series","pageDescription":"The RE301 Series is a basic rotary evaporator line equipped with a one-touch electric lift and digital motor speed setting and display. It uses a unique durable vacuum seal suitable for flasks up to 2L and provides stable rotation across low and high speeds.","image":"/images/rotary-evap-re301-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RE301 Series is a basic rotary evaporator line equipped with a one-touch electric lift and digital motor speed setting and display. It uses a unique durable vacuum seal suitable for flasks up to 2L and provides stable rotation across low and high speeds. The series includes 24 model variants combining glassware sets A, B, or C with oil bath, water bath, and TA300 or VR300 accessory configurations, and it operates on a universal 100-240VAC power supply.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rotary-evap-re301-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One-Touch Electric Lift","text":"One touch electric lift for easy up and down movement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital Speed Display","text":"The evaporator's motor speed (rpm) is digitally set and displayed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Durable Vacuum Seal","text":"Unique durable vacuum seal suitable up to 2L flasks.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stable Rotation","text":"Stable rotation at low and high speeds.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Power Outage Switch","text":"Equipped with lift up switch in case of power outage.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Removable Bath","text":"Removable bath for easy cleaning and water replacement, with the option for water or oil bath.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Fume Hood Fit","text":"Compact design fits into any fume hood.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Universal Power Supply","text":"Universal power supply: works with 100-240VAC.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RE301 Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Motor","values":["DC brushless motor"]},{"parameter":"Rotation speed","values":["20~250 (rpm)"]},{"parameter":"Lift stroke","values":["130mm"]},{"parameter":"Rotational speed setting","values":["Control knob (digital indication)"]},{"parameter":"Safety function (main unit)","values":["Manual-setting lower limit, motor overload"]},{"parameter":"Lifting feature","values":["Motorized lifting system"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC100 to 240V 1.5A"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["14.1kg"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RE301A-O","RE301A-OT","RE301A-OV","RE301A-T","RE301A-V","RE301A-W","RE301A-WT","RE301A-WV","RE301B-O","RE301B-OT","RE301B-OV","RE301B-T","RE301B-V","RE301B-W","RE301B-WT","RE301B-WV","RE301C-O","RE301C-OT","RE301C-OV","RE301C-T","RE301C-V","RE301C-W","RE301C-WT","RE301C-WV"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["828×400×586mm","828×400×586mm","828×400×586mm","828×400×586mm","828×400×586mm","828×400×586mm","828×400×586mm","828×400×586mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm"]}]}]},{"slug":"re601-series","name":"RE601 Series","description":"The RE601 Series is a highly functional rotary evaporator line that comes standard with a motorized lift, vacuum regulator, and vapor temperature.","pageTitle":"RE601 Series","pageDescription":"The RE601 Series is a highly functional rotary evaporator line that comes standard with a motorized lift, vacuum regulator, and vapor temperature display.","image":"/images/rotary-evap-re601-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RE601 Series is a highly functional rotary evaporator line that comes standard with a motorized lift, vacuum regulator, and vapor temperature display. It offers digital setting and display for motor speed, vacuum, and vapor temperature, and its unique durable vacuum seal supports flasks up to 2L with stable rotation at low and high speeds. The compact unit fits into any fume hood and runs on a universal 100-240VAC power supply, with six model variants combining glassware sets A, B, or C with an oil or water bath.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rotary-evap-re601-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One-Touch Electric Lift","text":"One touch electric lift for easy up and down movement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital Vacuum and Temperature Display","text":"Digital setting and display for motor speed (rpm), vacuum and vapor temperature.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stable Rotation","text":"Stable rotation at low and high speeds.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Durable Vacuum Seal","text":"Unique durable vacuum seal suitable up to 2L flasks.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Save Operating Conditions","text":"One touch operation for displaying and saving operating conditions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Power Outage Switch","text":"Equipped with lift-up switch in the event of power outage.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Fume Hood Fit","text":"Compact, fits into any fume hood.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Universal Power Supply","text":"Universal power supply: works with 100-240VAC.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RE601 Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Motor","values":["DC brushless motor (for rotation)"]},{"parameter":"Controller","values":["Vacuum regulator VR600"]},{"parameter":"Lift stroke","values":["130mm"]},{"parameter":"Setting range of vacuum","values":["0 to 981hPa"]},{"parameter":"Measurable range of vacuum","values":["0 to 1033hPa"]},{"parameter":"Resolution of vacuum","values":["1hPa"]},{"parameter":"Setting range of hysteresis","values":["1 to 50hPa"]},{"parameter":"Resolution of vapor temperature indicator","values":["Selectable (either 1°C or 0.1°C)"]},{"parameter":"Readout of cooling water temperature","values":["Depending on indicator (option)"]},{"parameter":"Resolution of cooling water temperature indicator","values":["1°C or 0.1°C"]},{"parameter":"Operation modes","values":["Free, fixed temperature, fixed temperature timer, descending, and descending timer"]},{"parameter":"Setting range of timer","values":["1-999 minutes in increments/decrements of 1 minute for preset operations, 1-99 minutes for descending timer operations"]},{"parameter":"Memory","values":["10 programs for each operation"]},{"parameter":"Data operation","values":["N/A"]},{"parameter":"Speed (rpm) setting","values":["Rotation: Control knob; Vacuum adjustment: Key pad"]},{"parameter":"Safety measures (drive unit)","values":["Circuit breaker, rotor for overload protection, manual adjustment of lift's lower limit, lift-up switch during power outage"]},{"parameter":"Safety measures (vacuum regulator)","values":["Self-diagnostic functions, main unit / bath synchronized stop at malfunction, error display"]},{"parameter":"Synchronized control feature","values":["Selection of automatic bath stop or automatic insulation"]},{"parameter":"Lifting feature","values":["One-touch motorized lift system"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC100 to 240V 1.5A"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["15kg"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RE601A-O","RE601A-W","RE601B-O","RE601B-W","RE601C-O","RE601C-W"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["828×400×727mm","828×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm"]}]}]},{"slug":"re801-series","name":"RE801 Series","description":"The RE801 Series is a highly functional rotary evaporator that comes standard with a motorized lift, vacuum regulator, and vapor temperature display.","pageTitle":"RE801 Series","pageDescription":"The RE801 Series is a highly functional rotary evaporator that comes standard with a motorized lift, vacuum regulator, and vapor temperature display, building on the RE601 platform with added automatic distillation and continuous bath control functions.","image":"/images/rotary-evap-re801-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RE801 Series is a highly functional rotary evaporator that comes standard with a motorized lift, vacuum regulator, and vapor temperature display, building on the RE601 platform with added automatic distillation and continuous bath control functions. It offers digital setting and display for motor speed, vacuum, and vapor temperature, with a durable vacuum seal suitable for flasks up to 2L and preloaded data for 53 solvents. The compact unit fits into any fume hood and runs on a universal 100-240VAC power supply, with six model variants combining glassware sets A, B, or C with an oil or water bath.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rotary-evap-re801-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One-Touch Electric Lift","text":"One touch electric lift for easy up and down movement.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital Vacuum and Temperature Display","text":"Digital setting and display for motor speed (rpm), vacuum and vapor temperature.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stable Rotation","text":"Stable rotation at low and high speeds.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Durable Vacuum Seal","text":"Unique durable vacuum seal suitable up to 2L flasks.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Save Operating Conditions","text":"One touch operation for displaying and saving operating conditions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Power Outage Switch","text":"Equipped with lift-up switch in the event of power outage.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Fume Hood Fit","text":"Compact, fits into any fume hood.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Universal Power Supply","text":"Universal power supply: works with 100-240VAC.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automatic Distillation","text":"Automatic distillation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Continuous Bath Control","text":"Continuous bath control.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Preloaded Solvent Data","text":"Data on 53 solvents installed as default.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RE801 Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Motor","values":["DC brushless motor (for rotation)"]},{"parameter":"Controller","values":["Vacuum regulator VR800"]},{"parameter":"Lift stroke","values":["130mm"]},{"parameter":"Setting range of vacuum","values":["0 to 981hPa"]},{"parameter":"Measurable range of vacuum","values":["0 to 1033hPa"]},{"parameter":"Resolution of vacuum","values":["1hPa"]},{"parameter":"Setting range of hysteresis","values":["1 to 50hPa"]},{"parameter":"Resolution of vapor temperature indicator","values":["Selectable (either 1°C or 0.1°C)"]},{"parameter":"Readout of cooling water temperature","values":["Depending on indicator (option)"]},{"parameter":"Resolution of cooling water temperature indicator","values":["1°C or 0.1°C"]},{"parameter":"Operation modes","values":["Free, fixed temperature, fixed temperature timer, descending, and descending timer, auto I (auto operation with continuous drying), and auto II (auto operation for distillation of single solvent)"]},{"parameter":"Setting range of timer","values":["1-999 minutes in increments/decrements of 1 minute for preset operations, 1-99 minutes for descending timer operations"]},{"parameter":"Memory","values":["10 programs for each operation"]},{"parameter":"Data operation","values":["53 kinds of solvent data"]},{"parameter":"Speed (rpm) setting","values":["Rotation: Control knob; Vacuum adjustment: Key pad"]},{"parameter":"Safety measures (drive unit)","values":["Circuit breaker, rotor for overload protection, manual adjustment of lift's lower limit, lift-up switch during power outage"]},{"parameter":"Safety measures (vacuum regulator)","values":["Self-diagnostic functions, main unit / bath synchronized stop at malfunction, error display"]},{"parameter":"Synchronized control feature","values":["Selection of automatic bath stop or automatic insulation"]},{"parameter":"Lifting feature","values":["One-touch motorized lift system"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC100 to 240V 1.5A"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["15kg"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RE801A-O","RE801A-W","RE801B-O","RE801B-W","RE801C-O","RE801C-W"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["828×400×727mm","828×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm","643×400×727mm"]}]}]},{"slug":"re201","name":"RE201","description":"The RE201 is a manual-lift rotary evaporator with analog control, offering an economical option within the Yamato lineup.","pageTitle":"RE201","pageDescription":"The RE201 is a manual-lift rotary evaporator with analog control, offering an economical option within the Yamato lineup. It features improved operability through a variable-type rotary joint, distillation flask pull-out structure, hose joint, and a large-capacity water bath.","image":"/images/rotary-evap-re201.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The RE201 is a manual-lift rotary evaporator with analog control, offering an economical option within the Yamato lineup. It features improved operability through a variable-type rotary joint, distillation flask pull-out structure, hose joint, and a large-capacity water bath. An arm jack permits flexible height setting, and the unit is now listed as a discontinued product.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/rotary-evap-re201.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Economical Design","text":"Economical.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Improved Operability","text":"Improved operability with variable type rotary joint, distillation flask pull-out structure, hose joint, large capacity water bath, etc.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Arm Jack Flexibility","text":"Arm jack permits setting flexibility.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["RE201"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Motor","values":["Induction motor, 25W"]},{"parameter":"Rotational number control range","values":["20~180rpm"]},{"parameter":"Speed setting","values":["Volume (digital display)"]},{"parameter":"Mechanism","values":["Movable rotary joint, distillation flask removal mechanism"]},{"parameter":"Ambient temperature range","values":["5°C to 35°C"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["420×290×837mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V / 220V Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["11kg"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Constant Temperature Baths","description":"Water and oil baths for precise sample incubation, heating, and thermostatting.","pageTitle":"Constant Temperature Baths","pageDescription":"Constant temperature baths hold samples at a precisely controlled temperature for incubation, extraction, viscosity work, and routine heating. Yamato's range spans compact personal baths, shaking and circulating models, low-temperature units, and large-capacity oil baths.","overview":"A constant temperature bath surrounds samples with a stirred liquid — water or oil — held at a set temperature, giving far better stability and uniformity than a hotplate. Yamato's line covers open water baths for everyday heating, shaking baths that agitate samples while thermostatting them, personal and low-temperature units for small benches and sub-ambient work, and high-capacity oil baths reaching well above the boiling point of water. Digital PID control, over-temperature protection, and low-liquid-level cut-outs are standard across the range, and most models accept a choice of racks, lids, and accessories to suit flasks, tubes, or bottles.","partner":"Yamato — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/constant-temperature-baths.webp","slug":"constant-temperature-baths","models":[{"slug":"bf-series","name":"BF Series","description":"Data output and external communication functions are available as options.","pageTitle":"BF Series","pageDescription":"The BF Series is an immersion-type constant temperature controller from Yamato Scientific designed to convert general containers into a thermostatic water bath.","image":"/images/bath-bf-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BF Series is an immersion-type constant temperature controller from Yamato Scientific designed to convert general containers into a thermostatic water bath. It offers various operating functions from fixed temperature operation to programmable operation, and a Testing Bath BY100 (polypropylene, for water) is included as standard. Data output and external communication functions are available as options. The series includes four models, BF201, BF401, BF501 and BF601, which differ mainly in stirring method and power requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-bf-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Immersion-Type Temperature Controller","text":"The BF Series functions as an immersion-type water bath temperature controller.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fixed and Programmable Operation","text":"It offers various functions from fixed temperature operation to programmable operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optional Data Output and Communication","text":"Data output and external communication are available as options.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Standard Testing Bath Included","text":"A Testing Bath BY100 (polypropylene, for water) is included as standard equipment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BF Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Temp. setting range","values":["-20.0 to 90°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy","values":["±0.05/0.1°C (at 37/80°C)"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Stainless pipe heater 1.0kW"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control system","values":["PID control by microcomputer"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting","values":["Digital setting by key"]},{"parameter":"Temp. display","values":["Digital display by green LED, min. digit indication 0.1°C, setting temp./measured temp. changeable"]},{"parameter":"Operating function","values":["Fixed operation"]},{"parameter":"Additional function","values":["Temp. pre-setting (memory/recall 10 temp.)"]},{"parameter":"Heater circuit control","values":["Triac zero-cross type"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["Platinum resistance temperature detector (Pt100Ω)"]},{"parameter":"Safety countermeasure","values":["Self diagnosis function (automatic overheat prevention, abnormal temp. sensor, heater, triac, relay), circuit protector, float type empty boiling preventor, independent overheat prevention device"]},{"parameter":"Clamp available thickness","values":["Max. 35mm"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Testing bath model BY100 (polypropylene)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BF201","BF401","BF501","BF601"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["Room Temp. +5 to 80°C","-","Room Temp. +5 to 80°C","-"]},{"parameter":"Stirrer","values":["Propeller Stirring","Water Jet Stirring","Water Jet Stirring","Propeller Stirring"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["140×138×312mm","140×138×312mm","140×138×312mm","140×138×312mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC220V 5A, Single-phase with step down transformer","AC220V 5A, Single-phase with step down transformer","AC220V 5A, Single-phase with step down transformer","AC220V 6A, Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["4kg","4kg","4kg","4kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"bo-series","name":"BO Series","description":"Additional functions include an overshoot alert, selectable auto resume, and calibration offset.","pageTitle":"BO Series","pageDescription":"The BO Series is Yamato Scientific's oil bath line for heating and thermostatic applications, including compact bench top models (BO302, BO302-E, BO312-D) suitable for use with the RE202 series rotary evaporator, and economical oil bath models (BO400, BO410, BO500, BO601).","image":"/images/bath-bo-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BO Series is Yamato Scientific's oil bath line for heating and thermostatic applications, including compact bench top models (BO302, BO302-E, BO312-D) suitable for use with the RE202 series rotary evaporator, and economical oil bath models (BO400, BO410, BO500, BO601). The baths use PID temperature control with a digital display and a Pt 100 ohm sensor, and are equipped with automatic and independent overheat prevention safety devices. Additional functions include an overshoot alert, selectable auto resume, and calibration offset.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-bo-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Suitable for Rotary Evaporators","text":"The BO302 model is suitable for use with the rotary evaporator RE202 series.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"PID Digital Control","text":"The bath uses PID control with a white LED digital display and key entry.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Overheat Safety Features","text":"It is equipped with automatic overheat prevention and independent overheat prevention for fixed temperature operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Additional Functions","text":"Additional functions include an overshoot alert, selectable auto resume, and calibration offset.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BO Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Temp. control system","values":["PID control"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting / display method","values":["White LED digital display, key entry, minimum digit of 1°C"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["Pt 100 ohm"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Automatic overheat prevention, Independent overheat prevention (fixed temp.)"]},{"parameter":"Additional function","values":["Overshoot alert, Auto resume (selectable), Calibration off-set"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BO302","BO302-E","BO312-D","BO400","BO410","BO500","BO601"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (φ×H mm)","values":["-","-","-","φ240×122mm","φ240×122mm","φ240×130mm","φ250×150mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (φ×H / W×D×H mm)","values":["φ262×240mm","φ262×240mm","φ262×240mm","340×349×231mm","340×349×231mm","250×290×130mm","310×360×230mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC100 to 115V 10A","AC100 to 115V 10 to 12A (50/60Hz), Service outlet 2A excluded","AC200 to 230V 5 to 6A (50/60Hz), Service outlet for RE212: None","AC100 to 120V 10.5 to 12.5A, Single phase","AC200 to 240V 5.5 to 6.5A, Single phase","AC220V, Single phase with step-down transformer","AC220V 7A, Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["4.5kg","4.5kg","4.5kg","5.5kg","5.5kg","1.4kg","8kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"boa-series","name":"BOA Series","description":"The BOA Series is a large-capacity oil bath line from Yamato Scientific designed for use inside a fume hood, with tank capacities up to 37L.","pageTitle":"BOA Series","pageDescription":"The BOA Series is a large-capacity oil bath line from Yamato Scientific designed for use inside a fume hood, with tank capacities up to 37L.","image":"/images/bath-boa-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BOA Series is a large-capacity oil bath line from Yamato Scientific designed for use inside a fume hood, with tank capacities up to 37L. Each unit achieves high-temperature distribution accuracy through a jet stirring method and is equipped with six safety functions, including a triple overheating prevention function, an emergency stop switch, and float switches to prevent empty heating and oil overflow. Support functions include an external alarm output, a temperature output terminal, RS485 communication, a key lock function, and calibration offset, all standard equipment. The series comprises two models, BOA201 and BOA311, which differ in power supply current.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-boa-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Large Capacity Oil Tank","text":"The bath features a large 37L constant temperature oil tank with six safety functions and support functions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Jet Stirring for High Accuracy","text":"High-temperature distribution accuracy is achieved by the jet stirring method.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Substantial Support Functions","text":"Support functions include external alarm output, a temperature output terminal, RS485 communication, key lock function, and calibration offset, all as standard equipment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Six Safety Functions","text":"The bath is equipped with a triple overheating prevention function, an emergency stop switch, and float switches to prevent empty heating and oil overflow.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BOA Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Temperature control range","values":["RT+10~200°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy","values":["±0.1°C (at 200°C Silicone Oil JTM K05)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. fluctuation","values":["0.2°C (at 200°C Silicone Oil JIS)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. distribution accuracy","values":["±0.2°C (at 200°C Silicone Oil JTM K05)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. gradient","values":["0.5°C (at 200°C Silicone Oil JIS)"]},{"parameter":"Maximum temp. arrival time","values":["120 mins"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control","values":["P.I.D. control"]},{"parameter":"Temp. sensor","values":["W sensor: Pt100Ω (temperature controller) + K thermocouple (overheating prevention device)"]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fix value operation"]},{"parameter":"Stirring method","values":["Jet agitation"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["SUS316 pipe heater 2kW"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Overcurrent leakage breaker, self-diagnosis function, temperature sensor abnormality, heater abnormality, automatic overheating prevention function, overheating prevention device, independent overheating prevention device (fixed at 230°C), oil level overflow detection float switch, emergency stop switch"]},{"parameter":"Other features","values":["Drain bulb, large operation indicator lamp, external alarm output terminal, temperature output terminal (1-5V, 4-20mA switching type), RS485 communication function, key lock function, power failure compensation function, calibration offset function, power failure recovery mode selection function, external communication adapter (option)"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["1 shelf board, 1 lid"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BOA201","BOA311"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["296×340×270mm","296×340×270mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["531×520×578mm","531×520×578mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC220V 10A, Single phase with step-down transformer","AC220V 21A, Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["37kg","37kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"bm-series","name":"BM Series","description":"A stand, clamp and lid are included as standard equipment, and round and Erlenmeyer flasks can be accommodated.","pageTitle":"BM Series","pageDescription":"The BM Series is Yamato Scientific's economical water bath line for general laboratory heating, ranging from compact BM100/BM200 models to precision BM302 models suitable for rotary evaporators, digital BM401, and BM500/BM510 with removable tanks.","image":"/images/bath-bm-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BM Series is Yamato Scientific's economical water bath line for general laboratory heating, ranging from compact BM100/BM200 models to precision BM302 models suitable for rotary evaporators, digital BM401, and BM500/BM510 with removable tanks. A stand, clamp and lid are included as standard equipment, and round and Erlenmeyer flasks can be accommodated. The series spans eight models with varying tank sizes, power requirements, and control methods.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-bm-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"BM100/BM200 Analog Control","text":"The BM100 and BM200 use an analog set-up system with an included thermometer to verify actual temperature, and a protected water tank prevents burns from contact; the BM200 is equipped with a drain.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"BM401 Digital Control","text":"The BM401 offers digital temperature setting by up/down keys, a protected water tank that prevents burns, and is equipped with a drain.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"BM500/BM510 Removable Tank","text":"The BM500 and BM510 offer digital temperature setting by up/down keys, a removable water tank for convenient cleaning and water changes, a heater situated outside the water tank, and an exclusive connection for bath operational setting with the RE601/RE801 rotary evaporator.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BM Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["Room temp. +5~95°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. adjustment accuracy","values":["±2°C (at 60°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control system","values":["ON/OFF control"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting / display method","values":["Analog setting (glass thermometer indication)"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["SUS316 pipe heater 500W"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["Liquid expansion type"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Bath protection cover, overcurrent protection (fuse: 7A), thermal fuse"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Bar thermometer (10~110°C) with immersion line"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BM100","BM200","BM302","BM302-E","BM312-D","BM401","BM500","BM510"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (φ×H mm)","values":["φ200×120mm","φ250×150mm","-","-","-","φ250×150mm","-","-"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (φ×H / W×D×H mm)","values":["240×300×150mm","310×360×230mm","φ262×240mm","φ262×240mm","φ262×240mm","310×360×230mm","340×349×231mm","340×349×231mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC115V/220V, Paddle switch","AC115V/220V, Single phase with step-down transformer","AC100 to 115V 10A","AC100 to 115V 10 to 12A (50/60Hz), Service outlet 2A excluded","AC200 to 230V 5 to 6A (50/60Hz), Service outlet for RE212: None","AC115V/220V, Single phase with step-down transformer","AC100 to 120V 10.5 to 12.5A, Single phase","AC200 to 240V 5.5 to 6.5A, Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["3.5kg","6kg","4.5kg","4.5kg","4.5kg","7kg","5.5kg","5.5kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"bs-series","name":"BS Series","description":"The BS Series is Yamato Scientific's constant temperature water bath line for general laboratory use, standard equipped with an overheat prevention.","pageTitle":"BS Series","pageDescription":"The BS Series is Yamato Scientific's constant temperature water bath line for general laboratory use, standard equipped with an overheat prevention device and an electric leakage breaker.","image":"/images/bath-bs-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BS Series is Yamato Scientific's constant temperature water bath line for general laboratory use, standard equipped with an overheat prevention device and an electric leakage breaker. The series includes four models, BS200, BS401, BS601 and BS660, ranging from a compact round bath that accepts up to a 5L beaker when the lid is removed to larger rectangular baths. Each bath uses a stainless steel inner tank, a nickel-plated copper pipe heater, and reaches a constant maximum temperature in approximately 30 minutes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-bs-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Overheat Prevention and Leakage Breaker","text":"The bath is standard equipped with an overheat prevention device and an electric leakage breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Multiple Basket Options","text":"The BS200 model is available with four kinds of baskets, and a maximum 5L beaker can be set by removing the lid.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BS Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["Room temp. +5°C to boiling temp. (water)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. adjustment accuracy","values":["±3°C (at 70°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. distribution accuracy","values":["±5°C (at 70°C)"]},{"parameter":"Time to reach to constant max. temp.","values":["Approx. 30min"]},{"parameter":"Inner bath","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Copper pipe heater (nickel plated) 900W"]},{"parameter":"Safety countermeasure","values":["Overheat prevention system (liquid expansion type, self-sustaining relay, alarm lamp on), electric leakage breaker with over current protection (power lamp on at the time system on)"]},{"parameter":"Accessory","values":["Ring (not including BS200), lid, container fixing clamp, stand, bar for clamp fixing (not including BS200), connector for stand, thermometer (-10°C to +110°C alcohol type), bottom plate, basket (only for BS200)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BS200","BS401","BS601","BS660"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (φ×H / W×D×H mm)","values":["φ200×149mm","328×302×99mm","790×150×102mm","502×302×99mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["300×364×216mm","390×438×214mm","864×288×215mm","565×437×214mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC115/220V, Single phase","AC115V/220V, Single phase","AC115V/220V, Single phase","AC115V/220V, Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["5kg","9.5kg","16kg","12kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"be-series","name":"BE Series","description":"The BE Series is a compact bench-top immersion cooler line from Yamato Scientific designed for use in combination with a water bath.","pageTitle":"BE Series","pageDescription":"The BE Series is a compact bench-top immersion cooler line from Yamato Scientific designed for use in combination with a water bath. Cooling is achieved by dipping the cooling coil directly into the bath fluid, and the series improves safety with an over current circuit breaker.","image":"/images/bath-be-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BE Series is a compact bench-top immersion cooler line from Yamato Scientific designed for use in combination with a water bath. Cooling is achieved by dipping the cooling coil directly into the bath fluid, and the series improves safety with an over current circuit breaker. The BE201 uses a chrome-plated copper spiral tube for high corrosion resistance, while the BE201F and BE301 use a stainless steel flexible cooling coil that is highly corrosion resistant and can be bent to fit various bath capacities. All models are fitted with handles for better usability.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-be-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Immersion Cooling","text":"The cooler cools down a water bath immediately by dipping its cooling coil into the fluid.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Improved Safety","text":"Safety is improved by an over current circuit breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Corrosion-Resistant Coils","text":"The BE201 uses a chrome-plated copper spiral tube, while the BE201F and BE301 use a highly corrosion-resistant stainless steel flexible cooling coil that can be bent to fit various bath capacities.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Convenient Handles","text":"The cooler comes with handles for better usability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BE Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["-20 to +35°C"]},{"parameter":"Ambient temperature","values":["+5 to +35°C"]},{"parameter":"Cooling capacity","values":["190W at 0°C, Naiburain 60%, 5L, room temp. 20°C"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator","values":["Reciprocating type 160W"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerant / amount","values":["R134a / 110g"]},{"parameter":"Cooling coil","values":["SUS304 copper spiral tube ø35×170mm (winding O.D.×length)"]},{"parameter":"Constitution / standard noise level","values":["Approx. 55 dB"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BE201","BE201F","BE301"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["410×320×303mm","410×320×303mm","410×320×303mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC115V/AC220V, Single phase with step-down transformer","AC115V/AC220V, Single phase with step-down transformer","AC115V/AC220V, Single phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["24kg","24kg","25kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"bz-by-bx-series","name":"BZ/BY/BX Series","description":"The BZ/BY/BX Series is a range of testing baths from Yamato Scientific designed to be used in combination with the BF-type Thermomate immersion.","pageTitle":"BZ/BY/BX Series","pageDescription":"The BZ/BY/BX Series is a range of testing baths from Yamato Scientific designed to be used in combination with the BF-type Thermomate immersion constant temperature device, or with a general thermostatic test or oil bath.","image":"/images/bath-bz-by-bx-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BZ/BY/BX Series is a range of testing baths from Yamato Scientific designed to be used in combination with the BF-type Thermomate immersion constant temperature device, or with a general thermostatic test or oil bath. The baths are offered in three different materials, acrylic (BX), polypropylene (BY), and stainless steel (BZ), each available in multiple internal capacities. The BZ (stainless steel) models support the widest usable temperature range, from room temperature to 200°C, while the BX (acrylic) models are limited to 50°C for water only and the BY (polypropylene) models cover -5°C to 80°C.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-bz-by-bx-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Three Material Options","text":"The testing bath is available in three different materials and capacities: acrylic, polypropylene, and stainless steel.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Use with Thermomate BF Type","text":"The bath is suitable for the intended use simply by setting it up with the Thermomate BF type temperature controller.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compatible with Other Thermostats","text":"It can be used in combination with a general thermostatic test, oil bath, or other thermostat of the BF type.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BX100","BX100D","BX200","BY100","BY200","BZ100","BZ100D","BZ200","BZ300"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Usable temperature","values":["≦50°C (for water only)","≦50°C (for water only)","≦50°C (for water only)","-5 to +80°C","-5 to +80°C","Room temperature to +200°C","Room temperature to +200°C","Room temperature to +200°C","Room temperature to +200°C"]},{"parameter":"Internal capacity","values":["12L","13L","20L","8L","18L","12L","13L","20L","27L"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Acrylic","Acrylic","Acrylic","Polypropylene","Polypropylene","Stainless Steel Plate","Stainless Steel Plate","Stainless Steel Plate","Stainless Steel Plate"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["230×390×150mm","240×300×200mm","300×500×150mm","327×185×156mm","300×455×160mm","230×390×150mm","240×300×200mm","300×500×150mm","300×500×200mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["2kg","2kg","3kg","1kg","1kg","2kg","2kg","2kg","2kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"bk-ba-series","name":"BK/BA Series","description":"The series spans ten models across five tank sizes in both BK and BA configurations.","pageTitle":"BK/BA Series","pageDescription":"The BK/BA Series is Yamato Scientific's precision constant temperature water bath line with a glass observation window, available in tank capacities from 27L to 144L. The BA models add a program operation function (1 pattern of 30 steps, or 2 patterns of 15 steps) in addition to the BK models' fixed temperature operation.","image":"/images/bath-bk-ba-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BK/BA Series is Yamato Scientific's precision constant temperature water bath line with a glass observation window, available in tank capacities from 27L to 144L. The BA models add a program operation function (1 pattern of 30 steps, or 2 patterns of 15 steps) in addition to the BK models' fixed temperature operation. Extremely high temperature adjustment precision is achieved through a high-precision thermostat and circulation pump, with digital display and setting of both temperature and time. The series spans ten models across five tank sizes in both BK and BA configurations.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-bk-ba-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Glass Observation Window","text":"The water bath features a constant temperature tank with a glass observation window and can handle capacities from 27 to 144L.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fixed and Program Operation","text":"In addition to the BK Series fixed temperature function, the BA Series adds a controller with program operation function of 1 pattern of 30 steps or 2 patterns of 15 steps.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Precision Temperature Control","text":"Extremely high temperature adjustment precision is achieved by adopting a high-precision thermostat and circulation pump.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital Display","text":"The bath features digital display and setting of both the indicated and set values of temperature and time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BK/BA Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["RT+5~80°C"]},{"parameter":"Interior material","values":["Stainless steel and glass"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["PID control by microprocessor (BA: fixed temperature and program operation, 1 pattern 30 steps or 2 patterns 15 steps)"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["W sensor: Pt resistance thermometer, Pt 100Ω (temp. controller) + K thermocouple (overheat protector)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting / display method","values":["Digital setting / display"]},{"parameter":"Overheat protector","values":["ON/OFF by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Heater (SUS316)","values":["1.3kW"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1min.~99hrs. 59min. to 999hrs. 50mins, digital setting, auto start, auto stop, quick auto stop"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Self-diagnostic functions (heater disconnection, SSR short circuit, abnormal sensor, over current), electric leakage breaker, overheat protector"]},{"parameter":"Window dimensions (W×H mm)","values":["240×215"]},{"parameter":"Shelf pitch","values":["30mm"]},{"parameter":"Number of plates","values":["5pcs"]},{"parameter":"Drain hose","values":["φ15×20mm"]},{"parameter":"Included accessories","values":["Shelf plate 1pc., clamp 2pcs., stand 1pc., clamp holder 2pcs., tube connector 1pc., drainage cap 1pc."]},{"parameter":"Stirring method","values":["Stir by pump"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy","values":["±0.02~±0.07°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. distribution accuracy","values":["±0.3°C"]},{"parameter":"Max. temp. reaching time","values":["Approx. 120min."]},{"parameter":"Stirring system (magnet pump)","values":["6W"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BA300","BA400","BA500","BA610","BA710","BK300","BK400","BK500","BK610","BK710"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["300×300×300mm","400×350×300mm","500×400×350mm","548×500×400mm","640×500×450mm","300×300×300mm","400×350×300mm","500×400×350mm","548×500×400mm","640×500×450mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["490×360×367mm","590×410×367mm","690×460×417mm","738×560×467mm","830×560×517mm","490×360×367mm","590×410×367mm","690×460×417mm","738×560×467mm","830×560×517mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC220V 7A, Single phase","AC220V 11A, Single phase","AC220V 12A, Single phase","AC220V 18A, Single phase","AC220V 23A, Single phase","AC220V 7A, Single phase","AC220V 11A, Single-phase","AC220V 12A, Single phase","AC220V 18A, Single phase","AC220V 23A, Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["19kg","25kg","30kg","36kg","46kg","19kg","25kg","30kg","36kg","46kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"bh-series","name":"BH Series","description":"It achieves a temperature adjustment accuracy of ±0.01°C at 20°C, and the BH501 model can be used as a precision water or oil bath.","pageTitle":"BH Series","pageDescription":"The BH Series is a bench-top precision constant temperature water bath from Yamato Scientific equipped with a high-performance controller for higher precision and a wider temperature range. It achieves a temperature adjustment accuracy of ±0.01°C at 20°C, and the BH501 model can be used as a precision water or oil bath.","image":"/images/bath-bh-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BH Series is a bench-top precision constant temperature water bath from Yamato Scientific equipped with a high-performance controller for higher precision and a wider temperature range. It achieves a temperature adjustment accuracy of ±0.01°C at 20°C, and the BH501 model can be used as a precision water or oil bath. The bath offers a maximum of 99 steps of program operation, fixed temperature operation, quick auto stop, auto stop and auto start functions, along with RS485 communication, a temperature output terminal, an alarm output terminal, a calibration offset function, and a key lock function. Its control panel can be detached from the main unit for remote operation using an optional communication cable.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-bh-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Precision Control","text":"The precision controller enables a temperature adjustment accuracy of ±0.01°C at 20°C.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Versatile Use","text":"The BH501 can be used as a precision water or oil bath.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Extensive Program Operation","text":"The bath offers a maximum of 99 steps of program operation, fixed temperature operation, quick auto stop, auto stop, and auto start functions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Communication and Remote Control","text":"It features RS485 communication, a temperature output terminal, an alarm output terminal, calibration offset, and a key lock function, and its control panel can be removed for remote control using an optional communication cable.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BH Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Circulation system","values":["Water jet pump circulation / external closed circulation"]},{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["RT+15~100°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature adjustment accuracy","values":["±0.01°C (water: RT+15°C~80°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature indication unit","values":["0.1°C"]},{"parameter":"Pump max. flow (50/60Hz)","values":["14/15L/min. (circulation pressure loss when below 10kPa)"]},{"parameter":"Pump max. lift (50/60Hz)","values":["2.8/3.4m (water flow about 0.5L/min)"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["1kW"]},{"parameter":"Ambient temperature range","values":["5~30°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control / system","values":["PID control by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["W sensor: Pt 100Ω A-class (for temperature control) + K-thermocouple (for overheat prevention) double sensor"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1min.~99hrs.59min., 100~9999hrs timer / time switchable function"]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed temp. operation, quick auto stop, auto stop / start at setting time, program operation (max. 99 steps, repeating, gradient operation), program auto start operation"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Earth leakage circuit breaker, key lock function, breakout protection function, automatic overheating prevention, independent overheating prevention, float switch"]},{"parameter":"Other functions","values":["RS485 communication function, temperature output terminal, alarm output terminal, calibration offset function"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Hose nipple (1/2×ø14mm) 2pcs."]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BH401","BH501"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["239×299×200mm","239×299×200mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["310×396×607mm","310×396×607mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC220V 5A, Single-phase with step down transformer","AC220V 6A, Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["20kg","20kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"high-precision-water-bath-bh302","name":"High Precision Water bath (BH302)","description":"It achieves a temperature adjustment accuracy of ±0.02°C, and its powerful circulation pump enables external circulation with analytical instruments.","pageTitle":"High Precision Water bath (BH302)","pageDescription":"The BH302 is a low temperature water bath from Yamato Scientific that combines high performance with a wide operating temperature range of -20°C to 80°C. It achieves a temperature adjustment accuracy of ±0.02°C, and its powerful circulation pump enables external circulation with analytical instruments.","image":"/images/bath-high-precision-water-bath-bh302.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BH302 is a low temperature water bath from Yamato Scientific that combines high performance with a wide operating temperature range of -20°C to 80°C. It achieves a temperature adjustment accuracy of ±0.02°C, and its powerful circulation pump enables external circulation with analytical instruments. The bath is equipped with various support functions including RS485 communication, a temperature output terminal, and an alarm output terminal, and its control panel can be removed for remote control using an optional communication cable.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-high-precision-water-bath-bh302.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Precision Temperature Control","text":"The bath achieves a temperature adjustment accuracy of ±0.02°C.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Powerful External Circulation","text":"A powerful circulation pump makes external circulation of analytical instruments possible.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Various Support Functions","text":"The bath is equipped with various support functions and remote control capability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Removable Control Panel","text":"The control panel is removable and can be used with an optional communication cable for remote control.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["High Precision Water bath (BH302)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Circulation type","values":["Water jet pump circulation (closed system circulation)"]},{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["-20°C to 80°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. adjustment accuracy","values":["±0.02°C JTM K05 (at 20°C), ±0.05°C JIS (at 20°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. indication unit","values":["0.1°C"]},{"parameter":"Cooling capacity","values":["Approx. 360W (310 kcal/h) at 20°C"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator/coolant","values":["Air-cooled type, 300W / R404A"]},{"parameter":"Pump max. flow (50/60Hz)","values":["14/15L/min."]},{"parameter":"Pump max. lift (50/60Hz)","values":["2.8/3.4m"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["900W"]},{"parameter":"Surrounding operation temp. range","values":["5 to 30°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control system","values":["PID control by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting/display","values":["Digital setting, LED display"]},{"parameter":"Temp. sensor","values":["Pt sensor, Pt100Ω A-class (for temp. control) + K-thermocouple (for overheat prevention), double sensor"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1min. to 99hrs. 59min., 100 to 9999hrs. timer/time switchable function"]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed temp. operation, automatic stop/start operation at setting time, program operation (max. 99 steps, repeating, gradient operation), programming automatic start operation"]},{"parameter":"Safety countermeasures","values":["Electric leakage breaker for over current protection, refrigerator overload relay, refrigerator pressure detection, float switch, delay timer function for refrigerator protection, automatic overheat prevention, independent overheating prevention"]},{"parameter":"Other function","values":["Drain cock, condenser filter, RS485 communication function, temp. output terminal, alarm output terminal, calibration off set function"]},{"parameter":"Water bath dimension","values":["W296×D501×H200mm"]},{"parameter":"Water bath capacity","values":["30L (liquid volume approx. 20L)"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["External circulation hose nipple (PS1/2-φ14) 2 pcs, drain hose 1 pc"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["386×590×1135mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC115V/AC220V, Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["68kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"ts-series","name":"TS Series","description":"A key lock function is available to lock the set temperature.","pageTitle":"TS Series","pageDescription":"The TS Series is an overheating prevention device from Yamato Scientific that connects to a constant temperature oven or constant temperature water tank to prevent overheating before it occurs, reliably shutting off unit power.","image":"/images/bath-ts-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The TS Series is an overheating prevention device from Yamato Scientific that connects to a constant temperature oven or constant temperature water tank to prevent overheating before it occurs, reliably shutting off unit power. A sheath sensor with a 2m temperature sensing part is available in addition to the standard 200mm sensor, allowing installation in a variety of locations. The device employs a dual monitor system that allows monitoring of both the heat prevention sensor temperature and the overheat prevention set temperature, and it shuts down the target unit with an error indication and audible buzzer if an abnormality occurs. A key lock function is available to lock the set temperature. The series includes two models, TS101 and TS310, which differ in power breaking capacity.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-ts-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Overheat Prevention","text":"The device connects to a constant temperature oven or water tank to prevent overheating and reliably shuts off unit power.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optional Long Sensor","text":"A sheath sensor with a 2m temperature sensing part is available as an option, in addition to the standard 200mm sensor.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dual Monitor System","text":"The device employs a dual monitor system that allows monitoring of the heat prevention sensor temperature in addition to the overheat prevention set temperature.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Error Alert and Key Lock","text":"If an abnormality occurs, the device shuts down the target unit and alerts the user with an error indication and audible buzzer, and a key lock function is available to lock the set temperature.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TS Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Temp. setting system","values":["Digital setting with up/down keys"]},{"parameter":"Temp. display system","values":["Digital display for sensor and set temperatures"]},{"parameter":"Recovery system after detecting overheat","values":["Manual (turn POWER switch ON after returning to normal from overheating condition)"]},{"parameter":"Overheat temp. detection","values":["Shutting off power of the target device/alarm with a buzzer; alternately displays Er07 and the sensor detection temperature on the measured temperature display"]},{"parameter":"Temp. sensor / protective tube","values":["Sheath type K thermocouple, 3.2mm dia. x length of 200mm (encapsulated in a SUS316 protective tube)"]},{"parameter":"Output contact","values":["a-contact 250V 3A"]},{"parameter":"Safety function","values":["Internal fuse & self diagnostic function (abnormal input temperature/memory error)"]},{"parameter":"Exterior/interior","values":["Chrome free electro galvanized copper plate, chemical proof baking finish, stainless steel plate"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Sheath type K thermocouple (soaked part: 200mm) x1, main unit securing clamp x1"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TS101","TS310"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Temp. setting range","values":["0°C to 500°C","0°C to 500°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. display range","values":["-200°C to 1300°C","-200°C to 1300°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. detection accuracy","values":["±1°C","±1°C"]},{"parameter":"Power breaking capacity","values":["AC100V 50/60Hz 14.5A Single phase","AC100V 50/60Hz 30A, AC200V 50/60Hz 30A, AC200V 3-phase 50/60Hz 30A"]},{"parameter":"Connecting system of target device","values":["3P power outlet","Connection terminal block for 4P (3P) power cord"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["150×210×155mm","150×210×155mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC115V/AC220V, Single-phase with step down transformer","AC115V/AC220V, Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["3.5kg","3.5kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"bt-series","name":"BT Series","description":"The shaking width can be changed from 10 to 40mm, and shaking speed is step-less variable from 20 to 160 rpm.","pageTitle":"BT Series","pageDescription":"The BT Series is a shaking water bath incubator from Yamato Scientific that combines an easy-to-use constant temperature water tank with an integrated shaking mechanism, suitable for culturing, reaction, and lysis applications.","image":"/images/bath-bt-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BT Series is a shaking water bath incubator from Yamato Scientific that combines an easy-to-use constant temperature water tank with an integrated shaking mechanism, suitable for culturing, reaction, and lysis applications. A high temperature distribution of ±0.1°C is achieved in the tank due to the stirring function of the pump, so the bath can also be used as an accurate water tank when shaking is not needed. The shaking width can be changed from 10 to 40mm, and shaking speed is step-less variable from 20 to 160 rpm. It is equipped with enhanced safety functions, including automatic overheat prevention, temperature sensor abnormality detection, and an overcurrent leakage breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-bt-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Excellent Temperature Distribution","text":"A high temperature distribution of ±0.1°C can be obtained in the tank due to the stirring function of the pump, allowing accurate use as a water tank even when shaking is not used.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Variable Shaking","text":"The shaking width can be changed from 10 to 40mm, and the number of shakes is step-less variable from 20 to 160 rpm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Enhanced Safety Functions","text":"The bath is equipped with safety functions such as automatic overheat prevention, temperature sensor abnormality detection, and an overcurrent leakage breaker as standard equipment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Varieties of Options","text":"A top lid enhances heat retention and prevents water evaporation for long-term use, and options for external communication, temperature output, time-up output, and external alarm can be selected.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BT Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Method","values":["Reciprocating shaking system, stirring by pump"]},{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["Room temp. +5°C to 80°C (when top cover is installed)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control accuracy","values":["±0.02°C to 0.08°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature distribution accuracy","values":["±0.1°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature rising time","values":["Approx. 95 min."]},{"parameter":"Shaking frequency","values":["20 to 160 times/min"]},{"parameter":"Shaking width","values":["10 to 40mm (adjustable)"]},{"parameter":"Material (interior)","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Temp. controller","values":["PID control by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Temp. sensor","values":["Platinum resistance temperature detector Pt100Ω (for temperature control) / K thermocouple (for overheating inhibitor)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting/display method","values":["Digital setting"]},{"parameter":"Overheat protector","values":["ON/OFF control by microprocessor"]},{"parameter":"Overheat protect setting method","values":["Digital setting"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Copper pipe heater (nickel plated) 1.2kW"]},{"parameter":"Stirring system","values":["Magnet pump 6W"]},{"parameter":"Shaker","values":["Gear motor 25W"]},{"parameter":"Shaking speed setting system","values":["Analog setting"]},{"parameter":"Shaking speed display system","values":["Digital display"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1 min. to 99 hr. 59 min., digital display, quick automatic start/stop"]},{"parameter":"Safety countermeasures","values":["Self-diagnosis function (heater defective, sensor defective, SSR short circuit and overheat protector), over current/short circuit breaker, heater no-load operation prevention device and overheat protector"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BT101","BT311"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["302×350×250mm","532×350×250mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["579×414×325mm","809×414×325mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["Single phase AC100V 14A","AC200V 14.5A"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["27kg","48kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"bw-series","name":"BW Series","description":"The BW Series is a shaking water bath line from Yamato Scientific with a shaking width adjustable between 10 and 40mm.","pageTitle":"BW Series","pageDescription":"The BW Series is a shaking water bath line from Yamato Scientific with a shaking width adjustable between 10 and 40mm. Shaking frequency is digitally displayed on all models, and the double-spring shaking rack securely holds test tubes or flasks.","image":"/images/bath-bw-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BW Series is a shaking water bath line from Yamato Scientific with a shaking width adjustable between 10 and 40mm. Shaking frequency is digitally displayed on all models, and the double-spring shaking rack securely holds test tubes or flasks. A drain pump is attached to the BW201 and BW400 models, and each bath is fitted with a service receptacle for use with the Thermomate (BF series) immersion temperature controller, which is sold separately. The series includes three models, BW101, BW201 and BW400, of increasing tank size.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-bw-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Adjustable Shaking Width","text":"The shaking width is adjustable between 10 to 40mm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital Shaking Display","text":"Shaking frequency can be digitally displayed for all models.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Secure Shaking Rack","text":"The shaking rack is a double spring type to hold test tubes or flasks securely.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Drain Pump on Larger Models","text":"A drain pump is attached to the BW201 and BW400 models.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Thermomate Service Receptacle","text":"The bath is fitted with a service receptacle for use with the Thermomate immersion temperature controller.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BW Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Shaking type","values":["Reciprocate shaking"]},{"parameter":"Shaking width","values":["10 to 40mm adjustable"]},{"parameter":"Shaking speed","values":["20 to 160 time/min. (no step speed change)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control range","values":["Room temperature +5 to 80°C (with Immersion Type Constant Temperature Devices BF)"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Water bath: stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Shaking speed control system","values":["Feed back phase control"]},{"parameter":"Shaking speed display system","values":["Digital"]},{"parameter":"Additional function","values":["Service receptacle AC100V, 12A for BF201/401/501"]},{"parameter":"Usable fluid","values":["Water only"]},{"parameter":"Drain type","values":["Natural drain"]},{"parameter":"Safety countermeasure","values":["Electric leakage breaker, motor overheat prevention (automatic recovery type thermal protector)"]},{"parameter":"Accessory","values":["Shaking rack"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BW101","BW201","BW400"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["230×390×150mm","300×500×150mm","380×535×150mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["295×445×285mm","370×560×285mm","445×585×295mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC220V 6A, Single phase with step-down transformer, with BF series","AC220V 6A, Single phase with step-down transformer, with BF series","AC220V 6A, Single phase with step-down transformer, with BF series"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["28kg","35kg","42kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"shaking-incubator-bt220","name":"Shaking Incubator (BT220)","description":"The BT220 is a compact, easy-to-use shaking incubator water tank from Yamato Scientific.","pageTitle":"Shaking Incubator (BT220)","pageDescription":"The BT220 is a compact, easy-to-use shaking incubator water tank from Yamato Scientific. The number of shakes can be adjusted from 20 to 160 times per minute using a knob, and the unit is equipped with a shaking ON/OFF switch so it can also be used as an incubator water tank without shaking.","image":"/images/bath-shaking-incubator-bt220.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BT220 is a compact, easy-to-use shaking incubator water tank from Yamato Scientific. The number of shakes can be adjusted from 20 to 160 times per minute using a knob, and the unit is equipped with a shaking ON/OFF switch so it can also be used as an incubator water tank without shaking. Temperature can be set digitally with an up/down key, and high precision temperature control combined with pump-driven bath shaking allows higher temperature distribution accuracy. Despite its compact size, it holds up to 72 test tubes of 16.5mm diameter or three 300 mL conical flasks, and its safety is improved with a dual overheat preventive device, a no-liquid heating preventive device, and an over current electric leakage breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-shaking-incubator-bt220.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Adjustable Shaking","text":"The number of shakes can be adjusted at any value from 20 to 160 times per minute using a knob.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dual-Purpose Water Tank","text":"The unit is equipped with a shaking ON/OFF switch and can be used as an incubator water tank without shaking.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Precision Temperature Control","text":"Digital temperature setting with an up/down key, combined with pump-driven shaking in the bath, allows higher temperature distribution accuracy.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact Capacity","text":"The compact unit holds up to 72 test tubes of 16.5mm diameter or three 300 mL conical flasks.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Improved Safety","text":"Safety is improved with a dual overheat preventive device, a no-liquid heating preventive device, and an over current electric leakage breaker.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Shaking Incubator (BT220)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["Room temp. +5 to 80°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. adjustment accuracy","values":["±0.05°C (at 40°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. distribution accuracy","values":["±0.1°C (at 40°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. rising time","values":["Approx. 40 min (from 23°C to 80°C)"]},{"parameter":"Shaker motor","values":["Geared motor, 25W"]},{"parameter":"Shaking rpm setting","values":["Analogue setting/scale display, no-step speed control: 20 to 160/min"]},{"parameter":"Shaking stroke","values":["20mm"]},{"parameter":"Number of containers stored","values":["Test tube: 16.5 dia. x72, Flask: 100mL x5, 200mL x4, 300mL x3, 500mL x1"]},{"parameter":"Controller","values":["PID digital setting/display, fixed operation, timer operation (auto stop, quick auto stop, auto start)"]},{"parameter":"Stirrer","values":["Water jet stirring, induction motor"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["1.2kW copper pipe nickel plated"]},{"parameter":"Safety functions","values":["Automatic heating, sensor disconnection, over current electric leakage breaker, no-liquid heating prevention float switch"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["224×328×200mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["280×459×450mm"]},{"parameter":"Internal capacity","values":["14.7L"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC115V/AC220V, Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["19kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"shaking-unit-bn300","name":"Shaking Unit (BN300)","description":"The BN300 is a removable shaking unit from Yamato Scientific that can be operated together with a water bath, such as the BQ, BV, BK, BA, or other.","pageTitle":"Shaking Unit (BN300)","pageDescription":"The BN300 is a removable shaking unit from Yamato Scientific that can be operated together with a water bath, such as the BQ, BV, BK, BA, or other baths of suitable capacity, for shaking purposes, and can be easily put on and taken off.","image":"/images/bath-shaking-unit-bn300.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BN300 is a removable shaking unit from Yamato Scientific that can be operated together with a water bath, such as the BQ, BV, BK, BA, or other baths of suitable capacity, for shaking purposes, and can be easily put on and taken off. It is loaded with a shaking width changeable function with digital setting and display, supporting shaking speeds from 20 to 160 times per minute and a shaking width adjustable from 10 to 30mm.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-shaking-unit-bn300.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Removable Design","text":"The unit can be operated with a water bath for shaking purposes and features easy put-on and take-off.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Digital Shaking Width Control","text":"The unit is loaded with a shaking width changeable function with digital setting and display.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Shaking Unit (BN300)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Shaking times","values":["20 to 160 times/min."]},{"parameter":"Shaking width","values":["10 to 30mm changeable"]},{"parameter":"Setting and display","values":["Digital"]},{"parameter":"Shaking motor","values":["Condenser motor, 25W"]},{"parameter":"Number of sample","values":["Test tube (15mm dia. x80pcs.), Flask (300ml x6pcs.), Flask (500ml x3pcs.)"]},{"parameter":"Spring pitch","values":["15mm pitch (square)"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["340×644×250mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC115V/AC220V, Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["10kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"bb-series","name":"BB Series","description":"Auto stop and auto start operations are supported, along with an RS485 communication function and a temperature output terminal (4 to 20mA).","pageTitle":"BB Series","pageDescription":"The BB Series is a constant low temperature water bath line from Yamato Scientific offering precision control to ±0.1°C across an operating range of -30°C to +80°C.","image":"/images/bath-bb-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BB Series is a constant low temperature water bath line from Yamato Scientific offering precision control to ±0.1°C across an operating range of -30°C to +80°C. The bath includes an external circulation function with an easily operated water valve for switching between internal and external circulation, and its shelf plates can be height-adjusted across three sections to accommodate small vessels. Auto stop and auto start operations are supported, along with an RS485 communication function and a temperature output terminal (4 to 20mA). The series includes three models, BB301, BB401 and BB601, of increasing capacity.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-bb-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precise Low Temperature Control","text":"The bath offers precise control with a temperature control accuracy of ±0.1°C.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Internal and External Circulation","text":"The bath has an external circulation function, and the water valve can be easily operated to switch between internal and external circulation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Adjustable Shelf Plates","text":"The shelf plates' height can be adjusted across three sections, accommodating small vessels.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Communication and Auto Operation","text":"The bath supports auto stop and auto start operations, auxiliary with RS485 communication function and a temperature output terminal (4 to 20mA).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BB Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["-30 to +80°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control accuracy","values":["±0.1°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature distribution accuracy","values":["±0.3°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature indicating unit","values":["0.1°C"]},{"parameter":"Cooling capacity","values":["Approx. 420W (361 kcal/h), at fluid temp. 15°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control","values":["PID control"]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed temp., auto stop, auto start operations"]},{"parameter":"Temperature sensor","values":["Temp. controller: Pt thermal resistance, overheat protection: K thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Temperature setting, display","values":["Digital setting and display"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator, refrigerant","values":["Air cooling 300W, R404A"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["850W"]},{"parameter":"External circulation nozzle","values":["O.D. 10.5mm of water outlet and return port"]},{"parameter":"Operating environmental temp. range","values":["5 to 30°C"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Overcurrent ELB, self-diagnosis, refrigerator overload protector, refrigerator delay timer of protection, refrigerator pressure detection, float switch preventing pump idling, auto overheat protection, overheat protector, key lock, etc."]},{"parameter":"Other functions","values":["Drain cock, condenser filter, calibration off-set, RS485 external communication, refrigerator pressure indicator, power outage compensation, temp. output terminal"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Top cover, drain hose, overflow hose, shelf plate"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BB301","BB401","BB601"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["150×300×170mm","250×315×190mm","330×435×200mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["434×472×883mm","420×550×885mm","440×650×885mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC220V 6A, Single-phase with step down transformer","AC220V 6A, Single-phase with step down transformer","AC220V 10A, Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["46kg","65kg","80kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"bbl-series","name":"BBL Series","description":"Auto stop and auto start operations are supported, along with RS485 communication and a temperature output terminal (4 to 20mA).","pageTitle":"BBL Series","pageDescription":"The BBL Series is a benchtop constant low temperature water bath line from Yamato Scientific that ensures a wide temperature range and sufficient bath space in a compact footprint.","image":"/images/bath-bbl-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BBL Series is a benchtop constant low temperature water bath line from Yamato Scientific that ensures a wide temperature range and sufficient bath space in a compact footprint. It offers precise control with a temperature control accuracy of ±0.1°C, an external circulation function with an easily operated water valve, and shelf plates that can be height-adjusted across two sections for small vessels. Auto stop and auto start operations are supported, along with RS485 communication and a temperature output terminal (4 to 20mA). The series includes two models, BBL101 and BBL301.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-bbl-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Benchtop Low Temperature Bath","text":"The bath ensures a wider temperature range and sufficient water bath space in a benchtop design.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Internal and External Circulation","text":"The bath has an external circulation function, and the water valve can be easily operated to switch between internal and external circulation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Adjustable Shelf Plates","text":"The shelf plates' height can be adjusted across two sections, accommodating small vessels.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Communication and Auto Operation","text":"The bath supports auto stop and auto start operations, auxiliary with RS485 communication function and a temperature output terminal (4 to 20mA).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BBL Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"System","values":["Pump circulation cooling / external closed circulation"]},{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["-10~+80°C (at room temperature 20°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control accuracy","values":["±0.1°C"]},{"parameter":"Temp. distribution accuracy","values":["±0.3°C"]},{"parameter":"Cooling capacity","values":["Approx. 370W (320 kcal/h), at fluid temp. 15°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control","values":["PID control"]},{"parameter":"Operation function","values":["Fixed temp., auto stop, auto start operations"]},{"parameter":"Temperature sensor","values":["Temp. controller: Pt thermal resistance, overheat protection: K thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting, display","values":["Digital setting and display"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator, refrigerant","values":["Air cooling 160W, R134A"]},{"parameter":"Stirring method","values":["Magnetic drive pump"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["700W"]},{"parameter":"External circulation nozzle","values":["O.D. 10.5mm of water outlet and return port"]},{"parameter":"Operating environmental temp. range","values":["5~30°C"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Overcurrent ELB, self-diagnosis, refrigerator overload protector, refrigerator delay timer of protection, refrigerator pressure detection, float switch preventing pump idling, auto overheat protection, overheat protector, key lock, etc."]},{"parameter":"Other function","values":["Water valve, condenser filter screen, deviation correction, external communication (RS485), refrigerator pressure indicator, power outage compensation, temp. output terminal"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Bottom shelf plate, lid, drain hose, overflow hose"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BBL101","BBL301"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["300×150×177.5mm","300×240×177.5mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["500×530×500mm","500×603×500mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC220V 5A, Single-phase with step down transformer","AC220V 6A, Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["50kg","55kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"bl-series","name":"BL Series","description":"It supports auto stop and auto start operations, auxiliary with RS485 communication function and a temperature output terminal (4 to 20mA).","pageTitle":"BL Series","pageDescription":"The BL Series is a large-capacity constant low temperature water bath line from Yamato Scientific featuring an observation window, with an operating temperature range of -15°C to +70°C. It supports auto stop and auto start operations, auxiliary with RS485 communication function and a temperature output terminal (4 to 20mA).","image":"/images/bath-bl-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BL Series is a large-capacity constant low temperature water bath line from Yamato Scientific featuring an observation window, with an operating temperature range of -15°C to +70°C. It supports auto stop and auto start operations, auxiliary with RS485 communication function and a temperature output terminal (4 to 20mA). Large observation windows are installed, measuring W250×H135mm on the BL401 and W450×H135mm on the BL810, and the shelf plates can be height-adjusted across two sections. The series includes two models, BL401 and BL810.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-bl-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Large Capacity with Observation Window","text":"The bath offers a large capacity and an observation window.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Communication and Auto Operation","text":"The bath supports auto stop and auto start operations, auxiliary with RS485 communication function and a temperature output terminal (4 to 20mA).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Large Observation Windows","text":"Large observation windows are installed, measuring W250×H135mm on the BL401 and W450×H135mm on the BL810.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Adjustable Shelf Plates","text":"The shelf plates' height can be adjusted across two sections.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BL Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Method","values":["Pump circulating cooling"]},{"parameter":"Operating temperature range","values":["-15~+70°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control accuracy","values":["±0.1°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature distribution accuracy","values":["±0.3°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature indicating unit","values":["0.1°C"]},{"parameter":"Cooling capacity","values":["Approx. 540W (464 kcal/h), at fluid temp. 15°C"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control","values":["PID control"]},{"parameter":"Temperature sensor","values":["Temp. controller: Pt thermal resistance, overheat protection: K thermocouple"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting, display","values":["Digital setting and display"]},{"parameter":"Refrigerator, refrigerant","values":["Air cooling 350W, R404A"]},{"parameter":"Stirring method","values":["Jet stirring method by magnetic pump"]},{"parameter":"Operating environmental temp. range","values":["5~30°C"]},{"parameter":"Safety device","values":["Overcurrent ELB, self-diagnosis, refrigerator overload protector, refrigerator delay timer of protection, refrigerator pressure detection, float switch preventing pump idling, auto overheat protection, overheat protector, key lock, etc."]},{"parameter":"Other function","values":["Water valve, condenser filter screen, deviation correction, external communication (RS485), refrigerator pressure indicator, power outage compensation, temp. output terminal"]},{"parameter":"Shelf plate steps/pitch","values":["2 steps, 30mm adjustable pitch"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Drain hose, condensation water drainage hose, shelf plate"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BL401","BL810"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["400×300×300mm","600×400×350mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["680×390×805mm","880×490×855mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC220V 9A, Single-phase with step down transformer","AC220V 15A, Single-phase with step down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["68kg","105kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"blg-series","name":"BLG Series","description":"The lowest temperature is reached in approximately one hour after starting operation, or within 30 minutes in a no-load state.","pageTitle":"BLG Series","pageDescription":"The BLG Series is an all-in-one liquid cooling bath with a stirrer from Yamato Scientific that eliminates the need for constant monitoring and replenishment of dry ice and liquid nitrogen. The lowest temperature is reached in approximately one hour after starting operation, or within 30 minutes in a no-load state.","image":"/images/bath-blg-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BLG Series is an all-in-one liquid cooling bath with a stirrer from Yamato Scientific that eliminates the need for constant monitoring and replenishment of dry ice and liquid nitrogen. The lowest temperature is reached in approximately one hour after starting operation, or within 30 minutes in a no-load state. A powerful neodymium magnet enables simultaneous stirring of multiple reactors, and an ON-timer function facilitates preparation for the next day's experiments. The BLG100 reaches -80°C and is optimum for small-scale experiments up to 100 mL, while the BLG200 reaches -40°C and is optimum for raw material synthesizing scale up to 500 mL, using aluminum beads in the bath.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-blg-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast Cooling","text":"The lowest temperature is reached in approximately one hour after commencing operation, or within 30 minutes in a no-load state.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Neodymium Magnet Stirring","text":"A powerful neodymium magnet is used, enabling simultaneous stirring of multiple reactors.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"ON-Timer Function","text":"The bath is equipped with an ON-timer function that facilitates preparation for the next day's experiments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Two Temperature Ranges","text":"The BLG100 reaches 80°C below zero and is optimum for small-scale experiments up to 100 mL, while the BLG200 reaches 40°C below zero and is optimum for raw material synthesizing scale up to 500 mL using aluminum beads.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BLG Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"System","values":["Stirring cooler 80W, with helium refrigerant (not Freon)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control range","values":["-80°C to 0°C (at ambient temp. of 23°C ± 5°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. control accuracy","values":["±0.3°C (the cooling bath temp. in the stable state)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. fluctuation","values":["0.6°C"]},{"parameter":"Lowest temp. reaching time","values":["Approx. 55min (20°C to -80°C)"]},{"parameter":"Bath capacity","values":["Aluminum made, approx. 300ml"]},{"parameter":"Temperature control","values":["PID control + inverter control"]},{"parameter":"Temperature display and setting","values":["Digital"]},{"parameter":"Maximum applicable container size","values":["100 mL three-neck flask"]},{"parameter":"Stirring function","values":["Neodymium magnet type, 100 - 1200 rpm, with the rotation speed displayed digitally"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["ON timer only (maximum 99 hours 50 minutes)"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Adiabatic cover, stainless steel support x2 pieces, operation manual, warranty card"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BLG100","BLG200"],"specs":[{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["210×425×295mm","210×450×295mm"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC115V / AC220V, Single phase with step-down transformer","AC115V / AC220V, Single phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["15kg","15kg"]}]}]},{"slug":"low-temperature-water-bath-bv100","name":"Low Temperature Water Bath (BV100)","description":"Precise temperature control is achieved through digital temperature setting, and pump stirring provides more precise temperature distribution.","pageTitle":"Low Temperature Water Bath (BV100)","pageDescription":"The BV100 is a space-saving low temperature water bath from Yamato Scientific that combines a program operation function, high precision temperature control, and low-vibration Peltier cooling.","image":"/images/bath-low-temperature-water-bath-bv100.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The BV100 is a space-saving low temperature water bath from Yamato Scientific that combines a program operation function, high precision temperature control, and low-vibration Peltier cooling. Precise temperature control is achieved through digital temperature setting, and pump stirring provides more precise temperature distribution. The bath's lid closure is improved with a simple flat design, and it is a discontinued product.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/bath-low-temperature-water-bath-bv100.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"High Precision, Low Vibration","text":"The bath offers precise temperature control by digital temperature setting with a low-vibration Peltier device.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precise Temperature Distribution","text":"More precise temperature distribution is achieved by pump stirring.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Improved Lid Closure","text":"The bath features improved lid closure through a simple flat design.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Low Temperature Water Bath (BV100)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Stirring system","values":["Peltier device with heater, stirring by pump"]},{"parameter":"Operating temp. range","values":["0 to 80°C (periphery temperature 20°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. adjustment accuracy","values":["±0.1°C (water temp. 20°C, room temp. 20°C)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. distribution accuracy","values":["±0.1°C (water temp. 20°C, room temp. 20°C)"]},{"parameter":"Time to reach to max. temp.","values":["Approx. 90min."]},{"parameter":"Time to reach to min. temp.","values":["Approx. 180min."]},{"parameter":"Internal bath","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Temp. adjuster","values":["PID control by microcomputer"]},{"parameter":"Program function","values":["8 steps x2 patterns, or 16 steps x1 pattern"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["Pt sensor, Pt100Ω (temp. controller), K-thermocouple (for overheat preventor) (double sensor)"]},{"parameter":"Temp. setting system","values":["Digital"]},{"parameter":"Temp. display system","values":["Digital"]},{"parameter":"Overheat preventor","values":["On/Off control by microcomputer"]},{"parameter":"Overheat preventor setting","values":["Digital"]},{"parameter":"Heater","values":["Copper pipe heater (nickel plated) 0.5kW"]},{"parameter":"Cooler","values":["Peltier device"]},{"parameter":"Cooling fan","values":["Direct flow fan"]},{"parameter":"Stirrer","values":["Magnet pump 3W"]},{"parameter":"Timer","values":["1min. to 99hrs.59min. to 999hrs.50min. digital display, automatic stop, automatic start"]},{"parameter":"Safety countermeasure","values":["Self diagnosis function (heater wire broken, SSR short circuit, automatic overheat prevent function), empty boiling prevent system, overheat preventor, over-current/electric leakage breaker"]},{"parameter":"Drain hose dimensions","values":["φ15×φ20"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Drain pump, water bath lid"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["188×220×180mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["340×538×415mm"]},{"parameter":"Internal capacity","values":["Approx. 6L"]},{"parameter":"Power source","values":["AC220V 5A, Single phase"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["35kg"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Glassware Washers","description":"Automatic laboratory glassware and pipette washers for reproducible cleaning.","pageTitle":"Glassware Washers","pageDescription":"Consistent, validated cleaning of laboratory glassware without the labour of hand washing. Yamato's automatic washers combine programmable wash, rinse, and drying cycles with spindle racks that direct water into narrow-necked flasks, tubes, and pipettes.","overview":"Manual glassware washing is slow and hard to reproduce; an automatic washer standardises it. Yamato's laboratory washers run programmable cycles of wash, neutralising rinse, purified-water final rinse, and hot-air drying, with injector spindle racks that force water and detergent into the interior of narrow-necked flasks, cylinders, and test tubes. Models are available with built-in drying, and a dedicated ultrasonic pipette washer handles volumetric and serological pipettes. Removable racks and baskets adapt each load to the glassware in use.","partner":"Yamato — Japan","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/glassware-washers.webp","slug":"glassware-washers","models":[{"slug":"aw-series","name":"AW Series","description":"The AW Series is Yamato Scientific's line of laboratory glassware washers, spanning three models with increasing levels of automation and capacity.","pageTitle":"AW Series","pageDescription":"The AW Series is Yamato Scientific's line of laboratory glassware washers, spanning three models with increasing levels of automation and capacity.","image":"/images/washer-aw-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The AW Series is Yamato Scientific's line of laboratory glassware washers, spanning three models with increasing levels of automation and capacity. The AW47 is an easy to use benchtop semi-automatic glassware washer, the AW62 is a compact and powerful automatic benchtop washer with a spin table, and the AW83Z is a fully automatic, large capacity washer with two washing chambers ideal for washing large equipment and a large amount of instruments. All three models use a pressurized water jet cleaning method and a built-in heater for hot water washing.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/washer-aw-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"AW47 (Semi-automatic, Compact)","text":"The AW47 is a semi-automatic washer that is easy to operate by simply setting the time and pressing start. It uses an upward and downward two-way pressurized water jet method with rotating jet nozzles for high level cleaning, and detergent washing is also available. A built-in water heater means no boiler piping or separate water heating system is required.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"AW62 (Automatic, Compact)","text":"The AW62 automates the full wash and rinse cycle, with each process displayed on an indicator, and wash time and process can be set according to the shape and contamination level of the glassware. It uses a powerful upward and downward two-way pressurized water jet method with a built-in water heater, and can optionally be connected to a water purifier for a final pure water rinse.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"AW83Z (Fully-automatic, Large Capacity)","text":"The AW83Z has two washing chambers and offers three selectable washing patterns, with liquid detergent automatically supplied from a detergent container. Its fixing-type rack and spinning jet nozzle help avoid breakage of containers, and hot water washing is available via a built-in heater.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["AW Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Interior material","values":["Stainless steel"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["AW47","AW62","AW83Z"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["291018","291019","200000"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["420×450×570mm","594×572×564mm","600×630×1080mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["450×490×875mm","600×620×940mm","860×770×1795mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V Single-phase with step-down transformer","AC220V/AC380V Three phase with step-down transformer","AC220V/AC380V Three phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["43kg","90kg","220kg"]},{"parameter":"Washing water temp.","values":["Room temp. to 60°C","45 to 80°C","Supplied temp. to 80°C"]},{"parameter":"Water heater","values":["Built-in heater 1kW","Built-in heater 6kW","Heater (Built-in: 6kW) heat-up or connection to primary hot water supply"]}]}]},{"slug":"awd-series","name":"AWD Series","description":"A large double glass window lets the operator see inside the washer, and a powerful alkaline liquid detergent is used as standard.","pageTitle":"AWD Series","pageDescription":"The AWD Series is a process-monitorable laboratory glassware washer available in a standard model, the AWD510, and a version with an integrated drying function, the AWD510DRY.","image":"/images/washer-awd-series.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The AWD Series is a process-monitorable laboratory glassware washer available in a standard model, the AWD510, and a version with an integrated drying function, the AWD510DRY. Both use upper, middle, and lower-stage rotating jet nozzles and color-coded front LED lamps and internal lighting to indicate the current stage of the washing process. A large double glass window lets the operator see inside the washer, and a powerful alkaline liquid detergent is used as standard.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/washer-awd-series.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Process Monitoring","text":"Both the AWD510 and AWD510DRY feature a large double glass window for a good view of the inside, plus front LED lamps and internal color lighting that change according to the washing stage, from pre-washing through rinsing.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Water Handling","text":"Effluent temperature is controlled to stay at 60°C or below, and a feed-water connection is automatically established between the rack and the main body simply by closing the door.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"AWD510DRY Drying Function","text":"The AWD510DRY adds a pre-drying process using hot-air drying through a HEPA filter, fixed at approximately 60°C, in addition to the pre-washing, washing, and rinsing processes shared with the AWD510.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["AWD Series"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Washing system","values":["Upper / Middle / Lower-stage rotating jet nozzles"]},{"parameter":"Water temp.","values":["Set Off to Max. 80°C (pre-washing / washing), Max. 93°C (rinsing)"]},{"parameter":"Hot-water supply","values":["2kW Pipe heater"]},{"parameter":"Detergent supply","values":["Automatic weighing and loading (liquid detergent)"]},{"parameter":"Drain method","values":["Hot water cooling and forced draining with pump"]},{"parameter":"Water supply Tap water (Necessary)","values":["Temp. 5 to 25°C, Raw water feed pressure 0.1 to 0.5MPa, G3/4 (main unit), G1/2 (primary)"]},{"parameter":"Water supply Hot water (Discretionally)","values":["Temp. 5 to 60°C, Raw water feed pressure 0.1 to 0.5MPa, G3/4 (main unit), G1/2 (primary)"]},{"parameter":"Detergent","values":["Dedicated detergent (optional)"]},{"parameter":"Pure water connection (Discretionally)","values":["Raw water feed pressure 0.02 to 0.1MPa, Hose nipple I.D. 10.5mm"]},{"parameter":"Exterior","values":["Stainless steel plate (SUS304)"]},{"parameter":"Interior","values":["Stainless steel plate (SUS316)"]},{"parameter":"Leg","values":["Level adjuster"]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["4.3-inch LC touch panel / LED lamp (process) / Interior lighting color by process"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["500×480×480mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (W×D×H mm)","values":["580×600×845mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC220V 13A Single phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["87kg"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["AWD510","AWD510DRY"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["291020","291070"]},{"parameter":"Washing process","values":["Pre-washing, Washing, Rinsing, Rinsing with pure water (optional)","Pre-washing, Washing, Rinsing, Rinsing with pure water (optional), Pre-drying (optional)"]},{"parameter":"Safety Device","values":["Over current/Electric leakage breaker, Overheat prevention, Door lock, Water leakage","Over current/Electric leakage breaker, Overheat prevention, Door lock, Water leak detector"]},{"parameter":"Drying method (optional)","values":["","Hot-air drying (HEPA filter, fixed at approx. 60°C)"]}]}]},{"slug":"ultrasonic-pipet-washer-aw31","name":"Ultrasonic Pipet Washer (AW31)","description":"The Ultrasonic Pipet Washer (AW31) is a compact ultrasonic washer with both washing and rinsing functions in one unit.","pageTitle":"Ultrasonic Pipet Washer (AW31)","pageDescription":"The Ultrasonic Pipet Washer (AW31) is a compact ultrasonic washer with both washing and rinsing functions in one unit. It uses a return current system for efficient cleaning, drains dirty liquid via a jet from the bottom nozzle, and continuously spins the bath basket for thorough cleaning.","image":"/images/washer-ultrasonic-pipet-washer-aw31.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Ultrasonic Pipet Washer (AW31) is a compact ultrasonic washer with both washing and rinsing functions in one unit. It uses a return current system for efficient cleaning, drains dirty liquid via a jet from the bottom nozzle, and continuously spins the bath basket for thorough cleaning. It can be washed using water-soluble alkaline detergent.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/washer-ultrasonic-pipet-washer-aw31.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cleaning System","text":"The AW31 features a return current system for smart cleaning efficiency, and dirty liquid is drained by the force of a jet from the bottom nozzle for good cleaning. The bath basket spins constantly during operation for good cleaning.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact, Dual-Function Design","text":"Washing and rinsing can both be done in a single, compact washer, and it is washable using water-soluble alkaline detergent.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Ultrasonic Pipet Washer (AW31)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item Code","values":["291704"]},{"parameter":"Model","values":["AW31"]},{"parameter":"Pipet quantity","values":["Pipet (Max. 500mm) 1mL = 264pcs 5mL = 216pcs. 10mL = 136pcs"]},{"parameter":"Operation water amount","values":["1 to 3L/min."]},{"parameter":"Ultrasonic oscillator","values":["High frequency output, 55W, 28kHz Oscillation plate: stainless steel, SUS430 Oscillator: ball ferrite"]},{"parameter":"Bath material","values":["Clear vinyl chloride"]},{"parameter":"Cabinet","values":["Stainless Steel SUS304"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["Rack, Manual pump, Water supply hose : I.D. 12mm×1.5m length, Drain hose : I.D. 25mm×1.5m length, Detergent"]},{"parameter":"Internal dimensions (φ×H mm)","values":["φ138×540mm"]},{"parameter":"External dimensions (φ×W×D×H mm)","values":["φ146×390×400×844mm"]},{"parameter":"Power Source","values":["AC115V/AC220V 1A Single-phase with step-down transformer"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["18.5kg"]},{"parameter":"Remarks (weight)","values":["Basket : Approx. 1 kg"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Microwave Digestion Systems","description":"Microwave acid digestion for trace elemental analysis.","pageTitle":"Microwave Digestion Systems","pageDescription":"Efficient microwave acid digestion and leaching built on over 50 years of sample preparation expertise — sophisticated vessel design, state-of-the-art sensor technology, and the highest safety standards prepare any sample for trace elemental analysis.","overview":"Trace elemental analysis begins with the right sample preparation. With over 50 years of experience, Anton Paar offers convenient microwave digestion thanks to sophisticated instrument and vessel design, state-of-the-art sensor technology, and the highest safety standards. A broad range of instruments covers every application — from routine food and environmental samples to demanding materials for ICP-OES and ICP-MS analysis.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/microwave-digestion.webp","slug":"microwave-digestion-systems","models":[{"slug":"multiwave","name":"Microwave Digestion System: Multiwave 7101, 7301, and 7501","description":"When 50 years of experience in sample preparation meet advanced microwave technology, a high-performance microwave digestion system is the outcome.","pageTitle":"Microwave Digestion System: Multiwave 7101, 7301, and 7501","pageDescription":"When 50 years of experience in sample preparation meet advanced microwave technology, a high-performance microwave digestion system is the outcome. The Multiwave 7101/7301/7501 series delivers next-level performance, working at up to 300 °C.","image":"/images/microwave-digestion-systems-multiwave-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"When 50 years of experience in sample preparation meet advanced microwave technology, a high-performance microwave digestion system is the outcome. The Multiwave 7101/7301/7501 series delivers next-level performance, working at up to 300 °C. This ensures complete digestions of all kinds of samples, such as food, environmental, polymer, cosmetic, pharmaceutical, geological, chemical, and petrochemical samples, even in the same run. With a range of accessories, consumables, and racks of up to 41 positions, sample preparation has never been easier.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/microwave-digestion-systems-multiwave-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One Microwave Digestion System for All Samples","text":"With Multiwave 7101/7301/7501, digest all kinds of samples – such as food, environmental, polymer, cosmetic, pharmaceutical, geological, chemical, and petrochemical materials – in the same run with the same method. Low blank values and low residual carbon content facilitate elemental analysis. With high temperature and pressure specifications (300 °C), there’s unlimited digestion performance while the magnetron output is automatically adjusted for reactive samples. Powerful stirring aids the digestion of floating samples (optional).","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Demanding Samples, Easy Digestion","text":"The PDC (Pressurized Digestion Cavity) revolutionizes your sample preparation workflow:\n• Weigh your samples into vials\n• Add digestion reagents and cover the vials with plug-on caps\n• Load the vials into a rack and put it into the PTFE-TFM liner\n• Safely transfer the closed liner (<1 kg) into the PDC\n• Use software-guided, semi-automated opening and closing procedures\n• Rely on automated pressurization, pressure release, and acid fume removal\n• Pressure sealing of the vessels avoids cross-contamination\nThe microwave digestion systems come with ready-to-use methods and customized application support, so method development has never been easier.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"A Microwave Digestion System Fit for Any Analytical Task","text":"Multiwave 7101/7301/7501 microwave digestion systems can accommodate different PTFE-TFM racks so you can perform microwave digestion of up to 41 samples in one run. Up to 4g of sample can be digested in one position. A wide selection of vials is available: Use thin-walled quartz vials that have low blank values or disposable borosilicate vials for routine tasks. PTFE-TFM vials are for hydrofluoric acid applications. Use sealed quartz vessels, when working with very volatile analytes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Space-Saving and Safe","text":"With their compact footprint, these microwave digestion systems save you lab space. The integrated water coolers of Multiwave 7301 and 7501 save even more space. Multiple safety features, including redundant safety systems, fault-tolerant software, a window shield, and a drip cup, make Multiwave 7101/7301/7501 the safest microwave digestion system of its kind.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Communicative and Compliant","text":"Stay connected and up-to-date with your digestions with several smart communication, control, and documentation features. Control the instruments via PC, smartphone, or tablet from a distance with VNC. Various standard methods are already available on the instruments, such as EPA, USP <232/233>, ICHQ3D, and European Pharmacopoeia 5.20. The software complies with 21 CFR part 11, and a comprehensive Pharma Qualification Documentation package is also available.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Multiwave 7501: For Demanding Samples","text":"Do you perform aqua regia digestions or use HCl as a reagent on a regular basis? Then Multiwave 7501 is your solution. With upgraded parts and extended automated cleaning procedures, it has improved corrosion resistance, so you can digest even the most demanding samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Microwave Digestion System: Multiwave is available in 3 models: Multiwave 7101, Multiwave 7301, Multiwave 7501.","subsections":[{"title":"Multiwave 7101","text":"Easy handling (thanks to workflow support); convenient digestion."},{"title":"Multiwave 7301","text":"High temperature and pressure for outstanding digestion results."},{"title":"Multiwave 7501","text":"Heavy-duty device."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RNj0-xu1pYY","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Multiwave 7101","Multiwave 7301","Multiwave 7501"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Maximum Power Delivered","values":["1,500 W","1,700 W","1,700 W"]},{"parameter":"Installed Power","values":["2,000 W"]},{"parameter":"Cooler","values":["External","Internal","Internal"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Temperature","values":["300 °C"]},{"parameter":"Liner Lift","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Stirring Option","values":["x","✓","✓"]},{"parameter":"SmartLight","values":["x","✓","✓"]},{"parameter":"VNC","values":["x","✓","✓"]},{"parameter":"Pharma Qualification Package","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Automatic Cleaning Routines","values":["✓"]},{"parameter":"Instrument Dimensions","values":["","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["115 kg","117 kg","118 kg"]},{"parameter":"W x D x H","values":["497 mm x 742 mm x 470 mm (19.5 in x 29.2 in x 18.5 in)","497 mm x 742 mm x 470 mm (19.5 in x 29.2 in x 18.5 in)","615 mm x 760 mm x 470 mm\n(24.2 in x 29.9 in x 18.5 in)"]}]}]},{"slug":"multiwave-platform","name":"Microwave Digestion Platform: Multiwave 5001 and 3001","description":"We’ve channeled over 50 years of sample preparation expertise into a microwave digestion system that fits every need.","pageTitle":"Microwave Digestion Platform: Multiwave 5001 and 3001","pageDescription":"We have channeled over 50 years of sample preparation expertise into a microwave digestion system that fits every need. From battery materials and environmental samples to food, feed, and chemicals, the Multiwave 5001 and 3001 handle them all reliably.","image":"/images/microwave-digestion-systems-multiwave-platform-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"We’ve channeled over 50 years of sample preparation expertise into a microwave digestion system that fits every need. From battery materials to environmental samples, food and feed produce to chemicals and pharmaceuticals, routine samples to highly demanding ones, and for every kind of throughput or application need, Multiwave 5001 and Multiwave 3001 are the answer. With the ability to reach 300 °C, challenging samples are digested rapidly and efficiently. Tool-free vessel and rotor handling (2x faster vessel opening and closing) boost your throughput and bring down your digestion costs. With 600 pre-installed programs, full-text method search, recipes, and a “clever” door, Multiwave 5001 and Multiwave 3001 ensure streamlined operation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/microwave-digestion-systems-multiwave-platform-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Microwave Digestion You Can Rely On","text":"These microwave digestion systems boast the longest history in sample preparation and experience in microwave digestion, guaranteeing reliability and accuracy with every run. Ensure the best preparation of your sample for trace metal analysis, whatever the future brings.\nMultiwave 5001 is ready for any application ranging from acid digestion to extraction and more. Expect the highest throughput and the highest temperatures. Fortified with SmartTemp 2.0, the latest generation of accurate and stable temperature measurement, Multiwave 5001 provides best-in-class repeatability and consistent quality.\nMultiwave 3001 is your economic and versatile option for most applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Empowered by Smart Technology","text":"With Multiwave 5001 and Multiwave 3001, say goodbye to mundane tasks and let the integrated guides, software, and streamlined design do it for you. Even with minimal human input, these instruments boast the highest sample throughput of up to 64 vessels in one run, and crystal-clear results every time. Game-changing features like vessels with SmartVent technology, tool-free operation, streamlined workflows and the broadest portfolio of rotors and accessories available, make handling simple. With Multiwave instruments, you can reach peak digestion temperatures, regardless of sample size since overpressure is released safely.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fully Connected, 24/7","text":"Stay one step ahead of digital transformation with Multiwave 5001 and 3001: the devices best prepared for digitalization. Full traceability of your results is ensured, meeting stringent industry standards and regulations. Thanks to the integration of Anton Paar Connect (Multiwave 5001) and automated data export, you can access your data at the touch of a button and share your results automatically with third parties. SmartLink allows you to access and control your experiment from any device.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Vast Application Knowledge Informs World-Class Support","text":"With Multiwave 5001 and Multiwave 3001, benefit from Anton Paar's decades of experience in microwave digestion, available from the application support around the globe. Fortified with intuitive features and application expertise, users are guided at every step of the way with the likes of the integrated keyword search, the largest method library (600+ methods) and most comprehensive video manuals. What’s more, Anton Paar is the only supplier where you can order accessories and consumables swiftly and anytime in our webshop.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Certified Safety and Warranted Quality","text":"Designed with world-class quality in mind, Multiwave 5001 and Multiwave 3001 have a range of features that ensure absolute safety and build overall robustness. For Multiwave 5001 an optional camera provides additional insights into operation. Multiwave 5001 is the only microwave digestion device that is ETL- and GS-certified. Because of the high quality of our instruments, we are happy to offer a three-year warranty to all our customers as standard. This makes Multiwave 5001 and Multiwave 3001 unrivaled when it comes to longevity and safety.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"One Microwave Digestion Platform for Every Application","text":"Multiwave 5001 and Multiwave 3001 provide sample preparation by acid digestion and leaching as part of environmental analysis, food testing, and pharmaceutical research.\nMultiwave 5001 can do even more. It’s compatible with various sample preparation methods, including:\n• Solvent extraction\n• Evaporation\n• Sample drying\n• Synthesis\nAll of these are faster, safer, cleaner, and more cost-efficient than their classic, conventionally heated counterparts.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"Microwave Digestion Platform: Multiwave is available in 2 models: Multiwave 5001, Multiwave 3001.","subsections":[{"title":"Multiwave 5001","text":"A single microwave digestion system for any application."},{"title":"Multiwave 3001","text":"High performance, at a fraction of the price."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=smP1CTIW1Zw","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Multiwave 5001","Multiwave 3001"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Concept","values":["One instrument, every application – premium digestion parameters and many additional sample preparation methods","High throughput at affordable costs – the best performance-to-cost ratio for routine samples"]},{"parameter":"Digestion Parameters","values":["Up to 300 °C and 100 bar","Efficient digestion of routine samples at moderate temperatures"]},{"parameter":"Maximum Throughput","values":["Up to 64 samples in a single run (Rotor 64MG5)","Up to 41 samples in a single run (Rotor 41HVT)"]},{"parameter":"Compatible Rotors","values":["Rotors 24HVT/41HVT, Rotor 20SVT, Rotor 8N, Rotor 64MG5","Rotors 24HVT/41HVT"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control","values":["SmartTemp 2.0 – direct, real-time internal temperature measurement of each vessel","Reliable temperature measurement by robust IR method"]},{"parameter":"Pressure Control","values":["SmartVent technology / SmartVent detection","SmartVent technology / SmartVent detection"]},{"parameter":"Pre-Installed Programs","values":["More than 600","More than 600"]},{"parameter":"Data and Connectivity","values":["Automated data export; optional integration with AP Connect lab execution software; SmartLink remote access from any device","Automated data export"]},{"parameter":"Camera","values":["Optional digital camera inside the chamber","—"]},{"parameter":"Additional Sample Preparation Methods","values":["Extraction, evaporation (24EVAP), drying (Rotor 1DRY), microwave-induced oxygen combustion (MIC)","—"]},{"parameter":"Stirring","values":["Magnetic stirring available for all rotor and vessel types","Magnetic stirring available for all rotor and vessel types"]},{"parameter":"Regulated Environments","values":["Complies with pharmacopeia, GMP, GAMP 5, and 21 CFR Part 11; pharma-specific qualification package","Complies with pharmacopeia, GMP, GAMP 5, and 21 CFR Part 11"]},{"parameter":"Safety Certification","values":["ETL and GS (\"approved safety\") certificates from independent testing institutes","ETL and GS (\"approved safety\") certificates from independent testing institutes"]},{"parameter":"Typical Industries","values":["Pharma, testing labs, food and feed, mining and metals, academia, environmental","Testing labs, academia, food and feed, environmental"]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["Multiwave 5001 is backwards compatible; it can accommodate Rotor 16 and accessories of older Multiwave models.",""]}]}]},{"slug":"multiwave-go-plus","name":"Microwave Digestion System: Multiwave GO Plus","description":"The Multiwave GO Plus microwave digester combines the advantages of single-mode and multi-mode microwave digestion systems in the patented Directed Multimode…","pageTitle":"Microwave Digestion System: Multiwave GO Plus","pageDescription":"The Multiwave GO Plus microwave digester combines the advantages of single-mode and multi-mode microwave digestion systems in the patented Directed Multimode Cavity (DMC).","image":"/images/microwave-digestion-systems-multiwave-go-plus-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Multiwave GO Plus microwave digester combines the advantages of single-mode and multi-mode microwave digestion systems in the patented Directed Multimode Cavity (DMC). Up to 12 samples can be digested simultaneously. Optimized heating and cooling ensures fast digestions, but also a high throughput, even with a smaller number of vessels. Single-Vessel Mode enables optimal method optimization and can be used for low-throughput applications. SmartVent technology allows perfect reaction control and easy handling of the digestion vessels.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/microwave-digestion-systems-multiwave-go-plus-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"GO for Fast Heating and Cooling","text":"The patented Directed Multimode Cavity (DMC) of the Multiwave GO Plus microwave digester combines the advantages of monomode (fast heating) and multimode microwave digestion systems (digestion of more than one sample at a time). Fast cooling is achieved by the perfect interplay between rotor, vessels (with cooling fins), and the built-in exhaust system. This ensures rapid cooling from 180 °C to 70 °C in less than eight minutes – perfectly designed for EPA-methods. This makes Multiwave GO Plus the most efficient oven-based microwave digestion system on the market.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"GO for SmartVent Technology – Easiest Reaction Control","text":"Overpressure generated during digestion is removed by SmartVent technology, allowing higher sample loads without compromising reaction control. SmartVent technology ensures higher temperatures and various samples in one run. The temperature of each vessel is measured independently, allowing for precise reaction control. The three-part vessel design allows easy and tool-free handling of the digestion vessel with a built-in closing point detection and a long service life. The vessel surfaces are optimized on the inside ensuring less adsorption and easy cleaning as well as offering cooling fins on the outside for the best cooling performance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"GO for Smallest Footprint and Easiest Handling","text":"The compact design and the utilization of a single magnetron results in the smallest footprint on the market, saving expensive lab space without compromising the throughput. Tool-free vessel handling, a lightweight rotor (<5 kg fully loaded) and an intuitive software make Multiwave GO Plus the easiest to use microwave digester on the market. The available Pharma Qualification Package even relieves you of the tedious documentation work.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"GO for Simplest Microwave Digestion – Huge Sample Variety","text":"The Multiwave GO Plus microwave digester is designed to digest a huge variety of samples. These include food and feed, environmental samples, aqueous samples as well as easy to digest plastics and polymers.\nPreinstalled generic methods simplify the work needed for method development. Routine testing methods like EPA 3015A, EPA 3051A or EPA 3052 are preinstalled and simplify the overall workflow in laboratories.\nIn addition to microwave digestion of routine samples, microwave-assisted acid leaching can also be performed for both large and small sample volumes of organic and inorganic matrices.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Multiwave GO Plus"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Number of Vessels","values":["12"]},{"parameter":"Volume","values":["50 mL"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["PTFE-TFM"]},{"parameter":"HF Resistance","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Control","values":["IR temperature sensor"]},{"parameter":"Pressure Control","values":["SmartVent technology"]},{"parameter":"Applications","values":["Routine Samples: Biological and environmental samples, EPA procedures, food, feed, aqueous samples"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Microwave Synthesizers","description":"Microwave reactors for fast, controlled small-scale synthesis.","pageTitle":"Microwave Synthesizers","pageDescription":"High-performance microwave reactors for synthetic chemistry — from the smallest quantities to gram-scale library generation, with precise software-controlled reaction parameters, fast uniform heating up to 300 °C, and unattended sequential processing of up to 24 reactions.","overview":"Anton Paar’s Monowave series brings modern microwave synthesis to research and development laboratories. High field density delivers fast, uniform heating for all kinds of reactions, precise IR and fiber-optic temperature measurement ensures reproducible protocols, and the MAS 24 autosampler runs up to 24 sequential reactions unattended. Monowave 400 R additionally couples with the Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer for real-time in-situ reaction monitoring.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/microwave-synthesizers.webp","slug":"microwave-synthesizers","models":[{"slug":"monowave-450-400-200","name":"Microwave Reactor: Monowave 450, Monowave 400, and Monowave 200","description":"High-performance microwave reactors for fast, sequential small-scale synthesis at up to 300 °C and 30 bar.","pageTitle":"Microwave Reactor: Monowave 450, Monowave 400, and Monowave 200","pageDescription":"Monowave 450, Monowave 400, and Monowave 200 are high-performance microwave reactors specially designed for sequential small-scale microwave synthesis applications in research and development laboratories.","image":"/images/microwave-synthesizers-monowave-450-400-200.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Monowave 450, Monowave 400, and Monowave 200 are high-performance microwave reactors specially designed for sequential small-scale microwave synthesis applications in research and development laboratories.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/microwave-synthesizers-monowave-450-400-200.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast and Effective: 24 Sequential Reactions, Unattended","text":"The Autosampler MAS 24 allows 24 unattended reactions, in sequence – saving time, and increasing efficiency. High field density produces fast, uniform heating for all kinds of reactions, up to 300 °C. Powerful stirring of up to 1200 rpm assures temperature homogeneity. The powerful 850 W magnetron adjusts its unpulsed microwave power automatically to the sample. This software-driven self-tuning eliminates any guesswork about sample absorption. Achieve high yields and clean reactions with maximum reproducibility.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"The Key Factor in Synthesis: Precise, Scalable Temperature Measurement","text":"Current scientific practice is to use reaction temperature as the relevant parameter in microwave reactions. And accurate measurement of the reaction temperature is the key to correct transferal and scale-up of reaction protocols between different reactors. Monowave reactors measure the temperature via an IR temperature sensor – a robust and reliable method for temperature control ensuring absolutely precise temperature measurement. For accurate control of even more demanding reactions, such as an exothermic reactions, or those involving extremely sensitive samples, simultaneous internal temperature measurement with the optional fiber-optic ruby thermometer is available.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Vials for Heating any Solvent and any Reaction Mixture","text":"In addition to the standard glass vials, silicon carbide (SiC) vessels are available. They absorb microwave energy efficiently, while shielding the interior from microwave radiation – a method that reveals microwave effects caused by selective absorption, and allows comparison between direct microwave heating and conventional heating of reaction mixtures. All parameters, such as the heating and cooling rate, the form factor of the reaction vessel, and the stirring efficiency are identical, apart from the heating mode. All solvents, from non-absorbing ones such as hexane to excellent absorbers such as ionic liquids, can be heated to achieve equal performance – making Monowave the ideal instrument for solvent comparison across chemical reactions. Finally, even chemicals not suitable for glass vials (fluorination agents or alkaline samples) can be processed in the chemically inert, robust SiC vessels.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Save Time, Expenditure, and the Environment with Tool-free and Reusable Consumables","text":"Choose from reaction vials for any scale between 0.5 mL and 20 mL. For bulky samples and extraction applications, a special wide-neck vessel offers convenience without compromising performance. Establish a hassle-free workflow in your laboratory with tool-free handling, and reduce the cost of ownership and the environmental footprint of your research by using reusable vials, septa, and caps.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"See Everything: Watch your Synthesis and Analyze it in Real-time","text":"With Monowave 400 and Monowave 450 you can record images and videos with the integrated digital camera. You can follow color changes and precipitation, check the dissolution of substrates, and optimize the stirring efficiency. Monowave 400 R can be combined with Anton Paar’s Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer for in-situ Raman spectroscopy measurements of chemical reactions. Identify intermediates and short-lived transition states, investigate reaction kinetics and optimize reaction conditions with real-time information about the chemical composition of your reaction. The contactless measurement removes any worries about cross-contamination and the need for cleaning in between experiments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Monowave 400/450","Monowave 200"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Max. Filling Volume","values":["6 mL for 10 mL vial\n20 mL for 30 mL vial\n2 mL for 4 mL vial"]},{"parameter":"Max. Operation Pressure","values":["30 bar (435 psi)","20 bar (290 psi)\n(upgradable)"]},{"parameter":"Max. IR Temperature","values":["300 °C","260 °C (upgradable)"]},{"parameter":"Max. Fiber-Optic Temperature","values":["300 °C","260 °C (upgradable)"]},{"parameter":"Max. Power","values":["850 W"]},{"parameter":"Vial Material","values":["Borosilicate glass, silicon carbide"]},{"parameter":"Cap Material","values":["PEEK"]},{"parameter":"Camera","values":["Integrated","Optional after upgrade"]},{"parameter":"Autosampler MAS 24","values":["Optional for Monowave 400\nStandard for Monowave 450","Optional after upgrade"]},{"parameter":"Seal Material","values":["Teflon-coated silicone"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["Method development\nOptimization\nBasic academic and industrial research"]}]}]},{"slug":"monowave-400-r","name":"Microwave Reactor with In-Situ Raman Spectroscopy: Monowave 400 R","description":"Combine Monowave 400 R with the Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer to receive a spectrum of information out of a former black box.","pageTitle":"Microwave Reactor with In-Situ Raman Spectroscopy: Monowave 400 R","pageDescription":"Combine Monowave 400 R with the Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer to receive a spectrum of information out of a former black box. Anton Paar unites two powerful techniques for synthetic chemistry: rapid microwave synthesis and in-situ Raman monitoring of the running reaction.","image":"/images/microwave-synthesizers-monowave-400-r.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Combine Monowave 400 R with the Cora 5001 Raman spectrometer to receive a spectrum of information out of a former black box. Anton Paar combines two powerful techniques for synthetic chemistry – the microwave reactor Monowave 400 R delivers high-speed chemical reactions and the Raman analyzer Cora 5001 adds molecular spectroscopy for their characterization. Gain a better understanding of reaction mechanisms and kinetics by combining precise temperature profiles with real-time information about the chemical composition of a reaction mixture. Optimize reaction conditions based on deeper insights, such as the influence of parameters, the role of different reagents, or detection of the ideal end point of a reaction.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/microwave-synthesizers-monowave-400-r.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Study Chemical Reactions under Unprecedented Reaction Conditions","text":"Monowave 400 R provides the full range of operational parameters with temperatures of up to 300 °C and pressures of up to 30 bar. The Cora 5001 Raman analyzer performs time series measurements with adjustable intervals and exposure times during reactions, directly inside the reaction vial. The microwave reactor and the Raman spectrometer are connected via a special fiber-optic Raman probe.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Real-Time In-Situ Reaction Monitoring for a Deeper Understanding of Reaction Mechanisms","text":"Raman spectroscopy provides direct identification of functional groups and quantitative information about the composition of a reaction mixture. Detect non-isolable intermediates or short lifetime transitional states with time-resolved measurements for a deeper understanding of reaction mechanisms.\nApplications include:\n• Identification of reactive intermediates\n• Elucidation of reaction mechanisms\n• Investigation of reaction kinetics\n• Monitoring of byproduct formation\n• Optimization of reaction conditions","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Like a New Probe Every Time with Contactless Measurement","text":"The Raman probe employs a scattering method and can therefore be operated through the wall of the borosilicate glass vial for direct monitoring of the chemical composition of pressurized reactions. You can investigate various scales from 2 mL to 20 mL as the focus of the laser beam can be positioned optimally for both sizes of reaction vessels available with Monowave 400 R. With contactless measurement there is no cross-contamination, you have a free choice of reactants, and have no cleaning efforts between experiments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Precise Temperature Control for Perfect Repeatability of the Reaction Course","text":"Using microwaves for heating has a number of advantages: they heat up the reaction mixture directly inside the reaction vial without heating the surroundings. Unlike conventional heating sources, microwave heating can be turned on and off instantly, giving you complete control of the heating. Monowave 400 R uses these advantages to provide efficient heating at any scale for any solvent, with unmatched speed. The instrument’s software controller not only prevents temperature overshoots, but also facilitates cleaner conversions by exactly matching the desired temperature program. This allows you to accelerate chemical reactions and achieve reaction temperatures far above the boiling point of the used solvent.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safe and Reliable Operation","text":"Monowave 400 R is equipped with multiple interlock systems so that the user is safe from microwave and laser radiation. Both devices can be activated only if the swiveling cover of Monowave 400 R is closed. The combined setup fulfills the accessible exposure limits (AEL) of laser class 1.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications for Microwave Reactor Monowave 400R","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Monowave 400R"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Max. Filling Volume","values":["6 mL for 10 mL vial\n20 mL for 30 mL vial\n2 mL for 4 mL vial"]},{"parameter":"Max. Operation Pressure","values":["30 bar (435 psi)"]},{"parameter":"Max. IR Temperature","values":["300 °C"]},{"parameter":"Max. Fiber-Optic Temperature","values":["300 °C"]},{"parameter":"Max. Power","values":["850 W"]},{"parameter":"Vial Material","values":["Borosilicate glass, silicon carbide"]},{"parameter":"Cap Material","values":["PEEK"]},{"parameter":"Camera","values":["Integrated"]},{"parameter":"Autosampler MAS 24","values":["Optional"]},{"parameter":"Seal Material","values":["Teflon-coated silicone"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["Method development\nOptimization\nBasic academic and industrial research"]}]},{"title":"Specifications for Dual-Wavelength In-Situ Raman Spectrometer: Cora 5001 Fiber","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Single-wavelength 532 nm","Single-wavelength 785 nm","Single-wavelength 1064 nm","Dual-wavelength 532 nm and 785 nm","Dual-wavelength 532 nm and 1064 nm","Dual-wavelength 785 nm and 1064 nm"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Optical Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Excitation Wavelength","values":["532 nm","785 nm","1064 nm","532 nm and 785 nm","532 nm and 1064 nm","785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spectral Range","values":["200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹","200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm","200 cm⁻¹ to 3500 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm","100 cm⁻¹ to 2300 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Resolution (according to ASTM E2529)","values":["9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹","6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹","12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹","9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm","9 cm⁻¹ to 12 cm⁻¹ for 532 nm\n12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm","6 cm⁻¹ to 9 cm⁻¹ for 785 nm\n12 cm⁻¹ to 17 cm⁻¹ for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Power","values":["50 mW**","0 mW to 450 mW*, adjustable","0 mW to 450 mW*, adjustable","50 mW* for 532 nm\n0 mW to 450 mW* for 785 nm","50 mW* for 532 nm\n0 mW to 450 mW* for 1064 nm","0 mW to 450 mW* for 785 nm and 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Spectrograph","values":["f/2; Transmission volume phase grating (VPG)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Integration Time","values":["0.005 s to 600 s","0.005 s to 600 s","0.001 s to 20 s","0.005 s to 600 s for 532 nm and 785 nm","0.005 s to 600 s for 532 nm\n0.001 s to 20 s for 1064 nm","0.005 s to 600 s for 785 nm\n0.001 s to 20 s for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Wavelength Calibration","values":["Automatic via software","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Detector Array","values":["2048 px CCD","2048 px CCD","256 px InGaAs","2048 px CCD for 532 nm and 785 nm","2048 px CCD for 532 nm\n256 px InGaAs for 1064 nm","2048 px CCD for 785 nm\n256 px InGaAs for 1064 nm"]},{"parameter":"Laser Class","values":["3B for Fiber model","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Physical Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (D x W x H)","values":["355 mm x 384 mm x 168 mm (14.0 in x 15.1 in x 6.6 in)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["9.8 kg","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Operating Range","values":["10 °C to 35 °C (non-condensing)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Fiber Probe Dimensions","values":["Cable length: 1.50 m","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Battery (optional)","values":["Lithium-ion","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Battery Run Time","values":[">1.5 h","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Supply Input","values":["Line power supply input: 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz\nCar power adapter input: 9 V to 32 V DC","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Power Consumption","values":["In-line power supply input: max. 100 VA\nDC input: typical 30 VA (60 VA when optional battery is charged)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Additional Specifications","values":["","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Display","values":["10-inch touch screen","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Ports","values":["4 x USB 2.0, 1 x Ethernet, 1 x CAN out and 1 x USB to PC","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Data Export Formats","values":[".csv, .txt, .png, .spc,. aps, .pdf","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Internal Storage","values":["8 GB","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Wireless Connectivity","values":["Wi-Fi stick (optional)","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Spectral Libraries","values":["Factory library, user-built, third-party options","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Security","values":["User roles with customizable permissions, user password logins","","","","",""]},{"parameter":"Notes","values":["*at sample\n**at laser source","","","","",""]}]}]}]},{"name":"pH Meters","description":"Handheld and modular pH measurement for lab and field.","pageTitle":"pH Meters","pageDescription":"From compact handheld meters for field use to high-performance measuring modules for automated beverage analysis systems — fast, traceable, and reliable pH results across laboratory, production, and on-site applications.","overview":"Anton Paar's pH measurement portfolio includes compact handheld meters for small-scale operations and field use, as well as high-performance measuring modules for integration into beverage measurement systems. Designed for both on-site use and automated lab environments, these instruments provide fast, traceable, and reliable pH results across diverse applications — from quality control to production monitoring.","partner":"Anton Paar — Austria","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/ph-meters.webp","slug":"ph-meters","models":[{"slug":"ph2go","name":"Digital pH Meter: pH2Go","description":"The pH2Go digital pH meter is a compact, portable device designed for fast and precise pH measurements.","pageTitle":"Digital pH Meter: pH2Go","pageDescription":"The pH2Go digital pH meter is a compact, portable device designed for fast and precise pH measurements. Ideal for home use and small-scale operations, it is suitable for a wide range of applications, including brewing, winemaking, hydroponics, water analysis, food analysis, and more.","image":"/images/ph-meters-ph2go-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The pH2Go digital pH meter is a compact, portable device designed for fast and precise pH measurements. Ideal for home use and small-scale operations, it is suitable for a wide range of applications, including brewing, winemaking, hydroponics, water analysis, food analysis, and more. Powered by glass-free ISFET sensor technology, pH2Go is shockproof, easy to clean, and ideal for use in the field. The device is paired with an iOS or Android app, which provides step-by-step guidance to ensure correct calibration, easy handling, and seamless data documentation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ph-meters-ph2go-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Lab-Grade Accuracy, Pocket-Sized Format","text":"With an accuracy of ±0.02 pH across the full 0.00 pH to 14.00 pH range, pH2Go is ideal for consistent, traceable measurements in everyday use, production, and field work. The sample well requires only 0.5 mL, conserving precious material and enabling quick rinse-and-repeat workflows between samples. Stable readings are delivered in just two seconds, and automatic temperature compensation during calibration ensures high precision under changing conditions. Users can choose between multiple measurement modes – including quick, continuous, and interval – making the device equally suited for fast routine checks as well as in-depth monitoring of sample behavior over time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Built for Any Environment – Waterproof and Glass-Free Design","text":"The pH2Go digital pH meter features a robust ISFET pH sensor and a gel-based reference electrolyte with a non-depleting reservoir to ensure long-term stability. Free from fragile glass, it eliminates any risk of contamination from shards, making it ideal for food and beverage analysis. The rugged and waterproof housing with an IP67 rating enables safe handling indoors and outdoors – even under demanding conditions – while the smooth, easy-to-clean sample well rinses in seconds and tolerates dry storage without damage. Battery-powered operation with long runtime supports truly portable pH control wherever it is needed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Smart App Guidance, Calibration, and Data Visualization","text":"The free iOS and Android app guides each calibration and automatically sets the appropriate calibration scheme based on the planned measurements. Users can perform up to a 5-point calibration with predefined DIN, NIST, or JIS buffer groups, as well as add custom buffer sets. All measurements and calibrations are automatically logged, ensuring a complete, traceable history. Results are displayed in clear visuals and explanations to provide context and application-specific insights.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Suitable for Various Applications","text":"• Brewing and winemaking: Monitoring pH during mash, kettle souring, fermentation, and malolactic fermentation\n• Hydroponics, horticulture, and agriculture: Monitoring nutrient solutions and irrigation water to keep plants in their ideal pH range\n• Water and aquatics: Quick spot checks in aquaria, pools, and wastewater\n• Food, beverage, and dairy products: pH control in brines, sauces, vinegar, dairy products, and other liquid or semi-liquid foods\n• Laboratories and applied environments: Routine checks for quality control and R&D","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["pH2Go"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Measurement Specifications","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["ISFET (Ion Sensitive Field Effect Transistor)"]},{"parameter":"Measuring Range","values":["0.00 pH to 14.00 pH"]},{"parameter":"Accuracy","values":["±0.02 pH"]},{"parameter":"Resolution","values":["0.01 pH"]},{"parameter":"Calibration","values":["1-, 2-, 3- and 5-point calibration"]},{"parameter":"Automated Temperature Compensated Calibration (ATC)","values":["Yes"]},{"parameter":"Buffer Types","values":["DIN, NIST, JIS, custom buffer sets"]},{"parameter":"Electrolyte Solution","values":["Gelled KCl"]},{"parameter":"Diaphragm","values":["Porous PTFE"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Accuracy","values":["±1 %"]},{"parameter":"Temperature Resolution","values":["0.1 °C (0.1 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Sample Temperature Range","values":["0 °C to 80 °C (32 °F to 176 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Device Specifications","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Sample Volume","values":["0.5 mL"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (L x W x H)","values":["108 mm x 64 mm x 35 mm (4.3 in x 2.5 in x 1.4 in)"]},{"parameter":"Weight (incl. Batteries)","values":["125 g (0.28 lbs)"]},{"parameter":"Power Supply","values":["2x AAA 1.5 V batteries (included)"]},{"parameter":"Enclosure Rating","values":["IP67 according to IEC 60529"]},{"parameter":"Operating Conditions","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Ambient Temperature","values":["10 °C to 40 °C (50 °F to 104 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Air Humidity","values":["5 % to 95 % relative air humidity, non-condensing"]},{"parameter":"Battery Lifetime","values":["~10,000 measurements"]},{"parameter":"Storage Temperature","values":["10 °C to 40 °C (50 °F to 104 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Interface","values":["BluetoothTM Low Energy"]},{"parameter":"Mobile Operating System","values":["iOS and Android"]},{"parameter":"Sample Area","values":[""]},{"parameter":"Sample Well","values":["PSU"]},{"parameter":"Diaphragm","values":["Porous PTFE"]},{"parameter":"Sensor","values":["ISFET"]},{"parameter":"O-Ring","values":["FKM"]},{"parameter":"Housing","values":["PBT/PC"]}]}]},{"slug":"ph-measuring-module","name":"pH Measuring Module for Beverage Analysis Systems","description":"The pH 1101, 1201, 3101, 3201, and 3301 measurement modules – integrated into a beverage or packaged beverage measurement system – enable simultaneous…","pageTitle":"pH Measuring Module for Beverage Analysis Systems","pageDescription":"The pH 1101, 1201, 3101, 3201, and 3301 measurement modules – integrated into a beverage or packaged beverage measurement system – enable simultaneous determination of pH value and other quality parameters.","image":"/images/ph-meters-ph-measuring-module-v3.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The pH 1101, 1201, 3101, 3201, and 3301 measurement modules – integrated into a beverage or packaged beverage measurement system – enable simultaneous determination of pH value and other quality parameters. Versatile configurations support pH measurements at pressures of up to 6 bar in a variety of liquids from all types of beverages to chemicals. Integration into Anton Paar's modular measurement solutions streamlines analysis and increases laboratory productivity – with all relevant results delivered in just three to four minutes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/ph-meters-ph-measuring-module-v3.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automatically Perform pH Measurement along with Other Key Parameters","text":"The modular setup enables analysis of the pH value and various other quality parameters in one measuring cycle. All values are on one screen and in one report. There is no need for separate sample preparation and filling.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Master Instrument Guides through Workflow Adjustment","text":"Forget challenging maintenance and adjustment procedures. Fully guided wizards simplify workflows and reduce time and effort for calibration and adjustment to a minimum.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Analysis of a Wide Variety of Samples","text":"pH measurement modules pH 3101 and pH 3201 cover a wide range of applications: from the analysis of the pH value in beverages to chemical samples at pressures up to 6 bar.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fill Sample from a Package with Zero CO₂ Influence","text":"Integrate pH measurement pH 1201 or pH 3201 into a packaged beverage measurement system, and pH values are automatically corrected for the impact of dissolved CO₂, doing away with time-consuming sample preparation procedures like degassing, and eliminating user influence on the result.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Models","text":"pH Measuring Module: pH is available in 5 models: pH 3101, pH 3201, pH 3301, pH 1101, pH 1201.","subsections":[{"title":"pH 3101","text":"Optimized for pH analysis in beverage measurement systems."},{"title":"pH 3201","text":"Suitable for operation in packaged beverage measurement systems."},{"title":"pH 3301","text":"Optimized for pH analysis in beverage measurement systems."},{"title":"pH 1101","text":"pH analysis in beverage measurement systems for craft breweries."},{"title":"pH 1201","text":"Suitable in packaged beverage measurement systems for craft breweries."}],"image":"","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pE-jikkGgR8","videoSize":"medium"}],"tables":[]}]},{"name":"Osmium Plasma Coaters","description":"Plasma coaters depositing ultra-thin, fine-grained osmium films for high-resolution FE-SEM imaging.","pageTitle":"Osmium Plasma Coaters","pageDescription":"Osmium plasma coating produces an amorphous, ultra-thin conductive film with no grain structure of its own, making it the coating of choice when the specimen must be imaged at the resolution a field-emission SEM is capable of.","overview":"Sputtered gold and gold-palladium films have a grain structure that becomes visible at high magnification, setting a ceiling on what a field-emission SEM can usefully resolve. Osmium plasma coating avoids this: osmium is deposited from a gaseous precursor as a genuinely amorphous film, continuous at thicknesses of a few nanometres and free of the island growth that afflicts sputtered metals. The result is a conductive, uniform coating that follows fine surface detail rather than obscuring it, which matters for biological specimens, polymers and nanostructured materials. SPI offers the OPC-60A for routine automatic operation and the OPC-80T with a larger chamber and the option of carbon deposition.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-osmium-coaters.webp","slug":"osmium-coaters","models":[{"slug":"opc-60a","name":"Osmium Plasma Coater: OPC-60A","description":"Unlike the OPC-80T, the OPC-60A cannot deposit carbon and is dedicated solely to osmium coating.","pageTitle":"Osmium Plasma Coater: OPC-60A","pageDescription":"The Osmium Plasma Coater OPC-60A is a fully automatic bench-top instrument that deposits osmium metal coatings onto SEM specimens, using osmium tetroxide sealed in glass ampoules as the coating source.","image":"/images/spi-opc-60a.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Osmium Plasma Coater OPC-60A is a fully automatic bench-top instrument that deposits osmium metal coatings onto SEM specimens, using osmium tetroxide sealed in glass ampoules as the coating source. Because the deposition cycle is entirely automatic, the instrument can coat large numbers of samples in relatively short periods of time, and the running cost is minimal since a single 0.1 g ampoule can supply 10 to 15 coating runs depending on the film thickness required. The osmium metal films it produces are amorphous, structureless, and featureless, making them well suited to high-resolution SEM imaging of biological and other beam-sensitive specimens. Unlike the OPC-80T, the OPC-60A cannot deposit carbon and is dedicated solely to osmium coating. The instrument is designed for straightforward self-installation, with SPI's in-house technical staff and select worldwide distributors trained to provide support without requiring a service engineer visit.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-opc-60a.webp","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Automatic Osmium Deposition","text":"The OPC-60A automates the entire osmium coating cycle, allowing a laboratory to process large batches of samples with minimal operator intervention. A 0.1 g ampoule of osmium tetroxide is enough for roughly 10 to 15 coating runs, keeping the running cost of each coating cycle very low.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sample Stage Options","text":"The sample stage can be configured to accept one of three mount sizes: 9.5 or 10 mm diameter cylindrical SEM mounts in 7 positions, 15 mm diameter mounts in 4 positions, or a single 32 mm diameter mount. Pin-type SEM mounts require an appropriately sized adapter mount. The OPC-60A offers a larger coating area and more robust electronics than the earlier OPC-60N model it replaces.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Installation and Support","text":"Like other SPI-manufactured systems, the OPC-60A is designed so that a laboratory can unpack it, follow the setup instructions, and be operational within a few hours without a costly service engineer visit. The unit requires no cooling water and needs only a solid tabletop surface and a conventional rotary vane mechanical vacuum pump, which is priced separately since many laboratories already own a suitable pump.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["OPC-60A"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Coating material","values":["Osmium metal, from osmium tetroxide source"]},{"parameter":"Operation mode","values":["Fully automatic; osmium deposition only, no carbon"]},{"parameter":"Sample stage options","values":["9.5/10 mm mounts (7 positions), 15 mm mounts (4 positions), or 32 mm mount (1 position) - select one"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum pump","values":["External rotary vane (mechanical) pump required, not included"]},{"parameter":"Power requirements","values":["100/110V, 50/60 Hz, 10 A or 220/240V, 50 Hz, 5 A"]},{"parameter":"Power consumption","values":["1 kW"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x D x H)","values":["48 cm x 42 cm x 26 cm without chamber / 41 cm with chamber"]},{"parameter":"Warranty","values":["One year, parts and labor"]},{"parameter":"Indicative list price (USD)","values":["From $50,108.09"]}]}]},{"slug":"opc-80t","name":"Osmium Plasma Coater: OPC-80T","description":"The osmium source is osmium tetroxide in sealed glass ampoules, while the carbon source is technical-grade naphthalene, which is sublimated to deposit the carbon film.","pageTitle":"Osmium Plasma Coater: OPC-80T","pageDescription":"The Osmium Plasma Coater OPC-80T is a fully automatic bench-top instrument with an 80 mm chamber that deposits both osmium metal and carbon coatings onto SEM specimens, making it a more versatile alternative to the osmium-only OPC-60A.","image":"/images/spi-opc-80t.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Osmium Plasma Coater OPC-80T is a fully automatic bench-top instrument with an 80 mm chamber that deposits both osmium metal and carbon coatings onto SEM specimens, making it a more versatile alternative to the osmium-only OPC-60A. The osmium source is osmium tetroxide in sealed glass ampoules, while the carbon source is technical-grade naphthalene, which is sublimated to deposit the carbon film. The osmium metal coatings produced are amorphous, structureless, and featureless, ideal for SEM sample preparation, while the carbon coatings are suited to EDS analysis. The OPC-80T operates only in its fully automatic mode for both osmium and carbon deposition and has no manual operation option. As with other SPI systems, it is designed for straightforward self-installation with technical support available from SPI's headquarters and trained worldwide distributors.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-opc-80t.webp","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Osmium and Carbon Deposition in One Instrument","text":"The OPC-80T can deposit either an osmium metal coating or a carbon coating within the same chamber, giving laboratories both an SEM conductive coating and an EDS-compatible carbon coating from one instrument. The osmium source is osmium tetroxide in sealed glass ampoules and the carbon source is the sublimation of technical-grade naphthalene.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sample Stage and Chamber","text":"The 80 mm chamber accepts a sample stage configured for either four 10 mm round cylindrical mounts or four 15 mm round cylindrical mounts, with other stage options available on request. The system operates exclusively in fully automatic mode for both osmium and carbon deposition.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Installation and Support","text":"The OPC-80T is designed for straightforward self-installation without the need for a service engineer visit, requiring no cooling water beyond a solid tabletop surface and a conventional rotary vane mechanical vacuum pump, which is priced separately. SPI's in-house technical staff, along with trained worldwide distributors, provide ongoing technical support from the company's headquarters near Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["OPC-80T"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Coating materials","values":["Osmium metal (from osmium tetroxide) and carbon (from naphthalene sublimation)"]},{"parameter":"Operation mode","values":["Fully automatic operation only; no manual mode"]},{"parameter":"Chamber","values":["80 mm"]},{"parameter":"Sample stage options","values":["Four 10 mm round cylindrical mounts or four 15 mm round cylindrical mounts; other options on request"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum pump","values":["External rotary vane (mechanical) pump required, not included"]},{"parameter":"Power requirements","values":["100/110V, 50/60 Hz, 10 A or 220/240V, 50 Hz, 5 A"]},{"parameter":"Power consumption","values":["1.2 kW"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (W x D x H)","values":["48 cm x 42 cm x 26 cm without chamber / 41 cm with chamber"]},{"parameter":"Warranty","values":["One year, parts and labor"]},{"parameter":"Indicative list price (USD)","values":["$76,951.60"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Spin Coaters","description":"Two-stage benchtop spin coater for depositing uniform thin films of photoresist, polymers and sol-gel solutions.","pageTitle":"Spin Coaters","pageDescription":"Spin coating produces thin, highly uniform films by dispensing a liquid onto a substrate and spinning it at controlled speed — the standard method for photoresists, polymer films and sol-gel coatings in research laboratories.","overview":"Spin coating remains the simplest reliable way to lay down a uniform thin film: liquid is dispensed onto a substrate, which then spins so that centrifugal force spreads it evenly while the solvent evaporates. Film thickness is governed by spin speed, solution viscosity and time, so a two-stage programme — a slow spread step followed by a fast thinning step — gives repeatable results across a wide range of materials. The KW-4A covers this with independent control of both stages and interchangeable vacuum chucks for different substrate sizes. It is used for photoresists, polymer films, sol-gel coatings and nanoparticle suspensions.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-spin-coaters.webp","slug":"spin-coaters","models":[{"slug":"kw-4a","name":"Spin Coater: Model KW-4A","description":"The Spin Coater Model KW-4A is a compact, economically priced bench-top instrument used to deposit precise.","pageTitle":"Spin Coater: Model KW-4A","pageDescription":"The Spin Coater Model KW-4A is a compact, economically priced bench-top instrument used to deposit precise, uniform thin films and coatings onto substrates by spin coating.","image":"/images/spi-kw-4a.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Spin Coater Model KW-4A is a compact, economically priced bench-top instrument used to deposit precise, uniform thin films and coatings onto substrates by spin coating. Its rugged, vibration-free, and portable design suits it to metal oxide thin films, polymer coatings, and organic thin films on a wide range of substrates, including silicon nitride membrane window arrays. The unit uses a two-stage spin process, dispensing the coating liquid at a low first-stage speed and then homogenizing the film at a higher second-stage speed, with higher spin speeds producing thinner final coatings. The basic unit is supplied with a 7 in (178 mm) coating well and a fitted lid, though a vacuum chuck to hold the substrate must be ordered separately based on sample size. It requires an external vacuum pump to hold samples in place and can be extended with accessories such as a liquid dispenser, hotplate, UV curer, and environmental control chamber.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-kw-4a.webp","imageSize":"small","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Two-Stage Spin Process","text":"Stage one dispenses the coating liquid at 500 to 2,500 rpm for 2 to 18 seconds, and stage two homogenizes the film at 1,000 to 8,000 rpm for 3 to 60 seconds, with speed stability held to within 1%. The higher the spin speed used, the thinner the resulting spun coating.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Substrate and Chuck Selection","text":"The theoretical maximum substrate size is a 9 in (229 mm) diagonal, though the standard chuck size tops out at 6 in (152 mm) to leave clearance between the substrate edge and the bowl wall and to avoid splash-back. Vacuum chucks are available in aluminum or PTFE and should be sized just smaller than the largest substrate to be coated, since any exposed chuck surface will draw the coating liquid away into the vacuum system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Accessories and Options","text":"The KW-4A can be extended with a liquid dispenser for precise, uniform dispensing of coating liquids, a hotplate for baking and curing films, a UV curer for photosensitive coatings, and an environmental control chamber for controlled-atmosphere spin coating. A small diaphragm vacuum pump, such as SPI's model 927 or an equivalent Gast pump, is required to hold samples on the vacuum chuck during spinning.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Model KW-4A"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Spin process","values":["Two-stage: Stage 1, 500-2,500 rpm for 2-18 s; Stage 2, 1,000-8,000 rpm for 3-60 s"]},{"parameter":"Speed stability","values":["Less than 1%"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum requirement","values":["2.1 CFM; external pump required, not included"]},{"parameter":"Coating well","values":["7 in (178 mm) standard, with lid"]},{"parameter":"Maximum substrate size","values":["Up to 9 in (229 mm) diagonal theoretical; standard chuck up to 6 in (152 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Power","values":["115 VAC, 60 Hz, 1 A (12170-AB, 110V); 220-240 VAC, 50 Hz (12170-AX, 220V)"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions (D x W x H)","values":["10 in x 8.5 in x 8.5 in (25.4 x 21.5 x 21.5 cm)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["15 lbs (6.8 kg)"]},{"parameter":"Certification","values":["CE certified"]},{"parameter":"Indicative list price (USD)","values":["$5,000.00 (12170-AB, 110V)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["110V/60Hz (12170-AB)","220V/50Hz (12170-AX)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"List price (USD)","values":["$5,000.00","$5,505.79"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Critical Point Dryers","description":"Critical point drying systems that dry biological and delicate specimens without the collapse caused by air drying.","pageTitle":"Critical Point Dryers","pageDescription":"Air drying destroys soft biological specimens: as liquid evaporates, surface tension at the receding meniscus tears delicate structures apart. Critical point drying removes the liquid without ever crossing a phase boundary, preserving the specimen's three-dimensional structure for SEM.","overview":"When a wet specimen dries in air, the surface tension of the receding liquid exerts forces large enough to collapse cell walls, cilia and other fine structures — the specimen that reaches the microscope is not the one that went in. Critical point drying sidesteps this by replacing the specimen's water with a transitional fluid, usually liquid carbon dioxide, then taking that fluid above its critical temperature and pressure, where liquid and gas become indistinguishable and surface tension vanishes. The CO₂ can then be vented as a gas, leaving the specimen dry and structurally intact. It is essential preparation for SEM of tissue, insects, plant material, hydrogels and other soft or porous samples.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-critical-point-dryers.webp","slug":"critical-point-dryers","models":[{"slug":"spi-dry-cpd-jumbo","name":"SPI-Dry Critical Point Dryer, Jumbo Size","description":"The technique, in routine use since 1970, has since expanded beyond biological specimens into aerogel and MEMS drying applications.","pageTitle":"SPI-Dry Critical Point Dryer, Jumbo Size","pageDescription":"The SPI-Dry Critical Point Dryer, Jumbo Size is a manually operated instrument used to dry fragile, liquid-saturated specimens for SEM, TEM, and light microscopy without the surface-tension damage caused by air drying.","image":"/images/spi-spi-dry-cpd-jumbo.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The SPI-Dry Critical Point Dryer, Jumbo Size is a manually operated instrument used to dry fragile, liquid-saturated specimens for SEM, TEM, and light microscopy without the surface-tension damage caused by air drying. It is based on a massive solid brass pressure chamber with an integral water jacket, giving it a large chamber capacity suitable for batches of samples up to 1.5 inches in diameter. The technique, in routine use since 1970, has since expanded beyond biological specimens into aerogel and MEMS drying applications. This Jumbo model ships complete with hoses, a high-pressure CO2 transfer hose, a CO2 tank adapter, a spare parts kit, a boat and tissue basket set, and a user manual. It is fitted with EPDM seals, which are recommended for laboratories that process samples with aggressive solvents such as acetone.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-spi-dry-cpd-jumbo.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Robust, Manually Controlled Design","text":"The heart of the system is a solid brass pressure chamber with 1 inch thick walls, giving the unit essentially no moving parts to fail. Operators manually adjust the CO2 fill, vent, and drain exhaust valves, allowing precise, hands-on control over the substitution of the dehydration agent. Heating and cooling are provided by ordinary tap water through the integral water jacket rather than an electrical heating element.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Complete, Ready-to-Run System","text":"Every unit ships with all required water hoses, a high-pressure CO2 transfer hose, the adapter needed to connect the hose to a CO2 tank, a spare parts kit, and a boat and tissue basket set. An easy-to-follow user manual is included so the system can be installed and operated with minimal setup time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Suited to Life Science and Materials Applications","text":"While critical point drying was originally developed for biological SEM specimens, SPI-Dry units are now widely used for aerogel and MEMS sample preparation as well. The EPDM seal option on this Jumbo model is specifically recommended for laboratories running more aggressive solvents such as repeated acetone exposure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Safety-Engineered Pressure Vessel","text":"As a pressure vessel, the chamber is pressure-tested to levels well beyond normal operating pressures and is protected by a rupture disc safety membrane in case of unexpected pressure rise. SPI Supplies offers only hot-water heated designs and does not sell electrically heated critical point dryers, limiting how hot the chamber can ever become.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPI-Dry Critical Point Dryer, Jumbo Size"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Inside diameter","values":["63.5 mm"]},{"parameter":"Inside length","values":["82 mm"]},{"parameter":"Pressure range","values":["0 to 2000 psi"]},{"parameter":"Temperature range","values":["0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F)"]},{"parameter":"Heating rate","values":["up to 1 °C/min"]},{"parameter":"Chamber material","values":["Solid brass, 1 in wall thickness"]},{"parameter":"Seal material","values":["EPDM"]},{"parameter":"Viewing window","values":["1/2 in PMMA shield over 1 in glass"]},{"parameter":"Indicative list price (USD)","values":["$14,400.00"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Plasma Cleaners, Etchers & Ashers","description":"Plasma systems for removing hydrocarbon contamination, ashing organics and etching surfaces before microscopy.","pageTitle":"Plasma Cleaners, Etchers & Ashers","pageDescription":"Hydrocarbon contamination is the most common cause of specimen degradation in an electron microscope, polymerising under the beam into a dark deposit. Plasma cleaning removes it in minutes, and the same instruments serve for ashing and controlled surface etching.","overview":"Hydrocarbon films from handling, storage and pump oil are almost unavoidable, and under an electron beam they polymerise into a carbon deposit that obscures detail and worsens with every scan. A low-pressure oxygen or argon plasma removes these contaminants by converting them to volatile products that the pump carries away, cleaning both the specimen and the holder without mechanical contact or solvents. The same technology serves for ashing organic matrices to leave an inorganic residue, and for controlled etching to reveal structure in polymers and composites. SPI's Plasma Prep range covers TEM holder cleaning, barrel etching, parallel-plate and reactive ion etching, and a compact microwave benchtop unit.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-plasma-cleaners.webp","slug":"plasma-cleaners","models":[{"slug":"plasma-prep-iii-cleaner-tem","name":"Plasma Prep III Plasma Cleaner for TEM Holders","description":"SPI Supplies manufactures this equipment under a license agreement with Argonne National Laboratory.","pageTitle":"Plasma Prep III Plasma Cleaner for TEM Holders","pageDescription":"The Plasma Prep III Plasma Cleaner is a compact benchtop instrument that uses a dry plasma process to remove hydrocarbon contamination from TEM specimen holders and, optionally, from the samples themselves.","image":"/images/spi-plasma-prep-iii-cleaner-tem.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Plasma Prep III Plasma Cleaner is a compact benchtop instrument that uses a dry plasma process to remove hydrocarbon contamination from TEM specimen holders and, optionally, from the samples themselves. It operates at very low RF power, typically 1 to 10 watts, which is enough to dislodge surface-held contamination without etching the holder, rod, or specimen. The design is the same type of plasma cleaner used in research that demonstrated that removing this contamination significantly improves TEM image contrast and data quality. SPI Supplies manufactures this equipment under a license agreement with Argonne National Laboratory. The unit is highly portable and intended to sit alongside a TEM for routine holder cleaning between sessions.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-plasma-prep-iii-cleaner-tem.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Low-Power Isotropic Cleaning","text":"The barrel-type chamber gives isotropic plasma exposure, reaching into the nooks and crannies of a specimen holder and the contact areas between holder and specimen. Operation from 1 to 100 watts, with most work done between 1 and 10 watts, allows the use of argon without damaging the holder, rod, or specimen.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Field-Proven Argonne-Licensed Design","text":"The unit is based on the same type of plasma cleaner used by Dr. Nestor Zaluzec in research at Argonne National Laboratory that established the link between holder contamination and reduced TEM image contrast. SPI Supplies manufactures and sells this equipment under a license agreement with Argonne.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compact and Portable","text":"With a footprint of roughly 10.5 in high by 14.75 in long by 12 in wide and a weight of only 32 lbs excluding the mechanical pump, the cleaner is easy to site next to a TEM. An air vent bleed control valve lets the operator precisely manage venting speed to protect fragile samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Distinguishing Cleaner from Etcher","text":"A plasma cleaner such as this unit operates at very low power to gently remove thin adsorbed contamination layers, whereas a plasma etcher runs at 100 watts or higher for bulk material removal. Customers needing higher-power etching, such as photoresist removal, are directed to the standard Plasma Prep III etcher instead.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Plasma Prep III Plasma Cleaner for TEM Holders"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Power range","values":["1 to 100 W (typical use 1 to 10 W)"]},{"parameter":"RF frequency","values":["13.56 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Chamber","values":["4 in (10.15 cm) diameter x 6 in (15.25 cm) deep"]},{"parameter":"Base pressure","values":["approx. 250 mTorr"]},{"parameter":"Process gases","values":["Oxygen, Argon"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["10.5 in H x 14.75 in L x 12 in W (26.7 x 37.5 x 30.5 cm)"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["32 lbs (14.5 kg), excluding pump"]},{"parameter":"Voltage options","values":["110 V or 220 V"]},{"parameter":"Indicative list price (USD)","values":["$15,684.00"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["110 Volt","220 Volt"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item No.","values":["11055-AB","11055-AX"]},{"parameter":"List Price (USD)","values":["$15,684.00","$15,684.00"]}]}]},{"slug":"plasma-prep-iii","name":"Plasma Prep III Etcher, Solid State Design","description":"Barrel plasma etcher succeeding the Plasma Prep II, with greater stability and reproducible conditions for low-power work.","pageTitle":"Plasma Prep III Etcher, Solid State Design","pageDescription":"The Plasma Prep III is a general-purpose, solid-state RF plasma cleaner, etcher, and asher built as a compact tabletop instrument delivering 1 to 100 watts of process power.","image":"/images/spi-plasma-prep-iii.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Plasma Prep III is a general-purpose, solid-state RF plasma cleaner, etcher, and asher built as a compact tabletop instrument delivering 1 to 100 watts of process power. It succeeds the tube-based Plasma Prep II, offering greater stability and reproducible conditions for long, unattended process runs of tens of hours to days. The chamber is available in Pyrex, suitable for oxygen, argon, nitrogen, or air, or in quartz for more aggressive gases such as carbon tetrafluoride that would etch Pyrex glass. The system is offered as a bare etcher or bundled with a Fomblin-oil vacuum pump and an optional process controller for multi-gas operation. It is CE certified and RoHS compliant, and integrates a vacuum gauge with digital forward/reverse power metering.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-plasma-prep-iii.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Solid-State Stability for Long Runs","text":"The solid-state RF design gives the Plasma Prep III excellent stability so it can be left running unattended overnight or over multiple days without drift in operating conditions. Digital metering with forward and reverse power measurement and adjustment lets users reproduce the same process across multiple units or sites.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pyrex or Quartz Chamber Options","text":"Pyrex chambers are recommended for oxygen, argon, nitrogen, or air, none of which attack the glass. Quartz chambers are recommended when running gases such as carbon tetrafluoride or trichloromethyl, which produce free radicals that will etch Pyrex over time.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Configurable, Ready-to-Run Packages","text":"Customers can order the bare etcher and supply their own mechanical pump, or select a bundled configuration with a Pfeiffer DUO 3 Fomblin-oil pump pre-installed, since most users run oxygen or CF4 process gases that call for a fomblinized pump. An optional Process Controller adds a second gas input for gas mixtures and automated run-time control.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Typical Applications","text":"The Plasma Prep III is used for general cleaning and etching of SEM and TEM samples and holders, and can also perform bulk photoresist and organic material removal at the higher end of its 1 to 100 watt power range. For samples under 4 inches in diameter needing isotropic cleaning, this is the recommended SPI plasma system.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Plasma Prep III Etcher, Solid State Design"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Power range","values":["1 to 100 W"]},{"parameter":"RF frequency","values":["13.56 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Chamber size","values":["4 in diameter x 6 in deep (Pyrex or Quartz)"]},{"parameter":"Footprint","values":["10.5 in H x 14.75 in W x 12 in D"]},{"parameter":"Voltage","values":["110/220 V compatible"]},{"parameter":"Certification","values":["CE Certified, RoHS Compliant"]},{"parameter":"Gas inputs","values":["1 (2 with optional Process Controller)"]},{"parameter":"Typical process gases","values":["Oxygen, Argon, CF4"]},{"parameter":"Indicative list price (USD)","values":["$10,979.00 (base, Pyrex, 110V)"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Pyrex, Base","Quartz, Base","Pyrex, w/ Fomblin Pump","Quartz, w/ Fomblin Pump","Pyrex, w/ Process Controller & Pump","Quartz, w/ Process Controller & Pump"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item No. (110V)","values":["11050-AB","11050Q-AB","11050P-AB","11050PQ-AB","11050PP-AB","11050PPQ-AB"]},{"parameter":"List Price (USD)","values":["$10,979.00","$11,740.00","$14,140.00","$15,990.00","$17,135.00","$19,010.00"]}]}]},{"slug":"plasma-prep-x","name":"Plasma Prep X Parallel Plate Plasma Etcher","description":"Chamber material, Pyrex or quartz, is selected based on the process gas in use.","pageTitle":"Plasma Prep X Parallel Plate Plasma Etcher","pageDescription":"The Plasma Prep X is a parallel-plate RF plasma etcher built primarily for the anisotropic removal of glass passivation layers during failure analysis in the solid-state electronics industry.","image":"/images/spi-plasma-prep-x.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Plasma Prep X is a parallel-plate RF plasma etcher built primarily for the anisotropic removal of glass passivation layers during failure analysis in the solid-state electronics industry. Unlike a barrel-design etcher, its top-mounted, water-cooled parallel plate electrodes produce a more directional etch, which avoids the undercutting that isotropic barrel etching causes on fine device features. The system accepts wafers up to 7 inches in a 10 inch diameter by 5.5 inch high work chamber and provides two independently controlled gas inputs. It is typically run with carbon tetrafluoride or another reactive fluorine gas as the primary process gas. Chamber material, Pyrex or quartz, is selected based on the process gas in use.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-plasma-prep-x.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Parallel-Plate, Anisotropic Etching","text":"Because the electrode is positioned at the top of the chamber, the Plasma Prep X produces a more orientated etch than a barrel-design system, making it well suited to passivation layer removal where undercutting must be avoided. For deeper vertical etching, SPI recommends stepping up to the Plasma Prep RIE instead.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dual Independent Gas Control","text":"Two separate gas inputs, each controlled by its own needle valve, allow gases to be run separately or together depending on the etch chemistry required. RF power is continuously variable from 1 to 150 watts at 13.56 MHz through a crystal-controlled oscillator.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Large-Format Chamber","text":"The 10 inch diameter by 5.5 inch high work chamber accommodates wafers up to 7 inches, making the system suitable for larger-format failure analysis samples than the compact Plasma Prep III can handle. Water-cooled 125 mm electrodes require a cooling water flow of 2 to 4 liters per minute to protect the forward power plate.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"System Requirements","text":"The basic system ships without a water circulator or vacuum pump; SPI recommends a small water chiller and a Pfeiffer Vacuum DUO 10 rotary vane pump, or a turbo option that requires no additional external pump.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Plasma Prep X Parallel Plate Plasma Etcher"],"specs":[{"parameter":"RF power","values":["1 to 150 W, continuously variable"]},{"parameter":"RF frequency","values":["13.56 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Electrodes","values":["2, water-cooled, 125 mm"]},{"parameter":"Chamber","values":["10 in diameter x 5.5 in high; accepts 7 in wafer"]},{"parameter":"Gas inputs","values":["2, independent, needle-valve controlled"]},{"parameter":"Cooling water flow","values":["2 to 4 liters/minute"]},{"parameter":"Voltage options","values":["110 V or 220 V"]},{"parameter":"Indicative list price (USD)","values":["$40,148.00"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["110 Volt","220 Volt"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item No.","values":["11006-AB","11006-AX"]},{"parameter":"List Price (USD)","values":["$40,148.00","$40,148.00"]}]}]},{"slug":"plasma-prep-rie","name":"Plasma Prep Reactive Ion Etcher (RIE)","description":"The Plasma Prep RIE is a tabletop reactive ion etching system that provides anisotropic, directional dry etching at a moderate cost compared to full production RIE tools.","pageTitle":"Plasma Prep Reactive Ion Etcher (RIE)","pageDescription":"The Plasma Prep RIE is a tabletop reactive ion etching system that provides anisotropic, directional dry etching at a moderate cost compared to full production RIE tools.","image":"/images/spi-plasma-prep-rie.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Plasma Prep RIE is a tabletop reactive ion etching system that provides anisotropic, directional dry etching at a moderate cost compared to full production RIE tools. It replaces dangerous wet etching, which tends to undercut features, with a uni-directional dry plasma etch controlled through a touch-screen interface with automatic monitors and interlocks. The system uses a shielded quartz chamber with an 8 inch sample stage and runs on oxygen, CF4, argon, and other process gases. It requires external water cooling of the stage and an external mechanical pump, with an optional integrated turbo pump available. Typical applications include final package removal, glass passivation layer removal, deep etching, and contaminant removal.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-plasma-prep-rie.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Anisotropic, Directional Etching","text":"Unlike a barrel-style isotropic etcher, the RIE produces a uni-directional etch that avoids the undercutting seen with wet chemical or isotropic dry etching. This makes it suitable for fine-feature failure analysis work such as passivation layer removal and deep etching where sidewall control matters.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Touch-Screen Process Control","text":"All gas, pressure, and RF power settings are entered and monitored through an LED touch-screen control system with automatic monitors and interlock controls that protect both the equipment and the sample. A process timer supports repeatable, reproducible runs.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Typical Applications","text":"The Plasma Prep RIE is commonly used for final package removal, glass passivation layer removal, deep etching, and general removal of surface contaminants in the semiconductor and materials failure-analysis fields.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optional Turbo Pumping","text":"The base system uses an external mechanical pump and requires a separate water recirculator or chiller for stage cooling. An integrated turbo pump and controller option is available for users needing higher vacuum performance without adding a second external pump.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Plasma Prep Reactive Ion Etcher (RIE)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"RF power","values":["10 to 200 W continuous"]},{"parameter":"RF frequency","values":["13.56 MHz"]},{"parameter":"Voltage","values":["110/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz"]},{"parameter":"Chamber","values":["Shielded quartz, 10 in chamber, 8 in sample stage"]},{"parameter":"Gas inputs","values":["Dual, manually controlled"]},{"parameter":"Process gases","values":["O2, CF4, Ar, and others"]},{"parameter":"Footprint","values":["15 in L x 21 in W x 14 in H"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["75 lbs"]},{"parameter":"Indicative list price (USD)","values":["$36,017.00"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Non-Turbo, 110V","Non-Turbo, 220V","Turbo, 110V","Turbo, 220V"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item No.","values":["11060-AB","11060-AX","11060T-AB","11060T-AX"]},{"parameter":"List Price (USD)","values":["$36,017.00","$36,017.00","$43,860.00","$43,860.00"]}]}]},{"slug":"plasma-prep-jr","name":"Plasma Prep Jr. Barrel Microwave Plasma Etcher/Asher/Cleaner","description":"A range of accessories, including a gas controller, ion trap, water recirculator, and process platform, extend the base system's capability.","pageTitle":"Plasma Prep Jr. Barrel Microwave Plasma Etcher/Asher/Cleaner","pageDescription":"The Plasma Prep Jr. is an economical, microwave-based barrel plasma etcher, asher, and cleaner used to remove organics and some inorganics, along with their oxides, from metals, semiconductors, and ceramics.","image":"/images/spi-plasma-prep-jr.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Plasma Prep Jr. is an economical, microwave-based barrel plasma etcher, asher, and cleaner used to remove organics and some inorganics, along with their oxides, from metals, semiconductors, and ceramics. Compared to RF plasma systems, it operates at higher gas pressures for faster etch rates and greater sample throughput, at the cost of less discrimination between materials. Its Pyrex chamber measures 4 inches in diameter by 6 inches in length, and a water-cooled reactor configuration allows sample heating to be economically maintained between room temperature and 150 degrees C. Because samples can reach relatively high temperatures during processing, the system is generally not recommended for polymers, though power can be reduced to limit heating for more sensitive materials. A range of accessories, including a gas controller, ion trap, water recirculator, and process platform, extend the base system's capability.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-plasma-prep-jr.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Microwave Plasma Technology","text":"Using microwave energy rather than RF power, the Plasma Prep Jr. bleeds in a gas chosen for the etch chemistry required, such as oxygen for organic removal or carbon tetrafluoride for passivation layer removal on electronic devices. This approach delivers more power for less cost than comparable RF systems.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast Etch Rates, Higher Throughput","text":"Because it operates at higher gas pressures than RF plasma etchers, the Plasma Prep Jr. achieves faster etch rates and greater sample throughput, though with less discrimination when contrast is being sought through differential etch rates.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Water-Cooled Reactor Option","text":"A water-cooled reactor configuration, available in standard and large chamber sizes, allows sample heating to be economically controlled from room temperature up to 150 degrees C, extending the system to more temperature-sensitive work.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Modular Accessories","text":"Optional accessories sold separately include a water recirculator for independence from building water lines, an ion trap that shields samples from plasma sputtering, a gas controller housing vacuum and gas controls, and a process platform with special tongs for easier sample handling.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Plasma Prep Jr. Barrel Microwave Plasma Etcher/Asher/Cleaner"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Power","values":["Microwave-based; water-cooled reactor variant rated up to 550 W"]},{"parameter":"Chamber","values":["Pyrex, 4 in diameter x 6 in length"]},{"parameter":"Sample temperature range","values":["Room temperature up to 150 °C (water-cooled)"]},{"parameter":"Process gases","values":["Oxygen (organics); CF4 or reactive fluorine gas (passivation removal)"]},{"parameter":"Voltage options","values":["110V/60Hz or 220V/50Hz"]},{"parameter":"Indicative list price (USD)","values":["$8,981.41"]}]},{"title":"Model Comparison","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Standard, 110V/60Hz","Standard, 220V/50Hz","Water-Cooled Reactor","Water-Cooled Reactor, Large"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Item No.","values":["11001-AB","11001-AX","11002-AB","11003-AB"]},{"parameter":"List Price (USD)","values":["$8,981.41","$9,592.44","$8,889.33","$10,037.82"]}]}]}]},{"name":"In-Situ SEM Testing Modules","description":"Kammrath & Weiss modules for mechanical testing and protected specimen transfer inside the SEM chamber.","pageTitle":"In-Situ SEM Testing Modules","pageDescription":"In-situ modules mount on the SEM stage like an ordinary specimen holder, letting you watch a material deform, fracture or react at high magnification rather than inferring what happened from before-and-after images.","overview":"A conventional mechanical test tells you when a material failed but not how, because the microscope only sees the specimen after the event. Kammrath & Weiss modules move the experiment into the chamber: the tensile and compression module applies loads up to 10 kN while the microscope records crack initiation, slip band formation and fracture as they occur. The transfer module addresses a different problem, carrying air-sensitive and moisture-sensitive specimens in a sealed capsule between a glove box and the SEM so that they never meet the atmosphere. Both install on the specimen stage in minutes, and are used in metallurgy, composites research and battery materials work.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-in-situ-sem-modules.webp","slug":"in-situ-sem-modules","models":[{"slug":"tensile-compression-module","name":"Kammrath & Weiss Tensile/Compression Module","description":"In-situ tensile and compression testing inside the SEM chamber, for metals, ceramics, glass, coatings and welded joints.","pageTitle":"Kammrath & Weiss Tensile/Compression Module","pageDescription":"The Kammrath & Weiss Tensile/Compression Module is an in-situ mechanical testing platform that mounts on an SEM stage, and on a limited range of AFMs, like an oversized specimen, allowing static or dynamic observation of tensile and compressive deformation under the electron beam.","image":"/images/spi-tensile-compression-module.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Kammrath & Weiss Tensile/Compression Module is an in-situ mechanical testing platform that mounts on an SEM stage, and on a limited range of AFMs, like an oversized specimen, allowing static or dynamic observation of tensile and compressive deformation under the electron beam. Opposite-pitched lead screws keep the specimen's midpoint essentially stationary as it elongates in both directions, keeping the region of interest centered under the microscope. The standard module ships with PC-controlled DDS-3 microprocessor electronics and MDS software supporting cyclic testing, flexure compensation, modulus of elasticity recording, and crack recognition, with a simpler manual-controller starter system also available. It accommodates a wide range of materials, including metals, ceramics, glass, coatings, welded and soldered joints, minerals, wood, and other organic materials.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-tensile-compression-module.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"In-Situ SEM Mechanical Testing","text":"The module fits onto most SEM specimen stages, and can also be placed under a light microscope, AFM, laser, or Raman microscope on small standoffs, for static or dynamic observation of surface changes, crack growth, delamination, and slip-plane formation under controlled mechanical load.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"PC-Controlled Electronics and Software","text":"The standard DDS-3 microprocessor electronics and MDS software package offer menu-guided test routines well suited to cyclic testing, along with automatic compensation for the device's own flexure, online modulus of elasticity recording, crack recognition, and ramping. A simpler starter system with a handheld manual controller and USB data output is available as an alternative.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Extensive Configuration Options","text":"Load cells from 10 N up to 10 kN, an extensometer with sub-100 nm resolution, heating from room temperature to 800 degrees C or cooling to minus 100 degrees C with PID control, video extensometry, image capture, and more than 30 custom specimen clamp designs are all available as options.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Broad Material Compatibility","text":"The module is used across metals, ceramics, glass, ceramic bulk materials and layers, galvanic coatings, soldered and welded joints, minerals, wood, and other organic materials, with specimen dimensions up to 60 x 10 x 5 mm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Kammrath & Weiss Tensile/Compression Module"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Load range","values":["10 µN up to 5000 N (10 kN option)"]},{"parameter":"Maximum specimen size","values":["60 x 10 x 5 mm"]},{"parameter":"Deformation speed","values":["0.3 to 50 µm/sec"]},{"parameter":"Displacement resolution","values":["100 nm, up to 45 mm range"]},{"parameter":"Electrical supply","values":["230/110 VAC"]},{"parameter":"Module dimensions","values":["150 x 55 x 220 mm (w x h x l)"]},{"parameter":"Heating/cooling option","values":["Room temperature to 800 °C, or ±100 °C with PID control"]},{"parameter":"Load cell options","values":["10 N to 10 kN"]},{"parameter":"Indicative list price (USD)","values":["Contact for pricing"]}]}]},{"slug":"transfer-module","name":"Kammrath & Weiss Transfer Module","description":"Two battery-buffered controllers are supplied, one for use at the SEM and one for use inside the glove box, so no modifications to the glove box itself are required.","pageTitle":"Kammrath & Weiss Transfer Module","pageDescription":"The Kammrath & Weiss Transfer Module is a specialized capsule device that carries air- or moisture-sensitive specimens between an SEM stage and a glove box without exposing them to the ambient atmosphere.","image":"/images/spi-transfer-module.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Kammrath & Weiss Transfer Module is a specialized capsule device that carries air- or moisture-sensitive specimens between an SEM stage and a glove box without exposing them to the ambient atmosphere. It mounts on the SEM specimen stage in the same way as an ordinary specimen holder and installs in only a few moments, with a cable bundle running to a vacuum-tight flange on the chamber door or wall. Inside the capsule, a small motor-driven lid opens and closes over a platform holding up to eight Cambridge-style specimen stubs or two 25 mm discs, sealed by a polished O-ring when closed. Two battery-buffered controllers are supplied, one for use at the SEM and one for use inside the glove box, so no modifications to the glove box itself are required.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-transfer-module.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Contamination-Free Transfer","text":"Specimens are loaded into the capsule under the protective atmosphere of a glove box, then transported to the SEM stage with the lid sealed by a fine polished O-ring, protecting them from air or moisture exposure throughout the move.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simple Mounting","text":"The module mounts on the SEM specimen stage just like an ordinary specimen holder and takes only a few moments to install, moving together with the stage inside the specimen chamber. Overall assembly height does not exceed 40 mm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dual Battery-Buffered Controllers","text":"Two battery-buffered controllers operate the capsule's motorized lid: one remains at the SEM and the second is carried into the glove box through the airlock, allowing the capsule to be opened and closed on both sides without any glove box modification.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Optional Heating and Cooling","text":"A heating or heating/cooling platform can be integrated at the factory or retrofitted later. Once fitted with a heater, the module's specimen capacity is reduced to a single 10 x 10 mm specimen, and the loaded module can still be tilted by an amount that depends on the host SEM, typically around 30 degrees.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Kammrath & Weiss Transfer Module"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Function","values":["Air/moisture-free specimen transfer between SEM and glove box"]},{"parameter":"Module dimensions","values":["approx. 120 x 80 x 40 mm"]},{"parameter":"Maximum installed height","values":["40 mm"]},{"parameter":"Specimen capacity","values":["8 Cambridge-style stubs or 2 x 25 mm discs"]},{"parameter":"Maximum specimen height","values":["6 mm"]},{"parameter":"Sealing","values":["Polished O-ring, hermetic when closed"]},{"parameter":"Controllers supplied","values":["2, battery-buffered (SEM side and glove box side)"]},{"parameter":"Tilt capability","values":["Up to approx. 30° (SEM-dependent)"]},{"parameter":"Heating/cooling option","values":["Available as retrofit; limits capacity to 1 specimen (10 x 10 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Indicative list price (USD)","values":["Contact for pricing"]}]}]}]},{"name":"UV Sample Cleaning Systems","description":"UV-ozone cleaning that strips hydrocarbon contamination from specimens and holders without plasma or solvents.","pageTitle":"UV Sample Cleaning Systems","pageDescription":"UV-ozone cleaning removes organic contamination photochemically: short-wavelength ultraviolet light breaks hydrocarbon bonds while generating ozone that oxidises the fragments to volatile products, leaving the surface clean without ion bombardment.","overview":"Not every specimen tolerates a plasma. Ion bombardment can sputter soft surfaces, alter delicate structures and charge insulating samples, yet the hydrocarbon contamination still has to go. UV-ozone cleaning offers a gentler route: short-wavelength ultraviolet light dissociates the hydrocarbon molecules directly while simultaneously converting atmospheric oxygen to ozone, which oxidises the fragments to carbon dioxide and water that simply evaporate. There is no bombardment, no vacuum requirement and no solvent. It suits specimens and holders that need cleaning before high-resolution imaging or surface analysis but cannot withstand a plasma.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-uv-cleaning.webp","slug":"uv-cleaning","models":[{"slug":"uv-prep","name":"UV Prep for SEM Sample Cleaning","description":"A built-in ozone scrubber ensures generated ozone is not released into the lab environment.","pageTitle":"UV Prep for SEM Sample Cleaning","pageDescription":"The UV Prep for SEM is a UV/ozone instrument designed to remove thin hydrocarbon contamination from sample surfaces prior to SEM examination without affecting the underlying sample.","image":"/images/spi-uv-prep.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The UV Prep for SEM is a UV/ozone instrument designed to remove thin hydrocarbon contamination from sample surfaces prior to SEM examination without affecting the underlying sample. This contamination, picked up from open-air storage or handling, becomes especially problematic at the low beam energies used by modern FE-SEMs, where the electron beam ends up imaging the surface film rather than the true sample. A customized UV source breaks up the hydrocarbon bonds while reactive oxygen species convert them into water, CO, and CO2, which are pumped out of the chamber through a small diaphragm pump. A built-in ozone scrubber ensures generated ozone is not released into the lab environment. The system is safe to use on metals, metal oxides, ceramics, semiconductors, battery cathode materials, polymers, carbon nanotubes, graphene, carbon fiber, anti-reflective coatings, and biological samples.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-uv-prep.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"UV/Ozone Surface Cleaning","text":"A customized UV source attacks and breaks up hydrocarbon bonds on the sample surface while reactive oxygen species react with them to form water, carbon monoxide, and carbon dioxide, which are removed from the chamber by a small diaphragm pump under mild vacuum.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Reduces Imaging Artifacts","text":"Removing surface hydrocarbons before imaging reduces the black-box effect caused by raster burn or electron-beam-induced deposition of contaminants, which is particularly important for FE-SEM users running at low beam energies to reveal fine surface detail.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Wide Sample Compatibility","text":"The UV Prep is safe to use on metals, metal oxides, ceramics, semiconductors, lithium battery cathode materials, polymers, carbon nanotubes, graphene, carbon fiber, anti-reflective coatings, and biological samples.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Simple, Microprocessor-Controlled Operation","text":"Users simply load samples, set the cleaning time and vacuum level, and run the process, with typical run times of 5 to 15 minutes. A built-in ozone scrubber prevents generated ozone from being released into the lab, and the system can also be used to store samples under vacuum until they are examined.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Common Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["UV Prep for SEM Sample Cleaning"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Cleaning time","values":["0 to 30 minutes, 1 minute steps"]},{"parameter":"Vacuum system","values":["Dry pumping system"]},{"parameter":"Pump-down time","values":["Under 120 seconds"]},{"parameter":"Dimensions","values":["360 x 390 x 480 mm"]},{"parameter":"Weight","values":["17 kg"]},{"parameter":"Input power","values":["Single phase, 100 to 240 V (50/60 Hz)"]},{"parameter":"Control","values":["Microprocessor controlled"]},{"parameter":"Modes","values":["Vacuum Clean / Storage"]},{"parameter":"Indicative list price (USD)","values":["$17,340.00"]}]}]}]},{"name":"TEM Grids & Support Films","description":"Specimen grids in copper, nickel, gold and other metals, with carbon, Formvar, holey carbon and graphene support films.","pageTitle":"TEM Grids & Support Films","pageDescription":"The grid is the foundation of every TEM specimen. SPI supplies standard mesh grids across a wide range of materials and mesh counts, Quantifoil holey carbon and graphene supports for cryo-EM, silicon nitride membrane windows, FIB lift-out grids, and the polymer films used to make supports in-house.","overview":"A transmission electron microscope needs its specimen supported on something thin enough to be transparent to electrons and strong enough to survive handling, and that is what the grid provides. Material matters: copper is the default, nickel is used where magnetic separation or immunolabelling demands it, gold for its inertness in biological work, molybdenum where the specimen will be heated. Mesh count trades support against open area — a fine mesh holds fragile films, a coarse one gives more field of view. On top of the grid sits the support film, whether continuous carbon, a cast polymer film, the regular perforated array of Quantifoil holey carbon that made single-particle cryo-EM practical, or single-layer graphene for the thinnest possible background. SPI covers all of these, along with membrane window grids, FIB lift-out grids and finder grids for relocating a feature.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-tem-grids.webp","slug":"tem-grids","models":[{"slug":"standard-metal-mesh","name":"Standard Metal Mesh Grids","description":"Standard metal mesh grids are the traditional 3.05 mm diameter support grids used to carry ultrathin sections and support films for transmission electron microscopy.","pageTitle":"Standard Metal Mesh Grids","pageDescription":"Standard metal mesh grids are the traditional 3.05 mm diameter support grids used to carry ultrathin sections and support films for transmission electron microscopy.","image":"/images/spi-standard-metal-mesh.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Standard metal mesh grids are the traditional 3.05 mm diameter support grids used to carry ultrathin sections and support films for transmission electron microscopy. Copper is the overwhelming choice for TEM grids unless there is a strong reason to choose something else, since it is the least expensive and most conductive of the available choices. SPI Supplies also produces the same mesh patterns in nickel, gold, and molybdenum, along with other specialty metals such as titanium, stainless steel, aluminum, beryllium, and carbon-coated nylon for applications where copper is chemically incompatible with the specimen or process. Grids are available in square, hexagonal, folding/double, aperture, slot, parallel bar, handle, and index styles, and in bar patterns ranging from the Regular pattern through the reinforced SPI SuperGrid and fine Slim Bar designs. This range lets a microscopist match grid material and geometry to specimen chemistry, mechanical handling needs, and imaging requirements.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-standard-metal-mesh.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Materials & Construction","text":"Grids are electrodeposited or etched from thin metal sheet into a mesh pattern 3.05 mm in diameter, matching the standard TEM specimen holder. Copper is used by default for its low cost and high electrical and thermal conductivity, while nickel, gold, and molybdenum are substituted when a specimen preparation or staining step is incompatible with copper. Titanium, stainless steel, aluminum, beryllium, and nylon grids serve further specialized roles such as x-ray microanalysis, high-temperature work, or electrochemically inert supports.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mesh, Bar Patterns & Grid Styles","text":"Mesh sizes span from 50 to 2000 mesh, with common square and hexagonal patterns offered in Regular, SPI SuperGrid, and SPI Slim Bar bar geometries. Folding/double grids, aperture grids with hole sizes from 75 µm to 2000 µm, slot grids, parallel bar grids, and handle (tabbed) grids extend the standard square and hexagonal families for specific mounting and sectioning needs. Index grids add a numbered/lettered square grid pattern, typically at 200 mesh, so that specific specimen features can be relocated between imaging sessions.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Standard metal mesh grids are the general-purpose substrate for TEM specimen support, carrying either bare ultrathin sections or a support film for particulate, powder, or replica samples. Material selection is driven mainly by chemical compatibility with fixation, staining, and etching reagents, plus the electrical and thermal conductivity required during imaging.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Standard Metal Mesh Grids"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Diameter","values":["3.05 mm standard (3 mm for aperture grids)"]},{"parameter":"Mesh sizes","values":["50 to 2000 mesh"]},{"parameter":"Materials","values":["Copper, nickel, gold, molybdenum, titanium, stainless steel, aluminum, beryllium, nylon"]},{"parameter":"Bar patterns","values":["Regular, SPI SuperGrid, SPI Slim Bar"]},{"parameter":"Grid styles","values":["Square, hexagonal, folding/double, aperture, slot, parallel, handle, index"]},{"parameter":"Aperture hole sizes","values":["75 µm to 2000 µm"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["Vials of 10, 15, 25, or 100 grids depending on style"]}]}]},{"slug":"quantifoil-holey-carbon","name":"Quantifoil Holey Carbon Grids","description":"Quantifoil is a perforated support foil with a precisely pre-defined hole size, shape, and arrangement used as a support film on standard TEM grids.","pageTitle":"Quantifoil Holey Carbon Grids","pageDescription":"Quantifoil is a perforated support foil with a precisely pre-defined hole size, shape, and arrangement used as a support film on standard TEM grids.","image":"/images/spi-quantifoil-holey-carbon.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Quantifoil is a perforated support foil with a precisely pre-defined hole size, shape, and arrangement used as a support film on standard TEM grids. Its quantitatively defined geometry facilitates the use of automation in TEM, something that is difficult to achieve with conventional holey carbon films, and finds use in both conventional transmission electron microscopy and low-energy point source (LEEPS) microscopy. The support film exhibits a high percentage of open area, which minimizes total specimen thickness and reduces object distortions arising from interactions with a support film. It is used in electron diffraction, electron energy loss spectroscopy, and dark field imaging, and it is a standard substrate for single-particle cryo-EM of biomacromolecular complexes suspended in a free-hanging layer of sustaining medium. SPI Supplies offers Quantifoil films on copper, nickel, rhodium-plated copper, gold, and molybdenum mesh, plus the gold-on-gold UltrAuFoil variant.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-quantifoil-holey-carbon.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Hole Patterns & Foil Types","text":"Quantifoil is offered in a range of regular hole patterns, denoted by hole diameter and spacing in micrometers, such as R1.2/1.3, R2/1, R2/2, R2/4, R3.5/1, R1/4, and R0.6/1, plus square-mesh (S7/2) and multi-shape (Multi A) patterns. UltrAuFoil replaces the standard amorphous carbon foil with a holey gold film on a gold mesh grid, moving away from the carbon-based supports used in conventional Quantifoil grids.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mesh Materials","text":"The holey foil is supplied on copper, nickel, rhodium-plated copper, gold, and molybdenum mesh grids, allowing the mesh material to be matched to the chemistry of the imaging or preparation workflow. A sampler kit and single-grid SEM evaluation samples are available for users evaluating the product before committing to a full package.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Quantifoil grids are widely used in single-particle cryo-electron microscopy, electron diffraction, and other techniques where a well-defined, high-open-area support film is required to minimize background scattering from the film itself.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Quantifoil Holey Carbon Grids"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Foil material","values":["Holey amorphous carbon (UltrAuFoil: holey gold film)"]},{"parameter":"Hole patterns","values":["R1.2/1.3, R2/1, R2/2, R2/4, R3.5/1, R1/4, R0.6/1, S7/2, Multi A, R5/20"]},{"parameter":"Mesh materials","values":["Copper, nickel, rhodium-plated copper, gold, molybdenum"]},{"parameter":"Mesh count","values":["200 mesh (typical)"]},{"parameter":"Optional coating","values":["+2 nm carbon layer"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["Packs of 100 grids in SPI Slide-A-Grid box"]}]}]},{"slug":"graphene-grids","name":"Graphene Grids","description":"The use of graphene in research is a growing area requiring a source of high quality materials and substrates.","pageTitle":"Graphene Grids","pageDescription":"Graphene grids provide an ultrathin, atomically smooth support film produced by a unique patented chemical vapor deposition (CVD) process for high-resolution TEM applications.","image":"","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Graphene grids provide an ultrathin, atomically smooth support film produced by a unique patented chemical vapor deposition (CVD) process for high-resolution TEM applications. SPI Supplies offers graphene oxide films transferred onto lacey carbon and onto Quantifoil holey carbon support films on standard copper mesh grids, giving a clean and uniform substrate. The use of graphene in research is a growing area requiring a source of high quality materials and substrates. The very low mass-thickness of graphene minimizes background signal and beam interaction compared with conventional carbon films, making it attractive for imaging small nanoparticles, 2D materials, and other beam-sensitive specimens.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Film Types","text":"Graphene oxide is supplied on 300 mesh lacey carbon copper grids and on 200 mesh Quantifoil R2/4 holey carbon copper grids, combining the mechanical support of the underlying carbon film with the thin, uniform graphene oxide layer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"These grids are used where an ultrathin, low-background support is needed for high-resolution imaging or diffraction of nanoscale specimens, and as a substrate platform for depositing or growing further 2D materials for characterization.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Graphene Grids"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Support film","values":["Graphene oxide"]},{"parameter":"Underlying film options","values":["Lacey carbon, Quantifoil R2/4 holey carbon"]},{"parameter":"Mesh material","values":["Copper"]},{"parameter":"Mesh sizes","values":["300 mesh (lacey carbon), 200 mesh (Quantifoil R2/4)"]},{"parameter":"Production method","values":["Patented CVD process"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["Packs of 10 grids"]}]}]},{"slug":"membrane-window","name":"Membrane Window Grids","description":"Wet cell kits combine two membrane chips into a sealed liquid cell for in-situ imaging of specimens in their native liquid environment.","pageTitle":"Membrane Window Grids","pageDescription":"Membrane window grids use a thin, robust silicon-based film held in a rigid silicon chip frame rather than a metal mesh, providing an ultimate substrate for many TEM applications as well as other microscopy disciplines.","image":"/images/spi-membrane-window.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Membrane window grids use a thin, robust silicon-based film held in a rigid silicon chip frame rather than a metal mesh, providing an ultimate substrate for many TEM applications as well as other microscopy disciplines. SPI Supplies offers a complete line of membrane windows in a variety of support film materials, sizes, and thicknesses, including silicon nitride, silicon oxide/dioxide, and continuous silicon membranes. Wet cell kits combine two membrane chips into a sealed liquid cell for in-situ imaging of specimens in their native liquid environment. Frames with the membrane etched away are also available for users who want to apply their own custom film or observe the bare aperture.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-membrane-window.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Membrane Materials","text":"Silicon nitride and silicon oxide/dioxide are the principal window materials, supported on a silicon chip frame, along with continuous silicon membrane windows for applications requiring a different mechanical or electron-transparency profile.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Wet Cell Kits","text":"Wet cell kits pair two membrane windows with an adhesive seal to form a liquid cell for in-situ or environmental TEM, and are offered with membrane thicknesses of 20 nm, 30 nm, 50 nm, or 100 nm and a 0.5 mm viewing window; a sampler kit spanning these thicknesses is also available.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Membrane window grids are used for in-situ liquid- and gas-cell TEM, cryo-EM, X-ray and electron spectroscopy, and any application requiring an extremely thin, uniform, and mechanically robust electron-transparent window.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Membrane Window Grids"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Membrane materials","values":["Silicon nitride, silicon oxide/dioxide, continuous silicon"]},{"parameter":"Frame material","values":["Silicon chip"]},{"parameter":"Wet cell membrane thickness","values":["20 nm, 30 nm, 50 nm, 100 nm"]},{"parameter":"Wet cell window size","values":["0.5 mm"]},{"parameter":"Membrane thickness (etched-frame examples)","values":["0 nm to 500 nm"]},{"parameter":"Window size (etched-frame examples)","values":["100 µm to 200 µm"]},{"parameter":"Frame thickness (etched-frame examples)","values":["0.10 mm to 1.0 mm"]}]}]},{"slug":"lift-out-grids","name":"Lift-Out Grids","description":"Half rings in beryllium and molybdenum are also offered as support rings for FIB lift-out work.","pageTitle":"Lift-Out Grids","pageDescription":"Lift-out grids are specialized mounts designed to accept TEM lamellae milled and extracted by focused ion beam (FIB) or SEM/FIB systems, rather than carrying a broad support film.","image":"/images/spi-lift-out-grids.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Lift-out grids are specialized mounts designed to accept TEM lamellae milled and extracted by focused ion beam (FIB) or SEM/FIB systems, rather than carrying a broad support film. SPI Supplies offers Omniprobe-style metal lift-out grids, silicon lift-out grids from Dune Science, and carbon composite lift-out grids in post configurations that hold the lamella securely for transfer into the TEM. Grids are produced in copper and molybdenum metal, as well as in a carbon composite construction, and are available with two, three, or four posts to match different manipulator and lamella-mounting workflows. Half rings in beryllium and molybdenum are also offered as support rings for FIB lift-out work.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-lift-out-grids.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Post Configurations","text":"Grids are offered with 2, 3, or 4 posts; the 3-post copper style is available in standard, shallow-downset, and side-access variants to accommodate different lamella geometries and probe access angles.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Materials","text":"Copper and molybdenum Omniprobe-style grids provide a conductive, rigid metal mount, while carbon composite lift-out grids offer a lightweight, low-background alternative; beryllium and molybdenum half rings serve as support rings for larger sample mounting.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Lift-out grids are used in site-specific TEM sample preparation workflows where a lamella is milled from bulk material by FIB or SEM/FIB and then transferred directly onto the grid posts for thinning and subsequent TEM analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Lift-Out Grids"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Post configurations","values":["2, 3, or 4 post"]},{"parameter":"Metal grid materials","values":["Copper, molybdenum"]},{"parameter":"Alternative construction","values":["Carbon composite"]},{"parameter":"3-post copper variants","values":["Standard, shallow downset, side access"]},{"parameter":"Support ring materials","values":["Beryllium, molybdenum (half rings)"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["Packs of 10, 25, or 100 grids depending on style"]}]}]},{"slug":"finder-index-grids","name":"Finder & Index Grids","description":"Finder and index grids carry a coordinate reference pattern in addition to the normal mesh.","pageTitle":"Finder & Index Grids","pageDescription":"Finder and index grids carry a coordinate reference pattern in addition to the normal mesh, allowing a specific specimen feature to be relocated after it has first been identified, whether the grid is used in the TEM or mounted on an SEM stub.","image":"/images/spi-finder-index-grids.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Finder and index grids carry a coordinate reference pattern in addition to the normal mesh, allowing a specific specimen feature to be relocated after it has first been identified, whether the grid is used in the TEM or mounted on an SEM stub. SPI Supplies offers alpha-numerically indexed 200 mesh grids in Regular, SPI SuperGrid, and SPI Slim Bar bar patterns in copper, nickel, and gold, as well as dedicated SEM finder products such as the SEMF2 and SEMF3. The SEMF3 uses an alpha-numeric index that lets up to 25 predetermined specimens be fixed in position and later located in the SEM, while the SEMF2 aids identification and analysis of particles and suspensions. On the larger finder pattern, cells are numbered from 1 to 57, and each large cell is further subdivided into 4 smaller cells, giving 228 individually identifiable locations.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-finder-index-grids.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Index Grid Patterns","text":"Index grids are produced at 200 mesh with an alpha-numeric reference overlay in the Regular, SPI SuperGrid, and SPI Slim Bar bar geometries, in copper, nickel, or gold, and are supplied in vials of 100 grids.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"SEM Finder Products","text":"The SEMF2 and SEMF3 finder devices are designed to aid identification and localization of SEM specimens placed on regular SEM stubs, with the SEMF3 numbering system dividing the field into 57 large cells and 228 total identifiable sub-cells.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Applications","text":"Finder and index grids are used whenever a specific feature, particle, or region of interest must be relocated across multiple imaging sessions or between different microscopes, such as correlative light-electron microscopy or repeated defect analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Finder & Index Grids"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Mesh size","values":["200 mesh"]},{"parameter":"Bar patterns","values":["Regular, SPI SuperGrid, SPI Slim Bar"]},{"parameter":"Materials","values":["Copper, nickel, gold"]},{"parameter":"Diameter","values":["3.05 mm"]},{"parameter":"SEMF3 numbering","values":["57 large cells subdivided into 228 identifiable cells"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["Vials of 100 grids"]}]}]},{"slug":"polymer-support-films","name":"Polymer Support Films","description":"The SPI Domino Rack film support system is offered as an accessory for volume production of coated TEM grids.","pageTitle":"Polymer Support Films","pageDescription":"Polymer support film materials are used to cast thin plastic films onto bare metal mesh grids, creating a continuous support film for specimens that cannot be examined as free-standing sections, such as particulate, powder, or replica samples.","image":"/images/spi-polymer-support-films.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Polymer support film materials are used to cast thin plastic films onto bare metal mesh grids, creating a continuous support film for specimens that cannot be examined as free-standing sections, such as particulate, powder, or replica samples. SPI Supplies offers Formvar and Vinylec (E, H, and L grades) polyvinyl formal resins, Pioloform and SPI-Chem Butvar B-98 polyvinyl butyral resins, and Parlodion resin strips as the principal film-forming polymers. The SPI Domino Rack film support system is offered as an accessory for volume production of coated TEM grids. Together these materials let a laboratory produce its own support films in-house rather than purchasing pre-filmed grids, and select a polymer chemistry compatible with the specimen and downstream carbon coating step.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-polymer-support-films.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Film-Forming Resins","text":"Formvar and Vinylec E/H/L are polyvinyl formal resins supplied as 100 g to 400 g bottles and in bulk 15 kg (33 lb) quantities, while Pioloform B and SPI-Chem Butvar B-98 are polyvinyl butyral resins used for similar continuous film casting.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Production Accessories","text":"The SPI Domino Rack is a film support system designed for volume production of coated TEM grids, streamlining the process of casting and transferring polymer films onto multiple grids at once.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Polymer Support Films"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Resin types","values":["Formvar, Vinylec E/H/L, Pioloform B, SPI-Chem Butvar B-98, Parlodion"]},{"parameter":"Chemical class","values":["Polyvinyl formal / polyvinyl butyral resins"]},{"parameter":"Packaging sizes","values":["10 g to 400 g bottles; 15 kg (33 lb) bulk"]},{"parameter":"Accessory","values":["SPI Domino Rack film support system"]}]}]}]},{"name":"SEM Specimen Mounts & Stubs","description":"Specimen stubs and mounts in cylindrical, pin, angled and threaded styles to fit every major SEM stage.","pageTitle":"SEM Specimen Mounts & Stubs","pageDescription":"SEM stubs hold the specimen and conduct charge away from it. SPI supplies the full range of standard geometries — cylindrical, pin-type, angled, threaded and pure carbon — along with planchets for EDS and WDS work and specialised holders.","overview":"Every SEM specimen has to be mounted on something, and the choice of stub is not incidental: it sets how the specimen sits relative to the detectors, and it carries the charge away that would otherwise build up under the beam. Stage designs differ between manufacturers, hence the range of geometries — cylindrical stubs for JEOL-pattern stages, pin-type for others, angled stubs for viewing a surface at a fixed tilt, threaded stubs where the specimen must be held securely. Material matters for analytical work: pure carbon and pyrolytic graphite mounts contribute no spurious X-ray peaks, which is why EDS and WDS planchets are made from them or from beryllium. SPI also supplies specialised holders, work stations for specimen preparation, and forensic GSR sampler kits.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-sem-mounts.webp","slug":"sem-mounts","models":[{"slug":"cylindrical-sem-mounts","name":"Cylindrical SEM Mounts","description":"Mounts are produced in three surface finishes and a range of diameters to match the specimen-stage clips used on different SEM makes and models.","pageTitle":"Cylindrical SEM Mounts","pageDescription":"Cylindrical SEM mounts are solid, flat-topped aluminum stubs machined on a lathe to a specified diameter and height, forming the largest single mounting-style group in the SPI Supplies SEM Mounts catalogue with roughly forty offered size combinations.","image":"/images/spi-cylindrical-sem-mounts.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Cylindrical SEM mounts are solid, flat-topped aluminum stubs machined on a lathe to a specified diameter and height, forming the largest single mounting-style group in the SPI Supplies SEM Mounts catalogue with roughly forty offered size combinations. They are the standard general-purpose specimen support for scanning electron microscopy, providing a flat table onto which a specimen is affixed with conductive tape, paint, or adhesive before imaging. Mounts are produced in three surface finishes and a range of diameters to match the specimen-stage clips used on different SEM makes and models. Because they have no pin, they are typically retained in the SEM stage by a spring clip or set screw rather than a press-fit socket.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-cylindrical-sem-mounts.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sizing","text":"Cylindrical mounts are offered in diameters from 9.5 mm up to 32 mm and heights from about 5 mm to 22 mm, allowing users to match the mount to their specimen stage clearance and specimen size. Common size pairs listed in the catalogue include 9.5x9.5 mm, 12x10 mm, 15x10 mm, 25.4x13 mm, and 32x22 mm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Finish Options","text":"Each diameter and height combination is available in Lathe, Luster, or Polished surface finish, with polished versions intended for applications where surface reflectivity or minimal background structure is important. Lathe finish is the standard, most economical option, while luster and polished finishes carry a price premium.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Cylindrical SEM Mounts"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Style","values":["Cylindrical, flat-topped (no pin)"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Aluminum"]},{"parameter":"Diameter range","values":["9.5 mm to 32 mm"]},{"parameter":"Height range","values":["approximately 5 mm to 22 mm"]},{"parameter":"Surface finishes","values":["Lathe, Luster, Polished"]},{"parameter":"Compatible SEMs","values":["JEOL and other major SEM brands (varies by size)"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["Packs of 10 and 100"]}]}]},{"slug":"pin-type-sem-mounts","name":"Pin-Type SEM Mounts","description":"Pin-type SEM mounts combine a flat specimen table with an integral cylindrical mounting pin that presses into a matching socket on the SEM specimen stage.","pageTitle":"Pin-Type SEM Mounts","pageDescription":"Pin-type SEM mounts combine a flat specimen table with an integral cylindrical mounting pin that presses into a matching socket on the SEM specimen stage. The grooved rim around the table edge helps retain conductive adhesive tabs or tape used to secure the specimen.","image":"/images/spi-pin-type-sem-mounts.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Pin-type SEM mounts combine a flat specimen table with an integral cylindrical mounting pin that presses into a matching socket on the SEM specimen stage. The grooved rim around the table edge helps retain conductive adhesive tabs or tape used to secure the specimen. This style is common on older AMRAY-type stages that use a press-fit pin rather than a clip, and is offered in the same three aluminum finishes as the cylindrical mounts as well as a pure-carbon version. Table diameters and pin dimensions are matched to specific instrument families, so users select the pin diameter and length appropriate to their SEM stage.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-pin-type-sem-mounts.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dimensions","text":"Table diameters range from 12.7 mm (1/2 in) up to 25.4 mm (1 in), with pin diameters of 3.2 mm (1/8 in) on standard aluminum mounts and up to 6.4 mm on the larger 14.3 mm carbon table size. Pin lengths span roughly 5 mm to 16 mm depending on the specific mount.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compatibility & Storage","text":"Pin-type mounts are listed as compatible with AMRAY pin-mount stages, among others, and fit into SPI's numbered plastic storage boxes, for example SPI #2002 and #2003, that hold a dozen or more mounts for transport and archiving.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Pin-Type SEM Mounts"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Style","values":["Pin-type (flat table with mounting pin), grooved rim"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Aluminum (also Pure Carbon)"]},{"parameter":"Table diameter range","values":["12.7 mm (1/2 in) to 25.4 mm (1 in)"]},{"parameter":"Pin diameter","values":["3.2 mm (1/8 in) typical; up to 6.4 mm on larger tables"]},{"parameter":"Pin length range","values":["5 mm to 16 mm"]},{"parameter":"Surface finishes","values":["Lathe, Luster, Polished, Ultra-Smooth (carbon)"]},{"parameter":"Compatible SEMs","values":["AMRAY 900, AMRAY 1400, and other pin-mount stages"]},{"parameter":"Storage","values":["Fits SPI #2002 / #2003 storage boxes"]}]}]},{"slug":"angled-sem-mounts","name":"Angled SEM Mounts (30°/45°)","description":"A pure-carbon 30° version and a threaded, 45°-angled male version are also available for specialized stage configurations.","pageTitle":"Angled SEM Mounts (30°/45°)","pageDescription":"Angled SEM mounts are machined with the specimen table pre-tilted at a fixed 30° or 45° angle relative to the mount base, letting the operator view an inclined or vertical specimen surface face-on without physically tilting the SEM stage.","image":"/images/spi-angled-sem-mounts.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Angled SEM mounts are machined with the specimen table pre-tilted at a fixed 30° or 45° angle relative to the mount base, letting the operator view an inclined or vertical specimen surface face-on without physically tilting the SEM stage. They are turned from aluminum on a lathe and offered in the same diameter range and finishes as the standard cylindrical and pin-type mounts. A pure-carbon 30° version and a threaded, 45°-angled male version are also available for specialized stage configurations. The style was originally developed for early JEOL instruments that required a pre-angled mount to align the specimen with the electron beam.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-angled-sem-mounts.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Angle & Size Options","text":"Mounts are available at 30° or 45° and in diameters of 9.5 mm, 15 mm, and 25.4 mm, with Lathe, Luster, or Polished surface finish. A combined threaded-male, 45°-angled mount measuring 4x30 mm is also offered for use with threaded specimen holders.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compatibility","text":"The 30° angled mounts are listed as compatible with older JEOL models such as the JSM-2, JSM-U3, JSM-35, and JSM Model 50A, reflecting their origin as instrument-specific accessories.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Angled SEM Mounts (30°/45°)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Style","values":["Pre-tilted table, 30° or 45°"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Aluminum (also Pure Carbon, 30° 9.5 mm size)"]},{"parameter":"Diameter range","values":["9.5 mm to 25.4 mm"]},{"parameter":"Angle options","values":["30°, 45°"]},{"parameter":"Surface finishes","values":["Lathe, Luster, Polished, Standard (carbon)"]},{"parameter":"Compatible SEMs","values":["JEOL JSM-2, JSM-U3, JSM-35, JSM Model 50A, and others"]},{"parameter":"Special variant","values":["Threaded male, 45° angled, 4x30 mm"]}]}]},{"slug":"threaded-sem-mounts","name":"Threaded SEM Mounts","description":"Threaded mounts are also combined with the 45° angled geometry in one catalogue item for tilted, screw-mounted viewing.","pageTitle":"Threaded SEM Mounts","pageDescription":"Threaded SEM mounts carry a male or female screw thread instead of a plain pin or flat base, allowing them to be screwed into a mating threaded holder, extension post, or vise fixture rather than clipped or pressed into place.","image":"/images/spi-threaded-sem-mounts.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Threaded SEM mounts carry a male or female screw thread instead of a plain pin or flat base, allowing them to be screwed into a mating threaded holder, extension post, or vise fixture rather than clipped or pressed into place. They are machined from aluminum, with a pure-carbon female-thread version also offered, and share the Lathe, Luster, and Polished finish options used across the rest of the aluminum mount range. This style suits applications where a secure, non-slip mechanical connection is needed, such as with certain HITACHI stage adapters or custom specimen posts. Threaded mounts are also combined with the 45° angled geometry in one catalogue item for tilted, screw-mounted viewing.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-threaded-sem-mounts.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Thread & Size Options","text":"Female-threaded mounts are offered with table diameters from 15 mm to 26 mm and heights of about 6 mm, while male-threaded mounts are supplied as narrow 4 mm diameter by 30 mm long posts for use with extension or vise-type holders.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Compatibility","text":"Threaded female mounts in the catalogue are listed as compatible with HITACHI instruments, reflecting their use as drop-in replacements for stage-specific threaded stub sockets.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Threaded SEM Mounts"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Style","values":["Threaded, male or female"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Aluminum (also Pure Carbon, female thread)"]},{"parameter":"Table diameter range","values":["15 mm to 26 mm (female); 4 mm post diameter (male)"]},{"parameter":"Height / length","values":["6 mm (female tables); up to 30 mm (male posts)"]},{"parameter":"Surface finishes","values":["Lathe, Luster, Polished, Standard (carbon)"]},{"parameter":"Compatible SEMs","values":["HITACHI and others"]}]}]},{"slug":"carbon-sem-mounts","name":"Pure Carbon SEM Mounts","description":"SPI Supplies provides a published article statement describing the composition of these carbon mounts for users who need documentation for their analytical records.","pageTitle":"Pure Carbon SEM Mounts","pageDescription":"Pure carbon SEM mounts are machined from solid graphite rather than aluminum, giving a low-background, non-metallic substrate for specimens that must not be contaminated by, or confused with, an aluminum x-ray signal during EDS analysis.","image":"/images/spi-carbon-sem-mounts.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Pure carbon SEM mounts are machined from solid graphite rather than aluminum, giving a low-background, non-metallic substrate for specimens that must not be contaminated by, or confused with, an aluminum x-ray signal during EDS analysis. They are produced in the same cylindrical, pin-type, angled, and threaded geometries as the aluminum line, so the same range of table diameters and pin dimensions apply. Two carbon surface finishes are offered, Standard and Ultra-Smooth, with the latter intended for higher-resolution imaging or particle work where surface texture could interfere with the specimen. SPI Supplies provides a published article statement describing the composition of these carbon mounts for users who need documentation for their analytical records.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-carbon-sem-mounts.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Available Geometries","text":"Carbon mounts are available as cylindrical stubs, pin-type mounts, 30° angled mounts, and threaded-female mounts, mirroring the shapes offered in aluminum. Pin-type carbon mounts use a 14.3 mm table with a 6.4 mm diameter, 16 mm long pin.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Documentation","text":"An article statement document is provided on the product page covering the carbon mount material, useful for laboratories that need to document specimen substrate composition for their analytical procedures.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Pure Carbon SEM Mounts"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["Pure carbon (graphite)"]},{"parameter":"Available styles","values":["Cylindrical, Pin-type, 30° Angled, Threaded Female"]},{"parameter":"Table diameter range","values":["9.5 mm to 26 mm"]},{"parameter":"Pin diameter / length (pin-type)","values":["6.4 mm diameter, 16 mm length"]},{"parameter":"Surface finishes","values":["Standard, Ultra-Smooth"]},{"parameter":"Compatible SEMs","values":["AMRAY 900 and others"]},{"parameter":"Storage","values":["Fits SPI #2002 storage box"]}]}]},{"slug":"specialty-holders-work-stations","name":"Specialty Holders & Mount Work Stations","description":"Mount work stations provide a benchtop tray that holds a set number of round and pin-type mounts during handling and storage.","pageTitle":"Specialty Holders & Mount Work Stations","pageDescription":"Beyond individual stubs, the SEM Mounts catalogue includes specialty aluminum holders designed to carry multiple mounts, support samples that cannot be flattened, or organize mounts on the bench during preparation.","image":"/images/spi-specialty-holders-work-stations.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Beyond individual stubs, the SEM Mounts catalogue includes specialty aluminum holders designed to carry multiple mounts, support samples that cannot be flattened, or organize mounts on the bench during preparation. The Multi-Sample Holder is a carousel-style fixture that accepts up to eight pin-type mounts with a 1/8 in (3 mm) pin, useful for coating or imaging batches of specimens in a single stage insertion. The Specimen Vise Mount holds fibers, hairs, fabrics, or small die-shaped samples upright on edge for an edge-on view with minimal charging, and was developed for forensic microscopy work where samples cannot be metallized or otherwise altered. Mount work stations provide a benchtop tray that holds a set number of round and pin-type mounts during handling and storage.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-specialty-holders-work-stations.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Multi-Sample Holder","text":"The universal-design Multi-Sample Holder is machined from aluminum alloy and has a 47 mm (1.85 in) outside table diameter, accepting up to eight SPI pin-type mounts with a 1/8 in (3 mm) diameter pin.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Vise Mount & Work Stations","text":"The vertical Specimen Vise Mount has an 8 mm pin length, 3 mm pin diameter, 25 mm overall height, and 12.5 mm outside diameter. Mount work stations are sold in versions that hold 14 mounts, sized for 10 mm, 12.5 mm, or 15 mm round mounts paired with 1/8 in (3 mm) pin-type mounts.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Specialty Holders & Mount Work Stations"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Product types","values":["Multi-sample carousel holder, specimen vise mount, mount work stations"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["Aluminum alloy"]},{"parameter":"Multi-sample holder capacity","values":["Up to 8 pin-type mounts (3 mm / 1/8 in pin)"]},{"parameter":"Multi-sample holder table diameter","values":["47 mm (1.85 in)"]},{"parameter":"Vise mount dimensions","values":["8 mm pin length, 3 mm pin diameter, 25 mm height, 12.5 mm OD"]},{"parameter":"Work station capacity","values":["Holds 14 mounts (10-15 mm round mounts with 3 mm pins)"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["Batch coating/imaging, edge-on mounting of fibers, hairs, fabrics, or die"]}]}]},{"slug":"eds-wds-planchets","name":"Planchets (Beryllium, Diamond & Pyrolytic Graphite)","description":"Beryllium, diamond and pyrolytic graphite planchets for EDS and WDS, adding no spurious peaks and made to be cleaned and reused.","pageTitle":"Planchets (Beryllium, Diamond & Pyrolytic Graphite)","pageDescription":"Planchets are flat, low-background disc substrates rather than pin or stub mounts, used primarily as sample backgrounds for energy- and wavelength-dispersive x-ray (EDS/WDS) microanalysis in the SEM.","image":"/images/spi-eds-wds-planchets.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Planchets are flat, low-background disc substrates rather than pin or stub mounts, used primarily as sample backgrounds for energy- and wavelength-dispersive x-ray (EDS/WDS) microanalysis in the SEM. SPI Supplies offers them in beryllium, diamond, and pyrolytic graphite, each chosen for producing minimal Bremsstrahlung background radiation and few or no interfering characteristic x-ray peaks in the resulting spectrum. Beryllium has long been the standard low-background substrate, but its toxicity has led many institutions to restrict its use, making the diamond and pyrolytic graphite planchets popular non-toxic or lower-risk alternatives. All three materials are designed to be cleaned and reused rather than treated as disposable consumables.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-eds-wds-planchets.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Beryllium Planchets","text":"Beryllium planchets are 25.4 mm in diameter and 0.25 mm thick, with a highly polished surface equivalent to a 1 µm polishing abrasive finish, and are packaged individually in a plastic box. SPI Supplies notes that cleaning must follow recommended procedures to avoid generating toxic beryllium particulates, and a Safety Data Sheet is provided for the product.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Diamond & Pyrolytic Graphite Planchets","text":"Diamond planchets measure 10 mm in diameter by a minimum 0.025 mm (25 µm) thickness, with one side fine-polished to a mirror finish and the other left with the natural crystallite texture, and can be cleaned with aggressive acids or bases in an ultrasonic bath. Pyrolytic graphite planchets are 25.4 mm in diameter, available in 1.6 mm or 3.2 mm thickness, described as substrate-nucleated (SN Grade) material that can be diamond-polished to a mirror finish and re-polished for reuse.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Planchets (Beryllium, Diamond & Pyrolytic Graphite)"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Materials available","values":["Beryllium, Diamond, Pyrolytic graphite"]},{"parameter":"Diameter","values":["10 mm (diamond); 25.4 mm (beryllium, pyrolytic graphite)"]},{"parameter":"Thickness","values":["0.025 mm minimum (diamond); 0.25 mm (beryllium); 1.6 mm or 3.2 mm (pyrolytic graphite)"]},{"parameter":"Beryllium CAS #","values":["7440-41-7"]},{"parameter":"Surface finish","values":["Beryllium: ~1 µm polish equivalent; Diamond: one side mirror-polished; Pyrolytic graphite: diamond-polishable to mirror finish"]},{"parameter":"Application","values":["Low-Bremsstrahlung background substrate for SEM-EDS/WDS microanalysis"]},{"parameter":"Reusability","values":["Cleanable and reusable, not single-use consumables"]}]}]},{"slug":"forensic-gsr-sampler-kits","name":"Forensic Gunshot Residue (GSR) Sampler Kits","description":"Recovered residue amount depends on the firearm type, caliber, ammunition, and environmental conditions at the time of discharge.","pageTitle":"Forensic Gunshot Residue (GSR) Sampler Kits","pageDescription":"The Forensic line consists of SEMOPTICS-branded Gunshot Residue (GSR) samplers and kits, purpose-built adhesive-surfaced SEM mounts used to lift and preserve gunshot residue particles from a suspect's hands, face, clothing, or hair for later SEM-EDS analysis.","image":"/images/spi-forensic-gsr-sampler-kits.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Forensic line consists of SEMOPTICS-branded Gunshot Residue (GSR) samplers and kits, purpose-built adhesive-surfaced SEM mounts used to lift and preserve gunshot residue particles from a suspect's hands, face, clothing, or hair for later SEM-EDS analysis. Each sampler is a 1 in (25.4 mm) adhesive SEM mount fitted with a precision plastic cover printed with a serial number and space to record the sampling location, supporting chain-of-custody documentation for case work and courtroom acceptance. The product is offered as an individual Sampler Unit as well as bundled Basic, Full, and Pro Sampler Kits that add collection and packaging accessories for complete evidence-handling workflows. Recovered residue amount depends on the firearm type, caliber, ammunition, and environmental conditions at the time of discharge.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-forensic-gsr-sampler-kits.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Kit Options","text":"The line includes a standalone GSR Sampler Unit plus Basic, Full, and Pro Sampler Kits, each bundling the adhesive mount with different levels of collection and documentation accessories for evidence technicians.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Packaging & Documentation","text":"Samplers are sold in quantities of 1, 10, 100, or 500 mounts, and an instruction manual is provided covering correct sampling procedure; the product is excluded from flat-rate shipping due to its packaging.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Forensic Gunshot Residue (GSR) Sampler Kits"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Product line","values":["SEMOPTICS Gunshot Residue (GSR) Samplers and Kits"]},{"parameter":"Mount size","values":["1 in (25.4 mm) adhesive-surfaced SEM mount"]},{"parameter":"Cover","values":["Plastic cover with serial number and sampling-location fields"]},{"parameter":"Package options","values":["Sampler Unit, Basic Kit, Full Sampler Kit, Pro Sampler Kit"]},{"parameter":"Quantities","values":["1, 10, 100, 500 mount packs"]},{"parameter":"Application","values":["Collection of gunshot residue for forensic SEM-EDS analysis"]},{"parameter":"Shipping","values":["Not eligible for flat-rate shipping"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Precision Tweezers","description":"Precision tweezers for handling grids, wafers and specimens without damage or contamination.","pageTitle":"Precision Tweezers","pageDescription":"A 3 mm TEM grid is easily bent, and a wafer is easily scratched or contaminated. SPI supplies precision tweezers in stainless steel, Dumoxel, PTFE and carbon-fibre-reinforced polymer, including self-closing, anti-capillary and vacuum pick-up styles.","overview":"Handling damage accounts for a surprising share of ruined specimens, and the tweezers are usually the culprit — a grid creased at the edge, a wafer scratched, a trace of metal transferred onto a surface about to be analysed. The answer is matching the tool to the task. Swiss Dumont and Dumoxel patterns give the finest tips for grid work; PTFE-coated and all-PTFE tweezers avoid metal contact where chemical resistance or cleanliness matters; carbon-fibre-reinforced polymer tips are non-magnetic and non-marking. Anti-capillary designs stop liquid wicking up between the tips during staining and washing, self-closing patterns hold a specimen without sustained finger pressure, and vacuum pick-up tools lift wafers and flat samples with no edge contact at all.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-tweezers.webp","slug":"tweezers","models":[{"slug":"stainless-steel-precision-tweezers","name":"SPI-Swiss and SPI Supplies Stainless Steel Precision Tweezers","description":"Tips are described as \"high precision\" or \"needle sharp\" and are intended for fine manipulation tasks such as handling small parts, samples, and mounts in the laboratory.","pageTitle":"SPI-Swiss and SPI Supplies Stainless Steel Precision Tweezers","pageDescription":"This is the core, general-purpose tweezer line, built from antimagnetic (chromium-nickel, or \"Chromosteel\") stainless steel or INOX stainless steel and sold under the SPI-Swiss and SPI Supplies brands.","image":"/images/spi-stainless-steel-precision-tweezers.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"This is the core, general-purpose tweezer line, built from antimagnetic (chromium-nickel, or \"Chromosteel\") stainless steel or INOX stainless steel and sold under the SPI-Swiss and SPI Supplies brands. It spans dozens of numbered and lettered tip styles, including #00, #0, #1, #2, #2A, #3, #3C, #4, #4A, #5, #5A, #7, #7A, #8, #84A, #85C, and #86B, each corresponding to a specific jaw shape and precision level. Tips are described as \"high precision\" or \"needle sharp\" and are intended for fine manipulation tasks such as handling small parts, samples, and mounts in the laboratory. Some finishes, such as gold-plated \"Miracle Tip\" versions, are offered as premium variants of standard styles.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-stainless-steel-precision-tweezers.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Style Numbering and Construction","text":"Each item is identified by an SPI style number (for example #2, #3, #4, #5, #7) that denotes the tip geometry, and the catalogue provides a dedicated style index for browsing by number. Bodies are antimagnetic stainless steel, described on individual listings as INOX or Chromosteel stainless steel construction with high-precision tips.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Typical Sizes","text":"Overall lengths across this family commonly run from 100 mm to 150 mm, with 110 mm, 115 mm, 120 mm, and 125 mm being the most frequent lengths listed. Tip widths vary by style, with wider flat styles reaching roughly 6.5 mm to 9.5 mm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPI-Swiss and SPI Supplies Stainless Steel Precision Tweezers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Body material","values":["Antimagnetic stainless steel (Chromosteel), INOX stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Brand","values":["SPI-Swiss, SPI Supplies"]},{"parameter":"Representative styles","values":["#00, #0, #1, #2, #2A, #3, #3C, #4, #4A, #5, #5A, #7, #7A, #8, #84A, #85C, #86B"]},{"parameter":"Tip style","values":["Needle sharp, high precision, fine tip"]},{"parameter":"Overall length","values":["100 mm to 150 mm (most commonly 110-125 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Tip width (wide styles)","values":["6.5 mm to 9.5 mm"]},{"parameter":"Magnetic properties","values":["Antimagnetic / non-magnetic"]},{"parameter":"Special finish option","values":["Gold-plated \"Miracle Tip\" ends"]}]}]},{"slug":"dumont-dumoxel-swiss-tweezers","name":"Dumont and Dumoxel Swiss Tweezers","description":"The Dumont line consists of Swiss-manufactured tweezers offered in both standard INOX stainless steel and Dumont's proprietary Dumoxel antimagnetic stainless steel.","pageTitle":"Dumont and Dumoxel Swiss Tweezers","pageDescription":"The Dumont line consists of Swiss-manufactured tweezers offered in both standard INOX stainless steel and Dumont's proprietary Dumoxel antimagnetic stainless steel.","image":"/images/spi-dumont-dumoxel-swiss-tweezers.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The Dumont line consists of Swiss-manufactured tweezers offered in both standard INOX stainless steel and Dumont's proprietary Dumoxel antimagnetic stainless steel. Styles cover the same numbering system used elsewhere in the catalogue, including #0, #00, #1, #2, #3, #3C, #4, #5, #5/45, #55, #7, and #7A, plus self-closing #N5 and #N7 variants. Tip descriptions include \"high precision tips\" and \"biology tips,\" indicating the line is suited to both general precision handling and life-science applications. Dumont tweezers are positioned as a premium, brand-specific alternative to the general SPI-Swiss stainless steel range.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-dumont-dumoxel-swiss-tweezers.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Materials and Style Range","text":"Listings distinguish between plain INOX stainless steel items (for example Dumont Style #1, #4, #5, #7, and #55) and Dumoxel antimagnetic stainless steel items (for example Dumont Dumoxel Style #00, #2, #3, #4, #5, #7, and #3c). Both material options are offered across overlapping style numbers so customers can choose the finish appropriate to their application.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Self-Closing Options","text":"The Dumont range includes self-closing #N5 and #N7 tweezers with high precision tips in INOX stainless steel, which stay closed at rest and are opened by hand pressure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Dumont and Dumoxel Swiss Tweezers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Brand","values":["Dumont"]},{"parameter":"Body/tip material","values":["INOX stainless steel; Dumoxel antimagnetic stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Representative styles","values":["#0, #00, #1, #2, #3, #3c, #4, #5, #5/45, #55, #7, #7A, #N5, #N7"]},{"parameter":"Tip description","values":["High precision tips; biology tips"]},{"parameter":"Overall length","values":["109 mm to 120 mm"]},{"parameter":"Self-closing variants","values":["#N5, #N7 (self-closing, high precision tips)"]}]}]},{"slug":"ptfe-coated-chemical-resistant-tweezers","name":"PTFE-Coated and All-PTFE Tweezers","description":"The all-PTFE items, sold under the SPI Supplies brand, are described by tip shape such as Flat Platen, Sharp Ends, and Square End, and are supplied in fixed lengths.","pageTitle":"PTFE-Coated and All-PTFE Tweezers","pageDescription":"This family covers tweezers that are either antimagnetic stainless steel with a PTFE (Teflon) coating or made entirely of PTFE. The stainless-steel-core, PTFE-coated versions are offered across common styles such as #2A, #3, #3C, #4, #5, #5A, #6WF (as #6WFT), and #7, and are labeled \"PTFE Coated\" with high-precision tips.","image":"/images/spi-ptfe-coated-chemical-resistant-tweezers.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"This family covers tweezers that are either antimagnetic stainless steel with a PTFE (Teflon) coating or made entirely of PTFE. The stainless-steel-core, PTFE-coated versions are offered across common styles such as #2A, #3, #3C, #4, #5, #5A, #6WF (as #6WFT), and #7, and are labeled \"PTFE Coated\" with high-precision tips. The all-PTFE items, sold under the SPI Supplies brand, are described by tip shape such as Flat Platen, Sharp Ends, and Square End, and are supplied in fixed lengths. Both subtypes are intended for applications where chemical resistance and a non-stick, insulating surface are required.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-ptfe-coated-chemical-resistant-tweezers.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"PTFE-Coated Stainless Steel Tweezers","text":"These combine an antimagnetic stainless steel body with a PTFE coating and retain the high-precision tip geometry of the corresponding uncoated style number. A PTFE-coated wafer-handling variant, Style 6WFT, is also offered in 125 mm length.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"All-PTFE Tweezers","text":"SPI Supplies also sells tweezers made fully of PTFE, described as Flat Platen, Sharp Ends, and Square End tip styles, supplied in 100 mm, 150 mm, and 200 mm lengths.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["PTFE-Coated and All-PTFE Tweezers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Body material","values":["Antimagnetic stainless steel with PTFE coating; or all-PTFE construction"]},{"parameter":"Coating","values":["PTFE (Teflon)"]},{"parameter":"Representative coated styles","values":["#2A, #3, #3C, #4, #5, #5A, #6WFT, #7"]},{"parameter":"All-PTFE tip styles","values":["Flat Platen, Sharp Ends, Square End"]},{"parameter":"All-PTFE lengths","values":["100 mm, 150 mm, 200 mm"]},{"parameter":"Tip description","values":["High precision tips (coated stainless variants)"]},{"parameter":"Brand","values":["SPI-Swiss, SPI Supplies"]}]}]},{"slug":"carbon-fiber-reinforced-polymer-tip-tweezers","name":"Carbon Fiber Reinforced Polymer (PEEK/PVDF) Tip Tweezers","description":"SPI-Swiss also offers tweezers fitted with carbon fiber reinforced polymer tips, available in either PEEK or PVDF polymer formulations.","pageTitle":"Carbon Fiber Reinforced Polymer (PEEK/PVDF) Tip Tweezers","pageDescription":"SPI-Swiss also offers tweezers fitted with carbon fiber reinforced polymer tips, available in either PEEK or PVDF polymer formulations. These are sold as complete tweezers corresponding to familiar style numbers, including #5, #7, #2A, #4WF, and #N5, with the polymer tip material substituted for metal at the working end.","image":"/images/spi-carbon-fiber-reinforced-polymer-tip-tweezers.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SPI-Swiss also offers tweezers fitted with carbon fiber reinforced polymer tips, available in either PEEK or PVDF polymer formulations. These are sold as complete tweezers corresponding to familiar style numbers, including #5, #7, #2A, #4WF, and #N5, with the polymer tip material substituted for metal at the working end. Because the tips are non-metallic, this line is suited to applications where a metal-free or reduced-conductivity tip is preferred. Items are listed individually by style and polymer type (PEEK versus PVDF).","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-carbon-fiber-reinforced-polymer-tip-tweezers.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Tip Materials","text":"Two polymer tip options are listed: Carbon Fiber Reinforced PEEK Polymer and Carbon Fiber Reinforced PVDF Polymer, each offered across the same set of style numbers so customers can select the polymer chemistry suited to their handling environment.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Carbon Fiber Reinforced Polymer (PEEK/PVDF) Tip Tweezers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Tip material","values":["Carbon Fiber Reinforced PEEK polymer; Carbon Fiber Reinforced PVDF polymer"]},{"parameter":"Brand","values":["SPI-Swiss"]},{"parameter":"Representative styles","values":["#5, #7, #2A, #4WF, #N5"]},{"parameter":"Construction","values":["Carbon fiber reinforced polymer tips on standard tweezer bodies"]}]}]},{"slug":"self-closing-anti-capillary-tweezers","name":"Self-Closing and Anti-Capillary Tweezers","description":"Self-closing items are offered in styles #N4, #N5, and #N7 in antimagnetic stainless steel, with PTFE-coated versions also available for styles #N4 and #N5.","pageTitle":"Self-Closing and Anti-Capillary Tweezers","pageDescription":"This line covers tweezers built for reverse or self-closing action, where the jaws remain closed at rest and are opened by squeezing, as well as anti-capillary designs intended to reduce liquid wicking between the tips.","image":"/images/spi-self-closing-anti-capillary-tweezers.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"This line covers tweezers built for reverse or self-closing action, where the jaws remain closed at rest and are opened by squeezing, as well as anti-capillary designs intended to reduce liquid wicking between the tips. Self-closing items are offered in styles #N4, #N5, and #N7 in antimagnetic stainless steel, with PTFE-coated versions also available for styles #N4 and #N5. Anti-capillary tweezers are offered as a variant of Style #5, in both plain antimagnetic stainless steel and PTFE-coated form. Both mechanisms are represented across the SPI-Swiss, SPI Supplies, and Dumont brands.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-self-closing-anti-capillary-tweezers.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Self-Closing Mechanism","text":"Self-closing (reverse action) tweezers are available in styles #N4, #N5, and #N7, with antimagnetic stainless steel or PTFE-coated construction, and Dumont also lists self-closing #N5 and #N7 versions in INOX stainless steel.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Anti-Capillary Design","text":"The anti-capillary Style #5 tweezer is offered in antimagnetic stainless steel and in a PTFE-coated version with high-precision tips, intended to limit capillary drawing of fluids along the jaws.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Self-Closing and Anti-Capillary Tweezers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Mechanism types","values":["Self-closing (reverse action); anti-capillary"]},{"parameter":"Self-closing styles","values":["#N4, #N5, #N7"]},{"parameter":"Anti-capillary style","values":["#5 (anti-capillary variant)"]},{"parameter":"Body material","values":["Antimagnetic stainless steel; PTFE-coated antimagnetic stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Brand","values":["SPI-Swiss, SPI Supplies, Dumont"]},{"parameter":"Self-closing facet count on category page","values":["11 self-closing items listed vs. 141 non-self-closing"]}]}]},{"slug":"wafer-handling-specimen-mount-tweezers","name":"Wafer Handling and Specimen Mount Tweezers","description":"Wafer tip styles include #2W, #2WF, #3W, #3WF, #4W, #4WF, #5WF, #6WF, and the PTFE-coated #6WFT, all in antimagnetic stainless steel.","pageTitle":"Wafer Handling and Specimen Mount Tweezers","pageDescription":"This group includes tweezers with wide, flat wafer-style tips designed to grip silicon wafers and similar flat substrates by the edge, along with related specimen-mounting hardware. Wafer tip styles include #2W, #2WF, #3W, #3WF, #4W, #4WF, #5WF, #6WF, and the PTFE-coated #6WFT, all in antimagnetic stainless steel.","image":"/images/spi-wafer-handling-specimen-mount-tweezers.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"This group includes tweezers with wide, flat wafer-style tips designed to grip silicon wafers and similar flat substrates by the edge, along with related specimen-mounting hardware. Wafer tip styles include #2W, #2WF, #3W, #3WF, #4W, #4WF, #5WF, #6WF, and the PTFE-coated #6WFT, all in antimagnetic stainless steel. The category also includes purpose-built specimen tools such as GSR (Gunshot Residue) SEM mount tweezers, angled membrane filter tweezers with Miracle Tip ends, Dumont Dumoxel specimen mount tweezers with 7 mm and 9 mm diameter ends, and stainless steel mount clamps in 90 mm and 150 mm lengths. These items are aimed at sample-preparation tasks in SEM, materials science, and forensic laboratories rather than general-purpose gripping.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-wafer-handling-specimen-mount-tweezers.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Wafer Tip Styles","text":"Wafer-style tweezers such as #2W, #3W, and #4W (and their flat, \"F\" suffixed variants) use wide, flat antimagnetic stainless steel tips rather than pointed jaws, in lengths typically between 119 mm and 135 mm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specimen Mount Accessories","text":"Related mount-handling items include GSR SEM mount tweezers, angled membrane filter tweezers with Miracle Tip ends, Dumont Dumoxel specimen mount tweezers sized for 7 mm and 9 mm diameter mounts, and antimagnetic stainless steel mount clamps offered in 90 mm and 150 mm lengths.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Wafer Handling and Specimen Mount Tweezers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Tip style","values":["Wide flat wafer tip"]},{"parameter":"Representative styles","values":["#2W, #2WF, #3W, #3WF, #4W, #4WF, #5WF, #6WF, #6WFT (PTFE coated)"]},{"parameter":"Body material","values":["Antimagnetic stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Overall length","values":["119 mm to 135 mm"]},{"parameter":"Related accessories","values":["GSR SEM mount tweezers, membrane filter tweezers, specimen mount tweezers, mount clamps"]},{"parameter":"Mount clamp lengths","values":["90 mm (3.5 in), 150 mm (6.0 in)"]},{"parameter":"Specimen mount tip diameter","values":["7 mm, 9 mm (Dumont Dumoxel specimen mount tweezers)"]}]}]},{"slug":"vacuum-pick-up-tweezers","name":"Vacuum Pick-Up Tweezers","description":"A companion SPI Supplies Plastic Tweezer Holder is offered for storing tweezers between uses.","pageTitle":"Vacuum Pick-Up Tweezers","pageDescription":"Vacuum tweezers use suction rather than mechanical jaws to pick up and place delicate or fragile samples, avoiding the physical contact and pressure risks of pinch-style tweezers.","image":"/images/spi-vacuum-pick-up-tweezers.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Vacuum tweezers use suction rather than mechanical jaws to pick up and place delicate or fragile samples, avoiding the physical contact and pressure risks of pinch-style tweezers. The category lists a bench-style Vacuum Tweezers with Nozzles unit, a Battery Powered Vacuum Tweezer, and a corded Vacuum Tweezer, each supplied with nozzles for handling small components. A companion SPI Supplies Plastic Tweezer Holder is offered for storing tweezers between uses. This subgroup is distinct from the mechanical tweezer families and serves applications where contactless or low-force sample handling is required.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-vacuum-pick-up-tweezers.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Product Variants","text":"Three vacuum pick-up options are listed: Vacuum Tweezers With Nozzles (110 v), a Battery Powered Vacuum Tweezer, and a corded Vacuum Tweezer, giving customers a choice between mains-powered, battery-powered, and corded operation.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Vacuum Pick-Up Tweezers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Operating principle","values":["Vacuum suction pick-up (nozzle-based)"]},{"parameter":"Power options","values":["110 V corded, battery powered, corded"]},{"parameter":"Included accessory","values":["Nozzles"]},{"parameter":"Related accessory","values":["SPI Supplies Plastic Tweezer Holder"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Substrates for Sample Preparation","description":"HOPG, mica, silicon wafers, sapphire, ITO-coated slides and 2D materials for microscopy and surface science.","pageTitle":"Substrates for Sample Preparation","pageDescription":"Surface-sensitive microscopy needs a substrate flatter and cleaner than the feature being studied. SPI supplies HOPG and muscovite mica that cleave to atomic flatness, polished silicon and sapphire wafers, ITO-coated conductive slides, and exfoliated 2D materials.","overview":"In scanning probe microscopy and surface science the substrate is part of the measurement: any roughness it contributes is indistinguishable from the sample. Highly ordered pyrolytic graphite and muscovite mica solve this by cleaving — peel off the top layer with tape and a fresh, atomically flat, contamination-free surface is exposed in seconds. Where conductivity or transparency is needed the answer differs: ITO-coated slides and coverslips are conductive yet optically clear, silicon wafers give a flat reference surface with a well-characterised oxide, and sapphire offers hardness and chemical inertness for high-temperature work. SPI also supplies magnesium oxide and molybdenum disulfide substrates, silicon nitride membranes, polymer films, AFM stainless steel disks, and exfoliated hexagonal boron nitride and transition metal dichalcogenides for 2D materials research.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-substrates.webp","slug":"substrates","models":[{"slug":"hopg-highly-ordered-pyrolytic-graphite","name":"HOPG Highly Ordered Pyrolytic Graphite","description":"SPI Supplies offers HOPG from two distinct sources, each processed differently but of comparable excellent quality.","pageTitle":"HOPG Highly Ordered Pyrolytic Graphite","pageDescription":"HOPG is highly ordered pyrolytic graphite, obtained via graphitization heat treatment of carbon or chemical vapor deposition, giving a high degree of preferred crystallographic orientation. SPI Supplies offers HOPG from two distinct sources, each processed differently but of comparable excellent quality.","image":"/images/spi-hopg-highly-ordered-pyrolytic-graphite.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"HOPG is highly ordered pyrolytic graphite, obtained via graphitization heat treatment of carbon or chemical vapor deposition, giving a high degree of preferred crystallographic orientation. SPI Supplies offers HOPG from two distinct sources, each processed differently but of comparable excellent quality. HOPG's atomically flat, cleavable basal-plane surface makes it a standard substrate for STM and AFM calibration, self-assembled monolayer deposition, and thin-film growth studies. Because it is cleaved fresh before use with adhesive tape, it provides a clean, contamination-free, electrically conductive surface ideal for scanning probe microscopy.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-hopg-highly-ordered-pyrolytic-graphite.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Two HOPG Brands","text":"SPI Supplies offers HOPG from two entirely different sources; neither brand is inherently superior, as both provide excellent quality. However, the two brands are manufactured using different processes, so their physical characteristics differ slightly. Customers can choose between the SPI Supplies branded HOPG line and the Momentive Performance (Advanced Ceramics) branded HOPG line.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mosaic Spread Grades","text":"The Momentive Performance HOPG line is offered in ZYA, ZYB, and ZYH mosaic-spread grades, which differ in the angular spread of the crystallite c-axes and therefore in surface flatness and step density. Grade ZYA has the tightest mosaic spread and is typically used where the highest degree of crystallographic order is required, while ZYH has a wider mosaic spread and suits less demanding applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["HOPG Highly Ordered Pyrolytic Graphite"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["Highly Ordered Pyrolytic Graphite (HOPG)"]},{"parameter":"Brands Offered","values":["SPI Supplies HOPG; Momentive Performance (Advanced Ceramics) HOPG"]},{"parameter":"Grades","values":["ZYA, ZYB, ZYH mosaic-spread grades"]},{"parameter":"Size","values":["12 x 12 mm"]},{"parameter":"Thickness","values":["2 mm"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["1 piece per package"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["STM/AFM calibration standard, thin-film substrate, self-assembled monolayer studies"]}]}]},{"slug":"muscovite-mica-substrates","name":"Muscovite Mica Substrates","description":"SPI Supplies also provides instructional video guidance on techniques for cleaving mica sheets prior to use.","pageTitle":"Muscovite Mica Substrates","pageDescription":"Muscovite mica is a naturally occurring layered silicate mineral that cleaves into atomically flat sheets, making it one of the most widely used substrates for thin-film deposition, replication, and atomic force microscopy.","image":"/images/spi-muscovite-mica-substrates.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Muscovite mica is a naturally occurring layered silicate mineral that cleaves into atomically flat sheets, making it one of the most widely used substrates for thin-film deposition, replication, and atomic force microscopy. SPI Supplies offers muscovite mica in several popular grades, V-1, V-4, and V-5, which differ in the size and number of surface inclusions, plus phlogopite mica as an alternative sheet silicate. Because freshly cleaved mica exposes a clean, chemically inert, atomically smooth surface, it is a standard support for DNA and protein imaging by AFM as well as for evaporated metal and semiconductor thin-film growth. SPI Supplies also provides instructional video guidance on techniques for cleaving mica sheets prior to use.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-muscovite-mica-substrates.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mica Grades","text":"Grade V-1 is the highest optical quality with the fewest inclusions, making it the preferred choice for the most demanding AFM and thin-film work. Grades V-4 and V-5 contain progressively more surface imperfections and are used for less critical applications where cost is a greater consideration. Phlogopite mica is offered as a related sheet-silicate substrate for applications not requiring muscovite's optical clarity.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sizes and Thicknesses","text":"Mica substrates are supplied as discs from 3 mm to 25 mm in diameter and as rectangular sheets ranging from about 15 x 15 mm up to 100 x 100 mm. Standard thicknesses include 0.15 mm (0.006 in) and 0.26 to 0.325 mm (0.010-0.012 in), supplied in packs of roughly 20 to 100 pieces.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Muscovite Mica Substrates"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["Muscovite mica (natural layered silicate), CAS# 12001-26-2"]},{"parameter":"Grades","values":["V-1, V-4, V-5 muscovite; Phlogopite mica"]},{"parameter":"Disc Sizes","values":["3 mm, 9.5-9.9 mm, 12 mm, 15 mm, 22 mm, 25 mm diameter"]},{"parameter":"Sheet Sizes","values":["15x15 mm up to 100x100 mm; also 25x75, 40x10, 50x25, 75x25, 75x50, 80x40 mm"]},{"parameter":"Thickness","values":["0.15 mm (0.006 in) and 0.26-0.325 mm (0.010-0.012 in)"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["Packs of 20 to 100 discs or sheets"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["AFM/STM substrate, thin-film deposition, replication"]}]}]},{"slug":"silicon-wafers","name":"Silicon Wafers","description":"Silicon chip substrates are supplied as small flat pieces for general sample support, calibration, or as a base for further thin-film deposition.","pageTitle":"Silicon Wafers","pageDescription":"SPI Supplies offers silicon wafer substrates in both bare chip form and gold-coated form for use as flat, rigid support surfaces in microscopy and materials science sample preparation.","image":"/images/spi-silicon-wafers.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SPI Supplies offers silicon wafer substrates in both bare chip form and gold-coated form for use as flat, rigid support surfaces in microscopy and materials science sample preparation. The gold-coated silicon wafer substrate provides a conductive metallic surface over the rigid silicon base, suitable for applications such as specimen mounting, calibration, or reflective/conductive support work. Silicon chip substrates are supplied as small flat pieces for general sample support, calibration, or as a base for further thin-film deposition. These substrates combine the mechanical flatness and rigidity of single-crystal silicon with straightforward handling for laboratory sample preparation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-silicon-wafers.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Product Options","text":"The line includes a 4 in (100 mm) diameter gold-coated silicon wafer substrate and a range of silicon chip substrates sold under the SPI Supplies brand. The gold coating provides a conductive, reflective surface while retaining the flatness of the underlying silicon wafer.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Silicon Wafers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["Single-crystal silicon, with optional gold coating"]},{"parameter":"Wafer Diameter","values":["4 in (100 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Coating","values":["Gold-coated (Au) option available"]},{"parameter":"Format","values":["Full wafer or diced silicon chip substrates"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["SEM/AFM sample support, calibration substrate, thin-film base"]}]}]},{"slug":"ito-coated-slides-coverslips","name":"Indium-Tin-Oxide (ITO) Coated Slides & Coverslips","description":"SPI Supplies provides technical data and a product selection guide to help customers choose the correct resistivity and format for their application.","pageTitle":"Indium-Tin-Oxide (ITO) Coated Slides & Coverslips","pageDescription":"Indium-tin-oxide (ITO) coated substrates combine high optical transparency from the UV through the near-infrared with electrical conductivity, making them useful wherever a transparent, conductive, planar surface is needed.","image":"/images/spi-ito-coated-slides-coverslips.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Indium-tin-oxide (ITO) coated substrates combine high optical transparency from the UV through the near-infrared with electrical conductivity, making them useful wherever a transparent, conductive, planar surface is needed. SPI Supplies offers this product line as ITO coated cover slips, ITO coated slides, and larger ITO coated glass plates, available across a range of coating thicknesses and sheet resistivities to suit different applications. The ITO coating reduces charging of the substrate surface while preserving optical clarity, making these substrates useful for microscopy as well as electro-optical and electrode applications. SPI Supplies provides technical data and a product selection guide to help customers choose the correct resistivity and format for their application.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-ito-coated-slides-coverslips.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Format Options","text":"The line is organized into three subcategories: ITO coated cover slips, ITO coated slides, and ITO coated glass plates. Glass plates are supplied in a large 300 x 300 mm format for applications requiring bigger conductive, transparent surfaces.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Resistivity Range","text":"ITO glass plates are offered in sheet resistivities of 10-15, 15-30, 30-60, and 70-100 ohms per square, allowing selection of the tradeoff between conductivity and transparency needed for a given application.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Indium-Tin-Oxide (ITO) Coated Slides & Coverslips"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Coating Material","values":["Indium-Tin-Oxide (ITO)"]},{"parameter":"Formats","values":["Cover slips, slides, glass plates"]},{"parameter":"Glass Plate Size","values":["300 x 300 mm x 1 mm thick"]},{"parameter":"Sheet Resistivity","values":["10-15, 15-30, 30-60, 70-100 ohms/square"]},{"parameter":"Optical Transparency","values":["High transparency from UV to NIR"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["Transparent conductive electrode substrate, microscopy, reduced-charging specimen support"]}]}]},{"slug":"silicon-nitride-both-side-wafers","name":"Silicon Nitride Both Side Wafers","description":"The wafers are supplied in multi-piece packs to support batch processing workflows.","pageTitle":"Silicon Nitride Both Side Wafers","pageDescription":"These substrates are silicon wafers coated on both sides with a thin film of silicon nitride (Si3N4), supplied by SPI Supplies for applications requiring a robust, chemically resistant dielectric coating on a rigid silicon support.","image":"","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"These substrates are silicon wafers coated on both sides with a thin film of silicon nitride (Si3N4), supplied by SPI Supplies for applications requiring a robust, chemically resistant dielectric coating on a rigid silicon support. The 100 nm thick Si3N4 coating is deposited on both faces of a 200 micrometer thick, 100 mm diameter silicon wafer, giving a symmetric, low-stress structure suited to further micromachining or use as a coated support wafer. Silicon nitride coatings of this type are valued for their chemical inertness, hardness, and dielectric properties in semiconductor and materials science sample preparation. The wafers are supplied in multi-piece packs to support batch processing workflows.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Coating and Wafer Specification","text":"Each wafer is 100 mm in diameter and 200 micrometers thick, with a 100 nm thick Si3N4 layer deposited on both sides. This both-side coating configuration provides a balanced, low-stress film compared to single-side coated wafers.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Silicon Nitride Both Side Wafers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Substrate","values":["Silicon (Si) wafer"]},{"parameter":"Coating","values":["Silicon Nitride (Si3N4), 100 nm thick, both sides"]},{"parameter":"Wafer Diameter","values":["100 mm"]},{"parameter":"Wafer Thickness","values":["200 µm"]},{"parameter":"Pack Sizes","values":["5, 10, or 25 wafers"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["Dielectric-coated support wafer, semiconductor sample preparation, micromachining"]}]}]},{"slug":"2d-materials","name":"2D Materials","description":"Exfoliation-grade hexagonal boron nitride and transition metal dichalcogenide crystals, stable in ambient air.","pageTitle":"2D Materials","pageDescription":"Transition metal dichalcogenides (TMDCs) are a class of nanostructured layered crystals under intensive research for their electronic, optical, magnetic, thermal, and mechanical properties.","image":"/images/spi-2d-materials.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Transition metal dichalcogenides (TMDCs) are a class of nanostructured layered crystals under intensive research for their electronic, optical, magnetic, thermal, and mechanical properties. SPI Supplies offers single-crystal pieces of hexagonal boron nitride (hBN) and several TMDCs, including molybdenum diselenide, tungsten disulfide, tungsten diselenide, molybdenum ditelluride, and tungsten ditelluride. These materials share a layered structure comparable to graphite, with strong in-plane covalent bonding and weak out-of-plane van der Waals interactions, allowing them to be readily exfoliated into monolayer or few-layer nanosheets. All grades are stable under ambient environments, making them practical starting materials for exfoliation-based device fabrication and nanomaterials research.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-2d-materials.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Materials Offered","text":"The line includes Hexagonal Boron Nitride Grade A (hBN-A) supplied as 20 or more single crystals of 0.5-1 mm size, plus single-crystal pieces of MoSe2, WS2, WSe2, MoTe2, and WTe2. Most crystals are supplied as a single piece approximately 10 mm2 in area, with MoTe2 supplied as a 3 x 3 mm piece.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["2D Materials"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material Types","values":["hBN, MoSe2, WS2, WSe2, MoTe2, WTe2"]},{"parameter":"Crystal Form","values":["Single crystal pieces, exfoliable into mono/few-layer nanosheets"]},{"parameter":"hBN Crystal Size","values":["0.5-1 mm, 20+ crystals per package"]},{"parameter":"TMDC Piece Size","values":["approx. 10 mm2 (MoTe2: 3 x 3 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Structure","values":["Layered, strong in-plane covalent bonds, weak out-of-plane van der Waals interactions"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["Exfoliation for 2D nanosheet devices, nanotechnology and materials research"]}]}]},{"slug":"sapphire-substrate","name":"Sapphire Substrate","description":"Sapphire substrates from SPI Supplies are single-crystal sapphire, prized for their excellent optical, physical, and chemical properties.","pageTitle":"Sapphire Substrate","pageDescription":"Sapphire substrates from SPI Supplies are single-crystal sapphire, prized for their excellent optical, physical, and chemical properties.","image":"/images/spi-sapphire-substrate.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Sapphire substrates from SPI Supplies are single-crystal sapphire, prized for their excellent optical, physical, and chemical properties. Sapphire retains high mechanical strength and chemical resistance at elevated temperatures, has a wide optical transmission wavelength range, functions as an excellent electrical insulator, and offers good thermal conductivity at low temperatures. These properties make sapphire substrates suitable for epitaxial thin-film growth, optical windows, and applications requiring a chemically and thermally robust insulating support. SPI Supplies provides a technical note on single-crystal sapphire describing these properties in more detail.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-sapphire-substrate.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sizes and Finish","text":"Sapphire substrates and wafers are available double-sided polished in square formats from 5 x 5 mm up to 25.4 x 25.4 mm, as well as round wafers of 25.4 mm diameter. All are supplied in packs of 5 pieces.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Sapphire Substrate"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["Single-crystal sapphire (Al2O3)"]},{"parameter":"Sizes","values":["5x5 mm, 10x5 mm, 10x10 mm, 25.4x25.4 mm square; 25.4 mm diameter wafer"]},{"parameter":"Polish","values":["Double-sided polished"]},{"parameter":"Pack Size","values":["5 pieces per package"]},{"parameter":"Key Properties","values":["Wide optical transmission range, electrical insulator, high-temperature chemical resistance, good low-temperature thermal conductivity"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["Epitaxial growth substrate, optical windows, high-temperature/chemically resistant support"]}]}]},{"slug":"afm-stainless-steel-disks","name":"AFM Stainless Steel Disks","description":"Stainless steel substrates are especially useful when magnetic sample holders or magnetic AFM stages are used, since the disc itself is attracted to the mounting stage.","pageTitle":"AFM Stainless Steel Disks","pageDescription":"For AFM applications requiring a magnetic substrate, SPI Supplies offers stainless steel mounting discs as a practical, inexpensive alternative to cleavable crystalline substrates.","image":"/images/spi-afm-stainless-steel-disks.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"For AFM applications requiring a magnetic substrate, SPI Supplies offers stainless steel mounting discs as a practical, inexpensive alternative to cleavable crystalline substrates. These discs are noted for the smoothness of their edges and the flatness of their surfaces, though they are not atomically flat in the way that V-1 grade HOPG or mica can be. Stainless steel substrates are especially useful when magnetic sample holders or magnetic AFM stages are used, since the disc itself is attracted to the mounting stage. They are supplied in bulk packs, making them a cost-effective choice for routine specimen mounting.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-afm-stainless-steel-disks.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dimensions and Packaging","text":"Discs are available in 12 mm, 15 mm, and 25 mm diameters, with the 12 and 15 mm sizes supplied at 0.0325 in (0.826 mm) thickness. All disc sizes are packaged in quantities of 100 discs per pack.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["AFM Stainless Steel Disks"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["Stainless steel"]},{"parameter":"Diameters","values":["12 mm, 15 mm, 25 mm"]},{"parameter":"Thickness","values":["0.0325 in (0.826 mm)"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["Pack of 100 discs"]},{"parameter":"Key Property","values":["Magnetic substrate compatible with magnetic AFM sample stages"]},{"parameter":"Typical Applications","values":["AFM specimen mounting, especially where a magnetic substrate is required"]}]}]}]},{"name":"EM Maintenance Parts","description":"Filaments, apertures, scintillators and AFM probes — the consumable parts that keep electron microscopes running.","pageTitle":"EM Maintenance Parts","pageDescription":"Electron microscopes depend on parts that wear out. SPI supplies tungsten and LaB₆ filaments, platinum and molybdenum apertures, scintillators and YAG viewing screens, and silicon and conductive AFM probes.","overview":"Certain microscope components are consumable by design. A tungsten filament has a finite life measured in tens of hours and is expected to be replaced; LaB₆ cathodes last far longer and give greater brightness, at higher cost and with a stricter vacuum requirement. Apertures accumulate contamination and eventually degrade beam quality, so platinum and molybdenum discs are replaced on a routine schedule. Scintillators lose efficiency as they age, dimming the secondary electron image until the detector is refurbished. AFM probes are the extreme case — a tip may last a single session, and both silicon probes for general imaging and conductive platinum-coated probes for electrical modes are ordered in quantity. Keeping these in stock is the difference between a microscope that runs and one that waits.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-em-maintenance.webp","slug":"em-maintenance","models":[{"slug":"platinum-disc-apertures","name":"Platinum Disc Apertures","description":"Platinum disc apertures are precision-drilled metal discs used to define the electron beam path in the condenser and objective lens systems of SEMs and TEMs.","pageTitle":"Platinum Disc Apertures","pageDescription":"Platinum disc apertures are precision-drilled metal discs used to define the electron beam path in the condenser and objective lens systems of SEMs and TEMs. SPI Supplies manufactures them to the most exacting standards and the smallest possible tolerances, in both hole size and hole placement.","image":"/images/spi-platinum-disc-apertures.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Platinum disc apertures are precision-drilled metal discs used to define the electron beam path in the condenser and objective lens systems of SEMs and TEMs. SPI Supplies manufactures them to the most exacting standards and the smallest possible tolerances, in both hole size and hole placement. They are offered in outer diameters from 2 mm to 6.5 mm and thicknesses from 0.1 mm to 0.6 mm, with hole sizes as small as 5 µm for high-resolution imaging apertures and as large as 1000 µm for spray/Wehnelt apertures. Platinum's chemical inertness and resistance to contamination buildup make it a common aperture material for objective and condenser apertures that require long service life between cleanings.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-platinum-disc-apertures.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Construction and Tolerances","text":"Apertures are drilled platinum discs made to the smallest possible tolerances in both hole size and hole placement. Additional technical information on tolerances and materials of construction is published separately by SPI Supplies for customers selecting replacement apertures.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Instrument Compatibility","text":"Disc dimensions map to specific microscope brands and models: 2 mm OD x 0.1 mm for Zeiss/LEO; 2 mm OD x 0.6 mm for JEOL, Leica, Cambridge, Siemens/LEO, and Cameca; 3 mm OD x 0.1 mm for LEO, Nanolab, Novascan, and Zeiss; 3.04 mm OD x 0.25 mm for AMRAY, AEI, Electroscan, FEI/Philips, Cambridge S-600, JEOL, and Leitz; 4 mm OD x 0.2 mm for CAMSCAN, TOPCON, ISI, and ABT; 6.35 mm OD x 0.125 mm for ETEC, Autoscan, and Perkin Elmer; and 6.5 mm OD x 0.2 mm for Hitachi and Nissei Sangyo instruments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Platinum Disc Apertures"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["Platinum"]},{"parameter":"Outer diameter range","values":["2 mm to 6.5 mm"]},{"parameter":"Thickness range","values":["0.1 mm to 0.6 mm"]},{"parameter":"Hole diameter range","values":["5 µm to 1000 µm"]},{"parameter":"Aperture types","values":["Disc aperture, spray aperture, Wehnelt aperture"]},{"parameter":"Compatible instrument brands","values":["Zeiss/LEO, JEOL, Leica, Cambridge, Siemens, Cameca, Nanolab, Novascan, AMRAY, AEI, Electroscan, FEI/Philips, CAMSCAN, TOPCON, ISI, ABT, ETEC, Autoscan, Perkin Elmer"]}]}]},{"slug":"molybdenum-disc-apertures","name":"Molybdenum Disc Apertures","description":"Molybdenum disc apertures are the alternate metal-aperture line offered alongside platinum, made to the same exacting standards for hole size and hole placement.","pageTitle":"Molybdenum Disc Apertures","pageDescription":"Molybdenum disc apertures are the alternate metal-aperture line offered alongside platinum, made to the same exacting standards for hole size and hole placement.","image":"/images/spi-molybdenum-disc-apertures.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Molybdenum disc apertures are the alternate metal-aperture line offered alongside platinum, made to the same exacting standards for hole size and hole placement. They are supplied in the same range of standard outer diameters and thicknesses used across SEM and TEM instrument families, from 2 mm to 6.5 mm OD and 0.1 mm to 0.6 mm thick. Hole sizes span roughly 10 µm to 500 µm depending on the disc size selected. Molybdenum apertures are a lower-cost alternative to platinum for applications where extreme chemical inertness is less critical, and they are used as condenser and objective apertures across the same brand-specific mounting geometries as the platinum line.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-molybdenum-disc-apertures.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Construction and Tolerances","text":"Like the platinum line, molybdenum apertures are drilled to the smallest possible tolerances in hole size and hole placement, following the same brand-specific OD and thickness standards used across the SPI Supplies aperture range.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Instrument Compatibility","text":"Molybdenum discs are available in the 2 mm OD x 0.6 mm size for JEOL/Leica/Cambridge/Siemens/Cameca instruments, 3 mm OD x 0.1 mm and 3.04 mm OD x 0.25 mm sizes for AMRAY/AEI/Electroscan/FEI/Philips/JEOL/Leitz systems, 4 mm OD x 0.2 mm for CAMSCAN/TOPCON/ISI/ABT, and 6.35 mm and 6.5 mm OD sizes for ETEC/Autoscan/Perkin Elmer and Hitachi/Nissei Sangyo instruments.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Molybdenum Disc Apertures"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["Molybdenum"]},{"parameter":"Outer diameter range","values":["2 mm to 6.5 mm"]},{"parameter":"Thickness range","values":["0.1 mm to 0.6 mm"]},{"parameter":"Hole diameter range","values":["10 µm to 500 µm"]},{"parameter":"Aperture types","values":["Disc aperture"]},{"parameter":"Compatible instrument brands","values":["JEOL, Leica, Cambridge, Siemens, Cameca, AMRAY, AEI, Electroscan, FEI/Philips, Leitz, CAMSCAN, TOPCON, ISI, ABT, ETEC, Autoscan, Perkin Elmer, Hitachi, Nissei Sangyo"]}]}]},{"slug":"tungsten-filaments","name":"Tungsten Filaments","description":"Tungsten filaments are hairpin-type electron-source cathodes used in the electron guns of thermionic-emission SEM and TEM instruments.","pageTitle":"Tungsten Filaments","pageDescription":"Tungsten filaments are hairpin-type electron-source cathodes used in the electron guns of thermionic-emission SEM and TEM instruments. SPI Supplies offers a full range of these filaments, both new and factory-rebuilt (retipped), for all brands and models of electron microscopes.","image":"/images/spi-tungsten-filaments.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Tungsten filaments are hairpin-type electron-source cathodes used in the electron guns of thermionic-emission SEM and TEM instruments. SPI Supplies offers a full range of these filaments, both new and factory-rebuilt (retipped), for all brands and models of electron microscopes. New filaments are supplied as boxes of 10 or single units in brand-specific loop styles such as V-loop, S-loop, AR-loop, K-type, and GC-type, while rebuilt filaments provide a lower-cost replacement option for instruments where retipping the original tungsten wire is practical. Because tungsten filaments degrade with use and eventually burn out, they are a routine, recurring maintenance item in electron microscope operation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-tungsten-filaments.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"New vs. Rebuilt","text":"New tungsten hairpin filaments are sold individually or in boxes of 10 for brands including AEI/Leica, AMRAY, Hitachi, ISI, JEOL, FEI/Philips, and Zeiss/LEO. Rebuilt filaments are offered for ISI 3-pin, JEOL GC, and Philips S-loop and AR-loop styles as a lower-cost alternative to purchasing new.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Instrument Compatibility","text":"Filament styles are matched to specific gun designs, including the AEI/Leica hairpin type, the AMRAY hairpin type (excluding the AMRAY 1200 series), the Hitachi V-loop, the ISI two-pin hairpin, the JEOL K-type and GC-type, and the FEI/Philips V-loop and AR-loop types.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Tungsten Filaments"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["Tungsten wire"]},{"parameter":"Filament type","values":["Hairpin"]},{"parameter":"Condition options","values":["New, Rebuilt (retipped)"]},{"parameter":"Loop styles","values":["V-loop, S-loop, AR-loop, K-type, GC-type, 3-pin, 2-pin"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["Each or box of 10"]},{"parameter":"Compatible instrument brands","values":["AEI/Leica, AMRAY, Hitachi, ISI, JEOL, FEI/Philips, Zeiss/LEO"]}]}]},{"slug":"lab6-filaments-cathodes","name":"DENKA M-3 LaB6 Filaments / Cathodes","description":"DENKA M-3 lanthanum hexaboride (LaB6) filaments are single-crystal electron-gun cathodes offered as a higher-brightness alternative to tungsten hairpin filaments.","pageTitle":"DENKA M-3 LaB6 Filaments / Cathodes","pageDescription":"DENKA M-3 lanthanum hexaboride (LaB6) filaments are single-crystal electron-gun cathodes offered as a higher-brightness alternative to tungsten hairpin filaments.","image":"/images/spi-lab6-filaments-cathodes.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"DENKA M-3 lanthanum hexaboride (LaB6) filaments are single-crystal electron-gun cathodes offered as a higher-brightness alternative to tungsten hairpin filaments. LaB6 cathodes provide higher electron-source brightness and longer service life than tungsten, making them the preferred emitter for higher-resolution SEM and TEM work. SPI Supplies stocks brand-specific LaB6 cathodes engineered to fit the gun geometry of particular instrument manufacturers rather than a single universal design. Each cathode is sold individually and installed as a direct replacement in the existing electron gun assembly.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-lab6-filaments-cathodes.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Instrument-Specific Cathodes","text":"LaB6 cathodes are offered for Amray/Philips systems, Hitachi instruments, LEO/Leica/Cambridge systems, ISI instruments (separate cathodes for TEM and SEM configurations), JEOL K-type guns, and Zeiss/Tescan systems, each machined to the corresponding gun mounting geometry.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["DENKA M-3 LaB6 Filaments / Cathodes"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["Lanthanum hexaboride (LaB6), DENKA M-3"]},{"parameter":"Cathode form","values":["Single crystal"]},{"parameter":"Application","values":["SEM and TEM electron gun cathode"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["Each"]},{"parameter":"Compatible instrument brands","values":["Amray/Philips, Hitachi, LEO/Leica/Cambridge, ISI, JEOL, Zeiss/Tescan"]}]}]},{"slug":"p47-powder-scintillators","name":"P-47 Powder Scintillators","description":"P-47 powder scintillators are the SEM detector scintillators with the fastest response time in the SPI Supplies lineup, well under 80 ns.","pageTitle":"P-47 Powder Scintillators","pageDescription":"P-47 powder scintillators are the SEM detector scintillators with the fastest response time in the SPI Supplies lineup, well under 80 ns.","image":"/images/spi-p47-powder-scintillators.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"P-47 powder scintillators are the SEM detector scintillators with the fastest response time in the SPI Supplies lineup, well under 80 ns. The system consists of P-47 phosphor powder dispersed on a high-optical-quality substrate designed specifically for the application, with a proprietary polymer that binds the scintillator layer to the substrate. Earlier-generation scintillators tended to fail by peeling off the substrate, but SPI Supplies guarantees its P-47 scintillators against failure by peeling or delaminating. Pre-mounted scintillator discs are supplied for specific detector geometries, and bulk P-47 recoating powder is sold separately for refurbishing existing scintillators.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-p47-powder-scintillators.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Response Time and Construction","text":"The SPI P-47 powder scintillator has a response time well under 80 ns, faster than the single-crystal YAG and YAP alternatives. The powder is dispersed on a specially designed high optical quality substrate and bonded with a proprietary polymer adhesive layer, and the product line is guaranteed against peeling or delamination.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Instrument-Specific Discs","text":"Pre-coated scintillator discs are offered for JEOL 50A/35/6000F series, Leitz/AMRAY (except AMRAY 1200), Cambridge/Nanolab, LEO (except S-600), Amray 1200, and Philips Quad Detector geometries, in disc sizes ranging from 6.2 x 1 mm to 20 x 1 mm.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["P-47 Powder Scintillators"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Scintillator type","values":["P-47 phosphor powder"]},{"parameter":"Response time","values":["Well under 80 ns"]},{"parameter":"Coating reference density","values":["2 mg/cm²"]},{"parameter":"Substrate","values":["High optical quality substrate with polymer binder layer"]},{"parameter":"Failure mode","values":["Guaranteed against peeling/delamination"]},{"parameter":"Disc size range","values":["6.2 x 1 mm to 20 x 1 mm"]},{"parameter":"Compatible instrument brands","values":["JEOL, Leitz, AMRAY, Cambridge, Nanolab, LEO, Philips"]},{"parameter":"Recoating powder packaging","values":["25 g"]}]}]},{"slug":"yag-yap-single-crystal-scintillators","name":"YAG / YAP Single Crystal SEM Scintillators","description":"Discs are supplied pre-sized for specific detector mounting geometries across major SEM brands.","pageTitle":"YAG / YAP Single Crystal SEM Scintillators","pageDescription":"Single crystal YAG (Yttrium Aluminum Garnet) and YAP (Yttrium Aluminum Perovskite) scintillators are the long-life alternative to P-47 powder scintillators for SEM Everhart-Thornley type detectors.","image":"","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Single crystal YAG (Yttrium Aluminum Garnet) and YAP (Yttrium Aluminum Perovskite) scintillators are the long-life alternative to P-47 powder scintillators for SEM Everhart-Thornley type detectors. These single crystal materials will outlive the lifetime of most scanning electron microscopes, though they exhibit slightly slower response times than P-47 powder. The biggest benefit of a YAG or YAP scintillator over a powder scintillator is realized in systems with relatively clean vacuum chambers; in dirty vacuum systems the crystal requires periodic cleaning to maintain its favorable characteristics. Discs are supplied pre-sized for specific detector mounting geometries across major SEM brands.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Performance Trade-off vs. P-47","text":"YAG and YAP single crystal scintillators last essentially indefinitely compared to powder scintillators but respond slightly more slowly than P-47 powder. Selecting between the two materials is a trade-off between response speed and long-term durability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Instrument-Specific Discs","text":"YAG discs are offered for FEI/Philips (20 x 2 mm), JEOL 50A/35/6000F series and Leitz/AMRAY (20 x 1 mm), Amray/Cambridge/LEO/Amray 1200 (10 x 1 mm), Cambridge/Balscan (18 x 1 mm), and JEOL 25/733/T/800/6000 series (8.8 x 2 mm). YAP discs are available for Amray/Cambridge/LEO/Amray 1200 (10 x 1 mm) and ETEC (9 x 3 mm) detector geometries.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["YAG / YAP Single Crystal SEM Scintillators"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Scintillator materials","values":["YAG (Yttrium Aluminum Garnet), YAP (Yttrium Aluminum Perovskite)"]},{"parameter":"Crystal form","values":["Single crystal"]},{"parameter":"Lifetime","values":["Outlasts the SEM instrument lifetime"]},{"parameter":"Response time","values":["Slower than P-47 powder"]},{"parameter":"Disc size range","values":["8.8 x 2 mm to 20 x 2 mm"]},{"parameter":"Compatible instrument brands","values":["FEI/Philips, JEOL, AMRAY, Cambridge, LEO, Balscan, ETEC"]},{"parameter":"Maintenance note","values":["Periodic cleaning recommended in dirty vacuum systems"]}]}]},{"slug":"tem-yag-viewing-screens","name":"TEM YAG Viewing Screens","description":"Screens are available across a range of standard diameters and two thickness options to match different TEM viewing screen assemblies.","pageTitle":"TEM YAG Viewing Screens","pageDescription":"TEM YAG viewing screens are single-crystal YAG discs used as fluorescent screens for direct visual observation of the electron beam image in transmission electron microscopes. They are supplied as bare discs or with optional aluminum, carbon, or oxide coatings applied to the crystal surface.","image":"","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"TEM YAG viewing screens are single-crystal YAG discs used as fluorescent screens for direct visual observation of the electron beam image in transmission electron microscopes. They are supplied as bare discs or with optional aluminum, carbon, or oxide coatings applied to the crystal surface. Screens are available across a range of standard diameters and two thickness options to match different TEM viewing screen assemblies. As a wear item exposed to continuous electron bombardment, the fluorescent screen requires periodic replacement to maintain image brightness and clarity for the microscope operator.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sizes and Coating Options","text":"Viewing screens are offered in diameters of 20-24 mm, 25-29 mm, 35-39 mm, and 40-41 mm, in thicknesses of 0.15 mm and 0.35 mm. Surface coating options include no coating, aluminum coating, carbon coating, and oxide coating, applied depending on the conductivity or contrast requirements of the specific TEM.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TEM YAG Viewing Screens"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["YAG single crystal"]},{"parameter":"Diameter range","values":["20 mm to 41 mm"]},{"parameter":"Thickness options","values":["0.15 mm, 0.35 mm"]},{"parameter":"Coating options","values":["None, Aluminum, Carbon, Oxide"]},{"parameter":"Application","values":["TEM fluorescent viewing screen replacement"]}]}]},{"slug":"spark-conductive-afm-probes","name":"SPARK Pt Conductive AFM Probes","description":"SPI Supplies distributes the line in three resonant-frequency variants, 70, 150, and 350 kHz nominal, sold in packs of 10.","pageTitle":"SPARK Pt Conductive AFM Probes","pageDescription":"SPARK AFM probes are NuNano-manufactured conductive silicon cantilever probes coated with platinum on both the tip and reflective sides, designed for electrical characterization AFM techniques run in AC modes such as non-contact and tapping mode.","image":"/images/spi-spark-conductive-afm-probes.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SPARK AFM probes are NuNano-manufactured conductive silicon cantilever probes coated with platinum on both the tip and reflective sides, designed for electrical characterization AFM techniques run in AC modes such as non-contact and tapping mode. Every probe is rigorously inspected to ensure consistent performance, with a 40 nm platinum coating over a 5 nm titanium adhesion layer applied to both sides of the silicon cantilever and tip. SPI Supplies distributes the line in three resonant-frequency variants, 70, 150, and 350 kHz nominal, sold in packs of 10. The conductive coating and sub-30 nm tip radius make these probes suitable for conductive AFM, Kelvin probe force microscopy, and other electrical AFM modes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-spark-conductive-afm-probes.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cantilever and Tip Specifications","text":"The silicon cantilever (n-type, antimony-doped, resistivity 0.015-0.025 Ωcm) has a nominal spring constant of 2 N/m over a range of 0.5-3.5 N/m, and for the 70 kHz variant a nominal resonant frequency of 70 kHz over a range of 45-80 kHz. The conical tip has a nominal radius under 30 nm, a height of 5-8 µm, a set-back of 6.5-8.5 µm, and a cone angle of 15-40 degrees.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Coatings","text":"Both the frontside/tip and backside/reflective surfaces receive a 5 nm titanium adhesion layer followed by a 40 nm platinum conductive coating, giving the probe electrical conductivity on both faces for electrical AFM measurements.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPARK Pt Conductive AFM Probes"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Manufacturer","values":["NuNano (distributed by SPI Supplies)"]},{"parameter":"Cantilever material","values":["Silicon (n-type, Antimony), 0.015-0.025 Ωcm"]},{"parameter":"Coating","values":["40 nm platinum over 5 nm titanium, both sides"]},{"parameter":"Tip radius","values":["< 30 nm (nominal 18 nm on 70 kHz model)"]},{"parameter":"Spring constant","values":["0.5 to 3.5 N/m (nominal 2 N/m)"]},{"parameter":"Resonant frequency variants","values":["70, 150, 350 kHz (nominal)"]},{"parameter":"Tip shape","values":["Conical, 15-40° cone angle"]},{"parameter":"Application","values":["Conductive/electrical AFM, AC (non-contact/tapping) modes"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["Pack of 10"]}]}]},{"slug":"scout-silicon-afm-probes","name":"Scout Silicon AFM Probes","description":"Rigorous inspection during manufacturing keeps spring constant and resonant frequency variation to a minimum from probe to probe.","pageTitle":"Scout Silicon AFM Probes","pageDescription":"Scout AFM probes are NuNano-manufactured general-purpose silicon cantilever probes intended for AC mode imaging, including non-contact/soft tapping and force modulation, on softer samples in air.","image":"/images/spi-scout-silicon-afm-probes.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Scout AFM probes are NuNano-manufactured general-purpose silicon cantilever probes intended for AC mode imaging, including non-contact/soft tapping and force modulation, on softer samples in air. They are offered uncoated or with an aluminum or gold reflective backside coating to improve laser-deflection signal, and in standard as well as HAR (high-aspect-ratio) tip versions across the same 70, 150, and 350 kHz cantilever series used in the SPARK line. Rigorous inspection during manufacturing keeps spring constant and resonant frequency variation to a minimum from probe to probe. Probes are sold in packs of 10 and are consumed as routine wear items as tips dull or cantilevers break during scanning.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-scout-silicon-afm-probes.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cantilever and Tip Specifications","text":"The silicon cantilever (n-type, antimony-doped, resistivity 0.015-0.025 Ωcm) has a nominal spring constant of 2 N/m over a range of 0.5-3.5 N/m and, for the 70 kHz variant, a nominal resonant frequency of 70 kHz over a range of 45-80 kHz. The standard conical tip has a nominal radius of 5 nm (under 10 nm), a height of 5-8 µm, and a cone angle of 15-40 degrees; HAR variants provide a higher-aspect-ratio tip for improved access to steep sidewalls and trenches.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Coating Options","text":"Scout probes are available uncoated, with a 40 nm aluminum backside reflective coating, or with a 5 nm titanium plus 50 nm gold backside reflective coating, with no coating applied to the frontside or tip in any of the three configurations.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Scout Silicon AFM Probes"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Manufacturer","values":["NuNano (distributed by SPI Supplies)"]},{"parameter":"Cantilever material","values":["Silicon (n-type, Antimony), 0.015-0.025 Ωcm"]},{"parameter":"Tip radius","values":["Nominal 5 nm (< 10 nm); HAR variants available"]},{"parameter":"Spring constant","values":["0.5 to 3.5 N/m (nominal 2 N/m)"]},{"parameter":"Resonant frequency variants","values":["70, 150, 350 kHz (nominal)"]},{"parameter":"Backside coating options","values":["Uncoated, Aluminum (40 nm), Gold (5 nm Ti + 50 nm Au)"]},{"parameter":"Tip shape","values":["Conical, 15-40° cone angle"]},{"parameter":"Application","values":["AC mode (non-contact/soft tapping), force modulation on soft samples"]},{"parameter":"Packaging","values":["Pack of 10"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Paints & Adhesives","description":"Conductive silver, carbon and platinum paints, silver epoxies, mounting adhesives and metallography supplies.","pageTitle":"Paints & Adhesives","pageDescription":"Mounting a specimen means holding it mechanically and connecting it electrically. SPI supplies conductive silver, carbon and platinum paints, conductive silver epoxies, specimen mounting adhesives and metallography consumables.","overview":"A specimen that is not electrically connected to its stub will charge under the beam, and the image will drift, streak or glow until it is unusable. Conductive paint provides that path: silver paint has the highest conductivity and is the general choice, carbon paint is preferred for analytical work because it adds no metal peaks to an EDS spectrum, and platinum paint serves where neither is suitable. Where mechanical strength is needed as well, conductive silver epoxies cure to a rigid, permanent bond that also conducts. For specimens that must be recovered afterwards there are removable mounting compounds such as SPI-Tac, Leit-C-Plast and Tempfix. The range also covers general laboratory epoxies and instant adhesives, and metallography mounting and polishing consumables.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-paints-adhesives.webp","slug":"paints-adhesives","models":[{"slug":"silver-paints","name":"Conductive Silver Paints and Pastes","description":"Matched thinners are sold for each paint type to adjust viscosity for brushing or fine detail work.","pageTitle":"Conductive Silver Paints and Pastes","pageDescription":"Conductive silver paints and pastes are the most widely used grounding and conductivity medium in SEM and SPM sample preparation, valued for their high conductivity relative to carbon-based alternatives.","image":"/images/spi-silver-paints.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Conductive silver paints and pastes are the most widely used grounding and conductivity medium in SEM and SPM sample preparation, valued for their high conductivity relative to carbon-based alternatives. The line spans standard silver conductive paint, fast-drying Flash-Dry formulations, a no-VOC water-based silver paint with brush applicator, a nonflammable SafeShip formulation for easier air freight, silver paste in tube form, and a silver conductive marker pen (CircuitWorks Kwik-Stik) for quick touch-up applications. Matched thinners are sold for each paint type to adjust viscosity for brushing or fine detail work.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-silver-paints.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Standard & Fast-Drying Paints","text":"Silver Conductive Paint and Flash-Dry Silver Conductive Paint provide general-purpose and quick-drying grounding options, each with a matched thinner. These are the standard workhorse products for routine SEM stub-to-sample grounding.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Low-Hazard & Convenience Formats","text":"The NO-VOC water-based paint and SafeShip nonflammable paint reduce shipping and handling hazard classification compared to solvent-based silver paint. The Kwik-Stik pen and Silver Streaker offer no-mix, no-brush application for quick touch-ups.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Conductive Silver Paints and Pastes"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Conductive filler","values":["high-purity silver"]},{"parameter":"Formats","values":["bottle with brush applicator, pen/marker, paste tube, pint bulk size"]},{"parameter":"Special formulations","values":["NO-VOC water-based, SafeShip nonflammable, Flash-Dry fast-drying"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["SEM/SPM specimen grounding, conductive path repair"]},{"parameter":"Thinners","values":["matched thinner sold separately for each paint type"]}]}]},{"slug":"carbon-paints","name":"Conductive Carbon Paints and Pastes","description":"Carbon conductive paint and paste, adding no metal peaks to an EDS spectrum, supplied with a matched thinner.","pageTitle":"Conductive Carbon Paints and Pastes","pageDescription":"Carbon conductive paints and pastes offer a lower-cost alternative to silver for grounding SEM specimens where maximum conductivity is not required, and are also used as a conductive cement for mounting samples onto stubs.","image":"/images/spi-carbon-paints.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Carbon conductive paints and pastes offer a lower-cost alternative to silver for grounding SEM specimens where maximum conductivity is not required, and are also used as a conductive cement for mounting samples onto stubs. The range includes ready-to-use carbon conductive paint and paste in tube form, plus a matched thinner. Carbon paint is generally sufficient for basic charge dissipation but is less conductive than silver or platinum paint and may not suit applications requiring electroplating-grade conductivity.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-carbon-paints.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Carbon Paint & Paste","text":"Carbon Conductive Paint and Carbon Conductive Paste both provide charge dissipation for SEM imaging at lower cost than silver-filled products. A dedicated thinner is available to adjust viscosity for brushing.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Conductive Carbon Paints and Pastes"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Conductive filler","values":["carbon (graphite/carbon black)"]},{"parameter":"Formats","values":["brush-cap bottle and paste tube"]},{"parameter":"Relative conductivity","values":["lower than silver or platinum paint"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["general SEM specimen grounding and conductive stub cementing"]}]}]},{"slug":"platinum-paint","name":"Platinum Conductive Paint","description":"Platinum conductive paint with brush applicator cap, for specimens where silver or carbon is unsuitable.","pageTitle":"Platinum Conductive Paint","pageDescription":"Platinum conductive paint is the premium grounding option in the SPI paints range, offering higher conductivity and better chemical stability than silver paint for demanding applications. It is supplied with a brush applicator cap for direct application and a matched thinner for viscosity control.","image":"/images/spi-platinum-paint.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Platinum conductive paint is the premium grounding option in the SPI paints range, offering higher conductivity and better chemical stability than silver paint for demanding applications. It is supplied with a brush applicator cap for direct application and a matched thinner for viscosity control. Because platinum paint carries a substantially higher unit cost than silver or carbon paints, it is typically reserved for specialized SEM/SPM work where its performance justifies the price premium.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-platinum-paint.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Platinum Conductive Paint","text":"A high-conductivity, high-cost paint for specimen grounding is supplied with a brush applicator cap and a matched thinner. It is used where silver or carbon paint conductivity or chemical stability is insufficient.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Platinum Conductive Paint"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Conductive filler","values":["platinum"]},{"parameter":"Format","values":["brush applicator cap bottle, 10 g"]},{"parameter":"Relative position","values":["premium tier above silver and carbon paints in conductivity and price"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["specialized SEM/SPM grounding applications"]}]}]},{"slug":"conductive-silver-epoxies","name":"Conductive Silver Epoxies","description":"Unlike silver paint, which dries by solvent evaporation, these epoxies cure chemically and form a more durable, permanent bond.","pageTitle":"Conductive Silver Epoxies","pageDescription":"Conductive silver epoxies are two-part adhesive systems that cure to form both a mechanical bond and an electrically conductive path, used for mounting specimens or making electrical connections in SEM and general lab work.","image":"/images/spi-conductive-silver-epoxies.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Conductive silver epoxies are two-part adhesive systems that cure to form both a mechanical bond and an electrically conductive path, used for mounting specimens or making electrical connections in SEM and general lab work. They are supplied as small two-tube kits so the resin and hardener can be mixed in the small quantities typical of microscopy sample preparation. Unlike silver paint, which dries by solvent evaporation, these epoxies cure chemically and form a more durable, permanent bond.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-conductive-silver-epoxies.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Two-Part Conductive Epoxy Kits","text":"Silver-filled epoxy resin and hardener are supplied in matched small tubes, from 2.5 to 14 g total, for conductive bonding and specimen mounting. The chemical cure produces a more permanent bond than a solvent-evaporation paint.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Conductive Silver Epoxies"],"specs":[{"parameter":"System type","values":["two-part silver-filled epoxy adhesive"]},{"parameter":"Kit sizes","values":["2.5 g and 14 g total (2 x 0.25 oz tubes)"]},{"parameter":"Cure mechanism","values":["chemical cure (mix resin + hardener), unlike solvent-evaporation paints"]},{"parameter":"Certificate of Compliance","values":["not available"]}]}]},{"slug":"general-epoxies-adhesives","name":"General Epoxies and Instant Adhesives","description":"General laboratory epoxies and instant adhesives, commonly stocked alongside the EM-specific mounting materials.","pageTitle":"General Epoxies and Instant Adhesives","pageDescription":"This line covers general-purpose, non-conductive adhesives used for mechanical mounting and repair tasks around the microscopy lab, distinct from the conductive paints and epoxies used for grounding.","image":"/images/spi-general-epoxies-adhesives.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"This line covers general-purpose, non-conductive adhesives used for mechanical mounting and repair tasks around the microscopy lab, distinct from the conductive paints and epoxies used for grounding. It includes fast-curing 5-minute epoxy systems (System Three Quickcure, Perma Poxy), cyanoacrylate super-glue products in liquid and gel form, and the M-Bond 610 strain-gauge adhesive system for specialized bonding applications. These are general laboratory adhesives rather than EM-specific consumables, but are commonly stocked alongside conductive products for specimen and stub preparation.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-general-epoxies-adhesives.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fast-Cure Epoxies","text":"System Three Quickcure and Perma Poxy 5-Minute epoxy systems provide quick mechanical bonding in bulk-bottle or small kit formats. These are used for general mounting and repair rather than for conductive applications.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cyanoacrylate & Specialty Adhesives","text":"PERMATEX Super Glue-3 and a cyanoacrylate gel provide instant bonding for small parts and fixtures. M-Bond 610 is a complete adhesive system used for strain gauge and other specialty bonding work.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["General Epoxies and Instant Adhesives"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Cure types","values":["5-minute two-part epoxy, cyanoacrylate instant adhesive, M-Bond 610 system"]},{"parameter":"Formats","values":["bulk bottle kits (4-8 oz resin/hardener), small tube kits, 2 g cyanoacrylate tubes"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["general mechanical mounting/repair, not specimen conductivity"]}]}]},{"slug":"specimen-mounting-adhesives","name":"Specimen Mounting Adhesives","description":"SPI-Tac, Leit-C-Plast and Tempfix compounds for mounting specimens temporarily or semi-permanently and recovering them afterwards.","pageTitle":"Specimen Mounting Adhesives","pageDescription":"This line groups specialty mounting adhesives designed specifically for temporarily or semi-permanently fixing specimens for SEM and grid preparation work.","image":"/images/spi-specimen-mounting-adhesives.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"This line groups specialty mounting adhesives designed specifically for temporarily or semi-permanently fixing specimens for SEM and grid preparation work. Products include the Quick \"G\" grid coating pen, SPI-Tac liquid adhesive mountant and thinner for general specimen adhesion, and thermoplastic mounting compounds Leit-C-Plast (conductive) and Tempfix (non-conductive) that soften on a hot plate to embed a specimen and then re-harden on cooling. These let a specimen be released and repositioned, which is useful for delicate or irregularly shaped SEM samples.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-specimen-mounting-adhesives.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Thermoplastic Mounting Compounds","text":"Leit-C-Plast, a conductive carbon-filled plastic, and Tempfix are heated to soften, used to mount a specimen, and re-harden on cooling. This allows repositioning or recovery of the specimen without a permanent adhesive bond.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Liquid & Pen Adhesives","text":"SPI-Tac liquid adhesive mountant, with a matched thinner, and the Quick \"G\" grid coating pen provide brush-on or pen-applied mounting adhesive for grids and small specimens. These are used where a light, controllable adhesive layer is needed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Specimen Mounting Adhesives"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Thermoplastic compounds","values":["Leit-C-Plast (conductive), Tempfix (non-conductive)"]},{"parameter":"Application method","values":["heat-softened thermoplastic, brush-on liquid, or marker pen"]},{"parameter":"Kit sizes","values":["15-30 g thermoplastic kits, 21-30 ml liquid adhesive"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["SEM specimen mounting, TEM grid coating"]}]}]},{"slug":"metallography-supplies","name":"Metallography Mounting and Polishing Supplies","description":"The metallography supplies line provides mounting resins, polishing compounds.","pageTitle":"Metallography Mounting and Polishing Supplies","pageDescription":"The metallography supplies line provides mounting resins, polishing compounds, and abrasive discs and cloths for preparing materials-science samples to the very high surface-finish standards required for SEM and light-microscope metallography.","image":"/images/spi-metallography-supplies.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"The metallography supplies line provides mounting resins, polishing compounds, and abrasive discs and cloths for preparing materials-science samples to the very high surface-finish standards required for SEM and light-microscope metallography. Because electron metallography requires both high resolution and clean chemical analysis, these products are selected to leave minimal residue or contamination during polishing. The range is organized into three groups: mounting supplies for encapsulating samples, polishing compounds for progressive abrasive finishing, and abrasive discs and polishing cloths for the final surface stages.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-metallography-supplies.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Mounting Supplies","text":"Resins and hardware for encapsulating metallographic samples prior to grinding and polishing are supplied for both hot and cold mounting workflows. This gives the sample a stable, handleable form for the subsequent polishing steps.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Polishing Compounds and Abrasive Discs/Cloths","text":"Diamond and other polishing compounds are paired with abrasive discs and polishing cloths for progressive fine-to-mirror surface finishing. Products are chosen to minimize contaminating residue for subsequent SEM imaging or microanalysis.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Metallography Mounting and Polishing Supplies"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Product groups","values":["mounting supplies, polishing compounds, abrasive discs and polishing cloths"]},{"parameter":"Design priority","values":["minimal residue/contamination for subsequent SEM or microanalysis"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["materials science sample preparation for light and electron metallography"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Calibration Standards","description":"Certified standards for calibrating magnification and resolution on SEM, TEM, SPM and light microscopes.","pageTitle":"Calibration Standards","pageDescription":"A magnification figure means nothing without traceable calibration. SPI supplies certified standards for SEM, TEM and SPM, calibrated microspheres, stage micrometers for light microscopy, and asbestos reference standards.","overview":"Every measurement made from a micrograph rests on the magnification being correct, and magnification drifts — with working distance, with accelerating voltage, with time since the last service. Certified standards make the correction traceable: replica gratings and etched silicon structures of known pitch for SEM, crystal lattice and grating standards for TEM, calibrated step heights for the vertical axis in scanning probe microscopy, and stage micrometers for light microscopes. Calibrated microspheres of known diameter serve as an internal size reference within a field of view. SPI also supplies asbestos reference standards for fibre counting, though these are a regulated hazardous material and their import into Bangladesh should be confirmed before ordering.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-calibration-standards.webp","slug":"calibration-standards","models":[{"slug":"sem-calibration-standards","name":"SEM Calibration and Resolution Standards","description":"Certified reference and resolution standards for verifying SEM magnification accuracy and resolving power.","pageTitle":"SEM Calibration and Resolution Standards","pageDescription":"This line provides SEM-specific reference and resolution standards used to verify magnification accuracy and imaging resolution on scanning electron microscopes.","image":"/images/spi-sem-calibration-standards.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"This line provides SEM-specific reference and resolution standards used to verify magnification accuracy and imaging resolution on scanning electron microscopes. Products are organized into calibration and reference standard mounts and dedicated resolution-test specimens, generally supplied pre-mounted on standard SEM stub formats so they can be loaded directly into the chamber. These standards let a lab periodically confirm that the stated magnification and resolution figures on its SEM are still being met.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-sem-calibration-standards.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Calibration & Reference Standards","text":"SEM stub-mounted reference standards are used to check magnification accuracy across the instrument's operating range. They are typically included as part of a routine instrument performance-verification schedule.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Resolution Standards","text":"Dedicated specimens are used to verify the SEM's practical imaging resolution at high magnification. These complement the magnification reference standards to give a complete picture of instrument performance.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SEM Calibration and Resolution Standards"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Standard categories","values":["calibration/reference standards, resolution standards"]},{"parameter":"Mounting format","values":["pre-mounted on standard SEM stub types"]},{"parameter":"Purpose","values":["magnification accuracy and resolution verification"]}]}]},{"slug":"tem-calibration-standards","name":"TEM Calibration and Resolution Standards","description":"Most items are supplied ready-mounted on standard 3.05 mm copper TEM grids.","pageTitle":"TEM Calibration and Resolution Standards","pageDescription":"TEM calibration standards verify magnification, camera length, and lattice-resolution performance on transmission electron microscopes across the full range from low-magnification overview to atomic lattice imaging.","image":"/images/spi-tem-calibration-standards.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"TEM calibration standards verify magnification, camera length, and lattice-resolution performance on transmission electron microscopes across the full range from low-magnification overview to atomic lattice imaging. The line includes the MAG*I*CAL multi-function calibration specimen, line and cross-line grating replicas for magnification calibration, molybdenum trioxide and gold crystal specimens for lattice-spacing calibration, and a diffraction standard for camera-length determination. It also includes dedicated resolution-test specimens such as gold-shadowed latex, gold particles on carbon film, catalase and ferritin protein specimens, and an astigmatism-checker grid. Most items are supplied ready-mounted on standard 3.05 mm copper TEM grids.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-tem-calibration-standards.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Calibration & Reference Standards","text":"The MAG*I*CAL specimen, line and cross-line grating replicas, and molybdenum trioxide and gold crystal lattice specimens cover magnification and lattice-spacing calibration. An aluminum diffraction standard is supplied for camera-length calibration.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Resolution Standards","text":"Gold-shadowed latex, chromium-on-gold-grid, gold particles on carbon, catalase and ferritin test specimens, boron carbide, a carbon black lattice specimen, and a crocidolite specimen verify point-to-point and lattice resolution. A platinum/iridium astigmatism-checker grid is also included for routine instrument alignment checks.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["TEM Calibration and Resolution Standards"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Calibration functions covered","values":["magnification, camera length, lattice spacing, point-to-point resolution, astigmatism"]},{"parameter":"Mounting format","values":["3 mm / 3.05 mm / 2.3 mm copper or gold TEM grids"]},{"parameter":"Lattice spacing example","values":["1.0 nm (copper phthalocyanine specimen)"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["routine TEM performance verification and service checks"]}]}]},{"slug":"spm-afm-calibration-standards","name":"SPM/AFM Nanometer Calibration Standards","description":"Nanometre pitch, step-height and pattern standards for calibrating scanning probe microscopes in all three axes.","pageTitle":"SPM/AFM Nanometer Calibration Standards","pageDescription":"This line supplies nanometer-scale pitch, step-height, and pattern standards for calibrating scanning probe microscopes (AFM, SPM) as well as SEM, Auger, and TOF-SIMS instruments used at nanometer resolution.","image":"/images/spi-spm-afm-calibration-standards.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"This line supplies nanometer-scale pitch, step-height, and pattern standards for calibrating scanning probe microscopes (AFM, SPM) as well as SEM, Auger, and TOF-SIMS instruments used at nanometer resolution. Standards are available both as general reference specimens and as certified, NIST-traceable calibrated versions (UTC designation) for labs needing documented metrological traceability. The range spans several pitch and height families, including 70-1D, 150-1D/2D, 300-2D, 700-1D, 750-HD, the 751-HD NanoChannel Array, and the 301BE/292UTC magnification standard, offered unmounted or mounted on common SEM/AFM stub and disk formats.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-spm-afm-calibration-standards.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Pitch & Step-Height Standards","text":"A family of grating and step-height standards, including 70-1D, 150-1D/2D, 300-2D, 700-1D, and 750-HD/751-HD, spans different pitch scales for AFM/SPM lateral and vertical calibration. Each family targets a different feature size range for the instrument being calibrated.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Traceable (UTC) Versions","text":"Certified, NIST-traceable versions of the same standards are available for labs that require documented calibration records. These carry a significant price premium over the non-traceable reference versions of the same physical standard.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPM/AFM Nanometer Calibration Standards"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pitch example","values":["292 nm pitch (Model 301BE / 292UTC magnification standard)"]},{"parameter":"Applicable instruments","values":["AFM, SPM, SEM, Auger, TOF-SIMS"]},{"parameter":"Traceability options","values":["manufactured reference specimen (non-traceable) or certified NIST-traceable standard (UTC)"]},{"parameter":"Mounting options","values":["unmounted, or mounted on 12 mm steel disk / standard SEM stub formats"]}]}]},{"slug":"calibrated-microspheres","name":"Calibrated Microspheres","description":"Calibrated microspheres provide NIST-traceable size standards usable across virtually any microscope type, including SEM, TEM, light microscopy, confocal, and SPM.","pageTitle":"Calibrated Microspheres","pageDescription":"Calibrated microspheres provide NIST-traceable size standards usable across virtually any microscope type, including SEM, TEM, light microscopy, confocal, and SPM.","image":"/images/spi-calibrated-microspheres.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Calibrated microspheres provide NIST-traceable size standards usable across virtually any microscope type, including SEM, TEM, light microscopy, confocal, and SPM. The range covers four material and size families: polystyrene latex spheres in aqueous suspension for the sub-micron range, polystyrene DVB spheres in suspension for the mid-micron range, and dry-powder borosilicate and soda-lime glass spheres for the larger micron-to-millimeter range. Because they are true spheres of certified diameter, they let a lab verify magnification and dimensional accuracy directly against a known geometric size rather than a printed scale.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-calibrated-microspheres.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Suspension Microspheres","text":"Polystyrene latex spheres (0.11 to 1.10 µm) and polystyrene DVB spheres (5 to 20 µm) are supplied in aqueous dropper-tipped vials. These cover the sub-micron to mid-micron calibration range most relevant to SEM and light microscopy.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dry Powder Glass Microspheres","text":"Borosilicate glass (2 to 20 µm) and soda-lime glass (30 to 2000 µm) spheres are supplied as dry powder, covering the largest calibration range in the family. These are used where coarser dimensional calibration is required.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Calibrated Microspheres"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Polystyrene latex range","values":["0.11 to 1.10 µm"]},{"parameter":"Polystyrene DVB range","values":["5 to 20 µm"]},{"parameter":"Borosilicate glass range","values":["2 to 20 µm"]},{"parameter":"Soda lime glass range","values":["30 to 2000 µm"]},{"parameter":"Traceability","values":["calibrated against NIST-traceable standards"]},{"parameter":"Applicable instruments","values":["SEM, TEM, light microscopy, confocal, SPM"]}]}]},{"slug":"asbestos-standards","name":"Asbestos Reference Standards","description":"Certified asbestos fibre reference standards for counting protocols; a regulated material requiring import clearance.","pageTitle":"Asbestos Reference Standards","pageDescription":"SPI Supplies offers analytical reference samples of the principal asbestos fiber types for laboratories performing regulatory asbestos identification and fiber counting by TEM, SEM, or polarized light microscopy.","image":"/images/spi-asbestos-standards.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SPI Supplies offers analytical reference samples of the principal asbestos fiber types for laboratories performing regulatory asbestos identification and fiber counting by TEM, SEM, or polarized light microscopy. The set covers chrysotile from two geographic sources (Rhodesian and Canadian), amosite, crocidolite, and anthophyllite, the fiber types most commonly required for method validation and quality-control comparison in environmental and occupational asbestos testing. These standards are also used alongside the SPI-Chem asbestos index grids for TEM fiber counting protocols.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-asbestos-standards.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fiber Type Standards","text":"Individual analytical standard samples of Chrysotile A (Rhodesian), Chrysotile B (Canadian), Amosite, Crocidolite, and Anthophyllite asbestos are supplied for method validation and quality-control comparison. Each is sold as a discrete reference sample matched to a single fiber type.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Asbestos Reference Standards"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Fiber types available","values":["Chrysotile A (Rhodesian), Chrysotile B (Canadian), Amosite, Crocidolite, Anthophyllite"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["TEM/SEM/PLM asbestos fiber identification method validation and QC"]},{"parameter":"Hazard note","values":["asbestos is a regulated hazardous material; import into Bangladesh may require special hazardous-material permits and documentation"]}]}]},{"slug":"stage-micrometers","name":"Stage Micrometers","description":"Stage micrometers are precision-ruled glass slides used to calibrate the magnification and measurement accuracy of light microscopes, confocal systems.","pageTitle":"Stage Micrometers","pageDescription":"Stage micrometers are precision-ruled glass slides used to calibrate the magnification and measurement accuracy of light microscopes, confocal systems, and related imaging setups.","image":"/images/spi-stage-micrometers.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Stage micrometers are precision-ruled glass slides used to calibrate the magnification and measurement accuracy of light microscopes, confocal systems, and related imaging setups. The featured Graticules Universal Calibration Slide packs 14 separate image and graticule sets onto a single standard 1 x 3 inch glass microscope slide, allowing one slide to cover multiple magnification ranges and measurement tasks instead of requiring several separate micrometers.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-stage-micrometers.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Universal Calibration Slides","text":"A single 1 x 3 inch glass slide carries 14 graticule and image sets for light-microscope magnification and measurement calibration across multiple ranges. This consolidates what would otherwise require several separate slides into one product.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Stage Micrometers"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Slide format","values":["1 x 3 inch (25 x 75 mm) standard glass microscope slide"]},{"parameter":"Graticule sets on slide","values":["14 image sets"]},{"parameter":"Manufacturer","values":["Graticules"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["light microscope magnification and measurement calibration"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Filtration Membranes","description":"Track-etch polycarbonate, Anopore alumina, silver and gold-coated membranes for particle collection and analysis.","pageTitle":"Filtration Membranes","pageDescription":"Membranes for microscopy must do more than filter — the collected particles have to be visible and analysable on the membrane itself. SPI supplies polycarbonate track-etch, Anopore inorganic alumina, silver and gold-coated membranes, with the holders to use them.","overview":"A filter destined for the microscope has requirements an ordinary laboratory filter does not. Its pores must be a precise, uniform size so that what passes and what is retained is known; its surface must be smooth and flat so that collected particles sit in one focal plane; and it must not contribute a background that interferes with analysis. Polycarbonate track-etch membranes meet this with cylindrical pores of tightly controlled diameter in a flat, low-background surface, which is why they are standard for airborne particulate and asbestos fibre counting. Anopore inorganic alumina membranes offer a high-porosity, high-temperature alternative; silver membranes are chemically inert and used where the sample would attack a polymer; and gold-coated membranes provide a conductive surface ready for SEM without further coating.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-filtration-membranes.webp","slug":"filtration-membranes","models":[{"slug":"polycarbonate-track-etch-membranes","name":"Polycarbonate Track-Etch Membranes","description":"Track-etch membranes with uniform cylindrical pores from 0.01 to 20 µm, in 13, 25 and 47 mm discs.","pageTitle":"Polycarbonate Track-Etch Membranes","pageDescription":"SPI-Pore and Nuclepore-type polycarbonate track-etch membranes provide extremely uniform, precisely sized cylindrical pores etched through a thin polycarbonate film, making them a preferred substrate for direct SEM observation of captured particles, fibers, and cells as well as for cell-culture insert applications.","image":"/images/spi-polycarbonate-track-etch-membranes.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SPI-Pore and Nuclepore-type polycarbonate track-etch membranes provide extremely uniform, precisely sized cylindrical pores etched through a thin polycarbonate film, making them a preferred substrate for direct SEM observation of captured particles, fibers, and cells as well as for cell-culture insert applications. The standard range spans pore sizes from 0.01 µm up to 20 µm across 13, 25, and 47 mm disc diameters and larger sheet format. Black (low-reflectance), PVP-free (for chemotaxis assays), and grease-coated variants are available for specialized applications.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-polycarbonate-track-etch-membranes.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Standard Track-Etch Membranes","text":"Available in 13, 25, and 47 mm discs and sheet format, these membranes span 0.01 to 20 µm pore sizes. They are used for microfiltration prior to EM preparation and for direct SEM observation of captured particulates or cells.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Specialty Variants","text":"Black polycarbonate membranes reduce background reflectance for fluorescence and particle counting, and PVP-free membranes suit chemotaxis assays. Grease-coated membranes are used for specific sampling protocols requiring a tacky capture surface.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Polycarbonate Track-Etch Membranes"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pore sizes","values":["0.01 to 20 µm"]},{"parameter":"Membrane diameters","values":["13, 25, 47 mm discs; sheet format also available"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["polycarbonate, track-etched cylindrical pores"]},{"parameter":"Variants","values":["standard, black (low-reflectance), PVP-free (chemotaxis), grease-coated"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["microfiltration, direct SEM observation of particles/cells/fibers, cell culture inserts"]}]}]},{"slug":"anopore-membranes","name":"ANOPORE Inorganic Aluminum Oxide Membranes","description":"ANOPORE membranes are fabricated from a unique anodized aluminum oxide structure with a highly controlled, uniform capillary pore geometry.","pageTitle":"ANOPORE Inorganic Aluminum Oxide Membranes","pageDescription":"ANOPORE membranes are fabricated from a unique anodized aluminum oxide structure with a highly controlled, uniform capillary pore geometry, offering advantages over polymer membranes including much higher flow rates, very efficient particle retention, and thermal stability up to 450 degrees C.","image":"/images/spi-anopore-membranes.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"ANOPORE membranes are fabricated from a unique anodized aluminum oxide structure with a highly controlled, uniform capillary pore geometry, offering advantages over polymer membranes including much higher flow rates, very efficient particle retention, and thermal stability up to 450 degrees C. They are supplied in 0.02, 0.1, and 0.2 µm pore sizes across 13, 25, and 47 mm disc diameters, making them well suited to fine filtration, TEM sample preparation, and applications where the membrane itself must survive high-temperature processing steps that would destroy a polymer membrane.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-anopore-membranes.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Fine and Ultrafine Pore Sizes","text":"The 0.02, 0.1, and 0.2 µm pore ANOPORE discs provide a high flow rate combined with very efficient fine-particle retention. Their ceramic construction lets them be processed at temperatures that would destroy a standard polymer membrane.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["ANOPORE Inorganic Aluminum Oxide Membranes"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pore sizes","values":["0.02, 0.1, 0.2 µm"]},{"parameter":"Membrane diameters","values":["13, 25, 47 mm"]},{"parameter":"Material","values":["anodized aluminum oxide (inorganic, ceramic)"]},{"parameter":"Thermal stability","values":["serviceable to 450°C"]},{"parameter":"Advantages vs. polymer membranes","values":["higher flow rate, efficient particle retention, high-temperature stability"]}]}]},{"slug":"spi-pore-silver-membranes","name":"SPI-Pore Silver Membrane Filters","description":"Chemically inert silver membranes in 13 to 47 mm discs and 15 × 15 inch sheets, for samples that attack polymer filters.","pageTitle":"SPI-Pore Silver Membrane Filters","pageDescription":"Made from pure silver, SPI-Pore silver membrane filters are extremely thin (about 51 µm, or 0.002 inch), uniformly porous, reusable membranes that withstand extreme temperature, pressure, and aggressive solvents without collapsing, tearing, curling, or dissolving.","image":"/images/spi-spi-pore-silver-membranes.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Made from pure silver, SPI-Pore silver membrane filters are extremely thin (about 51 µm, or 0.002 inch), uniformly porous, reusable membranes that withstand extreme temperature, pressure, and aggressive solvents without collapsing, tearing, curling, or dissolving. Their chemical and thermal stability makes them particularly valuable for applications involving harsh fluids or high temperatures where a polymer membrane would fail, and their smooth pure-metal surface also suits them to direct SEM/TEM examination. They are available in disc diameters from 13 to 47 mm and in large 15 x 15 inch sheet format for custom cutting.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-spi-pore-silver-membranes.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Disc Filters","text":"Pure silver membrane discs are available in 13, 25, 37, and 47 mm diameters, in a range of pore sizes from 0.2 to 5 µm. They are reusable and resistant to aggressive solvents and high temperature, unlike polymer membranes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Sheet Stock","text":"A 15 x 15 inch (381 x 381 mm) large sheet is available for labs that need to cut custom filter shapes and sizes. This is useful for non-standard filter geometries or bulk custom fabrication.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPI-Pore Silver Membrane Filters"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Material","values":["pure silver (CAS #7440-22-4)"]},{"parameter":"Thickness","values":["approximately 51 µm (0.002 in.)"]},{"parameter":"Pore sizes","values":["0.2 to 5 µm"]},{"parameter":"Membrane diameters","values":["13, 25, 37, 47 mm; also 15 x 15 in. sheet"]},{"parameter":"Reusability","values":["reusable, withstands extreme temperature, pressure, and aggressive solvents"]}]}]},{"slug":"gold-coated-polycarbonate-membranes","name":"Gold-Coated Polycarbonate Membrane Filters","description":"Gold-coated membranes in 0.4 and 0.8 µm pore sizes, conductive and ready for SEM without further coating.","pageTitle":"Gold-Coated Polycarbonate Membrane Filters","pageDescription":"These are standard polycarbonate track-etch membranes pre-sputter-coated with gold, providing a ready-made conductive surface for direct SEM examination of filtered particulates, fibers, or biological material without a separate specimen-coating step.","image":"/images/spi-gold-coated-polycarbonate-membranes.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"These are standard polycarbonate track-etch membranes pre-sputter-coated with gold, providing a ready-made conductive surface for direct SEM examination of filtered particulates, fibers, or biological material without a separate specimen-coating step. They are supplied in fine pore sizes (0.4 and 0.8 µm) suited to capturing fine particulates and fibers such as those encountered in asbestos and airborne-fiber analysis.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-gold-coated-polycarbonate-membranes.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Gold-Coated Track-Etch Membranes","text":"Polycarbonate membranes are pre-coated with gold for immediate SEM conductivity, available in 0.4 and 0.8 µm pore sizes. This removes the need for a separate sputter-coating step before SEM imaging of the filtered material.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Gold-Coated Polycarbonate Membrane Filters"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Pore sizes","values":["0.4, 0.8 µm"]},{"parameter":"Coating","values":["gold sputter coating pre-applied for SEM conductivity"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["direct SEM examination of filtered fibers/particulates (e.g. airborne fiber counting) without a separate coating step"]}]}]},{"slug":"filter-holders","name":"Membrane Filter Holders","description":"Matching a holder to the membrane diameter and material is necessary since the ceramic membranes require different clamping than flexible polymer or metal membranes.","pageTitle":"Membrane Filter Holders","pageDescription":"Filter holders provide the hardware needed to mount and use the membrane products in this range, spanning simple polypropylene in-line holders for routine filtration and specialized stainless-steel syringe-style holders designed for the more rigid ceramic ANOPORE and other ceramic membranes.","image":"","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Filter holders provide the hardware needed to mount and use the membrane products in this range, spanning simple polypropylene in-line holders for routine filtration and specialized stainless-steel syringe-style holders designed for the more rigid ceramic ANOPORE and other ceramic membranes. Matching a holder to the membrane diameter and material is necessary since the ceramic membranes require different clamping than flexible polymer or metal membranes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Polypropylene Holders","text":"General-purpose in-line holders accommodate standard polymer and metal membrane filters in 13, 25, and 47 mm diameters. These are the standard choice for routine filtration work.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Stainless Steel Ceramic-Membrane Holders","text":"Syringe-style stainless-steel holders are designed specifically for ANOPORE and other rigid ceramic membranes in 13 and 25 mm sizes. Their rigid clamping suits the brittle ceramic membrane material better than a standard polypropylene holder.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Membrane Filter Holders"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Holder materials","values":["polypropylene (general-purpose), stainless steel (ceramic membrane/syringe style)"]},{"parameter":"Compatible diameters","values":["13, 25, 47 mm"]},{"parameter":"Designed for","values":["polycarbonate, silver, and ANOPORE/ceramic membrane types"]}]}]}]},{"name":"Specimen Storage","description":"Grid boxes, mount storage, desiccating cabinets and inert-gas preservers for protecting prepared specimens.","pageTitle":"Specimen Storage","pageDescription":"A specimen that took hours to prepare can be ruined in storage by dust, humidity or oxidation. SPI supplies grid storage boxes, SEM mount storage, desiccating cabinets, membrane boxes and SPI-Dry inert-gas sample preservers.","overview":"Preparation is often the most expensive part of an analysis, and the prepared specimen is frequently irreplaceable — a sectioned biopsy, a failure analysis sample, an archaeological fragment. Yet the threats in storage are mundane: dust settling on an exposed grid, humidity encouraging oxidation or mould, physical damage from careless handling. Purpose-made storage addresses each. BEEM and Slide-A-Grid boxes hold TEM grids individually in numbered positions so they can be found again without being handled. Mount storage boxes keep SEM stubs upright and separated. Desiccating cabinets hold a controlled low humidity for bulk storage, and SPI-Dry preserver capsules seal a specimen under inert gas where even ambient air would degrade it.","partner":"SPI Supplies — USA","manufacturerNote":"Local sales, installation, and technical support in Bangladesh by trained local engineers.","image":"/images/spi-group-specimen-storage.webp","slug":"specimen-storage","models":[{"slug":"sem-mount-spi-dry-storage","name":"SEM Mount and SPI-Dry Specimen Storage Boxes","description":"Rechargeable desiccant capsules are sold separately to keep the internal atmosphere dry over repeated use.","pageTitle":"SEM Mount and SPI-Dry Specimen Storage Boxes","pageDescription":"SPI-Dry specimen storage boxes and companion SEM mount storage tubes are format-matched containers that hold prepared SEM stubs securely and, in the SPI-Dry line, include a desiccant compartment to keep specimens dry between sessions.","image":"/images/spi-sem-mount-spi-dry-storage.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SPI-Dry specimen storage boxes and companion SEM mount storage tubes are format-matched containers that hold prepared SEM stubs securely and, in the SPI-Dry line, include a desiccant compartment to keep specimens dry between sessions. Boxes are made to match the pin-type and round mount formats of major SEM manufacturers, including AMRAY, JEOL, Hitachi, ISI/Topcon, and LEO/FEI-Philips, plus large-format SEM or metallographic mounts, each sized to hold a specific number of stubs, commonly 8 to 12 per box. Rechargeable desiccant capsules are sold separately to keep the internal atmosphere dry over repeated use.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-sem-mount-spi-dry-storage.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Manufacturer-Matched Mount Boxes","text":"SPI-Dry boxes are keyed to the specific stub geometry of AMRAY, JEOL 3/8 in. round, Hitachi threaded, ISI/Topcon 15 mm round, and LEO/FEI-Philips pin-type SEM mounts, plus large SEM or 1 in. metallographic round mounts. Each format typically holds 8 to 12 mounts per box.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Transport Tubes & Desiccant Refills","text":"Individual storage and transport tubes protect a single 12.7 or 25 mm pin-type mount in transit and are sold in packs of 10. Rechargeable desiccant capsules refill the SPI-Dry boxes' internal desiccant compartment for continued reuse.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SEM Mount and SPI-Dry Specimen Storage Boxes"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Mount formats supported","values":["AMRAY, JEOL 3/8 in. round, Hitachi threaded, ISI/Topcon 15 mm round, LEO/FEI-Philips pin, large SEM/1 in. metallographic round"]},{"parameter":"Capacity per box","values":["8 to 12 mounts, depending on format"]},{"parameter":"Desiccant","values":["built-in compartment; rechargeable desiccant capsules sold separately"]},{"parameter":"Transport tube","values":["holds a single 12.7 or 25 mm pin-type mount, sold in packs of 10"]}]}]},{"slug":"beem-grid-storage-boxes","name":"BEEM Grid Storage Boxes","description":"BEEM Dial-A-Grid boxes holding TEM grids in numbered compartments, with a combination version for resin blocks.","pageTitle":"BEEM Grid Storage Boxes","pageDescription":"BEEM Dial-A-Grid storage boxes hold TEM grids in individually numbered compartments accessed by rotating a dial, keeping grids organized, protected, and easy to retrieve without cross-contamination or mix-up.","image":"/images/spi-beem-grid-storage-boxes.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"BEEM Dial-A-Grid storage boxes hold TEM grids in individually numbered compartments accessed by rotating a dial, keeping grids organized, protected, and easy to retrieve without cross-contamination or mix-up. A combination version pairs the grid storage dial with a block holder, letting a lab store both the sectioned resin block and its corresponding grids together. Each box holds 24 TEM grids.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-beem-grid-storage-boxes.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Dial-A-Grid Storage","text":"A rotating-dial storage box holds 24 individually numbered TEM grid compartments. This keeps each grid isolated and easy to identify by number.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Combination Grid/Block Holder","text":"This version combines Dial-A-Grid grid storage with a holder for the corresponding embedded resin block. It keeps matched grids and blocks together for easier tracking through a study.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["BEEM Grid Storage Boxes"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Grid capacity","values":["24 TEM grids per box"]},{"parameter":"Access mechanism","values":["rotating dial, individually numbered compartments"]},{"parameter":"Variant","values":["combination box with block holder"]}]}]},{"slug":"slide-a-grid-twist-a-grid","name":"Slide-A-Grid and Twist-A-Grid TEM Storage Systems","description":"Slide-A-Grid and Twist-A-Grid TEM storage in numbered and unnumbered versions, available as sequential sets.","pageTitle":"Slide-A-Grid and Twist-A-Grid TEM Storage Systems","pageDescription":"SPI Supplies' Slide-A-Grid and Twist-A-Grid systems are TEM grid storage boxes supplied with a record-keeping card so a lab can log which specimen occupies which numbered slot, supporting sample traceability across a project or study.","image":"/images/spi-slide-a-grid-twist-a-grid.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SPI Supplies' Slide-A-Grid and Twist-A-Grid systems are TEM grid storage boxes supplied with a record-keeping card so a lab can log which specimen occupies which numbered slot, supporting sample traceability across a project or study. Both numbered and unnumbered versions are available, and Slide-A-Grid boxes can also be purchased as sequentially numbered sets of 10 for larger sample series.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-slide-a-grid-twist-a-grid.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Slide-A-Grid Boxes","text":"Slide-style TEM grid storage boxes are available unnumbered, individually numbered, or as sequentially numbered sets of 10. Each includes a record-keeping card for sample traceability.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Twist-A-Grid Boxes","text":"Twist-closure TEM grid storage boxes are available unnumbered or numbered, each with a record-keeping card. The twist closure offers an alternative handling style to the slide-action boxes.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Slide-A-Grid and Twist-A-Grid TEM Storage Systems"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Closure styles","values":["slide-style (Slide-A-Grid), twist-style (Twist-A-Grid)"]},{"parameter":"Numbering options","values":["unnumbered, individually numbered, sequentially numbered set of 10"]},{"parameter":"Included","values":["record-keeping card for sample traceability"]}]}]},{"slug":"membrane-storage-boxes","name":"Membrane Storage Boxes","description":"Sizes span from small 39 x 39 mm strip boxes for individual membranes up to large 200 x 200 mm boxes for bulk storage or larger sheet-cut membranes.","pageTitle":"Membrane Storage Boxes","pageDescription":"Membrane storage boxes protect polycarbonate, silver, ANOPORE, and other membrane filters between filtration and analysis, available in a wide range of round, square, and rectangular footprints and heights to match different membrane diameters and filter cake thicknesses.","image":"/images/spi-membrane-storage-boxes.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Membrane storage boxes protect polycarbonate, silver, ANOPORE, and other membrane filters between filtration and analysis, available in a wide range of round, square, and rectangular footprints and heights to match different membrane diameters and filter cake thicknesses. Sizes span from small 39 x 39 mm strip boxes for individual membranes up to large 200 x 200 mm boxes for bulk storage or larger sheet-cut membranes.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-membrane-storage-boxes.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Round Boxes","text":"Round membrane boxes with an 82 mm outer diameter are available in two heights for standard-diameter membrane filters. These match the common 47 mm and smaller membrane disc sizes with room to spare.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Square & Rectangular Boxes","text":"A range of square and rectangular boxes from 39 x 39 mm strip format up to 200 x 200 mm, in multiple heights, accommodates various membrane sizes and stacking needs. Larger formats suit bulk storage or sheet-cut membrane material.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Membrane Storage Boxes"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Shapes available","values":["round, square, rectangular"]},{"parameter":"Size range","values":["39 x 39 mm up to 200 x 200 mm footprint"]},{"parameter":"Height range","values":["approximately 17.8 to 100 mm"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["protective storage of polycarbonate, silver, and ANOPORE membrane filters"]}]}]},{"slug":"desiccating-cabinets","name":"Desiccating Cabinets","description":"Desiccating cabinets are sealable storage enclosures, generally containing a desiccant, used to protect moisture-sensitive specimens, mounts.","pageTitle":"Desiccating Cabinets","pageDescription":"Desiccating cabinets are sealable storage enclosures, generally containing a desiccant, used to protect moisture-sensitive specimens, mounts, and reagents from ambient humidity, and are sometimes used to actively dry a nearly-dry sample.","image":"/images/spi-desiccating-cabinets.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"Desiccating cabinets are sealable storage enclosures, generally containing a desiccant, used to protect moisture-sensitive specimens, mounts, and reagents from ambient humidity, and are sometimes used to actively dry a nearly-dry sample. The range spans vacuum desiccators, the Secador auto-desiccator cabinet line, and stainless steel and molded plastic or Plexiglas cabinets, offering different capacities and sealing performance for lab bench or shelf storage. A pressure-relief valve accessory is available for the stainless steel cabinets, and small stackable HIPS plastic cabinets and rechargeable indicating desiccant canisters extend the line to smaller-scale storage needs.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-desiccating-cabinets.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Cabinet Types","text":"Vacuum desiccators, Secador auto-desiccator cabinets, and stainless steel or Plexiglas/plastic cabinets offer a range of capacities and construction materials. The choice depends on the volume of material to be stored and the required seal quality.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Accessories","text":"A pressure-relief valve is available for stainless steel cabinets to safely equalize internal pressure. Rechargeable, color-indicating desiccant canisters can be used inside smaller stackable plastic cabinets to show when recharging is needed.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["Desiccating Cabinets"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Cabinet materials","values":["stainless steel, molded plastic (HIPS), Plexiglas, vacuum-sealed glass/acrylic (Secador)"]},{"parameter":"Cabinet types","values":["vacuum desiccator, Secador auto-desiccator, stainless steel, plastic, Plexiglas"]},{"parameter":"Accessories","values":["pressure-relief valve (stainless steel cabinets), rechargeable indicating desiccant canisters"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["long-term protection of moisture-sensitive specimens, mounts, and reagents"]}]}]},{"slug":"spi-dry-sample-preservers","name":"SPI-Dry Sample Preserver Capsules","description":"SPI-Dry Sample Preserver capsules are specialized containers designed to be purged with an inert gas so that SEM, TEM, light microscopy.","pageTitle":"SPI-Dry Sample Preserver Capsules","pageDescription":"SPI-Dry Sample Preserver capsules are specialized containers designed to be purged with an inert gas so that SEM, TEM, light microscopy, or liquid chromatography standard samples can be stored and transported under a positive pressure of pure inert atmosphere rather than under vacuum or ambient air.","image":"/images/spi-spi-dry-sample-preservers.webp","sections":[{"title":"Overview","text":"SPI-Dry Sample Preserver capsules are specialized containers designed to be purged with an inert gas so that SEM, TEM, light microscopy, or liquid chromatography standard samples can be stored and transported under a positive pressure of pure inert atmosphere rather than under vacuum or ambient air. This distinguishes them from ordinary storage containers: they replace the reactive atmospheric air normally present with an inert gas and are built specifically for long-term positive-pressure storage, though they can also be used as a vacuum storage device if desired.","subsections":[],"image":"/images/spi-spi-dry-sample-preservers.webp","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"},{"title":"Inert-Gas Purge Capsules","text":"Sealed capsules are designed for purging and backfilling with inert gas, enabling long-term storage of air- or moisture-sensitive samples under positive inert-gas pressure rather than vacuum. A vacuum can alternatively be used for faster purging before backfilling to positive pressure.","subsections":[],"image":"","imageSize":"large","imageCaption":"","video":"","videoSize":"small"}],"tables":[{"title":"Specifications","columnLabel":"Specification","specVariants":["SPI-Dry Sample Preserver Capsules"],"specs":[{"parameter":"Storage atmosphere","values":["positive-pressure inert gas (purge and backfill); can alternatively be used under vacuum"]},{"parameter":"Typical use","values":["long-term storage/transport of air-sensitive SEM, TEM, LM, or LC standard samples"]},{"parameter":"Key advantage","values":["replaces reactive atmospheric air with inert gas for extended storage life"]}]}]}]}]}},"clients":{"slug":"clients","heroTag":"OUR CLIENTS","heroHeadline":"Trusted by Bangladesh's Leading Institutions","heroDescription":"From government research laboratories to multinational corporations, our clients rely on AQ Chowdhury for precision instrumentation and lifetime support.","categories":[{"title":"Government & Research Institutions","icon":"Building2","clients":[{"name":"Armed Forces Institute of Pathology (AFIP)","website":"http://www.dgmsbd.net/afip-institution","image":"/images/client-afip.png"},{"name":"Bangladesh Council of Scientific & Industrial Research (BCSIR)","website":"https://bcsir.gov.bd","image":"/images/client-bcsir.png"},{"name":"Bangladesh Oceanographic Research Institute (BORI)","website":"https://bori.gov.bd","image":"/images/client-bori.png"},{"name":"Bangladesh Petroleum Exploration & Production Company (BAPEX)","website":"https://bapex.com.bd","image":"/images/client-bapex.png"},{"name":"Bangladesh Standards & Testing Institution (BSTI)","website":"https://bsti.gov.bd","image":"/images/client-bsti.png"},{"name":"Atomic Energy Research Establishment","website":"https://baec.gov.bd/","image":"/images/client-atomic-energy.png"},{"name":"Forensic Lab, Rapid Action Battalion (RAB)","website":"https://www.rab.gov.bd","image":"/images/client-rab.png"},{"name":"Bangladesh Agricultural Research Institute (BARI)","website":"https://bari.gov.bd","image":"/images/client-bari.png"},{"name":"Bangladesh Rice Research Institute (BRRI)","website":"https://brri.gov.bd","image":"/images/client-brri.png"}]},{"title":"Universities","icon":"GraduationCap","clients":[{"name":"University of Dhaka (DU)","website":"https://www.du.ac.bd","image":"/images/client-du-cars.png"},{"name":"Jahangirnagar University (JU)","website":"https://www.juniv.edu","image":"/images/client-ju.png"},{"name":"Shahjalal University of Science and Technology (SUST)","website":"https://www.sust.edu","image":"/images/client-sust.png"},{"name":"Rajshahi University (RU)","website":"https://www.ru.ac.bd","image":"/images/client-ru.png"},{"name":"Bangladesh Agricultural University (BAU)","website":"https://bau.edu.bd/","image":"/images/client-bau.png"},{"name":"Bangladesh University of Engineering & Technology (BUET)","website":"https://www.buet.ac.bd","image":"/images/client-buet.png"},{"name":"Rajshahi University of Engineering & Technology (RUET)","website":"https://www.ruet.ac.bd","image":"/images/client-ruet.png"},{"name":"Khulna University of Engineering & Technology (KUET)","website":"https://www.kuet.ac.bd","image":"/images/client-kuet.png"}]},{"title":"Private Industries","icon":"Factory","clients":[{"name":"Advanced Chemical Industries PLC (ACI)","website":"https://aci-bd.com","image":"/images/client-aci.png"},{"name":"ACME Laboratories Ltd.","website":"https://www.acmeglobal.com/","image":"/images/client-acme.png"},{"name":"Beximco Pharmaceuticals PLC.","website":"https://beximcopharma.com/","image":"/images/client-beximco.png"},{"name":"Incepta Pharmaceuticals","website":"https://www.inceptapharma.com/","image":"/images/client-incepta.png"},{"name":"IBN SINA Pharmaceutical Industry PLC","website":"https://www.ibnsinapharma.com/","image":"/images/client-ibn-sina.png"},{"name":"Kiam Metal Industries Limited","website":"https://kiammetal.info/","image":"/images/client-kiam-metal.png"},{"name":"Renata PLC","website":"https://renata-ltd.com/","image":"/images/client-renata.png"},{"name":"RFL Group","website":"https://rflbd.com/","image":"/images/client-rfl.png"}]}],"cta":{"headline":"Join our growing list of clients","description":"From requirement to running instrument — we support you at every step.","buttonLabel":"Get in Touch","buttonHref":"/contact"}},"ui":{"categoryPage":{"heroTag":"Product Category","equipmentTag":"INSTRUMENTS & EQUIPMENT","ctaHeadline":"Need specifications or a quotation?","ctaDescription":"Our applications team will match the right instrument to your analytical requirement.","ctaButton":"Request a Quote","ctaHref":"/request-quote","availableInPrefix":"Available in ","crumbRootLabel":"Products","overviewTitle":"Overview","overviewSentence":" This instrument is part of AQ Chowdhury's comprehensive range of {category} equipment. Our factory-trained engineers provide complete support from installation and commissioning through to ongoing maintenance and application training.","prevLabel":"Previous: ","nextLabel":"Next: ","crumbHerePrefix":"| ","cardLinkPrefix":"> ","cardCrumbLabel":"Products"},"equipmentPage":{"manufacturerLabel":"Manufacturer: ","prevLabel":"Previous: ","nextLabel":"Next: ","manufacturerTag":"MANUFACTURER","categoryTag":"CATEGORY","infoTag":"NEED MORE INFORMATION?","infoDescription":"Our applications team can provide detailed specifications, application notes, and a formal quotation.","infoButton":"Request a Quote","infoHref":"/request-quote","modelCardLinkText":"View Details","crumbRootLabel":"Products","crumbHerePrefix":"| "},"newsGallery":{"emptyText":"Photos coming soon.","cardPlaceholder":"[News image]"},"modelPage":{"manufacturerLabel":"Manufacturer: ","prevLabel":"Previous: ","nextLabel":"Next: ","crumbRootLabel":"Products","ctaHeadline":"Interested in this model? Let's talk specifics.","ctaDescription":"Request a formal quotation or a detailed technical discussion — our engineers respond within one business day.","ctaButton":"Request a Quote","ctaHref":"/request-quote","crumbHerePrefix":"| "}},"seo":{"siteName":"AQ Chowdhury Science & Synergy (Pvt.) Ltd.","titleSuffix":" | AQ Chowdhury — Scientific Instruments Supplier in Bangladesh","defaultDescription":"Bangladesh's leading supplier of scientific and analytical instruments since 1950. Authorized distributor of JEOL, with local installation, training and lifetime service support in Dhaka, Bangladesh.","locationSuffix":" in Bangladesh","homeTitle":"Scientific Instruments & Laboratory Equipment"},"sectionStyles":{"homeCardImageBg":{"background":"#e2e6e9"},"faqCards":{"background":"#fbfbfb"},"clientsGovCards":{"background":"#fbfbfb"},"clientsIndustryCards":{"background":"#fbfbfb"},"productsCardImageBg":{"background":"#e2e6e9"},"productsCardBg":{"background":"#fbfbfb"},"modelCardImageBg":{"background":"#e2e6e9"},"equipManufacturerCard":{"background":"#ffffff"},"equipCategoryCard":{"background":"#ffffff"},"partnerCardBg":{"background":"#fbfbfb"},"measurementScale":{"background":"#18271f"},"pageOddBody":{"background":"#ffffff"},"pageEvenBody":{"background":"#f7f8f7"},"howItWorksCards":{"background":"#fbfbfb"},"whyChooseUsCards":{"background":"#ffffff"},"homeCardBg":{"background":"#ffffff"},"homePartnersLogoBg":{"background":"#ffffff"},"header":{"background":"#ffffff"}},"textStyles":{"about.quote.text":{"fontFamily":"Space Grotesk, sans-serif","fontSize":"18px","color":"#ffffff"},"about.founder.name":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"16px","color":"#d98b5a"},"home.productCategories.categories.0.description":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#000000"},"partners.partnersList.0.country":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"12px","color":"#000000"},"partners.partnersList.1.country":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"12px","color":"#000000"},"partners.partnersList.2.country":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"12px","color":"#000000"},"ui.categoryPage.prevLabel":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#1c2d2a"},"ui.categoryPage.nextLabel":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#1c2d2a"},"ui.equipmentPage.nextLabel":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#1c2d2a"},"ui.equipmentPage.prevLabel":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#1c2d2a"},"ui.modelPage.nextLabel":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#1c2d2a"},"ui.modelPage.prevLabel":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#1c2d2a"},"ui.categoryPage.crumbRootLabel":{"fontFamily":"Space Grotesk, sans-serif","fontSize":"18px","color":"#1c2d2a"},"ui.equipmentPage.crumbRootLabel":{"fontFamily":"Space Grotesk, sans-serif","fontSize":"18px","color":"#1c2d2a"},"ui.modelPage.crumbRootLabel":{"fontFamily":"Space Grotesk, sans-serif","fontSize":"18px","color":"#1c2d2a"},"ui.modelPage.crumbHerePrefix":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"16px","color":"#6b7280"},"ui.equipmentPage.crumbHerePrefix":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"16px","color":"#6b7280"},"ui.categoryPage.crumbHerePrefix":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"16px","color":"#6b7280"},"ui.categoryPage.cardCrumbLabel":{"fontFamily":"Space Grotesk, sans-serif","fontSize":"20px","color":"#1c2d2a"},"ui.categoryPage.cardLinkPrefix":{"fontFamily":"Space Grotesk, sans-serif","fontSize":"18px","color":"#c4703f"},"categories.optical-microscopes.equipmentList.2.models.0.tables.1.title":{"fontFamily":"Space Grotesk, sans-serif","fontSize":"16px","color":"#ad3e00"},"categories.optical-microscopes.equipmentList.2.models.0.tables.1.columnLabel":{"color":"#000000"},"partners.partnersList.11.country":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"12px","color":"#000000"},"partners.partnersList.5.country":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"12px","color":"#000000"},"partners.partnersList.4.country":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"12px","color":"#ffffff"},"partners.partnersList.7.country":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"12px","color":"#000000"},"partners.partnersList.6.country":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"12px","color":"#000000"},"partners.partnersList.10.country":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"12px","color":"#000000"},"partners.partnersList.9.country":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"12px","color":"#000000"},"partners.partnersList.8.country":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"12px","color":"#000000"},"home.productCategories.categories.1.description":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#000000"},"home.productCategories.categories.2.description":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#000000"},"home.productCategories.categories.3.description":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#000000"},"home.productCategories.categories.4.description":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#000000"},"home.productCategories.categories.9.description":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#000000"},"home.productCategories.categories.8.description":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#000000"},"home.productCategories.categories.7.description":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#000000"},"home.productCategories.categories.6.description":{"fontFamily":"Inter, sans-serif","fontSize":"14px","color":"#000000"}},"menuStyles":{"main":{},"sub":{},"subsub":{}},"redirects":[]}